openSUSE Translation Commits
Threads by month
- ----- 2024 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2023 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2022 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2021 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2020 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2019 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2018 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2017 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2016 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2015 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2014 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
October 2014
- 25 participants
- 969 discussions
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:35:54 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89762
Added:
trunk/yast/mk/po/cio.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/opensuse_mirror.mk.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on-creator.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/audit-laf.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/autoinst.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/base.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/bootloader.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ca-management.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/cluster.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/control-center.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/control.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/country.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/crowbar.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/dhcp-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/dns-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/drbd.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/fcoe-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall-services.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/firstboot.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ftp-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/geo-cluster.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/gtk.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/http-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/inetd.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/installation.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/instserver.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/iplb.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-lio-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/isns.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/kdump.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/kerberos-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/kerberos.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/languages_db.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/live-installer.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/lxc.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/mail.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/multipath.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ncurses-pkg.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ncurses.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/network.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs_server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/nis.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/nis_server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/ntp-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/oneclickinstall.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/online-update-configuration.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/online-update.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/packager.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/pam.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/pkg-bindings.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/printer.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/product-creator.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/proxy.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/qt-pkg.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/qt.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/rdp.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/rear.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/registration.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/reipl.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/relocation-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/s390.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-client.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-users.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/scanner.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/security.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/services-manager.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/slp-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/snapper.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/sound.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/squid.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/sshd.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/storage.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/sudo.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/support.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/sysconfig.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/tftp-server.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/timezone_db.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/tune.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/update.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/users.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/vm.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/wagon.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/wol.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/xpram.mk.po
trunk/yast/mk/po/yast2-apparmor.mk.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on-creator.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on-creator.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on-creator.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/add-on.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-17 15:57+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -46,21 +46,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Додатни производи"
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Непознато"
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
@@ -223,42 +223,42 @@
#. ...
#. ]
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr "Избор на работна површина"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr ""
@@ -270,33 +270,33 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -304,12 +304,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
@@ -318,110 +318,110 @@
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "Патека до директориумот: %1"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Производ"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "Додатни производи"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "Додатни производи"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "Непозната опција: %1"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "Непознато"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/audit-laf.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/audit-laf.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/audit-laf.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -834,35 +834,46 @@
msgid "Cannot read audit.rules."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам каталозите."
-#. Error message
+#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
+msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. question continues
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467
+msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471
+msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Headline of a popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
-"Do you want to start it now?"
+msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
+msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1."
+
+#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "Start and &Enable"
msgstr ""
-"Патеката „%1“ не постои.\n"
-"Дали сакате да ја креирате?"
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476
-msgid ""
-" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
-"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
-"Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Start"
+msgstr "&Вклучи"
+
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Do not start"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Audit daemon not running."
-msgstr "Сервисот не работи"
-
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon."
msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492
msgid ""
"The rules may be locked.\n"
"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n"
@@ -871,39 +882,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. Auditd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Audit Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „IrDA“"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the rules"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the rules..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. check first whether rules are already locked
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588
msgid "The rules are already locked."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589
msgid ""
"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n"
"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n"
@@ -911,35 +922,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата во „%1“"
#. Error message, rules cannot be set
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652
msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата во „%1“"
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log file"
msgstr "&Датотека"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
+#~ "Do you want to start it now?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Патеката „%1“ не постои.\n"
+#~ "Дали сакате да ја креирате?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running."
+#~ msgstr "Сервисот не работи"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Unknown option"
#~ msgstr "Непозната опција: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Help"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Помош"
#. No we open the dialog
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
@@ -390,23 +390,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/auth-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
#. all known interfaces for testing
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Отвори порта во огнениот ѕид"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е оневозможен"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: "
@@ -236,6 +236,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
+msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
+msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n"
@@ -487,7 +493,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
msgid "Bro&wse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Раз&гледај..."
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231
@@ -655,20 +661,22 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
-"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
+"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
@@ -678,14 +686,14 @@
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n"
"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n"
@@ -695,13 +703,13 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
@@ -709,7 +717,7 @@
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n"
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
@@ -719,28 +727,28 @@
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
@@ -751,17 +759,17 @@
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
@@ -770,7 +778,7 @@
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n"
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
@@ -779,30 +787,30 @@
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
@@ -810,34 +818,34 @@
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
@@ -845,30 +853,30 @@
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
@@ -876,21 +884,21 @@
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
@@ -902,11 +910,11 @@
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
@@ -914,21 +922,21 @@
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n"
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
@@ -938,15 +946,15 @@
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
@@ -954,28 +962,28 @@
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
@@ -985,22 +993,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
@@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
@@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
@@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
@@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
@@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
@@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
@@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: acl_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : dict_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1765,6 +1773,12 @@
#. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id$
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration"
+msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на тастатура"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
msgstr ""
@@ -1811,7 +1825,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. ****************************************
@@ -1954,7 +1968,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Не"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
@@ -1962,7 +1976,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Да"
#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188
@@ -2139,7 +2153,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234
msgid "&Browse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Разгледај..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285
msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)"
@@ -2416,7 +2430,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
msgid "Try again?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Сакате да се обидете повторно?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
@@ -2493,7 +2507,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Attributes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Својства"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
msgid "Edit"
@@ -2690,8 +2704,8 @@
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575
msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util."
msgstr ""
@@ -2891,7 +2905,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
msgid "Not configured yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Сеуште не е конфигурирано."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472
msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist."
@@ -2954,7 +2968,7 @@
msgid "Could not create database directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
msgstr ""
@@ -2967,101 +2981,101 @@
msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027
msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881
msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/autoinst.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/autoinst.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/autoinst.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -107,8 +107,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#. doClone();
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr ""
@@ -118,35 +117,28 @@
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
-#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the
-#. system.
-#.
-#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42
+#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "Непозната команда: %1"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92
-msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr ""
#. help 1/2
@@ -281,23 +273,23 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services..."
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисите..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2217,13 +2209,13 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
#.
#. @return the newly created node name
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid " - Drive"
msgstr "Домашен уред"
#. volume group
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133
msgid " - Volume group"
msgstr ""
@@ -2322,11 +2314,11 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
msgstr ""
@@ -2513,35 +2505,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr ""
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Проценување „root“ партиција. Само еден момент..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/base.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/base.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/base.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-17 16:01+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Прескони"
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
@@ -1508,6 +1508,27 @@
msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
+msgid "Updating system configuration..."
+msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
+
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
+msgid "This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Get information about the OS release
+#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
+#. is missing.
+#.
+#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
+#. @return [String] the release information
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
@@ -2154,15 +2175,15 @@
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
@@ -2171,27 +2192,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Непознато"
@@ -2201,347 +2222,347 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
#, fuzzy
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
#, fuzzy
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
#, fuzzy
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "„IrDA“ тест"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
#, fuzzy
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Сериска порта"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
#, fuzzy
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB"
msgstr "&USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
#, fuzzy
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
#, fuzzy
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
#, fuzzy
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "UTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Мрежа"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди"
@@ -2605,7 +2626,7 @@
msgstr "&Експортирани папки"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2618,28 +2639,23 @@
"Навистина сакате да продолжите?"
#. If there is network running, return true.
-#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false
+#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Not detected."
-msgid "No running network detected."
-msgstr "Не е пронајдено."
-
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356
-msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
+"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
-"and start this module again"
+"and start this module again\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360
-msgid "or continue without network."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
msgid ""
@@ -2965,55 +2981,55 @@
msgstr "&Инсталирај"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "&Детали"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја прекинете инсталацијата?"
@@ -3023,62 +3039,62 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Грешки од дневникот: %1"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3089,34 +3105,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3125,7 +3141,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3134,58 +3150,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858
msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
msgstr ""
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Отвори"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја прекинете инсталацијата?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при читање на дневникот."
@@ -3193,18 +3209,18 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при поврзување со серверот."
@@ -3212,15 +3228,15 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
@@ -3229,110 +3245,110 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Пов&торно"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при читање на дневникот."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752
msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..."
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Скрипта за најавување"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3342,72 +3358,72 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Освежи"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "&Преземи"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Статус"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Поп&рави инсталиран систем"
@@ -3419,29 +3435,29 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3449,7 +3465,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Корисничко име"
@@ -3514,44 +3530,20 @@
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr "Дали го прифаќате овој лиценцен договор."
-#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236
-msgid ""
-"The current system is not consistent,\n"
-"some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243
-msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252
-msgid ""
-"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-"in the software manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3562,12 +3554,12 @@
"„YaST“ можеби нема да работи исправно.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Не можам да продолжам без инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3703,7 +3695,7 @@
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -4046,7 +4038,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4055,23 +4047,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4085,13 +4077,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Предупредувања"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4104,37 +4096,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
+#. these are the initial values
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Македонија"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
#, fuzzy
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Временска зона"
@@ -4142,12 +4135,12 @@
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4155,41 +4148,48 @@
"Ве молам почекајте додека се инсталира основниот систем.\n"
"</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Детали"
-#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Perform Update"
+msgid "Performing Upgrade"
+msgstr "Изврши надградба"
+
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Избрши инсталирање"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Инсталација на јазикот"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
@@ -4197,18 +4197,18 @@
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја прекинете инсталацијата?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Пре&кини"
#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -4817,7 +4817,7 @@
msgstr "Се појави грешка при креирање на „initrd“."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5819,6 +5819,11 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Not detected."
+#~ msgid "No running network detected."
+#~ msgstr "Не е пронајдено."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "Подигни инсталиран &систем"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/bootloader.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/bootloader.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/bootloader.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -123,22 +123,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr ""
#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr "&Подигање"
@@ -147,12 +147,12 @@
#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Disk Order"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
@@ -164,10 +164,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. `VSpacing(1),
-#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Window title
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -263,23 +262,29 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
@@ -288,25 +293,25 @@
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
@@ -314,7 +319,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -323,78 +328,78 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "&Протокол на врската:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -446,121 +451,121 @@
#. Common widget of a console
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
#. textentry header
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. disabling & enabling up/down
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553
msgid "D&isks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&Нагоре"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "На&долу"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr ""
-#. Cache for genericWidgets function
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&Протокол на врската:"
-#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "During Boot"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "При подигање"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -596,25 +601,41 @@
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "&Модем"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box item
#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
@@ -649,30 +670,52 @@
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "Не&одредено"
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+msgid "set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Remove"
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr "&Отстрани"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+msgid "do not change"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
+msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
@@ -687,7 +730,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -821,11 +864,7 @@
msgid "Xen"
msgstr ""
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91
msgid "Floppy"
msgstr ""
@@ -1690,33 +1729,34 @@
#.
#.
#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
@@ -1726,31 +1766,33 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
msgid " (\"/boot\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
msgid " (\"/\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1773,241 +1815,138 @@
msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "During Boot"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "При подигање"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Непозната опција: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TODO add more devices
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128
msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
msgstr ""
-#. if "iscsi" is true
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259
-msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79
-msgid "Linux"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
+#~ msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85
-msgid "Failsafe"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97
-msgid "Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103
-msgid "Memory Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109
-msgid "MBR before Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115
-msgid "Previous Kernel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121
-msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230
-msgid "_Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237
-msgid "_Failsafe"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244
-msgid "_Floppy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251
-msgid "_Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258
-msgid "_Memory Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265
-msgid "_MBR before Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272
-msgid "_Previous Kernel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279
-msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr ""
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Booting Mode"
#~ msgstr "&Подигање"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ca-management.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ca-management.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ca-management.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -54,25 +54,25 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
msgid "Organization"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
msgid "Locality"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
msgid "State"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
msgid "Country"
msgstr ""
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
msgid "Common Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
msgid "Email"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
msgstr ""
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
#. we need to fake a certificate name
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
#. The main ()
#. To translators: dialog label
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
@@ -662,11 +662,18 @@
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
+msgid ""
+"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
+"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
@@ -674,33 +681,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr "&Отстрани"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Replace"
msgid "&Import/Replace"
msgstr "&Замени"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The device is not configured"
msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
msgid ""
"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
msgstr ""
@@ -731,52 +738,104 @@
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Synchronization"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "Синхронизација"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Country:"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr "&Држава:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
msgstr ""
#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
msgid "&Advanced..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
msgid "&View"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change CA Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
msgid "Export to &File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
msgid "&Edit Default"
msgstr ""
@@ -830,7 +889,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -862,18 +921,18 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -885,40 +944,40 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
msgid "nsComment: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
msgid "nsCertType: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -992,84 +1051,204 @@
"Certificate not found"
msgstr ""
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Is CA: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Key Size: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Serialnumber: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Version: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid from: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid to: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of pub. Key : "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of signature: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
msgid "Valid"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
msgid "Revoked"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
msgid "Expired"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Статус"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
msgid "E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
msgid "Add Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
msgid "Add Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
msgid "&Revoke"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Fate (#2613)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
msgid "Export"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
msgid "Export to File"
msgstr ""
#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
msgid "Export to LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1159,7 +1338,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
msgid "&Valid Period (days):"
msgstr ""
@@ -1595,7 +1774,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
msgid "Path Length "
msgstr ""
@@ -1797,6 +1976,13 @@
"Request not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"generation Time: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
@@ -1805,78 +1991,78 @@
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
#. Filling up reqeust extentions
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
msgstr ""
#. IS CA ?
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
#, fuzzy
msgid " days"
msgstr "Пред 10 дена"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
msgid " (critical)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
msgid "&Edit Request"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
msgid "Sign Request"
msgstr ""
#. signing request
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
msgid "The request has been signed."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/mk/po/cio.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/cio.mk.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/cio.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>, 2006.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device ID"
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Идентификација на уред"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ne"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "da"
+
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+msgid "Filter channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select &All"
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr "Избери ги &сите"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please select"
+msgid "&Clear selection"
+msgstr "Ве молам изберете"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+msgid "&Unban Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+msgid ""
+"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Ranges to Unban."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/cluster.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/cluster.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/cluster.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -83,259 +83,259 @@
msgstr "&Конфигурирај „CASA“"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&OK"
msgid "OK"
msgstr "&Во ред"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "О&ткажи"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "nodeid"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Change"
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "&Промени"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428
-msgid "expected votes:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address"
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
-#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671
+#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "Threads:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677
-msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service is not running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Сервисот не работи"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Booting"
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "&Подигање"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Вклучи или исклучи"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Тековен статус: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Вклучи го сервисот"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Исклучи го сервисот"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "До&дај"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Задоцнување"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Уреди"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Synchronization failed for:"
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Неуспешна синхронизација поради:"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
@@ -348,23 +348,26 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i
s on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -373,7 +376,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -384,7 +387,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -397,7 +400,7 @@
"Ве молам почекајте...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -406,7 +409,7 @@
"Доколку веднаш претиснете <b>„Прекини“</b>, безбедно ја прекинувате алатката за конфигурирање.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Saving CASA Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -419,7 +422,7 @@
"Ве молам почекајте...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -444,41 +447,41 @@
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Читај ја базата на податоци"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -486,71 +489,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database2."
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата2."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Не можам да пронајдам уреди."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/control-center.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/control-center.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/control-center.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-17 15:57+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/control.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/control.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/control.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-11 20:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -19,27 +19,30 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7
-msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "Инсталација на јазикот"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:355
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -52,738 +55,341 @@
"</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initialization..."
-msgstr "Подготвувам..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuring network..."
-msgstr "Скенирање на мрежата..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:343
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IMAP Server"
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr "„IMAP“ сервер"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72
-#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464
-#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Преглед"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19
msgid "Expert"
msgstr "Експерт"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20
#, fuzzy
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398
-#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692
-#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на хардверот"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510
-#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313
-#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Подготовка"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219
-#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237
-#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328
-#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449
-#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disk Activation"
+msgid "Network Autosetup"
+msgstr "Овозможување на дискот"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Овозможување на дискот"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976
-#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Овозможување на дискот"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515
-#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255
-#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Анализа на системот"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261
-#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Додатни производи"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Временска зона"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation Overview"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Инсталација"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291
-#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299
-#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469
-#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477
-#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517
-#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612
-#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624
-#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748
-#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756
-#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777
-#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Избрши инсталирање"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Repair"
-msgstr "Изврши поправка"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Инсталација"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Системот е за надградување"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Надгради"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Резиме на надградбата"
-#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645
-#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397
-#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405
-#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Изврши надградба"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421
-#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042
-msgid "System Information"
-msgstr "Информации за системот"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046
-msgid "Perform Repair"
-msgstr "Изврши поправка"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446
-#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488
-#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Основна инсталација"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459
-#: control/control.glade:503
-msgid "Language"
-msgstr "Јазик"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
+msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651
-#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631
-#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318
-#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560
-#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648
-#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264
-msgid "Network"
-msgstr "Мрежа"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+msgid "System Configuration"
+msgstr "Системска конфигурација"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566
-#: control/control.glade:656
-msgid "Customer Center"
-msgstr "Центар за потрошувачи"
+#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346
-#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578
-#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662
-#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672
-#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284
-msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr "Онлајн надградување"
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Инсталација на јазикот"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588
-#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301
-msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Инсталацијата заврши успешно.\n"
+#~ "Вашиот систем е подготвен за употреба.\n"
+#~ "За да се најавите на системот притиснете на „Заврши“.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Посетете не на http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgstr "Системска конфигурација"
+#~ msgid "Initialization..."
+#~ msgstr "Подготвувам..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227
#, fuzzy
-msgid "root Password"
-msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
+#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
+#~ msgstr "Скенирање на мрежата..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Check Installation"
-msgstr "Инсталација"
+#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..."
+#~ msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250
-msgid "Hostname"
-msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680
-#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr "Корисници"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "User Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719
-#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733
-#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459
-msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
-msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Installation Overview"
+#~ msgstr "Инсталација"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568
-msgid "System Configuration"
-msgstr "Системска конфигурација"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Repair"
+#~ msgstr "Изврши поправка"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658
-msgid "Clean Up"
-msgstr "Исчисти"
+#~ msgid "System Information"
+#~ msgstr "Информации за системот"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "\t"
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Инсталацијата заврши успешно.\n"
-"Вашиот систем е подготвен за употреба.\n"
-"За да се најавите на системот притиснете на „Заврши“.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Посетете не на http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+#~ msgid "Perform Repair"
+#~ msgstr "Изврши поправка"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330
-msgid "Server Base Scenario"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Language"
+#~ msgstr "Јазик"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331
-msgid ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
-"Choose the one that matches your server the best."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Network"
+#~ msgstr "Мрежа"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337
-msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Customer Center"
+#~ msgstr "Центар за потрошувачи"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338
-msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Online Update"
+#~ msgstr "Онлајн надградување"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339
-msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Release Notes"
+#~ msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Configuration"
-msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
+#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Системска конфигурација"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Server Scenario"
-msgstr "&Контрола на серверот"
+#~ msgid "root Password"
+#~ msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:286
-msgid "Installation Summary"
-msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Check Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Инсталација"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Сервис"
+#~ msgid "Hostname"
+#~ msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:340
-msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Users"
+#~ msgstr "Корисници"
-#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Избор на работна површина"
+#~ msgid "Clean Up"
+#~ msgstr "Исчисти"
-#: control/control.glade:634
-msgid "Root Password"
-msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-"\t "
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>\n"
-"p>Инсталацијата на „openSUSE“ на вашата машина е завршена.\n"
-"Откако ќе притиснете на <b>„Заврши“</b> ќе може да се најавите на системот.</p>\n"
-"<p>Посетете не на %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Забавувајте се!<br>Вашиот „SUSE“ развоен тим</p>\n"
-"\t"
+#~ msgid "Server Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "&Контрола на серверот"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Сервис"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Избор на работна површина"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Root Password"
+#~ msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ "\t "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "p>Инсталацијата на „openSUSE“ на вашата машина е завршена.\n"
+#~ "Откако ќе притиснете на <b>„Заврши“</b> ќе може да се најавите на системот.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Посетете не на %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Забавувајте се!<br>Вашиот „SUSE“ развоен тим</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Онлајн надградување"
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Онлајн надградување"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/country.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/country.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/country.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-17 16:04+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/crowbar.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/crowbar.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/crowbar.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/dhcp-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/dhcp-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/dhcp-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
@@ -537,75 +537,74 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
-"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
-"Really use this interface?\n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -613,37 +612,37 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Информации за системот"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -651,13 +650,13 @@
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -665,7 +664,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
@@ -676,7 +675,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
@@ -684,53 +683,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -738,8 +737,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -747,135 +746,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -888,15 +887,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -908,7 +907,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/dns-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/dns-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/dns-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/drbd.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/drbd.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/drbd.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -22,6 +22,16 @@
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Конфигурација на „IrDA“"
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+msgid "DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+msgid "&DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
@@ -62,23 +72,82 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
+msgstr "Прв дел од конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
+msgstr "Прв дел од конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
+
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на „IrDA“"
#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
-msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Прв дел од конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Втор дел од конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -103,9 +172,12 @@
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big></b><br>\n"
"Ве молам почекајте...<br></p>\n"
@@ -122,9 +194,12 @@
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Saving CASA Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big></b><br>\n"
"Ве молам почекајте...<br></p>\n"
@@ -149,14 +224,79 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</b></big></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</b></big></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</b></big></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -166,35 +306,36 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
-"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
-"configured in this file.</p>\n"
+" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
+" without reloading the module.\n"
+" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n"
+" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Конфигурација на „CASA“</big></b><br>\n"
"Овде ја конфигурирате „CASA“.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
-"If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
+"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -207,11 +348,11 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Преглед на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -219,22 +360,22 @@
"обратете со во документацијата на „CASA“.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Конфигурирање на „CASA“:</big></b><br>\n"
"За инсталирање изберете „CASA“.\n"
"За да ја конфигурирате „CASA“, притиснете на <b>„Конфигурирај CASA“</b>.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Деконфигурирање на „CASA“:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -242,7 +383,7 @@
"Потоа, притиснете на <b>„Деконфигурирај CASA“</b>.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -255,7 +396,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -267,7 +408,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -288,14 +429,15 @@
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty."
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567
-msgid "Fill out all fields."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568
+msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -341,8 +483,8 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
msgid ""
-"To propagate this configuration,\n"
-"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
+"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
@@ -360,103 +502,186 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start services"
-msgid "Starting DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Вклучи сервиси"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
-msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Исклучи сервиси"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на хардверот"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Локални поставувања"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Читање на листата со модули..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Читање на листата со модули..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
+#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
+msgid ""
+"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
+"%2"
+msgstr "Конфигурациски модул на „YaST“ - %1\n"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“"
#. if (!modified) return true;
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Сними ги промените на каталогот"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
+msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
+msgstr "Не можам да ја креирам папката „%1“."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Втор дел од конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Ве молам почекајте...<br></p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Ве молам почекајте...<br></p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Configuration of drbd"
#~ msgstr "Конфигурација на „IrDA“"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/fcoe-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/fcoe-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/fcoe-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -44,8 +44,18 @@
msgid "&FcoeClient"
msgstr "„NFS“ клиент"
+#. setting of config value is 'yes'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "da"
+
+#. setting of config value is 'no'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ne"
+
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting services..."
msgid ""
@@ -53,15 +63,44 @@
"Command %1 failed."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
+#. FCoE is not available on the interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unavailable"
+msgid "not available"
+msgstr "Недостапно"
+
+#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgid "not configured"
+msgstr "Сеуште не е конфигурирано."
+
+#. the flag is 'true'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
+msgid "true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is 'false'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
+msgid "false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is not set at all
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
+msgid "not set"
+msgstr ""
+
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA"
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
msgstr "Конфигурација на „IrDA“"
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -69,7 +108,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -77,12 +116,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
msgstr ""
#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
msgid ""
"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n"
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
@@ -90,30 +129,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'."
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
msgstr "Не можам да ја креирам папката „%1“."
#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
msgstr ""
#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
msgid ""
"Attention:\n"
"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n"
@@ -121,34 +160,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
msgstr ""
#. replace values in table
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting services..."
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting services..."
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. text of a warning popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
msgstr ""
#. text of an information (notify) popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
msgid ""
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
@@ -181,7 +220,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Да"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
@@ -189,7 +228,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Не"
#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117
@@ -538,226 +577,221 @@
msgstr ""
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Не можам да пронајдам уреди."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
+msgstr "Не можам да го вклучам сервисот „%1“"
+
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
+msgstr "Не можам да го вклучам сервисот „%1“"
+
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
"VLAN interface to get a valid configuration."
msgstr ""
-#. it's about a flag which is not set at all
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110
-msgid "not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. also about setting of a flag
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "true"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "false"
-msgstr ""
-
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Рестартирај ги сервисите"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "network card"
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Пронаоѓање на уредите..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting services..."
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Не можам да пронајдам уреди."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read catalogs."
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам каталозите."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ клиент"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Рестартирај ги сервисите"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Рестартирај ги сервисите"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисот..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Прилагодување на сервисот за огнениот ѕид..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата во „%1“"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting services..."
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read catalogs."
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам каталозите."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>"
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</b></big></p>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr ""
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting services..."
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
@@ -765,13 +799,13 @@
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabled"
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "Овозможено"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "disabled"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall-services.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall-services.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall-services.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/firewall.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/firstboot.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/firstboot.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/firstboot.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-11 20:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ftp-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ftp-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ftp-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/geo-cluster.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/geo-cluster.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/geo-cluster.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -71,92 +71,279 @@
#.
#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of CASA"
+msgid "configuration file"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на „CASA“"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "arbitrator ip"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "transport"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#. return `cacel or a string
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#. parser value first
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
+msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
+msgstr "Внесете валидна адреса на вашата е-пошта"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Dire&ctories"
+msgid "retries"
+msgstr "Па&пки"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+msgid "weights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188
+msgid "expire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+msgid "acquire-after"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+msgid "before-acquire-handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delay is invalid."
+msgid "expire is no valid"
+msgstr "Невалидно задоцнување."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+msgid "acquireafter is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Action is invalid."
+msgid "retries is no valid"
+msgstr "Невалидна акција."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delay is invalid."
+msgid "weights is no valid"
+msgstr "Невалидно задоцнување."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgstr ""
+#. fill confs with global_files
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332
+msgid "site have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337
+msgid "ticket have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582
+msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!"
+msgstr ""
+
#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317
+#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd.
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Geo Cluster configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527
+msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
+msgstr "Конфигурацијата заврши"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
+msgstr "Конфигурацијата заврши"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Action is invalid."
+msgid "port is invalid!"
+msgstr "Невалидна акција."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595
+msgid "transport have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+msgid "site have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605
+msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Configuration"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
+msgstr "Системска конфигурација"
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mouse configuration"
+msgid "Choose configuration file:"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на глушецот"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Configuration"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configurations"
+msgstr "Системска конфигурација"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgid "Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Подготвувам..."
+
+#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
+msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
+
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
+msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
+
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,120 +352,108 @@
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Завршено"
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#. read sites
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311
-msgid "Cannot write global settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315
-msgid "Cannot write sites settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write ticket
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318
-msgid "Cannot write ticket settings."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
msgid "Read the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Читај ја базата на податоци"
#. Progress stage 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145
msgid "Detect the devices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Пронајди ги уредите"
#. Progress step 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148
msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. Progress step 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Пронаоѓање на уредите..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
msgid "Cannot read the database2."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата2."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Не можам да пронајдам уреди."
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вклучи „SuSEconfig“"
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Резиме на конфигурацијата ..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/gtk.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/gtk.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/gtk.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/http-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/http-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/http-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/inetd.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/inetd.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/inetd.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/installation.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/installation.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/installation.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 19:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -62,22 +62,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78
+#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Копирам датотеки во инсталираниот систем..."
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73
+#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "Подготовка на основниот менаџер на прозорци..."
@@ -272,6 +272,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
@@ -332,7 +333,7 @@
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Лиценцен договор"
@@ -387,8 +388,22 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336
-msgid "License needs to be accepted"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
@@ -605,11 +620,11 @@
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Конфигурирај „&ZFCP“ дискови"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Конфигурирај „&iSCSI“ дискови"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
@@ -633,14 +648,22 @@
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. download release notes now
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356
+#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
+#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. bug #302384
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+msgid "Initializing"
+msgstr "Подготвувам"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
+msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
@@ -660,67 +683,67 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Завршување на основната инсталација"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Пре&кини ја инсталацијата"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Копирај датитеки на инсталираниот систем"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Зачувај конфигурација"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Инсталирај менаџер на подигање"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Подготовка на системот за прво вклучување"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Инсталација"
@@ -741,12 +764,6 @@
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr "Ве молам почекајте додека се подготвуваат додатните производи..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initializing the installation..."
-msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
@@ -761,13 +778,6 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Запишување на системската конфигурација"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
-msgid "Initializing"
-msgstr "Подготвувам"
-
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
@@ -960,12 +970,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Прескокнување на конфигурацијата поради барање на корисникот"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -974,32 +984,32 @@
#. not using tabs
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
msgstr "ГРЕШКА: недостасува наслов"
#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Анализирање на вашиот систем..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ГРЕШКА: нема предлог"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1008,7 +1018,7 @@
"Се појавија грешки."
#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Инсталација"
@@ -1018,25 +1028,25 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата"
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Користи ја следната конфигурација"
#. menu button
#. menu button
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Промени..."
#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Export Configuration"
@@ -1044,21 +1054,21 @@
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Врати на основни"
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -1068,7 +1078,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1096,7 +1106,7 @@
#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
#.
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -1105,7 +1115,7 @@
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1114,7 +1124,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1123,7 +1133,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1132,7 +1142,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1140,12 +1150,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1154,7 +1164,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1162,7 +1172,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
msgid ""
"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
@@ -1170,11 +1180,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Надгради"
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Инсталирај"
@@ -1307,57 +1317,40 @@
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Испитување за хард дискови"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
-msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
-msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Анализирање на вашиот систем..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
-msgstr "Овозможи автоматско надградување"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141
-msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Информации за системот"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "Ве молам почекајте додека се подготвуваат додатните производи..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1370,7 +1363,7 @@
"Ве молам проверете го вашиот хардвер!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1383,7 +1376,7 @@
"Не се пронајдени хард дискови за инсталацијата.\n"
"Ве молам проверете го вашиот хардвер!\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1391,7 +1384,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1408,122 +1401,122 @@
"Проверете го вашиот хардвер.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Remove"
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "&Отстрани"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Овозможено"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Оневозможено"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
#, fuzzy
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "Тековен статус: "
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "Статус"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Непознато"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1531,45 +1524,45 @@
"Ве молам почекајте додека системот се конфигурира.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
-#. Removes selected repositories
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813
+#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "Читање на достапни пакетите од изворите на инсталацијата..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1579,7 +1572,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1589,7 +1582,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
@@ -1599,7 +1592,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1602,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
@@ -1618,7 +1611,7 @@
msgstr "Се појави грешка при поврзување со серверот."
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
@@ -1692,57 +1685,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62
-msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save installation settings"
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата од инсталацијата"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70
+#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1775,7 +1763,7 @@
msgstr "Запишување на системската конфигурација"
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -2001,7 +1989,57 @@
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
+#. Text to display
+#.
+#. @return String
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote Administration"
+msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
+msgstr "Далечна администрација"
+
+#. checking whether images are supported
+#. BNC #409927
+#. Checking files for signatures
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Deploying..."
+msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
+
+#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
+#.
+#. @see #all_supported_types
+#. @see #objects_state
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Storing user preferences..."
+msgstr "Исклучување на сервисите..."
+
+#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
+msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисите..."
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+msgid ""
+"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
+"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
+#~ msgstr "Овозможи автоматско надградување"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Network Device: %1"
#~ msgstr "Вклучи сервиси"
@@ -2262,18 +2300,6 @@
#~ "за инсталацијата.\n"
#~ "Проверете го вашиот хардвер.\n"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Deploying..."
-#~ msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Исклучување на сервисите..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисите..."
-
#~ msgid "Progress"
#~ msgstr "Напредок"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/instserver.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/instserver.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/instserver.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/iplb.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/iplb.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/iplb.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -91,6 +91,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "da"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ne"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Global Configuration"
+msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
+msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер"
+
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
msgid "Check Interval"
msgstr ""
@@ -200,7 +220,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -440,7 +460,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -477,7 +497,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Сервис"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
msgid "Check Command"
@@ -578,6 +598,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+msgid ""
+"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -590,10 +616,24 @@
msgid "weight"
msgstr ""
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+msgid "IP address is not Valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+msgid "Add a new real server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+msgid "Edit the real server:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. Read all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -620,7 +660,7 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Завршено"
#. Write all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -630,19 +670,19 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вклучи „SuSEconfig“"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..."
#. write global conf
#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
@@ -652,7 +692,7 @@
#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -65,151 +65,157 @@
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109
-msgid "Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Ed&it Name"
+msgid "&Initiator Name"
+msgstr "У&реди име"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115
-msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
+msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr ""
#. table of connected targets
#. table of discovered targets
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Internal Zone"
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Внатрешна зона"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Уреди"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "Log In"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "&Вклучи"
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Key"
msgstr "ИД на клучот"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Вредност"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Сервис"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr ""
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr ""
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -218,9 +224,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
@@ -429,12 +435,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -442,37 +448,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Продолжи"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "О&ткажи"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -554,12 +560,18 @@
msgstr "Исклучи сервиси"
#. interface type for hardware offloading
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70
-msgid "(Software)"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
+msgid "default (Software)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Walloon"
+msgid "all"
+msgstr "Валонски"
+
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -568,7 +580,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-lio-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-lio-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-lio-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/iscsi-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/isns.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/isns.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/isns.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -311,83 +311,83 @@
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172
msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Читај ја базата на податоци"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Пронајди ги уредите"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Пронаоѓање на уредите..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „IrDA“"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Вклучи „SuSEconfig“"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..."
#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf)
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/kdump.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/kdump.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/kdump.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -378,8 +378,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -515,15 +515,6 @@
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "О&невозможи"
-#. checking if packages are available
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103
-msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115
-msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53
#, fuzzy
@@ -1169,139 +1160,139 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам тековните поставувања."
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr "Пронаоѓање на достапните каталози..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам тековните поставувања."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Не можам да ги прочитам каталозите."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
#, fuzzy
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "Овозможено"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
#, fuzzy
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "Оневозможено"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Празна вредност за опцијата: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/kerberos-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/kerberos-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/kerberos-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/kerberos.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/kerberos.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/kerberos.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/languages_db.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/languages_db.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/languages_db.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-17 15:56+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ldap.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -230,46 +230,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
msgid ""
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
msgstr ""
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
msgstr ""
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
msgid ""
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
#. entry of the current template.</p>
#. ") +
#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
@@ -291,12 +291,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
msgstr ""
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146
msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "„LDAP“ сервер"
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152
@@ -378,4 +378,4 @@
#. table header 2/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693
msgid "Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вредност"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/live-installer.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/live-installer.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/live-installer.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/lxc.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/lxc.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/lxc.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/mail.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/mail.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/mail.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/multipath.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/multipath.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/multipath.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ncurses-pkg.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ncurses-pkg.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ncurses-pkg.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ncurses.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ncurses.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ncurses.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/network.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/network.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/network.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -94,99 +94,57 @@
msgstr "Внатрешна зона"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..."
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
-#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC
-#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
-msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
-
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Огнен ѕид"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Огнен ѕид"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на огнениот ѕид"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "Прилагоди го сервисот за огнениот ѕид"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "Огнен ѕид"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "Прилагоди го сервисот за огнениот ѕид"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -194,13 +152,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -208,13 +166,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
+#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
+
+#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
+msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Огнениот ѕид е <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">овозможен</a>"
+
#. Commandline help title
#. configuration of hosts
#. Hosts dialog caption
@@ -480,9 +481,18 @@
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr ""
-#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst();
-#. Lan::Autoinstall();
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173
+#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
+#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
+#. has higher priority
+#.
+#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
+#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
+#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
+#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
+#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
+#. Other elements may have similar problems,
+#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ клиент"
@@ -563,7 +573,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -674,7 +684,7 @@
msgid "Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Опции"
@@ -751,13 +761,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -1118,14 +1128,14 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1138,7 +1148,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1334,35 +1344,35 @@
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Хардвер"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1377,11 +1387,11 @@
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "мрежна карта"
-#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131
+#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
-"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network card name (wireless)
@@ -1593,7 +1603,7 @@
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
-#. encoding: utf-8
+#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
#.
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -1686,7 +1696,7 @@
msgstr "Се појави грешка при креирање на „initrd“."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1696,13 +1706,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#. radio button group label, method of setup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1711,7 +1720,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
@@ -1739,7 +1748,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1747,20 +1756,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1768,7 +1777,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1776,19 +1785,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1796,94 +1805,94 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269
msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "&USB"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300
msgid "&Hotplug Type"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305
msgid "P&CI"
msgstr ""
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: Ud ... Rules
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380
-msgid "Udev rules"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Име на уред"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change"
msgstr "&Промени"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
-msgid "Show visible port identification"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396
+msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr ""
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406
msgid "Blink"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Ethtool options"
+msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "Традиционален Кинески"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1891,26 +1900,26 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&Барај"
#. Remember current device number (#308763)
#. see also bnc#391802
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1918,141 +1927,141 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Телефонски броеви"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Контролен центар „YaST2“"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2061,7 +2070,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Хардверски профил"
@@ -2105,28 +2114,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
-"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@
"Потоа, притиснете на <b>„Деконфигурирај CASA“</b>.</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2148,13 +2156,13 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "Сите промени ќе бидат изгубени!"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2163,7 +2171,7 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2171,13 +2179,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2185,14 +2193,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2201,7 +2209,7 @@
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2210,14 +2218,14 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2225,7 +2233,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2233,7 +2241,7 @@
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2241,7 +2249,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2251,7 +2259,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2265,26 +2273,26 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2292,7 +2300,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2300,7 +2308,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2308,7 +2316,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2316,19 +2324,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2339,11 +2347,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2353,19 +2361,19 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2375,7 +2383,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2388,21 +2396,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2410,14 +2418,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2434,14 +2442,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2451,7 +2459,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2463,7 +2471,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2484,7 +2492,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2494,7 +2502,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2505,14 +2513,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3059,23 +3067,23 @@
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. Ramote Administration dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr "Далечна администрација"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
@@ -3086,17 +3094,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Потребно е да се инсталираат следниве пакети:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3107,112 +3115,111 @@
#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254
msgid "unplugged"
msgstr ""
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Непознато"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr ""
+#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
+#.
+#. see bnc#433084
+#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
+#.
+#. returns true if items were disabled
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008
+msgid ""
+"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
+"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
-#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM
-#. see bnc#433084
-#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100
-msgid ""
-"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
-"cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
-"\n"
-"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
-"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
@@ -3467,7 +3474,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3663,80 +3670,92 @@
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr ""
+#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "NetworkManager Service"
+msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
+
+#. ifup is a program name
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Traditional Chinese"
+msgid "Traditional ifup"
+msgstr "Традиционален Кинески"
+
+#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service"
+msgid "Wicked Service"
+msgstr "Сервис"
+
+#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Network Services Disabled"
+msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
+
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#. radio button label
-#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager
-#. program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
-msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365
-msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
-msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "General Network Settings"
+msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "Поставувања на локале"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Овозможи „IrDA“"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Непознат сервис „%1“"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "„MAC“ адреса"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
@@ -3752,60 +3771,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
-msgid "Device name:"
+msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "Име на уред"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
-msgid "Base udev rule on"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101
+msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
-#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one.
-#.
-#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid
-#.
-#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154
+#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "Конфигурација"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "Конфигурација"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "Име на домаќинот"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Ажурирај ја конфигурацијата"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата за јазикот"
@@ -3813,46 +3828,46 @@
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3874,403 +3889,422 @@
msgstr "Зачувување на „/etc/exports“..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Пронаоѓање на уредите..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
+#. Import data
+#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Оневозможи „IrDA“"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Не е пронајдено."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME:
#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Име на уред"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Не е пронајдено."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Потребни информации"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "непознато"
+#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
+#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
+"firewall settings will be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Конфигурирај подоцна"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Рестартирај го сервисот"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на каталогот"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Резиме на конфигурацијата ..."
+#. Enable xinetd
+#. Enable XDM
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335
+msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисот..."
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415
+#. description in proposal
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -4324,21 +4358,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123
msgid "Firewall Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Device Name"
+#~ msgid "Device name:"
+#~ msgstr "Име на уред"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
#~ msgstr "Портата „SSH“ е <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">отворена</a>"
@@ -4347,10 +4386,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Портата „SSH“ е <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">отворена</a>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "General Network Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "Поставувања за инсталацијата"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 20:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs_server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs_server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/nfs_server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 21:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -75,27 +75,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "„NFS“ серверот е овозможен"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "„NFS“ серверот е оневозможен"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Потребните пакети (%1) не се инсталирани."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Нема одредено точка на монтирање."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -106,11 +106,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -178,40 +178,29 @@
"Најверојатно има подметнато празно место во конфигурациската датотека."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "&Папка за експортирање"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Разгледај..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
#, fuzzy
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
"Табелата за експортирање веќе ја\n"
"содржи оваа папка."
-#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-"with spaces in their names.\n"
-"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-msgstr ""
-"„NFS“ серверот (%1) во кориснички режим не може да експортира\n"
-"папки со празно место во нивните имиња.\n"
-"За ова користете го серверот базиран на кернелот (%2)."
-
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
@@ -219,31 +208,31 @@
"Сакате да ја креирате?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Изберете ја папката за експортирање"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Џокер на &домаќинот"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "О&пции"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -253,12 +242,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -267,7 +256,7 @@
"и да експортирате некои од вашите папки за други компјутери.</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
@@ -275,7 +264,7 @@
"<P>Ако изберете <B>„Вклучи го „NFS“ серверот</B>, при притискање на <B>„Следно“</B> ќе се\n"
"отвори конфигурациски дијалог во кој одредувате кои папки сакате да ги експортирате.</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -283,54 +272,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "„NFS“ сервер"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Вклучи"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "&Не вклучувај"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Овозможено"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "Овозможено"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -341,7 +330,7 @@
"да ја монтираат оваа папка.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
@@ -351,69 +340,64 @@
"Може да е само еден компјутер, групи, џокери или\n"
"„IP“ мрежи.</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
+#. Help, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>За назначување на сите домаќини, внесете ѕвезда (<tt>*</tt>).</p>"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
-msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Ако сакате да ги назначите сите домаќини, оставете го полето празно.</p>"
-
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>За повеќе информации, обратете се на <tt>„man exports“</tt>.</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "Додај &папка"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Уреди"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "И&збриши"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Џокер на домаќинот"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Опции"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "Додај &домаќин"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "&Уреди"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Избри&ши"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Папки за експортирање"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -422,7 +406,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -433,76 +417,62 @@
"експортираните папки.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“ серверот"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "Зачувај „/etc/exports“"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Рестартирај ги сервисите"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "Зачувување на „/etc/exports“..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисите..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на „NFS“ серверот. Ве молам почекајте..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Не можам да запишувам во „/etc/sysconfig/apache2“"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302
-msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgstr "Не можам да запишувам во „/etc/sysconfig/apache2“"
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-msgstr "Не можам да запишувам во „/etc/sysconfig/apache2“"
-
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr "Не можам да запишувам во „/etc/sysconfig/apache2“"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -511,16 +481,36 @@
"Вашите промени ќе се применат по рестартирање на компјутерот.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "„NFS“ експортирање"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
+#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "„NFS“ серверот (%1) во кориснички режим не може да експортира\n"
+#~ "папки со празно место во нивните имиња.\n"
+#~ "За ова користете го серверот базиран на кернелот (%2)."
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Ако сакате да ги назначите сите домаќини, оставете го полето празно.</p>"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Не можам да запишувам во „/etc/sysconfig/apache2“"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Не можам да запишувам во „/etc/sysconfig/apache2“"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "Па&пки"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/nis.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/nis.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/nis.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/nis_server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/nis_server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/nis_server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
#. To translators: checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100
+#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98
msgid "This host is also a NIS &client"
msgstr ""
@@ -369,22 +369,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84
-msgid "N&IS domain name:"
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
+msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
msgstr ""
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NIS Server"
+msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
+msgstr "„NIS“ сервер"
+
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109
msgid "Slave Server Setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/ntp-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/ntp-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/ntp-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -48,23 +48,22 @@
msgstr "Име на „&NFS“ серверот"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "„NTP“ сервер"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "Зачувај конфигурација"
-#. try to line up the widgets horizontally
#. push button label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
#, fuzzy
@@ -78,22 +77,30 @@
msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Синхронизирање на серверот..."
+#. update time widgets
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481
-msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+msgid ""
+"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
+"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
+"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. local clock type name
@@ -598,10 +605,13 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -609,7 +619,7 @@
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
@@ -618,7 +628,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -628,7 +638,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -638,7 +648,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -649,7 +659,7 @@
"прикажан во полето долу.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -657,14 +667,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -672,7 +682,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -684,14 +694,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -700,7 +710,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -709,7 +719,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -717,7 +727,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -725,7 +735,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -733,7 +743,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -742,7 +752,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -750,7 +760,7 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -762,49 +772,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -812,7 +822,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -822,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -830,7 +840,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -843,7 +853,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -851,7 +861,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -861,7 +871,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -870,7 +880,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1211,121 +1221,124 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#. error report
+#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
+#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
+#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
+#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr "Променете ја конфигурацијата на „IrDA“"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Променете ја конфигурацијата на „IrDA“"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Зачувај конфигурација"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Резиме од конфигурацијата на глушецот."
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/oneclickinstall.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/oneclickinstall.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/oneclickinstall.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/online-update-configuration.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/online-update-configuration.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/online-update-configuration.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/online-update.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/online-update.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/online-update.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -112,13 +112,20 @@
msgid "Initializing Online Update"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no message
-#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209
msgid ""
"No update repository\n"
"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
msgstr ""
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgid "No update repository configured yet."
+msgstr "Сеуште не е конфигурирано."
+
#. progress window label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49
msgid "Progress Log"
Added: trunk/yast/mk/po/opensuse_mirror.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/opensuse_mirror.mk.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/opensuse_mirror.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>, 2006.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add &Directory"
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr "Додај &папка"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "Mirrored"
+msgstr "Грешка"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "da"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ne"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "&Mirror"
+msgstr "Грешка"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145
+msgid "&Do not Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select &All"
+msgid "Select/Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Избери ги &сите"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/packager.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/packager.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/packager.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-11 20:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -147,6 +147,15 @@
msgid "&Text Mode"
msgstr "Изберете режим"
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706
+msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
#, fuzzy
@@ -505,7 +514,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Подготвувам..."
@@ -575,7 +584,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL"
@@ -817,7 +826,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Детали:"
@@ -825,7 +834,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Сакате да се обидете повторно?"
@@ -1172,7 +1181,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "&Вклучи"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Отвори"
@@ -1424,7 +1433,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1460,79 +1469,79 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Се појави грешка при поврзување со серверот."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "URL"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Додатни производи"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Додатни производи"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
@@ -1584,7 +1593,7 @@
msgstr "Инсталацијата е завршена"
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1592,13 +1601,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ""
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Завршено."
@@ -1606,14 +1615,14 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr ""
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr "Патека до директориумот: %1"
@@ -1621,7 +1630,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1630,153 +1639,194 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr "Предупредувања од дневникот: %1"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362
#, fuzzy
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Производ „%1“"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "Тип на податочен систем"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Читај конфигурирани каталози"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr ""
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr ""
+#. newly installed products
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696
+msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. product update: %s is a product name
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708
+msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Removing another product might be an issue
+#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725
+msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
+#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Додај &папка"
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1784,54 +1834,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Подготовка на фонтовите..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "Пронајден е „%1“ модул"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Читање на информацијата за пакетот..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1840,76 +1890,77 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param string filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "Не можам да ја отворам датотеката „%1“"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Јазик"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
+#. check box label
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "Лиценцен договор"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
-msgstr "&Не се согласувам"
+#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
+"%{license_url}"
+msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. dialog title
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Лиценцен договор"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја прекинете инсталацијата?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1993,110 +2044,115 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34
+msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719
msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
msgid "&NFS..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "Директориум на слика за &подигање"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "Локално време"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "Име на „&NFS“ серверот"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "Зачувај во датотека"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount options"
msgid "Mount Options"
@@ -2104,22 +2160,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Конфигурирани каталози"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Конфигурирани каталози"
@@ -2127,41 +2183,41 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "Детали за јазикот"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "„NFS“ сервер"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Додај &папка"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Локално време"
@@ -2171,58 +2227,58 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Додај &папка"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Детали за јазикот"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Име на „&NFS“ серверот"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2232,23 +2288,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2257,30 +2313,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805
#, fuzzy
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-R"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "Зачувај во датотека"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2288,7 +2344,7 @@
msgstr "Одредената датотека не постои."
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2296,7 +2352,7 @@
msgstr "Одредената датотека не постои."
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2304,19 +2360,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Директориум на сликата за подигање:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2326,22 +2382,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "Тип на податочен систем"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "Додај &папка"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2354,7 +2410,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2362,11 +2418,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2378,13 +2434,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "Зачувај во датотека"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2392,75 +2448,75 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Сервер"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Порта"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "Зачувај во датотека"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "Папка за експортирање"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "П&роверка"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Анонимен"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620
#, fuzzy
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Ко&рисничко име:"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2475,7 +2531,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2484,12 +2540,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949
-msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957
+msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2497,7 +2553,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2505,7 +2561,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2515,7 +2571,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2524,29 +2580,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Пронајди ги уредите"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Неуспешно додавање на додатни производи."
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Не е пронајдено."
#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2556,12 +2612,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Типови на сервиси"
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgid "Add On Product"
+msgstr "Додатни производи"
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
#, fuzzy
@@ -2667,7 +2729,9 @@
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Конфигурирани каталози"
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680
+#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
+#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr "&Уред за отворање"
@@ -2745,12 +2809,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n"
@@ -2762,7 +2826,7 @@
"кој најверојатно го блокира скенирањето на мрежата."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
msgstr "Во вашата мрежа не се пронајдени „SLP“ каталози."
@@ -2786,6 +2850,10 @@
msgstr "Ве молам изберете"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
+#~ msgstr "&Не се согласувам"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?"
#~ msgstr "Сите промени ќе бидат изгубени!"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/pam.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/pam.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/pam.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 22:06-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <mkde-l10n(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/pkg-bindings.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/pkg-bindings.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/pkg-bindings.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 22:08-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <mkde-l10n(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/printer.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/printer.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/printer.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/product-creator.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/product-creator.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/product-creator.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/proxy.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/proxy.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/proxy.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/qt-pkg.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/qt-pkg.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/qt-pkg.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -42,49 +42,49 @@
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
#, fuzzy
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "&Барај"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "Резиме на инсталацијата"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
msgid "File List"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr ""
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
@@ -94,180 +94,180 @@
msgstr "О&ткажи"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "При&фати"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Датотека"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
msgid "&Package"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "Конфигурација"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "Онлајн надградување"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Опции"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "Системска конфигурација"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "&Производ"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Помош"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr ""
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr ""
@@ -275,59 +275,59 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Грешка"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "Сите промени ќе бидат изгубени!"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "Продолжи"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "О&ткажи"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr ""
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/qt.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/qt.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/qt.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -60,14 +60,14 @@
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:640
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup dialog caption
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:653
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/rdp.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/rdp.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/rdp.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/rear.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/rear.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/rear.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/registration.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/registration.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/registration.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -17,48 +17,92 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37
msgid ""
-"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n"
-"to use the default SUSE registration server."
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+#. %s is the default SCC URL
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер"
+
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52
+#. popup message
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised
-#. register the system
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164
+#. nil = use the default URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549
+#. register the base product
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
-#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text
+#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
+#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
+msgid "Updating to %s ..."
+msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
+
+#. display the registration update dialog
+#. dialog title
+#. dialog title
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
@@ -66,51 +110,55 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
-msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Configuration..."
msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер"
-#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373
-msgid "&Email"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IP Address"
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "„IP“ адреса"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#. TODO: improve the help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products."
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration"
-msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-
#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377
msgid ""
"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -118,58 +166,27 @@
"on-line updates during installation?"
msgstr ""
-#. use two column layout if needed
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317
+#. cache the available addons
+#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Details..."
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Детали..."
+msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %s are product names
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
-"dependencies:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons."
-msgstr ""
-
#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411
-msgid "Extension Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. cache the available addons
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485
-msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595
-msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -181,356 +198,682 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Again"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
msgid "Select Extensions"
msgstr ""
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Вашиот систем е подготвен за користење.</p>"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
-#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:42
-msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194
-msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
-#. register the base product
-#. register addons
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Registering Product..."
-msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-msgstr[2] ""
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Вашата конфигурација е успешна."
-#. ---------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238
-msgid "Add-on &Name"
+#. remove possible duplicates
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243
+msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267
-msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?"
+#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
+#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
+#. but better than aborting the installation...
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Downloading file..."
+msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Преземам датотека..."
+
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263
+msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
-msgid "Name"
+#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
+#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Product Registration"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "Завршување на основната инсталација"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "П&родолжи со инсталацијата"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration Settings"
+msgstr "Информации за регистрација и приватност"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
+msgid "E-mail Address: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#. TODO FIXME: add a help text
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled"
-msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
-msgstr "„&SLP“ регистрацијата е овозможена"
+#| msgid "Initializing Available Catalogs"
+msgid "Install Available Updates"
+msgstr "Подготвување на достапните каталози"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Product Registration"
+msgid "Registration Server"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351
-msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
-"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Server URL: %s"
+msgstr "„DNS“ сервер"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+msgid "Use SLP discovery"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356
-msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
-"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
+msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register the Product"
+msgid "Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379
-msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
+msgid "Secure Connection Error"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Server Settings"
-msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
+msgid "Details:"
+msgstr "Детали:"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
+msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Issued To"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+msgid "Organization (O): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+msgid "Issued By"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
-msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+msgid "Validity"
+msgstr "Невалидна опција: %1"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396
-msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
+msgid "Issued On: "
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403
-msgid "Optional Server Certificate"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421
-msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
+msgid "Expires On: "
msgstr ""
-#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478
-msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial port"
+msgid "Serial Number: "
+msgstr "Сериска порта"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "StationID is invalid."
-msgid ""
-"The email address is not known or\n"
-"the registration code is not valid."
+msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Невалидна ИД на станицата."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
+"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
+"might take very long time.\n"
+"\n"
+"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n"
+"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n"
+"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n"
+"the upgrade again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. add the hint to the error details
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled"
+msgid "Registration failed."
+msgstr "„&SLP“ регистрацијата е овозможена"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Информации за регистрација и приватност"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled"
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "„&SLP“ регистрацијата е овозможена"
-
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
+msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Детали..."
-#. label follwed by a certificate description
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147
-msgid "Certificate:"
+#. progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209
+msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151
-msgid "Issued To"
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210
+msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154
-msgid "Issued By"
+#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
+#. the original error message from openSSL
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228
+msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157
-msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr ""
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Catalog Configuration"
+msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
+msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на каталогот"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159
-msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
+#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze
+#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM!
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8
+msgid "SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176
-msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10
+msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
-msgid "Organization (O): "
+#. indent size used in summary text
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180
-msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194
-msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
-msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. return the boot command line parameter
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Checking..."
-msgid "Searching..."
-msgstr "Проверувам..."
-
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
-msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Вклучување на серверот..."
#. # error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Лиценцен договор"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
-#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the
-#. not accepted extension
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65
+#. ask user to accept an addon EULA
+#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon
+#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
msgid ""
"Downloading the license for\n"
"%s\n"
"failed."
msgstr ""
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93
-msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95
-msgid "%s License Agreement"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
+msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+msgstr[2] ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
+msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+msgstr[2] ""
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (3/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "Детали..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unavailable"
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "Недостапно"
+
+#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Identifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr "Верзија"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Архитектура"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Release Type"
+msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration Code"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Downloading files..."
+msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
+msgstr "Преземам датотеки..."
+
+#. disable download on a non-registered system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
+msgstr "Навистина сакате да го избришете „%1“?"
+
+#. replace the content
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Version"
+msgid "&Version"
+msgstr "Верзија"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Architecture"
+msgid "&Architecture"
+msgstr "Архитектура"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "&Release Type"
+msgstr "Белешки за изданието"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register the Product"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Server Settings"
+msgstr "Поставувања на „AutoYaST“"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "none"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+msgid "Certificate has expired"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input field label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials"
-#~ msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер"
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+#. return the boot command line parameter
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking..."
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "Проверувам..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
+msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled"
+#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+#~ msgstr "„&SLP“ регистрацијата е овозможена"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration"
#~ msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер"
@@ -560,10 +903,6 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Profile"
#~ msgstr "Хардверски профил"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Registration Status"
-#~ msgstr "Информации за регистрација и приватност"
-
#~ msgid "Optional Information"
#~ msgstr "Изборни информации"
@@ -616,10 +955,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Вашата конфигурација е успешна."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Registration code is missing."
-#~ msgstr "Инсталација на додатни производи"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Registration Status at: <b>%1</b>"
#~ msgstr "Информации за регистрација и приватност"
@@ -667,14 +1002,6 @@
#~ msgstr "непознато"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "Завршување на основната инсталација"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "П&родолжи со инсталацијата"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Included Information"
#~ msgstr "Потребни информации"
@@ -687,10 +1014,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Изборни информации"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "SMT Server: %1"
-#~ msgstr "„DNS“ сервер"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Key"
#~ msgstr "ИД на &клучот"
@@ -798,10 +1121,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Невалидна опција: %1"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Valid to: "
-#~ msgstr "Невалидна опција: %1"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Reject"
#~ msgstr "&Отвори"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/reipl.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/reipl.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/reipl.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -258,35 +258,35 @@
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
msgstr "Конфигурирани каталози"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/relocation-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/relocation-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/relocation-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/s390.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/s390.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/s390.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-client.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-client.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -193,6 +193,15 @@
msgid "M&aximum"
msgstr ""
+#. require_groups
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
+msgid "Allowed Group(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
+msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combobox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
msgid "&Kerberos Method"
@@ -796,7 +805,10 @@
msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Завршено"
@@ -866,12 +878,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Да"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
msgid "No"
msgstr "Не"
@@ -894,14 +908,186 @@
"Try again."
msgstr ""
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration"
+msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“"
+
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the previous settings"
+msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
+msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања"
+
+#. translators: progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the database"
+msgid "Read the winbind status"
+msgstr "Читај ја базата на податоци"
+
+#. translators: progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
+msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
+msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..."
+
+#. translators: progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
+msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
+
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Catalog Configuration"
+msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на каталогот"
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disable the TFTP service"
+msgid "Disable Samba services"
+msgstr "Оневозможи го „TFTP“ сервисот"
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable the TFTP service"
+msgid "Enable Samba services"
+msgstr "Овозможи го „TFTP“ сервисот"
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restarting services..."
+msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисите..."
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting services..."
+msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Вклучување на сервисите..."
+
+#. write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard configuration."
+msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на тастатура."
+
+#. write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
+msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
+msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“ серверот"
+
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
+msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
+msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата во „%1“"
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgstr "Не можам да го вклучам сервисот „%1“"
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
+msgstr "Не можам да го исклучам сервисот „%1“"
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
+msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
+
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration"
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Конфигурација на тастатура"
+
+#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "Изберете ја папката за експортирање"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Au&thentication"
+msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
+msgstr "П&роверка"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Support Information</b></p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Информации за поддршката</b></p>\n"
+
+#. summary item: authentication using winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
-#~ msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Br&owse..."
#~ msgstr "&Разгледај..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-users.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-users.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/samba-users.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 22:36-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <mkde-l10n(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/scanner.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/scanner.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/scanner.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/security.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/security.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/security.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/services-manager.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/services-manager.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/services-manager.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,12 +16,216 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "Подготовка на основниот менаџер на прозорци..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "До&стапни се:"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Не е избран ниту еден пакет за инсталирање."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Не е избран ниту еден пакет за инсталирање."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "Запишување на системската конфигурација"
+
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Сервис"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Овозможено"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Action"
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "Акција"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "&Вклучи"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "Овозмо&жи или Оневозможи"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Details"
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "&Детали"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "Вклучување на сервиси"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restarting services..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисите..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Оневозможено"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -61,3 +265,69 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use Default Values"
+msgid "Default Target"
+msgstr "Користи основни вредности"
+
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "Сеуште не е конфигурирано."
+
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state
+#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Systemd targets
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "Изберете режим"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr "Изберете режим"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/slp-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/slp-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/slp-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/snapper.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/snapper.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/snapper.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User data"
@@ -40,39 +40,39 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Креирај нов „TSIG“ клуч"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the database..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -80,140 +80,140 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probe"
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Тестирај"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да го избришете „%1“?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Сингапур"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the database..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Читај ја тековната конфигурација"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ISDN"
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ISDN"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Start IrDA"
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "&Вклучи „IrDA“"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Time and Date"
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Време и дата"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "&Корисничко име"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "&Промени"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The path %1 does not exist.\n"
@@ -224,97 +224,97 @@
"Дали сакате да ја креирате?\n"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Restart"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "&Рестартирај"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Избор на работна површина"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Избор на работна површина"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -335,21 +335,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Не е избран ниту еден пакет за инсталирање."
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parsing files..."
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Проверувам датотеки..."
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/sound.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/sound.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/sound.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/squid.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/squid.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/squid.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
@@ -1443,11 +1443,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53
msgid "Afrikaans"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Африкански"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54
msgid "Arabic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Арапски"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55
#, fuzzy
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71
msgid "Indonesian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Индонезиски"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72
msgid "Italian"
@@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90
msgid "Thai"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Таи"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91
msgid "Turkish"
@@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94
msgid "Vietnamese"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Виетнамски"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/sshd.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/sshd.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/sshd.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/storage.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/storage.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/storage.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
#. this is the resize case
#.
#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Locale settings"
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
msgstr "Локални поставувања"
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -140,15 +140,21 @@
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -768,7 +774,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -786,7 +792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -796,7 +802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -806,7 +812,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -816,7 +822,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -826,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -839,7 +845,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -849,7 +855,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
@@ -860,7 +866,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -872,7 +878,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -884,7 +890,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -893,7 +899,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -904,22 +910,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -933,7 +925,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -948,13 +940,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја избришете оваа ставка?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -967,7 +959,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -976,7 +968,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -985,7 +977,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -993,7 +985,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1001,53 +993,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1056,7 +1048,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1066,7 +1058,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1076,7 +1068,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1091,13 +1083,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Не се дозволени празни стрингови во опциите."
@@ -1126,7 +1118,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
@@ -1138,7 +1130,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
@@ -1159,7 +1151,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1168,7 +1160,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1489,7 +1481,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1500,24 +1492,24 @@
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Не се дозволени празни стрингови во опциите."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Избраната опција веќе е присутна."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1549,7 +1541,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1562,7 +1554,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1575,7 +1567,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1597,7 +1589,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1772,12 +1764,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1785,32 +1777,32 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Точка на монтирање"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr "Рестартирај ги сервисите"
@@ -1822,63 +1814,69 @@
msgstr "Точка на монтирање"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr "Конфигурирај „&iSCSI“ дискови"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
+msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
+
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr "&Конфигурирај..."
#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr "До&стапни се:"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -1886,51 +1884,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really rescan disks?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+msgid ""
+"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+"Really call FCoE configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2207,14 +2212,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Изберете ја категоријата која е соодветна на вашиот проблем.</p>"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Operating System"
+msgstr "Далечен податочен систем"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "Swap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+msgid "Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2222,61 +2259,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Точка на монтирање"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "&Други опции"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Оваа ставка мора да е завршена."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2285,17 +2322,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2305,7 +2342,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2314,60 +2351,60 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Сите промени ќе бидат изгубени!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Тековна временска зона: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Тековен тип на глушец: %1"
@@ -2376,8 +2413,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2389,21 +2426,21 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Рачно"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -2411,14 +2448,14 @@
msgstr "Центар за потрошувачи"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Изберете ја категоријата која е соодветна на вашиот проблем.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2428,7 +2465,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2437,12 +2474,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Скенирање на мрежата..."
@@ -2640,62 +2677,62 @@
msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
#, fuzzy
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Опции за монтирање"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Norway"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Норвешка"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Back"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Н&азад"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја избришете оваа ставка?"
@@ -2710,7 +2747,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3606,12 +3643,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Невалидна опција: %1"
@@ -3813,7 +3850,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
@@ -4018,17 +4055,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4130,120 +4167,131 @@
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Ознака"
#. list entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
msgid "UUID"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr "Точка на монтирање"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
msgid "Used by"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr "Информации за системот"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr "Изборни информации"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Опција"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Име на уред"
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Идентификација на уред"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr ""
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Option"
+msgid "Optimal"
+msgstr "Опција"
+
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr "Вклучување на модулот „%1“..."
+
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr "Далечен податочен систем"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
@@ -4254,14 +4302,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
@@ -4270,14 +4318,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -4594,23 +4642,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -4618,29 +4666,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
@@ -4648,37 +4696,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mountable by &User"
msgstr "Точка на монтирање"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -4688,12 +4736,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -4701,12 +4749,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -4718,40 +4766,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -4759,89 +4807,89 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
@@ -4849,12 +4897,12 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
@@ -4862,37 +4910,37 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
@@ -4901,12 +4949,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -4914,31 +4962,31 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -4947,19 +4995,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -4972,12 +5020,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -4985,41 +5033,41 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
@@ -5027,12 +5075,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -5045,7 +5093,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -5058,7 +5106,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5068,7 +5116,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5082,7 +5130,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -5095,7 +5143,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5104,7 +5152,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5112,7 +5160,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5121,28 +5169,28 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "„Root“ лозинка"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5150,14 +5198,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5165,92 +5213,92 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "„YaST2“ го пронајде следниов уред"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "„YaST2“ го пронајде следниов уред"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5258,7 +5306,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5266,7 +5314,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5274,18 +5322,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5912,54 +5960,54 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Samba Group Name"
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "Име на „Samba“ група"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Не е пронајдена „Linux root“ партиција."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Locale settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Локални поставувања"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5968,33 +6016,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "&Лозинка"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "&Внеси лозинка:"
@@ -6022,25 +6070,25 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr "Далечен податочен систем"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "Невалидна опција: %1"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/sudo.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/sudo.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/sudo.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/support.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/support.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/support.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -38,11 +38,13 @@
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
-msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SUSE Support"
+msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
+msgstr "„SUSE“ поддршка"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
-msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
+msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
@@ -117,7 +119,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата."
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
@@ -180,7 +182,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Опции"
#. Support overview dialog caption
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
@@ -235,7 +237,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
-msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
+msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
@@ -249,7 +251,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Напредок"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
@@ -278,6 +280,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Прекинување на подготовката:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Доколку веднаш претиснете <b>„Прекини“</b>, безбедно ја прекинувате алатката за конфигурирање.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44
@@ -294,6 +298,10 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Прекинување на зачувувањето:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Со притискање на <b>„Прекини“</b> ја прекинувате процедурата за зачувување.\n"
+"Додатен дијалог ќе ве информира дали е сигурно да го строите ова.\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55
@@ -323,8 +331,8 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -406,7 +414,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
@@ -449,7 +457,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n"
+"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -753,7 +761,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -764,7 +772,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Подготвувам..."
#. global string created_directory="";
#: src/modules/Support.rb:143
@@ -792,27 +800,27 @@
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:329
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:331
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вклучи „SuSEconfig“"
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:335
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..."
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:337
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..."
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/Support.rb:339
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Завршено"
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/sysconfig.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/sysconfig.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/sysconfig.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -465,5 +465,122 @@
"\n"
msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "Завршено"
+#. Translation: Progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Search..."
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "&Барај..."
+
+#. Display confirmation dialog
+#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
+#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
+#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Commands:"
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "Команди:"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+msgid "S&kip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. get activation map for variable
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting module %1..."
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "Вклучување на модулот „%1“..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Command '%1'"
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "Команда „%1“"
+
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Catalog Configuration"
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на каталогот"
+
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the settings"
+msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+msgid "Activate the changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting module %1..."
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "Вклучување на модулот „%1“..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. service is running, reload it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restarting service..."
+msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисот..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart the service"
+msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Рестартирај го сервисот"
+
+#. service is running, restart it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restarting service..."
+msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисот..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart the service"
+msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Рестартирај го сервисот"
+
+#. set 100% in progress bar
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Завршено"
+
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration summary ..."
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Резиме на конфигурацијата ..."
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/tftp-server.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/tftp-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/tftp-server.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 23:03-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <mkde-l10n(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/timezone_db.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/timezone_db.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/timezone_db.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.mk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-09 21:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/tune.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/tune.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/tune.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,55 +17,60 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "Овој „YaST2“ модул не поддржува командна линија."
#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Hardware..."
msgstr "Испитување за „FireWire“ уреди..."
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Напредок"
#. title label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
msgid "&All Entries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
msgid "&Save to File..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
msgid "Hardware Information"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#. installation proposal header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
+msgid "System and Hardware Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
#. tree node string
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
msgid "S&ystem"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/update.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/update.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/update.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -149,18 +149,18 @@
#. Table item (unknown file system)
#. label - name of sustem to update
#. starts with >`<
-#. label for an unknown installed system
+#. Get installed release name
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Непознато"
#. label showing to which version we are updating
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update to %1"
msgstr "Надгради"
@@ -220,9 +220,19 @@
"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no question
+#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
msgid ""
+"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n"
+"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n"
+"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
+msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to reset your detailed selection?"
msgstr ""
@@ -230,13 +240,13 @@
#. error report
#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
msgid "Failed to mount target system"
msgstr ""
#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
msgstr ""
@@ -307,13 +317,13 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1."
#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
msgstr ""
@@ -321,15 +331,15 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -337,24 +347,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "Неуспешно инсталирање на потребните пакети."
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -363,17 +373,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr ""
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -382,27 +392,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
msgid "Unknown Linux"
msgstr ""
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux"
msgstr ""
#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
@@ -410,12 +420,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
msgid "Partition or System to Update:"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
@@ -423,12 +433,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
msgid "Select for Update"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
@@ -437,69 +447,69 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
msgid "Partition"
msgstr ""
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Архитектура"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
msgid "File System"
msgstr ""
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Ознака"
#. check box
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
msgid "&Show All Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
msgid "&Boot"
msgstr ""
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
msgid ""
"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n"
"on the selected partition."
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
msgid ""
"The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n"
"is different from the one of this product.\n"
msgstr ""
#. pop-up question
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
msgid "&Yes, Use It"
msgstr ""
#. Target load failed, #466803
#. Target load failed, #466803
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
msgid ""
"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n"
"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n"
@@ -507,30 +517,30 @@
"Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr "Продолжи"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -540,7 +550,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -549,25 +559,25 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "&Детали"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "Тип на податочен систем"
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -575,25 +585,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Предупредување"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -604,7 +614,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -617,39 +627,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Точка на &монтирање"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -657,17 +667,17 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr ""
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -675,23 +685,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr ""
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Идентификација на уред"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -701,7 +711,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -710,17 +720,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr ""
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr ""
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -741,38 +751,64 @@
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Пронаоѓање на достапните контролери"
+#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
+#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
+#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
+#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
+#.
+#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
+#. @return [String] product name
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
+msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Непозната зона"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:817
-msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
+#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
+#. and we don't continue further
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
+"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
+"%{packages}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата"
-#: control/update.glade:34
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Надгради"
-#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Изврши надградба"
-#: control/update.glade:63
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "Update System Configuration"
msgstr "Системска конфигурација"
-#: control/update.glade:71
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration"
msgid "Update Configuration"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/users.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/users.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/users.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise user to remember his new password
+#. advise users to remember their new password
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgstr ""
@@ -4221,23 +4221,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<p><b>Ви честитаме!</b></p>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
#, fuzzy
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Читај конфигурирани каталози"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/vm.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/vm.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/vm.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,136 +28,170 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184
+#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236
+msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237
+msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server"
+msgid "KVM server"
+msgstr "Сервер"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253
+msgid "KVM tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260
+msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290
+msgid "Virtualization client tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308
+msgid "Xen server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309
+msgid "Xen tools"
+msgstr ""
+
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "мрежна карта"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -170,27 +204,27 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/wagon.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/wagon.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/wagon.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/wol.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/wol.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/wol.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 22:24-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <mkde-l10n(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/xpram.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/xpram.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/xpram.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 22:51-0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <mkde-l10n(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/mk/po/yast2-apparmor.mk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/mk/po/yast2-apparmor.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
+++ trunk/yast/mk/po/yast2-apparmor.mk.po 2014-10-07 15:35:54 UTC (rev 89762)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Зоран Димовски <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -306,11 +306,11 @@
#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "&Done"
msgstr ""
@@ -1104,64 +1104,72 @@
msgid "Could not recognize mode: "
msgstr ""
-#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128
+#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
+msgid "enforce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+msgid "complain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
msgid "Show All Profiles"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
msgid "Show Active Profiles"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
#. TODO switch to variable in a module
#. TODO plain reread does not work here
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
msgid "Profile Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
msgid "Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Toggle Mode"
msgstr "Изберете режим"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
msgid "Set All to Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
msgid "Set All to Complain"
msgstr ""
#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Profile Mode Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација на хардверот"
#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure Profile Mode"
msgstr "Конфигурирај сега (препорачано)"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgid "Select an action to perform."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:35:35 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89761
Added:
trunk/yast/ast/po/cio.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/opensuse_mirror.ast.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/ast/po/add-on-creator.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/add-on.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/audit-laf.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-client.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/autoinst.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/base.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/bootloader.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/ca-management.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/cluster.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/control-center.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/control.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/country.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/crowbar.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/dhcp-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/dns-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/drbd.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/fcoe-client.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/firewall-services.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/firewall.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/firstboot.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/ftp-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/geo-cluster.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/gtk.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/http-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/inetd.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/installation.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/instserver.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/iplb.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-client.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-lio-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/isns.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/kdump.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/kerberos-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/kerberos.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/languages_db.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap-client.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/live-installer.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/lxc.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/mail.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/multipath.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/ncurses-pkg.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/ncurses.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/network.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/nfs.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/nfs_server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/nis.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/nis_server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/ntp-client.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/oneclickinstall.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/online-update-configuration.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/online-update.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/packager.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/pam.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/pkg-bindings.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/printer.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/product-creator.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/proxy.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/qt-pkg.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/qt.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/rdp.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/rear.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/registration.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/reipl.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/relocation-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/s390.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-client.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-users.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/scanner.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/security.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/services-manager.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/slp-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/snapper.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/sound.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/squid.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/sshd.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/storage.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/sudo.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/support.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/sysconfig.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/tftp-server.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/timezone_db.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/tune.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/update.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/users.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/vm.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/wagon.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/wol.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/xpram.ast.po
trunk/yast/ast/po/yast2-apparmor.ast.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/add-on-creator.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/add-on-creator.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/add-on-creator.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/add-on.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/add-on.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/add-on.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,21 +44,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -84,10 +84,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconocíu"
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "Instalación de productos adicionales"
@@ -218,42 +218,42 @@
#. ...
#. ]
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "Fallu na verificación del repositoriu."
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr ""
@@ -265,33 +265,33 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -299,12 +299,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
@@ -313,34 +313,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Product"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Mediu"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1116 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1176
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1232 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1290
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installed Packages"
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
@@ -348,74 +348,74 @@
# include/network/summary.ycp:101
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown Product"
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "Productu desconocíu"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
msgid "URL"
msgstr "Direición URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/audit-laf.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/audit-laf.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/audit-laf.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -796,30 +796,50 @@
msgid "Cannot read audit.rules."
msgstr ""
-#. Error message
+#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
+msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. question continues
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467
+msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
-"Do you want to start it now?"
+msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476
-msgid ""
-" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
-"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
-"Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#
+# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188
+#. Headline of a popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
+msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
+msgstr "Falló l'aniciu del destín."
+
+#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start &Update"
+msgid "Start and &Enable"
+msgstr "Entamar &anovamientu"
+
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484
-msgid "Audit daemon not running."
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Do not start"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491
msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492
msgid ""
"The rules may be locked.\n"
"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n"
@@ -828,36 +848,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Auditd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548
msgid "Saving Audit Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566
msgid "Write the rules"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572
msgid "Writing the rules..."
msgstr ""
#. check first whether rules are already locked
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588
msgid "The rules are already locked."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589
msgid ""
"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n"
"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n"
@@ -867,28 +887,28 @@
#
# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
msgstr "Falló l'aniciu del destín."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, rules cannot be set
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652
msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707
msgid "Log file"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-client.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Help"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aida"
#. No we open the dialog
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
@@ -390,23 +390,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/auth-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
#. all known interfaces for testing
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Puertu abiertu nel torgafueos"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "El torgafueos ta desactiváu"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: "
@@ -236,6 +236,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
+msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
+msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de YaST..."
+
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n"
@@ -487,7 +493,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
msgid "Bro&wse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rest&olar..."
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231
@@ -655,20 +661,22 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
-"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
+"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
@@ -678,14 +686,14 @@
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n"
"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n"
@@ -695,13 +703,13 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
@@ -709,7 +717,7 @@
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n"
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
@@ -719,28 +727,28 @@
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
@@ -751,17 +759,17 @@
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
@@ -770,7 +778,7 @@
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n"
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
@@ -779,30 +787,30 @@
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
@@ -810,34 +818,34 @@
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
@@ -845,30 +853,30 @@
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
@@ -876,21 +884,21 @@
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
@@ -902,11 +910,11 @@
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
@@ -914,21 +922,21 @@
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n"
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
@@ -938,15 +946,15 @@
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
@@ -954,28 +962,28 @@
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
@@ -985,22 +993,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
@@ -1008,11 +1016,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
@@ -1020,78 +1028,78 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
@@ -1099,19 +1107,19 @@
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
@@ -1119,71 +1127,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
@@ -1191,7 +1199,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
@@ -1201,29 +1209,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
@@ -1232,231 +1240,231 @@
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: acl_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : dict_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1757,6 +1765,8 @@
msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings"
msgstr ""
+#
+# modules/ISDN.ycp:151 modules/Lan.ycp:123 modules/Modem.ycp:147
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp
#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server
@@ -1765,6 +1775,12 @@
#. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id$
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read current configuration"
+msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
+msgstr "Lleer configuración actual"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
msgstr ""
@@ -1811,7 +1827,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicializando..."
#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. ****************************************
@@ -1947,6 +1963,8 @@
msgid "Change Administration Password"
msgstr ""
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:31
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:31
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1040
@@ -1954,15 +1972,17 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Non"
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1045
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sí"
#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188
@@ -2440,7 +2460,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
msgid "Select"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esbillar"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
msgid "Define the Access Level"
@@ -2690,8 +2710,8 @@
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575
msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util."
msgstr ""
@@ -2891,7 +2911,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
msgid "Not configured yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Entá ensin configurar."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472
msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist."
@@ -2954,7 +2974,7 @@
msgid "Could not create database directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
msgstr ""
@@ -2967,101 +2987,101 @@
msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027
msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881
msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/autoinst.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/autoinst.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/autoinst.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -105,8 +105,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#. doClone();
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr ""
@@ -118,33 +117,26 @@
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
msgstr "Tien de poner el puertu del proxy."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
-#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the
-#. system.
-#.
-#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42
+#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92
-msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr ""
#. help 1/2
@@ -276,21 +268,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2178,12 +2170,12 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
#.
#. @return the newly created node name
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129
msgid " - Drive"
msgstr ""
#. volume group
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133
msgid " - Volume group"
msgstr ""
@@ -2286,11 +2278,11 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
msgstr ""
@@ -2477,35 +2469,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr ""
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr ""
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/base.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/base.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/base.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-10 16:29+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Xandru Armesto <xandru(a)softastur.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <alministradores(a)softastur.org>\n"
@@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Inorar"
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "Contrase&ña"
@@ -1666,6 +1666,27 @@
msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgstr "Fallu al instalar los paquetes requeríos."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
+msgid "Updating system configuration..."
+msgstr "Tresnando la primer configuración del sistema..."
+
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
+msgid "This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Get information about the OS release
+#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
+#. is missing.
+#.
+#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
+#. @return [String] the release information
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
# include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:196
# include/ui/common_popups.ycp:239
# include/ui/common_popups.ycp:239
@@ -2379,15 +2400,15 @@
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Módem"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Tarxeta de rede"
@@ -2396,11 +2417,11 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "RDSI"
@@ -2408,18 +2429,18 @@
# clients/support_question.ycp:28
# clients/support_question.ycp:28
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "ADSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconocíu"
@@ -2429,63 +2450,63 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Direición adicional"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
# clients/hwinfo.ycp:101
# clients/hwinfo.ycp:101
# clients/hwinfo.ycp:101
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "Tarxeta de rede ARCnet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Mou de tresferencia asíncrona (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
# include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:150
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Conexón Bluetooth"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond"
msgstr "Asociáu"
# include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:165
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Rede asociada"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "Accesu d'enllaz común pa estaciones de trabayu (CLAW)"
#
# modules/ISDN.ycp:159
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "Tarxeta RDSI"
@@ -2493,219 +2514,219 @@
# classnames.ycp:96
# classnames.ycp:96
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "Interface canal a canal (CTC)"
# include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:150
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "Conexón ADSL"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Simuláu"
#
# include/network/lan/address.ycp:102
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Preséu de rede simuláu"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
#
# include/network/providers.ycp:569 include/network/providers.ycp:729
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "ESCON (Enteprise System Connector)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
# include/network/lan/manual.ycp:201 include/network/lan/manual.ycp:231
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Tarxeta de rede Ethernet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
# include/network/lan/manual.ycp:201 include/network/lan/manual.ycp:231
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "Tarxeta de rede FDDI"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
#
# include/network/providers.ycp:569 include/network/providers.ycp:729
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "Coneutor de sistemes de canales de freba (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "HIPPI (Inteface paralela d'alta velocidá)"
#
# include/network/lan/manual.ycp:76
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets "
#
# include/network/lan/manual.ycp:76
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "Interface de hipersockets (HSI)"
#
# menuentries/menuentry_isdn.y2cc:21
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "Conexón RDSI"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
#
# include/network/lan/address.ycp:102
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Preséu infrabermeyu de rede"
# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2310
# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2309
# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2323
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Preséu infrabermeyu"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "IUCV (Inter User Communication Vehicle)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
# include/network/summary.ycp:105
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "Tarxeta de rede OSA LCS"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "Circuitu zarráu"
#
# include/network/lan/address.ycp:102
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "Preséu de circuitu zarráu"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
# include/network/lan/manual.ycp:201 include/network/lan/manual.ycp:231
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Tarxeta de rede Myrinet"
#
# clients/printconf.ycp:115
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Llinia paralela"
# include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:85
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Llinia de conexón paralela"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "Preseos OSA-Express o QDIO (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "Preseos d'encapsulación IPv6-in-IPv4"
#
# clients/printconf.ycp:124
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Llinia serie"
# include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:87
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Llinia de conexón serie"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token-Ring "
# menuentries/menuentry_lan.y2cc:21
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Tarxeta de rede Token Ring"
@@ -2713,50 +2734,50 @@
# classnames.ycp:211
# classnames.ycp:211
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
# clients/hwinfo.ycp:101
# clients/hwinfo.ycp:101
# clients/hwinfo.ycp:101
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "Preseos de rede USB"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
#
# include/network/lan/address.ycp:102
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "Preseos de rede VMWare"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Inalámbricu"
# include/network/lan/manual.ycp:201 include/network/lan/manual.ycp:231
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Tarxeta de rede inalámbrica"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
# include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:165
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "Rede XP"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
@@ -2764,7 +2785,7 @@
# include/mail/ui.ycp:1020
# include/mail/ui.ycp:1092
# include/mail/ui.ycp:1340
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Rede virtual"
@@ -2772,39 +2793,39 @@
# classnames.ycp:72 classnames.ycp:81
# classnames.ycp:72 classnames.ycp:81
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Ponte"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Pasera de rede"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "TUN"
#
# include/network/lan/address.ycp:102
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "TUNel de rede"
# clients/online_update.ycp:251
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "TAP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "TAP de rede"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
@@ -2812,7 +2833,7 @@
# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2310
# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2309
# clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2323
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "Preseos InfiniBand "
@@ -2889,7 +2910,7 @@
msgstr "Direutorios &esportaos"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2901,35 +2922,32 @@
" \n"
" ¿Daveres quies siguir?"
-# classnames.ycp:44
-# classnames.ycp:44
-# classnames.ycp:44
#. If there is network running, return true.
-#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false
+#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "No running network detected!"
-msgid "No running network detected."
-msgstr "Nun se deteuta denguna rede funcional"
-
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356
-msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
+"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr "Reanicia la instalación y configura la rede en Linuxrc"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
+#| "and start this module again"
msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
-"and start this module again"
+"and start this module again\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
"Configura la rede con YaSt o Network Manager\n"
"y vuelve a aniciar esti módulu."
-# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:258
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360
-msgid "or continue without network."
-msgstr "o sigui ensin rede."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
msgid ""
@@ -3264,19 +3282,19 @@
msgstr "&Desinstalar"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Paquete: "
# include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:248 include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:308 include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:321
# include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:248 include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:308 include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:321
# include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:242 include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:308 include/partitioning/raid_ui.ycp:321
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Tamañu: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Tiempu restante pa volver a intentar automáticamente: %1"
@@ -3285,8 +3303,8 @@
# include/mail/ui.ycp:811 include/mail/ui.ycp:895
# include/mail/ui.ycp:1005 include/mail/ui.ycp:1099
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Descargando'l paquete %1 (%2)..."
@@ -3295,26 +3313,26 @@
# include/mail/ui.ycp:811 include/mail/ui.ycp:895
# include/mail/ui.ycp:1005 include/mail/ui.ycp:1099
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Descargando'l paquete"
# include/package_utils.ycp:309
# modules/MediaUI.ycp:343
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Amosar &detalles"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "El paquete %1 ta tollíu, falló la verificación de integridá."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "¿Quies volver a intentar la instalación del paquete?"
@@ -3323,8 +3341,8 @@
# include/ui/common_popups.ycp:239
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "¿Quies encaboxar la instalación?"
@@ -3333,15 +3351,15 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Error: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
@@ -3356,45 +3374,45 @@
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1116 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1176
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1232 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1290
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Desinstalando'l paquete %1 (%2)..."
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1116 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1176
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1232 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1290
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Instalando'l paquete %1 (%2)..."
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1116 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1176
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1232 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1290
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Desinstalando'l paquete"
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1116 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1176
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1232 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1290
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Instalando'l paquete"
#
# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Fallu al desaniciar el paquete %1."
#
# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "La instalación del paquete %1 falló."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3403,7 +3421,7 @@
"El sistema tien de verificase más sero executando'l módulu xestor de software."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3421,7 +3439,7 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "Cara A"
@@ -3429,17 +3447,17 @@
# clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:601
# clients/inst_resize_ui.ycp:601
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "Cara B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Discu %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Mediu %2)"
@@ -3447,7 +3465,7 @@
# modules/MediaUI.ycp:55
# ycp-format
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3456,7 +3474,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3469,7 +3487,7 @@
"Verifica que se pueda acceder al direutoriu."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3483,14 +3501,14 @@
# modules/MediaUI.ycp:201
#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858
msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
msgstr "El mediu d'instalación nun pudo montase."
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Omitir autoanovamientu"
@@ -3498,12 +3516,12 @@
# modules/MediaUI.ycp:261
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Espulsar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Espulsar a&utomáticamente'l CD/DVD"
@@ -3511,34 +3529,34 @@
# include/ui/common_popups.ycp:239
# include/ui/common_popups.ycp:239
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "¿Quies volver a intentar la instalación?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "¿Quies omitir el mediu?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Inorando'l mediu incorreutu..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Criando repositoriu %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository."
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
@@ -3549,32 +3567,32 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Nun pudo recuperase la descripción del repositoriu remotu."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Hebo un fallu al recuperar los nuevos metadatos."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "El repositoriu nun ye válidu."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Los metadatos del repositoriu nun son válidos."
@@ -3582,96 +3600,96 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "¿Reintentar?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Verificando'l repositoriu %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Fallu na verificación del repositoriu."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Detalles de la verificación del repositoriu."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Los metadatos del repositoriu nun son válidos."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Repositoriu %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Descargando'l paquete RPM delta %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Descargando'l paquete RPM delta"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Aplicando'l paquete RPM delta %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Aplicando'l paquete RPM delta"
#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744
msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Descargando'l paquete RPM parche %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752
msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
msgstr "Descargando paquete RPM parche"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Aniciando guión %1 (revisión %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Executando guión"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Parche: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "guión: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Resultáu del guión"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3680,7 +3698,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3695,7 +3713,7 @@
"perdese o quedar fuera de data. "
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Omitir anovamientu"
@@ -3705,8 +3723,8 @@
# include/mail/ui.ycp:1005 include/mail/ui.ycp:1099
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Descargando"
@@ -3716,8 +3734,8 @@
# include/mail/ui.ycp:1005 include/mail/ui.ycp:1099
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Descargando: %1"
@@ -3726,27 +3744,27 @@
# clients/cups.ycp:148 clients/cups_auto.ycp:113
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Comprobando la base de datos de paquetes"
#
# clients/inst_rpmupdate.ycp:33
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Reconstruyendo la base de datos de paquetes. Esti procesu puede llevar dalgún tiempu."
# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:748
#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estáu"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3757,12 +3775,12 @@
#
# clients/inst_rpmupdate.ycp:33
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Convirtiendo la base de datos de paquetes. Esti procesu puede llevar dalgún tiempu."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3771,12 +3789,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Lleendo la base de datos RPM..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Lleendo paquetes instalaos"
@@ -3787,29 +3805,29 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Esplorando base de datos RPM..."
#
# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Falló l'aniciu del destín."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "Base de datos RPM lleía"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticación d'usuarios"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3822,7 +3840,7 @@
#
# include/network/providers.ycp:498 include/network/providers.ycp:681
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nome de &usuariu"
@@ -3899,48 +3917,8 @@
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr "¿Aceutes esti alcuerdu de llicencia?"
-#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236
-msgid ""
-"The current system is not consistent,\n"
-"some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-msgstr ""
-"El sistema actual nun ye consistente,\n"
-"dellos paquetes tienen dependencies non resueltes."
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243
-msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-msgstr "Falló la resolución automática, necesítase de resolución de dependencia manual."
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-#| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-#| "in the package manager."
-msgid ""
-"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-"in the software manager."
-msgstr ""
-"YaST amestó o desanició dellos paquetes automáticamente,\n"
-"revisa los cambeos planificaos pa correxir el sistema\n"
-"nel xestor de paquetes."
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n"
-#| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-msgid ""
-"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-msgstr ""
-"¿Aniciar el xestor de paquetes y correxir los problemes\n"
-"u omitir la correición ya instalar namái los paquetes yá confirmados?"
-
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
@@ -3954,12 +3932,12 @@
# include/backup/ui.ycp:1651
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Nun foi dable instalar los paquetes requeríos."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3970,12 +3948,12 @@
"YaST nun funcione correcho.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Nun ye dable siguir ensin instalar los paquetes requeríos."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -4127,7 +4105,7 @@
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Paquetes"
@@ -4652,7 +4630,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The GnuPG key %1\n"
@@ -4677,7 +4655,7 @@
"y de que la contraseña daveres pertenez a esi propietariu enantes d'importarla."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n"
@@ -4688,18 +4666,18 @@
"Data caducidá: %1"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Importar contraseña GnuPG non confiable"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The expected checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4735,12 +4713,12 @@
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:91
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Recopilación incorreuta"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4771,23 +4749,24 @@
#
# include/network/lan/address.ycp:96 include/network/lan/manual.ycp:64
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Recopilación desconocía"
#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
+#. these are the initial values
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Instalando..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Mediu"
@@ -4795,37 +4774,37 @@
# clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:212
# include/backup/ui.ycp:875
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Paquetes restantes"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Hora"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Aiciones executaes:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait while packages are being installed.</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Por favor, espera mientres s'instalen los paquetes.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Encaboxar la instalación</B>La instalación de paquetes puede encaboxase usando'l botón <B>Encaboxar</B>. Sicasí, entós el sistema puede tar nún estáu inconsistente o non usable o podría nun arrancar si un componente de sistema básicu nun s'instala.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
@@ -4833,31 +4812,36 @@
# modules/SlideShow.ycp:1111
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Pas&e de diapositives"
#
# include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:159 include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:434
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detalles"
-#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+msgid "Performing Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Executar la instalación"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Instalación de paquetes"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4867,17 +4851,17 @@
#
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Encaboxada"
#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Probing"
msgid "System Log (%1)"
@@ -5869,7 +5853,7 @@
msgstr "Hebo un fallu durante la creación de initrd."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -6953,6 +6937,53 @@
"Nun esiste zona inversa pal %1 administráu pol sirvidor DNS.\n"
"Nun puede amestase'l nome de host %2."
+# classnames.ycp:44
+# classnames.ycp:44
+# classnames.ycp:44
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "No running network detected!"
+#~ msgid "No running network detected."
+#~ msgstr "Nun se deteuta denguna rede funcional"
+
+# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:258
+#~ msgid "or continue without network."
+#~ msgstr "o sigui ensin rede."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n"
+#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El sistema actual nun ye consistente,\n"
+#~ "dellos paquetes tienen dependencies non resueltes."
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
+#~ msgstr "Falló la resolución automática, necesítase de resolución de dependencia manual."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
+#~| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
+#~| "in the package manager."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
+#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
+#~ "in the software manager."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "YaST amestó o desanició dellos paquetes automáticamente,\n"
+#~ "revisa los cambeos planificaos pa correxir el sistema\n"
+#~ "nel xestor de paquetes."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n"
+#~| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
+#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "¿Aniciar el xestor de paquetes y correxir los problemes\n"
+#~ "u omitir la correición ya instalar namái los paquetes yá confirmados?"
+
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "Tamañu instaláu"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/bootloader.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/bootloader.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/bootloader.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -123,22 +123,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr ""
#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr ""
@@ -147,12 +147,12 @@
#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Disk Order"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -163,10 +163,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. `VSpacing(1),
-#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Window title
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -259,23 +258,29 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
@@ -284,25 +289,25 @@
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
@@ -310,7 +315,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -319,72 +324,72 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -437,112 +442,112 @@
#. Common widget of a console
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
#. textentry header
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. disabling & enabling up/down
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553
msgid "D&isks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&Arriba"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "&Abaxo"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740
+msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr ""
-#. Cache for genericWidgets function
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
-#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "During Boot"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Durante l'arranque"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -578,24 +583,40 @@
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box item
#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
@@ -628,40 +649,60 @@
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+msgid "set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+msgid "do not change"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
# classnames.ycp:86
# classnames.ycp:86
# classnames.ycp:86
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Serial controller"
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Controlador de puertu serie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
# classnames.ycp:203
# classnames.ycp:203
# classnames.ycp:203
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Console"
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "Consola"
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
+msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
@@ -675,7 +716,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -808,11 +849,7 @@
msgid "Xen"
msgstr ""
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91
msgid "Floppy"
msgstr ""
@@ -1663,33 +1700,34 @@
#.
#.
#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -1698,31 +1736,33 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
msgid " (\"/boot\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
msgid " (\"/\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1745,238 +1785,132 @@
msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "During Boot"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Durante l'arranque"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TODO add more devices
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128
msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
msgstr ""
-#. if "iscsi" is true
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166
-msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259
-msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79
-msgid "Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85
-msgid "Failsafe"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97
-msgid "Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103
-msgid "Memory Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109
-msgid "MBR before Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115
-msgid "Previous Kernel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121
-msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230
-msgid "_Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237
-msgid "_Failsafe"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244
-msgid "_Floppy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251
-msgid "_Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258
-msgid "_Memory Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265
-msgid "_MBR before Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272
-msgid "_Previous Kernel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279
-msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr ""
-
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27
#~ msgid "Yes"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/ca-management.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/ca-management.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/ca-management.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -54,25 +54,25 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
msgid "Organization"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
msgid "Locality"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
msgid "State"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
msgid "Country"
msgstr ""
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
msgid "Common Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
msgid "Email"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
msgstr ""
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
#. we need to fake a certificate name
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@
#. The main ()
#. To translators: dialog label
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
@@ -660,11 +660,18 @@
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
+msgid ""
+"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
+"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
@@ -672,29 +679,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
msgid "&Import/Replace"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
msgid ""
"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
msgstr ""
@@ -725,51 +732,99 @@
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
msgstr ""
#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
msgid "&Advanced..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
msgid "&View"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
msgid "&Change CA Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
msgid "Export to &File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
msgid "&Edit Default"
msgstr ""
@@ -823,7 +878,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -855,18 +910,18 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -878,40 +933,40 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
msgid "nsComment: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
msgid "nsCertType: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -985,84 +1040,204 @@
"Certificate not found"
msgstr ""
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Is CA: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Key Size: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Serialnumber: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Version: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid from: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid to: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of pub. Key : "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of signature: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
msgid "Valid"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
msgid "Revoked"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
msgid "Expired"
msgstr ""
# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:748
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estáu"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
msgid "E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
msgid "Add Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
msgid "Add Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
msgid "&Change Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
msgid "&Revoke"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Fate (#2613)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
msgid "Export"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
msgid "Export to File"
msgstr ""
#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
msgid "Export to LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1152,7 +1327,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
msgid "&Valid Period (days):"
msgstr ""
@@ -1580,7 +1755,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
msgid "Path Length "
msgstr ""
@@ -1782,6 +1957,13 @@
"Request not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"generation Time: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
@@ -1790,77 +1972,77 @@
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
#. Filling up reqeust extentions
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
msgstr ""
#. IS CA ?
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
msgid " days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
msgid " (critical)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
msgid "&Edit Request"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
msgid "Sign Request"
msgstr ""
#. signing request
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
msgid "The request has been signed."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/ast/po/cio.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/cio.ast.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/cio.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+# Asturian message files for YaST2
+# Copyright (c) 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gedit package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
+"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: ast\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Preseos"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr ""
+
+# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:416
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "non"
+
+# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:412
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "sí"
+
+# classnames.ycp:130
+# classnames.ycp:130
+# classnames.ycp:130
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fiber channel"
+msgid "Filter channels"
+msgstr "Canal de freba"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select &All"
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr "Esbillar &too "
+
+# clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:250 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:574 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgid "&Clear selection"
+msgstr "Escoyeta de escritoriu"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+msgid "&Unban Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+msgid ""
+"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Ranges to Unban."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/cluster.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/cluster.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/cluster.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:39
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:39
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&OK"
msgid "OK"
@@ -101,163 +101,163 @@
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:19
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:19
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Cancel"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "&Encaboxar"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address: %1"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Direición MAC: %1"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address: %1"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "Direición MAC: %1"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "nodeid"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
# classnames.ycp:130
# classnames.ycp:130
# classnames.ycp:130
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Fiber channel"
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Canal de freba"
# include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:165
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "Rede asociada"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Additional Address"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Direición adicional"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428
-msgid "expected votes:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MAC Address: %1"
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "Direición MAC: %1"
-#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671
+#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "Threads:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677
-msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Running Script"
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Executando guión"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service is not running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "El serviciu nun ta executándose"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Prender y apagar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Estáu actual: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Aniciar el serviciu agora"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Detener el serviciu agora"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:122
# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:125
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A&dd"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Ames&tar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details"
msgid "Del"
@@ -266,99 +266,99 @@
#
# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123
# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:126
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Passphrase"
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Introduz la contraseña cifrada"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
@@ -371,23 +371,26 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i
s on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -396,7 +399,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -407,28 +410,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -451,21 +454,21 @@
#
# modules/Lan.ycp:114
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Aniciando la configuración del torgafueos"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Lleendo la base de datos RPM..."
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write proxy settings"
msgid "Read the previous settings"
@@ -473,21 +476,21 @@
# include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:145
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración del torgafueos"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Lleendo la base de datos RPM..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading previously used repositories..."
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
@@ -495,7 +498,7 @@
# modules/Lan.ycp:210 modules/Modem.ycp:191
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -503,14 +506,14 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
# include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:60
# include/scanner/scanner_start.ycp:60
# include/backup/ui.ycp:882
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
@@ -518,7 +521,7 @@
# modules/Lan.ycp:220
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating automatic configuration..."
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
@@ -526,7 +529,7 @@
# include/users/io.ycp:502
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
@@ -534,7 +537,7 @@
# include/users/io.ycp:502
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgid "Cannot read database2."
@@ -546,45 +549,45 @@
# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
# modules/Mail.ycp:938 modules/Mail.ycp:951 modules/Mail.ycp:965
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service"
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Nun puede reaniciase'l serviciu '%1'"
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Guardando la configuración de la red..."
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write proxy settings"
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración del proxy"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..."
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del proxy..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
msgid "Cannot write settings."
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/control-center.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/control-center.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/control-center.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/control.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/control.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/control.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,712 +16,232 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7
-msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-msgstr "Instalación de productos adicionales"
-
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:355
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429
-msgid "Initialization..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430
-msgid "Configuring network..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431
-msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432
-msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:343
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72
-#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464
-#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19
msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398
-#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692
-#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510
-#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313
-#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219
-#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237
-#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328
-#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449
-#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Guardando la configuración de la red..."
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Setup"
+msgid "Network Autosetup"
+msgstr "Configuración de la red"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Bienllegáu"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976
-#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Activación del discu"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515
-#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255
-#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261
-#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861
+# classnames.ycp:185 clients/hwinfo.ycp:90
+# classnames.ycp:185 clients/hwinfo.ycp:90
+# classnames.ycp:185 clients/hwinfo.ycp:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr "Discu"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879
-msgid "User Settings"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747
-msgid "Installation Overview"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Resume de la instalación"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291
-#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299
-#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469
-#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477
-#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517
-#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612
-#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624
-#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748
-#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756
-#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777
-#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Executar la instalación"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822
-msgid "Repair"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-# classnames.ycp:185 clients/hwinfo.ycp:90
-# classnames.ycp:185 clients/hwinfo.ycp:90
-# classnames.ycp:185 clients/hwinfo.ycp:90
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr "Discu"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645
-#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397
-#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405
-#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421
-#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042
-msgid "System Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046
-msgid "Perform Repair"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446
-#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488
-#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459
-#: control/control.glade:503
-msgid "Language"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651
-#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631
-#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318
-#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560
-#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648
-#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264
-msgid "Network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566
-#: control/control.glade:656
-msgid "Customer Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346
-#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578
-#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662
-#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672
-#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284
-msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr "Anovamientu en llinia"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588
-#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301
-msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "Notes de la versión"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335
-msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración automática"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227
-msgid "root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244
-msgid "Check Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250
-msgid "Hostname"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680
-#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719
-#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733
-#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459
-msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658
-msgid "Clean Up"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Instalación de productos adicionales"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Installation Overview"
+#~ msgstr "Resume de la instalación"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330
-msgid "Server Base Scenario"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Online Update"
+#~ msgstr "Anovamientu en llinia"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331
-msgid ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
-"Choose the one that matches your server the best."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Release Notes"
+#~ msgstr "Notes de la versión"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337
-msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Configuración automática"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338
-msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339
-msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663
-msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784
-msgid "Server Scenario"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:286
-msgid "Installation Summary"
-msgstr "Resume de la instalación"
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:340
-msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
-
# clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:250 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:574 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309
-#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Escoyeta de escritoriu"
-
-#: control/control.glade:634
-msgid "Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-"\t "
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Escoyeta de escritoriu"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/country.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/country.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/country.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/crowbar.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/crowbar.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/crowbar.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/dhcp-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/dhcp-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/dhcp-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
@@ -537,75 +537,74 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
-"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
-"Really use this interface?\n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -613,48 +612,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -662,7 +661,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
@@ -673,7 +672,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
@@ -681,53 +680,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -735,8 +734,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -744,135 +743,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "Direición &IP"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token-Ring "
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -885,15 +884,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -905,7 +904,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/dns-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/dns-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/dns-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/drbd.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/drbd.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/drbd.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,6 +23,16 @@
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "&Omitir configuración"
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+msgid "DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+msgid "&DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
@@ -60,26 +70,84 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Use Automatic Configuration"
+msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
+msgstr "&Usar configuración automática"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Use Automatic Configuration"
+msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
+msgstr "&Usar configuración automática"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
+msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
+msgstr "Guardando la configuración del proxy..."
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
+msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "&Omitir configuración"
#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
-msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Guardando la configuración del proxy..."
#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
-msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Guardando la configuración del proxy..."
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -103,7 +171,7 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -117,7 +185,7 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
@@ -134,14 +202,77 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
+msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -151,32 +282,39 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
-"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
-"configured in this file.</p>\n"
+" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
+" without reloading the module.\n"
+" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n"
+" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "This screen displays the log.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Rexistru</big></b><br>\n"
+"Esta pantalla amuesa'l rexistru.</p>"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
-"If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
+"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -184,30 +322,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
+#| "<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Prender o apagar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Usa <b>%1</b> o <b>%2</b> respeutivamente\n"
+"p'aniciar o detener el serviciu darréu.</p>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -216,7 +362,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -224,7 +370,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -240,14 +386,15 @@
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The zone name must be defined."
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "El nome de zona tien de definise."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567
-msgid "Fill out all fields."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568
+msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -289,8 +436,8 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
msgid ""
-"To propagate this configuration,\n"
-"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
+"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
@@ -306,87 +453,148 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start service %1"
-msgid "Starting DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Entamar el serviciu %1"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start service %1"
-msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Entamar el serviciu %1"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
+#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
+msgid ""
+"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
+"%2"
+msgstr "Módulu de configuración %1 de YaST\n"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. if (!modified) return true;
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502
+msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/fcoe-client.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/fcoe-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/fcoe-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -38,10 +38,22 @@
msgid "&FcoeClient"
msgstr ""
+# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:412
+#. setting of config value is 'yes'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "sí"
+
+# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:416
+#. setting of config value is 'no'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "non"
+
#
# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgid ""
@@ -49,15 +61,44 @@
"Command %1 failed."
msgstr "Fallu al desaniciar el paquete %1."
+#. FCoE is not available on the interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unavailable"
+msgid "not available"
+msgstr "Non disponible"
+
+#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgid "not configured"
+msgstr "Entá ensin configurar."
+
+#. the flag is 'true'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
+msgid "true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is 'false'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
+msgid "false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is not set at all
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
+msgid "not set"
+msgstr ""
+
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
msgstr "Módulu de configuración %1 de YaST\n"
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -65,7 +106,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -73,12 +114,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
msgstr ""
#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
msgid ""
"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n"
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
@@ -87,25 +128,25 @@
# include/users/io.ycp:377
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'."
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
msgstr "Nun ye dable criar el direutoriu '%1'."
#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
msgstr ""
#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Do you really want\n"
@@ -116,7 +157,7 @@
"la instalación?"
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
msgid ""
"Attention:\n"
"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n"
@@ -124,7 +165,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
@@ -133,7 +174,7 @@
#
# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188
#. replace values in table
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
@@ -141,21 +182,21 @@
#
# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Fallu al desaniciar el paquete %1."
#. text of a warning popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
msgstr ""
#. text of an information (notify) popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
msgid ""
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
@@ -181,21 +222,25 @@
msgid "&FCoE Enable"
msgstr "Activado"
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sí"
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:31
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:31
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Non"
#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117
@@ -529,7 +574,7 @@
msgstr "<p>¿Quies instalalo agora?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
@@ -538,115 +583,120 @@
# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
# modules/Mail.ycp:938 modules/Mail.ycp:951 modules/Mail.ycp:965
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service"
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Nun puede reaniciase'l serviciu '%1'"
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905
+# modules/Mail.ycp:708 modules/Mail.ycp:714 modules/Mail.ycp:723
+# modules/Mail.ycp:737 modules/Mail.ycp:756
+# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
+# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
+# modules/Mail.ycp:938 modules/Mail.ycp:951 modules/Mail.ycp:965
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
+msgstr "Nun puede aniciase'l serviciu '%1'"
+
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
+# modules/Mail.ycp:708 modules/Mail.ycp:714 modules/Mail.ycp:723
+# modules/Mail.ycp:737 modules/Mail.ycp:756
+# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
+# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
+# modules/Mail.ycp:938 modules/Mail.ycp:951 modules/Mail.ycp:965
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
+msgstr "Nun puede aniciase'l serviciu '%1'"
+
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
"VLAN interface to get a valid configuration."
msgstr ""
-#. it's about a flag which is not set at all
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110
-msgid "not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. also about setting of a flag
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "true"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "false"
-msgstr ""
-
#
# modules/Lan.ycp:114
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Aniciando la configuración del torgafueos"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..."
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Verificando los paquetes RPM instalaos..."
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Check for network devices"
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Comprobar preseos de rede"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probing network cards..."
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Probando les tarxetes de red..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..."
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Verificando los paquetes RPM instalaos..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Comprobando preseos de rede..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Probing network cards..."
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Probando les tarxetes de red..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Starting of services failed."
@@ -658,7 +708,7 @@
# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
# modules/Mail.ycp:938 modules/Mail.ycp:951 modules/Mail.ycp:965
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service"
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
@@ -666,28 +716,28 @@
# include/users/io.ycp:502
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Nun ye dable lleer la configuración actual."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Guardando la configuración de la consola..."
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write proxy settings"
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración del proxy"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start service %1"
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
@@ -695,48 +745,48 @@
# include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:145
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Axustar el serviciu del torgafueos"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..."
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del proxy..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Iniciando el serviciu %1..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Axustando'l serviciu del torgafueos..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Nun puede escribise la configuración a '%1'"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
@@ -744,14 +794,14 @@
# include/users/io.ycp:502
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Nun ye dable lleer la configuración actual."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr ""
@@ -759,20 +809,20 @@
# classnames.ycp:34
# classnames.ycp:34
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IDE interface"
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "Interface IDE"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
@@ -780,13 +830,13 @@
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enabled"
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "Activado"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "disabled"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/firewall-services.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/firewall-services.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/firewall-services.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/firewall.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/firewall.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/firewall.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/firstboot.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/firstboot.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/firstboot.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/ftp-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/ftp-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/ftp-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/geo-cluster.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/geo-cluster.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/geo-cluster.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -71,92 +71,279 @@
#.
#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "configuration file"
+msgstr "Guardar configuración"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "arbitrator ip"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "transport"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#. return `cacel or a string
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#. parser value first
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address."
+msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
+msgstr "%1 nun ye una direición IPv4 válida."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+msgid "retries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+msgid "weights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188
+msgid "expire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+msgid "acquire-after"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+msgid "before-acquire-handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The repository is not valid."
+msgid "expire is no valid"
+msgstr "El repositoriu nun ye válidu."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The repository is not valid."
+msgid "acquireafter is no valid"
+msgstr "El repositoriu nun ye válidu."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The repository is not valid."
+msgid "retries is no valid"
+msgstr "El repositoriu nun ye válidu."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The repository is not valid."
+msgid "weights is no valid"
+msgstr "El repositoriu nun ye válidu."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgstr ""
+#. fill confs with global_files
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332
+msgid "site have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337
+msgid "ticket have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No IP address assigned"
+msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!"
+msgstr "Nun hai denguna direición IP asignada"
+
#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317
+#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd.
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Geo Cluster configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
+msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
+msgstr "El nome de zona %1 yá esiste."
+
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573
+msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576
+msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The hostname is invalid."
+msgid "port is invalid!"
+msgstr "El nome de host nun ye válidu."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595
+msgid "transport have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+msgid "site have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605
+msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "Choose configuration file:"
+msgstr "Guardar configuración"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configurations"
+msgstr "Configuración automática"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
+msgid "Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración del torgafueos"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Inicializando..."
+
+# include/users/io.ycp:502
+#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
+msgstr "Nun ye dable lleer la configuración actual."
+
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
+# include/users/io.ycp:502
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read current settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
+msgstr "Nun ye dable lleer la configuración actual."
+
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,75 +352,63 @@
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fináu"
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#. read sites
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311
-msgid "Cannot write global settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315
-msgid "Cannot write sites settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write ticket
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318
-msgid "Cannot write ticket settings."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/gtk.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/gtk.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/gtk.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/http-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/http-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/http-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/inetd.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/inetd.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/inetd.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/installation.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/installation.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/installation.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-29 21:04+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Xandru Armesto <xandru(a)softastur.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <alministradores(a)softastur.org>\n"
@@ -67,22 +67,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78
+#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Copiando los ficheros al sistema instaláu..."
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
msgstr "Instalación dende imáxenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73
+#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "Inicializando el xestor de ventanes por defeutu..."
@@ -298,6 +298,7 @@
# include/network/summary.ycp:101
#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Productu desconocíu"
@@ -357,7 +358,7 @@
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Alcuerdu de llicencia"
@@ -441,11 +442,24 @@
"pa encaboxar el procesu d'instalación.\n"
"</p>\n"
-# clients/online_update_load.ycp:1004
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336
-msgid "License needs to be accepted"
-msgstr "Tien d'aceutar la llicencia"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Notes de la versión"
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
+msgstr ""
+
# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:422 include/runlevel/ui.ycp:529
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
@@ -691,11 +705,11 @@
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Configurar discos &ZFCP"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Configurar discos &iSCSI"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
@@ -719,15 +733,22 @@
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr "<p>¡La instalación ta a puntu de entamar!</p>"
-#. download release notes now
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Notes de la versión"
+#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
+#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. bug #302384
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+msgid "Initializing"
+msgstr "Inicializando"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgstr "Inicializando la instalación..."
+
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
@@ -746,65 +767,65 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Terminando la instalación básica"
# include/backup/ui.ycp:1264
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Criando llista de guiones de finalización a executar..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Copiar ficheros al sistema instalado"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Guardar configuración"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Guardar los axustes de la instalación"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Instalar cargador de arranque"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Tresnar el sistema pa el primer arranque"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Comprobando etapa: %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Executando pasu %1..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Error d'instalación"
@@ -825,11 +846,6 @@
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr "Por favor, espere mientres se inicializa la instalación."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
-msgid "Initializing the installation..."
-msgstr "Inicializando la instalación..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
@@ -842,13 +858,6 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Tresnando la configuración inicial del sistema..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
-msgid "Initializing"
-msgstr "Inicializando"
-
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
@@ -1076,12 +1085,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Omitiendo la configuración a petición dl'usuario"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1092,32 +1101,32 @@
#. not using tabs
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
msgstr "ERROR: falta el títulu"
# include/users/io.ycp:502
#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Adaptando la propuesta a la configuración actual..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analizando su sistema..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ERROR: no hai denguna propuesta"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1126,7 +1135,7 @@
"Se han producido fallos."
#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Resume de la instalación"
@@ -1135,25 +1144,25 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Omitir configuración"
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Usar la siguiente configuración"
#. menu button
#. menu button
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Camudar..."
#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Export Configuration"
@@ -1161,25 +1170,25 @@
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Calca sobro cualesquier encabezáu pa facer cambeos o utilice el menú \"Camudar...\" de más abaxo."
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Calca sobro cualesquier encabezáu pa facer cambeos o utilice el menú \"Camudar...\" de más abaxo."
#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Restablecer los valores predeterminaos"
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -1193,7 +1202,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1224,7 +1233,7 @@
#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
#.
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1242,7 +1251,7 @@
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1254,7 +1263,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1266,7 +1275,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1278,7 +1287,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1289,12 +1298,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Propuesta d'instalación de UML</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1305,7 +1314,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1316,7 +1325,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
@@ -1332,13 +1341,13 @@
"alministrador del sistema si necesita camudar una de estes propuestas.</p>"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "Ac&tualizar"
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:67
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:71
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Instalar"
@@ -1469,60 +1478,44 @@
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Probando los discos duros..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
-msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
-msgstr "Guetar particiones Linux"
-
+#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
-msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-msgstr "Guetando particiones Linux..."
-
-#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Guetar ficheros de sistema"
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:569
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:653
# include/backup/ui.ycp:889
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Guetando ficheros de sistema..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initialize package manager"
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Inicializar el xestor de paquetes"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing package manager..."
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Inicializando el xestor de paquetes..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140
-msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
-msgstr "Evaluar la posibilidad de anovamientu"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141
-msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
-msgstr "Evaluando la posibilidad de anovamientu..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Probando el sistema"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..."
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "Por favor, espere mientres se preba el hardware de su equipu y los sistemes instalaos..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1535,7 +1528,7 @@
"Por favor, ¡revise su hardware!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1548,7 +1541,7 @@
"No se ha encontráu dengún discu duru pa la instalación.\n"
"Por favor, ¡revise su hardware!\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1564,7 +1557,7 @@
"(especialmente en sistemes s390 o iSCSI)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1581,7 +1574,7 @@
"Por favor, revise su hardware.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1590,31 +1583,31 @@
"Cancelando la instalación."
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
msgid "Removed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Activado"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desactivado"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "Repositorios usados anteriormente"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
@@ -1623,27 +1616,27 @@
"que ta actualizando:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "Estáu actual"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repositorio"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
msgid "URL"
msgstr "Direición URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Camudar estáu"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
@@ -1653,7 +1646,7 @@
"desee incluyir nel procesu de anovamientu.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>To enable or disable an URL, click on the\n"
@@ -1666,30 +1659,30 @@
"<b>Camudar estáu</b>o calca dos vegaes nel elementu respectivo de la tabla.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pa camudar la direición URL, calca sobro el botón <b>Camudar....</b> .</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconocíu"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "Direición URL del &repositorio"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "La red no ta configurada"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
@@ -1698,53 +1691,53 @@
"¿Quies configurarla?"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "Amestando y desaniciando repositorios..."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait while repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Por favor, espere mientres se añaden y se eliminan los repositorios.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "Quitar repositorios sin usar"
-#. Removes selected repositories
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813
+#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "Quitando repositorios sin usar..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "Amestar repositorios habilitados"
# include/users/ui.ycp:515 menuentries/menuentry_add_user.ycp:51
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "Amestando repositorios habilitaos..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "Amestar repositorios deshabilitados"
# include/users/ui.ycp:515 menuentries/menuentry_add_user.ycp:51
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "Amestando repositorios deshabilitaos..."
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1754,7 +1747,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1764,7 +1757,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An error occurred when enabling repository\n"
@@ -1781,7 +1774,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1793,7 +1786,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An error occurred when enabling repository\n"
@@ -1809,7 +1802,7 @@
"URL: %2"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An error occurred when enabling repository\n"
@@ -1899,58 +1892,53 @@
msgstr "Guardando la configuración del proxy..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62
-msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Guardando la zona horaria..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "Guardando el idioma..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "Guardando la configuración de la consola..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "Guardando la configuración del tecláu..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "Guardando la información del producto..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..."
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "Guardando los axustes automáticos de la instalación..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..."
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del proxy..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..."
msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
msgstr "Guardando los axustes automáticos de la instalación..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70
+#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Guardando la configuración del hardware..."
@@ -1984,7 +1972,7 @@
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de YaST..."
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -2257,6 +2245,78 @@
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr "Guetando particiones Linux..."
+#. Text to display
+#.
+#. @return String
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
+msgstr "Inicializando la instalación..."
+
+#. checking whether images are supported
+#. BNC #409927
+#. Checking files for signatures
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
+msgstr "Error al lleer información de les imáxenes d'instalación"
+
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:712
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:739 include/mail/ui.ycp:823
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:811 include/mail/ui.ycp:895
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:1005 include/mail/ui.ycp:1099
+#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+msgid "Deploying..."
+msgstr "Desplegando..."
+
+#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
+#.
+#. @see #all_supported_types
+#. @see #objects_state
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+msgid "Storing user preferences..."
+msgstr "Guardando preferencies dl'usuario..."
+
+# modules/Mail.ycp:550
+# modules/Mail.ycp:550
+# modules/Mail.ycp:559
+#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
+msgstr "Restaurando preferencies dl'usuario..."
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n"
+#| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
+msgid ""
+"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
+"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
+msgstr ""
+"La instalación no ha lográu resolver les dependencias de paquetes automáticamente.\n"
+"Se abrirá el xestor de paquetes pa resolverlas manualmente."
+
+# clients/online_update_load.ycp:1004
+#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
+#~ msgstr "Tien d'aceutar la llicencia"
+
+#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
+#~ msgstr "Guetar particiones Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
+#~ msgstr "Guetando particiones Linux..."
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
+#~ msgstr "Evaluar la posibilidad de anovamientu"
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
+#~ msgstr "Evaluando la posibilidad de anovamientu..."
+
#~ msgid "Network Device: %1"
#~ msgstr "Preseos de red: %1"
@@ -2920,37 +2980,7 @@
#~ "pa la instalación.\n"
#~ "Por favor, revise su hardware.\n"
-#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
-#~ msgstr "Error al lleer información de les imáxenes d'instalación"
-
-# include/mail/ui.ycp:712
-# include/mail/ui.ycp:739 include/mail/ui.ycp:823
-# include/mail/ui.ycp:811 include/mail/ui.ycp:895
-# include/mail/ui.ycp:1005 include/mail/ui.ycp:1099
-#~ msgid "Deploying..."
-#~ msgstr "Desplegando..."
-
-#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Guardando preferencies dl'usuario..."
-
-# modules/Mail.ycp:550
-# modules/Mail.ycp:550
-# modules/Mail.ycp:559
-#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Restaurando preferencies dl'usuario..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n"
-#~| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
-#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "La instalación no ha lográu resolver les dependencias de paquetes automáticamente.\n"
-#~ "Se abrirá el xestor de paquetes pa resolverlas manualmente."
-
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n"
#~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n"
#~ "this process can take some time.</p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/instserver.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/instserver.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/instserver.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/iplb.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/iplb.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/iplb.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -90,7 +90,29 @@
msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB"
msgstr ""
+# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:412
#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "sí"
+
+# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:416
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "non"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
+msgid "&Global Configuration"
+msgstr "&Omitir configuración"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save configuration"
+msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
+msgstr "Guardar configuración"
+
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
msgid "Check Interval"
msgstr ""
@@ -200,7 +222,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -440,7 +462,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -578,6 +600,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+msgid ""
+"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -590,10 +618,26 @@
msgid "weight"
msgstr ""
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The repository is not valid."
+msgid "IP address is not Valid"
+msgstr "El repositoriu nun ye válidu."
+
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+msgid "Add a new real server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+msgid "Edit the real server:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicializando..."
#. Read all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -620,7 +664,7 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fináu"
#. Write all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-client.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -65,12 +65,16 @@
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109
-msgid "Initiator Name"
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+msgid "&Initiator Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115
-msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
+msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr ""
# classnames.ycp:34
@@ -79,138 +83,138 @@
#. table of connected targets
#. table of discovered targets
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IDE interface"
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Interface IDE"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Conectado"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "Log In"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Startup"
msgstr ""
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Direición IP"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
# include/lilo/widgets.ycp:84
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr ""
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr ""
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -219,9 +223,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
@@ -429,12 +433,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -442,36 +446,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -553,12 +557,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. interface type for hardware offloading
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70
-msgid "(Software)"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
+msgid "default (Software)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
+msgid "all"
+msgstr ""
+
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -567,6 +575,6 @@
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-lio-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-lio-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-lio-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/iscsi-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/isns.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/isns.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/isns.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -281,81 +281,81 @@
msgstr "Inicializando..."
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172
msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf)
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/kdump.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/kdump.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/kdump.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -311,11 +311,11 @@
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258
msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activado"
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259
msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desactivado"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
@@ -360,8 +360,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -493,15 +493,6 @@
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr ""
-#. checking if packages are available
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103
-msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115
-msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
@@ -1089,126 +1080,126 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/kerberos-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/kerberos-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/kerberos-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/kerberos.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/kerberos.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/kerberos.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/languages_db.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/languages_db.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/languages_db.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap-client.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/ldap.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -230,46 +230,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
msgid ""
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
msgstr ""
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
msgstr ""
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
msgid ""
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
#. entry of the current template.</p>
#. ") +
#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
@@ -291,12 +291,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
msgstr ""
@@ -375,7 +375,8 @@
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr ""
+# include/lilo/widgets.ycp:84
#. table header 2/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693
msgid "Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valor"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/live-installer.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/live-installer.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/live-installer.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/lxc.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/lxc.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/lxc.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/mail.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/mail.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/mail.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/multipath.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/multipath.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/multipath.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/ncurses-pkg.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/ncurses-pkg.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/ncurses-pkg.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/ncurses.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/ncurses.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/ncurses.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/network.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/network.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/network.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -95,100 +95,50 @@
msgstr "Estaya interna"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC
-#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "El puertu SSH ta zarráu (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "El puertu SSH ta zarráu (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalación dende imáxenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalación dende imáxenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
-msgstr "El puertu SSH ta zarráu (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "El puertu SSH ta zarráu (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalación dende imáxenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalación dende imáxenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)"
-
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -196,13 +146,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -210,13 +160,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
+#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalación dende imáxenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalación dende imáxenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
+msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalación dende imáxenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
+msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalación dende imáxenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)"
+
+#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "El puertu SSH ta zarráu (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "El puertu SSH ta zarráu (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
+msgstr "El puertu SSH ta zarráu (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "El puertu SSH ta zarráu (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)"
+
#. Commandline help title
#. configuration of hosts
#. Hosts dialog caption
@@ -478,9 +479,18 @@
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr ""
-#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst();
-#. Lan::Autoinstall();
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173
+#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
+#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
+#. has higher priority
+#.
+#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
+#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
+#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
+#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
+#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
+#. Other elements may have similar problems,
+#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -560,7 +570,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -658,7 +668,7 @@
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Preseos"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -729,13 +739,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -1104,14 +1114,14 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1124,7 +1134,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1313,35 +1323,35 @@
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1355,11 +1365,11 @@
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
-#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131
+#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
-"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network card name (wireless)
@@ -1570,7 +1580,7 @@
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
+#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
#.
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -1658,7 +1668,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1668,13 +1678,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#. radio button group label, method of setup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1683,7 +1692,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1710,7 +1719,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1718,20 +1727,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1739,7 +1748,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1747,19 +1756,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1767,92 +1776,94 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269
msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291
msgid "&USB"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300
msgid "&Hotplug Type"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305
msgid "P&CI"
msgstr ""
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: Ud ... Rules
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380
-msgid "Udev rules"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nome de preséu"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
msgid "Change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
-msgid "Show visible port identification"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396
+msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr ""
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406
msgid "Blink"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409
-msgid "Ethtool options"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Options"
+msgid "Ethtool Options"
+msgstr "&Opciones"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1860,26 +1871,26 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
msgid "&Search"
msgstr ""
#. Remember current device number (#308763)
#. see also bnc#391802
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1887,138 +1898,138 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgid ""
@@ -2028,7 +2039,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr ""
@@ -2071,28 +2082,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
-"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n"
@@ -2100,7 +2110,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2110,12 +2120,12 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2124,7 +2134,7 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2132,13 +2142,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2146,14 +2156,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2162,7 +2172,7 @@
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2171,14 +2181,14 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2186,7 +2196,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2194,7 +2204,7 @@
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2202,7 +2212,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2212,7 +2222,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2226,26 +2236,26 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2253,7 +2263,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2261,7 +2271,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2269,7 +2279,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2277,19 +2287,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2300,11 +2310,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2314,19 +2324,19 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2336,7 +2346,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2349,21 +2359,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2371,14 +2381,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2395,14 +2405,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2412,7 +2422,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2424,7 +2434,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2445,7 +2455,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2455,7 +2465,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2466,14 +2476,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3022,23 +3032,23 @@
msgstr "Inicializando..."
#. Ramote Administration dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
@@ -3049,17 +3059,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Ye necesariu que s'instalen estos paquetes:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3070,112 +3080,111 @@
#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254
msgid "unplugged"
msgstr ""
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconocíu"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr ""
+#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
+#.
+#. see bnc#433084
+#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
+#.
+#. returns true if items were disabled
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008
+msgid ""
+"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
+"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
-#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM
-#. see bnc#433084
-#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100
-msgid ""
-"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
-"cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
-"\n"
-"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
-"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
@@ -3426,7 +3435,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3632,78 +3641,92 @@
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr ""
+# clients/hwinfo.ycp:101
+# clients/hwinfo.ycp:101
+# clients/hwinfo.ycp:101
+#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "USB Network Device"
+msgid "NetworkManager Service"
+msgstr "Preseos de rede USB"
+
+#. ifup is a program name
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+msgid "Traditional ifup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+msgid "Wicked Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Device: %1"
+msgid "Network Services Disabled"
+msgstr "Preseos de red: %1"
+
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#. radio button label
-#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager
-#. program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
-msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365
-msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
-msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
+msgid "General Network Settings"
+msgstr "Ajustando la configuración de la red"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Preseos desconocíos"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "Direición DHCP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Nun hai denguna direición IP asignada"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
@@ -3719,77 +3742,73 @@
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
-msgid "Device name:"
+msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "Nome de preséu"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
-msgid "Base udev rule on"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101
+msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DHCP address"
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "Direición DHCP"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
-#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one.
-#.
-#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid
-#.
-#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154
+#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "El nome de zona %1 yá esiste."
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "Guardar configuración"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Guardar configuración"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Preparing configuration..."
msgid "Updating configuration..."
@@ -3798,31 +3817,31 @@
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3841,395 +3860,416 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
# include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:145
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración del torgafueos"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
# modules/Lan.ycp:210 modules/Modem.ycp:191
#. Progress step 8
-#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del torgafueos..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
+#. Import data
+#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "Nun hai denguna direición IP asignada"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME:
#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Nome de preséu"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "desconocíu"
+#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
+#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
+msgid ""
+"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
+"firewall settings will be disabled."
+msgstr "El paquete SuSefirewall2 nun ta instaláu. El torgafueos ta desactiváu."
+
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable xinetd
+#. Enable XDM
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335
+msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415
+#. description in proposal
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -4277,20 +4317,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123
msgid "Firewall Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Device Name"
+#~ msgid "Device name:"
+#~ msgstr "Nome de preséu"
+
#~ msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
#~ msgstr "Nun hai denguna interface d'usuariu disponible pa esti módulu."
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/nfs.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/nfs.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/nfs.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/nfs_server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/nfs_server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/nfs_server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -72,27 +72,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -156,63 +156,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
-#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-"with spaces in their names.\n"
-"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-msgstr ""
-
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -220,25 +212,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -246,51 +238,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -298,30 +290,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
+#. Help, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
-msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -329,29 +316,29 @@
# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123
# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:126
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:124
# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:127
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "Desanicia&r"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
@@ -359,31 +346,31 @@
# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123
# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:126
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Ed&itar"
# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:124
# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:127
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Desanicia&r"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -391,85 +378,76 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302
-msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308
-msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unable to find out"
-msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-msgstr "Imposible saber"
-
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Unable to find out"
+#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Imposible saber"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/nis.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/nis.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/nis.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/nis_server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/nis_server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/nis_server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
#. To translators: checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100
+#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98
msgid "This host is also a NIS &client"
msgstr ""
@@ -369,22 +369,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84
-msgid "N&IS domain name:"
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
+msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
msgstr ""
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
+msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109
msgid "Slave Server Setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/ntp-client.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/ntp-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/ntp-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,21 +46,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. try to line up the widgets horizontally
#. push button label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
@@ -75,21 +74,29 @@
msgstr "&Configurar..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
+#. update time widgets
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481
-msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+msgid ""
+"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
+"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
+"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. local clock type name
@@ -591,10 +598,13 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -602,7 +612,7 @@
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
@@ -611,7 +621,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -621,7 +631,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -631,14 +641,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -646,14 +656,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -661,7 +671,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -673,14 +683,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -689,7 +699,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -698,7 +708,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -706,7 +716,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -714,7 +724,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -722,7 +732,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -731,7 +741,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -739,7 +749,7 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -751,49 +761,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -801,7 +811,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -811,7 +821,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -819,7 +829,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -832,7 +842,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -840,7 +850,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -850,7 +860,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -859,7 +869,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1192,117 +1202,120 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#. error report
+#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
+#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
+#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
+#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/oneclickinstall.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/oneclickinstall.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/oneclickinstall.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/online-update-configuration.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/online-update-configuration.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/online-update-configuration.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/online-update.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/online-update.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/online-update.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -111,13 +111,20 @@
msgid "Initializing Online Update"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no message
-#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209
msgid ""
"No update repository\n"
"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
msgstr ""
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgid "No update repository configured yet."
+msgstr "Entá ensin configurar."
+
#. progress window label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49
msgid "Progress Log"
Added: trunk/yast/ast/po/opensuse_mirror.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/opensuse_mirror.ast.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/opensuse_mirror.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+# Asturian message files for YaST2
+# Copyright (c) 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gedit package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
+"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: ast\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:99
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "Mirrored"
+msgstr "Fallu"
+
+# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:412
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "sí"
+
+# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:416
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "non"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:99
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "&Mirror"
+msgstr "Fallu"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145
+msgid "&Do not Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select &All"
+msgid "Select/Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Esbillar &too "
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/packager.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/packager.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/packager.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -140,6 +140,15 @@
msgid "&Text Mode"
msgstr ""
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706
+msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
msgid "Copy Installation Media"
@@ -472,7 +481,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
@@ -541,7 +550,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -762,7 +771,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -770,7 +779,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1117,7 +1126,7 @@
# include/package_utils.ycp:564
# modules/MediaUI.ycp:261
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Espulsar"
@@ -1341,7 +1350,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1373,76 +1382,76 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Inorando'l mediu incorreutu..."
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Inorando'l mediu incorreutu..."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
# include/network/summary.ycp:101
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Productu desconocíu"
@@ -1495,7 +1504,7 @@
msgstr "Resume de la instalación"
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgid "Medium %1"
@@ -1505,13 +1514,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ""
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Hecho."
@@ -1519,14 +1528,14 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr ""
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Next: %1"
@@ -1535,7 +1544,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1544,15 +1553,15 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
# clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:153
# clients/inst_sw_select.ycp:212
# include/backup/ui.ycp:875
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
@@ -1564,14 +1573,14 @@
# include/mail/ui.ycp:1005 include/mail/ui.ycp:1099
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Package"
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Descargando'l paquete"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
@@ -1579,122 +1588,163 @@
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr ""
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr ""
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr ""
+#. newly installed products
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696
+msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. product update: %s is a product name
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708
+msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Removing another product might be an issue
+#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725
+msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
+#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
@@ -1712,50 +1762,50 @@
"dende el sirvidor Web de openSUSE.</b></p>"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1764,74 +1814,74 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param string filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Llingua"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
-msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+#. check box label
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "Sí, &aceuto l'alcuerdu de llicencia."
+
+#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
+"%{license_url}"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
-msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
-msgstr "&No acepto"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. dialog title
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Alcuerdu de llicencia"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1913,106 +1963,111 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34
+msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719
msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
msgid "&NFS..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Current Option: "
msgid "Mount Options"
@@ -2020,60 +2075,60 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2082,53 +2137,53 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2138,23 +2193,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2163,42 +2218,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2206,17 +2261,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2226,20 +2281,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2252,7 +2307,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2260,11 +2315,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2276,12 +2331,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2289,74 +2344,74 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Puertu"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#
# include/network/providers.ycp:498 include/network/providers.ycp:681
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nome de &usuariu"
# include/network/providers.ycp:505
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "Contrase&ña"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2371,7 +2426,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2380,12 +2435,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949
-msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957
+msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2393,7 +2448,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2401,7 +2456,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2411,7 +2466,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2420,25 +2475,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2448,11 +2503,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Product"
+msgid "Add On Product"
+msgstr "&Producto"
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
@@ -2544,7 +2605,9 @@
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680
+#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
+#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -2619,12 +2682,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
msgid ""
"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -2632,7 +2695,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
msgstr ""
@@ -2654,6 +2717,11 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
+#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
+#~ msgstr "&No acepto"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Initialize package manager"
#~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager"
#~ msgstr "Inicializar el xestor de paquetes"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/pam.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/pam.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/pam.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/pkg-bindings.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/pkg-bindings.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/pkg-bindings.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
msgstr ""
@@ -178,6 +178,6 @@
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/printer.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/printer.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/printer.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/product-creator.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/product-creator.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/product-creator.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/proxy.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/proxy.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/proxy.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/qt-pkg.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/qt-pkg.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/qt-pkg.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -40,40 +40,40 @@
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr ""
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
msgid "File List"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr ""
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
@@ -93,181 +93,181 @@
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:55
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "Ac&eutar"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
msgid "&Package"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Opciones"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr ""
# include/package_utils.ycp:309
# modules/MediaUI.ycp:343
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show &details"
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "Amosar &detalles"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr ""
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:63
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:67
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "A&ida"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr ""
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr ""
@@ -277,49 +277,49 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Fallu"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/qt.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/qt.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/qt.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -59,14 +59,14 @@
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:640
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup dialog caption
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:653
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
msgstr ""
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Notes de la versión"
#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/rdp.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/rdp.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/rdp.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/rear.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/rear.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/rear.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/registration.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/registration.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/registration.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,51 +17,94 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37
msgid ""
-"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n"
-"to use the default SUSE registration server."
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+#. %s is the default SCC URL
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52
+#. popup message
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised
-#. register the system
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164
+#. nil = use the default URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549
+#. register the base product
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
-#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text
+#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
+#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236
+msgid "Updating to %s ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. display the registration update dialog
+#. dialog title
+#. dialog title
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Registration"
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
@@ -69,53 +112,57 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
-msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309
msgid "Network Configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373
-msgid "&Email"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&IP Address"
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "Direición &IP"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgid "&Skip Registration"
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#. TODO: improve the help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgid "Registration"
+msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377
msgid ""
"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -123,57 +170,31 @@
"on-line updates during installation?"
msgstr ""
-#. use two column layout if needed
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %s are product names
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
-"dependencies:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411
-msgid "Extension Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
#. cache the available addons
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485
-msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
-msgstr ""
+#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595
-msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
-msgstr ""
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Please wait while packages are being installed.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Por favor, espera mientres s'instalen los paquetes.</p>"
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -185,347 +206,701 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgid "Register Again"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
msgid "Select Extensions"
msgstr ""
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El sistema ta listo pa usase.</p>"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
-#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:42
-msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194
-msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
-#. register the base product
-#. register addons
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Registering Product..."
-msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#. ---------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238
-msgid "Add-on &Name"
+#. remove possible duplicates
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243
+msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267
-msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?"
-msgstr ""
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:712
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:739 include/mail/ui.ycp:823
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:811 include/mail/ui.ycp:895
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:1005 include/mail/ui.ycp:1099
+#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
+#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
+#. but better than aborting the installation...
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Downloading Package"
+msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Descargando'l paquete"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
-msgid "Name"
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263
+msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
+#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
+#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#. TODO FIXME: add a help text
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
+msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
+msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+msgid "Registration Settings"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "MAC Address: %1"
+msgid "E-mail Address: %s"
+msgstr "Direición MAC: %1"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgid "Product Registration"
+msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351
-msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
-"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:48
+#
+# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:50
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
+msgid "Install Available Updates"
+msgstr "&Tán disponibles:"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356
-msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
-"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Registration Server"
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364
-msgid "Register the Product"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+msgid "Server URL: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379
-msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+msgid "Use SLP discovery"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387
-msgid "Server Settings"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
+msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s"
+msgstr "Buelga: %1"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+msgid "Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396
-msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+# include/printconf/dialogs.ycp:87
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial Line Connection"
+msgid "Secure Connection Error"
+msgstr "Llinia de conexón serie"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Details"
+msgid "Details:"
+msgstr "Detalles"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
+msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403
-msgid "Optional Server Certificate"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421
-msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr ""
-#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478
-msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr ""
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+msgid "Issued By"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
+msgid "Validity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
+msgid "Issued On: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Expires: %1"
+msgid "Expires On: "
+msgstr "Espira %1"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n"
+#| "Expiry date: %1"
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
+msgstr ""
+"ATENCION. Esta contraseña caducó!\n"
+"Data caducidá: %1"
+
+# classnames.ycp:178
+# classnames.ycp:178
+# classnames.ycp:178
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial mouse"
+msgid "Serial Number: "
+msgstr "Mur serie"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hostname is invalid."
-msgid ""
-"The email address is not known or\n"
-"the registration code is not valid."
+msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "El nome de host nun ye válidu."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
+"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
+"might take very long time.\n"
+"\n"
+"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n"
+"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n"
+"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n"
+"the upgrade again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. add the hint to the error details
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Registration failed."
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
-
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
+msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
-#. label follwed by a certificate description
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147
-msgid "Certificate:"
+#. progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209
+msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151
-msgid "Issued To"
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210
+msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154
-msgid "Issued By"
+#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
+#. the original error message from openSSL
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228
+msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157
-msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr ""
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
+msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
+msgstr "Guardando la configuración de la red..."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159
-msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
+#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze
+#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM!
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8
+msgid "SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176
-msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10
+msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
-msgid "Organization (O): "
+#. indent size used in summary text
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180
-msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194
-msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
-msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. return the boot command line parameter
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-msgid "Searching..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
#. # error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alcuerdu de llicencia"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
-#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the
-#. not accepted extension
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65
+#. ask user to accept an addon EULA
+#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon
+#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
msgid ""
"Downloading the license for\n"
"%s\n"
"failed."
msgstr ""
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93
-msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95
-msgid "%s License Agreement"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
+msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
+msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (3/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "Detalles"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unavailable"
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "Non disponible"
+
+#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Identifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Release Type"
+msgstr "Notes de la versión"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Registration Code"
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#
+# include/lilo/ui.ycp:232
+#. disable download on a non-registered system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
+msgstr "¿Daveres que quies desaniciar '%1?"
+
+#. replace the content
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "&Release Type"
+msgstr "Notes de la versión"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Register the Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Server Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "none"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+msgid "Certificate has expired"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input field label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
+#. return the boot command line parameter
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Writing settings failed"
+#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+#~ msgstr "Fallu al escribir la configuración"
+
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:99
#~ msgid "Error"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/reipl.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/reipl.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/reipl.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -243,30 +243,30 @@
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/relocation-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/relocation-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/relocation-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/s390.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/s390.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/s390.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-client.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-client.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -191,6 +191,15 @@
msgid "M&aximum"
msgstr ""
+#. require_groups
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
+msgid "Allowed Group(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
+msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combobox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
msgid "&Kerberos Method"
@@ -764,7 +773,10 @@
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fináu"
@@ -836,14 +848,16 @@
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:27
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sí"
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:31
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:31
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
msgid "No"
msgstr "Non"
@@ -866,6 +880,194 @@
"Try again."
msgstr ""
+#
+# modules/Lan.ycp:114
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
+msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Aniciando la configuración del torgafueos"
+
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+msgid "Read the winbind status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..."
+msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
+msgstr "Guardando los axustes automáticos de la instalación..."
+
+#. translators: progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading RPM database..."
+msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
+msgstr "Lleendo la base de datos RPM..."
+
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
+msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Guardando la configuración del hardware..."
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write proxy settings"
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Escribir la configuración del proxy"
+
+# include/runlevel/ui.ycp:422 include/runlevel/ui.ycp:529
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
+msgid "Disable Samba services"
+msgstr "&Desactivar serviciu ZMD"
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Unable to enable service %1:\n"
+#| "%2"
+msgid "Enable Samba services"
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ye dable activar el serviciu %1:\n"
+"%2"
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..."
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del proxy..."
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Probing USB devices..."
+msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Probando los preseos USB..."
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Probing USB devices..."
+msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Probando los preseos USB..."
+
+#. write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
+msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del sistema"
+
+# modules/Lan.ycp:220
+#. write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
+msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
+msgstr "Escribiendo configuración automática..."
+
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
+msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
+msgstr "Nun puede escribise la configuración a '%1'"
+
+# modules/Mail.ycp:708 modules/Mail.ycp:714 modules/Mail.ycp:723
+# modules/Mail.ycp:737 modules/Mail.ycp:756
+# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
+# modules/Mail.ycp:929 modules/Mail.ycp:942 modules/Mail.ycp:956
+# modules/Mail.ycp:938 modules/Mail.ycp:951 modules/Mail.ycp:965
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgstr "Nun puede aniciase'l serviciu '%1'"
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
+msgstr "Nun ye dable detener el serviciu '%1'"
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
+msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
+msgstr "Nun puede escribise la configuración a '%1'"
+
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración automática"
+
+#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User Authentication"
+msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
+msgstr "Autenticación d'usuarios"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>¡Felicidaes!</b></p>"
+
+#. summary item: authentication using winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-users.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-users.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/samba-users.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/scanner.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/scanner.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/scanner.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/security.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/security.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/security.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/services-manager.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/services-manager.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/services-manager.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,12 +16,220 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "Inicializando el xestor de ventanes por defeutu..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:48
+#
+# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:50
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "&Tán disponibles:"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..."
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de YaST..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del sistema"
+
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service: %1"
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Serviciu %1"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Activado"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+# include/ui/wizard_message.ycp:72
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:79
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:83
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Stop"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "&Parar"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disabled"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "Desactivado"
+
+# include/package_utils.ycp:309
+# modules/MediaUI.ycp:343
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Show &details"
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "Amosar &detalles"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service Start"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "Aniciu del serviciu"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "Iniciando el serviciu %1..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Desactivado"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -61,3 +269,74 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
+msgid "Default Target"
+msgstr "IP de la puerta de enla&ce predeterminada"
+
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "Entá ensin configurar."
+
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state
+#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+# classnames.ycp:178
+# classnames.ycp:178
+# classnames.ycp:178
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial mouse"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "Mur serie"
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Systemd targets
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "Esbillar mou"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr "Esbillar mou"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/slp-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/slp-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/slp-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/snapper.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/snapper.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/snapper.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
# include/network/providers.ycp:498 include/network/providers.ycp:681
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Name"
msgid "User data"
@@ -40,32 +40,32 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
# include/backup/ui.ycp:1264
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -84,46 +84,46 @@
# classnames.ycp:207 clients/hwinfo.ycp:103
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Printer"
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Imprentadora"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#
# include/lilo/ui.ycp:232
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "¿Daveres que quies desaniciar '%1?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Singapur"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
# include/backup/ui.ycp:1264
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
#
# modules/ISDN.ycp:151 modules/Lan.ycp:123 modules/Modem.ycp:147
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read current configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
@@ -140,88 +140,88 @@
# include/network/providers.ycp:644
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ISDN"
msgid "ID"
msgstr "RDSI"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start &Update"
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Entamar &anovamientu"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
#
# include/users/ui.ycp:207
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User ID"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "ID d'usuariu"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The path %1 does not exist.\n"
@@ -232,97 +232,97 @@
"¿Quies creala?\n"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
# clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:250 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:574 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Escoyeta de escritoriu"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
# clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:250 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:574 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Escoyeta de escritoriu"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -343,19 +343,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Opening file..."
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Abriendo ficheru..."
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/sound.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/sound.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/sound.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/squid.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/squid.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/squid.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/sshd.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/sshd.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/sshd.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/storage.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/storage.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/storage.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
#. this is the resize case
#.
#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write proxy settings"
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
msgstr "Escribir la configuración del proxy"
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -138,15 +138,21 @@
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -778,7 +784,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -796,7 +802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -806,7 +812,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -816,7 +822,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -826,7 +832,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -836,7 +842,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -849,7 +855,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -859,7 +865,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
@@ -870,7 +876,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -882,7 +888,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -894,7 +900,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -903,7 +909,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -914,22 +920,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -943,7 +935,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -958,12 +950,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -976,7 +968,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -985,7 +977,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -994,7 +986,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -1002,7 +994,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1010,53 +1002,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1065,7 +1057,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1075,7 +1067,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1085,7 +1077,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1100,13 +1092,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1133,7 +1125,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1144,7 +1136,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1164,7 +1156,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1173,7 +1165,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1500,7 +1492,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1511,25 +1503,25 @@
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "El nome de zona %1 yá esiste."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "El nome de zona %1 yá esiste."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1561,7 +1553,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1574,7 +1566,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1587,7 +1579,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1601,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1783,12 +1775,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1796,31 +1788,31 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1830,54 +1822,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr ""
+# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:54
+# modules/Wizard_hw.ycp:56
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Configure..."
+msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
+msgstr "&Configurar..."
+
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -1885,51 +1886,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really rescan disks?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+msgid ""
+"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+"Really call FCoE configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2201,14 +2209,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+msgid "Operating System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "Swap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+msgid "Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2216,54 +2254,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2272,17 +2310,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2292,7 +2330,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2303,58 +2341,58 @@
# include/ui/common_popups.ycp:279
# include/ui/common_popups.ycp:279
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "¡Van perdese tolos cambeos!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2362,8 +2400,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2375,33 +2413,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2411,7 +2449,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2420,12 +2458,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2610,56 +2648,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2672,7 +2710,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3531,12 +3569,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3732,7 +3770,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -3930,17 +3968,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4041,60 +4079,60 @@
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
msgid "UUID"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
msgid "Used by"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nome de preséu"
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr ""
@@ -4104,55 +4142,66 @@
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ID de preséu"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr ""
+# include/lilo/widgets.ycp:84
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Option"
+msgid "Optimal"
+msgstr "Opción"
+
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
@@ -4163,14 +4212,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
@@ -4179,14 +4228,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -4503,23 +4552,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -4527,29 +4576,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
@@ -4557,36 +4606,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509
msgid "Mountable by &User"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -4596,12 +4645,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -4609,12 +4658,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -4626,40 +4675,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -4667,89 +4716,89 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
@@ -4757,12 +4806,12 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
@@ -4770,37 +4819,37 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
@@ -4809,12 +4858,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -4822,31 +4871,31 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -4855,19 +4904,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -4880,12 +4929,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -4893,41 +4942,41 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
@@ -4935,12 +4984,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -4953,7 +5002,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -4966,7 +5015,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4976,7 +5025,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4990,7 +5039,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -5003,7 +5052,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5012,7 +5061,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5020,7 +5069,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5030,26 +5079,26 @@
# include/users/ui.ycp:560 include/users/ui.ycp:1025
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter Password:"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Introducir contraseña:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5057,12 +5106,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5070,91 +5119,91 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "YaST deteutó los siguientes preseos"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
# classnames.ycp:185 clients/hwinfo.ycp:90
# classnames.ycp:185 clients/hwinfo.ycp:90
# classnames.ycp:185 clients/hwinfo.ycp:90
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Discu"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5162,7 +5211,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5170,7 +5219,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5178,18 +5227,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5796,50 +5845,50 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write proxy settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración del proxy"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5848,32 +5897,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -5900,26 +5949,26 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr ""
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1431
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1546
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Partition"
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "Partición"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/sudo.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/sudo.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/sudo.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/support.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/support.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/support.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -38,11 +38,11 @@
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
-msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
+msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
-msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
+msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
-msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
+msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Progresu"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
@@ -323,8 +323,8 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n"
+"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicializando..."
#. global string created_directory="";
#: src/modules/Support.rb:143
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/Support.rb:339
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fináu"
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/sysconfig.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/sysconfig.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/sysconfig.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -465,5 +465,124 @@
"\n"
msgstr ""
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "Fináu"
+#. Translation: Progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Display confirmation dialog
+#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
+#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
+#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Commands:"
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "Comandos:"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+msgid "S&kip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. get activation map for variable
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "Iniciando el serviciu %1..."
+
+# include/nis_server/ui.ycp:100
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Command '%1'"
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "Comandu '%1'"
+
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving console configuration..."
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+msgstr "Guardando la configuración de la consola..."
+
+# include/network/modem/dialogs.ycp:145
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write firewall settings"
+msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgstr "Escribir la configuración del torgafueos"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+msgid "Activate the changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "Iniciando el serviciu %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. service is running, reload it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgstr "Iniciando el serviciu %1..."
+
+#
+# clients/online_update_start.ycp:188
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
+msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Fallu al desaniciar el paquete %1."
+
+#. service is running, restart it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
+msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgstr "Iniciando el serviciu %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start service %1"
+msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Entamar el serviciu %1"
+
+#. set 100% in progress bar
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Fináu"
+
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Resume de la instalación"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/tftp-server.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/tftp-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/tftp-server.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/timezone_db.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/timezone_db.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/timezone_db.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/tune.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/tune.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/tune.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -17,53 +17,60 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
msgid "Probing Hardware..."
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Progresu"
#. title label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
msgid "&All Entries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
msgid "&Save to File..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
msgid "Hardware Information"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#. installation proposal header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Static Address Settings"
+msgid "System and Hardware Settings"
+msgstr "Axustes de direición estática"
+
#. this is a heading
#. tree node string
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistema"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
msgid "S&ystem"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/update.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/update.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/update.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -149,18 +149,18 @@
#. Table item (unknown file system)
#. label - name of sustem to update
#. starts with >`<
-#. label for an unknown installed system
+#. Get installed release name
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconocíu"
#. label showing to which version we are updating
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
msgid "Update to %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -219,9 +219,19 @@
"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no question
+#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
msgid ""
+"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n"
+"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n"
+"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
+msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to reset your detailed selection?"
msgstr ""
@@ -229,13 +239,13 @@
#. error report
#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
msgid "Failed to mount target system"
msgstr ""
#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
msgstr ""
@@ -306,12 +316,12 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr ""
#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
msgstr ""
@@ -319,14 +329,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -334,22 +344,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -358,17 +368,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr ""
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -377,27 +387,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
msgid "Unknown Linux"
msgstr ""
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux"
msgstr ""
#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
@@ -405,12 +415,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
msgid "Partition or System to Update:"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
@@ -418,12 +428,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
msgid "Select for Update"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
@@ -432,71 +442,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistema"
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1431
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1546
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Partición"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
msgid "File System"
msgstr ""
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
msgid "Label"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
msgid "&Show All Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
msgid "&Boot"
msgstr ""
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
msgid ""
"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n"
"on the selected partition."
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
msgid ""
"The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n"
"is different from the one of this product.\n"
msgstr ""
#. pop-up question
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
msgid "&Yes, Use It"
msgstr "&Sí, quiero usarla"
#. Target load failed, #466803
#. Target load failed, #466803
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
msgid ""
"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n"
"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n"
@@ -504,29 +514,29 @@
"Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr ""
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -536,7 +546,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -545,23 +555,23 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr ""
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -569,26 +579,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr ""
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:91
# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:95
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Avisu"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -599,7 +609,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -612,39 +622,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -652,17 +662,17 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr ""
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -670,22 +680,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr ""
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -695,7 +705,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -704,17 +714,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr ""
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr ""
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -738,44 +748,72 @@
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Guetando ficheros de sistema..."
+#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
+#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
+#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
+#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
+#.
+#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
+#. @return [String] product name
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot load release notes."
+msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}"
+msgstr "No es posible cargar les notes de la versión."
+
# include/network/summary.ycp:101
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Productu desconocíu"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:817
-msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
+#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
+#. and we don't continue further
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
+"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
+"%{packages}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Static Address Settings"
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Axustes de direición estática"
-#: control/update.glade:34
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Update"
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Ac&tualizar"
-#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Confirm Update"
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Confirmar anovamientu"
-#: control/update.glade:63
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
msgid "Update System Configuration"
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del sistema"
-#: control/update.glade:71
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save configuration"
msgid "Update Configuration"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/users.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/users.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/users.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise user to remember his new password
+#. advise users to remember their new password
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgstr ""
@@ -4008,22 +4008,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/vm.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/vm.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/vm.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,134 +28,166 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184
+#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236
+msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237
+msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252
+msgid "KVM server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253
+msgid "KVM tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260
+msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290
+msgid "Virtualization client tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308
+msgid "Xen server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309
+msgid "Xen tools"
+msgstr ""
+
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Preparing configuration..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Tresnando configuración..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -168,26 +200,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/wagon.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/wagon.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/wagon.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/wol.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/wol.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/wol.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/xpram.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/xpram.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/xpram.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ast/po/yast2-apparmor.ast.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ast/po/yast2-apparmor.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
+++ trunk/yast/ast/po/yast2-apparmor.ast.po 2014-10-07 15:35:35 UTC (rev 89761)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -300,11 +300,11 @@
#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "&Done"
msgstr ""
@@ -1072,61 +1072,69 @@
msgid "Could not recognize mode: "
msgstr ""
-#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128
+#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
+msgid "enforce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+msgid "complain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
msgid "Show All Profiles"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
msgid "Show Active Profiles"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
#. TODO switch to variable in a module
#. TODO plain reread does not work here
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
msgid "Profile Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
msgid "Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
msgid "Toggle Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
msgid "Set All to Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
msgid "Set All to Complain"
msgstr ""
#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
msgid "Profile Mode Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
msgid "Configure Profile Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
msgid "Select an action to perform."
msgstr ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:35:20 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89760
Modified:
trunk/yast/pl/po/audit-laf.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/auth-client.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/auth-server.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/base.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/bootloader.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/cio.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/fcoe-client.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/geo-cluster.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/gtk.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/installation.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/iplb.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/iscsi-client.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/ldap.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/opensuse_mirror.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/packager.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/registration.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/reipl.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/s390.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/samba-client.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/services-manager.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/squid.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/sshd.pl.po
trunk/yast/pl/po/storage.pl.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/audit-laf.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/audit-laf.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/audit-laf.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
msgid "&Start"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uru&chom"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
msgid "&Do not start"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/auth-client.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/auth-client.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/auth-client.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -57,12 +57,12 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Anuluj"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OK"
#. Waiting for response
#. Waiting for response
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Help"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pomoc"
#. No we open the dialog
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "New"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nowy"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Add New Domain"
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Basic Settings:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podstawowe ustawienia:"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
msgid "Services:"
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
#. Main dialog contents
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
msgid "SPAM Prevention"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapobieganie wiadomościom niechcianym"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:586
@@ -179,15 +179,15 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Edycja"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usuń"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/auth-server.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/auth-server.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/auth-server.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -24,161 +24,161 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49
msgid "Enable/Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włącza/wyłącza usługę"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53
msgid "Add a new database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaje nową bazy danych"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60
msgid "Show a list of currently available databases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyświetla listę dostępnych baz danych"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64
msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyświetla listę aktualnie skonfigurowanych schematów"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68
msgid "Add a schema to the list"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaje schematy do listy"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72
msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włącz usługę"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73
msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyłącz usługę"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75
msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Typ bazy danych (\"hdb\" lub \"bdb\")"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79
msgid "Base DN for the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bazowy DN dla bazy danych"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83
msgid "DN for the administrator login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN dla konta administratora"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87
msgid "Administrator password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hasło administratora"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95
msgid "Directory for the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Katalog dla bazy danych"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98
msgid "File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99
msgid "Position"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pozycja"
#. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase();
#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb);
#.
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192
msgid "No base DN provided\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie podano bazowego DN\n"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209
msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można utworzyć bazy danych, gdy usługa nie jest włączona"
#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db);
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219
msgid "Error while adding the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas dodawania bazy danych"
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228
msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Baza danych LDAP została już utworzona. Jej ustawienia można zmienić później w zainstalowanym systemie."
#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101
msgid "[root password]"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[hasło administratora (root)]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103
msgid "[manually set]"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[ustawione ręcznie]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie było możliwe uzyskanie hasła użytkownika root. Aby kontynuować, proszę ustawić hasło dla serwera LDAP."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja serwera nadrzędnego LDAP:"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114
msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja autonomicznego serwera LDAP:"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121
msgid "Base DN: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bazowy DN: "
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125
msgid "Root DN: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Główny DN: "
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128
msgid "LDAP Password: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hasło LDAP: "
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja podrzędnego serwera LDAP"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Provider: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dostawca:"
#. all known interfaces for testing
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otwórz port w zaporze sieciowej"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
msgid "YES"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tak"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212
msgid "NO"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapora sieciowa jest wyłączona"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rejestracja w demonie SLP: "
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192
msgid "Start LDAP Server: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchomienie serwera LDAP: "
#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253
msgid "OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serwer OpenLDAP"
#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257
msgid "Open&LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serwer Open&LDAP"
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
@@ -189,6 +189,9 @@
"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the package."
msgstr ""
+"Pakiet \"%1\" nie jest dostępny.\n"
+"Program YaST2 nie może kontynuować konfiguracji \n"
+"bez zainstalowania tego pakietu."
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
@@ -198,6 +201,8 @@
"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the required packages."
msgstr ""
+"Program YaST2 nie może kontynuować konfiguracji \n"
+"bez zainstalowania wymaganych pakietów."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
@@ -208,6 +213,8 @@
"OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n"
"StartTLS is disabled."
msgstr ""
+"Serwer OpenLDAP: brak certyfikatów serwera.\n"
+"Operacja StartTLS została wyłączona."
#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module
#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36
@@ -217,7 +224,7 @@
#. Start new config wizward
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106
msgid "Existing configuration detected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wykryto istniejącą konfigurację."
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107
msgid ""
@@ -225,16 +232,19 @@
"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
+"Istnieje już konfiguracja, ale serwer LDAP nie jest uruchomiony.\n"
+"Uruchomić serwer teraz i wczytać ponownie dane konfiguracyjne, czy\n"
+"utworzyć nową konfigurację od początku?"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202
msgid "Restart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ponowne uruchomienie"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "New Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nowa konfiguracja"
#. Start new config wizward
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
@@ -251,11 +261,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148
msgid "Migrate existing configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przenoszenie istniejącej konfiguracji"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151
msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tworzenie nowej konfiguracji od początku"
#. LdapServer summary dialog caption
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231
@@ -279,41 +289,41 @@
#. ********************
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48
msgid "General Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia ogólne"
#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database
#. dialogs
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40
msgid "&Start LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchom &serwer LDAP"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59
msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zarejestruj w demonie &SLP"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia zapory sieciowej"
#. create new item
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "The LDAP Server is not running."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serwer LDAP nie jest uruchomiony."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chcesz uruchomić go teraz, aby ponownie wczytać konfigurację czy chcesz stworzyć nową konfigurację od początku?"
#. get helps page
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227
msgid "help page for item <b>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "strona pomocy dla pozycji <b>"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228
msgid "</b> not available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</b> jest niedostępna"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Server Type"
@@ -348,7 +358,7 @@
#. Button text
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452
msgid "&Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja z&aawansowana"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464
msgid "Kerberos Authentication"
@@ -360,14 +370,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podstawowe ustawienia systemu Kerberos"
#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase.
#. Please think twice please before you translate this,
#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there.
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502
msgid "R&ealm"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dzi&edzina"
#. abort?
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563
@@ -380,49 +390,49 @@
#. caption
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zaawansowana konfiguracja systemu Kerberos"
#. tree widget label
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Advanced &Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Opcje zaawansowane"
#. label widget
#. header label
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "Current Selection: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bieżący wybór: "
#. tree widget headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Configuration:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja:"
#. ############## input handler ################
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913
msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uwierzytelnienie w LDAP nie powiodło się. Spróbować ponownie?\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Error message: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Komunikat błędu:"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "Create new account in the first database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utwórz nowe konto w pierwszej bazie danych"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960
msgid "User Id"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Identyfikator użytkownika"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967
msgid "Container Object"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obiekt kontenera"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973
msgid "Browse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przeglądaj"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980
msgid "Generate a Random Password"
@@ -434,20 +444,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja konta dla replikacji"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "nie jest prawidłowym DN usługi LDAP"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hasło"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073
msgid "Validate Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zatwierdź hasło"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565
@@ -470,35 +480,35 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Protokół"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Provider Hostname"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nazwa hosta dostawcy"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
msgid "Use StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Użyj StartTLS"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162
msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hasło administratora dla bazy danych \"cn=config\""
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261
msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik certyfikatu C&A (w formacie PEM)"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
msgid "Bro&wse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prze&glądaj..."
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567
msgid "Select CA Certificate File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wybór pliku certyfikatu CA"
#. ****************************
#. * tls handlers
@@ -522,7 +532,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "The following error messages were returned:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zostały zwrócone następujące komunikaty błędów:"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302
msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration."
@@ -530,7 +540,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314
msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czy zaimportować inny ośrodek certyfikacji CA lub certyfikat serwera?"
#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325
@@ -539,7 +549,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328
msgid "Click Continue to create it now."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proszę kliknąć przycisk \"Kontynuuj\", aby utworzyć ją teraz."
#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380
@@ -560,7 +570,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Test zwrócił następujące komunikaty błędów:"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424
msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now."
@@ -570,7 +580,7 @@
#. @return dialog result
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519
msgid "Replication Master setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia nadrzędnego serwera replikacji"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522
msgid ""
@@ -587,14 +597,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532
msgid "Enter new &Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić nowe &hasło"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219
msgid "&Validate Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Spra&wdzenie hasła"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543
msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)"
@@ -603,11 +613,11 @@
#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17
msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Konfiguracja uruchamiania</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20
msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Uruchom serwer LDAP</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
@@ -618,7 +628,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Nasłuch protokołów</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27
msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>"
@@ -628,7 +638,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p><b>LDAP</b> to standardowy interfejs LDAP na porcie 389. Możliwa jest bezpieczna komunikacja TLS/SSL za pomocą operacji StartTLS, gdy skonfigurowany jest serwer certyfikatów.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
@@ -645,7 +655,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Ustawienia zapory sieciowej</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
@@ -656,7 +666,7 @@
#. First part of the Add Database Widget
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46
msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Podstawowe ustawienia bazy danych</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
@@ -673,7 +683,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Opcja <b>Bazowy DN</b> określa nazwę głównego wpisu tworzonej bazy danych.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
@@ -691,6 +701,10 @@
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
+"<p>Jeśli kreator ten został uruchomiony podczas instalacji, to \n"
+"<b>Hasło administratora serwera LDAP</b> jest początkowo takie \n"
+"samo jak hasło administratora systemu (użytkownika root), które podano\n"
+"wcześniej podczas instalacji.</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
@@ -728,7 +742,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Edycja bazy danych BDB</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
@@ -739,6 +753,8 @@
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Proszę wprowadzić pełny DN albo tylko część początkową i dodać automatycznie\n"
+"bazowy DN za pomocą przycisku <b>Dodaj Bazowy DN</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
@@ -757,16 +773,23 @@
"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Opcje <b>Bufor wpisu</b> i <b>Bufor indeksu (bufor IDL)</b> umożliwiają dostosowanie\n"
+"rozmiaru wewnętrznego bufora OpenLDAP. <b>Bufor wpisu</b> określa liczbę wpisów, jaka jest\n"
+"przechowywana w buforze pamięciowym OpenLDAP. Jeśli istnieje taka możliwość (wystarczająca ilość pamięci RAM),\n"
+"wartość ta powinna być na tyle duża, aby zmieścić całą bazę danych w pamięci. <b>Bufor indeksu\n"
+"(bufor IDL)</b> jest używany w celu przyspieszenia wyszukiwania zindeksowanych atrybutów. Dla dobrej\n"
+"wydajności wyszukiwania, zwłaszcza w bazach danych HDB, rozmiar bufora indeksu ma duże znaczenie\n"
+"(zwykle jego rozmiar określa się jako potrójny rozmiar bufora wpisu).</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Ustawienia założeń haseł</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Aby skorzystać z założeń haseł w tej bazie danych, należy zaznaczyć pole <b>Włącz założenia haseł</b>.<p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
@@ -776,6 +799,10 @@
"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
+"<p>Proszę zaznaczyć opcję <b>Zabezpiecz hasła tekstowe funkcją haszującą</b>, aby serwer OpenLDAP szyfrował hasła obecne w\n"
+"żądaniach dodawania i modyfikacji przed zapisaniem ich w bazie danych. Uwaga: jest to sprzeczne z modelem informacji X.500/LDAP,\n"
+"ale może być konieczne w przypadku klientów LDAP, które nie używają rozszerzonej operacji modyfikowania haseł do\n"
+"zarządzania hasłami.</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
@@ -788,7 +815,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>W polu <b>DN domyślnego obiektu zalożeń</b> należy wprowadzić nazwę domyślnego obiektu grupy założeń.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
@@ -799,7 +826,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Konfiguracja indeksowania</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
@@ -854,7 +881,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Konfiguracja kontroli dostępu</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
@@ -885,17 +912,17 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Ustawienia dostawcy replikacji</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Proszę zaznaczyć pole przy \"<b>Włącz dostawcę ldapsync dla tej bazy danych</b>\", jeśli wymagana jest możliwość replikacji aktualnie wybranej bazy danych do innego serwera.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Ustawienia punktu kontrolnego</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
@@ -911,7 +938,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Dziennik sesji</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
@@ -920,10 +947,14 @@
"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Konfiguruje dziennik sesji do zapisywania informacji dotyczących operacji\n"
+"zapisu w bazie danych, który przechowywany jest w pamięci. Proszę określić, ile operacji zapisu ma być zapisywanych w dzienniku sesji. \n"
+"Skonfigurowanie dziennika sesji ma sens jedynie w przypadku użycia replikacji \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\". W tym\n"
+"przypadku replikacja może przyspieszyć, a obciążenie serwera nadrzędnego może się zmniejszyć.</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Ustawienia klienta replikacji</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -933,7 +964,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Dostawca</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
@@ -947,11 +978,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Typ replikacji</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>OpenLDAP obsługuje różne tryby replikacji:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
@@ -970,7 +1001,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Uwierzytelnianie</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
@@ -980,7 +1011,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Aktualizacja odwołania</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
@@ -1001,6 +1032,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Przerywanie inicjalizacji:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Można bezpiecznie przerwać działania konfiguratora, naciskając teraz przycisk <b>Przerwij</b>.</p>"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
@@ -1017,7 +1050,7 @@
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Podsumowanie konfiguracji serwera LDAP</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283
msgid ""
@@ -1030,6 +1063,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
+"<p>Za pomocą opcji <b>Uruchom serwer LDAP</b> można\n"
+"uruchomić lub zatrzymać serwer LDAP.</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
@@ -1067,11 +1102,11 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Ustawienia TLS</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Ustawienia podstawowe</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
@@ -1096,7 +1131,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Import certyfikatu</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
@@ -1115,7 +1150,7 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Wybierając opcje znajdujące się poniżej tego elementu, można skonfigurować parametry globalne.</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
@@ -1124,6 +1159,9 @@
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>W tym oknie można dodawać i usuwać pliki schematów. Naciśnięcie przycisku <b>Dodaj</b> spowoduje\n"
+"otwarcie okna, w którym można wybrać nowy schemat. Uwaga: OpenLDAP (używany z back-config) aktualnie\n"
+"nie obsługuje usuwania danych schematów</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
@@ -1135,11 +1173,11 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Należy wybrać specjalne funkcje serwera OpenLDAP, które powinny zostać włączone bądź wyłączone:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Wybór znaczników zezwoleń</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
@@ -1151,13 +1189,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Opcja <b>Anonimowe żądania wiązania, gdy dane uwierzytelniania są niepuste</b> umożliwia zezwolenie na anonimowe wiązanie, gdy dane uwierzytelnianie są niepuste (tzn. dostępne jest hasło, ale nie DN wiązania).</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Opcja <b>Nieuwierzytelnione wiązanie, gdy DN niepuste</b> umożliwia nieuwierzytelnione (anonimowe) wiązanie, jeśli DN jest niepusty.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
@@ -1168,7 +1206,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Wybór znaczników zakazów</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
@@ -1210,7 +1248,7 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Aby dodać nową bazę danych, należy nacisnąć przycisk <b>Dodaj bazę danych...</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
@@ -1223,6 +1261,8 @@
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Tutaj proszę wprowadzić hasło dla bazy danych konfiguracji (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Jest to wymagane,\n"
+"aby baza danych konfiguracji była dostępna zdalnie.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
@@ -1235,7 +1275,7 @@
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Do skonfigurowania serwera podrzędnego wymagane jest zapytanie serwera nadrzędnego o pewne szczegóły. Proszę podać nazwę hosta serwera nadrzędnego, ustawić protokół (\"<i>ldap</i>\" lub \"<i>ldaps</i>\") i w razie potrzeby numer portu, a następnie podać hasło do bazy danych konfiguracji serwera nadrzędnego (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
@@ -1246,12 +1286,12 @@
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Chociaż nazwa dziedziny systemu Kerberos może być dowolnym ciągiem znaków ASCII, zgodnie z konwencją powinno się używać dużych liter, jak w nazwie domeny.</p>\n"
#. advanced item help: database_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten ciąg znaków określa położenie bazy danych Kerberos dla tej dziedziny.</p>"
#. advanced item help: acl_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
@@ -1261,186 +1301,186 @@
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten ciąg znaków określa położenie pliku keytab, którego kadmin program używa do uwierzytelniania w bazie danych.</p>"
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten czas bezwzględny określa domyślną datę wygaśnięcia podmiotów utworzonych w tej dziedzinie.</p>"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Te znaczniki określają domyślne atrybuty podmiotu utworzonego w tej dziedzinie.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na postdatowane"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika umożliwia otrzymywanie przez podmiot biletów postdatowanych."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na przekazywalne"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika umożliwia otrzymywanie przez podmiot biletów przekazywalnych."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na odnawialne"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika umożliwia otrzymywanie przez podmiot biletów odnawialnych."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na pośredniczące"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika umożliwia otrzymywanie przez podmiot biletów pośredniczących."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włącz uwierzytelnianie użytkownik-użytkownik"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika umożliwia otrzymywanie przez podmiot klucza sesji dla innego podmiotu, pozwalając temu podmiotowi na uwierzytelnianie typu użytkownik-użytkownik."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wymaga preauth"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jeśli znacznik ten jest włączony dla podmiotu klienta, wymagane jest od niego uprzednie uwierzytelnienie w KDC, zanim otrzyma on jakiekolwiek bilety. W przypadku włączenia tego znacznika dla podmiotu usługi, bilety usługi dla niej będą wydawane tylko klientom z TGT z ustawionym uprzednio uwierzytelnionym biletem."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wymaga hwauth"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jeśli ten znacznik jest włączony, od podmiotu wymagane jest uprzednie uwierzytelnienie z użyciem urządzenia elektronicznego, zanim otrzyma on jakiekolwiek bilety."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na usługę"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika umożliwia KDC wydawanie biletów usługi dla tego podmiotu."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na żądanie tgs"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika pozwala podmiotowi otrzymywać bilety w oparciu o bilet wstępny (TGT) zamiast powtarzania procesu uwierzytelniania użytego do uzyskania biletu wstępnego."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na bilety"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika oznacza, że program KDC będzie wydawał bilety dla tego podmiotu. Wyłączenie tego znacznika właściwie dezaktywuje ten podmiot w obrębie danej dziedziny."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wymagaj zmiany"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika wymusza zmianę hasła dla danego podmiotu."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usługa zmiany haseł"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie tego znacznika powoduje oznaczenie danego podmiotu jako usługi zmiany hasła. Powinno to być używane tylko w szczególnych przypadkach, na przykład jeśli hasło użytkownika wygasło, użytkownik musi otrzymać bilety dla tego podmiotu, aby mógł je zmienić bez przechodzenia przez normalny proces uwierzytelniania hasłem."
#. advanced item help : dict_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Określenie położenie pliku słownika zawieraja ciągi, które są niedozwolone jako hasła. Jeśli znacznik ten nie jest ustawiony lub do tego podmiotu nie przypisano żadnych założeń, sprawdzanie nie będzie wykonywane.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten numer portu określa port, na którym nasłuchuje demon kadmind dla tej dziedziny.</p>"
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten ciąg określa położenie, w którym klucz główny został zapisany z użyciem kdb5_stash.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten ciąg określa listę portów, na których program KDC nasłuchuje w tej dziedzinie.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten ciąg określa nazwę podmiotu powiązanego z kluczem głównym. Domyślną wartością jest K/M.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten ciąg typu klucza przedstawia typ klucza kluczy podstawowych.</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten czas określa maksymalny okres czasu, przez który bilet może być ważny w tej dziedzinie.</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten czas oznacza maksymalny okres czasu, o który bilet może być przedłużony w tej dziedzinie.</p>"
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Lista ciągów klucz/posiew, która określa domyślne kombinacje klucz/posiew podmiotów w tej dziedzinie.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Określa dozwolone kombinacje klucz/posiew podmiotów w tej dziedzinie.</p>"
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Określa, czy lista transportowanych dziedzin dla biletów do uwierzytelniania krzyżowego powinna być sprawdzana pod kątem ścieżki transportu wyznaczonej na podstawie nazw dziedzin oraz sekcji [capaths] pliku krb5.conf</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Ten specyficzny dla LDAP znacznik wskazuje liczbę połączeń, które mają być utrzymywane przez serwer LDAP.</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
@@ -1450,22 +1490,22 @@
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Określa listę podkatalogów zawierających podmioty dziedziny. Lista zawiera nazwy DN obiektów w podkatalogach, oddzielonych dwukropkiem (:).</p><p>Zakres wyszukiwania określa zasięg przeszukiwania podmiotów w podkatalogach.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Określa DN obiektu kontenera, w którym będą tworzone podmioty w dziedzinie. Jeśli odniesienie kontenera nie jest skonfigurowane dla dziedziny, podmioty zostaną utworzone w kontenerze dziedziny.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Określa maksymalny czas ważności biletu dla podmiotów tej dziedziny.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Określa maksymalny odnawialny czas ważności biletów dla podmiotów w tej dziedzinie.</p>"
#. #################################################################################
#. #################################################################################
@@ -1478,39 +1518,39 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974
msgid "Advanced Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia zaawansowane"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885
msgid "Database Path"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ścieżka do bazy danych"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60
msgid "&Database Path"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ścieżka do bazy &danych"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889
msgid "ACL File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik ACL"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78
msgid "ACL &File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Plik ACL"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893
msgid "Administrator Keytab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Keytab administratora"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900
msgid "Default Principal Expiration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Domyślny czas wygaśnięcia podmiotu"
#. checkbox text
#. checkbox text
@@ -1523,12 +1563,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648
msgid "&Available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dostępn&e"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129
msgid "&Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Data"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140
@@ -1541,7 +1581,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659
msgid "&Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Czas"
#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"",
#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")),
@@ -1552,133 +1592,133 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008
msgid "Default Principal Flags"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Domyślne znaczniki podmiotu"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680
msgid "Allow p&ostdated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na p&ostdatowane"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688
msgid "Allow &forwardable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na &przekazywalne"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696
msgid "Allow rene&wable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na odna&wialne"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704
msgid "Allow &proxiable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na pośr&edniczące"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712
msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włącz &uwierzytelnianie użytkownik-użytkownik"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720
msgid "Requires pr&eauth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wymaga pr&eauth"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728
msgid "Requires &hwauth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wymaga &hwauth"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734
msgid "Allow &service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na u&sługę"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740
msgid "Allow tgs re&quest"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na żą&dania tgs"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746
msgid "Allow &tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na &bilety"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752
msgid "Need &change"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wymagaj &zmiany"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760
msgid "P&assword changing service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usługa zmiany h&aseł"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911
msgid "Dictionary File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik słownika"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916
msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Port usługi Kadmin"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921
msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Port usługi Kpasswd"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926
msgid "Key Stash File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik stosu kluczy"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929
msgid "KDC Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Port KDC"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933
msgid "Master Key Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nazwa klucza głównego"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938
msgid "Master Key Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Typ klucza głównego"
#. Treeview list item
#. Treeview list item
@@ -1687,14 +1727,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998
msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maksymalny czas ważności biletu"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653
msgid "&Days"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Dni"
#. Treeview list item
#. Treeview list item
@@ -1703,66 +1743,66 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003
msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maksymalny czas odnawiania ważności biletu"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953
msgid "Default Encryption Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Domyślne typy szyfrowania"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958
msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Typy szyfrowania obsługiwane przez KDC"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963
msgid "Reject Bad Transit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odrzuć nieprawidłowy transport"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983
msgid "Number of LDAP connections"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Liczba połączeń LDAP"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525
msgid "File for the LDAP password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik dla hasła LDAP"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988
msgid "Search Subtrees"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przeszukuj poddrzewa"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558
msgid "Search Scope"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zakres wyszukiwania"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565
msgid "&subtree search"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "przeszukiwanie po&ddrzew"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572
msgid "&one level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "jede&n poziom"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993
msgid "Principal Container"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kontener podmiotów"
#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016
msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zaawansowane ustawienia LDAP"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp
@@ -1822,7 +1862,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicjalizacja..."
#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. ****************************************
@@ -1830,67 +1870,67 @@
#. ***************************************
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191
msgid "Startup Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja początkowa"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62
msgid "Global Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia globalne"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67
msgid "Schema Files"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pliki schematu"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75
msgid "Log Level Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia poziomu zapisu dziennika zdarzeń"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83
msgid "Allow/Disallow Features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie/wyłączenie funkcji"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218
msgid "TLS Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia TLS"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100
msgid "Databases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bazy danych"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
msgid "Suffix DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sufiks DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173
msgid "Database Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Typ bazy danych"
#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l;
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228
msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja TLS/SSL wygląda na niekompletną."
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229
msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czy na pewno uruchomić nasłuchiwanie dla protokołu \"ldaps\"?"
#. add a new file to the list
#. file dialog heading
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265
msgid "Select New Schema File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wybór nowego pliku schematu"
#. error popup
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272
msgid "The schema file is already in the list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik schematu znajduje się już na liście."
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462
msgid "Select a valid Certificate File"
@@ -1907,12 +1947,12 @@
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575
msgid "Select Certificate File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wybór pliku certyfikatu"
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583
msgid "Select Certificate Key File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wybór plik klucza certyfikatu"
#. ****************************************
#. * handlers for database parent widget
@@ -1927,36 +1967,36 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721
msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czy na pewno usunąć tę bazę danych?"
#. Error Popup
#. Error Popup
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884
msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można zapisać ustawień dla bieżącej bazy danych."
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941
msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można odczytać ustawień bieżącej bazy danych."
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403
msgid "New Administrator &Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nowe &hasło administratora"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407
msgid "Password &Encryption"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sz&yfrowanie hasła"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368
msgid "Change Administration Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zmiana hasła administratora"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039
@@ -1965,7 +2005,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
@@ -1973,7 +2013,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tak"
#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188
@@ -1985,23 +2025,23 @@
#. ***************************************
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290
msgid "Index Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja indeksowania"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298
msgid "Password Policy Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja założeń haseł"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307
msgid "Access Control Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia kontroli dostępu"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316
msgid "Replication Provider"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dostawca replikacji"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325
msgid "Replication Consumer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klient replikacji"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70
msgid "&Start Kerberos Server"
@@ -2009,188 +2049,188 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94
msgid "Protocol Listeners"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nasłuch protokołu"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100
msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112
msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP przez SSL (ldaps)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141
msgid "Included &Schema Files"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dołączone pliki &schematów"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152
msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zna&czniki poziomu dziennika zdarzeń:"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154
msgid "Trace Function Calls"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Śledź wywołania funkcji"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155
msgid "Debug Packet Handling"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Debuguj obsługę pakietów"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Debugowanie typu Heavy Trace (parametry funkcji)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157
msgid "Connection Management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zarządzanie połączeniami"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158
msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyświetlaj wysłane i odebrane pakiety"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159
msgid "Search Filter Processing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przetwarzanie filtrów wyszukiwania"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160
msgid "Configuration File Processing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przetwarzanie plików konfiguracyjnych"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161
msgid "Access Control List Processing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przetwarzanie list kontroli dostępu"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162
msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisuj połączenia, operacje i wyniki w dzienniku"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163
msgid "Log Entries Sent"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisuj wysłane wpisy w dzienniku"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164
msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wypisuj komunikację z mechanizmami powłoki"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165
msgid "Entry Parsing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parsowanie pozycji"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166
msgid "LDAPSync Replication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Replikacja LDAPSync"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167
msgid "None"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Brak"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174
msgid "Select &Allow Flags:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zn&aczniki zezwoleń:"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176
msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Żądania LDAPv2 Bind"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179
msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Anonimowe żądania wiązania, gdy dane uwierzytelniania są niepuste"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183
msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieuwierzytelnione Bind przy niepustym DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187
msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieuwierzytelnione opcje aktualizacji do przetworzenia"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193
msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Znaczniki &zakazów:"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197
msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyłącz akceptowanie anonimowych żądań Bind (nie zakazując anonimowego dostępu do katalogu)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201
msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyłącz proste uwierzytelnianie Bind"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204
msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyłącz wymuszanie anonimowego stanu sesji po odbiorze operacji StartTLS"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210
msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie zezwalaj na operację StartTLS w stanie uwierzytelnionym"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221
msgid "Basic Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia ogólne"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227
msgid "Enable TLS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włącz TLS"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234
msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włącz interfejs LDAP przez SSL (ldaps)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242
msgid "Use common Server Certificate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Użyj wspólnego certyfikatu serwera"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254
msgid "Import Certificate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Import certyfikatu"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273
msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik certyfikatu (w &formacie PEM)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234
msgid "&Browse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przeg&lądaj..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285
msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik &klucza certyfikatu (w formacie PEM - niezaszyfrowany)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288
msgid "B&rowse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prze&glądaj..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Launch CA Management Module"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchom moduł zarządzania CA"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178
msgid "&Base DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Bazowy DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305
msgid "Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN Administratora"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81
msgid "&Append Base DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dod&aj bazowy DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309
msgid "Change Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zmień hasło"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317
msgid "Edit BDB Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Edytuj bazę danych BDB"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Entry Cache"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bufor wpisu"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bufor indeksu (bufor IDL)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
@@ -2198,91 +2238,91 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "kilobytes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "kilobajtów"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346
msgid "minutes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "minut"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zmiana ustawień bazy danych konfiguracji"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zezwól na uwierzytelnianie tekstowe (simple bind) dla tej bazy danych."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362
msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(Połączenie zdalne musi być szyfrowane)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374
msgid "Edit Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Edycja bazy danych"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Database type not currently supported."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Typ bazy danych aktualnie nieobsługiwany."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381
msgid "Indexing Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja indeksowania"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Atrybut"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452
msgid "Presence"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obecność"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Equality"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Równość"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Substring"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podciąg"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402
msgid "Change Administrator Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zmiana hasła administratora"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Add Index"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj indeks"
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia założeń haseł"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47
msgid "Enable Password Policies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włącz założenia haseł"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55
msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zabezpiecz hasła tekstowe funkcją haszującą"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63
msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ujawniaj stan \"konto zablokowane\""
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73
msgid "Default Policy Object DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN domyślnego obiektu założeń"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89
msgid "Edit Policy"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Edytuj założenie"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100
msgid "All Entries"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wszystkie pozycje"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101
msgid "All Entries in the Subtree"
@@ -2290,105 +2330,105 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102
msgid "The Entry with the DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pozycja z DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106
msgid "Everybody"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wszyscy"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107
msgid "Authenticated Clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klienci uwierzytelnieni"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108
msgid "Anonymous Clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klienci anonimowi"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109
msgid "The accessed Entry (self)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Element, do którego nastąpił dostęp (ten sam)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110
msgid "The user with the DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Użytkownik z DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111
msgid "All entries in the subtree"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wszystkie pozycje w podgrupie"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112
msgid "All members of the group"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wszyscy członkowie grupy"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125
msgid "<empty>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<pusty>"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126
msgid "No Access"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Brak dostępu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128
msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Brak dostępu (z ujawnianiem informacji o błędzie)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131
msgid "Authenticate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uwierzytelnianie"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132
msgid "Compare"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Porównanie"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133
msgid "Read"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odczyt"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134
msgid "Write"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapis"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135
msgid "Manage (full access)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zarządzanie (pełny dostęp)"
#. don't count frontend and Config DB
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167
msgid "New Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nowa baza danych"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170
msgid "Basic Database Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podstawowe ustawienia bazy danych"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189
msgid "&Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN &administratora"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197
msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "D&odaj bazowe DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211
msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Hasło administratora LDAP"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230
msgid "&Database Directory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Katalog bazy &danych"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240
msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Użyj tej bazy danych jak domyślnej dla klientów OpenLDAP"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311
msgid "Select Database Directory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wybór katalogu bazy danych"
#. check values
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350
msgid "Base DN must be set."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Musi być ustawiony bazowy DN."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359
msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists."
@@ -2396,11 +2436,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399
msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jeśli zostało podane hasło, należy ustawić główny DN."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405
msgid "Password validation failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Weryfikacja hasła nie powiodła się."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435
msgid ""
@@ -2410,52 +2450,52 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451
msgid "A directory must be specified."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Należy podać katalog."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Katalog nie istnieje. Utworzyć go?"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uwierzytelnianie nie powiodło się. Hasło jest prawdopodobnie nieprawidłowe.\n"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
msgid "The error message was: '"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Komunikat błędu: \""
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
msgid "Try again?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Spróbować ponownie?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dostępne typy atrybutu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zaznaczone typy atrybutu"
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Do kogo powinna odnosić się ta zasada"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
msgid "Entry DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN wpisu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
msgid "Select"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wybór"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
msgid "Define the Access Level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zdefiniuj poziom dostępu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
@@ -2467,7 +2507,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kontynuuj przetwarzanie tej reguły (\"continue\")"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
@@ -2476,27 +2516,27 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
msgid "Subtree DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN podgrupy"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
msgid "Group DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN grupy"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Edytuj zasadę kontroli dostępu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
msgid "Target Objects"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obiekty docelowe"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
msgid "Matching the filter:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pasujące do filtra:"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
msgid "LDAP Filter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Filtr LDAP"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
@@ -2504,35 +2544,35 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Attributes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Atrybuty"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Edycja"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
msgid "Access Level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Poziom dostępu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
msgid "Who"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kto"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
msgid "Flow Control"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sterowanie przepływu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
msgid "Up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zainstalowanie nowszej wersji"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
msgid "Down"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zainstalowanie starszej wersji"
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
@@ -2549,11 +2589,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Target"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serwer"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Filter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Filtr"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
msgid ""
@@ -2567,47 +2607,47 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
msgid "Provider Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nazwa dostawcy"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
msgid "Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Port"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
msgid "Replication Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Typ replikacji"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
msgid "Replication Interval"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Interwał replikacji"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
msgid "Days"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dni"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
msgid "Hours"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Godziny"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
msgid "Minutes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Minuty"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
msgid "Seconds"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sekundy"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
msgid "Authentication DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nazwa wyróżniająca uwierzytelniania"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
msgid "Custom update referral"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Niestandardowe odwołanie aktualizacji"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
msgid "Target Host"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Host docelowy"
#. no updateref
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
@@ -2621,7 +2661,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czy w dalszym ciągu kontynuować?"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
@@ -2629,15 +2669,15 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proszę sprawdzić, czy serwer docelowy jest skonfigurowany jako dostawca LDAPsync"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włącz dostawcę ldapsync dla tej bazy danych"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
msgid "Operations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Operacje"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Session Log"
@@ -2653,15 +2693,15 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352
msgid "Reading Startup Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odczytywanie konfiguracji uruchamiania"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353
msgid "Reading Configuration Backend"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odczytywanie zaplecza konfiguracji"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354
msgid "Reading Configuration Data"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odczytywanie danych konfiguracyjnych"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355
msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration"
@@ -2675,31 +2715,31 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033
msgid "LDAP search failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyszukiwanie LDAP nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812
msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieprawidłowy schemat adresu URI LDAP."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828
msgid "LDAP initialization failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicjalizacja LDAP nie powiodła się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854
msgid "LDAP bind failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Powiązanie z LDAP nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877
msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicjalizacja schematu LDAP nie powiodła się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888
msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odczytanie schematu LDAP nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Schemat systemu Kerberos nieznany przez serwer LDAP."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575
@@ -2708,37 +2748,37 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005
msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modyfikacja bazy danych kerberos nie powiodła się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046
msgid "LDAP modify failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modyfikacja LDAP nie powiodła się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074
msgid "Incomplete data."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Niekompletne dane."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101
msgid "Unsupported database type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieobsługiwany typ bazy danych."
#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546
msgid "Enabling LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączanie serwera LDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559
msgid "Starting LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchamianie serwera LDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549
msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aktywowanie serwera OpenLDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ponowne uruchamianie serwera OpenLDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569
msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server"
@@ -2754,23 +2794,23 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602
msgid "Writing Startup Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisywanie konfiguracji początkowej"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603
msgid "Cleaning up config directory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czyszczenie katalogu konfiguracyjnego"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604
msgid "Creating Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tworzenie konfiguracji"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605
msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchamianie serwera OpenLDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606
msgid "Creating Base Objects"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tworzenie obiektów bazowych"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607
msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration"
@@ -2782,41 +2822,41 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569
msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zmiana z slapd.conf na mechanizm konfiguracji nie powiodła się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624
msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączanie nasłuchu protokołu LDAPI zakończone niepowodzeniem."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648
msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czyszczenie katalogu konfiguracyjnego nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686
msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Błąd podczas wypełniania konfiguracji bazy danych przy użyciu \"slapadd\"."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706
msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączanie usługi LDAP nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600
msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchamianie usługi LDAP nie powiodło się."
#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784
msgid "Stopping LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zatrzymywanie serwera LDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785
msgid "Disabling LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyłączanie serwera LDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787
msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyłączanie serwera OpenLDAP"
#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
@@ -2834,31 +2874,31 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825
msgid "Writing Sysconfig files"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisywanie plików Sysconfig"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826
msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zastosowanie zmian w bazie danych konfiguracji"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827
msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wprowadzanie zmian w pliku /etc/openldap/ldap.conf"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828
msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tworzenie obiektów bazowych dla nowo stworzonych baz danych"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829
msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aktualizowanie domyślnych obiektów założeń haseł"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830
msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Trwa oczekiwanie na zakończenie zadań indeksowania OpenLDAP pracujących w tle (to może zająć kilka minut)"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ponowne uruchamianie serwera OpenLDAP, jeśli jest to wymagane"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834
msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration"
@@ -2866,11 +2906,11 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931
msgid "Creating base objects failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tworzenie obiektów bazowych nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940
msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tworzenie obiektów założeń haseł nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953
msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
@@ -2882,7 +2922,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Register at SLP Service: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rejestracja w usłudze SLP: "
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213
msgid "Start Kerberos Server: "
@@ -2890,19 +2930,19 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215
msgid "Create the following databases:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utwórz następujące bazy danych:"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220
msgid "Database Suffix: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sufiks bazy danych: "
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221
msgid "Database Type: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Typ bazy danych: "
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
msgid "Not configured yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieskonfigurowane."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472
msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist."
@@ -2910,12 +2950,12 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477
msgid "Certificate File does not exist"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik certyfikatu nie istnieje."
#. error message
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752
msgid "Certificate key file does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik klucza certyfikatu nie istnieje."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523
msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key."
@@ -2927,39 +2967,39 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545
msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czyszczenie katalogu dla bazy danych konfiguracji"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546
msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konwertowanie pliku slapd.conf na bazę danych konfiguracji"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547
msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przełączanie wstępnej konfiguracji na korzystanie z bazy danych konfiguracji"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548
msgid "Restarting LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ponowne uruchamianie serwera LDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549
msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przenoszenie konfiguracji serwera OpenLDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559
msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyjście programu \"slaptest\":\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560
msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przenoszenie istniejącej konfiguracji nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587
msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączenie nasłuchu LDAPI nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709
msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Brak wspólnego certyfikatu serwera. Usługa StartTLS została wyłączona."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803
msgid "Could not create database directory."
@@ -2982,19 +3022,19 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można zapisać pliku krb5.conf."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tworzenie bazy danych systemu Kerberos nie powiodło się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisywanie do pliku haseł nie powiodło się"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "nie jest prawidłowym DN usługi LDAP"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
@@ -3012,7 +3052,7 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pierwszą częścią przyrostka musi być c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= lub dc=."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046
#, perl-format
@@ -3036,11 +3076,11 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Główny DN musi być obiektem podrzędnym DN bazowego."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871
#, perl-format
@@ -3070,154 +3110,154 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapis do pliku krb5.conf nie powiódł się."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapis do pliku kdc.conf nie powiódł się."
#. error at paramter check
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301
#, perl-format
msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Baza danych typu \"%s\" nie jest obsługiwana. Dopuszczalne są bazy typu \"bdb\" i \"ldbm\"."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347
msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Atrybut countryName musi być dwuliterowym kodem kraju wg ISO-3166."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726
msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieprawidłowy parametr \"rootdn\"."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734
msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parmetr \"rootdn\" musi być poniżej parametru \"suffix\"."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415
msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aby ustawić hasło, należy zdefiniować parametr \"rootdn\"."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422
msgid "Define 'rootpw'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proszę zdefiniować parametr \"rootpw\"."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768
#, perl-format
msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"%s\" nie jest obsługiwanym sposobem szyfrowania."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475
msgid "Define 'directory'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proszę zdefiniować parametr \"directory\"."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489
msgid "The directory does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Katalog nie istnieje."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526
msgid "Invalid cache size value."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieprawidłowy rozmiar bufora."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547
msgid "Invalid checkpoint value."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Niepoprawna wartość punktu kontrolnego."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758
msgid "Define 'passwd'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proszę zdefiniować parametr \"passwd\"."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805
msgid "Database edit failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Edycja bazy danych nie powiodła się."
#. error message at parameter check
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129
msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Brak parametru \"suffix\"."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533
msgid "Cannot restart the service."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można ponownie uruchomić usługi."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540
msgid "Cannot stop the service."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można zatrzymać usługi."
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703
msgid "CA certificate file does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik certyfikatu CA nie istnieje."
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719
msgid "CA certificate path does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ścieżka certyfikatu CA nie istnieje."
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735
msgid "Certificate file does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Plik certyfikatu nie istnieje."
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770
msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieprawidłowa wartość dla \"TLSVerifyClient\""
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779
msgid "Writing failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapis nie powiódł się."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944
msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Brak parametru \"ServerCertificateFile\"."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950
msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można odczytać pliku certyfikatu."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955
msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Brak parametru \"ServerCertificateData\"."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uszkodzone dane PEM."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969
msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Brak parametru \"ServerKeyFile\"."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975
msgid "Cannot read key file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można odczytać pliku klucza."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980
msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Brak parametru \"ServerKeyData\"."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998
msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można odczytać pliku certyfikatu CA."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021
msgid "Cannot write certificate file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można zapisać pliku certyfikatu."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027
msgid "Cannot write key file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można zapisać pliku klucza."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046
msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można zapisać pliku certyfikatu CA."
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/base.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/base.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/base.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -4267,7 +4267,7 @@
#. read file content
#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
msgid "File not found."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie znaleziono pliku."
#. Fill the LogView with file content
#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
@@ -4985,7 +4985,7 @@
#. KiloByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
msgid "KiB"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KiB"
#. MegaByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/bootloader.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/bootloader.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/bootloader.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
msgid "remove"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "usunięcie"
#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/cio.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/cio.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/cio.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -35,19 +35,19 @@
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
msgid "Device"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Urządzenie"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
msgid "Used"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zajęte"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "no"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "nie"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tak"
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
msgid "&Select All"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zaznacz w&szystkie"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
msgid "&Clear selection"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/fcoe-client.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/fcoe-client.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/fcoe-client.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@
#. setting of config value is 'yes'
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
msgid "yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tak"
#. setting of config value is 'no'
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
msgid "no"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "nie"
#. text of an error popup
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
@@ -70,17 +70,17 @@
#. the flag is 'true'
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
msgid "true"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "prawda"
#. the flag is 'false'
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
msgid "false"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fałsz"
#. the flag is not set at all
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
msgid "not set"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "nie ustawione"
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tak"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie"
#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188
msgid "Driver"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Program obsługi"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Flag FCoE"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/geo-cluster.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/geo-cluster.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/geo-cluster.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "port"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "site"
@@ -94,17 +94,17 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Edycja"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usuń"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OK"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Anuluj"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135
msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
@@ -290,12 +290,12 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja zapory sieciowej"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicjalizacja..."
#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odczytanie poprzednich ustawień"
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
@@ -335,13 +335,13 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odczytywanie poprzednich ustawień..."
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zakończono"
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisanie ustawień"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisywanie ustawień..."
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
@@ -375,56 +375,56 @@
#. Error message
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można zapisać ustawień."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podsumowanie konfiguracji..."
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
msgid "Read the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odczytanie bazy danych"
#. Progress stage 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145
msgid "Detect the devices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wykrywanie urządzeń"
#. Progress step 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148
msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odczytywanie bazy danych..."
#. Progress step 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wykrywanie urządzeń..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można odczytać bazy danych database1."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
msgid "Cannot read the database2."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można odczytać bazy danych database2."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można wykryć urządzeń."
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchomienie SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchamianie SuSEconfig..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podsumowanie konfiguracji..."
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/gtk.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/gtk.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/gtk.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -184,11 +184,11 @@
#: src/YGUtils.cc:643
msgid "Back"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wstecz"
#: src/YGUtils.cc:644
msgid "Next"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dalej"
#: src/ygtksteps.c:75
msgid "Current step"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/installation.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/installation.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/installation.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nastąpi ponowne uruchomienie systemu..."
#. bnc #395030
#. Use less memory
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/iplb.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/iplb.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/iplb.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files.
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44
msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja globalna"
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45
msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration"
@@ -94,11 +94,11 @@
#. ids of widget of global dialog
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
msgid "yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tak"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
msgid "no"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "nie"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
msgid "&Global Configuration"
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87
msgid "Execute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wykonaj"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
msgid "Email Alert"
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usługa"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
msgid "Check Command"
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160
msgid "Request"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Żądanie"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162
msgid "Receive"
@@ -518,11 +518,11 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
msgid "Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Login"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hasło"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
msgid "Database Name"
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
msgid "Netmask"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maska sieci"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
msgid "Scheduler"
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Protokół"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
msgid "Virtual Servers"
@@ -554,15 +554,15 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Edycja"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usuń"
#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
@@ -588,11 +588,11 @@
#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OK"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Anuluj"
#. split the real server ip value;
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicjalizacja..."
#. Read all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zakończono"
#. Write all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -667,19 +667,19 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisanie ustawień"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchomienie SuSEconfig"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisywanie ustawień..."
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchamianie SuSEconfig..."
#. write global conf
#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
@@ -689,10 +689,10 @@
#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można zapisać ustawień."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podsumowanie konfiguracji..."
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/iscsi-client.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/iscsi-client.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/iscsi-client.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
msgid "all"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wszystko"
#. }
#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/ldap.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/ldap.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/ldap.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -42,6 +42,8 @@
"\n"
"The server could be down or unreachable.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Serwer może być wyłączony lub niedostępny.\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:534
@@ -49,6 +51,8 @@
"\n"
"The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Wartość DN nie istnieje lub jest nieprawidłowa.\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:538
@@ -56,6 +60,8 @@
"\n"
"Attribute type not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Typ atrybutu nie został znaleziony.\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:540
@@ -63,23 +69,25 @@
"\n"
"Object class not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Klasa obiektu nie została znaleziona.\n"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#. error message
#. error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848
msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można ustanowić połączenia z serwerem LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:549
msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wystąpił problem podczas łączenia się z serwerem LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:553
msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wystąpił problem podczas odczytywania danych z serwera LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:557
@@ -99,26 +107,26 @@
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:569
msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wystąpił problem podczas odczytywania schematów z serwera LDAP."
#. default error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:594
msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wystąpił nieznany błąd LDAP."
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857
msgid "&Show Details"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyświetl &szczegóły"
#. error message
#. error message
#. error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912
msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieznany błąd. Możliwe, że moduł YaST2-ldap jest niedostępny."
#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
#: src/Ldap.rb:800
@@ -133,6 +141,10 @@
"\n"
"Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n"
msgstr ""
+"Możliwą przyczyną nieudanego połączenia może być fakt, że\n"
+"klient jest skonfigurowany do użycia protokołu TLS/SSL, którego serwer nie obsługuje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ponowić próbę połączenia bez TLS/SSL?\n"
#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server
#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed
@@ -145,17 +157,17 @@
#. password entering label
#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155
msgid "&LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hasło do serwera &LDAP"
#. label
#: src/Ldap.rb:979
msgid "Server: %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serwer: %1:%2"
#. button label
#: src/Ldap.rb:988
msgid "&Anonymous Access"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dostęp &anonimowy"
#. error message, %1 is DN
#: src/Ldap.rb:1330
@@ -164,6 +176,9 @@
"does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n"
"The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n"
msgstr ""
+"Bezpośredni element nadrzędny dla DN '%1'\n"
+"nie istnieje w katalogu LDAP.\n"
+"Nie można utworzyć obiektu z wybranym DN.\n"
#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN
#: src/Ldap.rb:1634
@@ -171,17 +186,19 @@
"No entry with DN '%1'\n"
"exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n"
msgstr ""
+"Brak pozycji z DN '%1'\n"
+"na serwerze LDAP. Czy utworzyć ją teraz?\n"
#. button label
#. button label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547
msgid "&Open"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Otwórz"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262
msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Proszę podać nową wartość bieżącego atrybutu.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264
@@ -193,6 +210,12 @@
"it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Jeśli atrybut może mieć więcej niż jedną wartość, nowe pozycje można\n"
+"dodawać za pomocą przycisku <b>Dodaj wartość</b>. Czasem przycisk ten\n"
+"zawiera listę możliwych dla bieżącego atrybutu wartości.\n"
+"Jeśli wartość modyfikowanego atrybutu powinna być unikatową nazwą DN,\n"
+"możliwe jest wybranie jej z drzewa LDAP za pomocą przycisku <b>Przeglądaj</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows.
#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note
@@ -203,32 +226,32 @@
#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287
msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Opis atrybutu \"%1\"<br>(w języku angielskim):</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311
msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "War&tość atrybutu \"%1\""
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322
msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wart&ości atrybutów \"%1\""
#. button label
#. button label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356
msgid "&Add Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dod&aj wartość"
#. menubutton item (default value)
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350
msgid "&Empty Entry"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "U&suń pozycję"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351
msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przeg&lądaj"
#. error popup
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
@@ -236,26 +259,28 @@
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
msgstr ""
+"Wartość '%1' już istnieje.\n"
+"Proszę wybrać inną."
#. description of configuration object
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja narzędzi do zarządzania użytkownikami"
#. description of configuration object
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja narzędzi do zarządzania grupami"
#. label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klasa obiektu nowego modułu"
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Nazwa nowego modułu (wartość \"cn\")"
#. error popup
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
@@ -263,11 +288,13 @@
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
+"Wprowadzona wartość już istnieje.\n"
+"Proszę wybrać inną.\n"
#. error popup
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić nazwę modułu."
#. help text 1/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
@@ -276,6 +303,9 @@
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
"the new object is created.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>W tym miejscu należy podać wartości atrybutów należących do\n"
+"obiektów wykorzystujących bieżący szablon. Wartości te używane są\n"
+"jako domyślne podczas tworzenia nowego obiektu.</p>\n"
#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass"
#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the
@@ -290,26 +320,30 @@
"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Do tworzenia wartości atrybutów z wartości już istniejących można używać\n"
+"specjalnej składni. Wyrażenie <i>%attr_name</i> zostanie zastąpione przez\n"
+"wartość atrybutu \"attr_name\" (np., można użyć \"/home/%uid\"\n"
+"jako wartości atrybutu \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
#. combobox label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Nazwa atrybutu"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wartość atry&butu"
#. general help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62
msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Drzewo LDAP można przeglądać w lewej części okna dialogowego.</p>"
#. help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64
msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tabela zawiera dane zaznaczonego w drzewie LDAP obiektu. Aby zmienić wartość wybranego atrybutu, należy nacisnąć przycisk <b>Edytuj</b>. Do zapisywania zmian w LDAP służy przycisk <b>Zapisz</b>.</p>"
#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows)
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69
@@ -317,47 +351,49 @@
"There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n"
"Discard these changes?\n"
msgstr ""
+"Bieżący wpis zawiera niezapisane zmiany.\n"
+"Czy porzucić je?\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85
msgid "LDAP Browser"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przeglądarka LDAP"
#. combobox item
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101
msgid "Current LDAP Client settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bieżące ustawienia klienta LDAP"
#. combo box label
#. combo box label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747
msgid "LDAP Connections"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Połączenia LDAP"
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146
msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serwer LDAP"
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152
msgid "Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN Administratora"
#. check box label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162
msgid "L&DAP TLS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "L&DAP TLS"
#. button label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168
msgid "A&nonymous Access"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dostęp &anonimowy"
#. InputField label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230
msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nazwa nowego połączenia LDAP"
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452
@@ -365,18 +401,20 @@
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
+"Atrybut \"%1\" jest wymagany.\n"
+"Proszę wprowadzić wartość."
#. button label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550
msgid "&Reload"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odświ&eż"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Atrybut"
#. table header 2/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693
msgid "Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wartość"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/opensuse_mirror.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/opensuse_mirror.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/opensuse_mirror.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
msgid "Directory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Katalogi"
#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
msgid "Mirrored"
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@
#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
msgid "yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tak"
#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
msgid "no"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "nie"
#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
msgid "&Exit"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/packager.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/packager.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/packager.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573
#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706
msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tworzenie kopii zapasowej %1 nie powiodło się. Szczegóły w %2."
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/registration.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/registration.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/registration.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Umowa licencyjna"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Identifier"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Identyfikator"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
#, fuzzy
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Architektura"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
msgid "Release Type"
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
msgid "&Architecture"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Architektura"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
msgid "&Release Type"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/reipl.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/reipl.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/reipl.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Nazwa"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175
msgid "reipl configuration"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/s390.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/s390.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/s390.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "&Deselect All"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Odznacz wszystkie"
#. error popup
#. error popup
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/samba-client.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/samba-client.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/samba-client.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -852,52 +852,52 @@
#. progress stage label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673
msgid "Install required packages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zainstaluj wymagane pakiety"
#. progress step label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675
msgid "Installing required packages..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instalowanie wymaganych pakietów..."
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
msgid "PAM Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Login PAM"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Używaj systemu Kerberos"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie używaj systemu Kerberos"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Default Realm"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Domyślna dziedzina"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
msgid "Default Domain"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Domyślna domena"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Adres serwera KDC"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
msgid "Clock Skew"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rozbieżność czasu"
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<b>Serwer KDC</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<b>Domyślna dziedzina</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@
#. summary line
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konfiguracja uzyskana przez DNS"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
@@ -939,6 +939,8 @@
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
+"Nieprawidłowa rozbieżność czasu.\n"
+"Proszę spróbować ponownie.\n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
@@ -946,6 +948,8 @@
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
+"Nieprawidłowy czas ważności biletu.\n"
+"Proszę spróbować ponownie."
#. Samba-client read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/services-manager.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/services-manager.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/services-manager.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
#. Default for double-click in the table
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71
msgid "Writing configuration..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisywanie konfiguracji..."
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76
msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
@@ -125,14 +125,14 @@
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99
msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usługa"
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100
#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włączone"
#. The current state matches the futural state
#. The current state matches the futural state
@@ -140,11 +140,11 @@
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101
#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
msgid "Active"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aktywny"
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102
msgid "Description"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Opis"
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107
msgid "&Start/Stop"
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111
msgid "Show &Details"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pokaż szcz&egóły"
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyłączone"
#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156
#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
@@ -199,18 +199,20 @@
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Usługi"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usługi"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
"The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><big><b>Usługi</b></big><br>\n"
+"Bieżąca konfiguracja nie zawiera żadnych funkcji.</p>"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
msgid ""
@@ -241,7 +243,7 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nie można włączyć usługi %1"
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
msgid "Default Target"
@@ -256,7 +258,7 @@
#. AutoYast summary
#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
msgid "Not configured yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nieskonfigurowane."
#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state
#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified.
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/squid.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/squid.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/squid.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -1439,11 +1439,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53
msgid "Afrikaans"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "afrikaans"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54
msgid "Arabic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "arabski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55
msgid "Armenian"
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66
msgid "Persian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "perski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67
msgid "Finnish"
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71
msgid "Indonesian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "indonezyjski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72
msgid "Italian"
@@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75
msgid "Latvian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "łotewski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76
msgid "Lithuanian"
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77
msgid "Malay"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "malajski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78
msgid "Dutch"
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90
msgid "Thai"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tajski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91
msgid "Turkish"
@@ -1605,11 +1605,11 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93
msgid "Uzbek"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "uzbecki"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94
msgid "Vietnamese"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "wietnamski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/sshd.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/sshd.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/sshd.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
#. Table header
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63
msgid "Number"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Numer"
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63
msgid "Sshd"
Modified: trunk/yast/pl/po/storage.pl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pl/po/storage.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
+++ trunk/yast/pl/po/storage.pl.po 2014-10-07 15:35:20 UTC (rev 89760)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-31 14:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-28 23:10+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Przemyslaw Bojczuk <pbojczuk(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <opensuse-pl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Zaproponuj wydzieloną partycję &home"
@@ -1153,31 +1153,8 @@
"Czy na pewno użyć tych ustawień?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:436
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Ostrzeżenie: Zgodnie z bieżącymi ustawieniami, \n"
-"system %1 może się nie uruchamiać, gdyż nie ma \n"
-"partycji \"boot\" i \"root\" w logicznym wolumenie LVM.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Jeśli nie wiadomo dokładnie, co zrobić, należy użyć\n"
-"zwykłej partycji dla plików poniżej /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Czy na pewno użyć tych ustawień?\n"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -1202,7 +1179,7 @@
"Czy na pewno użyć tych ustawień?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:479
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1227,12 +1204,12 @@
"Czy na pewno użyć tych ustawień?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Czy na pewno użyć tej konfiguracji?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:510
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1253,7 +1230,7 @@
"Czy na pewno użyć ustawień bez partycji wymiany?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:526
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1266,7 +1243,7 @@
"szczególnie w którymkolwiek z poniższych wypadków:\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1278,7 +1255,7 @@
"- jeśli partycja nie zawiera jeszcze systemu plików\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -1289,7 +1266,7 @@
"ze standardowych punktów montowania, tj. /, /boot, /opt, lub /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:546
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1300,7 +1277,7 @@
"Czy na pewno pozostawić partycję niesformatowaną?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1309,7 +1286,7 @@
"Należy je usunąć z RAID przed edycją.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1318,7 +1295,7 @@
"Należy je usunąć z grupy woluminów przed edycją.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1327,7 +1304,7 @@
"Należy usunąć wolumin przed edycją.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1336,7 +1313,7 @@
"Należy je usunąć z RAID przed usunięciem.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1344,12 +1321,12 @@
"Urządzenie (%2) jest używane przez %1.\n"
"Należy usunąć %1 przed usunięciem.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Nie można usunąć gdy zamontowany."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1359,7 +1336,7 @@
"jest partycja logiczna o wyższym numerze.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1372,7 +1349,7 @@
"Jeśli nie jesteś pewien co zrobić to naciśnij przycisk Anuluj.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1386,7 +1363,7 @@
"z odpowiednich grup woluminów przed usunięciem partycji rozszerzonej.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1400,7 +1377,7 @@
"systemów RAID przed usunięciem partycji rozszerzonej.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1420,7 +1397,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6358
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Nie wolno zapomnieć wpisywanych tu informacji!"
@@ -1465,7 +1442,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3996
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "W celu weryfikacji podaj hasło ponownie:"
@@ -1488,7 +1465,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3952
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1499,7 +1476,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3960
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1876,7 +1853,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -3265,7 +3242,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Dysk jest używany i nie można go modyfikować."
@@ -5946,7 +5923,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2704 src/modules/Storage.rb:3909
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5959,7 +5936,7 @@
"Podane hasło szyfrowania może być nieprawidłowe.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3940
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5969,7 +5946,7 @@
"Proszę spróbować ponownie."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5981,24 +5958,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4025
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Wprowadź hasło szyfrowania:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4084
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Dostarcza hasło"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4103
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Następujące zaszyfrowane woluminy są już dostępne."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4118
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Aktywacja zaszyfrowanego woluminu"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4122
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6010,12 +5987,12 @@
"Hasła są potrzebne do sprawdzenia czy woluminy są albo potrzebne \n"
"w trakcie aktualizacji albo czy zawierają one szyfrowany fizyczny wolumin LVM."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4134
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Czy chcesz ustawić szyfrowanie haseł?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4191
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6026,54 +6003,54 @@
"Hasło zostanie wypróbowane dla wszystkich urządzeń."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Wprowadź hasło szyfrowania"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Brak szyfrowanych woluminów do odblokowania."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4213
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Proszę podać hasło dla każdego z następujących urządzeń:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4216
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Proszę podać hasło dla następującego urządzenia:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4229
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Próba odblokowania zaszyfrowanych woluminów..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4253
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Hasło nie odblokowało żadnego woluminu."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4339
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "Dysk IDE"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "Dysk SCSI"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Dysk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4379
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD RAID"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5174
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
#, fuzzy
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
@@ -6081,7 +6058,7 @@
"Nie można usunąć partycji %1, ponieważ inne partycje na \n"
"dysku %2 są w użyciu.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5200
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6091,7 +6068,7 @@
"Urządzenie %1 nie może zostać zmodyfikowane, ponieważ zawiera aktywną\n"
"przestrzeń wymiany, która jest wymagana do uruchomienia instalacji.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5214
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6101,7 +6078,7 @@
"Urządzenie %1 nie może być zmodyfikowane, ponieważ zawiera dane\n"
"konieczne do przeprowadzenia instalacji.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5243
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6111,7 +6088,7 @@
"Urządzenie %1 nie może być usunięte, ponieważ zawiera aktywną\n"
"przestrzeń wymiany, która jest wymagana do uruchomienia instalacji.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6121,7 +6098,7 @@
"Urządzenie %1 nie może być usunięte, ponieważ zawiera dane\n"
"konieczne do przeprowadzenia instalacji.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5281
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6133,7 +6110,7 @@
"zmianę urządzenia %2, które zawiera aktywną przestrzeń wymiany\n"
"wymaganą do uruchomienia instalacji.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6145,7 +6122,7 @@
"przeprowadzenia instalacji.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5314
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6156,18 +6133,18 @@
"dysku %2 są w użyciu.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Niczego nie przydzielono jako system plików root!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5404
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Instalacja najprawdopodobniej zakończy się niepowodzeniem!"
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6006
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Dodanie następującego rozwiązania nie powiodło się: %1"
@@ -6827,45 +6804,45 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4553 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5676
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Zmiana rozmiaru jest niemożliwa z powodu niespójności systemu plików. Należy sprawdzić system plików w systemie Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6165
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Utwórz zaproponowaną partycję opartą na &LVM"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6180
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "Sz&yfruj grupę woluminów"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6198
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Opcje systemu plików:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Zaproponuj wydzieloną partycję &home"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6263
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Zwiększ rozmiar &Swap dla opcji wstrzymania"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Proponowane ustawienia"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6288
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
@@ -6875,7 +6852,7 @@
"Aby utworzyć propozycję opartą o LVM, należy nacisnąć odpowiedni przycisk.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6884,32 +6861,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6311
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Podaj hasło do zaproponowanego szyfrowania."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6343
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Hasło:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6354
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "W celu weryfikacji podaj hasło ponownie:"
@@ -6956,6 +6933,27 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Widoczne informacje na urządzeniach przechowywania danych:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
+#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
+#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
+#~ "This does not work.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
+#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ostrzeżenie: Zgodnie z bieżącymi ustawieniami, \n"
+#~ "system %1 może się nie uruchamiać, gdyż nie ma \n"
+#~ "partycji \"boot\" i \"root\" w logicznym wolumenie LVM.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Jeśli nie wiadomo dokładnie, co zrobić, należy użyć\n"
+#~ "zwykłej partycji dla plików poniżej /boot.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Czy na pewno użyć tych ustawień?\n"
+
#~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..."
#~ msgstr "&Edytuj ustawienia partycji..."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:34:23 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89759
Added:
trunk/yast/bn/po/cio.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/opensuse_mirror.bn.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/bn/po/add-on-creator.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/add-on.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/audit-laf.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/autoinst.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/base.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/bootloader.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/ca-management.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/cluster.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/control-center.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/control.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/country.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/crowbar.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/dhcp-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/dns-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/drbd.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/fcoe-client.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/firewall-services.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/firewall.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/firstboot.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/ftp-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/geo-cluster.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/gtk.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/http-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/inetd.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/installation.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/instserver.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/iplb.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-client.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-lio-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/isns.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/kdump.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/kerberos-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/kerberos.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/languages_db.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap-client.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/live-installer.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/lxc.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/mail.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/multipath.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/ncurses-pkg.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/ncurses.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/network.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/nfs.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/nfs_server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/nis.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/nis_server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/ntp-client.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/oneclickinstall.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/online-update-configuration.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/online-update.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/pam.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/pkg-bindings.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/printer.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/product-creator.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/proxy.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/qt-pkg.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/qt.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/rdp.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/rear.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/registration.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/reipl.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/relocation-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/s390.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-client.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-users.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/scanner.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/security.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/services-manager.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/slp-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/snapper.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/sound.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/squid.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/sshd.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/sudo.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/support.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/sysconfig.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/tftp-server.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/timezone_db.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/tune.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/update.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/users.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/vm.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/wagon.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/wol.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/xpram.bn.po
trunk/yast/bn/po/yast2-apparmor.bn.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/add-on-creator.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/add-on-creator.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/add-on-creator.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/add-on.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/add-on.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/add-on.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান (&প)"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "ফন্টসমূহ আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "অজানা"
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান (&ই)"
@@ -248,40 +248,40 @@
#. ...
#. ]
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
#, fuzzy
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "ক্যাটালগে কোন দ্রব্য পাওয়া যায় নি"
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজটি মাধ্যমে পাওয়া যায়নি।"
# progress stage title
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "কার্নেল মডিউল সমূহ আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
# Proposal for uml installation
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "লক্ষ্যকৃত ডিরেক্টরি: %1"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr "সফ্টওয়্যার নির্বাচন"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
"নির্বাচন মাধ্যমে বহু ক্যাটালগ পাওয়া যায়.\n"
"যে ক্যাটালগটা ব্যবহার করা হবে সেটা নির্বাচন করুন.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr "কোন এন্ট্রি পাওয়া যায় নি"
@@ -305,37 +305,37 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr "সত্যিই ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান করতে চান?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "একটি প্রবিশ্টির নির্বাচন "
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "অ্যাড-অন দ্রব্যের নির্ভরতা পূরণ করা যাবে না."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
#, fuzzy
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "নির্বাচন লোড করো (&L)"
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "বিদ্যমান হোস্টসমূহ: (&ব)"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
@@ -347,12 +347,12 @@
"নির্বাচন করুন.</p>\n"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "নির্বাচিত অ্যাড-অন দ্রব্যগুলির নির্ভরতা পূরণ করা যাবে না."
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big></br>\n"
@@ -372,98 +372,98 @@
# Proposal for uml installation
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "লক্ষ্যকৃত ডিরেক্টরি: %1"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
#, fuzzy
msgid "Product"
msgstr "পণ্য"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
msgid "Media"
msgstr "মিডিয়া"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr "মোছার জন্য একটা দ্রব্য নির্বাচন করুন."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান (&প)"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান (&প)"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
msgid "URL"
msgstr "ইউ-আর-এল"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ম্যানেজার"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>নতুন প্যাটার্ন তৈরির জন্যে <b>নতুন</b> ব্যবহার করুন অথবা বিদ্যমান একটি আমদানি করার জন্যে <b>আমদানি করুন।</b>ব্যবহার করুন।</p>"
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>সারসংক্ষেপ:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "অজ্ঞাত বিক্রেতা"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>সংস্করণ: </b>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "অজানা ভুল"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>সারসংক্ষেপ:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "অজানা প্রসেসর"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>সারসংক্ষেপ:</b> %1<br>"
@@ -471,20 +471,20 @@
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "অজানা প্রসেসর"
# label for an unknown installed system
# try to use simple words
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "অজানা"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr "কার্নেল মডিউল ডিপেন্ডেন্সিসমূহ আপডেট করা হচ্ছে..."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/audit-laf.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/audit-laf.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/audit-laf.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -865,32 +865,51 @@
msgid "Cannot read audit.rules."
msgstr "উত্স পড়া সম্ভব হচ্ছে না।"
-#. Error message
+#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?"
+msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
+msgstr "আপনি কি রেজিস্ট্রেশন বাদ দিয়ে যেতে চান?"
+
+#. question continues
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467
+msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
-"Do you want to start it now?"
+msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476
-msgid ""
-" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
-"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
-"Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#. Headline of a popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Sound Daemons"
+msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
+msgstr "সাউণ্ড ডিমনস"
+
+#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "Start and &Enable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Start"
+msgstr "&স্টার্ট"
+
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Audit daemon not running."
-msgstr "সতর্কীকরণ: Xend চলছে না"
+#| msgid "Do not install"
+msgid "&Do not start"
+msgstr "ইনস্টল করো না"
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon."
msgstr "NTP ডিমন রিস্টার্ট করতে পারছি না."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492
msgid ""
"The rules may be locked.\n"
"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n"
@@ -899,41 +918,41 @@
msgstr ""
#. Auditd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Audit Configuration"
msgstr "inetd সেভ করছি"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the rules"
msgstr "প্যাটার্নগুলি লিখুন"
# Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the rules..."
msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. check first whether rules are already locked
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "The rules are already locked."
msgstr "টার্গেট ইতিমধ্যে কানেক্টেড."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589
msgid ""
"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n"
"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n"
@@ -941,35 +960,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় শুরু করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি %1এ লিখতে পারে না।"
#. Error message, rules cannot be set
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652
msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules."
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি %1এ লিখতে পারে না।"
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log file"
msgstr "&স্থানীয় ফাইল"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running."
+#~ msgstr "সতর্কীকরণ: Xend চলছে না"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Unknown option"
#~ msgstr "অজানা: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -56,12 +56,12 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বাতিল "
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ঠিক আছে"
#. Waiting for response
#. Waiting for response
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Help"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সাহায্য"
#. No we open the dialog
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "New"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "নতুন"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Add New Domain"
@@ -176,17 +176,18 @@
msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
msgstr ""
+# সংযোজিত করো
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "যোগ করো"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সম্পাদন করো (&স)"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "মোছো"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
@@ -390,23 +391,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/auth-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72
msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সার্ভিসটি সক্রিয় করো"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73
msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সার্ভিসটি নিষ্ক্রিয় করো"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75
msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")"
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98
msgid "File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ফাইল"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99
msgid "Position"
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
#. all known interfaces for testing
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ফায়ারওয়ালে খোলা পোর্ট"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল নিষ্ক্রিয়"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: "
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202
msgid "Restart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পুনরায় চেষ্টা করো (&র)"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203
@@ -236,6 +236,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Edit existing configuration"
+msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
+msgstr "বিদ্যমান কনফিগারেশন সম্পাদনা করুন"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n"
@@ -274,7 +280,7 @@
#. ********************
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48
msgid "General Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সাধারণ সেটিংস"
#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database
#. dialogs
@@ -290,7 +296,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সেটিংসমূহ"
#. create new item
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198
@@ -355,7 +361,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বেসিক Kerberos সেটিংসমূহ"
#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase.
#. Please think twice please before you translate this,
@@ -387,7 +393,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "Current Selection: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বর্তমান নির্বাচন: "
#. tree widget headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789
@@ -438,7 +444,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073
msgid "Validate Password"
@@ -465,7 +471,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "প্রোটোকল"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Provider Hostname"
@@ -487,7 +493,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
msgid "Bro&wse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ব্রাউস... (&উ)"
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231
@@ -655,20 +661,22 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
-"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
+"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
@@ -678,14 +686,14 @@
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n"
"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n"
@@ -695,13 +703,13 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
@@ -709,7 +717,7 @@
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n"
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
@@ -719,28 +727,28 @@
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
@@ -751,17 +759,17 @@
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
@@ -770,7 +778,7 @@
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n"
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
@@ -779,30 +787,30 @@
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
@@ -810,34 +818,34 @@
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
@@ -845,30 +853,30 @@
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
@@ -876,21 +884,21 @@
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
@@ -902,11 +910,11 @@
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
@@ -914,21 +922,21 @@
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n"
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
@@ -938,15 +946,15 @@
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
@@ -954,28 +962,28 @@
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
@@ -985,22 +993,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>অ্যাবর্টিং ইনিশিয়ালাইজেশন:</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b>অ্যাবর্ট</b> নাও টিপে নিরাপদে গঠন উপযোগিতা ত্যাগ করুন.</p>"
#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
@@ -1008,11 +1018,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
@@ -1020,78 +1030,78 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
@@ -1099,19 +1109,19 @@
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
@@ -1119,71 +1129,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
@@ -1191,7 +1201,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
@@ -1201,29 +1211,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
@@ -1232,231 +1242,231 @@
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: acl_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : dict_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1765,6 +1775,12 @@
#. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id$
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
+msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
+msgstr "LDAP ক্লায়েন্ট সংরূপণ"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
msgstr ""
@@ -1801,6 +1817,7 @@
msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\""
msgstr ""
+# progress stage title
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -1811,7 +1828,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. ****************************************
@@ -1850,7 +1867,7 @@
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100
msgid "Databases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ডাটাবেস"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
msgid "Suffix DN"
@@ -1940,7 +1957,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407
msgid "Password &Encryption"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড &এনক্রিপশন"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368
@@ -1954,7 +1971,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "না"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
@@ -1962,7 +1979,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "হ্যাঁ"
#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188
@@ -1978,7 +1995,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298
msgid "Password Policy Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "মডিউল সংরূপণ"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307
msgid "Access Control Configuration"
@@ -2002,7 +2019,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100
msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112
@@ -2071,7 +2088,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167
msgid "None"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "কিছুই নয়"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174
msgid "Select &Allow Flags:"
@@ -2139,7 +2156,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234
msgid "&Browse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&ব্রাউজ..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285
msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)"
@@ -2147,7 +2164,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288
msgid "B&rowse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ব্রা&উজ..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Launch CA Management Module"
@@ -2159,7 +2176,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305
msgid "Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের বৈশিষ্ট্য সমূহ"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81
msgid "&Append Base DN"
@@ -2219,7 +2236,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্য"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452
@@ -2247,7 +2264,7 @@
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড &এনক্রিপশন"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47
msgid "Enable Password Policies"
@@ -2331,11 +2348,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133
msgid "Read"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "প্রস্তুত"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134
msgid "Write"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "প্রিন্টার"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135
msgid "Manage (full access)"
@@ -2356,7 +2373,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197
msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ভিত্তি DN পরিমার্জন করুন"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211
msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password"
@@ -2416,7 +2433,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
msgid "Try again?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "আবার চেষ্টা করবেন?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
@@ -2440,7 +2457,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
msgid "Select"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "নির্বাচন"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
msgid "Define the Access Level"
@@ -2493,11 +2510,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Attributes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সম্পাদন করো (&স)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
msgid "Access Level"
@@ -2509,7 +2526,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
msgid "Flow Control"
@@ -2560,7 +2577,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
msgid "Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পোর্ট"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
msgid "Replication Type"
@@ -2572,19 +2589,19 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
msgid "Days"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "দিন "
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
msgid "Hours"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ঘন্টা"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
msgid "Minutes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "মিনিট"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
msgid "Seconds"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সেকেন্ড"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
msgid "Authentication DN"
@@ -2690,8 +2707,8 @@
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575
msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util."
msgstr ""
@@ -2891,7 +2908,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
msgid "Not configured yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "এখনো কনফিগার করা হয়নি."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472
msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist."
@@ -2954,7 +2971,7 @@
msgid "Could not create database directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
msgstr ""
@@ -2967,101 +2984,101 @@
msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027
msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ডাইরেক্টরি তৈরী করা যাচ্ছে না।"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881
msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/autoinst.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/autoinst.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/autoinst.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -107,8 +107,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#. doClone();
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr "মডেম প্যারামিটারস"
@@ -120,38 +119,33 @@
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
msgstr "AutoYaST প্রোফাইলের পথটি অনুপস্থিত।"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
-#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the
-#. system.
-#.
-#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42
+#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr "X উইন্ডো সিস্টেম কনফিগারেশন কপি করা হচ্ছে..."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown mode"
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "অজানা মোড"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Comma separated list of runlevels"
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr "কমা দিয়ে আলাদা করা রানলেভেলের তালিকা"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "ইনস্টলকৃত সিস্টেমে স্থানান্তরিত করা হচ্ছে... "
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92
-msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr "/root/autoinst.xml এ উত্পন্ন হওয়া অটোইয়াস্ট পার্শ্বচিত্র খুঁজে পাওয়া যাবে."
#. help 1/2
@@ -301,23 +295,23 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "পোস্ট-স্ক্রিপ্ট নির্বাহ করছি"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "পরিষেবাগুলি পুনরায় চালু করছে"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন শেষ করছি"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "উত্স পরীক্ষা %1"
@@ -2485,13 +2479,13 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
#.
#. @return the newly created node name
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid " - Drive"
msgstr "&ড্রাইভ"
#. volume group
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid " - Volume group"
msgstr "ভলিউম গ্রুপ"
@@ -2596,11 +2590,11 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "ড্রাইভস"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Total of %1 drive"
#| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives"
@@ -2809,28 +2803,28 @@
msgstr "প্যাকেজ রিজলভার চালানো ব্যর্থ। অনুগ্রহ করে autoyast প্রোফাইলে আপনার সফ্টওয়্যার বিভাগে যাচাই করুন।"
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr "আপনার XML প্রোফাইলে কনফিগার করা পার্টিশান পরিকল্পনাটি হার্ড ডিস্ক-এ ফিট করে না। %1MB হারিয়ে গেছে।"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr "কোন নির্দিষ্ট সরঞ্জাম গঠন করা হয় নি"
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "রুট পার্টিশন পরীক্ষা করা হচ্ছে। অনুগ্রহ করে একটু অপেক্ষা করুন..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "কোন লিনাক্সের রুট পার্টিশন পাওয়া যায়নি."
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
@@ -2839,7 +2833,7 @@
"ব্যবহার করা হবে তা আপনি গঠন করেন নি. স্বয়ংক্রিয় স্থাপন সম্ভব নয়.\n"
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/base.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/base.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/base.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-08 03:51+0600\n"
"Last-Translator: Mahay Alam Khan (মাহে আলম খান) <mahayalamkhan(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Ankur <core(a)bengalinux.org>\n"
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "অগ্রাহ্য (&অ)"
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড (&প)"
@@ -1504,6 +1504,31 @@
msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলোর ইনস্টলেশন ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
+msgid "Updating system configuration..."
+msgstr "কনফিগারেশন আপডেট করো"
+
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This may take a while"
+msgid "This may take a while."
+msgstr "তাই সময় লাগতে পারে"
+
+#. Get information about the OS release
+#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
+#. is missing.
+#.
+#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
+#. @return [String] the release information
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found."
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr "কন্ট্রোল ফাইল %1 পাওয়া যায় নি."
+
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
@@ -2151,15 +2176,15 @@
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "মোডেম"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
@@ -2167,29 +2192,29 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
# label for an unknown installed system
# try to use simple words
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "অজানা"
@@ -2199,331 +2224,331 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ফাইল"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCনেট"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCনেট নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "একটিবাক্যগঠন ট্রান্সফার মোড(ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "ব্লুটুথ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "ব্লুটুথ ডিভাইস"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "বন্ড নেটওয়ার্ক"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "ওয়ার্কস্টেশন (CLAW) জন্য সাধারণ লিঙ্ক একসেস করুন"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "DVB কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "চ্যানেল চ্যানেল ইন্টারফেস(CTC)তে"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL কানেকশন"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "নকল"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক ডিভাইসসমূহ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "এন্ট্রাপ্রাইজ সিস্টেম কানেক্টর (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "ইথারনেট"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "ইথারনেট নেটোয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "ফাইবারচ্যানেল সিস্টেম কানেক্টর (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "HIgh পারফরমেন্স প্যারালাল ইন্টারফেস (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "হাইপারসকেটস"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "হাইপারসকেটস ইন্টারফেস (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN সংযোগ"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "ইনফ্রারেড নেটওয়ার্ক সরঞ্জাম"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "ইনফ্রারেড সরঞ্জাম"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "ইন্টারনেট ইউজার কমিউনিকেশন ভেহিকল(IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "লুপব্যাক"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "লুপব্যাক ডিভাইস"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "প্যারালাল লাইন"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "প্যারালাল লাইন কানেকশন"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA-এক্সপ্রেস অথবা QDIO সরঞ্জাম (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 এনক্যাপসুলেশন সরঞ্জাম"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "ক্রমিক লাইন"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "সিরিয়াল লাইন কানেকশন"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "টোকন রিং"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "টোকন রিং নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB নেটওয়ার্ক সরঞ্জাম"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare নেটওয়ার্ক সরঞ্জাম"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "ওয়ারলেস"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "ওয়ারলেস নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP নেটওয়ার্ক"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "ভার্চুয়াল ব্যবহারকারীগণ"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "ব্রিজ"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "টিসিপি (TCP)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "ইনফ্রারেড সরঞ্জাম"
@@ -2587,7 +2612,7 @@
msgstr "এক্সপোর্ট করা ডিরেক্টরি (&এ)"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2600,28 +2625,23 @@
"প্রকৃতই চালিয়ে যেতে চান?"
#. If there is network running, return true.
-#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false
+#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No running network detected."
-msgstr "টোকেন রিং নেটওয়ার্ক নিয়ন্ত্রক"
-
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356
-msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
+"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
-"and start this module again"
+"and start this module again\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "or continue without network."
-msgstr "২: একাধিক স্হানীয় ব্যবহারকারী, দূরবর্তী নেটওয়ার্ক ছাড়া"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
msgid ""
@@ -2944,52 +2964,52 @@
msgstr "ইনস্টল (&ই)"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "প্যাকেজার:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "সাইজ: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে %1 (%2)"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে: %1"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "বিস্তারিত দেখাও (&d)"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "ফাইলের integrity পরীক্ষা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে: "
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "কিছু প্যাকেজের ইনস্টলেশন রিট্রাই করব?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "সত্যিই ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান করতে চান?"
@@ -2998,57 +3018,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "ত্রুটিঃ %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ %1 (%2) আনইন্সটল করছে ..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "%1 (%2)প্যাকেজ ইন্সটল করছে... "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল করো"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল করো"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজটির অপসারণ ব্যর্থ."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজটির ইনস্টলেশন ব্যর্থ."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
@@ -3064,29 +3084,29 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "সাইড A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "সাইড B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1x %2"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "মাধ্যম: %1"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3095,7 +3115,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
@@ -3108,7 +3128,7 @@
"ডিরেক্টরিটি অভিগম্য কিনা পরীক্ষা করুন."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
@@ -3121,60 +3141,60 @@
"সার্ভারটি অভিগম্য কিনা পরীক্ষা করুন."
#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
msgstr "মাধ্যমের সঠিক উত্সটি মাউন্ট করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।"
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "বের করো (&E)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "&স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে উদ্ধার করুন DNS"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন রিট্রাই করতে চান?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "মাধ্যম এড়িয়ে যেতে চান?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "খারাপ মাধ্যম উপেক্ষা করছে"
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL (&U)"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "উত্স তৈরী করা হচ্ছে %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "ক্যাটালগ রিফ্রেশ করার সময় ত্রুটি হয়েছিল."
@@ -3182,9 +3202,9 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "দূরবর্তী তালিকা বর্ণনা পুনরুদ্ধার করতে অক্ষম"
@@ -3192,24 +3212,24 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "লগ পড়ার সময় ত্রুটি হয়েছে."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "উত্স বৈধ নয়৷"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "উত্স-র মেটাডেটা অবৈধ৷"
@@ -3218,101 +3238,101 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "রিফ্রেশ রিট্রাই করুন"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "উত্স পরীক্ষা %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "ক্যাটালগ রিফ্রেশ করার সময় ত্রুটি হয়েছিল."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "উত্স পরীক্ষার বিবরণ৷"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "উত্স-র মেটাডেটা অবৈধ৷"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "ভান্ডারসমূহ যা রেজিস্টার করা হবে"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে %1 (%2)"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে: %1"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "ডেল্টা RPM প্যাকেজ প্রয়োগ করা হচ্ছে %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "ডেল্টা RPM প্যাকেজ প্রয়োগ করা হচ্ছে"
#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744
msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে %1 (%2)"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752
msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে: %1"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "স্ক্রিপ্ট %1 (প্যাচ %2) শুরু হচ্ছে..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "স্ক্রিপ্ট চলছে"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "প্যাকেজার:"
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "স্কিপ্টঃ"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "স্ক্রিপ্টের আউটপুট"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3321,7 +3341,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3331,46 +3351,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "রিফ্রেশ করুন "
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "ডাউনলোড"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পরীক্ষা করা হচ্ছে"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পুনরায় তৈরী করা হচ্ছে. এই প্রক্রিয়া কিছুটা সময় নেবে."
#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297
msgid "Status"
msgstr "অবস্থা"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3379,12 +3399,12 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস রূপান্তর করা হচ্ছে. এই প্রক্রিয়া কিছুটা সময় নেবে."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3393,13 +3413,13 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পড়া হচ্ছে..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "ইনস্টলকৃত প্যাকেজগুলো যাচাই করুন"
@@ -3411,30 +3431,30 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পড়া হচ্ছে..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "ডিস্ক %1 -এর সূচনা করা অসফল হয়েছে।"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "MySQL ডাটাবেস"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর সত্যতা যাচাই"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
@@ -3443,7 +3463,7 @@
msgstr "URL: %1"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&ব্যবহারকারীর নাম"
@@ -3517,44 +3537,20 @@
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr "আপনি কি এই লাইসেন্স চুক্তিটি গ্রহন করছেন?"
-#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236
-msgid ""
-"The current system is not consistent,\n"
-"some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243
-msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252
-msgid ""
-"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-"in the software manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলো ইনস্টল করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3565,12 +3561,12 @@
"YaST সঠিকভাবে কাজ নাও করতে পারে.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলো ইনস্টল করা ছাড়া এগিয়ে যাওয়া সম্ভব নয়."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3734,7 +3730,7 @@
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "প্যাকেজসমূহ"
@@ -4182,7 +4178,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The GnuPG key %1\n"
@@ -4207,17 +4203,17 @@
"সঙ্কেতটি প্রকৃতই সেই মালিকের."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "অবিশ্বস্ত GnuPG সঙ্কেত আমদানি করুন "
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
@@ -4225,7 +4221,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4247,13 +4243,13 @@
"তা সত্তেও সেটি ব্যবহার করতে চান?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "সতর্কবানী"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4272,89 +4268,97 @@
"তা সত্তেও সেটি ব্যবহার করতে চান?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "অজানা ফাইল সিস্টেম"
# VENDOR: dialog heading
#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
+#. these are the initial values
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "ড্রাইভার ইনস্টল করা হচ্ছে..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
msgid "Media"
msgstr "মিডিয়া"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "প্যাকেজ হারিয়ে যাচ্ছে"
# label text
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
msgid "Time"
msgstr "সময়"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীদের জন্যে অনুমতিপ্রদত্ত ক্রিয়াগুলি:\n"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>অনুগ্রহ করে প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল হয়ে যাওয়া পর্যন্ত অপেক্ষা করুন.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "টীক রিলিস করুন"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "স্লাইড শো (&w)"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "বিস্তারিত (&D)"
-#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Perform Update"
+msgid "Performing Upgrade"
+msgstr "আপডেট সম্পন্ন করুন"
+
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন সম্পন্ন করুন"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ইনস্টলেশন"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4363,17 +4367,17 @@
"ইনস্টলেশন বাতিল করতে চান?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "বাতিল করা হয়েছে"
#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr "সিস্টেম: %1"
@@ -4982,7 +4986,7 @@
msgstr "initrd তৈরী করতে ত্রুটি হয়েছে. "
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5100,7 +5104,7 @@
#. KiloByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
msgid "KiB"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KiB"
#. MegaByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
@@ -5987,6 +5991,14 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "No running network detected."
+#~ msgstr "টোকেন রিং নেটওয়ার্ক নিয়ন্ত্রক"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "or continue without network."
+#~ msgstr "২: একাধিক স্হানীয় ব্যবহারকারী, দূরবর্তী নেটওয়ার্ক ছাড়া"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "ইনস্টলকৃত সাইজ:"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/bootloader.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/bootloader.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/bootloader.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -119,22 +119,22 @@
msgstr "সিস্টেম এখনি রিবুট হতে থাকবে"
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের জন্য কোন বুট লোডার সিলেক্ট করা হয়নি. হতে পারে আপনার সিস্টেমটি হয়ত বুটকরার যোগ্য নয়."
#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr "বিভাজিতকরনের জন্য, বুটলোডারটি সঠিকভাবে ইনস্টল করা যাবে না"
#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "বুটিং "
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr "বুটিং"
@@ -143,12 +143,12 @@
#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Disk Order"
msgstr "ডিস্ক ক্রম"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr "আপডেট বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
@@ -160,10 +160,9 @@
msgstr "বুটিং "
#. `VSpacing(1),
-#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Window title
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন"
@@ -283,17 +282,23 @@
" নির্বাচন করুন অথবা বিভাগটি শুরু করার জন্য আপনার অন্য \n"
"বুট ম্যানেজারটি কনফিগার করুন।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>কাস্টম বুট পার্টিশন</b> যে পার্টিশন থেকে বুট করতে চান সেটি বাছার অনুমতি দেয়</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
@@ -302,7 +307,7 @@
"<p><b>সিরিয়াল সংযোগ প্যারামিটার</b> সিরিয়াল কন্সোলে ব্যবহারের জন্য আপনাকে\n"
"প্যারামিটারের সংজ্ঞা নির্ধারণ করতে দেয়। অনুগ্রহ করে grub এর নথি দেখুন (<code>তথ্যgrub</code>) বিশদ বিবরণের জন্য।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
@@ -316,7 +321,7 @@
"আদেশের কাছেও পাঠাতে পারেন। এই ক্ষেত্রে আপনি যে টার্মিনালে কোন বোতাম টেপেন সেটি\n"
"GRUB টার্মিনাল হিসাবে নির্বাচিত হবে।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
@@ -324,19 +329,19 @@
"<b> ডিফল্ট অসফল হলে পশ্চাদপসরণ </b>-এ বিভাগের নম্বরের একটি তালিকা থাকে যেটি ডিফল্ট বিভাগটি \n"
" যদি বুট করার অযোগ্য হয় তাহলে বুট করার জন্য ব্যবহৃত হবে। "
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>বুটের সময়ে মেনু লুকিয়ে ফেলুন</b> নির্বাচন করলে বুট মেনু লুকিয়ে যাবে।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>সচিত্র মেনু ফাইল</b> সচিত্র বুট মেনু রূপে কোন ফাইলটি ব্যবহৃত হবে তা নির্ধারণ করে।</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
@@ -348,7 +353,7 @@
"<b>পাসওয়ার্ড পুনরায় টাইপ করুন</b> এ পুনরাবৃত্তি করেন।</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -361,82 +366,82 @@
"BIOS এর অর্ডার অনুযায়ী ডিস্কের অর্ডার উল্লেখ করতে, ব্যবহার করুন\n"
"<b>Up</b> এবং <b>নীচে করুন</b> বোতাম ডিস্ক রিঅর্ডার করতে.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "বুট পার্টিশানের জন্য পার্টিশান টেবিলে সক্রিয় ফ্ল্যাগ স্থির করুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "সময়শেষ সেকেন্ডে"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "ডিফল্ট বুট সেক্শন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "MBR-এ বর্গীয় বুট কোড লিখুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "বুট বিভাজন করতে ইমেজ কপি করুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "মাস্টার বুট রেকর্ড থেকে বুট করুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "বুট বিভাজন করতে ইমেজ কপি করুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "41 PReP বুট পার্টিশান"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "বুট বিভাজন করতে ইমেজ কপি করুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "সিরিয়াল সংযোগের স্থিতিমাপ"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "যদি ডিফল্ট ব্যর্থ হয় তাহলে বিভাগগুলিকে পশ্চাদপসরণ করান"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "মেনুকে বুট-এ লুকিয়ে দিন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
msgstr "লেখচিত্রমূলক মেনু ফাইল"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr " মেনু ইন্টারফেসের পাসওয়ার্ড"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "ফ্যাগ ডিবাগ করছে"
@@ -491,130 +496,130 @@
#. Common widget of a console
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "সিরিয়াল নিয়ন্ত্রক"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "অবৈধ যুক্তি "
#. textentry header
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&ডিভাইস"
#. disabling & enabling up/down
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr "ক্লাসে কমপক্ষে একটি প্রিন্টার থাকতেই হবে."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553
msgid "D&isks"
msgstr "ডিস্কগুলি"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&উপরে"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "নীচে (&ন)"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "মাস্টার বুট রেকর্ড থেকে বুট করুন"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "বুট বিভাজন করতে ইমেজ কপি করুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "41 PReP বুট পার্টিশান"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "মাস্টার বুট রেকর্ড থেকে বুট করুন"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "বুট বিভাজন করতে ইমেজ কপি করুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "বুট বিভাজন করতে ইমেজ কপি করুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন"
-#. Cache for genericWidgets function
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন"
-#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "অন্যান্য কারনাল এবং স্থিতিমাপগুলি "
-#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Secure"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "প্রাপ্ত করুন"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "সক্ষম &লেয়ার 2 সমর্থন"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -653,27 +658,45 @@
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "কার্নেল কম্যান্ড লাইেনর জন্য অ্যাপেন্ডেড বিকল্প"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Distribution:"
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "ডিস্ট্রিবিউশন:"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "Vga মোড"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "কার্নেল কম্যান্ড লাইেনর জন্য অ্যাপেন্ডেড বিকল্প"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box item
#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
@@ -709,9 +732,28 @@
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "&অনির্দিষ্ট"
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "1st"
+msgid "set"
+msgstr "প্রথম"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remove"
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr "সরাও"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+msgid "do not change"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autodetected card"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -719,27 +761,32 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "লেখচিত্রমূলক মেনু ফাইল"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "সিরিয়াল নিয়ন্ত্রক"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "দ্বন্দ্ব মীমাংসা:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "অবৈধ যুক্তি "
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
+msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
@@ -753,7 +800,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "বিভাজিতকরনের জন্য, বুটলোডারটি সঠিকভাবে ইনস্টল করা যাবে না"
@@ -886,11 +933,7 @@
msgid "Xen"
msgstr ""
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91
msgid "Floppy"
msgstr "ফ্লপি"
@@ -1922,39 +1965,40 @@
#.
#.
#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল নিস্ক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল নিস্ক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "%1 অবস্থান"
@@ -1964,31 +2008,33 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "বুট লোডার ধরণ: %1"
#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
msgid " (\"/boot\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
msgid " (\"/\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "%1 অবস্থান"
@@ -2015,241 +2061,183 @@
msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
msgstr "প্রস্তাব এবং সম্মিলন বর্তমান GRUB মেনুর সাথে"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "LDAP সুরক্ষিত পোর্ট: %1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "অজ্ঞাত মডেল: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TODO add more devices
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128
msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
msgstr ""
-#. if "iscsi" is true
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-msgstr "কোন বুট সরঞ্জাম পাওয়া যায় নি"
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "কোন বুট সরঞ্জাম পাওয়া যায় নি"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259
-msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "চেক বুট লোডার"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "বিভাজনকে পড়ুন"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "বুট লোডার সেটিং লোড করুন"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "বুট লোডার চেকিং..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "বিভাজন রিড করছে..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "বুট লোডার সেটিং লোড করছে"
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "বুট লোডার কনফিগরেশন ফাইল সেভ চলছে..."
#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgstr "যোগ করা কারনাল স্থিতিমাপ : %1"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "initrd তৈরী করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "বুট লোডার কনফিগরেশন ফাইল সেভ চলছে..."
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "বুট লোডার ইনস্টল করছে"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "initrd তৈরী করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "বুট লোডার কনফিগরেশন ফাইল সেভ চলছে..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "বুট লোডার ইনস্টল করছে"
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "বুট লোডার কনফিগরেশন ফাইল সেভ চলছে..."
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79
-msgid "Linux"
-msgstr "Linux"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
+#~ msgstr "কোন বুট সরঞ্জাম পাওয়া যায় নি"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85
-msgid "Failsafe"
-msgstr "ফেলসেফ"
+#~ msgid "Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97
-msgid "Hard Disk"
-msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক"
+#~ msgid "Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "ফেলসেফ"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103
-msgid "Memory Test"
-msgstr "মেমরি টেস্ট"
+#~ msgid "Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109
-msgid "MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "ইনসটলেশনের পূর্বে MBR"
+#~ msgid "Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "মেমরি টেস্ট"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115
-msgid "Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "পূর্বের কার্নেল"
+#~ msgid "MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "ইনসটলেশনের পূর্বে MBR"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121
-msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "ভেন্ডর ডায়গনস্টিক"
+#~ msgid "Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "পূর্বের কার্নেল"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230
-msgid "_Linux"
-msgstr "_Linux"
+#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "ভেন্ডর ডায়গনস্টিক"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237
-msgid "_Failsafe"
-msgstr "_ফেলসেফ"
+#~ msgid "_Linux"
+#~ msgstr "_Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244
-msgid "_Floppy"
-msgstr "_ফ্লপি"
+#~ msgid "_Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "_ফেলসেফ"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251
-msgid "_Hard Disk"
-msgstr "_হার্ড ডিস্ক"
+#~ msgid "_Floppy"
+#~ msgstr "_ফ্লপি"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258
-msgid "_Memory Test"
-msgstr "_মেমরি টেস্ট"
+#~ msgid "_Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "_হার্ড ডিস্ক"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265
-msgid "_MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "_MBR ইনসটলেশনের পূর্বে"
+#~ msgid "_Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "_মেমরি টেস্ট"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272
-msgid "_Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "_পূর্বের কার্নেল"
+#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "_MBR ইনসটলেশনের পূর্বে"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279
-msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "_ভেন্ডর ডায়গনস্টিক"
+#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "_পূর্বের কার্নেল"
+#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "_ভেন্ডর ডায়গনস্টিক"
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/ca-management.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/ca-management.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/ca-management.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -55,27 +55,27 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
msgid "Organization"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Locality"
msgstr "স্থানীয় ডিরেক্টরি"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
#, fuzzy
msgid "State"
msgstr "অবস্থা"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
msgid "Country"
msgstr ""
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
msgstr "কার্ডের নাম "
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "Common Name"
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
msgid "Email"
msgstr "ইমেল"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
msgstr "প্রতিষ্ঠানগত একক "
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
#. we need to fake a certificate name
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@
#. The main ()
#. To translators: dialog label
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
@@ -706,12 +706,19 @@
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
+msgid ""
+"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
+"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
+msgstr ""
+
# headers in table
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
@@ -719,32 +726,32 @@
msgstr "বর্ণনা"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr "&সরান"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Replace"
msgid "&Import/Replace"
msgstr "প্রতিস্থাপন করো (&স)"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
msgstr "%1 নামের কোন সার্ভিস নেই।"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
msgid ""
"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1"
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
@@ -786,59 +793,116 @@
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>স্বাগতম!</b></p>"
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr "কার্ডের নাম "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Organizational Unit"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "প্রতিষ্ঠানগত একক "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Location:"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr "স্থান:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Name: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr " নাম: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mount "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr " মাউন্ট "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
# congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>স্বাগতম!</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
msgstr ""
#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Advanced..."
msgstr "উন্নত"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
#, fuzzy
msgid "&View"
msgstr "&ফাইল"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change CA Password"
msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড দিন: (&স)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
msgstr "তৈরী করো (&ত)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Export to &File"
msgstr "এই তালিকাটি একটি টেক্সট ফাইলে এক্সপোর্ট করো (&T)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
msgstr ""
# button label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Edit Default"
msgstr "ডিফল্ট (&e)"
@@ -907,7 +971,7 @@
# congratulation text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>স্বাগতম!</b></p>"
@@ -940,18 +1004,18 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -964,40 +1028,40 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
msgid "nsComment: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
msgid "nsCertType: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1077,92 +1141,232 @@
"Certificate not found"
msgstr "মিডিয়া পাওয়া যায়নি"
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr " নাম: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Organizational Unit"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "প্রতিষ্ঠানগত একক "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr " নাম: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr " নাম: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr " নাম: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Type "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr " প্রকার "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Type "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Is CA: "
+msgstr " প্রকার "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " RAID "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Key Size: "
+msgstr " RAID "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial Number"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Serialnumber: "
+msgstr "ক্রমিক সংখ্যা"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Version: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Version: "
+msgstr " ভার্সন: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid from: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid from: "
+msgstr "যে সময় থেকে বৈধ:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " RAID "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid to: "
+msgstr " RAID "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of pub. Key : "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of signature: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
msgid "Valid"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
#, fuzzy
msgid "Revoked"
msgstr "সরাও"
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Expired"
msgstr "অভিজ্ঞ (&E)"
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
msgid "Status"
msgstr "অবস্থা"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
msgid "E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
# সংযোজিত করো
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
msgid "Add"
msgstr "যোগ করো"
# dialog heading
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Server Certificate"
msgstr "সার্ভিস যোগ করো"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
msgid "Add Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change Password"
msgstr " ব্যবহারকারী পাসওয়ার্ড পরিবর্তন করতে পারেন"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Revoke"
msgstr "সরাও"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&মোছো"
#. Fate (#2613)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
#, fuzzy
msgid "Export"
msgstr "অভিজ্ঞ (&E)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
#, fuzzy
msgid "Export to File"
msgstr "এক্সপোর্ট করা ডিরেক্টরি (&এ)"
#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
msgid "Export to LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1266,7 +1470,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
msgid "&Valid Period (days):"
msgstr ""
@@ -1749,7 +1953,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
#, fuzzy
msgid "Path Length "
msgstr "প্যাচের স্তর"
@@ -1976,6 +2180,14 @@
"Request not found.\n"
msgstr "মিডিয়া পাওয়া যায়নি"
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"generation Time: "
+msgstr "তৈরী করো (&ত)"
+
#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
@@ -1984,35 +2196,35 @@
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
#. Filling up reqeust extentions
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
#, fuzzy
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
msgstr "ত্রুটি: '%1' সার্ভিসটি পাওয়া যায়নি। "
#. IS CA ?
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
msgstr ""
# general help trailer
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2020,22 +2232,22 @@
"আপনি যদি অনিশ্চিত হন, তবে ইতিমধ্য নির্বাচিত ডিফল্ট মান সমুহ ব্যবহার করুন।\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
msgstr ""
# help text, continued
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2043,32 +2255,32 @@
"পরবর্তী ডায়ালগ এ যাবার জন্য <b>সম্মত</b> এ ক্লিক করুন।\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
#, fuzzy
msgid " days"
msgstr "1 ডে"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
msgid " (critical)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Edit Request"
msgstr "প্রয়োজন (&R)"
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sign Request"
msgstr "প্রয়োজন হয় "
#. signing request
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
#, fuzzy
msgid "The request has been signed."
msgstr "১টি প্যাচ ইনস্টল হয়েছে।"
Added: trunk/yast/bn/po/cio.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/cio.bn.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/cio.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# Bengali message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: bn\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Runlevels"
+msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr "সকল রানলেভেল সমুহে"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "ডিভাইস"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr "ব্যবহৃত"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "না"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "হ্যাঁ"
+
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fiber channel"
+msgid "Filter channels"
+msgstr "ফাইবার চ্যানেল"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr "&সব নির্বাচন করো "
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Detailed selection..."
+msgid "&Clear selection"
+msgstr "&বিস্তারিত নির্বাচন..."
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Data Channel"
+msgid "&Unban Channels"
+msgstr "ফাইবার চ্যানেল"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+msgid ""
+"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Ranges to Unban."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/cluster.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/cluster.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/cluster.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -89,226 +89,228 @@
msgstr "এখানে সংরূপিত"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
msgid "OK"
msgstr "ঠিক আছে"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "বাতিল "
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "রিমোট ঠিকানা:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "রিমোট ঠিকানা:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "nodeid"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "চ্যানেল"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Address Setup"
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক এড্রেস সেটআপ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portal Address"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "পোর্টাল ঠিকানা"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "R&ead Channel"
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "পড়ু&ন চ্যানেল"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clustering"
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "জমাকরছি"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428
-msgid "expected votes:"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Expected MD5: %1"
+msgid "Expected Votes:"
+msgstr "সঠিক MD5: %1"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "রিমোট ঠিকানা:"
-#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671
+#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "এনেবেল সিকিউরিটি ইবেন্ট নটিফিকেশন"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "Threads:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677
-msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917
msgid "Running"
msgstr "চলছে"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No network running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "কোনো নেটওয়ার্ক চলছে না"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "বুটিং "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Started manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgstr "নিজেথেকেই শুরু হয়েছিল"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "সুইচ চালু এবং বন্ধ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "বর্তমান অবস্থা: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Firewall Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "এখন ফায়ারওয়াল চালু করুন"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "এখন ফায়ারওয়াল বন্ধ করুন"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "স্থানীয় সময়"
# সংযোজিত করো
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Add"
msgstr "যোগ করো"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "বিলম্ব"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "সম্পাদন করো (&স)"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "ফাইল নির্বাচন করুন"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "প্রস্তাবিত fstab লাইনসমূহ"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid host name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "একটি বৈধ হোস্ট নাম প্রবাশ করান। "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile."
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "%1 প্রোফাইলের জন্য একটা নতুন নাম এন্টার করুন."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the file name"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "ফাইল নাম দিন"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Archive %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -321,46 +323,46 @@
" আপনি কি সত্যই এটির উপরে লিখতে চান?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "ফাইল পড়ছি %1 ব্যর্থ হয়েছে .\n"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "ছবি তৈরি ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
@@ -373,23 +375,26 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i
s on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -398,7 +403,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -409,7 +414,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -422,7 +427,7 @@
"অনুগ্রহ করে অপেক্ষা করুন...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -431,7 +436,7 @@
"এখন <b>বাতিল করুন</b> টিপে নিরাপদে সংরূপণ উপকরণ বাতিল করুন.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -442,7 +447,7 @@
msgstr "<p><b>কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে</b><br>অনুগ্রহ করে অপেক্ষা করুন...</p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -468,41 +473,41 @@
msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "সিস্টেম কনফিগারেশন চূড়ান্ত করো"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পড়া হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "আগের সেটিংগুলি পড়ুন"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "পড়ুন ফায়ারওয়াল সেটিংগুলি"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পড়া হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "পূর্বের সেিটিংগুলি পড়ছি..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -510,52 +515,52 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলোর ইনস্টলেশন ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "বিদ্যমান কনফিগারেশন পরিবর্তন করুন"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "ডাটাবেস1 পড়তে পারি না."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "উত্স পড়া সম্ভব হচ্ছে না."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "ডিভাইসগুলি সনাক্ত করা যাচ্ছে না."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "উত্সের কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষণ করা হচ্ছে"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
@@ -563,19 +568,19 @@
# Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "ফাইলে পরিবর্তনগুলি সেভ করছি"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লেখা যাচ্ছে না."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/control-center.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/control-center.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/control-center.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/control.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/control.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/control.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -12,28 +12,30 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7
-msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান (&প)"
-
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "প্যাকেজ ইনস্টলেশন"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:355
-#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -46,743 +48,365 @@
"</p>\n"
"\t"
-# progress stage title
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initialization..."
-msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuring network..."
-msgstr "বুটলোডার গঠন করছি..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-msgstr "ভাষা গঠন করছি..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-msgstr "কনফিগারেশন শেষ করছি"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:343
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IMAP Server"
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr "IMAP সার্ভার"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72
-#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464
-#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের সেটিংগুলি"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "ওভারভিউ"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19
msgid "Expert"
msgstr "অভিজ্ঞ"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20
#, fuzzy
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের সেটিংগুলি"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "আপডেট সেটিংগুলি"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক গঠন"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398
-#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692
-#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক পরিষেবা গঠন (xinetd)"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "হার্ডওয়ার গঠন"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510
-#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313
-#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "প্রস্তুতি"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219
-#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237
-#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328
-#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449
-#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কনফিগারেশন সেভ করছি"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Setup"
+msgid "Network Autosetup"
+msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সেটআপ"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "স্বাগতম"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "ডিস্ক সক্রিয়করণ"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976
-#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "ডিস্ক সক্রিয়করণ"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515
-#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255
-#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "সিস্টেম এনালাইজ"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261
-#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "অ্যড-অন প্রোডাক্টস"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr "ডিস্ক"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "সময় অঞ্চল"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "বেস সেটিংসমূহ"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়া"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের সারসংক্ষেপ"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291
-#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299
-#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469
-#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477
-#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517
-#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612
-#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624
-#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748
-#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756
-#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777
-#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন সম্পন্ন করুন"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Repair"
-msgstr "&রিপেয়ার"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr "ডিস্ক"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "আপডেটের জন্য সিস্টেম"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "Update"
msgstr "আপডেট"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "আপডেট সারসংক্ষেপ "
-#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645
-#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397
-#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405
-#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "আপডেট সম্পন্ন করুন"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421
-#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042
-msgid "System Information"
-msgstr "সিস্টেম তথ্য"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046
-msgid "Perform Repair"
-msgstr "রিপেয়ার সম্পন্ন করুন"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446
-#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488
-#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "বেস স্থাপন"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459
-#: control/control.glade:503
-msgid "Language"
-msgstr "ভাষা"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
+msgstr "AutoYaST সেটিংগুলি"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651
-#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631
-#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "গঠন"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318
-#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560
-#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648
-#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264
-msgid "Network"
-msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+msgid "System Configuration"
+msgstr "সিস্টেম গঠন"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566
-#: control/control.glade:656
-msgid "Customer Center"
-msgstr "গ্রাহক কেন্দ্র"
+#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
+#~ msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান (&প)"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346
-#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578
-#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662
-#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672
-#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284
-msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr "অলাইন আপডেট"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "প্যাকেজ ইনস্টলেশন"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588
-#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301
-msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "টীক রিলিস করুন"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "ইনস্টলেশন সফলভাবে সম্পন্ন হয়েছে.\n"
+#~ "আপনার সিস্টেম ব্যবহারের উপযোগী.\n"
+#~ "সিস্টেমে লগ করতে ফিনিশ ক্লিক করুন.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "দয়া করে দেখুন http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335
+# progress stage title
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgstr "বেসিক গঠন"
+#~ msgid "Initialization..."
+#~ msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227
#, fuzzy
-msgid "root Password"
-msgstr "রুট পাসওয়ার্ড"
+#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
+#~ msgstr "বুটলোডার গঠন করছি..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Check Installation"
-msgstr "সিডি ইনস্টলেশন"
+#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..."
+#~ msgstr "ভাষা গঠন করছি..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250
-msgid "Hostname"
-msgstr "হোস্টের নাম"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "কনফিগারেশন শেষ করছি"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680
-#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr "ব্যবহারকারী"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "User Settings"
+#~ msgstr "বেস সেটিংসমূহ"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719
-#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733
-#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459
-msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
-msgstr "AutoYaST সেটিংগুলি"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Installation Overview"
+#~ msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়া"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568
-msgid "System Configuration"
-msgstr "সিস্টেম গঠন"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Repair"
+#~ msgstr "&রিপেয়ার"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658
-msgid "Clean Up"
-msgstr "পরিষ্কার করো"
+#~ msgid "System Information"
+#~ msgstr "সিস্টেম তথ্য"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "\t"
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"ইনস্টলেশন সফলভাবে সম্পন্ন হয়েছে.\n"
-"আপনার সিস্টেম ব্যবহারের উপযোগী.\n"
-"সিস্টেমে লগ করতে ফিনিশ ক্লিক করুন.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"দয়া করে দেখুন http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+#~ msgid "Perform Repair"
+#~ msgstr "রিপেয়ার সম্পন্ন করুন"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Server Base Scenario"
-msgstr "সার্ভারের নাম: "
+#~ msgid "Language"
+#~ msgstr "ভাষা"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331
-msgid ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
-"Choose the one that matches your server the best."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Network"
+#~ msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337
-msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Customer Center"
+#~ msgstr "গ্রাহক কেন্দ্র"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338
-msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Online Update"
+#~ msgstr "অলাইন আপডেট"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339
-msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Release Notes"
+#~ msgstr "টীক রিলিস করুন"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
-msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক পরিষেবা গঠন (xinetd)"
+#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "বেসিক গঠন"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Server Scenario"
-msgstr "সার্ভার সেটিং"
+#~ msgid "root Password"
+#~ msgstr "রুট পাসওয়ার্ড"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:286
-msgid "Installation Summary"
-msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের সারসংক্ষেপ"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Check Installation"
+#~ msgstr "সিডি ইনস্টলেশন"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "পরিষেবা"
+#~ msgid "Hostname"
+#~ msgstr "হোস্টের নাম"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:340
-msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Users"
+#~ msgstr "ব্যবহারকারী"
-#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "ডেস্কটপ নির্বাচন "
+#~ msgid "Clean Up"
+#~ msgstr "পরিষ্কার করো"
-#: control/control.glade:634
-msgid "Root Password"
-msgstr "রুট পাসওয়ার্ড"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "সার্ভারের নাম: "
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Server Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "সার্ভার সেটিং"
+
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "পরিষেবা"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "ডেস্কটপ নির্বাচন "
+
+#~ msgid "Root Password"
+#~ msgstr "রুট পাসওয়ার্ড"
+
# congratulation text 2/4
# চাপার
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-"\t "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>আপনার কম্পিউটারে &পন্যের; ইনস্টলেশন সম্পন্ন হয়েছে।\n"
-"<b>সম্পন্ন</b> ক্লিক করার পর আপনি সিস্টেমে লগ-ইন করতে পারবেন।<</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ "\t "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>আপনার কম্পিউটারে &পন্যের; ইনস্টলেশন সম্পন্ন হয়েছে।\n"
+#~ "<b>সম্পন্ন</b> ক্লিক করার পর আপনি সিস্টেমে লগ-ইন করতে পারবেন।<</p>\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451
#, fuzzy
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452
#, fuzzy
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453
#, fuzzy
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454
#, fuzzy
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "ডেস্কটপ"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "<b>বিকল্প সংস্করণ</b>"
+#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "<b>বিকল্প সংস্করণ</b>"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/country.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/country.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/country.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/crowbar.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/crowbar.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/crowbar.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/dhcp-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/dhcp-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/dhcp-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
@@ -564,80 +564,79 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
-"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
-"Really use this interface?\n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "সার্ভারের নাম (&N)"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "&ডোমেন নাম"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "সার্ভারে &ডিরেক্টরি"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "সার্ভারে &ডিরেক্টরি"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
# MenuButton title
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "ডিফল্ট &রানলেভেল"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -645,37 +644,37 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "সিস্টেম তথ্য"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -683,13 +682,13 @@
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "DHCP সার্ভার"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -697,7 +696,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
@@ -708,7 +707,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
@@ -716,60 +715,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
# MenuButton title
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "ডিফল্ট &রানলেভেল"
# button label
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "ডি&ফল্ট"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "বর্তমান DMA মোড"
# heading text
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "বর্তমান কনফিগারেশন পড়ুন"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -777,8 +776,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -786,139 +785,139 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
msgid "Name"
msgstr "নাম"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ধরন"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "নাম"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
#, fuzzy
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "DHCP সার্ভার"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "ইথারনেট"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "টোকন রিং"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "%1 মানটি অবৈধ।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
#, fuzzy
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "এই পণ্যটির একটি উত্স আগে থেকেই আছে।"
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -931,15 +930,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -951,7 +950,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "সফ্টওয়্যার নির্বাচন"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/dns-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/dns-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/dns-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/drbd.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/drbd.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/drbd.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -22,6 +22,16 @@
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "গ্লোবাল সংরূপণ"
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+msgid "DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+msgid "&DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
@@ -61,24 +71,84 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr "মডিউল সংরূপণ"
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
+msgstr "মডিউল সংরূপণ"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
+msgstr "মডিউল সংরূপণ"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The file is a configuration file."
+msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
+msgstr "ফাইলটা একটা গঠন ফাইল"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
+msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
+msgstr "নেটওয়ার্কের মাধ্যমে স্ক্যানিংয়ের জন্য করা কনফিগারেশন চিহ্নিত করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
+
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS Configuration"
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DNS কনফিগারেৈশন"
#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
-msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "CASA কনফিগারেশন প্রথম পার্ট"
#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "CASA কনফিগারেশনের দ্বিতীয় অংশ"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -110,7 +180,7 @@
#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>কনফিগারেশন চালু করছে</big></b><br>\n"
"অনুগ্রহ করে অপেক্ষা করুন...<br></p>\n"
@@ -128,12 +198,14 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "Please wait...</p>"
+#| "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে</b><br>অনুগ্রহ করে অপেক্ষা করুন...</p>"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষণ করছে</big></b><br>\n"
+"অনুগ্রহ করে অপেক্ষা করুন...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48
@@ -155,14 +227,79 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>সংযোগ গঠন</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>সংযোগ গঠন</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>সংযোগ গঠন</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -172,31 +309,37 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
-"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
-"configured in this file.</p>\n"
+" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
+" without reloading the module.\n"
+" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n"
+" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump কনফিগারেশন </big></b><br>\n"
"এখানে kdump কনফিগার করুন। <br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n"
+#| "If your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+#| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
-"If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
+"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>একটি Kdump যুক্ত করা:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -205,7 +348,7 @@
"তারপর <b>কনফিগার </b> টিপুন।</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -216,11 +359,11 @@
"কনফিগারেশনটিকে যেটিতে পরিবর্ত করতে হবে এমন একটি অতিরিক্ত সংলাপ খুলে যায়। </p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump কনফিগারেশন-এর সংক্ষিপ্তসার</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -228,21 +371,28 @@
"সম্পাদনা করুন। <br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>একটি Kdump যুক্ত করা::</big></b><br>\n"
" একটি kdump কনফিগার করার জন্য <b>Add</b> টিপুন । </p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n"
+#| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>সম্পাদনা করা বা মুছে ফেলা :</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -250,7 +400,7 @@
"তারপর প্রয়োজন মত <b>সম্পাদনা </b> বা <b>মুছে ফেলা</b> টিপুন ।</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -262,7 +412,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -273,7 +423,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -293,14 +443,15 @@
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "প্রোটোকল"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scheme name must be set."
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "যোজনার নাম নির্ধারণ করতেই হবে."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567
-msgid "Fill out all fields."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568
+msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -346,8 +497,8 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
msgid ""
-"To propagate this configuration,\n"
-"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
+"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
@@ -365,106 +516,227 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
-msgid "Starting DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "'lirc' পরিষেবা শুরু করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
-msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "পরিষেবাগুলি থামান"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "হার্ডওয়ার গঠন"
# progress stage title
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DSL গঠন প্রবর্তন করছি"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "বিশ্বব্যাপী সাম্বা সেটিংগুলি পড়ুন"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "রিসোর্স গ্রুপসমূহ পড়ুন"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "winbind এর অবস্থা পড়ুন"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "বিশ্বব্যাপী সাম্বা সেটিংগুলি পড়ছি..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "সংস্থান গ্রুপ পড়ছি..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "উইনবাইন্ড অবস্থা পড়ছে..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
+#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
+msgid ""
+"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
+"%2"
+msgstr "সংস্থান গ্রুপগুলির সংরূপণ"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "NFS কনফিগারেশন লিখছি"
#. if (!modified) return true;
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "গ্লোবাল সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "সংস্থান গ্রুপগুলি লিখুন"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "বর্তমান স্টেটাস লক্ষ্য করুন"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "গ্লোবাল সেটিংগুলি লেখা হচ্ছে..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "সংস্থান গ্রুপগুলি লিখছে..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "কারেন্ট স্টেটাস আবিষ্কার করছি..."
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
+msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
+msgstr "'%1' ডিরেক্টরি তৈরি করতে অক্ষম."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+#~ msgstr "CASA কনফিগারেশন প্রথম পার্ট"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+#~ msgstr "CASA কনফিগারেশনের দ্বিতীয় অংশ"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>কনফিগারেশন চালু করছে</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "অনুগ্রহ করে অপেক্ষা করুন...<br></p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Please wait...</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে</b><br>অনুগ্রহ করে অপেক্ষা করুন...</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
+#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>একটি Kdump যুক্ত করা:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "সনাক্ত করা kdump গুলির তালিকা থেকে একটি kdump বাছাই করুন। \n"
+#~ "যদি আপনার kdump সনাক্ত করা না হয়, তাহলে <b>অন্যান্য (সনাক্ত না করা)</b> নির্বাচন করুন। \n"
+#~ "তারপর <b>কনফিগার </b> টিপুন।</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>একটি Kdump যুক্ত করা::</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ " একটি kdump কনফিগার করার জন্য <b>Add</b> টিপুন । </p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>সম্পাদনা করা বা মুছে ফেলা :</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "পরিবর্তন করা বা অপসারণ করার জন্য একটি kdump বাছাই করুন। \n"
+#~ "তারপর প্রয়োজন মত <b>সম্পাদনা </b> বা <b>মুছে ফেলা</b> টিপুন ।</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Drbd Configuration"
#~ msgstr "DNS কনফিগারেৈশন"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/fcoe-client.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/fcoe-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/fcoe-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -44,8 +44,18 @@
msgid "&FcoeClient"
msgstr "NFS ক্লায়েন্ট"
+#. setting of config value is 'yes'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "হ্যাঁ"
+
+#. setting of config value is 'no'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "না"
+
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgid ""
@@ -53,15 +63,44 @@
"Command %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজটির অপসারণ ব্যর্থ."
+#. FCoE is not available on the interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "not available"
+msgstr "নেই"
+
+#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured"
+msgid "not configured"
+msgstr "গঠিত নয়."
+
+#. the flag is 'true'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
+msgid "true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is 'false'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
+msgid "false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is not set at all
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
+msgid "not set"
+msgstr ""
+
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec"
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
msgstr "IPsecএর গঠন"
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -69,7 +108,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -77,12 +116,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
msgstr ""
#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
msgid ""
"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n"
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
@@ -90,34 +129,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
msgstr "%1 ব্যবহারকারীর জন্য অ্যাকাউন্ট সৃষ্টি করতে পারি না."
#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Command %1 failed"
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
msgstr "%1 আদেশ ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
msgstr ""
#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1"
msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?"
msgstr "আপনি কি নিশ্চিত যে আপনি নির্বাচিত %1 অপসারণ করতে চান"
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
msgid ""
"Attention:\n"
"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n"
@@ -125,34 +164,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
msgstr ""
#. replace values in table
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজটির অপসারণ ব্যর্থ."
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজটির অপসারণ ব্যর্থ."
#. text of a warning popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
msgstr ""
#. text of an information (notify) popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
msgid ""
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
@@ -183,7 +222,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "হ্যাঁ"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
@@ -191,7 +230,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "না"
#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117
@@ -264,7 +303,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188
msgid "Driver"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ড্রাইভার"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Flag FCoE"
@@ -585,104 +624,99 @@
msgstr "<p>আপনি কি এটা এখনই ইনস্টল করতে চান?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "ডিভাইসগুলি সনাক্ত করা যাচ্ছে না."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
+msgstr "winbind পরিষেবা শুরু করতে পারে না।"
+
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
+msgstr "'%1' সার্ভিসটি চালু করা যাচ্ছে না"
+
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
"VLAN interface to get a valid configuration."
msgstr ""
-#. it's about a flag which is not set at all
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110
-msgid "not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. also about setting of a flag
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "true"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "false"
-msgstr ""
-
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "inetd গঠন শুরু করছি"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "স্থাপনকৃত প্যাকেজগুলি দেখুন"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network services"
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক পরিষেবাগুলি"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ডের আবিষ্কার করছি..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf"
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "পড়ুন /ইত্যাদি/ipsec.conf"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..."
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "স্থাপিত RPM প্যাকেজ যাচাই করছে..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক ডিভাইসসমূহের সন্ধান করা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ডের আবিষ্কার করছি..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
@@ -690,50 +724,50 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "'lirc' পরিষেবা শুরু করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "ডিভাইসগুলি সনাক্ত করা যাচ্ছে না."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the configuration."
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন পড়তে পারে না।"
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "inetd সেভ করছি"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart the service"
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "সার্ভিস রিস্টার্ট করুন"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust spooler services"
msgid "Adjust start of services"
@@ -741,73 +775,73 @@
# Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "সার্ভিস রিস্টার্ট করছি..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..."
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "স্পুলার পরিষেবার বিন্যাস করছে..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "/etc/samba/smb.conf তে সেটিংগুলি লিখতে পারে না. "
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "'lirc' পরিষেবা শুরু করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables."
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "sysconfig পরিবর্তনশীল লিখতে পারব না"
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>সংযোগ গঠন</big></b></p>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Interfaces"
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "ইন্টারফেসগুলি"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
@@ -815,11 +849,11 @@
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "সক্রিয়"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "নিষ্ক্রিয়"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/firewall-services.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/firewall-services.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/firewall-services.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/firewall.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/firewall.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/firewall.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager-vpnc\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-26 01:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/firstboot.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/firstboot.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/firstboot.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/ftp-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/ftp-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/ftp-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/geo-cluster.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/geo-cluster.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/geo-cluster.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -71,92 +71,287 @@
#.
#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update configuration files"
+msgid "configuration file"
+msgstr "সংরূপণ ফাইলগুলি আপডেট করুন"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "arbitrator ip"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "transport"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+# সংযোজিত করো
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "যোগ করো"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সম্পাদন করো (&স)"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "মোছো"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#. return `cacel or a string
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ঠিক আছে"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বাতিল "
-#. parser value first
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address."
+msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
+msgstr "একটি বৈধ ইমেল ঠিকানা এন্টার করুন"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Directories"
+msgid "retries"
+msgstr "ডিরেটরিগুলি"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+msgid "weights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188
+msgid "expire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Required patterns"
+msgid "acquire-after"
+msgstr "প্রয়োজন হয় "
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+msgid "before-acquire-handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "expire is no valid"
+msgstr "' এটি বৈধ নয়."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The source is not valid."
+msgid "acquireafter is no valid"
+msgstr "উত্স বৈধ নয়৷"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "retries is no valid"
+msgstr "' এটি বৈধ নয়."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "weights is no valid"
+msgstr "' এটি বৈধ নয়."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgstr ""
+#. fill confs with global_files
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332
+msgid "site have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337
+msgid "ticket have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
+msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!"
+msgstr "%1 মানটি অবৈধ."
+
#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317
+#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd.
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Geo Cluster configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
+msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
+msgstr "প্রোভাইডার নাম %1 ইতিমধ্যে মজুত."
+
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
+msgstr "কনফিগারেশনের নাম খালি থাকতে পারে না।"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
+msgstr "কনফিগারেশনের নাম খালি থাকতে পারে না।"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Key is invalid."
+msgid "port is invalid!"
+msgstr "কি অবৈধ।"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595
+msgid "transport have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+msgid "site have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605
+msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
+msgstr "সম্পূর্ণ গঠন ফাইল যোগ করুন"
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update configuration files"
+msgid "Choose configuration file:"
+msgstr "সংরূপণ ফাইলগুলি আপডেট করুন"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Class Configuration"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configurations"
+msgstr "শ্রেণী গঠন"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "ফায়ারোয়াল কনফিাগরেশন"
+
+# progress stage title
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
+
+#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
+msgstr "সাধারণ সেটিংগুলি লিখতে পারে না."
+
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
+msgstr "সাধারণ সেটিংগুলি লিখতে পারে না."
+
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,120 +360,109 @@
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "আগের সেটিংগুলি পড়ুন"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পূর্বের সেিটিংগুলি পড়ছি..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "শেষ"
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
+# Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#. read sites
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311
-msgid "Cannot write global settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315
-msgid "Cannot write sites settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write ticket
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318
-msgid "Cannot write ticket settings."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লেখা যাচ্ছে না."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সারমর্ম..."
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
msgid "Read the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পড়া হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress stage 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145
msgid "Detect the devices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সার্ভিসটি নিষ্ক্রিয় করো"
#. Progress step 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148
msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পড়া হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "হার্ডওয়্যার সনাক্ত করা হচ্ছে..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ড্রাইভ %1 এর মিডিয়ামটি পড়া যাচ্ছে না."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
msgid "Cannot read the database2."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "উত্স2 পড়া সম্ভব হচ্ছে না."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ডিভাইসগুলি সনাক্ত করা যাচ্ছে না."
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SuSEconfig চালান"
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SuSEconfig চালানো হচ্ছে..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সারমর্ম..."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/gtk.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/gtk.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/gtk.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -201,11 +201,11 @@
#: src/YGUtils.cc:643
msgid "Back"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পূর্ববর্তী (&ব)"
#: src/YGUtils.cc:644
msgid "Next"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পরবর্তী"
#: src/ygtksteps.c:75
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/http-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/http-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/http-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/inetd.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/inetd.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/inetd.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/installation.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/installation.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/installation.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-10 04:33+0600\n"
"Last-Translator: Mahay Alam Khan (মাহে আলম খান) <mahayalamkhan(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Ankur <core(a)bengalinux.org>\n"
@@ -57,22 +57,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78
+#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "ইনস্টলকৃত সিস্টেমে ফাইল কপি করা হচ্ছে..."
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়া"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73
+#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "ডিফল্ট উইন্ডো ম্যানেজার আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
@@ -269,6 +269,7 @@
# check out
#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "অজানা প্রসেসর"
@@ -329,7 +330,7 @@
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "লাইসেন্স চুক্তি"
@@ -401,11 +402,24 @@
"<b>ইনষ্টলেশন বাতিল</b> ক্লিক করতে পারেন.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
#, fuzzy
-msgid "License needs to be accepted"
-msgstr "আবারো ইনস্টল করা প্রয়োজন"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "প্রকাশনার তথ্য"
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
@@ -532,7 +546,7 @@
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সিস্টেম এখনি রিবুট হতে থাকবে"
#. bnc #395030
#. Use less memory
@@ -629,11 +643,11 @@
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "কনফিগারকৃত ডিভাইস:"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "কনফিগারকৃত ডিভাইস:"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
@@ -657,15 +671,22 @@
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. download release notes now
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "প্রকাশনার তথ্য"
+#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
+#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. bug #302384
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+msgid "Initializing"
+msgstr "চালু করা হচ্ছে"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
+
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
@@ -686,67 +707,67 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "মৌলিক ইনস্টলেশন শেষ করা হচ্ছে"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের বৈশিষ্ট্য সমূহ"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "ইনস্টলকৃত সিস্টেমে ফাইলসমূহ কপি করো"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষণ করা হচ্ছে"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ সংরক্ষণ করা হচ্ছে"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "বুট ম্যানেজার ইনস্টল করা হচ্ছে"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "প্রথম বুটের জন্য সিস্টেম প্রস্তুত করা হচ্ছে"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "বাইনারির জন্য পরীক্ষা করা হচ্ছে %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "সিস্টেম তথ্য সংগ্রহ করছি..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়া"
@@ -767,11 +788,6 @@
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr "অনুগ্রহ করে মূল সিস্টেম ইনস্টল হয়ে যাওয়া পর্যন্ত অপেক্ষা করুন।"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
-msgid "Initializing the installation..."
-msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
@@ -785,13 +801,6 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "১ম সিস্টেম কনফিগারেশন প্রস্তুত হচ্ছে..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
-msgid "Initializing"
-msgstr "চালু করা হচ্ছে"
-
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
@@ -1016,12 +1025,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর অনুরোধে কনফিগারেশন বাদ দেয়া হচ্ছে"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1032,32 +1041,32 @@
#. not using tabs
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
msgstr "ত্রুটি: নিখোঁজ শীর্ষক"
#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "বর্তমান বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী পড়া যাচ্ছে না."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "আপনার সিস্টেম পর্যবেক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ত্রুটি: প্রস্তাব নেই"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1066,7 +1075,7 @@
"সেখানে ত্রুটি ছিল।"
#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়া"
@@ -1076,25 +1085,25 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন বাদ দাও (&S)"
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "পরবর্তী কনফিগারেশনগুলি ব্যবহার করুন (&U)"
#. menu button
#. menu button
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "পরিবর্তন... (&C)"
#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Export Configuration"
@@ -1102,25 +1111,25 @@
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "পরিবর্তনের জন্য যে কোন শিরোনামকে ক্লিক করে অথবা নীচের \"পরিবর্তন...\" মেনু ব্যবহার করতে পারেন।"
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "পরিবর্তনের জন্য যে কোন শিরোনামকে ক্লিক করে অথবা নীচের \"পরিবর্তন...\" মেনু ব্যবহার করতে পারেন।"
#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "ডিফল্টে রিসেট করুন (&R)"
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -1134,7 +1143,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1166,7 +1175,7 @@
#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
#.
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1183,7 +1192,7 @@
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1196,7 +1205,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1208,7 +1217,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1220,7 +1229,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1231,12 +1240,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML ইনস্টলেশনের প্রস্তাব</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1247,7 +1256,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1258,7 +1267,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
@@ -1274,11 +1283,11 @@
"পরিবর্তন করতে আপনার সিস্টেম অ্যাডমিনিস্ট্রেটরের সাহায্য নিন।</p>"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধন"
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "ইনস্টল (&ই)"
@@ -1407,57 +1416,41 @@
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্কসমূহ তদন্ত করছি..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
-msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
-msgstr "লিনাক্স পার্টিশন খোঁজ করো"
-
+#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
-msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-msgstr "লিনাক্স পার্টিশন খোঁজা হচ্ছে..."
-
-#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "হারিয়ে যাওয়া বিভাগুলি খুঁজুন"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "মূল সরঞ্জাম খুঁজছি..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "নতুন প্যাকেজ তথ্যভাণ্ডার প্রবর্তন করছি..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "নতুন প্যাকেজ তথ্যভাণ্ডার প্রবর্তন করছি..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140
-msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
-msgstr "আপডেট সম্ভাবনা যাচাই করো"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141
-msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
-msgstr "আপডেট করার সম্ভাবনা পরীক্ষা করা হচ্ছে..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "সিস্টেম প্রোব করা হচ্ছে"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..."
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "অনুগ্রহ করে কম্পিউটার হার্ডওয়ার এবং ইনস্টলকৃত সিস্টেম পরীক্ষা হওয়া পর্যন্ত অপেক্ষা করুন..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1470,7 +1463,7 @@
"আপনার হার্ডওয়্যার পরীক্ষা করুন!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1483,7 +1476,7 @@
"ইনস্টলেশনের জন্য কোন হার্ড ডিস্ক পাওয়া যায়নি।\n"
"আপনার হার্ডওয়্যার পরীক্ষা করুন!\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1491,7 +1484,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1508,7 +1501,7 @@
"আপনার হার্ডওয়্যার পরীক্ষা করুন।\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
@@ -1516,77 +1509,77 @@
msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলোর ইনস্টলেশন ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remove"
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "সরাও"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "সক্রিয় হয়েছে"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "নিষ্ক্রিয়"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
#, fuzzy
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "বর্তমান অবস্থা: "
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "এবং প্রোফাইল ভাণ্ডার:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
msgid "URL"
msgstr "ইউ-আর-এল"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&টগল স্টেটাস"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1595,84 +1588,84 @@
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "অজানা"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "ভান্ডারসমূহ যা রেজিস্টার করা হবে"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "গঠন করতে নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ডগুলি"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"ছবি উদ্ধার না হওয়া অবধি অপেক্ষা করুন.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "পূর্বে সংরক্ষিত সংরূপণ পড়ুন"
-#. Removes selected repositories
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813
+#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "পূর্বে সংরক্ষিত সংরূপণ পড়ছে..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1682,7 +1675,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1692,7 +1685,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
@@ -1704,7 +1697,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
@@ -1714,7 +1707,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
@@ -1725,7 +1718,7 @@
"%2"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
@@ -1814,58 +1807,53 @@
msgstr "প্রক্সি কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62
-msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "টাইম জোন সেভ করছি..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "ভাষা সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "কনসোল কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "কীবোর্ড কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "পণ্যের তথ্য সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..."
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "স্বয়ংক্রিয় ইনস্টলেশনের বৈশিষ্ট্যসমূহ সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading security settings..."
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "নিরাপত্তা সেটিংগুলি পড়িতেছি..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
msgstr "ভাষা এবং কনসোল সেটিংসমূহ সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70
+#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "হার্ডওয়্যার কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..."
@@ -1899,7 +1887,7 @@
msgstr "YaST কনফিগারেশন লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -2168,6 +2156,71 @@
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr "লিনাক্স পার্টিশন খোঁজা হচ্ছে..."
+#. Text to display
+#.
+#. @return String
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote Administration"
+msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
+msgstr "দূরবর্তী অ্যাডমিনিস্ট্রেশন"
+
+#. checking whether images are supported
+#. BNC #409927
+#. Checking files for signatures
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
+msgstr ""
+"ইউ-আর-এল '%1' থেকে ইনস্টলেশনের উত্স\n"
+"তৈরী করা যায়নি."
+
+#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Deploying..."
+msgstr "ইমেজ ডাউনলোড করছে..."
+
+#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
+#.
+#. @see #all_supported_types
+#. @see #objects_state
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Storing user preferences..."
+msgstr "পরিষেবাগুলি থামানো হচ্ছে"
+
+#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
+msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজ পুনঃস্থাপন করছে"
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+msgid ""
+"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
+"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
+#~ msgstr "আবারো ইনস্টল করা প্রয়োজন"
+
+#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
+#~ msgstr "লিনাক্স পার্টিশন খোঁজ করো"
+
+#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
+#~ msgstr "লিনাক্স পার্টিশন খোঁজা হচ্ছে..."
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
+#~ msgstr "আপডেট সম্ভাবনা যাচাই করো"
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
+#~ msgstr "আপডেট করার সম্ভাবনা পরীক্ষা করা হচ্ছে..."
+
#~ msgid "Network Device: %1"
#~ msgstr "Nনেটওয়ার্ক ডিভাইস: %1"
@@ -2672,24 +2725,6 @@
#~ "আপনার হার্ডওয়্যার পরীক্ষা করুন।\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "ইউ-আর-এল '%1' থেকে ইনস্টলেশনের উত্স\n"
-#~ "তৈরী করা যায়নি."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Deploying..."
-#~ msgstr "ইমেজ ডাউনলোড করছে..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "পরিষেবাগুলি থামানো হচ্ছে"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজ পুনঃস্থাপন করছে"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "No system type was selected.\n"
#~ "Select the default type."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/instserver.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/instserver.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/instserver.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/iplb.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/iplb.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/iplb.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files.
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44
msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "গ্লোবাল সংরূপণ"
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45
msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration"
@@ -91,6 +91,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "হ্যাঁ"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "না"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "&Global Configuration"
+msgstr "গ্লোবাল সংরূপণ"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration"
+msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
+msgstr "সাম্বা সার্ভার গঠন"
+
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
msgid "Check Interval"
msgstr ""
@@ -117,7 +137,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87
msgid "Execute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বের করো (&E)"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
msgid "Email Alert"
@@ -200,7 +220,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -440,7 +460,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -477,7 +497,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পরিষেবা"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
msgid "Check Command"
@@ -501,11 +521,11 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
msgid "Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "লগিং"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
msgid "Database Name"
@@ -521,7 +541,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
msgid "Netmask"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "নেটমাস্ক"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
msgid "Scheduler"
@@ -529,23 +549,24 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "প্রোটোকল"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
msgid "Virtual Servers"
msgstr ""
+# সংযোজিত করো
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "যোগ করো"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সম্পাদন করো (&স)"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "মোছো"
#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
@@ -571,13 +592,19 @@
#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ঠিক আছে"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "বাতিল "
+
+#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+msgid ""
+"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
msgstr ""
-#. split the real server ip value;
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -590,10 +617,31 @@
msgid "weight"
msgstr ""
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
+msgid "IP address is not Valid"
+msgstr "IP ঠিকানা ইনভ্যালিড"
+
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add a new share"
+msgid "Add a new real server:"
+msgstr "নতুন শেয়ার সংযোগ করুন"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the role of the server"
+msgid "Edit the real server:"
+msgstr "সার্ভার-এর ভূমিকা সেট কর"
+
+# progress stage title
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
#. Read all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -620,7 +668,7 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "শেষ"
#. Write all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -630,19 +678,20 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SuSEconfig চালান"
+# Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SuSEconfig চালানো হচ্ছে..."
#. write global conf
#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
@@ -652,10 +701,10 @@
#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লেখা যাচ্ছে না."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সারমর্ম..."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-client.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -62,149 +62,155 @@
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr "পোর্ট"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109
-msgid "Initiator Name"
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "&Initiator Name"
msgstr "ইনিশিয়েটরের নাম"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sound Card"
-msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr "সাউণ্ড কার্ড"
#. table of connected targets
#. table of discovered targets
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "ইন্টারফেস"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr "পোর্টাল ঠিকানা"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr "টার্গেট নাম"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "স্টার্ট-আপ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr "যোগ করো"
#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "সম্পাদন করো (&স)"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Log Out"
msgstr "লগ আউট"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "কানেক্টেড"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr "ডিস্কভারি"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "Log In"
msgstr "লগ ইন"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "কানেক্ট"
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "কোন প্রমাণীকরণ নেই"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "ইনকামিং প্রমাণীকরণ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর নাম"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "আউটগোয়িং প্রমাণীকরণ"
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "শুরু"
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP ঠিকানা"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
msgid "Port"
msgstr "পোর্ট"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Key"
msgstr "কী (&K)"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Value"
msgstr "মান"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "Service"
msgstr "সার্ভিস"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "টার্গেস সংযোজিত"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "টার্গেট আবিষ্কৃত"
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "iSCSI ইনিশিয়েটর ওভারভিউ"
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -213,9 +219,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "iSCSI ইনিশিয়েটর ডিসকভারি"
@@ -469,12 +475,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "IP ঠিকানা ইনসার্ট করুন."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "পোর্ট ইনসার্ট করুন."
@@ -482,37 +488,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "ট্রু"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "মিথ্যা"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "এই TargetName এর লক্ষ্যটি ইতোমধ্যেই সংযুক্ত আছে। ডেটা নষ্ট হওয়া প্রতিরোধ করার জন্য সুনিশ্চিত করুন যেন মাল্টিপাথিং সক্রিয় থাকে।"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "চালিয়ে যান "
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "বাতিল "
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "টার্গেট ইতিমধ্যে কানেক্টেড."
@@ -594,14 +600,20 @@
msgstr "পরিষেবাগুলি থামান"
#. interface type for hardware offloading
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software"
-msgid "(Software)"
+msgid "default (Software)"
msgstr "সফ্টওয়্যার"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "All"
+msgid "all"
+msgstr "সমস্ত"
+
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
@@ -614,7 +626,7 @@
"আপনি যদি ভিন্ন initiatorname ব্যবহার করতে চান তাহলে সেটি BIOS এ পরিবর্তন করুন।"
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সারমর্ম..."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-lio-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-lio-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-lio-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/iscsi-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/isns.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/isns.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/isns.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -314,82 +314,82 @@
msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172
msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p> isns সার্ভিস কনফিগার করতে চাইলে, অবশ্যই <b>%1</b> প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল করতে হবে।</p>"
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>আপনি কি এটা এখনই ইনস্টল করতে চান?</p>"
#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
msgstr "isns ডেমন কনফিগারেশন আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পড়া হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "আগের সেটিংগুলি পড়ুন"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "সার্ভিসটি নিষ্ক্রিয় করো"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পড়া হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "পূর্বের সেিটিংগুলি পড়ছি..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "হার্ডওয়্যার সনাক্ত করা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
msgstr "isns কনফিগারেশন রক্ষা করা হচ্ছে"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "SuSEconfig চালান"
# Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "SuSEconfig চালানো হচ্ছে..."
#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf)
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লেখা যাচ্ছে না."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/kdump.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/kdump.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/kdump.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -401,8 +401,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "পরিবর্তনগুলি প্রয়োগ করার জন্য রিবুট করা প্রয়োজন। "
@@ -543,16 +543,6 @@
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "&নিষ্ক্রিয়"
-#. checking if packages are available
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103
-msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
-msgstr " kexec-টুলসমূহের জন্য প্যাকেজ উপলব্ধ নয়। "
-
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
-msgstr "একটি যথাযথ ব্যাকএন্ড উপলব্ধ নয়."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53
#, fuzzy
@@ -1282,146 +1272,153 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "মডেম গঠন আরম্ভ করছি"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "গঠন পড়ছি..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "সাধারণ সেটিংগুলি পড়তে পারি না."
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr "বিদ্যমান উত্স সনাক্ত করা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "বিভাজন রিড করছে..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন ফাইল /etc/sysconfig/kdump পড়তে পারছে না"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "সাধারণ সেটিংগুলি পড়তে পারি না."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "%1 ফাইল পড়তে পারি না"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "মডেম কনফিগারেশন সেভ করছি"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন..."
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের অপশন"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন আপডেট করো"
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লেখা যাচ্ছে না."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "বুটলোডার ত্রুটিতে ক্র্যাশকার্নেল চলরাশি যুক্ত করছে।"
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "%1 রানলেভেলে"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "সক্রিয়"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "নিষ্ক্রিয়"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "বিকল্পের খালি মান:%1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "ফাইল ফরম্যাট"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "পুরোনোব্যাকআপের ম্যাকি&মাম নাম্বার"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "পুরোনোব্যাকআপের ম্যাকি&মাম নাম্বার"
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
+#~ msgstr " kexec-টুলসমূহের জন্য প্যাকেজ উপলব্ধ নয়। "
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
+#~ msgstr "একটি যথাযথ ব্যাকএন্ড উপলব্ধ নয়."
+
#~ msgid "ENABLED"
#~ msgstr "সক্ষম করা হয়েছে"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/kerberos-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/kerberos-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/kerberos-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/kerberos.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/kerberos.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/kerberos.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager-vpnc\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-26 01:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/languages_db.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/languages_db.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/languages_db.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager-vpnc\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-26 01:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap-client.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/ldap.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
"\n"
"The server could be down or unreachable.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"সার্ভার খারাপ আছে বা পৌঁছানো যাচ্ছে না।\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:534
@@ -48,6 +50,8 @@
"\n"
"The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"DN এর মান অনুপস্থিত বা অবৈধ।\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:538
@@ -55,6 +59,8 @@
"\n"
"Attribute type not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"গুণাবলীর ধরণ পাওয়া যায় নি।\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:540
@@ -62,23 +68,25 @@
"\n"
"Object class not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"অবজেক্ট শ্রেণী পাওয়া যায় নি। \n"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#. error message
#. error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848
msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP সার্ভারের সাথে সংযোগ স্থাপন করা যায় নি।"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:549
msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP সার্ভারের সাথে সংযোগ স্থাপনে সমস্যা।"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:553
msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " LDAP সার্ভার থেকে ডেটা পড়ায় সমস্যা।"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:557
@@ -98,26 +106,26 @@
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:569
msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP সার্ভার থেকে স্কীমা পড়ায় সমস্যা হয়েছে।"
#. default error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:594
msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "অজ্ঞাত LDAP ত্রুটি"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857
msgid "&Show Details"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বিবরণ দেখান"
#. error message
#. error message
#. error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912
msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "অজ্ঞাত ত্রুটি: সম্ভবত 'yast2-ldap' উপলব্ধ নয়।"
#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
#: src/Ldap.rb:800
@@ -144,7 +152,7 @@
#. password entering label
#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155
msgid "&LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP সার্ভার"
#. label
#: src/Ldap.rb:979
@@ -154,7 +162,7 @@
#. button label
#: src/Ldap.rb:988
msgid "&Anonymous Access"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "অজ্ঞাত প্রবেশ"
#. error message, %1 is DN
#: src/Ldap.rb:1330
@@ -163,6 +171,9 @@
"does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n"
"The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n"
msgstr ""
+"DNএর একটি সরাসরি অভিভাবক '%1' \n"
+"LDAP ডিরেক্টরিতে বিদ্যমান নেই।\n"
+"নির্বাচিত DN সহ বস্তুটি তৈরি করা যায় না।\n"
#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN
#: src/Ldap.rb:1634
@@ -170,17 +181,19 @@
"No entry with DN '%1'\n"
"exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n"
msgstr ""
+"LDAP সার্ভারে DN '%1' যুক্ত কোন প্রবিষ্টকরণের\n"
+"অস্তিত্ব নেই। সেটি এখন তৈরি করতে চান?\n"
#. button label
#. button label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547
msgid "&Open"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&ওপেন"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262
msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>বর্তমান বৈশিষ্ট্যের জন্যে নতুন মান নির্দিষ্ট করুন।</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264
@@ -192,6 +205,12 @@
"it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>বৈশিষ্ট্যটির যদি আরও বেশি মান থাকতে পারে, তাহলে \n"
+" <b>মান যোগ করুন</b> সমেত নতুন প্রবিষ্টকরণ যোগ করুন। কখনও কখনও বোতামটিতে বর্তমান বৈশিষ্ট্যের জন্যে\n"
+"ব্যবহৃত সম্ভাব্য মানগুলির তালিকা থাকে।\n"
+"যদি সম্পাদিত বৈশিষ্ট্যের মানটি পরিচিত নাম হতে হয় (DN),\n"
+"তাহলে <b>ব্রাউজ করুন</b> ব্যবহার করে LDAP ট্রি থেকে এটি বেছে নেওয়া সম্ভব।\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows.
#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note
@@ -202,79 +221,86 @@
#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287
msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>\"%1\" বৈশিষ্ট্যের বর্ণনা: <br></p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311
msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"%1\" বৈশিষ্ট্যের মান"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322
msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"%1\" বৈশিষ্ট্যের মানগুলি"
#. button label
#. button label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356
msgid "&Add Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "মান যোগ করুন"
#. menubutton item (default value)
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350
msgid "&Empty Entry"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "খালি প্রবিষ্টকরণ"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351
msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ব্রাউজ"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
msgid ""
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
msgstr ""
+"'%1' মানটির ইতিমধ্যেই অস্তিত্ব আছে।\n"
+"অনুগ্রহ করে অপর একটি নির্বাচন করুন।"
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ব্যবহারকারী পরিচালনা টুলের সংরূপণ"
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "গ্রুপ পরিচালনা টুলের সংরূপণ"
#. label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "নতুন মডিউলের অবজেক্ট শ্রেণী"
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "নতুন মডিউলের নাম (\"cn\" মান)"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
msgid ""
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
+"প্রবিষ্ট মানটি ইতিমধ্যেই বিদ্যমান।\n"
+"অন্য একটি নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "মডিউলের নাম প্রবিষ্ট করুন।"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
"the new object is created.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>এইখানে বর্তমান টেমপ্লেট ব্যবহার করে বস্তুর বৈশিষ্ট্যের\n"
+"মানগুলি নির্দিষ্ট করুন। এই ধরণের মানগুলি ডিফল্ট রূপে ব্যবহৃত হয় যখন\n"
+"নতুন বস্তু তৈরি করা হয়।</p>\n"
#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass"
#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the
@@ -282,23 +308,27 @@
#. entry of the current template.</p>
#. ") +
#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>আপনি বিদ্যমান বৈশিষ্ট্যের মান থেকে নতুন বৈশিষ্ট্যের মান তৈরির জন্যে\n"
+"বিশেষ সিনট্যাক্স ব্যবহার করতে পারেন। \"attr_name\" বৈশিষ্ট্যের মান দ্বারা <i>%attr_name</i>অভিব্যক্তিটি প্রতিস্থাপিত হবে\n"
+"(উদাহরণ স্বরূপ, \"homeDirectory\" এর মান হিসাবে \"/home/%uid\"\n"
+"ব্যবহার করুন).</p>\n"
#. combobox label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যের নাম"
#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যের মান"
#. general help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62
@@ -316,11 +346,13 @@
"There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n"
"Discard these changes?\n"
msgstr ""
+"বর্তমান প্রবিষ্টকরণে অসংরক্ষিত পরিবর্তন আছে।\n"
+"এই পরিবর্তনগুলি বাতিল করতে চান?\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85
msgid "LDAP Browser"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP সার্ভার"
#. combobox item
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101
@@ -336,12 +368,12 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146
msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP সার্ভার"
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152
msgid "Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের বৈশিষ্ট্য সমূহ"
#. check box label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162
@@ -364,18 +396,20 @@
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
+"\"%1\" বৈশিষ্ট্যটি বাধ্যতামূলক।\n"
+"একটি মান প্রবিষ্ট করুন।"
#. button label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550
msgid "&Reload"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "লোড (&L)"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্য"
#. table header 2/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693
msgid "Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "মান"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/live-installer.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/live-installer.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/live-installer.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/lxc.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/lxc.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/lxc.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/mail.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/mail.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/mail.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/multipath.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/multipath.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/multipath.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/ncurses-pkg.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/ncurses-pkg.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/ncurses-pkg.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/ncurses.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/ncurses.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/ncurses.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/network.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/network.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/network.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -100,107 +100,61 @@
msgstr "আভ্যন্তরীণ এলাকা"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..."
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল কনফিগারেশন লেখা হচ্ছে"
-#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC
-#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH পোর্ট ব্লক করা আছে (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH পোর্ট ব্লক করা আছে (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল নিস্ক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH পোর্ট ব্লক করা আছে (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH পোর্ট ব্লক করা আছে (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল নিস্ক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
-
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল খোলা"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "ফায়ারোয়াল কনফিাগরেশন"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr "RPC পোর্ট"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল ইন্টারফেস"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "RPC পোর্ট"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল ইন্টারফেস"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -208,13 +162,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -222,13 +176,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
+#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল নিস্ক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল নিস্ক্রিয় (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+
+#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH পোর্ট ব্লক করা আছে (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH পোর্ট ব্লক করা আছে (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH পোর্ট ব্লক করা আছে (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH পোর্ট ব্লক করা আছে (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+
#. Commandline help title
#. configuration of hosts
#. Hosts dialog caption
@@ -515,9 +516,18 @@
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr "ইন্টারফেস বা স্ট্রিং"
-#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst();
-#. Lan::Autoinstall();
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173
+#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
+#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
+#. has higher priority
+#.
+#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
+#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
+#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
+#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
+#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
+#. Other elements may have similar problems,
+#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "গঠনে ত্রুটি : ইন্টারফেস প্রারম্ভ হয়নি!"
@@ -614,7 +624,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন আপডেট করো"
@@ -725,7 +735,7 @@
msgstr "ডিভাইস"
# this is a heading
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416
msgid "Options"
msgstr "অপশনসমূহ"
@@ -805,13 +815,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "সাবধানী: কোন এনক্রিপশন ব্যবহার করা হয় নি."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Change."
msgstr "পরিবর্তিত"
@@ -1189,14 +1199,14 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "&ডিভাইস টাইপ"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "&গটন নাম"
@@ -1210,7 +1220,7 @@
msgstr "নতুন দল যোগ করুন"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "কোন ডিভাইস নয়"
@@ -1423,30 +1433,30 @@
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "যোগ করো"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>IP ঠিকানা গঠন করুন.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&হার্ডওয়ার"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "বন্ড স্লেভ"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "ওয়্যারলেস LAN"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1454,7 +1464,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1470,12 +1480,12 @@
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
-#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131
+#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
-"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
msgstr ""
"মনে হচ্ছে %1 ইতোমধ্যেই সংরূপিত হয়েছে. \n"
"সংরূপণ চালিয়ে যেতে চান?"
@@ -1690,7 +1700,7 @@
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "যন্ত্রটি বাদ দিয়ে দেওয়া হয়েছিল৷"
-#. encoding: utf-8
+#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
#.
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -1797,7 +1807,7 @@
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের সময় ত্রুটি ঘটেছিল."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1812,13 +1822,12 @@
"তাহলে নেটওয়ার্কম্যানেজার আর ইন্টারফেস পরিচালনা করবে না.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#. radio button group label, method of setup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সেটআপ পদ্ধতি"
@@ -1828,7 +1837,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "সার্ভিস সমুহ"
@@ -1857,7 +1866,7 @@
msgstr "&পরিবর্তন করুন হস্টনেম ভায়া DHCP"
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1865,20 +1874,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1886,7 +1895,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1894,7 +1903,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
@@ -1906,12 +1915,12 @@
"যেমন, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>টীকা:</b> যদি দুটো কার্ড একই মডিউল নাম দিয়ে গঠন\n"
"করা হয় তাহলে সেভ করার সময়ে বিকল্পগুলি একত্রিত হয়ে যাবে.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1921,7 +1930,7 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1930,7 +1939,7 @@
"অথবা <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>তে লেখা হবে.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
@@ -1939,83 +1948,83 @@
"নির্দিষ্ট করা ফরম্যাট লেখা হবে.</p>"
#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269
msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "নিজেরহাতে নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড গঠন"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr "&PCMCIA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "&USB"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300
msgid "&Hotplug Type"
msgstr "&হটপ্লাগ টাইপ"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305
msgid "P&CI"
msgstr "P&CI"
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "&কার্নেল মডিউল"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "&মডিউল নাম"
#. TODO: Ud ... Rules
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380
-msgid "Udev rules"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "উপকরণের নাম"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
msgid "Change"
msgstr "পরিবর্তিত"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Identification"
-msgid "Show visible port identification"
+msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr "সার্ভার সনাক্তকরন"
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "সেকেন্ড"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Blin"
msgid "Blink"
msgstr "ব্লিন"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Ethtool options"
+msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ডোমেন"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "নিজেৈর হাতে নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড নির্বাচন"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -2025,19 +2034,19 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&খোঁজো"
#. Remember current device number (#308763)
#. see also bnc#391802
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -2047,7 +2056,7 @@
"অন্য একটি বেছে নিন."
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "S/390 নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড গঠন"
@@ -2055,135 +2064,135 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "S/390 সরঞ্জাম সেটিংসমূহ"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&পোর্ট নাম"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "&পোর্ট নাম্বার"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "& IPA টেকওভার সমর্থ করুন"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "সক্ষম &লেয়ার 2 সমর্থন"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "যোগ করো"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "পড়ু&ন চ্যানেল"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "ফাইবার চ্যানেল"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল পরিবর্তন করা হয়েছে."
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য (কেস-সেনসেটিভ) <b>পোর্টনাম</b>এন্টার করুন.</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য (মাঝখানে খালি জায়গা দিয়ে ভাগ করা) অতিরিক্ত <b>বিকল্পগুলি</b এন্টার করুন.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য IP ঠিকানা টেকওভার যদি সমর্থ করতে হয় <b>এনাবল IPA টেকওভার</b> নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>এই কার্ড যদি স্তর 2 সাহায্য দিয়ে গঠিত হয়ে থাকে <b>এনাবল লেয়ার 2 সাপোর্ট</b> নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>এই কার্ড যদি স্তর 2 সাহায্য দিয়ে গঠিত হয়ে থাকে <b>এনাবল লেয়ার 2 MAC ঠিকানা</b> এন্টার করুন.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "&পোর্ট নাম্বার"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&LANCMD টাইম-আউট"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য <b>পোর্ট নাম্বার</b> এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য <b>LANCMD সময়-শেষ</b>নির্দিষ্ট করুন।</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "সুসংগত মোড"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "এক্সটেনডেট মোড"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "CTC-বেস ট্রাই (লিনাক্স টু লিনাক্স কানেকশন)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "সুসংহত মোড OS/390 এবং z/OSসহ"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&প্রটোকল"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য <b>প্রোটোকল</b> নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "সার্ভারের নাম: "
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2192,7 +2201,7 @@
"যেমন, z/VM ব্যবহারকারীর নাম যার সাথে (কেস-সংবেদনশীল)সংযোগ করা হবে.</p>\n"
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2201,7 +2210,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "হার্ডওয়্যার তথ্য"
@@ -2257,19 +2266,18 @@
"তার লাগানো এবং বহু বেতার নেটওয়ার্কের মধ্যে অদলবদল করার উপযক্ত.</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
-"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>আপনি যদি একটা ডেস্কটপ পরিবেশ (GNOME অথবা KDE) না চালান অথবা\n"
"একসাথে অনেকগুলি ইন্টারফেস ব্যবহার করতে হয় তাহলে <tt>ifup</tt></b>সহ\n"
"<b>পরম্পরগত পদ্ধতি ব্যবহার করুন .</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
@@ -2279,7 +2287,7 @@
"স্থাপিত নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ডগুলির একটা সারাংশ জোগাড় করুন. উপরন্তু,\n"
"তাদের গঠন সম্পাদন করুন.<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
@@ -2287,7 +2295,7 @@
"<p><b><big>একটা নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড যোগ করা:</big></b><br>\n"
"নিজের হাতে একটা নতুন নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড গঠন করার জন্য <b>অ্যাড</b> টিপুন.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2299,7 +2307,7 @@
"<b>%1</b> বা <b>%2</b> ব্যবহার করুন.</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2309,12 +2317,12 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "<p>পুনরায় বুট করার পর সব পরিবর্তন প্রয়োগ করা হবে৷</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2328,7 +2336,7 @@
"ডিফল্ট পথের বদলে সেটা ব্যবহার করা হয়. ডিফল্ট রুটের ধারণা হচ্ছে শুধু আপনাকে \n"
"বলতে \"এবং বাকীসব এখানে যাওয়া উচিত সমর্থ করে.\"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2336,13 +2344,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2350,14 +2358,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
@@ -2374,7 +2382,7 @@
"করেন তাহলে আপনি এই বিকল্পটি অক্ষম করে দিতে পারেন, কারণচলারসময়ে হস্ট-এর নামপরিবর্তন করলে তা গ্রাফিকাল ডেস্কটপটিকে\n"
"বিভ্রান্ত করে দিতে পারে।<p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2383,7 +2391,7 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2392,7 +2400,7 @@
"অনুসন্ধান লিস্ট এন্টার করুন. সাধারণত DHCP এর দ্বারা এগুলি সংগ্রহ করা যায়.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2403,7 +2411,7 @@
"(যেমন, 192.168.0.42), হিসাবে এন্টার করা উচিত, একটা হোস্ট নেম হিসাবে নয়.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2415,7 +2423,7 @@
"নামের মত অবিকল হয় (যেমন, suse.de). অতিরিক্ত অনুসন্ধান ডোমেন থাকতে পারে\n"
"(যেমন suse.com) কমা অথবা সাদা জায়গা রেখে ডোমেনগুলিকে আলাদা করুন.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2423,7 +2431,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2433,7 +2441,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2447,19 +2455,19 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
@@ -2469,7 +2477,7 @@
"দেওয়া কোন স্থায়ী IP ঠিকানা না থাকে তাহলে আপনি এটাও নির্বাচন করতে পারেন.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
@@ -2480,7 +2488,7 @@
"চলে তাহলে আপনি ডায়নামিক ঠিকানা অ্যাসাইমেন্ট নির্বাচন করতে পারেন.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2488,7 +2496,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
@@ -2500,7 +2508,7 @@
"এন্টার করুন.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
@@ -2512,7 +2520,7 @@
"এন্টার করুন.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2520,7 +2528,7 @@
"<p>যোগাযোগ করুন আপনার <b>নেটওয়ার্ক প্রশাসনিকের সাথে</b> আরও তথ্যের জন্য নেটওয়ার্ক গঠন\n"
"সম্বন্ধ্যে.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2528,7 +2536,7 @@
"<p>এই বস্তুর জন্য DHCP গঠনের সুপারিশ করা হয় না.\n"
"এই জিনিসের উপাদানগুলি DHCP এর সাথে কাজ নাও করতে পারে.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2539,11 +2547,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>ম্যান্ডেটরি ইন্টারফেস</b> বুট করার সময় যদি ইন্টারফেস শুরু না হয় নেটওয়ার্ক পরিষেবা ব্যর্থতা রিপোর্ট করে কি না নির্দিষ্ট করে.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2553,7 +2561,7 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
@@ -2561,13 +2569,13 @@
msgstr "<p>বন্ড ডিভাইসের জন্য প্রতিকার ব্যবস্থা বেছে নিন৷ শুধু যে ডিভাইসেডিভাইস অ্যাক্টিভেশন নেভার এবং নান অ্যাড্রেস সেটআপ হিসাবে নির্ধারিতযেগুলি পাওয়া যায়৷</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>ক্লাইন্ট সংযোগ সৃষ্টি করুন:</big></b><br>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2582,7 +2590,7 @@
"এবং তাই একই রকম হার্ডওয়ার ঠিকানা ব্যবহার করে.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
@@ -2603,7 +2611,7 @@
"ছেড়ে দিন। হোস্ট নেম না পাঠাবার জন্য খালি রেখে দিন।</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2611,7 +2619,7 @@
msgstr "<p>এই সংলাপে একটা ইন্টারফেসের অতিরিক্ত ঠিকানা (এর এলিয়াসেস) in গঠন করুন.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
@@ -2624,7 +2632,7 @@
"<b>নেটমাস্ক</b> এন্টার করুন.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2632,14 +2640,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ছদ্মনামের মধ্যে ইন্টারফেসের নাম রাখবেন না. যেমন, <b>eth0:foo</b> এর বদলে <b>foo</b> এন্টার করুন.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
@@ -2669,7 +2677,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2678,7 +2686,7 @@
"সেট করুন.</p>"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2693,7 +2701,7 @@
"প্রবেশ পথ হিসাবে কাজ করে) হতে পারে.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2712,7 +2720,7 @@
"সর্বোচ্চ সিগন্যাল শক্তিসমূহ.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
@@ -2749,7 +2757,7 @@
"<b>ম্যানেজড</b> কর্মশর্তে সম্ভব.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2764,7 +2772,7 @@
"হয়. সুতরাং আপনার শুধু 40 থেকে 232 বিটস এন্টার করতে হবে.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2781,7 +2789,7 @@
"পাস শব্দ হিসাবে অনুমান করা যায়.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2790,7 +2798,7 @@
"পরবর্তী সংলাপে অতিরিক্ত পরিশর্তসমূহ এন্টার করুন.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3397,23 +3405,23 @@
msgstr "আরম্ভ করছি..."
#. Ramote Administration dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr "দূরবর্তী অ্যাডমিনিস্ট্রেশন"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&রিমোট প্রশাসনিক অনুমতি দিন"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&রিমোট প্রশাসনিক অনুমতি নেই"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -3430,17 +3438,17 @@
"এই ধরণের পরোক্ষ পরিচালনা SSH ব্যবহারের চেয়ে কম নিরাপদ.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের বৈশিষ্ট্য সমূহ"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "এই প্যাকেজগুলো ইনস্টল করা প্রয়োজন:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3455,112 +3463,111 @@
#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254
msgid "unplugged"
msgstr "আনপ্লাগড"
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "অজানা"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "গঠন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DNS গঠন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DSL গঠন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "হস্ট কনফিগারেশন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "ISDN গঠন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড গঠন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "মডেম গঠন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "প্রক্সি গঠন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "প্রোভাইডার গঠন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "রুটিং গঠন সফলভাবে সেভ"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr "এথন কী মেল গঠন করব?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr "%1 এর গঠন চালাব কী?"
+#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
+#.
+#. see bnc#433084
+#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
+#.
+#. returns true if items were disabled
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008
+msgid ""
+"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
+"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ডস"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "মডেমস"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN কার্ডস"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL সরঞ্জাম"
-#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "সমস্ত নেটওয়ার্ক সরঞ্জাম"
-#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM
-#. see bnc#433084
-#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100
-msgid ""
-"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
-"cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
-"\n"
-"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
-"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
@@ -3825,7 +3832,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "ডিফল্ট গেটওয়ে অবৈধ."
@@ -4050,65 +4057,80 @@
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr ""
+#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Service"
+msgid "NetworkManager Service"
+msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক পরিষেবা"
+
+#. ifup is a program name
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Traditional Chinese"
+msgid "Traditional ifup"
+msgstr "ট্র্যাডিশনাল চাইনীস"
+
+#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add &Service"
+msgid "Wicked Service"
+msgstr "&পরিষেবা যোগ করুন"
+
+#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "Network Services Disabled"
+msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সার্ভিস সমুহ"
+
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#. radio button label
-#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager
-#. program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
-msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
-msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
-
-#. radio button label
-#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365
-msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
-msgstr "&পরম্পরাগত পদ্ধতি ifupসহ"
-
-#. radio button label
-#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
+# push button
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
-msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "General Network Settings"
+msgstr "&দক্ষ বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "BIOS সংক্রান্ত বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 সক্রিয় করুন"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "অজানা ডিভাইস"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP ঠিকানা"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "কোন IP ঠিকানা নির্দিষ্ট করা হয় নি"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
@@ -4116,12 +4138,12 @@
msgstr "পরবর্তী %1: %2 -- %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "পরিবর্তনের বর্ণনা"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক ডিভাইসসমূহ"
@@ -4138,62 +4160,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
-msgid "Device name:"
+msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "উপকরণের নাম"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
-msgid "Base udev rule on"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101
+msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "IPv4 ঠিকানা"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
-#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one.
-#.
-#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid
-#.
-#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154
+#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "গঠন %1 ইতিমধ্যে বর্তমান."
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sound card configuration module."
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "সাউন্ড কার্ড সংরূপণ মডিউল"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "যোজনাগুলি লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন আপডেট করো"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr "পড়ুন /ইত্যাদি/ipsec.conf"
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "বর্তমান কনফিগারেশন পড়া হচ্ছে..."
@@ -4201,46 +4219,46 @@
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "যোজনাগুলি লিখছে"
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন আপডেট করো"
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "পড়ছি /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "হস্টনাম: DHCP দ্বারা সেট"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "হোস্টের নাম : %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "/etc/hosts এ হোস্টনেম লেখা হবে না"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "সার্ভার নাম: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "সার্চ লিস্ট: %1"
@@ -4262,316 +4280,322 @@
msgstr "প্যাকেজগুলি উন্নত করছি..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক গঠন আরম্ভ করছি"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "ডিটেক্ট নেটওয়ার্ক সরঞ্জাম"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "ড্রাইভার তথ্য পড়ুন"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "সরঞ্জাম গঠন পড়ুন"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক গঠন পড়ুন"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সেটিংগুলি পড়ুন"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "ঘড়ি এবং সময় এলাকা কনফিগারেশন"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন তথ্য পড়ুন"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "রুটিং গঠন পড়ুন"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "বর্তমান স্টেটাস লক্ষ্য করুন"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "হার্ডওয়্যার সনাক্ত করা হচ্ছে..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক ডিভাইস আবিষ্কার করছি..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "পড়ছি ডিভাইস গঠন..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "পড়ছি নেটওয়ার্ক গঠন..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সেটিংসমূহ পড়ছি..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "বর্তমান কনফিগারেশন পড়া হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "ইন্সস্টলেশন তথ্য পড়ছি..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "পড়ছি রুটিং গঠন..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "কারেন্ট স্টেটাস আবিষ্কার করছি..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "পরিবর্তনগুলি প্রয়োগ করার জন্য রিবুট করা প্রয়োজন। "
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কনফিগারেশন সেভ করছি"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "ড্রাইভার তথ্য লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "সরঞ্জাম গঠন লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক গঠন লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "রুটিং গঠন লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "ঘড়ি এবং সময় এলাকা কনফিগারেশন"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সার্ভিস সেট আপ করুন"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সার্ভিস সক্রিয় করুন"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "লিখছি /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "ডিভাইস গঠন লিখছি..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক গঠন লিখিছি..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "রুটিং গঠন লিখছি..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "হোস্টনেম DNS কনফিগারেশন লিখছি..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সার্ভিসেস সেটিং আপ করছি..."
#. Progress step 8
-#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সার্ভিসেস সক্রিয় করছি..."
# summary header
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "সার্ভিস সমুহ"
+#. Import data
+#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
# নেটওয়ার্ক
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "&IPv6 নিষ্ক্রিয় করুন"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "(সংযুক্ত নয়)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "বুটে স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে শুরু হয়েছিল"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "কেবল কানেকশনে স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে শুরু হয়েছিল"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক ম্যানেজার দ্বারা পরিচালিত"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "একেবারেই শুরু করা যাবে না"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "নিজেথেকেই শুরু হয়েছিল"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP ঠিকানা নির্দেশিত DHCP ব্যবহার করে "
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IPv4 ঠিকানা"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
@@ -4580,47 +4604,47 @@
#. FIXME:
#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "গঠিত নয়."
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "ডিভাইসের নাম: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "বন্ড স্লেভ"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Ending Banner"
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "&সমাপ্তির ব্যানার"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "(সংযুক্ত নয়)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4630,50 +4654,68 @@
"শুরু করার জন্য <b>কনফিগার সাউণ্ড কার্ডস</b> টিপুন.\n"
"</P>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "তথ্য প্রয়োজন"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "অজানা"
+# প্যাকেজ
+#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
+#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
+msgid ""
+"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
+"firewall settings will be disabled."
+msgstr "সুসিফায়ারওয়াল২ প্যাকেজটি ইনস্টলকৃত নয়। ফায়ারওয়াল নিস্ক্রিয় থাকবে।"
+
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "এথন কী মেল গঠন করব?"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "সার্ভিস রিস্টার্ট করুন"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "iSCSI ইনিশিয়েটর গঠন সেভ করছি"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "ভাষা গঠন করছি..."
+#. Enable xinetd
+#. Enable XDM
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
+msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr "'lirc' পরিষেবা শুরু করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "সার্ভিস রিস্টার্ট করছি..."
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415
+#. description in proposal
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "রিমোট প্রশাসনিক সক্ষম"
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "রিমোট প্রশাসনিক অক্ষম"
@@ -4730,22 +4772,33 @@
msgstr "IP ফরোয়ার্ডিং: অন"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr "স্বয়ংক্রীয় ইনস্টল"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123
msgid "Firewall Disabled"
msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল নিষ্ক্রিয়"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(অসুরক্ষিত)"
+#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
+#~ msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড"
+
+#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
+#~ msgstr "&পরম্পরাগত পদ্ধতি ifupসহ"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Device Name"
+#~ msgid "Device name:"
+#~ msgstr "উপকরণের নাম"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
#~ msgstr "SSH পোর্ট খোলা (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
@@ -4755,11 +4808,6 @@
# push button
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "General Network Settings"
-#~ msgstr "&দক্ষ বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
-
-# push button
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "&দক্ষ বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
@@ -5267,9 +5315,6 @@
#~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface"
#~ msgstr "যোগ করুন &প্রোভাইডার মজুত ইন্টারফেসে"
-#~ msgid "Network Services"
-#~ msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সার্ভিস সমুহ"
-
#~ msgid "S&kip"
#~ msgstr "স্কি&প"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/nfs.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/nfs.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/nfs.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/nfs_server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/nfs_server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/nfs_server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -74,30 +74,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
# status code.
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "প্রোগ্রাম ইনস্টল করা হয়নি"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "%d টি প্যাচ ইনস্টল করা হয়েছে।"
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -106,11 +106,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -163,35 +163,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "ডাইরেক্টরি: "
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&ব্রাউজ..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
-#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-"with spaces in their names.\n"
-"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-msgstr ""
-
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
@@ -199,20 +191,20 @@
"তৈরী করা হবে?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "ডাইরেক্টরি: "
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "ওয়াইল্ড কার্ড ব্যবহার করো"
# this is a heading
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "অপশনসমূহ"
@@ -220,14 +212,14 @@
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -235,25 +227,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -261,59 +253,59 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS সার্ভার"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&সফ্টওয়্যার"
# ইনস্টল
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "ইনস্টল করো না"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "সক্রিয় হয়েছে"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "সক্রিয় হয়েছে"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "নিরাপত্তা (&S)"
# heading text
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "মাউস কনফিগারেশন"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -321,87 +313,82 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
+#. Help, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
-msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "&ডিরেক্টরি"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&সম্পাদন"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "মুছো ফেলো (&ম)"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
#, fuzzy
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "ওয়াইল্ড কার্ড ব্যবহার করো"
# this is a heading
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
msgid "Options"
msgstr "অপশনসমূহ"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "গঠন হোস্ট:"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "সম্পাদন করো (&স)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "মুছে ফেলো (&ম)"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "ডাইরেক্টরি: "
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -410,96 +397,93 @@
# Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "সিস্টেম কনফিগারেশন লিখা হচ্ছে"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
# progress caption
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "রান লেভেল সম্পাদক চালানো হচ্ছে। অপেক্ষা করুন।"
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "'%1' তে সেটিংসমূহ লেখা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Could not dial to the Internet. Check your settings."
-msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-msgstr "ইন্টারনেটে ডায়াল করতে পারে নি। আপনার সেটিংগুলি যাচাই করুন।"
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgstr "'%1' তে সেটিংসমূহ লেখা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।"
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-msgstr "'%1' তে সেটিংসমূহ লেখা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।"
-
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr "'%1' তে সেটিংসমূহ লেখা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Could not dial to the Internet. Check your settings."
+#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+#~ msgstr "ইন্টারনেটে ডায়াল করতে পারে নি। আপনার সেটিংগুলি যাচাই করুন।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "'%1' তে সেটিংসমূহ লেখা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "'%1' তে সেটিংসমূহ লেখা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।"
+
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "ডিরেটরিগুলি"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/nis.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/nis.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/nis.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/nis_server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/nis_server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/nis_server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
#. To translators: checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100
+#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98
msgid "This host is also a NIS &client"
msgstr ""
@@ -372,23 +372,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-msgid "N&IS domain name:"
+msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
msgstr "ডোমেন নাম"
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NIS Server"
+msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
+msgstr "NIS সার্ভার"
+
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109
msgid "Slave Server Setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/ntp-client.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/ntp-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/ntp-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -45,25 +45,24 @@
msgstr "একটি বৈধ সার্ভার নাম এন্টার করুন."
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "সার্ভার ঠিকানা"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr "পুনরায় শুরু করুন NTP ডিমন"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "NTP ক্লাইন্ট গঠন"
-#. try to line up the widgets horizontally
#. push button label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
#, fuzzy
@@ -77,22 +76,32 @@
msgstr "কনফিগার... (&ক)"
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "ZENworks-র সঙ্গে সমণ্বয়স্থাপন করা হচ্ছে"
+#. update time widgets
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
+msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
+msgstr "LDAP সার্ভারের সাথে সংযোগ স্থাপন করা যায় নি।"
+
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481
-msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+msgid ""
+"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
+"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
+"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. local clock type name
@@ -600,6 +609,9 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>অটোমেটিক্যালি স্টার্ট NTP ডিমন</big></b><br>\n"
"সিস্টেম বুটিং করার সময় NTP ডিমন শুরু করবেন কী না নির্বাচন করুন. শুরু\n"
@@ -607,7 +619,7 @@
"NTP ডিমন শুরু হবার আগে অবশ্যই আপনার নেটওয়ার্ক সংযোগ শুরু হতে হবে.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -619,7 +631,7 @@
"<b>রান NTP ডিমন ইন ক্রুট জেল</b> সেট করুন. ক্রুট জেলে যেকোন ডিমন সেট \n"
"করা বেশি নিরাপদ এবং সুপারিশ করা হয়.</p>"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
@@ -628,7 +640,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -643,7 +655,7 @@
"NTP সার্ভারের বিষয় তথ্য DHCP সার্ভার দেয় কী না.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -658,7 +670,7 @@
"হলে সেটা নির্বাচন করুন এবং <b>ডিলিট</b> ক্লিক করুন.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -668,7 +680,7 @@
"নতুন উইন্ডোতে NTP ডেমন-এর লগগুলি দেখার জন্য, <b>লগ প্রদর্শন করুন</b> বোতাম-এ ক্লিক করুন।</p>"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -679,7 +691,7 @@
"জন্য এই হোস্টটা গঠন করার জন্য <b>কমপ্লেক্স কনফিগারেশ</b> ব্যবহার করুন."
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
@@ -688,7 +700,7 @@
"এই স্ক্রিন লগটি দেখাবে।</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -699,7 +711,7 @@
"<b>ইউনিট নম্বর</b> সেট করতে হবে.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -718,7 +730,7 @@
"নিজের হাতে সৃষ্টি করতে হবে.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
@@ -727,7 +739,7 @@
"ঘড়ি চালক ক্রমাঙ্কন করার জন্য <b>ড্রাইভার</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -740,7 +752,7 @@
"করুন.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -753,7 +765,7 @@
"সার্ভার</b> এবং <b>সরকারি NTP সার্ভার</b>-এর মধ্যে থেকে একটাকে নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -764,7 +776,7 @@
"<b>টেস্ট</b> ক্লিক করুন.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -775,7 +787,7 @@
"নিজের হাতে সমলয় করতে হবে <b>ঠিকানা</b> ব্যবহার করুন.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -786,7 +798,7 @@
"ব্যবহার করুন.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -798,7 +810,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -811,7 +823,7 @@
"<b>অপশনস</b> রচনা ক্ষেত্রে বিকল্পগুলি লিখুন. বিরণের জন্য\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm</i>দেখুন.</p>"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -823,7 +835,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
@@ -832,7 +844,7 @@
"এখানে যে ধরণের সমলয় সঙ্গী যোগ করতে হবে সেটা নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
@@ -841,7 +853,7 @@
"যোগ করতে হলে <b>সার্ভার</b> নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
@@ -850,7 +862,7 @@
"করতে হলে <b>পিয়ার</b> নির্বাচন করুনন.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
@@ -859,7 +871,7 @@
"স্থানীয় ঘড়ি গঠন করার জন্য <b>রেডিও ক্লক নির্বাচন করুন</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
@@ -868,7 +880,7 @@
"<b>আউটগোয়িং ব্রডকাস্ট</b> নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
@@ -877,7 +889,7 @@
"তার সাহায্যে স্থানীয় সময় সেট করার জন্য <b>ইনকামিং ব্রডকাস্ট<b> নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -888,7 +900,7 @@
"NTP সার্ভার তালিকা থেকে NTP সার্ভার নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -903,7 +915,7 @@
"তারপর খুঁজে পাওয়া সার্ভার তালিকা থেকে একটা সার্ভার নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -914,7 +926,7 @@
"দেশের জন্য NTP সার্ভার প্রদর্শন করতে হলে <b>কান্ট্রি</b>তে নির্বাচন করুন.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -935,7 +947,7 @@
"একটা NTP খোঁজার জন্য.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -945,7 +957,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -960,7 +972,7 @@
"গ্রাহকের প্রতি ঘণ্টার বিভিন্ন সার্ভারের সাথে সমলয় হয়.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -973,7 +985,7 @@
"করে. সমস্ত চালকরা সমস্ত বিকল্পগুলি ব্যবহার করে না.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
@@ -1334,121 +1346,124 @@
msgstr "পড়ছি NTP সেটিংগুলি..."
#. progress step
-#. error report
+#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
+#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
+#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
+#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "সেভ করছি NTP ক্লাইন্ট গঠন"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr "লিখুন NTP সেটিংগুলি"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr "পুনরায় শুরু করুন NTP ডিমন"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr "পুনশুরু করছি NTP ডিমন..."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন পড়তে পারে না।"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr "NTP ডিমন রিস্টার্ট করতে পারছি না."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "যখন সিস্টেম শুরু করছি, NTP ডিমন "
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "NTP ডিমন স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে শুরু হয় না."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "সার্ভারস: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "রেডিও ঘড়িগুলি: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "পীয়ারস: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "%1 তে ব্রডকাস্ট টাইম তথ্য"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "%1 থেকে ব্রডকাস্ট তথ্য গ্রহণ করুন"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "ঘড়ি এবং সময় এলাকা কনফিগারেশন"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "সংরূপণ ফাইলগুলি আপডেট করা হচ্ছে..."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "মাউস কনফিগারেশন সারমর্ম।"
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "NTP সার্ভার টেস্ট করছি..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "সার্ভার রিচেবল এবং রেসপন্ডস প্রপার্টি."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "সার্ভার অপৌঁছানোযোগ্য অথবা প্রপার্টি উত্তর দেয় না."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/oneclickinstall.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/oneclickinstall.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/oneclickinstall.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/online-update-configuration.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/online-update-configuration.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/online-update-configuration.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/online-update.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/online-update.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/online-update.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -119,13 +119,20 @@
msgid "Initializing Online Update"
msgstr "অনলাইন আপডেট-এর সূচনা করছে"
-#. yes/no message
-#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209
msgid ""
"No update repository\n"
"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
msgstr ""
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgid "No update repository configured yet."
+msgstr "এখনো কনফিগার করা হয়নি."
+
#. progress window label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49
msgid "Progress Log"
Added: trunk/yast/bn/po/opensuse_mirror.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/opensuse_mirror.bn.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/opensuse_mirror.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# Bengali message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: bn\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr "ডাইরেক্টরি"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "Mirrored"
+msgstr "ত্রুটি"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "হ্যাঁ"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "না"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "&Mirror"
+msgstr "ত্রুটি"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145
+msgid "&Do not Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgid "Select/Deselect &All"
+msgstr "সব নির্বাচন করো (&স)"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -172,6 +172,15 @@
msgid "&Text Mode"
msgstr "অভিজ্ঞ মোড (&E)"
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706
+msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
+msgstr "%1 এর ব্যাকআপ ব্যর্থ হয়েছে। বিস্তারিত তথ্যের জন্য %2 দেখুন"
+
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
msgid "Copy Installation Media"
@@ -536,7 +545,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
@@ -605,7 +614,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
@@ -872,7 +881,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "বিস্তারিত:"
@@ -880,7 +889,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "ঠিক আছে -- আবার চেষ্টা করো (&O)"
@@ -1295,7 +1304,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "পরীক্ষা শুরু (&S)"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "বের করো (&E)"
@@ -1566,7 +1575,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1602,75 +1611,75 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "লগ পড়ার সময় ত্রুটি হয়েছে।"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজটি মাধ্যমে পাওয়া যায়নি।"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত প্রডাক্ট CD ঢোকান"
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, ডিরেক্টরি: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত তথ্য"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "অ্যড-অন প্রোডাক্টস"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত প্রডাক্ট CD ঢোকান"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "প্রথম ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়ামটি দিন."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "'%1' তে সেটিংসমূহ লেখা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
@@ -1678,8 +1687,8 @@
# check out
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "অজানা প্রসেসর"
@@ -1737,7 +1746,7 @@
msgstr "ইনস্টল বাতিল করা হয়েছে."
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Medium: %1"
msgid "Medium %1"
@@ -1747,13 +1756,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
msgid "Done."
msgstr "হয়েছে."
@@ -1761,7 +1770,7 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
@@ -1770,7 +1779,7 @@
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Next: %1"
@@ -1779,7 +1788,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
msgid "Total"
msgstr "মোট"
@@ -1788,12 +1797,12 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে %1 (%2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1802,118 +1811,118 @@
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Package"
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে: %1"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে: %1"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "%1 মুছে ফেলছি"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "ইনস্টল করা হয় নি (%1 -> %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "ডেল্টা RPM: প্রয়োগ করা হচ্ছে %1"
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "যাইহোক, আপনি একটি ৩২-বিট ডিস্ট্রিবিউশন ইনস্টল করার চেষ্টা করছেন."
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML ইনস্টলেশনের প্রস্তাব</B></P>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "পণ্য: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "সিস্টেম: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "প্যাটার্নগুলি"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "ইনস্টল করা হবে এমন সব প্যাকেজের সাইজ: %1 "
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "রিলিজ নোটের ডাউনলোড করুন"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n"
@@ -1924,28 +1933,75 @@
"যে কোন উপায়ে চালিয়ে যান?\n"
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "ডিস্কে যথেষ্ট শূণ্যস্থান নেই৷"
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "ডিস্কে যথেষ্ট জায়গা নেই. কিছু প্যাকেজ বাদ দিন."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "পার্টিশন %3 তে মাত্র %1(%2%%)শূণ্যস্থান আছে৷<BR>"
+#. newly installed products
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
+msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
+msgstr "প্যাকেজ %1 স্থাপন হবে."
+
+#. product update: %s is a product name
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
+msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজ হালনাগাদ করা হবে"
+
+#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708
+msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
+msgstr "প্যাকেজ %1 স্থাপন হবে."
+
+#. Removing another product might be an issue
+#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725
+msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
+#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "'%1'-তে কোন সোর্স পাওয়া যায়নি।"
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
@@ -1963,35 +2019,35 @@
"প্রকাশনার তথ্য ডাউনলোড করতে পারেন।</b>"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "খারাপ মাধ্যম উপেক্ষা করছে"
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলোর ইনস্টলেশন ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "ফন্টসমূহ আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
"প্রবেশ করাও\n"
"'%1'"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 পাওয়া যায়নি"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -2000,19 +2056,19 @@
"বিস্তারিত তথ্যের জন্য %1 লগ ফাইল দেখুন."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ নির্বাচন পরীক্ষা করা হচ্ছে..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2021,42 +2077,44 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param string filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "ফাইল %1 খুলতে পারছি না"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "ভাষা (&L)"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
-msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+#. check box label
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "হ্যাঁ, আমি লাইসেন্স চুক্তি গ্রহন করলাম"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree"
-msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
-msgstr "না, আমি সম্মত নই"
+#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
+"%{license_url}"
+msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -2066,34 +2124,34 @@
"একটি অপশন বেছে নিন। আপনি যদি লাইসেন্স চুক্তিতে সম্মত না হন,\n"
"তবে কনফিগারেশন বাতিল করা হবে।</p>\n"
+#. dialog title
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "লাইসেন্স চুক্তি"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "সত্যিই ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান করতে চান?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "সিস্টেম বন্ধ করা হচ্ছে..."
@@ -2183,77 +2241,82 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34
+msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr "নির্দিষ্ট করুন &URL..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr "FTP... (&F)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr "HTTP... (&H)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr "HTTP... (&H)"
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719
msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgstr "SMB/CIFS (&S)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
msgid "&NFS..."
msgstr "NFS... (&N)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr "সিডি... (&C)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr "ডিভিডি... (&D)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক (&H)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "স্থানীয় ডিরেক্টরি... (&L)"
# label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
# ComboBox entry: hardware clock set to local time
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "স্থানীয় সময়"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "বর্ণনা নেই"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2262,7 +2325,7 @@
"আছে, তাহলে নির্ধারণ করুন, <b>ISO ইমেজ</b>৷</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
@@ -2272,53 +2335,53 @@
"সেটের প্রথম মিডিয়ার স্থান নির্ধারণ করুন৷</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "সার্ভারের নাম (&S)"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "ডিরেক্টরি বা ISO ই মেজের পথ"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "ISO ই মেজ"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "প্রোটোকল"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "মাউন্ট অপশনসমূহ"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " (default)"
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(ডিফল্ট)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "বিকল্পটির নাম"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "প্রোটকল (&r)"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "বিকল্পটির নাম"
@@ -2326,42 +2389,42 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "এবং প্রোফাইল ভাণ্ডার:"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS সার্ভার"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "&CD বা DVD ড্রাইভ (&C)"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "স্থানীয় ডিরেক্টরি"
# label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
# ComboBox entry: hardware clock set to local time
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "স্থানীয় সময়"
@@ -2371,26 +2434,26 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "সার্ভার ও ডিরেক্টরি"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "শেয়ার পাথ খালি থাকতে পারে না"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "এবং প্রোফাইল ভাণ্ডার:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2401,13 +2464,13 @@
"কিংবা যে ফাইলে ইন্সটলেশন মিডিয়ার ISO ইমেজ আছেতা নির্দিষ্ট করে দিন৷</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "সার্ভিসের নাম"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2418,17 +2481,17 @@
"কিংবা যে ফাইলে ইন্সটলেশন মিডিয়ার ISO ইমেজ আছেতা নির্দিষ্ট করে দিন৷</p>"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL খালি থাকতে পারে না."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL (&U)"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2441,16 +2504,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2461,7 +2524,7 @@
"সার্ভারেঃ NFS সার্ভার হোস্ট নেম ও পথ নির্দেশ দিতে \n"
"<b>সার্ভারের নাম</b> এবং <b>Path to Directory বা ISO ইমেজ</b>ব্যবহার করুন৷<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2470,16 +2533,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "CD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2488,12 +2551,12 @@
"মিডিয়ার প্রকার নির্ধারণ করতে<b>CD-ROM</b> বা <b>DVD-ROM</b>নির্দিষ্ট করে দিন৷</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO ই মেজ ফাইল"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2501,7 +2564,7 @@
msgstr "নির্ধারিত ফাইলটি নেই।"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2509,7 +2572,7 @@
msgstr "নির্ধারিত ফাইলটি নেই।"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2517,18 +2580,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "ডিরেক্টরি বা ISO ই মেজের পথ"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "স্থানীয় ডিরেক্টরি"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2543,23 +2606,23 @@
# ডিভাইস
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "ব্যাপক সংরক্ষণ ডিভাইস"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "সিস্টেম"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "ডাইরেক্টরি"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2576,7 +2639,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2584,12 +2647,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "ফ্লপি ডিস্ক ডিভাইস (&F)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2605,13 +2668,13 @@
"যে ডায়রেক্টরিতে RPM প্যাকেজ আছে তার পথনির্দেশ দিন৷</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "স্থানীয় ডিরেক্টরি"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2623,73 +2686,73 @@
"যে ডায়রেক্টরিতে RPM প্যাকেজ আছে তার পথনির্দেশ দিন৷</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "সার্ভারের নাম (&N)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "পোর্ট (&প)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "শেয়ার (&S)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "ISO ই মেজ"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "সার্ভারে ডিরেক্টরি (&D)"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "পরিচয় প্রমাণ প্রক্রিয়া (&t)"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "অজ্ঞাতনামা (&A)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "ওয়ার্কগ্রুপ বা ডোমেইন"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর নাম (&U)"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড (&P)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "FTP (&F)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "HTTP (&T)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTTP (&T)"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2715,7 +2778,7 @@
"তাহলে <b>ISO ইমেজ</b>নির্দিষ্ট করুন৷</p>"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2724,12 +2787,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949
-msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957
+msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2741,7 +2804,7 @@
"থেকে ইনস্টল করা যাবে.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2752,7 +2815,7 @@
"&product; সিডি সেট বা ডিভিডি যোগাড় করুন.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2777,7 +2840,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2796,28 +2859,28 @@
"যেমন/data1/CD1, তা নির্দিষ্ট করুন৷</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the media type."
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "মিডিয়ার প্রকার বেছে নিন৷"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত প্রডাক্ট CD ঢোকান"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "অতিরিক্ত প্রডাক্ট DVD ঢোকান"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "কোন হার্ডডিস্ক পাওয়া যায় নি"
#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2827,11 +2890,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "মিডিয়া"
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgid "Add On Product"
+msgstr "অ্যড-অন প্রোডাক্টস"
+
# progress stage title
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
@@ -2939,7 +3008,9 @@
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "মনিটর সংরূপণ করুন"
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680
+#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
+#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr "এবং ড্রাইভ করে বার করে দেবে"
@@ -3019,12 +3090,12 @@
"নির্বাচিত উত্স এ URL নেই৷"
#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
msgstr "%1 সেবার তথ্য সংগ্রহ হচ্ছে..."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n"
@@ -3036,7 +3107,7 @@
"যার জন্য সম্ভবত নেটওয়ার্ক স্ক্যানে বাধা পড়েছে৷"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের সোর্স"
@@ -3066,7 +3137,15 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "অনুগ্রহ করে নির্বাচিত প্যাকেজ থেকে কিছু বাদ দিন."
+#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+#~ msgstr "হ্যাঁ, আমি লাইসেন্স চুক্তি গ্রহন করলাম"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree"
+#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
+#~ msgstr "না, আমি সম্মত নই"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>All registered repositories are shown here.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -4316,9 +4395,6 @@
#~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System"
#~ msgstr "ন্যূনতম গ্রাফিকাল সিস্টেম"
-#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
-#~ msgstr "%1 এর ব্যাকআপ ব্যর্থ হয়েছে। বিস্তারিত তথ্যের জন্য %2 দেখুন"
-
#~ msgid "Registered Catalogs"
#~ msgstr "রেজিস্টার্ড ক্যাটালগ"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/pam.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/pam.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/pam.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/pkg-bindings.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/pkg-bindings.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/pkg-bindings.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাটাবেস পড়া হচ্ছে..."
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
msgstr "টার্গেট সিস্টেম প্রারম্ভ হচ্ছে"
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
msgstr "ইনস্টলকৃত প্যাচসমূহ (&P)"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/printer.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/printer.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/printer.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/product-creator.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/product-creator.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/product-creator.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/proxy.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/proxy.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/proxy.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/qt-pkg.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/qt-pkg.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/qt-pkg.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager.bn\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-26 11:08+0600\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -41,48 +41,48 @@
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "ফাইলগুলি পুনঃস্থাপন করছে"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "খোঁজো (&S)"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr "মূলশব্দ"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের সারসংক্ষেপ (&I)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr "বর্ণনা (&e)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "প্রযুক্তিগত তথ্য (&T)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "নির্ভরতা"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "সংস্করণ (&V)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
msgid "File List"
msgstr "ফাইলের তালিকা (&F)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "পরিবর্তিত"
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
@@ -92,194 +92,194 @@
msgstr "বাতিল (&C)"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "গ্রহন করো (&A)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
msgid "&File"
msgstr "ফাইল (&F)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr "ইমপোর্ট... (&I)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr "এক্সপোর্ট... (&E)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr "প্রস্থান -- পরিবর্তনগুলো বাতিল করো (&x)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr "বের হও -- পরিবর্তনগুলো সংরক্ষন করো (&Q)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
msgid "&Package"
msgstr "প্যাকেজ (&P)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "প্যাকেজসমূহ"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধন করো যদি নতুন সংস্করণ থাকে"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "কোন শর্ত ছাড়াই পরিবর্ধন করো"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "পাথ (&P):"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "গঠন"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "ফাইলগুলি পুনঃস্থাপন করছে"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "অলাইন আপডেট"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "নির্ভরতা (&D)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr "যাচাই করুন"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr "স্বয়ংক্রীয় পরীক্ষা (&u)"
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "অপশনসমূহ (&অ)"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr "ব্যর্থ প্যাকেজসমূহের তালিকা দেখাও (&S)"
# ইনস্টল প্যাকেজ
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr "সব অনুরূপ -debuginfo প্যাকেজসমূহ ইনস্টল করো (&b)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "&প্রমাণীকরণ মোড"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selecting packages..."
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr "প্যাকেজগুলি নির্বাচন করছে..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Extras"
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr "বাড়তি (&E)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "পণ্য"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "স্বয়ংক্রীয় প্যাকেজ পরিবর্তনগুলো দেখাও (&A)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show &details"
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "বিস্তারিত দেখাও (&d)"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr "সব অনুরূপ -devel প্যাকেজসমূহ ইনস্টল করো (&d)"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr "সব অনুরূপ -debuginfo প্যাকেজসমূহ ইনস্টল করো (&b)"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr "সব অনুরূপ -debuginfo প্যাকেজসমূহ ইনস্টল করো (&b)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr "ডিপেন্ডেন্সি রিসলভার এবং টেস্ট কেস সৃষ্টি করুন"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "সাহায্য (&H)"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "বর্ননা (&O)"
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr "প্রতীক (&S)"
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr "কী (&K)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "সব প্যাকেজ নির্ভরতা ঠিক আছে."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "প্যাচসমূহ:"
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "প্যাকেজ তালিকা সংরক্ষন করো"
@@ -287,56 +287,56 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "ত্রুটি"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr "%1 এ প্যাকেজ তালিকা লিখতে ত্রুটি"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "প্যাকেজের তালিকা লোড করো"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr "%1 থেকে প্যাকেজের তালিকা লোড করতে সমস্যা"
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজ হালনাগাদ করা হবে"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "চালিয়ে যাও (&o)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "বাতিল (&C)"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr "সংযোজিত সাবপ্যাকেজসমুহ"
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/qt.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/qt.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/qt.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager.bn\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-26 11:08+0600\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr "সেকশন টাইপ"
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:640
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
"মাউসের বাম ও ডানদিকের বোতামগুলি পালটাপালটি করতে চান?"
#. Popup dialog caption
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:653
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
msgstr "অপ্রত্যাশিত ক্লিক"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/rdp.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/rdp.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/rdp.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/rear.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/rear.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/rear.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/registration.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/registration.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/registration.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -13,50 +13,98 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37
msgid ""
-"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n"
-"to use the default SUSE registration server."
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+#. %s is the default SCC URL
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "নভেল কাস্টমার সেন্টার সংরূপণ"
+
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52
+#. popup message
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised
-#. register the system
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164
+#. nil = use the default URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549
+#. register the base product
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text
+#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
+#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating boot options..."
+msgid "Updating to %s ..."
+msgstr "বুট বিকল্পগুলি আপডেট করছে ..."
+
+#. display the registration update dialog
+#. dialog title
+#. dialog title
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration"
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "কনফিগারেশন নাম অনুপস্থিত।"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট গেটওয়ে অবৈধ."
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
@@ -64,54 +112,57 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
-msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
msgid "Network Configuration..."
msgstr "নভেল কাস্টমার সেন্টার সংরূপণ"
-#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373
-msgid "&Email"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Address"
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "ইমেল এড্রেস"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-#. TODO: improve the help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products."
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration"
-msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-
#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377
msgid ""
"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -119,58 +170,27 @@
"on-line updates during installation?"
msgstr ""
-#. use two column layout if needed
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317
+#. cache the available addons
+#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Details..."
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "&বিস্তারিত..."
+msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %s are product names
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
-"dependencies:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons."
-msgstr ""
-
#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411
-msgid "Extension Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. cache the available addons
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485
-msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595
-msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -182,308 +202,413 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Register New User"
msgid "Register Again"
msgstr "নতুন ব্যবহারকারী রেজিস্টার করুন"
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
msgid "Select Extensions"
msgstr ""
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>আপনার সিস্টেম ব্যবহারের জন্য প্রস্তুত.</p>"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
-#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:42
-msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194
-msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
-#. register the base product
-#. register addons
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registering Product..."
-msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-msgstr[0] "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-msgstr[1] "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "মেরামত করা সফল হয়েছে."
-#. ---------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238
-msgid "Add-on &Name"
+#. remove possible duplicates
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243
+msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267
-msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
+#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
+#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
+#. but better than aborting the installation...
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration Code"
-msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
+msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "SMT শংসাপত্র ফাইল ডাউনলোড করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
-#. TODO FIXME: add a help text
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
-msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "সার্ভার সার্টিফিকেট"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349
+#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
+#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "পণ্য নথিবদ্ধকরণ"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
-"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>পণ্য নথিবদ্ধকরণ আপনার পণ্যটিকে নভেলের তথ্যভান্ডারে অন্তর্ভুক্ত করে, যার ফলে আপনি অনলাইন আপডেট এবং প্রযুক্তিগত সহায়তা পেতে সক্ষম হন। স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে স্থাপনের সময়ে নথিভুক্তির জন্যে <b>পণ্য নথিবদ্ধকরণ চালান</b> বাছুন। প্রক্রিয়াটির সরলীকরণের জন্যে আপনার সিস্টেম থেকে <b>হার্ডওয়্যার প্রোফাইল</b> এবং <b>ঐচ্ছিক তথ্য</b> দিয়ে আপনার সিস্টেম থেকে তথ্য অন্তর্ভুক্ত করুন।</p>"
+#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation"
+msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "স্বয়ংস্থাপনার সময়ে চালান"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
-"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>আপনার নেটওয়ার্ক একটি কাস্টম SMT সার্ভারকে সুবিন্যস্ত করলে , অনুগ্রহ করে SMT সার্ভার-এর URL এবং SMT শংসাপত্রটির অবস্থান <b>SMT সার্ভার সেটিংসমূহ</b>-এ নির্দিষ্ট করুন। অনুগ্রহ করে আপনার SMT দেখুন। "
+#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation"
+msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "স্বয়ংস্থাপনার সময়ে চালাবেন না"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register the Product"
-msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+#| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
+msgid "Registration Settings"
+msgstr "ব্যবহারের জন্যে নথিবদ্ধকরণ ডেটা"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379
-msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Address"
+msgid "E-mail Address: %s"
+msgstr "ইমেল এড্রেস"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Server Settings"
-msgstr "সার্ভার সেটিং"
+#| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
+msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
+msgstr "কনফিগারেশন নাম অনুপস্থিত।"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources"
+msgid "Install Available Updates"
+msgstr "সব সোর্স ইনস্টল করো (&I)"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration Server"
msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396
-msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server URL: "
+msgid "Server URL: %s"
+msgstr "সার্ভার URL: "
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Optional Server Certificate"
+#| msgid "Discovery"
+msgid "Use SLP discovery"
+msgstr "ডিস্কভারি"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Server Certificate"
+msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
msgstr "সার্ভার সার্টিফিকেট"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s"
+msgstr "সার্টিফিকেট"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478
-msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Prepare Connection"
+msgid "Secure Connection Error"
+msgstr "কানেকশন প্রস্তুত করুন"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
+msgid "Details:"
+msgstr "বিস্তারিত:"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Choose Certificate File"
+msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
+msgstr "সার্টিফিকেট ফাইল বাছুন"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+msgid "Organization (O): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+msgid "Issued By"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Validity"
+msgstr "অবৈধ বিকল্প: %1"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
+msgid "Issued On: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The source is not valid."
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
+msgstr "উত্স বৈধ নয়৷"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error: %1:"
+msgid "Expires On: "
+msgstr "ত্রুটিঃ %1:"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial Number"
+msgid "Serial Number: "
+msgstr "ক্রমিক সংখ্যা"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "ফিংগারপ্রিন্ট: %1"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "ফিংগারপ্রিন্ট: %1"
+
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
-msgid ""
-"The email address is not known or\n"
-"the registration code is not valid."
+msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "গন্তব্যস্থান অবৈধ."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
+"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
+"might take very long time.\n"
+"\n"
+"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n"
+"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n"
+"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n"
+"the upgrade again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. add the hint to the error details
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration failed."
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "ব্যবহারের জন্যে নথিবদ্ধকরণ ডেটা"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
-
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
+msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "&বিস্তারিত..."
-#. label follwed by a certificate description
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Certificate:"
-msgstr "সার্টিফিকেট"
+#. progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209
+msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151
-msgid "Issued To"
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210
+msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154
-msgid "Issued By"
+#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
+#. the original error message from openSSL
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228
+msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34
#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "ফিংগারপ্রিন্ট: %1"
+#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
+msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
+msgstr "রুটিং গঠন লিখছি..."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159
+#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze
+#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM!
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8
#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "ফিংগারপ্রিন্ট: %1"
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
+msgid "SSL Certificate"
+msgstr " SMT শংসাপত্র"
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176
-msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10
+msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
-msgid "Organization (O): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180
-msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194
-msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
-msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. return the boot command line parameter
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
+#. indent size used in summary text
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Checking..."
-msgid "Searching..."
-msgstr "পরীক্ষা করছে..."
+msgid "Certificate:"
+msgstr "সার্টিফিকেট"
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
-msgstr "নথিবদ্ধকরণ ডেটার 1টি আইটেম"
-
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "অজানা মোড"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন নিশ্চিতকরণ"
#. # error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "লাইসেন্স চুক্তি"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
-#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the
-#. not accepted extension
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65
+#. ask user to accept an addon EULA
+#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon
+#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid ""
@@ -492,63 +617,322 @@
"failed."
msgstr "SMT শংসাপত্র ফাইল ডাউনলোড করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93
-msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95
-msgid "%s License Agreement"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
+msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the registration data."
+msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
+msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
+msgstr[0] "নিবন্ধীকরণ ডেটা প্রবিষ্ট করুন।"
+msgstr[1] "নিবন্ধীকরণ ডেটা প্রবিষ্ট করুন।"
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (3/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "&বিস্তারিত..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "নেই"
+
+#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device Identifier"
+msgid "Identifier"
+msgstr "ডিভাইস চিহ্নিতকারক"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr "ভার্সন "
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "স্থাপত্য"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rule Type"
+msgid "Release Type"
+msgstr "নিয়মের ধরন"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration Code"
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disable download on a non-registered system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
+msgstr "'%1' সত্যিই মুছে ফেলবো?"
+
+#. replace the content
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Vendor Identifier"
+msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
+msgstr "বিক্রেতা চিহ্নিতকারক"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Version"
+msgstr "&ভার্সান"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Architecture"
+msgid "&Architecture"
+msgstr "স্থাপত্য"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rule Type"
+msgid "&Release Type"
+msgstr "নিয়মের ধরন"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>পণ্য নথিবদ্ধকরণ আপনার পণ্যটিকে নভেলের তথ্যভান্ডারে অন্তর্ভুক্ত করে, যার ফলে আপনি অনলাইন আপডেট এবং প্রযুক্তিগত সহায়তা পেতে সক্ষম হন। স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে স্থাপনের সময়ে নথিভুক্তির জন্যে <b>পণ্য নথিবদ্ধকরণ চালান</b> বাছুন। প্রক্রিয়াটির সরলীকরণের জন্যে আপনার সিস্টেম থেকে <b>হার্ডওয়্যার প্রোফাইল</b> এবং <b>ঐচ্ছিক তথ্য</b> দিয়ে আপনার সিস্টেম থেকে তথ্য অন্তর্ভুক্ত করুন।</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>আপনার নেটওয়ার্ক একটি কাস্টম SMT সার্ভারকে সুবিন্যস্ত করলে , অনুগ্রহ করে SMT সার্ভার-এর URL এবং SMT শংসাপত্রটির অবস্থান <b>SMT সার্ভার সেটিংসমূহ</b>-এ নির্দিষ্ট করুন। অনুগ্রহ করে আপনার SMT দেখুন। "
+
+#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Register the Product"
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Server Settings"
+msgstr "সার্ভার সেটিং"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
+msgstr "সার্ভার সার্টিফিকেট"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "সার্ভার সার্টিফিকেট"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "none"
+msgstr "কিছুই নয়"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificate File to Import"
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "ইম্পোর্ট করতে সার্টিফিকেট ফাইল"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificate Overview"
+msgid "Certificate has expired"
+msgstr "সার্টিফিকেট দর্শনের ওপর"
+
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr "সার্ভার সার্টিফিকেট"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials"
-#~ msgstr "নভেল কাস্টমার সেন্টার সংরূপণ"
+#| msgid "Invalid time"
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "অবৈধ সময়"
+#. input field label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#. return the boot command line parameter
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking..."
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "পরীক্ষা করছে..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
+msgstr "নথিবদ্ধকরণ ডেটার 1টি আইটেম"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Registering Product..."
+#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
+#~ msgstr[0] "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+#~ msgstr[1] "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+#~ msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+#~ msgstr "রেজিস্ট্রেশন কোড"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration"
#~ msgstr "নভেল কাস্টমার সেন্টার সংরূপণ"
@@ -600,11 +984,6 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Profile"
#~ msgstr "হার্ডওয়্যার প্রোফাইল"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
-#~ msgid "Registration Status"
-#~ msgstr "ব্যবহারের জন্যে নথিবদ্ধকরণ ডেটা"
-
#~ msgid "Optional Information"
#~ msgstr "ঐচ্ছিক তথ্য"
@@ -929,11 +1308,6 @@
#~ msgstr "মেরামত করা সফল হয়েছে."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
-#~ msgid "Registration code is missing."
-#~ msgstr "কনফিগারেশন নাম অনুপস্থিত।"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
#~ msgid "Registration Status at: <b>%1</b>"
#~ msgstr "ব্যবহারের জন্যে নথিবদ্ধকরণ ডেটা"
@@ -950,11 +1324,6 @@
#~ msgstr "বার্তা:"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Error: %1:"
-#~ msgid "Expiry: %1"
-#~ msgstr "ত্রুটিঃ %1:"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
#~ msgid "Registration status is not available."
#~ msgstr "ব্যবহারের জন্যে নথিবদ্ধকরণ ডেটা"
@@ -1013,12 +1382,6 @@
#~ msgid "unknown status"
#~ msgstr "অজানা প্রক্রিয়া"
-#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "স্বয়ংস্থাপনার সময়ে চালান"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "স্বয়ংস্থাপনার সময়ে চালাবেন না"
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "%1 item of registration data"
#~ msgstr "নথিবদ্ধকরণ ডেটার %1 গুলি আইটেম"
@@ -1036,10 +1399,6 @@
#~ msgid "SMT Server: %1"
#~ msgstr "সার্ভিস %1"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1"
-#~ msgstr "সার্টিফিকেট"
-
#~ msgid "&Key"
#~ msgstr "&কি"
@@ -1117,10 +1476,6 @@
#~ msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated."
-#~ msgstr "ডিফল্ট গেটওয়ে অবৈধ."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module."
#~ msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ"
@@ -1274,10 +1629,6 @@
#~ msgid "Valid from: "
#~ msgstr "যে সময় থেকে বৈধ:"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Valid to: "
-#~ msgstr "অবৈধ বিকল্প: %1"
-
#~ msgid "Trust"
#~ msgstr " বিশ্বাস করুন"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/reipl.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/reipl.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/reipl.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
# for s390:
# Message that will be displayed along with information
# how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&নাম"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175
#, fuzzy
@@ -286,35 +286,35 @@
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
msgstr "গঠিত ফাইলসমূহ:"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
msgstr "সরঞ্জাাম কনফিগার করা হয়নি"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
msgstr "এই স্ক্যানারটি সমর্থিত নয়."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
msgstr "সরঞ্জাাম কনফিগার করা হয়নি"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
msgstr "এই স্ক্যানারটি সমর্থিত নয়."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/relocation-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/relocation-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/relocation-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/s390.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/s390.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/s390.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "&Deselect All"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&সব সিল্কেক্ট করবেন না"
#. error popup
#. error popup
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-client.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-client.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -204,6 +204,19 @@
msgid "M&aximum"
msgstr "সর্বাধিক"
+#. require_groups
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Allowed Services"
+msgid "Allowed Group(s)"
+msgstr "সার্ভিস অনুমোদিত"
+
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Group Name"
+msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)"
+msgstr "দলের &নাম"
+
#. combobox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
#, fuzzy
@@ -904,59 +917,62 @@
msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "শেষ"
#. progress stage label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673
msgid "Install required packages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "শুধুমাত্র ইনস্টলকৃত প্যাকেজগুলো আপডেট করো"
#. progress step label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675
msgid "Installing required packages..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলি স্থাপন করছি..."
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
msgid "PAM Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PAM লগিং"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "কারবারোস ব্যবহার করুন"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "কারবারোস ব্যবহার করবেন না"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Default Realm"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট রিম"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
msgid "Default Domain"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট ডোমেন"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KDC সার্ভার ঠিকানা"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
msgid "Clock Skew"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ক্লক স্কিউ"
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<b>KDC সার্ভার</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
@@ -968,7 +984,7 @@
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<b>ডিফল্ট রিয়েলম</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
@@ -978,12 +994,14 @@
msgstr "অফলাইন বিশ্বাসযোগ্যতা প্রমাণ সক্ষম করা আছে"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "হ্যাঁ"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
msgid "No"
msgstr "না"
@@ -998,6 +1016,8 @@
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
+"ক্লক স্কিউ অবৈধ.\n"
+"আবার চেষ্টা করুন.\n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
@@ -1005,71 +1025,151 @@
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
+"লাইফটাইম অবৈধ.\n"
+"আবার চেষ্টা করুন."
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
-msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
-msgstr ""
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "সাম্বা ক্লায়েন্ট সংরূপণ চালু করছে"
-#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "সাম্বা ক্লায়েন্ট সংরূপণ চালু করছে"
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
+msgstr "গ্লোবাল সাম্বা সেটিং পড়ুন"
-#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
-#~ msgstr "গ্লোবাল সাম্বা সেটিং পড়ুন"
+#. translators: progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+msgid "Read the winbind status"
+msgstr "winbind এর অবস্থা পড়ুন"
-#~ msgid "Read the winbind status"
-#~ msgstr "winbind এর অবস্থা পড়ুন"
+#. translators: progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
+msgstr "গ্লোবাল সাম্বা সেটিংগুলি পড়ছে..."
-#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
-#~ msgstr "গ্লোবাল সাম্বা সেটিংগুলি পড়ছে..."
+#. translators: progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
+msgstr "উইনবাইন্ড অবস্থা পড়ছে..."
-#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
-#~ msgstr "উইনবাইন্ড অবস্থা পড়ছে..."
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "সাম্বা ক্লায়েন্ট সংরূপণ সংরক্ষণ করছে"
-#~ msgid "Disable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "সাম্বা পরিষেবাগুলি অক্ষম করুন"
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
-#~ msgid "Enable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "সাম্বা পরিষেবাগুলি সক্ষম করুন"
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+msgid "Disable Samba services"
+msgstr "সাম্বা পরিষেবাগুলি অক্ষম করুন"
-#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "সাম্বা পরিষেবাগুলি অক্ষম করছে..."
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+msgid "Enable Samba services"
+msgstr "সাম্বা পরিষেবাগুলি সক্ষম করুন"
-#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "সাম্বা পরিষেবাগুলি সক্ষম করছে..."
+# Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
-#~ msgstr "সেটিংগুলি %1এ লিখতে পারে না।"
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "সাম্বা পরিষেবাগুলি অক্ষম করছে..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "winbind পরিষেবা শুরু করতে পারে না।"
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "সাম্বা পরিষেবাগুলি সক্ষম করছে..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "winbind ডেমন শুরু করতে পারে না।"
+#. write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
+msgstr "কারবারোস কনফিগারেশনগুলি লিখুন"
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "winbind পরিষেবা থামাতে পারে না।"
+#. write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
+msgstr "কারবারোস কনফিগারেশনগুলি লিখছে..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "winbind ডেমন থামাতে পারে না।"
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
+msgstr "সেটিংগুলি %1এ লিখতে পারে না।"
-#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
-#~ msgstr "PAM সেটিংগুলি লিখতে পারবে না।"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgstr "winbind পরিষেবা শুরু করতে পারে না।"
-#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "গ্লোবাল সংরূপণ"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
+msgstr "winbind ডেমন শুরু করতে পারে না।"
-#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
-#~ msgstr "ডোমেন বা ওয়ার্কগ্রুপ: %1"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
+msgstr "winbind পরিষেবা থামাতে পারে না।"
-#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-#~ msgstr "এই যন্ত্রের হোম ডিরেক্টরিগুলি"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
+msgstr "winbind ডেমন থামাতে পারে না।"
-#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
-#~ msgstr "শেয়ারের সর্বাধিম সংখ্যা: %1"
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
+msgstr "PAM সেটিংগুলি লিখতে পারবে না।"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>SMB দ্বারা সত্যতা যাচাই</b>: %1</p>"
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "গ্লোবাল সংরূপণ"
+#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
+msgstr "ডোমেন বা ওয়ার্কগ্রুপ: %1"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "এই যন্ত্রের হোম ডিরেক্টরিগুলি"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
+msgstr "অফলাইন বিশ্বাসযোগ্যতা প্রমাণ সক্ষম করা আছে"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
+msgstr "শেয়ারের সর্বাধিম সংখ্যা: %1"
+
+#. summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ওয়ার্কগ্রুপ বা ডোমেন</b>: %1</p>"
+
+#. summary item: authentication using winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SMB দ্বারা সত্যতা যাচাই</b>: %1</p>"
+
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
+msgstr ""
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&UNC Path"
#~ msgstr "YOU প্যাচসমুহ (Y)"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-users.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-users.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/samba-users.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/scanner.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/scanner.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/scanner.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/security.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/security.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/security.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/services-manager.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/services-manager.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/services-manager.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,14 +16,222 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট সিস্টেম সেটিংসগুলি পড়ছি..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট আইএনআইটিআরডি পথ"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট আইএনআইটিআরডি পথ"
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the default system settings"
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট সিস্টেম সেটিংসগুলি পড়ুন"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট সিস্টেম সেটিংসগুলি পড়ছি..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Shares"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "উপলব্ধ শেয়ারগুলি"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়াম থেকে %s প্যাকেজটি আনা হচ্ছে"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়াম থেকে %s প্যাকেজটি আনা হচ্ছে"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "গঠন লিখছি..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "সিস্টেম কনফিগারেশন লেখা হচ্ছে"
+
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "পরিষেবা"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "সমর্থিত"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "সক্রিয়"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "বর্ণনা"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "&স্টার্ট"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr " Kdump সক্ষম /অক্ষম করুন"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "&বিস্তারিত দেখাও"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Security Manager"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "নিরাপত্তা"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "সাম্বা পরিষেবা সেটিংগুলি পড়া হচ্ছে..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "নিষ্ক্রিয়"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active"
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr "সক্রিয়"
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সার্ভিস সমুহ"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116
msgid ""
@@ -61,3 +269,83 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Image"
+msgid "Default Target"
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট ছবি"
+
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "এখনো কনফিগার করা হয়নি."
+
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state
+#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not add interface."
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr "ইন্টারফেস যুক্ত করতে পারে নি।"
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Graphical Menu File"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "লেখচিত্রমূলক মেনু ফাইল"
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Text Mode"
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr "পাঠ্যাংশ মোড"
+
+#. Systemd targets
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall Interfaces"
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল ইন্টারফেস"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "নির্বাচন মোড"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Switch Mode"
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr "& সুইচ মোড"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Image"
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr "ডিফল্ট ছবি"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Other System"
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr "সিস্টেম উদ্ধার করুন"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় DMA মোড"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/slp-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/slp-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/slp-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/snapper.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/snapper.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/snapper.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "বর্ণনা"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Map"
msgid "User data"
@@ -40,45 +40,45 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "ক্লিনআপ স্ক্রিপ্ট"
#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "(%1)"
msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "(%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "USB port (%1)"
msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "USB পোর্ট (%1)"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New Partition"
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "নতুন বিভাজন সৃষ্টি করুন"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -86,243 +86,243 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "প্রী"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "'%1' সত্যিই মুছে ফেলবো?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "সিঙ্গাপুর"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "ইউজারের লিস্ট পড়ছি..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "বর্তমান কনফিগারেশন ক্লি&য়ার করুন"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "ধরন"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধন আরম্ভ করো (&U)"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধন বাতিল করো"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Us&er Data"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর তথ্য"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "কোন পরিবর্তন হয়নি"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Modify"
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "&রূপান্তর"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected IDE device"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "IDE ডিভাইস নির্বাচিন করুন"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "পরবর্তী %1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "ফাইলে পরিবর্তনগুলি সেভ করছি"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "অসফল যাচাইকরণগুলি গ্রহণ করছে"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File %1 does not exists"
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "ফাইল %1 বিদ্যমান নয়।"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File Contents: %1"
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "ফাইলের বিষয়বস্তু: %1"
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restored Files:"
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "ডাইরেক্টরি ফাইল: "
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore Options"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "রিস্টোর অপশন"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr " নির্বাচন করা হয়েছে"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&ওপেন"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr " নির্বাচন করা হয়েছে"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgid ""
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -345,21 +345,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়াম থেকে %s প্যাকেজটি আনা হচ্ছে"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "ফাইলগুলি পুনঃস্থাপন করছে"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/sound.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/sound.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/sound.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/squid.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/squid.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/squid.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1507,11 +1507,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53
msgid "Afrikaans"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "আফ্রিকানস"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54
msgid "Arabic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "আরবিক"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55
msgid "Armenian"
@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66
msgid "Persian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "পার্সিয়ান"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67
msgid "Finnish"
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71
msgid "Indonesian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ইন্দোনেশিয়া"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72
msgid "Italian"
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75
msgid "Latvian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "লাটিভিয়ান"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76
msgid "Lithuanian"
@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77
msgid "Malay"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "মালাই"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78
msgid "Dutch"
@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90
msgid "Thai"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "থাই"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91
msgid "Turkish"
@@ -1677,11 +1677,11 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93
msgid "Uzbek"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "উজবেকিস্থান"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94
msgid "Vietnamese"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ভিয়েতনামিস"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/sshd.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/sshd.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/sshd.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
#. Table header
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63
msgid "Number"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "নাম্বার"
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63
msgid "Sshd"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
msgstr "কাস্টম পার্টিশন সেটআপ তৈরি করুন"
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
#. this is the resize case
#.
#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
msgstr "গ্লোবাল সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
"পার্টিশানার সংলাপে এই পরিবর্তনগুলি করুন। </p>\n"
#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -177,15 +177,21 @@
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "অনুরোধকৃত প্রস্তাবটি তৈরি করা অসম্ভব।"
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -1029,7 +1035,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "নতুন বিভাজন সৃষ্টি করুন"
@@ -1050,7 +1056,7 @@
msgstr "&প্রস্তাব দিন"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
@@ -1064,7 +1070,7 @@
"একটি পার্টিশানে রুট মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট \"/\" নির্দেশ করুন।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
@@ -1077,7 +1083,7 @@
"এই মাউন্ট পয়েন্টগুলির জন্য, একটি লিনাক্স ফাইল সিস্টেম, যেমন বা ব্যবহার করুন।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
@@ -1090,7 +1096,7 @@
"এই মাউন্ট পয়েন্টগুলির জন্য, একটি লিনাক্স ফাইল সিস্টেম, যেমন বা ব্যবহার করুন।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
@@ -1103,7 +1109,7 @@
"এই মাউন্ট পয়েন্টগুলির জন্য, একটি লিনাক্স ফাইল সিস্টেম, যেমন বা ব্যবহার করুন।\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1122,7 +1128,7 @@
"এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1138,7 +1144,7 @@
"আপনি কি এটি করতে চান?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
@@ -1149,7 +1155,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1166,7 +1172,7 @@
"আপনি কি আপনার সেটআপ পরিবর্তন করতে চান? \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1182,7 +1188,7 @@
"\n"
"এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন? \n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1191,7 +1197,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
@@ -1207,29 +1213,9 @@
"এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"সতর্কীকরণ: আপনার বর্তমান সেটআপটিতে, আপনার %1 স্থাপন করার প্রক্রিয়া বুট করার সময়ে সমস্যার সম্মুখীন হয়, কারণ আপনার কোনো \"বুট\" পার্টিশান নেই এবং আপনার \"রুট\" পার্টিশান হল একটি লজিক্যাল ভলিউম। এটি কাজ করে না।\n"
-"\n"
-"আপনি যদি না জানেন যে আপনি কি করছেন, তাহলে আপনার নিচের ফাইল /বুট করার জন্য একটি সাধারণ পার্টিশান ব্যবহার করুন।\n"
-"\n"
-" এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -1250,7 +1236,7 @@
"এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
@@ -1273,13 +1259,13 @@
"এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "সত্যিই সিস্টেম দলকে অপসারণ করতে চান?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1300,7 +1286,7 @@
"আপনি কি এটি পরিবর্তন করতে চান?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1314,7 +1300,7 @@
"আপনি ফরম্যাট করা হয় নি এমন একটি বিদ্যমান পার্টিশানের উপরে স্থাপন করার জন্য নির্বাচন করেছেন। আপনার স্থাপন করার প্রক্রিয়াটি সফল হবে কিনা তা YaST2 নিশ্চিত করতে পারে না, বিশেষভাবে নিম্নলিখিত ক্ষেত্রগুলিতে:\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1323,7 +1309,7 @@
msgstr " -এটি যদি একটি বিদ্যমান ReiserFS পার্টিশান হয় - যদি এই পার্টিশানটিতে ইতিমধ্যেই একটি লিনাক্স ডিস্ট্রিবিউশন থাকে তাহলে সেটির উপরে লেখা হবে- এই পার্টিশানটিতে যদি এখনো একটি ফাইল সিস্টেম না থাকে \n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n"
@@ -1336,7 +1322,7 @@
msgstr "যদি সন্দেহ থাকে, তাহলে আপনি ফিরে যেতে এবং এই পার্টিশানটি ফরম্যাট করার জন্য চিহ্নিত করতে পারেন, বিশেষভাবে এটি যদি স্ট্যান্ডার্ড মাউন্ট পয়েন্টগুলির কোন একটিতে নির্দেশ করা থাকে যেমন /, /boot, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
@@ -1348,7 +1334,7 @@
"আপনি কি আপনার সেটআপ পরিবর্তন করতে চান?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1357,7 +1343,7 @@
" এটি সম্পাদনা করার পূর্বে এটিকে RAID থেকে অপসারণ করুন।\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1366,7 +1352,7 @@
" এটি সম্পাদনা করার পূর্বে এটিকে ভলিউম গ্রুপ থেকে অপসারণ করুন।\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1375,7 +1361,7 @@
" এটি সম্পাদনা করার পূর্বে ভলিউম অপসারণ করুন।\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1384,7 +1370,7 @@
"এটি মুছে ফেলার পূর্বে RAID থেকে অপসারণ করুন।\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1392,13 +1378,13 @@
"ডিভাইস (%2) (%1)-এর দ্বারা ব্যবহৃত হয় ।\n"
"এটি মুছে ফেলার পূর্বে (%1)অপসারণ করুন।\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "যন্ত্রটি বাদ দিয়ে দেওয়া হয়েছিল৷"
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n"
@@ -1413,7 +1399,7 @@
"লজিকাল পার্টিশন ব্যবহৃত হচ্ছে।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1432,7 +1418,7 @@
"আপনি যদি সঠিকভাবে না জানেন যে আপনি কি করছেন তাহলে বাতিল করুন নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1447,7 +1433,7 @@
" থেকে অপসারণ করুন। \n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1448,7 @@
" সংশ্লিষ্ট RAID সিস্টেম থেকে বাতিল করুন। \n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1482,15 +1468,15 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "এখানে কি প্রবেশ করিয়েছেন তা ভুলবেন না."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "খালি বিকল্প স্ট্রিংয়ের অনুমতি নেই."
@@ -1526,7 +1512,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:"
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
@@ -1539,7 +1525,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1565,7 +1551,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1576,7 +1562,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1977,7 +1963,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1990,25 +1976,25 @@
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "সাক্ষর পরিচালনা"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "খালি বিকল্প স্ট্রিংয়ের অনুমতি নেই."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "প্রোভাইডার নাম %1 ইতিমধ্যে মজুত."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -2049,7 +2035,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2069,7 +2055,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -2086,7 +2072,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2118,7 +2104,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2362,12 +2348,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2375,32 +2361,32 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount"
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "মাউন্ট"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "একটি NIS ব্যবহারকারীকে অপসারন করা সম্ভব নয়."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "একটি NIS ব্যবহারকারীকে অপসারন করা সম্ভব নয়."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -2409,7 +2395,7 @@
msgstr "পার্টিশান %1 পুনরায় পরিমাপ স্থির করা যাবে না কারণ ফাইল সিস্টেমটি মাউন্ট করা যাবে না।\n"
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr "&Ram ডিস্ক"
@@ -2421,63 +2407,69 @@
msgstr "&মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr "প্রোভাইডার পাসওয়ার্ড এন্টার করুন"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr "কনফিগারকৃত ডিভাইস:"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
+msgstr "কনফিগার... (&ক)"
+
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr "সম্পূর্ণ স্বয়ংক্রিয় আপডেট সংরূপণ করুন"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr "কনফিগার... (&ক)"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr "কনফিগার... (&ক)"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr "কনফিগার... (&ক)"
#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr "কনফিগার... (&ক)"
#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr "উপলব্ধ যোজনাগুলি: %1"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -2485,14 +2477,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2500,7 +2492,7 @@
msgstr "পার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় পড়লে সকল বর্তমান পরিবর্তনগুলি পুনরায় লেখা হবে। প্রকৃতইপার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় লেখা হবে?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2508,9 +2500,17 @@
msgstr "পার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় পড়লে সকল বর্তমান পরিবর্তনগুলি পুনরায় লেখা হবে। প্রকৃতইপার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় লেখা হবে?"
#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+"Really call FCoE configuration?"
+msgstr "পার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় পড়লে সকল বর্তমান পরিবর্তনগুলি পুনরায় লেখা হবে। প্রকৃতইপার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় লেখা হবে?"
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@
msgstr "পার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় পড়লে সকল বর্তমান পরিবর্তনগুলি পুনরায় লেখা হবে। প্রকৃতইপার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় লেখা হবে?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@
msgstr "পার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় পড়লে সকল বর্তমান পরিবর্তনগুলি পুনরায় লেখা হবে। প্রকৃতইপার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় লেখা হবে?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@
msgstr "পার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় পড়লে সকল বর্তমান পরিবর্তনগুলি পুনরায় লেখা হবে। প্রকৃতইপার্টিশন টেবিল পুনরায় লেখা হবে?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2826,15 +2826,55 @@
msgstr "সংযুক্ত ডিভাইসসমূহ"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"আপনার %1 পার্টিশানের জন্য একটি নতুন পরিমাপ নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "O&perating Mode"
+msgid "Operating System"
+msgstr "অ&পারেটিং মোড"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
+msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
+msgstr "ডেল্টা RPM অ্যাপ্লিকেশন চলছে"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "Swap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Role: %s"
+msgid "Role"
+msgstr "রোল: %s"
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr "<p>প্রথমে, পার্টিশানটির প্রকার এবং এই পার্টিশানটি ফরম্যাট করা উচিত কিনা তা নির্বাচন করুন।</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2842,7 +2882,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
@@ -2850,55 +2890,55 @@
msgstr "<p>তারপর, মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট লিপিবদ্ধ করুন ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, ইত্যাদি)</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "&গঠন বিকল্প"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "বিভাগের মাপ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "বিভাগের মাপ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "পার্টিশানের ডিস্ক"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "মাউন্ট অপশনসমূহ"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "পার্টিশান"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab বিকল্পগুলি"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "কোন যোজনা নির্বাচিত নেই."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
@@ -2908,19 +2948,19 @@
msgstr "আপনি ক্রিপ্ট ফাইল সৃষ্টি করার জন্য নির্বাচন করেছেন, কিন্তু এটি যে ফরম্যাট করা উচিত তা নির্দেশ করেন নি। এটির কোন অর্থ হয় না। ফরম্যাট বিকল্পটিও যাচাই করুন।\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "একটি মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট সরবরাহ করুন।"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "একটি মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট সরবরাহ করুন।"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2934,7 +2974,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2943,23 +2983,23 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "সব পরিবর্তনগুলো হারিয়ে যাবে!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Password"
msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2969,7 +3009,7 @@
"আপনি নির্বাচিত পার্টিশন পুনরায় আকার দিতে পারেন না কারণ এই ফাইল সিস্টেমের\n"
"ফাইল সিস্টেম পুনরায় আকার প্রদান সমর্থন করে না।\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid ""
@@ -2978,7 +3018,7 @@
msgstr "%1 এ পার্টিশন তৈরি করা সম্ভব নয়।"
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -2986,24 +3026,24 @@
msgstr "পার্টিশান %1 পুনরায় পরিমাপ স্থির করা যাবে না কারণ ফাইল সিস্টেমটি মাউন্ট করা যাবে না।\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "এডিট পার্টিশন"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr " পুনরায় লজিক্যাল ভলিউমের পরিমাপ স্থির করুন।"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "বর্তমান অবস্থা: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "বর্তমান অবস্থা: %1"
@@ -3012,8 +3052,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -3025,7 +3065,7 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
@@ -3033,14 +3073,14 @@
msgstr "লিনাক্স সাইজ %1"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "লিনাক্স সাইজ %1"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -3048,7 +3088,7 @@
msgstr "কাস্টম &সাইজ"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3058,7 +3098,7 @@
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
#, fuzzy
@@ -3069,7 +3109,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3078,13 +3118,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "আউটপুট:"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "ডিস্ক পার্টিশানগুলি পড়ছে..."
@@ -3304,67 +3344,67 @@
msgstr "প্রবিষ্টিকৃত LDAP URL অবৈধ."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "পার্টিশান %1 সম্পাদনা করুন"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "পার্টিশান %1 সম্পাদনা করুন"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition."
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "পরিবর্ধিত পার্টিশনে কোন স্থান পড়ে নেই।"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap"
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "সোয়াপে %1 বিভাগ যোগ করছি"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "পার্টিশান"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Forward"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "লোড (&L)"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Background"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "ব্যাকগ্রাউণ্ড"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "সব বিভাগগুলি বসাচ্ছি..."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "%1-এর সকল পার্টিশানগুলি সত্যই মুছে ফেলতে চান?"
@@ -3379,7 +3419,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -4372,13 +4412,13 @@
msgstr "দ্বারা ব্যবহৃত"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "লজিক্যাল ভলিউম সম্পাদনা করুন"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "লজিক্যাল ভলিউম সম্পাদনা করুন"
@@ -4606,7 +4646,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
@@ -4855,19 +4895,19 @@
"</p>\n"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr " RAI&D যুক্ত করুন "
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr " RAID অপসারণ করুন"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr " RAID সম্পাদনা করুন"
@@ -4980,67 +5020,67 @@
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr "লেবেল"
#. list entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "ID"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr "দ্বারা মাউন্ট করা "
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Used by"
msgstr "দ্বারা ব্যবহৃত"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr "BIOS"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr "ড্রাইভার তথ্য লিখুন"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr "হোস্ট তথ্য মজুত করুন"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "এন&ক্রিপশন"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "উপকরণের নাম"
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr " ভলিউম লেবেল"
@@ -5048,60 +5088,73 @@
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ডিভাইস ID"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr "ডিভাইসের পথ"
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Optional"
+msgid "Optimal"
+msgstr "ঐচ্ছিক"
+
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"শেষের সিলিন্ডার : "
+
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr "ডিফল্ট ডোমেন"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr "স্থানীয় ফাইলস্টেম "
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr ""
# ডিভাইস
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr "সংরক্ষণ ডিভাইস"
#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর তথ্য উত্স"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
@@ -5112,14 +5165,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
@@ -5128,14 +5181,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -5480,14 +5533,14 @@
msgstr "পার্টিশন"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Size"
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "&সাইজ"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgid ""
@@ -5495,14 +5548,14 @@
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "মানটি 0 ও 32767 এর মধ্যE হতে হবে। আবার চেষ্টা করুন।"
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "মানটি 0 ও 32767 এর মধ্যE হতে হবে। আবার চেষ্টা করুন।"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -5510,17 +5563,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "পালটাপালটির অগ্রাধিকার"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "মানটি 0 ও 32767 এর মধ্যE হতে হবে। আবার চেষ্টা করুন।"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5529,14 +5582,14 @@
"পালটাপালটির অগ্রাধিকার প্রবিষ্ট করুন। বেশি সংখ্যার অর্থ হল উচ্চ অগ্রাধিকার।</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount &read-only"
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "শুধু-পাঠ্য মাউন্ট করুন"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
@@ -5547,14 +5600,14 @@
"ফাইল সিস্টেমে কোন লেখার যোগ্য সুযোগ দেওয়া সম্ভব নয়। ডিফল্ট হল মিথ্যা।</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No &access time"
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "অ্যাক্সেস সময় নেই"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>No access time:</b>\n"
@@ -5567,14 +5620,14 @@
"কোন ফাইল পড়ার সময়ে অ্যাক্সেস সময় আপডেট করা হয় না। ডিফল্ট হল মিথ্যা।</p>"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mountable by &user"
msgid "Mountable by &User"
msgstr "ব্যবহারকারী দ্বারা মাউন্ট-যোগ্য"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5583,12 +5636,12 @@
"ফাইল সিস্টেমটি একজন সাধারণ ব্যবহারকারী দ্বারা মাউন্ট করা যেতে পারে। ডিফল্ট হল মিথ্যা।</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "সিস্টেম শুরু হওয়ার সময়ে মাউন্ট করবেন না"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
@@ -5604,13 +5657,13 @@
"হয়। ডিফল্ট হল মিথ্যা।</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "সক্ষম &লেয়ার 2 সমর্থন"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5618,12 +5671,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "ডেটা জার্নালিং মোড"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
@@ -5643,12 +5696,12 @@
"<tt>রাইটব্যাক</tt> -- ডেটা অর্ডার করা সংরক্ষণ করা হয় না।</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "অ্যাক্সেস কন্ট্রোল লিস্ট (ACL)"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5657,12 +5710,12 @@
"ফাইল সিস্টেমে অ্যাক্সেস কন্ট্রোল লিস্ট সক্রিয় করুন।</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধিত ব্যবহারকারী বৈশিষ্ট্য"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5671,19 +5724,19 @@
"ফাইল সিস্টেমে পরিবর্ধিত ব্যবহারকারী বৈশিষ্ট্য-এর অনুমতি দিন।</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Arbitrary option &value"
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "অবাধ বিকল্প মান"
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
msgstr "মাউন্ট পয়েন্টে অক্ষম অক্ষর। একটি মাউন্ট পয়েন্টে \"`'!\"%#\" ব্যবহার করবেন না।"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
@@ -5695,12 +5748,12 @@
"একাধিক বিকল্প কমা দ্বারা পৃথকীকৃত।</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "ফাইলের নামের জন্যে অক্ষরের সেট"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5709,12 +5762,12 @@
"Windows পার্টিশনে ফাইলের নাম প্রদর্শনের জন্যে ব্যবহৃত অক্ষরের সেট নির্দিষ্ট করুন।</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "সংক্ষিপ্ত FAT নামের জন্যে কোডপেজ"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5723,12 +5776,12 @@
"FAT ফাইল সিস্টেমে সংক্ষিপ্তনামের অক্ষরে রূপান্তরিত করার জন্যে এই কোডপেজটিব্যবহৃত হয়।</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "FAT এর সংখ্যা"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
@@ -5737,14 +5790,14 @@
"ফাইল সিস্টেমে অ্যালোকেশন টেবিলের সংখ্যা নির্দিষ্ট করুন। ডিফল্ট হল 2।</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "FAT &size"
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "FAT এর আয়তন"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
@@ -5754,21 +5807,21 @@
"কি ধরনের ফাইল অ্যালোকেশন টেবিল ব্যবহৃত হয় তা নির্দিষ্ট করে (12, 16, অথবা 32-বিট)। যদি স্বয়ং নির্দিষ্ট করা থাকে তাহলে YaST2 আপনা থেকেই ফাইল সিস্টেমের আয়তনের জন্যে সবচেয়ে উপযুক্ত মান নির্বাচন করবে। </p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root &dir entries"
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "রুট ডির এন্ট্রি"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again."
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr "\"রুট ডির এন্ট্রি\"র জন্যে ন্যূনতম আকার হল 112। অনুগ্রহ করে আবার চেষ্টা করুন।"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Root dir entries:</b>\n"
@@ -5781,14 +5834,14 @@
"রুট ডিরেক্টরিতে উপলব্ধ এন্ট্রির সংখ্যা নির্বাচন করুন।</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hash &function"
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "হ্যাশ কার্যকারিতা"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Hash function:</b>\n"
@@ -5801,14 +5854,14 @@
"এটি ডিরেক্টরিগুলিতে ফাইলের নাম বাছাই করার জন্যে ব্যবহৃত হ্যাশ কার্যকারিতার নাম নির্দিষ্ট করে।</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "FS &revision"
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "FS রিভিশন"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>FS revision:</b>\n"
@@ -5822,14 +5875,14 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Block &size in bytes"
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "বাইটে ব্লক আয়তন"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n"
@@ -5843,13 +5896,13 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "Inode এর আয়তন"
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5858,14 +5911,14 @@
"এই বিকল্পটি ফাইল সিস্টেমের Inode এর আয়তন নির্দিষ্ট করে।</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Percentage of inode space"
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "inode স্থানের শতাংশ"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Percentage of inode space:</b>\n"
@@ -5878,14 +5931,14 @@
"\"inode স্থানের শতাংশ\" বিকল্পটি ফাইল সিস্টেমের সর্বোচ্চ শতাংশ স্থান নির্দিষ্ট করে যা আইনোড-গুলিতে হস্তান্তরিত করা যেতে পারে।</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Inode &aligned"
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "শ্রেণীবদ্ধ আইনোড "
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
@@ -5904,14 +5957,14 @@
"সাধারণতঃ অশ্রেণীবদ্ধ আইনোড প্রবেশের থেকে বেশি কার্যকরী।</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Log size in megabytes"
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "মেগাবাইটে লগের আয়তন"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n"
@@ -5925,7 +5978,7 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Log size</b>\n"
@@ -5938,19 +5991,19 @@
"লগের আয়তন নির্ধারণ করুন (মেগাবাইটে)। স্বয়ং থাকলে ডিফল্ট হল মোট আয়তনের 40%।</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "ব্যাড ব্লকস তালিকা ও উপকরণ অহ্বান করুন"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stride &length in blocks"
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "ব্লকে পদক্ষেপের দৈর্ঘ্য "
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
@@ -5960,7 +6013,7 @@
"অনুগ্রহ করে 1 এর চেয়ে বড় একটি মান নির্বাচন করুন।"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5973,7 +6026,7 @@
" আর্গুমেন্ট হিসাবে গ্রহণ করে।</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n"
@@ -5986,14 +6039,14 @@
"ব্লকের আয়তন বাইটে নির্দিষ্ট করুন। ব্লকের বৈধ আয়তনগুলি হলপ্রতি ব্লক পিছু 1024, 2048, এবং 4096। যদি স্বয়ং নির্বাচিত থাকে তাহলে ব্লকের আয়তন ফাইল সিস্টেমের আয়তন এবং ফাইল সিস্টেমের প্রত্যাশিত ব্যবহার দ্বারা নির্ধারিত হয়।</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bytes per &inode"
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "প্রতি inode পিছু বাইট"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Bytes per inode:</b>\n"
@@ -6016,14 +6069,14 @@
"প্রসারণ করা সম্ভব নয়, তাই এই স্থিতিমাপের জন্যে নিশ্চিতরূপে একটি যুক্তিসঙ্গত মান প্রবিষ্ট করুন।</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root"
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "রুটের জন্যে সংরক্ষিত ব্লকের শতাংশ"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
@@ -6037,47 +6090,47 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Percentage of blocks reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>রুটের জন্যে সংরক্ষিত ব্লকের শতাংশ:</b> সুপার ইউজারের জন্যে সংরক্ষিত ব্লকের শতাংশ নির্দিষ্ট করুন। এই মানটি ডিফল্ট হল 5%.</p>"
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "সার্ভিসটি &নিষ্ক্রিয় করো"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "সার্ভারে ডিরেক্টরি (&D)"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Journal"
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "ডিস্ক জার্নাল"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
@@ -6085,12 +6138,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6123,7 +6176,7 @@
"অপসারণ করতে পারেন না।\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6156,7 +6209,7 @@
"অপসারণ করতে পারেন না।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6180,7 +6233,7 @@
"করবে।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6198,7 +6251,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "পুনরায় আকার দেওয়া সম্ভব নয়:"
@@ -6211,7 +6264,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6230,7 +6283,7 @@
"প্রদত্ত ক্রিপ্ট পাসওয়ার্ড ভুল হতে পারে।\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6242,7 +6295,7 @@
"অনুগ্রহ করে আবার চেষ্টা করুন।"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6255,29 +6308,29 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "এনক্রিপশন কি এন্টার করুন"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "প্রোভাইডার পাসওয়ার্ড এন্টার করুন"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "ভলিউম গ্রুপ"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6285,14 +6338,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "আপনি কি পুনরায় চেষ্টা করতে চান?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6300,66 +6353,66 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "এনক্রিপশন কি এন্টার করুন"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "YaST2 নিম্নবর্তী ডিভাইস সনাক্ত করেছে"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "YaST2 নিম্নবর্তী ডিভাইস সনাক্ত করেছে"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "DASD ডিস্ক"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "DASD ডিস্ক"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "ডিস্ক"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr " R&AID :"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr " R&AID :"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -6367,35 +6420,35 @@
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr "পার্টিশান %1 পুনরায় পরিমাপ স্থির করা যাবে না কারণ ফাইল সিস্টেমটি মাউন্ট করা যাবে না।\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6403,7 +6456,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6411,7 +6464,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -6423,20 +6476,20 @@
msgstr "পার্টিশান %1 পুনরায় পরিমাপ স্থির করা যাবে না কারণ ফাইল সিস্টেমটি মাউন্ট করা যাবে না।\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set global root filesystem"
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "গ্লোবাল রুট ফাইল সিস্টেম স্থির করুন"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -7100,51 +7153,51 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "ধারাবাহিকতাহীন fs এর কারণে পুনরায় আকার দেওয়া অসম্ভব। উইন্ডোজ-এর অধীনে fs যাচাই করতে চেষ্টা করুন।"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "&LVM ভিত্তিক প্রস্তাব তৈরি করুন"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "ভলিউম গ্রুপ"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "ফাইল সিস্টেম বিকল্পগুলি:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "নতুন বিভাজন সৃষ্টি করুন"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "গ্লোবাল সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -7157,7 +7210,7 @@
"একটি LVM ভিত্তিক প্রস্তাব সৃষ্টি করার জন্য, সংশ্লিষ্ট বোতামটি বাছাই করুন। </p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7166,33 +7219,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "এনক্রিপটেড ফাইল সিস্টেমের জন্য আপনার পাসওয়ার্ড লিপিবদ্ধ করুন"
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "যাচাই করার জন্য পাসওয়ার্ডটি পুনরায় লিপিবদ্ধ করুন:"
@@ -7220,34 +7273,52 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr "ডিফল্ট ডোমেন"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr "স্থানীয় ফাইলস্টেম "
# ডিভাইস
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr "সংরক্ষণ ডিভাইস"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Partitioning"
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "পার্টিশনিং"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর তথ্য উত্স"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
+#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
+#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
+#~ "This does not work.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
+#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "সতর্কীকরণ: আপনার বর্তমান সেটআপটিতে, আপনার %1 স্থাপন করার প্রক্রিয়া বুট করার সময়ে সমস্যার সম্মুখীন হয়, কারণ আপনার কোনো \"বুট\" পার্টিশান নেই এবং আপনার \"রুট\" পার্টিশান হল একটি লজিক্যাল ভলিউম। এটি কাজ করে না।\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "আপনি যদি না জানেন যে আপনি কি করছেন, তাহলে আপনার নিচের ফাইল /বুট করার জন্য একটি সাধারণ পার্টিশান ব্যবহার করুন।\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..."
#~ msgstr "এডিট পার্টিশন"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/sudo.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/sudo.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/sudo.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/support.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/support.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/support.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -38,16 +38,18 @@
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
-msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SUSE Support"
+msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
+msgstr "SUSE সাপোর্ট"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
-msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
+msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "খোলা"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
@@ -117,7 +119,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লেখা যাচ্ছে না."
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
@@ -176,11 +178,12 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&দক্ষ বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
+# this is a heading
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "অপশনসমূহ"
#. Support overview dialog caption
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
@@ -208,11 +211,11 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ইমেল এড্রেস"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "নাম"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
@@ -235,7 +238,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
-msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
+msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
@@ -249,7 +252,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "উন্নতি"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
@@ -259,7 +262,7 @@
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ফাইল নাম"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
@@ -278,6 +281,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>চালু করা বাতিল হচ্ছে:</big></b><br>\n"
+"এখন <b>বাতিল করুন</b> টিপে নিরাপদে সংরূপণ উপকরণ বাতিল করুন.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44
@@ -294,6 +299,10 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>সংরক্ষণ বাতিল করছে:</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b>বাতিল করুন</b> টিপে সংরক্ষণ প্রক্রিয়া বাতিল করুন.\n"
+"এটা করা নিরাপদ হবে কিনা একটি অতিরিক্ত আলাপচারিতা আপনাকে সেটা জানায়.\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55
@@ -318,13 +327,16 @@
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>সম্পাদন করছে বা মুছে ফেলছে </big></b><br>\n"
+"আপনি যদি <b>Edit</b> টেপেন, \n"
+"কনফিগারেশনটিকে যেটিতে পরিবর্ত করতে হবে এমন একটি অতিরিক্ত সংলাপ খুলে যায়। </p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -406,7 +418,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
@@ -449,7 +461,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n"
+"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -468,6 +480,9 @@
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>সংরূপণ অংশ দুই</big></b><br>\n"
+"এগিয়ে যাওয়ার জন্য <b>পরবর্তী</b> টিপুন।\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204
@@ -476,6 +491,9 @@
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>কিছু একটা নির্বাচন</big></b><br>\n"
+"এতা সম্ভব নয়। আপনাকে প্রথমে এটাকে কোড করতে হবে।. :-)\n"
+"</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
@@ -753,7 +771,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -761,10 +779,11 @@
msgid "Support Configuration"
msgstr ""
+# progress stage title
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..."
#. global string created_directory="";
#: src/modules/Support.rb:143
@@ -792,30 +811,31 @@
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:329
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:331
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SuSEconfig চালান"
+# Dialog title for SuSEconfig dialog
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:335
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:337
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SuSEconfig চালানো হচ্ছে..."
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/Support.rb:339
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "শেষ"
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/Support.rb:438
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "কনফিগারেশন সারমর্ম..."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/sysconfig.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/sysconfig.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/sysconfig.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -483,51 +483,111 @@
"<p><b><big>কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে</big></b><br>\n"
"অনুগ্রহ করে অপেক্ষা করুন...</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
-#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
-#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p> SuSEconfig প্রতিটা গঠন ফাইলে চেকসাম সেভ করে, যাতে এটা সনাক্ত করতে পারে আপনি নিজের হাতে কোন একটা\n"
-#~ " বদলেছেন কি না. আপনি যদি নিজের হাতে একটা গঠন বদলে থাকেন, এটা তাকে\n"
-#~ " ছোঁবে না.</p>\n"
+#. Translation: Progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "খোঁজা হচ্ছে..."
-#~ msgid "Searching..."
-#~ msgstr "খোঁজা হচ্ছে..."
+#. Display confirmation dialog
+#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
+#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
+#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "কম্যাণ্ড: "
-#~ msgid "Command: "
-#~ msgstr "কম্যাণ্ড: "
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+msgid "S&kip"
+msgstr "স্কি&প"
-#~ msgid "S&kip"
-#~ msgstr "স্কি&প"
+#. get activation map for variable
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr "একটা আদেশ নির্বাহ করা হবে"
-#~ msgid "A command will be executed"
-#~ msgstr "একটা আদেশ নির্বাহ করা হবে"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "আদেশ শুরু করছি: %1..."
-#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-#~ msgstr "আদেশ শুরু করছি: %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "%1 আদেশ ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
-#~ msgid "Command %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "%1 আদেশ ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+msgstr "sysconfig গঠন সেভ করছি"
-#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "sysconfig গঠন সেভ করছি"
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgstr "নতুন সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
-#~ msgid "Write the new settings"
-#~ msgstr "নতুন সেটিংগুলি লিখুন"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+msgid "Activate the changes"
+msgstr "পরিবর্তন সক্রিয় করুন"
-#~ msgid "Activate the changes"
-#~ msgstr "পরিবর্তন সক্রিয় করুন"
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr "%2 ফাইলে পরিবর্তনশীল %1 সেভ করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-#~ msgstr "%2 ফাইলে পরিবর্তনশীল %1 সেভ করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "পরিবর্তনশীল %1 সেভ করছি..."
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-#~ msgstr "পরিবর্তনশীল %1 সেভ করছি..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+msgstr "ফাইলে পরিবর্তনগুলি সেভ করছি"
-#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
-#~ msgstr "ফাইলে পরিবর্তনগুলি সেভ করছি"
+#. service is running, reload it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় ভরা হবে"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় ভরছি..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় ভরা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
+
+#. service is running, restart it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgstr "%1 রিষেবা পুনরায় শুরু করা হবে"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় শুরু করছি..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় শুরু করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
+
+#. set 100% in progress bar
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "শেষ"
+
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "গঠন সংলাপ"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
+#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
+#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> SuSEconfig প্রতিটা গঠন ফাইলে চেকসাম সেভ করে, যাতে এটা সনাক্ত করতে পারে আপনি নিজের হাতে কোন একটা\n"
+#~ " বদলেছেন কি না. আপনি যদি নিজের হাতে একটা গঠন বদলে থাকেন, এটা তাকে\n"
+#~ " ছোঁবে না.</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started."
#~ msgstr "সমস্ত গঠন মূল দলিলগুলি শুরু করা হবে."
@@ -546,30 +606,6 @@
#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed."
#~ msgstr "গঠন মডুল %1 ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-#~ msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় ভরা হবে"
-
-#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় ভরছি..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় ভরা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
-
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
-#~ msgstr "%1 রিষেবা পুনরায় শুরু করা হবে"
-
-#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় শুরু করছি..."
-
-#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় শুরু করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে"
-
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "শেষ"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration Summary"
-#~ msgstr "গঠন সংলাপ"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n"
#~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/tftp-server.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/tftp-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/tftp-server.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/timezone_db.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/timezone_db.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/timezone_db.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/tune.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/tune.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/tune.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -13,38 +13,38 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "এই YaST2 মডিউলটি কমান্ড লাইন ইন্টারফেস সমর্থন করে না."
#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Hardware..."
msgstr "হার্ডওয়্যার সনাক্ত করা হচ্ছে..."
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "উন্নতি"
#. title label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
msgid "&All Entries"
msgstr "সব এন্ট্রি (&A)"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
msgid "&Save to File..."
msgstr "ফাইলে সংরক্ষন করো... (&S)"
#. dialog header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
msgid "Hardware Information"
msgstr "হার্ডওয়্যার তথ্য"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
@@ -52,18 +52,25 @@
"<P><B>হার্ডওয়্যার তথ্য</B> মডিউলটি আপনার কম্পিউটারের হার্ডওয়্যার সংক্রান্ত\n"
"বিস্তারিত তথ্য প্রদর্শন করে। আরও তথ্যের জন্য যেকনো নোডে ক্লিক করুন।</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
msgstr "<P>আপনি হার্ডওয়্যারের তথ্য একটি ফাইলে সংরক্ষন করতে পারেন। <B>ফাইলে সংরক্ষন করো</B> ক্লিক করুন এবং ফাইলের নাম দিন।</P>"
+#. installation proposal header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Settings"
+msgid "System and Hardware Settings"
+msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
+
#. this is a heading
#. tree node string
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
msgid "System"
msgstr "সিস্টেম"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
msgid "S&ystem"
msgstr "সিস্টেম (&S)"
@@ -1466,8 +1473,5 @@
#~ msgid "&System Settings..."
#~ msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
-#~ msgid "System Settings"
-#~ msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
-
#~ msgid "Saving System Settings..."
#~ msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/update.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/update.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/update.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের অপশন"
@@ -169,18 +169,18 @@
#. Table item (unknown file system)
#. label - name of sustem to update
#. starts with >`<
-#. label for an unknown installed system
+#. Get installed release name
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "অজানা"
#. label showing to which version we are updating
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
msgid "Update to %1"
msgstr "%1 এ পরিবর্ধন করো"
@@ -260,9 +260,19 @@
"পরিবর্ধনের সময় সেই প্যাকেজগুলো মুছে ফেলতে <b>অরক্ষণাবেক্ষণকৃত প্যাকেজগুলো মুছে ফেলো</b> অপশনটি\n"
"সক্রিয় করুন।</p>\n"
-#. yes/no question
+#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
msgid ""
+"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n"
+"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n"
+"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
+msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to reset your detailed selection?"
msgstr ""
@@ -272,13 +282,13 @@
#. error report
#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
msgid "Failed to mount target system"
msgstr "লক্ষ্যকৃত সিস্টেম মাউন্ট করতে ব্যর্থ"
#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
msgstr ""
@@ -349,12 +359,12 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "বর্তমান RPM ডেটাবেস পড়তে পারে না।"
#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
msgstr "ইনস্টলকৃত পণ্যটির সাথে ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়ার পণ্যটির সংঙ্গতি নেই।"
@@ -363,15 +373,15 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "অজানা প্রসেসর"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -379,26 +389,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
# radio button label for update of already installed packages only
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "শুধুমাত্র ইনস্টলকৃত প্যাকেজগুলো পরিবর্ধন করো"
# Proposal for selection during update
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "\"%1\" নির্বাচিত অপশনের ভিত্তিতে পরিবর্ধন করো"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -407,17 +417,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের অপশন (&U)"
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr "এই ফাইলগুলির কোনোটির অস্তিত্ব নেই:%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -430,27 +440,27 @@
"বা অনেক অ্যাপ্লিকেশন ঠিক মত চলবে না। "
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
msgid "Unknown Linux"
msgstr "অজানা"
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux"
msgstr "অজ্ঞাত বা নন-লাইনাক্স"
#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
msgstr "পার্টিশন অথবা সিস্টেম যেটি বুট করতে হবে:"
#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
@@ -461,12 +471,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
msgid "Partition or System to Update:"
msgstr "পার্টিশন অথবা সিস্টেম যেটি পরিবর্ধন করতে হবে:"
#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
@@ -477,12 +487,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
msgid "Select for Update"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের জন্য নির্বাচন করুন"
#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
@@ -494,42 +504,42 @@
"</p>\n"
#. table header
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
msgid "System"
msgstr "সিস্টেম"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "পার্টিশন"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "স্থাপত্য"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
msgid "File System"
msgstr "সিস্টেম"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
msgid "Label"
msgstr "লেবেল"
#. check box
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
msgid "&Show All Partitions"
msgstr "সবগুলো পার্টিশন প্রদর্শন করো"
#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
msgid "&Boot"
msgstr "বুট"
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
msgid ""
"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n"
"on the selected partition."
@@ -538,7 +548,7 @@
"সিস্টেম পাওয়া যায়নি।"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n"
@@ -551,20 +561,20 @@
"পণ্যের থেকে আলাদা। "
#. pop-up question
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
msgid "&Yes, Use It"
msgstr "হ্যাঁ, এটি ব্যবহার করো (_Y)"
#. Target load failed, #466803
#. Target load failed, #466803
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
msgid ""
"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n"
"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n"
@@ -572,13 +582,13 @@
"Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr "চালিয়ে যাও (&o)"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
@@ -588,17 +598,17 @@
" %1 এর SBD আর্টিকেল এ দেখুন।"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "অজ্ঞাত লাইনাক্স সিস্টেম"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "নন-লাইনাক্স সিস্টেম"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -613,7 +623,7 @@
"অথবা আপনার কমপিউটার রিস্টার্ট করুন।\n"
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "%1 পার্টিশনের পরীক্ষা চলছে"
@@ -622,24 +632,24 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "&বিস্তারিত দেখাও"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "%1 পার্টিশনের পরীক্ষা চলছে"
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "ফাইলের integrity পরীক্ষা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে: "
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
@@ -660,25 +670,25 @@
# use newlines for longer translations.
# উপেক্ষা করো
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন বাদ দাও (&S)"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড সঠিক নয়. পুনরায় চেষ্টা করুন?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "সতর্কবাণী"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -689,7 +699,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
@@ -720,27 +730,27 @@
"পরিবর্ধন বাতিল করতে, বাতিল ক্লিক করুন।"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "মাউন্ট অপশন উল্লেখ করুন (&S)"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "মাউন্ট অপশনসমূহ"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট (&M)"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "ডিভাইস (&D)"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -749,12 +759,12 @@
"(স্বয়ংক্রীয়ভাবে সনাক্তকরণের জন্য ফাঁকা রাখুন) (&F)"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "/var পার্টিশন %1 মাউন্ট করা সম্ভব হয়নি।\n"
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -762,18 +772,18 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
msgid "None"
msgstr "কিছুই নয়"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "এই ডিস্ক কনফিগারেশনের জন্য /var পার্টিশন মাউন্ট করা সম্ভব হয়নি।\n"
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -781,24 +791,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "%1 রুট পার্টিশন %2 তে"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "উপকরণ আইডি"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "এই ডিস্ক কনফিগারেশনের জন্য /var পার্টিশন মাউন্ট করা সম্ভব হয়নি।\n"
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -811,7 +821,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -820,17 +830,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "কোন fstab পাওয়া যায়নি।"
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "/etc/fstab এর মূল পার্টিশনে একটি ত্রুটিযুক্ত root ডিভাইস রয়েছে।\n"
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "বর্তমানে এটি %1 হিসেবে মাউন্ট করা তবে %2 হিসেবে তালিকাভুক্ত রয়েছে।\n"
@@ -851,39 +861,74 @@
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "ইডায়রেক্টরি ট্রি সন্ধান করছে"
+#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
+#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
+#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
+#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
+#.
+#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
+#. @return [String] product name
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found."
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr "কন্ট্রোল ফাইল %1 পাওয়া যায় নি."
+
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read file %1"
+msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}"
+msgstr "%1 ফাইল পড়তে পারি না"
+
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "অজানা প্রসেসর"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:817
-msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
-msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাউনগ্রেড অনুমোদন করুন"
+#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
+#. and we don't continue further
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
+"%{patterns}"
+msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation."
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
+"%{packages}"
+msgstr "ইন্সটলেশনের জন্য %1 প্যাকেজগুলি নির্বাচন করতে অসফল হয়েছে।"
+
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী"
-#: control/update.glade:34
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
msgid "Update"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধন"
-#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "পরিবর্ধন সম্পাদন করুন"
-#: control/update.glade:63
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
msgid "Update System Configuration"
msgstr "সিস্টেম কনফিগারেশন পরিবর্ধন করো"
-#: control/update.glade:71
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
msgid "Update Configuration"
msgstr "কনফিগারেশন পরিবর্ধন করো"
+#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
+#~ msgstr "প্যাকেজ ডাউনগ্রেড অনুমোদন করুন"
+
#~ msgid "Clean Up"
#~ msgstr "পরিষ্কার করো"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/users.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/users.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/users.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
msgstr "সিস্টেম অ্যাডমিনিস্ট্রেটর \"root\" -এর জন্য পাসওয়ার্ড"
#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise user to remember his new password
+#. advise users to remember their new password
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgstr "এখানে কি প্রবেশ করিয়েছেন তা ভুলবেন না."
@@ -4593,23 +4593,23 @@
"."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ব্যবহারকারী</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>দলগুলি</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "লগিং সেটিংসমূহ"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/vm.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/vm.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/vm.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
msgstr "হাইপারভাইজর এবং টুলগুলি স্থাপিত আছে।"
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -39,36 +39,37 @@
"হোস্ট সিস্টেম থেকে স্থাপনা শুরু করুন.\n"
#. progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184
+#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "ইনস্টলকৃত প্যাকেজগুলো যাচাই করুন"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড গঠন"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr " VM সার্ভার গঠন করছি (domain 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>VM সার্ভার কনফিগারেশন</b></big></p><p>VM সার্ভারের\n"
"কনফিগারেশনে (ডোমেন 0) দুটি অংশ রয়েছে।</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>সিস্টেমে প্রথমে প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলি ইনস্টল করা হয়। তারপর যদি এটি ইতোমধ্যেই ব্যবহৃত হতে থাকে তাহলে বুটলোডারকে GRUB-এ সুইচ করা হয় এবং খুঁজে না পাওয়া গেলে Xen বিভাগকেবুট লোডারের মেনুর সাথে যোগ করা হয়। </p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>"
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
@@ -77,103 +78,144 @@
"মাল্টিবুট স্ট্যান্ডার্ডকে সমর্থন করে.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>কনফিগারেশন সফলভাবে সমাপ্ত হলে, বুট লোডার মেনু থেকে VM সার্ভারকে বুট করা সম্ভব.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "ইনস্টল বাতিল করা হয়েছে."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "হাইপারভাইজর এবং টুলগুলি স্থাপিত আছে।"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236
+msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
+msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
+msgstr "ভার্চুয়াল মেশিনের গঠন করছি..."
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Broken server"
+msgid "KVM server"
+msgstr "ভাঙ্গা সার্ভার"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253
+msgid "KVM tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260
+msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
+msgid "Virtualization client tools"
+msgstr "হাইপারভাইজর এবং টুলগুলি স্থাপিত আছে।"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Broken server"
+msgid "Xen server"
+msgstr "ভাঙ্গা সার্ভার"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Xen Section"
+msgid "Xen tools"
+msgstr "সেকশন টাইপ"
+
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "ইনস্টল বাতিল করা হয়েছে."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "ইনস্টল বাতিল করা হয়েছে."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ চেক করছি..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল করো..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলোর ইনস্টলেশন ব্যর্থ হয়েছে."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration files..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "সংরূপণ ফাইলগুলি আপডেট করা হচ্ছে..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "সাধারণ সেটিং গঠন করছি..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Bridge"
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সেতু"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -186,11 +228,11 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -202,7 +244,7 @@
"\n"
"মেশিনটি রিবুট করুন এবং এটিকে চালু করার জন্য বুট লোডার মেনু থেকে জেন বিভাগকেনির্বাচন করুন.\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -214,19 +256,19 @@
"\n"
"মেশিনটি রিবুট করুন এবং এটিকে চালু করার জন্য বুট লোডার মেনু থেকে জেন বিভাগকেনির্বাচন করুন.\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "হাইপারভাইজর এবং টুলগুলি স্থাপিত আছে।"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "হাইপারভাইজর এবং টুলগুলি স্থাপিত আছে।"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/wagon.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/wagon.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/wagon.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/wol.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/wol.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/wol.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/xpram.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/xpram.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/xpram.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/bn/po/yast2-apparmor.bn.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/bn/po/yast2-apparmor.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
+++ trunk/yast/bn/po/yast2-apparmor.bn.po 2014-10-07 15:34:23 UTC (rev 89759)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n"
"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n"
"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"
@@ -316,11 +316,11 @@
#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "&Done"
msgstr "সম্পূর্ণ হয়েছে"
@@ -1185,61 +1185,69 @@
msgid "Could not recognize mode: "
msgstr "মোড চিনতে পারে নি:"
-#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128
+#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
+msgid "enforce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+msgid "complain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
msgid "Show All Profiles"
msgstr "সমস্ত প্রোফাইলগুলি দেখান"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles"
msgstr "সক্রিয় প্রোফাইলগুলির জন্য মোড সংরূপণ করুন"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
msgid "Show Active Profiles"
msgstr "সক্রিয় প্রোফাইলগুলি দেখান"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles"
msgstr "সকল প্রোফাইলগুলির জন্য মোড সংরূপণ করুন"
#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
#. TODO switch to variable in a module
#. TODO plain reread does not work here
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
msgid "Profile Name"
msgstr "প্রোফাইলের নাম"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "মোড"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
msgid "Toggle Mode"
msgstr "টগল মোড"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
msgid "Set All to Enforce"
msgstr "সবগুলিকে বলপূর্বক প্রয়োগে সেট করুন"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
msgid "Set All to Complain"
msgstr "সবগুলিকে অভিযোগে সেট করুন"
#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
msgid "Profile Mode Configuration"
msgstr "প্রোফাইল মোড কনফিগারেশন"
#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
msgid "Configure Profile Mode"
msgstr "প্রোফাইল মোড সংরূপণ করুন"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below."
msgid "Select an action to perform."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:33:41 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89758
Added:
trunk/yast/hr/po/cio.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/opensuse_mirror.hr.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/hr/po/add-on-creator.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/add-on.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/audit-laf.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/autoinst.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/base.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/bootloader.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/ca-management.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/cluster.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/control-center.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/control.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/country.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/crowbar.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/dhcp-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/dns-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/drbd.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/fcoe-client.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/firewall-services.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/firewall.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/firstboot.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/ftp-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/geo-cluster.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/gtk.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/http-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/inetd.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/installation.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/instserver.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/iplb.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-client.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-lio-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/isns.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/kdump.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/kerberos-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/kerberos.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/languages_db.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap-client.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/live-installer.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/lxc.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/mail.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/multipath.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/ncurses-pkg.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/ncurses.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/network.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/nfs.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/nfs_server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/nis.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/nis_server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/ntp-client.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/oneclickinstall.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/online-update-configuration.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/online-update.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/packager.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/pam.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/pkg-bindings.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/printer.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/product-creator.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/proxy.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/qt-pkg.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/qt.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/rdp.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/rear.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/registration.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/reipl.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/relocation-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/s390.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-client.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-users.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/scanner.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/security.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/services-manager.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/slp-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/snapper.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/sound.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/squid.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/sshd.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/storage.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/sudo.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/support.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/sysconfig.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/tftp-server.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/timezone_db.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/tune.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/update.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/users.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/vm.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/wagon.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/wol.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/xpram.hr.po
trunk/yast/hr/po/yast2-apparmor.hr.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/add-on-creator.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/add-on-creator.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/add-on-creator.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-03 12:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/add-on.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/add-on.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/add-on.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-06 21:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -50,21 +50,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Dodatni proizvodi"
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Inicijaliziram dodatne proizvode...</p>"
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Nepoznato"
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "Instalacija dodatnih proizvoda"
@@ -238,35 +238,35 @@
#. ...
#. ]
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No product found in the repository"
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "U repozitoriju nije pronađen niti jedan proizvod"
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr "Niti jedan repozitorij nije pronađen na mediju."
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "Inicijaliziram novi izvor..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, direktorij: %2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr "Izbor repozitorija programa"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
"Pronađeno je više repozitorija na odabranom mediju.\n"
"Odaberite repozitorij kojega želite koristiti.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr "Pronađeni &repozitoriji"
@@ -288,33 +288,33 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Da li zaista želite prekinuti instalaciju dodatnog proizvoda?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "Odaberite repozitorij."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "Zavisnosti dodatnog proizvoda ne mogu biti razriješene."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "Odabir proizvoda"
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "Raspoloživi proizvodi"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -325,12 +325,12 @@
"koje želite instalirati.</p>\n"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "Zavisnosti odabranih dodatnih proizvoda ne mogu biti razriješene."
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big></br>\n"
@@ -349,106 +349,106 @@
"odaberite ga i kliknite na <b>Obriši</b>.</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "%1, direktorij: %2"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Proizvod"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Medij"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr "Odaberite proizvod kojega želite izbrisati."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr "Uklanjam odabrani dodatak..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installed Add-On Products"
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "Instalirani dodatni proizvodi"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add-On Product"
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "Dodatni proizvod"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Proizvođač:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "Nepoznat proizvođač"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Verzija: </b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "Nepoznata verzija"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>URL repozitorija:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "Nepoznat URL repozitorija"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Alias repozitorija:</b> %1<br>"
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Nepoznati proizvod"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "Nepoznat URL"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/audit-laf.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/audit-laf.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/audit-laf.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -857,32 +857,51 @@
msgid "Cannot read audit.rules."
msgstr "Ne mogu učitati audit.rules."
-#. Error message
+#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?"
+msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
+msgstr "Da li želite preskočiti registraciju?"
+
+#. question continues
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467
+msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
-"Do you want to start it now?"
+msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476
-msgid ""
-" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
-"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
-"Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#. Headline of a popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start daemon."
+msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
+msgstr "Pokreni daemona."
+
+#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "Start and &Enable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Start"
+msgstr "P&okreni"
+
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Audit daemon not running."
-msgstr "Squid nije pokrenut"
+#| msgid "Do not install"
+msgid "&Do not start"
+msgstr "Nemoj instalirati"
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon."
msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti winbind daemon."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492
msgid ""
"The rules may be locked.\n"
"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n"
@@ -891,38 +910,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. Auditd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Audit Configuration"
msgstr "Spremam auditd postavke"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566
msgid "Write the rules"
msgstr "Spremi pravila"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572
msgid "Writing the rules..."
msgstr "Zapisujem pravila..."
#. check first whether rules are already locked
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "The rules are already locked."
msgstr "Meta je već spojena."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589
msgid ""
"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n"
"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n"
@@ -930,33 +949,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
msgstr "Ponovno pokretanje usluge %1 neuspješno"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke u auditd.conf."
#. Error message, rules cannot be set
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652
msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules."
msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke u auditd.rules."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log file"
msgstr "&Lokalna datoteka"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running."
+#~ msgstr "Squid nije pokrenut"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Unknown option"
#~ msgstr "Nepoznat izbor."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -57,12 +57,12 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otkaži"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "U redu"
#. Waiting for response
#. Waiting for response
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Help"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pomoć"
#. No we open the dialog
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "New"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Novo"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Add New Domain"
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Basic Settings:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Osnovne postavke:"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
msgid "Services:"
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
#. Main dialog contents
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
msgid "SPAM Prevention"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SPAM prevencija"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:586
@@ -179,15 +179,15 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uredi"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obriši"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
@@ -391,23 +391,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/auth-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53
msgid "Add a new database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj novu bazu podataka"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60
msgid "Show a list of currently available databases"
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72
msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Omogući servis"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73
msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Onemogući servis"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75
msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")"
@@ -72,11 +72,11 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98
msgid "File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Datoteka"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99
msgid "Position"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Položaj"
#. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase();
#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb);
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103
msgid "[manually set]"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[ručno postavljeno]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128
msgid "LDAP Password: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP lozinka:"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server"
@@ -145,12 +145,12 @@
#. all known interfaces for testing
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otvori port u vatrozidu"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
msgid "YES"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DA"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vatrozid je onemogućen"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: "
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253
msgid "OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OpenLDAP poslužitelj"
#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257
@@ -198,6 +198,8 @@
"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the required packages."
msgstr ""
+"YaST2 ne može nastaviti s postavkama\n"
+"baz instaliranja potrebnih paketa."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
@@ -229,14 +231,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202
msgid "Restart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ponovno pokreni"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "New Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nove postavke"
#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Migration Configuration"
+msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
+msgstr "Postavke migracije"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n"
@@ -275,13 +283,13 @@
#. ********************
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48
msgid "General Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Opće postavke"
#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database
#. dialogs
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40
msgid "&Start LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Pokreni LDAP poslužitelj"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59
msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon"
@@ -291,7 +299,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Postavke vatrozida"
#. create new item
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198
@@ -356,7 +364,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Osnovne Kerberos postavke"
#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase.
#. Please think twice please before you translate this,
@@ -376,24 +384,24 @@
#. caption
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Napredne Kerberos postavke"
#. tree widget label
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Advanced &Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Napredne postavke"
#. label widget
#. header label
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "Current Selection: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Trenutni izbor: "
#. tree widget headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Configuration:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Postavke:"
#. ############## input handler ################
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913
@@ -418,7 +426,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973
msgid "Browse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pretraži"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980
msgid "Generate a Random Password"
@@ -439,7 +447,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lozinka"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073
msgid "Validate Password"
@@ -466,7 +474,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Protokol"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Provider Hostname"
@@ -488,7 +496,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
msgid "Bro&wse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Razgledaj..."
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231
@@ -656,20 +664,22 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
-"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
+"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
@@ -679,14 +689,14 @@
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n"
"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n"
@@ -696,13 +706,13 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
@@ -710,7 +720,7 @@
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n"
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
@@ -720,28 +730,28 @@
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
@@ -752,17 +762,17 @@
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
@@ -771,7 +781,7 @@
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n"
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
@@ -780,30 +790,30 @@
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
@@ -811,34 +821,34 @@
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
@@ -846,30 +856,30 @@
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
@@ -877,21 +887,21 @@
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
@@ -903,11 +913,11 @@
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
@@ -915,21 +925,21 @@
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n"
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
@@ -939,15 +949,15 @@
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
@@ -955,28 +965,28 @@
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
@@ -986,22 +996,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Prekinuti inicijalizaciju:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Slobodno prekinite konfiguraciju pritiskom na <b>Prekinuti</b> sad.</p>"
#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
@@ -1009,11 +1021,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
@@ -1021,78 +1033,78 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
@@ -1100,19 +1112,19 @@
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
@@ -1120,71 +1132,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
@@ -1192,7 +1204,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
@@ -1202,29 +1214,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
@@ -1233,231 +1245,231 @@
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: acl_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dozvoli servis"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Potrebna je promjena"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : dict_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1472,27 +1484,27 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974
msgid "Advanced Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Napredne postavke"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885
msgid "Database Path"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Putanja baze podataka"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60
msgid "&Database Path"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Putanja baze podataka"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889
msgid "ACL File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ACL datoteka"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78
msgid "ACL &File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&ACL datoteka"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89
@@ -1517,12 +1529,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648
msgid "&Available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Dostupno"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129
msgid "&Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Datum"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140
@@ -1535,7 +1547,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659
msgid "&Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Vrijeme"
#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"",
#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")),
@@ -1660,7 +1672,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929
msgid "KDC Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KDC port"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351
@@ -1688,7 +1700,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653
msgid "&Days"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Dani"
#. Treeview list item
#. Treeview list item
@@ -1721,7 +1733,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983
msgid "Number of LDAP connections"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Broj LDAP veza"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525
msgid "File for the LDAP password"
@@ -1756,7 +1768,7 @@
#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016
msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Napredne LDAP postavke"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp
@@ -1766,6 +1778,12 @@
#. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id$
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modem Configuration"
+msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
+msgstr "Postavke modema"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
msgstr ""
@@ -1812,7 +1830,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. ****************************************
@@ -1825,7 +1843,7 @@
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62
msgid "Global Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Opće postavke"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67
@@ -1846,12 +1864,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218
msgid "TLS Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TLS postavke"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100
msgid "Databases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Baze podataka"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
msgid "Suffix DN"
@@ -1860,7 +1878,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173
msgid "Database Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vrsta baze podataka"
#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l;
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228
@@ -1941,7 +1959,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407
msgid "Password &Encryption"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Kriptiranje lozinke"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368
@@ -1955,7 +1973,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ne"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
@@ -1963,7 +1981,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Da"
#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188
@@ -1975,7 +1993,7 @@
#. ***************************************
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290
msgid "Index Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Postavke indeksa"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298
msgid "Password Policy Configuration"
@@ -2003,12 +2021,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100
msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112
msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP preko SSL-a (ldaps)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141
msgid "Included &Schema Files"
@@ -2072,7 +2090,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167
msgid "None"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ništa"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174
msgid "Select &Allow Flags:"
@@ -2116,11 +2134,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221
msgid "Basic Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Osnovne postavke"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227
msgid "Enable TLS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Omogući TLS"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234
msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface"
@@ -2132,7 +2150,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254
msgid "Import Certificate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uvezi certifikat"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273
msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)"
@@ -2140,7 +2158,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234
msgid "&Browse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pretra&ži..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285
msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)"
@@ -2148,7 +2166,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288
msgid "B&rowse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Pretraži..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Launch CA Management Module"
@@ -2168,7 +2186,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309
msgid "Change Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Promijeni lozinku"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317
msgid "Edit BDB Database"
@@ -2188,11 +2206,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "kilobytes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "kilobajti"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346
msgid "minutes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "minute"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings"
@@ -2208,7 +2226,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374
msgid "Edit Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uredi bazu podataka"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Database type not currently supported."
@@ -2220,12 +2238,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Atribut"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452
msgid "Presence"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prisutnost"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453
@@ -2235,7 +2253,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Substring"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podniz"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402
msgid "Change Administrator Password"
@@ -2243,12 +2261,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Add Index"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj indeks"
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Postavke pravila lozinki"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47
msgid "Enable Password Policies"
@@ -2272,7 +2290,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100
msgid "All Entries"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Svi unosi"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101
msgid "All Entries in the Subtree"
@@ -2284,7 +2302,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106
msgid "Everybody"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Svatko"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107
msgid "Authenticated Clients"
@@ -2292,7 +2310,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108
msgid "Anonymous Clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Anonimni klijenti"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109
msgid "The accessed Entry (self)"
@@ -2316,7 +2334,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126
msgid "No Access"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bez pristupa"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128
msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)"
@@ -2328,15 +2346,15 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132
msgid "Compare"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usporedi"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133
msgid "Read"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Čitaj"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134
msgid "Write"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Piši"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135
msgid "Manage (full access)"
@@ -2345,7 +2363,7 @@
#. don't count frontend and Config DB
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167
msgid "New Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nova baza podataka"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170
msgid "Basic Database Settings"
@@ -2353,7 +2371,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189
msgid "&Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Administrator DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197
msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
@@ -2404,7 +2422,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Direktorij ne postoji. Želite li ga napraviti?"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
@@ -2417,7 +2435,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
msgid "Try again?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pokušaj ponovo?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
@@ -2441,7 +2459,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
msgid "Select"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odaberite"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
msgid "Define the Access Level"
@@ -2478,7 +2496,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
msgid "Target Objects"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ciljni objekti"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
msgid "Matching the filter:"
@@ -2486,7 +2504,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
msgid "LDAP Filter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP filter"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
@@ -2494,19 +2512,19 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Attributes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Atributi"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uredi"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
msgid "Access Level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Razina pristupa"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
msgid "Who"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tko"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "DN"
@@ -2518,11 +2536,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
msgid "Up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gore"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
msgid "Down"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dolje"
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
@@ -2539,11 +2557,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Target"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Meta"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Filter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Filter"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
msgid ""
@@ -2561,7 +2579,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
msgid "Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Port"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
msgid "Replication Type"
@@ -2573,19 +2591,19 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
msgid "Days"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dani"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
msgid "Hours"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sati"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
msgid "Minutes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Minute"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
msgid "Seconds"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sekunde"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
msgid "Authentication DN"
@@ -2673,7 +2691,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828
msgid "LDAP initialization failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP inicijalizacija nije uspjela."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854
msgid "LDAP bind failed."
@@ -2691,8 +2709,8 @@
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575
msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util."
msgstr ""
@@ -2702,15 +2720,15 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046
msgid "LDAP modify failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP preinake nisu uspjele."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074
msgid "Incomplete data."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podaci nisu cjeloviti."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101
msgid "Unsupported database type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vrsta baze podataka nije podržana."
#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
@@ -2752,7 +2770,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604
msgid "Creating Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stvaram postavke"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605
msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server"
@@ -2888,11 +2906,11 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221
msgid "Database Type: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vrsta baze podataka:"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
msgid "Not configured yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Još nije postavljeno."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472
msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist."
@@ -2955,7 +2973,7 @@
msgid "Could not create database directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
msgstr ""
@@ -2968,101 +2986,101 @@
msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati krb5.conf."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nije uspjelo zapisivanje u datoteku lozinke."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027
msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881
msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/autoinst.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/autoinst.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/autoinst.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-25 17:16+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -118,8 +118,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#. doClone();
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr "Parametri modema"
@@ -131,38 +130,31 @@
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
msgstr "Proxy port mora biti postavljen."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
-#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the
-#. system.
-#.
-#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42
+#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr "Kopiram postavke X Window sustava u vaš sustav..."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown mode"
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "Nepoznati mod"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share"
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr "Lista korisnika razdvojenih zarezom kojima je dozvoljen pristup dijeljenim resursima"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "Kloniram sustav..."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92
-msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr ""
#. help 1/2
@@ -315,23 +307,23 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Izvršavam naknadna upisivanja"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Determine running services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Odrediti pokrenute servise"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Završavam konfiguriranje"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Čitam resurse..."
@@ -2427,13 +2419,13 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
#.
#. @return the newly created node name
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid " - Drive"
msgstr "&Pogon"
#. volume group
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133
msgid " - Volume group"
msgstr ""
@@ -2536,11 +2528,11 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Pogoni"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
#, fuzzy
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
msgstr "Ukupno %1 pogon"
@@ -2751,28 +2743,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr "Nije postavljen određeni uređaj"
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Pregledavam korjensku particiju. Trenutak molim..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "Nije pronađena Linux korjenska particija."
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
@@ -2782,7 +2774,7 @@
"koja korijenska particija treba biti korištena. Automatska instalacija nije moguća."
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/base.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/base.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/base.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-05 23:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Preskoči"
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Zaporka"
@@ -1501,6 +1501,31 @@
"YaST2 nemože nastaviti konfiguraciju\n"
"baz instaliranja potrebnih paketa."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
+msgid "Updating system configuration..."
+msgstr "Nadograđujem postavke..."
+
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This may take a while"
+msgid "This may take a while."
+msgstr "Ovo bi moglo potrajati"
+
+#. Get information about the OS release
+#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
+#. is missing.
+#.
+#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
+#. @return [String] the release information
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Specified profile not found."
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr "Navedeni profil nije pronađen."
+
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
@@ -2112,15 +2137,15 @@
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Mrežna kartica"
@@ -2128,27 +2153,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Nepoznato"
@@ -2158,330 +2183,330 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Dodatna adresa"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCnet mrežna kartica"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Asinkroni način prijenosa (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Bluetooth veza"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN kartica"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL veza"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Neznalica"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Ethernet mrežna kartica"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI mrežna kartica"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN veza"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Infracrveni mrežni uređaj"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Infracrveni uređaj"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS mrežna kartica"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "Loopback"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet mrežna kartica"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Paralelna linije"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Veza preko paralelne linije"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Serijska linija"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Veza preko serijske linije"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB mrežni uređaj"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare mrežni uređaj"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Bežična"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Bežična mrežna kartica"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP mreža"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Virtualni LAN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Most"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Mrežni most"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "LUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "Mrežni način"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "RTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "&Mreža"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "Infracrveni uređaj"
@@ -2545,7 +2570,7 @@
msgstr "&Izuzeti Direktoriji"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2554,28 +2579,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. If there is network running, return true.
-#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false
+#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "No local printer detected."
-msgid "No running network detected."
-msgstr "Lokalni pisač nije pronađen."
-
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356
-msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
+"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
-"and start this module again"
+"and start this module again\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360
-msgid "or continue without network."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
msgid ""
@@ -2903,56 +2923,56 @@
msgstr "&Odinstaliraj"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Paket"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Veličina: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Skidam sliku %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Skidam "
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Prikaži &detalje"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Paket %1 će biti instaliran."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Instalacija paketa %1 nije uspjela."
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616
#, fuzzy
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Zaista prekinuti instalaciju?"
@@ -2962,63 +2982,63 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Greške u zapisu: %1"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Instaliram pakete..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Instaliram pakete..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Instaliraj pakete"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Instaliraj pakete"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Instalacija paketa %1 nije uspjela."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Instalacija paketa %1 nije uspjela."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3029,29 +3049,29 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "Strana A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "Strana B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
@@ -3061,7 +3081,7 @@
"%1' %2"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3070,7 +3090,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3079,61 +3099,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
msgstr "Izvorišni medij ne može biti mountiran."
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Izbaci"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Čitaj &CD ili DVD medij"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Zaista prekinuti instalaciju?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Preskočiti medij?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ignoriram oštećen medij..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Isprobavam repozitorij "
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Dogodila se greška prilikom čitanja zapisa."
@@ -3141,9 +3161,9 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Nemogu primiti SID za domenu."
@@ -3151,9 +3171,9 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Dogodila se greška prilikom stvaranja instalacijskog izvora."
@@ -3161,15 +3181,15 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Unešeni URL nije ispravan."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Unešeni WWPN nije ispravan."
@@ -3178,111 +3198,111 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445
#, fuzzy
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "&Ponovno pokušati"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Isprobavam repozitorij "
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Dogodila se greška prilikom čitanja zapisa."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Postavke repozitorija"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Ključ nije ispravan."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Skladište: "
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Skidam sliku %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Skidam presliku..."
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Kopiram pakete..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
#, fuzzy
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Kopiram označene pakete"
#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Skidam sliku %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
msgstr "Skidam presliku..."
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822
#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Pokrečem servis..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831
#, fuzzy
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Izvodim SuSEconfig"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Zakrpa: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843
#, fuzzy
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Skripta"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Izlaz skripte"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3291,7 +3311,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3301,48 +3321,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Obnovi"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Skidam "
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Skidam "
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Čitam bazu paketa..."
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
@@ -3350,12 +3370,12 @@
msgstr "Čitam bazu paketa..."
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
@@ -3363,13 +3383,13 @@
msgstr "Instalacija paketa %1 nije uspjela."
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Čitam bazu podataka..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Čitam instalirane pakete"
@@ -3380,29 +3400,29 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Čitam RPM bazu podataka..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Inicijalizacija odredišnog direktorija nije uspjela."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "MySQL baza podataka"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Autorizacija korisnika"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3413,7 +3433,7 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Korisničko ime"
@@ -3473,44 +3493,20 @@
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr "Prihvaćate li ovaj licencni dogovor?"
-#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236
-msgid ""
-"The current system is not consistent,\n"
-"some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243
-msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252
-msgid ""
-"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-"in the software manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Instalacija potrebnih paketa neuspijela."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3518,7 +3514,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
@@ -3526,7 +3522,7 @@
"baz instaliranja potrebnih paketa."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
@@ -3658,7 +3654,7 @@
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Paketi"
@@ -4002,7 +3998,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4011,17 +4007,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
@@ -4029,7 +4025,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4043,12 +4039,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4061,86 +4057,94 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr ""
#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
+#. these are the initial values
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Instaliram upravljački program..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Medij"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Uklanjam pakete..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Vrijeme"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Molimo pričekajte dok se repozitoriji učitavaju...</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Napomene izdavača"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detalji"
-#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Perform Update"
+msgid "Performing Upgrade"
+msgstr "Izvedi nadogradnju"
+
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Izvedi instalaciju"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Instalacija jezika"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4149,17 +4153,17 @@
"izaći iz instalacije?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Prekinuto"
#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
msgid "File not found."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Datoteka nije pronađena."
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System log (%1)"
msgid "System Log (%1)"
@@ -4770,7 +4774,7 @@
msgstr "Greška se dogodila prilikom pravljenja korisničkog prijavljivanja."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4869,7 +4873,7 @@
#. KiloByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
msgid "KiB"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KiB"
#. MegaByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
@@ -5761,6 +5765,11 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "No local printer detected."
+#~ msgid "No running network detected."
+#~ msgstr "Lokalni pisač nije pronađen."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "Veličina instalacije:"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/bootloader.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/bootloader.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/bootloader.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-07 21:23+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -131,22 +131,22 @@
msgstr "Sustav će se sada ponovno pokrenuti..."
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr "Nije odabran ni jedan podizač sustava za instalaciju. Vaš sustav možda nema mogućnost podizanja."
#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Podižem"
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr "&Podižem"
@@ -155,12 +155,12 @@
#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Disk Order"
msgstr "Redoslijed diskova"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr "Postavke filtera"
@@ -173,10 +173,9 @@
msgstr "Postavke za podizanje sustava"
#. `VSpacing(1),
-#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Window title
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "&Logička particija"
@@ -295,23 +294,29 @@
"odatle.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
@@ -320,25 +325,25 @@
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
@@ -346,7 +351,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -355,82 +360,82 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Lokacija podizača sustava"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Vrijeme-isteklo (u sek.)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Osnovni odabir"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "41 PReP Particija za podizanje"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "&Zapis o glavnom podizaču sustava"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Podigni sustav s korjenske particije"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "&Sektor za podizanje podizačke particije %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "&Podizački sektor root particije %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "&Kernel paramteri podizanja:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
msgstr "Gra&fičko sučelje"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "Lozinka za \"root\", sustavskog administratora"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -484,127 +489,127 @@
#. Common widget of a console
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Koristi &serijsku konzolu"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "A&rgumenti daemon-a"
#. textentry header
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Uređaj"
#. disabling & enabling up/down
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr "Alias mora sadržavati barem jedan član."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553
msgid "D&isks"
msgstr "&Diskovi"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&Gore"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "&Dolje"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "Lokacija podizača sustava"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "&Zapis o glavnom podizaču sustava"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "&Podizački sektor root particije %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "&Sektor za podizanje podizačke particije %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "Lokacija podizača sustava"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "&Zapis o glavnom podizaču sustava"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "&Podizački sektor root particije %1"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "41 PReP Particija za podizanje"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "&Prekini Instalaciju"
-#. Cache for genericWidgets function
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "&Logička particija"
-#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&Kernel paramteri podizanja:"
-#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "&Logička particija"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Secure"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Sigurno"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enable PulseAudio Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "&Omogući PulseAudio podršku"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Lokacija podizača sustava"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -640,26 +645,44 @@
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "&Kernel paramteri podizanja:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Distribution:"
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "Distribucija:"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "&VGA način"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "&Kernel paramteri podizanja:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box item
#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
@@ -694,9 +717,28 @@
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "Neo&dređen"
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "[set]"
+msgid "set"
+msgstr "[postavljeno]"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr "ukloni"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do not change name"
+msgid "do not change"
+msgstr "Nemoj promijeniti ime"
+
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autodetected card"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -704,29 +746,34 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Odaberite datoteku s certifikatom"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use &serial console"
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Koristi &serijsku konzolu"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "Odaberite rezoluciju:"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "A&rgumenti daemon-a"
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
+msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
@@ -740,7 +787,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "Slijedeći uzorci nisu mogli biti instalirani"
@@ -883,11 +930,7 @@
msgid "Xen"
msgstr ""
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91
msgid "Floppy"
msgstr "Disketa"
@@ -1896,39 +1939,40 @@
#.
#.
#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Lokacija: %1"
@@ -1938,32 +1982,34 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Vrsta podizača sustava: %1"
#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
msgid " (\"/boot\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
msgid " (\"/\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Lokacija: %1"
@@ -1990,246 +2036,188 @@
msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
msgstr "&Predloži i spoji sa postojećim GRUB izbornicima"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Omogući &GSS sigurnost"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Nepoznat izbor: '%1'"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TODO add more devices
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128
msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
msgstr ""
-#. if "iscsi" is true
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-msgstr "CIljni direktorij nije ispravan ili putanja nije apsolutna."
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259
-msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Provjeri podizač sustava"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Čitaj particiju"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Učitaj postavke podizača sustava"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Provjeravam podizač sustava..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "Particioniranje čitanja..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Učitavam postavke podizača sustava..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Pokrećem konfiguraciju podizača sustava"
#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
#, fuzzy
msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgstr "&Kernel paramteri podizanja:"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Napravi initrd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Čuvam konfiguraciju podizača sustava..."
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Instaliram podizač sustava..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "Stvaram intrd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "Čuvam konfiguraciju podizača sustava..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "Instaliram podizač sustava..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Čuvam konfiguraciju podizača sustava"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79
-msgid "Linux"
-msgstr "Linux"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
+#~ msgstr "CIljni direktorij nije ispravan ili putanja nije apsolutna."
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85
-msgid "Failsafe"
-msgstr "samoisključivi"
+#~ msgid "Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97
-msgid "Hard Disk"
-msgstr "tvrdi disk"
+#~ msgid "Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "samoisključivi"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103
-msgid "Memory Test"
-msgstr "Testiranje memorije"
+#~ msgid "Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "tvrdi disk"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109
-msgid "MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "MBR prije Instalacije"
+#~ msgid "Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "Testiranje memorije"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115
-msgid "Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "Prethodna jezgra"
+#~ msgid "MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "MBR prije Instalacije"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121
+#~ msgid "Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "Prethodna jezgra"
+
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "Identifikacija proizvođača"
+#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "Identifikacija proizvođača"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230
-msgid "_Linux"
-msgstr "_Linux"
+#~ msgid "_Linux"
+#~ msgstr "_Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237
-msgid "_Failsafe"
-msgstr "_Samoisključivi"
+#~ msgid "_Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "_Samoisključivi"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244
-msgid "_Floppy"
-msgstr "_Disketa"
+#~ msgid "_Floppy"
+#~ msgstr "_Disketa"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251
-msgid "_Hard Disk"
-msgstr "_Tvrdi disk"
+#~ msgid "_Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "_Tvrdi disk"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258
-msgid "_Memory Test"
-msgstr "_Testiranje memorije"
+#~ msgid "_Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "_Testiranje memorije"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265
-msgid "_MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "_MBR prije instalacije"
+#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "_MBR prije instalacije"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272
-msgid "_Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "_Prethodna jezgra"
+#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "_Prethodna jezgra"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279
#, fuzzy
-msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "Identifikacija proizvođača"
+#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "Identifikacija proizvođača"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/ca-management.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/ca-management.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/ca-management.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-08 19:18+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <hr(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -60,26 +60,26 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
msgid "Organization"
msgstr "Organizacija"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Locality"
msgstr "Lokalno vrijeme"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
msgid "State"
msgstr "Država"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
msgid "Country"
msgstr "Zemlja"
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
msgstr "Ime"
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
#, fuzzy
msgid "Common Name"
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@
msgid "Email"
msgstr "Email"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
msgstr "Organizacijska jedinica"
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
#. we need to fake a certificate name
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
#. The main ()
#. To translators: dialog label
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
@@ -699,11 +699,18 @@
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Za listu <b>Opcija</b> molim pročitati man stranicu mount(8).</p>"
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
+msgid ""
+"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
+"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
@@ -711,32 +718,32 @@
msgstr "Opis"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr "Uklon&i"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Replace"
msgid "&Import/Replace"
msgstr "&Zamijeni"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
msgstr "Usluga %1 ne postoji."
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
msgid ""
"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to trust this certificate?"
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
@@ -772,12 +779,69 @@
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Korisnici i grupe</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr "Naziv &Domene"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "O&rganization:"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "&Organizacija:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Location: %1"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr "Lokacija: %1"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "State: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr "Država: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Country: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr "Zemlja: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Korisnici i grupe</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
@@ -785,7 +849,7 @@
"\n"
"Vrijedi od: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
@@ -794,37 +858,37 @@
"Vriedi do: "
#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
msgid "&Advanced..."
msgstr "&Napredno..."
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
msgid "&View"
msgstr "&Pogled"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change CA Password"
msgstr "U&nesite lozinku:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
msgstr "&Napravi"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Export to &File"
msgstr "&Izuzeti Direktoriji"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Edit Default"
msgstr "&Standardna"
@@ -888,7 +952,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>"
msgstr "<b>Sažetak:</b> %1<br>"
@@ -921,18 +985,18 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -944,40 +1008,40 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
msgid "nsComment: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
msgid "nsCertType: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1056,83 +1120,232 @@
"\n"
"Objekt klase nije pronađen.\n"
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr "Naziv &Domene"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "O&rganization:"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "&Organizacija:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Location: %1"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr "Lokacija: %1"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "State: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr "Država: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Country: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr "Zemlja: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Type "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr " Vrsta "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Type "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Is CA: "
+msgstr " Vrsta "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " RAID "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Key Size: "
+msgstr " RAID "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Serialnumber: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " RAID "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Version: "
+msgstr " RAID "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Valid from: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid from: "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Vrijedi od: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "Valid to: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid to: "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Vriedi do: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of pub. Key : "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of signature: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
msgid "Valid"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
msgid "Revoked"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
msgid "Expired"
msgstr "Isteklo"
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
msgid "E-Mail Address"
msgstr "E-mail adresa"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Dodaj"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
msgid "Add Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
msgid "Add Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
msgid "&Change Password"
msgstr "&Promijeni lozinku"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
msgid "&Revoke"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Obriši"
#. Fate (#2613)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
msgid "Export"
msgstr "Izvezi"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
msgid "Export to File"
msgstr "Izvezi u datoteku"
#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
msgid "Export to LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1225,7 +1438,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
msgid "&Valid Period (days):"
msgstr ""
@@ -1695,7 +1908,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
msgid "Path Length "
msgstr ""
@@ -1908,6 +2121,13 @@
"\n"
"Tip karakteristike nije pronađen.\n"
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"generation Time: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
@@ -1916,34 +2136,34 @@
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
#. Filling up reqeust extentions
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
#, fuzzy
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
msgstr "Dio %1 nije pronađen."
#. IS CA ?
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1951,21 +2171,21 @@
"Ako ste nesigurni, koristite već odabrane postavljene vrijednosti.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1973,30 +2193,30 @@
"liknite <b>Prihvati</b> da bi nastavili do slijedećeg upita.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
msgid " days"
msgstr "dani"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
msgid " (critical)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
msgid "&Edit Request"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sign Request"
msgstr "Potrebe"
#. signing request
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
msgid "The request has been signed."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/hr/po/cio.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/cio.hr.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/cio.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+# Croatian message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>, 2001
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: hr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Interfaces"
+msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr "Dostupna sučelja"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Uređaj"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr "Iskorišteno"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ne"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "da"
+
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fiber channel"
+msgid "Filter channels"
+msgstr "Optički kanal"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr "Označ&i sve"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "File selection"
+msgid "&Clear selection"
+msgstr "Izbor datoteke"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Scan the Channels"
+msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
+msgstr "P&retraži kanale"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Scan the Channels"
+msgid "&Unban Channels"
+msgstr "P&retraži kanale"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exit"
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "Izlaz"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+msgid ""
+"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Ranges to Unban."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/cluster.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/cluster.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/cluster.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -91,233 +91,233 @@
msgstr "Postavi"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
msgid "OK"
msgstr "U redu"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Otkaži"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sender Address"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Adresa pošiljatelja"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sender Address"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "Adresa pošiljatelja"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "nodeid"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Transport"
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr "Transport"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Kanal"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network &Address:"
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "&Mrežna adresa:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Master's Address"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "&Glavna adresa"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Multicast"
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr "Višestruko odašiljanje"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scan the Channels"
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "Pretraži kanale"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Master"
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "Glavni"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428
-msgid "expected votes:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sender Address"
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "Adresa pošiljatelja"
-#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671
+#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Omogući &GSS sigurnost"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "Threads:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677
-msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Izvodi se"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ftp is running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "ftp je pokrenut"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Podižem"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgstr "Isključeno - pokreni DRBD poslužitelj ručno"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Switch Only"
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Samo prebaci"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Trenutni status: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Squid Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Pokreni Squid sada"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Zaustavi vatrozid"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Main Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Glavni poslužitelj"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Dodaj"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Odgoda"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Uredi"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Odaberite datoteku"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested packages"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Predloženi paketi"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a user name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Unesite korisničko ime."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read hostname."
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Ne mogu učitati naziv računala."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a filename"
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Unesite ime datoteke"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a filename"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Unesite ime datoteke"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -330,46 +330,46 @@
"Želite li ju prepisati?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Ponovno učitavanje usluge %1 neuspješno"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Stvaranje slike nije uspjelo."
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
@@ -382,23 +382,26 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i
s on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -407,7 +410,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -418,7 +421,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Initializing autofs Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -431,7 +434,7 @@
"Molim pričekajte...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -440,7 +443,7 @@
"Možete sigurno prekinuti alat za postavke pritiskom na <b>Prekini</b>.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -453,7 +456,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -478,41 +481,41 @@
msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Pokrećem postavke pisača"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Čitaj bazu podataka"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Učitaj postavke vatrozida."
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Čitam bazu podataka..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Učitavam prethodne postavke..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -520,71 +523,71 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Završeno"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages"
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Ne mogu instalirati potrebne pakete"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Promijeni postojeće postavke"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Ne mogu čitati database1."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Ne mogu čitati database2."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Ne mogu pronaći uređaje."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Spremam postavke"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "Sačuvati promjene u %1?"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "Spremanje promjena u datoteke..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/control-center.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/control-center.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/control-center.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-22 11:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/control.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/control.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/control.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-27 22:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -22,22 +22,14 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 0.2\n"
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7
-msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-msgstr "Instalacija dodatnih proizvoda"
-
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "Instalacija jezika"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:355
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
#| "<p>\n"
#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#| "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
#| "</p>\n"
#| "<p>\n"
#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
@@ -48,743 +40,369 @@
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Instalacija je uspješno završila.\n"
"Vaš sustav je spreman za upotrebu.\n"
-"Kliknite <b>Završi</b> da biste se prijavili na sustav.\n"
+"Kliknite Završi da biste se prijavili na sustav.\n"
+"</p> <p> Molimo vas da nas posjetite na http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Molimo vas da nas posjetite na http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429
-msgid "Initialization..."
-msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430
-msgid "Configuring network..."
-msgstr "Podešavam mrežu..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431
-msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-msgstr "Podešavam sklopovlje..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432
-msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-msgstr "Dovršavam postavke..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:343
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "VNC Server"
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr "VNC poslužitelj"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72
-#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464
-#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Postavke instalacije"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Pregled"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19
msgid "Expert"
msgstr "Stručno"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Postavke instalacije sustava koji radi s CD-a"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Postavke nadogradnje"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Mrežne postavke"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398
-#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692
-#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Postavke mrežnog mosta"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke skopovlja"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510
-#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313
-#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Priprema"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219
-#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237
-#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328
-#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449
-#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Spremam mrežne postavke"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Setup"
+msgid "Network Autosetup"
+msgstr "Podešavanje mreže"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Dobrodošli"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "N&etwork scan station"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "&Mrežna stanica za skeniranje"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976
-#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Aktivacija diska"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515
-#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255
-#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Analiza sustava"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261
-#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Dodatni proizvodi"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr "Disk"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Vremenska zona"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Korisničke postavke"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Instalacija"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "Pregled instalacije"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Sažetak instalacije"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291
-#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299
-#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469
-#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477
-#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517
-#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612
-#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624
-#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748
-#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756
-#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777
-#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Izvedi instalaciju"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822
-msgid "Repair"
-msgstr "Popravi"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Instalacija"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr "Disk"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Sustav za nadogradnju"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Nadogradnja"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Sažetak nadogradnje"
-#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645
-#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397
-#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405
-#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Izvedi nadogradnju"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421
-#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042
-msgid "System Information"
-msgstr "Informacije o sustavu"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046
-msgid "Perform Repair"
-msgstr "Izvedi popravak"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446
-#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488
-#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Osnovna instalacija"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459
-#: control/control.glade:503
-msgid "Language"
-msgstr "Jezik"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
+msgstr "AutoYaST postavke"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651
-#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631
-#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318
-#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560
-#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648
-#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264
-msgid "Network"
-msgstr "Mreža"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+msgid "System Configuration"
+msgstr "Postavke sustava"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566
-#: control/control.glade:656
-msgid "Customer Center"
-msgstr "Korisnički centar"
+#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Instalacija dodatnih proizvoda"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346
-#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578
-#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662
-#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672
-#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284
-msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr "Nadogradnja putem Interneta"
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Instalacija jezika"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588
-#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301
-msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "Napomene izdavača"
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "\n"
+#~| "<p>\n"
+#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#~| "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#~| "</p>\n"
+#~| "<p>\n"
+#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#~| "</p>\n"
+#~| "\t"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Instalacija je uspješno završila.\n"
+#~ "Vaš sustav je spreman za upotrebu.\n"
+#~ "Kliknite <b>Završi</b> da biste se prijavili na sustav.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Molimo vas da nas posjetite na http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335
-msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgstr "Automatske postavke"
+#~ msgid "Initialization..."
+#~ msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227
-msgid "root Password"
-msgstr "Lozinka korisnika root"
+#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
+#~ msgstr "Podešavam mrežu..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244
-msgid "Check Installation"
-msgstr "Provjera instalacije"
+#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..."
+#~ msgstr "Podešavam sklopovlje..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250
-msgid "Hostname"
-msgstr "Naziv računala"
+#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "Dovršavam postavke..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680
-#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr "Korisnici"
+#~ msgid "User Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Korisničke postavke"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719
-#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733
-#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459
-msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
-msgstr "AutoYaST postavke"
+#~ msgid "Installation Overview"
+#~ msgstr "Pregled instalacije"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568
-msgid "System Configuration"
-msgstr "Postavke sustava"
+#~ msgid "Repair"
+#~ msgstr "Popravi"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658
-msgid "Clean Up"
-msgstr "Čišćenje"
+#~ msgid "System Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informacije o sustavu"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "\t"
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Instalacija je uspješno završila.\n"
-"Vaš sustav je spreman za upotrebu.\n"
-"Kliknite Završi da biste se prijavili na sustav.\n"
-"</p> <p> Molimo vas da nas posjetite na http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+#~ msgid "Perform Repair"
+#~ msgstr "Izvedi popravak"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330
-msgid "Server Base Scenario"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Language"
+#~ msgstr "Jezik"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331
-msgid ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
-"Choose the one that matches your server the best."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Network"
+#~ msgstr "Mreža"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337
-msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Customer Center"
+#~ msgstr "Korisnički centar"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338
-msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Online Update"
+#~ msgstr "Nadogradnja putem Interneta"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339
-msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Release Notes"
+#~ msgstr "Napomene izdavača"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
-msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-msgstr "Postavke mrežnog mosta"
+#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Automatske postavke"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784
-msgid "Server Scenario"
-msgstr "Scenario poslužitelja"
+#~ msgid "root Password"
+#~ msgstr "Lozinka korisnika root"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:286
-msgid "Installation Summary"
-msgstr "Sažetak instalacije"
+#~ msgid "Check Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Provjera instalacije"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Servis"
+#~ msgid "Hostname"
+#~ msgstr "Naziv računala"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:340
-msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Users"
+#~ msgstr "Korisnici"
-#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Odabir radne površine"
+#~ msgid "Clean Up"
+#~ msgstr "Čišćenje"
-#: control/control.glade:634
-msgid "Root Password"
-msgstr "Lozinka korisnika root"
+#~ msgid "Server Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "Scenario poslužitelja"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-"\t "
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Čestitamo!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>Instalacija openSUSE-a na vaše računalo je završena.\n"
-"Nakon klikanja na <b>Završi</b> možete se prijaviti na sustav.</p>\n"
-"<p>Posjetite nas na %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Zabavite se!<br /> Vaš SUSE razvojni tim</p>\n"
-"\t"
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Servis"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Odabir radne površine"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME radna površina"
+#~ msgid "Root Password"
+#~ msgstr "Lozinka korisnika root"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE radna površina"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ "\t "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Čestitamo!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Instalacija openSUSE-a na vaše računalo je završena.\n"
+#~ "Nakon klikanja na <b>Završi</b> možete se prijaviti na sustav.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Posjetite nas na %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Zabavite se!<br /> Vaš SUSE razvojni tim</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "XFCE radna površina"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "GNOME radna površina"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE radna površina"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "KDE radna površina"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "XFCE radna površina"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "KDE radna površina"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Online repozitoriji"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Online repozitoriji"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/country.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/country.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/country.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-10 21:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/crowbar.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/crowbar.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/crowbar.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/dhcp-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/dhcp-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/dhcp-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-21 10:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
@@ -585,85 +585,84 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Na kraju jedan adresni par mora biti specificiran"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
-"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
-"Really use this interface?\n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "SUSE podrška"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "Postavke DHCP poslužitelja"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "Naziv &Domene"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Primarni DNS posližitelj"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "NS -- služitelj Naziva"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "Pretpostavljena vrijednost: "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "Pslužitelj &Naziva"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "Pisač"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "NIS Poslužitelj"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "Pretpostavljena vrijednost: "
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Jedinice"
@@ -671,41 +670,41 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#, fuzzy
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Određena datoteka ne postoji ili je prazna"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Postavke pod-mreže"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Dijeljena &Mreža"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "Trenutni status:"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
#, fuzzy
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Mrežna maska"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -713,13 +712,13 @@
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "N&aj Niža IP Adresa"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "&IP Adresa"
@@ -728,7 +727,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
@@ -740,7 +739,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
@@ -749,59 +748,59 @@
msgstr "N&aj Niža IP Adresa"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Dozvoliti Izmjeniv &BOOTP"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Lokalno vrijeme"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "&Standardna"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "&Maksimum"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "&Pokreni novu konfiguraciju ispočetka"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Trenutni DMA mod"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "&Konvertiraj trenutnu konfiguraciju"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "&Pokrenuti DNS poslužitelj"
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -809,8 +808,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -818,151 +817,151 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "&Udaljeni Domaćini"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Ime"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Podatci o hardveru"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tip"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
#, fuzzy
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "&Statičke Postavke"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "Ime"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP Adresa"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "Podatci o hardveru"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet sučelje"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "Promjeni &Monitor..."
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet sučelje"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "Ime dijela mora biti određeno."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "Na kraju jedna adresa mora biti specificirana"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "Dijeljeni naziv ne može biti prazan."
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
#, fuzzy
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "Dijeljeni resurs '%1' već postoji."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Unesite ime poslužitelja."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "Ime dijela mora biti određeno."
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "Najprije odaberite skriptu."
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
#, fuzzy
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "Ime dijela mora biti određeno."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -975,15 +974,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -995,7 +994,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "Postavke DHCP poslužitelja"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/dns-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/dns-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/dns-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-29 19:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/drbd.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/drbd.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/drbd.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-27 22:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -27,6 +27,16 @@
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Postavke DASD-a"
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+msgid "DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+msgid "&DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
@@ -64,26 +74,86 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke resursa"
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Resource Configuration"
+msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
+msgstr "Postavke resursa"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Resource Configuration"
+msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
+msgstr "Postavke resursa"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
+msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
+msgstr "Ne mogu učitati datoteku s postavkama."
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
+msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
+msgstr "Neuspjelo brisanje postavki %1."
+
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Drbd Configuration"
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Drbd postavke"
#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd"
-msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Prvi dio postavki drbd-a"
#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Second part of configuration of drbd"
-msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Drugi dio postavki drbd-a"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -111,7 +181,7 @@
#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Pokrećem postavke</big></b><br>\n"
"Molim pričekajte...<br></p>\n"
@@ -129,14 +199,14 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "</p>"
+#| "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Postavke NFS poslužitelja</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Pohranjujem postavke</big></b><br />\n"
+"Molim pričekajte...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48
@@ -156,14 +226,81 @@
msgstr "Početak DRBD postavki."
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalne DRBD postavke</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalne DRBD postavke</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalne DRBD postavke</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -173,39 +310,34 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
-"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
-"configured in this file.</p>\n"
+" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
+" without reloading the module.\n"
+" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n"
+" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#| "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Drbd postavke</big></b><br>\n"
"Ovdje možete podesiti drbd.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
-#| "If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-#| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
-"If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
+"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Dodajem drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -214,7 +346,7 @@
"Onda pritisnite <b>Postavi</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -225,7 +357,7 @@
"se uređuju njihove postavke.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -233,7 +365,7 @@
#| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Pregled postavki drbd-a</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -241,28 +373,19 @@
"možete urediti njihove postavke<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Dodajem drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Pritisnite <b>Dodaj</b> da biste podesili drbd.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
-#| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Uređivanje ili brisanje:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -270,7 +393,7 @@
"Onda pritisnite <b>Uredi</b> ili <b>Izbriši</b>, ovisno što želite.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -282,7 +405,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -293,7 +416,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -312,14 +435,15 @@
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokol"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Profile name must be set."
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "Naziv profila mora biti postavljen."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567
-msgid "Fill out all fields."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568
+msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -360,13 +484,9 @@
msgstr "Pošalji postavke"
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To propagate this configuration ,\n"
-#| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgid ""
-"To propagate this configuration,\n"
-"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
+"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
"Da biste poslali ove postavke, \n"
"kopirajte datoteku s postavkama '/etc/drbd.conf' na ostale čvorove ručno."
@@ -384,91 +504,266 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
-msgid "Starting DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Pokretanje 'lirc' servisa nije uspjelo."
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
-msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Zaustaviti servis"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "Heartbeat postavke"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
+msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
+msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati u idmapd.conf."
+
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Pokrećem DRBD postavke"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Učitaj globane postavke"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Čitaj resurse"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Čitaj status daemon-a"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Čitam globalne postavke...."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Čitam resurse..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Čitam status daemon-a..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Završeno"
+#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting configuration module %1..."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
+"%2"
+msgstr "Pokrećem konfiguracijski modul %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Zapisujem DRBD postavke"
#. if (!modified) return true;
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Zapiši globalne postavke"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Zapiši resurse"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Postavi status daemon-a"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Zapisujem globalne postavke..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Zapisujem resurse..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Postavljam status daemon-a..."
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
+msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
+msgstr "Ne mogu stvoriti direktorij '%1'."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd"
+#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Prvi dio postavki drbd-a"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Second part of configuration of drbd"
+#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Drugi dio postavki drbd-a"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Pokrećem postavke</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Molim pričekajte...<br></p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Postavke NFS poslužitelja</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Drbd postavke</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Ovdje možete podesiti drbd.<br></p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
+#~| "If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+#~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
+#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Dodajem drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Odaberite drbd iz liste pronađenih drbd-a.\n"
+#~ "Ako vaš drbd nije pronađen, koristite <b>Ostalo (nije pronađeno)</b>.\n"
+#~ "Onda pritisnite <b>Postavi</b>.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
+#~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+#~ "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Pregled postavki drbd-a</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Dohvatite pregled instaliranih drbd-a. Dodatno\n"
+#~ "možete urediti njihove postavke<br></p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Dodajem drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Pritisnite <b>Dodaj</b> da biste podesili drbd.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
+#~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Uređivanje ili brisanje:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Odaberite drbd koji želite promijeniti ili izbrisati.\n"
+#~ "Onda pritisnite <b>Uredi</b> ili <b>Izbriši</b>, ovisno što želite.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "To propagate this configuration ,\n"
+#~| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To propagate this configuration,\n"
+#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Da biste poslali ove postavke, \n"
+#~ "kopirajte datoteku s postavkama '/etc/drbd.conf' na ostale čvorove ručno."
+
#~ msgid "Configuration of drbd"
#~ msgstr "Postavke drbd-a"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/fcoe-client.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/fcoe-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/fcoe-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -46,8 +46,18 @@
msgid "&FcoeClient"
msgstr "NFS klijent"
+#. setting of config value is 'yes'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "da"
+
+#. setting of config value is 'no'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ne"
+
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
msgid ""
@@ -55,15 +65,44 @@
"Command %1 failed."
msgstr "Ponovno učitavanje usluge %1 neuspješno"
+#. FCoE is not available on the interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "not available"
+msgstr "nije dostupno"
+
+#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured"
+msgid "not configured"
+msgstr "Nije postavljeno"
+
+#. the flag is 'true'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
+msgid "true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is 'false'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
+msgid "false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is not set at all
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
+msgid "not set"
+msgstr "nije postavljeno"
+
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of printer"
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
msgstr "Postavke pisača"
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -71,7 +110,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -79,12 +118,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
msgstr ""
#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
msgid ""
"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n"
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
@@ -92,27 +131,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
msgstr "Ne mogu stvoriti zonu %1."
#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Command %1 failed"
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
msgstr "Naredba %1 neuspjela"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
msgstr ""
#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Do you really want to remove the\n"
@@ -123,7 +162,7 @@
"konfiguraciju skenera %1, %2 ?\n"
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
msgid ""
"Attention:\n"
"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n"
@@ -131,34 +170,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
msgstr ""
#. replace values in table
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Ponovno učitavanje usluge %1 neuspješno"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Ponovno učitavanje usluge %1 neuspješno"
#. text of a warning popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
msgstr ""
#. text of an information (notify) popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
msgid ""
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
@@ -189,7 +228,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Da"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
@@ -197,7 +236,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ne"
#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117
@@ -274,7 +313,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188
msgid "Driver"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Upravljački program"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Flag FCoE"
@@ -585,104 +624,99 @@
msgstr "<p>Da li želite instalirati sada?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Ne mogu pronaći uređaje."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
+msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti winbind servis."
+
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start 'nmb' service."
+msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
+msgstr "Nemogu pokrenuti 'nmb' servis"
+
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
"VLAN interface to get a valid configuration."
msgstr ""
-#. it's about a flag which is not set at all
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110
-msgid "not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. also about setting of a flag
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "true"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "false"
-msgstr ""
-
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Pokrećem inetd postavke"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Provjeri instalirane pakete"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network services"
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Mrežni servisi"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Otkrivam mrežne uređaje..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the config file"
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Učitaj datoteku s postavkama"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..."
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Provjeravam instalirane RPM pakete..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..."
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Provjeravam fstab zapise..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Otkrivam mrežne uređaje..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
@@ -690,123 +724,123 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Završeno"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Pokretanje 'lirc' servisa nije uspjelo."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Ne mogu pronaći uređaje."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the configuration."
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Ne mogu učitati postavke."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Spremam inetd postavke"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart services"
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Ponovno pokreni servise"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Podesi DNS servis"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Ponovno pokrećem servis..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Podešavam DNS servis..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke u auditd.conf."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Pokretanje 'lirc' servisa nije uspjelo."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables."
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati sysconfig varijable."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globalne DRBD postavke</big></b></p>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Interfaces"
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "Sučelja"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
@@ -814,11 +848,11 @@
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "omogućeno"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "onemogućeno"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/firewall-services.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/firewall-services.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/firewall-services.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-29 19:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/firewall.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/firewall.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/firewall.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-06 21:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/firstboot.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/firstboot.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/firstboot.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-03 12:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/ftp-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/ftp-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/ftp-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-29 19:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/geo-cluster.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/geo-cluster.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/geo-cluster.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -72,92 +72,295 @@
#.
#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "configuration file"
+msgstr "Učitaj datoteku s postavkama"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "arbitrator ip"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "transport"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "port"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uredi"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obriši"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#. return `cacel or a string
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "U redu"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otkaži"
-#. parser value first
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
+msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
+msgstr "Unesite ispravnu e-mail adresu"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Directories"
+msgid "retries"
+msgstr "Direktoriji"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Height"
+msgid "weights"
+msgstr "Visina"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Expired"
+msgid "expire"
+msgstr "Isteklo"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+msgid "acquire-after"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+msgid "before-acquire-handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid."
+msgid "expire is no valid"
+msgstr "Unešeni URL nije ispravan."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid."
+msgid "acquireafter is no valid"
+msgstr "Unešeni URL nije ispravan."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Entered address is not valid."
+msgid "retries is no valid"
+msgstr "Unesena adresa nije valjana."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+msgid "weights is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgstr ""
+#. fill confs with global_files
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "site have to be filled"
+msgstr "Programi koji će biti instalirani:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "ticket have to be filled"
+msgstr "Programi koji će biti instalirani:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
+msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!"
+msgstr "IP adresa nije ispravna."
+
#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317
+#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd.
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Geo Cluster configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The target already exists."
+msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
+msgstr "Meta već postoji."
+
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration Completed"
+msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
+msgstr "Postavke su završene"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started."
+msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
+msgstr "Konfiguracijski modul %1 će biti pokrenut."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Key is invalid."
+msgid "port is invalid!"
+msgstr "Ključ nije ispravan."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "transport have to be filled!"
+msgstr "Programi koji će biti instalirani:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "site have to be filled!"
+msgstr "Programi koji će biti instalirani:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
+msgstr "Programi koji će biti instalirani:"
+
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
+msgstr "Dodajte potpune konfiguracijske datoteke"
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Choose configuration file:"
+msgstr "Učitaj datoteku s postavkama"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Class Configuration"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configurations"
+msgstr "Podešavanje klasa"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Postavke vatrozida"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
+
+#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
+msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati opće postavke."
+
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
+msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati opće postavke."
+
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -166,120 +369,108 @@
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Učitavam prethodne postavke..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Završeno"
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#. read sites
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311
-msgid "Cannot write global settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315
-msgid "Cannot write sites settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write ticket
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318
-msgid "Cannot write ticket settings."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sažetak postavki..."
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
msgid "Read the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Čitaj bazu podataka"
#. Progress stage 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145
msgid "Detect the devices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otkrij uređaje"
#. Progress step 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148
msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Čitam bazu podataka..."
#. Progress step 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otkrivam uređaje..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ne mogu čitati database1."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
msgid "Cannot read the database2."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ne mogu čitati database2."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ne mogu pronaći uređaje."
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pokreni SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pokrećem SuSEconfig..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sažetak postavki ..."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/gtk.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/gtk.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/gtk.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-23 09:50+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <hr(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
#: src/YGUtils.cc:644
msgid "Next"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dalje"
#: src/ygtksteps.c:75
msgid "Current step"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/http-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/http-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/http-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-03 17:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/inetd.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/inetd.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/inetd.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-20 14:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hrvatski\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/installation.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/installation.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/installation.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-22 10:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -61,22 +61,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78
+#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopiram datoteke na instalirani sustav..."
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73
+#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "Inicijaliziram pretpostavljeni upravljač prozora..."
@@ -269,6 +269,7 @@
msgstr "Nadogradnje za %1 %2"
#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Nepoznati proizvod"
@@ -326,7 +327,7 @@
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Licencni sporazum"
@@ -392,10 +393,24 @@
"instalacijskog procesa.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336
-msgid "License needs to be accepted"
-msgstr "Licenca mora biti prihvaćena"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Otpusne zabilješke"
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -504,7 +519,7 @@
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sustav će se sada ponovno pokrenuti..."
#. bnc #395030
#. Use less memory
@@ -601,11 +616,11 @@
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Podesi uređaje"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Podesi &iSCSI diskove"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
@@ -628,15 +643,22 @@
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr "<p>Instalacija samo što nije započela!/<p>"
-#. download release notes now
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Otpusne zabilješke"
+#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
+#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. bug #302384
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+msgid "Initializing"
+msgstr "Pokrećem"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgstr "Pokrećem instalaciju..."
+
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
@@ -655,67 +677,67 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Završavam osnovnu instalaciju"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Pripremam skripte za dovršenje instalacije..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopiram datoteke na instalirani sustav"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Pohrani postavke instalacije"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Instaliraj program za podizanje sustava"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Pripremam sustav za prvo podizanje"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Provjeravam SANE knjižnicu..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Skupljam podatke o sustavu..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Završeno"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Pogreška kod instalacije"
@@ -736,11 +758,6 @@
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr "Molimo pričekajte dok se instalacija pokreće."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
-msgid "Initializing the installation..."
-msgstr "Pokrećem instalaciju..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
@@ -754,13 +771,6 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Pripremam prve postavke sustava..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
-msgid "Initializing"
-msgstr "Pokrećem"
-
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
@@ -945,12 +955,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Preskačem postavke na zahtjev korisnika"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -959,32 +969,32 @@
#. not using tabs
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
msgstr "GREŠKA: Nedostaje naslov"
#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke Kerberos klijenta..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analiziram vaš sustav..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "GREŠKA: Nema prijedloga"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -993,7 +1003,7 @@
"Bilo je grešaka."
#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Pregled instalacije"
@@ -1002,25 +1012,25 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Preskoči podešavanja"
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Koristi slijedeće postavke"
#. menu button
#. menu button
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Promijeni..."
#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Export Configuration"
@@ -1028,21 +1038,21 @@
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -1052,7 +1062,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1085,7 +1095,7 @@
#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
#.
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1102,7 +1112,7 @@
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1116,7 +1126,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1128,7 +1138,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1137,7 +1147,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1145,12 +1155,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1159,7 +1169,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1170,7 +1180,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
msgid ""
"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
@@ -1178,11 +1188,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Nadogradnja"
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Instaliraj"
@@ -1301,48 +1311,32 @@
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Isprobavam tvrde diskove..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
-msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
-msgstr "Traži Linux particije"
-
+#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
-msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-msgstr "Tražim Linux particije..."
-
-#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Traži sistemske datoteke"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Tražim sistemske datoteke..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Pokrećam skenerski modul ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Pokrećam skenerski modul ..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140
-msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
-msgstr "Provjeri mogućnost nadogradnje"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141
-msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
-msgstr "Provjeravam mogućnost nadogradnje..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Ispitujem sustav"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
@@ -1351,7 +1345,7 @@
"<br></p>"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1364,7 +1358,7 @@
"Molimo vas da provjerite vaše sklopovlje!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1377,7 +1371,7 @@
"Nema pronađenih tvrdih diskova za instalaciju.\n"
"Molimo vas da provjerite vaše sklopovlje!\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1385,7 +1379,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1400,7 +1394,7 @@
"Molimo vas da provjerite vaše sklopovlje!\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1409,31 +1403,31 @@
"Prekidam instalaciju."
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "Uklonjeno"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Omogućeno"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Onemogućeno"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "Prethodno korišteni repozitoriji"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
@@ -1442,64 +1436,64 @@
"kojega nadograđujete:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "Trenutni status"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repozitorij"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Promijeni status"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Da biste promijenili URL, kliknite na gumb <b>Promijeni...</b>.</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Nepoznato"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "&URL repozitorija"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "Mreža nije podešena"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
@@ -1508,51 +1502,51 @@
"Da li je želite podesiti?"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "Dodajem i uklanjam repozitorije..."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Please wait while repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Molimo pričekajte dok se repozitoriji dodaju ili uklanjaju.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "Ukloni repozitorije koji se ne koriste"
-#. Removes selected repositories
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813
+#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "Uklanjam repozitorije koji se ne koriste..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "Dodaj omogućene repozitorije"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "Dodajem omogućene repozitorije..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "Dodaj onemogućene repozitorije"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "Dodajem onemogućene repozitorije..."
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1562,7 +1556,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1572,7 +1566,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An error occurred when enabling repository\n"
@@ -1589,7 +1583,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1601,7 +1595,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An error occurred when enabling repository\n"
@@ -1617,7 +1611,7 @@
"URL: %2"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An error occurred when enabling repository\n"
@@ -1704,58 +1698,53 @@
msgstr "Spremam postavke proxy-a..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62
-msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Pohranjujem vremensku zonu..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "Pohranjujem jezik..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "Spremam postavke konzole..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "Spremam postavke tipkovnice..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "Spremam informacije o proizvodu..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..."
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "Spremam postavke automatske instalacije..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading security settings..."
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "Čitam sigurnosne postavke..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
msgstr "Spremam postavke zvučne kartice..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70
+#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Spremam postavke sklopovlja..."
@@ -1789,7 +1778,7 @@
msgstr "Zapisujem YaST postavke..."
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -2012,6 +2001,65 @@
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr "Tražim Linux particije..."
+#. Text to display
+#.
+#. @return String
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
+msgstr "Pokrećem instalaciju..."
+
+#. checking whether images are supported
+#. BNC #409927
+#. Checking files for signatures
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
+msgstr "Nije uspjelo učitavanje informacija o instalacijskim slikama"
+
+#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Deploying..."
+msgstr "Skidam presliku..."
+
+#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
+#.
+#. @see #all_supported_types
+#. @see #objects_state
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+msgid "Storing user preferences..."
+msgstr "Spremam korisničke postavke..."
+
+#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
+msgstr "Vraćam korisničke postavke..."
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+msgid ""
+"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
+"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
+#~ msgstr "Licenca mora biti prihvaćena"
+
+#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
+#~ msgstr "Traži Linux particije"
+
+#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
+#~ msgstr "Tražim Linux particije..."
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
+#~ msgstr "Provjeri mogućnost nadogradnje"
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
+#~ msgstr "Provjeravam mogućnost nadogradnje..."
+
#~ msgid "Network Device: %1"
#~ msgstr "Mrežni uređaj: %1"
@@ -2393,20 +2441,7 @@
#~ "Nema pronađenih hard diskova za instalaciju\n"
#~ "Provjerite vaš hardware\n"
-#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
-#~ msgstr "Nije uspjelo učitavanje informacija o instalacijskim slikama"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Deploying..."
-#~ msgstr "Skidam presliku..."
-
-#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Spremam korisničke postavke..."
-
-#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Vraćam korisničke postavke..."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n"
#~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/instserver.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/instserver.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/instserver.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-07 15:49+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/iplb.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/iplb.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/iplb.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files.
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44
msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Globalne postavke"
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45
msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration"
@@ -92,6 +92,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "da"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ne"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "&Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Globalne postavke"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration"
+msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
+msgstr "Postavke poslužitelja pošte"
+
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
msgid "Check Interval"
msgstr ""
@@ -118,7 +138,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87
msgid "Execute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Izvedi"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
msgid "Email Alert"
@@ -201,7 +221,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -441,7 +461,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -478,7 +498,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Servis"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
msgid "Check Command"
@@ -502,11 +522,11 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
msgid "Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prijava"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lozinka"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
msgid "Database Name"
@@ -522,7 +542,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
msgid "Netmask"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mrežna maska"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
msgid "Scheduler"
@@ -530,7 +550,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Protokol"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
msgid "Virtual Servers"
@@ -538,15 +558,15 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uredi"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obriši"
#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
@@ -572,13 +592,19 @@
#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "U redu"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Otkaži"
+
+#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+msgid ""
+"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
msgstr ""
-#. split the real server ip value;
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -591,10 +617,30 @@
msgid "weight"
msgstr ""
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
+msgid "IP address is not Valid"
+msgstr "IP adresa nije ispravna."
+
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add a new share"
+msgid "Add a new real server:"
+msgstr "Dodaj nove dijeljene resurse"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set up the mail server"
+msgid "Edit the real server:"
+msgstr "Postavi poslužitelj pošte"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
#. Read all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -621,7 +667,7 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Završeno"
#. Write all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -631,19 +677,19 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pokreni SuSEconfig"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pokrećem SuSEconfig..."
#. write global conf
#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
@@ -653,10 +699,10 @@
#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sažetak postavki..."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-client.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-07 21:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -71,141 +71,146 @@
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr "iSNS port"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109
-msgid "Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Initiator Name"
+msgstr "&SCSI uređaji"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sound Card"
-msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr "Zvučna kartica"
#. table of connected targets
#. table of discovered targets
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Sučelje"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr "Adresa portala"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr "Naziv mete"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Pokretanje"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Dodaj"
#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Uredi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Log Out"
msgstr "Odjavi se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Spojeno"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr "Otkrivanje"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "Log In"
msgstr "Prijavi se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Spoji se"
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Bez autorizacije"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "Dolazna autorizacija"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Korisničko ime"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Lozinka"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "Odlazna autorizacija"
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "Pokretanje"
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP adresa"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Ključ"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Vrijednost"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Usluga"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "Spojene mete"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "Otkrivene mete"
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "Pregled skenera"
@@ -213,7 +218,7 @@
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -222,9 +227,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
@@ -462,12 +467,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Umetnite lP adresu."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Umetnite port."
@@ -475,36 +480,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "Točno"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "Netočno"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Nastavi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Otkaži"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Meta je već spojena."
@@ -591,14 +596,20 @@
msgstr "Zaustaviti servis"
#. interface type for hardware offloading
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Software"
-msgid "(Software)"
-msgstr "Programi"
+#| msgid "Select Software"
+msgid "default (Software)"
+msgstr "Odaberite programe"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "All"
+msgid "all"
+msgstr "Sve"
+
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -607,6 +618,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Sažetak postavki..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Software"
+#~ msgid "(Software)"
+#~ msgstr "Programi"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-lio-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-lio-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-lio-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/iscsi-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-26 17:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/isns.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/isns.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/isns.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-06 22:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -318,82 +318,82 @@
msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172
msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Da li želite instalirati sada?</p>"
#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
msgstr "Pokrećem postavke isns daemona"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Čitaj bazu podataka"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Učitaj prethodne postavke"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Otkrij uređaje"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Čitam bazu podataka..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Učitavam prethodne postavke..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Otkrivam uređaje..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Završeno"
#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
msgstr "Spremam inetd postavke"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Pokreni SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Pokrećem SuSEconfig..."
#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf)
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/kdump.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/kdump.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/kdump.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-07 21:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -375,8 +375,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
#, fuzzy
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Za aktiviranje promjena je potrebno ponovno pokretanja sustava."
@@ -510,16 +510,6 @@
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "&Kdump"
-#. checking if packages are available
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103
-msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
-msgstr "Paket za kexec-tools nije dostupan."
-
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
-msgstr "Paket za kernel-kdump nije dostupan."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
@@ -1148,139 +1138,146 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Pokrećem kdump postavke"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Učitavam datoteku s postavkama..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Učitaj izbore jezgre preuzete prilikom pokretanja sustava"
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr "Učitavam dostupnu memoriju..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Učitavam diskovne particije..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Ne mogu učitati datoteku s postavkama /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Ne mogu učitati izbore jezgre proslijeđene prilikom podizanja sustava."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Ne mogu učitati dostupnu memoriju"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Spremam kdump postavke"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Završeno"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Pokretanje kdump-a"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "omogućeno"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "onemogućeno"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Prazna vrijednost za izbor: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "port: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "meta: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Broj datoteka: "
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
+#~ msgstr "Paket za kexec-tools nije dostupan."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
+#~ msgstr "Paket za kernel-kdump nije dostupan."
+
#~ msgid "ENABLED"
#~ msgstr "OMOGUĆENO"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/kerberos-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/kerberos-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/kerberos-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-08 19:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <hr(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/kerberos.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/kerberos.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/kerberos.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kerberos.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-06 18:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/languages_db.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/languages_db.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/languages_db.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-03 12:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap-client.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-27 16:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-18 19:46+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/ldap.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -56,6 +56,8 @@
"\n"
"Attribute type not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Tip karakteristike nije pronađen.\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:540
@@ -63,6 +65,8 @@
"\n"
"Object class not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Objekt klase nije pronađen.\n"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#. error message
@@ -111,7 +115,7 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857
msgid "&Show Details"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Prikaži detalje"
#. error message
#. error message
@@ -150,7 +154,7 @@
#. label
#: src/Ldap.rb:979
msgid "Server: %1:%2"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Poslužitelj: %1:%2"
#. button label
#: src/Ldap.rb:988
@@ -176,12 +180,12 @@
#. button label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547
msgid "&Open"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Otvori"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262
msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Postaviti novu vrijednost trenutne arakteristike.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264
@@ -203,74 +207,78 @@
#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287
msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Opis karakteristike \"%1\":<br></p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311
msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Vrijednost \"%1\" karakteristike"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322
msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Vrijednost \"%1\" karakteristike"
#. button label
#. button label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356
msgid "&Add Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Dodati vrijednost"
#. menubutton item (default value)
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350
msgid "&Empty Entry"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Isprazniti unose"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351
msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Razgledaj"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
msgid ""
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
msgstr ""
+"Vrijednost '%1' već postoji.\n"
+"Molim odabrati novi."
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Postavke alata za rukovanje korisnicima"
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Postavke alata za rukovanje grupama"
#. label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
msgid ""
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
+"Unešena vrijednost već postoji.\n"
+"Odaberite slijedeću.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Unesite naziv modula."
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
@@ -283,7 +291,7 @@
#. entry of the current template.</p>
#. ") +
#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
@@ -292,14 +300,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Naziv Karakteristike"
#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Vrijednost Karakteristike"
#. general help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62
@@ -321,7 +329,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85
msgid "LDAP Browser"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP preglednik"
#. combobox item
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101
@@ -337,7 +345,7 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146
msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP poslužitelj"
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152
@@ -374,9 +382,9 @@
#. table header 1/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Atribut"
#. table header 2/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693
msgid "Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vrijednost"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/live-installer.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/live-installer.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/live-installer.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-07 15:50+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/lxc.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/lxc.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/lxc.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/mail.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/mail.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/mail.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-07 21:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/multipath.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/multipath.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/multipath.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-03 12:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/ncurses-pkg.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/ncurses-pkg.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/ncurses-pkg.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packages.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-15 22:39+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/ncurses.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/ncurses.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/ncurses.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-21 10:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/network.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/network.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/network.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-30 13:04+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
@@ -106,111 +106,61 @@
msgstr "Unutarnja greška"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..."
msgstr "Zapisivanje NFS Postavaka..."
-#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC
-#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
-
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Zona vatrozida"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "&Vatrozid"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke vatrozida"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr "&RPC portovi"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "Sučelja vatrozida"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "Omogući vatrozid"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "&RPC portovi"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "Sučelja vatrozida"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -218,13 +168,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -232,13 +182,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
+#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
+msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
+msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
+
+#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
+msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
+msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je omogućena (<a href=\"%1\">onemogući</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalacija sa slika je onemogućena (<a href=\"%1\">omogući</a>)"
+
#. Commandline help title
#. configuration of hosts
#. Hosts dialog caption
@@ -513,9 +514,18 @@
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr "Postaviti sučelje"
-#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst();
-#. Lan::Autoinstall();
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173
+#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
+#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
+#. has higher priority
+#.
+#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
+#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
+#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
+#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
+#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
+#. Other elements may have similar problems,
+#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of printer"
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
@@ -604,7 +614,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
#, fuzzy
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
@@ -716,7 +726,7 @@
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Uređaj"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Izbori"
@@ -796,13 +806,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Upozorenje: šifriranje se ne koristi."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Promijeni."
@@ -1184,14 +1194,14 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "&Vrsta uređaja"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "Konfiguriranje monitora"
@@ -1206,7 +1216,7 @@
msgstr "Dodaj novu grupu"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Uređaj"
@@ -1410,36 +1420,36 @@
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "A&dresa"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Podesite vašu IP adresu</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Sklopovlje"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "Pomoćni"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Bežično"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1453,12 +1463,12 @@
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Postavke mrežne kartice"
-#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131
+#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
-"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
msgstr ""
"Čini se da je %1 već postavljen. \n"
"Da li želite nastaviti s postavkama?"
@@ -1675,7 +1685,7 @@
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "Uređaj je obrisan."
-#. encoding: utf-8
+#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
#.
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -1767,7 +1777,7 @@
msgstr "Dogodila se pogreška prilikom instalacije"
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1777,13 +1787,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#. radio button group label, method of setup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Sačuvaj metodu"
@@ -1793,7 +1802,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Mrežne postavke"
@@ -1822,7 +1831,7 @@
msgstr "&Baza Naziva Računala"
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1830,20 +1839,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1851,7 +1860,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1859,19 +1868,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1879,7 +1888,7 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
@@ -1891,89 +1900,91 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269
msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Ručne postavke mrežne kartice"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr "&PCMCIA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "&USB"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300
msgid "&Hotplug Type"
msgstr "&Hotplug Type"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305
msgid "P&CI"
msgstr "P&CI"
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "&Modul jezgre"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "&Naziv modula"
#. TODO: Ud ... Rules
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380
-msgid "Udev rules"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Udev rules"
+msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr "Udev pravila"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Naziv uređaja"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
msgid "Change"
msgstr "Promjeni"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Identification"
-msgid "Show visible port identification"
+msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr "Identifikacija poslužitelja"
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunde"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406
msgid "Blink"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Xgl options"
-msgid "Ethtool options"
+msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "Xgl izbori"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "Ručni odabir mrežne kartice"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1981,19 +1992,19 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "&Mrežna kartica"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&Pretraži"
#. Remember current device number (#308763)
#. see also bnc#391802
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -2003,7 +2014,7 @@
"Koristite drugo ime.\n"
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke S/390 mrežne kartice"
@@ -2011,91 +2022,91 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "Postavke uređaja S/390"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&Naziv porta"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Broj porta"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931
#, fuzzy
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC Adresa"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "Kanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "Fiber kanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Kontrolna datoteka promijenjena."
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "&Broj porta"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2103,7 +2114,7 @@
"Izaberite <b>jezik</b> koji želite koristiti prilikom instalacije i za vaš sustav.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2112,33 +2123,33 @@
"</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "Kompatibilni način"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Extended"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokol"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2147,20 +2158,20 @@
"</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "&Prezime:"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2169,7 +2180,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Informacije o hardveru"
@@ -2225,28 +2236,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
-"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2258,7 +2268,7 @@
"Onda pritisnite <b>Uredi</b> ili <b>Izbriši</b>, ovisno što želite</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2268,13 +2278,13 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "Sve će promijene biti izgubljene!"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2283,7 +2293,7 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2291,13 +2301,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2305,14 +2315,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2321,7 +2331,7 @@
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2330,14 +2340,14 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2345,7 +2355,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2353,7 +2363,7 @@
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2361,7 +2371,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2371,7 +2381,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2385,26 +2395,26 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2412,7 +2422,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2420,7 +2430,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2428,7 +2438,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2436,19 +2446,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2459,11 +2469,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2473,14 +2483,14 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2489,7 +2499,7 @@
"</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2499,7 +2509,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2512,21 +2522,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2534,14 +2544,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2558,14 +2568,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2575,7 +2585,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2587,7 +2597,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2608,7 +2618,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2618,7 +2628,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2629,14 +2639,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3197,24 +3207,24 @@
msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
#. Ramote Administration dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&Bez instalacije"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
@@ -3225,18 +3235,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "&Bez instalacije"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Ovi paketi trebaju biti instalirani:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3247,122 +3257,121 @@
#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254
msgid "unplugged"
msgstr "nije priključeno"
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Nepoznato"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295
#, fuzzy
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "ISDN postavke su uspješno sačuvane"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "&Bez X11 konfiguracije"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313
#, fuzzy
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr "Konfiguriranje monitora"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
+#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
+#.
+#. see bnc#433084
+#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
+#.
+#. returns true if items were disabled
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008
+msgid ""
+"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
+"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Mrežne kartice"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modemi"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN kartice"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL uređaji"
-#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Svi mrežni uređaji"
-#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM
-#. see bnc#433084
-#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100
-msgid ""
-"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
-"cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
-"\n"
-"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
-"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
@@ -3632,7 +3641,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
#, fuzzy
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3839,67 +3848,79 @@
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr "Postavi &MTU"
+#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "NetworkManager Service"
+msgstr "Mrežne usluge"
+
+#. ifup is a program name
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Traditional Chinese"
+msgid "Traditional ifup"
+msgstr "Tradicionalni kineski"
+
+#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Squid Service"
+msgid "Wicked Service"
+msgstr "Squid usluga"
+
+#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "Network Services Disabled"
+msgstr "Mrežne usluge"
+
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reboot needed!"
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr "Potrebno je ponovno pokrenuti računalo!"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#. radio button label
-#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager
-#. program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
-msgstr "USB kontroler"
-
-#. radio button label
-#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365
-msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
-msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "General Network Settings"
+msgstr "Općenite mrežne postavke"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "Postavke IPv6 protokola"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Omogući IPv6"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Nepoznati uređaj"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP adresa"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "IP adresa nije dodijeljena"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
@@ -3908,12 +3929,12 @@
"%2 - %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "&Promijeni uređaj"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "Odabir mrežnog uređaja"
@@ -3930,61 +3951,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
-msgid "Device name:"
+msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "Naziv uređaja"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
-msgid "Base udev rule on"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101
+msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "&MAC Adresa"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
-#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one.
-#.
-#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid
-#.
-#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154
+#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "Postavke dijeljene mreže"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read configuration file"
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "Učitaj datoteku s postavkama"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "Naziv računala"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Nadogradi postavke"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr "Osvježi /etc/resolv.conf"
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
@@ -3992,50 +4009,50 @@
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Nadograđujem postavke..."
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "&Prezime:"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "&Prezime:"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Jezgra će biti zapisana u utor B."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Nova verzija"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4056,327 +4073,333 @@
msgstr "Zapisujem /etc/exports..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Inicijalizacija postavki DNS poslužitelja"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Otkrij mrežne uređaje"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Učitaj informacije o upravljačkom programu"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "&Bez X11 konfiguracije"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Učitaj postavke vatrozida"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Zapisivanje tijeka instalacije"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Otkrij trenutni status"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Tražim uređaje..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Otkrivam mrežne uređaje..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Učitavam postavke uređaja..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Učitavam mrežne postavke..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Učitavam postavke vatrozida..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Učitavam informacije o instalaciji..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Završeno"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
#, fuzzy
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Za aktiviranje promjena je potrebno ponovno pokretanja sustava."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Spremam mrežne postavke"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Zapiši informacije o upravljačkim uređajima"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Zapiši postavke uređaja"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Zapiši mrežne postavke"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Postavi mrežne usluge"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Zapiši postavke vatrozida"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Aktiviraj mrežne usluge"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Zapisujem /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke uređaja..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Zapisujem mrežne postavke..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Postavke miša"
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Postavljam mrežne servise..."
#. Progress step 8
-#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke vatrozida..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Aktiviram mrežne usluge..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Mrežne postavke"
+#. Import data
+#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Mrežni način"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "USB kontroler"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Oneogući NetworkManager-a"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Omogući NetworkManager-a"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Onemogući IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not connected"
msgid "connected"
msgstr "Nije spojeno"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Pokreće se automatski prilikom podizanja sustava"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
#, fuzzy
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "&Pokreni Pohranu Podataka Automatski"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Uopće neće biti pokrenuto"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Pokrenuto ručno"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP adresa nije dodijeljena"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP adresa: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP adresa nije dodijeljena"
@@ -4384,45 +4407,45 @@
#. FIXME:
#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Nije postavljeno"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Naziv uređaja: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Uredi pomoćne"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "master"
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "glavni"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Nije spojeno"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4432,50 +4455,67 @@
"<b>Postavi zvučne kartice</b> da biste pokrenuli modul za postavljanje zvučne kartice.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Potrebne informacije"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "nepoznato"
+#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
+#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
+msgid ""
+"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
+"firewall settings will be disabled."
+msgstr "Paket %1 nije instaliran. Servis se ne može uređivati."
+
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Upravitelj prikazom"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Ponovno pokreni servise"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Spremam postavke CD Creator-a"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Postavljam izvore paketa..."
+#. Enable xinetd
+#. Enable XDM
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
+msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr "Pokretanje 'lirc' servisa nije uspjelo."
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Ponovno pokrećem servis..."
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415
+#. description in proposal
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "&Bez instalacije"
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "&Bez instalacije"
@@ -4532,25 +4572,31 @@
msgstr "Dozvoli &TCP prosljeđivanje"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr "&Automatski ponovno spoji"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123
msgid "Firewall Disabled"
msgstr "Vatrozid je onemogućen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Nije zaštićeno)"
-#~ msgid "General Network Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Općenite mrežne postavke"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
+#~ msgstr "USB kontroler"
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Device Name"
+#~ msgid "Device name:"
+#~ msgstr "Naziv uređaja"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "&Detaljan izbor..."
@@ -4789,9 +4835,6 @@
#~ msgid "Add New Raw&IP Network Interface"
#~ msgstr "&Mreža"
-#~ msgid "Network Services"
-#~ msgstr "Mrežne usluge"
-
#~ msgid "S&kip"
#~ msgstr "Pre&skoči"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/nfs.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/nfs.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/nfs.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-27 22:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/nfs_server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/nfs_server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/nfs_server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-03 17:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -85,27 +85,27 @@
msgstr "Da/ne izbor za omogućavanje/onemogućavanje sigurnog NFS-a"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "NFS poslužitelj je omogućen"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "NFS poslužitelj je onemogućen"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Potrebni paketi (%1) nisu instalirani."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Nije navedena točka montiranja."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Please use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr "Domena ne može biti postavljena bez omogućavanja NFSv4. Molimo koristite 'set enablev4' naredbu."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Command set must be used as in 'set option=value'. Please use 'set help' to get information about the options."
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
@@ -194,59 +194,48 @@
"Vjerojatno postoji razmak viška u datoteci s postavkama."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "&Direktorij za izvoz"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Pretraži..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr "Molimo vas da unesete putanju za izvoz koja nije prazna. Na primjer /exports."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "Izvozna tablica već sadrži ovaj direktorij."
-#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-"with spaces in their names.\n"
-"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-msgstr ""
-"Korisnički način rada NFS poslužitelja (%1) ne može izvesti direktorije\n"
-"sa razmakom u nazivu.\n"
-"Upotrijebite poslužitelj na nivou kernela (%2) da biste to postigli."
-
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "Direktorij ne postoji. Želite li ga napraviti?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Označite direktorij za izvoz"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Filteri računala"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "&Izbori"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "'fsid=0'is not a valid option unless \n"
@@ -259,7 +248,7 @@
"NFSv4 nije omogućen (prethodna stranica)"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -269,12 +258,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr "Ne mogu čitati datoteku /etc/idmapd.conf. Postavljam pretpostavljene postavke za domenu na 'localdomain'."
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -283,7 +272,7 @@
"i dati na korištenje neke od vaših direktorija ostalim korisnicima.</p>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
@@ -291,7 +280,7 @@
"<p>Ako odaberete<b>Pokreni NFS poslužitelj</b>, gumb <b>Slijedeći</b> će otvoriti\n"
"prozor s postavkama gdje možete odrediti direktorije za izvoz.</p>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>,\n"
@@ -307,7 +296,7 @@
"to kao lokalnu domenu ili se obratite man stranici idmapd i idmapd.conf ako niste sigurni.</p>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, please enable the <B>Enable GSS Security</B> \n"
@@ -320,44 +309,44 @@
"kućicu. Da biste bili u mogućnosti koristiti GSS API, morate imati kerberos i gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) na vašem sustavu</p>\n"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS poslužitelj"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "P&okreni"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "&Nemoj pokrenuti"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Omogući NFSv4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "O&mogući NFSv4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "&Unesite naziv NFSv4 domene:"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "Omogući &GSS sigurnost"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke NFS poslužitelja"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -368,7 +357,7 @@
"montiranje ovih direktorija.</p>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
@@ -378,68 +367,63 @@
"To može biti jedano računalo, grupe, filtrirano ili\n"
"IP mreže.</p>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
+#. Help, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Unesite zvjezdicu (<tt>*</tt>) umjesto imena da biste naveli sva računala.</p>"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
-msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Ostavite polje prazno da biste naveli sva računala.</p>"
-
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<p>Pogledajte <tt>man exports</tt> za dodatne informacije.</p>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "Dodaj direk&torij"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "U&redi"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "O&briši"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Filteri računala"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Izbori"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "Dodaj r&ačunalo"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Ur&edi"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Obri&ši"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Direktoriji za izvoz"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -448,7 +432,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -459,82 +443,64 @@
"izvezene direktorije.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Spremam postavke NFS poslužitelja"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "Sačuvaj /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Ponovno pokreni servise"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "Zapisujem /etc/exports..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Ponovno pokrećem servise..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gotovo"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Spremam postavke NFS poslužitelja. Molim pričekajte..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati u idmapd.conf."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting."
-msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti idmapd. Molim provjerite postavke domene."
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd"
-msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgstr "Ne mogu ponovno pokrenuti idmapd"
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd"
-msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-msgstr "Ne mogu zaustaviti idmapd"
-
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Please ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) set up is correct."
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti svcgssd. Molimo provjerite da li su kerberos i gssapi (nfs-utils) dobro podešeni."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd"
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr "Ne mogu ponovno pokrenuti idmapd"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr "'svcgssd' je već pokrenut. Ne mogu ga zaustaviti."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -543,15 +509,42 @@
"Postavke će biti aktivne nakon ponovnog pokretanja sustava.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "NFS izvozi"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr "NFSv4 domena za id mapiranje je %1."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
+#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Korisnički način rada NFS poslužitelja (%1) ne može izvesti direktorije\n"
+#~ "sa razmakom u nazivu.\n"
+#~ "Upotrijebite poslužitelj na nivou kernela (%2) da biste to postigli."
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Ostavite polje prazno da biste naveli sva računala.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting."
+#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+#~ msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti idmapd. Molim provjerite postavke domene."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd"
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Ne mogu ponovno pokrenuti idmapd"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd"
+#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Ne mogu zaustaviti idmapd"
+
#~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
#~ msgstr "'svcgssd' je već pokrenut. Ne mogu ga ponovno pokrenuti."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/nis.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/nis.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/nis.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-16 18:36+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <hr(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/nis_server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/nis_server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/nis_server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-03 17:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
#. To translators: checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100
+#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98
msgid "This host is also a NIS &client"
msgstr "Računalo je isto i &NIS klijent"
@@ -407,22 +407,31 @@
msgstr "Postavke računala za upite NIS poslužitelju"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Unesite NIS <b>domenu</b> i IP <b>adresu</b> ili ime glavnog NIS poslužitelja.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ako je ovo računalo ujedno i NIS klijent koji koristi samo sebe kao poslužitelj,označite odgovarajući izbor.</p>"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84
-msgid "N&IS domain name:"
-msgstr "Na&ziv NIS domene:"
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name"
+msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
+msgstr "Naziv NIS &domene"
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NIS Master Server: "
+msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
+msgstr "NIS glavni poslužitelj: "
+
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109
msgid "Slave Server Setup"
msgstr "Postavke pomoćnog poslužitelja"
@@ -893,6 +902,9 @@
msgid "Stopping NIS client."
msgstr "Zaustavljam NIS klijenta."
+#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:"
+#~ msgstr "Na&ziv NIS domene:"
+
#~ msgid "NIS &master server:"
#~ msgstr "Gla&vni NIS poslužitelj:"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/ntp-client.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/ntp-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/ntp-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-27 22:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -51,23 +51,22 @@
msgstr "Neispravan naziv NTP poslužitelja %1"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "&Adresa NTP poslužitelja"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr "Ponovno pokreni NTP daemon-a"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "&Sačuvaj NTP postavke"
-#. try to line up the widgets horizontally
#. push button label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
@@ -80,7 +79,7 @@
msgstr "&Postavi..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
@@ -93,14 +92,24 @@
"bez instalacije paketa %1."
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Sinkroniziram s NTP poslužiteljem..."
+#. update time widgets
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection to LDAP server cannot be established."
+msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
+msgstr "Povezanost sa LDAP poslužiteljem ne može se ostvariti."
+
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481
-msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+msgid ""
+"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
+"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
+"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. local clock type name
@@ -604,10 +613,13 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -615,7 +627,7 @@
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
@@ -624,7 +636,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -634,7 +646,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -644,14 +656,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -659,14 +671,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -674,7 +686,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -686,14 +698,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -702,7 +714,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -711,7 +723,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -719,7 +731,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -727,7 +739,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -735,7 +747,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -744,7 +756,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -752,7 +764,7 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -764,49 +776,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -814,7 +826,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -824,7 +836,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -832,7 +844,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -845,7 +857,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -853,7 +865,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -863,7 +875,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -872,7 +884,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1211,117 +1223,120 @@
msgstr "Učitavam NTP postavke..."
#. progress step
-#. error report
+#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
+#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
+#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
+#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gotovo"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "Spremam postavke NTP klijenta"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr "Spremi NTP postavke"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr "Ponovno pokreni NTP daemon-a"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr "Ponovno pokrećem NTP daemon-a..."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr "Ne mogu ponovno pokrenuti NTP daemon-a."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "NTP daemon se pokreće prilikom podizanja sustava."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "NTP daemon se ne pokreće automatski."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "Poslužitelji: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "Radio satovi: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "Odašilji informacije o vremenu prema: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "Prihvati informacije o vremenu odaslane od: %1"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Kombiniraj statičke i DHCP postavke."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Samo statičke postavke."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "Testiram NTP poslužitelj..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "Poslužitelj je dostupan i ispravno odgovara."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "Poslužitelj nije dostupan ili ne odgovara ispravno."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/oneclickinstall.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/oneclickinstall.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/oneclickinstall.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-21 10:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/online-update-configuration.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/online-update-configuration.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/online-update-configuration.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/online-update.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/online-update.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/online-update.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-03 12:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -114,13 +114,20 @@
msgid "Initializing Online Update"
msgstr "Inicijaliziram online dogradnju"
-#. yes/no message
-#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209
msgid ""
"No update repository\n"
"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
msgstr ""
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgid "No update repository configured yet."
+msgstr "Još nije postavljeno."
+
#. progress window label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49
msgid "Progress Log"
Added: trunk/yast/hr/po/opensuse_mirror.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/opensuse_mirror.hr.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/opensuse_mirror.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# Croatian message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>, 2001
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: hr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr "Direktorij"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "Mirrored"
+msgstr "Greška"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "da"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ne"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exit"
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "Izlaz"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "&Mirror"
+msgstr "Greška"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145
+msgid "&Do not Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgid "Select/Deselect &All"
+msgstr "&Označi ili odznači sve"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/packager.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/packager.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/packager.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-04 20:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -145,6 +145,15 @@
msgid "&Text Mode"
msgstr "&Tekstualni način"
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706
+msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
+msgstr "Pohrana datoteke %1 nije uspjela. Vidi %2 za detalje."
+
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
#, fuzzy
@@ -509,7 +518,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
@@ -581,7 +590,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "Naziv: %1"
@@ -815,7 +824,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Detalji:"
@@ -823,7 +832,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Pokušati ponovo?"
@@ -1192,7 +1201,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "&Pokreni provjeru"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Izbaci"
@@ -1423,7 +1432,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1459,78 +1468,78 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Greška se dogodila prilikom čuvanja datoteke."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Paket %1 nije pronađen na mediju."
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Nije uspjelo dodavanje dodatnog proizvoda."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, URL: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, putanja: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Dodatni proizvodi"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Izvori dodatnih proizvoda"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Dodaj odabrane &proizvode"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Umetnite CD s dodacima"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
#, fuzzy
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Vaša postojeća instalacija "
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Ne mogu dodati proizvod %1."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Nepoznati proizvod"
@@ -1584,7 +1593,7 @@
msgstr "Način instalacije"
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Medium"
msgid "Medium %1"
@@ -1594,13 +1603,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Završeno."
@@ -1608,7 +1617,7 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 - %2"
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
@@ -1617,7 +1626,7 @@
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Next: %1"
@@ -1626,7 +1635,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Ukupno"
@@ -1635,129 +1644,129 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "&Skini"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr "Uklanjanjam %1 paketa"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading image..."
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Skidam presliku..."
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "Skidam presliku..."
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "Brišem %1"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr " instalirana verzija :"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303
#, fuzzy
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "Ali vi pokušavate instalirati 32-bitnu distribuciju."
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<p><b>Postavke sigurnosti</b></p>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Proizvod: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "Vrsta sustava: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "Uzorci:<b>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
#, fuzzy
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Ovi paketi trebaju biti instalirani:"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "&Skladišta"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n"
@@ -1768,29 +1777,74 @@
"Svejedno nastaviti?\n"
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "Nema dovoljno diskovnog prostora."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr ""
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "Nema raspoloživog mijesta na %1"
+#. newly installed products
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
+msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
+msgstr "Paket %1 će biti instaliran."
+
+#. product update: %s is a product name
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708
+msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Products that must be installed"
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
+msgstr "Proizvodi koji moraju biti instalirani"
+
+#. Removing another product might be an issue
+#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725
+msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
+#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Fstab nije pronađen."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1798,33 +1852,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Instaliram podizač sustava..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Instalacija potrebnih paketa nije uspjela."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Inicijaliziram repozitorije..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Ubacite %1 CD 1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 nije pronađen"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
@@ -1835,20 +1889,20 @@
"kontrolnu datoteku i pokušajte ponovno.\n"
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320
#, fuzzy
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Izbor individulanih paketa"
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1857,76 +1911,76 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param string filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "Ne mogu pročitati datoteku %1"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Jezik"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
-msgstr "Licencni sporazum"
+#. check box label
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "&Slažem se s uvjetima licence"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
-msgstr "&Nemoj Prihvatiti"
+#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
+"%{license_url}"
+msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. dialog title
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Licencni sporazum"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Zaista prekinuti instalaciju?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "Spremam postavke sustava..."
@@ -2016,130 +2070,135 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34
+msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr "Navedite &URL..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr "&FTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr "&HTTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr "HTT&PS..."
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719
msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgstr "&SMB/CIFS"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
msgid "&NFS..."
msgstr "&NFS..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr "&CD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr "&DVD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr "&Tvrdi disk..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "&Lokalni direktorij..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "&Lokalna ISO slika..."
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "Nema opisa"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "&Naziv poslužitelja"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Direktorij:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "&ISO slika"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokol"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Izbori ugradnje"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(pretpostavljeno)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "URL repozitorija"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
@@ -2148,39 +2207,39 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "URL repozitorija"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS poslužitelj"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "CD ili DVD medij"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "tvrdi disk"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Lokalni direktorij"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Lokalna ISO slika"
@@ -2189,55 +2248,55 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Poslužitelj i direktorij"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Dijeljena putanja ne može biti prazna."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "&Naziv repozitorija"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Naziv servisa"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL ne može biti prazan."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2247,23 +2306,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2272,42 +2331,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "Datoteka ISO slike"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2315,18 +2374,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Putanja direktorija"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "&Direktorij:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2336,21 +2395,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "Uređaj za masovnu pohranu podataka"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&Datotečni sustav"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "&Direktorij"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2363,7 +2422,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2371,11 +2430,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Disk"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2387,12 +2446,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Putanja do ISO slike"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2400,72 +2459,72 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "&Naziv poslužitelja"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Sačuvaj"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "&ISO slika"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "Direktorij na &poslužitelju"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "&Autorizacija"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "A&nonimno"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "&Radna grupa ili domena"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Korisničko ime"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Zaporka"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2480,7 +2539,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2489,12 +2548,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949
-msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957
+msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2502,7 +2561,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2510,7 +2569,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2520,7 +2579,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2529,27 +2588,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the media type."
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Odabreite vrstu medija."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Umetnite CD s dodacima"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Umetnite DVD s dodacima"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Niti jedan USB disk nije pronađen."
#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2559,11 +2618,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Vrsta medija"
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add-On Product"
+msgid "Add On Product"
+msgstr "Dodatni proizvod"
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
@@ -2660,7 +2725,9 @@
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Podešeni repozitoriji"
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680
+#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
+#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -2733,13 +2800,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
#, fuzzy
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
msgstr "Prikupljene informacije su sačuvane."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
msgid ""
"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -2747,7 +2814,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
msgstr "Odgovarajući rezultat nije pronađen."
@@ -2772,6 +2839,14 @@
msgstr "Molimo odznačnite neke pakete."
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+#~ msgstr "Licencni sporazum"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
+#~ msgstr "&Nemoj Prihvatiti"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?"
#~ msgstr "Sve će promijene biti izgubljene!"
@@ -3561,9 +3636,6 @@
#~ msgid "&Select..."
#~ msgstr "&Odaberite..."
-#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
-#~ msgstr "Pohrana datoteke %1 nije uspjela. Vidi %2 za detalje."
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Registered Catalogs"
#~ msgstr "Konfiguracije"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/pam.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/pam.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/pam.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-24 20:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/pkg-bindings.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/pkg-bindings.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/pkg-bindings.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-03 12:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
msgstr "Učitavam upravitelja paketima..."
@@ -183,6 +183,6 @@
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
msgstr "Inicijaliziraj odredišni sustav"
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
msgstr "Učitaj instalirane pakete"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/printer.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/printer.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/printer.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-29 13:54+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/product-creator.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/product-creator.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/product-creator.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-27 16:54+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/proxy.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/proxy.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/proxy.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/qt-pkg.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/qt-pkg.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/qt-pkg.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-18 19:56+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -49,47 +49,47 @@
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "&Repozitoriji"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "&Pretraži"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr "&Ključne riječi"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "&Sažetak instalacije"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr "&Opis"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "&Tehnički podaci"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Zavisnosti"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "&Verzija"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
msgid "File List"
msgstr "Lista datoteka"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "Dnevnik promjena"
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
@@ -99,189 +99,189 @@
msgstr "&Odustani"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Prihvati"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Datoteka"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr "&Uvezi..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr "&Izvezi..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
msgid "&Package"
msgstr "&Paket"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "Svi paketi"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "Postavke"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "&Repozitoriji..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "&Nadogradnja putem Interneta..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "&Zavisnosti"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr "&Provjeri sada"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Opcije"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "Lokacija sistemskog profila"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflicting packages"
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr "Sporni paketi"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Allow remote access"
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr "&Dozvoli udaljeni pristup"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Extras"
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr "&Dodaci"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "Sačuvaj promjene"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "History"
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "Povijest"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr "Instaliram potrebne pakete..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "Po&moć"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "&Pregled"
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr "&Simboli"
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr "&Ključevi"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "Sve zavisnosti paketa su u redu."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "Zakrpe"
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "Sačuvaj listu paketa"
@@ -289,50 +289,50 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Greška"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "Učitaj listu paketa"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "&Nastavi"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "&Odustani"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr "Dogradnja osnovih paketa:"
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/qt.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/qt.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/qt.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: qt.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-07 15:57+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr "Uređivač stila"
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:640
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
"Da li želite zamijeniti lijevu i desnu tipku?"
#. Popup dialog caption
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:653
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
msgstr "Neočekivani klik"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/rdp.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/rdp.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/rdp.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/rear.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/rear.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/rear.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/registration.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/registration.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/registration.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-28 21:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -22,50 +22,98 @@
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37
msgid ""
-"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n"
-"to use the default SUSE registration server."
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "Registracija"
+#. %s is the default SCC URL
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "Postavke Novell korisničkog centra"
+
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52
+#. popup message
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Registracijski kod"
#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised
-#. register the system
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164
+#. nil = use the default URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549
+#. register the base product
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text
+#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
+#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating zone files..."
+msgid "Updating to %s ..."
+msgstr "Nadograđujem datoteke zona..."
+
+#. display the registration update dialog
+#. dialog title
+#. dialog title
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration"
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr "Niti jedan repozitorij nije pronađen na mediju."
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
@@ -73,55 +121,58 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
-msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
msgid "Network Configuration..."
msgstr "Postavke Novell korisničkog centra"
-#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373
-msgid "&Email"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&E-Mail Address:"
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "&E-mail adresa:"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration"
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Registracija"
-#. TODO: improve the help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products."
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration"
-msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-
#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377
msgid ""
"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -129,58 +180,27 @@
"on-line updates during installation?"
msgstr ""
-#. use two column layout if needed
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317
+#. cache the available addons
+#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Details..."
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Detalji..."
+msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %s are product names
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
-"dependencies:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons."
-msgstr ""
-
#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411
-msgid "Extension Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. cache the available addons
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485
-msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595
-msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -192,310 +212,418 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration"
msgid "Register Again"
msgstr "Registracija"
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
msgid "Select Extensions"
msgstr ""
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vaš sustav je spreman za upotrebu.</p>"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
-#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:42
-msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194
-msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
-#. register the base product
-#. register addons
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registering Product..."
-msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-msgstr[0] "Registracijski kod"
-msgstr[1] "Registracijski kod"
-msgstr[2] "Registracijski kod"
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Instalacija je bila uspješna"
-#. ---------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238
-msgid "Add-on &Name"
+#. remove possible duplicates
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243
+msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267
-msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?"
-msgstr ""
+#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
+#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
+#. but better than aborting the installation...
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
+msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Skidanje datoteke sa SMT certifikatom nije uspjelo"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Import Certificate"
+msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Uvezi certifikat"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
+#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
+#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Product Registration"
+msgstr "Registracija proizvoda"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation"
+msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "Pokreni prilikom automatske instalacije"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation"
+msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "Nemoj pokretati prilikom automatske instalacije"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
+msgid "Registration Settings"
+msgstr "Registacijski podaci za koristiti"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&E-Mail Address:"
+msgid "E-mail Address: %s"
+msgstr "&E-mail adresa:"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-#. TODO FIXME: add a help text
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+#| msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
+msgid "Install Available Updates"
+msgstr "Incijaliziram raspoložive repozitorije"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration Server"
msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349
-msgid "Product Registration"
-msgstr "Registracija proizvoda"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server / Args"
+msgid "Server URL: %s"
+msgstr "Poslužitelj / argumenti"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351
-msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
-"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Discovery"
+msgid "Use SLP discovery"
+msgstr "Otkrivanje"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356
-msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
-"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Server Certificate"
+msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
+msgstr "&Certifikat poslužitelja"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register the Product"
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1"
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s"
+msgstr "SMT certifikat: %1"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379
-msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Connection"
+msgid "Secure Connection Error"
+msgstr "Trenutna veza"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
+msgid "Details:"
+msgstr "Detalji:"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Choose Certificate File"
+msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
+msgstr "Odaberite datoteku s certifikatom"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+msgid "Organization (O): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+msgid "Issued By"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SMT Server Settings"
-msgid "Server Settings"
-msgstr "Postavke SMT poslužitelja"
+#| msgid "Valid to: "
+msgid "Validity"
+msgstr "Vrijedi do: "
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
+msgid "Issued On: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
-msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+#| msgid "Expires: %1"
+msgid "Expires On: "
+msgstr "Ističe: %1"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396
-msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Optional Server Certificate"
-msgstr "&Certifikat poslužitelja"
+#| msgid "Unit Number: %1"
+msgid "Serial Number: "
+msgstr "Broj uređaja: %1"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register Add-ons..."
-msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
+msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "Otisak prsta: "
-#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478
-msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
+msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "Otisak prsta: "
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
-msgid ""
-"The email address is not known or\n"
-"the registration code is not valid."
+msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Odredište nije ispravno."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
+"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
+"might take very long time.\n"
+"\n"
+"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n"
+"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n"
+"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n"
+"the upgrade again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. add the hint to the error details
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration failed."
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Registacijski podaci za koristiti"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
+msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Detalji..."
-#. label follwed by a certificate description
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
-msgid "Certificate:"
-msgstr "SMT certifikat"
+#. progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209
+msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151
-msgid "Issued To"
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210
+msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154
-msgid "Issued By"
+#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
+#. the original error message from openSSL
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228
+msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
-msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "Otisak prsta: "
+#| msgid "Migration Configuration"
+msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
+msgstr "Postavke migracije"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159
+#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze
+#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM!
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
-msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "Otisak prsta: "
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
+msgid "SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "SMT certifikat"
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176
-msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10
+msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
-msgid "Organization (O): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180
-msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194
-msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
-msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. return the boot command line parameter
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
+#. indent size used in summary text
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Checking..."
-msgid "Searching..."
-msgstr "Provjeravam..."
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
+msgid "Certificate:"
+msgstr "SMT certifikat"
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
-msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown error"
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Nepoznata greška"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Pokrećem instalaciju..."
#. # error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Licencni sporazum"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
-#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the
-#. not accepted extension
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65
+#. ask user to accept an addon EULA
+#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon
+#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid ""
@@ -504,63 +632,322 @@
"failed."
msgstr "Skidanje datoteke sa SMT certifikatom nije uspjelo"
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93
-msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95
-msgid "%s License Agreement"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
+msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+msgstr[2] ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the certificate file."
+msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
+msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
+msgstr[0] "Unesite datoteku s certifikatom."
+msgstr[1] "Unesite datoteku s certifikatom."
+msgstr[2] "Unesite datoteku s certifikatom."
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (3/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "Detalji..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "nije dostupno"
+
+#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Identifier"
+msgstr "Identifikator"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr "Verzija"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Arhitektura"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rule Type"
+msgid "Release Type"
+msgstr "Vrsta pravila"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration Code"
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Sections"
+msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
+msgstr "Raspoloživi dijelovi"
+
+#. disable download on a non-registered system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
+msgstr "Da li zaista želite obrisati '%1'?"
+
+#. replace the content
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Vendor Identifier"
+msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
+msgstr "Identifikator proizvođača"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Version"
+msgstr "&Verzija"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Architecture"
+msgstr "&Arhitektura"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rule Type"
+msgid "&Release Type"
+msgstr "Vrsta pravila"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Register the Product"
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
+msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
+msgstr "Incijaliziram raspoložive repozitorije"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SMT Server Settings"
+msgid "Server Settings"
+msgstr "Postavke SMT poslužitelja"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
+msgstr "&Certifikat poslužitelja"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "&Certifikat poslužitelja"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "none"
+msgstr "ništa"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the User's Fingerprint"
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "Postavi otisak prsta korisnika"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificates"
+msgid "Certificate has expired"
+msgstr "Certifikati"
+
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr "&Certifikat poslužitelja"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials"
-#~ msgstr "Postavke Novell korisničkog centra"
+#| msgid "Invalid value."
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "Neispravna vrijednost."
+#. input field label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#. return the boot command line parameter
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking..."
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "Provjeravam..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
+msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Registering Product..."
+#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
+#~ msgstr[0] "Registracijski kod"
+#~ msgstr[1] "Registracijski kod"
+#~ msgstr[2] "Registracijski kod"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+#~ msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+#~ msgstr "Registracijski kod"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration"
#~ msgstr "Postavke Novell korisničkog centra"
@@ -612,11 +999,6 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Profile"
#~ msgstr "Profil sklopovlja"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
-#~ msgid "Registration Status"
-#~ msgstr "Registacijski podaci za koristiti"
-
#~ msgid "Optional Information"
#~ msgstr "Proizvoljne informacije"
@@ -727,11 +1109,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Izbor je prazan."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registration Code"
-#~ msgid "Registration code is missing."
-#~ msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
#~ msgid "Registration Status at: <b>%1</b>"
#~ msgstr "Registacijski podaci za koristiti"
@@ -797,12 +1174,6 @@
#~ msgid "unknown status"
#~ msgstr "nepoznato"
-#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "Pokreni prilikom automatske instalacije"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "Nemoj pokretati prilikom automatske instalacije"
-
#~ msgid "Included Information"
#~ msgstr "Uključene informacije"
@@ -815,9 +1186,6 @@
#~ msgid "SMT Server: %1"
#~ msgstr "SMT poslužitelj: %1"
-#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1"
-#~ msgstr "SMT certifikat: %1"
-
#~ msgid "&Key"
#~ msgstr "&Ključ"
@@ -871,10 +1239,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Dodatni repozitoriji programa"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated."
-#~ msgstr "Niti jedan repozitorij nije pronađen na mediju."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module."
#~ msgstr "Dodatni repozitoriji programa"
@@ -905,10 +1269,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Niti jedan proizvod nije odabran za instalaciju"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Registration server:"
-#~ msgstr "Registracijski kod"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:"
#~ msgstr "&Certifikat poslužitelja"
@@ -1007,9 +1367,6 @@
#~ msgid "Valid from: "
#~ msgstr "Vrijedi od: "
-#~ msgid "Valid to: "
-#~ msgstr "Vrijedi do: "
-
#~ msgid "Trust"
#~ msgstr "Vjeruj"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/reipl.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/reipl.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/reipl.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-03 17:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Naziv"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175
msgid "reipl configuration"
@@ -265,31 +265,31 @@
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
msgstr "Podešeni reipl načini"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
msgstr "Ccw način je podešen i koristi se."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
msgstr "Ccw način je podešen."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
msgstr "Ccw način nije podržan."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
msgstr "Fcp način je podešen i koristi se."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
msgstr "Fcp način je podešen."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
msgstr "Fcp način nije podržan."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/relocation-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/relocation-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/relocation-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/s390.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/s390.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/s390.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: s390.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-03 12:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "&Deselect All"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "S&kini sve oznake"
#. error popup
#. error popup
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-client.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-client.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-27 22:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -208,6 +208,19 @@
msgid "M&aximum"
msgstr "Ma&ksimum"
+#. require_groups
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Allowed Services"
+msgid "Allowed Group(s)"
+msgstr "Dozvoljeni servisi"
+
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Group Name"
+msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)"
+msgstr "Naziv grupe"
+
#. combobox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
#, fuzzy
@@ -882,59 +895,62 @@
msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Završeno"
#. progress stage label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673
msgid "Install required packages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instaliraj potrebne pakete"
#. progress step label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675
msgid "Installing required packages..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instaliram potrebne pakete..."
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
msgid "PAM Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PAM prijava"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Koristi Kerberos"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nemoj koristiti Kerberos"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Default Realm"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prepostavljeno područje"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
msgid "Default Domain"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pretpostavljena domena"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Adresa KDC poslužitelja"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
msgid "Clock Skew"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pomak sata"
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<b>KDC poslužitelj</b>: %1<br />"
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
@@ -946,7 +962,7 @@
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<b>Pretpostavljeno područje</b>: %1<br />"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
@@ -956,12 +972,14 @@
msgstr "Offline autorizacija omogućena"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Da"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
msgid "No"
msgstr "Ne"
@@ -976,6 +994,8 @@
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
+"Pomak sata je neispravan.\n"
+"Pokušajte ponovno.\n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
@@ -983,71 +1003,150 @@
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
+"Vrijeme života nije ispravno.\n"
+"Pokušajte ponovno."
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
-msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
-msgstr ""
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Pokrećem postavke Samba klijenta"
-#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Pokrećem postavke Samba klijenta"
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
+msgstr "Pročitaj globalne Sambe postavke"
-#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
-#~ msgstr "Pročitaj globalne Sambe postavke"
+#. translators: progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+msgid "Read the winbind status"
+msgstr "Pročitaj winbind status"
-#~ msgid "Read the winbind status"
-#~ msgstr "Pročitaj winbind status"
+#. translators: progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
+msgstr "Čitam globalne Samba postavke...."
-#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
-#~ msgstr "Čitam globalne Samba postavke...."
+#. translators: progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
+msgstr "Čitam winbind status..."
-#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
-#~ msgstr "Čitam winbind status..."
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Pohranjujem postavke Samba klijenta"
-#~ msgid "Disable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "Onemogući Samba servise"
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
-#~ msgid "Enable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "Omogući Samba servise"
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+msgid "Disable Samba services"
+msgstr "Onemogući Samba servise"
-#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "Onemogućujem Samba servise..."
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+msgid "Enable Samba services"
+msgstr "Omogući Samba servise"
-#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "Omogućujem Samba servise..."
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
-#~ msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke u %1."
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Onemogućujem Samba servise..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti winbind servis."
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Omogućujem Samba servise..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti winbind daemon."
+#. write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
+msgstr "Spremi Kerberos postavke"
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "Ne mogu zaustaviti winbind servis."
+#. write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
+msgstr "Spremam Kerberos postavke..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "Ne mogu zaustaviti winbind daemon."
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
+msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke u %1."
-#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
-#~ msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati PAM postavke."
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti winbind servis."
-#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Globalne postavke"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
+msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti winbind daemon."
-#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Radna grupa ili domena: %1"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
+msgstr "Ne mogu zaustaviti winbind servis."
-#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-#~ msgstr "Napravi kućni direktorij prilikom prijave"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
+msgstr "Ne mogu zaustaviti winbind daemon."
-#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Najveći dopušteni broj dijeljenja: %1"
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
+msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati PAM postavke."
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Autorizacija SMB-om</b>: %1</p>"
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Globalne postavke"
+#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
+msgstr "Radna grupa ili domena: %1"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "Napravi kućni direktorij prilikom prijave"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
+msgstr "Offline autorizacija omogućena"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
+msgstr "Najveći dopušteni broj dijeljenja: %1"
+
+#. summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Radna grupa ili domena</b>: %1</p>"
+
+#. summary item: authentication using winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Autorizacija SMB-om</b>: %1</p>"
+
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
+msgstr ""
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&UNC Path"
#~ msgstr "&Staza datoteke"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-08 14:28+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <hr(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-users.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-users.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/samba-users.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-17 18:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <hr(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/scanner.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/scanner.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/scanner.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-18 15:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <suradnja(a)suse.com.hr>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/security.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/security.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/security.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-06 21:43+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/services-manager.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/services-manager.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/services-manager.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,12 +17,222 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving the system settings..."
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "Spremam postavke sustava..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default system settings"
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Pretpostavljene postavke sustava"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default system settings"
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Pretpostavljene postavke sustava"
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default system settings"
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Pretpostavljene postavke sustava"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the default system settings"
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Učitaj pretpostavljene postavke sustava"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A&vailable are:"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "&Raspoložive su:"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Paket ne može biti odabran za instalaciju."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Paket ne može biti odabran za instalaciju."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "Zapisujem postavke sustava"
+
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default system settings"
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr "Pretpostavljene postavke sustava"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Servis"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Omogućeno"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "Aktivno"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Opis"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "P&okreni"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "Omogući/onemogući kdump"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "Prikaži &detalje"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service name"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "Naziv servisa"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the service status..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "Učitavam status servisa ..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Onemogućeno"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active"
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr "Aktivno"
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -62,3 +272,81 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Hat"
+msgid "Default Target"
+msgstr "Pretpostavljeni šešir"
+
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "Još nije postavljeno."
+
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state
+#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Graphical interface"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "Gra&fičko sučelje"
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Text Mode"
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr "Tekstualni način"
+
+#. Systemd targets
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Graphical interface"
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Gra&fičko sučelje"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "Odaberite način"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Switch Mode"
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr "&Način prebacivanja"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Hat"
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr "Pretpostavljeni šešir"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Other System"
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr "Drugi sustav"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr "Zahtijevani DMA mod"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/slp-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/slp-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/slp-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-08 18:37+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/snapper.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/snapper.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/snapper.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,14 +27,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Opis"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User name"
msgid "User data"
@@ -42,47 +42,47 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Parity Algorithm"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Paritetni algoritam"
#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify %1"
msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr "Promijeni %1"
#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "PReP (%1)"
msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "PReP (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host %1"
msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "Računalo %1"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New "
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Napravi novo "
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the autofs maps"
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -90,249 +90,249 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Prije"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Da li zaista želite obrisati '%1'?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Singapur"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read the autofs maps"
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Učitaj autofs mape"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke pod-mreže"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Vrsta"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start &Update"
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Pokreni &nadogradnju"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Time and Date"
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Vrijeme i datum"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Us&er Data"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "&Korisnički podaci"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Bez promjene"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modify %1"
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Promijeni %1"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected Service"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Izabrani servis"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&%1: %2: %3"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "&%1: %2: %3"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Spremanje promjena u datoteke..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving file system configuration..."
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Spremam postavke datotečnog sustava..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The device was deleted."
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Uređaj je obrisan."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Datoteka %1 ne postoji."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File Contents: %1"
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Sadržaj datoteke: %1"
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restored Files:"
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "Vraćene datoteke:"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore Options"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Izbori povratka na prethodno stanje"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Driver Selected"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Niti jedan upravljački program nije odabran"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Otvori"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Driver Selected"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Niti jedan upravljački program nije odabran"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgid ""
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -355,21 +355,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Display only profile selected for being used"
msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Prikaži samo profil koji je odabran za korištenje"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Povratak datoteka na prethodno stanje"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/sound.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/sound.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/sound.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-03 17:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/squid.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/squid.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/squid.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-31 18:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <hr(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -1434,11 +1434,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53
msgid "Afrikaans"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Afrikkans"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54
msgid "Arabic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Arapski"
# AM
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66
msgid "Persian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Perzijski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67
msgid "Finnish"
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71
msgid "Indonesian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Indonezijski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72
msgid "Italian"
@@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75
msgid "Latvian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Latvijski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76
msgid "Lithuanian"
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90
msgid "Thai"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tajlandski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91
msgid "Turkish"
@@ -1611,9 +1611,11 @@
msgid "Uzbek"
msgstr ""
+# VN
+# fuzzy
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94
msgid "Vietnamese"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vjetnamski"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/sshd.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/sshd.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/sshd.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-27 22:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
#. Table header
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63
msgid "Number"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Broj"
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63
msgid "Sshd"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/storage.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/storage.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/storage.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-26 17:20+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
#. this is the resize case
#.
#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
msgstr "Zapiši globalne postavke"
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -144,15 +144,21 @@
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "Nije moguće napraviti zahtijev."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -846,7 +852,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -864,7 +870,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -874,7 +880,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -884,7 +890,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -894,7 +900,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -904,7 +910,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -917,7 +923,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -927,7 +933,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
@@ -938,7 +944,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -950,7 +956,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -962,7 +968,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -971,7 +977,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -982,22 +988,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -1011,7 +1003,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1026,12 +1018,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1044,7 +1036,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1045,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1062,7 +1054,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -1070,7 +1062,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1078,41 +1070,41 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -1121,14 +1113,14 @@
"%1"
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1137,7 +1129,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1147,7 +1139,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1157,7 +1149,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1174,15 +1166,15 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Nemojte zaboraviti što ste unijeli ovdje."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1213,7 +1205,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter a password for the root user:"
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
@@ -1226,7 +1218,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter the Password for LDAP Server:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1256,7 +1248,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1265,7 +1257,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1591,7 +1583,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1602,25 +1594,25 @@
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Empty password is not allowed."
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Prazna lozinka nije dozvoljena."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Share '%1' already exists."
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Dijeljeni resurs '%1' već postoji."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1652,7 +1644,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1665,7 +1657,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1678,7 +1670,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1700,7 +1692,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1874,12 +1866,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1887,39 +1879,39 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount"
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Ugradi"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Nije moguće obrisati NIS korisnika."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Nije moguće obrisati NIS korisnika."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Nije moguće napraviti particiju na %1."
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1929,56 +1921,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr "Unesite lozinku pružatelja usluge"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr "Podesi &iSCSI..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
+msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
+msgstr "Podesi &zFCP..."
+
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr "Podesi &DASD..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr "Podesi &zFCP..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr "Podesi &XPRAM..."
#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr "Podesi..."
#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -1986,51 +1985,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really rescan disks?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+msgid ""
+"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+"Really call FCoE configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2307,14 +2313,52 @@
msgstr "&Korišteni uređaji"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Nadalje, izaberite datotečni sustav za ovaj uređaj.</p>"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Other System"
+msgid "Operating System"
+msgstr "&Drugi sustav"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
+msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
+msgstr "Napredak primjene delta RPM-a"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "Swap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Role: %s"
+msgid "Role"
+msgstr "Uloga: %s"
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2322,54 +2366,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Izbori formatiranja"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formatiraj particiju"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Nemoj formatirati particiju"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Izbori montiranja"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Montiraj particiju"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Točka montiranja"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2378,17 +2422,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2398,7 +2442,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2407,30 +2451,30 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Sve će promijene biti izgubljene!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Lozinka"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid ""
@@ -2439,28 +2483,28 @@
msgstr "Nije moguće napraviti particiju na %1."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Trenutna veličina: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Trenutno iskorišteno: %1"
@@ -2468,8 +2512,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2481,33 +2525,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Maksimalna veličina (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Minimalna veličina (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Proizvoljna veličina"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2517,7 +2561,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2526,12 +2570,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2722,62 +2766,62 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Dodaj particiju na %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Uredi particiju %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No extended partition: "
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Nema extended particije: "
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No root partition found"
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Korjenska particija nije pronađena"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount partition"
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Montiraj particiju"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Naprijed"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Natrag"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2790,7 +2834,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3669,12 +3713,12 @@
msgstr "Koristi"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3870,7 +3914,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Postavke"
@@ -4070,17 +4114,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Dodaj RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Promijeni veličinu RAID-a %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Uredi RAID %1"
@@ -4181,116 +4225,128 @@
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Traka s imenom"
#. list entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "UUID"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
msgid "Used by"
msgstr "Koristi"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr "BIOS ID"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr "Informacije o cilindru"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Šifriranje"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Naziv uređaja"
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ID uređaja"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr ""
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Optional"
+msgid "Optimal"
+msgstr "Proizvoljno"
+
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "End Cylinder"
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr "Krajnji cilindar"
+
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr "Pretpostavljeni datotečni sustav"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr "Izvori korisničkih informacija"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
@@ -4301,14 +4357,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
@@ -4317,14 +4373,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -4658,14 +4714,14 @@
msgstr "Putanja do datoteke"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Size"
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "&Veličina"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgid ""
@@ -4673,14 +4729,14 @@
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "Vrijednost mora biti između 0 i 32767. Pokušajte ponovo."
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "Vrijednost mora biti između 0 i 32767. Pokušajte ponovo."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -4688,31 +4744,31 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "Vrijednost mora biti između 0 i 32767. Pokušajte ponovo."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Read-Only"
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "&Samo za čitanje"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
@@ -4720,38 +4776,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Access"
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Bez pristupa"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509
msgid "Mountable by &User"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -4761,12 +4817,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -4774,12 +4830,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -4791,40 +4847,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -4832,95 +4888,95 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Size"
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "&Veličina"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&All Entries"
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "&Svi unosi"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Revision"
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "Revizija"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
@@ -4928,14 +4984,14 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Size (in MB)"
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "&Veličina (u MB)"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
@@ -4943,39 +4999,39 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ignore &All"
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "&Ignoriraj sve"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
@@ -4984,12 +5040,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -4997,31 +5053,31 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5030,19 +5086,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5055,12 +5111,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5068,43 +5124,43 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disable regular checks"
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Onemogući redovne provjere"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
@@ -5112,12 +5168,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -5130,7 +5186,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -5143,7 +5199,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5153,7 +5209,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5167,7 +5223,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Promjena veličine nije moguća:"
@@ -5180,7 +5236,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5189,7 +5245,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5200,7 +5256,7 @@
"Molimo pokušajte ponovno."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -5217,30 +5273,30 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "Unesite ključ za šifriranje"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Unesite lozinku pružatelja usluge"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Use Encrypted Home Directory"
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "&Koristi kriptirani kućni direktorij"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5248,14 +5304,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Da li želite pokušati ponovno?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5263,92 +5319,92 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Unesite ključ za šifriranje"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "YaST je otkrio slijedeći uređaj"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "YaST je otkrio slijedeći uređaj"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE Disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5356,7 +5412,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5364,7 +5420,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5372,20 +5428,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Kopiram korjenski datotečni sustav..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
@@ -5991,54 +6047,54 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Use Encrypted Home Directory"
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "&Koristi kriptirani kućni direktorij"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Napravi novu particiju"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Napravi novu particiju"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Zapiši globalne postavke"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6047,32 +6103,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Lozinka:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -6099,27 +6155,27 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default File System"
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr "Pretpostavljeni datotečni sustav"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Partitioning"
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "Particioniranje"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/sudo.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/sudo.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/sudo.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sudo.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-27 22:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/support.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/support.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/support.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#. Rich text title for Support in proposals
#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83
msgid "Support"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Podrška"
#. Menu title for Support in proposals
#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87
@@ -39,16 +39,18 @@
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
-msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SUSE Support"
+msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
+msgstr "SUSE podrška"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
-msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
+msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otvori"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
@@ -93,7 +95,7 @@
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sačuvaj kao"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
@@ -118,7 +120,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke."
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
@@ -177,11 +179,11 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stručne postavke"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Izbori"
#. Support overview dialog caption
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
@@ -213,7 +215,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ime"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
@@ -236,7 +238,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
-msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
+msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
@@ -250,7 +252,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Napredak"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
@@ -260,7 +262,7 @@
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Naziv datoteke"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
@@ -279,6 +281,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Prekidam inicijalizaciju:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Možete sigurno prekinuti alat za postavke pritiskom na <b>Prekini</b>.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44
@@ -295,6 +299,10 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Prekidam pohranu:</big></b><br />\n"
+"Pohranu možete prekinuti pritiskom na <b>Prekini</b>.\n"
+"Dodatni okvir će vas obavijestiti da li je to sigurno.\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55
@@ -319,13 +327,16 @@
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Uređivanje ili brisanje:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Ako stisnete <b>Uredi</b>, otvara se dodatni prozor u kojem\n"
+"se uređuju njihove postavke.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -407,7 +418,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
@@ -450,7 +461,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n"
+"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -469,6 +480,9 @@
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Drugi korak postavljanja</big></b><br />\n"
+"Pritisnite <b>Dalje</b> za nastavak.\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204
@@ -477,6 +491,9 @@
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Odabir nečega</big></b><br />\n"
+"Nije moguće. Prvo to morate isprogramirati. :-)\n"
+"</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
@@ -754,7 +771,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -765,7 +782,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicijaliziram..."
#. global string created_directory="";
#: src/modules/Support.rb:143
@@ -774,7 +791,7 @@
#: src/modules/Support.rb:144
msgid "root Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lozinka korisnika root"
#: src/modules/Support.rb:163
msgid "Password incorrect"
@@ -793,30 +810,30 @@
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:329
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:331
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pokreni SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:335
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..."
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:337
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pokrećem SuSEconfig..."
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/Support.rb:339
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Završeno"
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/Support.rb:438
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sažetak postavki..."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/sysconfig.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/sysconfig.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/sysconfig.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-07 19:12+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -494,51 +494,111 @@
"Molim sačekajte...<br></p>\n"
"\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
-#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
-#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p> SuSEconfig pohranjuje checksum za svaku konfiguracijsku datoteku, pa može otkriti ako\n"
-#~ " ste ručno promijenili bilo koju od njih. Ako ste promijenili konfiguracijsku datoteku ručno,\n"
-#~ " on ju neće dirati.</p>\n"
+#. Translation: Progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "Pretraga..."
-#~ msgid "Searching..."
-#~ msgstr "Pretraga..."
+#. Display confirmation dialog
+#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
+#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
+#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "Naredba: "
-#~ msgid "Command: "
-#~ msgstr "Naredba: "
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+msgid "S&kip"
+msgstr "Pre&skoči"
-#~ msgid "S&kip"
-#~ msgstr "Pre&skoči"
+#. get activation map for variable
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr "Naredba će biti izvršena"
-#~ msgid "A command will be executed"
-#~ msgstr "Naredba će biti izvršena"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "Pokrećem naredbu: %1..."
-#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Pokrećem naredbu: %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "Naredba %1 neuspjela"
-#~ msgid "Command %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Naredba %1 neuspjela"
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+msgstr "Pohranjujem sysconfig podešenja"
-#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Pohranjujem sysconfig podešenja"
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgstr "Zapiši nove postavke"
-#~ msgid "Write the new settings"
-#~ msgstr "Zapiši nove postavke"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+msgid "Activate the changes"
+msgstr "Aktiviraj promjene"
-#~ msgid "Activate the changes"
-#~ msgstr "Aktiviraj promjene"
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr "Pohranjivanje varijable %1 u datoteku %2 je neuspješno"
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-#~ msgstr "Pohranjivanje varijable %1 u datoteku %2 je neuspješno"
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "Spremanje varijable %1..."
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Spremanje varijable %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+msgstr "Spremanje promjena u datoteke..."
-#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
-#~ msgstr "Spremanje promjena u datoteke..."
+#. service is running, reload it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgstr "Usluga %1 će biti ponovno učitana"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgstr "Ponovno učitavam uslugu %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Ponovno učitavanje usluge %1 neuspješno"
+
+#. service is running, restart it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgstr "Usluga %1 će biti ponovno pokrenuta"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgstr "Ponovno pokrećem uslugu %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Ponovno pokretanje usluge %1 neuspješno"
+
+#. set 100% in progress bar
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Kraj"
+
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Konfiguracijski detalji"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
+#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
+#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> SuSEconfig pohranjuje checksum za svaku konfiguracijsku datoteku, pa može otkriti ako\n"
+#~ " ste ručno promijenili bilo koju od njih. Ako ste promijenili konfiguracijsku datoteku ručno,\n"
+#~ " on ju neće dirati.</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started."
#~ msgstr "Sve konfiguracijske skripte će biti pokrenute."
@@ -557,30 +617,6 @@
#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed."
#~ msgstr "Konfiguracijski modul %1 neuspješan."
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-#~ msgstr "Usluga %1 će biti ponovno učitana"
-
-#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Ponovno učitavam uslugu %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Ponovno učitavanje usluge %1 neuspješno"
-
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
-#~ msgstr "Usluga %1 će biti ponovno pokrenuta"
-
-#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Ponovno pokrećem uslugu %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Ponovno pokretanje usluge %1 neuspješno"
-
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "Kraj"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Konfiguracijski detalji"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n"
#~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/tftp-server.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/tftp-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/tftp-server.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 21:36+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/timezone_db.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/timezone_db.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/timezone_db.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-17 18:29+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <hr(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/tune.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/tune.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/tune.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-06 21:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -21,36 +21,36 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 0.2\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "Potraga za uređajima - ovaj modul ne podržava sučelje naredbene linije, koristite '%1' umjesto."
#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
msgid "Probing Hardware..."
msgstr "Ispitujem uređaje..."
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Napredak"
#. title label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
msgid "&All Entries"
msgstr "&Svi unosi"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
msgid "&Save to File..."
msgstr "S&premi u datoteku..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
msgid "Hardware Information"
msgstr "Informacije o uređajima"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
@@ -58,18 +58,25 @@
"<P>Modul<B>Informacije o hardveru</B> prikazuje detalje\n"
"o hardveru vašeg računala. Kliknite bilo koju tipku za više informacija.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
msgstr "<p>Možete pohraniti informacije o uređajima u datoteku. Kliknite <b>Pohrani u datoteku</b> i unesite ime datoteke.</p>"
+#. installation proposal header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Settings"
+msgid "System and Hardware Settings"
+msgstr "Postavke sustava"
+
#. this is a heading
#. tree node string
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sustav"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
msgid "S&ystem"
msgstr "&Sustav"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/update.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/update.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/update.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-27 22:32+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "Izbori dogradnje"
@@ -155,18 +155,18 @@
#. Table item (unknown file system)
#. label - name of sustem to update
#. starts with >`<
-#. label for an unknown installed system
+#. Get installed release name
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Nepoznato"
#. label showing to which version we are updating
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
msgid "Update to %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -225,9 +225,19 @@
"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no question
+#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
msgid ""
+"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n"
+"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n"
+"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
+msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to reset your detailed selection?"
msgstr ""
@@ -237,13 +247,13 @@
#. error report
#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
msgid "Failed to mount target system"
msgstr ""
#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
msgstr ""
@@ -314,12 +324,12 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "Ne mogu pročitati trenutnu RPM bazu podataka."
#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
msgstr "Instalirani proizvod nije kompatibilan s proizvodom na instalacijskom mediju."
@@ -327,14 +337,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Nepoznati proizvod"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -342,22 +352,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "Dogradi samo instalirane pakete"
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "Dogradi na osnovu uzoraka"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -366,17 +376,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "&Postavke dogradnje"
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr "Ne postoji niti jedna od datoteka:%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -385,27 +395,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
msgid "Unknown Linux"
msgstr "Nepoznati Linux"
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux"
msgstr "Nepoznato ili nije Linux"
#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
@@ -413,12 +423,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
msgid "Partition or System to Update:"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
@@ -426,12 +436,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
msgid "Select for Update"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
@@ -440,69 +450,69 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sustav"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Particija"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arhitektura"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
msgid "File System"
msgstr "Datotečni sustav"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Naziv"
#. check box
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
msgid "&Show All Partitions"
msgstr "&Prikaži sve particije"
#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
msgid "&Boot"
msgstr ""
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
msgid ""
"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n"
"on the selected partition."
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
msgid ""
"The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n"
"is different from the one of this product.\n"
msgstr ""
#. pop-up question
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
msgid "&Yes, Use It"
msgstr "&Da, koristi"
#. Target load failed, #466803
#. Target load failed, #466803
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
msgid ""
"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n"
"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n"
@@ -510,29 +520,29 @@
"Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr "&Da, nastavi"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "Nepoznati Linux sustav"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "Nije Linux sustav"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -542,7 +552,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "Provjeravam particiju %1"
@@ -551,23 +561,23 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "Prikaži &detalje"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "Provjeravam datotečni sustav na %1..."
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "Provjera datotečnog sustava nije uspjela"
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -575,24 +585,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "&Preskoči montiranje"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Neispravna lozinka. Da li želite pokušati ponovno?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Upozorenje"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -603,7 +613,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -616,39 +626,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Izbori ugradnje"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Točka ugradnje"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Uređaj"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -656,17 +666,17 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ništa"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr ""
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -674,22 +684,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "&Odaberite uređaj za /var particiju"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Informacije o uređaju"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -702,7 +712,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -711,17 +721,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "Fstab nije pronađen."
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr ""
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -742,42 +752,75 @@
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Provjeravam dostupnost dogradnji..."
+#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
+#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
+#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
+#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
+#.
+#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
+#. @return [String] product name
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Specified profile not found."
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr "Navedeni profil nije pronađen."
+
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read file %1"
+msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}"
+msgstr "Ne mogu pročitati datoteku %1"
+
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Nepoznati proizvod"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:817
-msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
-msgstr "Dopusti spuštanje verzije paketa"
+#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
+#. and we don't continue further
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
+"%{patterns}"
+msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
+"%{packages}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Postavke nadogradnje"
-#: control/update.glade:34
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Nadogradnja"
-#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Izvedi nadogradnju"
-#: control/update.glade:63
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "System Configuration"
msgid "Update System Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke sustava"
-#: control/update.glade:71
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update configuration"
msgid "Update Configuration"
msgstr "Nadogradi postavke"
+#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
+#~ msgstr "Dopusti spuštanje verzije paketa"
+
#~ msgid "Clean Up"
#~ msgstr "Počisti"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/users.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/users.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/users.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-26 10:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
msgstr "Lozinka za \"root\", sustavskog administratora"
#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise user to remember his new password
+#. advise users to remember their new password
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgstr "Nemojte zaboraviti što ste unijeli ovdje."
@@ -4181,22 +4181,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Korisnici</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Grupe</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Postavke prijave</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/vm.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/vm.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/vm.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-03 12:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -33,12 +33,12 @@
msgstr "Instaliraj hipervizor i alate"
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -47,132 +47,174 @@
"Pokrenite instalaciju na normalnom računalu.\n"
#. progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184
+#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Provjeri instalirane pakete"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Postavke mrežnog mosta"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "Postavljam VM poslužitelj (domena 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Postavke VM poslužitelja</b></big></p><p>Postavke VM poslužitelja (domena 0) imaju dva dijela.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Potrebni paketi se prvo moraju instalirati. Tada se prebacuje na GRUB program za podizanje sustava ako se on već ne koristi i dodaje se Xen izbornik u program za podizanje sustava ako nedostaje.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>"
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>GRUB je potreban zbog toga što podržava standard za podizanje više sustava što je potrebno za podizanje Xen Linux kernela.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Kada se postavke uspješno dovrše, moguće je pokrenuti VM poslužitelj iz izbornika programa za podizanje sustava.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "Instalacija će biti prekinuta."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Hipervizor i alati su instalirani."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236
+msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
+msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
+msgstr "Postavljam virtualni stroj..."
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "MySQL server"
+msgid "KVM server"
+msgstr "MySQL poslužitelj"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253
+msgid "KVM tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260
+msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
+msgid "Virtualization client tools"
+msgstr "Hipervizor i alati su instalirani."
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Broken server"
+msgid "Xen server"
+msgstr "Neupotrebljiv poslužitelj"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Admin Tools"
+msgid "Xen tools"
+msgstr "Administratorski alati"
+
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Instalacija će biti prekinuta."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Instalacija će biti prekinuta."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "Radi se u tekstualnom načinu. Želite li svejedno instalirati grafičke komponente?"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Provjeravam pakete..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Instaliram pakete..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Ne mogu instalirati potrebne pakete."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration files..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Nadograđujem postavke u datotekama..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Podešavam pretpostavljeni mrežni most..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Mrežni most."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -185,31 +227,31 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Hipervizor i alati su instalirani."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Hipervizor i alati su instalirani."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/wagon.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/wagon.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/wagon.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-27 22:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/wol.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/wol.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/wol.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-07 19:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/xpram.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/xpram.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/xpram.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram.hr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-14 22:31+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/yast2-apparmor.hr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/hr/po/yast2-apparmor.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
+++ trunk/yast/hr/po/yast2-apparmor.hr.po 2014-10-07 15:33:41 UTC (rev 89758)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-18 19:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n"
@@ -328,11 +328,11 @@
#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "&Done"
msgstr "&Gotovo"
@@ -1148,23 +1148,33 @@
msgid "Could not recognize mode: "
msgstr "%1: ne mogu učitati modul"
-#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128
+#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enforce"
+msgid "enforce"
+msgstr "Prisilno"
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+msgid "complain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Show All Profiles"
msgstr "Raspoloživi profili"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles"
msgstr "Konfiguriranje odabira softvera"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Active Profiles"
msgstr "Raspoloživi profili"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles"
msgstr "Konfigurirane datoteke:"
@@ -1172,44 +1182,44 @@
#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
#. TODO switch to variable in a module
#. TODO plain reread does not work here
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
#, fuzzy
msgid "Profile Name"
msgstr "&Upravljanje profilima"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Način"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
msgid "Toggle Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
msgid "Set All to Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
msgid "Set All to Complain"
msgstr ""
#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Profile Mode Configuration"
msgstr "&Predložite novu konfiguraciju"
#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure Profile Mode"
msgstr "Konfiguriranje učitavača sustava"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select an item to delete."
msgid "Select an action to perform."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:33:13 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89757
Added:
trunk/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/autoinst.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/drbd.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/ftp-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/gtk.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/installation.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/instserver.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/kerberos-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/kerberos.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap-client.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/live-installer.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/lxc.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/network.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/nfs.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/nfs_server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/pkg-bindings.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/qt-pkg.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/qt.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/rdp.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/rear.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/reipl.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/services-manager.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/sshd.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/update.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/users.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/wagon.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/xpram.ar.po
trunk/yast/ar/po/yast2-apparmor.ar.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
"X-Language-English: Arabic\n"
"X-Language-Local: Arabic*\n"
@@ -265,12 +264,8 @@
#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone'
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864
-msgid ""
-"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the "
-"'create' or 'clone' commands."
-msgstr ""
-"لا يوجد إعداد لهذه الإضافة. إنشاء إعدادات جديدة باستخدام الأوامر 'إنشاء' أو "
-"'نسخ' لذلك."
+msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands."
+msgstr "لا يوجد إعداد لهذه الإضافة. إنشاء إعدادات جديدة باستخدام الأوامر 'إنشاء' أو 'نسخ' لذلك."
#. error message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876
@@ -309,15 +304,12 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>البدء في إنشاء إعداد منتج الإضافات الإضافية الجديدة مع <b>إضافة</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>البدء في إنشاء إعداد منتج الإضافات الإضافية الجديدة مع <b>إضافة</b>.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>استخدام <b>Edit</b> لتعديل إعداد منتج الإضافة الإضافية المحددة.</p>"
#. help text
@@ -327,12 +319,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166
-msgid ""
-"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with "
-"<b>Build</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>بناء منتج الإضافة الإضافية الجديدة مبنية حسب الإعداد المحدد مع <b>بناء</"
-"b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>بناء منتج الإضافة الإضافية الجديدة مبنية حسب الإعداد المحدد مع <b>بناء</b>.</p>"
#. table header item
#. summary header
@@ -1071,28 +1059,18 @@
#. help text for start menu
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>"
msgstr "<p>توفر الوحدة النمطية هذه الإرشاد إعداد المنتج الإضافي.</p>"
#. help text for start menu, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the "
-"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد كيفية إنشاء المنتج الإضافي الجديد. حيث يمكن إنشاء هذا المنتج من "
-"البداية أو تأسيسه على منتج موجود.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد كيفية إنشاء المنتج الإضافي الجديد. حيث يمكن إنشاء هذا المنتج من البداية أو تأسيسه على منتج موجود.</p>"
#. help text for start menu, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate "
-"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the "
-"existing product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>عند تأسيس المنتج الجديد على منتج موجود، حدد <b>إنشاء أوصاف الحزمة</b> "
-"لإنشاء أوصاف جديدة للحزم في المنتج الموجود.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>عند تأسيس المنتج الجديد على منتج موجود، حدد <b>إنشاء أوصاف الحزمة</b> لإنشاء أوصاف جديدة للحزم في المنتج الموجود.</p>"
#. help text for initial data (paragraph title)
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56
@@ -1111,12 +1089,8 @@
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This "
-"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد المنتج الذي يمكن تطبيق المنتج الإضافي الجديد عليه. يشكل هذا التحديد "
-"القيمة<b>REQUIRES</b> قيمة<tt>محتوى</tt> الملف.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد المنتج الذي يمكن تطبيق المنتج الإضافي الجديد عليه. يشكل هذا التحديد القيمة<b>REQUIRES</b> قيمة<tt>محتوى</tt> الملف.</p>"
#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68
@@ -1125,12 +1099,8 @@
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should "
-"form your add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اختر المسار إلى المجلد المحتوي على حزم RPM التي من شأنها إعداد المنتج "
-"الإضافي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اختر المسار إلى المجلد المحتوي على حزم RPM التي من شأنها إعداد المنتج الإضافي.</p>"
#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74
@@ -1139,15 +1109,8 @@
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages "
-"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will "
-"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the "
-"patterns later in the workflow.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اختيارياً، اختر المسار إلى المجلد المحتوي على حزم RPM من المنتج الذي يجب "
-"أن يستند المنتج الإضافي إلية. لن يتم تضمين هذه الحزم في المنتج الإضافي، ولكن "
-"يمكن استخدامها لإنشاء الأنماط لاحقًا في تدفق العمل.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اختيارياً، اختر المسار إلى المجلد المحتوي على حزم RPM من المنتج الذي يجب أن يستند المنتج الإضافي إلية. لن يتم تضمين هذه الحزم في المنتج الإضافي، ولكن يمكن استخدامها لإنشاء الأنماط لاحقًا في تدفق العمل.</p>"
#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file)
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80
@@ -1156,14 +1119,8 @@
#. help text for content file editor, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect "
-"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</"
-"tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل المعلومات المطلوبة لتحديد المنتج الإضافي. قم بإلغاء تحديد <b>إظهار "
-"الكلمات الأساسية المطلوبة فقط</b> للتعرف على كل سمات ملف <tt>المحتويات</tt> ."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>أدخل المعلومات المطلوبة لتحديد المنتج الإضافي. قم بإلغاء تحديد <b>إظهار الكلمات الأساسية المطلوبة فقط</b> للتعرف على كل سمات ملف <tt>المحتويات</tt> .</p>"
#. help text for content file editor, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88
@@ -1172,43 +1129,23 @@
#. help text for package description files
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</"
-"tt> files) here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بتحرير الأوصاف الخاصة باللغة الحزم (<tt>packages.lang</tt> ملف) هنا.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بتحرير الأوصاف الخاصة باللغة الحزم (<tt>packages.lang</tt> ملف) هنا.</p>"
#. help text for package description files, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The "
-"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the "
-"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions "
-"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>إضافة لغة</b> لإضافة ملف وصف للغة جديدة. تتم قراءة قائمة اللغات "
-"المتاحة من القيمة <b>LINGUAS</b> الخاصة بملف <tt> المحتويات</tt>. قم "
-"باستيراد ملف موجود يحتوي على أوصاف الحزمة باستخدام <b>استيراد</b>. احذف ملف "
-"الوصف باستخدام <b>حذف</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>إضافة لغة</b> لإضافة ملف وصف للغة جديدة. تتم قراءة قائمة اللغات المتاحة من القيمة <b>LINGUAS</b> الخاصة بملف <tt> المحتويات</tt>. قم باستيراد ملف موجود يحتوي على أوصاف الحزمة باستخدام <b>استيراد</b>. احذف ملف الوصف باستخدام <b>حذف</b>.</p>"
#. help text for package description files, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description "
-"entries for the selected package.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> و<b>تحرير</b> في الجدول الثاني لتعديل إدخالات الوصف "
-"للحزمة المحددة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> و<b>تحرير</b> في الجدول الثاني لتعديل إدخالات الوصف للحزمة المحددة.</p>"
#. help text for package description files, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package "
-"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>بشكل اختياري، اختر مسار ملف توفير <b>تبعيات الحزمة الإضافية</b> "
-"(EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
+msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>بشكل اختياري، اختر مسار ملف توفير <b>تبعيات الحزمة الإضافية</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
#. help text for patterns
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108
@@ -1217,136 +1154,72 @@
#. help text for patterns, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an "
-"existing one.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>جديد</b> لإنشاء نمط جديد أو <b>استيراد</b> لاستيراد نمط موجود.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>جديد</b> لإنشاء نمط جديد أو <b>استيراد</b> لاستيراد نمط موجود.</p>"
#. help text for patterns, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern "
-"attributes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> و<b>تحرير</b> في الجدول الثاني لتعديل سمات النمط.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> و<b>تحرير</b> في الجدول الثاني لتعديل سمات النمط.</p>"
#. help text for patterns, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required "
-"for\n"
-"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when "
-"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
+"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n"
+"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>تحقق من <b>النمط المطلوب</b> إذا كنت تريد تعيين النمط المحدد كما هو \n"
-"مطلوب للمنتج الوظيفة الإضافية. مقدما بمثل هذا النمط سيتم تلقائياً إنتقائة عند "
-"بدء تشغيل تثبيت المنتج الوظيفة الإضافية.</p>"
+"مطلوب للمنتج الوظيفة الإضافية. مقدما بمثل هذا النمط سيتم تلقائياً إنتقائة عند بدء تشغيل تثبيت المنتج الوظيفة الإضافية.</p>"
#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be "
-"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the "
-"product in the output directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد المسار إلى المجلد الذي يجب إنشاء منتج الإضافة فيه. حدد <b>إنشاء نسخة "
-"محتويات ISO</b> لإنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO الخاصة بالمنتج في مجلد الإخراج.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد المسار إلى المجلد الذي يجب إنشاء منتج الإضافة فيه. حدد <b>إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO</b> لإنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO الخاصة بالمنتج في مجلد الإخراج.</p>"
#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all "
-"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>انتج التغيير</b> لإنشاء ملف تغيير يكل التغييرات من الحزم على "
-"المنتجات الإضافية المنتجة في العامين الماضيين.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>انتج التغيير</b> لإنشاء ملف تغيير يكل التغييرات من الحزم على المنتجات الإضافية المنتجة في العامين الماضيين.</p>"
#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. "
-"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, "
-"licenses, and other optional values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بتهيئة تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي بما يتناسب مع <b> إعداد تدفق العمل</b>. "
-"ألأستخدم<b>الملفات الاختيارية</b> إعداد نصوص الملفات <tt>التقديمية</tt>، "
-"والتراخيص والقيم الاختيارية الأخرى.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بتهيئة تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي بما يتناسب مع <b> إعداد تدفق العمل</b>. ألأستخدم<b>الملفات الاختيارية</b> إعداد نصوص الملفات <tt>التقديمية</tt>، والتراخيص والقيم الاختيارية الأخرى.</p>"
#. workflow help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on "
-"product workflow.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن في هذا المكان إدخال الملفات اللازمة لتخصيص تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن في هذا المكان إدخال الملفات اللازمة لتخصيص تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي.</p>"
#. workflow help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file "
-"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation."
-"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل موقع الملف الذي يحتوي على وصف تدفق العمل. يعد هذا الملف بديلاً لـ "
-"<tt>control.xml</tt> ويتم حفظة باعتباره <tt>installation.xml</tt> في المجلد "
-"الأساسي للمنتج الإضافي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>أدخل موقع الملف الذي يحتوي على وصف تدفق العمل. يعد هذا الملف بديلاً لـ <tt>control.xml</tt> ويتم حفظة باعتباره <tt>installation.xml</tt> في المجلد الأساسي للمنتج الإضافي.</p>"
#. workflow help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, "
-"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are "
-"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the "
-"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>باستخدام الوحدات النمطية YaST المخصص أثناء تثبيت المنتج الوظيفة الإضافية، "
-"أدخل إلى مسار الأرشيف <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> حيث يتم تخزين هذه الوحدات "
-"النمطية أو إعداد محتويات <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> بتحديد حزم RPM YaST في "
-"<b>استيراد الحزم</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>باستخدام الوحدات النمطية YaST المخصص أثناء تثبيت المنتج الوظيفة الإضافية، أدخل إلى مسار الأرشيف <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> حيث يتم تخزين هذه الوحدات النمطية أو إعداد محتويات <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> بتحديد حزم RPM YaST في <b>استيراد الحزم</b>.</p>"
#. help text for expert dialog 1
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on "
-"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>الاختيار <tt>info.txt</tt>ملف يعطي معلومات حول الاضافة التي ستعرض كإطار "
-"منبثق مع <b> موافق</b> زر.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>الاختيار <tt>info.txt</tt>ملف يعطي معلومات حول الاضافة التي ستعرض كإطار منبثق مع <b> موافق</b> زر.</p>"
#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152
-msgid ""
-"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and "
-"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the "
-"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</"
-"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يتم عرض نص الترخيص في إطار يحتوي على الزرين<b> موافقة</b> و<b>عدم "
-"الموافقة</b> قبل بدء التثبيت. يتم ضغط الملفات المحتوية على نصوص الترخيص "
-"باللغات المختلفة إلى الأرشيف <tt>license.zip</tt> ويتم تخزينها في المجلد "
-"<tt>media.1</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يتم عرض نص الترخيص في إطار يحتوي على الزرين<b> موافقة</b> و<b>عدم الموافقة</b> قبل بدء التثبيت. يتم ضغط الملفات المحتوية على نصوص الترخيص باللغات المختلفة إلى الأرشيف <tt>license.zip</tt> ويتم تخزينها في المجلد <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>"
#. help text for expert dialog 2
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various "
-"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on "
-"product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن أن يحتوي الملفان <tt>حقوق النسخ</tt> و<tt>النسخ</tt> على تعديلات "
-"لغات متعددة ويتم تخزينهما في المجلد الجذر للمنتج الإضافي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن أن يحتوي الملفان <tt>حقوق النسخ</tt> و<tt>النسخ</tt> على تعديلات لغات متعددة ويتم تخزينهما في المجلد الجذر للمنتج الإضافي.</p>"
#. help text for signing dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key "
-"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم في هذا المكان بإعداد توقيع المنتج الإضافي. اختر مفتاحًا سريًا من قائمة "
-"المفاتيح المتاحة أو قم بإنشاء مفتاح جديد باستخدام <b>إنشاء</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم في هذا المكان بإعداد توقيع المنتج الإضافي. اختر مفتاحًا سريًا من قائمة المفاتيح المتاحة أو قم بإنشاء مفتاح جديد باستخدام <b>إنشاء</b>.</p>"
#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164
@@ -1355,62 +1228,37 @@
#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166
-msgid ""
-"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with "
-"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد إذا كنت تريد تسجيل <b>كل الحزم</b> .من المنتج الإضافي مع المفتاح "
-"المحدد. ستتم إزالة كافة تواقيع الحزمة السابقة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد إذا كنت تريد تسجيل <b>كل الحزم</b> .من المنتج الإضافي مع المفتاح المحدد. ستتم إزالة كافة تواقيع الحزمة السابقة.</p>"
#. help text for generating new key dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>"
msgstr "<p>أدخل القيم اللازمة لإنشاء المفتاحين الرئيسيين الجديدين.</p>"
#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 "
-"and 4096 bits long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>الحجم الافتراضي لمفتاح DSA هو 1024 بت. قد يتراوح طول مفاتيح RSA بين 1024 "
-"و4096 بت.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>الحجم الافتراضي لمفتاح DSA هو 1024 بت. قد يتراوح طول مفاتيح RSA بين 1024 و4096 بت.</p>"
#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178
-msgid ""
-"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key "
-"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, "
-"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty "
-"for a key that never expires.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية</b>، قم بإدخال عدد الأيام التي تنتهي بعدها "
-"صلاحية المفتاح. إذا تبع العدد <tt>اس</tt>,<tt>ش</tt>، أو <tt>س</tt>، فإنه "
-"يشير إلى عدد أسابيع أو أشهر أو سنوات. اترك اتركها فارغة للحصول على مفتاح غير "
-"منتهي الصلاحية.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية</b>، قم بإدخال عدد الأيام التي تنتهي بعدها صلاحية المفتاح. إذا تبع العدد <tt>اس</tt>,<tt>ش</tt>، أو <tt>س</tt>، فإنه يشير إلى عدد أسابيع أو أشهر أو سنوات. اترك اتركها فارغة للحصول على مفتاح غير منتهي الصلاحية.</p>"
#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the "
-"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>الاسم</b>و<b>التعليق</b>و<b>عنوان البريد الإلكتروني</b> لتوفير "
-"تعريف المستخدم الذي يجب اقتران المفاتيح الجديدة به.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>الاسم</b>و<b>التعليق</b>و<b>عنوان البريد الإلكتروني</b> لتوفير تعريف المستخدم الذي يجب اقتران المفاتيح الجديدة به.</p>"
#. help text for overview dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك هنا الاطلاع على نظرة عامة على بيانات إنشاء المنتج الإضافي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك هنا الاطلاع على نظرة عامة على بيانات إنشاء المنتج الإضافي.</p>"
#. help text for overview dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>"
msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>إنهاء</b> لإنشاء المنتج الإضافي في مجلد الإخراج.</p>"
#. text entry label
@@ -1529,12 +1377,8 @@
#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164
-msgid ""
-"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-"
-"release packages architectures. "
-msgstr ""
-"قائمة بمساحة مفصولة من بنية المنتجات. تطابق إصدار المنتجات المتوفرة ببنية "
-"الحزم. "
+msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. "
+msgstr "قائمة بمساحة مفصولة من بنية المنتجات. تطابق إصدار المنتجات المتوفرة ببنية الحزم. "
#. label of content file 'VERSION' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172
@@ -1559,13 +1403,8 @@
#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used "
-"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, "
-"version and architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"بعض الجمل تصف التوزيعة. يتم استخدام هذه الجمل في الغالب في.rpms لوصف "
-"التوزيعة. عادة تحتوي الاسم والإصدار والبنية."
+msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture."
+msgstr "بعض الجمل تصف التوزيعة. يتم استخدام هذه الجمل في الغالب في.rpms لوصف التوزيعة. عادة تحتوي الاسم والإصدار والبنية."
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201
@@ -1594,12 +1433,8 @@
#. help text for content file '' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227
-msgid ""
-"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no "
-"default language can be determined."
-msgstr ""
-"تسمية بترميز UTF-8. هي التسمية الافتراضية في حالة حذف <b>LINGUAS</b> أو في "
-"حالة تعذر تحديد أي لغة افتراضية."
+msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined."
+msgstr "تسمية بترميز UTF-8. هي التسمية الافتراضية في حالة حذف <b>LINGUAS</b> أو في حالة تعذر تحديد أي لغة افتراضية."
#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234
@@ -1668,14 +1503,8 @@
#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304
-msgid ""
-"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the "
-"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching "
-"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>تسمية</b>بترميز UTF-8. تحتوي القيمة <tt>lang</tt> على نفس بناء الجملة "
-"لقيم <b>LINGUAS</b> . يتوقع وجود <b>LABEL.lang</b> مطابق لكل لغة في القيمة "
-"<b>LINGUAS</b>."
+msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected."
+msgstr "<b>تسمية</b>بترميز UTF-8. تحتوي القيمة <tt>lang</tt> على نفس بناء الجملة لقيم <b>LINGUAS</b> . يتوقع وجود <b>LABEL.lang</b> مطابق لكل لغة في القيمة <b>LINGUAS</b>."
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328
msgid "Architecture"
@@ -1713,12 +1542,8 @@
#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366
-msgid ""
-"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories "
-"are intended for the user and can be specified freely."
-msgstr ""
-"فئة من سطر واحد باللغة الافتراضية تستخدم لتجميع الأنماط. الفئات مخصصة "
-"للمستخدم ويمكن تحديدها دون قيود."
+msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely."
+msgstr "فئة من سطر واحد باللغة الافتراضية تستخدم لتجميع الأنماط. الفئات مخصصة للمستخدم ويمكن تحديدها دون قيود."
#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370
@@ -1752,8 +1577,7 @@
#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400
-msgid ""
-"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint."
+msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint."
msgstr "يتم تثبيت هذه الحزم افتراضيًا ولكن يمكن إزالتها دون مشاكل."
#. label for 'Prs' pattern key
@@ -1766,9 +1590,7 @@
#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712
-msgid ""
-"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency "
-"resolution."
+msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution."
msgstr "تلميحات لتطبيق ما لم تتم معالجته خلال قرار التبعية."
#. label for 'Ico' pattern key
@@ -1780,20 +1602,10 @@
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420
msgid ""
"If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n"
-" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename "
-"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is "
-"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/"
-"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/"
-"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/"
-"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
+" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
msgstr ""
"في حالة عدم تحديده، يتم استخدام اسم النمط \n"
-" بدلاً منه (على أن يتم استبدال المساحات الفارغة بتسطير سفلي). في حالة عدم "
-"احتواء اسم الملف على امتداد png أو jpg يتم إلحاق png. في حالة عدم تحديد أية "
-"مسارات، يتم البحث عن الرموز في مسار رمز السمة (أولاً، /usr/share/YaST2/theme/"
-"current/icons/32x32/apps/ ثم /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/"
-"apps/). المسارات المطلقة والنسبية (لمسار السمة /usr/share/YaST2/theme/"
-"current/) مسموح بها."
+" بدلاً منه (على أن يتم استبدال المساحات الفارغة بتسطير سفلي). في حالة عدم احتواء اسم الملف على امتداد png أو jpg يتم إلحاق png. في حالة عدم تحديد أية مسارات، يتم البحث عن الرموز في مسار رمز السمة (أولاً، /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ ثم /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). المسارات المطلقة والنسبية (لمسار السمة /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) مسموح بها."
#. label for 'Ord' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429
@@ -1802,12 +1614,8 @@
#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing "
-"multiple patterns in the user interface."
-msgstr ""
-"تُعرِف قيمة العدد الصحيح المكون من ثلاثة أرقام ترتيب النمط عند سرد أنماط "
-"متعددة في واجهة المستخدم."
+msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface."
+msgstr "تُعرِف قيمة العدد الصحيح المكون من ثلاثة أرقام ترتيب النمط عند سرد أنماط متعددة في واجهة المستخدم."
#. label for 'Req' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441
@@ -1826,16 +1634,8 @@
#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</"
-"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and "
-"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability "
-"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
-msgstr ""
-"الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا النمط. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة القيمة <b>REQUIRES</"
-"b> من أخرى. تحتوي كل تبعية قابلة للتحليل بشكل افتراضي على ما توفره--الاسم "
-"والإصدار الخاص بها. على سبيل المثال، توفر الحزمة <i>bar-1.42-1</i> الإمكانية "
-"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
+msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
+msgstr "الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا النمط. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة القيمة <b>REQUIRES</b> من أخرى. تحتوي كل تبعية قابلة للتحليل بشكل افتراضي على ما توفره--الاسم والإصدار الخاص بها. على سبيل المثال، توفر الحزمة <i>bar-1.42-1</i> الإمكانية <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
#. label for 'Con' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461
@@ -1844,12 +1644,8 @@
#. help text for 'Con' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463
-msgid ""
-"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that "
-"provides the capability is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"لا يمكن تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة تثبيت التبعية القابلة للتحليل المحددة أو "
-"أخرى توفر الإمكانية."
+msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed."
+msgstr "لا يمكن تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة تثبيت التبعية القابلة للتحليل المحددة أو أخرى توفر الإمكانية."
#. label for 'Obs' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471
@@ -1872,12 +1668,8 @@
#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483
-msgid ""
-"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no "
-"error is shown."
-msgstr ""
-"نسخة ضعيفة من REQUIRES. في حالة تعذر تثبيت الأنماط الموصى بها، لن تظهر أية "
-"أخطاء."
+msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown."
+msgstr "نسخة ضعيفة من REQUIRES. في حالة تعذر تثبيت الأنماط الموصى بها، لن تظهر أية أخطاء."
#. label for 'Sup' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491
@@ -1886,13 +1678,8 @@
#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493
-msgid ""
-"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability "
-"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. "
-"Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
-msgstr ""
-"على العكس <b>Rec</b>. يتم تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة توفر إمكانية المحددة من "
-"قبل حلول مثبتة. حل تبعية التثبيت. يلغي تثبيته بهدوء."
+msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
+msgstr "على العكس <b>Rec</b>. يتم تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة توفر إمكانية المحددة من قبل حلول مثبتة. حل تبعية التثبيت. يلغي تثبيته بهدوء."
#. label for 'Sug' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501
@@ -1906,9 +1693,7 @@
#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513
-msgid ""
-"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern "
-"specified here is installed."
+msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed."
msgstr "تتم مراعاة تثبيت النمط الحالي فقط في حالة تثبيت النمط المحدد هنا."
#. label for 'Ext' pattern key
@@ -1968,12 +1753,8 @@
#. help text for 'Ins' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a "
-"test version warning or a commercial license."
-msgstr ""
-"عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة، مثل تحذير "
-"اختبار نسخة أو ترخيص تجاري."
+msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license."
+msgstr "عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة، مثل تحذير اختبار نسخة أو ترخيص تجاري."
#. label for 'Del' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608
@@ -1982,12 +1763,8 @@
#. help text for 'Del' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610
-msgid ""
-"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for "
-"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package."
-msgstr ""
-"عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة للحذف، كتحذير "
-"يعلمك بأن النظام غير قابل للاستخدام بدون الحزمة."
+msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package."
+msgstr "عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة للحذف، كتحذير يعلمك بأن النظام غير قابل للاستخدام بدون الحزمة."
#. label for 'Eul' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617
@@ -1996,12 +1773,8 @@
#. help text for 'Eul' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619
-msgid ""
-"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If "
-"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"نص اتفاقية الترخيص للمستخدم. يتم عرض هذا النص قبل تثبيت الحزمة. إذا كان "
-"المستخدم لا يقبل اتفاقية الترخيص ، لن يتم تثبيت الحزمة."
+msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed."
+msgstr "نص اتفاقية الترخيص للمستخدم. يتم عرض هذا النص قبل تثبيت الحزمة. إذا كان المستخدم لا يقبل اتفاقية الترخيص ، لن يتم تثبيت الحزمة."
#. label of key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660
@@ -2010,9 +1783,7 @@
#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662
-msgid ""
-"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product "
-"requirements.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>"
msgstr "<p>الحلول يجب أن تكون مثبتة على النظام لتلبية احتياجات هذا المنتج.</p>"
#. label of PROVIDES key
@@ -2022,11 +1793,8 @@
#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672
-msgid ""
-"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</"
-"b> from others."
-msgstr ""
-"يوفر هذا المنتج الإمكانيات. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة <b>متطلبات</b> من الآخرين."
+msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others."
+msgstr "يوفر هذا المنتج الإمكانيات. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة <b>متطلبات</b> من الآخرين."
#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680
@@ -2035,12 +1803,8 @@
#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682
-msgid ""
-"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that "
-"provides the capability is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"لا يمكن تثبيت هذه التبعية القابلة للتحليل في حالة تثبيتها أو أخرى توفر "
-"إمكانياتها."
+msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed."
+msgstr "لا يمكن تثبيت هذه التبعية القابلة للتحليل في حالة تثبيتها أو أخرى توفر إمكانياتها."
#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690
@@ -2049,12 +1813,8 @@
#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692
-msgid ""
-"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a "
-"name matching this keyword."
-msgstr ""
-"عند تثبيت التبعية القابلة للتحليل، فإنها ستلغي تثبيت أية تبعيات أخرى ذات اسم "
-"مطابق للكلمة الأساسية."
+msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword."
+msgstr "عند تثبيت التبعية القابلة للتحليل، فإنها ستلغي تثبيت أية تبعيات أخرى ذات اسم مطابق للكلمة الأساسية."
#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700
@@ -2063,12 +1823,8 @@
#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702
-msgid ""
-"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill "
-"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible."
-msgstr ""
-"نسخة ضعيفة من <b>REQUIRES</b>. تمت محاولة تنفيذ <b>RECOMMENDS</b>، ولكن يتم "
-"تجاهلها بهدوء في حالة تعذر المطابقة."
+msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible."
+msgstr "نسخة ضعيفة من <b>REQUIRES</b>. تمت محاولة تنفيذ <b>RECOMMENDS</b>، ولكن يتم تجاهلها بهدوء في حالة تعذر المطابقة."
#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710
@@ -2097,9 +1853,7 @@
#. help text for 'productline' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747
-msgid ""
-"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs "
-"and versions."
+msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions."
msgstr "الاسم المختصر للمنتجات والذي لا يتغير بين حزم الخدمة والإصدارات."
#. table item label
@@ -2114,12 +1868,8 @@
#. help text for media type
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761
-msgid ""
-"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, "
-"ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
-msgstr ""
-"نوع الوسيط الذي سيتم استخدامه للمنتج المستهدف. القيم الممكنة: : cd, ftp, "
-"dvd5, dvd9."
+msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
+msgstr "نوع الوسيط الذي سيتم استخدامه للمنتج المستهدف. القيم الممكنة: : cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768
@@ -2324,20 +2074,11 @@
#~ msgstr "اوبن سوزي 12.1"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of "
-#~ "this product.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs "
-#~ "optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a "
-#~ "dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-"
-#~ "release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as "
-#~ "<tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of this product.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>التبعيات القابلة للتحليل التي يجب تثبيتها على النظام لتلبية احتياجات "
-#~ "هذا المنتج.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>فيما يلي قائمة مفصولة بمسافة من الأسماء أو أزواج <tt>النوع:الاسم</tt> "
-#~ "متبوعة اختياريًا بقيود النسخة. الاسم بمفرده يشير إلى تبعية للحزمة، مثل "
-#~ "<tt>sles-release</tt> أو <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. يمكن أن يكون النوع "
-#~ "عبارة عن حزمة أو نمط أو منتج، مثل <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>.</p>"
+#~ "<p>التبعيات القابلة للتحليل التي يجب تثبيتها على النظام لتلبية احتياجات هذا المنتج.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>فيما يلي قائمة مفصولة بمسافة من الأسماء أو أزواج <tt>النوع:الاسم</tt> متبوعة اختياريًا بقيود النسخة. الاسم بمفرده يشير إلى تبعية للحزمة، مثل <tt>sles-release</tt> أو <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. يمكن أن يكون النوع عبارة عن حزمة أو نمط أو منتج، مثل <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Resolvables needed before installation"
#~ msgstr "التبعيات القابلة للتحليل المطلوبة قبل التثبيت"
@@ -2346,16 +2087,8 @@
#~ msgstr "التبعيات القابلة للتحليل المتوفرة"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match "
-#~ "<b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- "
-#~ "its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides "
-#~ "the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا المنتج. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة القيمة "
-#~ "<b>REQUIRES</b> من أخرى. تحتوي كل تبعية قابلة للتحليل بشكل افتراضي على ما "
-#~ "توفره--الاسم والإصدار الخاص بها. على سبيل المثال، توفر الحزمة "
-#~ "<i>bar-1.42-1</i>الإمكانية <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
+#~ msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
+#~ msgstr "الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا المنتج. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة القيمة <b>REQUIRES</b> من أخرى. تحتوي كل تبعية قابلة للتحليل بشكل افتراضي على ما توفره--الاسم والإصدار الخاص بها. على سبيل المثال، توفر الحزمة <i>bar-1.42-1</i>الإمكانية <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
#~ msgid "Conflicting resolvables"
#~ msgstr "تبعيات قابلة للتحليل متعارضة"
@@ -2372,28 +2105,14 @@
#~ msgid "Supplemented resolvables"
#~ msgstr "تبعيات قابلة للتحليل ملحقة"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "A reverse <b>RECOMMENDS</b>. This product is installed if the specified "
-#~ "capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency "
-#~ "resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>RECOMMENDS</b> عكسية. يتم تثبيت هذا المنتج في حالة توفير الإمكانية "
-#~ "المحددة بواسطة تبعية قابلة للتحليل مثبتة. حيث يقوم محلل التبعيات "
-#~ "بتثبيتها. تم قبول إزالة التثبيت دون مطالبة."
+#~ msgid "A reverse <b>RECOMMENDS</b>. This product is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
+#~ msgstr "<b>RECOMMENDS</b> عكسية. يتم تثبيت هذا المنتج في حالة توفير الإمكانية المحددة بواسطة تبعية قابلة للتحليل مثبتة. حيث يقوم محلل التبعيات بتثبيتها. تم قبول إزالة التثبيت دون مطالبة."
#~ msgid "Enhanced resolvables"
#~ msgstr "تبعيات قابلة للتحليل تم تحسينها"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "A reverse <b>SUGGESTS</b>. This product can be installed if this "
-#~ "capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for "
-#~ "an application. For example, <i>SuSEplugger</i> can suggest packages for "
-#~ "installation if specific hardware is found."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>SUGGESTS</b> عكسية. يمكن تثبيت هذا المنتج في حالة توفير هذه الإمكانية "
-#~ "بواسطة التبعية القابلة للتحليل المثبتة. هو مجرد تلميح لتطبيق. على سبيل "
-#~ "المثال، يمكن أن يقترح <i>SuSEplugger</i> حزم للتثبيت في حالة العثور على "
-#~ "أجهزة محددة."
+#~ msgid "A reverse <b>SUGGESTS</b>. This product can be installed if this capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for an application. For example, <i>SuSEplugger</i> can suggest packages for installation if specific hardware is found."
+#~ msgstr "<b>SUGGESTS</b> عكسية. يمكن تثبيت هذا المنتج في حالة توفير هذه الإمكانية بواسطة التبعية القابلة للتحليل المثبتة. هو مجرد تلميح لتطبيق. على سبيل المثال، يمكن أن يقترح <i>SuSEplugger</i> حزم للتثبيت في حالة العثور على أجهزة محددة."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2"
@@ -2416,13 +2135,8 @@
#~ msgid "Short label"
#~ msgstr "قصير"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Distribution ID (vendor specific). The value of the keyword must not "
-#~ "contain spaces. Only letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\" are "
-#~ "allowed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "معرف التوزيع (خاص بالبائع). يجب ألا تحتوي قيمة الكلمة الأساسية على "
-#~ "مسافات. يسمح فقط بالأحرف والأرقام والرموز \".~_-\"."
+#~ msgid "Distribution ID (vendor specific). The value of the keyword must not contain spaces. Only letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\" are allowed."
+#~ msgstr "معرف التوزيع (خاص بالبائع). يجب ألا تحتوي قيمة الكلمة الأساسية على مسافات. يسمح فقط بالأحرف والأرقام والرموز \".~_-\"."
#~ msgid "Distribution version"
#~ msgstr "نسخة التوزيع"
@@ -2433,12 +2147,8 @@
#~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported"
#~ msgstr "تم دعم الحد الأدنى لأساس الهيكل"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Minimum architecture base supported by this product. The default is the "
-#~ "base architecture if no matching <b>ARCH.base</b> is found."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يدعم هذا المنتج الحد الأدنى لأساس الهيكل يكون الهيكل الأساسي هو الافتراضي "
-#~ "في حالة عدم العثور على <b>أساس ARCH.</b> مطابق."
+#~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported by this product. The default is the base architecture if no matching <b>ARCH.base</b> is found."
+#~ msgstr "يدعم هذا المنتج الحد الأدنى لأساس الهيكل يكون الهيكل الأساسي هو الافتراضي في حالة عدم العثور على <b>أساس ARCH.</b> مطابق."
#~ msgid "&ARCH"
#~ msgstr "الهي&كل"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help
@@ -44,8 +43,7 @@
"\n"
"تعليمات إضافة وحدة نمطية\n"
"------------------\n"
-"لإضافة منتج جديد من الإضافات الإضافية عن طريق سطر الأوامر، استخدم بناء "
-"الجملة هذا:\n"
+"لإضافة منتج جديد من الإضافات الإضافية عن طريق سطر الأوامر، استخدم بناء الجملة هذا:\n"
" /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n"
"\n"
"المسار URL إلى مصدر الوظيفة الإضافية.\n"
@@ -59,12 +57,8 @@
"dvd://\n"
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"اسم الملف الهدف ('xmlfile' خيار) مفقود. استخدم خيار "
-"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> من سطر الأوامر."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "اسم الملف الهدف ('xmlfile' خيار) مفقود. استخدم خيار xmlfile=<target_XML_file> من سطر الأوامر."
#. dialog caption
#. this is a heading
@@ -148,8 +142,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>حدد ملحقات لغة لتثبيتها ثم انقر <b>موافق</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
@@ -403,18 +396,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هنا يمكنك مشاهدة كافة منتجات الإضافات الإضافية التي تم تثبيتها على النظام."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هنا يمكنك مشاهدة كافة منتجات الإضافات الإضافية التي تم تثبيتها على النظام.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
-msgid ""
-"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove "
-"an add-on which is in use.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إضغط <b>إضافة</b> لإضافة منتج جديد من الإضافات الإضافية، أو <b>حذف</b> "
-"لإزالة الإضافة الإضافية التي قيد الاستخدام.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إضغط <b>إضافة</b> لإضافة منتج جديد من الإضافات الإضافية، أو <b>حذف</b> لإزالة الإضافة الإضافية التي قيد الاستخدام.</p>"
#. no items
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
@@ -563,8 +550,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "لتثبيت المنتج الإضافي من <b>القرص المضغوط</b>،\n"
-#~ " يجب أن يتوفر لديك مجموعة الأقراص المضغوطة أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي الخاص "
-#~ "بالمنتج.</p>"
+#~ " يجب أن يتوفر لديك مجموعة الأقراص المضغوطة أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي الخاص بالمنتج.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module
@@ -105,8 +104,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for space_left option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174
msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low"
-msgstr ""
-"ترك مساحة على قسم السجل (بالميقا بايت) عندما يبدء تشغيل النظام تشغيل منخفض"
+msgstr "ترك مساحة على قسم السجل (بالميقا بايت) عندما يبدء تشغيل النظام تشغيل منخفض"
#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181
@@ -136,9 +134,7 @@
#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232
msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)"
-msgstr ""
-"البريد المرسل للحساب (في حال تعيين الإجراء عند الوصول للمساحة المتبقية إلى "
-"البريد الإلكتروني)"
+msgstr "البريد المرسل للحساب (في حال تعيين الإجراء عند الوصول للمساحة المتبقية إلى البريد الإلكتروني)"
#. command line help text for disk_full_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239
@@ -491,8 +487,7 @@
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>تهيئة إعداد إطار مدقق لينكس</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -533,33 +528,21 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is "
-"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/"
-"log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n"
-"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications "
-"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file "
-"watches).</p>"
+"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n"
+"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد ملف سجل المدقق</big></b><br>\n"
-"برنامج المدقق الخفي هو مكون نظام المدقق. هو المسؤول عن كتابة جميع تدوينات "
-"أحداث المدقق ذات الصلة إلى ملف السجل <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> "
-"(افتراضي).\n"
-"قد تأتي الأحداث من الوحدة النمطية النواة <i>apparmor</i> ، من التطبيقات التي "
-"تستخدم <i>libaudit</i> (مثلاً PAM) أو الحوادث الناجمة عن القواعد (مثل ملف "
-"المراقبة).</p>"
+"برنامج المدقق الخفي هو مكون نظام المدقق. هو المسؤول عن كتابة جميع تدوينات أحداث المدقق ذات الصلة إلى ملف السجل <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (افتراضي).\n"
+"قد تأتي الأحداث من الوحدة النمطية النواة <i>apparmor</i> ، من التطبيقات التي تستخدم <i>libaudit</i> (مثلاً PAM) أو الحوادث الناجمة عن القواعد (مثل ملف المراقبة).</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules "
-"and the possibility to add rules.\n"
-"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the "
-"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
+"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n"
+"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>مربع الحوار <b>قواعد auditctl</b> يوفر مزيد من المعلومات حول القواعد "
-"وإمكانية إضافة القواعد.\n"
-"يمكن الحصول على معلومات تفصيلية حول إعدادات ملف السجل من الصفحات اليدوية رجل "
-"('auditd.conf').</p>"
+"<p>مربع الحوار <b>قواعد auditctl</b> يوفر مزيد من المعلومات حول القواعد وإمكانية إضافة القواعد.\n"
+"يمكن الحصول على معلومات تفصيلية حول إعدادات ملف السجل من الصفحات اليدوية رجل ('auditd.conf').</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64
@@ -573,84 +556,63 @@
#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly "
-"as the kernel\n"
-"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of "
-"writing it on disk (does not affect\n"
+"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n"
+"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n"
"data sent to the dispatcher).</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تنسيق</b>: تعيين <i>RAW</i> لتسجيل جميع البيانات (تخزين في شكل بالضبط "
-"ما يرسله النواة) أو <i>NOLOG</i> لتجاهل كافة معلومات المدقق بدلاً من كتابة "
-"هذا\n"
+"<p><b>تنسيق</b>: تعيين <i>RAW</i> لتسجيل جميع البيانات (تخزين في شكل بالضبط ما يرسله النواة) أو <i>NOLOG</i> لتجاهل كافة معلومات المدقق بدلاً من كتابة هذا\n"
"التقرير على القرص (لا يؤثر على البيانات \n"
"المرسلة إلى المرسل).</p> "
#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to "
-"<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n"
-"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an "
-"explicit flush to disk.\n"
-"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: "
-"keep data portion synced,\n"
+"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n"
+"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n"
+"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n"
"<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>دفع</b> : يصف كيفية كتابة البيانات إلى القرص. إذا كان معين إلى "
-"<i>تزايدي</i>\n"
+"<p><b>دفع</b> : يصف كيفية كتابة البيانات إلى القرص. إذا كان معين إلى <i>تزايدي</i>\n"
"<b>تواتر</b> معامل يعرض عدد سجلات الكتابة قبل إصدار تصريحة دفع للقرص.\n"
-"<i>بدون</i> يعني: عدم بذل أي جهد لمسح البيانات <i>بيانات</i>: إبقاء مزامنة "
-"جزء\n"
-"البيانات <i>المزامنة</i>: الاحتفاظ بالبيانات والبيانات الفوقية التي تتم "
-"مزامنتها بشكل كامل.</p>"
+"<i>بدون</i> يعني: عدم بذل أي جهد لمسح البيانات <i>بيانات</i>: إبقاء مزامنة جزء\n"
+"البيانات <i>المزامنة</i>: الاحتفاظ بالبيانات والبيانات الفوقية التي تتم مزامنتها بشكل كامل.</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take "
-"when this\n"
+"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n"
"value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إعداد السجل إلى أقصى حجم ملف (بالميغابايت) والإجراء\n"
-" الذي يجب اتخاذه عند الوصول إلى هذه القيمة في إطار <b>الحجم والإجراء</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+" الذي يجب اتخاذه عند الوصول إلى هذه القيمة في إطار <b>الحجم والإجراء</b>.</p>\n"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
-"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> "
-"specifies the number\n"
-"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a "
-"warning\n"
-"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records "
-"to\n"
+"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n"
+"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n"
+"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n"
"disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n"
"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا تم تعيين الإجراء إلى <i>استدارة</i> يحدد <b>عدد ملفات السجل</b> عدد \n"
"الملفات لإبقاء. تعيين إلى <i>SYSLOG</i>، سيكتب برنامج المدقق الخفي لمراجعة \n"
-"الحسابات تحذيراً إلى/var/log/messages. مع <i>التوقف المرحلي</i> توقف "
-"البرنامج\n"
+"الحسابات تحذيراً إلى/var/log/messages. مع <i>التوقف المرحلي</i> توقف البرنامج\n"
"الخفي عن كتابة المحاضر إلى القرص. يعني <i>تجاهل</i> لا تفعل \n"
-"شيئا، <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> شبيه باستدارة، ولكن لا تتم الكتابة فوق ملفات السجل.</"
-"p>\n"
+"شيئا، <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> شبيه باستدارة، ولكن لا تتم الكتابة فوق ملفات السجل.</p>\n"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to "
-"the\n"
+"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n"
"log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n"
-"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses "
-"the\n"
-"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully "
-"qualified\n"
+"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n"
+"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n"
"domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تنسيق اسم الحاسب</b> تصف كيفية كتابة اسم الحاسب إلى \n"
"ملف الدخول. إذا قام <i>المستخدم</i> بتعيين <b>معرف \n"
-"المستخدم</b> للإستخدام. <i>بدون</i> تعني أنه لم يتم إدراج اسم للحاسب. <i>اسم "
-"المضيف</i> يستخدم الاسم المعرف \n"
+"المستخدم</b> للإستخدام. <i>بدون</i> تعني أنه لم يتم إدراج اسم للحاسب. <i>اسم المضيف</i> يستخدم الاسم المعرف \n"
"من قبل 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> يستخدم اسم \n"
"المجال المعرف بالكامل.</p>\n"
@@ -658,8 +620,7 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the "
-"manual page\n"
+"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n"
"('man auditd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد مرسل التدقيق</big></b><br>يمكن الحصول على \n"
@@ -669,8 +630,7 @@
#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon "
-"and\n"
+"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n"
"gets all audit events on stdin.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>مرسل</b>: برنامج مرسل يتم تشغيله بواسطة برنامج التدقيق الخفي\n"
@@ -679,12 +639,9 @@
#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and "
-"the dispatcher\n"
-"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the "
-"dispatcher are discarded\n"
-"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want "
-"a blocking/lossless\n"
+"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n"
+"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n"
+"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n"
"communication.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>الاتصالات</b>: التحكم في الاتصال بين البرنامج الخفي وبرنامج \n"
@@ -696,12 +653,10 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n"
-"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd."
-"conf').</p>"
+"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>هو مرسل 'audispd' multiplexor حدث مراجعة حسابات.\n"
-"لمزيد من المعلومات انظر الصفحات التعليمات ('man audispd' and 'man audispd."
-"conf').</p>"
+"لمزيد من المعلومات انظر الصفحات التعليمات ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>"
#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122
@@ -719,16 +674,14 @@
"The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n"
"For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>إعداد مساحة قرص التدقيق</big></b><br>الإعدادات التي أشير هنا إلى "
-"مساحة القرص على قسم السجل.\n"
+"<p><b><big>إعداد مساحة قرص التدقيق</big></b><br>الإعدادات التي أشير هنا إلى مساحة القرص على قسم السجل.\n"
"يمكن الحصول على معلومات مفصلة من صفحات \n"
"التعليمات ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n"
#. disk space dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform "
-"an <b>Action</b> because\n"
+"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n"
"the system is starting to run low on space.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>المساحة المتبقية</b> (بالميغابايت) يخبر برنامج التدقيق الخفي\n"
@@ -737,33 +690,26 @@
#. disk space dialog help 3/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
-"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The "
-"system <b>is running\n"
-"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</"
-"b> will be performed.</p>"
+"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n"
+"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يجب أن تكون قيمة <b>مساحة الجذر المتبقية</b> أقل من أعلاه. سيقوم\n"
-"نظام <b>التشغيل المنخفض</b> على مساحة القرص إذا لم يتم الوصول إلى القيمة "
-"<b>بالإجراء</b> المحدد.</p>"
+"نظام <b>التشغيل المنخفض</b> على مساحة القرص إذا لم يتم الوصول إلى القيمة <b>بالإجراء</b> المحدد.</p>"
#. disk space dialog hep 4/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n"
-"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means "
-"the\n"
-"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> "
-"means\n"
+"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n"
+"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n"
"do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n"
"Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n"
"switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n"
"system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا تم تعيين الإجراء إلى <i>البريد الإلكتروني</i>، سيتم إرسال بريد "
-"إنذار \n"
+"<p>إذا تم تعيين الإجراء إلى <i>البريد الإلكتروني</i>، سيتم إرسال بريد إنذار \n"
"إلى الحساب المحدد في <b>حساب بريد الإجراء</b>.<br>ويعني <i>SYSLOG</i> ستتم \n"
-"كتابة التحذير مساحة القرص إلى/var/log/messages. ويعني <i>تجاهل</i> لا تفعل "
-"شيئا. <i>EXEC</i> تشغيل البرنامج النصي المحدد في <b>المسار إلى البرنامج \n"
+"كتابة التحذير مساحة القرص إلى/var/log/messages. ويعني <i>تجاهل</i> لا تفعل شيئا. <i>EXEC</i> تشغيل البرنامج النصي المحدد في <b>المسار إلى البرنامج \n"
"النصي</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> توقف عن كتابة المحاضر إلى \n"
"القرص. <i>مفرد</i> تبديل النظام إلى وضع المستخدم \n"
"المفرد. <i>إيقاف</i> تعني إيقاف تشغيل\n"
@@ -772,14 +718,11 @@
#. disk space dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
-"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full "
-"already) and\n"
-"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while "
-"writing to disk).\n"
+"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n"
+"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n"
"Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك أيضا تحديد وضع <b>عمل كامل القرص</b> (القرص قد أصبح ممتلئ مسبقاً) و "
-"<b>عمل خطأ في القرص</b> (تنفيذه كلما تم الكشف\n"
+"<p>يمكنك أيضا تحديد وضع <b>عمل كامل القرص</b> (القرص قد أصبح ممتلئ مسبقاً) و <b>عمل خطأ في القرص</b> (تنفيذه كلما تم الكشف\n"
" عن خطأ أثناء الكتابة إلى القرص).\n"
"الإجراءات المتوفرة هي مثل الإجراء أعلاه (عدا <i>البريد الإلكتروني</i>).</p>"
@@ -787,11 +730,9 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n"
-"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be "
-"entered.</p>\n"
+"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>يرجى ملاحظة:</b> كافة البرامج النصية المعينة ل <i>EXEC</i> يجب أن تكون "
-"مملوكة 'جذر'، '0750' أذونات الملف\n"
+"<p><b>يرجى ملاحظة:</b> كافة البرامج النصية المعينة ل <i>EXEC</i> يجب أن تكون مملوكة 'جذر'، '0750' أذونات الملف\n"
"واسم المسار الكامل المراد إدخالها.</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 1/6
@@ -800,56 +741,40 @@
"<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n"
"This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n"
"auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n"
-"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</"
-"p>"
+"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>قواعد auditctl</big></b><br>يوفر مربع الحوار هذا إمكانية تمكين "
-"أو\n"
+"<p><b><big>قواعد auditctl</big></b><br>يوفر مربع الحوار هذا إمكانية تمكين أو\n"
" لتعطيل syscall التدوين، فضلا عن وصفها بتأمين إعداد التدقيق.\n"
"العلم المحدد\n"
" من <b>تعيين علامة تمكين</b> ستضاف إلى النظام.</p>"
#. rules dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next "
-"reboot.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>يرجى ملاحظة:</b><br>تأمين القواعد يعني أنها لا يمكن تغييرها حتى "
-"الإقلاع التالي </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>يرجى ملاحظة:</b><br>تأمين القواعد يعني أنها لا يمكن تغييرها حتى الإقلاع التالي </p>"
#. rules dialog help 3/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
"<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n"
-" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/"
-"audit.log (default).</p> "
+" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>سيؤدي تمكين توثيق قواعد إضافية libaudit التطبيقات التي\n"
-" تستخدم <i>libaudit</i>، مثلاً. PAM لتسجيل إلى/var/log/audit/audit.log "
-"(افتراضي).</p> "
+" تستخدم <i>libaudit</i>، مثلاً. PAM لتسجيل إلى/var/log/audit/audit.log (افتراضي).</p> "
#. rules dialog help 4/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
-"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for "
-"advanced users.<br>\n"
+"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n"
"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>مربع الحوار يسمح لك بتحرير القواعد يدوياً، ويوصي به للمستخدمين المتقدمين "
-"فقط.<br>للحصول على المزيد من المعلومات حول جميع \n"
+"<p>مربع الحوار يسمح لك بتحرير القواعد يدوياً، ويوصي به للمستخدمين المتقدمين فقط.<br>للحصول على المزيد من المعلومات حول جميع \n"
"الخيارات، راجع 'man auditctl'.</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit "
-"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings "
-"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تحقق من بناء الجملة</b> يرسل القواعد عن طريق <i>auditctl</i> إلى "
-"النظام الفرعي لتدقيق، ويخبر ما إذا كان بناء الجملة الصحيح.<br><b>استعادة</b> "
-"استعادة الإعدادات من/etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>تحقق من بناء الجملة</b> يرسل القواعد عن طريق <i>auditctl</i> إلى النظام الفرعي لتدقيق، ويخبر ما إذا كان بناء الجملة الصحيح.<br><b>استعادة</b> استعادة الإعدادات من/etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 6/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183
@@ -892,9 +817,7 @@
#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318
-msgid ""
-"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> "
-"must be installed.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>للاستمرار بعملية إعداد تدقيق لينكس، يجب تثبيت حزمة <b>%1</b> .</p>"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
@@ -221,70 +220,48 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
-"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
-msgid ""
-"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be "
-"configured or SSSD won't start."
+msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be "
-"queried."
+msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36
-msgid ""
-"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
-"user name and domain into these components"
+msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40
-msgid ""
-"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a "
-"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update "
-"its internal DNS resolver."
+msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45
-msgid ""
-"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to "
-"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49
-msgid ""
-"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
-"files."
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53
-msgid ""
-"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
-"domain name component."
+msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the "
-"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most "
-"verbose mode."
+msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65
@@ -300,42 +277,28 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
-"opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
-"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95
-msgid ""
-"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it "
-"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
msgstr ""
#. NSS configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about "
-"all users)?"
+msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
-"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
-"for the domain."
+msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
-"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) "
-"before asking the back end again."
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118
@@ -347,20 +310,15 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
+msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
-"or a template."
+msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103
-msgid ""
-"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
-"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
+msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140
@@ -376,50 +334,36 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
+msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
+msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
-"considered valid."
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
-"valid."
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
msgstr ""
#. PAM configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175
-msgid ""
-"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached "
-"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
+msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
-"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
+msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
+msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
-"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
-"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
+msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
@@ -430,37 +374,27 @@
#. SUDO configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
-"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
+msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
#. AUTOFS configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative "
-"hits before asking the back end again."
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
#. SSH configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
-"file."
+msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
-"host keys were requested."
+msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
msgstr ""
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248
-msgid ""
-"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
-"outside these limits, it is ignored."
+msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253
@@ -468,51 +402,35 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258
-msgid ""
-"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor "
-"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
+msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the "
-"backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before "
-"asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend "
-"again."
+msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid "
-"before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298
@@ -520,9 +438,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
-"being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
+msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308
@@ -530,9 +446,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313
-msgid ""
-"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
-"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
+msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319
@@ -544,8 +458,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331
-msgid ""
-"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
+msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337
@@ -569,27 +482,19 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366
-msgid ""
-"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
-"containing user name and domain into these components."
+msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371
-msgid ""
-"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, "
-"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
+msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377
-msgid ""
-"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
-"performing DNS lookups."
+msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382
-msgid ""
-"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS "
-"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
+msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
@@ -597,9 +502,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387
-msgid ""
-"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
-"the service discovery DNS query."
+msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391
@@ -611,15 +514,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401
-msgid ""
-"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
-"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested "
-"name was an alias."
+msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406
-msgid ""
-"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
+msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
@@ -628,9 +527,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only "
-"to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422
@@ -638,9 +535,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
-"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433
@@ -650,32 +545,23 @@
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442
-msgid ""
-"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home "
-"directory."
+msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457
-msgid ""
-"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created "
-"home directory."
+msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462
-msgid ""
-"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
-"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd"
-"(8)"
+msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467
@@ -688,15 +574,11 @@
#. The ldap domain section
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503
@@ -740,8 +622,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558
@@ -757,106 +638,67 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last "
-"password change)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password "
-"age)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password "
-"age)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning "
-"period)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password "
-"inactivity period)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
-"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow"
-"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
-"kerberos."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
-"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
-"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
-"determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
-"access is allowed or not."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
-"which date access is granted."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
-"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
-"(UPN)."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652
@@ -864,10 +706,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657
-msgid ""
-"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
-"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
-"fail."
+msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658
@@ -875,16 +714,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663
-msgid ""
-"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
-"enumerated records."
+msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668
-msgid ""
-"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
-"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
-"space."
+msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673
@@ -896,17 +730,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
-"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
-"to determine access privilege."
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
-"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
-"privilege."
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698
@@ -934,30 +762,19 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734
-msgid ""
-"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
-"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
-"follow."
+msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with "
-"complex or deep nested groups."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when "
-"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752
@@ -973,13 +790,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783
@@ -987,9 +802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
-"aliases."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793
@@ -997,52 +810,35 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804
-msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
-"for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
-"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
-"is entered)."
+msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
-"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
-"are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) "
-"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
-"will abort if no response is received."
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
-"maintained."
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
-"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
+msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839
@@ -1050,33 +846,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844
-msgid ""
-"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
-"security level necessary to establish the connection."
+msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
-"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
+msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855
-msgid ""
-"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
-"any."
+msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
-"Authorities that sssd will recognize."
+msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
-"certificates in separate individual files."
+msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869
@@ -1092,16 +878,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the "
-"channel."
+msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
-"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
-"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
+msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892
@@ -1117,9 +898,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907
-msgid ""
-"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
-"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
+msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912
@@ -1135,8 +914,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927
-msgid ""
-"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
+msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932
@@ -1148,28 +926,19 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
-"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
+msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946
-msgid ""
-"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
-"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
+msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951
-msgid ""
-"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
-"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that "
-"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
+msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956
-msgid ""
-" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
-"be enabled."
+msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962
@@ -1181,15 +950,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972
-msgid ""
-"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that "
-"use the RFC2307 schema."
+msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
-"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004
@@ -1197,9 +962,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014
-msgid ""
-"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative "
-"servers can be defined here."
+msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019
@@ -1211,39 +974,27 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029
-msgid ""
-" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change "
-"password request is aborted."
+msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
-"spoofed."
+msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039
-msgid ""
-"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
-"KDCs."
+msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
-"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
+msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048
-msgid ""
-"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
-"immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052
-msgid ""
-"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately "
-"followed by a time unit."
+msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056
@@ -1251,9 +1002,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061
-msgid ""
-"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-"
-"authentication."
+msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065
@@ -1270,16 +1019,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091
-msgid ""
-"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to "
-"which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
+msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095
-msgid ""
-"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
-"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this "
-"host."
+msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099
@@ -1287,15 +1031,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
-"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
-"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122
@@ -1311,9 +1051,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135
-msgid ""
-"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
-"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
+msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
@@ -1322,21 +1060,15 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151
-msgid ""
-"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to "
-"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155
-msgid ""
-"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully "
-"qualified name."
+msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into "
-"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165
@@ -1344,8 +1076,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169
-msgid ""
-"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
+msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
#. end Export
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/auth-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module
@@ -100,12 +99,8 @@
#. error popup
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings "
-"later in the installed system."
-msgstr ""
-"تم بالفعل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات LDAP. يمكنك تغيير الإعدادات لاحقاً في نظام "
-"المثبت."
+msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
+msgstr "تم بالفعل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات LDAP. يمكنك تغيير الإعدادات لاحقاً في نظام المثبت."
#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101
@@ -117,12 +112,8 @@
msgstr "[تعيين يدوياً]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to "
-"continue."
-msgstr ""
-"غير قادر على استرداد كلمة مرور جذر النظام. عين كلمة مرور خادم LDAP "
-"للاستمرار."
+msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
+msgstr "غير قادر على استرداد كلمة مرور جذر النظام. عين كلمة مرور خادم LDAP للاستمرار."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
@@ -215,12 +206,8 @@
"بدون تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
-msgid ""
-"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has "
-"finished."
-msgstr ""
-"فشل إعداد النسخ المتماثل OpenLDAP. قم بإعادة إعداده بعد الانتهاء من عملية "
-"التثبيت."
+msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
+msgstr "فشل إعداد النسخ المتماثل OpenLDAP. قم بإعادة إعداده بعد الانتهاء من عملية التثبيت."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -242,10 +229,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107
msgid ""
-"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not "
-"running.\n"
-"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do "
-"you \n"
+"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n"
+"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
"لديك إعدادات مسبقة، ولكن حاليا لا يعمل خادم LDAP.\n"
@@ -333,12 +318,8 @@
msgstr "لم يتم تشغيل خادم LDAP."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want "
-"to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr ""
-"هل تريد بدء تشغيله الآن لإعادة قراءة بيانات الإعداد، أو هل تريد إنشاء إعداد "
-"جديد من نقطة الصفر؟"
+msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
+msgstr "هل تريد بدء تشغيله الآن لإعادة قراءة بيانات الإعداد، أو هل تريد إنشاء إعداد جديد من نقطة الصفر؟"
#. get helps page
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227
@@ -550,9 +531,7 @@
#. Doing these checks during installation will
#. most probably fail
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277
-msgid ""
-"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider "
-"server.\n"
+msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n"
msgstr "فشل في فتح اتصال مع قاعدة بيانات \"cn=config\" على خادم الموفر.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280
@@ -594,17 +573,13 @@
"أنك بالفعل تتصرف كمستهلك النسخ المتماثل.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383
-msgid ""
-"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
+msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
msgstr "إعداد نسخ cn=config متماثل متعاقب غير معتمد حاليا."
#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410
-msgid ""
-"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication "
-"configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
-msgstr "فشل التحقق من مصادقة مؤهلات الاعتماد المحددة في إعداد النسخ المتماثل على "
-"موفر الخادم.\n"
+msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
+msgstr "فشل التحقق من مصادقة مؤهلات الاعتماد المحددة في إعداد النسخ المتماثل على موفر الخادم.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
@@ -632,8 +607,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid ""
"\n"
-"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to "
-"encrypted\n"
+"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n"
"LDAP Connections.)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -667,14 +641,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n"
-"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be "
-"started. Note:\n"
-"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</"
-"p>\n"
+"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
+"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد <b>نعم</b> إذا كان ينبغي تشغيل خادم LDAP تلقائياً \n"
-"كجزء من عملية الإقلاع. حدد <b>لا</b> إذا كان يجب عدم تشغيل خادم LDAP. "
-"ملاحظة:\n"
+"كجزء من عملية الإقلاع. حدد <b>لا</b> إذا كان يجب عدم تشغيل خادم LDAP. ملاحظة:\n"
"بعد تحديد <b>لا</b>، لا يمكنك تغيير إعداد OpenLDAP.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
@@ -687,25 +658,19 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured "
-"communication\n"
-"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate "
-"configured.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
+"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> هو واجهة LDAP القياسية على المنفذ 389. يتم تمكين اتصال "
-"TLS/SSL المؤمن\n"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> هو واجهة LDAP القياسية على المنفذ 389. يتم تمكين اتصال TLS/SSL المؤمن\n"
"مع العملية StartTLS عندما يكون لديك شهادة إعداد خادم.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL "
-"protected\n"
-"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate "
-"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n"
+"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>تمكين <b>LDAPS</b> واجهة \"LDAP عبر SSL (ldaps)\" يحمي\n"
-"الاتصالات SSL على منفذ 636. يعمل هذا فقط إذا كان لديك شهادة خادم معدة (راجع "
-"\"إعدادات عامة\"/\"إعدادات TLS\").\n"
+"الاتصالات SSL على منفذ 636. يعمل هذا فقط إذا كان لديك شهادة خادم معدة (راجع \"إعدادات عامة\"/\"إعدادات TLS\").\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
@@ -733,17 +698,13 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. "
-"<b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
-"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout "
-"and\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
-"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) "
-"library to store data.\n"
-"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and "
-"more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
@@ -754,24 +715,18 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</"
-"b> \n"
-"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and "
-"other \n"
-"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends "
-"the \n"
-"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,"
-"dc=com</tt>\n"
-"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective "
-"Administrator DN\n"
+"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
+"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
+"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n"
+"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
+"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
-"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root "
-"password\n"
+"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
@@ -805,8 +760,7 @@
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n"
"<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already "
-"been \n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n"
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -820,35 +774,25 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN "
-"automatically\n"
+"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change "
-"Password</b>.\n"
-"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password "
-"Encryption</b>.\n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been "
-"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
+"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can "
-"adjust\n"
-"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the "
-"number of entries\n"
-"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough "
-"RAM) this number\n"
-"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index "
-"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
-"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially "
-"HDB-Databases require a\n"
-"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the "
-"entry cache as a rule of\n"
+"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
+"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
+"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n"
+"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
+"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n"
+"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -864,14 +808,10 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP "
-"server\n"
-"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests "
-"before storing them\n"
-"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, "
-"but may be\n"
-"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify "
-"extended operation \n"
+"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
+"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
+"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n"
+"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
@@ -885,15 +825,12 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object "
-"DN</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You "
-"may\n"
+"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -907,33 +844,28 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
-msgid ""
-"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index "
-"defined.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
-"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different "
-"types\n"
+"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
-"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be "
-"configured\n"
+"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
-"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> "
-"index\n"
+"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -952,11 +884,9 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly "
-"added\n"
+"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
-"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the "
-"indexing\n"
+"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -972,8 +902,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
-"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a "
-"more\n"
+"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -986,11 +915,9 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
-"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose "
-"target\n"
+"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
-"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, "
-"using\n"
+"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1000,8 +927,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" "
-"checkbox, if you want to \n"
+"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1011,16 +937,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator "
-"(stored\n"
-"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is "
-"synced\n"
-"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify "
-"or\n"
-"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the "
-"indicator\n"
-"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator "
-"is\n"
+"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
+"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
+"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n"
+"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n"
+"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n"
"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n"
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
@@ -1032,14 +953,10 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
-"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write "
-"operations\n"
-"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in "
-"the session log. \n"
-"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" "
-"replication. In \n"
-"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master "
-"server.</p>"
+"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
+"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
+"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
+"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
@@ -1048,8 +965,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
-"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want "
-"the\n"
+"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1063,8 +979,7 @@
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
"enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n"
"use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n"
-"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-"
-"standard\n"
+"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n"
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1097,10 +1012,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
-"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to "
-"authenticate against the master.\n"
-"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated "
-"database on the master.</p>\n"
+"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
+"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
@@ -1111,10 +1024,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
-"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can "
-"configure a different update referral here.\n"
-"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for "
-"the\n"
+"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n"
+"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1155,15 +1066,11 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</"
-"p> "
+msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration "
-"wizard.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
@@ -1174,15 +1081,12 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios "
-"are available:</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server "
-"with\n"
+"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1194,8 +1098,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that "
-"replicates all its data,\n"
+"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1217,18 +1120,15 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the "
-"server\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
-"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</"
-"p>\n"
+"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
-"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so "
-"that\n"
+"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1239,10 +1139,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
-"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</"
-"b>,\n"
-"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
+"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1260,26 +1158,21 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog "
-"in which to choose\n"
-"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not "
-"support the removal of \n"
+"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
+"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and "
-"statistics\n"
+"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or "
-"disallow:</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
@@ -1288,17 +1181,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind "
-"requests.\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind "
-"when \n"
-"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not "
-"present) </p>"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
+"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
@@ -1309,8 +1199,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow "
-"unauthenticated\n"
+"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1328,16 +1217,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple "
-"Bind\n"
+"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
-"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection "
-"back\n"
+"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1352,12 +1239,9 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
-"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The "
-"\"Frontend\"\n"
-"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and "
-"overlays\n"
-"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
+"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n"
+"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1368,84 +1252,63 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
-"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete "
-"Database...</b>.\n"
+"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") "
-"here. This is required to make\n"
+"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
-"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select "
-"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
-"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as "
-"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
+"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
+"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
-"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master "
-"server. Please enter the master\n"
-"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or "
-"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
+"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
+"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your "
-"Kerberos server.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
-msgid ""
-"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is "
-"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: acl_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file "
-"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to "
-"authenticate to the database.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
-msgid ""
-"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals "
-"created in this realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
-msgid ""
-"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in "
-"this realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
@@ -1490,12 +1353,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another "
-"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
-msgstr ""
-"تمكين هذه العلامة الرئيسية يمكن الحصول على مفتاح جلسة عمل لمستخدم آخر يتطلب "
-"السماح بمصادقة مستخدم-إلى-مستخدم لهذا المبدأ."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
+msgstr "تمكين هذه العلامة الرئيسية يمكن الحصول على مفتاح جلسة عمل لمستخدم آخر يتطلب السماح بمصادقة مستخدم-إلى-مستخدم لهذا المبدأ."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
@@ -1503,12 +1362,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to "
-"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this "
-"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will "
-"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket "
-"set."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
@@ -1517,9 +1371,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using "
-"a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
@@ -1528,9 +1380,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this "
-"principal."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
msgstr "تمكين العلامة يمكن KDC لخدمة إصدار التذاكر لهذا المبدأ."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
@@ -1539,10 +1389,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-"
-"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was "
-"used to obtain the TGT."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
@@ -1551,10 +1398,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this "
-"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within "
-"this realm."
+msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
@@ -1572,49 +1416,33 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change "
-"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a "
-"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that "
-"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password "
-"authentication."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : dict_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
-msgid ""
-"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are "
-"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy "
-"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
-msgid ""
-"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens "
-"for this realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored "
-"with kdb5_stash.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the "
-"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
@@ -1624,69 +1452,47 @@
#. advanced item help : max_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"valid for in this realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"renewed for in this realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt "
-"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm "
-"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm "
-"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be "
-"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed "
-"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The "
-"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</"
-"p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under "
-"the subtree.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a "
-"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a "
-"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
@@ -1696,9 +1502,7 @@
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. #################################################################################
@@ -2023,9 +1827,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the "
-"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
+msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85
@@ -2033,8 +1835,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
+msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130
@@ -2202,7 +2003,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ﻻ"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
@@ -2210,7 +2011,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "نعم"
#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188
@@ -2346,9 +2147,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197
-msgid ""
-"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous "
-"directory access)"
+msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201
@@ -2356,8 +2155,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
+msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210
@@ -2470,7 +2268,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "خصائص"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452
@@ -2744,7 +2542,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Attributes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "خصائص"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
msgid "Edit"
@@ -2868,8 +2666,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
-msgid ""
-"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
+msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
@@ -3094,9 +2891,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830
-msgid ""
-"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take "
-"some minutes)"
+msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831
@@ -3116,9 +2911,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to "
-"finish.\n"
+msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954
@@ -3220,9 +3013,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860
-msgid ""
-"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its "
-"own fully qualified hostname."
+msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
@@ -3253,9 +3044,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027
-msgid ""
-"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-"
-"letter code."
+msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
@@ -3297,8 +3086,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881
-msgid ""
-"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
+msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/autoinst.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/autoinst.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/autoinst.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. progress step title
@@ -125,8 +124,7 @@
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr "عميل لإنشاء تشكيل جانبي autoyast استناداً إلى نظام قيد التشغيل"
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57
@@ -150,8 +148,7 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
-"location.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>باستخدام مربع الحوار هذا. قم بنسخ محتويات الملف وتحديد المسار النهائي\n"
"بشأن النظام المثبت. autoyast سيقوم بنسخ هذا الملف إلى الموقع المحدد.</p>"
@@ -160,17 +157,13 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
-"symbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
-"pattern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>لحماية الملفات المنسوخة، حدد مالك الملف والأذونات الخاصة به.\n"
-"حدد المالك باستخدام بناء الجملة <i>معرف المستخدم:معرف المجموعة</i>. قد "
-"تكون الأذونات\n"
-"تعبيرًا رمزيًا عن التغييرات المطلوب إجرائها أو عبارة عن رقم ثماني يمثل النمط "
-"بت الخاص\n"
+"حدد المالك باستخدام بناء الجملة <i>معرف المستخدم:معرف المجموعة</i>. قد تكون الأذونات\n"
+"تعبيرًا رمزيًا عن التغييرات المطلوب إجرائها أو عبارة عن رقم ثماني يمثل النمط بت الخاص\n"
"بالأذونات الجديدة.</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185
@@ -244,10 +237,8 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
-"in the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
-"server\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>بالنسبة لكثير من التطبيقات والخدمات، قد تكون قمت بتحضير\n"
@@ -630,8 +621,7 @@
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213
msgid ""
-"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-"
-"out)\n"
+"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>بناءً على خبرتك، يمكن تجاوز رسائل التثبيت وتسجيلها\n"
@@ -658,14 +648,12 @@
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
-"to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"حدد واحداً من الاختيارات <b>الأساسية</b> التالية ثم انقر فوق <i>تفاصيل<i> "
-"لإضافة المزيد\n"
+"حدد واحداً من الاختيارات <b>الأساسية</b> التالية ثم انقر فوق <i>تفاصيل<i> لإضافة المزيد\n"
"من الاختيارات <b>الوظائف الإضافية</b> والحزم.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -677,8 +665,7 @@
msgstr "موقع مصدر التثبيت (مثل http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr "مصدر هذا النظام (لا يمكنك إنشاء الصور إذا قمت باختيار هذا)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
@@ -694,20 +681,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
-"to mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
-"can be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
-"possible.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>توصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة:</b>\n"
"\tعادة يُعرف نظام الملفات الموصول في /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tبواسطة اسم الجهاز. يمكن تغيير هذا التعريف لتتمكن من إيحاد نقطة التوصيل عن "
-"طريق\n"
-"\tالبحث عن UUID أو تسمية وحدة التخزين. ليست كل نظم الملفات قابلة للتوصيل "
-"بواسطة UUID\n"
+"\tبواسطة اسم الجهاز. يمكن تغيير هذا التعريف لتتمكن من إيحاد نقطة التوصيل عن طريق\n"
+"\tالبحث عن UUID أو تسمية وحدة التخزين. ليست كل نظم الملفات قابلة للتوصيل بواسطة UUID\n"
"\tأو تسمية وحدة التخزين. إذا تم تعطيل هذا الخيار لن يكون ذلك مكن.\n"
"\t"
@@ -715,15 +697,13 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تسمية وحدة التخزين:</b>\n"
-"\t ألأسم المدرج في هذا الحقل سيستخدم كاسم لوحدة التخزين. وهذا يستخدم عادة "
-"عند\n"
+"\t ألأسم المدرج في هذا الحقل سيستخدم كاسم لوحدة التخزين. وهذا يستخدم عادة عند\n"
"\t تنشيط التوصيل بواسطة اسم وحدة التخزين.\n"
"\t لا يمكن أن تحتوي تسمية وحدة التخزين على الحرف / أو مسافات.\n"
"\t "
@@ -893,10 +873,8 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
-msgid ""
-"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr ""
-"حجم \"تلقائي\" صالحة فقط إذا كانت نقطة التحميل \"/boot\" أو \"swap\" محددة."
+msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgstr "حجم \"تلقائي\" صالحة فقط إذا كانت نقطة التحميل \"/boot\" أو \"swap\" محددة."
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
@@ -1371,9 +1349,7 @@
#. @param list menu items
#. @return [Symbol]
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
-"system?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
msgstr "هل تريد حقا تطبيق الإعدادات من الوحدة النمطية '%1' على النظام الحالي؟"
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
@@ -1388,9 +1364,7 @@
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
-"system?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
msgstr "هل تريد حقا تطبيق إعدادات التشكيل الجانبي للنظام الحالي؟"
#. EXIT
@@ -1530,13 +1504,11 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
-"partitioning\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"تم استيراد ملف البدء.\n"
-"تحقق من بناء الجملة الذي تم استيراده ثم تأكد من استيراد تحديد الحزمة "
-"والتقسيم\n"
+"تحقق من بناء الجملة الذي تم استيراده ثم تأكد من استيراد تحديد الحزمة والتقسيم\n"
"على النحو الصحيح."
#. Validate Dialog
@@ -1666,23 +1638,20 @@
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
-"interruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
"يتم تحديد خيار تأكيد التثبيت افتراضيًا\n"
"لتجنب التثبيت غير المرغوب فيه. يقوم هذا الخيار بإيقاف النظام\n"
"أثناء التثبيت وإظهار ملخص بالعمليات المطلوبة في \n"
-"شاشة الاقتراح المعتادة. قم بإلغاء تحديد هذا الخيار للتثبيت التلقائي بدون "
-"مقاطعة.\n"
+"شاشة الاقتراح المعتادة. قم بإلغاء تحديد هذا الخيار للتثبيت التلقائي بدون مقاطعة.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
-"manual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1830,8 +1799,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
-"and\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1865,8 +1833,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
-"selections.</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>تعمل هذه الأداة على إنشاء ملف تعريف مرجعي عن طريق قراءة\n"
"المعلومات من هذا النظام. حدد الموارد المطلوب قراءتها من النظام\n"
@@ -1878,8 +1845,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
-"system.\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يعرض الجدول الذي على اليمين الأقسام المطلوب إنشاؤها على النظام الهدف.\n"
@@ -1920,8 +1886,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
-"are\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
"إذا لم يتم تعريف أية أقسام وكان المُشغل أيضًا\n"
@@ -1941,17 +1906,8 @@
msgstr "<p><b>خيارات متقدمة</b></p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
-"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
-"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
-"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
-"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
-msgstr ""
-"بشكل افتراضي، سيقوم AutoYaST بإنشاء قسم موسع ثم إضافة كل الأقسام الجديدة "
-"كأجهزة منطقية. ومن الممكن، بالإضافة إلى ذلك، توجيه تعليمات إلى AutoYaST "
-"لإنشاء قسم معين كقسم رئيسي أو كقسم موسع. بالإضافة لذلك، من الممكن تحديد حجم "
-"أحد الأقسام باستخدام القطاعات بدلاً من الحجم بالميغابايت."
+msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
+msgstr "بشكل افتراضي، سيقوم AutoYaST بإنشاء قسم موسع ثم إضافة كل الأقسام الجديدة كأجهزة منطقية. ومن الممكن، بالإضافة إلى ذلك، توجيه تعليمات إلى AutoYaST لإنشاء قسم معين كقسم رئيسي أو كقسم موسع. بالإضافة لذلك، من الممكن تحديد حجم أحد الأقسام باستخدام القطاعات بدلاً من الحجم بالميغابايت."
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
@@ -1965,8 +1921,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
-"partitions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1979,16 +1934,12 @@
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"تعذر العثور على عنوان الأنترنت '%1' بواسطة بروتوكول HTTP(S). قام الخادم "
-"بإرجاع الرمز %2."
+msgstr "تعذر العثور على عنوان الأنترنت '%1' بواسطة بروتوكول HTTP(S). قام الخادم بإرجاع الرمز %2."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"تعذر العثور على عنوان الانترنت '%1' بواسطة بروتوكول FTP. قام الخادم بإرجاع "
-"الرمز %2."
+msgstr "تعذر العثور على عنوان الانترنت '%1' بواسطة بروتوكول FTP. قام الخادم بإرجاع الرمز %2."
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
@@ -2075,8 +2026,7 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the "
-"installation\n"
+"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n"
"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2094,15 +2044,13 @@
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the "
-"installed \n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>النص البرمجي Chroot</H3>\n"
-"<P> بالنسبة للبرنامج النصي التالي للتثبيت الخاص بك والمطلوب تشغيله داخل بيئة "
-"chroot\n"
+"<P> بالنسبة للبرنامج النصي التالي للتثبيت الخاص بك والمطلوب تشغيله داخل بيئة chroot\n"
"اختر خيارات<i>برامج Chroot النصية</i>. يتم تشغيل البرامج النصية هذه\n"
"قبل إعادة تشغيل النظام للمرة الأولى. بشكل افتراضي، يتم تشغيل برامج chroot\n"
"النصية في نظام التثبيت. للوصول إلى الملفات الموجودة في النظام المثبت، \n"
@@ -2114,15 +2062,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted"
-"\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>يمكن تشغيل برامج chroot النصية في مرحلة لاحقة بعد\n"
-" إعداد أداة تحميل التشغيل باستخدام علامة الجدولة المنطقية الخاصة \"تم تغيير "
-"جذره\".\n"
+" إعداد أداة تحميل التشغيل باستخدام علامة الجدولة المنطقية الخاصة \"تم تغيير جذره\".\n"
" يؤدي ذلك إلى تشغيل البرامج النصية في النظام المثبت. \n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2152,15 +2098,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
-"or \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>المنفذ:</H3>\n"
-"<P>يمكن أن تكون البرامج النصية السابقة للتثبيت برامج نصية لبرنامج الواجهة شل "
-"فقط. لا تستخدم <i>Perl</i> أو \n"
+"<P>يمكن أن تكون البرامج النصية السابقة للتثبيت برامج نصية لبرنامج الواجهة شل فقط. لا تستخدم <i>Perl</i> أو \n"
"<i>Python</i> مع البرامج النصية السابقة للتثبيت.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2170,20 +2114,16 @@
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
-"which\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
-"installation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
-"too.\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>الوصول للشبكة:</H3>\n"
"<P>أثناء تنفيذ البرامج النصية التالية للتثبيت، يتم تعطيل الشبكة وتكون بحاجة\n"
" إلى التهيئة في البرامج النصية حتى يمكن الوصول للشبكة. يعتبر \n"
-"استخدام برامج init النصية والتي تضمن إعداد النظام بشكل تام عند تشغيل البرامج "
-"النصية، هو البديل \n"
+"استخدام برامج init النصية والتي تضمن إعداد النظام بشكل تام عند تشغيل البرامج النصية، هو البديل \n"
"للبرامج النصية التالية للتثبيت مع الشبكة. إذا قمت بتثبيت\n"
"عبر شبكة، يمكنك استخدام الخيار <b>الشبكة</b> مع postscript أيضًا.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2192,18 +2132,14 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up "
-"box as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
-"might help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>التغذية الرجعية والتصحيح:</H3>\n"
-"<P>يمكن أن تعرض كل البرامج النصية باستثناء برامج init النصية STDOUT+STDERR "
-"في مربع منبثق كتغذية رجعية.\n"
-" في حالة تشغيل التصحيح، ستحصل على مزيد من النتائج في مربع الحوار التغذية "
-"الرجعية الأمر الذي قد يساعد\n"
+"<P>يمكن أن تعرض كل البرامج النصية باستثناء برامج init النصية STDOUT+STDERR في مربع منبثق كتغذية رجعية.\n"
+" في حالة تشغيل التصحيح، ستحصل على مزيد من النتائج في مربع الحوار التغذية الرجعية الأمر الذي قد يساعد\n"
" على تصحيح البرنامج النصي لديك.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
@@ -2291,13 +2227,11 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the "
-"installation for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"بإضافة النص البرمجي لعملية التثبيت التلقائي، قم بتخصيص التثبيت بما يلبي "
-"احتياجاتك\n"
+"بإضافة النص البرمجي لعملية التثبيت التلقائي، قم بتخصيص التثبيت بما يلبي احتياجاتك\n"
"ثم تحكم في المراحل المختلفة من التثبيت.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
@@ -2325,11 +2259,8 @@
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722
-msgid ""
-"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
-"error message is:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"قام محلل XML بالإعلام عن خطأ أثناء تحليل ملف تعريف autoyast. رسالة الخطأ:\n"
+msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
+msgstr "قام محلل XML بالإعلام عن خطأ أثناء تحليل ملف تعريف autoyast. رسالة الخطأ:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
@@ -2408,16 +2339,13 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
-"those available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
-"data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>تتطابق معظم الوحدات النمطية المستخدمة في إنشاء الإعداد مع تلك المتاحة من "
-"خلال\n"
+"<p>تتطابق معظم الوحدات النمطية المستخدمة في إنشاء الإعداد مع تلك المتاحة من خلال\n"
"مركز تحكم YaST2. بدلاً من إعداد هذا النظام، يتم تجميع البيانات\n"
"المدخلة وتصديرها إلى ملف التحكم الذي يمكن استخدامه لتثبيت\n"
"نظام آخر باستخدام AutoYaST.\n"
@@ -2426,8 +2354,7 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
-"including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>بالإضافة إلى الوحدات النمطية الموجودة والمألوفة، \n"
@@ -2538,8 +2465,7 @@
#. the next instructions taints result
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
-msgstr ""
-"مجموعة تخزين '%1' يجب أن تكون حجم فعلي واحدة على الأقل. يرجى إعداد واحد."
+msgstr "مجموعة تخزين '%1' يجب أن تكون حجم فعلي واحدة على الأقل. يرجى إعداد واحد."
#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
@@ -2621,9 +2547,7 @@
#. Install
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
-"log"
+msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "فشل إنشاء الصورة أثناء نمط التثبيت. الرجاء تحقق من/tmp/ay_image.log"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368
@@ -2631,9 +2555,7 @@
msgstr "إنشاء صورة--تثبيت الحزم"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
-"log"
+msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr "فشل إنشاء الصورة أثناء تثبيت الحزمة. الرجاء التحقق من/tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
@@ -2646,8 +2568,7 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be "
-"changed anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
"يمكنك إجراء التغييرات على الصورة الموجودة الآن في %1/\n"
"إذا قمت بالضغط على زر موافق، سيتم ضغط الصورة ويمكن تغييرها بعد الآن."
@@ -2695,8 +2616,7 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
-"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
"يمكنك تغيير ISO الآن في %1, مثل إضافة ملف AutoYaST XML مختلفة تماما.\n"
@@ -2741,21 +2661,13 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
-"autoyast profile."
-msgstr ""
-"حدث فشل في تشغيل محلل الحزم. الرجاء مراجعة قسم البرنامج الخاص بك في ملف "
-"تعريف autoyast."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
+msgstr "حدث فشل في تشغيل محلل الحزم. الرجاء مراجعة قسم البرنامج الخاص بك في ملف تعريف autoyast."
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
-msgid ""
-"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
-"disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr ""
-"لا يتم احتواء خطة التقسيم التي تم إعدادها في ملف تعريف XML على القرص الثابت "
-"فقد. %1MB"
+msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
+msgstr "لا يتم احتواء خطة التقسيم التي تم إعدادها في ملف تعريف XML على القرص الثابت فقد. %1MB"
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
@@ -2853,28 +2765,18 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>Enter the partition information according to your\n"
-#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the "
-#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and "
-#~ "no size.</P>\n"
+#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical "
-#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then "
-#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with "
-#~ "AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>أدخل معلومات القسم وفقًا\n"
-#~ " لاحتياجاتك. لإعادة استخدام أحد الأقسام الموجودة، أدخل رقم القسم الخاص "
-#~ "بالقسم الموجود المطلوب إعادة استخدامه (يبدأ العد برقم القسم 1) وبدون حجم."
-#~ "</P>\n"
+#~ " لاحتياجاتك. لإعادة استخدام أحد الأقسام الموجودة، أدخل رقم القسم الخاص بالقسم الموجود المطلوب إعادة استخدامه (يبدأ العد برقم القسم 1) وبدون حجم.</P>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ " بالنسبة للأقسام التي تعد جزءً من مجموعة وحدة التخزين (وليست الأقسام "
-#~ "المنطقية الموجودة داخل مجموعة وحدة التخزين)، قم بتعيين معرف القسم إلى "
-#~ "0x8e ثم اختر مجموعة وحدة التخزين. يجب تعيين مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالفعل مع "
-#~ "AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ " بالنسبة للأقسام التي تعد جزءً من مجموعة وحدة التخزين (وليست الأقسام المنطقية الموجودة داخل مجموعة وحدة التخزين)، قم بتعيين معرف القسم إلى 0x8e ثم اختر مجموعة وحدة التخزين. يجب تعيين مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالفعل مع AutoYaST.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<P>للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، راجع الوثائق على الشبكة.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
@@ -2933,16 +2835,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical "
-#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical "
-#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n"
+#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "قم بإنشاء مجموعات وحدات التخزين وتحريرها هنا. بعد ذلك، قم بتخصيص أقسام "
-#~ "فعلية لمجموعة وحدة التخزين هذه في مربع حوار القسم لقرص صلب فعلي. قم "
-#~ "بتعيين معرف القسم إلى 0x8e مع هذه الأقسام.\n"
+#~ "قم بإنشاء مجموعات وحدات التخزين وتحريرها هنا. بعد ذلك، قم بتخصيص أقسام فعلية لمجموعة وحدة التخزين هذه في مربع حوار القسم لقرص صلب فعلي. قم بتعيين معرف القسم إلى 0x8e مع هذه الأقسام.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question
@@ -240,21 +239,13 @@
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"الملف الهدف باسم ('xmlfile' option) مفقود. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"استخدم سطر الأوامر."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "الملف الهدف باسم ('xmlfile' option) مفقود. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> استخدم سطر الأوامر."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"الملف الهدف باسم ('xmlfile' option) فارغ. استخدم xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"من سطر الأوامر."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "الملف الهدف باسم ('xmlfile' option) فارغ. استخدم xmlfile=<target_XML_file> من سطر الأوامر."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
@@ -526,8 +517,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>تشغيل الخدمة</big></b><br>\n"
"لبدء تشغيل الخدمة في كل مرة يتم فيها تشغيل الحاسب، قم \n"
-"بتعيين <b>%1</b>. لبدء تشغيل الخدمة عن طريق البرنامج الخفي xinetd، قم بتعيين "
-"<b>%3</b>.\n"
+"بتعيين <b>%1</b>. لبدء تشغيل الخدمة عن طريق البرنامج الخفي xinetd، قم بتعيين <b>%3</b>.\n"
"وبخلاف ذلك قم بتعيين <b>%2</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
@@ -1000,16 +990,8 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
-"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of "
-"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog "
-"on the right.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يتم التنقل أيضاً بشجرة التنقل بواسطة مفاتيح الأسهم. لفتح أو إغلاق استخدام "
-"فرع [مسافة]. للوحدات النمطية لعرض شجرة (قد تبدو وكأنها قائمة) من عناصر "
-"الإعداد في الجانب الأيسر استخدام [ENTER] للحصول على الحوار المقابل على "
-"اليمين.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يتم التنقل أيضاً بشجرة التنقل بواسطة مفاتيح الأسهم. لفتح أو إغلاق استخدام فرع [مسافة]. للوحدات النمطية لعرض شجرة (قد تبدو وكأنها قائمة) من عناصر الإعداد في الجانب الأيسر استخدام [ENTER] للحصول على الحوار المقابل على اليمين.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
@@ -1042,8 +1024,7 @@
"<p>نظرًا لتأثير البيئة على استخدام لوحة المفاتيح،\n"
" فهناك أكثر من طريقة للتنقل بين صفحات مربع الحوار.\n"
"إذا كان [TAB] و [SHIFT] (أو [ALT]) + [TAB] لا يعملان,\n"
-"يمكنك الإنتقال للأمام باستخدام [CTRL] + [F] والرجوع للخلف باستخدام [CTRL] + "
-"[B].</p>"
+"يمكنك الإنتقال للأمام باستخدام [CTRL] + [F] والرجوع للخلف باستخدام [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
@@ -1058,24 +1039,17 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-#| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n"
-#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
-"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>المفاتيح الوظيفية</i><br>\n"
-"تتيح المفاتيح الوظيفية إمكانية الوصول السريع إلى الوظائف الرئيسية. اضغط F1 "
-"للوصول إلى مجموعات المفاتيح المرتبطة الخاصة بمربع الحوار الحالي.</p>"
+"تتيح المفاتيح الوظيفية إمكانية الوصول السريع إلى الوظائف الرئيسية. اضغط F1 للوصول إلى مجموعات المفاتيح المرتبطة الخاصة بمربع الحوار الحالي.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>عادةً ما تكون المفاتيح الوظيفية مرتبطة بإجراء معين، على النحو التالي:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>عادةً ما تكون المفاتيح الوظيفية مرتبطة بإجراء معين، على النحو التالي:</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372
@@ -1858,14 +1832,12 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
-"information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>إنشاء مفتاح GPG جديد</b></big><br>\n"
-"يبدأ تشغيل <tt> gpg --gen-key</tt>، راجع متصفح المجلد الخاص بـ <tt>gpg</tt> "
-"للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n"
+"يبدأ تشغيل <tt> gpg --gen-key</tt>، راجع متصفح المجلد الخاص بـ <tt>gpg</tt> للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n"
" اضغط Ctrl + C للإلغاء.\n"
" </p>"
@@ -2049,8 +2021,7 @@
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"لا يمكن ترك واجهات شبكة الاتصال المعينة إلى شبكة الاتصال الداخلية بدون "
-"تحديد:\n"
+"لا يمكن ترك واجهات شبكة الاتصال المعينة إلى شبكة الاتصال الداخلية بدون تحديد:\n"
"%1\n"
#. question popup
@@ -2140,8 +2111,7 @@
"set <b>%1</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big></b><br>\n"
-"لفتح جدار الحماية بحيث يتم السماح بالوصول إلى الخدمة من أجهزة الحاسب "
-"البعيدة،\n"
+"لفتح جدار الحماية بحيث يتم السماح بالوصول إلى الخدمة من أجهزة الحاسب البعيدة،\n"
" قم بتعيين <b>%1</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
@@ -2668,8 +2638,7 @@
"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-"يمكن أن يتكون اسم المنفذ من الأحرف 'كبيره أو صغيره 'a-z', ', '0-9', , '*+."
-"_-'.\n"
+"يمكن أن يتكون اسم المنفذ من الأحرف 'كبيره أو صغيره 'a-z', ', '0-9', , '*+._-'.\n"
"ويمكن أن يتراوح رقم المنفذ بين 0 و65535.\n"
"لا يسمح بوجود مسافات.\n"
@@ -2822,16 +2791,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1' وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة داخلية "
-"لجدار الحماية"
+msgstr "تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1' وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة داخلية لجدار الحماية"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1' وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة خارجية "
-"لجدار الحماية"
+msgstr "تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1' وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة خارجية لجدار الحماية"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
@@ -2841,85 +2806,58 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"جدار الحماية ممكن (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">تعطيل</"
-"a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "جدار الحماية ممكن (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">تعطيل</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"جدار الحماية معطل (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">تمكين</"
-"a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "جدار الحماية معطل (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">تمكين</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
msgstr "منفذ SSH مغلق (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">افتح</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
-"but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)، "
-"ولكن لا \n"
+"منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)، ولكن لا \n"
"يوجد أية واجهات شبكة إتصال لإعدادها"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port "
-"on the firewall."
+msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
msgstr "تقوم بتثبيت نظام عبر SSH، إلا أنك لم تفتح منفذ SSH على جدار الحماية."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"منفذ الإدارة البعيد (VNC) مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal"
-"\">إغلاق</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "منفذ الإدارة البعيد (VNC) مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"منفذ الإدارة البعيد (VNC) محظور (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal"
-"\">فتح</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "منفذ الإدارة البعيد (VNC) محظور (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">فتح</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
-"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام الإدارة عن بُعد (VNC)، إلا أنك لم تفتح منافذ VNC "
-"على جدار الحماية."
+msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام الإدارة عن بُعد (VNC)، إلا أنك لم تفتح منافذ VNC على جدار الحماية."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
@@ -2933,12 +2871,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
-"needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام iSCSI، إلا أنك لم تفتح المنفذ الضرورية على جدار "
-"الحماية."
+msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام iSCSI، إلا أنك لم تفتح المنفذ الضرورية على جدار الحماية."
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
@@ -2980,7 +2914,6 @@
#. Fallback for presented service
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420
-#| msgid "Service: %1"
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "الخدمة: %{filename}"
@@ -3111,8 +3044,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
-"module."
+"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
"تجاهل فشل الحزمة قد ينتج نظام معطوب.\n"
"ينبغي التحقق النظام لاحقاً بتشغيل مدير البرامج."
@@ -3121,10 +3053,8 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
-"changed. To \n"
-"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
-"from \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
+"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يوفر المستودع المحدد في المسار مُعرف وسائط مختلف.\n"
@@ -3628,8 +3558,7 @@
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
-"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
-"installed.\n"
+"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
@@ -3646,10 +3575,8 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
-"to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
-"the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3688,8 +3615,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
-"disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3799,12 +3725,8 @@
msgstr "الاستمرار في مدير البرامج"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
-"or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>تقرير التثبيت</B></BIG><BR>وإليك ملخصاً للحزم المثبتة أو اللتي تمت "
-"إزالتها.</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>تقرير التثبيت</B></BIG><BR>وإليك ملخصاً للحزم المثبتة أو اللتي تمت إزالتها.</P>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
msgid "Installation Report"
@@ -3914,16 +3836,14 @@
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-"Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"لم يتم العثور على مجموع اختباري للملف %1 في المستودع.\n"
"يعني ذلك أن الملف جزء من المستودع الموقَّع،\n"
-"إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المستودع لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد "
-"يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n"
+"إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المستودع لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n"
"سلامة النظام للخطر.\n"
"\n"
"هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟"
@@ -4157,8 +4077,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
-"used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يتم فتح مربع حوار تحذير لكل حزمة لم توقع بمفتاح\n"
"(مستوردة) موثوق به. إذا كنت لا تثق في المفتاح الحزم أو المستودععات\n"
@@ -4240,8 +4159,7 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
-"risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4278,7 +4196,6 @@
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
-#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "المتبقية"
@@ -4300,19 +4217,11 @@
msgstr "<p>يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم.</p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
-"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
-"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
-"installed.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>إحباط التثبيت</B> يمكن إحباط تثبيت الحزمة باستخدام الزر <B>إحباط</B> . "
-"ومع ذلك، ثم يمكن أن يكون النظام في حالة غير متناسقة أو غير صالحة للاستعمال "
-"أو قد لا يقلع إذا لم يتم تثبيت مكونات النظام الأساسية.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>إحباط التثبيت</B> يمكن إحباط تثبيت الحزمة باستخدام الزر <B>إحباط</B> . ومع ذلك، ثم يمكن أن يكون النظام في حالة غير متناسقة أو غير صالحة للاستعمال أو قد لا يقلع إذا لم يتم تثبيت مكونات النظام الأساسية.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "%s ملاحظات الإصدار"
@@ -4333,7 +4242,6 @@
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
-#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "إجراء التثبيت"
@@ -5838,8 +5746,7 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"عكس عنوان IPv4 %1 غير صالح.\n"
"\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
@@ -133,15 +132,12 @@
#. warning text in the summary richtext
#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
-"bootable."
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية محمل إقلاع للتثبيت. قد لا يكون النظام قابلاً للتشغيل."
#. error in the proposal
#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr "نظرًا للتقسيم، يتعذر تثبيت أداة الإقلاع بشكل صحيح"
#. proposal part - bootloader label
@@ -202,10 +198,8 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
-"code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
-"even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تعيين علامة التنشيط في جدول الأقسام لقسم الإقلاع</b><br>\n"
@@ -231,8 +225,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
-"loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>المهلة بالثواني</b><br>\n"
"لتحديد فترة إنتظار مُحمل الإقلاع حتى يحمل النواة الافتراضية.</p>\n"
@@ -250,24 +243,20 @@
"المحدد كقسم افتراضي. عند الإقلاع، سيقوم مُحمل الإقلاع بعرض قائمة تشغيل\n"
"ثم ينتظر أن يقوم المستخدم بتحديد النواة أو نظام تشغيل\n"
"آخر لتشغيله. عند عدم ضغط أي مفتاح قبل إنتهاء المهلة، سيتم تشغيل النواة\n"
-"أو نظام التشغيل الافتراضي. يمكن تغيير ترتيب القطاعات في قائمة أداة مُحمل "
-"الإقلاع\n"
+"أو نظام التشغيل الافتراضي. يمكن تغيير ترتيب القطاعات في قائمة أداة مُحمل الإقلاع\n"
"باستخدام <b>أعلى</b> و <b>أسفل</b> من لوحة المفاتيح.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
-"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>كتابة رمز تشغيل عام لسجل التشغيل الرئيسي MBR</b> استبدال سجل التشغيل "
-"الرئيسي الخاص بالقرص لديك برمز عام (رمز نظام التشغيل المستقل الذي\n"
+"<p><b>كتابة رمز تشغيل عام لسجل التشغيل الرئيسي MBR</b> استبدال سجل التشغيل الرئيسي الخاص بالقرص لديك برمز عام (رمز نظام التشغيل المستقل الذي\n"
" يقوم بتشغيل القسم النشط).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
-"other is\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>الإقلاع من قسم الإقلاع</b> واحد من الخيارات الموصى بها، والآخر هو\n"
@@ -275,18 +264,15 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option "
-"<i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>استخدام Grub الموثوق به</b> يعني تثبيت Grub الموثوق به واستخدامه. سيتم "
-"تجاهل خيار <i>قائمة الملفات الرسومية</i> سيتم تجاهله.\n"
+"<p><b>استخدام Grub الموثوق به</b> يعني تثبيت Grub الموثوق به واستخدامه. سيتم تجاهل خيار <i>قائمة الملفات الرسومية</i> سيتم تجاهله.\n"
"من المستحسن تثبيت Grub إلى MBR</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have "
-"another operating system\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>الإقلاع من سجل الإقلاع الرئيسي</b> لا ينصح به إذا كان لديك \n"
@@ -294,34 +280,26 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there "
-"is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
-"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
-"needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>الإقلاع من قسم الجذر</b> هو الخيار الموصى به إذا كان هناك قسم\n"
-"مناسب. أو حدد <b>تعيين علامة نشط في جدول الأقسام لقسم الإقلاع</b> و <b>كتابة "
-"رمز الإقلاع إلى MBR</b>\n"
-"في <b>خيارات مُحمل الإقلاع</b> لتحديث سجل الإقلاع الرئيسي إذا كان ذلك مطلوباً "
-"أو قم بإعداد مدير إقلاع آخر \n"
+"مناسب. أو حدد <b>تعيين علامة نشط في جدول الأقسام لقسم الإقلاع</b> و <b>كتابة رمز الإقلاع إلى MBR</b>\n"
+"في <b>خيارات مُحمل الإقلاع</b> لتحديث سجل الإقلاع الرئيسي إذا كان ذلك مطلوباً أو قم بإعداد مدير إقلاع آخر \n"
"لبدء هذا المقطع.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root "
-"partition is on \n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الإقلاع من القسم الموسع</b> ينبغي اختياره إذا كان قسم الجذر الخاص بك "
-"على\n"
+"<p><b>الإقلاع من القسم الموسع</b> ينبغي اختياره إذا كان قسم الجذر الخاص بك على\n"
" قسم منطقي والقسم /boot مفقود</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>تخصيص قسم الإقلاع</b> يتيح لك اختيار قسم الإقلاع من.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
@@ -335,70 +313,53 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</"
-"code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>استخدم وحدة تحكم تسلسلي</b> يسمح لك تعريف المعلمات لاستخدام \n"
-"وحدة تحكم تسلسلي. الرجاء راجع وثائق grub (<code>info grub</code>) للحصول على "
-"التفاصيل.</p>"
+"وحدة تحكم تسلسلي. الرجاء راجع وثائق grub (<code>info grub</code>) للحصول على التفاصيل.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a "
-"serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</"
-"code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which "
-"you\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تعريف الطرفية</b></p><br>\n"
-"لتحديد نوع الطرفية الذي تريد استخدامها. للحصول على طرفية تسلسلية (على سبيل "
-"المثال، وحدة التحكم الطرفية التسلسلية)،\n"
-"يجب عليك تعيين <code>تسلسل</code>. يمكنك أيضًا تمرير <code>وحدة التحكم</code> "
-"إلى\n"
-"الأمر، باعتباره <code>وحدة تحكم تسلسلية طرفية</code>. في هذه الحالة، سيتم "
-"تحديد أي طرفية\n"
+"لتحديد نوع الطرفية الذي تريد استخدامها. للحصول على طرفية تسلسلية (على سبيل المثال، وحدة التحكم الطرفية التسلسلية)،\n"
+"يجب عليك تعيين <code>تسلسل</code>. يمكنك أيضًا تمرير <code>وحدة التحكم</code> إلى\n"
+"الأمر، باعتباره <code>وحدة تحكم تسلسلية طرفية</code>. في هذه الحالة، سيتم تحديد أي طرفية\n"
"إضغط أي مفتاح ليتم تحديده كطرفية GRUB .</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
-"numbers\n"
+"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>القطاع الاحتياطي إذا فشل الافتراضي</b> يحتوي على قائمة بأرقام \n"
-"القطاعات التي سيتم استخدامها للتشغيل في حال كان المقطع الافتراضي غير قابل "
-"للإقلاع.</p>"
+"القطاعات التي سيتم استخدامها للتشغيل في حال كان المقطع الافتراضي غير قابل للإقلاع.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اختيار <b>إخفاء القائمة عند الإقلاع</b> سيتم إخفاء قائمة الإقلاع.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اختيار <b>إخفاء القائمة عند الإقلاع</b> سيتم إخفاء قائمة الإقلاع.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot "
-"menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ملف قائمة رسومي</b> الملف المراد استخدامه لقائمة الإقلاع الرسومية.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ملف قائمة رسومي</b> الملف المراد استخدامه لقائمة الإقلاع الرسومية.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تمكين الإشارات الصوتية</b> تشغيل/إيقاف تشغيل الإشارات الصوتية.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>تمكين الإشارات الصوتية</b> تشغيل/إيقاف تشغيل الإشارات الصوتية.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will "
-"only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>حماية مُحمل الإقلاع بكلمة مرور</b><br>\n"
-"تحديد كلمة المرور للوصول إلى قائمة الإقلاع. سيقبل YaST كلمة المرور إذا "
-"كررتها \n"
+"تحديد كلمة المرور للوصول إلى قائمة الإقلاع. سيقبل YaST كلمة المرور إذا كررتها \n"
"في <b>إعادة كتابة كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
@@ -609,19 +570,16 @@
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "خيارات رموز الإقلاع"
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
-#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "معلمات النواة"
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "خيارات مُحمل الإقلاع"
@@ -635,7 +593,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "موقع مُحمل الإقلاع"
@@ -660,55 +617,29 @@
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>معلمة سطر أوامر النواة الاختياري</b> يسمح لك تعريف معلمات إضافية "
-"لتمريرها إلى النواة.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>معلمة سطر أوامر النواة الاختياري</b> يسمح لك تعريف معلمات إضافية لتمريرها إلى النواة.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the "
-"<i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>وضع Vga</b> وضع VGA لـ <i>وحدة المراقبة</i> التي يجب على النواة "
-"تعيينها عند الإقلاع</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>وضع Vga</b> وضع VGA لـ <i>وحدة المراقبة</i> التي يجب على النواة تعيينها عند الإقلاع</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>معلمة سطر أوامر النواة المأمونة الجانب</b> يتيح لك تحديد المعلمات "
-"مأمونة الجانب لتمريرها إلى النواة.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>معلمة سطر أوامر النواة المأمونة الجانب</b> يتيح لك تحديد المعلمات مأمونة الجانب لتمريرها إلى النواة.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
-"foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>التحقق من نظم التشغيل الغريبة</b> طريقة للتأكد من ملائمة نظام الإقلاع "
-"المتعدد مع التوزيعات الغريبة الأخرى</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>التحقق من نظم التشغيل الغريبة</b> طريقة للتأكد من ملائمة نظام الإقلاع المتعدد مع التوزيعات الغريبة الأخرى</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only "
-"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not "
-"touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>علم MBR الوقائي</b> هو إعدادات الخبراء فقط، مطلوب فقط على الأجهزة "
-"الغريبة. لمزيد من التفاصيل انظر MBR الوقائي في أقراص GPT. لا تتعامل معه إذا "
-"لم تكن متأكداً.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>علم MBR الوقائي</b> هو إعدادات الخبراء فقط، مطلوب فقط على الأجهزة الغريبة. لمزيد من التفاصيل انظر MBR الوقائي في أقراص GPT. لا تتعامل معه إذا لم تكن متأكداً.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create "
-"boot entry name. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الموزع</b> تعين اسم موزع النواة المستخدمة في إنشاء اسم إدخال الإقلاع. "
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>الموزع</b> تعين اسم موزع النواة المستخدمة في إنشاء اسم إدخال الإقلاع. </p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
@@ -810,9 +741,7 @@
#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"غير معتمد في أداة تحميل الإقلاع '%s'. كيف ملف التعريف الخاص بك AutoYaST "
-"تبعاً لذلك."
+msgstr "غير معتمد في أداة تحميل الإقلاع '%s'. كيف ملف التعريف الخاص بك AutoYaST تبعاً لذلك."
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
@@ -1158,10 +1087,8 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the "
-"current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or "
-"reread\n"
+"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>من <B>أخرى</B>، \n"
@@ -1251,15 +1178,13 @@
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</"
-"b>\n"
+"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
"to update the master boot record\n"
"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"- في <b>قطاع التشغيل</b> لـ <tt>/boot</tt> أو <tt>/</tt> قسم (الجذر) "
-"الرئيسي. \n"
+"- في <b>قطاع التشغيل</b> لـ <tt>/boot</tt> أو <tt>/</tt> قسم (الجذر) الرئيسي. \n"
" هذا هو الخيار الموصى به عند وجود القسم\n"
"المناسب. حدد<b>تنشيط قسم مُحمل الإقلاع</b> و\n"
"<b>استبدال MBR برمز عام</b> في <b>تفاصيل تثبيت مُحمل الإقلاع</b>\n"
@@ -1337,8 +1262,7 @@
"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>نوع مُحمل الإقلاع</b><br>\n"
-"لتحديد تثبيت مُحمل الإقلاع من عدمه وما هي أداة تحميل الإقلاع المطلوب "
-"تثبيتها،\n"
+"لتحديد تثبيت مُحمل الإقلاع من عدمه وما هي أداة تحميل الإقلاع المطلوب تثبيتها،\n"
"استخدم <b>مُحمل الإقلاع</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -1367,8 +1291,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The "
-"section\n"
+"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>اسم القطاع</b><br>\n"
@@ -1427,13 +1350,11 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the "
-"disk. This is used for\n"
+"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد <b>قطاع القائمة</b> لإضافة قطاع يقوم\n"
-"إضافة المقطع الذي يقوم بتحميل ملف الإعدادات (قائمة قطاعات الإقلاع) من أحد "
-"أقسام القرص. هذه تستخدم\n"
+"إضافة المقطع الذي يقوم بتحميل ملف الإعدادات (قائمة قطاعات الإقلاع) من أحد أقسام القرص. هذه تستخدم\n"
"لإقلاع أنظمة التشغيل الأخرى.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
@@ -1662,77 +1583,48 @@
msgstr "<p><b>قطاع الصورة</b></p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name "
-"directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>صورة النواة</b> تحدد نواة الإقلاع. أدخل الاسم مباشرة أو اختر عن طريق "
-"<b>استعراض</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>صورة النواة</b> تحدد نواة الإقلاع. أدخل الاسم مباشرة أو اختر عن طريق <b>استعراض</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>الجهاز الجذر</b> تعيين الجهاز للوصول إلى النواة كجهاز جذر.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to "
-"use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>قرص RAM الأولي</b>، إذا لم يكن فارغًا، ramdisk الأولي المطلوب استخدامه. "
-"أدخل اسم الملف والمسار\n"
+"<p><b>قرص RAM الأولي</b>، إذا لم يكن فارغًا، ramdisk الأولي المطلوب استخدامه. أدخل اسم الملف والمسار\n"
"مباشرةً أو اختر باستخدام <b>استعراض</b></p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for "
-"booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>قطاع أداة التحميل التسلسلي</b> إذا أردت تحديد قطاع لتشغيل نظام "
-"تشغيل آخر غير نظام التشغيل لنكس</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>قطاع أداة التحميل التسلسلي</b> إذا أردت تحديد قطاع لتشغيل نظام تشغيل آخر غير نظام التشغيل لنكس</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select "
-"this section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إعداد <b>استخدام حماية بكلمة مرور</p> سيتطلب كلمة مرور لحماية هذا المقطع."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إعداد <b>استخدام حماية بكلمة مرور</p> سيتطلب كلمة مرور لحماية هذا المقطع.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems "
-"found on your computer.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>النظام الآخر</b> إمكانية الاختيار من بين أنظمة التشغيل غير لنكس "
-"الموجودة على الكمبيوتر.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>النظام الآخر</b> إمكانية الاختيار من بين أنظمة التشغيل غير لنكس الموجودة على الكمبيوتر.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS "
-"needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>تنشيط هذا القسم عند تحديده للإقلاع</b> إذا كان نظام BIOS يتطلب "
-"تعيين هذه العلامة لتشغيله</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>تنشيط هذا القسم عند تحديده للإقلاع</b> إذا كان نظام BIOS يتطلب تعيين هذه العلامة لتشغيله</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks "
-"to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the "
-"grub documentation.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>منع الإزاحة للتحميل التسلسلي</b> تتيح لك إمكانية تحديد قائمة بقطع "
-"التخزين المطلوب للإقلاع. في كثير \n"
-"من الحالات تحتاج إلى تحديد <code>+1</code> هنا. للحصول على مواصفات حول ترقيم "
-"قائمة قطع التخزين، راجع وثائق </p>grub\n"
+"<p><b>منع الإزاحة للتحميل التسلسلي</b> تتيح لك إمكانية تحديد قائمة بقطع التخزين المطلوب للإقلاع. في كثير \n"
+"من الحالات تحتاج إلى تحديد <code>+1</code> هنا. للحصول على مواصفات حول ترقيم قائمة قطع التخزين، راجع وثائق </p>grub\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other "
-"image \n"
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد <b>قطاع Xen</b> إذا أردت إضافة نواة لنكس جديدة أو صورة أخرى \n"
@@ -1743,12 +1635,8 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> تحدد Hypervisor المطلوب استخدامه.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>معلمات Hypervisor Xen إضافية</b> تتيح لك تحديد معلمات إضافية لتمريرها "
-"إلى xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>معلمات Hypervisor Xen إضافية</b> تتيح لك تحديد معلمات إضافية لتمريرها إلى xen hypervisor.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
@@ -1759,29 +1647,19 @@
msgstr "<p><b>قسم ملف القائمة</b></p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is "
-"loaded menu file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ملف وصف القائمة</b> يحدد المسار على جهاز الجذر اللذي يتم تحميل ملف "
-"القائمة منه.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ملف وصف القائمة</b> يحدد المسار على جهاز الجذر اللذي يتم تحميل ملف القائمة منه.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need "
-"to be on the first disk.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تعيين مقطع إلى القرص الأول على خريطة الجهاز</b> عادة يحتاج windows على "
-"القرص الأول.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>تعيين مقطع إلى القرص الأول على خريطة الجهاز</b> عادة يحتاج windows على القرص الأول.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is "
-"possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>إجراءات</b> ملف إجراءات مع PCR. من الممكن تغيير الجدول عن طريق "
-"الأزرار: <b>إضافة</b> , \n"
+"<p><b>إجراءات</b> ملف إجراءات مع PCR. من الممكن تغيير الجدول عن طريق الأزرار: <b>إضافة</b> , \n"
"<b>تحرير</b> و <b>حذف</b></p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
@@ -1820,12 +1698,10 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to "
-"enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>تمكين SELinux</b> لإضافة معلمات إقلاع النواة الضرورية لتمكين "
-"البرنامج الثابت الأمني SELinux. \n"
+"<p>حدد <b>تمكين SELinux</b> لإضافة معلمات إقلاع النواة الضرورية لتمكين البرنامج الثابت الأمني SELinux. \n"
"يرجى ملاحظة أن هذا سيعطل أيضاً درع التطبيقات.</p>"
#. radio button
@@ -1995,8 +1871,7 @@
#. error report
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr "نظرًا للتقسيم، يتعذر تثبيت مُحمل الإقلاع بشكل صحيح."
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
@@ -2004,47 +1879,30 @@
#.
#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "تثبيت شفرة الإقلاع إلى MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">لا تثبت</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "لا تقم بتثبيت شفرة الإقلاع MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">تثبيت</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"تثبيت شفرة الإقلاع إلى قسم /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">لا تثبت</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "تثبيت شفرة الإقلاع إلى قسم /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">لا تثبت</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot"
-"\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"عدم تثبيت شفرة الإقلاع إلى قسم /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">ثبت</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "عدم تثبيت شفرة الإقلاع إلى قسم /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">ثبت</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"تثبيت شفرة الإقلاع إلى قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">لا تثبت</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "تثبيت شفرة الإقلاع إلى قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">لا تثبت</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
-#| "\">enable</a>"
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
-"\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"عدم تثبيت شفرة الإقلاع إلى قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "عدم تثبيت شفرة الإقلاع إلى قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
@@ -2107,12 +1965,8 @@
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
-msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
-"are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-"تحذير: لا يوجد موقع لمُحمل الإقلاع مرحلة1 المحدد.إلا إذا كنت تعرف ما تقومون "
-"به الرجاء تحديد المكان أعلاه."
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "تحذير: لا يوجد موقع لمُحمل الإقلاع مرحلة1 المحدد.إلا إذا كنت تعرف ما تقومون به الرجاء تحديد المكان أعلاه."
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
@@ -2135,15 +1989,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk "
-"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub "
-"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install "
-"stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
-"الإقلاع من MBR لا يعمل بجانب نظام الملفات btrfs وتسمية القرص GPT بدون قسم "
-"الإقلاع bios_grub قسم التمهيد من MBR.لحل هذه المشكلة، إنشاء قسم bios_grub أو "
-"استخدام أي نظام الملفات ext لقسم الإقلاع أو لا تقم بتثبيت مرحلة 1 إلى MBR."
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr "الإقلاع من MBR لا يعمل بجانب نظام الملفات btrfs وتسمية القرص GPT بدون قسم الإقلاع bios_grub قسم التمهيد من MBR.لحل هذه المشكلة، إنشاء قسم bios_grub أو استخدام أي نظام الملفات ext لقسم الإقلاع أو لا تقم بتثبيت مرحلة 1 إلى MBR."
#. check if boot device is on raid0
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181
@@ -2152,22 +1999,13 @@
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201
-msgid ""
-"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
-"Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-"جهاز الإقلاع على برمجيات غارة1. حدد موقع مُحمل إقلاع آخر. مثل سجل الإقلاع "
-"الرئيسي"
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "جهاز الإقلاع على برمجيات غارة1. حدد موقع مُحمل إقلاع آخر. مثل سجل الإقلاع الرئيسي"
#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256
-msgid ""
-"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device "
-"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader "
-"Installation Details\""
-msgstr ""
-"تعذرعلى YaST تحديد ترتيب الأقراص اللازمة لخريطة جهاز الإقلاع الدقيق. قم "
-"باستعراض أو تعديل ترتيب الإقلاع من الأقراص في \"تفاصيل تثبيت محمل الإقلاع\""
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr "تعذرعلى YaST تحديد ترتيب الأقراص اللازمة لخريطة جهاز الإقلاع الدقيق. قم باستعراض أو تعديل ترتيب الإقلاع من الأقراص في \"تفاصيل تثبيت محمل الإقلاع\""
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276
@@ -2252,12 +2090,8 @@
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
#~ msgstr "جهاز الإقلاع على قرص iSCSI: %1. قد لا يقلع النظام."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. "
-#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "لم يتم تحديد ترتيب دقيق للأقراص على خريطة الجهاز. يمكن تغيير ترتيب "
-#~ "الأقراص في \"تفاصيل تركيب محمل الإقلاع\""
+#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#~ msgstr "لم يتم تحديد ترتيب دقيق للأقراص على خريطة الجهاز. يمكن تغيير ترتيب الأقراص في \"تفاصيل تركيب محمل الإقلاع\""
#~ msgid "Linux"
#~ msgstr "لينكس"
@@ -2304,50 +2138,34 @@
#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
#~ msgstr "_علامة مميزة للبائع"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely "
-#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result "
-#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "مُحمل الإقلاع مثبت على قسم لا تقع كليا تحت %1 غيغا بايت. قد لا يقلع النظام "
-#~ "إذا كان BIOS يعتمد فقط lba24 (ينتج خطأ 18 أثناء تثبيت grub MBR)."
+#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
+#~ msgstr "مُحمل الإقلاع مثبت على قسم لا تقع كليا تحت %1 غيغا بايت. قد لا يقلع النظام إذا كان BIOS يعتمد فقط lba24 (ينتج خطأ 18 أثناء تثبيت grub MBR)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
-#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of "
-#~ "range.\n"
-#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot "
-#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader "
-#~ "configuration)"
+#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n"
+#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "قم بإعداد مُحمل إقلاع قبل المتابعة.<br/>\n"
#~ "خريطة الأجهزة تحتوي على أكثر من 8 أجهزة إقلاع.\n"
-#~ "المدى المحدد من قبل BIOS هو أول 8 أجهزة. عدل ترتيب الإقلاع من BIOS ( وإذا "
-#~ "كان مُعد مسبقاً صحح الترتيب في إعدادات مُحمل الإقلاع)"
+#~ "المدى المحدد من قبل BIOS هو أول 8 أجهزة. عدل ترتيب الإقلاع من BIOS ( وإذا كان مُعد مسبقاً صحح الترتيب في إعدادات مُحمل الإقلاع)"
#~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now."
#~ msgstr "LILO غير معتمد حاليا."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your "
-#~ "system may not be bootable."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "لن يتم تنشيط مسار التشغيل المحدد للتثبيت. قد لا يكون النظام لديك قابلاً "
-#~ "للتشغيل."
+#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable."
+#~ msgstr "لن يتم تنشيط مسار التشغيل المحدد للتثبيت. قد لا يكون النظام لديك قابلاً للتشغيل."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
-#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "قم بإعداد موقع صالح لأداة مُحمل الإقلاع قبل المتابعة.<br>\n"
-#~ "في حالة تعذر إجراء أي تحديد، قد يكون من الضروري إنشاء قسم Apple HFS صغير "
-#~ "ابتدائي."
+#~ "في حالة تعذر إجراء أي تحديد، قد يكون من الضروري إنشاء قسم Apple HFS صغير ابتدائي."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
-#~ "PReP Boot partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "قم بإعداد موقع صالح لأداة محمل الإقلاع قبل المتابعة.<br>\n"
#~ "في حالة تعذر إجراء أي تحديد فقد يكون إنشاء قسم تشغيل PReP ضروريًا."
@@ -2358,9 +2176,7 @@
#~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB"
#~ msgstr "تحويل الإعدادات وتثبيت GRUB"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to "
-#~ "GRUB"
+#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB"
#~ msgstr "LILO غير معتمد. الخيار الموصى به هو إختيار تحويل LILO إلى GRUB"
#~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options"
@@ -2398,22 +2214,17 @@
#~ "في حالة حدوث مشكلات في التشغيل.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>إلحاق السلسلة للخيارات العالمية لتمريرها إلى سطر أوامر النواة</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>إلحاق السلسلة للخيارات العالمية لتمريرها إلى سطر أوامر النواة</b><br>\n"
#~ "يتيح لك تعريف معلمات عالمية إضافية لتمريرها إلى النواة. تستخدم هذه\n"
#~ "إذا لم يظهر 'إلحاق' في مقطع معين.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the "
-#~ "initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>اسم ملف initrd الافتراضي</b>، إن لم يكن فارغا، يحدد الأولية\n"
@@ -2422,8 +2233,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>اسم ملف الصورة الافتراضي</b>، إن لم يكن فارغا، يحدد الملف\n"
@@ -2439,8 +2249,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n"
-#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to "
-#~ "TRUE.\n"
+#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n"
#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n"
#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n"
#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n"
@@ -2458,10 +2267,8 @@
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>السماح بمحاولة النقل</b><br>\n"
-#~ "في حالة حدوث خطأ في تخصيص الذاكرة عند نقطة تحميل النواة الأولية، يسمح "
-#~ "هذا \n"
-#~ "الخيار بمحاولة إعادة تعيين الموقع (يُفترض أن تكون النواة قابلة لإعادة "
-#~ "تعيين الموقع).\n"
+#~ "في حالة حدوث خطأ في تخصيص الذاكرة عند نقطة تحميل النواة الأولية، يسمح هذا \n"
+#~ "الخيار بمحاولة إعادة تعيين الموقع (يُفترض أن تكون النواة قابلة لإعادة تعيين الموقع).\n"
#~ " </p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2530,12 +2337,8 @@
#~ msgid "Boot Image Location"
#~ msgstr "موقع صورة الإقلاع"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive "
-#~ "mode)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "مهلة الإنتظار قبل الإقلاع التلقائي بالثوانٍ (يتم استخدام هذا الخيار في غير "
-#~ "الوضع التفاعلي)"
+#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)"
+#~ msgstr "مهلة الإنتظار قبل الإقلاع التلقائي بالثوانٍ (يتم استخدام هذا الخيار في غير الوضع التفاعلي)"
#~ msgid "Force interactive mode"
#~ msgstr "فرض الوضع التفاعلي"
@@ -2600,12 +2403,8 @@
#~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")"
#~ msgstr "تعيين واجهة مستخدم ELILO (\"بسيط\" أو \"قائمة النص\")"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive "
-#~ "Mode)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "مهلة الإنتظار قبل الإقلاع التلقائي بالثواني (يتم استخدام هذا الخيار في "
-#~ "غير الوضع التفاعلي)"
+#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "مهلة الإنتظار قبل الإقلاع التلقائي بالثواني (يتم استخدام هذا الخيار في غير الوضع التفاعلي)"
#~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys"
#~ msgstr "عرض محتوى ملف باستخدام مفاتيح المهام"
@@ -2660,22 +2459,17 @@
#~ "الإقلاع، هذا المجلد سيكون مُعلم كقابل للإقلاع.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>إلحاق سلسلة بالخيارات العالمية لتمريرها إلى سطر أوامر النواة</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>إلحاق سلسلة بالخيارات العالمية لتمريرها إلى سطر أوامر النواة</b><br>\n"
#~ "يتيح لك تعريف معلمات عالمية إضافية لتمريرها للنواة. \n"
#~ "تستخدم هذه إذا لم يظهر 'إلحاق' في مقطع معين.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the "
-#~ "initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>اسم ملف initrd الافتراضي</b>، إن لم يكن فارغا، يحدد الأولية\n"
@@ -2684,8 +2478,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>اسم ملف الصورة الافتراضي</b>، إن لم يكن فارغا، يحدد الملف\n"
@@ -2703,20 +2496,17 @@
#~ "<p><b>Partition for Boot Loader Duplication</b>\n"
#~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n"
#~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n"
-#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a "
-#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
+#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>قسم مُحمل الإقلاع المزدوج</b>\n"
#~ "يحدد عقد أجهزة لينكس الأخرى التي يجب تخزينها في معلومات الإقلاع.\n"
#~ "إذا لم يتم تحديد هذا الخيار, سيتم تحويل قسم الإقلاع إلى FAT. \n"
-#~ "الغرض من هذا الخيار كتابة ملفات الإقلاع لجميع أعضاء نظام غاره1 أو غاره5.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "الغرض من هذا الخيار كتابة ملفات الإقلاع لجميع أعضاء نظام غاره1 أو غاره5.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Change Boot Device in NV-RAM</b>\n"
#~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
-#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified "
-#~ "in\n"
+#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n"
#~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>تغيير جهاز الإقلاع في NV-RAM</b>\n"
@@ -2726,36 +2516,28 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Do not Use OS-chooser</b>\n"
-#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script "
-#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple "
-#~ "G5 systems \n"
+#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n"
+#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n"
#~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>لا تستخدم استجذار-نظام التشغيل</b>\n"
-#~ "سيبلغ lilo لإستخدام yaboot كملف إقلاع بدلاً من النص البرمجي المسمى "
-#~ "\"استجذار-نظام التشغيل\". \n"
-#~ "ستعطل سواقات OpenFirmware في بطاقة nVidia الرسومية في أنظمة أبل G5 إذا "
-#~ "لم \n"
+#~ "سيبلغ lilo لإستخدام yaboot كملف إقلاع بدلاً من النص البرمجي المسمى \"استجذار-نظام التشغيل\". \n"
+#~ "ستعطل سواقات OpenFirmware في بطاقة nVidia الرسومية في أنظمة أبل G5 إذا لم \n"
#~ "يكن هناك شاشة موصلة.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots "
-#~ "automatically \n"
+#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n"
#~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>المهلة بالثواني MacOS/لينكس</b>\n"
-#~ "يتضمن المهلة بين MacOS/لينكس بالثواني حتى يقلع لينكس تلقائياً إذا لم يتم "
-#~ "ضغط أي \n"
+#~ "يتضمن المهلة بين MacOS/لينكس بالثواني حتى يقلع لينكس تلقائياً إذا لم يتم ضغط أي \n"
#~ "مفتاح لتشغيل MacOS</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Always Boot from FAT Partition</b>\n"
-#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition "
-#~ "format\n"
-#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for "
-#~ "more\n"
+#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n"
+#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n"
#~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n"
#~ "the FAT formatted file system</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -2768,8 +2550,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Install Boot Loader Even on Errors</b>\n"
#~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n"
-#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>تثبيت محمل الإقلاع حتى عند وجود أخطاء</b>\n"
#~ "قم بتثبيت مُحمل الإقلاع حتى لو كنت غير متأكد من أن البرنامج \n"
@@ -2972,12 +2753,8 @@
#~ "النظام لن يقلع عن طريق البرامج الثابتة EFI. لإقلاع الحاسب\n"
#~ "تحتاج إلى تحميل ELILO عبر EFI shell."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
-#~ "\">do not install</a>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "لا تثبت شفرة الإقلاع إلى القسم \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">لا "
-#~ "تثبت</a>"
+#~ msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>"
+#~ msgstr "لا تثبت شفرة الإقلاع إلى القسم \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">لا تثبت</a>"
#~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported"
#~ msgstr "مُحمل الإقلاع LILO غير مدعوم"
@@ -3071,8 +2848,7 @@
#~ " دون نقل ملفات أداة تحميل التشغيل أثناء\n"
#~ " عملية إلغاء تجزئة القرص التلقائية. حيث قد يحول النقل دون تحميل \n"
#~ "أداة تحميل التشغيل.\n"
-#~ " لاستخدام منطقة أداة تحميل التشغيل المخصصة، قم بتعيين <b>استخدام منطقة "
-#~ "أداة تحميل التشغيل\n"
+#~ " لاستخدام منطقة أداة تحميل التشغيل المخصصة، قم بتعيين <b>استخدام منطقة أداة تحميل التشغيل\n"
#~ " المخصصة</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -3084,17 +2860,14 @@
#~ "ولكن لتشغيله في بيئة XEN.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot "
-#~ "partition with ext2 filesytem"
+#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot partition with ext2 filesytem"
#~ msgstr "الدليل الهدف غير صالح أو المسار غير مطلق."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Kernel via XEN<b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
#~ "but to start it in a XEN environment.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>حدد <b>Kernel بواسطة XEN<b> لإضافة Linux kernel جديد أو نسخة محتويات "
-#~ "أخرى،\n"
+#~ "<p>حدد <b>Kernel بواسطة XEN<b> لإضافة Linux kernel جديد أو نسخة محتويات أخرى،\n"
#~ "لبدء تشغيله في بيئة XEN.</p>"
#~ msgid "Add a new section"
@@ -3109,8 +2882,7 @@
#~ "bootloader will wait in interactive mode until booting the default\n"
#~ "entry.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>انتهاء المهلة خلال عشر ثوانٍ</b><br>لتحديد الفترة الزمنية التي "
-#~ "ستنتظرها أداة تحميل التشغيل\n"
+#~ "<p><b>انتهاء المهلة خلال عشر ثوانٍ</b><br>لتحديد الفترة الزمنية التي ستنتظرها أداة تحميل التشغيل\n"
#~ "في الوضع التفاعلي حتى يتم تشغيل\n"
#~ "الإدخال الافتراضي.</p>"
@@ -3192,21 +2964,15 @@
#~ msgid "Section Editor"
#~ msgstr "محرر القسم"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Selecting <b>Do not verify Filesystem before Booting</b> will skip all "
-#~ "file system checks.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>سيؤدي تحديد <b>عدم التحقق من نظام الملفات قبل التشغيل</b> إلى تجاوز "
-#~ "كافة عمليات التحقق من نظام الملفات.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Do not verify Filesystem before Booting</b> will skip all file system checks.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>سيؤدي تحديد <b>عدم التحقق من نظام الملفات قبل التشغيل</b> إلى تجاوز كافة عمليات التحقق من نظام الملفات.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to "
-#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يحدد <p><b>قرص RAM الأولي</b>، إذا لم يكن فارغًا، ramdisk الأولي المطلوب "
-#~ "استخدامه. أدخل اسم المسار والملف\n"
+#~ "يحدد <p><b>قرص RAM الأولي</b>، إذا لم يكن فارغًا، ramdisk الأولي المطلوب استخدامه. أدخل اسم المسار والملف\n"
#~ "مباشرةً أو اختر باستخدام <b>استعراض</b></p>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -3287,19 +3053,16 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Initial RAM Disk</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Initial RAM Disk</b> to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to "
-#~ "load. If it is\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Initial RAM Disk</b> to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to load. If it is\n"
#~ "left empty, no initial RAM disk is loaded during boot.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>قرص RAM الأولي</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "استخدم <b>قرص RAM الأولي</b> لتحديد قرص RAM الأولي (initrd) المطلوب "
-#~ "تحميله. إذا ما تم تركه\n"
+#~ "استخدم <b>قرص RAM الأولي</b> لتحديد قرص RAM الأولي (initrd) المطلوب تحميله. إذا ما تم تركه\n"
#~ " فارغًا، لا يتم تحميل أي قرص RAM أولي أثناء التشغيل.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Root Device<b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Root Device</b> to specify the root file system to mount after the "
-#~ "kernel is\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Root Device</b> to specify the root file system to mount after the kernel is\n"
#~ "loaded.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>الجهاز الجذر<b></big><br>\n"
@@ -3308,13 +3071,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>VGA Mode</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>VGA Mode</b> to specify the resolution and color depth to set "
-#~ "after\n"
+#~ "Use <b>VGA Mode</b> to specify the resolution and color depth to set after\n"
#~ "the kernel has booted.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>وضع VGA</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "استخدم <b> وضع VGA</b> لتحديد درجة الدقة وعمق الألوان المطلوب تعيينها "
-#~ "بعد \n"
+#~ "استخدم <b> وضع VGA</b> لتحديد درجة الدقة وعمق الألوان المطلوب تعيينها بعد \n"
#~ "تشغيل Kernel.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -3328,8 +3089,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Device</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Device</b> to set the device from which to load the operating "
-#~ "system.\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Device</b> to set the device from which to load the operating system.\n"
#~ "In most cases, it is the disk partition in which \n"
#~ "the other system is installed.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -3351,8 +3111,7 @@
#~ "boots the active partition), set <b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>استبدال MBR برمز عام</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "لاستبدال سجل التشغيل الرئيسي الخاص بالقرص لديك برمز عام (الذي يقوم "
-#~ "بتشغيل\n"
+#~ "لاستبدال سجل التشغيل الرئيسي الخاص بالقرص لديك برمز عام (الذي يقوم بتشغيل\n"
#~ " القسم النشط)، قم بتعيين <b>استبدال MBR برمز عام</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -3365,8 +3124,7 @@
#~ "<p><big><b>تنشيط قسم أداة تحميل التشغيل</b></big><br>\n"
#~ "لتنشيط القسم الذي يحتوي على أداة تحميل التشغيل، قم بتعيين\n"
#~ " <b>تنشيط قسم أداة تحميل التشغيل</b>. يعمل رمز MBR العام على تشغيل\n"
-#~ " القسم النشط. تتطلب أنظمة BIOS الأقدم وجود قسم واحد نشط حتى في حالة "
-#~ "تثبيت\n"
+#~ " القسم النشط. تتطلب أنظمة BIOS الأقدم وجود قسم واحد نشط حتى في حالة تثبيت\n"
#~ " أداة تحميل التشغيل في MBR.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -3383,8 +3141,7 @@
#~ " دون نقل ملفات أداة تحميل التشغيل أثناء\n"
#~ " عملية إلغاء تجزئة القرص التلقائية. حيث قد يحول النقل دون تحميل \n"
#~ "أداة تحميل التشغيل.\n"
-#~ " لاستخدام منطقة أداة تحميل التشغيل المخصصة، قم بتعيين <b>استخدام منطقة "
-#~ "أداة تحميل التشغيل\n"
+#~ " لاستخدام منطقة أداة تحميل التشغيل المخصصة، قم بتعيين <b>استخدام منطقة أداة تحميل التشغيل\n"
#~ " المخصصة</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -3395,8 +3152,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>الحماية بكلمة السر</b></big><br>\n"
#~ "لحماية أداة تحميل التشغيل باستخدام كلمة سر،\n"
-#~ " قم بتعيين <b>حماية أداة تحميل التشغيل باستخدام كلمة السر</b> ثم قم "
-#~ "بتعيين <b>كلمة السر</b>\n"
+#~ " قم بتعيين <b>حماية أداة تحميل التشغيل باستخدام كلمة السر</b> ثم قم بتعيين <b>كلمة السر</b>\n"
#~ " ثم <b>إعادة كتابة كلمة السر</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Device to Boot"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line definition
@@ -101,8 +100,7 @@
msgstr "كلمة المرور CA (الأمن: تحصل على هذا من البيئة المتغيرة)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
+msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
msgstr "كلمة المرور P12 (الأمن: تحصل على هذا من البيئة المتغيرة)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112
@@ -119,11 +117,9 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and "
-"certificate\n"
+"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n"
-"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and "
-"certificate from a file.\n"
+"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -373,9 +369,7 @@
#.
#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server "
-"Name and E-Mail."
+msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail."
msgstr "لا يمكن تقييم اسم الجهاز المحلي. غير قيم واسم خادم البريد الإلكتروني."
#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754)
@@ -397,15 +391,13 @@
msgstr "حذف الإعدادات القديمة؟"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338
-msgid ""
-"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue."
+msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue."
msgstr "غير قادر على استرداد كلمة مرور جذر النظام. عين كلمة مرور CA الاستمرار."
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325
msgid ""
"The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n"
-"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
-"creation.\n"
+"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
msgstr ""
"كلمة المرور قصيرة جداً للاستخدام للشهادات. \n"
"أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات أو عطل إنشاء الشهادة.\n"
@@ -462,10 +454,8 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406
msgid ""
-"The root password is too short for use as the password for the "
-"certificates.\n"
-" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
-"creation.\n"
+"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n"
+" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
msgstr ""
"كلمة مرور الجذر قصيرة جداً للاستخدام ككلمة مرور للشهادات.\n"
"أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات أو عطل إنشاء الشهادة.\n"
@@ -479,12 +469,8 @@
msgstr "استيراد CA، والشهادة من ملف"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427
-msgid ""
-"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is "
-"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هل اسم المضيف الافتراضي <b>لينكس</b> فريد حقا؟ الشهادة صالحة فقط إذا كان "
-"اسم المضيف صحيح.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هل اسم المضيف الافتراضي <b>لينكس</b> فريد حقا؟ الشهادة صالحة فقط إذا كان اسم المضيف صحيح.</p>"
#. menu title
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468
@@ -521,8 +507,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and "
-"<b>certificates</b>\n"
+"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n"
"while completing the installation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -534,8 +519,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in "
-"the installed system \n"
+"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n"
"if you do not want to create or import it now.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -635,8 +619,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA "
-"and certificate\n"
+"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n"
"Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -667,66 +650,38 @@
#. help text 1/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted "
-"network connections.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>شهادة الخادم مستخدمة من قبل الخدمات التي توفر اتصالات شبكة الاتصال SSL/"
-"TLS المشفرة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>شهادة الخادم مستخدمة من قبل الخدمات التي توفر اتصالات شبكة الاتصال SSL/TLS المشفرة.</p>"
#. help text 2/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a "
-"certificate for several services running on this host. "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>الغرض من <b>شهادة الخادم المشترك</b> تقديم شهادة للعديد من الخدمات التي "
-"تعمل على هذا المضيف. "
+msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. "
+msgstr "<p>الغرض من <b>شهادة الخادم المشترك</b> تقديم شهادة للعديد من الخدمات التي تعمل على هذا المضيف. "
#. help text 3/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during "
-"configuration of such a service.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"بعض نماذج YaST توفير القدرة على استخدام هذه الشهادة أثناء إعداد مثل هذه "
-"الخدمة.</p>"
+msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>"
+msgstr "بعض نماذج YaST توفير القدرة على استخدام هذه الشهادة أثناء إعداد مثل هذه الخدمة.</p>"
#. help text 4/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server "
-"certificate or replace the current one.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مع الزر <b>استيراد/استبدال</b> يمكنك إضافة شهادة خادم جديدة أو استبدال "
-"الحالية.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مع الزر <b>استيراد/استبدال</b> يمكنك إضافة شهادة خادم جديدة أو استبدال الحالية.</p>"
#. help text 5/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But "
-"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك إزالة الشهادات بالنقر على زر <b>إزالة</b> . ولكن تأكد أنها لن "
-"تستخدم بعد الآن بالخدمات الأخرى.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك إزالة الشهادات بالنقر على زر <b>إزالة</b> . ولكن تأكد أنها لن تستخدم بعد الآن بالخدمات الأخرى.</p>"
#. help text 6/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in "
-"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>شهادات يمكن كتابتها إلى ملف باستخدام <b>تصدير إلى ملف</b> في قسم "
-"<b>الشهادة</b> في الوحدة النمطية <b>إدارة CA</b> .</p>"
+msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>شهادات يمكن كتابتها إلى ملف باستخدام <b>تصدير إلى ملف</b> في قسم <b>الشهادة</b> في الوحدة النمطية <b>إدارة CA</b> .</p>"
#. help text 7/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 "
-"format with CA chain</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يجب أن تكون شهادات المراد استيرادها من القرص مكتوبة <b>تنسيق PKCS12 مع "
-"سلسلة CA</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يجب أن تكون شهادات المراد استيرادها من القرص مكتوبة <b>تنسيق PKCS12 مع سلسلة CA</b>.</p>"
#. help text 8/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132
@@ -789,12 +744,8 @@
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</"
-"b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يتم توفير معلومات خاصة حول CA الحالي حسب <b>الشهادات</b>و <b>CRL</b>و "
-"<b>خيارات متقدمة</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يتم توفير معلومات خاصة حول CA الحالي حسب <b>الشهادات</b>و <b>CRL</b>و <b>خيارات متقدمة</b>.</p>"
#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA
#. @param CA name
@@ -929,11 +880,8 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51
-msgid ""
-"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some "
-"default values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>عند إنشاء subCA جديدة أو الشهادة، النظام يقترح بعض القيم الافتراضية.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>عند إنشاء subCA جديدة أو الشهادة، النظام يقترح بعض القيم الافتراضية.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57
@@ -944,21 +892,13 @@
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ومع ذلك، سيتم استخدام الإعدادات التي تم تعديلها للإدخالات <b>الجديدة</B> "
-"فقط.</p>"
+msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>ومع ذلك، سيتم استخدام الإعدادات التي تم تعديلها للإدخالات <b>الجديدة</B> فقط.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client "
-"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك تحرير الإعدادات الافتراضية من أجل <b>subCAs</b>و <b>شهادات العميل</"
-"b>، و <b>شهادات الملقم</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك تحرير الإعدادات الافتراضية من أجل <b>subCAs</b>و <b>شهادات العميل</b>، و <b>شهادات الملقم</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79
msgid "Default Settings for:"
@@ -978,12 +918,8 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are "
-"saved.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هذا الإطار يعطي لمحة عامة عن كافة الإعدادات الافتراضية قبل أن يتم حفظها.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هذا الإطار يعطي لمحة عامة عن كافة الإعدادات الافتراضية قبل أن يتم حفظها.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142
@@ -1096,14 +1032,8 @@
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The "
-"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the "
-"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>أولاً، انظر قائمة عرض مع جميع الشهادات المتوفرة من هذا CA. الأعمدة هي DN "
-"للشهادات بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني وحالة الشهادة (مثل صحيح أو تم "
-"إبطالها).</p>"
+msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>أولاً، انظر قائمة عرض مع جميع الشهادات المتوفرة من هذا CA. الأعمدة هي DN للشهادات بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني وحالة الشهادة (مثل صحيح أو تم إبطالها).</p>"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52
@@ -1112,18 +1042,13 @@
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete "
-"certificate.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>عرض</b> يفتح نافذة بتمثيل نص الشهادة الكاملة.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>وعلاوة على ذلك، يمكنك <b>إلغاء</b>أو <b>حذف</b>أو <b>تصدير</b> شهادة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>وعلاوة على ذلك، يمكنك <b>إلغاء</b>أو <b>حذف</b>أو <b>تصدير</b> شهادة.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71
@@ -1132,9 +1057,7 @@
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected "
-"certificate.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>"
msgstr "<p>في المجال أدناه، راجع اهم قيم الشهادة المحددة.</p>"
#. popup window header
@@ -1481,8 +1404,7 @@
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
msgstr "<p>عند إنشاء CRL جديدة، النظام يقترح بعض القيم الافتراضية.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
@@ -1519,15 +1441,8 @@
#. Translators: long help text - security information
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111
-msgid ""
-"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write "
-"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored "
-"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be "
-"readable for the root user."
-msgstr ""
-"تحذير!<br>تنشيط الإنشاء التلقائي وتصدير CRL إلى كتابة كلمة المرور CA إلى ملف "
-"إعداد على القرص. سيتم تخزين كلمة المرور هناك بتنسيق النص العادي تعد ضرورية "
-"لإنشاء CRL. الملف سيكون قابل للقراءة للمستخدم الجذر فقط."
+msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user."
+msgstr "تحذير!<br>تنشيط الإنشاء التلقائي وتصدير CRL إلى كتابة كلمة المرور CA إلى ملف إعداد على القرص. سيتم تخزين كلمة المرور هناك بتنسيق النص العادي تعد ضرورية لإنشاء CRL. الملف سيكون قابل للقراءة للمستخدم الجذر فقط."
#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA
#. @param selected CA
@@ -1542,28 +1457,12 @@
msgstr "<p>تصدير CRL CA هذا مرة واحدة بتحديد <b>تصدير مرة واحدة</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384
-msgid ""
-"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation "
-"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in "
-"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can "
-"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and "
-"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لإعداد حدد إ`ادة الإنشاء المتكررة من CRL <b>إعادة الإنشاء المتكررة "
-"والتصدير</b>. في هذه الحالة بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لإعادة إنشاء في <b>الفاصل "
-"الزمني للدوري</b>. إذا قمت بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لمدة 24 ساعة بالإضافة إلى "
-"ذلك يمكنك تحديد ساعة للتصدير. الرجاء التأكد من قراءة وفهم <b>المعلومات "
-"الأمنية</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لإعداد حدد إ`ادة الإنشاء المتكررة من CRL <b>إعادة الإنشاء المتكررة والتصدير</b>. في هذه الحالة بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لإعادة إنشاء في <b>الفاصل الزمني للدوري</b>. إذا قمت بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لمدة 24 ساعة بالإضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك تحديد ساعة للتصدير. الرجاء التأكد من قراءة وفهم <b>المعلومات الأمنية</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP "
-"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</"
-"b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك تنشيط صادرات من CRL إلى ملف محلي أو إلى خادم LDAP أو كليهما. قم "
-"بإعداد مُعامِل كل منهما في <b>تصدير إلى ملف محلي</b> و <b>تصدير إلى LDAP</b>.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك تنشيط صادرات من CRL إلى ملف محلي أو إلى خادم LDAP أو كليهما. قم بإعداد مُعامِل كل منهما في <b>تصدير إلى ملف محلي</b> و <b>تصدير إلى LDAP</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401
msgid "Export once"
@@ -1737,45 +1636,30 @@
#. help text 5/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, "
-"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>اسم CA</b> هو اسم شهادة CA. استخدم فقط الأحرف، \"a-z\"، \"من الألف إلى "
-"الياء\"، \"-\"، وعلى \"_\".</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>اسم CA</b> هو اسم شهادة CA. استخدم فقط الأحرف، \"a-z\"، \"من الألف إلى الياء\"، \"-\"، وعلى \"_\".</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123
msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>الاسم الشائع</b> هو اسم CA.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the "
-"certificate.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>الاسم الشائع</b> هو الاسم المستخدم الذي ينشئ الشهادة.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>الاسم الشائع</b> هو اسم المجال المؤهل بالكامل من الملقم.</p>"
#. help text 6/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server "
-"administrator.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>عناوين البريد الإلكتروني</b> هي عناوين بريد إلكتروني صالحة للمستخدم أو "
-"مدير الخادم.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>عناوين البريد الإلكتروني</b> هي عناوين بريد إلكتروني صالحة للمستخدم أو مدير الخادم.</p>"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and "
-"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>منظمة</b>, <b>الوحدة التنظيمية</b>، و <b>المكان</b>و <b>الدولة</b> "
-"غالباً ما اختياري.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>منظمة</b>, <b>الوحدة التنظيمية</b>، و <b>المكان</b>و <b>الدولة</b> غالباً ما اختياري.</p>"
#. To translators: pushbutton label
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173
@@ -1806,31 +1690,18 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469
-msgid ""
-"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length "
-"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>المفتاح الخاص من CA يحتاج كلمة <B>المرور</B> بطول بحد أدنى خمسة أحرف. "
-"لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، إدخله في الحقل التالي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>المفتاح الخاص من CA يحتاج كلمة <B>المرور</B> بطول بحد أدنى خمسة أحرف. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، إدخله في الحقل التالي.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use "
-"certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>كل CAله <b>طول مفتاح</b>. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تستخدم شهادات مفاتيح "
-"خاصة أطوال .</p>"
+msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>كل CAله <b>طول مفتاح</b>. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تستخدم شهادات مفاتيح خاصة أطوال .</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484
-msgid ""
-"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the "
-"time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اCA صالحاً لفترة محددة فقط (<b>افترة الصلاحية</b>). إدخال الإطار الزمني "
-"بالأيام.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اCA صالحاً لفترة محددة فقط (<b>افترة الصلاحية</b>). إدخال الإطار الزمني بالأيام.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#. help text 4/4
@@ -1838,60 +1709,33 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these "
-"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work "
-"correctly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>خيارات متقدمة</b> خيارات خاصة جداً. إذا قمت بتغيير هذه الخيارات، لا "
-"تضمن سوزي أن الشهادة التي تم إنشاؤها ستعمل بشكل صحيح.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>خيارات متقدمة</b> خيارات خاصة جداً. إذا قمت بتغيير هذه الخيارات، لا تضمن سوزي أن الشهادة التي تم إنشاؤها ستعمل بشكل صحيح.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498
-msgid ""
-"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum "
-"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next "
-"field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>المفتاح الخاص بالشهادة يحتاج كلمة <B>المرور</B> مع طول الحد أدنى خمسة "
-"أحرف. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، إدخاله في الحقل التالي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>المفتاح الخاص بالشهادة يحتاج كلمة <B>المرور</B> مع طول الحد أدنى خمسة أحرف. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، إدخاله في الحقل التالي.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that "
-"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>كل شهادة لها <b>طول مفتاح</b>. بعض التطبيقات تستخدم مفاتيح خاصة بأطوال "
-"مختلفة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>كل شهادة لها <b>طول مفتاح</b>. بعض التطبيقات تستخدم مفاتيح خاصة بأطوال مختلفة.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513
-msgid ""
-"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). "
-"Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تكون الشهادة صالحة لفترة محددة فقط (<b>فترة الصلاحية</b>). إدخال الإطار "
-"الزمني بالأيام.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تكون الشهادة صالحة لفترة محددة فقط (<b>فترة الصلاحية</b>). إدخال الإطار الزمني بالأيام.</p>"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528
-msgid ""
-"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum "
-"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next "
-"field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يحتاج المفتاح الخاص عند الطلب كلمة <B>المرور</B> مع طول بحد أدنى خمسة "
-"أحرف. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، إدخاله في الحقل التالي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يحتاج المفتاح الخاص عند الطلب كلمة <B>المرور</B> مع طول بحد أدنى خمسة أحرف. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، إدخاله في الحقل التالي.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use "
-"certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>كل طلب له <b>طول مفتاح</b>. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تستخدم شهادات أطوال "
-"مفاتيح خاصة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>كل طلب له <b>طول مفتاح</b>. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تستخدم شهادات أطوال مفاتيح خاصة.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561
msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password"
@@ -1925,9 +1769,7 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be "
-"created.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>"
msgstr "<p>هذا الإطار يعطي لمحة عامة عن كافة إعدادات CA الذي سيتم إنشاؤه.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
@@ -1937,11 +1779,8 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that "
-"will be created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هذا الإطار يعطي لمحة عامة عن كافة الإعدادات للشهادة التي سيتم إنشاؤها.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هذا الإطار يعطي لمحة عامة عن كافة الإعدادات للشهادة التي سيتم إنشاؤها.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716
@@ -1950,11 +1789,8 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be "
-"created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هذا الإطار يعطي لمحة عامة عن كافة إعدادات الطلب التي سيتم إنشاؤها.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هذا الإطار يعطي لمحة عامة عن كافة إعدادات الطلب التي سيتم إنشاؤها.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727
@@ -2066,15 +1902,8 @@
#.
#. Creating a new CA/Certificate
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that "
-"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the "
-"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</"
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>يبين هذا الإطار كذلك سمات وملحقات OpenSSL X509v3 التي يمكن تعيينها. إذا "
-"كنت غير معتاداً على هذه الملحقات، تشير إلى ملف /usr/share/doc/packages/"
-"openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
+msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
+msgstr "<P>يبين هذا الإطار كذلك سمات وملحقات OpenSSL X509v3 التي يمكن تعيينها. إذا كنت غير معتاداً على هذه الملحقات، تشير إلى ملف /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61
msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>"
@@ -2139,12 +1968,8 @@
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The "
-"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>أولاً، انظر قائمة عرض مع جميع الطلبات المتاحة من CA. الأعمدة هي DN للطلب "
-"بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني.</p>"
+msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>أولاً، انظر قائمة عرض مع جميع الطلبات المتاحة من CA. الأعمدة هي DN للطلب بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53
@@ -2153,31 +1978,22 @@
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete "
-"request.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>العرض</b> يفتح نافذة تمثل نص لطلب الإكمال.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>"
msgstr "<p>يمكنك أيضا <b>تسجيل الدخول</b>أو <b>حذف</b>أو <b>تصدير</b> طلب.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new "
-"request.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>بواسطة <b>الاستيراد</b>، قراءة طلب جديد. مع <b>إضافة</b>، إنشاء طلب جديد."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>بواسطة <b>الاستيراد</b>، قراءة طلب جديد. مع <b>إضافة</b>، إنشاء طلب جديد.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79
-msgid ""
-"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>"
msgstr "<p>في المجال أدناه، انظر أهم القيم للطلب المحدد.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326
@@ -2271,14 +2087,12 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
msgstr "<p>هذا الطلب له ملحقات طلب خاص الذي يمكنك قبوله.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr "<p>إذا كنت ترفض هذه الملحقات، ستؤخذ القيم الافتراضية بدلاً من ذلك.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
@@ -2291,12 +2105,8 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be "
-"signed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هذا الإطار يعطي لمحة عامة عن كافة إعدادات الطلب التي سيتم التوقيع عليها.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هذا الإطار يعطي لمحة عامة عن كافة إعدادات الطلب التي سيتم التوقيع عليها.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
@@ -2349,14 +2159,12 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ينشئ CA جذر <b></b> ينشئ CA جذر مصدق جديدة.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
+msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr "<p>لمزيد من المعلومات حول إدارة CA، الرجاء قراءة الدليل.</p>"
#. To translators: pushbutton label
@@ -2570,20 +2378,15 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n"
-" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue."
-"</p>\n"
+" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>استيراد شهادة الخادم المشترك (PKCS12 + تنسيق سلسلة CA)\n"
" من القرص:</big></b> حدد اسم ملف واحد واضغط <b>التالي</b> للاستمرار.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222
-msgid ""
-"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place "
-"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
-msgstr ""
-"استيراد شهادة الخادم والمراسلون CA ونسخة منها إلى مكان حيث الوحدات النمطية "
-"الأخرى YaST ابحث عن مثل هذه الشهادة المشتركة."
+msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
+msgstr "استيراد شهادة الخادم والمراسلون CA ونسخة منها إلى مكان حيث الوحدات النمطية الأخرى YaST ابحث عن مثل هذه الشهادة المشتركة."
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230
@@ -2625,8 +2428,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369
msgid ""
"The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n"
-"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in "
-"subject alternative names."
+"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names."
msgstr ""
"اسم المضيف لهذا الخادم (command: hostname --long) يجب أن تطابق\n"
"أما الاسم الشائع للشهادة (CN) أو القيم في أسماء الموضوع البديلة."
@@ -2697,12 +2499,10 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658
msgid ""
"Key Password is required. \n"
-"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not "
-"encrypted key."
+"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key."
msgstr ""
"مفتاح كلمة المرور مطلوب. \n"
-"يجب أن تكون كلمة المرور من أجل المفتاح مشفرة أو كلمة مرور جديدة في حالة وجود "
-"مفتاح غير مشفر."
+"يجب أن تكون كلمة المرور من أجل المفتاح مشفرة أو كلمة مرور جديدة في حالة وجود مفتاح غير مشفر."
#. Error popup
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693
@@ -3303,43 +3103,26 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n"
-#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
-#~ "creation.\n"
+#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "كلمة المرور قصيرة جداً للاستخدام ككلمة مرور للشهادات. \n"
#~ " أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات أو عطل إنشاء الشهادة.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the "
-#~ "certificates. \n"
-#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
-#~ "creation.\n"
+#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n"
+#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "كلمة مرور الجذر قصيرة جداً للاستخدام ككلمة مرور للشهادات. \n"
#~ " أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات أو عطل إنشاء الشهادة.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server "
-#~ "certificate or replace the currect one.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>مع زر <b>الاستيراد/استبدال</b> يمكنك إضافة شهادة خادم جديدة أو استبدال "
-#~ "currect أحد.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the currect one.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>مع زر <b>الاستيراد/استبدال</b> يمكنك إضافة شهادة خادم جديدة أو استبدال currect أحد.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>For more informations, please read the manual.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>لمزيد من المعلومات، الرجاء قراءة الدليل.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL select <b>Repeated "
-#~ "recreation and export</b>. In this case set the interval for the "
-#~ "recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 "
-#~ "hours you can additionally select the hour for the export. Please make "
-#~ "sure you read and understood the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>لإعداد حدد إ`ادة الإنشاء المتكررة من CRL <b>إعادة الإنشاء المتكررة "
-#~ "والتصدير</b>. في هذه الحالة بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لإعادة إنشاء في "
-#~ "<b>الفاصل الزمني للدوري</b>. إذا قمت بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لمدة 24 ساعة "
-#~ "بالإضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك تحديد ساعة للتصدير. الرجاء التأكد من قراءة وفهم "
-#~ "<b>المعلومات الأمنية</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours you can additionally select the hour for the export. Please make sure you read and understood the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>لإعداد حدد إ`ادة الإنشاء المتكررة من CRL <b>إعادة الإنشاء المتكررة والتصدير</b>. في هذه الحالة بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لإعادة إنشاء في <b>الفاصل الزمني للدوري</b>. إذا قمت بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لمدة 24 ساعة بالإضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك تحديد ساعة للتصدير. الرجاء التأكد من قراءة وفهم <b>المعلومات الأمنية</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Export to file failed"
#~ msgstr "فشل التصدير إلى ملف"
@@ -3350,37 +3133,24 @@
#~ msgid "Export to LDAP failed"
#~ msgstr "فشل التصدير إلى LDAP"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that "
-#~ "can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the "
-#~ "file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-"
-#~ "doc).</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>يبين هذا الإطار كذلك سمات وملحقات OpenSSL X509v3 التي يمكن تعيينها. "
-#~ "إذا كنت غير معتاداً على هذه الملحقات، تشير إلى ملف /usr/share/doc/packages/"
-#~ "openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>يبين هذا الإطار كذلك سمات وملحقات OpenSSL X509v3 التي يمكن تعيينها. إذا كنت غير معتاداً على هذه الملحقات، تشير إلى ملف /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
#~ msgid "Currently not supported."
#~ msgstr "حاليا غير معتمدة."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>لمزيد من المعلومات حول إدارة CA، الرجاء قراءة الدليل.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The new password is too short for use as the password for the "
-#~ "certificates.\n"
+#~ "The new password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n"
#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "كلمة المرور الجديدة قصيرة جداً للاستخدام ككلمة مرور للشهادات.\n"
#~ " أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a "
-#~ "place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "استيراد شهادة الخادم والمراسلون CA ونسخة منها إلى مكان حيث الوحدات "
-#~ "النمطية الأخرى YaST ابحث عن مثل هذه الشهادة المشتركة."
+#~ msgid "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
+#~ msgstr "استيراد شهادة الخادم والمراسلون CA ونسخة منها إلى مكان حيث الوحدات النمطية الأخرى YaST ابحث عن مثل هذه الشهادة المشتركة."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of\n"
Added: trunk/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# Arabic message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 1999 SuSE GmbH.
+# Ghayss Tarraf <jodi(a)suse.de>, 2000.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-13 15:36+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ghayss Tarraf <jodi(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: Arabic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: ar\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Yes"
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "نعم"
+
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+msgid "Filter channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Directory Selection"
+msgid "&Clear selection"
+msgstr "اختيار الدليل"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+msgid "&Unban Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+msgid ""
+"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Ranges to Unban."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module
@@ -78,7 +77,6 @@
msgstr "إعداد Csync2"
#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51
-#| msgid "Configure Csync2"
msgid "Configure conntrackd"
msgstr "إعداد conntrackd"
@@ -93,12 +91,10 @@
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
-#| msgid "Member Address:"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "عنوان IP"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
-#| msgid "Member Address:"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "عنوان IP المكرر"
@@ -133,7 +129,6 @@
msgstr "قناة زائدة عن الحاجة"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480
-#| msgid "Cluster"
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "اسم العنقود:"
@@ -163,20 +158,12 @@
msgstr "المواضيع:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/"
-"authkey."
-msgstr ""
-"للمجموعة التي تم إنشاؤها حديثا، اضغط على الزر أدناه "
-"لإنشاء/etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgstr "للمجموعة التي تم إنشاؤها حديثا، اضغط على الزر أدناه لإنشاء/etc/corosync/authkey."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742
-msgid ""
-"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
-"nodes manually."
-msgstr ""
-"للانضمام إلى عنقود موجود, الرجاء نسخ/etc/corosync/authkey من العقد الأخرى "
-"يدوياً."
+msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "للانضمام إلى عنقود موجود, الرجاء نسخ/etc/corosync/authkey من العقد الأخرى يدوياً."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917
msgid "Running"
@@ -192,12 +179,10 @@
msgstr "إقلااع"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895
-#| msgid "On -- Start openais at booting"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgstr "عند -- الإقلاع تشغيل pacemaker"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902
-#| msgid "Off -- Start openais manually only"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgstr "إيقاف -- تشغيل pacemaker يدوياً فقط"
@@ -210,12 +195,10 @@
msgstr "الحالة الحالية: "
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925
-#| msgid "Start openais Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "تشغيل pacemaker الآن"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926
-#| msgid "Stop openais Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "إيقاف pacemaker الآن"
@@ -307,13 +290,11 @@
#. SaveCsync2();
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
-"cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd هو برنامج خفي ما يساعد على تكرار حالة جدار الحماية بين عقد نظام "
-"المجموعة.\n"
+"Conntrackd هو برنامج خفي ما يساعد على تكرار حالة جدار الحماية بين عقد نظام المجموعة.\n"
"YaST يمكن أن تساعد على إعداد بعض الجوانب الأساسية من Conntrackd.\n"
"لتشغيله أنت بحاجة ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
@@ -336,141 +317,61 @@
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
-"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
-"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
-"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
-"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
-"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
-"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
-"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but "
-"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address "
-"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address."
-"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 "
-"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must "
-"be specified.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
-"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
-"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></"
-"p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
-"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
-"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
-"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from "
-"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
-"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
-"not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
-"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
-"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
-"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
-"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
-"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
-"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen."
-"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting "
-"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is "
-"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></"
-"p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using "
-"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are "
-"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the "
-"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this "
-"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to "
-"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates "
-"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for "
-"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
-"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
-"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 "
-"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this "
-"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces "
-"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles "
-"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks "
-"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible "
-"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A "
-"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option "
-"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame "
-"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is "
-"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this "
-"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i
s on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot "
-"or not</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when "
-"Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>تمهيد</big></b><br>بدء تشغيل خدمة corosync أثناء الإقلاع أم "
-"لا</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big></b><br>تمكين المنفذ عند تمكين جدار "
-"حماية</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>تمهيد</big></b><br>بدء تشغيل خدمة corosync أثناء الإقلاع أم لا</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big></b><br>تمكين المنفذ عند تمكين جدار حماية</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
-"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
-"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
-"synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed "
-"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is "
-"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup "
-"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</"
-"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>مضيف المزامنة</big></b><br>يجب أن تكون أسماء المضيفين "
-"المستخدمة هنا أسماء مضيفين محليين من عقد نظام المجموعة. وهذا يعني أنه يجب "
-"استخدام نفس السلسلة بالضبط كما تطبع بواسطة الأمر اسم المضيف.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>مزامنة الملف</big></b><br>اسم الملف الكامل المراد مزامنتها.</"
-"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>مفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة</big></b><br>يتم تنفيذ المصادقة "
-"باستخدام عناوين IP ومفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة في Csync2. يتم إنشاء ملف المفتاح "
-"مع csync2-ك/etc/csync2/key_hagroup. يجب نسخ الملف key_hagroup إلى جميع أعضاء "
-"الكتلة يدوياً بعد إنشائه.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>مضيف المزامنة</big></b><br>يجب أن تكون أسماء المضيفين المستخدمة هنا أسماء مضيفين محليين من عقد نظام المجموعة. وهذا يعني أنه يجب استخدام نفس السلسلة بالضبط كما تطبع بواسطة الأمر اسم المضيف.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>مزامنة الملف</big></b><br>اسم الملف الكامل المراد مزامنتها.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>مفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة</big></b><br>يتم تنفيذ المصادقة باستخدام عناوين IP ومفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة في Csync2. يتم إنشاء ملف المفتاح مع csync2-ك/etc/csync2/key_hagroup. يجب نسخ الملف key_hagroup إلى جميع أعضاء الكتلة يدوياً بعد إنشائه.</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network "
-"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for "
-"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
-"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
-"used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
-"syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -489,9 +390,6 @@
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -524,7 +422,6 @@
#. Cluster read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
-#| msgid "Initializing Cluster Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "تهيئة إعدادات العنقود"
@@ -570,7 +467,6 @@
#. read database
#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
-#| msgid "Cannot load existing configuration."
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "لا يمكن تحميل الإعدادات المسبقة"
@@ -591,7 +487,6 @@
#. Cluster read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
-#| msgid "Saving Cluster Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "حفظ إعدادات العنقود"
@@ -620,143 +515,43 @@
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
-#~ "corosync/authkey."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "للمجموعة التي تم إنشاؤها حديثا، اضغط على الزر أدناه لإنشاء/etc/corosync/"
-#~ "authkey."
+#~ msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#~ msgstr "للمجموعة التي تم إنشاؤها حديثا، اضغط على الزر أدناه لإنشاء/etc/corosync/authkey."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the "
-#~| "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should "
-#~| "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over "
-#~| "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an "
-#~| "IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this "
-#~| "case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic "
-#~| "selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with "
-#~| "IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified."
-#~| "<br></p>\n"
-#~| "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address "
-#~| "used by openais executive. The default should work for most "
-#~| "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a "
-#~| "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config"
-#~| "\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, "
-#~| "in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, "
-#~| "the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-#~| "<p><b><big>Multicast Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port "
-#~| "number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network "
-#~| "with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></"
-#~| "p>\n"
-#~| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is "
-#~| "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 "
-#~| "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster "
-#~| "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id "
-#~| "will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which "
-#~| "the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier "
-#~| "value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-#~| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant "
-#~| "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication "
-#~| "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty "
-#~| "network environments but with less performance. Passive replication "
-#~| "may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol "
-#~| "doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only "
-#~| "one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If "
-#~| "only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically "
-#~| "chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active "
-#~| "or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+#~| "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+#~| "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+#~| "<p><b><big>Multicast Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+#~| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+#~| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the "
-#~ "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should "
-#~ "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over "
-#~ "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 "
-#~ "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the "
-#~ "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of "
-#~ "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 "
-#~ "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address "
-#~ "used by openais executive. The default should work for most "
-#~ "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a "
-#~ "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config"
-#~ "\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in "
-#~ "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-#~ "nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-#~ "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the "
-#~ "openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes "
-#~ "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu "
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is "
-#~ "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 "
-#~ "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster "
-#~ "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will "
-#~ "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the "
-#~ "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value "
-#~ "of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant "
-#~ "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication "
-#~ "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-#~ "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-#~ "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't "
-#~ "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one "
-#~ "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only "
-#~ "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If "
-#~ "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may "
-#~ "be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>ربط عنوان شبكة الاتصال</big></b><br>يحدد هذا العناوين اللتي "
-#~ "يجب أن تربط بواسطة openais. وينبغي دائماً أن ينتهي هذا العنوان بصفر. "
-#~ "إذا كان ينبغي توجيه حركة مرور totem عبر 192.168.5.92، عين عنوان "
-#~ "نقطة الربط إلى 192.168.5.0.<br>قد يكون هذا أيضا عنوان IPV6، وستستخدم في "
-#~ "حالة الربط الشبكي IPV6. في هذه الحالة، يجب تحديد العنوان الكامل، ولا "
-#~ "يوجد أي تحديد تلقائي لواجهة شبكة الاتصال ضمن شبكة فرعية معينة. كما "
-#~ "هو الحال مع IPv4. إذا كان سيتم استخدام IPv6 للربط الشبكي، يجب تحديد "
-#~ "حقل nodeid.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>عنوان الإرسال المتعدد</big></b><br>هذا هو عنوان الإرسال "
-#~ "المتعدد اللذي سيستخدمه openais التنفيذي. الإفتراضي يجب أن يعمل على "
-#~ "أغلب الشبكات. لكن مدير شبكة الاتصال يجب أن يعلم عن عنوان الإرسال "
-#~ "المستخدم. تجنب استخدام 224.x.x.x لأن هذا هو ملف \"config\" عنوان "
-#~ "الإرسال المتعدد .<br>قد يكون هذا أيضا عنوان الإرسال المتعدد IPV6 "
-#~ "المستخدم في شبكة IPV6، إذا كانت شبكة IPV6 تستخدمه في هذه الحالة، يجب "
-#~ "تحديد حقل nodeid.</p><p><b><big>منفذ الإرسال المتعدد</big></b><br>وهذا "
-#~ "يحدد رقم المنفذ UDP. من الممكن استخدام نفس عنوان الإرسال المتعدد "
-#~ "على شبكة مع خدمات openais التي تم إعدادها لمختلف منافذ UDP.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>معرف العقدة</big></b><br>خيار الإعداد هذا اختياري عند "
-#~ "استخدام IPv4 ومطلوبة عند استخدام IPv6. هذا قيمة 32 بت تحدد مُعرف "
-#~ "العقدة التي سلمت إلى أعضاء خدمة العنقود. إذا لم يتم تحديد هذا مع IPv4، "
-#~ "سيتم تحديد معرف العقدة من 32 بت معالجة عناوين IP في النظام الذي يرتبط "
-#~ "مع معرف ring 0. قيمة معرف العقدة من الصفر محجوز ولا ينبغي أن يستخدم."
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>وهذا يحدد وضع الحلقة الزائدة عن الحاجة، "
-#~ "التي قد تكون لا شيء،، إيجابي أو سلبي. إيجابي يعني زمن أقل قليلاً للتسليم "
-#~ "في بيئات الشبكة الخاطئ ولكن مع أداء أقل سلبي يقدم ضعف سرعة المعالجة "
-#~ "من بروتوكول totem إذا لم يصبح البروتوكول مقيد بوحدة المعالجة المركزية. "
-#~ "الخيار النهائي هو لا شيء، وهنا سيتم استخدام حالة واجهة شبكة اتصال واحد "
-#~ "فقط لتشغيل بروتوكول totem. إذا كان هناك واجهة التوجيه محدد واحدة فقط، "
-#~ "يتم اختيار لا شيئ تلقائياً. إذا كان هناك أكثر من واجهة محددة، يمكن "
-#~ "اختيار الإيجابي أو السلبي فقط.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>ربط عنوان شبكة الاتصال</big></b><br>يحدد هذا العناوين اللتي يجب أن تربط بواسطة openais. وينبغي دائماً أن ينتهي هذا العنوان بصفر. إذا كان ينبغي توجيه حركة مرور totem عبر 192.168.5.92، عين عنوان نقطة الربط إلى 192.168.5.0.<br>قد يكون هذا أيضا عنوان IPV6، وستستخدم في حالة الربط الشبكي IPV6. في هذه الحالة، يجب تحديد العنوان الكامل، ولا يوجد أي تحديد تلقائي لواجهة شبكة الاتصال ضمن شبكة فرعية معينة. كما هو الحال مع IPv4. إذا كان سيتم استخدام IPv6 للربط الشبكي، يجب تحديد حقل nodeid.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>عنوان الإرسال المتعدد</big></b><br>هذا هو عنوان الإرسال المتعدد اللذي سيستخدمه openais التنفيذي. الإفتراضي يجب أن يعمل على أغلب الشبكات. لكن مدير شبكة الاتصال يجب أن يعلم عن عنوان الإرسال المستخدم. تجنب استخدام 224.x.x.x لأن هذا هو ملف \"config\" عنوان الإرسال المتعدد .<br>قد يكون هذا أيضا عنوان الإرسال المتعدد IPV6 المستخدم في شبكة IPV6، إذا كانت شبكة IPV6 تستخدمه في هذه الحالة، يجب تحديد حقل nodeid.</p><p><b><big>منفذ الإرسال المتعدد</big></b><br>وهذا يحدد رقم المنفذ UDP. من الممكن استخدام نفس عنوان الإرسال المتعدد على شبكة مع خدمات openais التي تم إعدادها لمخت�
�ف منافذ UDP.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>معرف العقدة</big></b><br>خيار الإعداد هذا اختياري عند استخدام IPv4 ومطلوبة عند استخدام IPv6. هذا قيمة 32 بت تحدد مُعرف العقدة التي سلمت إلى أعضاء خدمة العنقود. إذا لم يتم تحديد هذا مع IPv4، سيتم تحديد معرف العقدة من 32 بت معالجة عناوين IP في النظام الذي يرتبط مع معرف ring 0. قيمة معرف العقدة من الصفر محجوز ولا ينبغي أن يستخدم.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>وهذا يحدد وضع الحلقة الزائدة عن الحاجة، التي قد تكون لا شيء،، إيجابي أو سلبي. إيجابي يعني زمن أقل قليلاً للتسليم في بيئات الشبكة الخاطئ ولكن مع أداء أقل سلبي يقدم ضعف سرعة المعالجة من بروتوكول totem إذا لم يصبح البروتوكول مقيد بوحدة المعالجة المركزية. الخيار النهائي هو لا شيء، وهنا سيتم استخدام حالة واجهة شبكة اتصال واحد فقط لتشغيل بروتوكول totem. إذا كان هناك واجهة التوجيه محدد واحدة فقط، يتم اختيار لا شيئ تلقائياً. إذا كان هناك أكثر من واجهة محددة، يمكن اختيار الإيجابي أو السلبي فقط.<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "\n"
-#~| "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during "
-#~| "boot or not</p>\n"
-#~| "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Start mgmtd</big></b><br>Mgmtd daemon is a standalone "
-#~| "service daemon. It is required by the GUI</p>\n"
+#~| "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
+#~| "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Start mgmtd</big></b><br>Mgmtd daemon is a standalone service daemon. It is required by the GUI</p>\n"
#~| "\t\t\t"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during "
-#~ "boot or not</p>\n"
+#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
#~ "\t\t\t"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>إقلاع</big></b><br>بدء تشغيل خدمة openais أثناء الإقلاع "
-#~ "أم لا</p>\n"
-#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>تشغيل mgmtd</big></b><br>daemon الخفي المستقل. فهو مطلوب "
-#~ "من قبل واجهة المستخدم الرسومية</p>\n"
+#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>إقلاع</big></b><br>بدء تشغيل خدمة openais أثناء الإقلاع أم لا</p>\n"
+#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>تشغيل mgmtd</big></b><br>daemon الخفي المستقل. فهو مطلوب من قبل واجهة المستخدم الرسومية</p>\n"
#~ "\t\t\t"
#~ msgid "Enter a member address"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.0\n"
#: src/main_window.cpp:150
@@ -145,19 +144,14 @@
#~ "Be patient, starting of modules can take some seconds.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "لتشغيل إحدى الوحدات النمطية الموجودة على الجانب الأيسر، انقر نقرة واحدة "
-#~ "فقط فوق\n"
+#~ "لتشغيل إحدى الوحدات النمطية الموجودة على الجانب الأيسر، انقر نقرة واحدة فقط فوق\n"
#~ "الرمز المطابق. \n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " تحلى بالصبر، قد يستغرق بدء الوحدات النمطية بضع ثواني.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search"
-#~ "\" button"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يمكن أيضًا البحث عن الكلمات الأساسية (على سبيل المثال، مودم) بالنقر فوق "
-#~ "الزر \"بحث\""
+#~ msgid "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search\" button"
+#~ msgstr "يمكن أيضًا البحث عن الكلمات الأساسية (على سبيل المثال، مودم) بالنقر فوق الزر \"بحث\""
#~ msgid "Nothing found"
#~ msgstr "لم يتم العثور على شيء"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
@@ -54,11 +53,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم "
-"الممكنة."
+msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم الممكنة."
#. summary item
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
@@ -84,20 +80,15 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة "
-"المفاتيح النمطية.\n"
+"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة المفاتيح النمطية.\n"
" تتم كتابة هذه الإعدادات في الملف <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n"
" إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n"
" </p>"
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
-"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تسري هذه الإعدادات على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم بإعداد لوحة "
-"المفاتيح لواجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>تسري هذه الإعدادات على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم بإعداد لوحة المفاتيح لواجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى>.</p>\n"
#. heading text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -178,16 +169,14 @@
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"اختر <b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> المطلوب استخدامه\n"
"للتثبيت وفي النظام المثبت. \n"
"اختبر التخطيط في <b>اختبار</b>.\n"
-" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد "
-"<b>إعدادات متقدمة</b>.\n"
+" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد <b>إعدادات متقدمة</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -206,17 +195,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
-"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"اختر<b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> لاستخدامها في النظام.\n"
-"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل تكرار والتأخير، حدد <b>إعدادات الخبير</b>."
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة "
-"المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب.</p>\n"
+"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل تكرار والتأخير، حدد <b>إعدادات الخبير</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب.</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -349,8 +334,7 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
msgstr "%1 ليست لغة صالحة. استخدم الأمر قائمة للاطلاع على الخيارات المتاحة."
#. label text
@@ -397,13 +381,11 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
-"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة "
-"الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n"
+"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n"
" </p>"
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
@@ -483,20 +465,13 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
-"primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to "
-"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted "
-"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"تحقق من <b>التكيف مع تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى "
-"اللغة الأساسية.\n"
-"تحقق من <b>التكيف مع المنطقة الزمنية</b> لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية "
-"استناداً إلى اللغة الأساسية. إذا كان تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية "
-"مُعد بالفعل تتكيف الإعدادات الافتراضية مع اللغة، ويتم تعطيل الخيار الخاصة بكل "
-"منهما.\n"
+"تحقق من <b>التكيف مع تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة الأساسية.\n"
+"تحقق من <b>التكيف مع المنطقة الزمنية</b> لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية استناداً إلى اللغة الأساسية. إذا كان تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية مُعد بالفعل تتكيف الإعدادات الافتراضية مع اللغة، ويتم تعطيل الخيار الخاصة بكل منهما.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
@@ -555,15 +530,13 @@
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
-"values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ctype فقط</b>: يمتلك الجذر نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم يتم "
-"تعيين\n"
+"<p><b>ctype فقط</b>: يمتلك الجذر نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم يتم تعيين\n"
"القيم الأخرى.<br>\n"
" <b>نعم</b>: يمتلك الجذر نفس الإعدادات المحلية الخاصة بالمستخدم العادي.<br>\n"
" <b>لا</b>: لم يتم تعيين كل المتغيرات المحلية الخاصة بالجذر.\n"
@@ -571,14 +544,8 @@
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
-"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
-"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>الإعداد المحلي المُفصل</b> لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير "
-"المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة "
-"للإعداد المحلي المحدد.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>الإعداد المحلي المُفصل</b> لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة للإعداد المحلي المحدد.</p>"
#. heading text
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
@@ -646,8 +613,7 @@
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the "
-"appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
"يتم تضمين دعم الحد الأدنى للغة المحددة على هذا الوسيط.\n"
@@ -746,28 +712,22 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware "
-"Clock Set To</b>.\n"
-"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
+"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
-"time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"حدد إذا كان إعداد الجهاز على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في <b>تعيين ساعة الأجهزة "
-"على</b>.\n"
-"تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"حدد إذا كان إعداد الجهاز على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في <b>تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على</b>.\n"
+"تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل Microsoft\n"
" Windows) التوقيت المحلي.\n"
"أما الأجهزة المثبت عليها Linux فقط فعادةً ما يتم تعيينها على \n"
"التوقيت العالمي المتفق عليه (UTC).\n"
-"في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي "
-"إلى \n"
+"في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي إلى \n"
"التوقيت الصيفي ثم الرجوع تلقائيًا.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -792,14 +752,11 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
-"system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
-"year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
-"backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -820,12 +777,8 @@
#. help text for set time dialog
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
-"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان المطلوب تغييرها إلى القيم "
-"الصحيحة يدوياً، أو استخدام بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP).</p>"
+msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان المطلوب تغييرها إلى القيم الصحيحة يدوياً، أو استخدام بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP).</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
@@ -950,16 +903,14 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"لتحديد المنطقة الزمنية المطلوب استخدامها في النظام، حدد أولاً<b>المنطقة</b>.\n"
-"في <b>المنطقة الزمنية</b>، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة "
-"المناسبة \n"
+"في <b>المنطقة الزمنية</b>، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة المناسبة \n"
"من المتاحة.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1248,13 +1199,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to "
-#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n"
+#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "مع <b>أجهزة للقفل</b>، أدخل قائمة مفصولة بمسافة من الأجهزة التي تريد "
-#~ "تطبيق إعدادات Scroll Lock وNum Lock وCaps Lock عليها.\n"
+#~ "مع <b>أجهزة للقفل</b>، أدخل قائمة مفصولة بمسافة من الأجهزة التي تريد تطبيق إعدادات Scroll Lock وNum Lock وCaps Lock عليها.\n"
#~ " </p>"
#~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On"
@@ -1273,12 +1222,8 @@
#~ msgstr "يتم الآن بدء SuSEconfig..."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP "
-#~ "configuration. Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>استخدم <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. استخدم <b>حفظ</b> لحفظ "
-#~ "التغييرات إلى LDAP.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration. Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. استخدم <b>حفظ</b> لحفظ التغييرات إلى LDAP.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
@@ -1288,14 +1233,9 @@
#~ msgstr "الوقت والتاريخ"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. Change them to the "
-#~ "correct values manually, or select a NTP server to adapt your time "
-#~ "automatically. Use <b>Configure</b> to run the NTP client configuration.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. Change them to the correct values manually, or select a NTP server to adapt your time automatically. Use <b>Configure</b> to run the NTP client configuration.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يتم عرض وقت النظام الحالي وتاريخه. قم بتغييرهما إلى القيم الصحيحة ثم "
-#~ "اضغط \n"
+#~ "<p>يتم عرض وقت النظام الحالي وتاريخه. قم بتغييرهما إلى القيم الصحيحة ثم اضغط \n"
#~ "<b>تطبيق</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "United Arab Emirates"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. command line help text for DHCP server module
@@ -551,12 +550,10 @@
#. at least minimal configuration
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP "
-"address \n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
-"واحد أو أكثر من واجهات شبكة الاتصال المحددة لم يتم إعدادها (لم يتم تخصيص "
-"عنوان \n"
+"واحد أو أكثر من واجهات شبكة الاتصال المحددة لم يتم إعدادها (لم يتم تخصيص عنوان \n"
"IP وقناع الشبكة)."
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
@@ -758,8 +755,7 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
-"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP "
-"server.\n"
+"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
"يجب أن يكون مدى عناوين DHCP الحركي في نفس الشبكة مثل خادم DHCP.\n"
@@ -919,8 +915,7 @@
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
-"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and "
-"write\n"
+"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n"
"/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n"
"changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n"
" \n"
@@ -930,8 +925,7 @@
"\n"
"هذا غير معتمد من قبل YaST. كما أن الوحدة النمطية لخادم DHCP فقط \n"
"تستطيع قراءة وكتابة /etc/dhcpd.conf. الإعداد \n"
-"الجديد من %1 لن يتم استيراده. وسيتم حفظ كافة التغييرات إلى ملف الإعداد "
-"الافتراضي.\n"
+"الجديد من %1 لن يتم استيراده. وسيتم حفظ كافة التغييرات إلى ملف الإعداد الافتراضي.\n"
" \n"
"هل تريد المتابعة حقا؟\n"
@@ -949,8 +943,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n"
-"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how "
-"hostnames\n"
+"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n"
"are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n"
"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n"
@@ -960,8 +953,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>لإضافة مدى جديد لسجلات DNS</big></b><br />\n"
"يُعرف <b>عنوان IP الأول</b> \n"
-"عنوان بداية المدى ويُعرف <b>آخر عنوان IP</b> آخر المدى. <b>قاعدة اسم المضيف</"
-"b> هي سلسلة أحرف \n"
+"عنوان بداية المدى ويُعرف <b>آخر عنوان IP</b> آخر المدى. <b>قاعدة اسم المضيف</b> هي سلسلة أحرف \n"
"تحدد كيفية إيجاد ip (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"يتم استبدال <tt>%i</tt> بعدد من المضيف في المدى.\n"
"إذا تم تعريف لا <tt>%i</tt> ، تتم إضافة العدد في نهاية \n"
@@ -991,12 +983,10 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n"
-"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be "
-"changed.</p>\n"
+"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>اسم منطقة جديدة</b> أو <b>عكس اسم منطقة</b>\n"
-"مأخوذة من إعدادات شبكة الاتصال وخادم DHCP الحالية، ولذلك، لا يمكن تغيير.</"
-"p>\n"
+"مأخوذة من إعدادات شبكة الاتصال وخادم DHCP الحالية، ولذلك، لا يمكن تغيير.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46
@@ -1037,21 +1027,18 @@
"أجل خادم اسم المنطقة الحالية. وثم يقوم بإرسال \n"
"استعلام DNS هذه إلى خوادم اسم للحصول \n"
"على رد يحتوي على عنوان IP المطلوب.<br />\n"
-"ولهذا السبب، ينبغي ذكر اسم مضيف خادم DNS الحالي كواحد من خوادم اسم المنطقة.</"
-"p>\n"
+"ولهذا السبب، ينبغي ذكر اسم مضيف خادم DNS الحالي كواحد من خوادم اسم المنطقة.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n"
-"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the "
-"current\n"
+"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n"
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإضافة <b>خادم اسم جديد</b>، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>، وإكمال النموذج\n"
-"ثم انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>. إذا تم تضمين اسم خادم الاسم الجديد في منطقة DNS "
-"الحالية، وأيضاً\n"
+"ثم انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>. إذا تم تضمين اسم خادم الاسم الجديد في منطقة DNS الحالية، وأيضاً\n"
"أدخل عنوان ip الخاص به. وهذا إلزامي لأنه يتم \n"
"استخدامه أثناء إنشاء المنطقة.</p>\n"
@@ -1072,8 +1059,7 @@
"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n"
"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n"
-"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to "
-"use\n"
+"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n"
"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>سجلات DNS</big></b><br />\n"
@@ -1147,8 +1133,7 @@
"<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n"
"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>الشبكة الفرعية الحالية</b> و <b>قناع الشبكة</b> إظهار إعدادات شبكة "
-"الاتصال الحالية.\n"
+"<b>الشبكة الفرعية الحالية</b> و <b>قناع الشبكة</b> إظهار إعدادات شبكة الاتصال الحالية.\n"
"<b>المجال</b> مأخوذ من إعداد DHCP الحالي.\n"
"مطابقة <b>عنوان IP الأول</b> و <b>الثاني عنوان\n"
"معرف</b> النطاق الحيوي DHCP الحالي.</p>\n"
@@ -1170,13 +1155,10 @@
"<p>\n"
" To create or remove a single DNS record,\n"
"click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n"
"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n"
"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n"
-"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range "
-"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, "
-"select\n"
+"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n"
"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1186,8 +1168,7 @@
"المناظرة حدد <b>تزامن مع منطقة العكسي</b>.\n"
"استخدام <b>إزالة DNS السجلات المطابقة بين\n"
"مجموعة</b> من <b>المهام الخاصة</b> لحذف أي معلومات تتعلق\n"
-"بهذا المدى من عناوين IP من خادم DNS. لإنشاء سجلات المدى DNS جديدة، حدد "
-"<b>إضافة مدى من DNS سجلات جديدة</b> من <b>المهام الخاصة</b>.</p>\n"
+"بهذا المدى من عناوين IP من خادم DNS. لإنشاء سجلات المدى DNS جديدة، حدد <b>إضافة مدى من DNS سجلات جديدة</b> من <b>المهام الخاصة</b>.</p>\n"
#. old_range: $[
#. "base" : "dhcp-%",
@@ -1465,8 +1446,7 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234
msgid ""
"No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n"
-"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server "
-"defined. \n"
+"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n"
"Really use the current settings?\n"
msgstr ""
"لم تقدم أي عنوان IP لخادم اسم في منطقة DNS الحالية.\n"
@@ -1932,8 +1912,7 @@
"<p><b><big>مفتاح TSIG</big></b><br>\n"
"لجعل تحديثات DNS الحيوي، يجب تعيين مفتاح المصادقة. استخدم\n"
"<b>مفتاح تسيج</b> لتحديد المفتاح لاستخدام للمصادقة. يجب\n"
-"أن يكون المفتاح نفسه من أجل خوادم DHCP و DNS. حدد المفتاح للمنطقة إلى الأمام "
-"أو\n"
+"أن يكون المفتاح نفسه من أجل خوادم DHCP و DNS. حدد المفتاح للمنطقة إلى الأمام أو\n"
"عكس على حد سواء.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
@@ -1954,8 +1933,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
-"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the "
-"DHCP\n"
+"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>مناطق للتحديث</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1967,24 +1945,20 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
-"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started "
-"with \n"
-"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible "
-"options,\n"
+"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
+"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>وسائط بدء خادم DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"هنا يمكنك تحديد المعلمات التي تريد أن تبدء مع الخادم DHCP\n"
-"(مثلاً. \"-p 1234\") لمنفذ غير قياسي للاستماع على). للحصول على جميع الخيارات "
-"الممكنة\n"
+"(مثلاً. \"-p 1234\") لمنفذ غير قياسي للاستماع على). للحصول على جميع الخيارات الممكنة\n"
"راجع المساعدة. إذا تركته فارغاً، ستستخدم القيم الافتراضية.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>اختيار بطاقة الشبكة</big></b><br>\n"
"حدد واحد أو أكثر من بطاقات الشبكة المذكورة لاستخدام خادم DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2048,10 +2022,8 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>خادم طباعة</b> هذا الخادم متوفر على أنه خادم الطباعة الافتراضية.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>خادم طباعة</b> هذا الخادم متوفر على أنه خادم الطباعة الافتراضية.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
@@ -2065,8 +2037,7 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP "
-"expires\n"
+"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>وقت التأجير الافتراضي</b> تعيين الوقت الذي بعده ينتهي \n"
@@ -2090,8 +2061,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
-"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the "
-"same netmask.\n"
+"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n"
"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n"
"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n"
"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
@@ -2100,8 +2070,7 @@
"تعيين <b>عنوان IP الأول</b> و <b>عنوان IP الأخير</b>\n"
"لتأجيره للعملاء. يجب أن يكون لديك هذه العناوين لقناع الشبكة نفسها.\n"
"على سبيل المثال, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> و <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. تحقق\n"
-"من تعيين <b>السماح ببروتوكول بداية حيوي</b> إذا كان المدى المحدد مدى قد يحول "
-"حيوياً\n"
+"من تعيين <b>السماح ببروتوكول بداية حيوي</b> إذا كان المدى المحدد مدى قد يحول حيوياً\n"
"إلى بروتوكول البداية فضلا عن عملاء DHCP</p>.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
@@ -2729,8 +2698,7 @@
msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء كتابة /etc/dhcpd.conf."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP "
-#~ "address \n"
+#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
#~ "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
#~ "Really use this interface?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
@@ -563,15 +562,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid ""
-"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
msgstr "اسم الخادم (بتنسيق مؤهل بشكل كامل ينتهي بنقطة أو الاسم النسبي)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
msgstr "خادم البريد (بتنسيق مؤهل بشكل كامل ينتهي بنقطة أو الاسم النسبي)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
@@ -631,8 +628,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid ""
-"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
msgstr "قيمة سجل مورد DNS، مثل 192.0.34.166 ل example.org في السجل"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
@@ -901,7 +897,6 @@
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760
-#| msgid "DNS server configuration"
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "تخصيص الإعدادات"
@@ -916,13 +911,11 @@
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774
-#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "استخدام نظام خادم الاسم"
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776
-#| msgid "Zone name servers"
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "خادم الاسم هذا (bind)"
@@ -1534,12 +1527,10 @@
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
msgid ""
-"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII "
-"characters excluding '='\n"
+"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
msgstr ""
-"مفتاح تسجيل %{type} غير صالح. وينبغي أن يتألف من أحرف US-ASCII القابلة "
-"للطباعة باستثناء '='\n"
+"مفتاح تسجيل %{type} غير صالح. وينبغي أن يتألف من أحرف US-ASCII القابلة للطباعة باستثناء '='\n"
"ويجب أن يكون هناك حرف واحد على الأقل."
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
@@ -1631,8 +1622,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
-"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From "
-"feature."
+"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
"يتم تلقائياً إنشاء سجلات المنطقة الحالية من المنطقة %1.\n"
"لتغيير السجلات يدوياً عطل ميزة إنشاء السجلات تلقائياً من."
@@ -1729,8 +1719,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n"
-"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن."
-"</p>"
+"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
@@ -1871,10 +1860,8 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</"
-"b>\n"
-"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click "
-"<b>Delete</b>\n"
+"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>الخوادم الرئيسية</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1887,8 +1874,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
-"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</"
-"b>\n"
+"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n"
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1902,15 +1888,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n"
-"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and "
-"back.\n"
+"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n"
"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n"
"addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n"
"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>اتجاه المنطقة</big></b><br>\n"
-"يتم استخدام DNS سواء بالنسبة للترجمة من أسماء النطاقات إلى عناوين IP "
-"والعكس.\n"
+"يتم استخدام DNS سواء بالنسبة للترجمة من أسماء النطاقات إلى عناوين IP والعكس.\n"
"حدد إذا كان سيستخدم هذه المنطقة لترجمة أسماء النطاقات إلى \n"
"عناوين IP (<b>إعادة التوجيه</b>) أو من \n"
"عناوين IP إلى أسماء المجال (<b>عكس</b>).</p>\n"
@@ -1982,8 +1966,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
-"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>تسلسلي <b></b> رقم يستخدم لتحديد ما إذا كانت المنطقة قد تتغير على \n"
@@ -1997,8 +1980,7 @@
"<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n"
"master name server to slave name servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>إنعاش</b> تعيين عدد المرات التي ينبغي أن تتزامن المنطقة مع خادم الاسم "
-"الرئيسي إلى \n"
+"<p><b>إنعاش</b> تعيين عدد المرات التي ينبغي أن تتزامن المنطقة مع خادم الاسم الرئيسي إلى \n"
"خوادم الاسم التابعة.</p>"
#. help text 7/9 - Retry
@@ -2039,10 +2021,8 @@
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n"
-"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
-"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</"
-"b>.\n"
+"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2097,8 +2077,7 @@
"<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>لإضافة معيد توجيه جديدة وتعيين <b>عنوان ip الخاص</b> به، وانقر فوق "
-"<b>إضافة</b>.\n"
+"<p>لإضافة معيد توجيه جديدة وتعيين <b>عنوان ip الخاص</b> به، وانقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.\n"
"لحذف معيد توجيه مكون، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
@@ -2128,22 +2107,18 @@
"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>تسجيل الدخول</big></b><br>استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتحديد الخيارات "
-"المختلفة\n"
+"<p><b><big>تسجيل الدخول</big></b><br>استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتحديد الخيارات المختلفة\n"
"لتسجيل دخول خادم DNS.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the "
-"system log. \n"
+"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n"
"To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n"
-"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log "
-"and \n"
+"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n"
-"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</"
-"b>\n"
+"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n"
"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2193,8 +2168,7 @@
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</"
-"p>\n"
+"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
@@ -2218,8 +2192,7 @@
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</"
-"b>,\n"
+"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n"
"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإضافة منطقة جديدة ادخل <b>اسم المنطقة</b>, ثم اختر <b>نوع المنطقة</b>,\n"
@@ -2228,11 +2201,9 @@
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address "
-"followed by\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n"
-"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), "
-"select\n"
+"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n"
"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2240,10 +2211,8 @@
#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address "
-"followed by\n"
-"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone "
-"name are\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n"
+"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n"
"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
@@ -2265,8 +2234,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
-"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control "
-"access\n"
+"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n"
"to the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2310,8 +2278,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2331,8 +2298,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n"
"changed on\n"
-"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>تسلسلي <b></b> هو الرقم المستخدم لتحديد ما إذا كانت المنطقة \n"
@@ -2404,8 +2370,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479
msgid ""
"<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n"
-"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an "
-"absolute\n"
+"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n"
"domain name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
@@ -2427,8 +2392,7 @@
"<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n"
"followed by a dot\n"
-"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</"
-"tt>)\n"
+"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
@@ -2733,9 +2697,6 @@
#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
-#| "Error: "
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/drbd.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/drbd.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/drbd.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module
@@ -233,33 +232,21 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
-"resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>النقر فوق زر \"إضافة\"، \"تحرير\"، \"حذف\" إضافة أو تحرير أو حذف مورد</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>النقر فوق زر \"إضافة\"، \"تحرير\"، \"حذف\" إضافة أو تحرير أو حذف مورد</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) "
-"of one of the nodes</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which "
-"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach "
-"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to "
-"the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
-"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
-"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
-"parameter,following its minor number.\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
-"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</"
-"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
-"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -267,47 +254,25 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
-"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node "
-"was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-"
-"error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
-"DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected "
-"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is "
-"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must "
-"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, "
-"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-"
-"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
-"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
-"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
-"packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
-"write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
-"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
-"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
-"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
-"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
-"KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
-"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
-"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -316,26 +281,20 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>إعدادات DRBD العالمية</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
-"sanity check</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>\"تعطيل التحقق من IP\"</b> لتعطيل فحص سلامة drbdadm's</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>\"تعطيل التحقق من IP\"</b> لتعطيل فحص سلامة drbdadm's</p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
-"waited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
-"seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تحديث الحوار:</b> حوار المستخدم يحسب ويعرض ثواني الإنتظار حتى الآن.\n"
-" قد تحتاج إلى تعطيل هذا إذا كان لديك وحدة تحكم في الخادم "
-"الخاص \n"
+" قد تحتاج إلى تعطيل هذا إذا كان لديك وحدة تحكم في الخادم الخاص \n"
" بك متصل بخادم محطة طرفية تسلسلية. \n"
" مع قدرة تسجيل محدودة.\n"
" سيطبع حوار 'تحديث-الحوار' عد كل ثواني\n"
@@ -693,17 +652,14 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without "
-#~ "reloading the\n"
+#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
#~ "module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
#~ "configured in this file.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>العدد الثانوي:</b>\n"
-#~ "استخدام هذا الخيار إذا أردت تعريف المزيد من الموارد في وقت لاحق دون إعادة "
-#~ "تحميل\n"
+#~ "استخدام هذا الخيار إذا أردت تعريف المزيد من الموارد في وقت لاحق دون إعادة تحميل\n"
#~ "الوحدة \n"
-#~ "النمطية بشكل افتراضي يتم تحميل الوحدة النمطية. بالضبط كما ذكر في ملف "
-#~ "إعداد العديد من الأجهزة.</p>\n"
+#~ "النمطية بشكل افتراضي يتم تحميل الوحدة النمطية. بالضبط كما ذكر في ملف إعداد العديد من الأجهزة.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -753,8 +709,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To propagate this configuration,\n"
-#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes "
-#~ "manually.\n"
+#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لنشر هذا الإعداد،\n"
#~ "انسخ ملف الإعداد '/etc/drbd.conf' لبقية العقد يدوياً.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module
@@ -397,8 +396,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إضافة عميل Fcoe:</big></b><br>\n"
"اختر عميل Fcoe من قائمة عملاء Fcoe التي تم اكتشافها.\n"
-"إذا لم يتم الكشف عن عميل Fcoe الخاص بك، استخدم <b>اخرى (لم يتم اكتشافها)</"
-"b>.\n"
+"إذا لم يتم الكشف عن عميل Fcoe الخاص بك، استخدم <b>اخرى (لم يتم اكتشافها)</b>.\n"
"ثم اضغط على <b>إعداد</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -414,44 +412,18 @@
#. Services dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>\n"
-#| "Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> "
-#| "at boot time.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start "
-"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>بدء تشغيل الخدمات</big><br></b><br>يمكنك تمكين أو تعطيل بدء "
-"خدمات<b>fcoe</b> و <b>lldpad</b> في وقت الإقلااع.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>بدء تشغيل الخدمات</big><br></b><br>يمكنك تمكين أو تعطيل بدء خدمات<b>fcoe</b> و <b>lldpad</b> في وقت الإقلااع.</p>"
#. Services dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel "
-#| "over\n"
-#| "Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE "
-#| "interfaces and\n"
-#| "establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over "
-"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE "
-"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>بدء تشغيل خدمة <b>fcoe</b> يقصد بها تشغيل <i>القناة الليفية عبر "
-"Ethernet</i> خدمة البرنامج الخفي <i>fcoemon</i> التي تتحكم بواجهة FCoE "
-"وبتأسيس اتصال مع البرنامج الخفي <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>بدء تشغيل خدمة <b>fcoe</b> يقصد بها تشغيل <i>القناة الليفية عبر Ethernet</i> خدمة البرنامج الخفي <i>fcoemon</i> التي تتحكم بواجهة FCoE وبتأسيس اتصال مع البرنامج الخفي <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
#. Services dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</"
-"i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data "
-"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>خدمة <b>lldpad</b> توفر <i>بروتوكول اكتشاف طبقة الارتباط</i> عامل "
-"البرنامج الخفي <i>lldpad</i>, الذي يبلغ <i>fcoemon</i> حول إعداد الواجهات "
-"والميزات DCB (جسر مركز البيانات) DCB.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>خدمة <b>lldpad</b> توفر <i>بروتوكول اكتشاف طبقة الارتباط</i> عامل البرنامج الخفي <i>lldpad</i>, الذي يبلغ <i>fcoemon</i> حول إعداد الواجهات والميزات DCB (جسر مركز البيانات) DCB.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88
@@ -460,67 +432,23 @@
#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status "
-#| "of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface "
-#| "is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network "
-#| "interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of "
-"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is "
-"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), "
-"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يظهر مربع الحوار جميع الواجهات التي كشف عنها netcards بما في ذلك حالة "
-"إعداد شبكة محلية ظاهرية و FCoE.<br>FCoE ممكن إذا تم تكوين واجهة شبكة محلية "
-"ظاهرية ل FCoE على المبدل.<br>لكل بطاقة شبكة الاتصال (واجهة شبكة الاتصال)، "
-"وهذا يظهر في العمود <i>FCoE واجهة شبكة محلية ظاهرية</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يظهر مربع الحوار جميع الواجهات التي كشف عنها netcards بما في ذلك حالة إعداد شبكة محلية ظاهرية و FCoE.<br>FCoE ممكن إذا تم تكوين واجهة شبكة محلية ظاهرية ل FCoE على المبدل.<br>لكل بطاقة شبكة الاتصال (واجهة شبكة الاتصال)، وهذا يظهر في العمود <i>FCoE واجهة شبكة محلية ظاهرية</i>.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99
-msgid ""
-"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry "
-"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>من الممكن التحقق من وجود خدمات FCoE باستخدام <b>الكشف عن المحاولة</b>(قد "
-"يكون ضرورياً للواجهات التي تحتاج إلى وقت الحصول للتنشيط).</p>"
+msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>من الممكن التحقق من وجود خدمات FCoE باستخدام <b>الكشف عن المحاولة</b>(قد يكون ضرورياً للواجهات التي تحتاج إلى وقت الحصول للتنشيط).</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br>\n"
-#| "<b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must "
-#| "be enabled on the switch first).<br>\n"
-#| "<b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press "
-#| "<b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>\n"
-#| " If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown "
-#| "in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</"
-"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the "
-"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet "
-"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the "
-"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the "
-"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قيمة <i>واجهة شبكة محلية ظاهرية FCoE</i> بالتفصيل:<br><b>غير متوفر</b>: "
-"ليس من الممكن القناة الليفية عبر إيثرنت (يجب أن يتم تمكين التبديل "
-"أولاً).<br><b>لم يتم إعداد</b>: FCoE متاح ولكن غير مفعّل حتى الآن.<br>اضغط "
-"على <b>إنشاء واجهة شبكة محلية ظاهرية FCoE</b> لتفعيله.<br>إذا تم بالفعل "
-"إنشاء واجهة شبكة محلية ظاهرية FCoE، يظهر الاسم في العمود، مثل eth3.200.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قيمة <i>واجهة شبكة محلية ظاهرية FCoE</i> بالتفصيل:<br><b>غير متوفر</b>: ليس من الممكن القناة الليفية عبر إيثرنت (يجب أن يتم تمكين التبديل أولاً).<br><b>لم يتم إعداد</b>: FCoE متاح ولكن غير مفعّل حتى الآن.<br>اضغط على <b>إنشاء واجهة شبكة محلية ظاهرية FCoE</b> لتفعيله.<br>إذا تم بالفعل إنشاء واجهة شبكة محلية ظاهرية FCoE، يظهر الاسم في العمود، مثل eth3.200.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To change the configuration of an existing FCoE VLAN interface, click "
-#| "on<b>Change Settings</b>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change "
-"Settings</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لتغيير إعدادات واجهة FCoE VLAN الموجودة إضغط زر <b>تغيير "
-"الإعدادات</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لتغيير إعدادات واجهة FCoE VLAN الموجودة إضغط زر <b>تغيير الإعدادات</b>.</p>"
#. Configuration dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117
@@ -529,35 +457,17 @@
#. Configuration dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings "
-"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هنا يمكنك ضبط الإعدادات العامة لخدمة نظام FCoE. تتم كتابة الإعدادات إلى '/"
-"etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هنا يمكنك ضبط الإعدادات العامة لخدمة نظام FCoE. تتم كتابة الإعدادات إلى '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
#. Configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The values are:<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>\n"
-#| "This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe "
-#| "service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>\n"
-#| "Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged "
-#| "to /var/log/messages).</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>The values are:<br>\n"
-"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable "
-"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>."
-"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the "
-"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
+"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>القيمة هي:<br>\n"
-"<b>تصحيح</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>يتم استخدام هذا لتمكين أو تعطيل "
-"رسائل التصحيح من البرنامج النصي لخدمة fcoe و <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>استخدام "
-"syslog</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>يتم إرسال الرسائل إلى سجل النظام إذا "
-"تم ضبطه إلى <i>نعم</i> (يتم تسجيل البيانات في/var/log/messages).</p>"
+"<b>تصحيح</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>يتم استخدام هذا لتمكين أو تعطيل رسائل التصحيح من البرنامج النصي لخدمة fcoe و <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>استخدام syslog</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>يتم إرسال الرسائل إلى سجل النظام إذا تم ضبطه إلى <i>نعم</i> (يتم تسجيل البيانات في/var/log/messages).</p>"
#. edit dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133
@@ -566,44 +476,13 @@
#. Edit dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on "
-#| "initialization.\n"
-#| " There is a file for every interface and the values indicate "
-#| "whether FCoE instances\n"
-#| " should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on "
-"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values "
-"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>البرنامج الخفي <i>fcoemon</i> يقرأ ملفات الإعداد هذه عند التهيئة.<br>هناك "
-"ملف لكل واجهة والقيم التي تشير إلى وجوب إنشاء مثيلات FCoE وإذا كان DCB "
-"مطلوب.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>البرنامج الخفي <i>fcoemon</i> يقرأ ملفات الإعداد هذه عند التهيئة.<br>هناك ملف لكل واجهة والقيم التي تشير إلى وجوب إنشاء مثيلات FCoE وإذا كان DCB مطلوب.</p>"
#. Edit dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The values are:<br> \n"
-#| "<b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>\n"
-#| "Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br>\n"
-#| "<b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>\n"
-#| "The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br>\n"
-#| "<b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>\n"
-#| "If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN\n"
-#| "interfaces automatically.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable "
-"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</"
-"i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required."
-"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> "
-"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>القيم:<br><b>هي تمكين FCoE</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>تمكين أو تعطيل "
-"إنشاء مثيلات FCoE.<br><b>مطلوب DCB</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>القيمة "
-"الافتراضية <i>نعم</i>، DCB مطلوب عادة.<br><b>شبكة محلية ظاهرية تلقائي</b>: "
-"<i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>إذا تعيين <i>نعم</i> 'fcoemon' سينشئ واجهات شبكة "
-"محلية ظاهرية تلقائياً.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>القيم:<br><b>هي تمكين FCoE</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>تمكين أو تعطيل إنشاء مثيلات FCoE.<br><b>مطلوب DCB</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>القيمة الافتراضية <i>نعم</i>، DCB مطلوب عادة.<br><b>شبكة محلية ظاهرية تلقائي</b>: <i>نعم</i> أو <i>لا</i><br>إذا تعيين <i>نعم</i> 'fcoemon' سينشئ واجهات شبكة محلية ظاهرية تلقائياً.</p>"
#. Header of tab in tab widget
#. Header of tab in tab widget
@@ -647,9 +526,7 @@
#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client
#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413
-msgid ""
-"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be "
-"installed.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>للاستمرار بعملية إعداد FCoE، يجب تثبيت الحزمة <b>%1</b> .</p>"
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416
@@ -662,7 +539,6 @@
msgstr "لا يمكن تشغيل خدمة 'lldpad'"
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
-#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "لا يمكن تشغيل خدمة 'fcoe'"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
@@ -28,10 +27,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40
-msgid ""
-"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)"
-msgstr ""
-"Zeroconf/Bonjour الإرسال المتعدد DNS منافذ (mDNS) للخدمة المكتشفة (DNS-SD)"
+msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)"
+msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour الإرسال المتعدد DNS منافذ (mDNS) للخدمة المكتشفة (DNS-SD)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45
@@ -124,11 +121,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow "
-"connection to an NFS server."
-msgstr ""
-"إعداد جدار الحماية لعميل NFS. فتح منافذ لعميل NFS للسماح باتصال بخادم NFS."
+msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server."
+msgstr "إعداد جدار الحماية لعميل NFS. فتح منافذ لعميل NFS للسماح باتصال بخادم NFS."
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111
@@ -137,12 +131,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow "
-"other hosts to connect."
-msgstr ""
-"إعداد جدار الحماية لخادم نواة NFS. فتح منافذ NFS للسماح للمضيفين الآخرين "
-"بلاتصال."
+msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect."
+msgstr "إعداد جدار الحماية لخادم نواة NFS. فتح منافذ NFS للسماح للمضيفين الآخرين بلاتصال."
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119
@@ -367,8 +357,7 @@
#~ msgid "PostgreSQL Server"
#~ msgstr "خادم PostgreSQL"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server."
+#~ msgid "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server."
#~ msgstr "يقوم بفتح منفذ TCP 5432 للسماح للاتصالات عن بعد بخادم PostgreSQL."
#~ msgid "pureftpd"
@@ -395,11 +384,8 @@
#~ msgid "Opens ports for Telnet Server."
#~ msgstr "فتح منافذ لخادم Telnet."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your "
-#~ "server. "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "فتح منافذ في جدار الحماية لتمكن العملاء من الاتصال بالخادم الخاص بك. "
+#~ msgid "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your server. "
+#~ msgstr "فتح منافذ في جدار الحماية لتمكن العملاء من الاتصال بالخادم الخاص بك. "
#~ msgid "xdmcp"
#~ msgstr "xdmcp"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
@@ -265,12 +264,10 @@
"\n"
"<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
"<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed "
-"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
+"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n"
-"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network "
-"will\n"
+"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n"
"be unprotected.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>الخدمات المسموح بها</big></b>\n"
@@ -279,8 +276,7 @@
"\n"
"<p>للسماح بخدمة، حدد <b>المنطقة</b> ثم\n"
"<b>الخدمة المطلوب السماح بها</b> ثم اضغط <b>إضافة</b>.\n"
-"لإزالة خدمة مسموح بها، حدد <b>المنطقة</b> ثم <b>الخدمة المسموح بها</b> ثم "
-"اضغط <b>إزالة</b>.</p>\n"
+"لإزالة خدمة مسموح بها، حدد <b>المنطقة</b> ثم <b>الخدمة المسموح بها</b> ثم اضغط <b>إزالة</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>من خلال إلغاء تحديد <b>حماية جدار الحماية من المنطقة الداخلية</b>، أزل\n"
"الحماية من المنطقة. سيتم رفع\n"
@@ -290,19 +286,16 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n"
-"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC "
-"ports and\n"
+"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n"
"IP protocols.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
-"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or "
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
+"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يمكن إعداد إعدادات إضافية باستخدام <b>متقدم</b>.\n"
-"يجب أن تكون الإدخالات مفصولة بمسافة. حيث يمكنك السماح بمنافذ TCP وUDP وRPC "
-"و\n"
+"يجب أن تكون الإدخالات مفصولة بمسافة. حيث يمكنك السماح بمنافذ TCP وUDP وRPC و\n"
"بروتوكولات IP.</p>\n"
"<p>يمكن إدخال المنفذين TCP وUDP بأسماء المنفذ (<tt>ftp-data</tt>)،\n"
"وبأرقام المنفذ (<tt>3128</tt>)، ونطاقات المنفذ (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
@@ -314,18 +307,15 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your "
-"firewall and allows\n"
-"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, "
-"transparently. Requests\n"
+"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n"
+"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n"
"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n"
"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n"
"to the external network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>التنكر</big></b> \n"
"<br>وهو عبارة عن وظيفة لإخفاء الشبكة الداخلية خلف جدار الحماية والسماح\n"
-"للشبكة الداخلية بالوصول إلى الشبكة الخارجية، مثل الإنترنت، بوضوح. تمت إعاقة "
-"الطلبات\n"
+"للشبكة الداخلية بالوصول إلى الشبكة الخارجية، مثل الإنترنت، بوضوح. تمت إعاقة الطلبات\n"
"من الشبكة الخارجية إلى الشبكة الداخلية.\n"
"حدد <b>تنكر الشبكات</b>لتنكر الشبكات\n"
"على الشبكة الخارجية.</p>\n"
@@ -334,22 +324,16 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal "
-"network, it is possible to\n"
-"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal "
-"IP. \n"
-"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form."
-"</p>\n"
+"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n"
+"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n"
+"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"بالرغم من تعذر وصول الطلبات من الشبكة الخارجية إلى الشبكة الداخلية، يمكن "
-"إعادة توجيه\n"
+"بالرغم من تعذر وصول الطلبات من الشبكة الخارجية إلى الشبكة الداخلية، يمكن إعادة توجيه\n"
"أية منافذ مطلوبة على جدار الحماية بوضوح إلى أي IP داخلي. \n"
-"لإضافة قاعدة إعادة توجيه جديدة، اضغط <b>إضافة</b> ثم استكمل نموذج إعادة "
-"التوجيه.</p>\n"
+"لإضافة قاعدة إعادة توجيه جديدة، اضغط <b>إضافة</b> ثم استكمل نموذج إعادة التوجيه.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>لإزالة أي قاعدة إعادة توجيه، حددها في الجدول ثم اضغط <b>إزالة</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -357,34 +341,25 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to "
-"find \n"
+"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n"
"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n"
-"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues "
-"using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
+"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add "
-"needed broadcast\n"
-"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated "
-"ports for\n"
+"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n"
+"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n"
"particular zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of "
-"packets in wider networks.\n"
-"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast "
-"Packets</b>\n"
+"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n"
+"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n"
"for the desired zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد النشر</big></b>\n"
"<br>حزم النشر عبارة عن حزم UDP خاصة تم إرسالها إلى الشبكة بالكامل للبحث عن \n"
"أجهزة كمبيوتر مجاورة أو لإرسال معلومات إلى كل كمبيوتر في الشبكة.\n"
-"على سبيل المثال، تعمل خوادم CUPS على توفير معلومات عن قوائم انتظار الطباعة "
-"باستخدام حزم النشر.</p>\n"
+"على سبيل المثال، تعمل خوادم CUPS على توفير معلومات عن قوائم انتظار الطباعة باستخدام حزم النشر.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>تعمل خدمات SuSEfirewall2 المحددة في الواجهات المسموح بها على إضافة منافذ "
-"النشر المطلوبة\n"
-"في هذا المكان يدويًا. لإزالة أية خدمات أخرى أو إضافتها، قم بتحرير قوائم من "
-"المنافذ المفصولة بمسافة \n"
+"<p>تعمل خدمات SuSEfirewall2 المحددة في الواجهات المسموح بها على إضافة منافذ النشر المطلوبة\n"
+"في هذا المكان يدويًا. لإزالة أية خدمات أخرى أو إضافتها، قم بتحرير قوائم من المنافذ المفصولة بمسافة \n"
"لمناطق معينة.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>تم تسجيل حزم نشر أخرى تم إسقاطها. قد تكون حزم كثيرة جدًا في شبكات أوسع.\n"
@@ -394,25 +369,18 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their "
-"reply\n"
-"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP "
-"browsing.</p>\n"
+"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n"
+"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the "
-"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
-"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also "
-"choose from\n"
+"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n"
"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>رد البث</big></b><br>\n"
-"عادة ما يسقط جدار الحماية الحزم التي يتم إرسالها بواسطة آلات أخرى كرد على بث "
-"الحزم المرسلة بواسطة النظام الخاص بك، مثلاً، تصفح Samba أو SLP.</p>\n"
+"عادة ما يسقط جدار الحماية الحزم التي يتم إرسالها بواسطة آلات أخرى كرد على بث الحزم المرسلة بواسطة النظام الخاص بك، مثلاً، تصفح Samba أو SLP.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>هنا يمكنك اعداد الحزم التي يسمح بمرورها من خلال جدار الحماية. استخدم الزر "
-"<b>إضافة</b>\n"
-"لإضافة قاعدة جديدة. عليك باختيار منطقة جدار الحماية وأيضا اختيار بعض الخدمات "
-"المحددة مسبقاً أو تعيين القاعدة الخاصة بك \n"
+"<p>هنا يمكنك اعداد الحزم التي يسمح بمرورها من خلال جدار الحماية. استخدم الزر <b>إضافة</b>\n"
+"لإضافة قاعدة جديدة. عليك باختيار منطقة جدار الحماية وأيضا اختيار بعض الخدمات المحددة مسبقاً أو تعيين القاعدة الخاصة بك \n"
"تماما بشكل \n"
"يدوي.</p>\n"
@@ -420,51 +388,39 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks "
-"through untrusted networks, such as\n"
+"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n"
"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n"
"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n"
-"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the "
-"internal zone.</p>\n"
+"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>دعم IPsec</big></b>\n"
-"<br>يعتبر IPsec اتصالاً مشفرًا بين مضيفين أو شبكات موثوق بها عبر الشبكات غير "
-"الموثوق بها، مثل\n"
+"<br>يعتبر IPsec اتصالاً مشفرًا بين مضيفين أو شبكات موثوق بها عبر الشبكات غير الموثوق بها، مثل\n"
"الإنترنت. يعمل مربع الحوار هذا على فتح IPsec لمنطقة خارجية باستخدام\n"
"<b>مُمكّن</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>يؤدي استخدام <b>التفاصيل</b> إلى إعداد طريقة لمعالجة حزم IPsec التي تم فك "
-"شفرتها \n"
+"<p>يؤدي استخدام <b>التفاصيل</b> إلى إعداد طريقة لمعالجة حزم IPsec التي تم فك شفرتها \n"
"بنجاح. على سبيل المثال، يمكن معالجتها باعتبارها من المنطقة الداخلية.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n"
-"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. "
-"Here,\n"
-"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not "
-"logged at all.</p>\n"
+"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n"
+"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and "
-"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
-"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> "
-"for logging every\n"
-"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do "
-"Not Log Any</b>\n"
+"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
+"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n"
+"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n"
"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>مستوى التسجيل</big></b>\n"
"<br>هو مربع حوار إعداد أساسي لإعدادات تسجيل حزمة IP. هنا،\n"
-"قم بإعداد التسجيل لحزم الاتصالات الواردة. لم يتم تسجيل حزم الاتصالات الصادرة "
-"على الإطلاق.</p>\n"
+"قم بإعداد التسجيل لحزم الاتصالات الواردة. لم يتم تسجيل حزم الاتصالات الصادرة على الإطلاق.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>توجد مجموعتان لحزم IP المسجلة: <b>الحزم المقبولة</b> و<b>الحزم غير "
-"المقبولة</b>.\n"
-"يمكنك الاختيار من بين ثلاثة مستويات تسجيل لكل مجموعة: <b>تسجيل الكل</b> "
-"لتسجيل كل الحزم\n"
+"<p>توجد مجموعتان لحزم IP المسجلة: <b>الحزم المقبولة</b> و<b>الحزم غير المقبولة</b>.\n"
+"يمكنك الاختيار من بين ثلاثة مستويات تسجيل لكل مجموعة: <b>تسجيل الكل</b> لتسجيل كل الحزم\n"
"أو <b>تسجيل الحرجة فقط</b> لتسجيل الحزم المهمة فقط أو <b>عدم تسجيل الكل</b>\n"
"لعدم التسجيل. يجب تسجيل الحزم الحرجة المقبولة على الأقل.</p>\n"
@@ -473,23 +429,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n"
"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
-"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each "
-"firewall zone.\n"
+"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n"
"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n"
"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the "
-"following items in the summary:</p>\n"
+"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration "
-"name and device name.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed "
-"network services, additional\n"
-"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC "
-"(Remote Procedure Call)\n"
+"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n"
+"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>ملخص</big></b>\n"
@@ -500,14 +451,11 @@
"<p><b>تشغيل جدار الحماية</b> يعرض هل يتم تشغيل جدار الحماية\n"
"<b>أثناء معالجة الإقلاع</b> أو فقط <b>يدوياً</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>منطقة جدار الحماية يجب أن يكون لها واجهة شبكة معينة لتعرض العناصر التالية "
-"في الملخص:</p>\n"
+"<p>منطقة جدار الحماية يجب أن يكون لها واجهة شبكة معينة لتعرض العناصر التالية في الملخص:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>الواجهة</b>: يتم عرض كل الواجهات باستخدام اسم إعداداتها واسم الجهاز.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p><b>الواجهة</b>: يتم عرض كل الواجهات باستخدام اسم إعداداتها واسم الجهاز.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>الخدمات المفتوحة، المنافذ والبروتوكول</b>: هذه القائمة بكل الخدمات "
-"المسموحة \n"
+"<p><b>الخدمات المفتوحة، المنافذ والبروتوكول</b>: هذه القائمة بكل الخدمات المسموحة \n"
"على TCP (بروتوكول تحكم الإرسال), UDP (بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم), و RPC\n"
"(استدعاء الإجراء عن بعد), و IP (بروتوكول) .</p>\n"
@@ -537,8 +485,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n"
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces."
-"</p>"
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>منافذ RPC</b> عبارة عن قائمة بخدمات RPC مثل\n"
"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, أو <tt>portmap</tt>, مفصولة بمسافات.</p>"
@@ -561,8 +508,7 @@
#. please, do not modify examples
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that "
-"represent\n"
+"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n"
"all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n"
"The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n"
"for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>"
@@ -587,8 +533,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.</p>\n"
+"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>جدار الحماية</big></b><br />\n"
"جدار الحماية هو إليه دفاعية تحمي الكمبيوتر من هجمات شبكة الاتصال.</p>\n"
@@ -627,8 +572,7 @@
"RPC services.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>بروتوكول</b><br>\n"
-"وهو البروتوكول المستخدم من قبل الحزمة. يتم استخدام بروتوكول <tt>RPC</tt> "
-"الخاصة\n"
+"وهو البروتوكول المستخدم من قبل الحزمة. يتم استخدام بروتوكول <tt>RPC</tt> الخاصة\n"
"لخدمات RPC.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5
@@ -1183,12 +1127,8 @@
msgstr "%1 يتم تعريف قواعد مخصصة"
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source "
-"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
-msgstr ""
-"الشبكة: <i>%1</i>، بروتوكول: <i>%2</i>، المنفذ الوجهة: <i>%3</i>، المنفذ "
-"المصدر: <i>%4</i>، خيارات: <i>%5</i>"
+msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
+msgstr "الشبكة: <i>%1</i>، بروتوكول: <i>%2</i>، المنفذ الوجهة: <i>%3</i>، المنفذ المصدر: <i>%4</i>، خيارات: <i>%5</i>"
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504
@@ -1227,8 +1167,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622
-msgid ""
-"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
+msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
msgstr "جدار الحماية <b>سيتم إيقافه</b> بعد كتابة الإعدادات"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
@@ -1355,8 +1294,7 @@
#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
-msgid ""
-"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
+msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
msgstr "يتطلب التنكر واجهة خارجية واحدة على الأقل بالإضافة لواجهة أخرى."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. dialog caption
@@ -43,13 +42,10 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on "
-"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
-"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>تمكين تسلسل الإقلاع الأول</b> لبدء تشغيل أداة YaST المساعدة في "
-"الإقلاع الأول بعد الإعداد.</p>\n"
+"<p>تحقق من <b>تمكين تسلسل الإقلاع الأول</b> لبدء تشغيل أداة YaST المساعدة في الإقلاع الأول بعد الإعداد.</p>\n"
"<p>تحقق من الوثائق في الوحدة النمطية yast2 الإقلاع الأول لمعرفة المزيد.</p>\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -222,10 +218,8 @@
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n"
-"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will "
-"start\n"
-"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button "
-"to\n"
+"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n"
+"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n"
"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا رغبت، يمكن للخبراء استخدام الإعداد الكامل للوحدات النمطية \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/ftp-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/ftp-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/ftp-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module
@@ -50,8 +49,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86
msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>"
-msgstr ""
-"قناع المستخدم vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, نقية-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>"
+msgstr "قناع المستخدم vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, نقية-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94
@@ -86,18 +84,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)"
-msgstr ""
-"الحد الأقصى لمعدل نقل البيانات المسموح به للمستخدمين الموثوقين المحليين "
-"(كيلو بايت/ثانية)"
+msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)"
+msgstr "الحد الأقصى لمعدل نقل البيانات المسموح به للمستخدمين الموثوقين المحليين (كيلو بايت/ثانية)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150
msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)"
-msgstr ""
-"الحد الأقصى لمعدل نقل البيانات المسموح به للمستخدمين المجهولين (كيلو بايت/"
-"ثانية)"
+msgstr "الحد الأقصى لمعدل نقل البيانات المسموح به للمستخدمين المجهولين (كيلو بايت/ثانية)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158
@@ -111,9 +104,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181
-msgid ""
-"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server "
-"(vsftpd only)."
+msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)."
msgstr "رسالة الترحيب هي نص يتم عرضه عند اتصال شخص ما بالخادم (vsftpd فقط)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -123,16 +114,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd "
-"only)."
+msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
msgstr "عند تمكين، هذا الخيار ستسمح لاتصالات بروتوكول SSL v2 (vsftpd فقط)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd "
-"only)."
+msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
msgstr "عند تمكين، هذا الخيار ستسمح لاتصالات بروتوكول SSL v3 (vsftpd فقط)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -142,12 +129,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a "
-"local admin (pure-ftpd only)."
-msgstr ""
-"عدم السماح بتحميل الملفات التي تم رفعها ولم يتم التحقق منها عبر الإدارة "
-"محلية في (pure-ftpd فقط)."
+msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)."
+msgstr "عدم السماح بتحميل الملفات التي تم رفعها ولم يتم التحقق منها عبر الإدارة محلية في (pure-ftpd فقط)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235
@@ -243,8 +226,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362
-msgid ""
-"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server."
+msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server."
msgstr "رسالة الترحيب هي نص يتم عرضه عند اتصال شخص ما بالخادم."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
@@ -1333,14 +1315,12 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n"
-" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-"
-"ftpd, \n"
+" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n"
" </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>الخدمة المحددة</b><br>\n"
-" يبين الإطار البرنامج الخفي الذي تم إعداده حاليا: <b>vsftpd, نقية-"
-"ftpd, \n"
+" يبين الإطار البرنامج الخفي الذي تم إعداده حاليا: <b>vsftpd, نقية-ftpd, \n"
" </b>. إذا قمت بتثبيت كلا البرنامج الخفي يمكنك التبديل بينهما.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1421,8 +1401,7 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n"
-"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated "
-"users. \n"
+"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n"
"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n"
"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1527,18 +1506,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n"
"<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n"
-"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are "
-"permitted.\n"
-"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are "
-"permitted.\n"
+"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n"
+"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تمكين/تعطيل المستخدمين المجهولين والمحليين</b><br>\n"
"<b>مجهول فقط</b>: إذا تم التمكين، يتم السماح فقط بتسجيل الدخول كمجهول.\n"
-"<b>مصادقة المستخدمين فقط</b>: إذا تم التمكين، يسمح فقط للمستخدمين المصادق "
-"عليهم.\n"
-"<b>كلاهما</b> إذا تم تمكينه، يسمح المستخدمين المصادق عليهم والمستخدمين "
-"المجهولين.\n"
+"<b>مصادقة المستخدمين فقط</b>: إذا تم التمكين، يسمح فقط للمستخدمين المصادق عليهم.\n"
+"<b>كلاهما</b> إذا تم تمكينه، يسمح المستخدمين المصادق عليهم والمستخدمين المجهولين.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1
@@ -1560,14 +1535,12 @@
"<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n"
"If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n"
"<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n"
-"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after "
-"login.\n"
+"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>رفع الملفات للمجهول</b><br>\n"
"إذا تم تمكين المستخدمين المجهولين سيسمح لهم برفع الملفات.\n"
-"<i>vsftpd فقط: </i>إذا رغبت في السماح للمستخدمين المجهولين برفع الملفات "
-"تحتاج إلى مجلد \n"
+"<i>vsftpd فقط: </i>إذا رغبت في السماح للمستخدمين المجهولين برفع الملفات تحتاج إلى مجلد \n"
"موجود مع إذن الكتابة في المجلد الرئيسي بعد تسجيل الدخول.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1576,15 +1549,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n"
-"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create "
-"directories,\n"
-"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory "
-"after login.</p>\n"
+"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n"
+"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>المجهول يمكنه إنشاء مجلد</b><br>\n"
"إذا كان ممكناً، يمكن للمستخدمين المجهولين إنشاء مجلدات.\n"
-"<i>vsftpd فقط:</i> إذا رغبت في السماح للمستخدمين المجهولين بإنشاء مجلدات "
-"تحتاج لمجلد\n"
+"<i>vsftpd فقط:</i> إذا رغبت في السماح للمستخدمين المجهولين بإنشاء مجلدات تحتاج لمجلد\n"
"موجود مع إذن الكتابة في المجلد الرئيسي بعد تسجيل الدخول.</p>\n"
#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
@@ -1702,15 +1672,13 @@
"<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n"
"<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n"
"<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n"
-"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use "
-"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n"
+"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>إعدادات الأمان</b><br>\n"
"<i>تعطيل SSL/TLS</i> تعطيل طبقة التشفير SSL/TLS.\n"
"<i>قبول SSL و TLS</i> قبول الجلسات المشفرة والتقليدية على حد سواء.\n"
-"<i>رفض الاتصالات دون SSL/TLS</i> رفض الاتصالات التي لا تستخدم آليات الأمن "
-"SSL/TLS، بما في ذلك دورات مجهول.\n"
+"<i>رفض الاتصالات دون SSL/TLS</i> رفض الاتصالات التي لا تستخدم آليات الأمن SSL/TLS، بما في ذلك دورات مجهول.\n"
"</p>"
#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============----------
@@ -1906,20 +1874,12 @@
"فهم بحاجة لمجلد بصلاحية وصول للكتابة."
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223
-msgid ""
-"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should "
-"have no write access.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"لاتصالات المجهولين مجلد منزل للمستخدم المجهول يجب أن يكون بدون صلاحية الوصول "
-"للكتابة.\n"
+msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n"
+msgstr "لاتصالات المجهولين مجلد منزل للمستخدم المجهول يجب أن يكون بدون صلاحية الوصول للكتابة.\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310
-msgid ""
-"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should "
-"have no write access."
-msgstr ""
-"لاتصالات المجهولين مجلد منزل للمستخدم المجهول يجب أن يكون بدون صلاحية الوصول "
-"للكتابة."
+msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access."
+msgstr "لاتصالات المجهولين مجلد منزل للمستخدم المجهول يجب أن يكون بدون صلاحية الوصول للكتابة."
#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode"
#. check values Max Port >= Min Port
@@ -1942,9 +1902,7 @@
#. Valid function of "Security Settings"
#. check of existing certificate
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718
-msgid ""
-"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL "
-"connection is missing."
+msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing."
msgstr "شهادة <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> اتصال SSL مفقود."
#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both
@@ -1971,12 +1929,8 @@
msgstr "هل تريد إعداد vsftpd ؟ بدلاً من ذلك اختيار pure-ftpd."
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916
-msgid ""
-"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration "
-"in interactive mode."
-msgstr ""
-"قمت بتثبيت كلا البرنامج الخفي. لذلك ستضطر إلى تشغيل الإعداد في الوضع "
-"التبادلي."
+msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode."
+msgstr "قمت بتثبيت كلا البرنامج الخفي. لذلك ستضطر إلى تشغيل الإعداد في الوضع التبادلي."
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935
@@ -2036,8 +1990,7 @@
#. anonymous dir
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1150
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><ul><i>لم يتم إعداد البرنامج الخفي لبروتوكول نقل الملفات.</i></ul></p>"
+msgstr "<p><ul><i>لم يتم إعداد البرنامج الخفي لبروتوكول نقل الملفات.</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1162
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/gtk.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/gtk.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/gtk.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translator: byte shorthand
@@ -277,8 +276,7 @@
#~ msgid "Install anyway?"
#~ msgstr "تثبيت على أية حال؟"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually."
+#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually."
#~ msgstr "وهناك بعض التعارضات في المعاملة التي يتعين حلها يدوياً."
#~ msgid "Changes not saved!"
@@ -290,12 +288,8 @@
#~ msgid "Unsupported packages"
#~ msgstr "حزم غير معتمدة"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or "
-#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "الرجاء إدراك أن البرامج التالية أما غير معتمدة أو تتطلب عقد عميل إضافية "
-#~ "للدعم."
+#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
+#~ msgstr "الرجاء إدراك أن البرامج التالية أما غير معتمدة أو تتطلب عقد عميل إضافية للدعم."
#~ msgid "Online Update"
#~ msgstr "تحديث عبر إنترنت"
@@ -312,15 +306,8 @@
#~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>"
#~ msgstr "<h2>مرشحات</h2>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be "
-#~ "sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</"
-#~ "p><p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check "
-#~ "for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>الرقع الخاصة بنظامك هي اللتي ستكون مرئية فقط. يمكنك التأكد من أن "
-#~ "التصحيح المتاح غير مهم.</p><p>إذا كنت تبحث عن تحديث التطبيقات، تحقق من "
-#~ "<i>ترقيات</i> في <b>إدارة البرامج</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p><p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>الرقع الخاصة بنظامك هي اللتي ستكون مرئية فقط. يمكنك التأكد من أن التصحيح المتاح غير مهم.</p><p>إذا كنت تبحث عن تحديث التطبيقات، تحقق من <i>ترقيات</i> في <b>إدارة البرامج</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages."
#~ msgstr "تتوفر المعلومات للحزم المثبَّتة فقط."
@@ -559,12 +546,8 @@
#~ msgid "Export to"
#~ msgstr "تصدير إلى"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
-#~ "dependencies resolver."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "استخدم هذا لإنشاء سجلات شاملة للمساعدة في تعقب الخلل باستمرار في محلل "
-#~ "التبعيات."
+#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver."
+#~ msgstr "استخدم هذا لإنشاء سجلات شاملة للمساعدة في تعقب الخلل باستمرار في محلل التبعيات."
#~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:"
#~ msgstr "سيتم حفظ السجلات إلى مجلد:"
@@ -672,8 +655,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to "
-#~ "keep."
+#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "مُثبت: يتعذر إزالة نمط.\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -693,8 +675,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n"
-#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd "
-#~ "tool)"
+#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<b>مجموعة الحزم:</b> استخدم المسافات لفصل للكلمات الرئيسية.\n"
#~ "(مثال على الاستخدام: أن تطابق اسم بحثاً عن \"yast dhcp\" أداة yast dhcpd)"
@@ -774,12 +755,8 @@
#~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies"
#~ msgstr "إظهار التبعيات غير الضرورية"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, "
-#~ "nor comprehensive. Use with care."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "هذه قائمة التبعيات لم تعد مستخدمة. وهي ليست دقيقة، وغير شاملة. استخدمها "
-#~ "بعناية."
+#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care."
+#~ msgstr "هذه قائمة التبعيات لم تعد مستخدمة. وهي ليست دقيقة، وغير شاملة. استخدمها بعناية."
#~ msgid "Remove All"
#~ msgstr "أزل الكل"
@@ -865,17 +842,14 @@
#~ msgid "Reboot required:"
#~ msgstr "مطلوب إعادة التشغيل:"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take "
-#~ "effect."
+#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect."
#~ msgstr "يجب إعادة تشغيل النظام من أجل هذا التصحيح ليصبح نافذ المفعول."
#~ msgid "Relogin required:"
#~ msgstr "مطلوب إعادة تسجيل الدخول:"
#~ msgid "you must logout and login again for this patch to take effect."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يجب عليك تسجيل الخروج وتسجيل الدخول مرة أخرى لهذا التصحيح ليصبح نافذاً."
+#~ msgstr "يجب عليك تسجيل الخروج وتسجيل الدخول مرة أخرى لهذا التصحيح ليصبح نافذاً."
#~ msgid "Optional"
#~ msgstr "خياري"
@@ -1239,15 +1213,11 @@
#~ msgstr "فئات الحزم"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is "
-#~ "<b>recommended</b> it be installed.)"
+#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is <b>recommended</b> it be installed.)"
#~ msgstr "هذه الحزمة غير مثبتة ولن يتم تثبيتها."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is <b>suggested</"
-#~ "b> it be installed.)"
+#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is <b>suggested</b> it be installed.)"
#~ msgstr "هذه الحزمة غير مثبتة ولن يتم تثبيتها."
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module
@@ -337,8 +336,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة</big></b><br>\n"
-"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للإعداد بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</"
-"p>\n"
+"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للإعداد بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28
@@ -362,45 +360,29 @@
#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The "
-"default is 80.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>وتعرف قيمة <b>المنفذ</b> الذي يستمع إلى اباتشي2. الإعداد الافتراضي هو 80."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>وتعرف قيمة <b>المنفذ</b> الذي يستمع إلى اباتشي2. الإعداد الافتراضي هو 80.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses "
-"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 "
-"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الاستماع على واجهات</b> يحتوي على القائمة من كافة عناوين IP التي تم "
-"إعداداها لهذا المضيف. عناوين IP التي تم التحقق منها هي تلك التي يستمع باتشي2 "
-"إليها. إذا كنت غير متأكد، تحقق من الجميع.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>الاستماع على واجهات</b> يحتوي على القائمة من كافة عناوين IP التي تم إعداداها لهذا المضيف. عناوين IP التي تم التحقق منها هي تلك التي يستمع باتشي2 إليها. إذا كنت غير متأكد، تحقق من الجميع.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>هنا، تمكين البرنامج النصي اللغات ينبغي أن يدعمها خادم اباتشي2.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 "
-"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>الموجز يعرض الإعدادات التي ستتم كتابة إلى اباتشي2 ستتم عند الضغط على "
-"<b>إنهاء</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>الموجز يعرض الإعدادات التي ستتم كتابة إلى اباتشي2 ستتم عند الضغط على <b>إنهاء</b>.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n"
-"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration."
-"</p>"
+"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>اضغط <b>إعداد خادم HTTP خبراء</b> \n"
"\t\tلإنشاء إعداد أكثر تفصيلاً قبل كتابة الإعداد.</p>"
@@ -412,12 +394,10 @@
"The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n"
"The first column contains the name of the module. \n"
"The second column shows whether the module should be\n"
-"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column "
-"displays a short description\n"
+"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n"
"of the module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>تحرير وحدات خادم HTTP</big></b><br>يحتوي الجدول على قائمة بكافة "
-"الوحدات النمطية اباتشي2 المتاحة.\n"
+"<p><b><big>تحرير وحدات خادم HTTP</big></b><br>يحتوي الجدول على قائمة بكافة الوحدات النمطية اباتشي2 المتاحة.\n"
"العمود الأول يحتوي على اسم الوحدة النمطية. \n"
"العمود الثاني يبين إذا كان ينبغي تحميل الوحدة النمطية \n"
"بواسطة الخادم. سيكون تحميل الوحدات النمطية ممكن. يعرض العمود الأخير وصفاً \n"
@@ -428,8 +408,7 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To change the status of a module, \n"
-"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>لتغيير حالة نمطية،\n"
"اختر الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، واختر <b>تبديل حالة</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -447,8 +426,7 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, "
-"choose\n"
+"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n"
"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعدادات خادم HTTP</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -497,11 +475,8 @@
#. server configuration overview help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-"change settings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اختر إدخال مناسبة من الجدول، وانقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير الإعدادات.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اختر إدخال مناسبة من الجدول، وانقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير الإعدادات.</p>"
#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106
@@ -513,8 +488,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n"
"This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n"
-"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is "
-"used if no other host\n"
+"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n"
"matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n"
"press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -522,59 +496,46 @@
"هذه قائمة المضيفين الذين تم إعدادهم مسبقاً. أحد المضيفين \n"
"محدد كإفتراضي (العلامة النجمية بجوار اسم الخادم). يتم استخدام المضيف\n"
"الافتراضي إذا\n"
-"لم يطابق لطلبات الواردة الاخرى. لتعيين مضيف كافتراضي اضغط على <b>تعيين "
-"كافتراضي</b>.</p>\n"
+"لم يطابق لطلبات الواردة الاخرى. لتعيين مضيف كافتراضي اضغط على <b>تعيين كافتراضي</b>.</p>\n"
#. hosts list help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the host.\n"
-"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click "
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n"
+"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>اختر إدخال مناسبة من الجدول، وانقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير المضيف.\n"
-"لإضافة مجموعة، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة مضيف، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</b>."
-"</p>"
+"لإضافة مجموعة، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة مضيف، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>"
#. host editing help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then "
-"click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
+"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>إعداد المضيف</big></b><br>لتحرير إعدادات المضيف، اختر الإدخال "
-"المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق <b>تحرير</b>.\n"
-"لإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده وانقر "
-"فوق\n"
+"<p><b><big>إعداد المضيف</big></b><br>لتحرير إعدادات المضيف، اختر الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق <b>تحرير</b>.\n"
+"لإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده وانقر فوق\n"
"<b>حذف</b>.</p>"
#. host editing help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n"
-"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</"
-"b>,\n"
+"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n"
"\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n"
-"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use "
-"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
+"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>تعيين خيارات <b>قرار الخادم</b> عند استخدام \n"
-"\tالمضيفين الظاهريين. ومع ذلك، عندما تقوم باختيار <b>القرار عن طريق عناوين "
-"HTTP</b>,\n"
+"\tالمضيفين الظاهريين. ومع ذلك، عندما تقوم باختيار <b>القرار عن طريق عناوين HTTP</b>,\n"
"\tالخادم الافتراضي لن يخدم طلبات عنوان IP المستندة\n"
-"\tإلى اسم المضيف الظاهري. إذا كنت تخطط لإعداد فوست SSL على أساس، استخدام "
-"<b>القرار عن طريق عنوان IP</b></p>"
+"\tإلى اسم المضيف الظاهري. إذا كنت تخطط لإعداد فوست SSL على أساس، استخدام <b>القرار عن طريق عنوان IP</b></p>"
#. listen dialog editor help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network "
-"interfaces\n"
+"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n"
"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big><i>الاستماع</i> إعدادات لمضيف</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -584,14 +545,11 @@
#. listen dialog editor help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the entry.\n"
-"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n"
+"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>اختر إدخال مناسب من الجدول، وانقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير الإدخال.\n"
-"لإضافة إدخال جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة إدخال، حدده وانقر فوق "
-"<b>حذف</b>.</p>"
+"لإضافة إدخال جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة إدخال، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>"
#. ssl options dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143
@@ -610,28 +568,23 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n"
-"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access "
-"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
+"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
"or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يتحدد السلوك العام بخيار SSL. المضيف يمكن\n"
-"أن لا يدعم SSL في جميع (<tt>SSL بدون</tt>), السماح لكل من بدون SSL ووصول SSL "
-"(<tt>المسموح بها</tt>)أو\n"
+"أن لا يدعم SSL في جميع (<tt>SSL بدون</tt>), السماح لكل من بدون SSL ووصول SSL (<tt>المسموح بها</tt>)أو\n"
"تقبل فقط اتصالات مشفرة عبر SSL (<tt>المطلوبة</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
#. ssl options dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the option.\n"
-"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n"
+"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>اختر خيار مناسب من الجدول، وانقر فوق <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير الخيار.\n"
-"لإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة خيار، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"لإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. لإزالة خيار، حدده وانقر فوق <b>حذف</b>.</p>"
#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode)
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162
@@ -654,16 +607,14 @@
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n"
"module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> إذا قمت بتمكين استخدام SSL المضيف، ينبغي تحميل الوحدة "
-"النمطية \n"
+"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> إذا قمت بتمكين استخدام SSL المضيف، ينبغي تحميل الوحدة النمطية \n"
"<tt>mod_ssl</tt> بواسطة الخادم.</p>\n"
#. new host dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host."
-"</p>"
+"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>مضيف جديد</big></b><br>\n"
"مربع الحوار هذا يسمح لك بإدخال معلومات أساسية حول مضيف ظاهري جديد.</p>"
@@ -672,8 +623,7 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n"
-"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS "
-"name returned as a part\n"
+"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n"
"of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n"
"is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n"
"this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n"
@@ -684,8 +634,7 @@
"يرجع كجزء من\n"
"عناوين HTTP استجابة الخادم. <b>محتويات جذر الخادم</b>\n"
"مسار مطلق إلى مجلد يحتوي على كافة المستندات المقدمة من هذا المضيف\n"
-"الظاهري. <b>البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول</b> يسمح بإعداد عنوان بريد إلكتروني "
-"للحصول على معلومات حول هذا المضيف.</p>\n"
+"الظاهري. <b>البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول</b> يسمح بإعداد عنوان بريد إلكتروني للحصول على معلومات حول هذا المضيف.</p>\n"
#. new host dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188
@@ -695,11 +644,9 @@
"settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n"
"There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n"
"from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n"
-"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual "
-"host\n"
+"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n"
"by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n"
-"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</"
-"b>\n"
+"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n"
"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>قرار الخادم</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -709,16 +656,14 @@
"الوارد، يبحث الخادم اسم المضيف المحدد بواسطة عناوين \n"
"طلب HTTP. والاحتمال الآخر تحديد المضيف الظاهري بواسطة \n"
"عنوان IP المستخدمة من قبل العميل عند الاتصال بالخادم.\n"
-"إذا كنت تخطط لإعداد SSL على أساس vhost، راجع استخدام <b>القرار عن طريق عنوان "
-"IP</b>\n"
+"إذا كنت تخطط لإعداد SSL على أساس vhost، راجع استخدام <b>القرار عن طريق عنوان IP</b>\n"
"مجلد اباتشي2 لمزيد من التفاصيل.</p>\n"
#. advanced new host dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual "
-"host.</p>"
+"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>مضيف جديد</big></b><br>\n"
"مربع الحوار هذا يسمح لك بإدخال معلومات أساسية حول مضيف ظاهري جديد.</p>"
@@ -727,12 +672,10 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n"
-"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias "
-"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد <b>تمكين دعم CGI</b>\n"
-"لتشغيل البرامج النصية CGI في المسار في <b>مسار المجلد CGI</b> باستخدام الاسم "
-"المستعار <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+"لتشغيل البرامج النصية CGI في المسار في <b>مسار المجلد CGI</b> باستخدام الاسم المستعار <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
#. advanced new host dialog 3/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208
@@ -749,14 +692,8 @@
#. advanced new host dialog 4/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that "
-"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends "
-"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>في <b>فهرس المجلد</b>قم بإدخال قائمة مفصولة-بمسافة للملفات التي ينبغي "
-"لاباتشي البحث عنها عند طلب عنوان مستر المجلد (واحد ينتهي ب <tt>/</tt>) . "
-"يتطلب العثور على الملف مطابق الأول.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>في <b>فهرس المجلد</b>قم بإدخال قائمة مفصولة-بمسافة للملفات التي ينبغي لاباتشي البحث عنها عند طلب عنوان مستر المجلد (واحد ينتهي ب <tt>/</tt>) . يتطلب العثور على الملف مطابق الأول.</p>"
#. advanced new host dialog 5/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219
@@ -883,9 +820,7 @@
#. notification about package needed 1/2
#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>لإعداد خادم HTTP الحزم<b>%1</b> يجب أن يتم تثبيتها.</p>"
#. notification about package needed 2/2
@@ -1577,20 +1512,15 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"يوفر التحكم بالوصول استناداً إلى اسم المضيف العميل، عنوان IP، وما إلى ذلك."
+msgstr "يوفر التحكم بالوصول استناداً إلى اسم المضيف العميل، عنوان IP، وما إلى ذلك."
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr "نصوص CGI المنفذة استناداً إلى أسلوب النوع أو طلب الوسائط"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
-msgid ""
-"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for "
-"URL redirection"
-msgstr ""
-"رسم الخرائط لأجزاء مختلفة من نظام ملف المضيف في شجرة المستند وإعادة توجيه "
-"عنوان المسار"
+msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
+msgstr "رسم الخرائط لأجزاء مختلفة من نظام ملف المضيف في شجرة المستند وإعادة توجيه عنوان المسار"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
msgid "Basic authentication"
@@ -1613,8 +1543,7 @@
msgstr "توثيق المستخدم باستخدام ملفات DBM"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
-msgid ""
-"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
+msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
msgstr "يقوم بإنشاء مجلد الأرقام القياسية، تلقائياً، مشابه للأمر ls Unix"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
@@ -1642,9 +1571,7 @@
msgstr "تسجيل الطلبات المقدمة إلى الخادم"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
-msgid ""
-"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and "
-"content"
+msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
msgstr "يربط ملحقات اسم الملف المطلوب مع السلوك ومحتوى الملف"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
@@ -1652,9 +1579,7 @@
msgstr "يوفر التفاوض على المحتوى"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
-msgid ""
-"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the "
-"request"
+msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
msgstr "يسمح لإعداد متغيرات البيئة استناداً إلى خصائص الطلب"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
@@ -1682,9 +1607,7 @@
msgstr "مصادقة المستخدم باستخدام مصادقة MD5 موجزة"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
-msgid ""
-"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic "
-"authentication"
+msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
msgstr "يسمح باستخدام مجلد LDAP لتخزين قاعدة بيانات مصادقة HTTP Basic"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
@@ -1716,9 +1639,7 @@
msgstr "خادم صدى بسيط لتوضيح الوحدات النمطية للبروتوكول"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
-msgid ""
-"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the "
-"client"
+msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
msgstr "تمرير استجابة لشخص من خلال برنامج خارجي قبل تسليمها إلى العميل"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
@@ -1738,20 +1659,15 @@
msgstr "يقدم نظرة شاملة لإعدادات الخادم"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
-msgid ""
-"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP "
-"modules"
-msgstr ""
-"خدمات تجمع اتصال LDAP ونتائج التخزين المؤقت لتستخدمها الوحدات النمطية LDAP "
-"الأخرى"
+msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
+msgstr "خدمات تجمع اتصال LDAP ونتائج التخزين المؤقت لتستخدمها الوحدات النمطية LDAP الأخرى"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr "تسجيل إدخال وإخراج البايتات لكل طلب"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
-msgid ""
-"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
+msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
msgstr "يحدد نوع MIME بإلقاء نظرة على قليل من بايتات محتوياته"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
@@ -1775,27 +1691,19 @@
msgstr "HTTP دعم الوحدة النمطية ل mod_proxy"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
-msgid ""
-"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
-msgstr ""
-"يوفر محرك قائم على قواعد إعادة كتابة عناوين المواقع لإعادة كتابة طلب على "
-"الطاير"
+msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
+msgstr "يوفر محرك قائم على قواعد إعادة كتابة عناوين المواقع لإعادة كتابة طلب على الطاير"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr "محاولات تصحيح عناوين المواقع الخاطئة التي يدخلها المستخدمين"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
-msgid ""
-"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer "
-"Security (TLS) protocols"
-msgstr ""
-"تشفير قوي باستخدام طبقة مآخذ التوصيل الآمنة (SSL) وبروتوكولات طبقة النقل "
-"الامن (TLS)"
+msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
+msgstr "تشفير قوي باستخدام طبقة مآخذ التوصيل الآمنة (SSL) وبروتوكولات طبقة النقل الامن (TLS)"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
-msgid ""
-"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
+msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
msgstr "يوفر متغير بيئة مع معرف فريد لكل طلب"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
@@ -1842,9 +1750,5 @@
#~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports"
#~ msgstr "فتح جدار الحماية & للمنافذ المحددة"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 "
-#~ "ports on the firewall.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>عندما يتم تمكين جدار الحماية، يمكنك التحقق من ما إذا كان سيتم تمكين "
-#~ "منافذ اباتشي2 في جدار الحماية.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>عندما يتم تمكين جدار الحماية، يمكنك التحقق من ما إذا كان سيتم تمكين منافذ اباتشي2 في جدار الحماية.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. is this proposal or not?
@@ -458,8 +457,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n"
"All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n"
"All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n"
-"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be "
-"configured.</p>"
+"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>حالة الخدمات:</big></b><br>\n"
"كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة <b>---</b> غير نشطة (مؤمنة).\n"
@@ -469,12 +467,10 @@
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or "
-"Off)</b>.</p>\n"
+"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>تغيير حالة الخدمة:</big></b><br>\n"
-"حدد الخدمة المطلوب تمكينها أو تعطيلها ثم اضغط <b>تبديل الحالة (تشغيل أو "
-"إيقاف تشغيل)</b>.</p>\n"
+"حدد الخدمة المطلوب تمكينها أو تعطيلها ثم اضغط <b>تبديل الحالة (تشغيل أو إيقاف تشغيل)</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
@@ -504,8 +500,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n"
"Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n"
-"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration "
-"will remain.</p>\n"
+"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إلغاء الإعداد:</big></b>\n"
"للخروج دون تغيير الإعداد اضغط على <b>إلغاء الأمر</b> .\n"
@@ -550,12 +545,8 @@
"</ul>"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ما سبق عبارة عن وصف قصير. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع <b>info xinetd.conf</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>ما سبق عبارة عن وصف قصير. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
@@ -573,20 +564,17 @@
"transmission.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يجب أن يكون <b>نوع مأخذ التوصيل</b> stream أو dgram أو raw أو seqpacket\n"
-"، وذلك بناءً على إن كانت الخدمة مستندة إلى التدفق أو مستندة إلى مخطط "
-"البيانات\n"
+"، وذلك بناءً على إن كانت الخدمة مستندة إلى التدفق أو مستندة إلى مخطط البيانات\n"
"أو تتطلب وصول مباشر إلى IP أو تتطلب نقل مخطط بيانات تسلسلي\n"
"يعتمد عليه .</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/"
-"protocols.\n"
+"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n"
"Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يجب أن يكون<b>بروتوكول</b>عبارة عن بروتوكول صالح كما هو محدد في /etc/"
-"protocols.\n"
+"<p>يجب أن يكون<b>بروتوكول</b>عبارة عن بروتوكول صالح كما هو محدد في /etc/protocols.\n"
"من أمثلة ذلك <i>tcp</i>و,<i>udp</i>و<i>rpc/tcp</i> و<i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -615,8 +603,7 @@
"بمؤشرات ترابط متعددة وتواصل xinetd معالجة طلبات الخدمة\n"
"الجديدة ثم تقبل xinetd الاتصال تتوقع الخدمتان. \n"
"<i>udp/dgram</i> إعداد القيمة بشكل طبيعي على ،<b>نعم</b>نظراَ لأن الخدمة\n"
-"udp غير مهيأة للاتصال. بينما يتوقع الخادمان<i>tcp/stream</i>أن يتم إعداد "
-"القيمة\n"
+"udp غير مهيأة للاتصال. بينما يتوقع الخادمان<i>tcp/stream</i>أن يتم إعداد القيمة\n"
"بشكل طبيعي على <b>لا</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/installation.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/installation.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/installation.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -21,8 +21,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. this is a heading
@@ -43,20 +42,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
-"profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>إعدادات نظام الاستنساخ</b> إذا رعبت في إنشاء ملف تعريف "
-"AutoYaST.\n"
+"<p>استخدم <b>إعدادات نظام الاستنساخ</b> إذا رعبت في إنشاء ملف تعريف AutoYaST.\n"
"يستخدم AutoYaST للقيام بتثبيت لينكس سوزي كاملة دون تفاعل من \n"
-"المستخدم. AutoYaST يحتاج تشكيل جانبي لمعرفة كيف ينبغي أن يبدو نظام التثبيت. "
-"إذا تم تحديد هذا الخيار، يتم تخزين ملف تعريف \n"
+"المستخدم. AutoYaST يحتاج تشكيل جانبي لمعرفة كيف ينبغي أن يبدو نظام التثبيت. إذا تم تحديد هذا الخيار، يتم تخزين ملف تعريف \n"
"للنظام الحالي في <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. this is a heading
@@ -72,12 +65,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href="
-"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"ستتم كتابة ملف تعريف AutoYaST في/root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">لا تكتب "
-"عليه</a>)."
+msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+msgstr "ستتم كتابة ملف تعريف AutoYaST في/root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">لا تكتب عليه</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
@@ -122,9 +111,7 @@
msgstr "التثبيت من الصور"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
-"installation."
+msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
msgstr "هنا يمكنك اختيار استخدام صور Novell المحددة مسبقاً لتسريع تثبيت RPM."
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
@@ -136,9 +123,7 @@
msgstr "&لا تقم بالتثبيت من الصور"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
-"source"
+msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
msgstr "نشر صورة مخصصة - وهذا يحتاج عنوان مسار لإعداده كمصدر للتثبيت"
#. Image name, Image location
@@ -147,15 +132,11 @@
msgstr "هنا يمكنك إنشاء صور مخصصة.\n"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
-"image here"
+msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
msgstr "يجب إعداد خيارات البرمجيات أولاًً قبل أن تتمكن من إنشاء صورة هنا"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
-"installation)"
+msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
msgstr "إنشاء ملف صورة (سيجلبها AutoYaST من الموقع المحدد أثناء التثبيت)"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
@@ -180,8 +161,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
-"the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>يتم استخدام التثبيت من الصور</b> للإسراع بعملية التثبيت.\n"
@@ -192,17 +172,13 @@
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
-"dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
-"installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>إنشاء الصور الخاصة</b> تستخدم إذا رغبت\n"
"في تخطي خطوات تثبيت RPM كاملة. وبدلاً من ذلك\n"
-"سيفرغ AutoYaST الصورة الموجودة في القرص الصلب وذلك أسرع بكثير ويمكن إعادة "
-"إعداده.\n"
+"سيفرغ AutoYaST الصورة الموجودة في القرص الصلب وذلك أسرع بكثير ويمكن إعادة إعداده.\n"
"كل شيء آخر بإستثناء تثبيت حزم RPM يتم مثل عمليات التثبيت العادية.</p>"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
@@ -212,10 +188,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-"originating from the images will\n"
-"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
+"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>لاحظ أنه عند التثبيت من صورة، الطابع الزمني لجميع الحزم الصادرة\n"
"من الصورة لن تتطابق مع تاريخ التثبيت بل مع تاريخ إنشاء الصورة.</p>"
@@ -391,8 +365,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-"translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -531,17 +504,13 @@
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>استخدم <b>استنساخ</b> إذا رعبت في إنشاء ملف تعريف AutoYaST.\n"
"يستخدم AutoYaST للقيام بتثبيت لينكس سوزي كاملة دون تفاعل من \n"
-"المستخدم. AutoYaST يحتاج تشكيل جانبي لمعرفة كيف ينبغي أن يبدو نظام التثبيت. "
-"إذا تم تحديد هذا الخيار، يتم تخزين ملف تعريف \n"
+"المستخدم. AutoYaST يحتاج تشكيل جانبي لمعرفة كيف ينبغي أن يبدو نظام التثبيت. إذا تم تحديد هذا الخيار، يتم تخزين ملف تعريف \n"
"للنظام الحالي في <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. Dialog busy message
@@ -554,8 +523,7 @@
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
-msgid ""
-"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>لاستنساخ النظام الحالي، الحزمة <b>%1</b> يجب تثبيتها.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
@@ -596,8 +564,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-"packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
"تم إيقاف التصحيح.\n"
"سيتم فتح مدير برامج في YaST للتحقق من الوضع الراهن للحزم."
@@ -626,7 +593,6 @@
msgstr "حدد القرص لنسخ الصورة إليه."
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
-#| msgid "All data on the disk will be destroyed!!!"
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr "سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة على القرص!!!"
@@ -635,16 +601,8 @@
msgstr "القرص المستخدم"
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the "
-#| "disk will be destroyed and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the "
-#| "image."
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
-"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgstr ""
-"حدد القرص الذي سيتم نشر صورته. سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة على القرص، "
-"وسوف يتم تقسيم القرص كما هو معرف في الصورة."
+msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgstr "حدد القرص الذي سيتم نشر صورته. سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة على القرص، وسوف يتم تقسيم القرص كما هو معرف في الصورة."
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
@@ -861,8 +819,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-"select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -871,12 +828,8 @@
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://"
-"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا كنت بحاجة لتثبيت سواقات تشغيل لأجهزة معينة، انظر الموقع <i>http://"
-"drivers.suse.com</i> .</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا كنت بحاجة لتثبيت سواقات تشغيل لأجهزة معينة، انظر الموقع <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> .</p>"
#. Error message
#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
@@ -932,11 +885,9 @@
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>شبكة الاتصال التي تم إعدادها بحاجة إلى استخدام المستودعات البعيدة أو "
-"المنتجات الوظيفة\n"
+"<p>شبكة الاتصال التي تم إعدادها بحاجة إلى استخدام المستودعات البعيدة أو المنتجات الوظيفة\n"
" الإضافية. إذا كنت لا تستخدم المستودعات البعيدة، تخطي الإعداد.</p>\n"
#. error popup
@@ -951,10 +902,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-"number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-"ones \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>في لنكس <b>اختيار</b> أولوية عليا. <i>أوبن سوزي</i> توفر عددا\n"
@@ -964,19 +913,15 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
-"the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يمكنك اختيار بيئات سطح مكتب بديلة \n"
"(أو أحد أنماط التثبيت الأدنى)التي قد تلائم احتياجاتك \n"
"بشكل أفضل باستخدام الخيار <b>أخرى</b> . في \n"
-"وقت لاحق عند اختيار البرمجيات أو بعد التثبيت يمكنك اختيار تحديد خاص أو إضافة "
-"بيئة سطح مكتب أخرى. تمكنك هذه الشاشة من تحديد الافتراضي.</p>"
+"وقت لاحق عند اختيار البرمجيات أو بعد التثبيت يمكنك اختيار تحديد خاص أو إضافة بيئة سطح مكتب أخرى. تمكنك هذه الشاشة من تحديد الافتراضي.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
@@ -1118,9 +1063,7 @@
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-"انقر فوق أي عنوان رئيسي لإجراء التغييرات أو استخدم القائمة \"تغيير ...\" "
-"أدناه."
+msgstr "انقر فوق أي عنوان رئيسي لإجراء التغييرات أو استخدم القائمة \"تغيير ...\" أدناه."
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
@@ -1149,8 +1092,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-"displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1185,8 +1127,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"لم يتم تعديل القرص الصلب لديك بأي شكل من الأشكال. يمكنك إيقاف العملية "
-"بأمان.\n"
+"لم يتم تعديل القرص الصلب لديك بأي شكل من الأشكال. يمكنك إيقاف العملية بأمان.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for update proposal
@@ -1248,8 +1189,7 @@
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>يتيح لك تثبيت لنكس (نظام تشغيل لنكس يستند إلى وضع المستخدم) إمكانية تشغيل "
-"أجهزة\n"
+"<P>يتيح لك تثبيت لنكس (نظام تشغيل لنكس يستند إلى وضع المستخدم) إمكانية تشغيل أجهزة\n"
"لنكس ظاهرية مستقلة في نظام المضيف.</P>"
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
@@ -1431,8 +1371,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-"installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"تحقق من 'drivers.suse.com' إذا كنت بحاجة لتثبيت لسواقات تشغيل لأجهزة معينة."
@@ -1537,12 +1476,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
-"upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>هنا يمكنك مشاهدة جميع مستودعات البرمجيات التي تم العثور عليها\n"
-"على النظام الذي تقوم بترقيتة. تمكين تلك التي تريد تضمينها في عملية الترقية.</"
-"p>"
+"على النظام الذي تقوم بترقيتة. تمكين تلك التي تريد تضمينها في عملية الترقية.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
@@ -1550,8 +1487,7 @@
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>لتمكين أو إزالة أو تعطيل عنوان المسار الخاص، انقر فوق الزر <b>تبديل "
-"الوضع</b> أو انقر نقراً مزدوجاً \n"
+"<p>لتمكين أو إزالة أو تعطيل عنوان المسار الخاص، انقر فوق الزر <b>تبديل الوضع</b> أو انقر نقراً مزدوجاً \n"
"فوق العنصر الذي تريد في الجدول.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
@@ -1722,8 +1658,7 @@
" \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>هناك خطوات قليلة إضافية يجب إجراؤها قبل أن يصبح النظام جاهزًا\n"
-"للاستخدام. سترشدك أداة YaST الآن خلال بعض إجراءات الإعداد الأساسي. انقر "
-"فوق\n"
+"للاستخدام. سترشدك أداة YaST الآن خلال بعض إجراءات الإعداد الأساسي. انقر فوق\n"
" <b>التالي</b> للمتابعة. </p>\n"
" \n"
@@ -2040,8 +1975,7 @@
"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>إذا قمت بالمتابعة الآن، ستتم الكتابة فوق البيانات الموجودة على القرص "
-"الثابت\n"
+"<p>إذا قمت بالمتابعة الآن، ستتم الكتابة فوق البيانات الموجودة على القرص الثابت\n"
"وفقا للإعدادات الموجودة في مربعات الحوار السابقة.</p>"
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
@@ -2073,12 +2007,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
-"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدام <b>القائمة السوداء للأجهزة</b> إذا كنت ترغب في إنشاء قائمة حجب "
-"القنوات لمثل هذه الأجهزة التي ستقلل استخدام ذاكرة kernel.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدام <b>القائمة السوداء للأجهزة</b> إذا كنت ترغب في إنشاء قائمة حجب القنوات لمثل هذه الأجهزة التي ستقلل استخدام ذاكرة kernel.</p>"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
@@ -2232,8 +2162,7 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "معلومات الجهاز لبطاقة شبكة الاتصال المحددة"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>هنا يمكنك إعداد بطاقات شبكة الاتصال واستخدامها على الفور.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2440,11 +2369,8 @@
#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..."
#~ msgstr "يتم الآن كتابة إعدادات شبكة اتصال..."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>الرجاء الانتظار بينما يتم كتابة إعداد شبكة الاتصال واختبار...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>الرجاء الانتظار بينما يتم كتابة إعداد شبكة الاتصال واختبار...</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n"
@@ -2533,8 +2459,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
-#~ "your\n"
+#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -2560,8 +2485,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation "
-#~ "program\n"
+#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n"
#~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
#~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
#~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
@@ -2703,8 +2627,7 @@
#~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue."
#~ msgstr "فشل الاتصال بنظام التثبيت. تعذرت متابعة مصحح الأخطاء."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>للوصول لنظام X 11، <b>%1</b> يجب تثبيت الحزمة.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
@@ -2718,8 +2641,7 @@
#~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
#~ "Please check your hardware!\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-#~ "installation.\n"
+#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لم يتم العثور على أقراص صلبة للتثبيت.\n"
#~ "الرجاء التحقق من الأجهزة!\n"
@@ -2734,8 +2656,7 @@
#~ "found for the installation.\n"
#~ "Check your hardware.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-#~ "installation.\n"
+#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لم يتم العثور على أقراص صلبة وأجهزة تحكم بالأقراص الصلبة\n"
#~ "للتثبيت.\n"
@@ -2783,12 +2704,9 @@
#~ msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة الخطوط..."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation "
-#~ "up. \n"
-#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your "
-#~ "selection \n"
-#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be "
-#~ "installed from \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up. \n"
+#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n"
+#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n"
#~ "packages the standard way.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>يتم استخدام التثبيت من الصور</b> للإسراع بعملية التثبيت. \n"
@@ -2796,9 +2714,7 @@
#~ "من الأنماط. سيتم تثبيت بقية الحزم التي ليست في الصور بالطريقة القياسية\n"
#~ " لتثبيت الحزم.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please "
-#~ "wait...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait...</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>حاليا، يتم كتابة ثبيت الإعداد التلقائي. الرجاء الانتظار...</p>"
#~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..."
@@ -2823,8 +2739,7 @@
#~ msgstr "إصلاح ال&نظام المثبَّت"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux "
-#~ "system on\n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n"
#~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -2842,8 +2757,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n"
#~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n"
-#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' "
-#~ "directory."
+#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Yast الوصول الى وحدة %1 فشل .\n"
#~ "مزيد من المعلومات متوفرة في '%2' ملف.\n"
@@ -2958,8 +2872,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "To let the new installation to create an automatic configuration, select\n"
-#~ "<b>Use Automatic Configuration</b>. Otherwise, manual configuration will "
-#~ "be used.\n"
+#~ "<b>Use Automatic Configuration</b>. Otherwise, manual configuration will be used.\n"
#~ "Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/instserver.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/instserver.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/instserver.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0")
@@ -374,21 +373,18 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n"
-"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use "
-"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
+"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
"to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كنت بحاجة لتقييد الوصول إلى المجلدات المصدرة إلى بعض \n"
-"المضيفين، قم بإضافة قناع wild card أكثر تقييداً. على سبيل المثال، استخدم "
-"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
+"المضيفين، قم بإضافة قناع wild card أكثر تقييداً. على سبيل المثال، استخدم <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
"لتقييد الوصول إلى الشبكة الفرعية <em>192.168.1.0</em> .\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
-"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the "
-"available\n"
+"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n"
"options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -436,8 +432,7 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
-"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following "
-"URL:\n"
+"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>خادم التثبيت سيكون متاح للعملاء الذين يستخدمون المسار التالي:\n"
@@ -472,12 +467,10 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n"
-"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown "
-"below:</p>\n"
+"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد الاسم المستعار قصير وسهل لتتذكره. على \n"
-"سبيل المثال، إذا قمت بتحديد <em>سوزي</em> كاسم مستعار، المستودعات ستكون "
-"متاحة كما هو موضح أدناه:</p>\n"
+"سبيل المثال، إذا قمت بتحديد <em>سوزي</em> كاسم مستعار، المستودعات ستكون متاحة كما هو موضح أدناه:</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
@@ -497,8 +490,7 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
-"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all "
-"product\n"
+"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n"
"CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n"
"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n"
msgstr ""
@@ -512,8 +504,7 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
-"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation "
-"server. \n"
+"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n"
"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>SLP (بروتوكول خدمة الموقع) يسهل العثور على خادم تثبيت. \n"
@@ -521,8 +512,7 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
-"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base "
-"product, and press\n"
+"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n"
"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد محرك أقراص مصدر من القائمة، وإدراج الوسط اﻷول للمنتج الأساسي \n"
@@ -530,15 +520,11 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add "
-"additional\n"
-"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n"
+"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>عند نسخ الوسائط الأساسية إلى المستودع المحلي، يمكنك إضافة أقراص مضغوطة "
-"إضافية إلى\n"
-"المستودع (على سبيل المثال، أقراص حزمة الخدمات أو أية أقراص مضغوطة لوظيفة "
-"إضافية).</p>\n"
+"<p>عند نسخ الوسائط الأساسية إلى المستودع المحلي، يمكنك إضافة أقراص مضغوطة إضافية إلى\n"
+"المستودع (على سبيل المثال، أقراص حزمة الخدمات أو أية أقراص مضغوطة لوظيفة إضافية).</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101
msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>"
@@ -546,8 +532,7 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</"
-"b>, you can\n"
+"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n"
"select ISO image files.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يمكن استخدام الصور ISO بدلاً من وسائط القرص المضغوط أو قرص DVD. إذا قمت\n"
@@ -606,17 +591,14 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
-"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then "
-"made \n"
+"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n"
"available for configuration.\n"
-"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories "
-"and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>إضافة مستودع:</b><br>\n"
"المجلدات غير المُعدة تم الكشف عنها في مجلد المستودع وثم \n"
"إتاحتها للإعداد.\n"
-"لإضافة مستودع، قم بتحديده من قائمة المستودعات غير المُعدة واضغط على <b>إعداد</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"لإضافة مستودع، قم بتحديده من قائمة المستودعات غير المُعدة واضغط على <b>إعداد</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136
@@ -663,8 +645,7 @@
#. Read service data using _auto
#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
-"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd "
-"package\n"
+"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
"يتطلب تثبيت خادم FTP تثبيت حزمة خادم FTP. سيتم\n"
@@ -679,8 +660,7 @@
#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458
msgid ""
-"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 "
-"package\n"
+"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n"
"will now be installed."
msgstr ""
"يتطلب تثبيت خادم HTTP تثبيت حزمة خادم HTTP. سيتم\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -176,151 +176,88 @@
"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
-"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
-"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-"
-"virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
-"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
-"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
-"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
-"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|"
-"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
-"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|"
-"syslog_facility\n"
-"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the "
-"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/"
-"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
-"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
-"requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using "
-"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on "
-"methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
-"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero "
-"seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
-"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
-"configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</"
-"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
-"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If "
-"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise "
-"options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls "
-"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has "
-"changed on\n"
-"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on "
-"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name "
-"of the\n"
+"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
+"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n"
"configuration.\n"
-"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> "
-"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if "
-"<b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named "
-"<i>configuration</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the "
-"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the "
-"configuration file changed\n"
-"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous "
-"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
+"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
+"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
"</p><p>Default: no\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to "
-"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
-"table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
-"be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
-"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
-"routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
-"information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
-"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
-"kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</"
-"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
-"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every "
-"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will "
-"increase\n"
-"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many "
-"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate "
-"instances\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
+"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n"
"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All "
-"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful "
-"to run\n"
-"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://"
-"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</"
-"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/"
-"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -328,87 +265,42 @@
#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|"
-"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
-"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than "
-"zero. The\n"
-"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> "
-"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual "
-"service\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
+"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n"
"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->"
-"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
-"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</"
-"i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
-"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended "
-"primarily for\n"
-"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a "
-"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in "
-"which case\n"
-"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server "
-"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, "
-"must be\n"
-"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and "
-"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will "
-"be\n"
-"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-"
-"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the "
-"request-receive\n"
-"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the "
-"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
-"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server "
-"is used.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual "
-"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> "
-"address of a\n"
-"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running "
-"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its "
-"virtual\n"
-"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is "
-"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way "
-"that the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
+"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n"
+"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n"
+"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n"
+"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
+"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
+"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n"
+"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n"
"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n"
-"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The "
-"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, "
-"emailalertfreq and\n"
-"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in "
-"which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
+"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</"
-"b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a "
-"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> "
-"connection, thus the\n"
-"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then "
-"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one "
-"negotiate\n"
-"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and "
-"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
-"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real "
-"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> "
-"services. Off\n"
-"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be "
-"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always "
-"be\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
+"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n"
+"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
+"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n"
+"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n"
"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|"
-"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|"
-"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|"
-"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None "
-"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
-"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it "
-"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the "
-"server\n"
-"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</"
-"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
+"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
@@ -431,9 +323,7 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be "
-"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if "
-"everything\n"
+"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
@@ -444,105 +334,68 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service "
-"port.\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</"
-"b>\n"
-"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real "
-"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be "
-"overridden by\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, "
-"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
-"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</"
-"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one "
-"or more\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
-"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any "
-"occurances of \n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the "
-"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in "
-"mind that\n"
-"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special "
-"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be "
-"overridden by an\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
+"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's "
-"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</"
-"small></b>\n"
-"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the "
-"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is "
-"the\n"
-"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> "
-"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
+"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or "
-"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> "
-"request. In the\n"
-"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name "
-"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will "
-"be\n"
-"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last "
-"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
+"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
+"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log "
-"in.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from "
-"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the "
-"configuration\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is "
-"derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication "
-"will not be attempted.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , "
-"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
+"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where "
-"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at "
-"run time, or sourced\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
"from uname if unset.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be "
-"performed.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the "
-"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed "
-"against. This\n"
+"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
"is a required setting.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform "
-"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd "
-"(set by\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
"\n"
@@ -556,120 +409,73 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an "
-"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm"
-"\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</"
-"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall "
-"mark then the\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
"protocol must be fwm.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the "
-"port is not 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is "
-"53: udp\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
-"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
-"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-"
-"virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
-"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
-"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
-"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
-"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
-"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
-"requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using "
-"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on "
-"methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
-"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero "
-"seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
-"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
-"configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</"
-"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
-"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If "
-"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise "
-"options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|"
-"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
-"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to "
-"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
-"table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
-"be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
-"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
-"routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
-"information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
-"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
-"kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</"
-"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
-"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -850,7 +656,7 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "انتهى"
#. Write all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -860,15 +666,15 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "تشغيل اعداد سوزي"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module
@@ -335,8 +334,7 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -351,60 +349,41 @@
msgstr "<h1>تحذير</h1>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that "
-"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data "
-"corruption.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>عند الوصول إلى جهاز يعمل ببروتوكول iSCSI <b>للقراءة</b>/<b>الكتابة</b>، "
-"تأكد من أن هذا الوصول خاص. وإلا سيكون هناك احتمال كبير لتعرُض البيانات للتلف."
-"</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>عند الوصول إلى جهاز يعمل ببروتوكول iSCSI <b>للقراءة</b>/<b>الكتابة</b>، تأكد من أن هذا الوصول خاص. وإلا سيكون هناك احتمال كبير لتعرُض البيانات للتلف.</p>\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</"
-"tt>. \n"
-"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only "
-"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>القيمة <b>InitiatorName</b> من <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
-"في حال كان لديك iBFT، ستتم إضافة هذه القيمة هناك وستكون قادر على تغييرها فقط "
-"في إعداد BIOS.</p>"
+"في حال كان لديك iBFT، ستتم إضافة هذه القيمة هناك وستكون قادر على تغييرها فقط في إعداد BIOS.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for "
-"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
-"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should "
-"be 3205.\n"
+"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
+"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-"إذا كنت تريد استخدام <b>iSNS</b> (خدمة تخزين أسماء الإنترنت) للأهداف "
-"المكتشفة بدلاً من الأسلوب SendTargets الافتراضي\n"
+"إذا كنت تريد استخدام <b>iSNS</b> (خدمة تخزين أسماء الإنترنت) للأهداف المكتشفة بدلاً من الأسلوب SendTargets الافتراضي\n"
"أكتب عنوان IP من خادم iSNS والمنفذ. يجب أن يكون المنفذ الافتراضي 3205.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
-"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> "
-"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
"أدخل <b>عنوان IP</b> الخاص بالخادم الذي تم اكتشافه.\n"
-"قم بتغيير الخيار <b>منفذ</b> فقط إذا لزم الأمر. للتصديق، استخدم <b>اسم "
-"المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b>. إذا لم تكن بحاجة إلى التصديق،\n"
+"قم بتغيير الخيار <b>منفذ</b> فقط إذا لزم الأمر. للتصديق، استخدم <b>اسم المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b>. إذا لم تكن بحاجة إلى التصديق،\n"
"اختر <b>بدون تصديق</b>.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click "
-"<b>Connect</b>. "
-msgstr ""
-"قائمة العقد يقدمها iSCSI الهدف. حدد عنصر واحد وانقر فوق <b>اتصال</b>. "
+msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
+msgstr "قائمة العقد يقدمها iSCSI الهدف. حدد عنصر واحد وانقر فوق <b>اتصال</b>. "
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and "
-"<b>Password</b>."
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
msgstr "حدد نوع التصديق ثم أدخل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b>."
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
@@ -415,30 +394,22 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n"
"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
-"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. "
-"when\n"
+"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI "
-"service\n"
+"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n"
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>دليل</b> أهداف iSCSI أن لا تكون متصلاً بشكل افتراضي، يحتاج المستخدم "
-"إلى\n"
+"<p><b>دليل</b> أهداف iSCSI أن لا تكون متصلاً بشكل افتراضي، يحتاج المستخدم إلى\n"
"القيام بذلك يدوياً</p>\n"
-"<p><b>عند الإقلاع</b> لأهداف iSCSI أن تكون متصلاً أثناء الإقلاع، أي عندما "
-"يكون \n"
+"<p><b>عند الإقلاع</b> لأهداف iSCSI أن تكون متصلاً أثناء الإقلاع، أي عندما يكون \n"
"الجذر على iSCSI. مثل أن يتم التقييم من initrd.</p>\n"
"<p><b>التلقائي</b> لأهداف iSCSI تكون متصلاً عند بدء \n"
"تشغل خدمة iSCSI نفسها.</p>\n"
#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> "
-"to any target."
-msgstr ""
-"قائمة الأهداف التي تم اكتشافها. ابدأ في إجراء <b>اكتشاف</b> أو <b>اتصال</b> "
-"جديد بأي هدف."
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgstr "قائمة الأهداف التي تم اكتشافها. ابدأ في إجراء <b>اكتشاف</b> أو <b>اتصال</b> جديد بأي هدف."
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -538,12 +509,8 @@
#. check if not already connected
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
-msgid ""
-"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that "
-"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
-msgstr ""
-"الهدف في TargetName هذا متصل بالفعل. تأكد من تمكين Multipathing لمنع تلف "
-"البيانات."
+msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
+msgstr "الهدف في TargetName هذا متصل بالفعل. تأكد من تمكين Multipathing لمنع تلف البيانات."
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
@@ -573,9 +540,7 @@
#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300)
#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>لإعداد بادئ iSCSI، يجب تثبيت الحزمة <b>%1</b> .</p>"
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module
@@ -396,65 +395,29 @@
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-"حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدام <b>بدون مصادقة</b> أو أحد <b>الواردة</b> و "
-"<b>الصادرة</b> (يمكن اختيارهما معا). ثم أدخل <b>المستخدم</b> و <b>كلمة "
-"المرور</b>."
+msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدام <b>بدون مصادقة</b> أو أحد <b>الواردة</b> و <b>الصادرة</b> (يمكن اختيارهما معا). ثم أدخل <b>المستخدم</b> و <b>كلمة المرور</b>."
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target "
-#| "portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name "
-#| "is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsci/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi "
-#| "inititiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target "
-"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is "
-"<i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi "
-"initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لتوفير وصول لعميل LUN مستورد من المجموعة المستهدفة "
-"المدخل. حدد العميل الذي يسمح له بالوصول إليه (اسم العميل هو "
-"<i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsci/initiatorname.iscsi' في مدخلات iscsi). "
-"سيتم إزالة <b>حذف</b> وصول العميل إلى LUN.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لتوفير وصول لعميل LUN مستورد من المجموعة المستهدفة المدخل. حدد العميل الذي يسمح له بالوصول إليه (اسم العميل هو <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsci/initiatorname.iscsi' في مدخلات iscsi). سيتم إزالة <b>حذف</b> وصول العميل إلى LUN.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
-"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the "
-"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both "
-"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use "
-"Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is "
-"disabled here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مع <b>تحرير LUN</b> واحدة يمكن تعديل تعيين LUN. يرجى ملاحظة أن العدد "
-"المستهدف رقم وحدة منطقية يجب أن يكون فريد <br>بعد الضغط على <b>تحرير "
-"المصادقة</b>، حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم <b>الواردة</b>أو <b>الصادرة</b> أو "
-"كليهما معا. ثم أدخل <b>المستخدم</b> و <b>كلمة المرور</b>. إذا تم تعطيل "
-"<b>استخدام المصادقة</b> في مربع الحوار السابق، يتم تعطيل <b>المصادقة تحرير</"
-"b> هنا.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مع <b>تحرير LUN</b> واحدة يمكن تعديل تعيين LUN. يرجى ملاحظة أن العدد المستهدف رقم وحدة منطقية يجب أن يكون فريد <br>بعد الضغط على <b>تحرير المصادقة</b>، حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم <b>الواردة</b>أو <b>الصادرة</b> أو كليهما معا. ثم أدخل <b>المستخدم</b> و <b>كلمة المرور</b>. إذا تم تعطيل <b>استخدام المصادقة</b> في مربع الحوار السابق، يتم تعطيل <b>المصادقة تحرير</b> هنا.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to "
-"the LUN.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>نسخة</b> يوفر إمكانية إضافية لوصول العميل إلى LUN.</p>"
#. target dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
-"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</"
-"b>."
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"قائمة بالأهداف المقدمة والمدخل من الفئات المستهدفة. إنشاء هدف جديد بواسطة "
-"النقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.\n"
+"قائمة بالأهداف المقدمة والمدخل من الفئات المستهدفة. إنشاء هدف جديد بواسطة النقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>.\n"
"لحذف أو تعديل عنصر، حدده واضغط على <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b>."
#. edit target
@@ -466,11 +429,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"<b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
@@ -483,8 +444,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
-"address\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
@@ -498,11 +458,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
@@ -513,23 +471,16 @@
"يقوم المستخدم اسم LUN، يتم توليدة تلقائيا."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
-"configuration options."
-msgstr ""
-"من الممكن <b>إضافة</b>أو <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> كافة خيارات الإعداد "
-"الإضافية."
+msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
+msgstr "من الممكن <b>إضافة</b>أو <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> كافة خيارات الإعداد الإضافية."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-"purposes).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
-"<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
"حرر رقم <b>LUN</b> إذا لزم الأمر، عين <b>نوع</b> (nullio لأغراض الاختبار).\n"
-"إذا كان نوع = fileio عين <b>المسار</b> إلى جهاز القرص أو ملف.<b>معرف SCSI</"
-"b> و <b>القطاعات</b> اختيارية."
+"إذا كان نوع = fileio عين <b>المسار</b> إلى جهاز القرص أو ملف.<b>معرف SCSI</b> و <b>القطاعات</b> اختيارية."
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
@@ -803,7 +754,6 @@
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296
-#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية"
@@ -814,7 +764,6 @@
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302
-#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..."
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/iscsi-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-server module
@@ -341,35 +340,24 @@
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
-"For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or "
-"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
+"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
+"For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
msgstr ""
-"حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم <b>بدون مصادقة</b> أو أحد <b>الواردة</b> و "
-"<b>الصادرة</b> (يمكن أن إختيار كلاهما معا). ثم أدخل <b>المستخدم</b> و "
-"<b>كلمة المرور</b>.\n"
-"للمصادقة الواردة، من الممكن <b>إضافة</b> أزواج أكثر أو <b>تحرير</b> أو "
-"<b>حذف</b> منها."
+"حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم <b>بدون مصادقة</b> أو أحد <b>الواردة</b> و <b>الصادرة</b> (يمكن أن إختيار كلاهما معا). ثم أدخل <b>المستخدم</b> و <b>كلمة المرور</b>.\n"
+"للمصادقة الواردة، من الممكن <b>إضافة</b> أزواج أكثر أو <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> منها."
#. target dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</"
-"b>."
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
"عرض قائمة بالأهداف. إنشاء هدف جديد بواسطة النقر فوق <b>إضافة</b>. \n"
"لحذف أو تعديل عنصر، حدده واضغط <b>تعديل</b> أو <b>حذف</b>."
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, "
-"LVM, or RAID.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"من الممكن تغيير <b>مسار</b> إلى كتلة أجهزة، والملفات العادية أو LVM أو "
-"RAID.\n"
+msgid "It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n"
+msgstr "من الممكن تغيير <b>مسار</b> إلى كتلة أجهزة، والملفات العادية أو LVM أو RAID.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131
msgid ""
@@ -390,24 +378,16 @@
"إذا كنت بحاجة إلى أية خيارات إضافية، اختر <b>إعدادات الخبير</b>.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
-"configuration options."
-msgstr ""
-"من الممكن <b>إضافة</b>أو <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> كافة خيارات الإعداد "
-"الإضافية."
+msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
+msgstr "من الممكن <b>إضافة</b>أو <b>تحرير</b> أو <b>حذف</b> كافة خيارات الإعداد الإضافية."
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-"purposes). \n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
-"<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"حرر رقم<b>LUN</b> إذا لزم الأمر، قم بتعيين <b>نوع</b> (nullio لأغراض "
-"الاختبار). \n"
-"إذا كان النوع = nullio عين <b>المسار</b> إلى جهاز القرص أو ملف.<b>معرف SCSI</"
-"b> و <b>قطاعات</b> اختيارية."
+"حرر رقم<b>LUN</b> إذا لزم الأمر، قم بتعيين <b>نوع</b> (nullio لأغراض الاختبار). \n"
+"إذا كان النوع = nullio عين <b>المسار</b> إلى جهاز القرص أو ملف.<b>معرف SCSI</b> و <b>قطاعات</b> اختيارية."
#. extract ScsiId
#: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:168
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xisns module
@@ -199,78 +198,30 @@
"من هنا قم بإعداد iSNS.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of "
-"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<b><big>iSNS موقع الخادم</big></b><br>يمكن إدخال اسم DNS أو عنوان ip لخدمة "
-"iSNS للعنوان iSNS.\n"
+msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n"
+msgstr "<b><big>iSNS موقع الخادم</big></b><br>يمكن إدخال اسم DNS أو عنوان ip لخدمة iSNS للعنوان iSNS.\n"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service "
-"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI "
-"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node "
-"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يتم عرض قائمة بكافة العقد المتاحة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI المسجلة في iSNS.</p> "
-"<p>يتم تسجيل العقد بواسطة بادء iSCSI وأهداف iSCSI.</p> <p> إلا أنه من الممكن "
-"<b>حذف</b> عليها حذف عقده إزالته من قاعدة iSNS. </p>"
+msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يتم عرض قائمة بكافة العقد المتاحة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI المسجلة في iSNS.</p> <p>يتم تسجيل العقد بواسطة بادء iSCSI وأهداف iSCSI.</p> <p> إلا أنه من الممكن <b>حذف</b> عليها حذف عقده إزالته من قاعدة iSNS. </p>"
#. discovery domains
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</"
-"b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the "
-"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"يتم عرض قائمة بكافة المجالات المكتشفة. الخاصة باكتشاف المجالات، من الممكن "
-"<b>إنشاء</b> مجال اكتشاف و <b>حذفه</b> منها.<p>حذف مجال يحذف الأعضاء من "
-"المجال. ولكن لا يؤدي إلى حذف أعضاء العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI</p>"
+msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>"
+msgstr "يتم عرض قائمة بكافة المجالات المكتشفة. الخاصة باكتشاف المجالات، من الممكن <b>إنشاء</b> مجال اكتشاف و <b>حذفه</b> منها.<p>حذف مجال يحذف الأعضاء من المجال. ولكن لا يؤدي إلى حذف أعضاء العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI</p>"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49
-msgid ""
-"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting "
-"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery "
-"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or "
-"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but "
-"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not "
-"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When "
-"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this "
-"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS "
-"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same "
-"Discovery Domains.</p> "
-msgstr ""
-"يتم عرض قائمة بكافة عقد iSCSI قبل اكتشاف المجال. اختيار مجال إكتشاف آخر "
-"يجدد القائمة مع الأعضاء من مجال الاكتشاف هذا. من الممكن <b>إضافة</b> عقده "
-"iSCSI إلى مجال اكتشاف أو <b>حذف</b> العقدة.<p>حذف عقده يزيلها من المجال. "
-"ولكن لا يؤدي إلى حذف العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI</p> <p>إنشاء نقطة iSCSI يسمح "
-"به للعقده المسجلة حتى الآن والتي لم يتم إضافتها كعضو في مجال اكتشاف. عندما "
-"يسجل البادئ أو الهدف هذه العقدة فإنها تصبح جزءا من هذا المجال</p> <p>عندما "
-"يقوم بادئ iSCSI بطلب اكتشاف، خدمة iSNS تقوم بإرجاع جميع أهداف عقد iSCSI إلى "
-"أعضاء في نفس المجالات الاكتشاف.</p> "
+msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> "
+msgstr "يتم عرض قائمة بكافة عقد iSCSI قبل اكتشاف المجال. اختيار مجال إكتشاف آخر يجدد القائمة مع الأعضاء من مجال الاكتشاف هذا. من الممكن <b>إضافة</b> عقده iSCSI إلى مجال اكتشاف أو <b>حذف</b> العقدة.<p>حذف عقده يزيلها من المجال. ولكن لا يؤدي إلى حذف العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI</p> <p>إنشاء نقطة iSCSI يسمح به للعقده المسجلة حتى الآن والتي لم يتم إضافتها كعضو في مجال اكتشاف. عندما يسجل البادئ أو الهدف هذه العقدة فإنها تصبح جزءا من هذا المجال</p> <p>عندما يقوم بادئ iSCSI بطلب اكتشاف، خدمة iSNS تقوم بإرجاع جميع أهداف عقد iSCSI إلى أعضاء في نفس المجالات الاكتشاف.</p> "
#. dds table dialog
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53
-msgid ""
-"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery "
-"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a "
-"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS "
-"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery "
-"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"في الأعلى يتم عرض قائمة بكافة مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. اكتشاف المجالات تنتمي "
-"إلى مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. <p>مجال اكتشاف يجب أن يكون عضوا في مجموعة مجال "
-"اكتشاف لكي يكون فعال. </p><p>في قاعدة بيانات iSNS، مجموعة مجال اكتشاف تحتوي "
-"على مجال اكتشاف وتتضمن مجالات اكتشاف أعضاء عقد iSCSI.</p>"
+msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>"
+msgstr "في الأعلى يتم عرض قائمة بكافة مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. اكتشاف المجالات تنتمي إلى مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. <p>مجال اكتشاف يجب أن يكون عضوا في مجموعة مجال اكتشاف لكي يكون فعال. </p><p>في قاعدة بيانات iSNS، مجموعة مجال اكتشاف تحتوي على مجال اكتشاف وتتضمن مجالات اكتشاف أعضاء عقد iSCSI.</p>"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different "
-"discovery domain set is selected.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يتم تحديث قائمة أعضاء مجموعة مجال الاكتشاف كلما تم تحديد مجموعة مجال "
-"اكتشاف مختلفة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يتم تحديث قائمة أعضاء مجموعة مجال الاكتشاف كلما تم تحديد مجموعة مجال اكتشاف مختلفة.</p>"
#. **************** global funcions and variables *****
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28
@@ -344,9 +295,7 @@
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>لإعداد خادم isns الحزمة <b>%1</b> يجب تثبيتها.</p>"
#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the kdump module
@@ -46,7 +45,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89
-#| msgid "Dump format for dump image ELF/compressed"
msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo"
msgstr "تهيئة التفريغ لصورة التفريغ بدون/ELF/مضغوط/lzo"
@@ -57,28 +55,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"مخطط الاسم:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] الرجاء إدخال فقط "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
+msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "مخطط الاسم:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] الرجاء إدخال فقط \"kernel_string\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the "
-"kdump kernel."
+msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
msgstr "سطر أوامر مُفرغ ك هو الذي يوصل إلى نواة مُفرغ ك."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command "
-"line string."
-msgstr ""
-"تعيين هذا المتغير إذا كنت تريد تعيين قيم _append_ فقط إلى السلسلة سطر "
-"الأوامر الافتراضية."
+msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
+msgstr "تعيين هذا المتغير إذا كنت تريد تعيين قيم _append_ فقط إلى السلسلة سطر الأوامر الافتراضية."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
@@ -107,12 +95,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes "
-"password (plain text file)."
-msgstr ""
-"كلمة مرور SMTP لإرسال رسائل التنبيه. مسار الملف الذي يتضمن كلمة مرور (ملف نص "
-"عادي)."
+msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
+msgstr "كلمة مرور SMTP لإرسال رسائل التنبيه. مسار الملف الذي يتضمن كلمة مرور (ملف نص عادي)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
@@ -151,18 +135,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247
-#| msgid "Dump format can be ELF or compressed"
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr "صيغة التفريغ يمكن أن يكون، بدون، مضغوط،، ELF، أو lzo"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, "
-"nfs, cifs"
-msgstr ""
-"هدف التفريغ ويشمل نوع الهدف من: ملف (نظام الملفات المحلي)، , ftp, ssh, nfs, "
-"cifs"
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+msgstr "هدف التفريغ ويشمل نوع الهدف من: ملف (نظام الملفات المحلي)، , ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
@@ -201,12 +180,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means "
-"only \"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"مخطط الاسم: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] اسم النواة يعني "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
+msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "مخطط الاسم: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] اسم النواة يعني \"kernel_string\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
@@ -215,11 +190,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
-msgid ""
-"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 "
-"or s are allowed"
-msgstr ""
-"ويعني الخيار مستوى التشغيب لإقلاع نواة مُفرغ ك. يسمح فقط بالقيم مثل 1,235 أو s"
+msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
+msgstr "ويعني الخيار مستوى التشغيب لإقلاع نواة مُفرغ ك. يسمح فقط بالقيم مثل 1,235 أو s"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
@@ -443,11 +415,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
-#| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value."
-msgid ""
-"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
-msgstr ""
-"الخيارات يجب أن تحتوي على القيم \"بدون\", \"ELF\", \"مضغوط\" أو \"lzo\" value فقط."
+msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
+msgstr "الخيارات يجب أن تحتوي على القيم \"بدون\", \"ELF\", \"مضغوط\" أو \"lzo\" value فقط."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829
@@ -589,7 +558,6 @@
msgstr "بدون تفريغ"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195
-#| msgid "E&LF Format"
msgid "&ELF Format"
msgstr "صيغة ELF"
@@ -598,7 +566,6 @@
msgstr "صيغ الضغط"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197
-#| msgid "C&ompressed Format"
msgid "&LZO Compressed Format"
msgstr "صيغة ضغط &LZO"
@@ -760,8 +727,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/"
-"removed. \n"
+" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n"
" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تمكين/تعطيل مُفرغ ك</b><br>\n"
@@ -782,19 +748,10 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n"
-" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take "
-"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-"
-"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which "
-"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the "
-"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has "
-"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
+" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>بمساعدة البرنامج الثابت للتفريغ</b><br>\n"
-" التفريغ لا يُنشئ قبل إعادة تهيئة القسم ولكن يتم عند إعادة تشغيل "
-"التقسيم. عند إجراء تفريغ بمساعدة البرنامج الثابت، يتم تجميد ذاكرة النظام "
-"وإعادة إقلاع التقسيم، وذلك يسمح بتقديم اقتراح جديد لنظام التشغيل لتفريغ "
-"البيانات لتجنب تحطم النواة. هذه الميزة مناسبة فقط للأنظمة أكثر من 1.5 "
-"غيغابايت من الذاكرة.</p>"
+" التفريغ لا يُنشئ قبل إعادة تهيئة القسم ولكن يتم عند إعادة تشغيل التقسيم. عند إجراء تفريغ بمساعدة البرنامج الثابت، يتم تجميد ذاكرة النظام وإعادة إقلاع التقسيم، وذلك يسمح بتقديم اقتراح جديد لنظام التشغيل لتفريغ البيانات لتجنب تحطم النواة. هذه الميزة مناسبة فقط للأنظمة أكثر من 1.5 غيغابايت من الذاكرة.</p>"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57
@@ -815,17 +772,14 @@
"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n"
" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n"
-" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip."
-"<br>\n"
-" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster."
-"<br>\n"
+" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تنسيق التفريغ</b><br>\n"
" <i>بدون تفريغ</i> - حفظ سجل النواة فقط <br>\n"
" <i>تنسيق ELF</i> - اصنع ملف تفريغ بصيغة ELF <br>\n"
-" <i>تنسيق مضغوط</i> - ضغط بيانات صفحات التفريغ من قبل كل صفحة بصيغة "
-"gzip<br>\n"
+" <i>تنسيق مضغوط</i> - ضغط بيانات صفحات التفريغ من قبل كل صفحة بصيغة gzip<br>\n"
" <i>بصيغة LZO مضغوط</i> - ملف أكبر قليلا ولكن أسرع بكثير <br>\n"
"</p>"
@@ -833,8 +787,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
-" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving "
-"dumps.<br></p>"
+" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>حفظ الهدف لصورة مُفرغ ك</b><br>\n"
" حفظ هدف الصور مُفرغ ك. حدد نوع الهدف لحفظ التفريغات.<br></p>"
@@ -844,8 +797,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
-" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing "
-"<i>Browse</i>\n"
+" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ملفات النظام المحلية</b> - حفظ الصورة kdump في نظام الملفات المحلي.\n"
@@ -861,8 +813,7 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection."
-"<br></p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - حفظ صورة kdump عن طريق بروتوكول نقل الملفات.\n"
" <i>اسم الخادم</i> - اسم خادم ftp.\n"
@@ -963,8 +914,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
-" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed."
-"<br></p>"
+" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تمكين حذف صور Dumpالقديمة</b> - \n"
" تمكين حذف القديمة تفريغ الصور. إذا تجاوز العدد ملفات تفريغ في\n"
@@ -987,50 +937,37 @@
#. SMTP Server
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>خادم SMTP</b> المستخدم في إرسال رسالة إعلام بالبريد إلكتروني بعد أخذ "
-"التفريغ.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>خادم SMTP</b> المستخدم في إرسال رسالة إعلام بالبريد إلكتروني بعد أخذ التفريغ.</p>"
#. SMTP User Name
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
-" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, "
-"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
+" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>اسم المستخدم</b> من أجل مصادقة .SMTP عندما يتم \n"
-"تعيين <i>خادم SMTP</i> .يكون اختياري. عندما لا تحدد اسم المستخدم/كلمة "
-"المرور. سيتم استخدما SMTP عادي.</p>\n"
+"تعيين <i>خادم SMTP</i> .يكون اختياري. عندما لا تحدد اسم المستخدم/كلمة المرور. سيتم استخدما SMTP عادي.</p>\n"
#. SMTP Password
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. "
-"This\n"
-" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP "
-"will be used.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
+" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>كلمة المرور</b> SMTP. عندما يتم تعيين توثيق <i>خادم SMTP</i> \n"
"هذا اختياري. بدون اسم المستخدم/كلمة المرور سيتم استخدما SMTP عادي.</p>\n"
#. Notification To (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification "
-"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تنبيه</b> عنوان البريد الذي سيتم إرسال بريد تنبيه عند حفظ ملف تفريغ.</"
-"p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>تنبيه</b> عنوان البريد الذي سيتم إرسال بريد تنبيه عند حفظ ملف تفريغ.</p>\n"
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses "
-"to\n"
-" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
+" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>نسخة تنبيه</b> قائمة من عناوين البريد مفصولة بمسافة التي سيتم إرسال\n"
"نسخة البريد إذا تم حفظ ملف تفريغ.</p>\n"
@@ -1038,12 +975,10 @@
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the "
-"number of dump files \n"
+"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تحديد عدد المستودعات القديمة</b> يحدد الاحتفاظ بكم نسخة قديمة. إذا "
-"تجاوز عدد \n"
+"<p><b>تحديد عدد المستودعات القديمة</b> يحدد الاحتفاظ بكم نسخة قديمة. إذا تجاوز عدد \n"
"ملفات dump هذا العدد، تتم إزالة dumps الأقدم.</p>"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/kerberos-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/kerberos-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/kerberos-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xkerberos-server module
@@ -543,22 +542,16 @@
#. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59
-msgid ""
-"<p><big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the "
-"credentials.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big>قاعدة البيانات المحلية</big> سيتم إنشاء قاعدة بيانات محلية خاصة "
-"بتخزين بيانات الاعتماد.</p>"
+msgid "<p><big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><big>قاعدة البيانات المحلية</big> سيتم إنشاء قاعدة بيانات محلية خاصة بتخزين بيانات الاعتماد.</p>"
#. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p><big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new "
-"LDAP server\n"
+"<p><big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n"
"on this machine and use it as database back-end.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big>إعداد خادم LDAP جديد كقاعدة البيانات النهاية الخلفية</big> سيتم "
-"إعداد خادم\n"
+"<p><big>إعداد خادم LDAP جديد كقاعدة البيانات النهاية الخلفية</big> سيتم إعداد خادم\n"
"LDAP جديد على هذا الجهاز واستخدامه كقاعدة البيانات ذات النهاية الخلفية.</p>\n"
#. Help text: ask for database backend 4/4
@@ -567,27 +560,18 @@
"<p><big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the\n"
"option to use an external LDAP server as database back-end.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big>استخدام خادم LDAP موجود كقاعدة بيانات النهاية الخلفية</big> يعطيك "
-"إمكانية\n"
+"<p><big>استخدام خادم LDAP موجود كقاعدة بيانات النهاية الخلفية</big> يعطيك إمكانية\n"
"لاستخدام خادم LDAP خارجي كقاعدة بيانات النهاية الخلفية.</p>\n"
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:71
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your "
-"Kerberos server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هنا يمكنك تحديد <big>المجال</big> و <big>كلمة المرور الرئيسية</big> لخادم "
-"Kerberos.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هنا يمكنك تحديد <big>المجال</big> و <big>كلمة المرور الرئيسية</big> لخادم Kerberos.</p>"
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is "
-"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>على الرغم من أن نطاقك Kerberos الخاص يمكن أن يكون أي سلسلة أحرف ASCII، "
-"إلا أن الاتفاق على استخدام الاحرف الكبيرة في اسم المجال الخاص.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>على الرغم من أن نطاقك Kerberos الخاص يمكن أن يكون أي سلسلة أحرف ASCII، إلا أن الاتفاق على استخدام الاحرف الكبيرة في اسم المجال الخاص.</p>\n"
#. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:79
@@ -607,27 +591,22 @@
#. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP "
-"server.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr "<p>يمكنك تغيير قاعدة DN مع خادم LDAP <big>DN قاعدة LDAP</big> .</p>"
#. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
-"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the "
-"Kerberos server should create \n"
+"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n"
"the principals and other informational data by default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>تحديد <big>DN الحاوية Kerberos</big> الحاوية حيث ينبغي إنشاء خادم "
-"Kerberos الرئيسي وبيانات\n"
+"<p>تحديد <big>DN الحاوية Kerberos</big> الحاوية حيث ينبغي إنشاء خادم Kerberos الرئيسي وبيانات\n"
"معلوماتية أخرى بشكل افتراضي.</p>"
#. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
-"<p><big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the "
-"LDAP server.\n"
+"<p><big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n"
"Only read access is required for this account.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big>DN ربط KDC</big> هو DN KDC يستخدم للمصادقة على خادم LDAP.\n"
@@ -636,8 +615,7 @@
#. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
-"<p><big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to "
-"the LDAP server.\n"
+"<p><big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n"
"This account also needs write access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big>Kadmind ربط DN</big> هو DN Kadmind يستخدم للمصادقة على خادم LDAP.\n"
@@ -651,8 +629,7 @@
#. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the "
-"Kerberos server should create \n"
+"<p>The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n"
"the principals and other informational data by default.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>تحديد <big>DN الحاوية Kerberos</big> الحاوية حيث ينبغي\n"
@@ -666,27 +643,20 @@
#. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
-"<p>If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, "
-"the password you entered\n"
+"<p>If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n"
"as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا قمت بتحديد خانة الاختيار <big>استخدام كلمة السر التي تم إدخالها "
-"مسبقا</big>، سستخدم كلمة المرور\n"
+"<p>إذا قمت بتحديد خانة الاختيار <big>استخدام كلمة السر التي تم إدخالها مسبقا</big>، سستخدم كلمة المرور\n"
"التي أدخلتها ككلمة المرور الرئيسية KDC للمسؤول LDAP. \n"
#. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the "
-"LDAP administrator.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"عندما لا يتم تعيين خانة الاختيار، يمكنك إدخال كلمة مرور مختلفة للمسؤول LDAP ."
-"</p>"
+msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator.</p>"
+msgstr "عندما لا يتم تعيين خانة الاختيار، يمكنك إدخال كلمة مرور مختلفة للمسؤول LDAP .</p>"
#. Help text: Summary 1/3
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"<p>This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>هذا موجز قصير حول إعداد خادم Kerberos.</p>"
#. Help text: Summary 2/3
@@ -696,57 +666,34 @@
#. Help text: Summary 3/3
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the <b>Edit</"
-"b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك تغيير بعض القيم من إعداداتك الخاصة بالنقر فوق الزر <b>تحرير</b> .</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the <b>Edit</b> button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك تغيير بعض القيم من إعداداتك الخاصة بالنقر فوق الزر <b>تحرير</b> .</p>"
#. ==============================================================================
#. advanced item help: database_name
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
msgstr "<p>هذه السلسلة تحدد موقع قاعدة البيانات Kerberos لهذا المجال.</p>"
#. advanced item help: acl_file
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file "
-"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحدد هذه السلسلة موقع التحكم بالوصول لملف (ACL) يستخدم kadmin لتحديد "
-"أذونات كبار المسؤولين' على قاعدة البيانات.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحدد هذه السلسلة موقع التحكم بالوصول لملف (ACL) يستخدم kadmin لتحديد أذونات كبار المسؤولين' على قاعدة البيانات.</p>"
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to "
-"authenticate to the database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هذه السلسلة تحديد موقع ملف keytab الذي يستخدمه kadmin للمصادقة لقاعدة "
-"البيانات.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هذه السلسلة تحديد موقع ملف keytab الذي يستخدمه kadmin للمصادقة لقاعدة البيانات.</p>"
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals "
-"created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هذه المرة يحدد افتراضياً تاريخ مطلق لإنتهاء الصلاحية الرئيسيين في هذا "
-"المجال.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هذه المرة يحدد افتراضياً تاريخ مطلق لإنتهاء الصلاحية الرئيسيين في هذا المجال.</p>"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155
-msgid ""
-"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in "
-"this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هذه العلامات تحديد السمات الافتراضية للرئيسي التي تم إنشاؤها في هذا "
-"المجال.</p>"
+msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هذه العلامات تحديد السمات الافتراضية للرئيسي التي تم إنشاؤها في هذا المجال.</p>"
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158
msgid "Allow postdated"
@@ -790,12 +737,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another "
-"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
-msgstr ""
-"يسمح تمكين هذه العلامة للرئيسي بالحصول على مفتاح جلسة عمل لمستخدم آخر، تسمح "
-"مصادقة المستخدم للمستخدم بهذا المبدأ للرئيسي."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
+msgstr "يسمح تمكين هذه العلامة للرئيسي بالحصول على مفتاح جلسة عمل لمستخدم آخر، تسمح مصادقة المستخدم للمستخدم بهذا المبدأ للرئيسي."
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181
msgid "Requires preauth"
@@ -803,16 +746,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to "
-"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this "
-"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will "
-"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket "
-"set."
-msgstr ""
-"إذا تم تمكين هذه العلامة على العميل الرئيسي، يجب ان لا يحصل على أي تذاكر قبل "
-"مصادقة الرئيسي إلى KDC . إذا تم تمكن هذه العلامة على خدمة أساسية، ستصدر "
-"التذاكر لهذه الخدمة الرئيسية لعملاء TGT الذين يملكون تذاكر قبل المصادقة."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
+msgstr "إذا تم تمكين هذه العلامة على العميل الرئيسي، يجب ان لا يحصل على أي تذاكر قبل مصادقة الرئيسي إلى KDC . إذا تم تمكن هذه العلامة على خدمة أساسية، ستصدر التذاكر لهذه الخدمة الرئيسية لعملاء TGT الذين يملكون تذاكر قبل المصادقة."
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186
msgid "Requires hwauth"
@@ -820,12 +755,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using "
-"a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"إذا تم تمكن هذه العلامة ، مطلوب من الرئيسي قبل المصادقة استخدام الجهاز قبل "
-"تلقي أي تذاكر."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
+msgstr "إذا تم تمكن هذه العلامة ، مطلوب من الرئيسي قبل المصادقة استخدام الجهاز قبل تلقي أي تذاكر."
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191
msgid "Allow service"
@@ -833,9 +764,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this "
-"principal."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
msgstr "يسمح تمكين هذه العلامة KDC بإصدار خدمة التذاكر لهذا الرئيسي."
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196
@@ -844,13 +773,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-"
-"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was "
-"used to obtain the TGT."
-msgstr ""
-"يسمح تمكين هذه العلامة للرئيسي بلحصول على تذاكر استناداً إلى التعارف-منح-"
-"تذكرة، بدلاً من تكرار عملية المصادقة التي تم استخدامها للحصول على TGT."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
+msgstr "يسمح تمكين هذه العلامة للرئيسي بلحصول على تذاكر استناداً إلى التعارف-منح-تذكرة، بدلاً من تكرار عملية المصادقة التي تم استخدامها للحصول على TGT."
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201
msgid "Allow tickets"
@@ -858,13 +782,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this "
-"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within "
-"this realm."
-msgstr ""
-"تمكين هذه العلامة يعني أن KDC ستصدر تذاكر لهذا الرئيسي. تعطيلها يلغي "
-"تنشيط الرئيسي في هذا المجال."
+msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
+msgstr "تمكين هذه العلامة يعني أن KDC ستصدر تذاكر لهذا الرئيسي. تعطيلها يلغي تنشيط الرئيسي في هذا المجال."
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206
msgid "Need change"
@@ -881,62 +800,35 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change "
-"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a "
-"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that "
-"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password "
-"authentication."
-msgstr ""
-"إذا تم تمكين هذه العلامة، فإنه سيضع الرئيسي كخدمة تغيير كلمة مرور. ويجب "
-"استخدام هذا فقط في حالات خاصة، على سبيل المثال، إذا انتهت مدة صلاحية كلمة "
-"مرور مستخدم، على المستخدم الحصول على تذاكر لهذا الرئيسي لكي يتمكن من "
-"تغييره دون المرور عبر مصادقة كلمة المرور العادية."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
+msgstr "إذا تم تمكين هذه العلامة، فإنه سيضع الرئيسي كخدمة تغيير كلمة مرور. ويجب استخدام هذا فقط في حالات خاصة، على سبيل المثال، إذا انتهت مدة صلاحية كلمة مرور مستخدم، على المستخدم الحصول على تذاكر لهذا الرئيسي لكي يتمكن من تغييره دون المرور عبر مصادقة كلمة المرور العادية."
#. advanced item help : dict_file
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are "
-"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy "
-"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>موقع سلسلة ملف القاموس يحتوي على سلاسل غير مسموحبها ككلمات المرور. إذا لم "
-"يتم تعيين هذه العلامة، أو إذا لم يكان هناك نهج معين للرئيس، لا تقم بتعيينه.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>موقع سلسلة ملف القاموس يحتوي على سلاسل غير مسموحبها ككلمات المرور. إذا لم يتم تعيين هذه العلامة، أو إذا لم يكان هناك نهج معين للرئيس، لا تقم بتعيينه.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223
-msgid ""
-"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens "
-"for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحديد رقم المنفذ هذا المنفذ الذي يستمع منه البرنامج الخفي kadmind لهذا "
-"المجال.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحديد رقم المنفذ هذا المنفذ الذي يستمع منه البرنامج الخفي kadmind لهذا المجال.</p>"
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored "
-"with kdb5_stash.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
msgstr "<p>هذه السلسلة تحدد موقع تخزين المفتاح الرئيسي مع kdb5_stash.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
msgstr "<p>تحدد هذه السلسلة قائمة المنافذ KDC يستمع إلى لهذا المجال.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the "
-"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تعين هذه السلسلة اسم الرئيسي المرتبطة مع المفتاح الرئيسي. القيمة "
-"الافتراضية هي م/ر.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تعين هذه السلسلة اسم الرئيسي المرتبطة مع المفتاح الرئيسي. القيمة الافتراضية هي م/ر.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:239
@@ -945,83 +837,48 @@
#. advanced item help : max_life
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"valid for in this realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ويحدد وقت دلتا الفترة الزمنية القصوى لصلاحية تذكرة هذا المجال.</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"renewed for in this realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr "<p>ويحدد وقت دلتا الفترة الزمنية القصوى لتجديد تذكرة هذا المجال.</p>"
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251
-msgid ""
-"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt "
-"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قائمة سلاسل مفتاح/الملح الذي يحدد تركيبات المفتاح/الملح الافتراضي للرئيسي "
-"لهذا المجال.</p>"
+msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قائمة سلاسل مفتاح/الملح الذي يحدد تركيبات المفتاح/الملح الافتراضي للرئيسي لهذا المجال.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr "<p>تعيين تركيبات مفتاح/الملح المسموح بها للرئيسي لهذا المجال.</p>"
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm "
-"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm "
-"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>وتحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي أو لا ينبغي التحقق من قائمة المجالات التي عبرت "
-"المجال عبر تذاكر ضد مسار العبور حسابها من أسماء المجال والمقطع [capaths] من "
-"الملف krb5.conf الخاص بها</p>capaths"
+msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
+msgstr "<p>وتحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي أو لا ينبغي التحقق من قائمة المجالات التي عبرت المجال عبر تذاكر ضد مسار العبور حسابها من أسماء المجال والمقطع [capaths] من الملف krb5.conf الخاص بها</p>capaths"
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be "
-"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>علامة LDAP المحددة تشير إلى عدد الاتصالات المحافظة عن طريق خادم LDAP.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>علامة LDAP المحددة تشير إلى عدد الاتصالات المحافظة عن طريق خادم LDAP.</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed "
-"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>علامة LDAP المحددة تشير إلى الملف الذي يحتوي على كلمات المرور المخبأة "
-"للكائنات المستخدمة لبدء تشغيل خادمات Kerberos.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>علامة LDAP المحددة تشير إلى الملف الذي يحتوي على كلمات المرور المخبأة للكائنات المستخدمة لبدء تشغيل خادمات Kerberos.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The "
-"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</"
-"p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under "
-"the subtree.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحدد قائمة subtrees التي تحتوي على الرئيسي للمنفذ. وتتضمن القائمة DNs "
-"عناصر subtrees مفصولة بنقطتين (:).</p><p>نطاق البحث تحديد نطاق للبحث في "
-"أساسيات تحت subtrees.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحدد قائمة subtrees التي تحتوي على الرئيسي للمنفذ. وتتضمن القائمة DNs عناصر subtrees مفصولة بنقطتين (:).</p><p>نطاق البحث تحديد نطاق للبحث في أساسيات تحت subtrees.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a "
-"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a "
-"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحديد DN كائن الحاوية إلى أي منافذ لأساسيين سيتم إنشائه. إذا لم يتم إعداد "
-"مرجع منفذ الحاوية، سيتم إنشاء الرئيسيين في حاوية المجال.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحديد DN كائن الحاوية إلى أي منافذ لأساسيين سيتم إنشائه. إذا لم يتم إعداد مرجع منفذ الحاوية، سيتم إنشاء الرئيسيين في حاوية المجال.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:279
@@ -1030,11 +887,8 @@
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
#: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يحدد الحد الأقصى لحياة التذكرة المتجددة للرئيسيين في هذا المجال.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يحدد الحد الأقصى لحياة التذكرة المتجددة للرئيسيين في هذا المجال.</p>"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/kerberos-server/wizards.rb:167
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/kerberos.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/kerberos.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/kerberos.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Kerberos client module
@@ -189,18 +188,8 @@
#. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d")
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61
-msgid ""
-"<p>By default, the time unit of <b>Default Lifetime</b>, <b>Default "
-"Renewable Lifetime</b>, and <b>Clock Skew</b> is set to seconds. "
-"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for "
-"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</"
-"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>عادةً ما تكون قيم <b>المدة الافتراضية</b><b>مدة التجديد الافتراضية</"
-"b>و<b>انحراف الساعة</b> بالثواني بشكل افتراضي. ويمكنك بدلاً من ذلك تحديد "
-"الوحد الزمنية (<tt>m</tt> بالدقائق أو <tt>h</tt> بالساعات أو <tt>d</tt> "
-"بالأيام) واستخدامها كلاحقة للقيمة، كما في <tt>1d</tt> أو <tt>24h</tt> ليوم "
-"واحد.</p>"
+msgid "<p>By default, the time unit of <b>Default Lifetime</b>, <b>Default Renewable Lifetime</b>, and <b>Clock Skew</b> is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>عادةً ما تكون قيم <b>المدة الافتراضية</b><b>مدة التجديد الافتراضية</b>و<b>انحراف الساعة</b> بالثواني بشكل افتراضي. ويمكنك بدلاً من ذلك تحديد الوحد الزمنية (<tt>m</tt> بالدقائق أو <tt>h</tt> بالساعات أو <tt>d</tt> بالأيام) واستخدامها كلاحقة للقيمة، كما في <tt>1d</tt> أو <tt>24h</tt> ليوم واحد.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86
@@ -214,15 +203,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Forwardable</b> lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to "
-"another machine. <b>Proxiable</b> only lets you transfer particular tickets. "
-"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of "
-"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>قابل للتوجيه</b> يتيح لك نقل هويتك كاملة (TGT) إلى جهاز آخر. <b>قابل "
-"للملقم</b> فقط يتيح لك نقل التذاكر الخاصة. حدد إذا كانت الخيارات ستطبق على "
-"جميع الخدمات PAM، أو جزء منها ادخل قائمة خدمات مفصولة بمسافات.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Forwardable</b> lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. <b>Proxiable</b> only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>قابل للتوجيه</b> يتيح لك نقل هويتك كاملة (TGT) إلى جهاز آخر. <b>قابل للملقم</b> فقط يتيح لك نقل التذاكر الخاصة. حدد إذا كانت الخيارات ستطبق على جميع الخدمات PAM، أو جزء منها ادخل قائمة خدمات مفصولة بمسافات.</p>"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:130
@@ -236,31 +218,18 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144
-msgid ""
-"<p>If <b>Retained</b> is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after "
-"closing the session.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا تم تمكين <b>يبقي</b> ، الوحدة النمطية PAM التذاكر بعد اختتام الجلسة.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>If <b>Retained</b> is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا تم تمكين <b>يبقي</b> ، الوحدة النمطية PAM التذاكر بعد اختتام الجلسة.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid ""
-"<p>To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select <b>Kerberos "
-"Support for OpenSSH Client</b>. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for "
-"user authentication on the SSH server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لتمكين دعم Kerberos ل OpenSSH، حدد <b>دعم Kerberos لOpenSSH </b>. وفي هذه "
-"الحالة، يتم استخدام تذاكر Kerberos لمصادقة المستخدمي خادم SSH.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select <b>Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client</b>. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لتمكين دعم Kerberos ل OpenSSH، حدد <b>دعم Kerberos لOpenSSH </b>. وفي هذه الحالة، يتم استخدام تذاكر Kerberos لمصادقة المستخدمي خادم SSH.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Ignore Unknown Users</b> to have Kerberos ignore authentication "
-"attempts by users it does not know.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>تجاهل المستخدمين غير المعروفين</b> لتمكن Kerberos من تجاهل "
-"محاولات مصادقة المستخدمين غير المعروفين.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Ignore Unknown Users</b> to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>تجاهل المستخدمين غير المعروفين</b> لتمكن Kerberos من تجاهل محاولات مصادقة المستخدمين غير المعروفين.</p>"
#. intfield label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:188
@@ -269,14 +238,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"<p>When the <b>Minimum UID</b> is greater than 0, authentication attempts by "
-"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for "
-"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>عندما يكون<b>UID الحد الأدنى</b> أكبر من 0، يتم تجاهل محاولات مصادقة "
-"المستخدمين مع UIDs أدناه عدد محدد. وهذا مفيد لتعطيل مصادقة Kerberos لجذر "
-"مسؤول النظام.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When the <b>Minimum UID</b> is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>عندما يكون<b>UID الحد الأدنى</b> أكبر من 0، يتم تجاهل محاولات مصادقة المستخدمين مع UIDs أدناه عدد محدد. وهذا مفيد لتعطيل مصادقة Kerberos لجذر مسؤول النظام.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203
@@ -285,12 +248,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Clock Skew</b> is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly "
-"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>إنحراف الساعة</b> هو التفاوت الطوابع الزمنية ليست بالضبط مطابقة لساعة "
-"النظام المضيف. القيمة بالثواني.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Clock Skew</b> is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>إنحراف الساعة</b> هو التفاوت الطوابع الزمنية ليست بالضبط مطابقة لساعة النظام المضيف. القيمة بالثواني.</p>"
#. push button label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230
@@ -306,8 +265,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"لمزامنة الوقت مع خادم NTP، قم بإعداد جهاز الكمبيوتر\n"
-"بحيث يكون عميل NTP. قم بالوصول إلى الإعداد باستخدام الخيار <b>إعداد NTP</"
-"b>.\n"
+"بحيث يكون عميل NTP. قم بالوصول إلى الإعداد باستخدام الخيار <b>إعداد NTP</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. push button label
@@ -317,12 +275,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate "
-"configuration module in <b>Configure User Data</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لإعداد مصدر حسابات المستخدمين، حدد الوحدة النمطية المناسبة للإعداد في "
-"<b>إعداد بيانات المستخدم</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in <b>Configure User Data</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لإعداد مصدر حسابات المستخدمين، حدد الوحدة النمطية المناسبة للإعداد في <b>إعداد بيانات المستخدم</b>.</p>"
#. menu item
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:252
@@ -341,12 +295,8 @@
#. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory"
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as "
-"<b>Credential Cache Directory</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحديد المجلد في مكان وضع ملفات ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت مؤهلات الاعتماد "
-"<b>مجلد التخزين المؤقت مؤهلات الاعتماد</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as <b>Credential Cache Directory</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحديد المجلد في مكان وضع ملفات ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت مؤهلات الاعتماد <b>مجلد التخزين المؤقت مؤهلات الاعتماد</b>.</p>"
#. push button label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:280
@@ -360,12 +310,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Credential Cache Template</b> specifies the location in which to place "
-"the user's session-specific credential cache.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>قالب ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت مؤهلات الاعتماد</b> يحدد الموقع ليتم وضع "
-"التخزين المؤقت مؤهلات الاعتماد الخاصة بجلسة المستخدم.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Credential Cache Template</b> specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>قالب ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت مؤهلات الاعتماد</b> يحدد الموقع ليتم وضع التخزين المؤقت مؤهلات الاعتماد الخاصة بجلسة المستخدم.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:306
@@ -374,12 +320,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in <b>Keytab "
-"File Location</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد موقع الملف باستخدام المفاتيح للأساسي في الموقع <b>موقع الملف Keytab</"
-"b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in <b>Keytab File Location</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد موقع الملف باستخدام المفاتيح للأساسي في الموقع <b>موقع الملف Keytab</b>.</p>"
#. push button label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:321
@@ -393,12 +335,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Mappings</b>, specify how the PAM module should derive the "
-"principal's name from the system user name.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مع <b>تعيينات</b>، تحديد كيف ينبغي أن تستمد الوحدة النمطية PAM الاسم "
-"الأساسي من اسم مستخدم النظام.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Mappings</b>, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مع <b>تعيينات</b>، تحديد كيف ينبغي أن تستمد الوحدة النمطية PAM الاسم الأساسي من اسم مستخدم النظام.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:346
@@ -407,20 +345,13 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348
-msgid ""
-"<p>The value of <b>Banner</b> is a text that should be shown before a "
-"password questions.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قيمة <b>الشعار</b> هو النص الذي ينبغي أن يظهر قبل سؤال كلمة مرور.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The value of <b>Banner</b> is a text that should be shown before a password questions.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قيمة <b>الشعار</b> هو النص الذي ينبغي أن يظهر قبل سؤال كلمة مرور.</p>"
#. generic help for Services tab
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362
-msgid ""
-"<p>All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no "
-"service or a specific list of services separated by commas.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن تطبيق كافة الإعدادات في مربع الحوار هذا لجميع أو جزء أو بدون خدمات "
-"قائمة PAM المعينة من الخدمات مفصولة بفواصل.</p>"
+msgid "<p>All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن تطبيق كافة الإعدادات في مربع الحوار هذا لجميع أو جزء أو بدون خدمات قائمة PAM المعينة من الخدمات مفصولة بفواصل.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:370
@@ -429,12 +360,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372
-msgid ""
-"<p>When <b>Addressless Initial Tickets</b> is set, initial tickets (TGT) "
-"with no address information are requested.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>عندما يتم تعيين <b>تذاكر الأولى عنوان أقل</b> يعين التذاكر الأولية(TGT) "
-"بدون معلومات العنوان.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When <b>Addressless Initial Tickets</b> is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>عندما يتم تعيين <b>تذاكر الأولى عنوان أقل</b> يعين التذاكر الأولية(TGT) بدون معلومات العنوان.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:386
@@ -443,12 +370,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Debug</b> to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>تصحيح</b> لتشغيل تصحيح الأخطاء للخدمات المحددة عن طريق syslog."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Debug</b> to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>تصحيح</b> لتشغيل تصحيح الأخطاء للخدمات المحددة عن طريق syslog.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:402
@@ -457,9 +380,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Sensitive Debug</b> turns on debugging of sensitive information.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Sensitive Debug</b> turns on debugging of sensitive information.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>حساسية التصحيح</b> يشغيل التصحيح للمعلومات الحساسة.</p>"
#. textentry label
@@ -469,13 +390,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Accept Existing Ticket</b> to tell PAM module to accept the "
-"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate "
-"the user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>التدقيق <b>قبول التذاكر الموجودة</b> لإعلام الوحدة النمطية PAM بقبول وجود "
-"وثائق تفويض Kerberos الموجودة مسبقاً كافية لمصادقة المستخدم.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Accept Existing Ticket</b> to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>التدقيق <b>قبول التذاكر الموجودة</b> لإعلام الوحدة النمطية PAM بقبول وجود وثائق تفويض Kerberos الموجودة مسبقاً كافية لمصادقة المستخدم.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:435
@@ -484,12 +400,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437
-msgid ""
-"<p>List the services allowed to provide credentials in <b>External "
-"Credentials</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قائمة الخدمات التي تسمح بتوفير بيانات الاعتماد في <b>وثائق التفويض "
-"الخارجي</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>List the services allowed to provide credentials in <b>External Credentials</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قائمة الخدمات التي تسمح بتوفير بيانات الاعتماد في <b>وثائق التفويض الخارجي</b>.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:452
@@ -498,12 +410,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Shared Memory</b> describes the services for which the shared "
-"memory is used during authentication.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ويصف <b>الذاكرة المشتركة في استخدام</b> الخدمات التي يتم استخدام الذاكرة "
-"المشتركة أثناء المصادقة.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Use Shared Memory</b> describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>ويصف <b>الذاكرة المشتركة في استخدام</b> الخدمات التي يتم استخدام الذاكرة المشتركة أثناء المصادقة.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:469
@@ -512,12 +420,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the "
-"value of <b>Validate Initial Ticket</b>."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد الخدمات التي ينبغي أن يتم التحقق من صحة TGT بتغيير قيمتها <b>التذكرة "
-"الأولى التحقق من صحة</b>."
+msgid "<p>Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of <b>Validate Initial Ticket</b>."
+msgstr "<p>حدد الخدمات التي ينبغي أن يتم التحقق من صحة TGT بتغيير قيمتها <b>التذكرة الأولى التحقق من صحة</b>."
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:486
@@ -526,12 +430,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Initial Prompt</b> checked, the PAM module asks for a password "
-"before the authentication attempt.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مع <b>الأوامر الأولية</b> التحقق، الوحدة النمطية PAM يطلب كلمة مرور قبل "
-"محاولة المصادقة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Initial Prompt</b> checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مع <b>الأوامر الأولية</b> التحقق، الوحدة النمطية PAM يطلب كلمة مرور قبل محاولة المصادقة.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:502
@@ -540,14 +440,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504
-msgid ""
-"<p>If <b>Subsequent Prompt</b> is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user "
-"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow "
-"insufficient for authentication.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا تم تمكين <b>المطالبة التالية</b> ، الوحدة النمطية PAM قد تطلب "
-"المستخدم كلمة مرور، في حال كانت كلمة المرور التي تم إدخالها على نحو ما "
-"غير كافية للمصادقة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If <b>Subsequent Prompt</b> is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا تم تمكين <b>المطالبة التالية</b> ، الوحدة النمطية PAM قد تطلب المستخدم كلمة مرور، في حال كانت كلمة المرور التي تم إدخالها على نحو ما غير كافية للمصادقة.</p>"
#. directory location popup label
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:602
@@ -585,15 +479,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Authentication with Kerberos</big></b><br>\n"
-"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable "
-"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in "
-"the network for this to work.\n"
+"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>تصديق باستخدام Kerberos</big></b><br>\n"
-"يقوم إعداد عميل Kerberos بتحديث إعدادات PAM لتمكين تصديق Kerberos. يحتاج "
-"النظام لديك إلى الوصول إلى خادم Kerberos في الشبكة حتى يحدث هذا.\n"
+"يقوم إعداد عميل Kerberos بتحديث إعدادات PAM لتمكين تصديق Kerberos. يحتاج النظام لديك إلى الوصول إلى خادم Kerberos في الشبكة حتى يحدث هذا.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/5
@@ -601,41 +492,25 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Basic Client Settings</b>:\n"
-"Enter your <b>Default Domain</b>, <b>Default Realm</b>, and the hostname or "
-"address of your Key Distribution Center (<b>KDC Server Address</b>). To "
-"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces.</p>"
+"Enter your <b>Default Domain</b>, <b>Default Realm</b>, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (<b>KDC Server Address</b>). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>إعدادات العميل الأساسي</b>:\n"
-"أدخل <b>النطاق الافتراضي</b>الخاص بك، و <b>المجال الافتراضي</b>، واسم المضيف "
-"أو عنوان مركز توزيع المفتاح الخاص بك (<b>عنوان خادم KDC</b>). لتعيين المزيد "
-"من قيم KDC، افصلها بمسافات.</p>"
+"أدخل <b>النطاق الافتراضي</b>الخاص بك، و <b>المجال الافتراضي</b>، واسم المضيف أو عنوان مركز توزيع المفتاح الخاص بك (<b>عنوان خادم KDC</b>). لتعيين المزيد من قيم KDC، افصلها بمسافات.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default "
-"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the "
-"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more "
-"information.</p>\n"
+"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"من الشائع استخدام اسم المجال بأحرف كبيرة، شأنه شأن اسم النطاق الافتراضي، إلا "
-"أنك يمكنك تحديده دون قيود. إذا لم يكن النطاق متاحًا على الخادم، فإنه لا "
-"يمكنك الدخول. وللحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، ارجع إلى مسؤول الخادم لديك.</"
-"p>\n"
+"من الشائع استخدام اسم المجال بأحرف كبيرة، شأنه شأن اسم النطاق الافتراضي، إلا أنك يمكنك تحديده دون قيود. إذا لم يكن النطاق متاحًا على الخادم، فإنه لا يمكنك الدخول. وللحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، ارجع إلى مسؤول الخادم لديك.</p>\n"
#. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723
-msgid ""
-"Check <b>Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime</b> to let "
-"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This "
-"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"تحقق من <b>استخدام DNS للحصول معلومات الإعداد في وقت التشغيل</b> للسماح "
-"لعميلك الخاص باستخدم مصادقة Kerberos للبيانات المقدمة عن DNS. لا يمكن تحديد "
-"هذا الخيار إذا كان ملقم DNS لا يوفر مثل هذه البيانات.</p>"
+msgid "Check <b>Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime</b> to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data.</p>"
+msgstr "تحقق من <b>استخدام DNS للحصول معلومات الإعداد في وقت التشغيل</b> للسماح لعميلك الخاص باستخدم مصادقة Kerberos للبيانات المقدمة عن DNS. لا يمكن تحديد هذا الخيار إذا كان ملقم DNS لا يوفر مثل هذه البيانات.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
#: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. language name
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap-client.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
@@ -138,7 +137,6 @@
#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248
-#| msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
msgstr "إعدادات SSL/TLS"
@@ -155,7 +153,6 @@
msgstr "StartTLS"
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286
-#| msgid "LDAP Server"
msgid "LDAPS"
msgstr "LDAPS"
@@ -168,7 +165,6 @@
msgstr "يتطلب شهادة الخادم"
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320
-#| msgid "CA Certificate File"
msgid "Certificates"
msgstr "الشهادات"
@@ -239,85 +235,55 @@
#. help text 2/9
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</"
-"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لتصديق المستخدمين لديك باستخدام خادم OpenLDAP، حدد <b>استخدام LDAP</b>. "
-"سيتم إعداد NSS وPAM وفقًا لذلك.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لتصديق المستخدمين لديك باستخدام خادم OpenLDAP، حدد <b>استخدام LDAP</b>. سيتم إعداد NSS وPAM وفقًا لذلك.</p>"
#. help text 3/9
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539
msgid ""
"<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch."
-"conf\n"
+"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
"removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإلغاء تنشيط خدمات LDAP، انقر فوق <b>عدم استخدام LDAP</b>.\n"
-"إذا قمت بإلغاء تنشيط LDAP، ستتم إزالة إدخال LDAP الحالي لـ passwd الموجودة "
-"في /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
+"إذا قمت بإلغاء تنشيط LDAP، ستتم إزالة إدخال LDAP الحالي لـ passwd الموجودة في /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
"سيتم تعديل إعداد PAM وإزالة. \n"
" إدخال LDAP.</p>"
#. help text 3.5/9
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546
-msgid ""
-"<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select "
-"<b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لتنشيط LDAP ولكن مع منع المستخدمين من الدخول على هذا الجهاز، حدد <b>تنشيط "
-"مستخدمي LDAP مع تعطيل الدخول</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لتنشيط LDAP ولكن مع منع المستخدمين من الدخول على هذا الجهاز، حدد <b>تنشيط مستخدمي LDAP مع تعطيل الدخول</b>.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system "
-"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>استخدام نظام الأمن خدمات البرنامج الخفي</b> إذا كنت تريد نظام "
-"لاستخدام SSSD بدلاً من nss_ldap.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>استخدام نظام الأمن خدمات البرنامج الخفي</b> إذا كنت تريد نظام لاستخدام SSSD بدلاً من nss_ldap.</p>"
#. help text 4/9
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) "
-"in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base "
-"DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve "
-"the\n"
-"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the "
-"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap."
-"example.com:379</tt>.\n"
+"<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
+"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
+"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل عنوان خادم LDAP (مثل ldap.example.com أو 10.20.0.2) في <b>عناوين</b> "
-"بالإضافة إلى الاسم المميز لأساس البحث (<b>الاسم المميز الأساسي</b>، مثل "
-"dc=example,dc=com). حدد خوادم عديدة\n"
+"<p>أدخل عنوان خادم LDAP (مثل ldap.example.com أو 10.20.0.2) في <b>عناوين</b> بالإضافة إلى الاسم المميز لأساس البحث (<b>الاسم المميز الأساسي</b>، مثل dc=example,dc=com). حدد خوادم عديدة\n"
"عن طريق فصل عناوينها بمسافات. يجب أن تكون العناوين\n"
-"قابلة للتحليل دون استخدام LDAP. يمكن أيضًا تحديد المنفذ الذي يعمل عليه الخادم "
-"باستخدام بناء الجملة \"الخادم:المنفذ\"، على سبيل المثال، <tt>ldap.example."
-"com:379</tt>.\n"
+"قابلة للتحليل دون استخدام LDAP. يمكن أيضًا تحديد المنفذ الذي يعمل عليه الخادم باستخدام بناء الجملة \"الخادم:المنفذ\"، على سبيل المثال، <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text 5/9
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the "
-"service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN "
-"from server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>باستخدام <b>بحث</b>، حدد خادم LDAP من القائمة المتوفرة بواسطة بروتوكول "
-"موقع الخدمة (SLP). باستخدام <b>إحضار الاسم المميز</b>، قم بقراءة الاسم "
-"المميز الأساسي من الخادم.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>باستخدام <b>بحث</b>، حدد خادم LDAP من القائمة المتوفرة بواسطة بروتوكول موقع الخدمة (SLP). باستخدام <b>إحضار الاسم المميز</b>، قم بقراءة الاسم المميز الأساسي من الخادم.</p>"
#. help text 6/9
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565
msgid ""
"<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</"
-"b>\n"
+"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -328,36 +294,24 @@
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571
msgid ""
-"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the "
-"config\n"
-" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on "
-"server certificates.\n"
-" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords "
-"<i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> "
-"dialog there is\n"
-" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the "
-"TLS_REQCERT\n"
-" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to "
-"<i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
+"<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
+" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
+" The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
+" <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
+" the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
+" configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579
msgid ""
-"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS "
-"URLs.\n"
-" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They "
-"have a syntax\n"
-" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the "
-"default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
+"<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
+" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
+" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
" is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text 8/9
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-#| "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
"<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -372,16 +326,14 @@
#. help text 9/9 (additional)
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, "
-"such\n"
+"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>المُوصل التلقائي</b> عبارة عن برنامج المحرك الذي يوصل المجلدات \n"
"تلقائيًا مثل مجلد المنزل للمستخدمين. من المفترض وجود ملفات الإعداد الخاصة\n"
-"بها(auto.*) بالفعل محليًا أو عبر LDAP. في حالة عدم تثبيت المُوصل التلقائي' "
-"وأردت استخدامه, يتم تثبيته\n"
+"بها(auto.*) بالفعل محليًا أو عبر LDAP. في حالة عدم تثبيت المُوصل التلقائي' وأردت استخدامه, يتم تثبيته\n"
"تلقائيًا.</p>\n"
#. check box label
@@ -493,8 +445,7 @@
"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
msgstr ""
"عند إعداد الجهاز لديك كعميل LDAP،\n"
-"يتعذر عليك استرداد البيانات باستخدام NIS. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام LDAP بدلاً "
-"من NIS؟\n"
+"يتعذر عليك استرداد البيانات باستخدام NIS. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام LDAP بدلاً من NIS؟\n"
#. popup text
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941
@@ -526,8 +477,7 @@
#. yes/no question
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970
msgid ""
-"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is "
-"disabled.\n"
+"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
"Enable certificate checks now?"
msgstr ""
"يتم تمكين الاتصال الأمن، ولكن يتم تعطيل التحقق من صحة شهادة الخادم.\n"
@@ -541,31 +491,22 @@
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017
msgid ""
-"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and "
-"<b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD "
-"Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
+"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
+"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا كان ينبغي أن تستخدم مصادقة Kerberos، حدد <b>المجال</b> و <b>عنوان "
-"KDC</b>.\n"
-"تحديد إذا كان اعتماد المستخدم ينبغي أن محلياً بالتحقق من <b>مصادقة SSSD دون "
-"اتصال</b>.\n"
-"لمزيد من المعلومات حول إعدادات SSSD، راجع صفحة رجل من <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>إذا كان ينبغي أن تستخدم مصادقة Kerberos، حدد <b>المجال</b> و <b>عنوان KDC</b>.\n"
+"تحديد إذا كان اعتماد المستخدم ينبغي أن محلياً بالتحقق من <b>مصادقة SSSD دون اتصال</b>.\n"
+"لمزيد من المعلومات حول إعدادات SSSD، راجع صفحة رجل من <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of "
-"the\n"
-"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation "
-"of its values.</p>"
+"<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
+"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>يشير بروتوكول تغيير كلمة المرور</b> إلى السمة pam_password الخاصة \n"
-"بالملف <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> راجع <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> للتعرف على معنى "
-"القيم الخاص بها. </p>"
+"بالملف <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> راجع <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> للتعرف على معنى القيم الخاص بها. </p>"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028
@@ -579,8 +520,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034
msgid ""
"<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing "
-"certificates\n"
+"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
"or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كان الاتصال اﻷمن يتطلب التحقق من الشهادة، يمكنك تحديد أين \n"
@@ -608,35 +548,28 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
"<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) "
-"or \n"
-"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is "
-"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
+"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>للوصول إلى البيانات المخزنة في الخادم، أدخل\n"
"<b>الاسم المميز للمسؤول</b>.\n"
-"يمكنك إدخال الاسم المميز الكامل (على سبيل المثال، cn=Administrator,"
-"dc=mydomain,dc=com) أو مجرد\n"
-"الاسم المميز النسبي (على سبيل المثال، cn=Administrator). يتم إلحاق الاسم "
-"المميز الأساسي في LDAP تلقائيًا عند تحديد الخيار المناسب.</p>\n"
+"يمكنك إدخال الاسم المميز الكامل (على سبيل المثال، cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) أو مجرد\n"
+"الاسم المميز النسبي (على سبيل المثال، cn=Administrator). يتم إلحاق الاسم المميز الأساسي في LDAP تلقائيًا عند تحديد الخيار المناسب.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057
msgid ""
"<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only "
-"created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
+"check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإنشاء كائنات الإعداد الافتراضية لمستخدمي LDAP ومجموعاته،\n"
-"حدد <b>إنشاء كائنات الإعداد الافتراضية</b>. يتم إنشاء الكائنات فقط عند عدم "
-"وجودها بالفعل.</p>\n"
+"حدد <b>إنشاء كائنات الإعداد الافتراضية</b>. يتم إنشاء الكائنات فقط عند عدم وجودها بالفعل.</p>\n"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet "
-"or\n"
+"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>اضغط <b>إعداد</b> لإعداد الإعدادات المخزنة في\n"
@@ -645,21 +578,12 @@
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if "
-#| "they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-#| "set to the ldap_user_search_base and ldap_group_search_base attributes "
-#| "in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if "
-"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and "
-"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
+"<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد قواعد البحث ﻻستخدامها مع الخرائط المحددة (مستخدمين أو مجموعات) إذا "
-"كانت مختلفة من قاعدة. DN سيتم تعيين هذه القيم إلى\n"
-"سمات ldap_user_search_base و ldap_group_search_base في "
-"الملف/etc/sssd/sssd.conf.</p>\n"
+"<p>حدد قواعد البحث ﻻستخدامها مع الخرائط المحددة (مستخدمين أو مجموعات) إذا كانت مختلفة من قاعدة. DN سيتم تعيين هذه القيم إلى\n"
+"سمات ldap_user_search_base و ldap_group_search_base في الملف/etc/sssd/sssd.conf.</p>\n"
#. tab label
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142
@@ -701,7 +625,6 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208
-#| msgid "&User Map"
msgid "&Autofs Map"
msgstr "خريطة &Autofs"
@@ -893,8 +816,7 @@
"create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n"
"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يطلق على كل مجموعة إعداد \"الوحدة النمطية للإعداد.\" في حالة عدم وجود أية "
-"وحدة نمطية للإعداد\n"
+"<p>يطلق على كل مجموعة إعداد \"الوحدة النمطية للإعداد.\" في حالة عدم وجود أية وحدة نمطية للإعداد\n"
"في الموقع المقدم (الإعداد الأساسي)،\n"
"قم بإنشاء واحدة باستخدام <b>جديد</b>. احذف الوحدة النمطية الحالية\n"
"باستخدام <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -903,13 +825,11 @@
#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value "
-"renames the\n"
+"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
"current module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>قم بتحرير قيم السمات الموجودة في الجدول باستخدام <b>تحرير</b>.\n"
-"بعض القيم لها معانٍ خاصة، على سبيل المثال، يؤدي تغيير القيمة <b>cn</b> إلى "
-"إعادة تسمية\n"
+"بعض القيم لها معانٍ خاصة، على سبيل المثال، يؤدي تغيير القيمة <b>cn</b> إلى إعادة تسمية\n"
"الوحدة النمطية الحالية.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4
@@ -960,14 +880,8 @@
#~ msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>تصفح الشجرة LDAP في الجزء الأيسر من مربع الحوار.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the "
-#~ "object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected "
-#~ "attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>حالما يتم تحديد كائن LDAP في الشجرة، ويبين الجدول بيانات الكائن. "
-#~ "استخدام <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. استخدام <b>حفظ</b> لحفظ "
-#~ "التغييرات إلى LDAP.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>حالما يتم تحديد كائن LDAP في الشجرة، ويبين الجدول بيانات الكائن. استخدام <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. استخدام <b>حفظ</b> لحفظ التغييرات إلى LDAP.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n"
@@ -1014,8 +928,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
-#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server "
-#~ "Certificate is valid."
+#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "تعذر إثبات تشفير TLS.\n"
#~ "تحقق من تثبيت شهادة المرجع المصدق صحيحة و شهادة خادم صالحة."
@@ -1201,8 +1114,7 @@
#~ "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n"
#~ "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n"
#~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n"
-#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name "
-#~ "(DN),\n"
+#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n"
#~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -1259,8 +1171,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
-#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults "
-#~ "when\n"
+#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
#~ "the new object is created.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>حدد في هذا المكان قيم السمات التي تنتمي إلى أحد الكائنات\n"
@@ -1269,10 +1180,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
-#~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be "
-#~ "replaced\n"
-#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid"
-#~ "\"\n"
+#~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
+#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
#~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>يمكنك استخدام بناء الجملة الخاص لإنشاء قيم \n"
@@ -1298,132 +1207,50 @@
#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server."
#~ msgstr "حدثت مشكلة في كتابة البيانات إلى خادم LDAP."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging "
-#~ "Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password "
-#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>حدد علامات التبويب <b>سياسات تغيير كلمة المرور</b>, <b>سياسات تقادم "
-#~ "كلمة المرور</b>, <b>سياسات قفل التشغيل</b> لاختيار مجموعات سمات سياسة "
-#~ "كلمة سر LDAP المطلوب إعدادها.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>حدد علامات التبويب <b>سياسات تغيير كلمة المرور</b>, <b>سياسات تقادم كلمة المرور</b>, <b>سياسات قفل التشغيل</b> لاختيار مجموعات سمات سياسة كلمة سر LDAP المطلوب إعدادها.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to "
-#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords "
-#~ "may not be used.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>حدد <b>أقصى عدد لكلمات المرور المخزنة في المحفوظات</b> لتعيين عدد "
-#~ "كلمات المرور المستخدمة مسبقًا التي يجب تخزينها. قد لا يتم استخدام كلمات "
-#~ "المرور المحفوظة.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>حدد <b>أقصى عدد لكلمات المرور المخزنة في المحفوظات</b> لتعيين عدد كلمات المرور المستخدمة مسبقًا التي يجب تخزينها. قد لا يتم استخدام كلمات المرور المحفوظة.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to "
-#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an "
-#~ "administrator.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>تحقق من <b>على المستخدم تغيير كلمة المرور بعد إعادة التعيين</b> لإجبار "
-#~ "المستخدمين على تغيير كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم بعد إعادة تعيين كلمة المرور "
-#~ "أو تغييرها بواسطة مسؤول.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>على المستخدم تغيير كلمة المرور بعد إعادة التعيين</b> لإجبار المستخدمين على تغيير كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم بعد إعادة تعيين كلمة المرور أو تغييرها بواسطة مسؤول.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their "
-#~ "passwords.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>تحقق من <b>إمكانية تغيير المستخدم لكلمة المرور</b> للسماح للمستخدمين "
-#~ "بتغيير كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>إمكانية تغيير المستخدم لكلمة المرور</b> للسماح للمستخدمين بتغيير كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, "
-#~ "check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>في حالة وجوب تقديم كلمة المرور الحالية مع الجديدة، حدد <b>مطلوب كلمة "
-#~ "المرور القديمة لتغيير كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>في حالة وجوب تقديم كلمة المرور الحالية مع الجديدة، حدد <b>مطلوب كلمة المرور القديمة لتغيير كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords "
-#~ "are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not "
-#~ "be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords "
-#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the "
-#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked "
-#~ "Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the "
-#~ "password cannot be checked.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>حدد ما إذا كان يجب التحقق من جودة كلمة المرور أثناء تعديل كلمات المرور "
-#~ "أو إضافتها. حدد <b>بدون فحص</b> في حالة عدم وجوب فحص كلمات المرور على "
-#~ "الإطلاق. باستخدام <b>قبول كلمات سر غير قابلة للفحص</b>، يتم قبول كلمات "
-#~ "المرور حتى في حال تعذر إجراء الفحص، على سبيل المثال، إذا قام المستخدم "
-#~ "بتقديم كلمة سر مشفرة. باستخدام <b>قبول كلمات المرور المفحوصة فقط</b> يتم "
-#~ "رفض كلمات المرور في حالة فشل اختبار الجودة أو عند تعذر فحص كلمة المرور.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>حدد ما إذا كان يجب التحقق من جودة كلمة المرور أثناء تعديل كلمات المرور أو إضافتها. حدد <b>بدون فحص</b> في حالة عدم وجوب فحص كلمات المرور على الإطلاق. باستخدام <b>قبول كلمات سر غير قابلة للفحص</b>، يتم قبول كلمات المرور حتى في حال تعذر إجراء الفحص، على سبيل المثال، إذا قام المستخدم بتقديم كلمة سر مشفرة. باستخدام <b>قبول كلمات المرور المفحوصة فقط</b> يتم رفض كلمات المرور في حالة فشل اختبار الجودة أو عند تعذر فحص كلمة المرور.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in "
-#~ "<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "قم بتعيين أدنى عدد للأحرف التي يجب استخدامها في كلمة سر في <b>الحد الأدنى "
-#~ "لطول كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "قم بتعيين أدنى عدد للأحرف التي يجب استخدامها في كلمة سر في <b>الحد الأدنى لطول كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between "
-#~ "modifications to the password.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>الحد الأدنى لتقادم كلمة المرور</b> لتعيين الوقت الذي يجب انقضاؤه "
-#~ "بين تعديلات كلمة المرور.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>الحد الأدنى لتقادم كلمة المرور</b> لتعيين الوقت الذي يجب انقضاؤه بين تعديلات كلمة المرور.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a "
-#~ "password expires.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>الحد الأقصى لتقادم كلمة المرور</b> لتعيين المدة بعد التعديل التي "
-#~ "تنتهي عندها صلاحية كلمة المرور.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>الحد الأقصى لتقادم كلمة المرور</b> لتعيين المدة بعد التعديل التي تنتهي عندها صلاحية كلمة المرور.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how "
-#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning "
-#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>في <b>وقت إصدار التحذير قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمة المرور</b> قم بتعيين "
-#~ "المدة التي يجب عندها إصدار رسائل تحذير انتهاء الصلاحية لمستخدم مصدق عليه "
-#~ "قبل أن توشك صلاحية كلمة المرور على الانتهاء.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>في <b>وقت إصدار التحذير قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمة المرور</b> قم بتعيين المدة التي يجب عندها إصدار رسائل تحذير انتهاء الصلاحية لمستخدم مصدق عليه قبل أن توشك صلاحية كلمة المرور على الانتهاء.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to "
-#~ "authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>قم بتعيين عدد المرات التي يمكن فيها استخدام كلمة سر منتهية الصلاحية "
-#~ "للتصديق في <b>الاستخدامات المسموح بها لكلمة سر منتهية الصلاحية</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>قم بتعيين عدد المرات التي يمكن فيها استخدام كلمة سر منتهية الصلاحية للتصديق في <b>الاستخدامات المسموح بها لكلمة سر منتهية الصلاحية</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after "
-#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>حدد <b>تمكين قفل كلمة المرور</b> لمنع استخدام كلمة سر بعد عدد محدد من "
-#~ "محاولات الربط الفاشلة المتعاقبة.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>حدد <b>تمكين قفل كلمة المرور</b> لمنع استخدام كلمة سر بعد عدد محدد من محاولات الربط الفاشلة المتعاقبة.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the "
-#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the "
-#~ "Password</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>قم بتعيين عدد محاولات الربط الفاشلة المتعاقبة التي قد لا تتمكن بعدها "
-#~ "من استخدام كلمة المرور للتصديق في <b>محاولات الربط الفاشلة لقفل كلمة "
-#~ "المرور</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>قم بتعيين عدد محاولات الربط الفاشلة المتعاقبة التي قد لا تتمكن بعدها من استخدام كلمة المرور للتصديق في <b>محاولات الربط الفاشلة لقفل كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</"
-#~ "b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>قم بتعيين مدة تعذر استخدام كلمة المرور في <b>مدة قفل كلمة المرور</b>.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>قم بتعيين مدة تعذر استخدام كلمة المرور في <b>مدة قفل كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password "
-#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful "
-#~ "authentication has occurred.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>مدة الذاكرة المؤقتة لمحاولات الربط الفاشلة</b> لتعيين المدة التي "
-#~ "تسبق حذف المحاولات الفاشلة لإدخال كلمة المرور من عداد الفشل حتى مع عدم "
-#~ "حدوث أي تصديق ناجح.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>مدة الذاكرة المؤقتة لمحاولات الربط الفاشلة</b> لتعيين المدة التي تسبق حذف المحاولات الفاشلة لإدخال كلمة المرور من عداد الفشل حتى مع عدم حدوث أي تصديق ناجح.</p>"
#~ msgid "&Password Change Policies"
#~ msgstr "سياسات ت&غيير كلمة المرور"
@@ -1509,15 +1336,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/"
-#~ "SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA "
-#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n"
+#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>دعم بعض خوادم LDAP ستارتلسStartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
#~ "إذا كان الخادم يدعم ذلك وتم إعداده، تفعيل <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-#~ " لتشفير الرسالة الخاصة مع خادم LDAP. يمكنك تحميل ملف شهادة المرجع المصدق "
-#~ "في تنسيق PEM المقدمة من عنوان URL.</p>\n"
+#~ " لتشفير الرسالة الخاصة مع خادم LDAP. يمكنك تحميل ملف شهادة المرجع المصدق في تنسيق PEM المقدمة من عنوان URL.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
@@ -1534,8 +1358,7 @@
#~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
#~ "automatically.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>المُوصل التلقائي</b> عبارة عن برنامج المحرك الذي يوصل المجلدات "
-#~ "تلقائيًا،\n"
+#~ "<p><b>المُوصل التلقائي</b> عبارة عن برنامج المحرك الذي يوصل المجلدات تلقائيًا،\n"
#~ "مثل مجلد المنزل للمستخدمين.\n"
#~ "من المفترض وجود ملفات الإعداد الخاصة بها (auto.*) بالفعل\n"
#~ "محليًا أو عبر LDAP.\n"
@@ -1571,36 +1394,19 @@
#~ "تم نسخها إلى المجلد '%2'"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, "
-#~ "and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-#~ "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group "
-#~ "attributes\n"
+#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
+#~ "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n"
#~ "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>حدد أسس البحث المطلوب استخدامها مع المخططات المحددة (المستخدمون وكلمات "
-#~ "المرور والمجموعات) في حالة اختلافها عن الاسم المميز الأساسي. يتم تعيين "
-#~ "هذه القيم إلى السمات \n"
+#~ "<p>حدد أسس البحث المطلوب استخدامها مع المخططات المحددة (المستخدمون وكلمات المرور والمجموعات) في حالة اختلافها عن الاسم المميز الأساسي. يتم تعيين هذه القيم إلى السمات \n"
#~ "nss_base_passwd وss_base_shadow وnss_base_group\n"
#~ "في /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute "
-#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the "
-#~ "meaning of its values.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>يشير بروتوكول تغيير كلمة المرور</b> إلى السمة pam_password الخاصة "
-#~ "بالملف <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> راجع <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> للتعرف على معنى "
-#~ "القيم الخاص بها. </p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>يشير بروتوكول تغيير كلمة المرور</b> إلى السمة pam_password الخاصة بالملف <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> راجع <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> للتعرف على معنى القيم الخاص بها. </p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify "
-#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either "
-#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا كان اتصال اﻷمن يتطلب التحقق من الشهادة، يمكنك تحديد أين يوجد ملف "
-#~ "الشهادة الخاصة بك. فمن الممكن إدخال مجلد لبشهادات، أو مسار واضح لملف "
-#~ "شهادة واحدة.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>إذا كان اتصال اﻷمن يتطلب التحقق من الشهادة، يمكنك تحديد أين يوجد ملف الشهادة الخاصة بك. فمن الممكن إدخال مجلد لبشهادات، أو مسار واضح لملف شهادة واحدة.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n"
@@ -1613,8 +1419,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the "
-#~ "LDAP\n"
+#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
#~ "server.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>أولاً، قم بتعيين <b>الاسم المميز الأساسي للإعداد</b>.\n"
@@ -1624,45 +1429,36 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,"
-#~ "dc=com) or just\n"
-#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is "
-#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
+#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
+#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>للوصول إلى البيانات المخزنة في الخادم، أدخل\n"
#~ "<b>الاسم المميز للمسؤول</b>.\n"
-#~ " يمكنك إدخال الاسم المميز الكامل (على سبيل المثال، cn=Administrator,"
-#~ "dc=mydomain,dc=com) أو مجرد\n"
-#~ "الاسم المميز النسبي (على سبيل المثال، cn=Administrator). يتم إلحاق الاسم "
-#~ "المميز الأساسي في LDAP تلقائيًا في حالة تحديد الخيار المناسب.</p>\n"
+#~ " يمكنك إدخال الاسم المميز الكامل (على سبيل المثال، cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) أو مجرد\n"
+#~ "الاسم المميز النسبي (على سبيل المثال، cn=Administrator). يتم إلحاق الاسم المميز الأساسي في LDAP تلقائيًا في حالة تحديد الخيار المناسب.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>مجلد المنزل</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n"
-#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any "
-#~ "direct\n"
-#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can "
-#~ "manage\n"
+#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n"
+#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n"
#~ "user home directories.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>في حالة وجوب تخزين مجلد المنزل للمستخدمين على الجهاز،\n"
#~ "حدد الخيار المناسب. لا يتسبب تغيير هذه القيمة في\n"
-#~ "أي إجراء مباشر. فهي مجرد معلومات الوحدة النمطية لمستخدمي YaST، والتي "
-#~ "يمكنها إدارة\n"
+#~ "أي إجراء مباشر. فهي مجرد معلومات الوحدة النمطية لمستخدمي YaST، والتي يمكنها إدارة\n"
#~ "مجلد المنزل للمستخدمين.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>سياسة كلمة المرور</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</"
-#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
+#~ "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
#~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إعداد سياسة كلمة المرور المحددة مع <b>تحرير</b>. استخدم <b>إضافة</b> "
-#~ "لإضافة نهج كلمة مرور جديدة. لإعداد ممكن فقط\n"
+#~ "<p>إعداد سياسة كلمة المرور المحددة مع <b>تحرير</b>. استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لإضافة نهج كلمة مرور جديدة. لإعداد ممكن فقط\n"
#~ "إذا كانت سياسة كلمة المرور ممكنة أيضاً على الخادم LDAP.</p>"
#~ msgid "&Password Map"
@@ -1736,13 +1532,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/"
-#~ "SSL</b>\n"
+#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>تقوم بعض خوادم LDAP بدعم StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-#~ "إذا كان الخادم الخاص بك يدعمها وكانت مكونة، قم بتنشيط <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</"
-#~ "b>\n"
+#~ "إذا كان الخادم الخاص بك يدعمها وكانت مكونة، قم بتنشيط <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
#~ " لتشفير الاتصال بخادم LDAP.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Br&owse"
@@ -1754,12 +1548,8 @@
#~ msgid "G&roup Member Attribute"
#~ msgstr "س&مة عضو المجموعة"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Edit attributes of the selected LDAP object in the <b>Entry Data</b> "
-#~ "tab.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>قم بتحرير سمات كائن LDAP المحدد في علامة التبويب <b>بيانات الإدخال</b>."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Edit attributes of the selected LDAP object in the <b>Entry Data</b> tab.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>قم بتحرير سمات كائن LDAP المحدد في علامة التبويب <b>بيانات الإدخال</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "LDAP &Tree"
#~ msgstr "هي&كل LDAP"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module
@@ -102,12 +101,8 @@
#. error popup
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings "
-"later in the installed system."
-msgstr ""
-"تم بالفعل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات LDAP. يمكنك تغيير الإعدادات لاحقاً في النظام "
-"المثبت."
+msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
+msgstr "تم بالفعل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات LDAP. يمكنك تغيير الإعدادات لاحقاً في النظام المثبت."
#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:101
@@ -119,12 +114,8 @@
msgstr "[تعيين يدوياً]"
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to "
-"continue."
-msgstr ""
-"غير قادر على استرداد كلمة المرور جذر النظام. عين كلمة مرور الخادم LDAP "
-"للاستمرار."
+msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
+msgstr "غير قادر على استرداد كلمة المرور جذر النظام. عين كلمة مرور الخادم LDAP للاستمرار."
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
@@ -218,12 +209,8 @@
"بدون تثبيت الحزم المطلوب."
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309
-msgid ""
-"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has "
-"finished."
-msgstr ""
-"فشل إعداد النسخ المتماثل OpenLDAP. الرجاء إعادة الإعداد بعد الانتهاء من "
-"عملية التثبيت."
+msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
+msgstr "فشل إعداد النسخ المتماثل OpenLDAP. الرجاء إعادة الإعداد بعد الانتهاء من عملية التثبيت."
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -245,10 +232,8 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105
msgid ""
-"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not "
-"running.\n"
-"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do "
-"you \n"
+"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n"
+"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
"لديك إعداد موجود، ولكن الخادم LDAP لا يعمل حاليا.\n"
@@ -332,12 +317,8 @@
msgstr "الخادم LDAP لا يعمل."
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want "
-"to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr ""
-"هل ترغب في بدء تشغيله الآن لإعادة قراءة بيانات الإعداد أو تريد إنشاء إعداد "
-"جديد من نقطة الصفر؟"
+msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
+msgstr "هل ترغب في بدء تشغيله الآن لإعادة قراءة بيانات الإعداد أو تريد إنشاء إعداد جديد من نقطة الصفر؟"
#. get helps page
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:226
@@ -497,11 +478,8 @@
#. Doing these checks during installation will
#. most probably fail
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972
-msgid ""
-"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider "
-"server.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"فشل في فتح اتصال إلى قاعدة البيانات \"cn = إعداد\" على الخادم الموفر.\n"
+msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n"
+msgstr "فشل في فتح اتصال إلى قاعدة البيانات \"cn = إعداد\" على الخادم الموفر.\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975
msgid ""
@@ -542,18 +520,13 @@
"بالفعل تصرف كمستهلك النسخ المتماثل.\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078
-msgid ""
-"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
+msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
msgstr "إعداد النسخ المتماثل المتعاقب في cn = إعداد غير معتمد حاليا."
#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105
-msgid ""
-"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication "
-"configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"فشل التحقق من مصادقة مؤهلات الاعتماد المحددة في إعداد النسخ المتماثل على "
-"الخادم الموفر.\n"
+msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
+msgstr "فشل التحقق من مصادقة مؤهلات الاعتماد المحددة في إعداد النسخ المتماثل على الخادم الموفر.\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
@@ -581,8 +554,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220
msgid ""
"\n"
-"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to "
-"encrypted\n"
+"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n"
"LDAP Connections.)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -616,13 +588,10 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n"
-"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be "
-"started. Note:\n"
-"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</"
-"p>\n"
+"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
+"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>نعم</b> إذا كان يجب تشغيل خادم LDAP تلقائياً كجزء من عملية الإقلاع. "
-"حدد <b>لا</b> إذا كان يجب أن يتم بدء تشغيل خادم LDAP. \n"
+"<p>حدد <b>نعم</b> إذا كان يجب تشغيل خادم LDAP تلقائياً كجزء من عملية الإقلاع. حدد <b>لا</b> إذا كان يجب أن يتم بدء تشغيل خادم LDAP. \n"
"ملاحظة:\n"
"بعد تحديد <b>لا</b>, من غير الممكن تغيير إعداد OpenLDAP.</p>\n"
@@ -636,26 +605,19 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured "
-"communication\n"
-"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate "
-"configured.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
+"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> هو واجهة LDAP قياسية على المنفذ 389. \n"
-"تأمين اتصالات TLS/SSL ممكن عملية StartTLS عندما يكون لديك شهادة إعداد خادم.</"
-"p>"
+"تأمين اتصالات TLS/SSL ممكن عملية StartTLS عندما يكون لديك شهادة إعداد خادم.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL "
-"protected\n"
-"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate "
-"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n"
+"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> يقوم بتمكين واجهة \"LDAP عبر SSL (ldaps)\" لتأمين إتصالات "
-"SSL\n"
-"على المنفذ 636. يعمل هذا فقط إذا كان لديك شهادة إعداد خادم (راجع \"إعدادات "
-"عمومية\"/\"إعدادات TLS\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> يقوم بتمكين واجهة \"LDAP عبر SSL (ldaps)\" لتأمين إتصالات SSL\n"
+"على المنفذ 636. يعمل هذا فقط إذا كان لديك شهادة إعداد خادم (راجع \"إعدادات عمومية\"/\"إعدادات TLS\").\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
@@ -683,10 +645,8 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is "
-"a\n"
-"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout "
-"and\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
@@ -702,28 +662,21 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</"
-"b> \n"
-"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and "
-"other \n"
-"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends "
-"the \n"
-"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,"
-"dc=com</tt>\n"
-"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective "
-"Administrator DN\n"
+"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
+"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
+"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n"
+"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
+"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
-"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root "
-"password\n"
+"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا تم بدء تشغيل هذا المعالج أثناء التثبيت، يتم تعيين <b>كلمة مرور "
-"المسؤول LDAP</b> في البداية إلى كلمة مرور الجذر للنظام \n"
+"<p>إذا تم بدء تشغيل هذا المعالج أثناء التثبيت، يتم تعيين <b>كلمة مرور المسؤول LDAP</b> في البداية إلى كلمة مرور الجذر للنظام \n"
"التي ادخلت في وقت سابق \n"
"في عملية التثبيت.</p> "
@@ -759,8 +712,7 @@
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n"
"<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already "
-"been \n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n"
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -774,8 +726,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN "
-"automatically\n"
+"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>أدخل الاسم المميز الكامل أو فقط الجزء الأول منه وستلحق DN قاعدة\n"
@@ -783,28 +734,19 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change "
-"Password</b>.\n"
-"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password "
-"Encryption</b>.\n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been "
-"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
+"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can "
-"adjust\n"
-"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the "
-"number of entries\n"
-"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough "
-"RAM) this number\n"
-"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index "
-"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
-"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially "
-"HDB-Databases require a\n"
-"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the "
-"entry cache as a rule of\n"
+"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
+"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
+"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n"
+"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
+"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n"
+"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -822,14 +764,10 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP "
-"server\n"
-"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests "
-"before storing them\n"
-"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, "
-"but may be\n"
-"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify "
-"extended operation \n"
+"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
+"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
+"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n"
+"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
@@ -843,16 +781,12 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object "
-"DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بإدخال اسم كائن سياسة افتراضي في <b>DN كائن سياسة افتراضي</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بإدخال اسم كائن سياسة افتراضي في <b>DN كائن سياسة افتراضي</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137
msgid ""
-"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You "
-"may\n"
+"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -863,39 +797,31 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مربع الحوار هذا يسمح لك بتغيير خيارات الفهرسة من hdb من قاعدة بيانات bdb."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مربع الحوار هذا يسمح لك بتغيير خيارات الفهرسة من hdb من قاعدة بيانات bdb.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144
-msgid ""
-"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index "
-"defined.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يعرض الجدول قائمة بسمات الفهرس الموجود بالفعل لديك والمحدد حاليا.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يعرض الجدول قائمة بسمات الفهرس الموجود بالفعل لديك والمحدد حاليا.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
-"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different "
-"types\n"
+"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
-"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be "
-"configured\n"
+"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
-"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> "
-"index\n"
+"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -917,11 +843,9 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
-"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly "
-"added\n"
+"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
-"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the "
-"indexing\n"
+"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -939,8 +863,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183
msgid ""
-"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a "
-"more\n"
+"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -958,11 +881,9 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
-"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose "
-"target\n"
+"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
-"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, "
-"using\n"
+"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -972,8 +893,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" "
-"checkbox, if you want to \n"
+"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -983,16 +903,11 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator "
-"(stored\n"
-"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is "
-"synced\n"
-"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify "
-"or\n"
-"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the "
-"indicator\n"
-"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator "
-"is\n"
+"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
+"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
+"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n"
+"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n"
+"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n"
"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n"
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
@@ -1004,14 +919,10 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215
msgid ""
-"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write "
-"operations\n"
-"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in "
-"the session log. \n"
-"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" "
-"replication. In \n"
-"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master "
-"server.</p>"
+"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
+"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
+"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
+"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221
@@ -1020,8 +931,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
-"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want "
-"the\n"
+"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1035,8 +945,7 @@
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
"enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n"
"use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n"
-"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-"
-"standard\n"
+"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n"
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1069,10 +978,8 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250
msgid ""
-"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to "
-"authenticate against the master.\n"
-"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated "
-"database on the master.</p>\n"
+"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
+"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253
@@ -1083,10 +990,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
-"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can "
-"configure a different update referral here.\n"
-"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for "
-"the\n"
+"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n"
+"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1101,8 +1006,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إيقاف التهيئة:</big></b><br>\n"
-"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للإعداد بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</"
-"p>"
+"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للإعداد بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط <b>إيقاف</b> الآن.</p>"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:269
@@ -1136,19 +1040,12 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</"
-"p> "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مع <b>بدء تشغيل خادم LDAP نعم أو لا</b>، بدء أو إيقاف خادم LDAP.</p> "
+msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>مع <b>بدء تشغيل خادم LDAP نعم أو لا</b>، بدء أو إيقاف خادم LDAP.</p> "
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration "
-"wizard.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا قمت بتحديد <b>نعم</b>، انقر فوق <b>التالي</b> لتشغيل معالج الإعداد.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا قمت بتحديد <b>نعم</b>، انقر فوق <b>التالي</b> لتشغيل معالج الإعداد.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
@@ -1160,16 +1057,12 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios "
-"are available:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد نوع خادم LDAP تريد برنامج الإعداد. السيناريوهات التالية متوفرة:</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد نوع خادم LDAP تريد برنامج الإعداد. السيناريوهات التالية متوفرة:</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server "
-"with\n"
+"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>خادم مستقل</b>: إعداد خادم OpenLDAP مستقل واحد لا استعدادات \n"
@@ -1183,8 +1076,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that "
-"replicates all its data,\n"
+"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1206,18 +1098,15 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the "
-"server\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
-"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</"
-"p>\n"
+"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
-"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so "
-"that\n"
+"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1228,10 +1117,8 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
-"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</"
-"b>,\n"
-"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
+"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1249,26 +1136,21 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344
msgid ""
-"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog "
-"in which to choose\n"
-"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not "
-"support the removal of \n"
+"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
+"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and "
-"statistics\n"
+"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or "
-"disallow:</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr "<p>حدد الميزات الخاصة بخادم OpenLDAP التي ليسمح أم لا يسمح بها:</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357
@@ -1277,17 +1159,14 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind "
-"requests.\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind "
-"when \n"
-"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not "
-"present) </p>"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
+"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364
@@ -1298,8 +1177,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow "
-"unauthenticated\n"
+"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1320,16 +1198,14 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple "
-"Bind\n"
+"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
-"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection "
-"back\n"
+"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1344,49 +1220,39 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
-"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The "
-"\"Frontend\"\n"
-"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and "
-"overlays\n"
-"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
+"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n"
+"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لإضافة قاعدة بيانات جديدة، اضغط على <b>إضافة قاعدة بيانات...</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لإضافة قاعدة بيانات جديدة، اضغط على <b>إضافة قاعدة بيانات...</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401
msgid ""
-"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete "
-"Database...</b>.\n"
+"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") "
-"here. This is required to make\n"
+"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407
msgid ""
-"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select "
-"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
-"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as "
-"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
+"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
+"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410
msgid ""
-"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master "
-"server. Please enter the master\n"
-"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or "
-"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
+"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
+"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1411,20 +1277,15 @@
msgstr "مسار الخادم"
#: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the "
-"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"هذا الخادم لم يُعد كعقدة MirrorMode. انقر فوق \"التالي\" بدء تشغيل معالج "
-"إعداد OpenLDAP القياسية."
+msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
+msgstr "هذا الخادم لم يُعد كعقدة MirrorMode. انقر فوق \"التالي\" بدء تشغيل معالج إعداد OpenLDAP القياسية."
#: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة على OpenLDAP MirrorMode"
#: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
+msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
msgstr "لا يمكن حذف المضيف لقد بدأت هذه الوحدة النمطية YaST.\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130
@@ -1733,9 +1594,7 @@
msgstr "حدد عدم السماح بعلامات:"
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175
-msgid ""
-"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous "
-"directory access)"
+msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
msgstr "تعطيل قبول طلبات الربط المجهول (لا يحظر مجلد الوصول المجهول)"
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179
@@ -1743,8 +1602,7 @@
msgstr "تعطيل الربط البسيط لغير المصادق"
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182
-msgid ""
-"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
+msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
msgstr "فرض تعطيل الجلسة لحالة المجهول عند استلام العملية StartTLS"
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188
@@ -2257,8 +2115,7 @@
msgstr "فشل تدقيق المزامنة LDAP لقدرات الموفر."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
-msgid ""
-"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
+msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr "الرجاء التحقق من أن الخادم الهدف ممكن ليكون موفر مزامنة LDAP"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
@@ -2406,11 +2263,8 @@
msgstr "تحديث كائنات سياسة كلمة المرور الافتراضية"
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883
-msgid ""
-"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take "
-"some minutes)"
-msgstr ""
-"في انتظار الفهرسة الخلفية لإكمال المهام OpenLDAP (قد يستغرق هذا بضع دقائق)"
+msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
+msgstr "في انتظار الفهرسة الخلفية لإكمال المهام OpenLDAP (قد يستغرق هذا بضع دقائق)"
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required"
@@ -2429,9 +2283,7 @@
msgstr "فشل إنشاء كائنات سياسة كلمة المرور."
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to "
-"finish.\n"
+msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء انتظار مفهرس قاعدة بيانات OpenLDAP للإنهاء.\n"
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007
@@ -2537,12 +2389,8 @@
msgstr "لا يمكن تحديد اسم كامل لمضيف مؤهل."
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874
-msgid ""
-"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its "
-"own fully qualified hostname."
-msgstr ""
-"لا يعمل الخادم الرئيسي للنسخ المتماثل بشكل صحيح بدون معرفة اسم المضيف المؤهل "
-"بالكامل."
+msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
+msgstr "لا يعمل الخادم الرئيسي للنسخ المتماثل بشكل صحيح بدون معرفة اسم المضيف المؤهل بالكامل."
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
@@ -2558,9 +2406,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565
-msgid ""
-"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-"
-"letter code."
+msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr "يجب أن تحتوي قيمة السمة \"c\" رمز بلد ISO 3166 الصالح 2-من حرفين."
#. parameter check failed
@@ -2602,8 +2448,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414
-msgid ""
-"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
+msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة التحقق من شهادة الخادم للخادم الموفر.\n"
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415
@@ -2826,9 +2671,7 @@
#~ msgid "Certificate Key File does not exist"
#~ msgstr "مفتاح ملف الشهادة غير موجودة"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are "
-#~ "possible."
+#~ msgid "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are possible."
#~ msgstr "الخادم LDAP معطلة حاليا، لا يمكن تغيير الإعدادات."
#~ msgid "Please enter a password"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. hint to error message
@@ -28,8 +27,7 @@
#: src/Ldap.rb:256
msgid ""
"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
-"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server "
-"Certificate is valid."
+"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid."
msgstr ""
"فشل في إنشاء تشفير TLS.\n"
"تحقق من أنه تم تثبيت شهادة المرجع المصدق CA الصحيحة و أن شهادة الخادم صالحة."
@@ -307,13 +305,11 @@
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
-"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults "
-"when\n"
+"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
"the new object is created.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>هنا، يتم تعيين قيم السمات التي تنتمي\n"
-"إلى كائن باستخدام القالب الحالي. وتستخدم هذه القيم كالإعدادات الافتراضية "
-"عندما\n"
+"إلى كائن باستخدام القالب الحالي. وتستخدم هذه القيم كالإعدادات الافتراضية عندما\n"
"يتم إنشاء كائن جديد.</p>\n"
#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass"
@@ -325,8 +321,7 @@
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
-"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be "
-"replaced\n"
+"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -352,14 +347,8 @@
#. help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object "
-"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use "
-"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حالما يتم تحديد كائن LDAP في الشجرة، يبين الجدول بيانات الكائن. استخدام "
-"<b>تحرير</b> لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. استخدام <b>حفظ</b> لحفظ التغييرات "
-"التي أجريتها إلى LDAP.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حالما يتم تحديد كائن LDAP في الشجرة، يبين الجدول بيانات الكائن. استخدام <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. استخدام <b>حفظ</b> لحفظ التغييرات التي أجريتها إلى LDAP.</p>"
#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows)
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/live-installer.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/live-installer.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/live-installer.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. initialize package manager first
@@ -144,8 +143,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</"
-"p>"
+"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"استخدم <b>قبول</b> لتنفيذ تثبيت جديد مع القيم المعروضة.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/lxc.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/lxc.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/lxc.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xlxc module
@@ -265,10 +264,8 @@
#: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LXC Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current "
-"status.\n"
-"<p>Use <b>Create</b> to create new container. Delete existing one with "
-"<b>Destroy</b>.\n"
+"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n"
+"<p>Use <b>Create</b> to create new container. Delete existing one with <b>Destroy</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LXC نظرة عامة</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -279,16 +276,10 @@
#. Overview dialog help, part 2
#: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p>You can start selected container with <b>Start</b>. The container is "
-"started in background. You can connect to it using <b>Connect</b> button or "
-"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close "
-"it from within or using the <b>Disconnect</b> button.</p>\n"
+"<p>You can start selected container with <b>Start</b>. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using <b>Connect</b> button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the <b>Disconnect</b> button.</p>\n"
"<p>Note that <b>Connect</b> option is not available in text mode.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك بدء الحاوية المحددة مع <b>بدء تشغيل</b>. سيطلق الحاوية في الخلفية. "
-"يمكنك الاتصال بها باستخدام زر <b>الاتصال</b> أو يدوياً باستخدام الأمر <tt>lxc-"
-"console</tt> . وعلى وحدة المراقبة يمكنك إغلاقه من الداخل، أو استخدام الزر "
-"<b>قطع الاتصال</b> .</p>\n"
+"<p>يمكنك بدء الحاوية المحددة مع <b>بدء تشغيل</b>. سيطلق الحاوية في الخلفية. يمكنك الاتصال بها باستخدام زر <b>الاتصال</b> أو يدوياً باستخدام الأمر <tt>lxc-console</tt> . وعلى وحدة المراقبة يمكنك إغلاقه من الداخل، أو استخدام الزر <b>قطع الاتصال</b> .</p>\n"
"<p>علما أن الخيار <b>الاتصال</b> غير متوفرة في وضع النص.</p>"
#. Create dialog help, part 1
@@ -298,33 +289,18 @@
#. Create dialog help, part 2
#: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose a <b>Name</b> for your container, select a base <b>Template</b>, "
-"and enter desired network settings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اختر <b>اسم</b> للحاويات، حدد قاعدة <b>قالب</b>، وأدخل إعدادات شبكة "
-"الاتصال المطلوبة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose a <b>Name</b> for your container, select a base <b>Template</b>, and enter desired network settings.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اختر <b>اسم</b> للحاويات، حدد قاعدة <b>قالب</b>، وأدخل إعدادات شبكة الاتصال المطلوبة.</p>"
#. Create dialog help, part 3
#: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as <b>IP Address</b> to have dynamic "
-"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use "
-"the <b>Configure Network</b> button and create one.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم القيمة <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> <b>عنوان IP</b> إلى عنوان دينامية المعين "
-"من قبل DHCP. إذا لم يتم إعداد جهاز جسر بعد، استخدم الزر <b>إعداد شبكة "
-"الاتصال</b> وقم بإنشاء واحد.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as <b>IP Address</b> to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the <b>Configure Network</b> button and create one.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم القيمة <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> <b>عنوان IP</b> إلى عنوان دينامية المعين من قبل DHCP. إذا لم يتم إعداد جهاز جسر بعد، استخدم الزر <b>إعداد شبكة الاتصال</b> وقم بإنشاء واحد.</p>"
#. Create dialog help, part 4
#: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the "
-"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will "
-"be used.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بتحديد كلمة مرور لاستخدام لمسؤول نظام ('الجذر') في الحاوية. إذا لم يتم "
-"إدخال أي كلمة مرور, سيتم استخدام القيمة الافتراضية <tt>الجذر</tt> .</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بتحديد كلمة مرور لاستخدام لمسؤول نظام ('الجذر') في الحاوية. إذا لم يتم إدخال أي كلمة مرور, سيتم استخدام القيمة الافتراضية <tt>الجذر</tt> .</p>"
#. Create dialog help, part 5
#: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:67
@@ -333,9 +309,7 @@
#. info label (try to keep the text short)
#: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for "
-"details."
+msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details."
msgstr "هناك بعض المشاكل في إعداد LXC. راجع الدليل للحصول على التفاصيل."
#. output follows in widget below
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the mail module
@@ -107,8 +106,7 @@
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n"
-"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the "
-"localhost.</p>\n"
+"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذاتم اختيار <b>بدون اتصال</b>، سيتم تشغيل خادم البريد.\n"
"مع ذلك، من الممكن نقل البريد المحلي فقط. يستمع MTA إلى localhost.</p>\n"
@@ -127,8 +125,7 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n"
-"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use "
-"authentication,\n"
+"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n"
"simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -141,8 +138,7 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
-"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider."
-"com</b>.</p>\n"
+"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>خادم البريد الصادر مخصص بشكل عام لاتصالات الطلب الهاتفي.\n"
@@ -152,8 +148,7 @@
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your "
-"provider.</p>\n"
+"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> ، أدخل اسم المستخدم المقدم من الموفر.</p>\n"
@@ -197,8 +192,7 @@
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n"
"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n"
-"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses."
-"</p>\n"
+"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>يُستخدم هذا الجدول لإعادة توجيه البريد المُسلَّم محليًا.\n"
@@ -225,8 +219,7 @@
"part of the address.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>يعمل هذا الجدول على إعادة توجيه البريد الوارد. على العكس من جدول الأسماء "
-"المستعارة،\n"
+"<p>يعمل هذا الجدول على إعادة توجيه البريد الوارد. على العكس من جدول الأسماء المستعارة،\n"
"فإنه يعتبر النطاق\n"
"جزءًا من العنوان.</p>\n"
@@ -686,8 +679,7 @@
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing "
-"mail\n"
+"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n"
"with AMaViS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -737,13 +729,10 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n"
-"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new "
-"service\n"
-"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can "
-"send\n"
+"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n"
+"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n"
"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n"
-"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed "
-"with\n"
+"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n"
"the domain key.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -762,8 +751,7 @@
"Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n"
"in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n"
"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n"
-"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, "
-"the\n"
+"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n"
"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n"
"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -778,8 +766,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
+msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
msgstr "إذا قمت بتمكين دعم DKIM، سيتم تمكين الفيروسات (AMaViS) أيضا."
#. Translators: text entry label
@@ -824,12 +811,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not "
-"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>عادةً ما يكون <b>وضع التسليم</b> هو <b>مباشرة</b>، ما لم تقم بإعادة توجيه "
-"بريد المسؤول أو تريد الوصول إلى البريد عبر IMAP.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>عادةً ما يكون <b>وضع التسليم</b> هو <b>مباشرة</b>، ما لم تقم بإعادة توجيه بريد المسؤول أو تريد الوصول إلى البريد عبر IMAP.</p>"
#. LogView label. take a string from users?
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345
@@ -1157,12 +1140,8 @@
#~ msgid "<P><B>Mail Server Configuration</B><BR>"
#~ msgstr "<P><B>إعداد خادم البريد الإلكتروني</B><BR>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the "
-#~ "Cyrus IMAP server.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>هذه الوحدة ستقوم بإعداد وتشغيل Postfix، وإذا لزم الأمر، خادم Cyrus "
-#~ "IMAP.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>هذه الوحدة ستقوم بإعداد وتشغيل Postfix، وإذا لزم الأمر، خادم Cyrus IMAP.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B>Warning:</B></P>\n"
@@ -1180,8 +1159,7 @@
#~ "email on your local system or for some special cases.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P>تحتاج Postfix\n"
-#~ "فقط لتخزين البريد الإلكتروني على النظام المحلي، أو لبعض الحالات الخاصة.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ "فقط لتخزين البريد الإلكتروني على النظام المحلي، أو لبعض الحالات الخاصة.</P>\n"
#~ msgid "Skip this page in the future"
#~ msgstr "تخطي هذه الصفحة في المستقبل"
@@ -1192,41 +1170,23 @@
#~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs."
#~ msgstr "حدد نوع الإعداد حسب احتياجاتك الشخصية."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard "
-#~ "configuration."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "إذا كنت تريد استخدام إرسال بريدك ك MTA يجب عليك استخدام الإعدادات "
-#~ "القياسية."
+#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration."
+#~ msgstr "إذا كنت تريد استخدام إرسال بريدك ك MTA يجب عليك استخدام الإعدادات القياسية."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your "
-#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "الإعداد المتقدم استخدام LDAP كخلفية وسيتم إعداد النظام كعميل LDAP ولإعداد "
-#~ "خادم LDAP إذا لزم الأمر."
+#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary."
+#~ msgstr "الإعداد المتقدم استخدام LDAP كخلفية وسيتم إعداد النظام كعميل LDAP ولإعداد خادم LDAP إذا لزم الأمر."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type."
+#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type."
#~ msgstr "إعداد خادم البريد تستند على \"قياسي\" النوع."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite "
-#~ "all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "من الممكن أن يؤدي تغيير إعدادات \"خيارات متقدمة\" . إلى الكتابة فوق كافة "
-#~ "الإعدادات الحالية."
+#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
+#~ msgstr "من الممكن أن يؤدي تغيير إعدادات \"خيارات متقدمة\" . إلى الكتابة فوق كافة الإعدادات الحالية."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type."
+#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type."
#~ msgstr "إعداد خادم البريد تستند على \"خيارات متقدمة\" النوع."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite "
-#~ "all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "من الممكن أن يؤدي تغيير إعدادات \"قياسي\" . إلى الكتابة فوق كافة "
-#~ "الإعدادات الحالية."
+#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
+#~ msgstr "من الممكن أن يؤدي تغيير إعدادات \"قياسي\" . إلى الكتابة فوق كافة الإعدادات الحالية."
#~ msgid "Standard"
#~ msgstr "قياسي"
@@ -1273,39 +1233,26 @@
#~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server."
#~ msgstr "نقترح أن تقوم بإعداد خادم LDAP محلي لخادم البريد."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your "
-#~ "system."
+#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system."
#~ msgstr "إنشاء شهادات خادم LDAP بريد بغية تأمين النظام."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is "
-#~ "local."
+#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local."
#~ msgstr "يتم إعداد الكمبيوتر كعميل LDAP وخادم LDAP المحلي."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server."
+#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server."
#~ msgstr "نقترح عليك تكيف إعداد خادم LDAP لخادم البريد."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator "
-#~ "account:"
+#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:"
#~ msgstr "لهذا السبب يجب أن تعرف كلمة المرور الخاصة بحساب مسؤول LDAP:"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not "
-#~ "local."
+#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local."
#~ msgstr "يتم إعداد الكمبيوتر كعميل LDAP والخادم LDAP غير المحلية."
#~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server."
#~ msgstr "نقترح إعداد خادم LDAP لخادم البريد."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the <b>suse-mailserver."
-#~ "schema</b> and the corresponding index entries."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "علاوة على ذلك، قد يحتوي خادم <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> وإدخالات "
-#~ "الفهرس المطابقة."
+#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> and the corresponding index entries."
+#~ msgstr "علاوة على ذلك، قد يحتوي خادم <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> وإدخالات الفهرس المطابقة."
#~ msgid "Create certificates."
#~ msgstr "قم بإنشاء الشهادات."
@@ -1674,10 +1621,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n"
-#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services."
-#~ "<br>\n"
-#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, "
-#~ "too.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n"
+#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>إذن المسؤول</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "لاستخدام مكون خادم بريد YaST، النظام يجب أن يستخدم LDAP \n"
@@ -1734,8 +1679,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and "
-#~ "getting),\n"
+#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n"
#~ "including envelope information.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -1773,62 +1717,45 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of "
-#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n"
-#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists "
-#~ "or RBL\n"
+#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n"
+#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n"
#~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>منع البريد المزعج</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Postfix مجموعة متنوعة من المعايير التي تحد من تسليم البريد الإلكتروني "
-#~ "التجارية غير المرغوب فيها (UCE). \n"
+#~ "Postfix مجموعة متنوعة من المعايير التي تحد من تسليم البريد الإلكتروني التجارية غير المرغوب فيها (UCE). \n"
#~ "في مربع الحوار هذا، قم ضبط هذه الإعدادات. على سبيل المثال تعيين قوائم\n"
#~ "الوصول أو خوادم الاسم RBL (قائمة blackhole في الوقت الحقيقي) .\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for "
-#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n"
-#~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder "
-#~ "<b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n"
-#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus "
-#~ "scanner engines.\n"
+#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n"
+#~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder <b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n"
+#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>بدء تشغيل برنامج مكافحة الفيروسات AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "إذا قمت بتشغيل برنامج مكافحة الفيروسات AMAVIS، سيتم فحص رسائل البريد "
-#~ "الإلكتروني للبحث عن الفيروسات والبريد المزعج. \n"
-#~ "محرك مكافحة الفيروسات <b>Clamavd</b> والباحث عن البريد المزعج "
-#~ "<b>SpamAssassin</b> سيتم تثبيتها وإعدادها أيضا.\n"
+#~ "إذا قمت بتشغيل برنامج مكافحة الفيروسات AMAVIS، سيتم فحص رسائل البريد الإلكتروني للبحث عن الفيروسات والبريد المزعج. \n"
+#~ "محرك مكافحة الفيروسات <b>Clamavd</b> والباحث عن البريد المزعج <b>SpamAssassin</b> سيتم تثبيتها وإعدادها أيضا.\n"
#~ "يمكنك أيضا تثبيت محركات مسح الفيروسات (التجارية) الأخرى.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery "
-#~ "method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
-#~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be "
-#~ "created. Spam email \n"
-#~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the "
-#~ "folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-"
-#~ "spam email into\n"
-#~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by "
-#~ "anyone.\n"
+#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
+#~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \n"
+#~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n"
+#~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>إعداد تعليم البريد المزعج:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "يمكن فقط إعداد تعليم البريد المزعج إذا كان أسلوب التسليم محلي <b>cyrus "
-#~ "imapd</b>.\n"
-#~ "وفي هذه الحالة سيتم إنشاء المجلدات المشتركة <b>NewSpam</b> و <b>NoSpam</"
-#~ "b> . وينبغي وضع \n"
-#~ "البريد المزعج الجديد الذي لم يتم الكشف عنه بواسطة <b>SpamAssassin</b> في "
-#~ "المجلد <b>NewSpam</b>.\n"
+#~ "يمكن فقط إعداد تعليم البريد المزعج إذا كان أسلوب التسليم محلي <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
+#~ "وفي هذه الحالة سيتم إنشاء المجلدات المشتركة <b>NewSpam</b> و <b>NoSpam</b> . وينبغي وضع \n"
+#~ "البريد المزعج الجديد الذي لم يتم الكشف عنه بواسطة <b>SpamAssassin</b> في المجلد <b>NewSpam</b>.\n"
#~ "إذا أردت البحث عن البريد المزعج بأكثر فعالية ضع البريد الإلكتروني غير \n"
-#~ "المرغوبة في المجلد <b>NoSpam</b>. لا يمكن قراءة رسائل البريد الإلكتروني "
-#~ "في هذا المجلد من قبل أي شخص.\n"
+#~ "المرغوبة في المجلد <b>NoSpam</b>. لا يمكن قراءة رسائل البريد الإلكتروني في هذا المجلد من قبل أي شخص.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1856,8 +1783,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n"
-#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or "
-#~ "IMAP\n"
+#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n"
#~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -1878,8 +1804,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this "
-#~ "regularly\n"
+#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n"
#~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -1910,8 +1835,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n"
-#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the "
-#~ "properties\n"
+#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n"
#~ "concerning the mail server.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -2103,21 +2027,17 @@
#~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format."
#~ msgstr "تنسيق بريد إلكتروني غير صالح."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>يمكنك ضبط إعدادات البريد لمستخدم في مربع الحوار هذا.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>أولاً يمكنك تعيين عناوين البريد والأسماء المستعارة للمستخدم.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you "
-#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n"
+#~ "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n"
#~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا قمت بتحديد \"cyrus\" لتسليم البريد المحلي، يمكنك تعيين الحد الأقصى "
-#~ "للحجم في مربع البريد المستخدمين.\n"
+#~ "<p>إذا قمت بتحديد \"cyrus\" لتسليم البريد المحلي، يمكنك تعيين الحد الأقصى للحجم في مربع البريد المستخدمين.\n"
#~ " إذا لم تعين أي قيمة سيكون الحجم غير محدد.</p>"
#~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses "
@@ -2221,12 +2141,8 @@
#~ "تتمكن YaST2 من تكوين Postfix وSendmail فقط،\n"
#~ "إلا أنه لم يتم تثبيت أيٍ منهما."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not "
-#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>عادةً ما يكون <b>وضع التسليم</b> هو <b>procmail</b>، ما لم تقم بإعادة "
-#~ "توجيه بريد المسؤول أو تريد الوصول إلى البريد عبر IMAP.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>عادةً ما يكون <b>وضع التسليم</b> هو <b>procmail</b>، ما لم تقم بإعادة توجيه بريد المسؤول أو تريد الوصول إلى البريد عبر IMAP.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "This will corrupt your actual configuration."
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module
@@ -232,23 +231,18 @@
"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not "
-"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd "
-"stopped.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></"
-"p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>مركز متعدد المسارات</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tبدء أو إيقاف متعدد المسارات، تحقق من معلومات متعدد المسارات.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>إيقاف/بدء متعدد المسارات</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tانقر فوق <b>\"استخدام متعدد المسارات\"</b> لبدء تشغيل متعدد المسارات. "
-"انقر فوق <b>\"عدم استخدام متعدد المسارات\"</b>\n"
-"\t\t\tلوقف متعدد المسارات.<br> يمكن عرض معلومات حالة متعدد المسارات عندم "
-"توقف متعدد المسارات.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tانقر فوق <b>\"استخدام متعدد المسارات\"</b> لبدء تشغيل متعدد المسارات. انقر فوق <b>\"عدم استخدام متعدد المسارات\"</b>\n"
+"\t\t\tلوقف متعدد المسارات.<br> يمكن عرض معلومات حالة متعدد المسارات عندم توقف متعدد المسارات.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>إعداد متعدد المسارات</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tانقر فوق<b>إعداد</b> للقيام بإعداد متعدد المسارات.<br></p>\n"
@@ -257,46 +251,30 @@
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There "
-"are four sections in the configuration file:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, "
-"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults "
-"settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath "
-"candidates.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist "
-"settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from "
-"blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure "
-"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides "
-"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices "
-"settings.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations."
-"<br><br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعدادات</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tكل إعدادات /etc/multipath.conf يمكن إعدادها هنا. هناك أربعة أقسام في "
-"ملف الإعدادات:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>متعدد المسارات</b>, <b>إفتراضي</b>, <b>قائمة سوداء</b>, "
-"<b>إستثناءات القائمة السوداء</b>, <b>عتاد.</b><br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>متعدد المسارات:</b> قائمة بأفضل إعدادات تعدد المسارات المتناسقة."
-"<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tكل إعدادات /etc/multipath.conf يمكن إعدادها هنا. هناك أربعة أقسام في ملف الإعدادات:\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>متعدد المسارات</b>, <b>إفتراضي</b>, <b>قائمة سوداء</b>, <b>إستثناءات القائمة السوداء</b>, <b>عتاد.</b><br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>متعدد المسارات:</b> قائمة بأفضل إعدادات تعدد المسارات المتناسقة.<br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>إفتراضي:</b> إعدادات تعدد المسارات الإفتراضية.<br>\n"
"\t\t\tإضغط زر <b>\"إعداد إفتراضي\"</b> للضبط على الإعدادات الإفتراضية.<br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>قائمة سوداء:</b> قائمة بالعتاد الذي يتجاهله تعدد المسارات.<br>\n"
"\t\t\tإضغط زر <b>\"إعداد القائمة السوداء\"</b> لإعداد القائمة السوداء.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>إستثناءات القائمة السوداء:</b> قائمة بالعتاد المستثنى من القائمة "
-"السوداء.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tإضغط زر <b>\"إعداد إستثناءات القائمة السوداء\"</b> لإعداد إستثناءات "
-"القائمة السوداء.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>عتاد:</b> قائمة بكل إعدادات وحدة تحكم التخزين . تجاوز الإعدادات "
-"الافتراضية، تجاوزها من قبل إعدادات متعدد المسارات في .<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>إستثناءات القائمة السوداء:</b> قائمة بالعتاد المستثنى من القائمة السوداء.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tإضغط زر <b>\"إعداد إستثناءات القائمة السوداء\"</b> لإعداد إستثناءات القائمة السوداء.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>عتاد:</b> قائمة بكل إعدادات وحدة تحكم التخزين . تجاوز الإعدادات الافتراضية، تجاوزها من قبل إعدادات متعدد المسارات في .<br>\n"
"\t\t\tإضغط زر <b>\"إعداد العتاد\"</b> لإعداد إعدادات العتاد.<br><br>\n"
"\t\t\tإضغط زر <b>\"انتهى\"</b> لحفظ وتحديث الإعدادات.<br><br></p>\n"
@@ -305,46 +283,31 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath "
-"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own "
-"value as default setting.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>الإعدادات الافتراضية</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tيمكن تمكين الإعدادات الافتراضية العالمية ومسحها هنا.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tأي إعدادات افتراضية ستكون مؤثرة في كافة إعدادات تعدد المسارات، ما لم "
-"تتم الكتابة فوق أحد إعداداتها المحلية المناظرة.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tإذا تم مسح الإعداد الإفتراضي هنا، ستتخذ المسارات المتعددة القيمة "
-"الخاصة به كإعداد افتراضي.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tأي إعدادات افتراضية ستكون مؤثرة في كافة إعدادات تعدد المسارات، ما لم تتم الكتابة فوق أحد إعداداتها المحلية المناظرة.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tإذا تم مسح الإعداد الإفتراضي هنا، ستتخذ المسارات المتعددة القيمة الخاصة به كإعداد افتراضي.<br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, "
-"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device "
-"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are "
-"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in "
-"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد القائمة السوداء</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tيمكن أن يتم تجاهل أسماء العتاد المسرود كمرشحين لتعدد المسارات.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tهناك ثلاث طرق لتحديد اسم العتاد: <b>wwid</b>، <b>devnode</b>، <b>عتاد</"
-"b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: المعرف في الشبكة العنكبوتية كجهاز في القائمة السوداء."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: ويمكن استخدام تعبير عادي هنا لتحديد أسماء الجهاز في "
-"udev_dir (default in directory /dev). أسماء العتاد الشائعة هي cciss, fd, hd, "
-"md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop..<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>عتاد</b>: يستخدم لتحديد وحدة تحكم تخزين محددة في القائمة السوداء. "
-"يمكن تعيين جهاز بواسطة اسم المنتج والبائع.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tهناك ثلاث طرق لتحديد اسم العتاد: <b>wwid</b>، <b>devnode</b>، <b>عتاد</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: المعرف في الشبكة العنكبوتية كجهاز في القائمة السوداء.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: ويمكن استخدام تعبير عادي هنا لتحديد أسماء الجهاز في udev_dir (default in directory /dev). أسماء العتاد الشائعة هي cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop..<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>عتاد</b>: يستخدم لتحديد وحدة تحكم تخزين محددة في القائمة السوداء. يمكن تعيين جهاز بواسطة اسم المنتج والبائع.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3
@@ -352,42 +315,29 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, "
-"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from "
-"blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device "
-"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are "
-"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted "
-"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد إستثناءات القائمة السوداء</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tيمكن أن يتم تجاهل أسماء العتاد المسرود هن من القاءمة السوداء.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tهناك ثلاث طرق لتحديد اسم العتاد: <b>wwid</b>، <b>devnode</b>، <b>عتاد</"
-"b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: المعرف في الشبكة العنكبوتية كجهاز مُستثنى من القائمة "
-"السوداء.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: ويمكن استخدام تعبير عادي هنا لتحديد أسماء الجهاز في "
-"udev_dir (default in directory /dev). أسماء العتاد الشائعة هي cciss, fd, hd, "
-"md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop..<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>عتاد</b>: يستخدم لتحديد وحدة تحكم تخزين محددة مُستثناة من القائمة "
-"السوداء. يمكن تعيين جهاز بواسطة اسم المنتج والبائع.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tهناك ثلاث طرق لتحديد اسم العتاد: <b>wwid</b>، <b>devnode</b>، <b>عتاد</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: المعرف في الشبكة العنكبوتية كجهاز مُستثنى من القائمة السوداء.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: ويمكن استخدام تعبير عادي هنا لتحديد أسماء الجهاز في udev_dir (default in directory /dev). أسماء العتاد الشائعة هي cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop..<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>عتاد</b>: يستخدم لتحديد وحدة تحكم تخزين محددة مُستثناة من القائمة السوداء. يمكن تعيين جهاز بواسطة اسم المنتج والبائع.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the "
-"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name."
-"<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد الأجهزة</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tكل وحدات التحكم بإعدادات التخزين المذكورة هنا، وهي تتجاوز الإعدادات "
-"الافتراضية ويتم تجاوزها من قبل إعدادات متعدد المسارات.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tكل وحدات التحكم بإعدادات التخزين المذكورة هنا، وهي تتجاوز الإعدادات الافتراضية ويتم تجاوزها من قبل إعدادات متعدد المسارات.<br>\n"
"\t\t\tيتم تعريف كل جهاز بواسطة اسم <b>المنتج</b> و <b>البائع</b> .<br></p>\n"
#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words.
@@ -446,9 +396,7 @@
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122
msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"لا يمكن قراءة مقطع استثناءات القائمة السوداء في إعدادات المسارات المتعددة "
-"المسارات."
+msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع استثناءات القائمة السوداء في إعدادات المسارات المتعددة المسارات."
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132
msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration."
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
@@ -57,8 +56,7 @@
msgstr "تغيير الحزم التالية لحل التبعيات:"
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
+msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
msgstr "يمكنك اختيار التثبيت على أية حال، ولكنك تخاطر بالحصول على نظام تالف."
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298
@@ -122,34 +120,19 @@
msgstr "غير ضرورية"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid ""
-"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if "
-"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by "
-"already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for "
-"Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
-msgstr ""
-"هذه قائمة الحزم المفيدة. يتم تثبيتها إضافة إلى الحزم الموصى بها والمثبتة "
-"حديثا. للحصول على حزم موصى للحزم المثبتة مسبقاً <b>تثبيت الحزم الموصى بها "
-"الحزم المثبتة مسبقاً</b> من <b>تبعيات</b> يجب أن يكون محدداً."
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
+msgstr "هذه قائمة الحزم المفيدة. يتم تثبيتها إضافة إلى الحزم الموصى بها والمثبتة حديثا. للحصول على حزم موصى للحزم المثبتة مسبقاً <b>تثبيت الحزم الموصى بها الحزم المثبتة مسبقاً</b> من <b>تبعيات</b> يجب أن يكون محدداً."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
-msgid ""
-"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already "
-"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
-msgstr ""
-"مُقترح لتثبيت هذه الحزم لأنها تتناسب مع الحزم. المثبتة مسبقاً والتي اختار "
-"المستخدم تثبيتها."
+msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
+msgstr "مُقترح لتثبيت هذه الحزم لأنها تتناسب مع الحزم. المثبتة مسبقاً والتي اختار المستخدم تثبيتها."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
-msgid ""
-"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. "
-"updates aren't possible."
+msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible."
msgstr "حلال التبعيات كشف عن أن هذه الحزم بدون مستودع، أي لا يمكن تحديثها."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
-msgid ""
-"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any "
-"longer."
+msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer."
msgstr "قد تكون هذه الحزم غير الضرورية نظراً لتبعيات السابقة لم تعد بحاجتها."
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
@@ -183,9 +166,7 @@
#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB
#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178
#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> "
-"locale"
+msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale"
msgstr "ملفات الترجمات وقواميس اللغة الأخرى المتعلقة بموقع <b>%s</b>"
#. the label of the selections
@@ -671,88 +652,33 @@
#. part1 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to "
-"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single "
-"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or "
-"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when "
-"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package "
-"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> "
-"and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>مرحبا بكم في محدد الحزم</b></p><p>هذه الأداة ستساعدك على إدارة "
-"البرنامج على النظام. يمكن تثبيت أو تحديث أو إزالة حزمة واحدة، إضافة لأنماط "
-"متعددة (مجموعات من الحزم التي تخدم غرض معين) أو اللغات. عادة، لا تحتاج للقلق "
-"حول تبعيات حزمة عند تثبيت أو إزالة أي شيء، حل التبعيات سيفعل ذلك لك. يتكون "
-"محدد الحزم من ثلاثة أجزاء رئيسية: <b>مرشحات</b>و <b>حزمة الجدول</b> و "
-"<b>القائمة</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>مرحبا بكم في محدد الحزم</b></p><p>هذه الأداة ستساعدك على إدارة البرنامج على النظام. يمكن تثبيت أو تحديث أو إزالة حزمة واحدة، إضافة لأنماط متعددة (مجموعات من الحزم التي تخدم غرض معين) أو اللغات. عادة، لا تحتاج للقلق حول تبعيات حزمة عند تثبيت أو إزالة أي شيء، حل التبعيات سيفعل ذلك لك. يتكون محدد الحزم من ثلاثة أجزاء رئيسية: <b>مرشحات</b>و <b>حزمة الجدول</b> و <b>القائمة</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large "
-"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain "
-"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ "
-"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on "
-"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الترشيح</b> اللوحة اليمنى مصممة للتسهيل وتقديم التوجيه. وهي تمكن مثلاً "
-"عرض الحزم من مستودع معين، أونمط محدد (على سبيل المثال، ألعاب أو تطوير C/C++) "
-"أو البحث عن كلمات رئيسية معينة. يمكن العثور على مزيد من المعلومات حول عوامل "
-"الترشيح في <i>كيفية استخدام عوامل الترشيح</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>الترشيح</b> اللوحة اليمنى مصممة للتسهيل وتقديم التوجيه. وهي تمكن مثلاً عرض الحزم من مستودع معين، أونمط محدد (على سبيل المثال، ألعاب أو تطوير C/C++) أو البحث عن كلمات رئيسية معينة. يمكن العثور على مزيد من المعلومات حول عوامل الترشيح في <i>كيفية استخدام عوامل الترشيح</i>.</p>"
#. additional help text for post installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You "
-"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the "
-"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has "
-"several columns:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>جدول الحزم</b> هو المكون الرئيسي لحزمة محددة. ستشاهد قائمة الحزم التي "
-"تطابق عامل الترشيح الحالي (على سبيل المثال، مجموعةRPM المحددة). كل من أسطر "
-"جدول الحزم يحتوي على عدة أعمدة:</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>جدول الحزم</b> هو المكون الرئيسي لحزمة محددة. ستشاهد قائمة الحزم التي تطابق عامل الترشيح الحالي (على سبيل المثال، مجموعةRPM المحددة). كل من أسطر جدول الحزم يحتوي على عدة أعمدة:</p>"
#. part2 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
-msgid ""
-"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and "
-"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available "
-"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version"
-"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ol><li>حالة الحزم (لمزيد من المعلومات انظر <i>حالة الحزم والرموز</i>)</li> "
-"<li>اسم الحزمة</li><li>وصف الحزمة</li><li>الإصدار المتاح (في بعض المستودعات "
-"المتاحة)</li> <li>الإصدار المثبت(للحزم المثبتة فقط)</li> <li>حزم "
-"الحزمة</li></ol>"
+msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
+msgstr "<ol><li>حالة الحزم (لمزيد من المعلومات انظر <i>حالة الحزم والرموز</i>)</li> <li>اسم الحزمة</li><li>وصف الحزمة</li><li>الإصدار المتاح (في بعض المستودعات المتاحة)</li> <li>الإصدار المثبت(للحزم المثبتة فقط)</li> <li>حزم الحزمة</li></ol>"
#. part3 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status "
-"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete "
-"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status "
-"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu "
-"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package "
-"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الإجراءات</b> القائمة أسفل الجدول توفر إمكانيات لتغيير حالة الحزمة "
-"المحددة (أو كافة الحزم في القائمة)، على سبيل المثال، حذف مجموعة أو تحديد "
-"حزمة إضافية للتثبيت. يمكن أيضا إجراء تغيير للحالة مباشرة بالضغط على المفتاح "
-"المحدد في عنصر القائمة (للحصول على معلومات مفصلة حول وضع حزمة، انظر <i>مركز "
-"الحزمة والرموز</i>).</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>الإجراءات</b> القائمة أسفل الجدول توفر إمكانيات لتغيير حالة الحزمة المحددة (أو كافة الحزم في القائمة)، على سبيل المثال، حذف مجموعة أو تحديد حزمة إضافية للتثبيت. يمكن أيضا إجراء تغيير للحالة مباشرة بالضغط على المفتاح المحدد في عنصر القائمة (للحصول على معلومات مفصلة حول وضع حزمة، انظر <i>مركز الحزمة والرموز</i>).</p>"
#. part4 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package "
-"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions "
-"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful "
-"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>قائمة</b> توفر مهام متصلة بتبعيات حزمة المناولة، وعرض المعلومات ذات "
-"الصلة على الحزم وعده إجراءات مفيدة أخرى. مثل فتح محرر المستودع. للحصول على "
-"مزيد من المعلومات، انظر <i>مهام مفيدة في القائمة</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>قائمة</b> توفر مهام متصلة بتبعيات حزمة المناولة، وعرض المعلومات ذات الصلة على الحزم وعده إجراءات مفيدة أخرى. مثل فتح محرر المستودع. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، انظر <i>مهام مفيدة في القائمة</i>.</p>"
#. the headline of the help window
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165
@@ -761,28 +687,13 @@
#. part 1 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
-msgid ""
-"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the "
-"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an "
-"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should "
-"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the "
-"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن تغيير وضع الحزمة باستخدام قائمة <i>إجراءات</i> أو المفاتيح المحددة "
-"في عناصر القائمة. على سبيل المثال، استخدم '+' لتثبيت حزمة إضافية.</"
-"p><p>وتعني حالة \"حظر\" لا ينبغي ابدأ تثبيت الحزمة. وبالمثل حالة \"قفل\" "
-"تعني الإبقاء على هذا الإصدار من هذه الحزمة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن تغيير وضع الحزمة باستخدام قائمة <i>إجراءات</i> أو المفاتيح المحددة في عناصر القائمة. على سبيل المثال، استخدم '+' لتثبيت حزمة إضافية.</p><p>وتعني حالة \"حظر\" لا ينبغي ابدأ تثبيت الحزمة. وبالمثل حالة \"قفل\" تعني الإبقاء على هذا الإصدار من هذه الحزمة.</p>"
#. part 2 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. "
-"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all "
-"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك أيضا استخدام <b>RET</b> أو <b>مسافة</b> لتبديل حالة الحزمة. "
-"القائمة<i>إجراءات</i> توفر إمكانية لتغيير حالة لكافة الحزم في القائمة (حدد "
-"'كافة الحزم').</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك أيضا استخدام <b>RET</b> أو <b>مسافة</b> لتبديل حالة الحزمة. القائمة<i>إجراءات</i> توفر إمكانية لتغيير حالة لكافة الحزم في القائمة (حدد 'كافة الحزم').</p>"
#. part 3 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185
@@ -791,28 +702,13 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192
-msgid ""
-"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be "
-"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</"
-"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: "
-"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---"
-"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b> + </b>: سيتم تثبيت الحزمة</p><p><b>a+ </b>: سيتم تثبيت الحزمة "
-"تلقائياً</p><p><b> > </b>: سيتم تحديث الحزمة</p><p><b>a> </b>: الحزمة ستحدث "
-"تلقائياً</p><p><b> i </b>: تم تثبيت الحزمة</p><p><b> - </b>: سيتم حذف "
-"الحزمة</p><p><b>---</b>: لا تثبت هذه الحزمة أبداً (حظر)</p>"
+msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: سيتم تثبيت الحزمة</p><p><b>a+ </b>: سيتم تثبيت الحزمة تلقائياً</p><p><b> > </b>: سيتم تحديث الحزمة</p><p><b>a> </b>: الحزمة ستحدث تلقائياً</p><p><b> i </b>: تم تثبيت الحزمة</p><p><b> - </b>: سيتم حذف الحزمة</p><p><b>---</b>: لا تثبت هذه الحزمة أبداً (حظر)</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it "
-"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</"
-"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b> : الاحتفاظ بالإصدار المثبت وعدم تحديثه ابدأ أو حذفه ( حزمة "
-"مؤمنة )</p><p>مركز المعلومات لنمط واللغات:</p><p><b>أنا </b>: استيفاء جميع "
-"المتطلبات لهذا النمط/اللغة</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b> : الاحتفاظ بالإصدار المثبت وعدم تحديثه ابدأ أو حذفه ( حزمة مؤمنة )</p><p>مركز المعلومات لنمط واللغات:</p><p><b>أنا </b>: استيفاء جميع المتطلبات لهذا النمط/اللغة</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206
@@ -821,78 +717,28 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the "
-"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties "
-"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), "
-"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the "
-"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>مرشحات</b> تسمح لك بتصفية الحزم المتاحة. على أساس خصائص الحزمة التي "
-"تختار (مستودع، مجموعة RPM)، مجموعة \"الحاويات\" (أنماط، لغات)، أو نتائج "
-"البحث. حدد عامل التصفية المطلوب من القائمة المنسدلة. وفيما يلي وصف لعوامل "
-"التصفية.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>مرشحات</b> تسمح لك بتصفية الحزم المتاحة. على أساس خصائص الحزمة التي تختار (مستودع، مجموعة RPM)، مجموعة \"الحاويات\" (أنماط، لغات)، أو نتائج البحث. حدد عامل التصفية المطلوب من القائمة المنسدلة. وفيما يلي وصف لعوامل التصفية.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have "
-"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of "
-"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may "
-"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the "
-"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>أنماط</b> وصف الميزات والوظائف اللتي ينبغي أن تكون في النظام (على "
-"مثلاً، x الخادم أو أدوات وحدة التحكم). كل نمط يحتوي على مجموعة حزم هناك توصية "
-"(يجب تثبيتها) أو (يوصى بتثبيتها)، أو (قد تريد تثبيتها). إذا قمت بتشغيل نمط "
-"تثبيت التحديث أوالحذف سيتم تشغيل حل الحزم وتغيير حالة المجموعات تبعاً لذلك.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>أنماط</b> وصف الميزات والوظائف اللتي ينبغي أن تكون في النظام (على مثلاً، x الخادم أو أدوات وحدة التحكم). كل نمط يحتوي على مجموعة حزم هناك توصية (يجب تثبيتها) أو (يوصى بتثبيتها)، أو (قد تريد تثبيتها). إذا قمت بتشغيل نمط تثبيت التحديث أوالحذف سيتم تشغيل حل الحزم وتغيير حالة المجموعات تبعاً لذلك.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They "
-"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific "
-"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers "
-"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a "
-"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. "
-"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific "
-"repository. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>اللغات</b> تحتوي على حزم كثيرة متشابهة الأنماط. وتحتوي على حزم مع "
-"ترجمات, قواميس وملفات أخرى الخاصة باللغة المحددة. <b>مجموعات RPM</b> هي حزمة "
-"بدون محتوى مرافق ليتم تثبيته. العضوية في مجموعة RPM معينة. له خاصية الحزمة "
-"نفسها. ولها .هيكل هرمي (شجرة) تصفية. <b>المستودعات</b> يمكن عرض الحزم من "
-"مستودعات محددة فقط.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>اللغات</b> تحتوي على حزم كثيرة متشابهة الأنماط. وتحتوي على حزم مع ترجمات, قواميس وملفات أخرى الخاصة باللغة المحددة. <b>مجموعات RPM</b> هي حزمة بدون محتوى مرافق ليتم تثبيته. العضوية في مجموعة RPM معينة. له خاصية الحزمة نفسها. ولها .هيكل هرمي (شجرة) تصفية. <b>المستودعات</b> يمكن عرض الحزم من مستودعات محددة فقط.</p>"
#. help text package search
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for "
-"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the "
-"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides "
-"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لاستخدام عامل تصفية <b>البحث</b> أدخل كلمة أساسية (أو جزء من الكلمة "
-"الأساسية) للبحث عن حزمة، على سبيل المثال، للبحث عن كافة حزم ثلاثي الأبعاد 3D "
-"استخدم تعبير \"3d\". من الممكن أيضا للبحث في وصف الحزمة مزود حزمة RPM. فقط "
-"حدد خانة الاختيار المناسبة. إبدء البحث من خلال زر 'بحث' الآن.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لاستخدام عامل تصفية <b>البحث</b> أدخل كلمة أساسية (أو جزء من الكلمة الأساسية) للبحث عن حزمة، على سبيل المثال، للبحث عن كافة حزم ثلاثي الأبعاد 3D استخدم تعبير \"3d\". من الممكن أيضا للبحث في وصف الحزمة مزود حزمة RPM. فقط حدد خانة الاختيار المناسبة. إبدء البحث من خلال زر 'بحث' الآن.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose "
-"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or "
-"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter "
-"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, "
-"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ملخص التثبيت</b> يعرض لمحة عامة عن الحزم التي تغيرت حالتها خلال الجلسة "
-"(مثل المعلمة للتثبيت أو للإزالة)، أما من قبل المستخدم أو تلقائياً من قبل محلل "
-"التعارض والمتطلبات. مرشح<b> تصنيف الحزم</b> يوفر معلومات حول <i>مستحسن</i>، "
-"و <i>المقترح</i>، و <i>فريد</i> وحزم <i>غير الضرورية</i>و .</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ملخص التثبيت</b> يعرض لمحة عامة عن الحزم التي تغيرت حالتها خلال الجلسة (مثل المعلمة للتثبيت أو للإزالة)، أما من قبل المستخدم أو تلقائياً من قبل محلل التعارض والمتطلبات. مرشح<b> تصنيف الحزم</b> يوفر معلومات حول <i>مستحسن</i>، و <i>المقترح</i>، و <i>فريد</i> وحزم <i>غير الضرورية</i>و .</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248
@@ -900,129 +746,32 @@
msgstr "وظائف مفيدة في القائمة"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the "
-"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are "
-"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package "
-"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve "
-"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try "
-"Again'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>التبعيات:</b><br> توفر هذه القائمة مختلف الإجراءات المتعلقة بالتعامل "
-"مع تبعيات الحزم. بشكل افتراضي، يتم التحقق من التبعيات الحزم مع كل تغيير "
-"للحالة. سيتم إبلاغك بتعارضات الحزمة في مربع حوار اقتراح قرارات التعارض "
-"المحتملة. لحل التعارض، حدد أحد الحلول المقدمة واضغط 'موافق -- حاول مرة أخرى'."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>التبعيات:</b><br> توفر هذه القائمة مختلف الإجراءات المتعلقة بالتعامل مع تبعيات الحزم. بشكل افتراضي، يتم التحقق من التبعيات الحزم مع كل تغيير للحالة. سيتم إبلاغك بتعارضات الحزمة في مربع حوار اقتراح قرارات التعارض المحتملة. لحل التعارض، حدد أحد الحلول المقدمة واضغط 'موافق -- حاول مرة أخرى'.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
-msgid ""
-"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle "
-"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually "
-"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry "
-"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve "
-"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic "
-"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate "
-"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into "
-"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what "
-"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لتعطيل التدقيق في تبعية كل تغيير، بدل <i>التحقق التلقائي من التبعية</i> "
-"إلى مغلق. يمكنك التحقق من التبعيات يدوياً بتحديد <i>التحقق من التبعيات الآن</"
-"i>. سيتم إدخال <i>نظام التحقق من</i> التحقق من تبعيات الحزمة وحل التعارضات "
-"بشكل غير تفاعلي، وسيتم تعليم الحزم المفقودة للتثبيت التلقائي إذا لزم الأمر. "
-"لأغراض التطوير, استخدم <i>إنشاء تبعية اختبار الحل</i>. سيتم تفريغ بيانات "
-"تبعيات الحزمة في المجلد <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. وتحتاج هذا "
-"عند سؤالك عن \"حالة اختبار الحل\" في بجزيلا.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لتعطيل التدقيق في تبعية كل تغيير، بدل <i>التحقق التلقائي من التبعية</i> إلى مغلق. يمكنك التحقق من التبعيات يدوياً بتحديد <i>التحقق من التبعيات الآن</i>. سيتم إدخال <i>نظام التحقق من</i> التحقق من تبعيات الحزمة وحل التعارضات بشكل غير تفاعلي، وسيتم تعليم الحزم المفقودة للتثبيت التلقائي إذا لزم الأمر. لأغراض التطوير, استخدم <i>إنشاء تبعية اختبار الحل</i>. سيتم تفريغ بيانات تبعيات الحزمة في المجلد <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. وتحتاج هذا عند سؤالك عن \"حالة اختبار الحل\" في بجزيلا.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic "
-#| "Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already "
-#| "Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already "
-#| "installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: "
-#| "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please "
-#| "note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option "
-#| "<i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). "
-#| "These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
-#| "yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency "
-"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed "
-"Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package "
-"will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of "
-"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the "
-"system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</"
-"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the "
-"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>الخيارات المتاحة للتحقق من التبعيات:<br><i>تحقق من التبعية تلقائياً</i> "
-"(انظر أعلاه)، <i>يقوم بتثبيت مُتطلبات الحزم المثبتة مسبقاً</i>: إذا لم يتم "
-"تحديده، سيتم أيضاً تثبيت مُتطلبات الحزم المثبتة مسبقاً، <i>وضع نظام التحقق "
-"</i>: إصلاح تبعيات الحزم المثبتة وحلها فورا. يرجى ملاحظة: بعد التحقق من "
-"النظام باستخدام <i> التحقق من النظام الآن</i>خيار<i>تحقق من وضع النظام</i> "
-"ON (إلغاء تحديد الخيار، إذا رغبت في ذلك). يتم حفظ هذه الخيار في ملف إعداد "
-"YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>الخيارات المتاحة للتحقق من التبعيات:<br><i>تحقق من التبعية تلقائياً</i> (انظر أعلاه)، <i>يقوم بتثبيت مُتطلبات الحزم المثبتة مسبقاً</i>: إذا لم يتم تحديده، سيتم أيضاً تثبيت مُتطلبات الحزم المثبتة مسبقاً، <i>وضع نظام التحقق </i>: إصلاح تبعيات الحزم المثبتة وحلها فورا. يرجى ملاحظة: بعد التحقق من النظام باستخدام <i> التحقق من النظام الآن</i>خيار<i>تحقق من وضع النظام</i> ON (إلغاء تحديد الخيار، إذا رغبت في ذلك). يتم حفظ هذه الخيار في ملف إعداد YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
-msgid ""
-"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove "
-"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may "
-"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, "
-"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/"
-"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>خيارات متقدمة:<br><i>تنظيف عند حذف الحزم</i>: يقوم بإزالة الحزم غير "
-"المستخدمة. <i> السماح بتغيير المورد </i>: موفر الحزم قد يختلف من عند تثبيت "
-"الحزمة. لن يتم حفظ هذه الخيارات، يمكن فقط إعدادها في ملف الإعداد في مكتبة "
-"الحزمة <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>خيارات متقدمة:<br><i>تنظيف عند حذف الحزم</i>: يقوم بإزالة الحزم غير المستخدمة. <i> السماح بتغيير المورد </i>: موفر الحزم قد يختلف من عند تثبيت الحزمة. لن يتم حفظ هذه الخيارات، يمكن فقط إعدادها في ملف الإعداد في مكتبة الحزمة <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will "
-"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: "
-"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package "
-"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and "
-"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>عرض:</b><br>حدد المعلومات التي سيتم عرضها حول الحزمة المحددة في الإطار "
-"أدناه. الخيارات المتاحة هي: وصف الحزم ومعلومات فنية (الاصدار و الحجم والرخصة "
-"الخ.) إصدار الحزمة (كل الحزم المتاحة), قائمة الملفات (كافة الملفات المضمنة "
-"في الحزمة) والتبعيات (الموفر والمتطلبات ، الخ).</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>عرض:</b><br>حدد المعلومات التي سيتم عرضها حول الحزمة المحددة في الإطار أدناه. الخيارات المتاحة هي: وصف الحزم ومعلومات فنية (الاصدار و الحجم والرخصة الخ.) إصدار الحزمة (كل الحزم المتاحة), قائمة الملفات (كافة الملفات المضمنة في الحزمة) والتبعيات (الموفر والمتطلبات ، الخ).</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the "
-"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository "
-"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update "
-"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch "
-"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three "
-"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package "
-"Installation</b> menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>إعدادات:</b><br>تدمج هذه القائمة محدد الحزم مع بقية أدوات إدارة الحزم. "
-"من هنا، يمكنك <b> تشغيل مدير المستودعات</b> وتحرير المستودعات أو سجل تحديث "
-"المستودعات الدوري لتحميل التحديثات المتوفرة (<b>تشغيل التحديث عبر الإنترنت</"
-"b>). أيضا، يمكنك تحديد سلوكيات التحديث المتاحة الثلاثة للحزمة في القائمة "
-"<b>إجراءت بعد تثبيت الحزمة</b>بعد الخروج.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>إعدادات:</b><br>تدمج هذه القائمة محدد الحزم مع بقية أدوات إدارة الحزم. من هنا، يمكنك <b> تشغيل مدير المستودعات</b> وتحرير المستودعات أو سجل تحديث المستودعات الدوري لتحميل التحديثات المتوفرة (<b>تشغيل التحديث عبر الإنترنت</b>). أيضا، يمكنك تحديد سلوكيات التحديث المتاحة الثلاثة للحزمة في القائمة <b>إجراءت بعد تثبيت الحزمة</b>بعد الخروج.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package "
-"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and "
-"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import "
-"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring "
-"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described "
-"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup "
-"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted "
-"partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>إضافات:</b><br>الوظائف المتنوعة موجودة هنا. ستقوم <i>تصدير قائمة "
-"الحزمة إلى ملف</i> بتفريغ بيانات الحزم المثبتة، أنماط واللغات في ملف XML "
-"المحدد. يمكن قراءة هذا الملف في وقت لاحق باستخدام خيار <i>استيراد قائمة "
-"الحزم من ملف</i> لاستخدامها على كمبيوتر مختلف. يجلب مجموعة الحزم على "
-"الكمبيوتر الهدف كما هو موضح في ملف XML المتوفر. <i>إظهار مساحة القرص "
-"المتوفرة</i> ستعرض قائمة منبثقة بجدول استخدام القرص والمساحة الحرة على القرص "
-"على قسم المحمل حاليا.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>إضافات:</b><br>الوظائف المتنوعة موجودة هنا. ستقوم <i>تصدير قائمة الحزمة إلى ملف</i> بتفريغ بيانات الحزم المثبتة، أنماط واللغات في ملف XML المحدد. يمكن قراءة هذا الملف في وقت لاحق باستخدام خيار <i>استيراد قائمة الحزم من ملف</i> لاستخدامها على كمبيوتر مختلف. يجلب مجموعة الحزم على الكمبيوتر الهدف كما هو موضح في ملف XML المتوفر. <i>إظهار مساحة القرص المتوفرة</i> ستعرض قائمة منبثقة بجدول استخدام القرص والمساحة الحرة على القرص على قسم المحمل حاليا.</p>"
#. label of a frame with search settings
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
@@ -1219,107 +968,28 @@
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
-msgid ""
-"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</"
-"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You "
-"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain "
-"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in "
-"the feature.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>الحصول على معلومات عامة حول التصحيحات:</p><p>التصحيح من النوع <b>الأمن</"
-"b> يقدم حلول أمنية، ونحن نوصي بشدة بتثبيت فإنه. يجب عليك أيضا تثبيت "
-"التصحيحات <b>موصى بها</b> ، لأنها عادة ما تحتوي على إصلاح الأخطاء الهامة. "
-"تثبيت تصحيحات <b>المميزات</b> إذا كنت مهتما بتثبيت المميزات.</p>"
+msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>الحصول على معلومات عامة حول التصحيحات:</p><p>التصحيح من النوع <b>الأمن</b> يقدم حلول أمنية، ونحن نوصي بشدة بتثبيت فإنه. يجب عليك أيضا تثبيت التصحيحات <b>موصى بها</b> ، لأنها عادة ما تحتوي على إصلاح الأخطاء الهامة. تثبيت تصحيحات <b>المميزات</b> إذا كنت مهتما بتثبيت المميزات.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
-msgid ""
-"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) "
-"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second "
-"run.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>رقع تحديث \"libzypp\" الحصول دائما على تثبيت تحديثات (حزم والتصحيح، "
-"والنمط وإدارة المنتجات) أولاً. ثم تثبيت التصحيحات الأخرى عند التشغيل الثاني.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>رقع تحديث \"libzypp\" الحصول دائما على تثبيت تحديثات (حزم والتصحيح، والنمط وإدارة المنتجات) أولاً. ثم تثبيت التصحيحات الأخرى عند التشغيل الثاني.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your "
-#| "installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on "
-#| "your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</"
-#| "p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b>+ "
-#| "</b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your "
-"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your "
-"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> "
-"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You "
-"have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>معنى علامات الحالة:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: التصحيحات المتعلقة بالتثبيت. سيتم "
-"تحميلها وتثبيتها في النظام. إذا كنت لا تريد تثبيت هذه التصحيحات عطلها "
-"باستخدام '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: كل متطلبات التصحيح تكون مقبولة.</p><p><b> + "
-"</b>: لقد اخترت هذا التصحيح للتثبيت.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>معنى علامات الحالة:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: التصحيحات المتعلقة بالتثبيت. سيتم تحميلها وتثبيتها في النظام. إذا كنت لا تريد تثبيت هذه التصحيحات عطلها باستخدام '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: كل متطلبات التصحيح تكون مقبولة.</p><p><b> + </b>: لقد اخترت هذا التصحيح للتثبيت.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a "
-#| "package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all "
-#| "got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If you want to deselect one of "
-#| "the patches with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This "
-#| "is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still "
-#| "selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch "
-#| "is satified.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a "
-"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all "
-"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is "
-"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is "
-"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still "
-"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with "
-"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the "
-"patches are not wanted.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مزيد من التفاصيل حول الحالة:<br>إذا كان هناك عدة تصحيحات لحزمة (أو مجموعة "
-"من الحزم) ولم يتم تطبيقها بعد على النظام وتم تحديدها مسبقا وكانت "
-"حالتها<b>a+</b>. إذا كان أحد هذه التصحيحات محدد باستخدام '-' فإنها قد تعرض "
-"في الحالة <b>i</b> بعد ذلك. هذا بسبب أن تحصيحات أخرى تتعلق بالحزمة (s) نفسها "
-"لا زالت محددة. سيتم تثبيت أحدث إصدار (s) للحزمة (s) إذا كنت لا تريد هذه "
-"التصحيحات. قم بإلغاء تحديد كافة التصحيحات التي لا تريدها.</p>"
+msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مزيد من التفاصيل حول الحالة:<br>إذا كان هناك عدة تصحيحات لحزمة (أو مجموعة من الحزم) ولم يتم تطبيقها بعد على النظام وتم تحديدها مسبقا وكانت حالتها<b>a+</b>. إذا كان أحد هذه التصحيحات محدد باستخدام '-' فإنها قد تعرض في الحالة <b>i</b> بعد ذلك. هذا بسبب أن تحصيحات أخرى تتعلق بالحزمة (s) نفسها لا زالت محددة. سيتم تثبيت أحدث إصدار (s) للحزمة (s) إذا كنت لا تريد هذه التصحيحات. قم بإلغاء تحديد كافة التصحيحات التي لا تريدها.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, "
-#| "e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also "
-#| "provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change "
-#| "the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibilty to "
-#| "see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter "
-#| "is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This "
-#| "means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is "
-#| "installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menus contains "
-#| "dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e."
-"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to "
-"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a "
-"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages "
-"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the "
-"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are "
-"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system."
-"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the "
-"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قائمة:</p><p>المرشحات<b></b> تسمح بترشيح التصحيحات، مثل عرض 'المُثبتة' "
-"منها أو قائمة تصحيحات 'الأمان' ويوفر أيضا البحث عن "
-"التصحيحات.<br>استخدم<b>إجراءات</b> لتغيير حالة التصحيح.<br>قائمة <b>عرض</b> "
-"توفر عرض لمعرفة الحزم التي يشملها التصحيح. يرجى ملاحظة: إذا كان عامل التصفية "
-"'جميع التصحيحات ' قائمة التصحيحات لبعض الحزم قد تكون فارغة. لا يجب أن تشعر "
-"بالقلق. لأنه لا يوجد أيا من حزم التصحيحات مثبت على النظام.<br>قائمة "
-"<b>التبعيات</b> تحتوي على فحص التبعيات ودخول حالة اختبار 'فحص تبعيات' "
-"جديدة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قائمة:</p><p>المرشحات<b></b> تسمح بترشيح التصحيحات، مثل عرض 'المُثبتة' منها أو قائمة تصحيحات 'الأمان' ويوفر أيضا البحث عن التصحيحات.<br>استخدم<b>إجراءات</b> لتغيير حالة التصحيح.<br>قائمة <b>عرض</b> توفر عرض لمعرفة الحزم التي يشملها التصحيح. يرجى ملاحظة: إذا كان عامل التصفية 'جميع التصحيحات ' قائمة التصحيحات لبعض الحزم قد تكون فارغة. لا يجب أن تشعر بالقلق. لأنه لا يوجد أيا من حزم التصحيحات مثبت على النظام.<br>قائمة <b>التبعيات</b> تحتوي على فحص التبعيات ودخول حالة اختبار 'فحص تبعيات' جديدة.</p>"
#. label for a warning popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
@@ -1359,12 +1029,8 @@
#. text for a Notify popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
-msgid ""
-"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost."
-"<br>Really exit?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ستفقد كافة الخيارات عند الخروج باختيار إلغاء.<br>هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>ستفقد كافة الخيارات عند الخروج باختيار إلغاء.<br>هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟</p>"
#. the label of language table
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
@@ -1412,19 +1078,8 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
-msgid ""
-"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated "
-"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other "
-"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any "
-"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually "
-"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>قائمة مشكلات التحديث</b><br><p>تعذر تحديث الحزم في هذه القائمة تلقائيًا.</"
-"p><p>الأسباب المحتملة:</p><p>أصبحت قديمة بعد إصدار حزم أحدث.</p><p>لا يوجد "
-"أي إصدار أحدث للحزمة ليتم التحديث إليه في أية وسائط تثبيت.</p><p>الحزم تابعة "
-"لطرف ثالث</p><p>حدد يدويًا ما تريد إجرائه على الحزم. ويُعد حذف هذه الحزم "
-"الإجراء الأكثر أمانًا.</p>"
+msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
+msgstr "<b>قائمة مشكلات التحديث</b><br><p>تعذر تحديث الحزم في هذه القائمة تلقائيًا.</p><p>الأسباب المحتملة:</p><p>أصبحت قديمة بعد إصدار حزم أحدث.</p><p>لا يوجد أي إصدار أحدث للحزمة ليتم التحديث إليه في أية وسائط تثبيت.</p><p>الحزم تابعة لطرف ثالث</p><p>حدد يدويًا ما تريد إجرائه على الحزم. ويُعد حذف هذه الحزم الإجراء الأكثر أمانًا.</p>"
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
@@ -1453,12 +1108,8 @@
#~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----"
#~ msgstr "----- هذا التصحيح معطوب !!! -----"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" "
-#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>نوع \"موصى بها\" يعني ينبغي تثبيت التصحيح. \"الأمن\" تصحيح أمان ويوصي "
-#~ "بشدة بتثبيته.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>نوع \"موصى بها\" يعني ينبغي تثبيت التصحيح. \"الأمن\" تصحيح أمان ويوصي بشدة بتثبيته.</p>"
#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web"
#~ msgstr "بحث الحزمة على الانترنت"
@@ -1564,12 +1215,8 @@
#~ msgid "Technical data"
#~ msgstr "بيانا&ت فنية"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>i</b>: This patch is already installed.</p><p><b>></b>: The patch "
-#~ "will be reinstalled.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>i</b>: التصحيح مثبت بالفعل.</p><p><b>></b>: سيتم إعادة تثبيت "
-#~ "التصحيح.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>i</b>: This patch is already installed.</p><p><b>></b>: The patch will be reinstalled.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>i</b>: التصحيح مثبت بالفعل.</p><p><b>></b>: سيتم إعادة تثبيت التصحيح.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Toggle [SPACE]"
@@ -1794,70 +1441,29 @@
#~ msgid "S&elections"
#~ msgstr "التحديدات"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The package installation dialog offers the features to customize your "
-#~ "SuSE Linux installation. You have the opportunity to make your own "
-#~ "decision about the installation or removal of particular packages. For "
-#~ "example, select additional categories for installation (see menu "
-#~ "<i>Filter</i>) or deselect unwanted packages.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يقدم مربع الحوار الخاص بتثبيت الحزمة ميزات لتخصيص تثبيت SuSE Linux. "
-#~ "لديك الفرصة لاتخاذ القرار حول تثبيت حزم معينة أو إزالتها. على سبيل "
-#~ "المثال، حدد فئات التثبيت الإضافية (راجع القائمة <i>المرشح</i>) أو قم "
-#~ "بإلغاء الحزم غير المرغوب بها.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The package installation dialog offers the features to customize your SuSE Linux installation. You have the opportunity to make your own decision about the installation or removal of particular packages. For example, select additional categories for installation (see menu <i>Filter</i>) or deselect unwanted packages.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>يقدم مربع الحوار الخاص بتثبيت الحزمة ميزات لتخصيص تثبيت SuSE Linux. لديك الفرصة لاتخاذ القرار حول تثبيت حزم معينة أو إزالتها. على سبيل المثال، حدد فئات التثبيت الإضافية (راجع القائمة <i>المرشح</i>) أو قم بإلغاء الحزم غير المرغوب بها.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The list shows all packages belonging to the current filter with "
-#~ "status information in the first column. To change the package status, see "
-#~ "<i>Actions</i>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>تعرض القائمة كافة الحزم التي تخص المرشح الحالي مع عرض معلومات الحالة "
-#~ "في العمود الأول. لتغيير حالة الحزمة، راجع <i>إجراءات</i>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The list shows all packages belonging to the current filter with status information in the first column. To change the package status, see <i>Actions</i>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>تعرض القائمة كافة الحزم التي تخص المرشح الحالي مع عرض معلومات الحالة في العمود الأول. لتغيير حالة الحزمة، راجع <i>إجراءات</i>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Be careful when deleting packages and always pay attention to "
-#~ "<i>Warning</i> pop-ups.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يجب مراعاة الحذر عند حذف حزم، وأيضًا مراعاة الانتباه دائمًا لرسائل "
-#~ "<i>التحذير</i> المنبثقة.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Be careful when deleting packages and always pay attention to <i>Warning</i> pop-ups.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>يجب مراعاة الحذر عند حذف حزم، وأيضًا مراعاة الانتباه دائمًا لرسائل <i>التحذير</i> المنبثقة.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Description of the menus:<br><p><b>Filter:</b> the packages shown in the "
-#~ "package list match the selected filter, such as an RPM group, a keyword, "
-#~ "or a category of packages (like Development or Games).</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "وصف قوائم:<br><p><b>المرشح:</b> تتطابق الحزم المعروضة في قائمة الحزم مع "
-#~ "المرشح المحدد، مثل مجموعة RPM، أو كلمة أساسية، أو فئة حزم (مثل تطوير أو "
-#~ "ألعاب).</p>"
+#~ msgid "Description of the menus:<br><p><b>Filter:</b> the packages shown in the package list match the selected filter, such as an RPM group, a keyword, or a category of packages (like Development or Games).</p>"
+#~ msgstr "وصف قوائم:<br><p><b>المرشح:</b> تتطابق الحزم المعروضة في قائمة الحزم مع المرشح المحدد، مثل مجموعة RPM، أو كلمة أساسية، أو فئة حزم (مثل تطوير أو ألعاب).</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Information:</b> you have the possibility to view different "
-#~ "information about the selected package in the window on the bottom of the "
-#~ "dialog, such as the long description, all available versions of the "
-#~ "package, or the file list.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>معلومات:</b> يمكنك عرض معلومات مختلفة حول الحزمة المحددة في الإطار "
-#~ "الموجود بأسفل مربع الحوار، مثل الوصف الطويل، أو كافة الإصدارات المتاحة من "
-#~ "الحزمة، أو قائمة الملفات.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Information:</b> you have the possibility to view different information about the selected package in the window on the bottom of the dialog, such as the long description, all available versions of the package, or the file list.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>معلومات:</b> يمكنك عرض معلومات مختلفة حول الحزمة المحددة في الإطار الموجود بأسفل مربع الحوار، مثل الوصف الطويل، أو كافة الإصدارات المتاحة من الحزمة، أو قائمة الملفات.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Etc.:</b> The menu item 'Dependencies' offers different settings "
-#~ "for the dependency checking. Automatic dependency check means check after "
-#~ "every change of the package status whether all requirements are fulfilled "
-#~ "or whether conflicts occurred.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Etc.:</b> يعرض عنصر القائمة \"تبعيات\" إعدادات مختلفة للتحقق من "
-#~ "التبعية. يعني التحقق التلقائي من التبعية التحقق بعد كل تغيير لحالة الحزمة "
-#~ "سواءً مع استيفاء كافة المتطلبات أو حدوث تعارضات.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Etc.:</b> The menu item 'Dependencies' offers different settings for the dependency checking. Automatic dependency check means check after every change of the package status whether all requirements are fulfilled or whether conflicts occurred.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Etc.:</b> يعرض عنصر القائمة \"تبعيات\" إعدادات مختلفة للتحقق من التبعية. يعني التحقق التلقائي من التبعية التحقق بعد كل تغيير لحالة الحزمة سواءً مع استيفاء كافة المتطلبات أو حدوث تعارضات.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>To save or load a package selection, choose 'Selections'.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>لحفظ تحديد حزمة أو تحميله، اختر \"تحديدات\".</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package "
-#~ "status."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يمكنك أيضًا استخدام <b>RET</b> أو <b>SPACE</b> لتبديل حالة الحزمة."
+#~ msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status."
+#~ msgstr "<p>يمكنك أيضًا استخدام <b>RET</b> أو <b>SPACE</b> لتبديل حالة الحزمة."
#~ msgid "Package/Library"
#~ msgstr "الحزمة/المكتبة"
@@ -1871,82 +1477,35 @@
#~ msgid "Additional Information"
#~ msgstr "معلومات إضافية"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Special keys:<br>Function keys provide a quick access to the main "
-#~ "functions (frequently used buttons) of this dialog. See the listing below "
-#~ "to get the bindings.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>المفاتيح الخاصة:<br>توفر المفاتيح الوظيفية وصولاً سريعًا إلى الوظائف "
-#~ "الرئيسية (الأزرار شائعة الاستخدام) لمربع الحوار هذا. راجع القائمة أدناه "
-#~ "للحصول على الروابط.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Special keys:<br>Function keys provide a quick access to the main functions (frequently used buttons) of this dialog. See the listing below to get the bindings.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>المفاتيح الخاصة:<br>توفر المفاتيح الوظيفية وصولاً سريعًا إلى الوظائف الرئيسية (الأزرار شائعة الاستخدام) لمربع الحوار هذا. راجع القائمة أدناه للحصول على الروابط.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Shortcuts are used to perform the desired action by pressing the "
-#~ "<b>Alt</b> key followed by the key marked in the corresponding button, "
-#~ "check box, radio button, or other item.</p>If the <b>Alt</b> key "
-#~ "combinations are captured by the X server, use <b>ESC</b> instead."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>تُستخدم الاختصارات لتنفيذ الإجراء المطلوب بضغط المفتاح <b>Alt</b> ثم "
-#~ "ضغط المفتاح الموضح في الزر أو خانة الاختيار أو زر الاختيار أو أي عنصر "
-#~ "مناظر آخر.</p>إذا تمت إعاقة مجموعات المفتاح <b>Alt</b> بواسطة خادم X، "
-#~ "استخدم مفتاح <b> ESC</b> بدلاً منه."
+#~ msgid "<p>Shortcuts are used to perform the desired action by pressing the <b>Alt</b> key followed by the key marked in the corresponding button, check box, radio button, or other item.</p>If the <b>Alt</b> key combinations are captured by the X server, use <b>ESC</b> instead."
+#~ msgstr "<p>تُستخدم الاختصارات لتنفيذ الإجراء المطلوب بضغط المفتاح <b>Alt</b> ثم ضغط المفتاح الموضح في الزر أو خانة الاختيار أو زر الاختيار أو أي عنصر مناظر آخر.</p>إذا تمت إعاقة مجموعات المفتاح <b>Alt</b> بواسطة خادم X، استخدم مفتاح <b> ESC</b> بدلاً منه."
#~ msgid "<p>General keyboard navigation:</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>تنقل لوحة المفاتيح العام:</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To move inside a dialog, use <b>Tab</b> to go forward and <b>Alt</b> "
-#~ "or <b>Shift</b> + <b>Tab</b> to go back.<br> If the <b>Alt</b> and "
-#~ "<b>Shift</b> key combinations are occupied by the window manager or the "
-#~ "terminal, <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>F</b> (forward) and <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>B</b> "
-#~ "(back) can be used instead.</p>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>للتحرك داخل مربع حوار، استخدم <b>Tab</b> للانتقال للأمام و<b>Alt</b> "
-#~ "أو <b>Shift</b> + <b>Tab</b> للانتقال للخلف.<br> إذا كانت مجموعات "
-#~ "المفتاحين <b>Alt</b> و<b>Shift</b> محجوزة بواسطة مدير الإطارات أو الجهاز "
-#~ "الطرفي، يمكن استخدام المفتاحين <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>F</b> (للأمام) والمفتاحين "
-#~ "<b>Ctrl</b> + <b>B</b> (للخلف) بدلاً منها.</p>."
+#~ msgid "<p>To move inside a dialog, use <b>Tab</b> to go forward and <b>Alt</b> or <b>Shift</b> + <b>Tab</b> to go back.<br> If the <b>Alt</b> and <b>Shift</b> key combinations are occupied by the window manager or the terminal, <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>F</b> (forward) and <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>B</b> (back) can be used instead.</p>."
+#~ msgstr "<p>للتحرك داخل مربع حوار، استخدم <b>Tab</b> للانتقال للأمام و<b>Alt</b> أو <b>Shift</b> + <b>Tab</b> للانتقال للخلف.<br> إذا كانت مجموعات المفتاحين <b>Alt</b> و<b>Shift</b> محجوزة بواسطة مدير الإطارات أو الجهاز الطرفي، يمكن استخدام المفتاحين <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>F</b> (للأمام) والمفتاحين <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>B</b> (للخلف) بدلاً منها.</p>."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The command specified on an activated button (e.g., Next, Add) is "
-#~ "executed if the <b>Enter</b> key is pressed.</p> <p>Radio buttons or "
-#~ "check boxes are switched on or off with <b>Enter</b> or <b>Space</b>. "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يتم تنفيذ الأمر المعين على الزر النشط (مثل \"التالي \"أو \"إضافة\") "
-#~ "عند ضغط المفتاح <b>Enter</b>.</p> <p>يتم تحديد أزرار الاختيار أو خانات "
-#~ "الاختيار أو إلغاء تحديدها بمفتاح <b>Enter</b> أو <b>شريط المسافة</b>."
+#~ msgid "<p>The command specified on an activated button (e.g., Next, Add) is executed if the <b>Enter</b> key is pressed.</p> <p>Radio buttons or check boxes are switched on or off with <b>Enter</b> or <b>Space</b>. "
+#~ msgstr "<p>يتم تنفيذ الأمر المعين على الزر النشط (مثل \"التالي \"أو \"إضافة\") عند ضغط المفتاح <b>Enter</b>.</p> <p>يتم تحديد أزرار الاختيار أو خانات الاختيار أو إلغاء تحديدها بمفتاح <b>Enter</b> أو <b>شريط المسافة</b>."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Scroll in lists or text (e.g., the help text) with the <b>arrow</b> "
-#~ "keys.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يمكنك التمرير في القوائم أو النص (مثل نص التعليمات) باستخدام مفاتيح "
-#~ "<b>السهم</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Scroll in lists or text (e.g., the help text) with the <b>arrow</b> keys.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>يمكنك التمرير في القوائم أو النص (مثل نص التعليمات) باستخدام مفاتيح <b>السهم</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Save Package List"
#~ msgstr "حفظ قائمة الحزم"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The current package selection can be saved on a floppy (insert a "
-#~ "formatted floppy) or on the hard disk.<br>Select the medium and specify "
-#~ "the file name in the input field below.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يمكن حفظ تحديد الحزمة الحالية على قرص مرن (أدخل قرصًا مرنًا) أو على "
-#~ "القرص الصلب.<br>حدد الوسيط وحدد اسم الملف في حقل الإدخال أدناه.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The current package selection can be saved on a floppy (insert a formatted floppy) or on the hard disk.<br>Select the medium and specify the file name in the input field below.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>يمكن حفظ تحديد الحزمة الحالية على قرص مرن (أدخل قرصًا مرنًا) أو على القرص الصلب.<br>حدد الوسيط وحدد اسم الملف في حقل الإدخال أدناه.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Could not find a formatted floppy. Check that a formatted and verified "
-#~ "floppy is inserted in the drive.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>تعذر العثور على قرص مرن منسق. تأكد من إدخال قرص مرن تم تنسيقه والتحقق "
-#~ "منه في محرك الأقراص.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Could not find a formatted floppy. Check that a formatted and verified floppy is inserted in the drive.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>تعذر العثور على قرص مرن منسق. تأكد من إدخال قرص مرن تم تنسيقه والتحقق منه في محرك الأقراص.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Could not write to file.<br>Check that the path name is correct and "
-#~ "the directory is accessible.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>تعذرت الكتابة إلى الملف.<br>تحقق من صحة اسم المسار ومن إمكانية الوصول "
-#~ "إلى الدليل.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Could not write to file.<br>Check that the path name is correct and the directory is accessible.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>تعذرت الكتابة إلى الملف.<br>تحقق من صحة اسم المسار ومن إمكانية الوصول إلى الدليل.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Your settings have been saved to the floppy disk.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>تم حفظ إعداداتك على القرص المرن.</p>"
@@ -1960,26 +1519,14 @@
#~ msgid "<p>Really overwrite your package selection?</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>هل تريد بالفعل الكتابة فوق تحديد الحزمة؟</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Specify the medium and the name of the file containing the user-"
-#~ "defined package selection to install.<br>If required, insert the floppy.</"
-#~ "p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>حدد الوسيط واسم الملف الذي يحتوي على حزمة معرَّفة من قِبل المستخدم "
-#~ "لتثبيتها.<br>أدخل القرص المرن، عند الحاجة.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Specify the medium and the name of the file containing the user-defined package selection to install.<br>If required, insert the floppy.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>حدد الوسيط واسم الملف الذي يحتوي على حزمة معرَّفة من قِبل المستخدم لتثبيتها.<br>أدخل القرص المرن، عند الحاجة.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Could not mount the floppy. Check that the floppy is inserted in the "
-#~ "drive.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>تعذر توصيل القرص المرن. تحقق من إدخال القرص المرن في محرك الأقراص.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Could not mount the floppy. Check that the floppy is inserted in the drive.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>تعذر توصيل القرص المرن. تحقق من إدخال القرص المرن في محرك الأقراص.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Could not load the settings.<br>Check that the path name is correct "
-#~ "and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>تعذر تحميل الإعدادات.<br>تحقق من صحة اسم المسار ومن إدخال القرص المرن، "
-#~ "عند الحاجة، بطريقة صحيحة.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Could not load the settings.<br>Check that the path name is correct and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>تعذر تحميل الإعدادات.<br>تحقق من صحة اسم المسار ومن إدخال القرص المرن، عند الحاجة، بطريقة صحيحة.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>The package selection is loaded succesfully.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>تم تحميل تحديد الحزمة بنجاح.</p>"
@@ -2030,16 +1577,11 @@
#~ msgid "Filter:"
#~ msgstr "المر&شح:"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this "
-#~ "dialog.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>اضغط المفتاح <b>F1</b> مرة أخرى للحصول على تعليمات إضافية أو مفتاح <b> "
-#~ "ESC</b> لإغلاق مربع الحوار هذا.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>اضغط المفتاح <b>F1</b> مرة أخرى للحصول على تعليمات إضافية أو مفتاح <b> ESC</b> لإغلاق مربع الحوار هذا.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>اضغط المفتاح <b>F1</b> أو مفتاح <b> ESC</b> لإغلاق مربع الحوار هذا.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>اضغط المفتاح <b>F1</b> أو مفتاح <b> ESC</b> لإغلاق مربع الحوار هذا.</p>"
#~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation"
#~ msgstr "التنقل في وضع النص"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. label for text field showing the selected dir
@@ -92,16 +91,11 @@
#~ msgid "Press F1 for Help"
#~ msgstr "اضغط المفتاح \"F1\" للحصول على تعليمات"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this "
-#~ "dialog.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>اضغط المفتاح <b>F1</b> مرة أخرى للحصول على تعليمات إضافية أو مفتاح <b> "
-#~ "ESC</b> لإغلاق مربع الحوار هذا.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>اضغط المفتاح <b>F1</b> مرة أخرى للحصول على تعليمات إضافية أو مفتاح <b> ESC</b> لإغلاق مربع الحوار هذا.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>اضغط المفتاح <b>F1</b> أو مفتاح <b> ESC</b> لإغلاق مربع الحوار هذا.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>اضغط المفتاح <b>F1</b> أو مفتاح <b> ESC</b> لإغلاق مربع الحوار هذا.</p>"
#~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation"
#~ msgstr "التنقل في وضع النص"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/network.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/network.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/network.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Commandline help title
@@ -125,23 +124,19 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179
-#| msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "فتح منافذ SSH"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187
-#| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service"
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "تمكين خدمة SSH"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
-"dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>جدار حماية وSSH</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -151,29 +146,19 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
-"after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>هنا تحدد حالة جدار الحماية تمكين أو تعطيل \n"
"بعد التثبيت. من المستحسن أن تبقيه ممكن.</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port "
-#| "for SSH\n"
-#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i."
-#| "e. it\n"
-#| "will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
-"SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
-"service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>مع تمكين جدار الحماية، يمكنك أنتقرر إذا كنت تريد فتح منفذ جدار الحماية "
-"لخدمة SSH\n"
+"<p>مع تمكين جدار الحماية، يمكنك أنتقرر إذا كنت تريد فتح منفذ جدار الحماية لخدمة SSH\n"
"والسماح لتسجيلات دخول SSH البعيد. وهذا سيمكن أيضا خدمة SSH (أي أنه\n"
" يتم تشغيله عند الإقلاع).</p>"
@@ -191,43 +176,35 @@
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292
-#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "جدار الحماية سيكون ممكن (<a href=\"%s\">تعطيل</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296
-#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "سيتم تعطيل جدار الحماية (<a href=\"%s\">تمكين</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301
-#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
msgstr "سيتم تمكين خدمة SSH (<a href=\"%s\">تعطيل</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305
-#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
msgstr "خدمة SSH سيتم تعطيلها (<a href=\"%s\">تمكين</a>)"
#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)"
msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
msgstr "سيتم فتح منافذ VNC (<a href=\"%s\">إغلاق</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)"
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr "سيتم حظر منافذ VNC (<a href=\"%s\">فتح</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)"
msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
msgstr "منفذ SSH سيكون مفتوح (<a href=\"%s\">كتلة</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)"
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
msgstr "منفذ SSH سيكون المنفذ الممنوع (<a href=\"%s\">فتح</a>)"
@@ -377,10 +354,8 @@
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
-msgid ""
-"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"لا يوجد عنوان انترنت لملاحظات الإصدار المحدد. لا يمكن إجراء اختبار الإنترنت."
+msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr "لا يوجد عنوان انترنت لملاحظات الإصدار المحدد. لا يمكن إجراء اختبار الإنترنت."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
@@ -389,10 +364,8 @@
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
-"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any "
-"steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
-"configuration,\n"
+"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
"فشل تحميل أحدث مذكرات الإصدار بسبب خطأ في الخادم. \n"
@@ -754,7 +727,6 @@
msgstr "إعادة توجيه IPv6:"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
-#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IPv4 و IPv6 إعادة التوجيه:"
@@ -771,12 +743,8 @@
msgstr "يجب تحديد عنوان IP الوجهة."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
-msgid ""
-"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
-"must be specified"
-msgstr ""
-"يجب تحديد واحد على الأقل من المعلمات التالية (العبارة، خيارات، جهاز قناع "
-"الشبكة)"
+msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
+msgstr "يجب تحديد واحد على الأقل من المعلمات التالية (العبارة، خيارات، جهاز قناع الشبكة)"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
@@ -1103,7 +1071,6 @@
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
-#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr "تسمية عنوان IPv4"
@@ -1231,7 +1198,6 @@
msgstr "لا يوجد ارتباط و عنوان IP (الربط hgjhfu)"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
-#| msgid "Use iBFT values"
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr "استخدام قيم iBFT"
@@ -1253,7 +1219,6 @@
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
-#| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address"
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr "عنوان IP معين بشكل ثابت"
@@ -1407,7 +1372,6 @@
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
-#| msgid "Ifplugd priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "أولوية Ifplugd"
@@ -1416,17 +1380,13 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
-"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On "
-"Cable Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
-"to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD أولوية</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> كل الواجهات المُعدة <b>عند إستخدام الكيبل</b> ومع IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 "
-"ستستخدم\n"
+"<p> كل الواجهات المُعدة <b>عند إستخدام الكيبل</b> ومع IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 ستستخدم\n"
" بشكل تبادلي. إذا كان هناك أكثر من واجهة تعتمد <b>عند إستخدام الكيبل</b>\n"
" نحتاج لطريقة لتحديد أي الواجهات نستخدم. لذلك يجب تحديد\n"
" أولوية لكل واجهة. </p>\n"
@@ -1453,15 +1413,12 @@
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62
msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr ""
-"بطاقات Lucent Orinoco وبطاقات مستندة إلى Prism II وبطاقات لاسلكية مشابهة"
+msgstr "بطاقات Lucent Orinoco وبطاقات مستندة إلى Prism II وبطاقات لاسلكية مشابهة"
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69
msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr ""
-"بطاقات PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco وبطاقات مستندة إلى Prism II وبطاقات لاسلكية "
-"مشابهة"
+msgstr "بطاقات PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco وبطاقات مستندة إلى Prism II وبطاقات لاسلكية مشابهة"
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76
@@ -1629,12 +1586,8 @@
msgstr "استخدم الخيار \"المُعرف\" لتحديد الجهاز."
#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of "
-"\"id\"."
-msgstr ""
-"قيمة \"المُعرف\" خارج النطاق. استخدم الخيار \"القائمة\" للتحقق من الحد الأقصى "
-"لقيمة \"المعرف\"."
+msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
+msgstr "قيمة \"المُعرف\" خارج النطاق. استخدم الخيار \"القائمة\" للتحقق من الحد الأقصى لقيمة \"المعرف\"."
#. Handler for action "add"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
@@ -1741,8 +1694,7 @@
"يحتاج الجهاز إلى برنامج ثابت حتى يعمل بشكل صحيح. يمكن \n"
"إنزال هذا البرنامج الثابت عادةً من صفحة الويب الخاصة ببائع العتاد. \n"
"إذا كنت قد قمت بإنزال البرنامج الثابت \n"
-"وثبته بالفعل، انقر فوق <b>متابعة</b> لإعداد الجهاز. وبخلاف ذلك، انقر فوق "
-"<b>إلغاء</b> وارجع إلى مربع الحوار هذا\n"
+"وثبته بالفعل، انقر فوق <b>متابعة</b> لإعداد الجهاز. وبخلاف ذلك، انقر فوق <b>إلغاء</b> وارجع إلى مربع الحوار هذا\n"
"بمجرد تثبيت البرنامج الثابت.\n"
#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-(
@@ -1754,12 +1706,8 @@
msgstr "تثبيت البرامج الثابتة"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
-msgid ""
-"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script "
-"needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
-msgstr ""
-"لتثبيت البرامج الثابتة بشكل ناجح، يجب تنفيذ النص البرمجي "
-"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' . تنفيذه الآن؟"
+msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
+msgstr "لتثبيت البرامج الثابتة بشكل ناجح، يجب تنفيذ النص البرمجي 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' . تنفيذه الآن؟"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
@@ -1843,8 +1791,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
-"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name "
-"(for\n"
+"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>قواعد Udev</b> هي قواعد لإدارة أجهزة النواة \n"
@@ -1853,56 +1800,39 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify "
-"now configured NIC. \n"
-"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will "
-"start blinking for selected time.\n"
+"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
+"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>عرض هوية المنفذ الظاهر</b> تسمح لك لتحديد فعلياً إعداد nic الآن. \n"
-"لتعيين الوقت المناسب، انقر فوق الثنائيات <b>Blink</b> وLED سيبدأ NIC في "
-"الوميض لوقت المحدد.\n"
+"لتعيين الوقت المناسب، انقر فوق الثنائيات <b>Blink</b> وLED سيبدأ NIC في الوميض لوقت المحدد.\n"
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
-"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if "
-"there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the "
-"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
+"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الوحدة النمطية للنواة</b>. أدخل اسم الوحدة النمطية للنواة (السواقة) "
-"لجهاز شبكة الاتصال \n"
-"هنا. إذا لم يتم إعداد الجهاز بالفعل، راجع إذا كان يتوفر أكثر من سواقة تشغيل "
-"للجهاز في \n"
-"القائمة المنسدلة. إذا لزم الأمر، اختر سواقة التشغيل من القائمة، ولكن عادة ما "
-"تكون القيمة الافتراضية هي الأفضل.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>الوحدة النمطية للنواة</b>. أدخل اسم الوحدة النمطية للنواة (السواقة) لجهاز شبكة الاتصال \n"
+"هنا. إذا لم يتم إعداد الجهاز بالفعل، راجع إذا كان يتوفر أكثر من سواقة تشغيل للجهاز في \n"
+"القائمة المنسدلة. إذا لزم الأمر، اختر سواقة التشغيل من القائمة، ولكن عادة ما تكون القيمة الافتراضية هي الأفضل.</p>\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
-"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, "
-"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while "
-"saving.</p>\n"
+"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك تعيين <b>خيارات</b> للوحدة النمطية النواة. استخدم "
-"هذا التنسيق: <i>خيار</i>=<i>القيمة</i>. ينبغي أن يكون كل إدخال مسافات "
-"فاصلة، \n"
-"على سبيل المثال: <i>إدخال/إخراج 0x300 irq = 5</i>. <b>ملاحظة:</b> إذا لم يتم "
-"إعداد بطاقتي \n"
+"<p>بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك تعيين <b>خيارات</b> للوحدة النمطية النواة. استخدم هذا التنسيق: <i>خيار</i>=<i>القيمة</i>. ينبغي أن يكون كل إدخال مسافات فاصلة، \n"
+"على سبيل المثال: <i>إدخال/إخراج 0x300 irq = 5</i>. <b>ملاحظة:</b> إذا لم يتم إعداد بطاقتي \n"
"بنفس اسم الوحدة النمطية, سيتم دمج خيارات أثناء الحفظ.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool "
-"with these options.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا قمت بكتابة شيء في <b>خيارات Ethtool</b>، سيدعو ifup ethtool بهذه "
-"الخيارات.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>إذا قمت بكتابة شيء في <b>خيارات Ethtool</b>، سيدعو ifup ethtool بهذه الخيارات.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139
@@ -2097,34 +2027,20 @@
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by "
-"spaces).</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>أدخل أية <b>خيارات</b> إضافية لهذه الواجهة (مفصولة بمسافات).</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be "
-"enabled for this interface.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>تمكين تحكم IPA</b> إذا كان من اللازم تمكين تحكم عنوان IP لهذه "
-"الواجهة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>تمكين تحكم IPA</b> إذا كان من اللازم تمكين تحكم عنوان IP لهذه الواجهة.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured "
-"with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>تمكين دعم الطبقة 2</b> في حالة إعداد هذه البطاقة باستخدام دعم "
-"الطبقة 2.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>تمكين دعم الطبقة 2</b> في حالة إعداد هذه البطاقة باستخدام دعم الطبقة 2.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured "
-"with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل <b>عنوان MAC للطبقة 2</b> في حالة إعداد هذه البطاقة باستخدام دعم "
-"الطبقة 2.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>أدخل <b>عنوان MAC للطبقة 2</b> في حالة إعداد هذه البطاقة باستخدام دعم الطبقة 2.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
@@ -2250,8 +2166,7 @@
"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>أسلوب إعداد الشبكة</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>استخدام <b>مدير الشبكة</b> لتحصل على تطبيق سطح مكتب صغير تدير الاتصالات "
-"لكافة \n"
+"<p>استخدام <b>مدير الشبكة</b> لتحصل على تطبيق سطح مكتب صغير تدير الاتصالات لكافة \n"
"الواجهات. مناسبة تماما للتبديل بين \n"
"الشبكات اللاسلكية المتعددة.</p>\n"
@@ -2300,16 +2215,14 @@
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
-"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the "
-"response \n"
+"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعدادات بروتوكول IPv6</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>تحقق من <b>تمكين IPv6</b> لتمكين الوحدة النمطية ipv6 في النواة.\n"
"من الممكن استخدام IPv6 مع IPv4. هذا خيار افتراضي.\n"
"لتعطيل IPv6، قم بإلغاء تحديد هذا الخيار. وهذا سيحجب \n"
-"الوحدة النمطية للنواة ل ipv6. إذا لم يتم استخدام البروتوكول IPv6 على شبكة "
-"الاتصال، يمكن أن \n"
+"الوحدة النمطية للنواة ل ipv6. إذا لم يتم استخدام البروتوكول IPv6 على شبكة الاتصال، يمكن أن \n"
"يكون وقت الاستجابة أسرع.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
@@ -2335,13 +2248,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed."
-"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>لكل مسار، أدخل عنوان العبارة، الوجهة الشبكة عنوان IP وقناع الشبكة. لحذف \n"
"أي من هذه القيم، استخدم علامة شرطة \"-\". حدد\n"
-"جهاز يتم من خلالها توجيه حركة المرور على شبكة الاتصال المحددة كذلك \".-\" "
-"الاسم المستعار لأي واجهة.</p>\n"
+"جهاز يتم من خلالها توجيه حركة المرور على شبكة الاتصال المحددة كذلك \".-\" الاسم المستعار لأي واجهة.</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
@@ -2366,8 +2277,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone "
-"is not enough. \n"
+"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2378,34 +2288,26 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
-"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the "
-"DHCP client.\n"
-"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical "
-"desktop. \n"
-"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that "
-"assign \n"
+"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
+"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
+"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كنت تستخدم DHCP للحصول على عنوان IP، تحقق إذا \n"
"كنت ستحصل أيضا على مضيف عبر DHCP. سيتم تعيين \n"
"اسم المضيف تلقائياً بعميل DHCP. \n"
"تغيير اسم المضيف في وقت التشغيل قد يربك سطح المكتب الرسومي.\n"
-"لذلك، عطل هذا الخيار إذا كنت تتصل بشبكات مختلفة عين اسماء استضافة مختلفة.</"
-"p> "
+"لذلك، عطل هذا الخيار إذا كنت تتصل بشبكات مختلفة عين اسماء استضافة مختلفة.</p> "
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
-"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is "
-"a \n"
-"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, "
-"even \n"
-"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, "
-"especially \n"
+"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
+"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
+"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تعيين اسم المضيف إلى IP استرجاع</b> يربط اسم المضيف الخاص بك مع عنوان "
-"IP \n"
+"<p><b>تعيين اسم المضيف إلى IP استرجاع</b> يربط اسم المضيف الخاص بك مع عنوان IP \n"
"<tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (استرجاع) في <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. هذا الخيار مفيد \n"
"إذا أردت أن يكون اسم مضيف قابل للحل في جميع الأوقات، حتى بدون شبكة \n"
"اتصال نشطة. في كافة الحالات الأخرى، استخدمه بدقة، لا سيما إذا كان \n"
@@ -2435,49 +2337,39 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
-"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search "
-"domains\n"
+"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>مجال البحث هو اسم المجال الذي يبدأ منه البحث عن أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة.\n"
"وعادةً ما يكون مجال البحث الأساسي هو نفس اسم المجال\n"
-" لجهاز الكمبيوتر (على سبيل المثال، suse.de). ربما تكون هناك مجالات إضافية "
-"للبحث\n"
+" لجهاز الكمبيوتر (على سبيل المثال، suse.de). ربما تكون هناك مجالات إضافية للبحث\n"
"(مثل suse.com) قم بفصل المجالات باستخدام فاصلات أو مسافة فارغة.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the "
-"DNS domain\n"
-"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially "
-"important if this \n"
-"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using "
-"the <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
+"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
+"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n"
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل الاسم القصير لهذا الكمبيوتر (مثل <i>اسم كمبيوتري الذي</i> ) ومجال "
-"DNS \n"
-"(مثل <i>example.com</i>) التي ينتمي إليها. يكتسب المجال أهمية خاصة إذا "
-"كان. \n"
+"<p>أدخل الاسم القصير لهذا الكمبيوتر (مثل <i>اسم كمبيوتري الذي</i> ) ومجال DNS \n"
+"(مثل <i>example.com</i>) التي ينتمي إليها. يكتسب المجال أهمية خاصة إذا كان. \n"
"هذا الكمبيوتر خادم بريد. يمكنك استخدام الأمر. <i>اسم المضيف</i>\n"
"لعرض اسم الكمبيوتر.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
-"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is "
-"handled\n"
+"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
-"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for "
-"most\n"
+"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد طريقة تعديل إعداد DNS (خادمات الاسم أو \n"
"قائمة البحث أو محتوى الملف\n"
"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). ليتم تعديلها. عادة تتم معالجتة بواسطة النص \n"
-"البرمجي <i>netconfig</i> الذي يقوم بدمج البيانات بشكل ثابت المعرف هنا مع "
-"البيانات التي حصل عليها بشكل حركي (على سبيل المثال من عميل \n"
+"البرمجي <i>netconfig</i> الذي يقوم بدمج البيانات بشكل ثابت المعرف هنا مع البيانات التي حصل عليها بشكل حركي (على سبيل المثال من عميل \n"
"DHCP، مدير الشبكة إلخ.). وهذا هو الإختيار \n"
"الافتراضي <b>استخدام النهج الافتراضي</b> كافي لمعظم الإعدادات.</p>\n"
@@ -2496,8 +2388,7 @@
"يسمح له بتعديل <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. ومع ذلك يمكن تحرير الملف\n"
"يدوياً. عن طريق اختيار الخيار <b>استخدام نهج مخصص</b>, يمكنك تحديد سلسلة\n"
"نهج مخصصة، التي تتألف من قائمة أسماء واجهات بما في ذلك \n"
-"أحرف بديلة مع ثابت و STATIC_FALLBACK كقيم معرفة مسبقاً وخاصة مفصولة-بفاصلة. "
-"للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات انظر \n"
+"أحرف بديلة مع ثابت و STATIC_FALLBACK كقيم معرفة مسبقاً وخاصة مفصولة-بفاصلة. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات انظر \n"
"<i>netconfig</i> صفحة الدليل. ملاحظة:\n"
"ترك الحقل فارغاً يعني نهج <b>فقط يدوياً</b>\n"
".</p>\n"
@@ -2507,8 +2398,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address "
-"to this device.\n"
+"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد العناوين</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2516,12 +2406,8 @@
"هذه مفيدة بشكل خاص للربط أجهزة ethernet.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS."
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>iBFT</b> إذا كنت تريد الحفاظ على شبكة الاتصال التي تم إعدادها "
-"في BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>iBFT</b> إذا كنت تريد الحفاظ على شبكة الاتصال التي تم إعدادها في BIOS.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
@@ -2547,45 +2433,34 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + "
-"Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>للبحث عن عناوين IP وتعيينها بشكل ثابت، حدد\n"
"\n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. باستخدام DHCP والعودة إلى Zeroconf، وحدد <b>DHCP + Zeroconf "
-"</b>. وإلا، يجب تعيين عناوين شبكة الاتصال <b>بشكل ثابت</b>.</p>\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. باستخدام DHCP والعودة إلى Zeroconf، وحدد <b>DHCP + Zeroconf </b>. وإلا، يجب تعيين عناوين شبكة الاتصال <b>بشكل ثابت</b>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for "
-"your computer, and the \n"
+"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل <b>عنوان IP</b> (كمثال: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) لجهاز الكمبيوتر ، "
-"ثم \n"
+"<p>أدخل <b>عنوان IP</b> (كمثال: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) لجهاز الكمبيوتر ، ثم \n"
" <b>عنوان IP البعيد</b> (كمثال: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"للجهاز النظير.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your "
-"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix "
-"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written "
-"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
+"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>إعداد عنوان ثابت</b> بإدخال عنوان IP الثابت للكمبيوتر (على سبيل "
-"المثال: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) وقناع \n"
-"شبكة الاتصال (عادة <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> أو مجرد طول بادئة <tt>24</tt>)."
-"بشكل اختياري، يمكنك \n"
-"إدخال مضيف مؤهل بشكل كامل لعنوان IP هذا. ستتم كتابة اسم المضيف إلى <tt>/etc/"
-"hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>إعداد عنوان ثابت</b> بإدخال عنوان IP الثابت للكمبيوتر (على سبيل المثال: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) وقناع \n"
+"شبكة الاتصال (عادة <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> أو مجرد طول بادئة <tt>24</tt>).بشكل اختياري، يمكنك \n"
+"إدخال مضيف مؤهل بشكل كامل لعنوان IP هذا. ستتم كتابة اسم المضيف إلى <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
@@ -2623,12 +2498,8 @@
"تعطيل جدار الحماية.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports "
-"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحدد <b>الواجهة الإلزامية</b> ما إذا كانت خدمة الشبكة تبلغ عن الفشل في "
-"حالة عدم نجاح بدء تشغيل الواجهة أثناء وقت التشغيل.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحدد <b>الواجهة الإلزامية</b> ما إذا كانت خدمة الشبكة تبلغ عن الفشل في حالة عدم نجاح بدء تشغيل الواجهة أثناء وقت التشغيل.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
@@ -2636,8 +2507,7 @@
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
"transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n"
"set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n"
-"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the "
-"recommended\n"
+"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n"
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>الحد الأقصى لوحدة النقل</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2650,12 +2520,10 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
-"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No "
-"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
+"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد الأجهزة التابعة للجهاز المرتبط.\n"
-"تتوفر أجهزة فقط عند تعيين الجهاز إلى <b>ابدأ</b> و <b>عدم معالجة الإعداد</"
-"b> .</p>"
+"تتوفر أجهزة فقط عند تعيين الجهاز إلى <b>ابدأ</b> و <b>عدم معالجة الإعداد</b> .</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
@@ -2666,8 +2534,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
-"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for "
-"each\n"
+"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
"DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n"
"identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n"
"network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>"
@@ -2680,29 +2547,14 @@
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. "
-#| "Some \n"
-#| "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
-#| "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
-#| "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave "
-#| "<b>AUTO</b>\n"
-#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/"
-#| "HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
-#| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP "
-"server. Some \n"
+"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</"
-"b>\n"
-"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/"
-"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
+"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>تعين <b>اسم المضيف ليرسل</b>سلسلة تستخدم لخيار\n"
@@ -2716,10 +2568,6 @@
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this "
-#| "table.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
@@ -2729,9 +2577,6 @@
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
-#| "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
@@ -2741,34 +2586,19 @@
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Alias Name</b> is optional and legacy.The total\n"
-#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and "
-#| "label) is\n"
-#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility "
-#| "truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and "
-"legacy. The total\n"
-" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) "
-"is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility "
-"truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
+" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
+" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تسمية عنوان IPv4</b>، المعروف سابقا بالاسم المستعار، اختياري ومتوارث. "
-"إجمالي طول\n"
+"<p><b>تسمية عنوان IPv4</b>، المعروف سابقا بالاسم المستعار، اختياري ومتوارث. إجمالي طول\n"
" اسم الواجهة (بما في ذلك النقطة والتسمية) يقتصر\n"
-" على 15 حرفاً والأداة المساعدة القديمة ifconfig تحذف ما بعد 9 "
-"أحرف.</p>"
+" على 15 حرفاً والأداة المساعدة القديمة ifconfig تحذف ما بعد 9 أحرف.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid ""
-"<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter "
-"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لا تقم بتضمين اسم الواجهة في الاسم المستعار. على سبيل المثال، أدخل "
-"<b>foo</b> بدلاً من <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لا تقم بتضمين اسم الواجهة في الاسم المستعار. على سبيل المثال، أدخل <b>foo</b> بدلاً من <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
@@ -2795,11 +2625,9 @@
"حرفًا للمفاتيح بطول 128 بت وحتى 16 حرفًا للمفاتيح بطول 156 بت\n"
"وحتى 29 حرفًا للمفاتيح بطول 256 بت.\n"
"<br><b>ست عشري</b>: أدخل الرموز الست عشرية الخاصة بالمفتاح مباشرةً. أدخل\n"
-"10 أرقام ست عشرية للمفاتيح بطول 64 بت و26 رقمًا للمفاتيح بطول 128 بت و32 "
-"رقمًا\n"
+"10 أرقام ست عشرية للمفاتيح بطول 64 بت و26 رقمًا للمفاتيح بطول 128 بت و32 رقمًا\n"
"للمفاتيح بطول 156 بت و58 رقمًا للمفاتيح بطول 256 بت. يمكنك\n"
-"استخدام علامات <tt>-</tt> للفصل بين أزواج الأرقام أو مجموعاتها، على سبيل "
-"المثال،\n"
+"استخدام علامات <tt>-</tt> للفصل بين أزواج الأرقام أو مجموعاتها، على سبيل المثال،\n"
"<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n"
"</p> \n"
@@ -2833,8 +2661,7 @@
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n"
-"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> "
-"authentication mode,\n"
+"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
@@ -2842,8 +2669,7 @@
"<p>قم بتعيين <b>اسم شبكة الاتصال (ESSID)</b> المستخدمة للتعرف\n"
"على الخلايا التي تشكل جزءا من شبكة الاتصال الظاهرية. جميع مراكز\n"
"الشبكة المحلية اللاسلكية بحاجة إلى ESSID نفسه للاتصال مع بعضها البعض. إذا\n"
-"اخترت وضع العملية <b>المدارة</b> وليس وضع مصادقة <b>WPA</b> يمكنك ترك هذا "
-"الحقل \n"
+"اخترت وضع العملية <b>المدارة</b> وليس وضع مصادقة <b>WPA</b> يمكنك ترك هذا الحقل \n"
"فارغاً أو تعيينه إلى <tt>أي</tt>. وفي هذه الحالة \n"
"تربط بطاقة الشبكة المحلية اللاسلكية الخاصة بك بنقطة الوصول ذات \n"
"قوة الإشارة الأفضل.</p>\n"
@@ -2862,8 +2688,7 @@
"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n"
"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n"
"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n"
-"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
-"Access)\n"
+"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
@@ -2873,8 +2698,7 @@
"ذلك يعتمد على تقنية الحماية المستخدمة, WEP أو WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) هو نظام لتشفير الشبكات اللاسلكية\n"
"مع مصادقة اختيارية، بناء على تشفير\n"
-"المفتاح المستخدم. في معظم الحالات لا بأس من استخدام التي يتم فيها استخدام "
-"WEP، ونمط <b>WEP-Open</b> (بدون \n"
+"المفتاح المستخدم. في معظم الحالات لا بأس من استخدام التي يتم فيها استخدام WEP، ونمط <b>WEP-Open</b> (بدون \n"
"تشفير على الإطلاق) . هذا لا يعني أنه لا يمكنك\n"
"استخدام تشفير WEP (في هذه الحالة استخدم <b>بدون تشفير</b>). \n"
"بعض الشبكات تتطلب مصادقة <b>WEP-Shared Key</b> . \n"
@@ -2899,10 +2723,8 @@
"<p>لاستخدام WEP، أدخل\n"
"مفتاح تشفير WEP الذي سيتم استخدامه. يمكن أن يكون المفتاح بطول \n"
"64 أو 128 أو 156 أو 256 بت، إلا أنه ليس هناك دعم\n"
-"لكافة الأحجام على كافة الأجهزة. من هذه المفاتيح، المفاتيح التي لها طول 24 "
-"بت\n"
-"والتي يتم إنشاؤها حركياً، ولذلك فإنك ستحتاج فقط إلى إدخال من 40 إلى 232 بت.</"
-"p>\n"
+"لكافة الأحجام على كافة الأجهزة. من هذه المفاتيح، المفاتيح التي لها طول 24 بت\n"
+"والتي يتم إنشاؤها حركياً، ولذلك فإنك ستحتاج فقط إلى إدخال من 40 إلى 232 بت.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
@@ -2916,8 +2738,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>لاستخدام WPA-PSK (والتي يشار إليها أحيانًا بأنها WPA شخصي)،\n"
"أدخل المفتاح المشترك مسبقًا. يستخدم \n"
-"هذا المفتاح للتصديق، كما يتم إنشاء مفتاح تشفير منه. لا تمثل هذه الأمور "
-"ثغرة \n"
+"هذا المفتاح للتصديق، كما يتم إنشاء مفتاح تشفير منه. لا تمثل هذه الأمور ثغرة \n"
"للهجمات المعروفة ضد مفاتيح WEP، إلا أنه يظل هناك\n"
"احتمال للهجوم بتخمين كلمات القاموس. يجب \n"
"تجنب استخدام كلمة يسهل تخمينها كعبارة مرور.</p>\n"
@@ -2936,19 +2757,16 @@
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
-"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for "
-"all\n"
+"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n"
"available options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>ستتم كتابة هذه القيم إلى ملف إعداد الواجهة\n"
-"'ifcfg-*' في '/etc/sysconfig/network'. إذا كان هناك حاجة إلى إعدادات "
-"إضافية،\n"
+"'ifcfg-*' في '/etc/sysconfig/network'. إذا كان هناك حاجة إلى إعدادات إضافية،\n"
"قم بإضافتها يدويًا. ارجع إلى الملف 'wireless' الموجود في المجلد الخاص بكافة\n"
"الخيارات المتاحة.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
-#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "عناوين تسمية IPv4"
@@ -3022,8 +2840,7 @@
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يستخدم البروتوكول WPA-EAP خادم RADIUS للتصديق على بيانات المستخدمين. "
-"توجد\n"
+"<p>يستخدم البروتوكول WPA-EAP خادم RADIUS للتصديق على بيانات المستخدمين. توجد\n"
"أساليب مختلفة في EAP للاتصال بالخادم وإجراء\n"
"التصديق، وهي TLS وTTLS وPEAP.</p>\n"
@@ -3037,13 +2854,11 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>بالنسبة للأسلوبين TTLS وPEAP، أدخل <b>الهوية</b>\n"
"و<b>كلمة المرور</b> كما تم إعدادهما على الخادم.\n"
-"إذا كان هناك حاجة لمتطلبات خاصة لتعيين اسم المستخدم الذي يتم استخدامه "
-"باعتباره\n"
+"إذا كان هناك حاجة لمتطلبات خاصة لتعيين اسم المستخدم الذي يتم استخدامه باعتباره\n"
"<b>هوية مجهولة</b>، يمكنك تعيينه هنا. غالباً لا يكون ذلك ضروريا.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
@@ -3065,8 +2880,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
-"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key "
-"pair\n"
+"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
@@ -3129,8 +2943,7 @@
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك هنا إعداد أسلوب التصديق الداخلي (والمعروف أيضًا بالمرحلة 2). وطبقًا "
-"للإعدادات الافتراضية، فإنه مسموح بكافة الأساليب. في حالة\n"
+"<p>يمكنك هنا إعداد أسلوب التصديق الداخلي (والمعروف أيضًا بالمرحلة 2). وطبقًا للإعدادات الافتراضية، فإنه مسموح بكافة الأساليب. في حالة\n"
"أردت تقييد الأساليب المسموح بها أو في حالة صادفت\n"
"صعوبات بشأن التصديق، اختر أسلوب التصديق\n"
"الداخلي الخاص بك.</p>\n"
@@ -3304,8 +3117,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
-"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for "
-"access\n"
+"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>لاستخدام بطاقة شبكة LAN لاسلكية في الوضع رئيسي أو ad-hoc،\n"
@@ -3320,8 +3132,7 @@
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>قد تحتاج في بعض الحالات النادرة إلى تعيين \n"
-"<b>معدل البت</b> للإرسال بوضوح. والإعداد الافتراضي هو المروربأسرع قدر ممكن.</"
-"p>"
+"<b>معدل البت</b> للإرسال بوضوح. والإعداد الافتراضي هو المروربأسرع قدر ممكن.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
@@ -3340,8 +3151,7 @@
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يقوم الخيار <b>استخدام إدارة الطاقة</b> بتمكين آليات توفير الطاقة.\n"
-"وبوجه عام، فهذه فكرة جيدة، خاصةً إذا كنت من مستخدمي الكمبيوتر المحمول وكان "
-"هناك احتمال\n"
+"وبوجه عام، فهذه فكرة جيدة، خاصةً إذا كنت من مستخدمي الكمبيوتر المحمول وكان هناك احتمال\n"
"لانقطاع التيار المتردد.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
@@ -3415,16 +3225,14 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
-"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four "
-"keys,\n"
+"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
"although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n"
"The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n"
"one key.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتعريف مفاتيح WEP الخاصة بك والمستخدمة\n"
"لتشفير البيانات قبل إرسالها. يمكنك استخدام أربعة مفاتيح كحد أقصى،\n"
-"إلا أنه يتم استخدام مفتاح واحد فقط لتشفير البيانات. ويكون هذا هو المفتاح "
-"الافتراضي.\n"
+"إلا أنه يتم استخدام مفتاح واحد فقط لتشفير البيانات. ويكون هذا هو المفتاح الافتراضي.\n"
"ويمكن استخدام المفاتيح الأخرى لفك تشفير البيانات. عادةً ما تستخدم\n"
"مفتاحًا واحدًا.</p>"
@@ -3438,10 +3246,8 @@
"value to 64.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يقوم الخيار <b>طول المفتاح</b> بتعريف طول مفاتيح WEP بالبت.\n"
-"فيمكن استخدام مفاتيح بطول 64 و128 بت، والتي يشار إليها أحيانًا بالقيم 40 و104 "
-"بت.\n"
-"قد يكون هناك بعض الأجهزة القديمة التي يمكنها التعامل مع مفاتيح بطول 128 بت، "
-"لذلك فإذا\n"
+"فيمكن استخدام مفاتيح بطول 64 و128 بت، والتي يشار إليها أحيانًا بالقيم 40 و104 بت.\n"
+"قد يكون هناك بعض الأجهزة القديمة التي يمكنها التعامل مع مفاتيح بطول 128 بت، لذلك فإذا\n"
"لم يكن قد تم إنشاء اتصال شبكة LAN لاسلكية لديك، فقد تحتاج إلى تعيين هذه\n"
"القيمة إلى 64.</p>"
@@ -3484,12 +3290,10 @@
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281
msgid ""
-"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in "
-"connections\n"
+"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
-"يمكن أن ينتج عن عدم استخدام شهادة المرجع المصدق (CA) الاتصال بشبكات "
-"لاسلكية \n"
+"يمكن أن ينتج عن عدم استخدام شهادة المرجع المصدق (CA) الاتصال بشبكات لاسلكية \n"
"غير آمنة. المتابعة بدون المرجع المصدق ؟"
#. error popup text
@@ -3573,8 +3377,7 @@
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</"
-"tt>).\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعدادات الإدارة عن بعد</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -3745,7 +3548,6 @@
#. help
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152
-#| msgid "&Modify DNS configuration"
msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration"
msgstr "تعديل إعدادات DNS"
@@ -3821,12 +3623,8 @@
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
-msgid ""
-"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use "
-"it at your own risk?"
-msgstr ""
-"لا يوص باستخدام.المحلي كاسم المجال نظراً لإرسال DNS المتعدد. استخدامه على "
-"مسؤوليتك الخاصة؟"
+msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
+msgstr "لا يوص باستخدام.المحلي كاسم المجال نظراً لإرسال DNS المتعدد. استخدامه على مسؤوليتك الخاصة؟"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
@@ -4001,8 +3799,7 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
-"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the "
-"expression.\n"
+"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
"A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n"
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
@@ -4117,33 +3914,27 @@
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this "
-"startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still "
-"available.\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"يعتبر استخدام <b>عند تشغيل NFSroot</b> مثل استخدام <tt>تلقائي</tt>تقريبًا. "
-"ولكن الواجهات التي تعمل بوضع التشغيل هذا لن يتم إيقافها مطلقاً\n"
+"يعتبر استخدام <b>عند تشغيل NFSroot</b> مثل استخدام <tt>تلقائي</tt>تقريبًا. ولكن الواجهات التي تعمل بوضع التشغيل هذا لن يتم إيقافها مطلقاً\n"
"من خلال <tt>إيقاف rcnetwork</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> يبقى متاحاً.\n"
"استخدم هذا عندما يكون لديك نظام ملفات جذر nfs أو iscsi.\n"
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this "
-"startmode will never\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"يعتبر استخدام <b>عند تشغيل NFSroot</b> مثل استخدام 'تلقائي' تقريبًا. ولكن "
-"الواجهات التي تعمل بوضع التشغيل هذا لن يتم إيقاف\n"
+"يعتبر استخدام <b>عند تشغيل NFSroot</b> مثل استخدام 'تلقائي' تقريبًا. ولكن الواجهات التي تعمل بوضع التشغيل هذا لن يتم إيقاف\n"
"تشغيلها من خلال 'إيقاف rcnetwork'. يستمر عمل الأمر 'ifdown <iface>'.\n"
" استخدم هذا عندما يكون لديك نظام ملفات جذر nfs أو iscsi.\n"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195
-#| msgid "Activate &device"
msgid "Activate &Device"
msgstr "تنشيط الجهاز"
@@ -4152,19 +3943,16 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> "
-"activates it during system boot, \n"
+"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>تفعيل الجهاز</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>حدد متى يُطلق الجسر واجهة الشبكة. <b>عند الإقلاع</b> تفعيل الجهاز عند "
-"الإقلاع , \n"
+"<p>حدد متى يُطلق الجسر واجهة الشبكة. <b>عند الإقلاع</b> تفعيل الجهاز عند الإقلاع , \n"
"<b>أبداً</b> لا تشغل الجهاز.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247
-#| msgid "IPoIB device mode"
msgid "IPoIB Device Mode"
msgstr "وضع جهاز IPoIB"
@@ -4290,9 +4078,7 @@
msgstr "تأكيد إعادة تشغيل شبكة الاتصال"
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
-msgid ""
-"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply "
-"the settings."
+msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
msgstr "بسبب الشبكة الموصولة YaST2 يجب إعادة تشغيل الشبكة لتطبيق الإعدادات."
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
@@ -4621,12 +4407,8 @@
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
-msgid ""
-"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked "
-"will be used."
-msgstr ""
-"إعدادات شبكة AutoYaST /managed: NetworkManager غير متاحة، سيتم استخدام "
-"الأعطال."
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr "إعدادات شبكة AutoYaST /managed: NetworkManager غير متاحة، سيتم استخدام الأعطال."
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
@@ -4753,14 +4535,8 @@
msgstr "بدون hwinfo"
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
-msgid ""
-"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) "
-"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan "
-"devices). See dmesg output for details."
-msgstr ""
-"غير قادر على إعداد بطاقة شبكة الاتصال لأن جهاز النواة (eth0، wlan0) غير "
-"موجود. هذا يرجع عادة عند فقد البرنامج الثابت (لأجهزة الشبكات اللاسلكية). "
-"راجع مخرجات dmesg للحصول على التفاصيل."
+msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
+msgstr "غير قادر على إعداد بطاقة شبكة الاتصال لأن جهاز النواة (eth0، wlan0) غير موجود. هذا يرجع عادة عند فقد البرنامج الثابت (لأجهزة الشبكات اللاسلكية). راجع مخرجات dmesg للحصول على التفاصيل."
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
@@ -4937,18 +4713,11 @@
#~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
#~ msgstr "يتم التحكم بها بواسطة wicked"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href="
-#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SSH خدمة سيتم تمكينها، سيفتح المنفذ SSH (<a href=\"%1\">تعطيل وإغلاق</a>)"
+#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "SSH خدمة سيتم تمكينها، سيفتح المنفذ SSH (<a href=\"%1\">تعطيل وإغلاق</a>)"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href="
-#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "سوف يتم تعطيل خدمة SSH، وسيكون منفذ SSH محظورة (<a href=\"%1\">تمكين "
-#~ "وفتح</a>)"
+#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
+#~ msgstr "سوف يتم تعطيل خدمة SSH، وسيكون منفذ SSH محظورة (<a href=\"%1\">تمكين وفتح</a>)"
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "إعدادات شبكة الاتصال العامة"
@@ -5037,8 +4806,7 @@
#~ msgid "Bond slaves"
#~ msgstr "أجهزة تابعة للربط"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>لم يتم اعداد الجهاز. اضغط على <b>تعديل</b> للإعداد.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5130,19 +4898,15 @@
#~ "<p>First, choose your <b>PPP mode</b>. This is either\n"
#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE), <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM),\n"
#~ "<i>CAPI for ADSL</i> or <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n"
-#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet "
-#~ "to your computer.\n"
-#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a "
-#~ "VPN server.\n"
+#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n"
+#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n"
#~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>حدد أولاً <b>PPP نمط</b>. إذا ما كان\n"
#~ "<i>PPP عبر الإثرنت</i> (PPPoE)، <i>PPP عبر ATM</i> (PPPoATM)،\n"
#~ "<i>CAPI for ADSL</i> أو <i>بروتوكول نقطة إلى نقطة نفق</i> (PPTP).\n"
-#~ "استخدم <i>PPP عبر إيثر نت</i> إذا كان لديك مودم DSL متصلا عبر الإيثرنت "
-#~ "بالكمبيوتر.\n"
-#~ "استخدم <i>بروتوكول نقطة إلى نقطة نفق</i> إذا كنت ترغب في الاتصال بخادم "
-#~ "VPN.\n"
+#~ "استخدم <i>PPP عبر إيثر نت</i> إذا كان لديك مودم DSL متصلا عبر الإيثرنت بالكمبيوتر.\n"
+#~ "استخدم <i>بروتوكول نقطة إلى نقطة نفق</i> إذا كنت ترغب في الاتصال بخادم VPN.\n"
#~ "إذا لم تكن متأكدا من طريقة لاستخدام، إسئل المزود . </p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5153,16 +4917,13 @@
#~ "إيثرنت لديك.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set "
-#~ "up\n"
-#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</"
-#~ "i>\n"
+#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n"
+#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
#~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
#~ "connections.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>تعتبر <b>الإعدادات المعتمدة على وضع PPP</b> ضرورية لإعداد\n"
-#~ "اتصال DSL لديك. يكون <b>VPI/VCI</b> منطقيًا فقط في حالات اتصالات <i>PPP "
-#~ "عبر ATM</i>\n"
+#~ "اتصال DSL لديك. يكون <b>VPI/VCI</b> منطقيًا فقط في حالات اتصالات <i>PPP عبر ATM</i>\n"
#~ "في حين تكون <b>بطاقة إيثرنت</b> مطلوبة لاتصالات <i>PPP عبر إيثرنت</i>\n"
#~ ".</p>\n"
@@ -5170,8 +4931,7 @@
#~ "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\n"
#~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>بالنسبة لاتصالات PPPoATM، أدخل زوج VPI/VCI، على سبيل المثال "
-#~ "<i>0.38</i>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>بالنسبة لاتصالات PPPoATM، أدخل زوج VPI/VCI، على سبيل المثال <i>0.38</i>\n"
#~ "للبريطانية للاتصالات. إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، اسأل الموفر.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5292,8 +5052,7 @@
#~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>نظرة عامة على بطاقة ISDN</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "يمكنك هنا الحصول على نظرة عامة على بطاقات ISDN التي تم تثبيتها وعمليات "
-#~ "إعداد الاتصال.\n"
+#~ "يمكنك هنا الحصول على نظرة عامة على بطاقات ISDN التي تم تثبيتها وعمليات إعداد الاتصال.\n"
#~ "بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك تحرير إعداداتها.<BR></P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5314,8 +5073,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>إضافة اتصال ISDN:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "إذا ضغطت <B>إضافة</B>، يمكنك إعداد اتصال طلب هاتفي لـ ISDN.</P>\n"
@@ -5342,12 +5100,10 @@
#~ msgstr "إعدادات تفاصيل ISDN"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n"
#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>تتحكم <b>قائمة أرقام الهواتف البعيدة</b> في تحديد الأجهزة البعيدة التي "
-#~ "يتم\n"
+#~ "<p>تتحكم <b>قائمة أرقام الهواتف البعيدة</b> في تحديد الأجهزة البعيدة التي يتم\n"
#~ "السماح لها بالاتصال بهذه الواجهة.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5358,43 +5114,33 @@
#~ "للسماح لكافة معرفات المتصلين.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally "
-#~ "without special \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n"
#~ "processing.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع رد الاتصال في حالة <b>إيقاف تشغيل</b>، يتم التعامل مع "
-#~ "الاتصالات بشكل طبيعي دون الحاجة إلى أية \n"
+#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع رد الاتصال في حالة <b>إيقاف تشغيل</b>، يتم التعامل مع الاتصالات بشكل طبيعي دون الحاجة إلى أية \n"
#~ "معالجة خاصة.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, "
-#~ "a callback \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
#~ "is triggered.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع رد الاتصال هو <b>خادم</b>، يتم تشغيل رد الاتصال وذلك بعد "
-#~ "استقبال مكالمة \n"
+#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع رد الاتصال هو <b>خادم</b>، يتم تشغيل رد الاتصال وذلك بعد استقبال مكالمة \n"
#~ "واردة.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the "
-#~ "initial call then \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n"
#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع رد الاتصال هو <b>عميل</b>، يقوم النظام المحلي بإجراء "
-#~ "الاتصال الأولي ثم \n"
+#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع رد الاتصال هو <b>عميل</b>، يقوم النظام المحلي بإجراء الاتصال الأولي ثم \n"
#~ "ينتظر رد الاتصال من الجهاز البعيد.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial "
-#~ "call and the\n"
-#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the "
-#~ "server than on\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n"
+#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n"
#~ "the client.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>فترة تأخير رد الاتصال</b> هي عدد الثواني الفاصلة بين الاتصال "
-#~ "الأولي\n"
-#~ "ورد الاتصال (الخادم) أو التعليق (العميل). ويجب أن يكون عدد الثواني على "
-#~ "الخادم أكبر منه على\n"
+#~ "<p><b>فترة تأخير رد الاتصال</b> هي عدد الثواني الفاصلة بين الاتصال الأولي\n"
+#~ "ورد الاتصال (الخادم) أو التعليق (العميل). ويجب أن يكون عدد الثواني على الخادم أكبر منه على\n"
#~ " العميل.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5432,8 +5178,7 @@
#~ msgstr "تحديد خدمة ISDN"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your "
-#~ "DSL\n"
+#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n"
#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n"
#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -5447,14 +5192,12 @@
#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>بالنسبة للاتصال بالشبكة عبر ISDN، فإنه يوجد نوعان من الواجهات:\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> و<b>SyncPPP</b>. وفي معظم الحالات، يمكنك استخدام SyncPPP. "
-#~ "فهذا النوع\n"
+#~ "<b>RawIP</b> و<b>SyncPPP</b>. وفي معظم الحالات، يمكنك استخدام SyncPPP. فهذا النوع\n"
#~ "هو النوع الافتراضي لكافة موفري الإنترنت المعروفين.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n"
-#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple "
-#~ "providers to the\n"
+#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n"
#~ "same interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>لا يلزم وجود واجهة لكل موفر\n"
@@ -5503,23 +5246,17 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n"
-#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected "
-#~ "directly\n"
-#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or "
-#~ "digits\n"
-#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally "
-#~ "means\n"
+#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n"
+#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n"
+#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n"
+#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n"
#~ "the default MSN is actually used.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>رقم هاتفي -- مثل رقم الهاتف الخاص بك (MSN)، أدخل رقم الهاتف \n"
#~ "الخاص بك (بدون رمز المنطقة) إذا كانت بطاقة ISDN لديك متصلة مباشرةً\n"
-#~ " بفتحة شركة الهاتف الموجودة. أما إذا كانت متصلة بنظام PBX، ضع رقم MSN "
-#~ "المُخزن\n"
+#~ " بفتحة شركة الهاتف الموجودة. أما إذا كانت متصلة بنظام PBX، ضع رقم MSN المُخزن\n"
#~ " في نظام PBX (مثل رقم الهاتف الداخلي الخاص بك أو آخر رقم لهاتفك الداخلي\n"
-#~ " أو آخر أرقام له) . في حالة عدم نجاح هذا الإجراء حاول استخدام القيمة 0 "
-#~ "وهو ما يعني عادةً\n"
+#~ " أو آخر أرقام له) . في حالة عدم نجاح هذا الإجراء حاول استخدام القيمة 0 وهو ما يعني عادةً\n"
#~ " أن رقم MSN الافتراضي قيد الاستخدام بالفعل.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5543,32 +5280,27 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Selecting <b>channel bundling</b> sets up a 128-kBit connection\n"
-#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second "
-#~ "channel,\n"
+#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n"
#~ "use the following commands:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen "
-#~ "automatically. If\n"
-#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic "
-#~ "goes down, it \n"
+#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n"
+#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n"
#~ "removes a channel.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>يقوم تحديد <b>تجميع القنوات</b> بإعداد اتصال 128 كيلوبت\n"
-#~ "والمعروف أيضًا باسم PPP متعدد الارتباطات. لتنشيط القناة الثانية أو لإلغاء "
-#~ "تنشيطها،\n"
+#~ "والمعروف أيضًا باسم PPP متعدد الارتباطات. لتنشيط القناة الثانية أو لإلغاء تنشيطها،\n"
#~ "استخدم الأمرين التاليين:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "يمكنك أيضًا تثبيت الحزمة <b>xibod</b> ليتم ذلك تلقائيًا. إذا كان هناك طلب "
-#~ "لمزيد من عرض النطاق الترددي، فإنه \n"
+#~ "يمكنك أيضًا تثبيت الحزمة <b>xibod</b> ليتم ذلك تلقائيًا. إذا كان هناك طلب لمزيد من عرض النطاق الترددي، فإنه \n"
#~ "تتم إضافة إحدى القنوات. إذا كان هناك ازدحام \n"
#~ "في المرور، فإنه تتم إزالة إحدى القنوات.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -5577,15 +5309,13 @@
#~ "<p>Selecting\n"
#~ "<b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\n"
#~ "and sets this interface as external.\n"
-#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is "
-#~ "established.\n"
+#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>يعمل تحديد\n"
#~ "<b>واجهة خارجية لجدار الحماية</b> على تنشيط جدار الحماية\n"
#~ " وتعيين هذه الواجهة على أنها خارجية.\n"
-#~ "<b>إعادة بدء جدار الحماية</b> يعيد بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية في حالة إعداد "
-#~ "اتصال.\n"
+#~ "<b>إعادة بدء جدار الحماية</b> يعيد بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية في حالة إعداد اتصال.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid "D&efault Provider"
@@ -5705,8 +5435,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n"
#~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n"
-#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your "
-#~ "salesman.</p>\n"
+#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>إذا كان لديك بطاقة ISA قديمة، يمكنك إدخال قيم\n"
#~ "عناوين منافذ IO أو وحدات الذاكرة والمقاطع المستخدمة.\n"
@@ -5718,10 +5447,8 @@
#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> command. Only the user root can do this.\n"
#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>وضع البدء: </b> باستخدام <b>OnBoot</b>، يتم تحميل برنامج التشغيل "
-#~ "أثناء\n"
-#~ "تشغيل النظام. بالنسبة للخيار <b>يدوي</b>، يجب بدء تشغيل برنامج التشغيل "
-#~ "باستخدام الأمر\n"
+#~ "<p><b>وضع البدء: </b> باستخدام <b>OnBoot</b>، يتم تحميل برنامج التشغيل أثناء\n"
+#~ "تشغيل النظام. بالنسبة للخيار <b>يدوي</b>، يجب بدء تشغيل برنامج التشغيل باستخدام الأمر\n"
#~ "أمر <b>rcisdn start</b> . يمكن للمستخدم الجذر استخدامه فقط.\n"
#~ " يعتبر <b>HotPlug</b> حالة خاصة لأجهزة PCMCIA وUSB.</p>\n"
@@ -5732,10 +5459,8 @@
#~ "<p>توجد برامج تشغيل عديدة لبطاقة ISDN لديك.\n"
#~ "حدد واحدًا من القائمة.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>بروتوكول ISDN: </b>في معظم الحالات، يكون البروتوكول Euro-ISDN.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>بروتوكول ISDN: </b>في معظم الحالات، يكون البروتوكول Euro-ISDN.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n"
@@ -5746,19 +5471,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n"
-#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common "
-#~ "one is \"0\".</p>\n"
+#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>بادئة الطلب: </b> إذا كنت بحاجة إلى بادئة للحصول على خط عام، \n"
-#~ "أدخلها هنا. يتم استخدام هذه البادئة فقط على ناقل S0 داخلي، والبادئة "
-#~ "الأكثر شيوعًا هي \"0\".</p>\n"
+#~ "أدخلها هنا. يتم استخدام هذه البادئة فقط على ناقل S0 داخلي، والبادئة الأكثر شيوعًا هي \"0\".</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN "
-#~ "Log</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا لم تكن تريد تسجيل مرور ISDN بالكامل، قم بإلغاء تحديد <b>بدء تسجيل "
-#~ "ISDN</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>إذا لم تكن تريد تسجيل مرور ISDN بالكامل، قم بإلغاء تحديد <b>بدء تسجيل ISDN</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol"
#~ msgstr "بروتوكول ISDN"
@@ -5955,16 +5674,12 @@
#~ msgstr "<p>أدخل كافة قيم إعداد المودم.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. "
-#~ "ttyS0,\n"
-#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, "
-#~ "etc.,\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n"
+#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n"
#~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يحدد الخيار <b>جهاز المودم</b> المنفذ الذي سيتصل به المودم لديك ويشير "
-#~ "ttyS0\n"
-#~ "وttyS1، إلخ، إلى المنافذ المسلسلة وعادةً ما ترتبط بالمنافذ COM1 وCOM2، "
-#~ "إلخ،\n"
+#~ "<p>يحدد الخيار <b>جهاز المودم</b> المنفذ الذي سيتصل به المودم لديك ويشير ttyS0\n"
+#~ "وttyS1، إلخ، إلى المنافذ المسلسلة وعادةً ما ترتبط بالمنافذ COM1 وCOM2، إلخ،\n"
#~ "في DOS/Windows ويشير ttyACM0 وttyACM1 إلى منافذ USB.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5976,16 +5691,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n"
-#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the "
-#~ "additional\n"
-#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for "
-#~ "your\n"
-#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n"
+#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n"
+#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>اختر <b>وضع الطلب</b> حسب الاتصال الهاتفي لديك. فمعظم شركات\n"
-#~ "الهاتف تستخدم <i>الطلب بالطنين</i> باعتباره <b>وضع الطلب</b>. حدد خانات "
-#~ "الاختيار\n"
+#~ "الهاتف تستخدم <i>الطلب بالطنين</i> باعتباره <b>وضع الطلب</b>. حدد خانات الاختيار\n"
#~ "الإضافية لتشغيل سماعة المودم (<i>تشغيل السماعة</i>) أو لينتظر\n"
#~ "المودم لديك حتى يكتشف طنينًا (<i>اكتشاف طنين</i>).</p>\n"
@@ -6081,28 +5792,22 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial on Demand</b> means that the Internet\n"
-#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet "
-#~ "is\n"
-#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. "
-#~ "Use\n"
-#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because "
-#~ "there are\n"
+#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n"
+#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. Use\n"
+#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n"
#~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>يعني <b>الاتصال عند الطلب</b> أنه سيتم\n"
#~ "إنشاء اتصال بالإنترنت تلقائيًَا عند طلب بيانات من\n"
-#~ "الإنترنت ولاستخدام هذه الميزة، حدد <i>خادم أسماء</i>. واحدًا على الأقل. "
-#~ "استخدم\n"
-#~ "هذه الميزة فقط في حالة ما إذا كان الاتصال بالإنترنت غير باهظ الثمن، حيث "
-#~ "توجد\n"
+#~ "الإنترنت ولاستخدام هذه الميزة، حدد <i>خادم أسماء</i>. واحدًا على الأقل. استخدم\n"
+#~ "هذه الميزة فقط في حالة ما إذا كان الاتصال بالإنترنت غير باهظ الثمن، حيث توجد\n"
#~ "برامج تطلب بيانات من الإنترنت بشكل دوري.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>When <b>Modify DNS</b> is enabled, the <i>name server</i> will be\n"
#~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>عندما يكون الخيار <b>تعديل DNS</b> معطلاً، فإنه سيتم تغيير <i>خادم "
-#~ "الأسماء</i> تلقائيًا\n"
+#~ "<p>عندما يكون الخيار <b>تعديل DNS</b> معطلاً، فإنه سيتم تغيير <i>خادم الأسماء</i> تلقائيًا\n"
#~ "عند الاتصال بالإنترنت.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6116,8 +5821,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n"
-#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You "
-#~ "only\n"
+#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n"
#~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n"
#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -6127,10 +5831,8 @@
#~ "تعطيل <b>تعديل DNS</b> عند إتمام الاتصال.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the "
-#~ "dial-up\n"
-#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try "
-#~ "this\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n"
+#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n"
#~ "option.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>تجاهل يطالب</b> تعطيل الكشف عن أية مطالبات من الخادم \n"
@@ -6150,8 +5852,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n"
-#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>يحدد الخيار <b>مهلة الخمول</b> الوقت الذي سيتم بعده إغلاق اتصال خامل\n"
#~ "(حيث تعني القيمة 0 عدم وجود مهلة للاتصال).</p>\n"
@@ -6219,10 +5920,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b>\n"
-#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this "
-#~ "case,\n"
-#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is "
-#~ "established.\n"
+#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n"
+#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n"
#~ "This is the default with most providers.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>حدد<b>عنوان IP الحركي</b>\n"
@@ -6232,34 +5931,27 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n"
-#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your "
-#~ "static\n"
-#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, "
-#~ "almost all\n"
+#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n"
+#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n"
#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>حدد <b>استخدام DNS النظير</b> لتغيير\n"
#~ "خوادم أسماء المجالات بعد إتمام الاتصال. ويحل هذا محل إعداد\n"
-#~ "DNS الثابت بعناوين IP التي تم الحصول عليها لخادم DNS. وحاليًا، يدعم كافة "
-#~ "الموفرين\n"
+#~ "DNS الثابت بعناوين IP التي تم الحصول عليها لخادم DNS. وحاليًا، يدعم كافة الموفرين\n"
#~ "تقريبًا <b>استخدام DNS النظير</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without "
-#~ "special \n"
+#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n"
#~ "processing.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع ردﻻالاتصال في حالة إيقاف تشغيل، تم التعامل مع الاتصالات "
-#~ "بشكل طبيعي بدون أية معالجة \n"
+#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع ردﻻالاتصال في حالة إيقاف تشغيل، تم التعامل مع الاتصالات بشكل طبيعي بدون أية معالجة \n"
#~ "خاصة.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a "
-#~ "callback \n"
+#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
#~ "is triggered.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع رد الاتصال هو خادم، يتم تشغيل رد الاتصال وذلك بعد استقبال "
-#~ "مكالمة \n"
+#~ "<p>إذا كان وضع رد الاتصال هو خادم، يتم تشغيل رد الاتصال وذلك بعد استقبال مكالمة \n"
#~ "واردة.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6267,13 +5959,11 @@
#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "إذا كان وضع رد الاتصال هو عميل\n"
-#~ "، يقوم النظام المحلي بإجراء الاتصال الأولي ثم ينتظر رد الاتصال من الجهاز "
-#~ "البعيد.\n"
+#~ "، يقوم النظام المحلي بإجراء الاتصال الأولي ثم ينتظر رد الاتصال من الجهاز البعيد.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to set the default\n"
-#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to "
-#~ "reach\n"
+#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n"
#~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>حدد <b>التوجيه الافتراضي</b> لتعيين التوجيه\n"
@@ -6396,8 +6086,7 @@
#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>للتسجيل في <b>%1</b> وللعثور على أفضل\n"
-#~ "رقم للطلب، الرجاء الوصول إلى الصفحة الرئيسية <b>%2</b> أو الاتصال بخدمة "
-#~ "الخط الساخن\n"
+#~ "رقم للطلب، الرجاء الوصول إلى الصفحة الرئيسية <b>%2</b> أو الاتصال بخدمة الخط الساخن\n"
#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6428,8 +6117,7 @@
#~ msgstr "<p>أدخل <b>اسم الموفر</b> الخاص بالموفر.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</"
-#~ "b>\n"
+#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</b>\n"
#~ "to access your provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>أدخل <b>اسم الموفر</b> الخاص بالموفر و<b>رقم الهاتف</b>\n"
@@ -6437,13 +6125,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands "
-#~ "for\n"
+#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for\n"
#~ "Synchronous PPP.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>حدد نوع تغليف الحزم.\n"
-#~ "يعني النوع <b>RawIP</b> أن رؤوس MAC قد تم تجريدها. ويرمز النوع "
-#~ "<b>SyncPPP</b> إلى\n"
+#~ "يعني النوع <b>RawIP</b> أن رؤوس MAC قد تم تجريدها. ويرمز النوع <b>SyncPPP</b> إلى\n"
#~ "بروتوكول PPP المتزامن.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6462,13 +6148,11 @@
#~ "<b>Password</b> to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>أدخل كلاً من <b>اسم المستخدم</b> و\n"
-#~ "<b>كلمة المرور</b> لاستخدامهما في الدخول (اسأل الموفر إذا لم تكن متأكدًا)."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<b>كلمة المرور</b> لاستخدامهما في الدخول (اسأل الموفر إذا لم تكن متأكدًا).</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>User Name</b> will be extended\n"
-#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</"
-#~ "i>\n"
+#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</i>\n"
#~ "at the end.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>اسم <b>المستخدم</b> سيتم تمديده\n"
@@ -6476,16 +6160,14 @@
#~ "في النهاية.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password "
-#~ "every time.\n"
+#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password every time.\n"
#~ "Your\n"
#~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n"
#~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n"
#~ "(readable by root only).\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>حدد <b>المطالبة بإدخال كلمة المرور دائمًا</b> بحيث يُطلب منك كل مرة "
-#~ "إدخال كلمة المرور.\n"
+#~ "<p>حدد <b>المطالبة بإدخال كلمة المرور دائمًا</b> بحيث يُطلب منك كل مرة إدخال كلمة المرور.\n"
#~ "قد\n"
#~ "لا يسمح موفر خدمة الإنترنت بحفظ كلمات المرور على\n"
#~ "القرص. إذا أدخلت كلمة المرور هنا، يتم حفظها بنص عادي على القرص\n"
@@ -6560,12 +6242,10 @@
#~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "مدير الشبكة ليست لديه القدرة على السؤال عن كلمة المرور.\n"
-#~ "استخدام انترنت كدي (بدون مدير الشبكة) أو خزن كلمات المرور على هذا "
-#~ "النظام.\n"
+#~ "استخدام انترنت كدي (بدون مدير الشبكة) أو خزن كلمات المرور على هذا النظام.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone "
-#~ "field.\n"
+#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Continue?"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -6579,11 +6259,9 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n"
#~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n"
-#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> اكتب بيانات الدخول في Kamp فوق المسافة "
-#~ "الفارغة\n"
+#~ "<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> اكتب بيانات الدخول في Kamp فوق المسافة الفارغة\n"
#~ "(بعد <b>/</b>) أدخل بعد ذلك كلمة المرور. \n"
#~ "وانقر فوق <b>التالي</b>. اتصل بالموفر إذا واجهتك صعوبات.</p>\n"
@@ -6592,38 +6270,28 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (before\n"
-#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click "
-#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you "
-#~ "need\n"
-#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can "
-#~ "enter\n"
-#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and "
-#~ "request\n"
+#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n"
+#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n"
+#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n"
#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> اكتب بيانات دخول AOL في المساحة الخالية "
-#~ "(قبل\n"
+#~ "<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> اكتب بيانات دخول AOL في المساحة الخالية (قبل\n"
#~ "<b>@</b>) أدخل بعد ذلك كلمة المرور. وانقر فوق <b>التالي</b>.\n"
#~ "إذا كنت أحد عملاء AOL الجدد وأردت إجراء طلب هاتفي لأول مرة، يجب إدخال \n"
-#~ "رقم التعريف الشخصي لـ AOL مرة واحدة. إذا كان لديك أحد أنظمة Windows "
-#~ "يمكنك \n"
-#~ "إدخال رقم التعريف الشخصي في برنامج الطلب الهاتفي لـ AOL. أما إذا لم يتوفر "
-#~ "لديك أحد \n"
-#~ "أنظمة Windows اتصل بخدمة الخط الساخن واطلب من مسؤولي AOL إدخال رقم "
-#~ "التعريف الشخصي لك.</p>\n"
+#~ "رقم التعريف الشخصي لـ AOL مرة واحدة. إذا كان لديك أحد أنظمة Windows يمكنك \n"
+#~ "إدخال رقم التعريف الشخصي في برنامج الطلب الهاتفي لـ AOL. أما إذا لم يتوفر لديك أحد \n"
+#~ "أنظمة Windows اتصل بخدمة الخط الساخن واطلب من مسؤولي AOL إدخال رقم التعريف الشخصي لك.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>&قم بالوصول إلى Kamp 11 DSL.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click "
-#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n"
+#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> اكتب بيانات الدخول في 1&1 فوق المسافة "
-#~ "الفارغة (بعد\n"
+#~ "<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> اكتب بيانات الدخول في 1&1 فوق المسافة الفارغة (بعد\n"
#~ "<b>/</b>) أدخل بعد ذلك كلمة المرور. وانقر فوق <b>التالي</b>.\n"
#~ "اتصل بالموفر إذا واجهتك صعوبات.</p>\n"
@@ -6642,12 +6310,10 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password "
-#~ "and\n"
+#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n"
#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> اكتب بيانات الدخول في T-Online Business "
-#~ "فوق المسافة الفارغة. (بعد\n"
+#~ "<p>في الحقل <b>اسم المستخدم</b> اكتب بيانات الدخول في T-Online Business فوق المسافة الفارغة. (بعد\n"
#~ "<b>/</b>) أدخل بعد ذلك كلمة المرور و\n"
#~ "انقر فوق<b>التالي</b>. اتصل بالموفر إذا واجهتك صعوبات.</p>\n"
@@ -6660,19 +6326,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n"
-#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-"
-#~ "root User\n"
-#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This "
-#~ "will require\n"
+#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n"
+#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n"
#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>أداة التحكم بالجهاز</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>عادة، المسؤول عن النظام فقط يسمح بتنشيط \n"
#~ "وإلغاء تنشيط واجهة شبكة الاتصال. مع <b>تمكين التحكم\n"
-#~ "بالجهاز للمستخدم العادي عبر QInternet</b>، أي مستخدم يستطيع التحكم "
-#~ "بالواجهة\n"
-#~ "عبر Qinternet وهذا يتطلب أن يكون.This <b>smpppd</b> مثبتة وقيد التشغيل.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "بالجهاز للمستخدم العادي عبر QInternet</b>، أي مستخدم يستطيع التحكم بالواجهة\n"
+#~ "عبر Qinternet وهذا يتطلب أن يكون.This <b>smpppd</b> مثبتة وقيد التشغيل.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration"
#~ msgstr "تهيئة إعداد DSL"
@@ -7014,17 +6676,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings "
-#~ "to take effect, \n"
-#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings "
-#~ "immediately. Please check \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
+#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
#~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>تكوين إعدادات الوكيل (التخزين المؤقت) إنترنت هنا.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> من المستحسن عموما إلى إعادت تسجيل الدخول لتصبح "
-#~ "الإعدادات حتى تصبح نافذة، \n"
-#~ "ولكن في بعض الحالات التطبيق قد ينفذ الإعدادات الجديدة فورا. الرجاء التحقق "
-#~ "من دعم التطبيق \n"
+#~ "<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> من المستحسن عموما إلى إعادت تسجيل الدخول لتصبح الإعدادات حتى تصبح نافذة، \n"
+#~ "ولكن في بعض الحالات التطبيق قد ينفذ الإعدادات الجديدة فورا. الرجاء التحقق من دعم التطبيق \n"
#~ "الخاص بك. (مستعرض ويب، عميل ftp،...) .</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7035,12 +6693,10 @@
#~ "إلى شبكة الإنترنت العالمية (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your "
-#~ "secured access\n"
+#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>عنوان مسارات الانترنت لوكيل HTTPS</b> هو اسم الخادم الوكيل للوصول "
-#~ "الآمن\n"
+#~ "<p><b>عنوان مسارات الانترنت لوكيل HTTPS</b> هو اسم الخادم الوكيل للوصول الآمن\n"
#~ "إلى شبكة الإنترنت العالمية (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>"
@@ -7074,12 +6730,10 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
#~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)."
-#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>إذا كنت تستخدم خادم وكيل لديه تخويل، أدخل\n"
-#~ "<b>اسم مستخدم الوكيل</b> و<b>كلمة مرور الوكيل</b>. يتكون اسم المستخدم "
-#~ "الصالح من\n"
+#~ "<b>اسم مستخدم الوكيل</b> و<b>كلمة مرور الوكيل</b>. يتكون اسم المستخدم الصالح من\n"
#~ " أحرف ASCII قابلة للطباعة (فيما عدا علامات الاقتباس).</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7153,8 +6807,7 @@
#~ msgstr "عنوان مسار الانترنت لوكيل HTTPS غير صالح."
#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يجب أن يحتوي عنوان مسار الانترنت لوكيل HTTPS على مواصفة مخطط (http)."
+#~ msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي عنوان مسار الانترنت لوكيل HTTPS على مواصفة مخطط (http)."
#~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
#~ msgstr "عنوان مسار الانترنت لوكيل FTP غير صالح."
@@ -7194,11 +6847,9 @@
#~ "First add the Add-On CD to your YaST software repositories then return \n"
#~ "to this configuration dialog.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يحتاج الجهاز إلى برنامج ثابت حتى يعمل بشكل صحيح. يمكن تثبيت هذا البرنامج "
-#~ "الثابت\n"
+#~ "يحتاج الجهاز إلى برنامج ثابت حتى يعمل بشكل صحيح. يمكن تثبيت هذا البرنامج الثابت\n"
#~ " من القرص المضغوط للبرنامج الإضافي \n"
-#~ "%1. لتثبيت البرنامج الثابت، قم بإضافة القرص المضغوط للبرنامج الإضافي إلى "
-#~ "مصادر تثبيت YaST لديك ثم ارجع \n"
+#~ "%1. لتثبيت البرنامج الثابت، قم بإضافة القرص المضغوط للبرنامج الإضافي إلى مصادر تثبيت YaST لديك ثم ارجع \n"
#~ " إلى مربع حوار التكوين هذا."
#, fuzzy
@@ -7206,8 +6857,7 @@
#~ "<p>If <b>Automatically Reconnect</b> is enabled, the connection will\n"
#~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>عندما يكون الخيار <b>تعديل DNS</b> معطلاً، فإنه سيتم تغيير <i>خادم "
-#~ "الأسماء</i> تلقائيًا\n"
+#~ "<p>عندما يكون الخيار <b>تعديل DNS</b> معطلاً، فإنه سيتم تغيير <i>خادم الأسماء</i> تلقائيًا\n"
#~ "عند الاتصال بالإنترنت.</p>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -7218,8 +6868,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n"
-#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-"
-#~ "root User\n"
+#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n"
#~ "Via KInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via KInternet.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>عادةً ما يتم السماح لمسؤول النظام فقط بتنشيط واجهة الاتصال بالشبكة\n"
@@ -7230,25 +6879,20 @@
#~ msgstr "قناع الشبك&ة"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enable <b>IP Forwarding</b> if the system is a router. This will apply "
-#~ "on both IPv4 and IPv6.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Enable <b>IP Forwarding</b> if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>قم بتمكين <b>إعادة توجيه IP</b> إذا كان النظام موجهًا.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n"
-#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this "
-#~ "modification, \n"
+#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n"
#~ "uncheck <b>Write Hostname to /etc/hosts</b> box. In that case your \n"
#~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n"
#~ "</p> \n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا كنت تستخدم DHCP للحصول على عنوان IP، ستتم كتابة اسم المضيف الخاص "
-#~ "بك\n"
+#~ "<p>إذا كنت تستخدم DHCP للحصول على عنوان IP، ستتم كتابة اسم المضيف الخاص بك\n"
#~ "إلى /etc/hosts ويمكن تحليله باسم عنوان IP ?127.0.0.2.\n"
-#~ " يعتبر هذا الأسلوب افتراضيًا. إذا أردت تعطيل هذا، قم بإلغاء تحديد هذا "
-#~ "المربع\n"
+#~ " يعتبر هذا الأسلوب افتراضيًا. إذا أردت تعطيل هذا، قم بإلغاء تحديد هذا المربع\n"
#~ " إلا أن اسم المضيف الخاص بك لن يكون قابلاً للتحليل بدون شبكة نشطة.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
@@ -7301,18 +6945,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you plan to use a dial-up Internet connection and have set up your\n"
-#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be "
-#~ "temporarily\n"
+#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be temporarily\n"
#~ "disabled during the connection.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا كنت تخطط لاستخدام اتصال طلب هاتفي بالإنترنت وكنت قد قمت بإعداد "
-#~ "الاتصال\n"
+#~ "<p>إذا كنت تخطط لاستخدام اتصال طلب هاتفي بالإنترنت وكنت قد قمت بإعداد الاتصال\n"
#~ "لديك لاستخدام تخصيص DNS ديناميكي، سيتم تعطيل هذه القيم بشكل مؤقت\n"
#~ " أثناء الاتصال.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>أدخل، اختياريًا، قائمة خوادم الأسماء وقائمة البحث في المجالات.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>أدخل، اختياريًا، قائمة خوادم الأسماء وقائمة البحث في المجالات.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Note that the hostname is global--it applies to all\n"
@@ -7331,14 +6972,12 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Modify the current version of the file.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> and continue editing other data. You are able to "
-#~ "return to this dialog at a later time, \n"
+#~ "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> and continue editing other data. You are able to return to this dialog at a later time, \n"
#~ "when the above service has terminated.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ol>\n"
#~ "<li>قم بتعديل الإصدار الحالي (الذي تم تغييره) من الملف.</li>\n"
-#~ " <li>اضغط 'قبول' الآن وتابع تحرير البيانات الأخرى (التي لا تنتمي للمحلل). "
-#~ "يمكنك\n"
+#~ " <li>اضغط 'قبول' الآن وتابع تحرير البيانات الأخرى (التي لا تنتمي للمحلل). يمكنك\n"
#~ " العودة إلى مربع الحوار هذا لاحقًا عند انتهاء الخدمة المذكورة أعلاه.</li>\n"
#~ " </ol>\n"
@@ -7348,16 +6987,11 @@
#~ msgid "Search List: Set by DHCP"
#~ msgstr "قائمة البحث: تعيين بواسطة DHCP"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>أدخل اسم هذا الكمبيوتر ومجال DNS الذي ينتمي إليه.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server.</"
-#~ "p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يعتبر المجال هامًا خاصةً عندما يكون جهاز الكمبيوتر هذا خادم بريد.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>يعتبر المجال هامًا خاصةً عندما يكون جهاز الكمبيوتر هذا خادم بريد.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Change /etc/resolv.conf manually"
@@ -7389,9 +7023,7 @@
#~ msgstr "لا توجد منطقة، كافة مسارات المرور محظورة"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Because Device Control for Non-root User has been enabled, the <b>%1</"
-#~ "b> packages must be installed.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Because Device Control for Non-root User has been enabled, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>لتكوين المودم، يجب تثبيت حزم <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Modem &IP Address"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/nfs.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/nfs.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/nfs.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs module
@@ -171,12 +170,10 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
-"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further "
-"information \n"
+"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n"
"about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يتم تعريف كل مشاركة NFS بواسطة عنوان خادم NFS البعيد والمجلد المُصدر "
-"والمجلد المحلي \n"
+"<p>يتم تعريف كل مشاركة NFS بواسطة عنوان خادم NFS البعيد والمجلد المُصدر والمجلد المحلي \n"
"حيث يتم تحميل المجلد البعيد، نوع NFS (nfs عادي أو nfsv4) وخيارات \n"
"التحميل. لمزيد من المعلومات حول \n"
"خيارات توصيل NFS ارجع إلى <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>"
@@ -184,8 +181,7 @@
#. Help, part 3 of 3
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68
msgid ""
-"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -196,10 +192,8 @@
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
-"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might "
-"need\n"
-"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct "
-"setting\n"
+"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
+"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n"
"of file/directory access rights.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كنت بحاجة للوصول لمشاركات NFSv4 (NFSv4 أحدث إصدار من\n"
@@ -331,14 +325,12 @@
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
-"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the "
-"directory should be mounted. With\n"
+"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
"<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n"
"interactively.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
-"للحصول على <b>نقطة التوصيل</b>، أدخل المسار في نظام الملفات المحلي الذي يجب "
-"فيه توصيل المجلد. باستخدام\n"
+"للحصول على <b>نقطة التوصيل</b>، أدخل المسار في نظام الملفات المحلي الذي يجب فيه توصيل المجلد. باستخدام\n"
" <b>استعراض</b>، حدد نقطة التوصيل الخاصة بك\n"
" بشكل تفاعلي.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/nfs_server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/nfs_server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/nfs_server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module
@@ -66,9 +65,7 @@
msgstr "خيارات تصدير (انظر 'رجل الصادرات')"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc."
-"com' etc."
+msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc."
msgstr "مواصفات المجال Idmapping NFSv4، مثل 'localdomain' أو 'abc.com' إلخ."
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119
@@ -112,19 +109,12 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
-msgid ""
-"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
-msgstr ""
-"لا يمكن تعيين المجال دون تمكين NFSv4. الرجاء استخدام الأمر 'set enablev4' "
-"لذلك."
+msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
+msgstr "لا يمكن تعيين المجال دون تمكين NFSv4. الرجاء استخدام الأمر 'set enablev4' لذلك."
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
-msgid ""
-"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to "
-"get information about available options."
-msgstr ""
-"يجب استخدام 'مجموعة' الأوامر كما هو الحال في 'تعيين خيار = القيمة'. الرجاء "
-"استخدام 'تعليمات' للحصول على معلومات حول الخيارات."
+msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
+msgstr "يجب استخدام 'مجموعة' الأوامر كما هو الحال في 'تعيين خيار = القيمة'. الرجاء استخدام 'تعليمات' للحصول على معلومات حول الخيارات."
#. Then no need to check for conflict.
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205
@@ -244,12 +234,8 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
-msgid ""
-"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for "
-"the domain to 'localdomain'."
-msgstr ""
-"غير قادر على قراءة الملف/etc/idmapd.conf. عين الإعداد الافتراضي للمجال إلى "
-"'لمجال محلي'."
+msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
+msgstr "غير قادر على قراءة الملف/etc/idmapd.conf. عين الإعداد الافتراضي للمجال إلى 'لمجال محلي'."
#. Help, part 1 of 2
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
@@ -272,28 +258,21 @@
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
-"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. "
-"Leave\n"
-"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you "
-"are not sure.</P>\n"
+"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
+"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>إذا كان الخادم يحتاج للتعامل NFSv4 عملاء والاختيار <B>تمكين\n"
"NFSv4</B>\n"
-"واكتب في اسم المجال NFSv4 الذي تريد تعيين البرنامج الخفي لاستخدامه. اتركه "
-"كخادم محلي أو ارجع إلى صفحة idmapd الرئيسية و idmapd.conf إذا لم تكن متأكداً."
-"</P>\n"
+"واكتب في اسم المجال NFSv4 الذي تريد تعيين البرنامج الخفي لاستخدامه. اتركه كخادم محلي أو ارجع إلى صفحة idmapd الرئيسية و idmapd.conf إذا لم تكن متأكداً.</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
-"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have "
-"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
+"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>إذا كان يجب مصادقة الخادم والعميل باستخدام مكتبة GSS، الرجاء تمكين خانة "
-"الاختيار <B>تمكين أمان GSS</B> \n"
-"للتمكن من استخدام GSS API. حاليا يجب أن يكون لديك Kerberos و gssapi (nfs "
-"utils> 1.0.7) على نظامك</P>\n"
+"<P>إذا كان يجب مصادقة الخادم والعميل باستخدام مكتبة GSS، الرجاء تمكين خانة الاختيار <B>تمكين أمان GSS</B> \n"
+"للتمكن من استخدام GSS API. حاليا يجب أن يكون لديك Kerberos و gssapi (nfs utils> 1.0.7) على نظامك</P>\n"
#. frame label
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
@@ -346,8 +325,7 @@
#. Help, part 2 of 4
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
-"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected "
-"directory.\n"
+"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -357,16 +335,13 @@
#. Help, part 3 of 4
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل بالعلامة نجمية (<tt>*</tt>) بدلاً من الاسم لتحديد كافة المضيفين.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>أدخل بالعلامة نجمية (<tt>*</tt>) بدلاً من الاسم لتحديد كافة المضيفين.</p>"
#. Help, part 4 of 4
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>الرجوع إلى <tt>صادرات الرجل</tt> للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.</P>\n"
+msgstr "<P>الرجوع إلى <tt>صادرات الرجل</tt> للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.</P>\n"
#. push button label
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
@@ -475,15 +450,10 @@
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
-msgid ""
-"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup "
-"is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"غير قادر على بدء تشغيل svcgssd. الرجاء التأكد من أن إعدادات kerberos and "
-"gssapi (nfs-utils) تمت بشكل صحيح."
+msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
+msgstr "غير قادر على بدء تشغيل svcgssd. الرجاء التأكد من أن إعدادات kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) تمت بشكل صحيح."
#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr "الخدمة 'svcgssd' غير قادر على إعادة تشغيلها."
@@ -543,17 +513,12 @@
#~ msgid "Firewall"
#~ msgstr "جدار الحماية"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is "
-#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يتم تمكين NFSv4. تأكد من أن واحد من الملفات المصدرة فقط محدد بالقيمة "
-#~ "fsid=0 لخيار عميل معين.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>يتم تمكين NFSv4. تأكد من أن واحد من الملفات المصدرة فقط محدد بالقيمة fsid=0 لخيار عميل معين.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n"
-#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with "
-#~ "fsid=0.\n"
+#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n"
#~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n"
#~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />\n"
#~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
@@ -141,15 +140,13 @@
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n"
"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n"
-"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n"
"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>إعدادات جدار الحماية</b><br>\n"
"لفتح جدار الحماية للسماح بالوصول إلى الخدمة 'ypbind' من \n"
"أجهزة الكمبيوتر البعيدة، قم بتعيين <b>فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية</b>.\n"
-"لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ فيها، انقر فوق <b>تفاصيل جدار الحماية</"
-"b>.\n"
+"لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ فيها، انقر فوق <b>تفاصيل جدار الحماية</b>.\n"
"يتوفر هذا الخيار في حالة تمكين جدار الحماية فقط.</p>\n"
#. help text
@@ -164,34 +161,27 @@
#. help text for netconfig part
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it "
-"is\n"
-"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined "
-"here\n"
+"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n"
+"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n"
"with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n"
"etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n"
-"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to "
-"modify\n"
+"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n"
"the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n"
"Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n"
"space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n"
-"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, "
-"see\n"
+"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n"
"the netconfig manual page.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد طريقة تعديل إعداد NIS. عادة، فإنه تتم المعالجة بواسطة البرنامج\n"
"النصي netconfig الذي يقوم بدمج البيانات بشكل المعرف الثابت هنا \n"
"مع تلك التي تم الحصول عليها بشكل حيوي (على سبيل المثال من عميل DHCP، مدير \n"
-"الشبكة إلخ.). وهذا هو الافتراضي الخيار النهج الافتراضي وهي كافية لمعظم "
-"الإعدادات.\n"
-"عن طريق اختيار الخيار تغييرات المجلد فقط، سوف لن يسمح netconfig بتعديل "
-"الإعداد.\n"
+"الشبكة إلخ.). وهذا هو الافتراضي الخيار النهج الافتراضي وهي كافية لمعظم الإعدادات.\n"
+"عن طريق اختيار الخيار تغييرات المجلد فقط، سوف لن يسمح netconfig بتعديل الإعداد.\n"
"ومع ذلك يمكن تحرير الملف يدوياً.\n"
"عن طريق اختيار الخيار نهج مخصص، يمكنك تحديد \n"
"سلسلة نهج مخصص، الذي يتألف من قائمة مفصولة بمساحة أسماء \n"
"واجهة، بما في ذلك أحرف البدل، مع ثبات/STATIC_FALLBACK كقيم \n"
-"خاصة معرفة مسبقاً. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، انظر صفحة دليل netconfig.</"
-"p>\n"
+"خاصة معرفة مسبقاً. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، انظر صفحة دليل netconfig.</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260
@@ -217,13 +207,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279
-msgid ""
-"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in "
-"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن أن يتم تعيين إعدادات NFS التي تؤثر على الكيفية التي تعمل بها الوصل "
-"التلقائي في عميل NFS, التي يمكن إعدادها باستخدام الزر <b>إعداد NFS</b> .</p>"
+msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن أن يتم تعيين إعدادات NFS التي تؤثر على الكيفية التي تعمل بها الوصل التلقائي في عميل NFS, التي يمكن إعدادها باستخدام الزر <b>إعداد NFS</b> .</p>"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333
@@ -350,26 +335,14 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674
-msgid ""
-"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is "
-"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local "
-"host.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>في الغالب، يمكن لأي مضيف الاستعلام عن الخادم الذي يستخدمه العميل. يؤدي "
-"تعطيل <b>الاستجابة للأجهزة المضيفة البعيدة</b> إلى قصر ذلك على المضيف المحلي "
-"فقط.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>في الغالب، يمكن لأي مضيف الاستعلام عن الخادم الذي يستخدمه العميل. يؤدي تعطيل <b>الاستجابة للأجهزة المضيفة البعيدة</b> إلى قصر ذلك على المضيف المحلي فقط.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an "
-"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better "
-"to replace such a server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>خادم معطل</b> في حالة وجوب قبول الردود من الخوادم التي تعمل على "
-"منفذ بدون امتيازات. يمثل ذلك خطرًا على الأمان ويفضل استبدال مثل هذا الخادم.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>خادم معطل</b> في حالة وجوب قبول الردود من الخوادم التي تعمل على منفذ بدون امتيازات. يمثل ذلك خطرًا على الأمان ويفضل استبدال مثل هذا الخادم.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690
@@ -450,11 +423,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985
-msgid ""
-"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن استخدام بروتوكول موقع الخدمة (<b>SLP</b>) للبحث عن خادم NIS.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن استخدام بروتوكول موقع الخدمة (<b>SLP</b>) للبحث عن خادم NIS.</p>"
#. dialog label
#. dialog subtitle
@@ -620,14 +590,8 @@
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr "لم يتم العثور على خادم NIS."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain "
-#~ "name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up "
-#~ "in the network module.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>في حالة استخدام <b>DHCP</b> وتوفير الخادم لاسم مجال NIS أو الخوادم، "
-#~ "يمكنك تمكين استخداماتها هنا. يمكن إعداد DHCP نفسه في الوحدة النمطية "
-#~ "للشبكة.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>في حالة استخدام <b>DHCP</b> وتوفير الخادم لاسم مجال NIS أو الخوادم، يمكنك تمكين استخداماتها هنا. يمكن إعداد DHCP نفسه في الوحدة النمطية للشبكة.</p>"
#~ msgid "Error while running portmapper."
#~ msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تشغيل portmapper."
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for nis server module
@@ -168,8 +167,7 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73
msgid ""
-"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</"
-"i>\n"
+"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n"
"file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد إذا كان ينبغي دمج الملف <i>كلمة المرور</i> مع ملف <i>الظل</i>\n"
@@ -226,12 +224,10 @@
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this "
-"machine as a server, check\n"
+"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n"
"the corresponding option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل مجال<b>NIS</b>. إذا كان هذا المضيف أيضا عميل NIS استخدام هذا الجهاز "
-"كخادم، تحقق \n"
+"<p>أدخل مجال<b>NIS</b>. إذا كان هذا المضيف أيضا عميل NIS استخدام هذا الجهاز كخادم، تحقق \n"
"من الخيار المطابق.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
@@ -328,8 +324,7 @@
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n"
"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n"
-"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n"
"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>إعدادات جدار الحماية</b><br>\n"
@@ -383,8 +378,7 @@
"<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n"
"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يجب أن تكون هناك الإدخال باستخدام <b>قناع الشبكة</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> و "
-"<b>شبكة</b>\n"
+"<p>يجب أن تكون هناك الإدخال باستخدام <b>قناع الشبكة</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> و <b>شبكة</b>\n"
"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> للسماح بلاتصالات من المضيف المحلي.</p>\n"
#. help text 4/4
@@ -413,21 +407,13 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the "
-"master NIS server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بإدخال نطاق <b>NIS</b> و IP <b>عناوين</b> او اسم المضيف الرئيس لخادم "
-"NIS .</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بإدخال نطاق <b>NIS</b> و IP <b>عناوين</b> او اسم المضيف الرئيس لخادم NIS .</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check "
-"the corresponding option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا كان هذا المضيف أيضا عميل NIS استخدام هذا الجهاز كخادم، التحقق من "
-"الخيار المطابق.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا كان هذا المضيف أيضا عميل NIS استخدام هذا الجهاز كخادم، التحقق من الخيار المطابق.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
@@ -466,14 +452,8 @@
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use "
-"<i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and "
-"<i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هنا، قم بإدخال أسماء المضيفين لإعداد التابع لخادم NIS. استخدم <i>إضافة</"
-"i> لإضافة جديد، <i>تحرير</i> لتغيير إدخال موجود، و <i>حذف</i> لإزالة إدخال."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هنا، قم بإدخال أسماء المضيفين لإعداد التابع لخادم NIS. استخدم <i>إضافة</i> لإضافة جديد، <i>تحرير</i> لتغيير إدخال موجود، و <i>حذف</i> لإزالة إدخال.</p>"
#. To translators: selection box label
#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. progress step title
@@ -28,40 +27,22 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using "
-"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable "
-"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اضغط <b>المزامنة الآن</b> لتعيين وقت النظام بشكل صحيح باستخدام خادم NTP "
-"المحدد. إذا أردت استخدام NTP بشكل دائم، مكن الخيار <b>حفظ الإعداد NTP</b></p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>المزامنة الآن</b> لتعيين وقت النظام بشكل صحيح باستخدام خادم NTP المحدد. إذا أردت استخدام NTP بشكل دائم، مكن الخيار <b>حفظ الإعداد NTP</b></p>"
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started "
-"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The "
-"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the "
-"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تمكين<b>خيار تشغيل NTP كبرنامج خفي</b> ، سيتم بدء تشغيل الخدمة NTP "
-"كبرنامج خفي. وإلا سيتم مزامنة وقت النظام بشكل دوري. الفاصل الزمني الافتراضي "
-"15 دقيقة. يمكنك تغييره بعد التثبيت مع <b>yast2 عميل ntp الوحدة النمطية</b>.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تمكين<b>خيار تشغيل NTP كبرنامج خفي</b> ، سيتم بدء تشغيل الخدمة NTP كبرنامج خفي. وإلا سيتم مزامنة وقت النظام بشكل دوري. الفاصل الزمني الافتراضي 15 دقيقة. يمكنك تغييره بعد التثبيت مع <b>yast2 عميل ntp الوحدة النمطية</b>.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>باستخدام الزر <b>إعداد</b> ، افتح إعدادات NTP المتقدمة.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is "
-"configured.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن إجراء المزامنة مع الخادم NTP فقط عندما يتم إعداد شبكة الاتصال.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن إجراء المزامنة مع الخادم NTP فقط عندما يتم إعداد شبكة الاتصال.</p>"
#. translators: error popup
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
@@ -158,9 +139,7 @@
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59
msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder"
-msgstr ""
-"ناقل الإشارات التمثيلية إلى بيانات رقمية/أداة فك ترميز صوت راديو الموجة "
-"القصيرة"
+msgstr "ناقل الإشارات التمثيلية إلى بيانات رقمية/أداة فك ترميز صوت راديو الموجة القصيرة"
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67
@@ -635,10 +614,8 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be "
-"activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It "
-"is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>بدء تشغيل البرنامج الخفي NTP</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -646,8 +623,7 @@
"برنامج NTP الخفي قام بحل حل أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة عند التهيئة. يجب\n"
"بدء تشغيل شبكة الاتصال قبل بدء تشغيل برنامج NTP الخفي.</p>\n"
"اختيار<b>مزامنة بدون برنامج خفي</b> برنامج ntp الخفي لن يتم تفعيله. \n"
-"سيتم تعيين وقت النظام بشكل دوري. الفاصل الزمني قابل للإعداد. وهو 15 دقيقة "
-"بشكل افتراضي.\n"
+"سيتم تعيين وقت النظام بشكل دوري. الفاصل الزمني قابل للإعداد. وهو 15 دقيقة بشكل افتراضي.\n"
"يمكنك تغيير ذلك عند إعداد النظام."
#. help text 2/5
@@ -660,27 +636,20 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>وضع حماية Chroot</big></b><br>\n"
"لتشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot، قم بتعيين\n"
-"<b>تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot</b>. يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج "
-"محرك في وضع ماحية chroot\n"
+"<b>تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot</b>. يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع ماحية chroot\n"
"بقدر أكبر من الأمان ويوصى به بشدة.</p>"
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote "
-"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
-"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</"
-"tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
-"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This "
-"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
+"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
+"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
+"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>تأمين إعداد NTP</big></b><br>\n"
-"بتحديد <b>تقييد خدمة NTP إعداد الخوادم فقط</b>، المضيفين البعيدين لن يكونو "
-"قادراً على عرض وتعديل إعدادات NTP على\n"
-"كمبيوترك. خدمة NTP مقيد للخوادم الموجودة في الملف <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> "
-"وإلى المضيفين المحليين.<br> \n"
-"إشارات التحكم بالوصول يمكن أن تكون fine-tuded في جدول نظرة عامة على الخوادم. "
-"لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إذا تم إعداد NTP عبر DHCP.</p>\n"
+"بتحديد <b>تقييد خدمة NTP إعداد الخوادم فقط</b>، المضيفين البعيدين لن يكونو قادراً على عرض وتعديل إعدادات NTP على\n"
+"كمبيوترك. خدمة NTP مقيد للخوادم الموجودة في الملف <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> وإلى المضيفين المحليين.<br> \n"
+"إشارات التحكم بالوصول يمكن أن تكون fine-tuded في جدول نظرة عامة على الخوادم. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إذا تم إعداد NTP عبر DHCP.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
@@ -693,8 +662,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد عبر DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"لاسترداد المعلومات حول خوادم NTP عبر بروتوكول DHCP من خادم الشبكة\n"
-" بدلاً من تعيينها يدويًا قم بتعيين <b>إعداد برنامج المحرك NTP عبر DHCP</b>. "
-"راجع\n"
+" بدلاً من تعيينها يدويًا قم بتعيين <b>إعداد برنامج المحرك NTP عبر DHCP</b>. راجع\n"
"مسؤول الشبكة لديك إذا كانت المعلومات\n"
"حول خوادم NTP متوفرة من خادم DHCP.</p>"
@@ -703,8 +671,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
-"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new "
-"synchronization\n"
+"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n"
"peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -721,20 +688,17 @@
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>عرض السجل</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>لعرض سجلات برنامج محرك NTP في إطار جديد، انقر فوق الزر <b>عرض السجل</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>لعرض سجلات برنامج محرك NTP في إطار جديد، انقر فوق الزر <b>عرض السجل</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or "
-"against\n"
+"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد متقدم</big></b><br>\n"
-"لإعداد هذا المضيف المطلوب مزامنته بالمقارنة بمضيفين بعيدين متعددين أو "
-"بالمقارنة \n"
+"لإعداد هذا المضيف المطلوب مزامنته بالمقارنة بمضيفين بعيدين متعددين أو بالمقارنة \n"
"بساعة متصلة محليًا، استخدم <b>إعداد متقدم</b>."
#. help text 1/4
@@ -761,8 +725,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
-"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic "
-"link to \n"
+"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n"
"<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n"
"click <b>Browse</b>.\n"
@@ -772,8 +735,7 @@
"<p><b><big>الجهاز</big></b><br> \n"
"لتشغيل الساعة، فقد يلزم إنشاء ارتباط رمزي خاص إلى\n"
"الجهاز الذي يتم توصيل الجهاز به. للقيام بذلك، حدد\n"
-" <b>إنشاء ارتباط رمزي</b>ثم قم بتعيين <b>الجهاز</b>. للاستعراض للوصول "
-"للجهاز\n"
+" <b>إنشاء ارتباط رمزي</b>ثم قم بتعيين <b>الجهاز</b>. للاستعراض للوصول للجهاز\n"
"انقر فوق <b>استعراض</b>.\n"
"بالنسبة لبعض أنواع الساعات، يلزم إنشاء ارتباط رمزي أو \n"
"يجب إنشاؤه يدويًا.</p>"
@@ -862,8 +824,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
-"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in "
-"the\n"
+"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
"<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -876,16 +837,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
-"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the "
-"remote\n"
+"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n"
"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n"
"<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n"
"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>خيارات التحكم بالوصول</big></b><br>\n"
-"تعريف إشارات التحكم بالوصول (<b><tt>تقييد</tt></b> التوجيه في <i>/etc/ntp."
-"conf</i>) لهذا الخادم، التي تشير إلى الإجراءات التي يمكن أن تؤدي بالمضيف\n"
+"تعريف إشارات التحكم بالوصول (<b><tt>تقييد</tt></b> التوجيه في <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) لهذا الخادم، التي تشير إلى الإجراءات التي يمكن أن تؤدي بالمضيف\n"
"\n"
"البعيد في البرنامج الخفي NTP. بشكل افتراضي، يتم تعيين\n"
"إلى <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>. يتوفر\n"
@@ -976,8 +935,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To "
-"display\n"
+"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>تحديد خادم NTP عام</b></big><br> \n"
@@ -1002,8 +960,7 @@
"قبل استخدام أي خادم NTP من القائمة، راجع مسؤول النظام\n"
"أو موفر خدمة الإنترنت إذا كان خادم NTP أكثر قربًا منك\n"
"وتفضل هذا الخادم الموصى به على أي خادم موجود في القائمة.\n"
-"يمكنك أيضًا الرجوع إلى <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</"
-"i>\n"
+"يمكنك أيضًا الرجوع إلى <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n"
"للبحث عن خادم NTP قريب منك.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
@@ -1021,27 +978,22 @@
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
-"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names "
-"are\n"
-"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means "
-"that\n"
+"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n"
+"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n"
"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>استخدام الخوادم العشوائية</b></big><br>\n"
"تتوفر هذه الخدمة من pool.ntp.org. في حالة تحديد هذا الخيار،\n"
"تتم إضافة ثلاثة خوادم إلى الإعداد. أسماء الخوادم دائمة\n"
-"إلا أنه يتم تغيير سجلات DNS (بروتوكولات الإنترنت) الخاصة بها كل ساعة. مما "
-"يعني مزامنة\n"
+"إلا أنه يتم تغيير سجلات DNS (بروتوكولات الإنترنت) الخاصة بها كل ساعة. مما يعني مزامنة\n"
"عميل NTP الخاص بك مع خوادم مختلفة كل ساعة.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
-"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various "
-"calibration\n"
-"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the "
-"particular\n"
+"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
+"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n"
"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>معايرة برنامج تشغيل الساعة</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -1053,12 +1005,10 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</"
-"i>.</p>\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"للحصول على معلومات حول معنى هذه الخيارات، قم بتثبيت الحزمة\n"
-"<i>xntp-doc</i> ثم راجع <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/refclock."
-"htm</i></p>\n"
+"<i>xntp-doc</i> ثم راجع <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i></p>\n"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35
@@ -1524,14 +1474,8 @@
"لا يمكن البحث عن خادم NTP في الشبكة\n"
"المحلية دون تثبيت الحزمة %1.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or "
-#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server "
-#~ "configuration?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "'اختبار الاستعلام مع الخادم'%1' فشل. إذا كان الخادم غير قابل للوصول عن "
-#~ "بعد أو لم يتم إعداد شبكة الاتصال انقر فوق 'لا' للتجاهل. إعادة النظر في "
-#~ "إعداد خادم NTP؟"
+#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+#~ msgstr "'اختبار الاستعلام مع الخادم'%1' فشل. إذا كان الخادم غير قابل للوصول عن بعد أو لم يتم إعداد شبكة الاتصال انقر فوق 'لا' للتجاهل. إعادة النظر في إعداد خادم NTP؟"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1540,8 +1484,7 @@
#~ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP تلقائيًا</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "حدد إذا كان سيتم تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP عند تشغيل النظام أم لا. يقوم "
-#~ "برنامج\n"
+#~ "حدد إذا كان سيتم تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP عند تشغيل النظام أم لا. يقوم برنامج\n"
#~ "المحرك NTP بتحليل أسماء المضيفين عند التهيئة. يجب بدء تشغيل\n"
#~ "الاتصال بالشبكة قبل بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP.</p>\n"
@@ -1567,8 +1510,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Initial Synchronization</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon "
-#~ "is\n"
+#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon is\n"
#~ "started. To use this host for initial synchronization, select\n"
#~ "<b>Use for Initial Synchronization</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -43,11 +42,8 @@
msgstr "ملف لوضع ملفات التثبيت YMP الداخلية فيه"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> "
-"instructions"
-msgstr ""
-"الملف الذي يحتوي على التمثيل الداخلي لإرشادات <b>نقرة واحدة للتثبيت</b>"
+msgid "File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> instructions"
+msgstr "الملف الذي يحتوي على التمثيل الداخلي لإرشادات <b>نقرة واحدة للتثبيت</b>"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65
msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file."
@@ -129,11 +125,8 @@
msgstr "سيقوم هذا المعالج بتثبيت برنامج على الكمبيوتر."
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"انظر <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> للحصول على مزيد من "
-"المعلومات."
+msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information."
+msgstr "انظر <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات."
#. <region name="Define the UI components"> *
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59
@@ -206,50 +199,28 @@
msgstr "خطوات التثبيت"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required "
-"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة الاشتراك في المستودعات المطلوبة. راجع سجلات yast2 "
-"للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة الاشتراك في المستودعات المطلوبة. راجع سجلات yast2 للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات."
#. Remove any removals
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة إزالة الحزم المحددة. راجع سجلات yast2 للحصول على مزيد "
-"من المعلومات."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة إزالة الحزم المحددة. راجع سجلات yast2 للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات."
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة تثبيت الأنماط المحددة. راجع سجلات yast2 للحصول على مزيد "
-"من المعلومات."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة تثبيت الأنماط المحددة. راجع سجلات yast2 للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات."
#. if that was successful now try and install the packages
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة تثبيت الحزم المحددة. راجع سجلات yast2 للحصول على مزيد "
-"من المعلومات."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة تثبيت الحزم المحددة. راجع سجلات yast2 للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات."
#. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation.
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that "
-"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST "
-"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة إلغاء الاشتراك في المستودعات المستخدمة للتثبيت. يمكنك "
-"إزالتها يدوياً في YaST > مستودعات البرمجيات. راجع سجلات yast2 للحصول على مزيد "
-"من المعلومات."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء محاولة إلغاء الاشتراك في المستودعات المستخدمة للتثبيت. يمكنك إزالتها يدوياً في YaST > مستودعات البرمجيات. راجع سجلات yast2 للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات."
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159
msgid "No error occurred."
@@ -285,11 +256,7 @@
msgstr "التثبيت غير ممكن"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for "
-#| "this version of openSUSE."
-msgid ""
-"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s."
+msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s."
msgstr "وصلة التثبيت أوالملف التي قمت بفتحها لا تحتوي على تعليمات %s."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81
@@ -319,9 +286,7 @@
msgstr "لا تسألني ثانية"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348
-msgid ""
-"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not "
-"remain subscribed."
+msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed."
msgstr "ستضاف هذه المستودعات فقط أثناء التثبيت. لن تشترك بها."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352
@@ -370,12 +335,8 @@
msgstr "عملية التثبيت كانت ناجحة جزئيا."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507
-msgid ""
-"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/"
-"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: "
-msgstr ""
-"فشل التثبيت. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، راجع ملف السجل في <tt>/var/log/"
-"YaST2/y2log</tt>. وكانت مرحلة الفشل: "
+msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: "
+msgstr "فشل التثبيت. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، راجع ملف السجل في <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. وكانت مرحلة الفشل: "
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515
msgid "Error Message"
@@ -442,9 +403,7 @@
msgstr "غير معروف"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13
-msgid ""
-"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown "
-"error occurred."
+msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred."
msgstr "صلاحية الجذر مطلوبة. وهي التي لم يتم توفيرها، أو أن خطأ غير معروف حدث."
#~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050)
@@ -155,29 +154,16 @@
msgstr "<p>في <b>%1</b> إعداد التحديث التلقائي عبر الإنترنت.</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be "
-"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد فاصل زمني للتحديث وحدد إذا كان يجب أن يتم تجاهل التصحيحات التفاعلية، "
-"وإذا كان ينبغي الموافقة على التراخيص تلقائياً.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد فاصل زمني للتحديث وحدد إذا كان يجب أن يتم تجاهل التصحيحات التفاعلية، وإذا كان ينبغي الموافقة على التراخيص تلقائياً.</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed "
-"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>سيتم تثبيت كافة الحزم التي يتم ترشيحها بواسطة حزمة محدثة عندما يتم تمكين "
-"<b>%1</b> .</p>"
+msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>سيتم تثبيت كافة الحزم التي يتم ترشيحها بواسطة حزمة محدثة عندما يتم تمكين <b>%1</b> .</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. "
-"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be "
-"skipped.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن إعداد عامل ترشيح فئة التصحيح في القسم <b>%1</b>. سيتم تثبيت فقط "
-"تصحيحات الفئات المدرجة في القائمة. سيتم تخطي التصحيحات الأخرى.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن إعداد عامل ترشيح فئة التصحيح في القسم <b>%1</b>. سيتم تثبيت فقط تصحيحات الفئات المدرجة في القائمة. سيتم تخطي التصحيحات الأخرى.</p>"
#. cache the base product details
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73
@@ -222,11 +208,5 @@
msgid "Other"
msgstr "أخرى"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval "
-#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the "
-#~ "updater will use the default answers.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>في <b>%1</b> إعداد التحديث التلقائي عبر الإنترنت. اختر الفاصل الزمني "
-#~ "وإذا كان يجب أن يتم تجاهل الرقع التفاعلية، خلاف ذلك سيستخدم المُحدّث "
-#~ "الإجابات الافتراضية.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>في <b>%1</b> إعداد التحديث التلقائي عبر الإنترنت. اختر الفاصل الزمني وإذا كان يجب أن يتم تجاهل الرقع التفاعلية، خلاف ذلك سيستخدم المُحدّث الإجابات الافتراضية.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. nothing to do
@@ -63,19 +62,12 @@
#. command line help text for cd_directory option
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85
msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')"
-msgstr ""
-"مجلد من أجل تصحيح البيانات على قرص التصحيح المضغوط (القيمة الافتراضية هي "
-"'%1')"
+msgstr "مجلد من أجل تصحيح البيانات على قرص التصحيح المضغوط (القيمة الافتراضية هي '%1')"
#. help text for online-update initialization
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. "
-"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> "
-"module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يقوم النظام بتهيئة مصادر التحديث والتثبيت. يمكن تغيير مصادر التحديث "
-"والتثبيت في الوحدة النمطية <b>مصدر التثبيت</b> .</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يقوم النظام بتهيئة مصادر التحديث والتثبيت. يمكن تغيير مصادر التحديث والتثبيت في الوحدة النمطية <b>مصدر التثبيت</b> .</p>"
#. progress stage label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137
@@ -166,12 +158,8 @@
#. help text for online update
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be "
-"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا توفرت رسائل الخاصة مرتبطة بالتصحيح، سيتم عرضها في حوار إضافي عند "
-"تثبيت التصحيح.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>إذا توفرت رسائل الخاصة مرتبطة بالتصحيح، سيتم عرضها في حوار إضافي عند تثبيت التصحيح.</p>\n"
#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp)
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81
@@ -285,8 +273,7 @@
#. continue/cancel popup text
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76
msgid ""
-"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of "
-"YaST.\n"
+"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n"
"They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n"
"\n"
"You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n"
@@ -541,9 +528,7 @@
#. Solver can't solve it automatically
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457
msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting."
-msgstr ""
-"التحديث عبر الإنترنت غير قادر على إلغاء تحديد بعض التصحيحات التي تتطلب إعادة "
-"التشغيل."
+msgstr "التحديث عبر الإنترنت غير قادر على إلغاء تحديد بعض التصحيحات التي تتطلب إعادة التشغيل."
#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539
Added: trunk/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Arabic message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 1999 SuSE GmbH.
+# Ghayss Tarraf <jodi(a)suse.de>, 2000.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-13 15:36+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ghayss Tarraf <jodi(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: Arabic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: ar\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Add New Directory"
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr "اضف دليل جديد&"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Mirrored"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Yes"
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "نعم"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "&Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145
+msgid "&Do not Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146
+msgid "Select/Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. module description
@@ -389,21 +388,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت الذي تريد استخدامه، ثم انقر فوق <b>التالي</b>."
-"</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت الذي تريد استخدامه، ثم انقر فوق <b>التالي</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق <b>إنهاء</b>."
-"</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق <b>إنهاء</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
@@ -514,12 +505,8 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"حدث فشل في تشغيل محلل الحزم. الرجاء مراجعة قسم البرنامج في ملف تعريف "
-"autoyast."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile."
+msgstr "حدث فشل في تشغيل محلل الحزم. الرجاء مراجعة قسم البرنامج في ملف تعريف autoyast."
#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area
#. %1 - an error message (details)
@@ -583,12 +570,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"مستودعات التثبيت - هذه الوحدة لا تدعم واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً من "
-"ذلك."
+msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "مستودعات التثبيت - هذه الوحدة لا تدعم واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً من ذلك."
#. pad to 3 characters
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
@@ -754,31 +737,21 @@
"أدر مستودعات البرمجيات المُعدة والخدمات.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
-msgid ""
-"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol "
-"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software "
-"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</"
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>خدمة</B> أو <B>خدمة فهرس المستودع (RIS) </B> بروتوكول إدارة مستودع "
-"الحزم. يمكن أن تقدم خدمة واحد أو أكثر لمستودعات البرمجيات التي يمكن أن تتغير "
-"بشكل حيوي من قبل مسؤول الخدمة.</P>"
+msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>خدمة</B> أو <B>خدمة فهرس المستودع (RIS) </B> بروتوكول إدارة مستودع الحزم. يمكن أن تقدم خدمة واحد أو أكثر لمستودعات البرمجيات التي يمكن أن تتغير بشكل حيوي من قبل مسؤول الخدمة.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository "
-"or service.\n"
-"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is "
-"available at the entered location.\n"
+"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
+"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>إضافة مستودع جديد أو خدمة</b><br>\n"
"لإضافة مستودع جديد، استخدم <b>إضافة</b> وحدد مستودع البرنامج أو الخدمة.\n"
-"سيقوم Yast تلقائياً بكشف ما إذا كانت الخدمة أو المستودع متاح على الموقع "
-"المدخل.\n"
+"سيقوم Yast تلقائياً بكشف ما إذا كانت الخدمة أو المستودع متاح على الموقع المدخل.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
@@ -820,17 +793,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, "
-"use\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh "
-"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use "
-"the check boxes below.\n"
+"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>تعديل وضعية مستودع أو خدمة</b><br>\n"
-"<b>تحرير</b>. لإزالة مستودع، استخدم <b>حذف</b>. لتمكين أو تعطيل المستودع أو "
-"لتغيير حالة التجديد أثناء التهيئة، حدد المستودع في الجدول واستخدم\n"
+"<b>تحرير</b>. لإزالة مستودع، استخدم <b>حذف</b>. لتمكين أو تعطيل المستودع أو لتغيير حالة التجديد أثناء التهيئة، حدد المستودع في الجدول واستخدم\n"
"خانات الاختيار أدناه.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -838,44 +807,30 @@
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
-"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest "
-"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is "
-"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is "
-"used.</P>\n"
+"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>أولوية المستودع</B><BR>\n"
-"الأولوية في مستودع هو قيمة عددية بين 0 (أولوية قصوى) و 200 (أقل أولوية). "
-"الأولوية الافتراضية هي 99. إذا كانت حزمة متوفر في أكثر مخازن يتم استخدام "
-"المستودع ذو الأولوية العليا.</P>\n"
+"الأولوية في مستودع هو قيمة عددية بين 0 (أولوية قصوى) و 200 (أقل أولوية). الأولوية الافتراضية هي 99. إذا كانت حزمة متوفر في أكثر مخازن يتم استخدام المستودع ذو الأولوية العليا.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
-msgid ""
-"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in "
-"repositories and services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>حدد الخيار المناسب من أعلى النافذة استعراض في المستودعات والخدمات.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>حدد الخيار المناسب من أعلى النافذة استعراض في المستودعات والخدمات.</P>"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
-"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after "
-"installation.</P>"
+"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>الاحتفاظ بالحزم المحملة</B><BR>حدد هذا الخيار لحفظ الحزم التي تم\n"
"تحميلها في التخزين المؤقت المحلي لتتمكن من استخدامها في وقت لاحق عند إعادة \n"
-"تثبيت الحزم. إذا لم تحدده سيتم حذف الحزم التي تم تحميلها بعد التثبيت مباشرة."
-"</P>"
+"تثبيت الحزم. إذا لم تحدده سيتم حذف الحزم التي تم تحميلها بعد التثبيت مباشرة.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
-msgid ""
-"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/"
-"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>التخزين المؤقت المحلي الافتراضي موجود في المجلد <B>/var/cache/zypp/"
-"packages</B>. يمكن تغيير الموقع في الملف <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> .</P>"
+msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>التخزين المؤقت المحلي الافتراضي موجود في المجلد <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. يمكن تغيير الموقع في الملف <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> .</P>"
#. popup message part 1
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
@@ -1004,8 +959,7 @@
#. warning text
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
+msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
msgstr "تعذر حل التبعيات تلقائيًا. مطلوب تدخل يدوي."
#. this is a heading
@@ -1020,12 +974,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"تثبيت البرامج - هذه الوحدة لا تدعم واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً من "
-"ذلك."
+msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "تثبيت البرامج - هذه الوحدة لا تدعم واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً من ذلك."
#. error message (%1 is a package file name)
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194
@@ -1165,8 +1115,7 @@
#. wrong MD5
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
+msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
msgstr "<B>خطأ</B> -- اختبار MD5 غير مطابق<BR>يجب عدم استخدام هذا الوسيط."
#. the correct MD5 is unknown
@@ -1193,8 +1142,7 @@
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304
msgid ""
"<P>When you have a problem with\n"
-"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you "
-"should check\n"
+"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n"
"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>عندما تصادف مشكلة في\n"
@@ -1204,25 +1152,21 @@
#. help text - media check 3/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310
msgid ""
-"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</"
-"B>\n"
+"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n"
"or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n"
"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n"
"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> "
msgstr ""
"<P>حدد سواقة، وأدخل وسيطًا فيها، ثم اضغط <B>بدء التحقق</B>\n"
"أو استخدم <B>فحص ملف ISO</B> ثم حدد ملف ISO.\n"
-"لإجراء التحقق يستغرق التحقق عدة دقائق حسب سرعة محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. "
-"يتأكد \n"
+"لإجراء التحقق يستغرق التحقق عدة دقائق حسب سرعة محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. يتأكد \n"
"التحقق من صحة مجموع MD5 الاختباري.</P> "
#. help text - media check 4/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317
msgid ""
-"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the "
-"installation.\n"
-"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</"
-"P>\n"
+"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n"
+"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>إذا فشل التحقق من الوسيط، يجب عدم متابعة التثبيت.\n"
"قد يفشل التثبيت أو تفقد بيانات. يجب استبدال الوسيط التالف.</P>\n"
@@ -1238,28 +1182,19 @@
#. help text - media check 6/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system."
-"</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يمكنك تغيير الوسيط أثناء استخدامه من قبل النظام.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يمكنك تغيير الوسيط أثناء استخدامه من قبل النظام.</P>"
#. help text - media check 7/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329
-msgid ""
-"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the "
-"boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>للتحقق من الوسائط قبل أن يُبدء باستخدام الوسيط للتثبيت استخدم فحص الوسائط "
-"من قائمة الإقلاع.</P>"
+msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>للتحقق من الوسائط قبل أن يُبدء باستخدام الوسيط للتثبيت استخدم فحص الوسائط من قائمة الإقلاع.</P>"
#. help text - media check 8/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your "
-"recording\n"
-"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</"
-"P>\n"
+"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n"
+"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>إذا قمت بنسخ الوسائط بنفسك، استخدم الخيار <B>pad</B> في برنامج التسجيل \n"
"لديك. يتجنب هذا الخيار أخطاء القراءة في نهاية الوسائط أثناء التحقق.</P>\n"
@@ -1602,8 +1537,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
-"The installation repository also contains the listed additional "
-"repositories.\n"
+"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
"يتضمن مستودع التثبيت أيضا مستودعات إضافية مدرجة في القائمة.\n"
@@ -1771,44 +1705,28 @@
#. warning text
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-"
-"bit distribution."
+msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "الحاسب بنظام 64-bit x86-64, ومع ذلك، تحاول تثبيت توزيعة 32-bit."
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319
-msgid ""
-"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after "
-"installing the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>النمط يعرض قائمة بالأداء الوظيفي الذي سيكون متاح بعد تثبيت النظام.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>النمط يعرض قائمة بالأداء الوظيفي الذي سيكون متاح بعد تثبيت النظام.</P>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331
-msgid ""
-"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to "
-"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and "
-"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed "
-"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) "
-"free space before starting the installation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>اقترح التقرير الحجم الإجمالي للملفات التي ستثبت في النظام. بيد أن النظام "
-"سوف يحتوي على بعض الملفات الأخرى (المؤقتة وملفات العمل) فتكون المساحة "
-"المستخدمة أكبر قليلاً من القيمة المقترحة. لذلك من المستحسن أن يكون هناك مالا "
-"يقل عن 25% (أو حوالي 300 ميغا بايت) مساحة حرة قبل البدء بعملية التثبيت.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>اقترح التقرير الحجم الإجمالي للملفات التي ستثبت في النظام. بيد أن النظام سوف يحتوي على بعض الملفات الأخرى (المؤقتة وملفات العمل) فتكون المساحة المستخدمة أكبر قليلاً من القيمة المقترحة. لذلك من المستحسن أن يكون هناك مالا يقل عن 25% (أو حوالي 300 ميغا بايت) مساحة حرة قبل البدء بعملية التثبيت.</P>"
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
-"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if "
-"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
+"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>يحدد 'حجم لتحميل' حجم الحزم التي سيتم تحميلها من \n"
-"مستودعات (الشبكة) البعيدة. هذه القيمة هامة عندما يكون الاتصال بطيئا أو عندما "
-"يكون تحميل البيانات محدود.</P>\n"
+"مستودعات (الشبكة) البعيدة. هذه القيمة هامة عندما يكون الاتصال بطيئا أو عندما يكون تحميل البيانات محدود.</P>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345
@@ -1847,27 +1765,18 @@
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"الرجاء الاتصال بموفري هذه الوظائف الإضافية للحصول على وسائط تثبيت جديدة."
+msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
+msgstr "الرجاء الاتصال بموفري هذه الوظائف الإضافية للحصول على وسائط تثبيت جديدة."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation "
-"media."
+msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr "الرجاء الاتصال بموفر الوظيفة الإضافية للحصول على وسيط تثبيت جديد."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541
-msgid ""
-"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot "
-"start installation."
-msgstr ""
-"خطأ: لا يمكن التحقق من المساحة الحرة في المجلد الأساسي %1 (الجهاز %2)، لا "
-"يمكن بدء تشغيل التثبيت."
+msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
+msgstr "خطأ: لا يمكن التحقق من المساحة الحرة في المجلد الأساسي %1 (الجهاز %2)، لا يمكن بدء تشغيل التثبيت."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561
@@ -1924,10 +1833,8 @@
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
-"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or "
-"module\n"
-"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to "
-"the\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1946,15 +1853,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615
msgid ""
-"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the "
-"installation\n"
+"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>هذه هي ملاحظات الإصدار المرتبطة بأول إصدار أولي. وتعتبر\n"
"جزءًا من وسائط التثبيت أثناء التثبيت، في حالة توفر اتصال\n"
-"بالإنترنت، يمكنك إنزال ملاحظات الإصدار المحدَّثة من خادم ويب SUSE Linux.</b></"
-"p>\n"
+"بالإنترنت، يمكنك إنزال ملاحظات الإصدار المحدَّثة من خادم ويب SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n"
#. popup - information label
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642
@@ -2020,12 +1925,8 @@
msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة ملف الترخيص %1"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the "
-"root of the live media when building the image."
-msgstr ""
-"لإظهار ترخيص المنتج بشكل صحيح، ضع الملف license.tar.gz إلى جذر الوسائط "
-"المباشرة عند بناء الصورة."
+msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
+msgstr "لإظهار ترخيص المنتج بشكل صحيح، ضع الملف license.tar.gz إلى جذر الوسائط المباشرة عند بناء الصورة."
#. combo box
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293
@@ -2380,13 +2281,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is "
-"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name."
-"</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>اسم المستودع</b></big><br>\n"
-"استخدم <b>اسم المستودع</b> لتعيين الاسم للمستودع. YaST إذا كان فارغاً، سوف "
-"يستخدم اسم المنتج (إذا كان متوفراً) أو عنوان الانترنت كأسم.</p>\n"
+"استخدم <b>اسم المستودع</b> لتعيين الاسم للمستودع. YaST إذا كان فارغاً، سوف يستخدم اسم المنتج (إذا كان متوفراً) أو عنوان الانترنت كأسم.</p>\n"
#. text entry
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
@@ -2397,12 +2295,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, "
-"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>اسم الخدمة</b></big><br>\n"
-"استخدم <b>اسم الخدمة</b> لتحديد اسم الخدمة. YaST إذا كان فارغاً، سوف يستخدم "
-"جزء من عنوان الانترنت الخدمة كأسم.</p>\n"
+"استخدم <b>اسم الخدمة</b> لتحديد اسم الخدمة. YaST إذا كان فارغاً، سوف يستخدم جزء من عنوان الانترنت الخدمة كأسم.</p>\n"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524
@@ -2450,8 +2346,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
-"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See "
-"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>خيارات التوصيل</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2692,8 +2587,7 @@
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to "
-"Directory\n"
+"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2712,8 +2606,7 @@
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS "
-"repository.\n"
+"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>من الممكن تعيين رقم <b>المنفذ</b> لمستودع HTTP/HTTPS.\n"
@@ -2761,8 +2654,7 @@
"يمكن نسخ الأقراص المضغوطة الخاصة بالمنتج إلى القرص الصلب.\n"
"أدخل اسم المسار الموجود به القرص المضغوط \n"
"الأول، على سبيل المثال، /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
-"مطلوب المسار الأساسي فقط إذا يتم نسخ كافة الأقراص المضغوطة إلى مجلد واحد.</"
-"p>\n"
+"مطلوب المسار الأساسي فقط إذا يتم نسخ كافة الأقراص المضغوطة إلى مجلد واحد.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107
@@ -2800,8 +2692,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
-"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download "
-"the\n"
+"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2809,8 +2700,7 @@
"كل مستودع له ملفات وصف تصف محتوى المستودع. \n"
"تحقق من <b>تحميل ملفات وصف المستودع</b> لتحميل الملفات عند\n"
"إغلاق وحدة YaST النمطية. \n"
-"إذا كان الخيار غير محدد سيقوم YaST تلقائياً. بتحميل الملفات عند الحاجة لها "
-"لاحقاً.</p>\n"
+"إذا كان الخيار غير محدد سيقوم YaST تلقائياً. بتحميل الملفات عند الحاجة لها لاحقاً.</p>\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563
@@ -3106,22 +2996,17 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all "
-#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
+#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>بحث الحزم</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "هذه الوحدة النمطية YaST تمكنك من استخدام وظيفة <i>بحث الحزم Webpin</i> ."
-#~ "فهو يبحث داخل جميع خدمات بناء أوبن سوزي المعروفة ومستودعات المجتمع .</p>\n"
+#~ "هذه الوحدة النمطية YaST تمكنك من استخدام وظيفة <i>بحث الحزم Webpin</i> .فهو يبحث داخل جميع خدمات بناء أوبن سوزي المعروفة ومستودعات المجتمع .</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of "
-#~ "the\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\n"
#~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n"
-#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>الأمن</b></big><br> البرامج التي يعثر عليها غالباً لا تكون "
-#~ "جزءا \n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>الأمن</b></big><br> البرامج التي يعثر عليها غالباً لا تكون جزءا \n"
#~ "من التوزيعة. يجب عليك أن تقرر هل تثق بمصدر هذه \n"
#~ "الحزم هذا يرجع لك. لا نتحمل مسؤولية تثبيت هذه البرامج.</p>\n"
@@ -3235,15 +3120,11 @@
#~ msgstr "المزامنة مع ZENworks"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be "
-#~ "synchronized with ZENworks."
+#~ msgid "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks."
#~ msgstr "تمت إضافة الخدمة بنجاح إلى YaST، ولكن تعذرت مزامنتها مع ZenWorks."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be "
-#~ "synchronized with ZENworks."
+#~ msgid "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks."
#~ msgstr "تم حذف الخدمة بنجاح من YaST، ولكن تعذرت مزامنتها مع ZenWorks."
#~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 milliseconds."
@@ -3261,16 +3142,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what "
-#~ "software to install.\n"
-#~ "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category "
-#~ "in the left\n"
+#~ "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
+#~ "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
#~ "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
#~ "\t\t </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "\t\t يسمح لك مربع الحوار هذا بتعريف مهام النظام والبرامج المطلوب "
-#~ "تثبيتها.\n"
+#~ "\t\t يسمح لك مربع الحوار هذا بتعريف مهام النظام والبرامج المطلوب تثبيتها.\n"
#~ " \t\t يتم عرض البرامج والمهام المتوفرة لهذا النظام حسب طبقتها في العمود\n"
#~ " \t\t الأيمن. لعرض وصف لأحد العناصر، حدده في القائمة.\n"
#~ " \t\t </p>"
@@ -3301,8 +3179,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
-#~ "disk space\n"
+#~ "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
#~ "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
#~ "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
#~ "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3312,8 +3189,7 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "\t\t تعرض شاشة استخدام القرص في الركن الأيسر السفلي مساحة القرص المتبقية\n"
#~ " \t\t بعد أن يتم إجراء كافة التغييرات المطلوبة.\n"
-#~ " \t\t تؤدي أقسام الأقراص الصلبة الممتلئة أو التي أوشكت على الامتلاء إلى "
-#~ "تدني أداء\n"
+#~ " \t\t تؤدي أقسام الأقراص الصلبة الممتلئة أو التي أوشكت على الامتلاء إلى تدني أداء\n"
#~ " \t\t النظام ويمكن أن تسبب مشكلات في بعض الحالات.\n"
#~ " \t\t يحتاج النظام بعض المساحة المتوفرة على القرص للتشغيل بشكل صحيح.\n"
#~ " \t\t </p>"
@@ -3337,11 +3213,9 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit "
-#~ "confirmation\n"
+#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
#~ "of acceptance of its license.\n"
-#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
-#~ "installed.\n"
+#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
#~ "<br>\n"
#~ "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
#~ "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
@@ -3539,12 +3413,9 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media "
-#~ "ID.\n"
-#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
-#~ "changed. To \n"
-#~ "continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
-#~ "from \n"
+#~ "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
+#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
+#~ "continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
#~ "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>يوفر المصدر الآن في عنوان URL المحدد معرف وسائط مختلف.\n"
@@ -3813,10 +3684,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The file %1\n"
-#~ "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the "
-#~ "file\n"
-#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system "
-#~ "at risk.\n"
+#~ "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
+#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Use it anyway?"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -3837,17 +3706,14 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
-#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the "
-#~ "list of checksums\n"
-#~ "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package "
-#~ "may put\n"
+#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the list of checksums\n"
+#~ "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package may put\n"
#~ "the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Install it anyway?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لم يتم العثور على مجموع اختباري للحزمة %1 في المصدر.\n"
-#~ "يعني ذلك أن الحزمة جزء من المصدر الموقَّّع، إلا أن قائمة المجموعات "
-#~ "الاختبارية\n"
+#~ "يعني ذلك أن الحزمة جزء من المصدر الموقَّّع، إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية\n"
#~ " على هذا المصدر لا تذكر هذه الحزمة. قد يعرِّض تثبيت الحزمة\n"
#~ " سلامة النظام لديك إلى الخطر.\n"
#~ " \n"
@@ -3856,18 +3722,15 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "No checksum for file %1\n"
-#~ "was found in the repository. This means that the file is part of the "
-#~ "signed repository,\n"
-#~ "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-#~ "Using the file\n"
+#~ "was found in the repository. This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
+#~ "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
#~ "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Use it anyway?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لم يتم العثور على مجموع اختباري للملف %1\n"
#~ "في المصدر. يعني ذلك أن الملف جزء من المصدر الموقَّع،\n"
-#~ " إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المصدر لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد "
-#~ "يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n"
+#~ " إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المصدر لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n"
#~ " سلامة النظام لديك إلى الخطر.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟"
@@ -3882,18 +3745,15 @@
#~ msgstr "البصمة: %1"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Package %1 is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity "
-#~ "check failed: %2\n"
+#~ "Package %1 is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %2\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an "
-#~ "attacker\n"
+#~ "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n"
#~ "since the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\n"
#~ "for the integrity and security of your system.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Install it anyway?"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "تم توقيع الحزمة %1 باستخدام المفتاح GnuPG، إلا أن التحقق من السلامة فشل: "
-#~ "%2\n"
+#~ "تم توقيع الحزمة %1 باستخدام المفتاح GnuPG، إلا أن التحقق من السلامة فشل: %2\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " يعني ذلك أنه تم تغيير الحزمة بغير قصد أو بواسطة أحد المتطفلين\n"
#~ " منذ أن وقعها منشئ المخزن. يمثل تثبيتها خطرًا عظيمًا\n"
@@ -3903,8 +3763,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "File %1\n"
-#~ "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: "
-#~ "%2\n"
+#~ "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %2\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "This means that the file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n"
#~ "since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n"
@@ -4026,8 +3885,7 @@
#~ "<p>قد يقوم المالك بتوزيع تحديثات\n"
#~ "وحزم ومخازن حزم التي سيثق بها النظام لديك ويسارع إلى\n"
#~ " التثبيت والتحديث دون تحذير مسبق. بهذه الطريقة،\n"
-#~ "يتيح استيراد المفتاح إلى حلقة المفاتيح الخاصة بالمفاتيح الموثوق بها لمالك "
-#~ "المفتاح مقدارًا من التحكم\n"
+#~ "يتيح استيراد المفتاح إلى حلقة المفاتيح الخاصة بالمفاتيح الموثوق بها لمالك المفتاح مقدارًا من التحكم\n"
#~ " بالبرامج الموجودة بالنظام لديك.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -4036,8 +3894,7 @@
#~ "packages created by the owner of key <tt>%1</tt> show this warning.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>يظهر مربع حوار تحذيري عند كل حزمة\n"
-#~ "غير موقَّعة بواسطة مفتاح موثوق به (تم استيراده). إذا لم تقم باستيراد "
-#~ "المفتاح،\n"
+#~ "غير موقَّعة بواسطة مفتاح موثوق به (تم استيراده). إذا لم تقم باستيراد المفتاح،\n"
#~ " تعرض الحزم المنشأة بواسطة مالك المفتاح <tt>%1</tt> هذا التحذير.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -4112,8 +3969,7 @@
#~ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system "
-#~ "at risk.\n"
+#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Use it anyway?"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -4129,13 +3985,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the "
-#~ "system. If\n"
-#~ "it happens during installation, start the manual installation and select "
-#~ "the media verification item in the menu.</P> \n"
+#~ "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system. If\n"
+#~ "it happens during installation, start the manual installation and select the media verification item in the menu.</P> \n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يمكنك تغيير الوسيط إذا كان مستخدَمًا بواسطة النظام. "
-#~ "إذا\n"
+#~ "<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يمكنك تغيير الوسيط إذا كان مستخدَمًا بواسطة النظام. إذا\n"
#~ "حدث ذلك أثناء التثبيت، ابدأ التثبيت اليدوي وحدد\n"
#~ "عنصر التحقق من صحة الوسائط في القائمة.</P> \n"
@@ -4194,20 +4047,17 @@
#~ msgstr "ت&حديد دليل"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software "
-#~ "selection, make sure\n"
+#~ "<p>Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software selection, make sure\n"
#~ "enough space is available.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>اختر دليلاً مطلوب التثبيت إليه. حسب تحديد البرنامج، تأكد من\n"
#~ "توفر مساحة كافية.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using "
-#~ "tar. To create an \n"
+#~ "<p>Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using tar. To create an \n"
#~ "image, specify the name and the location in the respective fields.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك إنشاء نسخة محتويات أرشيفية للدليل باستخدام "
-#~ "tar. لإنشاء \n"
+#~ "<p>بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك إنشاء نسخة محتويات أرشيفية للدليل باستخدام tar. لإنشاء \n"
#~ "نسخة محتويات، حدد الاسم والموقع في الحقلين الخاصين بهما.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Select Directory"
@@ -4414,8 +4264,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "لتثبيت الحزم من <b>قرص مضغوط</b>،\n"
-#~ " احصل على مجموعة الأقراص المضغوطة أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي الخاص بـ "
-#~ "&product;.\n"
+#~ " احصل على مجموعة الأقراص المضغوطة أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي الخاص بـ &product;.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -4452,8 +4301,7 @@
#~ "يتطلب تثبيت <p>\n"
#~ "<b>الشبكة</b> اتصالاً يعمل على الشبكة.\n"
#~ " قم بتكوين الوحدة النمطية \"أجهزة الشبكة\" لـ YaST2 أولاً،\n"
-#~ " إذا تطلب الأمر ذلك. حدد الدليل الذي توجد به الحزم التي تم إنزالها من "
-#~ "القرص المضغوط الأول، مثل \n"
+#~ " إذا تطلب الأمر ذلك. حدد الدليل الذي توجد به الحزم التي تم إنزالها من القرص المضغوط الأول، مثل \n"
#~ " /data1/CD1.\n"
#~ " مطلوب المسار الأساسي فقط\n"
#~ " إذا لم يتم تقسيم الحزم، على سبيل المثال، /usr/full-i386.\n"
@@ -4608,10 +4456,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The source at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the source content has "
-#~ "changed. To \n"
-#~ "continue using this source, start <b>Change Source of Installation</b> "
-#~ "from \n"
+#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the source content has changed. To \n"
+#~ "continue using this source, start <b>Change Source of Installation</b> from \n"
#~ "the YaST control center and refresh the installation source.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>يوفر المصدر الآن في عنوان URL المحدد معرف وسائط مختلف.\n"
@@ -4753,44 +4599,36 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك يعمل بنظام x86-64 بسعة 64 بت. ومع ذلك، تحاول "
-#~ "تثبيت توزيع بسعة 32 بت."
+#~ msgstr "جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك يعمل بنظام x86-64 بسعة 64 بت. ومع ذلك، تحاول تثبيت توزيع بسعة 32 بت."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Disk Space Exhausted"
#~ msgstr "تحذير خاص بالمساحة المتوفرة على القرص"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "عدم توفر مساحة كافية على القرص. قم بإزالة بعض الحزم في التحديد الفردي."
+#~ msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
+#~ msgstr "عدم توفر مساحة كافية على القرص. قم بإزالة بعض الحزم في التحديد الفردي."
#~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?"
#~ msgstr "تعذرت قراءة بيانات الحزم من وسائط التثبيت. هل يوجد خطأ بالوسائط؟"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Not enough disk space even for a minimal installation!"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "عدم توفر مساحة كافية على القرص. قم بإزالة بعض الحزم في التحديد الفردي."
+#~ msgstr "عدم توفر مساحة كافية على القرص. قم بإزالة بعض الحزم في التحديد الفردي."
#~ msgid "Signature Check Failed"
#~ msgstr "فشل التحقق من التوقيع"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "No checksum for package %1 was found in the source.\n"
-#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed source, but the list of "
-#~ "checksums\n"
-#~ "on this source does not mention this package. Installing the package may "
-#~ "put\n"
+#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed source, but the list of checksums\n"
+#~ "on this source does not mention this package. Installing the package may put\n"
#~ "the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Install it anyway?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لم يتم العثور على مجموع اختباري للحزمة %1 في المصدر.\n"
-#~ "يعني ذلك أن الحزمة جزء من المصدر الموقَّّع، إلا أن قائمة المجموعات "
-#~ "الاختبارية\n"
+#~ "يعني ذلك أن الحزمة جزء من المصدر الموقَّّع، إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية\n"
#~ " على هذا المصدر لا تذكر هذه الحزمة. قد يعرِّض تثبيت الحزمة\n"
#~ " سلامة النظام لديك إلى الخطر.\n"
#~ " \n"
@@ -4798,18 +4636,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "No checksum for file %1\n"
-#~ "was found in the source. This means that the file is part of the signed "
-#~ "source,\n"
-#~ "but the list of checksums on this source does not mention this file. "
-#~ "Using the file\n"
+#~ "was found in the source. This means that the file is part of the signed source,\n"
+#~ "but the list of checksums on this source does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
#~ "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Use it anyway?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لم يتم العثور على مجموع اختباري للملف %1\n"
#~ "في المصدر. يعني ذلك أن الملف جزء من المصدر الموقَّع،\n"
-#~ " إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المصدر لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد "
-#~ "يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n"
+#~ " إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المصدر لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n"
#~ " سلامة النظام لديك إلى الخطر.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟"
@@ -4962,8 +4797,7 @@
#~ "يتطلب تثبيت <p>\n"
#~ "<b>الشبكة</b> اتصالاً يعمل على الشبكة.\n"
#~ " قم بتكوين الوحدة النمطية \"أجهزة الشبكة\" لـ YaST2 أولاً،\n"
-#~ " إذا تطلب الأمر ذلك. حدد الدليل الذي توجد به الحزم التي تم إنزالها من "
-#~ "القرص المضغوط الأول، مثل \n"
+#~ " إذا تطلب الأمر ذلك. حدد الدليل الذي توجد به الحزم التي تم إنزالها من القرص المضغوط الأول، مثل \n"
#~ " /data1/CD1.\n"
#~ " مطلوب المسار الأساسي فقط\n"
#~ " إذا لم يتم تقسيم الحزم، على سبيل المثال، /usr/full-i386.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/pkg-bindings.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/pkg-bindings.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/pkg-bindings.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
"X-Language-English: Arabic\n"
"X-Language-Local: Arabic*\n"
@@ -29,48 +28,26 @@
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:36
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available "
-"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a "
-"while...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>تحميل الحزم المتوفرة</B></BIG></P><P>يجري تحميل العناصر المتوفرة "
-"من المستودعات. قد يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت...</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>تحميل الحزم المتوفرة</B></BIG></P><P>يجري تحميل العناصر المتوفرة من المستودعات. قد يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت...</P>"
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:42
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
-"reading installed packages...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>تحميل الحزم المثبتة</B></BIG></P><P>مدير الحزم يقراء الحزم "
-"المثبتة...</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>تحميل الحزم المثبتة</B></BIG></P><P>مدير الحزم يقراء الحزم المثبتة...</P>"
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:47
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is "
-"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available "
-"packages in the repository...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>تسجيل مستودع جديد</B></BIG></P><P>مدير الحزم يقراء قائمة الحزم. "
-"المتوفرة في المستودع الجديد...</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>تسجيل مستودع جديد</B></BIG></P><P>مدير الحزم يقراء قائمة الحزم. المتوفرة في المستودع الجديد...</P>"
#: src/HelpTexts.h:52
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
-"updating configured repositories...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>حفظ المستودعات</B></BIG></P><P>يقوم مدير الحزمة بتحديث المستودعات "
-"الجديدة...</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>حفظ المستودعات</B></BIG></P><P>يقوم مدير الحزمة بتحديث المستودعات الجديدة...</P>"
#: src/HelpTexts.h:55
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
-"updating the repository content...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>تجديد المستودع</B></BIG></P><P>يقوم مدير الحزم بتجديد محتويات "
-"المستودع...</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>تجديد المستودع</B></BIG></P><P>يقوم مدير الحزم بتجديد محتويات المستودع...</P>"
#. error message
#: src/Package.cc:651
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the printer module
@@ -69,22 +68,17 @@
#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is
#. mandatory to set up local print queues.
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
+msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
msgstr "لا يمكن إعداد الطباعة (الحزمة المطلوبة غير مثبتة عميل-cups)."
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
+msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
msgstr "لا يمكن إعداد الطابعات المحلية (مطلوب حزمة cups غير المثبت)."
#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config:
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
-msgstr ""
-"لا توجد طابعة محلية يمكن الوصول إليها (باستخدام ملقم cups البعيد '%1' "
-"للطباعة)."
+msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
+msgstr "لا توجد طابعة محلية يمكن الوصول إليها (باستخدام ملقم cups البعيد '%1' للطباعة)."
#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd:
#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because
@@ -187,17 +181,14 @@
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically:
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61
-msgid ""
-"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
+msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
msgstr "حدد إذا كان الإعداد التلقائي لطابعات USB يتم عند التوصيل"
#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers
#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer.
#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name.
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer "
-"configuration"
+msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration"
msgstr "استخدام حزمة udev-إعداد-الطابعة لإعداد الطابعات USB لتلقائياً"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
@@ -215,12 +206,8 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of "
-"printers for the local system."
-msgstr ""
-"إعداد ملقم CUPS البعيد لإعداد الصراعات مع إعداد تلقائي للطابعات على النظام "
-"المحلي."
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system."
+msgstr "إعداد ملقم CUPS البعيد لإعداد الصراعات مع إعداد تلقائي للطابعات على النظام المحلي."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
@@ -506,11 +493,8 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379
-msgid ""
-"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are "
-"allowed for the queue name."
-msgstr ""
-"يسمح فقط بالأحرف (a-z و A-Z)، الأرقام (0-9), و '_' لأسماء قائمة الانتظار."
+msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name."
+msgstr "يسمح فقط بالأحرف (a-z و A-Z)، الأرقام (0-9), و '_' لأسماء قائمة الانتظار."
#. when a queue name is changed to be valid:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389
@@ -532,12 +516,8 @@
#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821
-msgid ""
-"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, "
-"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr ""
-"إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي إعدادات الطابعة الجديدة كما توقعت، انتظر "
-"قليلاً ثم استخدم زر ' تحديث قائمة'."
+msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr "إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي إعدادات الطابعة الجديدة كما توقعت، انتظر قليلاً ثم استخدم زر ' تحديث قائمة'."
#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called
#. and this function would have shown more specific messages.
@@ -583,12 +563,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used.
#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term.
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315
-msgid ""
-"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface "
-"script' is used)"
-msgstr ""
-"لم يتم استخدام سواقة تشغيل (قائمة الانتظار 'الخام' أو يتم استخدام ' واجهة "
-"البرنامج النصي نمط النظام V')"
+msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)"
+msgstr "لم يتم استخدام سواقة تشغيل (قائمة الانتظار 'الخام' أو يتم استخدام ' واجهة البرنامج النصي نمط النظام V')"
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323
msgid "Current Driver"
@@ -639,12 +615,8 @@
#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823
-msgid ""
-"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time "
-"and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr ""
-"إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي تكوين الطابعة الجديدة كما توقعت، انتظر "
-"قليلاً ثم استخدم زر ' تحديث قائمة'."
+msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr "إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي تكوين الطابعة الجديدة كما توقعت، انتظر قليلاً ثم استخدم زر ' تحديث قائمة'."
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
@@ -669,8 +641,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432
-msgid ""
-"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
+msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
msgstr "الاحتفاظ بالنموذج أو حدد شركة مصنعة أو قم بإعداد 'قائمة انتظار خام'"
#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer:
@@ -789,8 +760,7 @@
msgstr "أقف البتات"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076
-msgid ""
-"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
+msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
msgstr "للوصول إلى طابعة bluetooth، يجب تثبيت حزمة RPM bluez-cups."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
@@ -871,9 +841,7 @@
msgstr "مسار (انظر دليل للطابعة) [percent-encoded]"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402
-msgid ""
-"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be "
-"installed."
+msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed."
msgstr "للوصول إلى مشاركة طابعة SMB، يجب تثبيت samba-client حزمة RPM."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
@@ -1194,8 +1162,7 @@
msgstr "تدقيق التماثل 'الفراغ' معتمد فقط مع بيانات 7 بت."
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481
-msgid ""
-"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
+msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
msgstr "تدقيق التماثل 'الفراغ' معتمد فقط مع بيانات 7 بت و1 بت توقف."
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523
@@ -1283,22 +1250,19 @@
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)"
-msgstr ""
-"التفحص بحثاً عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عن طريق سامبا (SMB)"
+msgstr "التفحص بحثاً عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عن طريق سامبا (SMB)"
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)"
-msgstr ""
-"التفحص بحثاً عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 515 (LPD/LPR)"
+msgstr "التفحص بحثاً عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 515 (LPD/LPR)"
#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
-msgstr ""
-"التفحص بحثاً عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
+msgstr "التفحص بحثاً عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{
#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h);
@@ -1365,9 +1329,7 @@
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245
-msgid ""
-"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be "
-"installed."
+msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
msgstr "لدعم الدليل النشط (R)، يجب تثبيت RPM مجموعة سامبا-krb-الطباعة."
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
@@ -1558,8 +1520,7 @@
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679
-msgid ""
-"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
+msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr "ملف وصف الطابعة غير مطابق للمواصفات."
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
@@ -1570,8 +1531,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699
-msgid ""
-"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
+msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
msgstr "ملف وصف طابعة غير متوافق يمكن أن يؤدي إلى فشل تعسفي."
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716
@@ -1620,14 +1580,12 @@
"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the "
-"printer\n"
+"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n"
"device.<br>\n"
"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n"
"device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL "
-"printer.\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1774,19 +1732,14 @@
"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device."
-"<br>\n"
-"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer "
-"device.\n"
-"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer "
-"drivers\n"
+"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n"
+"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n"
+"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n"
"should be used for the same printer device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n"
"to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL "
-"printer\n"
-"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less "
-"quality).\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n"
+"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1799,10 +1752,8 @@
"ممكن أن يكون هناك عدة قوائم انتظار طباعة مختلفة لطابعة ولحده.\n"
"عادة تكون هناك حاجة إلى عدة قوائم انتظار الطباعة\n"
"عند استخدام عديد من سواقات التشغيل مختلفة لنفس لطابعة.\n"
-"على سبيل المثال قائمة انتظار ثانية لسواقة تشغيل أحادية اللون للنسخة المطبوعة "
-"الأسود فقط على طابعة ملونة\n"
-"أو قائمة انتظار بوستسكريبت وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل طابعة بوستسكريبت + "
-"PCL لأن الطباعة عن طريق برنامج PCL عادة أسرع (ولكن بجودة أقل).\n"
+"على سبيل المثال قائمة انتظار ثانية لسواقة تشغيل أحادية اللون للنسخة المطبوعة الأسود فقط على طابعة ملونة\n"
+"أو قائمة انتظار بوستسكريبت وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل طابعة بوستسكريبت + PCL لأن الطباعة عن طريق برنامج PCL عادة أسرع (ولكن بجودة أقل).\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7:
@@ -1827,8 +1778,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
-#| "The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer "
-#| "device.<br>\n"
+#| "The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
#| "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
#| "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
#| "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -1836,16 +1786,13 @@
#| "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
#| "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
#| "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-#| "For plain printing both kind of connections should work but for anything "
-#| "else\n"
-#| "(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox', or scanning with a HP all-in-one "
-#| "device)\n"
+#| "For plain printing both kind of connections should work but for anything else\n"
+#| "(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox', or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
#| "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n"
#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer "
-"device.<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -1853,10 +1800,8 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything "
-"else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one "
-"device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1881,8 +1826,7 @@
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all."
-"<br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n"
"and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n"
@@ -1907,8 +1851,7 @@
"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n"
"If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n"
-"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the "
-"model.\n"
+"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n"
"Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n"
@@ -1993,8 +1936,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device."
-"<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -2002,10 +1944,8 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything "
-"else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one "
-"device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n"
"the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
@@ -2042,12 +1982,9 @@
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all."
-"<br>\n"
-"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings "
-"later\n"
-"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now."
-"<br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
+"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n"
+"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n"
"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n"
"For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n"
"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n"
@@ -2056,8 +1993,7 @@
"should work for the particular driver.\n"
"Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n"
"with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n"
-"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages."
-"<br>\n"
+"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n"
"you must first apply this change to the print queue\n"
"so that the new driver is used for the queue\n"
@@ -2065,8 +2001,7 @@
"and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n"
"by using this dialog again.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
-"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was "
-"not changed.\n"
+"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n"
"This results usually only one single driver which matches\n"
"so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n"
"to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n"
@@ -2081,10 +2016,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n"
-"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and "
-"<b>location</b>.\n"
-"Application programs often show description and location in the print "
-"dialog.\n"
+"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n"
+"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n"
"To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n"
"which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n"
"it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n"
@@ -2190,8 +2123,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device."
-"<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2209,24 +2141,19 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
-"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-"
-"transfer,\n"
+"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
"Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n"
-"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)."
-"<br>\n"
+"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n"
"The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n"
-"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign "
-"'='.<br>\n"
-"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark "
-"'?')\n"
+"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n"
+"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n"
"of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n"
"a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n"
-"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&"
-"waitprinter=false<br>\n"
+"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
"Some examples:<br>\n"
"A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n"
"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
@@ -2344,10 +2271,8 @@
"Example device URIs:<br>\n"
"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be "
-"installed.\n"
-"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the "
-"data\n"
+"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
+"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
"to a bluetooth printer.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2356,8 +2281,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
"A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
"and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
"A network printer has such a device built-in.\n"
@@ -2405,8 +2329,7 @@
"Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
"provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be "
-"installed.\n"
+"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
"the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
"to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
@@ -2449,8 +2372,7 @@
"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
-"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)"
-"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
+"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
"'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n"
"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
@@ -2518,12 +2440,10 @@
"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n"
"Example:<br>\n"
"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
-"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second "
-"delay\n"
+"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n"
"between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n"
"and the print job is lost.<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/"
-"beh</tt> and<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2533,8 +2453,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
-"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network."
-"<br>\n"
+"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n"
"By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n"
"to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n"
@@ -2590,10 +2509,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
-"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your "
-"host.\n"
-"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly."
-"<br>\n"
+"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n"
+"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n"
"A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n"
"for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n"
"to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n"
@@ -2626,8 +2543,7 @@
"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n"
"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n"
-"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must "
-"run\n"
+"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2638,17 +2554,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
-"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients."
-"<br>\n"
+"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n"
"In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n"
"to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n"
"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n"
"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n"
-"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS "
-"Browsing.\n"
+"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n"
"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n"
-"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server "
-"directly.\n"
+"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2741,8 +2654,7 @@
"<br>\n"
"The following error policies exist:<br>\n"
"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n"
-"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by "
-"default).<br>\n"
+"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n"
"Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2874,8 +2786,7 @@
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
msgid ""
-"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not "
-"accessible.\n"
+"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
"A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2922,8 +2833,7 @@
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
-msgid ""
-"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
+msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
@@ -2951,8 +2861,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
-msgid ""
-"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
+msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr "هذا إعداد عن بعد. يمكن حذف الإعدادات المحلية فقط."
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
@@ -2961,9 +2870,7 @@
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
-msgid ""
-"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be "
-"restored."
+msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
msgstr "الإعداد المحدد سوف يحذف فورا ولن يمكن استعادته."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
@@ -3019,9 +2926,7 @@
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
-msgid ""
-"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is "
-"printed."
+msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
msgstr "هناك مهام طباعة قد تحذف قبل طباعة صفحة الاختبار المعلقة."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
@@ -3154,8 +3059,7 @@
msgstr "للحصول على سجل كامل، راجع الملف/var/log/cups/error_log."
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
-msgid ""
-"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
+msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr "تسجيل معلومات CUPS أثناء معالجة صفحة الاختبار ل %1 (بالإنكليزية فقط)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
@@ -3166,11 +3070,8 @@
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
-msgid ""
-"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote "
-"system."
-msgstr ""
-"عند فشل الطباعة عن طريق نظام بعيد، ربما تسأل من قبل مسؤول النظام البعيد."
+msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
+msgstr "عند فشل الطباعة عن طريق نظام بعيد، ربما تسأل من قبل مسؤول النظام البعيد."
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
@@ -3183,8 +3084,7 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
-msgid ""
-"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
+msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr "هذا إعداد عن بعد. يمكن تعديل الإعدادات المحلية فقط."
#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
@@ -3240,9 +3140,7 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local "
-"system."
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system."
msgstr "إعداد تعارض ملقم CUPS البعيد مع وضع سياسات النظام المحلي."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name.
@@ -3480,8 +3378,7 @@
#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727
msgid ""
-"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept "
-"announcements'\n"
+"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n"
"or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n"
"it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3564,16 +3461,13 @@
#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues
#. for hosts and/or networks:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
+msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
msgstr "السماح بالوصول من عناوين IP هذه أو & شبكة/قناع الشبكة (مفصولة بالفضاء)"
#. TextEntry to publish local print queues
#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192
-msgid ""
-"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by "
-"space)"
+msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)"
msgstr "نشر إلى تلك العناوين IP أو شبكة & عناوين البث (مفصولة بمسافة)"
#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default
@@ -3629,9 +3523,7 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer "
-"configurations."
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations."
msgstr "إعداد تعارضات ملقم CUPS البعيد مع تقاسم إعدادات طابعة محلية."
#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer.
@@ -3815,8 +3707,7 @@
#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098
msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)."
-msgstr ""
-"لا يمكن إظهار قوائم انتظار الطباعة (فشل في الكشف عن قوائم انتظار الطباعة)."
+msgstr "لا يمكن إظهار قوائم انتظار الطباعة (فشل في الكشف عن قوائم انتظار الطباعة)."
#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119
@@ -3896,8 +3787,7 @@
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
-msgstr ""
-"لا يوجد برنامج تشغيل متطابقة. غير سلسلة البحث أو حاول 'العثور على المزيد'."
+msgstr "لا يوجد برنامج تشغيل متطابقة. غير سلسلة البحث أو حاول 'العثور على المزيد'."
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
@@ -4044,8 +3934,7 @@
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer "
-"configuration.\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"بدء برنامج إعداد-hp.\n"
"يجب أن ينتهي برنامج إعداد hp قبل إعداد الطابعة.\n"
@@ -4065,15 +3954,12 @@
#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository "
-"available."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة%1 لا يوجد مستودع يوفر الحزمة."
#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
msgstr "الحزمة المطلوب %1 غير مثبتة وغير متوفرة في المستودع."
#. Only a simple message because:
@@ -4223,8 +4109,7 @@
#~ msgstr "تعذر حذف مفتاح TSIG."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
+#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
#~ msgstr "تعذر توصيل إدخالات NFS من /etc/fstab."
#, fuzzy
@@ -4232,13 +4117,11 @@
#~ msgstr "تعذر توصيل إدخالات NFS من /etc/fstab."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
+#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
#~ msgstr "تعذر توصيل إدخالات NFS من /etc/fstab."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
+#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
#~ msgstr "تعذر توصيل إدخالات NFS من /etc/fstab."
#, fuzzy
@@ -4353,8 +4236,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Failed to set up the firewall settings.\n"
#~ "Use the specific YaST Firewall module."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "فشلت كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية الخاصة بالمسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة."
+#~ msgstr "فشلت كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية الخاصة بالمسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Search for &Drivers"
@@ -4392,8 +4274,7 @@
#~ msgstr "رفض &وصول برنامج saned من منطقة الشبكة الخارجية"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied"
+#~ msgid "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied"
#~ msgstr "تم رفض وصول برنامج saned من منطقة الشبكة الخارجية"
#, fuzzy
@@ -4639,19 +4520,11 @@
#~ msgid "Edit a configured queue"
#~ msgstr "تحرير قائمة انتظار مكوَّنة"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that "
-#~ "are not mentioned remain untouched."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "قم بتعيين الخيارات التي ستتم كتابتها مباشرةً إلى ملف PPD. تظل الخيارات غير "
-#~ "المذكورة دون تغييرات."
+#~ msgid "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched."
+#~ msgstr "قم بتعيين الخيارات التي ستتم كتابتها مباشرةً إلى ملف PPD. تظل الخيارات غير المذكورة دون تغييرات."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are "
-#~ "not mentioned remain untouched."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "قم بتعيين الخيارات التي ستتم كتابتها إلى الخيارات /etc/cups/lpoptions. "
-#~ "تظل الخيارات غير المذكورة دون تغيير."
+#~ msgid "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched."
+#~ msgstr "قم بتعيين الخيارات التي ستتم كتابتها إلى الخيارات /etc/cups/lpoptions. تظل الخيارات غير المذكورة دون تغيير."
#~ msgid "List known manufacturers"
#~ msgstr "سرد الشركات المصنّعة المعروفة"
@@ -4660,9 +4533,7 @@
#~ msgstr "سرد الطُرز المعروفة للشركة المصنّعة المحددة"
#~ msgid "List known nicknames for specified model of specified manufacturers"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "سرد الأسماء المستعارة المعروفة للطراز المحدد الخاص بالشركات المصنّعة "
-#~ "المحددة"
+#~ msgstr "سرد الأسماء المستعارة المعروفة للطراز المحدد الخاص بالشركات المصنّعة المحددة"
#~ msgid "List options of the PPD file of the specified queue"
#~ msgstr "سرد الخيارات الخاصة بملف PPD لقائمة الانتظار المحددة"
@@ -4707,8 +4578,7 @@
#~ msgstr "تعيين المستخدمين المسموح لهم بالطباعة باستخدام قائمة الانتظار هذه"
#~ msgid "Set users that are not allowed to print using this queue"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "تعيين المستخدمين غير المسموح لهم بالطباعة باستخدام قائمة الانتظار هذه"
+#~ msgstr "تعيين المستخدمين غير المسموح لهم بالطباعة باستخدام قائمة الانتظار هذه"
#~ msgid "Set the queue to default"
#~ msgstr "تعيين قائمة الانتظار إلى القيمة الافتراضية"
@@ -4722,12 +4592,8 @@
#~ msgid "Switch to CUPS client"
#~ msgstr "التبديل إلى عميل CUPS"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server "
-#~ "will be used"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "حدد قائمة الانتظار الافتراضية. إذا لم يتم تعيينها، سيتم استخدام قائمة "
-#~ "الانتظار الافتراضية للخادم"
+#~ msgid "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server will be used"
+#~ msgstr "حدد قائمة الانتظار الافتراضية. إذا لم يتم تعيينها، سيتم استخدام قائمة الانتظار الافتراضية للخادم"
#~ msgid "Type of the test page: ascii, graphic, or photo"
#~ msgstr "نوع صفحة الاختبار: ascii أو رسم أو صورة"
@@ -4743,8 +4609,7 @@
#~ "Detect your printers now?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "في بعض الحالات، يمكن أن يتسبب الاكتشاف في\n"
-#~ "توقف النظام عن الاستجابة. في حالة توقف النظام عن الاستجابة، حدد \"تخطي "
-#~ "الاكتشاف\"\n"
+#~ "توقف النظام عن الاستجابة. في حالة توقف النظام عن الاستجابة، حدد \"تخطي الاكتشاف\"\n"
#~ " أثناء تشغيل تكوين الطابعة بعد ذلك.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " هل تريد اكتشاف الطابعات الآن؟"
@@ -4752,12 +4617,8 @@
#~ msgid "&Skip Detection"
#~ msgstr "تخطي الا&كتشاف"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If the printout is a poor quality, try selecting another PPD file for the "
-#~ "print queue."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "إذا كانت النسخة المطبوعة رديئة الجودة، حاول تحديد ملف PPD آخر لقائمة "
-#~ "انتظار الطباعة."
+#~ msgid "If the printout is a poor quality, try selecting another PPD file for the print queue."
+#~ msgstr "إذا كانت النسخة المطبوعة رديئة الجودة، حاول تحديد ملف PPD آخر لقائمة انتظار الطباعة."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The print spooler is not installed properly.\n"
@@ -5385,24 +5246,17 @@
#~ msgstr "مشاركة"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>I/O Addresses</b></big><br>If you have an uncommon parallel "
-#~ "port \n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>I/O Addresses</b></big><br>If you have an uncommon parallel port \n"
#~ "card, it may not be possible to detect it automatically. In such cases,\n"
-#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by "
-#~ "commas \n"
-#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, "
-#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.</p><p>If your parallel port works, leave this field "
-#~ "untouched.</p>"
+#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by commas \n"
+#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, <tt>\n"
+#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.</p><p>If your parallel port works, leave this field untouched.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>عناوين المدخلات/المخرجات</b></big><br>إذا كان لديك بطاقة "
-#~ "منفذ \n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>عناوين المدخلات/المخرجات</b></big><br>إذا كان لديك بطاقة منفذ \n"
#~ " متوازي، قد يكون من غير الممكن اكتشافها تلقائيًا. في مثل هذه الحالات،\n"
-#~ " يجب تحديد عناوين المدخلات/المخرجات الخاصة بها. أدخل عناوين المدخلات/"
-#~ "المخرجات، بحيث يفصل بينها فواصل، \n"
+#~ " يجب تحديد عناوين المدخلات/المخرجات الخاصة بها. أدخل عناوين المدخلات/المخرجات، بحيث يفصل بينها فواصل، \n"
#~ " لكافة المنافذ المتوازية هنا، من الأول إلى الأخير. على سبيل المثال، <tt>\n"
-#~ " 0x378,0x2f8</tt>.</p><p>اترك الحقل دون تغيير في حالة عمل المنفذ المتوازي "
-#~ "بصورة سليمة.</p>"
+#~ " 0x378,0x2f8</tt>.</p><p>اترك الحقل دون تغيير في حالة عمل المنفذ المتوازي بصورة سليمة.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Changes will be saved immediately after you press OK.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>سيتم حفظ التغييرات بعد ضغط \"موافق\" مباشرةً.</p>"
@@ -5416,8 +5270,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Other Settings:</b>\n"
-#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ "
-#~ "depending on your\n"
+#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ depending on your\n"
#~ "spooler. Leave it empty to use the defaults. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>إعدادات أخرى:</b>\n"
@@ -5491,8 +5344,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Network Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, "
-#~ "select\n"
+#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n"
#~ "<B>Print Directly to a Network Printer</B>.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>طابعة الشبكة</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5532,15 +5384,12 @@
#~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS Client-Only</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "All queues of one CUPS server will be available to this computer.\n"
#~ "Every new queue added to the server will be accessible on this computer.\n"
-#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only "
-#~ "configuration,\n"
+#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only configuration,\n"
#~ "because no local CUPS server is running.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>عميل CUPS فقط</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "ستتوفر كافة قوائم الانتظار الخاصة بخادم CUPS واحد على جهاز الكمبيوتر "
-#~ "هذا.\n"
-#~ " يمكن الوصول على هذا الكمبيوتر إلى قائمة الانتظار الجديدة المضافة إلى "
-#~ "الخادم.\n"
+#~ "ستتوفر كافة قوائم الانتظار الخاصة بخادم CUPS واحد على جهاز الكمبيوتر هذا.\n"
+#~ " يمكن الوصول على هذا الكمبيوتر إلى قائمة الانتظار الجديدة المضافة إلى الخادم.\n"
#~ " لا يمكنك إضافة طابعات محلية باستخدام تكوين العميل فقط،\n"
#~ " بسبب عدم تشغيل أي خادم CUPS محلي.</P>"
@@ -5557,8 +5406,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be "
-#~ "accessible\n"
+#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be accessible\n"
#~ "on this computer.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>قائمة انتظار IPP بعيدة</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5590,12 +5438,10 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B>CUPS Class</B><BR>\n"
-#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS "
-#~ "will divide print jobs between members of the class.</P>"
+#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS will divide print jobs between members of the class.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B>طبقة CUPS</B><BR>\n"
-#~ "يمكنك تجميع بعض الطابعات في طبقة واحدة ثم إجراء طباعة إلى هذه الطبقة. "
-#~ "سيقسم CUPS مهام الطباعة بين أعضاء الطبقة.</P>"
+#~ "يمكنك تجميع بعض الطابعات في طبقة واحدة ثم إجراء طباعة إلى هذه الطبقة. سيقسم CUPS مهام الطباعة بين أعضاء الطبقة.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B>Pipe Printing</B><BR>\n"
@@ -5673,16 +5519,14 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>تفاصيل المنفذ المتوازي\n"
#~ "</BIG></B><BR>إذا لم يعمل\n"
-#~ " المنفذ المتوازي بطريقة سليمة، قم بتعيين عناوين المدخلات/المخرجات هنا.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ " المنفذ المتوازي بطريقة سليمة، قم بتعيين عناوين المدخلات/المخرجات هنا.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Be careful when selecting a custom device or changing\n"
#~ "I/O address settings. Improper values may damage your system.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>كن حذرًَا عند تحديد جهاز مخصص أو تغيير\n"
-#~ "إعدادات عناوين المدخلات/المخرجات. قد تتسبب القيم غير المناسبة في إتلاف "
-#~ "النظام لديك.</p>"
+#~ "إعدادات عناوين المدخلات/المخرجات. قد تتسبب القيم غير المناسبة في إتلاف النظام لديك.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Serial Port Details\n"
@@ -5696,8 +5540,7 @@
#~ "serial port settings. Incorrect values may damage your system.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>كن حذرًَا عند تحديد جهاز مخصص أو تغيير\n"
-#~ "إعدادات المنفذ التسلسلي. قد تتسبب القيم غير الصحيحة في إتلاف النظام لديك."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "إعدادات المنفذ التسلسلي. قد تتسبب القيم غير الصحيحة في إتلاف النظام لديك.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Detecting Devices</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -5722,12 +5565,8 @@
#~ "<P><B><BIG>اسم المضيف</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "أدخل اسم المضيف لخادم الطباعة.</P>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Remote Queue</BIG></B><BR>Enter the name of the remote printer."
-#~ "</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>قائمة الانتظار البعيدة</BIG></B><BR>أدخل اسم الطابعة البعيدة.</"
-#~ "P>"
+#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Remote Queue</BIG></B><BR>Enter the name of the remote printer.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>قائمة الانتظار البعيدة</BIG></B><BR>أدخل اسم الطابعة البعيدة.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Username and Password</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5745,8 +5584,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Program Name</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets "
-#~ "the\n"
+#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets the\n"
#~ "job using standard input.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>اسم البرنامج</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5755,15 +5593,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>URI</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be "
-#~ "used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is "
-#~ "missing,\n"
+#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is missing,\n"
#~ "for example, if you installed a new CUPS back-end.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>URI</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "قم بتعيين URI (محدد المورد المنتظم) للطابعة. يمكن استخدام نوع قائمة "
-#~ "الانتظار الشامل هذا لـ CUPS إذا كان لديك نوع قائمة انتظار جديد مدعم من "
-#~ "قِبل CUPS، في حين لا يتم دعمه من قِبل YaST2،\n"
+#~ "قم بتعيين URI (محدد المورد المنتظم) للطابعة. يمكن استخدام نوع قائمة الانتظار الشامل هذا لـ CUPS إذا كان لديك نوع قائمة انتظار جديد مدعم من قِبل CUPS، في حين لا يتم دعمه من قِبل YaST2،\n"
#~ " على سبيل المثال، إذا قمت بتثبيت جزء التطبيق على خادم CUPS.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5774,32 +5608,25 @@
#~ "باستخدام CUPS، يمكنك استخدام نوعين من أسماء الأجهزة لطابعات USB.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, "
-#~ "which \n"
+#~ "<P>You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, which \n"
#~ "are problematic if you use multiple USB printers and the order in which\n"
#~ "they are turned on is not fixed.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>يمكنك استخدام أسماء أجهزة كلاسيكية، مثل <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>، التي من "
-#~ "الممكن أن تسبب \n"
+#~ "<P>يمكنك استخدام أسماء أجهزة كلاسيكية، مثل <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>، التي من الممكن أن تسبب \n"
#~ "مشكلات إذا كنت تستخدم طابعات USB متعددة مع عدم تحديد الترتيب الذي\n"
#~ " يتم تشغيلها بها.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which "
-#~ "contain,\n"
-#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of "
-#~ "the\n"
+#~ "<P>The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which contain,\n"
+#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of the\n"
#~ "printer.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>الاحتمال الآخر هو استخدام أسماء أجهزة تعمل بأنظمة مشابهة لـ CUPS تحتوي "
-#~ "على، بدلاً من\n"
+#~ "<P>الاحتمال الآخر هو استخدام أسماء أجهزة تعمل بأنظمة مشابهة لـ CUPS تحتوي على، بدلاً من\n"
#~ "الاسم الحقيقي للجهاز والبائع والطراز والرقم التسلسلي\n"
#~ " للطابعة.</P>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>الرجاء ملاحظة أن بعض طابعات USB لا تعرض تقريرًا بأرقامها التسلسلية.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P>Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>الرجاء ملاحظة أن بعض طابعات USB لا تعرض تقريرًا بأرقامها التسلسلية.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Spooler</BIG></B><BR>You can set if CUPS should be\n"
@@ -5807,46 +5634,33 @@
#~ "or as a stand-alone printing system. \n"
#~ "To use local printers, you cannot use the client-only installation.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>المجمع</BIG></B><BR>يمكنك تعيين ما إذا كان يجب تثبيت النظام "
-#~ "CUPS \n"
+#~ "<P><B><BIG>المجمع</BIG></B><BR>يمكنك تعيين ما إذا كان يجب تثبيت النظام CUPS \n"
#~ "كعميل لأحد خوادم الطباعة على الشبكة\n"
#~ " أو كنظام طباعة قائم بذاته. \n"
#~ " لاستخدام الطابعات المحلية، لا يمكنك استخدام طريقة تثبيت العميل فقط.</P>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Save Method</BIG></B><BR>Select whether to save changed queues "
-#~ "only or all queues.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>أسلوب الحفظ</BIG></B><BR>حدد ما إذا كنت تريد حفظ قوائم "
-#~ "الانتظار التي تم تغييرها فقط أم كافة قوائم الانتظار.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Save Method</BIG></B><BR>Select whether to save changed queues only or all queues.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>أسلوب الحفظ</BIG></B><BR>حدد ما إذا كنت تريد حفظ قوائم الانتظار التي تم تغييرها فقط أم كافة قوائم الانتظار.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG></B><BR>Problems "
-#~ "configuring printing can be caused by\n"
-#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking <B>Reinstall "
-#~ "Printing Packages</B> might fix these problems.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P><B><BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG></B><BR>Problems configuring printing can be caused by\n"
+#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking <B>Reinstall Printing Packages</B> might fix these problems.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعادة تثبيت حزم الطباعة</BIG></B><BR>يمكن أن تنتج المشكلات "
-#~ "أثناء تكوين الطباعة\n"
-#~ "عن حزم قديمة أو تالفة في التثبيت. قد يحل <B>إعادة تثبيت حزم الطباعة</B> "
-#~ "هذه المشكلات.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعادة تثبيت حزم الطباعة</BIG></B><BR>يمكن أن تنتج المشكلات أثناء تكوين الطباعة\n"
+#~ "عن حزم قديمة أو تالفة في التثبيت. قد يحل <B>إعادة تثبيت حزم الطباعة</B> هذه المشكلات.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG></B><BR>To uninstall all "
-#~ "currently configured queues,\n"
+#~ "<P><B><BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG></B><BR>To uninstall all currently configured queues,\n"
#~ "select <B>Clear Current Configuration</B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>مسح التكوين الحالي</BIG></B><BR>لإلغاء تثبيت كافة قوائم "
-#~ "الانتظار المكوَّنة حاليًا،\n"
+#~ "<P><B><BIG>مسح التكوين الحالي</BIG></B><BR>لإلغاء تثبيت كافة قوائم الانتظار المكوَّنة حاليًا،\n"
#~ "حدد <B>مسح التكوين الحالي</B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG></B><BR>To change advanced "
-#~ "CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n"
+#~ "<P><B><BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG></B><BR>To change advanced CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n"
#~ "<B>CUPS Server Settings</B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعدادات خادم CUPS المتقدمة</BIG></B><BR>لتغيير إعدادات خادم "
-#~ "CUPS المتقدمة، مثل النشر والأذونات، حدد\n"
+#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعدادات خادم CUPS المتقدمة</BIG></B><BR>لتغيير إعدادات خادم CUPS المتقدمة، مثل النشر والأذونات، حدد\n"
#~ "<B>إعدادات خادم CUPS</B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5860,34 +5674,23 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Allow Browsing</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your "
-#~ "queues the same way as their local ones.\n"
-#~ "<B>Browse Addresses</B> shows IP addresses (like <I>192.168.0.1</I>) of "
-#~ "computers to which to send information about your queues. Use <B>Add</B>, "
-#~ "<B>Edit</B>,\n"
-#~ "and <B>Delete</B> to modify the list of addresses. For the entire "
-#~ "network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as "
-#~ "<I>192.168.0.255</I>).\n"
+#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your queues the same way as their local ones.\n"
+#~ "<B>Browse Addresses</B> shows IP addresses (like <I>192.168.0.1</I>) of computers to which to send information about your queues. Use <B>Add</B>, <B>Edit</B>,\n"
+#~ "and <B>Delete</B> to modify the list of addresses. For the entire network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as <I>192.168.0.255</I>).\n"
#~ "To have browsing settings suggested based on your network setup,\n"
#~ "click <b>Propose</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>السماح بالاستعراض</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "إذا قمت بالسماح بالاستعراض، يمكن أن تتعرف أجهزة الكمبيوتر الأخرى على "
-#~ "الشبكة على قوائم الانتظار بنفس الطريقة التي تتعرف بها أجهزة الكمبيوتر "
-#~ "المحلية.\n"
-#~ " <B>استعراض العناوين</B> لعرض عناوين IP (مثل <I>192.168.0.1</I>) لأجهزة "
-#~ "الكمبيوتر المطلوب إرسال معلومات حول قوائم الانتظار إليها. استخدم "
-#~ "<B>إضافة</B> و<B>تحرير</B>\n"
-#~ " و<B>حذف</B> لتعديل قائمة العناوين. بالنسبة للشبكة بأكملها، استخدم عنوان "
-#~ "النشر الخاص بالشبكة (مثل <I>192.168.0.255</I>).\n"
+#~ "إذا قمت بالسماح بالاستعراض، يمكن أن تتعرف أجهزة الكمبيوتر الأخرى على الشبكة على قوائم الانتظار بنفس الطريقة التي تتعرف بها أجهزة الكمبيوتر المحلية.\n"
+#~ " <B>استعراض العناوين</B> لعرض عناوين IP (مثل <I>192.168.0.1</I>) لأجهزة الكمبيوتر المطلوب إرسال معلومات حول قوائم الانتظار إليها. استخدم <B>إضافة</B> و<B>تحرير</B>\n"
+#~ " و<B>حذف</B> لتعديل قائمة العناوين. بالنسبة للشبكة بأكملها، استخدم عنوان النشر الخاص بالشبكة (مثل <I>192.168.0.255</I>).\n"
#~ " لتلقي اقتراحات بإعدادات الاستعراض المستندة إلى إعداد الشبكة،\n"
#~ " انقر فوق <b>اقتراح</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P>After enabling browsing, the permission for / should be set\n"
#~ "accordingly so other computers can print.\n"
-#~ "For example, when <I>192.168.0.255</I> is used as the browse address, "
-#~ "the\n"
+#~ "For example, when <I>192.168.0.255</I> is used as the browse address, the\n"
#~ "permission for / must be set to <I>192.168.0.*</I> to allow all \n"
#~ "hosts on your network to print.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -5899,17 +5702,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Access Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to "
-#~ "use your CUPS server.\n"
-#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your "
-#~ "server, and, optionally,\n"
-#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press <B>Change "
-#~ "Permissions</B>\n"
+#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to use your CUPS server.\n"
+#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your server, and, optionally,\n"
+#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press <B>Change Permissions</B>\n"
#~ " to view or change the permission settings.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعدادات الوصول</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "يمكنك ضبط الأذونات الخاصة بما إذا كان يجب على أجهزة الكمبيوتر الأخرى "
-#~ "المتصلة على الشبكة استخدام خادم CUPS أم لا.\n"
+#~ "يمكنك ضبط الأذونات الخاصة بما إذا كان يجب على أجهزة الكمبيوتر الأخرى المتصلة على الشبكة استخدام خادم CUPS أم لا.\n"
#~ " يمكن تعيين الأذونات للخادم بأكمله، ولإدارة الخادم، واختياريًا\n"
#~ " للطابعات والفئات. اختر المنطقة المطلوبة واضغط <B>تغيير الأذونات</B>\n"
#~ " لعرض إعدادات الأذونات أو تغييرها.</P>"
@@ -5936,8 +5735,7 @@
#~ "or denied. Addresses can be normal IP addresses (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n"
#~ "address blocks using * as a wild card (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>),\n"
#~ "addresses with mask (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n"
-#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</"
-#~ "tt>),\n"
+#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</tt>),\n"
#~ "partial domain names (<tt>*.example.com</tt> or <tt>.example.com</tt>),\n"
#~ "interface specifications (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n"
#~ "or the special words <tt>All</tt>, <tt>None</tt>, and <tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n"
@@ -5947,17 +5745,14 @@
#~ "<P><B><BIG>الأذونات</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "يمكنك تحرير قائمة عناوين IP وأذوناتها. يحتوي كل سطر على\n"
#~ " عنوان واحد ويُعلم عما إذا كان وصول مالك هذا العنوان \n"
-#~ " مسموح به أم مرفوض. يمكن أن تكون العناوين عناوين IP عادية "
-#~ "(<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)، أو \n"
+#~ " مسموح به أم مرفوض. يمكن أن تكون العناوين عناوين IP عادية (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)، أو \n"
#~ " كتل عناوين باستخدام * كحرف مثال (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>)، أو\n"
#~ " عناوين بقناع (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n"
-#~ " أو <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>)، أو أسماء مجال كاملة (<tt>print.example.com</"
-#~ "tt>)، أو\n"
+#~ " أو <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>)، أو أسماء مجال كاملة (<tt>print.example.com</tt>)، أو\n"
#~ " أسماء مجال جزئية (<tt>*.example.com</tt> أو <tt>.example.com</tt>)، أو\n"
#~ " مواصفات واجهة (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>)،\n"
#~ " أو الكلمات الخاصة <tt>All</tt> و<tt>None</tt> و<tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n"
-#~ " <tt>@LOCAL</tt> تعني كافة الواجهات التي لا تنتمي لنوع نقطة إلى نقطة، على "
-#~ "سبيل المثال،\n"
+#~ " <tt>@LOCAL</tt> تعني كافة الواجهات التي لا تنتمي لنوع نقطة إلى نقطة، على سبيل المثال،\n"
#~ " إيثرنت، وليست مودم.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5969,11 +5764,8 @@
#~ "لاستخدام إذن متوارث من الموقع الجذر (/)،\n"
#~ " حدد <B>استخدام الأذونات المتوارثة</B>.</P>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Manufacturer</BIG></B><BR>Select the manufacturer of your "
-#~ "printer.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>الشركة المصنّعة</BIG></B><BR>حدد الشركة المصنّعة للطابعة.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Manufacturer</BIG></B><BR>Select the manufacturer of your printer.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>الشركة المصنّعة</BIG></B><BR>حدد الشركة المصنّعة للطابعة.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Model</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -6000,14 +5792,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding PPD Files to the Database</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "If your printer manufacturer provides PPD files, you can add them to the\n"
-#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied "
-#~ "from\n"
+#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied from\n"
#~ "a hard disk or removable media.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>إضافة ملفات PPD إلى قاعدة البيانات</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "في حالة قيام الشركة المصنّعة للطابعة بتوفير ملفات PPD، يمكنك إضافتها إلى\n"
-#~ " قاعدة البيانات. يمكن إنزال ملفات PPD من خادم FTP أو خادم HTTP، أو نسخها "
-#~ "من\n"
+#~ " قاعدة البيانات. يمكن إنزال ملفات PPD من خادم FTP أو خادم HTTP، أو نسخها من\n"
#~ " قرص صلب أو وسائط قابلة للإزالة.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6021,13 +5811,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this "
-#~ "printer\n"
+#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this printer\n"
#~ "and you will not need to select vendor, model, and connection again.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>الطابعات</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "حدد طابعة مثبَّتة بالفعل. ستتم إضافة قوائم الانتظار الجديدة إلى هذه "
-#~ "الطابعة\n"
+#~ "حدد طابعة مثبَّتة بالفعل. ستتم إضافة قوائم الانتظار الجديدة إلى هذه الطابعة\n"
#~ " ولن تحتاج إلى تحديد البائع والطراز والاتصال مرة أخرى.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6075,8 +5863,7 @@
#~ "network printers, and print server boxes.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>الترشيح المحلي</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "باستخدام <B>إجراء ترشيح محلي</B>، قم بتعيين ما إذا كان مطلوبًا القيام "
-#~ "بترشيح محلي\n"
+#~ "باستخدام <B>إجراء ترشيح محلي</B>، قم بتعيين ما إذا كان مطلوبًا القيام بترشيح محلي\n"
#~ " لقائمة الانتظار هذه أم لا. وهذا غير مستحسن إذا كنت تستخدم\n"
#~ " خادم طباعة لا يقوم بالترشيح، مثل خادمي IPP وLPD،\n"
#~ " ولكنه ضروري للطابعات المحلية و\n"
@@ -6110,13 +5897,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Values</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the "
-#~ "lower box.\n"
+#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the lower box.\n"
#~ " Select a new value by clicking it.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>القيم</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "إذا حددت الخيارات الموجودة في المربع العلوي، تظهر قائمة بالقيم في المربع "
-#~ "السفلي.\n"
+#~ "إذا حددت الخيارات الموجودة في المربع العلوي، تظهر قائمة بالقيم في المربع السفلي.\n"
#~ " حدد قيمة جديدة بالنقر فوقها.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6160,8 +5945,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>السماح بالتحرير</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "إذا لم تسمح بتحرير قائمة الانتظار هذه، ستصبح\n"
-#~ " قائمة الانتظار غير مدعمة من قِبل YaST، وهذا يعني أنه لن تقوم YaST "
-#~ "بتغييرها\n"
+#~ " قائمة الانتظار غير مدعمة من قِبل YaST، وهذا يعني أنه لن تقوم YaST بتغييرها\n"
#~ " مرة أخرى أبدًا. وبالتالي، يعني أنك جعلت أحد قوائم الانتظار\n"
#~ " \"غير مدعمة من قِبل YaST\" أنك قررت استخدام أداة أخرى لتغيير \n"
#~ " إعدادات قائمة الانتظار.</P>"
@@ -6205,20 +5989,15 @@
#~ "يمكنك تغيير اسم المضيف وقائمة الانتظار للطابعة\n"
#~ " البعيدة واسم المستخدم وكلمة السر.</P>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Connection</BIG></B><BR>You can change the connection for this "
-#~ "printer.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>الاتصال</BIG></B><BR>يمكنك تغيير الاتصال لهذه الطابعة.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Connection</BIG></B><BR>You can change the connection for this printer.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>الاتصال</BIG></B><BR>يمكنك تغيير الاتصال لهذه الطابعة.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Print Filter Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models."
-#~ "</P>\n"
+#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعدادات ترشيح الطباعة</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "قم بتحرير خيارات المرشح هنا. تختلف هذه الخيارات حسب طُرز الطابعات المتنوعة."
-#~ "</P>\n"
+#~ "قم بتحرير خيارات المرشح هنا. تختلف هذه الخيارات حسب طُرز الطابعات المتنوعة.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>ASCII Printing Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -6232,17 +6011,14 @@
#~ "Adjust users who are allowed to print using this queue.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعدادات القيود</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "قم بضبط قائمة المستخدمين المسموح لهم بالطباعة باستخدام قائمة الانتظار هذه."
-#~ "</P>\n"
+#~ "قم بضبط قائمة المستخدمين المسموح لهم بالطباعة باستخدام قائمة الانتظار هذه.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>State and Banner Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعدادات الترويسات والحالة</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "قم بتعيين الحالة والترويسات المطبوعة قبل كل مهمة وبعدها لقائمة الانتظار "
-#~ "هذه.</P>\n"
+#~ "قم بتعيين الحالة والترويسات المطبوعة قبل كل مهمة وبعدها لقائمة الانتظار هذه.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printing a Test Page</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -6258,12 +6034,8 @@
#~ "<P><B><BIG>أعضاء الطبقة</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "اختر قوائم الانتظار التي يجب تضمينها كأعضاء في هذه الطبقة.</P>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Class Settings</BIG></B><BR>You can change some settings for "
-#~ "this class.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعدادات الطبقة</BIG></B><BR>يمكنك تغيير بعض الإعدادات لهذه "
-#~ "الطبقة.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Class Settings</BIG></B><BR>You can change some settings for this class.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>إعدادات الطبقة</BIG></B><BR>يمكنك تغيير بعض الإعدادات لهذه الطبقة.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>New Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -6276,8 +6048,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>New Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer "
-#~ "database.\n"
+#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer database.\n"
#~ "Use <B>Advanced Setup</B> to configure it.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>طابعة جديدة</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -6293,8 +6064,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Normal Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options "
-#~ "for the configuration.</P>\n"
+#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the configuration.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>إعداد عادي</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "سيتم استخدام معلومات الطراز المكتشف. اختر اسم التكوين وخياراته.</P>\n"
@@ -6351,12 +6121,8 @@
#~ "<P>يتم سرد قوائم الانتظار المكوَّنة في المربع\n"
#~ "السفلي. لتحريرها، اضغط <B>تغيير</B>.</P>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>In this dialog, manage printers on your "
-#~ "system.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>الطابعات</BIG></B><BR>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بإدارة الطابعات "
-#~ "على النظام لديك.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>In this dialog, manage printers on your system.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>الطابعات</BIG></B><BR>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بإدارة الطابعات على النظام لديك.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding a New Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -6373,8 +6139,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>الحذف والتحرير والتعيين كافتراضي</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "حدد الطابعة في الجدول واضغط الزر المناسب.\n"
-#~ " يمكنك تحرير فقط التكوينات التي تم إنشاؤها باستخدام YaST. ستسري "
-#~ "التغييرات\n"
+#~ " يمكنك تحرير فقط التكوينات التي تم إنشاؤها باستخدام YaST. ستسري التغييرات\n"
#~ " التي تم إجراؤها على الطابعة الافتراضية بعد عملية الدخول التالية.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6443,15 +6208,13 @@
#~ "Set users that may or may not use this printer or class.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>القيود</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "قم بتعيين المستخدمين الذين يمكنهم استخدام هذه الطابعة أو الطبقة أو لا "
-#~ "يمكنهم استخدام أي منهما.</P>\n"
+#~ "قم بتعيين المستخدمين الذين يمكنهم استخدام هذه الطابعة أو الطبقة أو لا يمكنهم استخدام أي منهما.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P>A printer cannot print if it is stopped or rejecting jobs.\n"
#~ " Select the requested state for the printer here.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>لا يمكن أن تقوم الطابعة بالطباعة إذا تم إيقافها أو إذا كانت ترفض "
-#~ "المهام.\n"
+#~ "<P>لا يمكن أن تقوم الطابعة بالطباعة إذا تم إيقافها أو إذا كانت ترفض المهام.\n"
#~ " حدد الحالة المطلوبة للطابعة هنا.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6475,8 +6238,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>أعضاء الطبقة</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "لسرد الطابعات التي تنتمي إلى إحدى الطبقات.\n"
-#~ " إذا قمت بالطباعة إلى إحدى الطبقات، سيتم إرسال المهمة إلى أحد أعضائها.</"
-#~ "P>\n"
+#~ " إذا قمت بالطباعة إلى إحدى الطبقات، سيتم إرسال المهمة إلى أحد أعضائها.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Hostname</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -6508,8 +6270,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><b><big>Downloading a PPD File</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Enter the URL from which to download a PPD file.\n"
-#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><b><big>إنزال ملف PPD</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "أدخل URL (محدد موقع المورد المنتظم) الذي تريد إنزال ملف PPD منه.\n"
@@ -6641,8 +6402,7 @@
#~ " خالٍ من المشكلات.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " إذا استجابت الطابعة بطريقة ما (رسالة مطبوعة،\n"
-#~ " أو تغذية بالنموذج، أو على الأقل إصدار اللمبة لوميض)، فإن هذا يعني أن "
-#~ "اتصال الأجهزة \n"
+#~ " أو تغذية بالنموذج، أو على الأقل إصدار اللمبة لوميض)، فإن هذا يعني أن اتصال الأجهزة \n"
#~ " يعمل بطريقة صحيحة.\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6915,8 +6675,7 @@
#~ "يتم اكتشاف الطابعات المحلية فقط خلال الخطوة التالية.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " في بعض الحالات، يمكن أن يتسبب الاكتشاف في\n"
-#~ "توقف النظام عن الاستجابة. في حالة توقف النظام عن الاستجابة، حدد \"تخطي "
-#~ "الاكتشاف\"\n"
+#~ "توقف النظام عن الاستجابة. في حالة توقف النظام عن الاستجابة، حدد \"تخطي الاكتشاف\"\n"
#~ " أثناء تشغيل تكوين الطابعة بعد ذلك.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " هل تريد اكتشاف الطابعات؟"
@@ -7037,8 +6796,7 @@
#~ msgstr "تغيير"
#~ msgid "Listening to CUPS servers to provide access to remote queues %1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "الإصغاء إلى خوادم CUPS لتوفير وصول سهل إلى قوائم الانتظار البعيدة.%1"
+#~ msgstr "الإصغاء إلى خوادم CUPS لتوفير وصول سهل إلى قوائم الانتظار البعيدة.%1"
#~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is closed by firewall %1"
#~ msgstr "منفذ الإصغاء إلى خوادم CUPS البعيدة مغلق بواسطة جدار الحماية %1"
@@ -7146,11 +6904,8 @@
#~ msgid "They have 1 inch or 2 cm to the edges of the imageable area."
#~ msgstr "تفصل بينها وبين حواف منطقة الصور مسافة 1 بوصة أو 2 سم."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript "
-#~ "driver."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "تعتمد منطقة الصور الفعلية على طراز الطابعة وبرنامج تشغيل Ghostscript."
+#~ msgid "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript driver."
+#~ msgstr "تعتمد منطقة الصور الفعلية على طراز الطابعة وبرنامج تشغيل Ghostscript."
#~ msgid "Here it begins on the bottom left at"
#~ msgstr "تبدأ هنا في أسفل اليسار عند"
@@ -7409,9 +7164,7 @@
#~ msgstr "إيقا&ف الإعداد"
#~ msgid "Service hplip will be enabled because hp:// backend is used."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "سيتم تشغيل جزء hplip الخاص بالخدمة نظرًا لاستخدام جزء hp:// الموجود على "
-#~ "الخادم."
+#~ msgstr "سيتم تشغيل جزء hplip الخاص بالخدمة نظرًا لاستخدام جزء hp:// الموجود على الخادم."
#~ msgid "Add &PPD File to Database"
#~ msgstr "إضافة م&لف PPD إلى قاعدة البيانات"
@@ -7551,15 +7304,13 @@
#~ "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "To open the firewall to accept IPP broadcast packets\n"
#~ "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n"
-#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall "
-#~ "Details</b>.\n"
+#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n"
#~ "This option is available only if the firewall is enabled.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "لفتح جدار الحماية لقبول حزم نشر IPP\n"
#~ " من أجهزة الكمبيوتر البعيدة، قم بتعيين <b>فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية</b>.\n"
-#~ " لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ فيها، انقر فوق <b>تفاصيل جدار "
-#~ "الحماية</b>.\n"
+#~ " لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ فيها، انقر فوق <b>تفاصيل جدار الحماية</b>.\n"
#~ " يصبح هذا الخيار متاحًا فقط في حالة تمكين جدار الحماية.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module
@@ -532,17 +531,12 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the "
-"image.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدام <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير إعداد الصورة المحددة أو إنشاء الصورة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدام <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير إعداد الصورة المحددة أو إنشاء الصورة.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791
-msgid ""
-"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting "
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>حذف المجلد باستخدام الإعداد المحدد باختيار <b>حذف</b>.</p>"
#. help text, %1 is directory
@@ -840,8 +834,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
-"to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -878,8 +871,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n"
-"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG "
-"key. \n"
+"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n"
"This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>توقيع</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -890,16 +882,11 @@
#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!)
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837
msgid ""
-"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option "
-"'Insecure:\n"
-"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading "
-"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc "
-"for more information.</P>"
+"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n"
+"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>إذا لم يتم توقيع المنتج يقوم Yast تلقائياً بإضافة الخيار 'غير آمن:\n"
-"1' إلى ملف إعداد linuxrc، وإلا linuxrc سيتجاهل تحميل نظام التثبيت غير "
-"الموقعة عند الإقلاع. انظر http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc لمزيد من المعلومات."
-"</P>"
+"1' إلى ملف إعداد linuxrc، وإلا linuxrc سيتجاهل تحميل نظام التثبيت غير الموقعة عند الإقلاع. انظر http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc لمزيد من المعلومات.</P>"
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846
msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium"
@@ -964,8 +951,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For example, \n"
"configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n"
-"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the "
-"original is used.</p>\n"
+"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>على سبيل المثال، \n"
"إعداد القرص المضغوط للتثبيت التلقائي وتحديد موقع مصدر \n"
@@ -1046,10 +1032,8 @@
#. overview dialog help part 5
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of "
-"various\n"
-"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image "
-"system.</p>"
+"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n"
+"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>اضغط <b>إنشاء صورة باستخدام KIWI</b> للإعدادات الإضافية لأنواع مختلفة \n"
"من الصور، مثل الأقراص الحية أو صور Xen، صورة النظام KIWI.</p>"
@@ -1106,14 +1090,11 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n"
-"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that "
-"of\n"
+"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n"
"the machine you are currently working on.\n"
"All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n"
-"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not "
-"change\n"
-"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n"
+"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>البنية المستهدفة</big></b><br>\n"
"من الممكن إنشاء منتج لبنية مختلفة عن بنية هذا الجهاز.\n"
@@ -1167,36 +1148,29 @@
#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The "
-"base\n"
-"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is "
-"also\n"
+"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n"
+"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n"
"bootable.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>أحد المستودعات المستخدمة يجب أن كون محدد كمنتج أساسي. يجب \n"
-"أن يكون مستودع المنتجات الأساسية قابل للإقلاع لضمان أن المنتج الذي تم إنشاؤه "
-"حديثا قابل \n"
+"أن يكون مستودع المنتجات الأساسية قابل للإقلاع لضمان أن المنتج الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثا قابل \n"
"للإقلاع أيضا.</p>\n"
#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>"
msgstr "<p>سيتم استخدام مستودعات أخرى كإضافات للمستودع الأساسي.</p>"
#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and "
-"proposes\n"
+"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n"
"the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n"
"repository from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>مُنشئ المنتج يحل تبعيات لمنتجات المختارة ويقترح \n"
"\n"
-"المنتج الأساسي. إذا كانت القيمة المقترحة خاطئة ثم حدد المستودع الأساسي "
-"الصحيح من القائمة.</p>\n"
+"المنتج الأساسي. إذا كانت القيمة المقترحة خاطئة ثم حدد المستودع الأساسي الصحيح من القائمة.</p>\n"
#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...)
#. combo box label
@@ -1371,26 +1345,20 @@
#. popup text
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513
msgid ""
-"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n"
"<p>%2.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package "
-"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n"
+"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any "
-"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the "
-"section.\n"
+"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>لا تتوفر هذه الحزم من المقطع '%1' في المستودعات المختارة:</p>\n"
"<p>%2.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"يمكنك إزالة الحزم من القسم، والتحقق من اختيار الحزم بشكل مفصل أو تجاهل هذه "
-"الحالة.</p>\n"
+"يمكنك إزالة الحزم من القسم، والتحقق من اختيار الحزم بشكل مفصل أو تجاهل هذه الحالة.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"إذهب إلى خيارات الحزم المفصلة وقم بقبول الحزم المقترحة دون أي تغيير في "
-"النتائج في ذلك القسم.\n"
+"إذهب إلى خيارات الحزم المفصلة وقم بقبول الحزم المقترحة دون أي تغيير في النتائج في ذلك القسم.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. button label
@@ -1516,9 +1484,7 @@
#. informative label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277
-msgid ""
-"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from "
-"Studio."
+msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio."
msgstr "تم تعطيل تحرير الملفات التالية للإعدادات المستوردة من استوديو."
#. tab header
@@ -1535,12 +1501,10 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367
msgid ""
"<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n"
-"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an "
-"explanation of available values.</p>"
+"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>حدد قيمة من أجل <b>ضغط</b>الصورة. الصوة وهذا سيعدل \n"
-"قيمة <i>الإشارات</i> نوع الصورة. راجع دليل kiwi لمعرفة معنى القيم المتوفرة.</"
-"p>"
+"قيمة <i>الإشارات</i> نوع الصورة. راجع دليل kiwi لمعرفة معنى القيم المتوفرة.</p>"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384
@@ -1558,12 +1522,8 @@
#. help text for "&Ignored software"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424
-msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a "
-"new line.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لأجل <b>تجاهل البرامج</b>، أدخل كل المدخلات (مثل 'smtp_daemon') في سطر "
-"جديد</p>"
+msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لأجل <b>تجاهل البرامج</b>، أدخل كل المدخلات (مثل 'smtp_daemon') في سطر جديد</p>"
#. label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431
@@ -1572,12 +1532,8 @@
#. help text for "&Ignored software"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be "
-"uninstalled from the target image.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>كل إدخال <b>حزم للحذف</b> اسم حزمة واحدة لالغاء تثبيتها من الصورة "
-"المستهدفة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>كل إدخال <b>حزم للحذف</b> اسم حزمة واحدة لالغاء تثبيتها من الصورة المستهدفة.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443
@@ -1597,12 +1553,10 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461
msgid ""
"<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n"
-"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it "
-"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>"
+"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>تعيين <b>حجم</b> الصورة في <b>وحدة</b>المعينة.\n"
-"إذا لم تتم السيطرة على <b>المواد المضافة</b> ، يختلف معنى <b>الحجم</b> : هو "
-"الحد الأدنى المساحة الحرة المتوفرة على الصورة.</p>"
+"إذا لم تتم السيطرة على <b>المواد المضافة</b> ، يختلف معنى <b>الحجم</b> : هو الحد الأدنى المساحة الحرة المتوفرة على الصورة.</p>"
#. combo box label (MB/GB values)
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473
@@ -1621,12 +1575,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> "
-"and enter the password.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لإنشاء نظام ملفات مشفرة، راجع <b>تشفير الصورة باستخدام LUKS</b> وقم "
-"بإدخال كلمة المرور.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لإنشاء نظام ملفات مشفرة، راجع <b>تشفير الصورة باستخدام LUKS</b> وقم بإدخال كلمة المرور.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500
@@ -1641,8 +1591,7 @@
#. general help for directory structure tab
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520
msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هنا، إشارة إلى إعدادات المجلدات التي ينبغي أن تساعد في بناء الصورة.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هنا، إشارة إلى إعدادات المجلدات التي ينبغي أن تساعد في بناء الصورة.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527
@@ -1651,13 +1600,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531
-msgid ""
-"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the "
-"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of "
-"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تعريف المسار إلى <b>مجلد إعدادات النظام</b> (الدليل <tt>الجذر</tt> ). يتم "
-"نسخ المجلد بأكمله إلى شجرة جذر الصورة باستخدام <tt>cp-</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تعريف المسار إلى <b>مجلد إعدادات النظام</b> (الدليل <tt>الجذر</tt> ). يتم نسخ المجلد بأكمله إلى شجرة جذر الصورة باستخدام <tt>cp-</tt>.</p>"
#. label (above table)
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551
@@ -1671,13 +1615,8 @@
#. help for table with users
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</"
-"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image "
-"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إعداد<b>مجلد إعدادات النظام</b> (الدليل <tt>الجذر</tt> ). يتم نسخ المجلد "
-"بأكمله إلى شجرة جذر الصورة باستخدام <tt>cp-</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إعداد<b>مجلد إعدادات النظام</b> (الدليل <tt>الجذر</tt> ). يتم نسخ المجلد بأكمله إلى شجرة جذر الصورة باستخدام <tt>cp-</tt>.</p>"
#. label (above table)
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588
@@ -1691,13 +1630,8 @@
#. help for table with users
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> "
-"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all "
-"the image packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إعداد <b>المجلد بواسطة النصوص البرمجية</b> (مجلد <tt>إعداد</tt> ). يحتوي "
-"على النصوص البرمجية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت كافة حزم الصورة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إعداد <b>المجلد بواسطة النصوص البرمجية</b> (مجلد <tt>إعداد</tt> ). يحتوي على النصوص البرمجية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت كافة حزم الصورة.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627
@@ -1717,14 +1651,8 @@
msgstr "النص البرمجي لإعداد الصورة"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646
-msgid ""
-"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. "
-"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package "
-"scripts have run.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحريرك الخاص <b>النص البرمجي لإعداد الصورة الصورة</b>، تسمى <tt>config."
-"sh</tt>. يتم تشغيل هذا النص البرمجي في نهاية عملية التثبيت ولكن تشغيل نص "
-"الحزم البرمجي .</p>"
+msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحريرك الخاص <b>النص البرمجي لإعداد الصورة الصورة</b>، تسمى <tt>config.sh</tt>. يتم تشغيل هذا النص البرمجي في نهاية عملية التثبيت ولكن تشغيل نص الحزم البرمجي .</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666
@@ -1732,13 +1660,8 @@
msgstr "المسار إلى المجلد باستخدام النصوص البرمجية"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667
-msgid ""
-"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) "
-"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image "
-"packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>الاختياري <b>مجلد باستخدام نصوص برمجية</b> (مجلد<tt>إعداد</tt> ) يحتوي "
-"على النصوص البرمجية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت كافة حزم الصورة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>الاختياري <b>مجلد باستخدام نصوص برمجية</b> (مجلد<tt>إعداد</tt> ) يحتوي على النصوص البرمجية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت كافة حزم الصورة.</p>"
#. push button label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677
@@ -1751,12 +1674,8 @@
msgstr "تنظيف النصوص البرمجية"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688
-msgid ""
-"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run "
-"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحرير <b>النص البرمجي تنظيف</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). يتم تشغيل هذا النص "
-"البرمجي في بداية عملية إنشاء الصورة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحرير <b>النص البرمجي تنظيف</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). يتم تشغيل هذا النص البرمجي في بداية عملية إنشاء الصورة.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698
@@ -1770,12 +1689,8 @@
#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</"
-"b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تعيين قيم <b>المؤلف</b> الصورة و <b>معلومات الاتصال</b>، و <b>مواصفات</"
-"b>الصورة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تعيين قيم <b>المؤلف</b> الصورة و <b>معلومات الاتصال</b>، و <b>مواصفات</b>الصورة.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724
@@ -1799,12 +1714,8 @@
#. help text for locale
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762
-msgid ""
-"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of "
-"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قيمة <b>المحلية</b> (مثل. <tt>en_US</tt>) تحدد محتوى RC_LANG المتغير في "
-"<t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قيمة <b>المحلية</b> (مثل. <tt>en_US</tt>) تحدد محتوى RC_LANG المتغير في <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770
@@ -1813,12 +1724,8 @@
#. help text for keytable
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. "
-"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> تحدد اسم خريطة لوحة المفاتيح المستخدمة القيمة "
-"المتطابقة لخريطة الملف في. <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> تحدد اسم خريطة لوحة المفاتيح المستخدمة القيمة المتطابقة لخريطة الملف في. <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787
@@ -1827,12 +1734,8 @@
#. help text for timezone
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795
-msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones "
-"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>من الممكن أيضا تعيين <b>المنطقة الزمنية</b>محددة. وتقع المناطق الزمنية "
-"المتاحة في المجلد <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> .</p>"
+msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>من الممكن أيضا تعيين <b>المنطقة الزمنية</b>محددة. وتقع المناطق الزمنية المتاحة في المجلد <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> .</p>"
#. general help for users tab
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803
@@ -1872,12 +1775,10 @@
#. help for table with users
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828
msgid ""
-"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home "
-"Directory</b> and group\n"
+"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n"
"to which the users belongs.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>لكل مستخدم، حدد <b>اسم</b>و <b>كلمة المرور</b>، و <b>مجلد أساسي</b> "
-"والمجموعة \n"
+"<p>لكل مستخدم، حدد <b>اسم</b>و <b>كلمة المرور</b>، و <b>مجلد أساسي</b> والمجموعة \n"
"التي ينتمي إليها المستخدمون.</p>\n"
#. dialog caption
@@ -1907,18 +1808,12 @@
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on "
-"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بإدخال اسم للصورة التي أعددتها. قاعدة الإعداد الجديد في قالب من "
-"القائمة أو على مجدل بإعدادات موجودة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بإدخال اسم للصورة التي أعددتها. قاعدة الإعداد الجديد في قالب من القائمة أو على مجدل بإعدادات موجودة.</p>"
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980
-msgid ""
-"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>"
msgstr "<p>قم بوضع قوالب إعداد مخصصو تحت المجلد <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>"
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
@@ -1933,13 +1828,8 @@
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994
-msgid ""
-"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for "
-"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current "
-"system repositories.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تعديل قائمة <b>مستودعات الحزم</b> التي سيتم استخدامها لإنشاء الصورة. "
-"استخدم <b>إضافة من النظام</b> لإضافة أحد مستودعات النظام الحالي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تعديل قائمة <b>مستودعات الحزم</b> التي سيتم استخدامها لإنشاء الصورة. استخدم <b>إضافة من النظام</b> لإضافة أحد مستودعات النظام الحالي.</p>"
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999
@@ -1958,9 +1848,7 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123
-msgid ""
-"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system "
-"configuration."
+msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration."
msgstr "المجلد المحدد لا يحتوي على وصف صحيح لإعداد النظام."
#. busy popup
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.0\n"
#. Commandline help title
@@ -203,15 +202,12 @@
#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404
msgid ""
"<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to "
-"take effect, \n"
-"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. "
-"Please check \n"
+"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
+"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
"what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>ضبط إعدادات وكيل (التخزين المؤقت) للإنترنت هنا.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> من المستحسن عموما إلى إعادة تسجيل الدخول لتصبح الإعدادات "
-"نافذة المفعول.\n"
+"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> من المستحسن عموما إلى إعادة تسجيل الدخول لتصبح الإعدادات نافذة المفعول.\n"
"لكن في بعض الحالات قد يتم إلتقاط الإعدادات الجديدة فورا. الرجاء تحقق\n"
"من أن التطبيق الخاص بك (مستعرض ويب، عميل ftp،...) مدعوم.</p>"
@@ -229,8 +225,7 @@
#. Proxy dialog help 3/8
#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415
msgid ""
-"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured "
-"access\n"
+"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>مسار لوكيل HTTPS</b> هو اسم الخادم الوكيل للوصول الآمن\n"
@@ -260,8 +255,7 @@
"enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n"
"(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا حددت خانة الاختيار <b>استخدام نفس الوكيل لكافة البروتوكولات</b>، يكفي "
-"لكتابة\n"
+"<p>إذا حددت خانة الاختيار <b>استخدام نفس الوكيل لكافة البروتوكولات</b>، يكفي لكتابة\n"
"عنوان مسار وكيل HTTP. وسيستخدم لكافة البروتوكولات\n"
"(HTTP و HTTPS و FTP).\n"
@@ -283,8 +277,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
"the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</"
-"p>\n"
+"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كنت تستخدم ملقم وكيل مع إذن\n"
"أدخل <b>اسم مستخدم الوكيل</b> و <b>كلمة مرور الوكيل</b>. المستخدم الصالح\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/qt-pkg.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/qt-pkg.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/qt-pkg.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315
@@ -307,20 +306,12 @@
msgstr "إل&غاء"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
-msgid ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system "
-"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">إلغاء التبديل</a> حزم النظام "
-"بإصدار المستودع %2</small></p>"
+msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
+msgstr "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">إلغاء التبديل</a> حزم النظام بإصدار المستودع %2</small></p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
-msgid ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the "
-"versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">تبديل حزم النظام</a> إلى الإصدارات في "
-"المستودع (%2)</p>"
+msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">تبديل حزم النظام</a> إلى الإصدارات في المستودع (%2)</p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
@@ -350,15 +341,8 @@
msgstr "خطأ: نفاد مساحة القرص!"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you "
-"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not "
-"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and "
-"deselect some packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك اختيار التثبيت على أي حال إذا كنت على يقين بما تفعل، ولكنك تخاطر "
-"بالحصول على نظام تالف يتطلب إصلاحات يدوية. إذا كنت غير متأكد تمامًا من طريقة "
-"التعامل مع هذه الحالة، اضغط <b>إلغاء</b> الآن وقم بإلغاء تحديد بعض الحزم.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك اختيار التثبيت على أي حال إذا كنت على يقين بما تفعل، ولكنك تخاطر بالحصول على نظام تالف يتطلب إصلاحات يدوية. إذا كنت غير متأكد تمامًا من طريقة التعامل مع هذه الحالة، اضغط <b>إلغاء</b> الآن وقم بإلغاء تحديد بعض الحزم.</p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
msgid "C&ontinue Anyway"
@@ -382,12 +366,8 @@
msgstr "تغييرات تلقائية"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301
-msgid ""
-"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been "
-"changed to resolve dependencies:"
-msgstr ""
-"بالإضافة إلى التحديدات اليدوية التي قمت بها، تم تغيير الحزم التالية لحل "
-"التبعيات:"
+msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
+msgstr "بالإضافة إلى التحديدات اليدوية التي قمت بها، تم تغيير الحزم التالية لحل التبعيات:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
@@ -400,11 +380,8 @@
msgstr "الحزم غير معتمدة"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322
-msgid ""
-"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or "
-"requires an additional customer contract for support."
-msgstr ""
-"الرجاء تفهم أن البرامج المحددة التالية أما غير معتمد أو تتطلب عقد دعم إضافي."
+msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
+msgstr "الرجاء تفهم أن البرامج المحددة التالية أما غير معتمد أو تتطلب عقد دعم إضافي."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421
msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry."
@@ -417,9 +394,7 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65
-msgid ""
-"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for "
-"details."
+msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details."
msgstr "<b>ملاحظة:</b> يُعد ذلك عرضًا قصيرًا. راجع الدليل لمزيد من التفاصيل."
#. Help specific to online update mode
@@ -428,190 +403,92 @@
msgstr "في مربع الحوار هذا، حدد التصحيحات التي تريد إنزالها وتثبيتها."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73
-msgid ""
-"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the "
-"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the "
-"(estimated) download size."
-msgstr ""
-"تحتوي القائمة في الجانب الأيمن على التصحيحات المتاحة مع نوع التصحيح ذي الصلة "
-"(أمان أو مستحسن أو اختياري) والحجم (المقدَّر) للتحميل."
+msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size."
+msgstr "تحتوي القائمة في الجانب الأيمن على التصحيحات المتاحة مع نوع التصحيح ذي الصلة (أمان أو مستحسن أو اختياري) والحجم (المقدَّر) للتحميل."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76
-msgid ""
-"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on "
-"your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</"
-"b> check box below the list."
-msgstr ""
-"تحتوي القائمة بطبيعة الحال على التصحيحات التي لم يتم تثبيتها على النظام بعد. "
-"يمكنك تغيير ذلك باستخدام خانة الاختيار <b>تضمين التصحيحات المثبَّتة</b> أسفل "
-"القائمة."
+msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list."
+msgstr "تحتوي القائمة بطبيعة الحال على التصحيحات التي لم يتم تثبيتها على النظام بعد. يمكنك تغيير ذلك باستخدام خانة الاختيار <b>تضمين التصحيحات المثبَّتة</b> أسفل القائمة."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78
-msgid ""
-"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the "
-"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"يحتوي الحقل <b>وصف التصحيح</b> على توضيح أكثر إسهابًا للتصحيح المحدد حاليًا. "
-"انقر فوق أحد التصحيحات في القائمة لعرض وصفه هنا."
+msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here."
+msgstr "يحتوي الحقل <b>وصف التصحيح</b> على توضيح أكثر إسهابًا للتصحيح المحدد حاليًا. انقر فوق أحد التصحيحات في القائمة لعرض وصفه هنا."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80
-msgid ""
-"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently "
-"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete "
-"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is "
-"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
-msgstr ""
-"تظهر قائمة الحزم في الجانب الأيسر محتويات التصحيح المحدد حاليًا، أي الحزم "
-"التي يحتويها. لا يمكنك تثبيت حزم منفردة أو حذفها من التصحيح، ولكن عليك "
-"استخدام التصحيح كوحدة متكاملة. ومقصد هذا تجنب حالات عدم التناسق بالأنظمة."
+msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
+msgstr "تظهر قائمة الحزم في الجانب الأيسر محتويات التصحيح المحدد حاليًا، أي الحزم التي يحتويها. لا يمكنك تثبيت حزم منفردة أو حذفها من التصحيح، ولكن عليك استخدام التصحيح كوحدة متكاملة. ومقصد هذا تجنب حالات عدم التناسق بالأنظمة."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list )
#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88
-msgid ""
-"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter "
-"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"بالإضافة إلى <b>التصحيحات</b>، يمكنك أيضًا تحديد إحدى طرق عرض المرشحات من "
-"<b>المرشح</b> في الجزء العلوي الأيمن:"
+msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
+msgstr "بالإضافة إلى <b>التصحيحات</b>، يمكنك أيضًا تحديد إحدى طرق عرض المرشحات من <b>المرشح</b> في الجزء العلوي الأيمن:"
#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96
-msgid ""
-"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can "
-"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
-msgstr ""
-"في مربع الحوار هذا، حدد الحزم التي تريد تثبيتها أو تحديثها أو حذفها. يمكنك "
-"تحديد حزم منفردة أو تحديد حزم \"بأكملها\"."
+msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
+msgstr "في مربع الحوار هذا، حدد الحزم التي تريد تثبيتها أو تحديثها أو حذفها. يمكنك تحديد حزم منفردة أو تحديد حزم \"بأكملها\"."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98
-msgid ""
-"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or "
-"right-click it to open a context menu."
-msgstr ""
-"انقر فوق رمز الحالة لحزمة أو فوق أحد التحديدات لتغيير الحالة الخاصة بأيهما "
-"أو انقر بزر الماوس الأيمن لفتح قائمة السياقات."
+msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu."
+msgstr "انقر فوق رمز الحالة لحزمة أو فوق أحد التحديدات لتغيير الحالة الخاصة بأيهما أو انقر بزر الماوس الأيمن لفتح قائمة السياقات."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100
-msgid ""
-"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. "
-"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only "
-"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check "
-"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn "
-"you if there are dependency conflicts."
-msgstr ""
-"استخدم الزر <b>التحقق من التبعيات</b> لحل تبعيات الحزمة. تتطلب بعض الحزم "
-"تثبيت حزم أخرى. وأيضًا، يمكن تثبيت بعض الحزم فقط في حالة عدم تثبيت حزم أخرى "
-"معينة. سيقوم هذا التحقق تلقائيًا بتمييز الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها وسوف يحذرك في "
-"حالة وجود تعارضات تبعيات."
+msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts."
+msgstr "استخدم الزر <b>التحقق من التبعيات</b> لحل تبعيات الحزمة. تتطلب بعض الحزم تثبيت حزم أخرى. وأيضًا، يمكن تثبيت بعض الحزم فقط في حالة عدم تثبيت حزم أخرى معينة. سيقوم هذا التحقق تلقائيًا بتمييز الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها وسوف يحذرك في حالة وجود تعارضات تبعيات."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105
-msgid ""
-"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically "
-"be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"بعد إغلاق مربع الحوار هذا مع تحديد <b>قبول</b>، سيتم إجراء هذا التحقق "
-"تلقائيًا."
+msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed."
+msgstr "بعد إغلاق مربع الحوار هذا مع تحديد <b>قبول</b>، سيتم إجراء هذا التحقق تلقائيًا."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list)
#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111
-msgid ""
-"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at "
-"the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"حدد إحدى طرق عرض المرشحات المتاحة باستخدام مربع التحرير والعرض <b>المرشح</b> "
-"في الجزء العلوي الأيسر:"
+msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:"
+msgstr "حدد إحدى طرق عرض المرشحات المتاحة باستخدام مربع التحرير والعرض <b>المرشح</b> في الجزء العلوي الأيسر:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115
-msgid ""
-"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically "
-"belong together."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>تحديدات</b> يعرض بعض المجموعات المعرَّفة مسبقًا التي ترتبط ببعضها منطقيًا."
+msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together."
+msgstr "<b>تحديدات</b> يعرض بعض المجموعات المعرَّفة مسبقًا التي ترتبط ببعضها منطقيًا."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116
-msgid ""
-"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can "
-"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
-msgstr ""
-"استخدم خانة الاختيار بجوار التحديد لتحديده كوحدة متكاملة. يمكنك أيضًا تحديد "
-"حزم منفردة أو إلغاء تحديدها في قائمة الحزم في الجزء الأيسر."
+msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
+msgstr "استخدم خانة الاختيار بجوار التحديد لتحديده كوحدة متكاملة. يمكنك أيضًا تحديد حزم منفردة أو إلغاء تحديدها في قائمة الحزم في الجزء الأيسر."
#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124
-msgid ""
-"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and "
-"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category "
-"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right "
-"side."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>مجموعات الحزم</b> يعرض الحزم حسب فئاتها. يمكنك توسيع عناصر الهيكل أو طيها "
-"لترشيح الفئات أو تعميمها. انقر فوق أية فئة لعرض الحزم ضمن هذه الفئة في قائمة "
-"الحزم في الجانب الأيسر."
+msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
+msgstr "<b>مجموعات الحزم</b> يعرض الحزم حسب فئاتها. يمكنك توسيع عناصر الهيكل أو طيها لترشيح الفئات أو تعميمها. انقر فوق أية فئة لعرض الحزم ضمن هذه الفئة في قائمة الحزم في الجانب الأيسر."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127
-msgid ""
-" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that "
-"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
-msgstr ""
-" <b>تلميح:</b> يوجد الإدخال \"zzz الكل\" أسفل القائمة الذي يعرض كافة الحزم. "
-"قد يستغرق ذلك عدة ثوانٍ على الأجهزة البطيئة."
+msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
+msgstr " <b>تلميح:</b> يوجد الإدخال \"zzz الكل\" أسفل القائمة الذي يعرض كافة الحزم. قد يستغرق ذلك عدة ثوانٍ على الأجهزة البطيئة."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130
-msgid ""
-"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. "
-"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>بحث</b> يتيح لك فرصة البحث عن الحزم التي تتوفر بها معايير متعددة. وهذه "
-"عادةً أسهل طريقة للعثور على حزمة إذا كنت تعرف اسمها."
+msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
+msgstr "<b>بحث</b> يتيح لك فرصة البحث عن الحزم التي تتوفر بها معايير متعددة. وهذه عادةً أسهل طريقة للعثور على حزمة إذا كنت تعرف اسمها."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a "
-"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>تلميح:</b> يمكنك أيضًا استخدام هذه الطريقة للتعرف على الحزمة التي تحتوي "
-"على مكتبة معينة. قم بالبحث في حقل RPM <b>يوفر</b> المكتبات."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
+msgstr "<b>تلميح:</b> يمكنك أيضًا استخدام هذه الطريقة للتعرف على الحزمة التي تحتوي على مكتبة معينة. قم بالبحث في حقل RPM <b>يوفر</b> المكتبات."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135
-msgid ""
-"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- "
-"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>ملخص التثبيت</b> افتراضيًا، يعرض التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها على النظام -- "
-"الحزم التي سيتم تثبيتها أو حذفها أو تحديثها."
+msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
+msgstr "<b>ملخص التثبيت</b> افتراضيًا، يعرض التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها على النظام -- الحزم التي سيتم تثبيتها أو حذفها أو تحديثها."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137
-msgid ""
-"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to "
-"<b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can "
-"see all changes that will be made to your system."
-msgstr ""
-"بوجه عام يعتبر استخدام <b>التحقق من التبعيات</b>ثم التبديل إلى <b>ملخص "
-"التثبيت</b> قبل النقر فوق <b>قبول</b> فكرة جيدة. يمكنك، بهذه الطريقة، "
-"الاطلاع على كافة التغييرات التي سيتم إجراؤها على النظام."
+msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system."
+msgstr "بوجه عام يعتبر استخدام <b>التحقق من التبعيات</b>ثم التبديل إلى <b>ملخص التثبيت</b> قبل النقر فوق <b>قبول</b> فكرة جيدة. يمكنك، بهذه الطريقة، الاطلاع على كافة التغييرات التي سيتم إجراؤها على النظام."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140
-msgid ""
-"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; "
-"use the check boxes at the left side."
-msgstr ""
-"يمكنك أيضًا بشكل صريح تحديد الحزم التي لها حالة معينة للاطلاع عليها هنا؛ "
-"استخدم خانات الاختيار في الجانب الأيمن."
+msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side."
+msgstr "يمكنك أيضًا بشكل صريح تحديد الحزم التي لها حالة معينة للاطلاع عليها هنا؛ استخدم خانات الاختيار في الجانب الأيمن."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see "
-"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and "
-"uncheck everything else."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>تلميح:</b> يمكنك أيضًا عكس تأثير هذا المرشح. يمكنك معرفة الحزم التي ستظل "
-"كما هي على النظام. فقط قم بتحديد <b>إبقاء</b> وإلغاء تحديد كافة الخانات "
-"الأخرى."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else."
+msgstr "<b>تلميح:</b> يمكنك أيضًا عكس تأثير هذا المرشح. يمكنك معرفة الحزم التي ستظل كما هي على النظام. فقط قم بتحديد <b>إبقاء</b> وإلغاء تحديد كافة الخانات الأخرى."
#. Make sure all images used here are specified in
#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am !
@@ -661,12 +538,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the "
-"versions are the same)."
-msgstr ""
-"الحزمة مثبَّتة بالفعل. قم بتحديثها أو إعادة تثبيتها (إذا كانت الإصدارات هي "
-"نفسها)."
+msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)."
+msgstr "الحزمة مثبَّتة بالفعل. قم بتحديثها أو إعادة تثبيتها (إذا كانت الإصدارات هي نفسها)."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277
@@ -688,20 +561,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any "
-"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other "
-"packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"الحزمة غير مثبَّتة ويجب عدم تثبيتها تحت أية ظروف، وخصوصًا بسبب تبعيات غير "
-"محلولة قد تحتويها الحزم الأخرى أو تحصل عليها."
+msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "الحزمة غير مثبَّتة ويجب عدم تثبيتها تحت أية ظروف، وخصوصًا بسبب تبعيات غير محلولة قد تحتويها الحزم الأخرى أو تحصل عليها."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316
-msgid ""
-"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any "
-"installation media."
-msgstr ""
-"تُعامَل الحزم المعين حالتها إلى \"محظور\" كأنها غير موجودة في أية وسائط تثبيت."
+msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media."
+msgstr "تُعامَل الحزم المعين حالتها إلى \"محظور\" كأنها غير موجودة في أية وسائط تثبيت."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101
@@ -710,20 +575,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209
-msgid ""
-"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not "
-"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"الحزمة مثبَّتة ويجب عدم تعديلها، وخصوصًا بسبب تبعيات غير محلولة قد تحتويها "
-"الحزم الأخرى أو تحصل عليها."
+msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "الحزمة مثبَّتة ويجب عدم تعديلها، وخصوصًا بسبب تبعيات غير محلولة قد تحتويها الحزم الأخرى أو تحصل عليها."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by "
-"newer versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"استخدم هذه الحالة لحزم الطرف الثالث التي يجب عدم الكتابة فوقها بواسطة "
-"إصدارات أحدث قد تكون مرفقة مع التوزيع."
+msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "استخدم هذه الحالة لحزم الطرف الثالث التي يجب عدم الكتابة فوقها بواسطة إصدارات أحدث قد تكون مرفقة مع التوزيع."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275
@@ -733,14 +590,11 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"This package will be installed automatically because some other package "
-"needs it."
+msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it."
msgstr "سيتم تثبيت هذه الحزمة تلقائيًا نظرًا لحاجة بعض الحزم الأخرى إليها."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
msgstr "<b>تلميح:</b> قد تضطر إلى استخدام \"محظور\" للتخلص من هذه الحزمة."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
@@ -751,12 +605,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer "
-"version, so it will automatically be updated."
-msgstr ""
-"الحزمة مثبَّتة بالفعل، إلا أن بعض الحزم الأخرى تحتاج إلى إصدار أحدث، ولذلك "
-"سيتم تحديثها تلقائيًا."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated."
+msgstr "الحزمة مثبَّتة بالفعل، إلا أن بعض الحزم الأخرى تحتاج إلى إصدار أحدث، ولذلك سيتم تحديثها تلقائيًا."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274
@@ -766,16 +616,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it "
-"is deleted."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted."
msgstr "الحزمة مثبَّتة بالفعل، ولكن تبعيات الحزمة تتطلب حذفها."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236
msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one."
-msgstr ""
-"يمكن أن يحدث ذلك، على سبيل المثال، إذا أصبحت هذه الحزمة قديمة بعد إصدار حزم "
-"أخرى أحدث."
+msgstr "يمكن أن يحدث ذلك، على سبيل المثال، إذا أصبحت هذه الحزمة قديمة بعد إصدار حزم أخرى أحدث."
#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265
@@ -795,12 +641,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278
-msgid ""
-"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the "
-"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
-msgstr ""
-"احصل على هذه الحزمة. قم بتثبيتها إذا لم يتم تثبيتها بعد. وقم بتحديثها إلى "
-"أحدث إصدار إذا كانت مثبَّتة ويوجد إصدار أحدث."
+msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
+msgstr "احصل على هذه الحزمة. قم بتثبيتها إذا لم يتم تثبيتها بعد. وقم بتحديثها إلى أحدث إصدار إذا كانت مثبَّتة ويوجد إصدار أحدث."
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285
@@ -809,21 +651,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287
-msgid ""
-"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not "
-"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"تخلص من هذه الحزمة. ضع علامة أمام \"عدم تثبيت\" إذا لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة بعد. "
-"قم بحذفها إذا تم تثبيتها."
+msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
+msgstr "تخلص من هذه الحزمة. ضع علامة أمام \"عدم تثبيت\" إذا لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة بعد. قم بحذفها إذا تم تثبيتها."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295
-msgid ""
-"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore "
-"packages that are not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"قم بتحديث هذه الحزمة إذا كانت مثبَّتة ويوجد إصدار أحدث. تجاهل الحزم غير "
-"المثبَّتة."
+msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed."
+msgstr "قم بتحديث هذه الحزمة إذا كانت مثبَّتة ويوجد إصدار أحدث. تجاهل الحزم غير المثبَّتة."
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302
@@ -832,22 +666,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304
-msgid ""
-"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently "
-"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
-msgstr ""
-"تراجع عن تأثير \">\" أعلاه: قم بتعيين الحزمة إلى \"إبقاء\" إذا كانت معينة "
-"حاليًا إلى \"تحديث\". تجاهل كافة الحزم الأخرى."
+msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
+msgstr "تراجع عن تأثير \">\" أعلاه: قم بتعيين الحزمة إلى \"إبقاء\" إذا كانت معينة حاليًا إلى \"تحديث\". تجاهل كافة الحزم الأخرى."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package "
-"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies "
-"that other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"تعيين هذه الحزمة إلى \"محظور\" إذا لم يتم تثبيتها: تأكد من عدم تثبيت هذه "
-"الحزمة، وخصوصًا بسبب تبعيات غير محلولة قد تحتويها الحزم الأخرى أو تحصل عليها. "
+msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "تعيين هذه الحزمة إلى \"محظور\" إذا لم يتم تثبيتها: تأكد من عدم تثبيت هذه الحزمة، وخصوصًا بسبب تبعيات غير محلولة قد تحتويها الحزم الأخرى أو تحصل عليها. "
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322
@@ -856,21 +681,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package "
-"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that "
-"other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"تعيين هذه الحزمة إلى \"محمية\" إذا تم تثبيتها: تأكد من عدم تعديل هذه الحزمة، "
-"وخصوصًا بسبب تبعيات غير محلولة قد تحتويها الحزم الأخرى أو تحصل عليها. "
+msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "تعيين هذه الحزمة إلى \"محمية\" إذا تم تثبيتها: تأكد من عدم تعديل هذه الحزمة، وخصوصًا بسبب تبعيات غير محلولة قد تحتويها الحزم الأخرى أو تحصل عليها. "
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328
-msgid ""
-"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer "
-"versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"استخدم هذه الحالة لحزم الطرف الثالث التي يجب عدم الكتابة فوقها بواسطة "
-"إصدارات أحدث قد تكون مرفقة مع التوزيع."
+msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "استخدم هذه الحالة لحزم الطرف الثالث التي يجب عدم الكتابة فوقها بواسطة إصدارات أحدث قد تكون مرفقة مع التوزيع."
#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248
#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208
@@ -930,12 +746,8 @@
msgstr "إنشاء حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
-"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدمه لإنشاء سجلات شاملة للمساعدة في تتبع الأخطاء في محلل التبعيات. يتم "
-"تخزين السجلات في المجلد <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدمه لإنشاء سجلات شاملة للمساعدة في تتبع الأخطاء في محلل التبعيات. يتم تخزين السجلات في المجلد <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395
@@ -943,12 +755,8 @@
msgstr "حالة اختبار المحلل"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410
-msgid ""
-"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare "
-"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تمت كتابة حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات إلى <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>هل تريد "
-"تحضير الأرشيف <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> لإرفاقه بـ Bugzilla؟</p>"
+msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تمت كتابة حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات إلى <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>هل تريد تحضير الأرشيف <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> لإرفاقه بـ Bugzilla؟</p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413
@@ -957,12 +765,8 @@
#. caption
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check "
-"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>خطأ</b> أثناء إنشاء حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات</p><p>الرجاء التحقق من "
-"المساحة المتوفرة على القرص والأذونات الخاصة بـ <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>خطأ</b> أثناء إنشاء حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات</p><p>الرجاء التحقق من المساحة المتوفرة على القرص والأذونات الخاصة بـ <tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. startsWith
#. filter
@@ -1679,25 +1483,6 @@
msgstr "المؤلفون:"
#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<br>\n"
-#| "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<font color='blue'>\n"
-#| "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n"
-#| "</font>\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Possible reasons:</p>\n"
-#| "<ul>\n"
-#| "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n"
-#| "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n"
-#| "<li>They are third-party packages\n"
-#| "</ul>\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n"
-#| "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<br>\n"
"<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n"
@@ -1803,29 +1588,14 @@
#~ msgid "(by selection)"
#~ msgstr "(بواسطةتحديد )"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a "
-#~ "predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "سيتم تثبيت هذه الحزمة تلقائيًا لأنها موجودة ضمن تحديد برنامج معرَّف مسبقًا "
-#~ "(مثل \"وسائط متعددة\" أو \"تطوير\")."
+#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")."
+#~ msgstr "سيتم تثبيت هذه الحزمة تلقائيًا لأنها موجودة ضمن تحديد برنامج معرَّف مسبقًا (مثل \"وسائط متعددة\" أو \"تطوير\")."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is "
-#~ "contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", "
-#~ "\"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will "
-#~ "automatically be updated."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "الحزمة مثبَّتة بالفعل، ولكن لا يوجد إصدار أحدث. وهي موجودة ضمن تحديد برنامج "
-#~ "معرَّف مسبقًا (مثل \"وسائط متعددة\" أو \"تطوير\") طلبت تحديثه، ولذلك سيتم "
-#~ "تحديث هذه الحزمة تلقائيًا."
+#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will automatically be updated."
+#~ msgstr "الحزمة مثبَّتة بالفعل، ولكن لا يوجد إصدار أحدث. وهي موجودة ضمن تحديد برنامج معرَّف مسبقًا (مثل \"وسائط متعددة\" أو \"تطوير\") طلبت تحديثه، ولذلك سيتم تحديث هذه الحزمة تلقائيًا."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection "
-#~ "(e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "الحزمة مثبَّتة بالفعل، ولكن تحديد برنامج معرَّف مسبقًا (مثل \"وسائط متعددة\" "
-#~ "أو \"تطوير\") يتطلب حذفها."
+#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted."
+#~ msgstr "الحزمة مثبَّتة بالفعل، ولكن تحديد برنامج معرَّف مسبقًا (مثل \"وسائط متعددة\" أو \"تطوير\") يتطلب حذفها."
#~ msgid "Source"
#~ msgstr "المصدر"
@@ -1984,27 +1754,13 @@
#~ msgstr "تعذر إلغاء توصيل القرص المرن"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> and then "
-#~ "switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This "
-#~ "way you can see all changes that will be made to your system."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "وبوجه عام، يعتبر استخدام <b>التحقق من التبعيات</b> ثم التبديل إلى <b>ملخص "
-#~ "التثبيت</b> قبل النقر فوق <b>قبول</b> فكرة جيدة. يمكنك، بهذه الطريقة، "
-#~ "الاطلاع على كافة التغييرات التي سيتم إجراؤها على النظام الخاص بك."
+#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> and then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system."
+#~ msgstr "وبوجه عام، يعتبر استخدام <b>التحقق من التبعيات</b> ثم التبديل إلى <b>ملخص التثبيت</b> قبل النقر فوق <b>قبول</b> فكرة جيدة. يمكنك، بهذه الطريقة، الاطلاع على كافة التغييرات التي سيتم إجراؤها على النظام الخاص بك."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in "
-#~ "a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "سيتم تثبيت هذه الحزمة تلقائيًا لأنها موجودة ضمن تحديد برنامج معرَّف مسبقًا "
-#~ "(مثل \"وسائط متعددة\" أو \"تطوير\")."
+#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")."
+#~ msgstr "سيتم تثبيت هذه الحزمة تلقائيًا لأنها موجودة ضمن تحديد برنامج معرَّف مسبقًا (مثل \"وسائط متعددة\" أو \"تطوير\")."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Error</b> while creating a dependency resolver test case</"
-#~ "p><p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>خطأ</b> أثناء إنشاء حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات</p><p>الرجاء التحقق "
-#~ "من المساحة المتوفرة على القرص والأذونات الخاصة بـ <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Error</b> while creating a dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>خطأ</b> أثناء إنشاء حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات</p><p>الرجاء التحقق من المساحة المتوفرة على القرص والأذونات الخاصة بـ <tt>%1</tt></p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/qt.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/qt.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/qt.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/rdp.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/rdp.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/rdp.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Commandline help title
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/rear.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/rear.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/rear.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xrear module
@@ -44,12 +43,8 @@
msgstr "هذا النظام لا يدعم rear، بسبب:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you "
-"ignore this warning."
-msgstr ""
-"لا تتوقع من النسخة الاحتياطية التي تم إنشاؤها أن تكون مفيدة لاسترداد النظام "
-"إذا تم تجاهل هذا التحذير."
+msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning."
+msgstr "لا تتوقع من النسخة الاحتياطية التي تم إنشاؤها أن تكون مفيدة لاسترداد النظام إذا تم تجاهل هذا التحذير."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104
msgid "This system is not supported."
@@ -123,77 +118,36 @@
#. help text for Rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إعداد Rear Relax واسترداد النسخ الاحتياطي (<b>ReaR</b>) لجهاز الكمبيوتر.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إعداد Rear Relax واسترداد النسخ الاحتياطي (<b>ReaR</b>) لجهاز الكمبيوتر.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422
-msgid ""
-"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want "
-"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحديد كيفية بدء تشغيل <b>استعادة النظام</b>. اختر USB إذا كنت تريد "
-"الإقلاع من فلاشة USB أو أيزو للقرص المضغوط على التوالي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحديد كيفية بدء تشغيل <b>استعادة النظام</b>. اختر USB إذا كنت تريد الإقلاع من فلاشة USB أو أيزو للقرص المضغوط على التوالي.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have "
-"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location "
-"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to "
-"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اختر مكان تخزين <b>النسخ الاحتياطي</b> . إذا كان لديك اختر ملقم يوفر نظام "
-"ملف الشبكة اختر NFS. الرجاء تحديد الموقع على النحو التالي: <tt>nfs://"
-"hostname/directory</tt>. يمكنك أيضا اختيار USB لتخزين النسخ قرص USB.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اختر مكان تخزين <b>النسخ الاحتياطي</b> . إذا كان لديك اختر ملقم يوفر نظام ملف الشبكة اختر NFS. الرجاء تحديد الموقع على النحو التالي: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. يمكنك أيضا اختيار USB لتخزين النسخ قرص USB.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428
-msgid ""
-"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click "
-"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا لم يتم عرض أية أجهزة USB، تأكد من توصيله وانقر فوق <b>إعادة تفحص "
-"أجهزة USB</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا لم يتم عرض أية أجهزة USB، تأكد من توصيله وانقر فوق <b>إعادة تفحص أجهزة USB</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy "
-"to be overwritten.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>الاحتفاظ بالنسخ الاحتياطي القديم</b> إذا كنت لا تريد الكتابة فوق "
-"النسخة الاحتياطية السابقة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>الاحتفاظ بالنسخ الاحتياطي القديم</b> إذا كنت لا تريد الكتابة فوق النسخة الاحتياطية السابقة.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the "
-"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's "
-"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the "
-"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تتيح قائمة <b>خيارات متقدمة</b> إضافة <b>مجلدات إضافية للنسخ الاحتياطي</"
-"b> و <b>وحدات نواة إضافية لنظام الإنقاذ</b>. هذا مفيدة فقط إذا كان النسخ "
-"الاحتياطي لا يحتوي على كافة المجلدات اللازمة أو فشل إقلاع نظام الإنقاذ سبب "
-"فقدان وحدات النواة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تتيح قائمة <b>خيارات متقدمة</b> إضافة <b>مجلدات إضافية للنسخ الاحتياطي</b> و <b>وحدات نواة إضافية لنظام الإنقاذ</b>. هذا مفيدة فقط إذا كان النسخ الاحتياطي لا يحتوي على كافة المجلدات اللازمة أو فشل إقلاع نظام الإنقاذ سبب فقدان وحدات النواة.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's "
-"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on "
-"your system!</strong></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>الزر <b>حفظ وتشغيل rear الآن</b> يدير rear ويظهر الناتج في الخلفية. "
-"<strong>تأكد من أن اختبار النسخ الاحتياطي اللتي تم إنشاؤها يعمل كما هو متوقع "
-"في النظام الخاص بك!</strong></p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>"
+msgstr "<p>الزر <b>حفظ وتشغيل rear الآن</b> يدير rear ويظهر الناتج في الخلفية. <strong>تأكد من أن اختبار النسخ الاحتياطي اللتي تم إنشاؤها يعمل كما هو متوقع في النظام الخاص بك!</strong></p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes "
-"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حفظ الإعداد <b>موافق</b> أو اختر <b>إلغاء</b> لإغلاق مربع حوار الإعداد "
-"دون الحفظ.<p>"
+msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
+msgstr "<p>حفظ الإعداد <b>موافق</b> أو اختر <b>إلغاء</b> لإغلاق مربع حوار الإعداد دون الحفظ.<p>"
#. prepare advanced menu
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459
@@ -259,11 +213,8 @@
msgstr "تم تعيين NETFS_URL إلى قيمة غير معروفة، أو في تنسيق خاطئ.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590
-msgid ""
-"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot "
-"configure.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"ملف الإعداد الخلفي يحتوي على خيارات لا يمكن إعداداها بالوحدة النمطية YaST2.\n"
+msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n"
+msgstr "ملف الإعداد الخلفي يحتوي على خيارات لا يمكن إعداداها بالوحدة النمطية YaST2.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595
msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
@@ -157,12 +156,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
-"updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-"أدخل إلى مركز تفويض وثائق عملاء SUSE هنا لتسجيل النظام والحصول على التحديثات "
-"والملحقات."
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr "أدخل إلى مركز تفويض وثائق عملاء SUSE هنا لتسجيل النظام والحصول على التحديثات والملحقات."
#. not set yet?
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377
@@ -229,20 +224,12 @@
msgstr "<p>النظام مسجل مسبقاً.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or "
-"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك إعادة التسجيل مرة أخرى، أو يمكنك تسجيل ملحق إضافي أو وحدات نمطية "
-"لتحسين الأداء الوظيفي للنظام.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك إعادة التسجيل مرة أخرى، أو يمكنك تسجيل ملحق إضافي أو وحدات نمطية لتحسين الأداء الوظيفي للنظام.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE "
-"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا أردت شطب تسجيل النظام يجب عليك تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز خدمة عملاء SUSE "
-"وإزالة النظام يدوياً من هناك.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا أردت شطب تسجيل النظام يجب عليك تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز خدمة عملاء SUSE وإزالة النظام يدوياً من هناك.</p>"
#. error message
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534
@@ -614,13 +601,10 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you "
-"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective "
-"extension or module.</p>"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>أدخل أكواد التسجيل الملحقات المطلوبة أو الوحدات النمطية.</p>\n"
-"<p>رموز التسجيل مطلوبة لإنجاح عملية التسجيل.إذا كنت لم تستطع توفير رمز تسجيل "
-"تراجع وقم بإلغاء تحديد الملحق أو الوحدة النمطية.</p>"
+"<p>رموز التسجيل مطلوبة لإنجاح عملية التسجيل.إذا كنت لم تستطع توفير رمز تسجيل تراجع وقم بإلغاء تحديد الملحق أو الوحدة النمطية.</p>"
#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
@@ -650,27 +634,18 @@
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
msgstr "<p>هنا يمكنك تحديد الملحقات المتوفرة ووحدات yoursystem.</p>"
#. help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45
-msgid ""
-"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific "
-"registration code.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يرجى ملاحظة أن بعض ملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية قد تحتاج إلى كود تسجيل "
-"مستقل.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يرجى ملاحظة أن بعض ملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية قد تحتاج إلى كود تسجيل مستقل.</p>"
#. help text (3/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the "
-"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا رغبت في إزالة أي ملحق أو وحدة نمطية، قم بتسجيل الدخول لمركز خدمة "
-"العملاء SUSE وأزلها يدوياً من هناك.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا رغبت في إزالة أي ملحق أو وحدة نمطية، قم بتسجيل الدخول لمركز خدمة العملاء SUSE وأزلها يدوياً من هناك.</p>"
#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67
@@ -698,11 +673,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered "
-"together with the base product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هنا يمكنك تحديد ملحقات أو الوحدات التي تكون مسجلة مع المنتج الأساسي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هنا يمكنك تحديد ملحقات أو الوحدات التي تكون مسجلة مع المنتج الأساسي.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
@@ -757,11 +729,9 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center "
-"database,\n"
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product "
-"Registration</b>.</p>"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يتضمن تسجيل المنتج في قاعدة بيانات\n"
"مركز عملاء SUSE مما يتيح لك الحصول على التحديثات والدعم الفني عبر الإنترنت.\n"
@@ -769,14 +739,11 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL "
-"of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. "
-"Refer\n"
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا نشرت شبكة الاتصال الخاصة بك خادم تسجيل مخصص، عين مسار URL الصحيح من "
-"للخادم\n"
+"<p>إذا نشرت شبكة الاتصال الخاصة بك خادم تسجيل مخصص، عين مسار URL الصحيح من للخادم\n"
"وموقع شهادة SMT في <b>إعدادات خادم SMT</b>. راجع\n"
"كتيب SMT للحصول على مزيد من المساعدة.</p>"
@@ -848,47 +815,28 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the "
-"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تأمين اتصال (HTTPS) باستخدام شهادة SSL للتحقق من صحة الخادم وتشفير "
-"البيانات المنقولة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تأمين اتصال (HTTPS) باستخدام شهادة SSL للتحقق من صحة الخادم وتشفير البيانات المنقولة.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known "
-"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the "
-"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك اختيار استيراد الشهادة فهي في قائمة الشهادات المعروفة autohorities "
-"(CA)، هذا يعني أن تثق بهذا العنصر ومصدر الشهادة غير معروف.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك اختيار استيراد الشهادة فهي في قائمة الشهادات المعروفة autohorities (CA)، هذا يعني أن تثق بهذا العنصر ومصدر الشهادة غير معروف.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استيراد الشهادة تسمح باستخدامها على سبيل المثال كشهادة موقعة ذاتيا.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استيراد الشهادة تسمح باستخدامها على سبيل المثال كشهادة موقعة ذاتيا.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to "
-"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>هامة:</b> ينبغي عليك التحقق من بصمات الأصابع الشهادة تأكد من أن تقوم "
-"باستيراد شهادة حقيقية من الخادم المطلوب.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>هامة:</b> ينبغي عليك التحقق من بصمات الأصابع الشهادة تأكد من أن تقوم باستيراد شهادة حقيقية من الخادم المطلوب.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big "
-"security risk.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>استيراد شهادة غير معروف دون التحقق يعتبر مخاطرة أمنية كبيرة.</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>استيراد شهادة غير معروف دون التحقق يعتبر مخاطرة أمنية كبيرة.</b></p>"
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51
@@ -920,8 +868,7 @@
#~ "الوصول الآمن، وتحديث البرامج العامة ممكناً على\n"
#~ "النظام المسجل فقط."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
+#~ msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
#~ msgstr "إذا قمت بتخطي التسجيل الآن تأكد من القيام بذلك بعد تثبيت النظام."
#~ msgid "&Email"
@@ -946,12 +893,8 @@
#~ "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني غير معروف أو\n"
#~ "أن رمز التسجيل غير صالح."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
-#~ "updates and add-on products."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "أدخل إلى مركز تفويض وثائق عملاء SUSE هنا لتسجيل النظام والحصول على "
-#~ "التحديثات والمنتجات الوظيفة الإضافية."
+#~ msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products."
+#~ msgstr "أدخل إلى مركز تفويض وثائق عملاء SUSE هنا لتسجيل النظام والحصول على التحديثات والمنتجات الوظيفة الإضافية."
#~ msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
#~ msgstr "تحميل منتجات الوظيفة الإضافية المتوفرة وملحقاتها..."
@@ -1040,11 +983,9 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-#~ "select\n"
+#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
#~ "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>%s</i> "
-#~ "site.</p>"
+#~ "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>%s</i> site.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "لتثبيت منتجات وظيفة إضافية من وسائط مستقلة مع &product;، حدد\n"
@@ -1217,8 +1158,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with "
-#~ "Novell.\n"
+#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n"
#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1231,15 +1171,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your "
-#~ "system\n"
+#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be "
-#~ "involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the "
-#~ "Novell\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the "
-#~ "identity\n"
+#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
+#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n"
+#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -1254,11 +1190,9 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</"
-#~ "b>\n"
+#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</b>\n"
#~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n"
-#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your "
-#~ "product.\n"
+#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -1270,30 +1204,23 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver "
-#~ "support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. "
-#~ "View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</"
-#~ "tt>.\n"
+#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
+#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
+#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "لا يتم إطلاع ي شخص خارج نطاق Novell على هذه المعلومات. ويتم الاستعانة "
-#~ "بالبيانات\n"
+#~ "لا يتم إطلاع ي شخص خارج نطاق Novell على هذه المعلومات. ويتم الاستعانة بالبيانات\n"
#~ "لأغراض إحصائية ولزيادة درجة الملاءمة فيما يخص دعم سواقة التشغيل\n"
-#~ "وحساب الويب. يمكنك العثور على سياسة سرية تفصيلية في <b>تفاصيل</b>. "
-#~ "استعرض\n"
+#~ "وحساب الويب. يمكنك العثور على سياسة سرية تفصيلية في <b>تفاصيل</b>. استعرض\n"
#~ "المعلومات التي تم إرسالها في ملف السجل <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your "
-#~ "update \n"
+#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, "
-#~ "such \n"
+#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n"
#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1301,32 +1228,27 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b>المزامنة مع مركز العملاء بانتظام</b> يتحقق من استمرار صلاحية \n"
#~ "مصادر التحديث ويضيف أية مصادر جديدة متوفرة.\n"
-#~ "بالإضافة إلى أنه يرسل أية تعديلات تم إجراؤها على البيانات المضمنة إلى "
-#~ "Novell، مثل \n"
+#~ "بالإضافة إلى أنه يرسل أية تعديلات تم إجراؤها على البيانات المضمنة إلى Novell، مثل \n"
#~ "معلومات العتاد في حالة كان الخيار <b>معلومات العتاد</b> نشطًا.\n"
#~ "لا يؤدي تحديد هذا الخيار إلى إزالة أية مصادر تمت إضافتها يدويًا.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local "
-#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n"
+#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "ستتصل عملية التسجيل بخادم Novell (أو خادم تسجيل محلي إذا كنت شركتك الخاصة "
-#~ "توفر خادم).\n"
+#~ "ستتصل عملية التسجيل بخادم Novell (أو خادم تسجيل محلي إذا كنت شركتك الخاصة توفر خادم).\n"
#~ "الرجاء التأكد من أن إعدادات شبكة الاتصال والوكيل صحيحة.\n"
-#~ "يمكن الرجوع خطوة للعودة إلى إعداد شبكة الاتصال للتحقق من الإعدادات أو "
-#~ "تغييرها.\n"
+#~ "يمكن الرجوع خطوة للعودة إلى إعداد شبكة الاتصال للتحقق من الإعدادات أو تغييرها.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with "
-#~ "Open-SLX.\n"
+#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n"
#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1339,15 +1261,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your "
-#~ "system\n"
+#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be "
-#~ "involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-"
-#~ "SLX\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the "
-#~ "identity\n"
+#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
+#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n"
+#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -1362,32 +1280,24 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used "
-#~ "for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver "
-#~ "support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. "
-#~ "View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</"
-#~ "tt>.\n"
+#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n"
+#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
+#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
+#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "لا يتم إطلاع ي شخص خارج نطاق Open-SLX على هذه المعلومات. ويتم الاستعانة "
-#~ "بالبيانات\n"
+#~ "لا يتم إطلاع ي شخص خارج نطاق Open-SLX على هذه المعلومات. ويتم الاستعانة بالبيانات\n"
#~ "لأغراض إحصائية ولزيادة درجة الملاءمة فيما يخص دعم سواقة التشغيل\n"
-#~ "وحساب الويب. يمكنك العثور على سياسة سرية تفصيلية في <b>تفاصيل</b>. "
-#~ "استعرض\n"
+#~ "وحساب الويب. يمكنك العثور على سياسة سرية تفصيلية في <b>تفاصيل</b>. استعرض\n"
#~ "المعلومات التي تم إرسالها في ملف السجل <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your "
-#~ "update \n"
+#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-"
-#~ "SLX, such \n"
+#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n"
#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1395,26 +1305,22 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b>المزامنة مع مركز العملاء بانتظام</b> يتحقق من استمرار صلاحية \n"
#~ "مصادر التحديث ويضيف أية مصادر جديدة متوفرة.\n"
-#~ "بالإضافة إلى أنه يرسل أية تعديلات تم إجراؤها على البيانات المضمنة إلى "
-#~ "Open-SLX، مثل \n"
+#~ "بالإضافة إلى أنه يرسل أية تعديلات تم إجراؤها على البيانات المضمنة إلى Open-SLX، مثل \n"
#~ "معلومات العتاد في حالة كان الخيار <b>معلومات العتاد</b> نشطًا.\n"
#~ "لا يؤدي تحديد هذا الخيار إلى إزالة أية مصادر تمت إضافتها يدويًا.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local "
-#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n"
+#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "ستتصل عملية التسجيل بخادم Open-SLX (أو خادم تسجيل محلي إذا كانت شركتك "
-#~ "الخاصة توفر خادم).\n"
+#~ "ستتصل عملية التسجيل بخادم Open-SLX (أو خادم تسجيل محلي إذا كانت شركتك الخاصة توفر خادم).\n"
#~ "الرجاء التأكد من أن إعدادات شبكة الاتصال والوكيل صحيحة.\n"
-#~ "يمكن الرجوع خطوة للعودة إلى إعداد شبكة الاتصال للتحقق من الإعدادات أو "
-#~ "تغييرها.\n"
+#~ "يمكن الرجوع خطوة للعودة إلى إعداد شبكة الاتصال للتحقق من الإعدادات أو تغييرها.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid "Error"
@@ -1503,8 +1409,7 @@
#~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed."
#~ msgstr "يجب تثبيت الحزم التالية."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed."
+#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed."
#~ msgstr "لعد هذا التثبيت بشكل صحيح الحزمة %1 يجب تثبيتها."
#~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first."
@@ -1513,12 +1418,8 @@
#~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed."
#~ msgstr "يجب تثبيت الحزمة %1 وإزالة %2."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may "
-#~ "miscount this installation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "ستواصل التسجيل الآن على الرغم من أن خادم التسجيل قد يقطع إتصال هذا "
-#~ "التثبيت."
+#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation."
+#~ msgstr "ستواصل التسجيل الآن على الرغم من أن خادم التسجيل قد يقطع إتصال هذا التثبيت."
#~ msgid "Setting up online update source..."
#~ msgstr "يتم الآن إعداد مصدر التحديث عبر إنترنت..."
@@ -1571,57 +1472,33 @@
#~ msgid "Key is invalid."
#~ msgstr "المفتاح غير صالح."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, "
-#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register "
-#~ "while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. "
-#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with "
-#~ "<b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يشتمل تسجيل المنتج على المنتج الخاص بك في قاعدة بيانات Novell، "
-#~ "بالإضافة إلى أنه يتيح لك إمكانية الحصول على التحديثات عبر إنترنت والدعم "
-#~ "الفني اللازم. للتسجيل أثناء التثبيت التلقائي، حدد <b>تشغيل تسجيل المنتج</"
-#~ "b>. لتبسيط الإجراء، قم بتضمين معلومات من النظام باستخدام <b>ملف تعريف "
-#~ "العتاد</b> و<b>معلومات اختيارية</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>يشتمل تسجيل المنتج على المنتج الخاص بك في قاعدة بيانات Novell، بالإضافة إلى أنه يتيح لك إمكانية الحصول على التحديثات عبر إنترنت والدعم الفني اللازم. للتسجيل أثناء التثبيت التلقائي، حدد <b>تشغيل تسجيل المنتج</b>. لتبسيط الإجراء، قم بتضمين معلومات من النظام باستخدام <b>ملف تعريف العتاد</b> و<b>معلومات اختيارية</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Get more information about the registration process with "
-#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>احصل على مزيد من المعلومات حول عملية التسجيل باستخدام "
-#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>احصل على مزيد من المعلومات حول عملية التسجيل باستخدام <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n"
-#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with "
-#~ "<tt>suse_register\n"
-#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove "
-#~ "a\n"
-#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with "
-#~ "<b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n"
+#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n"
+#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n"
+#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>يبين المعلومات الأخرى المستخدمة لتسجيل <b>بيانات\n"
-#~ "التسجيل</b>.<br>إضافة زوج ومفتاح قيمة جديدة بالضغط على <b>إضافة</b> وقم "
-#~ "بإدخال القيم \n"
+#~ "التسجيل</b>.<br>إضافة زوج ومفتاح قيمة جديدة بالضغط على <b>إضافة</b> وقم بإدخال القيم \n"
#~ "المناسبة. هذه المعلمات هي تلك التي يمكن أن تنتقل مع \n"
#~ "<tt>تسجيل المستخدم\n"
-#~ "-a</tt>.<br>الحصول على مزيد من المعلومات حول <tt>تسجيل المستخدم-p</tt>. "
-#~ "أزل قيمة المفتاح باستخدام <b>حذف</b> أو عدل زوج موجود باستخدام <b>تحرير</"
-#~ "b>.</p>"
+#~ "-a</tt>.<br>الحصول على مزيد من المعلومات حول <tt>تسجيل المستخدم-p</tt>. أزل قيمة المفتاح باستخدام <b>حذف</b> أو عدل زوج موجود باستخدام <b>تحرير</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT "
-#~ "Server\n"
-#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. "
-#~ "Refer\n"
+#~ "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n"
+#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
#~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>إذا نشرت شبكة الاتصال خادم SMT مخصصة، الرجاء \n"
#~ "تعيين المسار الخاص بالخادم SMT وموقع الشهادة SMT\n"
-#~ "في <b>SMT إعدادات الخادم</b>. الرجاء مراجعة دليل SMT لمزيد من المساعدة.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "في <b>SMT إعدادات الخادم</b>. الرجاء مراجعة دليل SMT لمزيد من المساعدة.</p>"
#~ msgid "SMT Server"
#~ msgstr "خادم SMT"
@@ -1741,28 +1618,11 @@
#~ msgid "See the help text for details."
#~ msgstr "الرجاء راجع التعليمات للحصول على التفاصيل."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, "
-#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the "
-#~ "<b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>لتسجيل هذا التثبيت في خادم تسجيل محلي، قم بإعداد مسار وشهادة المرجع "
-#~ "المصدق للخادم عن طريق القائمة <b>خيارات متقدمة</b> بشكل اختياري.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the <b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>لتسجيل هذا التثبيت في خادم تسجيل محلي، قم بإعداد مسار وشهادة المرجع المصدق للخادم عن طريق القائمة <b>خيارات متقدمة</b> بشكل اختياري.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas "
-#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</"
-#~ "i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/"
-#~ "path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the "
-#~ "keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling "
-#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>مسار خادم التسجيل يجب أن يبدء <i>https://</i> بينما قد يكون موقع "
-#~ "الشهادة المرجع المصدق به عنوان مسار بتنسيق <i>http://</i>، <i>https://</"
-#~ "i> أو <i>ftp://</i>. وعلاوة على ذلك هناك مسارات صالحة <i>/path/on/local/"
-#~ "disk</i>و <b>المرنة</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> والكلمة الرئيسية <i>تم "
-#~ "القيام به</i>. وهذا الأخير يشير إلى أن التعامل مع أي شهادة مرجع مصدق CA "
-#~ "يجب القيام بها للوثوق بها كخادم تسجيل.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>مسار خادم التسجيل يجب أن يبدء <i>https://</i> بينما قد يكون موقع الشهادة المرجع المصدق به عنوان مسار بتنسيق <i>http://</i>، <i>https://</i> أو <i>ftp://</i>. وعلاوة على ذلك هناك مسارات صالحة <i>/path/on/local/disk</i>و <b>المرنة</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> والكلمة الرئيسية <i>تم القيام به</i>. وهذا الأخير يشير إلى أن التعامل مع أي شهادة مرجع مصدق CA يجب القيام بها للوثوق بها كخادم تسجيل.</p>"
#~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?"
#~ msgstr "هل تريد تخطي التسجيل؟"
@@ -1965,12 +1825,9 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your "
-#~ "update \n"
-#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be "
-#~ "available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, "
-#~ "such \n"
+#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
+#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
+#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n"
#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
#~ "This option does not remove any repositories added manually.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1978,8 +1835,7 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b>المزامنة مع Customer Center بانتظام</b> يتحقق من استمرار صلاحية \n"
#~ " مصادر التحديث ويضيف أية مصادر جديدة متوفرة.\n"
-#~ " بالإضافة إلى أنه يرسل أية تعديلات تم إجراؤها على البيانات المضمنة إلى "
-#~ "Novell، مثل \n"
+#~ " بالإضافة إلى أنه يرسل أية تعديلات تم إجراؤها على البيانات المضمنة إلى Novell، مثل \n"
#~ " معلومات الأجهزة في حالة ما إذا كان الخيار <b>معلومات الأجهزة</b> نشطًا.\n"
#~ " لا يؤدي تحديد هذا الخيار إلى إزالة أية مصادر تمت إضافتها يدويًا.\n"
#~ " </p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/reipl.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/reipl.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/reipl.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module
@@ -138,7 +137,6 @@
msgstr "محدد برنامج الإقلاع"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150
-#| msgid "ccw parameters"
msgid "nss parameters"
msgstr "معلمات nss"
@@ -202,10 +200,8 @@
#. Configure dialog help 2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio "
-"buttons\n"
-"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine "
-"supports,\n"
+"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n"
+"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n"
"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n"
"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n"
"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n"
@@ -220,15 +216,12 @@
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n"
-"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><"
-"device ID></i>,\n"
-"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a "
-"DASD or to\n"
+"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n"
+"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n"
"an FCP adapter.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يجب أن يكون <b>الجهاز</b> معرف ناقل الجهاز صالح مع رسائل أحرف صغيرة في\n"
-"تنسيق متوافق مع sysfs 0.<i><مُعرف القناة الفرعية></i>.<i><مُعرف "
-"الجهاز></i>,\n"
+"تنسيق متوافق مع sysfs 0.<i><مُعرف القناة الفرعية></i>.<i><مُعرف الجهاز></i>,\n"
"مثل as 0.0.5c51. \n"
"يعتمد على للأسلوب الذي تم اختياره، وهذا قد يشير إلى DASD أو إلى محول FCP.</p>"
@@ -255,10 +248,8 @@
#. Configure dialog help 6
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase "
-"letters\n"
-"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000."
-"</p>"
+"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n"
+"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يجب إدخال <b>رقم الوحدة المنطقي</b> (LUN) بأحرف صغيرة\n"
"كقيمة ست عشرية 16 رقماً مع كافة الأصفار الزائدة، مثل 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
@@ -286,12 +277,10 @@
#. Configure dialog help 9
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by "
-"shutdown,\n"
+"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n"
"and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>بعد تأكيد مربع الحوار هذا، فستؤثر في إعادة التشغيل، مثلاً عن طريق إيقاف "
-"التشغيل،\n"
+"<p>بعد تأكيد مربع الحوار هذا، فستؤثر في إعادة التشغيل، مثلاً عن طريق إيقاف التشغيل،\n"
"سيتم تلقائياً إعادة تشغيل النظام من الجهاز المحدد.</p>"
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module
@@ -232,42 +231,28 @@
"<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n"
"Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n"
"<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n"
-"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all "
-"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated "
-"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name "
-"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be "
-"accepted.</p>\n"
+"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n"
"<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n"
"SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>نقل العنوان</b><br>\n"
"ينبغي الاستماع لعنوان xend على اتصالات مقبس النقل</p>\n"
"<p><b>المضيفين المصرح لهم</b><br>\n"
-"المضيفين المصرح لهم بالحديث عبر منفذ النقل. إذا كان هذا الحقل فارغاً، يتم "
-"السماح لكافة الاتصالات. وإلا، يجب أن يكون تسلسل مفصول بمسافة من التعبيرات "
-"العادية. سيتم قبول أي المضيف مع اسم مجال المؤهل بالكامل أو عنوان IP يطابق "
-"هذه التعبيرات العادية.</p>\n"
+"المضيفين المصرح لهم بالحديث عبر منفذ النقل. إذا كان هذا الحقل فارغاً، يتم السماح لكافة الاتصالات. وإلا، يجب أن يكون تسلسل مفصول بمسافة من التعبيرات العادية. سيتم قبول أي المضيف مع اسم مجال المؤهل بالكامل أو عنوان IP يطابق هذه التعبيرات العادية.</p>\n"
"<p><b>ملف شهادة SSL/ملف مفتاح SSL</b><br>\n"
"مفتاح SSL والشهادة لاستخدام واجهة نقل ssl</p>"
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n"
-"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host "
-"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting "
-"the data stream.</p>\n"
+"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n"
-"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the "
-"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually "
-"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>"
+"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>الهجرة النفقية</big></b><br>\n"
-"مصدر مضيف Libvirtd يقوم بفتح اتصال مباشر مع المضيف libvirtd لإرسال البيانات "
-"المتعلقة بالهجرة. يسمح هذا الخيار بتشفير تدفق البيانات.</p>\n"
+"مصدر مضيف Libvirtd يقوم بفتح اتصال مباشر مع المضيف libvirtd لإرسال البيانات المتعلقة بالهجرة. يسمح هذا الخيار بتشفير تدفق البيانات.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>الهجرة عادي</big></b><br>\n"
-"المضيف المصدر VM يفتح اتصال مع TCP غير مشفرة مباشر إلى المضيف الوجهة لإرسال "
-"بيانات الهجرة. ما لم يتم تحديد منفذ يدوياً، سيختار libvirt هجرة منفذ في "
-"النطاق الافتراضي.</p>"
+"المضيف المصدر VM يفتح اتصال مع TCP غير مشفرة مباشر إلى المضيف الوجهة لإرسال بيانات الهجرة. ما لم يتم تحديد منفذ يدوياً، سيختار libvirt هجرة منفذ في النطاق الافتراضي.</p>"
#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration
#. @return sequence result
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
@@ -410,12 +409,10 @@
#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select "
-"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
+"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
"<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>للقيام بالإجراءات على أقراص متعددة في وقت واحد. حدد الأقراص لاختيار كل "
-"الاقراص المتاحة (بعد تطبيق الفلترة)، أختر\n"
+"<p>للقيام بالإجراءات على أقراص متعددة في وقت واحد. حدد الأقراص لاختيار كل الاقراص المتاحة (بعد تطبيق الفلترة)، أختر\n"
"<b>تحديد الكل</b> أو <b>عدم تحديد</b>.</p>\n"
#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
@@ -468,41 +465,30 @@
#. Dump dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50
msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>إعداد واحد أو أكثر من وحدات التخزين للاستخدام كجهاز S/390 dump .</b></"
-"p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>إعداد واحد أو أكثر من وحدات التخزين للاستخدام كجهاز S/390 dump .</b></p>"
#. Dump dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54
-msgid ""
-"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are "
-"limited to DASD.<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>الأجهزة المدعومة بأقراص ECKD DASD و ZFCP، بينما متعددة الحجم تقتصر على "
-"DASD.<br>"
+msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>الأجهزة المدعومة بأقراص ECKD DASD و ZFCP، بينما متعددة الحجم تقتصر على DASD.<br>"
#. Dump dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58
msgid ""
"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n"
-"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"يمكن استخدام الأقراص كاملة فقط، لا توجد أقسام. إذا كان الجهاز يمنع \n"
"تهيئتها أو تقسيمها، قم بتفعيل الاختيار <b>الكتابة فوق القرص بالقوة</b>.</p>"
#. Dump dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or "
-"ZFCP dialog.<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لاستخدام DASD و ZFCP نشّط الأجهزة في مربع الحوار DASD YaST أو ZFCP.<br>"
+msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>لاستخدام DASD و ZFCP نشّط الأجهزة في مربع الحوار DASD YaST أو ZFCP.<br>"
#. Dump dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
+msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
msgstr "لن يتم إظهار الأجهزة قيد الاستخدام أو التي لها أقسام موصولة.</p>"
#. Dump dialog help 6/8
@@ -540,12 +526,8 @@
#. warn only in case of force
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
-msgid ""
-"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will "
-"be lost! Continue?"
-msgstr ""
-"سيتم تهيئة القرص %1 كجهاز تفريغ. سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا "
-"الجهاز! هل تريد المتابعة؟"
+msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?"
+msgstr "سيتم تهيئة القرص %1 كجهاز تفريغ. سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا الجهاز! هل تريد المتابعة؟"
#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk()
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203
@@ -571,23 +553,13 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user "
-"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يسمح TS-Shell <b>بتصريح</b> لكل مجموعة مستخدمي TS-Shell. بتوريث حقوق "
-"المجموعة بين أعضائها.</p>"
+msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يسمح TS-Shell <b>بتصريح</b> لكل مجموعة مستخدمي TS-Shell. بتوريث حقوق المجموعة بين أعضائها.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, "
-"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all "
-"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>كل سماح z/VM يمكن تحديدها يدوياً ضمن <b>التحديد</b>، ويعرفه <b>Regex</b> "
-"أو يسمح بتحميله من <b>الملف</b> الذي يحتوي على كافة معرفات z/VM مفصولة "
-"بفواصل الأسطر.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>كل سماح z/VM يمكن تحديدها يدوياً ضمن <b>التحديد</b>، ويعرفه <b>Regex</b> أو يسمح بتحميله من <b>الملف</b> الذي يحتوي على كافة معرفات z/VM مفصولة بفواصل الأسطر.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
@@ -601,8 +573,7 @@
#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
-"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to "
-"change\n"
+"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n"
"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإضافة أو إزالة مجموعات من جدول التصريح TS-Shell أو لتغيير \n"
@@ -610,12 +581,8 @@
#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts "
-"should be gathered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مع <b>معرفات المراجعة</b> يمكن تحديد z/VM معرفات من النصوص التي ينبغي "
-"جمعها.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مع <b>معرفات المراجعة</b> يمكن تحديد z/VM معرفات من النصوص التي ينبغي جمعها.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
@@ -624,23 +591,16 @@
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> "
-"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
-"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting "
-"them on the right.</p>"
+"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
+"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>لإنشاء مستخدم TS-Shell جديد <b>اسم المستخدم</b>، <b>مجلد المنزل</b> و "
-"<b>كلمة المرور</b> يجب تحديدها.\n"
+"<p>لإنشاء مستخدم TS-Shell جديد <b>اسم المستخدم</b>، <b>مجلد المنزل</b> و <b>كلمة المرور</b> يجب تحديدها.\n"
"\t<br>من الممكن تحديد <b>مجموعات إضافية</b> بإختيارهم من الجهة المقابلة.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, "
-"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لضمان أن يقوم المستخدم بتغيير كلمة المرور بعد تسجيل الدخول الأول <b>فرض "
-"تغيير كلمة المرور</b>يجب تنشيطها.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لضمان أن يقوم المستخدم بتغيير كلمة المرور بعد تسجيل الدخول الأول <b>فرض تغيير كلمة المرور</b>يجب تنشيطها.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
@@ -668,12 +628,10 @@
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
-"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or "
-"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
+"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يمكن إضافة مجموعات قائمة بالفعل أو إزالتها من تصريح TS-Shell. بتحديدها \n"
-"في الجدول بالنقر فوق <b>حدد أو قم بإلغاء تحديد</b>. الوضع الحالي في العمود "
-"<b>تصريح TS</b>.</p>"
+"في الجدول بالنقر فوق <b>حدد أو قم بإلغاء تحديد</b>. الوضع الحالي في العمود <b>تصريح TS</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
@@ -687,21 +645,16 @@
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
msgid ""
-"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> "
-"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
-"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has "
-"to be used.</p>"
+"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن إنشاء مجموعات جديدة بإدخال الاسم في الحقل <b>مجموعة جديدة</b> "
-"وتأكيده في<b>إنشاء</b>.\n"
+"<p>يمكن إنشاء مجموعات جديدة بإدخال الاسم في الحقل <b>مجموعة جديدة</b> وتأكيده في<b>إنشاء</b>.\n"
"\t<br>لحذف مجموعات مُنشئة مسبقاً<b>مستخدمي YaST</b> قوم بذلك.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن التراجع عن التغييرات في مربع الحوار هذا باستخدام الزر <b>الخلف</b> ."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن التراجع عن التغييرات في مربع الحوار هذا باستخدام الزر <b>الخلف</b> .</p>"
#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
@@ -709,22 +662,13 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users "
-"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يحتاج IUCVConn عند تسجيل دخول لمستخدم واحد لكل معرف z/VM. لإنشاء<b>كلمة "
-"مرور</b> و <b>مجلد المنزل</b> يجب تقديمها."
+msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
+msgstr "<p>يحتاج IUCVConn عند تسجيل دخول لمستخدم واحد لكل معرف z/VM. لإنشاء<b>كلمة مرور</b> و <b>مجلد المنزل</b> يجب تقديمها."
#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
-msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or "
-"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is "
-"enabled. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>من الممكن مزامنة المستخدمين يدوياً بالنقر <b>المزامنة</b> أو مجرد تأكيد "
-"التغييرات مع <b>Ok</b> أثناء تمكين <b>IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول</b> . </p>"
+msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>من الممكن مزامنة المستخدمين يدوياً بالنقر <b>المزامنة</b> أو مجرد تأكيد التغييرات مع <b>Ok</b> أثناء تمكين <b>IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول</b> . </p>"
#. Text approval
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54
@@ -961,13 +905,11 @@
msgstr "معرف z/VM خاطئ \"%1\" في السطر %2 فقط يسمح بالأحرف والأرقام."
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
-msgid ""
-"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
msgstr "معرف z/VM خاطئ \"%1\" في السطر %2 لا يسمح بالأرقام في البداية."
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
msgstr "معرف z/VM خاطئ \"%1\" في السطر %2 لا يسمح بأكثر من ثمانية أرقام."
#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
@@ -1000,9 +942,7 @@
#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity.
#. @return true for valid inputs
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are "
-"allowed."
+msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed."
msgstr "خطأ في المدخلات، يسمح فقط بالأحرف الصغيرة، والأرقام والفصل بفواصل."
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60
@@ -1034,30 +974,13 @@
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal "
-"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a "
-"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance."
-"<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن تشغيل عدة <b>مثيلات IUCVtty</b> لتوفير العديد من الأجهزة الطرفية. "
-"تتميز المثيلات على معرف المحطة طرفية، الذي هو مزيج من <b>بادئة معرف المحطة "
-"الطرفية</b> وعدد المثيل.<br>"
+msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن تشغيل عدة <b>مثيلات IUCVtty</b> لتوفير العديد من الأجهزة الطرفية. تتميز المثيلات على معرف المحطة طرفية، الذي هو مزيج من <b>بادئة معرف المحطة الطرفية</b> وعدد المثيل.<br>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
-#| msgid ""
-#| "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</"
-#| "i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm1</i> to <i>lxterm10</i> are "
-#| "available.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</"
-"i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are "
-"available.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"على سبيل المثال، إذا قمت بتعريف الحالات العشر مع البادئة "
-""<i>lxterm</i>" ستكون معرفات المحطة الطرفية <i>lxterm0</i> إلى "
-"<i>lxterm9</i> متوفرة.</p>"
+msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>"
+msgstr "على سبيل المثال، إذا قمت بتعريف الحالات العشر مع البادئة "<i>lxterm</i>" ستكون معرفات المحطة الطرفية <i>lxterm0</i> إلى <i>lxterm9</i> متوفرة.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
@@ -1066,37 +989,23 @@
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
-msgid ""
-"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes "
-"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and "
-"login programs.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>سواقة تشغيل الجهاز z/VM IUCV HVC هي وحدة نواة، ويستخدم جهاز العقد لتمكين "
-"عقد تصل إلى ثمانية أجهزة طرفية عديدين التواصل مع برامج getty وتسجيل الدخول.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>سواقة تشغيل الجهاز z/VM IUCV HVC هي وحدة نواة، ويستخدم جهاز العقد لتمكين عقد تصل إلى ثمانية أجهزة طرفية عديدين التواصل مع برامج getty وتسجيل الدخول.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain "
-"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مع <b>تقييد الوصول</b>، السماح باتصالات من بعض <b>خوادم المحطة الطرفية</"
-"b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مع <b>تقييد الوصول</b>، السماح باتصالات من بعض <b>خوادم المحطة الطرفية</b>.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بتعريف المحاكاة لكافة المثيلات في وقت واحد، أو لكل واحد على حدة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بتعريف المحاكاة لكافة المثيلات في وقت واحد، أو لكل واحد على حدة.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages "
-"to\n"
+"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n"
"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>"
msgstr ""
"<p>تنشيط <b>توجيه الرسائل النواة إلى hvc0</b> لتوجيه الرسائل النواة\n"
@@ -1104,23 +1013,13 @@
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add "
-"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the "
-"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"هل يجب إبقاء إظهار رسائل النواة على ttyS0، عادة إضافة <b>وحدة التحكم = "
-"ttyS0</b> إلى خيارات الإقلاع الحالية لمعلمة النواة في <b>محمل الإقلاع في "
-"الوحدة النمطية YaST</b>.</p>"
+msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "هل يجب إبقاء إظهار رسائل النواة على ttyS0، عادة إضافة <b>وحدة التحكم = ttyS0</b> إلى خيارات الإقلاع الحالية لمعلمة النواة في <b>محمل الإقلاع في الوحدة النمطية YaST</b>.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
-msgid ""
-"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through "
-"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
-msgstr ""
-"<h3>تحذير: المحطات HVC ستبقي تسجيل الدخول بدون الخروج يدوياً عن طريق "
-"الاختصار: د _ ctrl</h3>"
+msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>تحذير: المحطات HVC ستبقي تسجيل الدخول بدون الخروج يدوياً عن طريق الاختصار: د _ ctrl</h3>"
#. Dialog content
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
@@ -1187,19 +1086,13 @@
#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تكوين الإجراءات الواجب اتخاذها في حالة حدوث حالة ذعر النواة</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>تكوين الإجراءات الواجب اتخاذها في حالة حدوث حالة ذعر النواة</b></p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior "
-"during kernel panics.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>برنامج <b>Dumpconf</b> الخفي يحتاج إلى تمكين التأثير على سلوك الذعر عبر "
-"النواة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>برنامج <b>Dumpconf</b> الخفي يحتاج إلى تمكين التأثير على سلوك الذعر عبر النواة.</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120
@@ -1224,12 +1117,10 @@
#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128
msgid ""
-"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only "
-"available\n"
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n"
"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>"
msgstr ""
-"<b>dump_reipl</b> تفريغ لينكس وإعادة تشغيل النظام. إلا أن هذا الخيار متاح "
-"على\n"
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> تفريغ لينكس وإعادة تشغيل النظام. إلا أن هذا الخيار متاح على\n"
"أجهزة LPAR with z9(r) وفي وقت لاحق، z/VMversion 5.3 والإصدارات الأحدث.<br>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
@@ -1239,34 +1130,18 @@
#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
-msgid ""
-"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified "
-"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system "
-"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إرجاء الوقت المحدد في <b>دقائق التأخير</b> تفعيل إجراء الذعر المحدد "
-"للأنظمة الحديثة منع الحلقات. إذا تعطل النظام قبل انقضاء الفترة الزمنية يتم "
-"تنفيذ الإجراء الافتراضي (إيقاف) .</p>"
+msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إرجاء الوقت المحدد في <b>دقائق التأخير</b> تفعيل إجراء الذعر المحدد للأنظمة الحديثة منع الحلقات. إذا تعطل النظام قبل انقضاء الفترة الزمنية يتم تنفيذ الإجراء الافتراضي (إيقاف) .</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If "
-"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> "
-"dialog.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكن تعيين الجهاز لتفريغ الذاكرة باستخدام <b>تفريغ الجهاز</b>. إذا لم "
-"تظهر الأجهزة التي أنشئتها باستخدام مربع الحوار <b>تفريغ أجهزة ياست</b> .</p>"
+msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكن تعيين الجهاز لتفريغ الذاكرة باستخدام <b>تفريغ الجهاز</b>. إذا لم تظهر الأجهزة التي أنشئتها باستخدام مربع الحوار <b>تفريغ أجهزة ياست</b> .</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux "
-"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مع <b>VMCMD</b> تحديد أوامر CP ليتم تنفيذها قبل أن يتم إيقاف نظام لينكس. "
-"مسموح فقط %1 خطوط ومجموعة حروف %2.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مع <b>VMCMD</b> تحديد أوامر CP ليتم تنفيذها قبل أن يتم إيقاف نظام لينكس. مسموح فقط %1 خطوط ومجموعة حروف %2.</p>"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
@@ -1442,14 +1317,11 @@
#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs "
-"conforming\n"
+"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n"
"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, "
-"such as\n"
+"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n"
"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value "
-"with\n"
+"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n"
"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يجب إدخال <b>معرف القناة</b> بأحرف صغيرة في شكل مطابقة\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1334,6 @@
#. popup label
#. popup label
#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:188 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161
-#| msgid "Running mkinitrd and zipl."
msgid "Running mkinitrd."
msgstr "تشغيل mkinitrd."
@@ -1894,14 +1765,8 @@
msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active."
msgstr "%1: منافذ WWPN مازالت نشطة."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</"
-#~ "i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm1</i> to <i>lxterm10</i> are "
-#~ "available.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "على سبيل المثال، إذا قمت بتعريف الحالات العشر مع البادئة "<i>lxterm</"
-#~ "i>" ستكون معرفات المحطة الطرفية <i>lxterm1</i> إلى <i>lxterm10</i> "
-#~ "من متوفرة.</p>"
+#~ msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm1</i> to <i>lxterm10</i> are available.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "على سبيل المثال، إذا قمت بتعريف الحالات العشر مع البادئة "<i>lxterm</i>" ستكون معرفات المحطة الطرفية <i>lxterm1</i> إلى <i>lxterm10</i> من متوفرة.</p>"
#~ msgid "Select I&nstance"
#~ msgstr "حدد طلب"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
@@ -165,12 +164,8 @@
#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid'
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</"
-"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بتحديد <b>النطاق</b> للمستخدم سامبا ومجموعة معرفات للقيم (<tt>winbind "
-"uid</tt> و <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بتحديد <b>النطاق</b> للمستخدم سامبا ومجموعة معرفات للقيم (<tt>winbind uid</tt> و <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235
@@ -400,8 +395,7 @@
#. continue/cancel popup
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808
msgid ""
-"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the "
-"following\n"
+"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n"
"settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
@@ -505,8 +499,7 @@
#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active "
-"Directory domain.\n"
+"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n"
"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>عميل لينكس يمكن أن يكون عضوا في مجموعة عمل أو مجال NT، أو مجال مجلد نشط.\n"
@@ -516,30 +509,25 @@
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n"
-"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if "
-"joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
+"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>SMB باستخدام المعلومات مصادقة لينكس</b> يتيح\n"
-"التحقق من كلمات المرور مع خادم NT أو خادم Kerberos إذا كان الالتحاق في مجال "
-"AD.</p>\n"
+"التحقق من كلمات المرور مع خادم NT أو خادم Kerberos إذا كان الالتحاق في مجال AD.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the "
-"list of name servers.\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n"
"This option is only available for static network setups.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>تغيير لاحقة DNS الأساسية</b> لإضافة خادم AD إلى قائمة خوادم "
-"الاسم.\n"
+"<p>تحقق من <b>تغيير لاحقة DNS الأساسية</b> لإضافة خادم AD إلى قائمة خوادم الاسم.\n"
"يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط لإعدادات الشبكة الثابتة.</p>"
#. Samba role dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n"
-"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the "
-"domain.</p>\n"
+"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>عندما تضغط <b>موافق</b>، النظام التحقق من العضوية،\n"
"وإذا كان مجال NT أو المجلد النشط، تسمح لهذا المضيف الانضمام إلى المجال.</p>\n"
@@ -560,38 +548,18 @@
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home "
-"directories created on the first login.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>إنشاء مجلد المنزل عند الدخول</b> للحصول على مجلد المنزل التي تم "
-"إنشاؤها عند الدخول الأول.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>إنشاء مجلد المنزل عند الدخول</b> للحصول على مجلد المنزل التي تم إنشاؤها عند الدخول الأول.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is "
-"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must "
-"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored "
-"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no "
-"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially "
-"useful for mobile users."
-msgstr ""
-"يتيح الخيار <p><b>تصديق بدون اتصال</b> للمستخدم إمكانية الدخول حتى في حالة "
-"عدم وجود اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. لكي يعمل هذا الخيار، يجب الدخول إلى المجال "
-"مرةً واحدةً على الأقل. يتم بعد ذلك تخزين صلاحيات المستخدم مشفرة على الكمبيوتر "
-"وتتم إعادة استخدامها للدخول إلى مجال في حالة عدم إمكانية إنشاء أي اتصال "
-"بوحدة تحكم المجال. هذا مفيدًا خاصةً لمستخدمي الهواتف المحمولة."
+msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users."
+msgstr "يتيح الخيار <p><b>تصديق بدون اتصال</b> للمستخدم إمكانية الدخول حتى في حالة عدم وجود اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. لكي يعمل هذا الخيار، يجب الدخول إلى المجال مرةً واحدةً على الأقل. يتم بعد ذلك تخزين صلاحيات المستخدم مشفرة على الكمبيوتر وتتم إعادة استخدامها للدخول إلى مجال في حالة عدم إمكانية إنشاء أي اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. هذا مفيدًا خاصةً لمستخدمي الهواتف المحمولة."
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS "
-"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>انقر فوق <b>إعدادات الخبير</b> لتمكين ميزات متقدمة مثل خيارات WINS أو "
-"تركيب خادم مجلد المنزل من مجالات المجلد النشط.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>انقر فوق <b>إعدادات الخبير</b> لتمكين ميزات متقدمة مثل خيارات WINS أو تركيب خادم مجلد المنزل من مجالات المجلد النشط.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97
@@ -601,24 +569,16 @@
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for "
-"joining\n"
-"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be "
-"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
+"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n"
+"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>قم بتعيين <b>اسم المستخدم</b> و<b>كلمة المرور</b> المطلوب استخدامهما\n"
-"للانضمام إلى المجال المحدد أثناء التثبيت التلقائي. لاحظ أن كلمة المرور تحفظ "
-"في ملف تعريف بشكل نص صريح (غير مشفر) .</p>"
+"للانضمام إلى المجال المحدد أثناء التثبيت التلقائي. لاحظ أن كلمة المرور تحفظ في ملف تعريف بشكل نص صريح (غير مشفر) .</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active "
-"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos "
-"configuration.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>خادم المجلد النشط</b> لاستخدامه للانضمام إلى مجال المجلد النشط. "
-"ويستخدم أيضًا كقيمة KDC في إعداد Kerberos.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>خادم المجلد النشط</b> لاستخدامه للانضمام إلى مجال المجلد النشط. ويستخدم أيضًا كقيمة KDC في إعداد Kerberos.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109
@@ -726,8 +686,7 @@
#. popup question
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
-msgstr ""
-"مشاركات المستخدم موجودة بالفعل. هل تريد الاحتفاظ بهذه المشاركات أم حذفها؟"
+msgstr "مشاركات المستخدم موجودة بالفعل. هل تريد الاحتفاظ بهذه المشاركات أم حذفها؟"
#. button label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357
@@ -751,12 +710,8 @@
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for "
-"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا رغبت في استخدام خادم اسم Microsoft Windows (WINS) لحل الاسم، تحقق من "
-"<b>استخدام WINS لحل اسم المضيف</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا رغبت في استخدام خادم اسم Microsoft Windows (WINS) لحل الاسم، تحقق من <b>استخدام WINS لحل اسم المضيف</b>.</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405
@@ -765,12 +720,8 @@
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided "
-"by DHCP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>خادم WINS الاسترداد عبر DHCP</b> لاستخدام خادم WINS المزود من "
-"قبل DHCP.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>خادم WINS الاسترداد عبر DHCP</b> لاستخدام خادم WINS المزود من قبل DHCP.</p>"
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432
@@ -804,78 +755,41 @@
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the "
-"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other "
-"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</"
-"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system "
-"permissions allow access.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"يتيح الخيار <p><b>السماح للمستخدمين بمشاركة مجلداتهم</b> لأعضاء المجموعة في "
-"<b>المجموعة المسموح بها</b> إمكانية مشاركة المجلداتهم مع مستخدمين آخرين. على "
-"سبيل المثال، <tt>مستخدمو</tt> نطاق محلي أو <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> لنطاق "
-"مجال. يجب أن يتأكد المستخدم أيضًا من أن أذونات نظام الملفات تتيح إمكانية "
-"الوصول.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
+msgstr "يتيح الخيار <p><b>السماح للمستخدمين بمشاركة مجلداتهم</b> لأعضاء المجموعة في <b>المجموعة المسموح بها</b> إمكانية مشاركة المجلداتهم مع مستخدمين آخرين. على سبيل المثال، <tt>مستخدمو</tt> نطاق محلي أو <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> لنطاق مجال. يجب أن يتأكد المستخدم أيضًا من أن أذونات نظام الملفات تتيح إمكانية الوصول.</p>"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares "
-"that may be created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>باستخدام الخيار <b>الحد الأقصى لعدد المشاركات</b>، قم بتقييد إجمالي كمية "
-"المشاركات التي يمكن إنشاؤها.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>باستخدام الخيار <b>الحد الأقصى لعدد المشاركات</b>، قم بتقييد إجمالي كمية المشاركات التي يمكن إنشاؤها.</p>"
#. membership dialog help common part
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516
-msgid ""
-"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow "
-"Guest Access</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>للسماح بالوصول إلى مشاركات المستخدم بدون تصديق، قم بتمكين <b>السماح بوصول "
-"الضيف</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>للسماح بالوصول إلى مشاركات المستخدم بدون تصديق، قم بتمكين <b>السماح بوصول الضيف</b>.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
-"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when "
-"the\n"
+"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
"user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n"
-"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each "
-"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
+"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>في الجدول <b>خادم مجلد التوصيل</b>، يمكن تحديد مجلدات الخادم (كمجلد \n"
"المنزل) التي ينبغي تحميلها محلياً عندما يتم تسجيل المستخدم. إذا كان ينبغي\n"
"أن يستخدم التوصيل الخاصة بالمستخدم، حدد <b>اسم مستخدم</b> قاعدة\n"
-"محددة. وإلا، يتم تحميل مجلد لكل مستخدم. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، انظر "
-"صفحة دليل pam_mount.conf.</p>"
+"محددة. وإلا، يتم تحميل مجلد لكل مستخدم. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، انظر صفحة دليل pam_mount.conf.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for "
-"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount "
-"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a "
-"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>على سبيل المثال، يمكنك استخدام القيمة <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> "
-"<b>المسار البعيد</b>، <tt>~/</tt> قيمة <b>نقطة التوصيل المحلي</b> لتحميل "
-"مجلد المنزل، جنبا إلى جنب مع قيمة <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> كجزء من "
-"<b>الخيارات</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>على سبيل المثال، يمكنك استخدام القيمة <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> <b>المسار البعيد</b>، <tt>~/</tt> قيمة <b>نقطة التوصيل المحلي</b> لتحميل مجلد المنزل، جنبا إلى جنب مع قيمة <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> كجزء من <b>الخيارات</b>.</p>"
#. help text for kerberos method option
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540
-msgid ""
-"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are "
-"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos "
-"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page "
-"for details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يقوم بتعيين قيمة <b>أسلوب Kerberos</b> كيف يتم التحقق من تذاكر kerberos. "
-"عندما يتم استخدام <b>تسجيل دخول SSH مفرد</b> ، الافتراضي أسلوب Kerberos "
-"حددتها ياست <tt>الأسرار و keytab</tt>. انظر صفحة smb.conf يدوياً للحصول على "
-"التفاصيل.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يقوم بتعيين قيمة <b>أسلوب Kerberos</b> كيف يتم التحقق من تذاكر kerberos. عندما يتم استخدام <b>تسجيل دخول SSH مفرد</b> ، الافتراضي أسلوب Kerberos حددتها ياست <tt>الأسرار و keytab</tt>. انظر صفحة smb.conf يدوياً للحصول على التفاصيل.</p>"
#. translators: initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74
@@ -889,43 +803,36 @@
#. dialog caption
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650
-#| msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration"
msgstr "حفظ إعدادات عميل Kerberos"
#. progress stage label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655
-#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "كتابة إعدادات PAM"
#. progress stage label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657
-#| msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
msgid "Write Kerberos client settings"
msgstr "كتابة إعدادات عميل Kerberos"
#. progress stage label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659
-#| msgid "Write the settings"
msgid "Write OpenSSH settings"
msgstr "كتابة إعدادات OpenSSH"
#. progress step label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663
-#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات PAM..."
#. progress step label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665
-#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..."
msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات عميل Kerberos..."
#. progress step label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667
-#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..."
msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات OpenSSH..."
@@ -989,7 +896,6 @@
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
-#| msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>المجال الافتراضي</b>: %1<br>"
@@ -1000,7 +906,6 @@
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
-#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr "<b>تم تمكين مصادقة Kerberos</b>: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module
@@ -184,18 +183,13 @@
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
+msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
msgstr "الاسم المميَّز للاحقة LDAP لمعالجة معلومات المستخدم على خادم LDAP"
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing "
-"passwords)"
-msgstr ""
-"الاسم المميَّز لبروتوكول LDAP لتعديل محتويات خادم LDAP (على سبيل المثال، تغيير "
-"كلمات المرور)"
+msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)"
+msgstr "الاسم المميَّز لبروتوكول LDAP لتعديل محتويات خادم LDAP (على سبيل المثال، تغيير كلمات المرور)"
#. translators: error message for share command line action
#. must provide the share name
@@ -259,14 +253,12 @@
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
-"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the "
-"users,\n"
+"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgstr ""
"نظرًالاتصال المستخدمين حاليًا بخادم Samba هذا.\n"
"تمت إعادة تحميل إعداد الخادم بدلاً من إعادة تشغيله\n"
-"لتأكيد تطبيق كافة الإعدادات بالرغم من إمكانية قطع اتصال المستخدمين، قم "
-"بتشغيل\n"
+"لتأكيد تطبيق كافة الإعدادات بالرغم من إمكانية قطع اتصال المستخدمين، قم بتشغيل\n"
"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' و '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
@@ -885,60 +877,38 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and "
-"click <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>مُحدد مجموعات العمل أو المجالات</big></b><br>\n"
-"يتم هنا عرض كافة مجموعات العمل أو المجالات المتاحة التي تم العثور عليها على "
-"الشبكة, حدد عنصرًا منها أو اكتب الاسم الجديد الذي تريده ثم انقر فوق "
-"<b>التالي</b>.\n"
+"يتم هنا عرض كافة مجموعات العمل أو المجالات المتاحة التي تم العثور عليها على الشبكة, حدد عنصرًا منها أو اكتب الاسم الجديد الذي تريده ثم انقر فوق <b>التالي</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows "
-#| "domain.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n"
-#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their "
-#| "passwords.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the "
-#| "settings in this selection.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT "
-"style domain.</p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n"
-"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their "
-"passwords.</p>\n"
-"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings "
-"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be "
-"phased out in future releases.</p>"
+"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n"
+"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>نوع خادم Samba</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>إحدى وحدات تحكم المجالات التي تتيح لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى مجال "
-"Windows.</p>\n"
+"<p>إحدى وحدات تحكم المجالات التي تتيح لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى مجال Windows.</p>\n"
"<p>تستخدم وحدة التحكم الاحتياطية وحدة تحكم مجال أخرى للمراجعة.\n"
-"وتستخدم وحدة التحكم الأساسية المعلومات المتوفرة لديها عن المستخدمين وكلمات "
-"مرورهم.</p>\n"
-"<p>وتعتمد الخيارات المتاحة في مربعات حوار الإعداد على إعدادات هذا التحديد. "
-"سيتم على مراحل دعم وظيفة وحدة تحكم المجال بنمط Windows NT في الإصدارات "
-"اللاحقة</p>"
+"وتستخدم وحدة التحكم الأساسية المعلومات المتوفرة لديها عن المستخدمين وكلمات مرورهم.</p>\n"
+"<p>وتعتمد الخيارات المتاحة في مربعات حوار الإعداد على إعدادات هذا التحديد. سيتم على مراحل دعم وظيفة وحدة تحكم المجال بنمط Windows NT في الإصدارات اللاحقة</p>"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n"
"depend on the settings in this selection.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>نوع خادم Samba</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>إحدى وحدات تحكم المجالات التي تتيح لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى مجال "
-"Windows.</p>\n"
+"<p>إحدى وحدات تحكم المجالات التي تتيح لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى مجال Windows.</p>\n"
"<p>وتعتمد الخيارات المتاحة في مربعات \n"
"حوار الإعداد على إعدادات هذا التحديد.</p>"
@@ -1011,18 +981,14 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n"
-"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain "
-"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The "
-"backup controller \n"
+"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n"
"uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n"
"uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n"
"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n"
"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>تقوم الإعدادات الأساسية بإعداد المجال\n"
-"ودور الخادم. تتيح <b> وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية</b> و <b>وحدة تحكم المجال "
-"الأساسية</b> لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى أحد مجالات Windows. تستخدم "
-"وحدة التحكم الاحتياطية \n"
+"ودور الخادم. تتيح <b> وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية</b> و <b>وحدة تحكم المجال الأساسية</b> لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى أحد مجالات Windows. تستخدم وحدة التحكم الاحتياطية \n"
"وحدة تحكم مجال أخرى للمراجعة. وتستخدم وحدة التحكم الأساسية\n"
"المعلومات المتوفرة لديها عن المستخدمين وكلمات المرور الخاصة بهم.\n"
"إذا كان مطلوبًا ألا يشارك الخادم كوحدة تحكم مجال، اختر القيمة\n"
@@ -1071,12 +1037,10 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global "
-"settings.</p>\n"
+"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>الإعدادات المتقدمة</b> تتيح إمكانيى الوصول إلى \n"
-"إعدادات تفصيلية، مثل إعدادات LDAP ومصادر تصديق المستخدم وإعدادات الخبير "
-"العمومية.</p>\n"
+"إعدادات تفصيلية، مثل إعدادات LDAP ومصادر تصديق المستخدم وإعدادات الخبير العمومية.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
@@ -1104,8 +1068,7 @@
"<p>لإضافة مجال جديد إلى القائمة، اضغط <b>إضافة</b>.\n"
"أدخل اسم المجال المطلوب الوثوق به\n"
"وكلمة المرور في مربع الحوار الذي يظهر لك. يستخدم خادم Samba\n"
-"كلمة المرور هذه للوصول إلى المجال الموثوق به. بعد ضغط <b>موافق</b> يتم "
-"إنشاء\n"
+"كلمة المرور هذه للوصول إلى المجال الموثوق به. بعد ضغط <b>موافق</b> يتم إنشاء\n"
"علاقة الثقة. لحذف أحد المجالات\n"
"اختر المجال من القائمة، ثم اضغط <b>حذف</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1168,27 +1131,21 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n"
-"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</"
-"b> is used when\n"
+"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n"
"creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n"
"a password for write access, set the password using\n"
"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"يعتبر <p><b>الاسم المميَّز لأساس البحث</b> (الاسم المميز) هو\n"
-"الأساس الذي تبدأ عنده عملية البحث عن المعلومات. ويُستخدم <b>الاسم المميَّز "
-"للإدارة</b> عند\n"
+"الأساس الذي تبدأ عنده عملية البحث عن المعلومات. ويُستخدم <b>الاسم المميَّز للإدارة</b> عند\n"
"إنشاء مجموعات ومستخدمين جدد. وإذا تطلب الاسم المميَّز للإدارة\n"
-"كلمة مرور لتوفير إمكانية الوصول للكتابة، قم بتعيين كلمة المرور باستخدام "
-"الخيار\n"
+"كلمة مرور لتوفير إمكانية الوصول للكتابة، قم بتعيين كلمة المرور باستخدام الخيار\n"
"<b>تعيين كلمة مرور الإدارة LDAP</b>.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password "
-"is set.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> يتم حفظ الإعدادات قبل تعيين كلمة المرور للإدارة LDAP.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> يتم حفظ الإعدادات قبل تعيين كلمة المرور للإدارة LDAP.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200
@@ -1206,13 +1163,11 @@
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current "
-"one first\n"
+"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n"
"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كنت تريد تغيير مصدر مصادقة المستخدم، قم بإزالة الإصدار الحالي \n"
-"أولاً بالضغط على <b>حذف</b> ثم إضافة كلمة مرور جديدة باستخدام<b>إضافة</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
+"أولاً بالضغط على <b>حذف</b> ثم إضافة كلمة مرور جديدة باستخدام<b>إضافة</b>.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211
@@ -1242,8 +1197,7 @@
"<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n"
"to store and look up the information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"تستخدم <p><b>قاعدة بيانات TDB</b> تنسيقًا ثنائيًا لقاعدة بيانات Samba "
-"الداخلية\n"
+"تستخدم <p><b>قاعدة بيانات TDB</b> تنسيقًا ثنائيًا لقاعدة بيانات Samba الداخلية\n"
"لتخزين المعلومات والبحث عنها.</p>\n"
#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore
@@ -1272,8 +1226,7 @@
"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إضافة مشاركة جديدة</big></b><br>\n"
-"يمكنك هنا إدخال المعلومات الأساسية المتعلقة بإحدى المشاركات المطلوب إضافتها."
-"</p>\n"
+"يمكنك هنا إدخال المعلومات الأساسية المتعلقة بإحدى المشاركات المطلوب إضافتها.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252
@@ -1316,49 +1269,18 @@
"that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n"
"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"يمكن استخدام <p><b>توارث قوائم ACL</b> للتأكد من وجود قوائم ACL الافتراضية "
-"في\n"
+"يمكن استخدام <p><b>توارث قوائم ACL</b> للتأكد من وجود قوائم ACL الافتراضية في\n"
"المجلدات الرئيسية، ويتم دائمًا\n"
"منحها عند إنشاء مجلد فرعي.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created "
-#| "by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients.\n"
-#| "This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the "
-#| "Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume."
-#| "</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by "
-"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only "
-"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to "
-"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions "
-"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further "
-"details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>بإستخدام <b>عرض لقطات</b> مختارة، يعرض سامبا لقطات تم إنشاؤها بواسطة "
-"Snapper للوصول عملاء CIFS/SMB إليها والتلاعب بها. هذا الخيار متاح فقط إذا "
-"كان سامبا يدعم Snapper، ويشارك مسار حصة Btrfs المدعومة من Snapper لإعداد حجم "
-"فرعي.<br> يجب أيضا منح الأذونات ذات الصلة راجع <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> صفحة "
-"دعم سامبا للحصول على مزيد من التفاصيل.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>بإستخدام <b>عرض لقطات</b> مختارة، يعرض سامبا لقطات تم إنشاؤها بواسطة Snapper للوصول عملاء CIFS/SMB إليها والتلاعب بها. هذا الخيار متاح فقط إذا كان سامبا يدعم Snapper، ويشارك مسار حصة Btrfs المدعومة من Snapper لإعداد حجم فرعي.<br> يجب أيضا منح الأذونات ذات الصلة راجع <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> صفحة دعم سامبا للحصول على مزيد من التفاصيل.</p>"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of "
-#| "features specific to the Btrfs filesystem.\n"
-#| "This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the "
-#| "Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of "
-"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if "
-"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See "
-"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الاستفادة من ميزات Btrfs</b> سيرشدك سامبا لطريقة الاستفادة من ميزات "
-"محددة لنظام الملفات Btrfs. يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كان سامبا يدعم Btrfs، "
-"ويشارك Btrfs في مسار الحجم الفرعي Btrfs. انظر <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> صفحة دعم "
-"سامبا للحصول على مزيد من التفاصيل.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>الاستفادة من ميزات Btrfs</b> سيرشدك سامبا لطريقة الاستفادة من ميزات محددة لنظام الملفات Btrfs. يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كان سامبا يدعم Btrfs، ويشارك Btrfs في مسار الحجم الفرعي Btrfs. انظر <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> صفحة دعم سامبا للحصول على مزيد من التفاصيل.</p>"
#. help for LDAP Settings dialog
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289
@@ -1367,84 +1289,53 @@
"Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the "
-"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/"
-"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
+"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, "
-"including full Administrator DN.\n"
+"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP "
-"objects.\n"
+"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To "
-"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</"
-"b>.<p>"
+"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP إعدادات</big></b><br>\n"
"هنا، تحديد خادم LDAP لاستخدام المصادقة.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-" <b>LDAP كلمة مرور المنتهى الخلفي</b> تسمح بتخزين معلومات المستخدم في شجرة "
-"LDAP المحدد بواسطة المسار. باستخدام <b>LDAP Idmap المنتهى الخلفي</b>, تخزين "
-"SID/uid/gid جدول خرائط في LDAP.\n"
+" <b>LDAP كلمة مرور المنتهى الخلفي</b> تسمح بتخزين معلومات المستخدم في شجرة LDAP المحدد بواسطة المسار. باستخدام <b>LDAP Idmap المنتهى الخلفي</b>, تخزين SID/uid/gid جدول خرائط في LDAP.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"في مقطع المصادقة, تعيين أوراق اعتماد خادم LDAP، بما في ذلك كامل مسؤول DN.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<b>قاعدة بحث DN</b> لاحقة LDAP الملحقة بكائنات LDAP سامبا.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"لاختبار الاتصال بخادم LDAP الخاص بك، انقر فوق <b>اختبار الاتصال</b>. لتعيين "
-"إعدادات LDAP الخبراء أو استخدام القيم الافتراضية، انقر فوق <b>>إعدادات "
-"متقدمة</b>.<p>"
+"لاختبار الاتصال بخادم LDAP الخاص بك، انقر فوق <b>اختبار الاتصال</b>. لتعيين إعدادات LDAP الخبراء أو استخدام القيم الافتراضية، انقر فوق <b>>إعدادات متقدمة</b>.<p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The "
-"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, "
-"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> "
-"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>لاحقة للمستخدم</b> يحدد حيث يتم إضافة المستخدمين إلى شجرة LDAP. "
-"والقيمة مسبقا pended لقيمة <b>البحث بقاعدة DN</b>. مماثلة, <b>لاحقة "
-"المجموعة</b> حقق موقع المجموعة, <b>لاحقات الأجهزة</b> للأجهزة و <b>لاحقة "
-"Idmap</b> لمخططات idmap.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>لاحقة للمستخدم</b> يحدد حيث يتم إضافة المستخدمين إلى شجرة LDAP. والقيمة مسبقا pended لقيمة <b>البحث بقاعدة DN</b>. مماثلة, <b>لاحقة المجموعة</b> حقق موقع المجموعة, <b>لاحقات الأجهزة</b> للأجهزة و <b>لاحقة Idmap</b> لمخططات idmap.</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait "
-"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</"
-"p>"
+"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تكرار النوم</b> هو مقدار إنتظار سامبا بعد الكتابة إلى خادم LDAP ,حتى "
-"يستطيع اللحاق بالنسخ المتماثلة LDAP بالمللي ثانية.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>تكرار النوم</b> هو مقدار إنتظار سامبا بعد الكتابة إلى خادم LDAP ,حتى يستطيع اللحاق بالنسخ المتماثلة LDAP بالمللي ثانية.</p>\n"
"<p><b>المهلة</b> يحدد مهلة عمليات LDAP (بالثواني).</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311
-msgid ""
-"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>وتحديد ما إذا كان استخدام SSL للاتصال LDAP مع <b>استخدام SSL أو TLS</b>.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>وتحديد ما إذا كان استخدام SSL للاتصال LDAP مع <b>استخدام SSL أو TLS</b>.</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete "
-"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
-"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the "
-"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual "
-"page for details.</p>"
+"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
+"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>تحديد حذف DN</b> عملية الحذف تحذف دخول LDAP كاملاً أو سمات محددة سامبا "
-"فقط.</p>\n"
-"<p>مع <b>مزامنة كلمات المرور</b>، قم بتعريف المزامنة المحتملة لكلمة المرور "
-"LDAP مع تجزئات LM و NT. انظر الصفحة <tt>smb.conf</tt> للمساعدة والحصول على "
-"التفاصيل.</p>"
+"<p><b>تحديد حذف DN</b> عملية الحذف تحذف دخول LDAP كاملاً أو سمات محددة سامبا فقط.</p>\n"
+"<p>مع <b>مزامنة كلمات المرور</b>، قم بتعريف المزامنة المحتملة لكلمة المرور LDAP مع تجزئات LM و NT. انظر الصفحة <tt>smb.conf</tt> للمساعدة والحصول على التفاصيل.</p>"
#. translators: warning text
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322
@@ -1502,8 +1393,7 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, "
-"and\n"
+"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n"
"expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"تتيح <p><b>الإعدادات المتقدمة</b> إمكانية الوصول إلى \n"
@@ -1940,8 +1830,7 @@
#~ msgstr "SSL"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to "
-#~ "modify\n"
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
#~ "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.\n"
#~ "Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order\n"
#~ "of the back-ends.</p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. helptext
@@ -32,19 +31,12 @@
msgstr "<p>في حالة عدم إدخال قيم مخصصة لـ "
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon "
-"Script</b> "
-msgstr ""
-"<b>المشغل الرئيسي</b>, <b>المسار الرئيسي</b>, <b>مسار ملف التعريف</b>, و "
-"<b>نص الدخول البرمجي</b> "
+msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> "
+msgstr "<b>المشغل الرئيسي</b>, <b>المسار الرئيسي</b>, <b>مسار ملف التعريف</b>, و <b>نص الدخول البرمجي</b> "
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81
-msgid ""
-"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"سيتم استخدام القيم الافتراضية كما هي محددة في إعدادات Samba المحلية.</p>"
+msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>"
+msgstr "سيتم استخدام القيم الافتراضية كما هي محددة في إعدادات Samba المحلية.</p>"
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96
msgid "Home Drive"
@@ -86,16 +78,11 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82
msgid ""
-"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for "
-"Samba.\n"
-"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> "
-"attribute,\n"
-"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All "
-"other\n"
-"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</"
-"b>\n"
-"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group "
-"will\n"
+"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n"
+"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n"
+"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n"
+"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n"
+"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n"
"be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يمكن إستخدام الملحق لتمكين مجموعةLDAP لتكون متاحة لسامبا.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Text for the command_line_description:
@@ -270,12 +269,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837
-msgid ""
-"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-"
-"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
-msgstr ""
-"سواقة التشغيل epkowa لا تتوفر إلا للبنى المتوافقة مع i386 (i386 32 بت و 64 "
-"بت x86_64 أيضا)."
+msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
+msgstr "سواقة التشغيل epkowa لا تتوفر إلا للبنى المتوافقة مع i386 (i386 32 بت و 64 بت x86_64 أيضا)."
#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845
@@ -399,8 +394,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active "
-"scanners.\n"
+"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -414,8 +408,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n"
"detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual "
-"configuration.\n"
+"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -447,8 +440,7 @@
"configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n"
"If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n"
"check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n"
-"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the "
-"scanner.\n"
+"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -461,8 +453,7 @@
"If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n"
"check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n"
"If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
-"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been "
-"loaded.\n"
+"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,8 +467,7 @@
"Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected to the parallel port,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</"
-"b>\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
"before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -501,10 +491,8 @@
"connected to another host in the network.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</"
-"b>\n"
-"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
+"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -522,8 +510,7 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n"
"Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n"
"Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n"
-"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled "
-"drivers,\n"
+"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n"
"set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -543,8 +530,7 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible "
-"reasons are:\n"
+"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n"
"The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n"
"the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n"
"(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n"
@@ -561,8 +547,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n"
-"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing "
-"<b>Next</b>.\n"
+"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
"The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n"
"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -581,19 +566,13 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver "
-"available.\n"
-"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-"
-"backends package.\n"
-"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete."
-"<br>\n"
-"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver "
-"does not work.\n"
+"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n"
+"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n"
+"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n"
+"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n"
"Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n"
-"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver "
-"internals\n"
-"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained "
-"driver.\n"
+"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n"
+"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -601,17 +580,13 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a "
-"driver.\n"
-"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an "
-"unsupported scanner.\n"
+"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n"
+"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"حتى في حالة عدم توفر سواقة تشغيل لطراز ما، قد يتوفر لدى الشركة المصنّعة سواقة "
-"تشغيل.\n"
-"لذلك، يجب أن تطلب من الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة الضوئية سواقة تشغيل لماسحة ضوئية "
-"غير مدعمة.\n"
+"حتى في حالة عدم توفر سواقة تشغيل لطراز ما، قد يتوفر لدى الشركة المصنّعة سواقة تشغيل.\n"
+"لذلك، يجب أن تطلب من الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة الضوئية سواقة تشغيل لماسحة ضوئية غير مدعمة.\n"
"</p>"
#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5:
@@ -635,18 +610,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n"
"To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n"
-"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is "
-"also possible.\n"
-"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this "
-"list,\n"
-"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson."
-"*</tt>.\n"
-"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search "
-"string.\n"
-"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
-"*perfection</tt>\n"
-"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
-"*1200</tt>.\n"
+"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n"
+"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n"
+"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n"
+"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n"
+"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
+"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -656,10 +625,8 @@
"في حالة اكتشاف الماسحة الضوئية وتوفر اسم الشركة المصنّعة في هذه القائمة،\n"
"يتم تعيين سلسلة البحث مسبقًا باسم الشركة المصنّعة، مثل <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n"
"لترشيح نتائج البحث، قم بإلحاق تفاصيل خاصة بالطراز بسلسلة البحث.\n"
-"على سبيل المثال، قم بإلحاق كلمة تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson."
-"*perfection</tt>\n"
-"أو قم بإلحاق بعض الأرقام التي تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson."
-"*1200</tt>.\n"
+"على سبيل المثال، قم بإلحاق كلمة تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
+"أو قم بإلحاق بعض الأرقام التي تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4:
@@ -668,8 +635,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n"
"The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n"
-"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</"
-"b>.\n"
+"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n"
"If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -727,14 +693,10 @@
"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n"
"In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n"
-"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one "
-"devices:\n"
-"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer "
-"available),\n"
-"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-"
-"one devices,\n"
-"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio "
-"driver.\n"
+"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n"
+"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n"
+"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n"
+"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n"
"Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n"
"but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n"
"Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n"
@@ -768,12 +730,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via "
-"the network,\n"
-"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a "
-"server.\n"
-"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to "
-"access saned on your server.\n"
+"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n"
+"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n"
+"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n"
"or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n"
"If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n"
@@ -829,10 +788,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the "
-"network,\n"
-"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the "
-"servers.\n"
+"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n"
+"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n"
"The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n"
"In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n"
@@ -841,12 +798,9 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>إعدادات العميل</big></b><br>\n"
-"إذا أردت الوصول إلى الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بأجهزة مضيفة (خوادم) أخرى في "
-"الشبكة،\n"
-"قم بإعداد سواقة تشغيل بيانات التعريف net للوصول إليها من خلال برنامج التشغيل "
-"قيد التشغيل على الخوادم.\n"
-"يجب أن يتيح كل من برنامج saned وجدار الحماية الموجودين على الخوادم إمكانية "
-"الوصول.\n"
+"إذا أردت الوصول إلى الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بأجهزة مضيفة (خوادم) أخرى في الشبكة،\n"
+"قم بإعداد سواقة تشغيل بيانات التعريف net للوصول إليها من خلال برنامج التشغيل قيد التشغيل على الخوادم.\n"
+"يجب أن يتيح كل من برنامج saned وجدار الحماية الموجودين على الخوادم إمكانية الوصول.\n"
"في <b>الخوادم المستخدمة</b>، أدخل الخوادم المطلوب استخدامها.\n"
"أدخل قائمة خوادم، مفصولة بفاصلة (أسماء الخوادم أو عناوين IP).\n"
"في حالة عدم إدخال أية خوادم، لن يتم تنشيط الشبكة.\n"
@@ -874,15 +828,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>إعداد المضيف المحلي</big></b><br>\n"
-"باستخدام شبكة الاسترجاع، يمكن استخدام برنامج saned سواقة تشغيل بيانات "
-"التعريف net\n"
+"باستخدام شبكة الاسترجاع، يمكن استخدام برنامج saned سواقة تشغيل بيانات التعريف net\n"
"حتى على المضيف المحلي الخاص بك.\n"
"في هذه الحالة، يقوم جهاز واحد بدور الخادم والعميل (localhost).\n"
-"تتطلب بعض الماسحات الضوئية، مثل الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بمنفذ متوازٍ، "
-"امتيازات المسؤول.\n"
+"تتطلب بعض الماسحات الضوئية، مثل الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بمنفذ متوازٍ، امتيازات المسؤول.\n"
"عند إدخال <tt>localhost</tt> لكل من الخادم والعميل،\n"
-"يمكنك الوصول إلى هذه الماسحة الضوئية حتى باعتبارك مستخدمًا عاديًا على المضيف "
-"المحلي.\n"
+"يمكنك الوصول إلى هذه الماسحة الضوئية حتى باعتبارك مستخدمًا عاديًا على المضيف المحلي.\n"
"</p>"
#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence:
@@ -918,8 +869,7 @@
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
msgid ""
"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n"
-"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly "
-"Avasys)\n"
+"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n"
"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n"
"(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n"
"where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n"
@@ -937,15 +887,12 @@
#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository "
-"available."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة %1 وهي غير متوفرة للتثبيت عبر المستودعات."
#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
msgstr "حزمة المطلوب %1 غير مثبت وغير متوفرة في المستودع."
#. Only a simple message because:
@@ -967,8 +914,7 @@
"with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n"
"this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n"
"gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n"
-"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is "
-"fixed.\n"
+"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
@@ -1184,8 +1130,7 @@
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner "
-"configuration.\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"تم إطلاق hp-setup.\n"
"يجب الانتهاء من hp-setup لتتمكن من متابعة إعداد الماسح الضوئي.\n"
@@ -1238,8 +1183,7 @@
#. nor an active driver was found:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists."
-msgstr ""
-"لم يتم اكتشاف أية ماسحة ضوئية ولا توجد أية ماسحات ضوئية أو سواقة تشغيل نشطة."
+msgstr "لم يتم اكتشاف أية ماسحة ضوئية ولا توجد أية ماسحات ضوئية أو سواقة تشغيل نشطة."
#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
@@ -1335,35 +1279,27 @@
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892
msgid ""
-"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's "
-"memory.\n"
+"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
"\n"
-"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot "
-"distribute it.\n"
+"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n"
"Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n"
-"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web "
-"site.\n"
-"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular "
-"scanner.\n"
+"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n"
+"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n"
"Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n"
"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n"
"\n"
"After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n"
-"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware "
-"upload.\n"
+"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n"
"The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n"
msgstr ""
"يحتوي أي ملف برنامج ثابت على برنامج يجب تحميله إلى ذاكرة الماسحة الضوئية.\n"
"لا يمكن أن تعمل الماسحة الضوئية بدون البرنامج الثابت.\n"
"\n"
-"لا يمكن توزيع البرنامج الثابت، لأنه تم ترخيصه بواسطة الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة "
-"الضوئية.\n"
-"يتم تخزين ملف البرنامج الثابت عادةً في مكان ما على قرص مضغوط خاص بالشركة "
-"المصنّعة.\n"
+"لا يمكن توزيع البرنامج الثابت، لأنه تم ترخيصه بواسطة الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة الضوئية.\n"
+"يتم تخزين ملف البرنامج الثابت عادةً في مكان ما على قرص مضغوط خاص بالشركة المصنّعة.\n"
"بدلاً من ذلك، يمكن إنزاله من موقع الشركة المصنّعة على الويب.\n"
-"ارجع إلى الشركة المصنّعة للتعرف على كيفية الحصول على ملف البرنامج الثابت "
-"الخاص بماسحة ضوئية معينة.\n"
+"ارجع إلى الشركة المصنّعة للتعرف على كيفية الحصول على ملف البرنامج الثابت الخاص بماسحة ضوئية معينة.\n"
"يمكنك العثور على معلومات إضافية مفيدة على موقع SANE التالي على الويب\n"
"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1396,19 +1332,16 @@
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
"\n"
-"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be "
-"initialized.\n"
+"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n"
"Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n"
"The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n"
"Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n"
"before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n"
"An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n"
-"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB "
-"fails,\n"
+"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n"
"set up the PTAL system manually.\n"
"If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n"
-"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/"
-"lp0),\n"
+"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n"
"so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n"
"\n"
"Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n"
@@ -1425,14 +1358,12 @@
"and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n"
"If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n"
"Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n"
-"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal "
-"service.\n"
+"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n"
msgstr ""
"يوجد إعداد طابعة واحد على الأقل يستخدم خدمة hplip.\n"
"يمكن المتابعة، لكن سيتم إيقاف خدمة hplip\n"
"ولن تعمل كافة قوائم انتظار الطباعة التي تستخدم خدمة hplip بعد الآن.\n"
-"إذا كانت الماسحة الضوئية غير مدعمة أيضًا بواسطة سواقة التشغيل hpaio، لا تقم "
-"بالمتابعة.\n"
+"إذا كانت الماسحة الضوئية غير مدعمة أيضًا بواسطة سواقة التشغيل hpaio، لا تقم بالمتابعة.\n"
"بدلاً من ذلك، استخدم hpoj لإعداد الماسحة الضوئية.\n"
"أو المتابعة في إعداد الطابعة وتغييره لاستخدام خدمة ptal.\n"
@@ -1550,12 +1481,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291
-msgid ""
-"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not "
-"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
-msgstr ""
-"يتم إلغاء تنشيط سواقة تشغيل hpoj، لكن لن يتم إلغاء تنشيط خدمة ptal المرتبطة "
-"لأنها مطلوبة بواسطة نظام الطباعة CUPS."
+msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
+msgstr "يتم إلغاء تنشيط سواقة تشغيل hpoj، لكن لن يتم إلغاء تنشيط خدمة ptal المرتبطة لأنها مطلوبة بواسطة نظام الطباعة CUPS."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
@@ -1681,9 +1608,7 @@
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"لمزيد من التفاصيل فيما يتعلق بجدار الحماية انظر نص التعليمات في مربع الحوار "
-"هذا."
+msgstr "لمزيد من التفاصيل فيما يتعلق بجدار الحماية انظر نص التعليمات في مربع الحوار هذا."
#~ msgid "Test and set USB and SCSI scanner access permissions"
#~ msgstr "اختبار أذونات وصول ماسحات USB وSCSI الضوئية وتعيينها"
@@ -1745,17 +1670,13 @@
#~ msgid "saned access from the external zone cannot be allowed."
#~ msgstr " saned من المنطقة الخارجية."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the "
-#~ "internal zone."
+#~ msgid "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the internal zone."
#~ msgstr "يعمل تكوين مضيف محلي فقط مع حماية بجدار الحماية للمنطقة الداخلية."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The hpaio driver needs the hplip service to be up and running to show the "
-#~ "device status.\n"
-#~ "Additionally, the hplip service should be configured to start when "
-#~ "booting.\n"
+#~ "The hpaio driver needs the hplip service to be up and running to show the device status.\n"
+#~ "Additionally, the hplip service should be configured to start when booting.\n"
#~ "The hplip service and the PTAL system exclude each other.\n"
#~ "Therefore a running PTAL system would be stopped and deactivated\n"
#~ "before the the hplip service is activated and started.\n"
@@ -1771,17 +1692,11 @@
#~ " هل يجب تنشيط خدمة hplip وبدء تشغيلها الآن؟\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If the hplip service is not running, no device status can be shown in hp-"
-#~ "toolbox."
+#~ msgid "If the hplip service is not running, no device status can be shown in hp-toolbox."
#~ msgstr "في حالة عدم تشغيل خدمة hplip، لا يمكن أن تعمل الماسحة الضوئية."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The driver hpaio is deactivated but the associated service hplip is not "
-#~ "deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يتم إلغاء تنشيط برنامج التشغيل hpaio، لكن لن يتم إلغاء تنشيط خدمة hplip "
-#~ "المقترنة لأنها مطلوبة بواسطة نظام الطباعة CUPS."
+#~ msgid "The driver hpaio is deactivated but the associated service hplip is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
+#~ msgstr "يتم إلغاء تنشيط برنامج التشغيل hpaio، لكن لن يتم إلغاء تنشيط خدمة hplip المقترنة لأنها مطلوبة بواسطة نظام الطباعة CUPS."
#~ msgid "Failed to stop the hplip service."
#~ msgstr "فشل إيقاف خدمة hplip."
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
@@ -248,12 +247,8 @@
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
-msgid ""
-"<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></"
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>لم يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسية هذه في مستوى التشغيل %1:<BR><B>%2</B></"
-"P>"
+msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P>لم يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسية هذه في مستوى التشغيل %1:<BR><B>%2</B></P>"
#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
@@ -392,8 +387,7 @@
"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>أمان الإقلاع</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير إعدادات الإقلاع المتعددة المرتبطة بالأمان.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير إعدادات الإقلاع المتعددة المرتبطة بالأمان.</p>"
#. Boot dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
@@ -425,33 +419,25 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, "
-"user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring "
-"authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>إسبات النظام</b>:\n"
-"ضع شروط السماح للمستخدمين بوضع إسبات النظام. بشكل افتراضي، لدى المستخدم على "
-"وحدة المراقبة النشطة هذا الحق.\n"
-"خيارات أخرى هي السماح العمل لأي مستخدم أو التي طلب المصادقة في جميع الحالات."
-"</p>\n"
+"ضع شروط السماح للمستخدمين بوضع إسبات النظام. بشكل افتراضي، لدى المستخدم على وحدة المراقبة النشطة هذا الحق.\n"
+"خيارات أخرى هي السماح العمل لأي مستخدم أو التي طلب المصادقة في جميع الحالات.</p>\n"
#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which "
-"include\n"
-" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The "
-"default\n"
+"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
+" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
" settings can be modified as needed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<P><BIG><B>إعداد الأمان المحلي</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>باستخدام القيم الافتراضية المحددة مسبقًا، قم بتغيير إعدادات الأمان المحلي، "
-"التي تتضمن\n"
-" التشغيل والدخول وكلمة المرور وإنشاء حساب المستخدم وأذونات الملفات. يمكن "
-"تعديل الإعدادات\n"
+"<p>باستخدام القيم الافتراضية المحددة مسبقًا، قم بتغيير إعدادات الأمان المحلي، التي تتضمن\n"
+" التشغيل والدخول وكلمة المرور وإنشاء حساب المستخدم وأذونات الملفات. يمكن تعديل الإعدادات\n"
" الافتراضية حسب الحاجة.\n"
" </p>"
@@ -502,45 +488,36 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
-"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to "
-"prevent\n"
-"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait "
-"to\n"
-"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</"
-"tt>).</p>"
+"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
+"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n"
+"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>المهلة بعد محاولة دخول غير صحيحة:</b>\n"
"من المستحسن انتظار بعض الوقت بعد أي محاولة دخول غير صحيحة لتجنب\n"
-"تخمين كلمة المرو. اجعل المدة الزمنية قصيرة ومناسبة، بحيث لا يحتاج المستخدمون "
-"للانتظار\n"
-"لإعادة المحاولة في حالة قيامهم بكتابة كلمة المرور بشكل غير صحيح. القيمة "
-"المعقولة هي ثلاث ثوانٍ (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
+"تخمين كلمة المرو. اجعل المدة الزمنية قصيرة ومناسبة، بحيث لا يحتاج المستخدمون للانتظار\n"
+"لإعادة المحاولة في حالة قيامهم بكتابة كلمة المرور بشكل غير صحيح. القيمة المعقولة هي ثلاث ثوانٍ (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
-"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than "
-"usual).\n"
+"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تسجيل محاولات الدخول الناجحة:</b> من المفيد تسجيل محاولات الدخول\n"
"الناجحة. فهذا من شأنه تحذيرك بخصوص محاولات الوصول غير المصدق عليها إلى\n"
-"النظام (على سبيل المثال، مستخدم يقوم بالدخول من موقع مختلف عن الموقع "
-"المعتاد).\n"
+"النظام (على سبيل المثال، مستخدم يقوم بالدخول من موقع مختلف عن الموقع المعتاد).\n"
" </p>\n"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
-"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote "
-"access\n"
+"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
"to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>السماح بواجهة دخول رسومية عن بُعد:</b> يتيح تحديد هذا الخيار إمكانية "
-"الوصول\n"
+"<p><b>السماح بواجهة دخول رسومية عن بُعد:</b> يتيح تحديد هذا الخيار إمكانية الوصول\n"
"إلى شاشة دخول رسومية لهذا الجهاز عن طريق الشبكة. قد يؤدي الوصول عن بُعد\n"
"لجهازك باستخدام مدير عرض لمخاطر أمان.</p>"
@@ -557,8 +534,7 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
-"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common "
-"word.\n"
+"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
"By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>التحقق من كلمات المرور الجديدة</b>: من المستحسن اختيار كلمة مرور\n"
@@ -570,8 +546,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
-"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the "
-"new\n"
+"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n"
"password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n"
"This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -579,20 +554,17 @@
"أدنى حجم مقبول لكلمة المرور الجديدة يخفض بعدد الفئات \n"
"المختلفة الطابع (أحرف علوية والسفلية وأرقام) المستخدمة في \n"
"كلمة المرور الجديدة. انظر man pam_cracklib للحصول على شرح مفصل.\n"
-"يمكن تعديل هذا الخيار فقط عندما يتم تعيين <b>التحقق من كلمات المرور الجديدة</"
-"b> .</p>"
+"يمكن تعديل هذا الخيار فقط عندما يتم تعيين <b>التحقق من كلمات المرور الجديدة</b> .</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
-"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from "
-"reusing.\n"
+"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
"Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>كلمات المرور المطلوب تذكرها</b>:\n"
-"أدخل عدد كلمات مرور المستخدم المطلوب تخزينها ومنع المستخدم من إعادة "
-"استخدامها.\n"
+"أدخل عدد كلمات مرور المستخدم المطلوب تخزينها ومنع المستخدم من إعادة استخدامها.\n"
"أدخل 0 في حالة عدم تخزين كلمات المرور.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
@@ -604,8 +576,7 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
-"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you "
-"need\n"
+"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
"compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>"
msgstr ""
"أسلوب لنكس الافتراضي هو <p><b>DES</b>، وهو يعمل في كافة بيئات الشبكة،\n"
@@ -615,22 +586,16 @@
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
-"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current "
-"Linux \n"
+"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"يتيح أسلوب <p><b>MD5</b> إمكانية استخدام كلمات مرور أطول وهو مدعم من قِبل "
-"كافة توزيعات لنكس\n"
+"يتيح أسلوب <p><b>MD5</b> إمكانية استخدام كلمات مرور أطول وهو مدعم من قِبل كافة توزيعات لنكس\n"
"الحالية، لكنه غير مدعم من قِبل الأنظمة الأخرى أو البرامج القديمة.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other "
-"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> هو أسلوب التجزئة القياسي الحالي، لا ينصح باستخدام "
-"خوارزميات أخرى ما لم تكن هناك حاجة للتوافق.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> هو أسلوب التجزئة القياسي الحالي، لا ينصح باستخدام خوارزميات أخرى ما لم تكن هناك حاجة للتوافق.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
@@ -645,16 +610,12 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
-"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer "
-"the\n"
+"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
"time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الأيام التي تسبق تحذير انتهاء صلاحية كلمة المرور</b>: يُستخدم هذا "
-"الإدخال في تعيين\n"
-"عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها توجيه تحذير للمستخدمين قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمات "
-"المرور\n"
-"الخاصة بهم. وكلما زاد عدد الأيام، تضاءل احتمال تعرف أي شخص على كلمات المرور."
-"</p>"
+"<p><b>الأيام التي تسبق تحذير انتهاء صلاحية كلمة المرور</b>: يُستخدم هذا الإدخال في تعيين\n"
+"عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها توجيه تحذير للمستخدمين قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمات المرور\n"
+"الخاصة بهم. وكلما زاد عدد الأيام، تضاءل احتمال تعرف أي شخص على كلمات المرور.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
@@ -663,8 +624,7 @@
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>أمان المستخدم</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المستخدمة لإنشاء حسابات "
-"مستخدمين.</p>"
+"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المستخدمة لإنشاء حسابات مستخدمين.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
@@ -688,50 +648,38 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>إعدادات الأمان الأخرى</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المرتبطة بالأمان المحلي."
-"</p>"
+"<p>في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المرتبطة بالأمان المحلي.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
-"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions."
-"secure\n"
+"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
"or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n"
-"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions."
-"*.\n"
-"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred "
-"accidentally\n"
+"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n"
+"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n"
"or by intruders.</p><p>\n"
"With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n"
"in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n"
-"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can "
-"only\n"
-"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or "
-"by\n"
+"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n"
+"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n"
"daemons, not by ordinary users.\n"
"The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n"
"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>أذونات الملفات</b>: يتم تعيين الإعدادات الخاصة بأذونات ملفات \n"
"نظام معينة وفقًا للبيانات الموجودة في /etc/permissions.secure\n"
-"أو /etc/permissions.easy. ويعتمد اختيار الملف الذي يتم استخدامه على هذا "
-"التحديد.\n"
+"أو /etc/permissions.easy. ويعتمد اختيار الملف الذي يتم استخدامه على هذا التحديد.\n"
"يؤدي بدء تشغيل إعداد سوزي إلى تعيين هذه الأذونات وفقًا لـ/etc/permissions.*.\n"
-"يؤدي هذا إلى إصلاح الملفات التي لها أذونات غير صحيحة، سواء حدث هذا الأمر "
-"بدون قصد\n"
+"يؤدي هذا إلى إصلاح الملفات التي لها أذونات غير صحيحة، سواء حدث هذا الأمر بدون قصد\n"
"أو عن طريق دخلاء.</p><p>\n"
-"باستخدام الإعداد <b>سهل</b>، يتم تعديل معظم ملفات النظام التي يمكن قراءتها "
-"فقط بواسطة المسؤول في\n"
+"باستخدام الإعداد <b>سهل</b>، يتم تعديل معظم ملفات النظام التي يمكن قراءتها فقط بواسطة المسؤول في\n"
"الإعداد آمن بحيث يمكن للمستخدمين الآخرين قراءة هذه الملفات أيضًا.\n"
-"وباستخدام الإعداد <b>آمن</b>، يمكن فقط عرض ملفات نظام معينة، مثل /var/log/"
-"messages, فقط\n"
-"بواسطة المستخدم المسؤول. يمكن بدء تشغيل بعض البرامج فقط بواسطة المسؤول أو "
-"بواسطة\n"
+"وباستخدام الإعداد <b>آمن</b>، يمكن فقط عرض ملفات نظام معينة، مثل /var/log/messages, فقط\n"
+"بواسطة المستخدم المسؤول. يمكن بدء تشغيل بعض البرامج فقط بواسطة المسؤول أو بواسطة\n"
"البرامج الخفية، وليس بواسطة المستخدمين العاديين.\n"
"الإعداد الأكثر أمنًا هو <b>مذعور</B>. باستخدام هذا الإعداد، يجب\n"
"تحديد المستخدمين الذين يمكنهم تشغيل تطبيقات X وبرامج setuid.</p>\n"
@@ -740,19 +688,15 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
-"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database "
-"(locatedb)\n"
+"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
"that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n"
-"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</"
-"b>\n"
+"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n"
" (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>المستخدم يشغل تحديث البيانات</b>: يتم تشغيل البرنامج تحديث البيانات \n"
-"مرة واحدة كل يوم. يقوم البرنامج بمسح نظام الملفات بالكامل وإنشاء قاعدة "
-"بيانات (locatedb)\n"
+"مرة واحدة كل يوم. يقوم البرنامج بمسح نظام الملفات بالكامل وإنشاء قاعدة بيانات (locatedb)\n"
"لتخزين موقع كل ملف. ويمكن البحث في قاعدة البيانات بواسطة\n"
-"البرنامج \"locate\". قم هنا بتعيين المستخدم الذي يقوم بتشغيل هذا الأمر: "
-"<b>لا أحد</b>\n"
+"البرنامج \"locate\". قم هنا بتعيين المستخدم الذي يقوم بتشغيل هذا الأمر: <b>لا أحد</b>\n"
" (بعض الملفات) أو <b>الجذر</b> (كافة الملفات).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
@@ -760,8 +704,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
-"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like "
-"system\n"
+"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n"
"searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>المجلد الحالي في مسار المسؤول</b> في نظام DOS،\n"
@@ -773,8 +716,7 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
-"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current "
-"directory\n"
+"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
"then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n"
"for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -788,17 +730,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
-"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown "
-"programs in\n"
+"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n"
"the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n"
-"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your "
-"system,\n"
+"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n"
"is rather easy if you set this option.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>تقوم بعض الأنظمة بإعداد حل بديل عن طريق إضافة نقطة (\".\") إلى\n"
"مسار البحث، مما يتيح إمكانية العثور على الملفات في المسار الحالي وتنفيذها.\n"
-"يعتبر هذا الحل خطيرًا جدًا لأنك قد تقوم بدون قصد ببدء تشغيل برامج غير معروفة "
-"في\n"
+"يعتبر هذا الحل خطيرًا جدًا لأنك قد تقوم بدون قصد ببدء تشغيل برامج غير معروفة في\n"
"المجلد الحالي بدلاً من الملفات المعتادة الموجودة على مستوى النظام. ونتيجة\n"
"لذلك، يؤدي تعيين هذا الخيار إلى سهولة أكبر في تشغيل\n"
"برامج <i>أحصنة طروادة</i>التي تستغل هذا الضعف وتقوم بغزو النظام.</p>"
@@ -825,61 +764,42 @@
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
-"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, "
-"during kernel\n"
+"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
"debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تمكين مفاتيح SysRq السحرية</b><br> في حالة تحديد هذا الخيار، ستتمكن \n"
-"من التحكم بشكل جزئي في النظام حتى في حالة تعطله (على سبيل المثال، أثناء "
-"تصحيح أخطاء\n"
-" النواة). للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</"
-"p>"
+"من التحكم بشكل جزئي في النظام حتى في حالة تعطله (على سبيل المثال، أثناء تصحيح أخطاء\n"
+" النواة). للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important "
-"security settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>نظرة عامة حول الأمان</B><BR>هذه لمحة عامة عن أهم إعدادات الأمان.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>نظرة عامة حول الأمان</B><BR>هذه لمحة عامة عن أهم إعدادات الأمان.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
-msgid ""
-"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
+msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>لتغيير القيمة الحالية انقر فوق خيار ارتباط.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
-msgid ""
-"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current "
-"value of the option is secure.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P> علامة الاختيار في العمود <B>حالة الأمن</B> يعني أن القيمة الحالية للخيار "
-"آمنة.</P>"
+msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
+msgstr "<P> علامة الاختيار في العمود <B>حالة الأمن</B> يعني أن القيمة الحالية للخيار آمنة.</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not "
-"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>تعذر قراءة القيمة الحالية. ربما لم يتم تثبيت الخدمة أو الخيار غير "
-"موجود في النظام.</B></P>"
+msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>تعذر قراءة القيمة الحالية. ربما لم يتم تثبيت الخدمة أو الخيار غير موجود في النظام.</B></P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
"configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n"
-"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then "
-"the\n"
-"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only "
-"to\n"
-"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords "
-"that\n"
-"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote "
-"graphical\n"
+"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n"
+"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n"
+"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n"
+"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n"
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>مدير العرض متاح على شاشة تسجيل الدخول الرسومية ويمكن الوصول إليها عبر \n"
@@ -888,18 +808,14 @@
"بيانات النافذة التي يتم عرضها عبر شبكة \n"
"الاتصال. إذا كانت هذه الشبكة غير موثوق \n"
"بها بالكامل، يمكن تنصت المهاجمين على حركة مرور الشبكة ، الوصول إلى محتويات \n"
-"العرض الرسومية، بل أيضا على أسماء المستخدمين وكلمات المرور التي يتم "
-"استخدامها.</P><P>إذا كنت لا تحتاج <EM>XDMCP</EM> لتسجيلات الدخول الرسومي \n"
+"العرض الرسومية، بل أيضا على أسماء المستخدمين وكلمات المرور التي يتم استخدامها.</P><P>إذا كنت لا تحتاج <EM>XDMCP</EM> لتسجيلات الدخول الرسومي \n"
"البعيد قم بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
msgid ""
-"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of "
-"the\n"
-"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down "
-"is\n"
-"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to "
-"create\n"
+"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
+"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
+"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n"
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>عند بدء التشغيل، يتم تعيين وقت النظام من ساعة الكمبيوتر. لذلك، يلزم \n"
@@ -908,97 +824,48 @@
"السجل الصحيحة.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
-msgid ""
-"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its "
-"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are "
-"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can "
-"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog "
-"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>الأعطال في النظام تتحدد عادة بالشذوذ في سلوكه. رسائل Syslog حول الأحداث "
-"التي تتكرر بشكل منتظم هامة للبحث عن أسباب المشاكل. وعدم وجود سجل مفرد يمكن "
-"أن يخبر أكثر من عدم وجود سجل تسجيل شامل.</P><P>ومن هذا المنطلق، رسائل syslog "
-"عن أحداث النظام فقط مفيدة إذا لم يوجد سجل.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>الأعطال في النظام تتحدد عادة بالشذوذ في سلوكه. رسائل Syslog حول الأحداث التي تتكرر بشكل منتظم هامة للبحث عن أسباب المشاكل. وعدم وجود سجل مفرد يمكن أن يخبر أكثر من عدم وجود سجل تسجيل شامل.</P><P>ومن هذا المنطلق، رسائل syslog عن أحداث النظام فقط مفيدة إذا لم يوجد سجل.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
-msgid ""
-"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files "
-"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the "
-"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>تنفيذ بيئات استجذار تستخدم فقط لتقييد عملية الملفات التي تحتاج إليها "
-"بوضعها في مجلد فرعي منفصل وتشغيل العملية ذات جذر متغيرة (استجذار) تعين إلى "
-"هذا المجلد.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>تنفيذ بيئات استجذار تستخدم فقط لتقييد عملية الملفات التي تحتاج إليها بوضعها في مجلد فرعي منفصل وتشغيل العملية ذات جذر متغيرة (استجذار) تعين إلى هذا المجلد.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
-msgid ""
-"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize "
-"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its "
-"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with "
-"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement "
-"to be effective.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>يجب تشغيل البرنامج الخفي لعميل DHCP كمستخدم <EM>dhcpd</EM> تقليل المخاطر "
-"ممكن إذا تم العثور على نقطة ضعف على الشفرة البرمجية الخاصة بالبرنامج.</"
-"P><P>يرجى ملاحظة أن dhcpd يجب أن لا تعمل بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> أو مع القدرة "
-"<EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> أن تكون القدرة على حبس تنفيذ استجذار فعالة.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>يجب تشغيل البرنامج الخفي لعميل DHCP كمستخدم <EM>dhcpd</EM> تقليل المخاطر ممكن إذا تم العثور على نقطة ضعف على الشفرة البرمجية الخاصة بالبرنامج.</P><P>يرجى ملاحظة أن dhcpd يجب أن لا تعمل بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> أو مع القدرة <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> أن تكون القدرة على حبس تنفيذ استجذار فعالة.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
-msgid ""
-"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window "
-"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does "
-"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be "
-"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or "
-"otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>المسئولون يجب أن ينتبه إلى عدم تسجيل الدخول بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> إلى دورة "
-"نوافذ x لتقليل استخدام الجذر.</P><P>هذا الخيار لا يساعد المسؤولين المهملين، "
-"ولكن قد يمنع المهاجمين من تسجيل الدخول بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> من خلال مدير "
-"العرض بالتخمين أو خلاف ذلك الحصول على كلمة المرور.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>المسئولون يجب أن ينتبه إلى عدم تسجيل الدخول بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> إلى دورة نوافذ x لتقليل استخدام الجذر.</P><P>هذا الخيار لا يساعد المسؤولين المهملين، ولكن قد يمنع المهاجمين من تسجيل الدخول بصلاحية <EM>جذر</EM> من خلال مدير العرض بالتخمين أو خلاف ذلك الحصول على كلمة المرور.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
msgid ""
-"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, "
-"connect\n"
-"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on "
-"a\n"
+"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
+"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
"different system and display their content on the X server through network\n"
-"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus "
-"the\n"
-"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and "
-"therefore\n"
+"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n"
+"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n"
"subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n"
-"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display "
-"X\n"
-"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell "
-"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server "
-"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
+"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n"
+"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>عميل النوافذ X مثل البرامج التي تفتح نافذة على الشاشة، تتصل بالخادم X "
-"الذي يتم تشغيله على الجهاز الفعلي. كما يمكنك تشغيله على نظام مختلف يمكن عرض "
-"محتوى\n"
+"<P>عميل النوافذ X مثل البرامج التي تفتح نافذة على الشاشة، تتصل بالخادم X الذي يتم تشغيله على الجهاز الفعلي. كما يمكنك تشغيله على نظام مختلف يمكن عرض محتوى\n"
"البرامج على ملقم X عبر اتصالات شبكة الاتصال.</P><P>عند تمكين فإنه\n"
"يجعل الخادم X يستمع على منفذ 6000 بالإضافة إلى رقم العرض. حيث\n"
"يتم نقل حركة مرور شبكة الاتصال غير مشفرة ولذلك تخضع للتعرف على الشبكة\n"
"وعندما يكون منفذ آخر مفتوح باستخدام - here the X server - يفتح\n"
"خيارات الهجوم عبر إعدادات\n"
"الأمان لتعطيلها.</P><P>لعرض نوافذ عملاء X عبر شبكة\n"
-"آمنة شل (<EM>ssh</EM>), يوصى باستخدام ما يسمح لعملاء نافذة x الاتصال بخادم X "
-"عن طريق ssh المشفرة.</P>"
+"آمنة شل (<EM>ssh</EM>), يوصى باستخدام ما يسمح لعملاء نافذة x الاتصال بخادم X عن طريق ssh المشفرة.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
msgid ""
-"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not "
-"expose\n"
-"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP "
-"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through "
-"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
+"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
+"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>بدء تشغيل النظام الفرعي لتسليم البريد الإلكتروني دائماً. ومع ذلك، لأنها لم "
-"تعرض\n"
-" إلى خارج النظام بشكل افتراضي لأن فإنه لا يستمع على منفذ شبكة اتصال SMTP 25."
-"</P><P>إذا لم تقم بتسليم رسائل البريد الإلكتروني إلى النظام الخاص بك عن طريق "
-"بروتوكول SMTP قم بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>"
+"<P>بدء تشغيل النظام الفرعي لتسليم البريد الإلكتروني دائماً. ومع ذلك، لأنها لم تعرض\n"
+" إلى خارج النظام بشكل افتراضي لأن فإنه لا يستمع على منفذ شبكة اتصال SMTP 25.</P><P>إذا لم تقم بتسليم رسائل البريد الإلكتروني إلى النظام الخاص بك عن طريق بروتوكول SMTP قم بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
msgid ""
@@ -1006,18 +873,14 @@
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
"installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
-"continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
"to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>إذا لم يتم تحديث حزمة تتضمن خدمة قيد التشغيل حاليا، ثم إعادة تشغيل "
-"الخدمة\n"
-"بعد أن يتم تثبيت ملفات الحزمة.</P><P>هذا الأمر يبدو معقولا تماما في معظم "
-"الحالات\n"
-"وأنه آمن القيام به، على اعتبار أن العديد من الخدمات تحتاج إما الثنائيات "
-"التي\n"
+"<P>إذا لم يتم تحديث حزمة تتضمن خدمة قيد التشغيل حاليا، ثم إعادة تشغيل الخدمة\n"
+"بعد أن يتم تثبيت ملفات الحزمة.</P><P>هذا الأمر يبدو معقولا تماما في معظم الحالات\n"
+"وأنه آمن القيام به، على اعتبار أن العديد من الخدمات تحتاج إما الثنائيات التي\n"
"يمكن الوصول إليها في نظام الملفات أو ملفات الإعداد \n"
"الخاص بها. سوف تستمر هذه الخدمات فقط في التشغيل حتى يتم إيقاف \n"
"الخدمات، على سبيل المثال إيقاف تشغيل البرامج \n"
@@ -1030,8 +893,7 @@
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
"removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
-"continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
"to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
"reason to do so.</P>"
@@ -1046,37 +908,12 @@
"هناك سبب محدد بذلك.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
-msgid ""
-"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the "
-"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) "
-"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such "
-"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate "
-"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause "
-"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most "
-"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS "
-"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>يمكن أن يطغى على النظام العديد من محاولات الاتصال حيث تعمل على نفاذ ذاكرة "
-"النظام، مما يؤدي إلى مشكلة (DoS) الحرمان أو رفض الخدمة.</P><P>استخدام "
-"syncookies هو الطريقة التي يمكن أن تساعد في مثل هذه الحالات. لكن يمكن أن "
-"تمنع محاولات الاتصال من مصدر واحد إذا كان الإعداد <EM>ممكن</EM> في الإعدادات "
-"ويمكن أن يتسبب ببعض المشاكل مع اتصالات TCP المشروعة ويرفضها تحت التحميل "
-"العالي.</P><P>لا يزال، في معظم البيئات، syncookies هو الخط الأول للدفاع ضد "
-"فيضانات SYN وهجمات DoS، حيث أن الإعداد الآمن هو <EM>تمكين</EM>.</P>"
+msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>يمكن أن يطغى على النظام العديد من محاولات الاتصال حيث تعمل على نفاذ ذاكرة النظام، مما يؤدي إلى مشكلة (DoS) الحرمان أو رفض الخدمة.</P><P>استخدام syncookies هو الطريقة التي يمكن أن تساعد في مثل هذه الحالات. لكن يمكن أن تمنع محاولات الاتصال من مصدر واحد إذا كان الإعداد <EM>ممكن</EM> في الإعدادات ويمكن أن يتسبب ببعض المشاكل مع اتصالات TCP المشروعة ويرفضها تحت التحميل العالي.</P><P>لا يزال، في معظم البيئات، syncookies هو الخط الأول للدفاع ضد فيضانات SYN وهجمات DoS، حيث أن الإعداد الآمن هو <EM>تمكين</EM>.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
-msgid ""
-"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, "
-"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network "
-"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards "
-"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not "
-"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>يعني إعادة توجيه IP المرور على الحزم التي تم تلقيها، ولكن ليست الموجهة "
-"لواحدة من واجهات شبكة الاتصال المكونة للنظام، مثل عناوين واجهة شبكة الاتصال "
-"من شبكة الاتصال.</P><P>إذا كان النظام يقوم بإعادة توجيه حركة مرور الشبكة على "
-"مستوى ISO/OSI 3، يسمى جهاز توجيه. إذا كنت لا تحتاج وظيفة التوجيه هذه، ثم قم "
-"بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>"
+msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>يعني إعادة توجيه IP المرور على الحزم التي تم تلقيها، ولكن ليست الموجهة لواحدة من واجهات شبكة الاتصال المكونة للنظام، مثل عناوين واجهة شبكة الاتصال من شبكة الاتصال.</P><P>إذا كان النظام يقوم بإعادة توجيه حركة مرور الشبكة على مستوى ISO/OSI 3، يسمى جهاز توجيه. إذا كنت لا تحتاج وظيفة التوجيه هذه، ثم قم بتعطيل هذا الخيار.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
@@ -1087,38 +924,20 @@
msgstr "<P>يطبق هذا الإعداد على <EM>IPv6</EM> فقط.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes "
-"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>تمكين مفاتيح SysRq سحرية يعطي بعض السيطرة على النظام حتى لو تعطل (مثلاً "
-"أثناء تصحيح النواة) أو إذا كان النظام لا يستجيب.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>تمكين مفاتيح SysRq سحرية يعطي بعض السيطرة على النظام حتى لو تعطل (مثلاً أثناء تصحيح النواة) أو إذا كان النظام لا يستجيب.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
-msgid ""
-"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The "
-"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</"
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>توجد أذونات الملف المعرف مسبقاً في ملفات /etc/permissions.* files. الأكثر "
-"تقييداً يتم تعريف الأذونات في ملف 'تأمين' أو 'مذعور' يمكن ايجادها.</P>"
+msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>توجد أذونات الملف المعرف مسبقاً في ملفات /etc/permissions.* files. الأكثر تقييداً يتم تعريف الأذونات في ملف 'تأمين' أو 'مذعور' يمكن ايجادها.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352
-msgid ""
-"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and "
-"to run the security-related services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>يجب أن يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي لتوفير تناسق النظام والتشغيل الآمن "
-"للخدمات ذات الصلة.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>يجب أن يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي لتوفير تناسق النظام والتشغيل الآمن للخدمات ذات الصلة.</P>"
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358
-msgid ""
-"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. "
-"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by "
-"the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>كل خدمة مشغلى هدف محتمل لهجوم أو اختراق. لذلك من المستحسن إيقاف كافة "
-"الخدمات غير المستخدمة من قبل النظام.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>كل خدمة مشغلى هدف محتمل لهجوم أو اختراق. لذلك من المستحسن إيقاف كافة الخدمات غير المستخدمة من قبل النظام.</P>"
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51
@@ -1433,12 +1252,8 @@
#~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users"
#~ msgstr "استخدام المجلد الحالي في مسار مستخدمين عاديين"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>By default the current working directory is not used when searching "
-#~ "for executables.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>بشكل افتراضي لا يتم استخدام مجلد العمل الحالي عند البحث عن الملفات "
-#~ "القابلة للتنفيذ.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P>By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>بشكل افتراضي لا يتم استخدام مجلد العمل الحالي عند البحث عن الملفات القابلة للتنفيذ.</P>"
#~ msgid "This setting applies for <EM>root</EM> user and system users."
#~ msgstr "يطبق هذا الإعداد على المستخدم <EM>الجذر</EM> ومستخدمي النظام."
@@ -1457,22 +1272,17 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Blowfish</b> is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n"
-#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the "
-#~ "hash,\n"
-#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n"
+#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "أما أسلوب <p><b>Blowfish</b> فهو مماثل لأسلوب MD5، لكنه يستخدم خوارزمية "
-#~ "مختلفة\n"
+#~ "أما أسلوب <p><b>Blowfish</b> فهو مماثل لأسلوب MD5، لكنه يستخدم خوارزمية مختلفة\n"
#~ "لتشفير كلمات السر. مطلوب مزيد من طاقة CPU لاحتساب التجزئة،\n"
#~ " مما يجعل من الصعب معرفة كلمات السر بمساعدة قاموس.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Test for Complicated Passwords</b>: \n"
-#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes "
-#~ "the\n"
-#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable "
-#~ "additional\n"
+#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes the\n"
+#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable additional\n"
#~ "checks.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>اختبار مدى تعقد كلمات السر</b>: \n"
@@ -1516,8 +1326,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>\n"
-#~ " <p><b>Details</b>: View and modify all configuration settings for "
-#~ "the\n"
+#~ " <p><b>Details</b>: View and modify all configuration settings for the\n"
#~ " current configuration.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>إعدادات مخصصة</b>: لإنشاء التكوين الخاص بك.</p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/services-manager.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/services-manager.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/services-manager.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33
@@ -46,45 +45,24 @@
msgstr "اختيار systemd الافتراضي المستهدف"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units "
-"whose job is to activate services and other units."
-msgstr ""
-"Systemd مدير خدمات ونظام لينكس. ويتألف من وحدات تمثل مهمتها في تنشيط الخدمات "
-"والوحدات الأخرى."
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr "Systemd مدير خدمات ونظام لينكس. ويتألف من وحدات تمثل مهمتها في تنشيط الخدمات والوحدات الأخرى."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink "
-"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man "
-"page."
-msgstr ""
-"يتم تنشيط وحدة الهدف الافتراضي أثناء الاقلاع بشكل افتراضي. عادة ما يكون "
-"الهدف ارتباط رمزي في الموقع path/etc/systemd/system/default.target. لمزيد من "
-"المعلومات راجع صفحة systemd الرئيسية."
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr "يتم تنشيط وحدة الهدف الافتراضي أثناء الاقلاع بشكل افتراضي. عادة ما يكون الهدف ارتباط رمزي في الموقع path/etc/systemd/system/default.target. لمزيد من المعلومات راجع صفحة systemd الرئيسية."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with "
-"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
-msgstr ""
-"الهدف متعدد المستخدمين لإعداد نظام متعدد المستخدمين غير رسومي مع شبكة مناسبة "
-"للخادم (مماثلة لمستوى التشغيل 3)."
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr "الهدف متعدد المستخدمين لإعداد نظام متعدد المستخدمين غير رسومي مع شبكة مناسبة للخادم (مماثلة لمستوى التشغيل 3)."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
-msgid ""
-"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which "
-"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
-msgstr ""
-"الهدف الرسومي المستهدف لإعداد شاشة تسجيل دخول رسومية مع شبكة اتصال وهو "
-"نموذجي لمحطات العمل (مماثلة لمستوى تشغيل 5)."
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr "الهدف الرسومي المستهدف لإعداد شاشة تسجيل دخول رسومية مع شبكة اتصال وهو نموذجي لمحطات العمل (مماثلة لمستوى تشغيل 5)."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with "
-"graphical target."
-msgstr ""
-"إذا كنت غير متأكداً من الخيار الأفضل بالنسبة لك، اختر هدف بواجهة رسومية."
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr "إذا كنت غير متأكداً من الخيار الأفضل بالنسبة لك، اختر هدف بواجهة رسومية."
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Available Targets"
@@ -103,8 +81,7 @@
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234
msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
-msgstr ""
-"تثبيت مباشر يستخدم عادة للنظام ذو الواجهة الرسومية الكاملة في النظام الهدف"
+msgstr "تثبيت مباشر يستخدم عادة للنظام ذو الواجهة الرسومية الكاملة في النظام الهدف"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237
msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
@@ -121,16 +98,14 @@
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251
msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
-msgstr ""
-"استخدام نمط التثبيت SSH يفترض عدم وجود واجهة مستخدم رسومية على النظام الهدف"
+msgstr "استخدام نمط التثبيت SSH يفترض عدم وجود واجهة مستخدم رسومية على النظام الهدف"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254
msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
msgstr "لم يتم تحديد الحزم X 11 للتثبيت"
#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257
-msgid ""
-"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
msgstr "تستند هذه التوصية إلى تحليل لإعدادات التثبيت الأخرى"
#. Default for double-click in the table
@@ -243,11 +218,9 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
-"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from "
-"the \n"
+"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n"
" list of services.</p>\n"
-"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is "
-"enabled\n"
+"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n"
"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>الخدمات</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -257,9 +230,7 @@
"ممكن وخدمة معينة تتطلب فتح منفذ لها.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched "
-"%link"
+msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link"
msgstr "الخدمة %service %toggled ومنفذ في firewall ستكون %switched %link"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module
@@ -265,43 +264,29 @@
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is "
-"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n"
-"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode "
-"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n"
-"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it "
-"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n"
-"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is "
-"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n"
+"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n"
+"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n"
+"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n"
+"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n"
"answers.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>هنا، قم بتعيين وضع لتشغيل البرنامج الخفي SLP. أبسط طريقة هي <b>البث</b>.\n"
-"في البرنامج الخفي SLP أجب على جميع الطلبات المرسلة من قبل البث. الوضع التالي "
-"هو <b>الإرسال المتعدد</b>. ستجد، إجابات البرنامج الخفي للاستعلامات المرسلة \n"
-"بالإرسال المتعدد في النطاقات SCOPES. في وضع <b>خادم DA</b> ، يخبر خادم DA "
-"بعناوين IP المحددة\n"
+"في البرنامج الخفي SLP أجب على جميع الطلبات المرسلة من قبل البث. الوضع التالي هو <b>الإرسال المتعدد</b>. ستجد، إجابات البرنامج الخفي للاستعلامات المرسلة \n"
+"بالإرسال المتعدد في النطاقات SCOPES. في وضع <b>خادم DA</b> ، يخبر خادم DA بعناوين IP المحددة\n"
"حول الخدمات المسجلة بشكل ثابت ومتحرك. الخيار\n"
"الماضي هو <b>DA يصبح خادم</b>. هذا خادم التخزين المؤقت لخدمة الإجابات.</p>\n"
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp."
-"conf.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>مع <b>إعدادات الخبير</b>، الوصول إلى جميع الخيارات المتاحة في/etc/slp."
-"conf.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>مع <b>إعدادات الخبير</b>، الوصول إلى جميع الخيارات المتاحة في/etc/slp.conf.</p>"
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
-"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create "
-"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n"
-"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible "
-"to delete files not owned by any package."
+"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n"
+"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package."
msgstr ""
-"ملفات إعداد التسجيل الساكن SLP. باستخدام <b>إضافة</b>، قم بإنشاء ملف فارغ "
-"جديد. باستخدام <b>تعديل</b>\n"
-"غير القيم في أي ملف موجود. باستخدام <b>حذف</b>، يمكنك حذف الملفات ليست ملكا "
-"لأي حزمة."
+"ملفات إعداد التسجيل الساكن SLP. باستخدام <b>إضافة</b>، قم بإنشاء ملف فارغ جديد. باستخدام <b>تعديل</b>\n"
+"غير القيم في أي ملف موجود. باستخدام <b>حذف</b>، يمكنك حذف الملفات ليست ملكا لأي حزمة."
#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91
msgid "Help for regedit"
@@ -314,8 +299,7 @@
#. check for package openslp-server installed
#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>لإعداد خادم SLP الحزمة <b>%1</b> يجب تثبيتها.</p>"
#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. The main ()
@@ -324,8 +323,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n"
"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
"<p>ستتم استعادة هذه الملفات من اللقطات '%1':</p>\n"
@@ -348,26 +346,17 @@
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
-"types\n"
-"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
-"are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post "
-"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between "
-"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in "
-"the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see "
-"the\n"
+"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
+"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>إعداد اللقطة</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>يبين الجدول قائمة لقطات جذر نظام الملفات. وهناك ثلاثةأنواع \n"
"من اللقطات, <b>واحدة</b>, <b>قبا</b> و <b>بعد</b>. اللقطة الواحدة\n"
-"تستخدم لتخزين حالة النظام في وقت محدد، في حين تستخدم قبل وبعد في تعريف "
-"التغيرات التي جرت على النظام قبل عملية معينة وبعدها ويتم عرض هذا في جدول. </"
-"p>\n"
-"<p>اختر لقطة أو زوج من اللقطات ثم اضغط <b>عرض التغيرات</b> لمشاهدة التغيرات "
-"التي حدثت على النظام قبل وبعد\n"
+"تستخدم لتخزين حالة النظام في وقت محدد، في حين تستخدم قبل وبعد في تعريف التغيرات التي جرت على النظام قبل عملية معينة وبعدها ويتم عرض هذا في جدول. </p>\n"
+"<p>اختر لقطة أو زوج من اللقطات ثم اضغط <b>عرض التغيرات</b> لمشاهدة التغيرات التي حدثت على النظام قبل وبعد\n"
"اللقطة المحددة.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
@@ -375,27 +364,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first "
-"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the "
-"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of "
-"creation for both snapshots.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
-"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is "
-"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>نظرة عامة على اللقطة</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"الشجرة تظهر كافة الملفات التي تم تعديلها بين إنشاء الأولى ('قبل') واللقطة "
-"الثانية لقطة ('بعد') . على الجانب الأيسر يمكنك مشاهدة الوصف عند إنشاء اللقطة "
-"الأولى ووقت الإنشاء لكل اللقطات.\n"
+"الشجرة تظهر كافة الملفات التي تم تعديلها بين إنشاء الأولى ('قبل') واللقطة الثانية لقطة ('بعد') . على الجانب الأيسر يمكنك مشاهدة الوصف عند إنشاء اللقطة الأولى ووقت الإنشاء لكل اللقطات.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"عند تحديد ملف في الشجرة، فإنك تشاهد التغييرات التي لحقت بها. بشكل افتراضي "
-"يتم إظهار التغييرات بين اللقطات المقرونة مختارة, ولكن من الممكن لمقارنة "
-"الملف مع الإصدارات المختلفة.\n"
+"عند تحديد ملف في الشجرة، فإنك تشاهد التغييرات التي لحقت بها. بشكل افتراضي يتم إظهار التغييرات بين اللقطات المقرونة مختارة, ولكن من الممكن لمقارنة الملف مع الإصدارات المختلفة.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
@@ -403,13 +383,10 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the "
-"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time "
-"of its creation.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between "
-"snapshot version and current system.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>نظرة عامة على اللقطة</big></b><p>\n"
@@ -417,8 +394,7 @@
"الشجرة تظهر كافة الملفات المختلفة بين اللقطة المختارة والنظام الحالي. على \n"
"الجانب الأيسر، يمكنك مشاهدة وصف اللقطة ووقت إنشائها.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>عند تحديد ملف في الشجرة، يمكنك أن ترى الفرق بين نسخة لقطة والنظام "
-"الحالي.\n"
+"<p>عند تحديد ملف في الشجرة، يمكنك أن ترى الفرق بين نسخة لقطة والنظام الحالي.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. popup error
@@ -563,10 +539,8 @@
#~ msgid "\t--fstype, -f <fstype>\t\tManually set filesystem type."
#~ msgstr "\t--fstype, -f <fstype>\t\tتعيين اسم الملف يدوياً."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\t--input, -i <file>\t\tRead files for which to undo changes from file."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\t--input, -i <file>\t\tقراءة الملفات التي ترغب في التراجع عن تغييراتها."
+#~ msgid "\t--input, -i <file>\t\tRead files for which to undo changes from file."
+#~ msgstr "\t--input, -i <file>\t\tقراءة الملفات التي ترغب في التراجع عن تغييراتها."
#~ msgid "\t--output, -o <file>\t\tSave status to file."
#~ msgstr "\t--output, -o <file>\t\tحفظ الحالة إلى ملف."
@@ -814,9 +788,5 @@
#~ msgid "undoing change done"
#~ msgstr "تم التراجع عن التغييرات"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "usage: snapper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [command-"
-#~ "arguments]"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "استخدام: اللقطة [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [أمر-"
-#~ "وسائط]"
+#~ msgid "usage: snapper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [command-arguments]"
+#~ msgstr "استخدام: اللقطة [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [أمر-وسائط]"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. popup error message
@@ -68,12 +67,8 @@
#. - for unknown parameter names
#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show'
#: src/clients/sound.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list "
-"of allowed parameters."
-msgstr ""
-"قيمة معلمة الوحدة النمطية المحددة. استخدم الأمر 'عرض' لعرض قائمة بالمعلمات "
-"المسموح بها."
+msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters."
+msgstr "قيمة معلمة الوحدة النمطية المحددة. استخدم الأمر 'عرض' لعرض قائمة بالمعلمات المسموح بها."
#. translators: command line help text for volume action
#: src/clients/sound.rb:131
@@ -83,12 +78,8 @@
#. - for unknown parameter names
#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name
#: src/clients/sound.rb:137
-msgid ""
-"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a "
-"list of available channels."
-msgstr ""
-"قيمة القناة المحددة (0-100). استخدم الأمر 'قنوات' لعرض قائمة بالقنوات "
-"المتاحة."
+msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels."
+msgstr "قيمة القناة المحددة (0-100). استخدم الأمر 'قنوات' لعرض قائمة بالقنوات المتاحة."
#. translators: command line help text for modules action
#: src/clients/sound.rb:144
@@ -549,15 +540,11 @@
#. help text - mixer setting
#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377
msgid ""
-"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected "
-"sound card. \n"
-"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore "
-"the original settings.</P>"
+"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n"
+"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>يمكنك من خلال مربع الحوار هذا تعيين مستوى الصوت لكل قناة ببطاقة الصوت "
-"المحددة. \n"
-"اضغط <B>التالي</B> لحفظ إعدادات مستوى الصوت واضغط <B>الخلف</B> لاستعادة "
-"الإعدادات الأصلية.</P>"
+"<P>يمكنك من خلال مربع الحوار هذا تعيين مستوى الصوت لكل قناة ببطاقة الصوت المحددة. \n"
+"اضغط <B>التالي</B> لحفظ إعدادات مستوى الصوت واضغط <B>الخلف</B> لاستعادة الإعدادات الأصلية.</P>"
#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name
#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385
@@ -863,8 +850,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"في حالة احتواء القائمة على بطاقات <b>مكتشفة تلقائيًا</b> ولكن لم يتم إعدادها "
-"بعد، حدد \n"
+"في حالة احتواء القائمة على بطاقات <b>مكتشفة تلقائيًا</b> ولكن لم يتم إعدادها بعد، حدد \n"
"إحداها وتابع. بخلاف ذلك, استخدم\n"
"<b>التحديد اليدوي</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1167,8 +1153,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"استخدم <b>أخرى</b> لتعيين حجم صوت البطاقة المحددة أو اعداد الوحدة النمطية "
-"المحملة لقراءة \n"
+"استخدم <b>أخرى</b> لتعيين حجم صوت البطاقة المحددة أو اعداد الوحدة النمطية المحملة لقراءة \n"
"ملفات MIDI (<b>بدء تشغيل جهاز التسلسل</b>).\n"
"استخدام <b>تشغيل اختبار الصوت</b> لاختبار البطاقة المحددة.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1183,24 +1168,20 @@
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273
msgid ""
-"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and "
-"applications.\n"
+"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n"
"Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>يعتبر جهاز الصوت بفهرس 0 الجهاز الافتراضي المستخدم بواسطة النظام "
-"والتطبيقات.\n"
+"<p>يعتبر جهاز الصوت بفهرس 0 الجهاز الافتراضي المستخدم بواسطة النظام والتطبيقات.\n"
"استخدم <b>أخرى</b> لتعيين جهاز الصوت المحدد كجهاز رئيسي.</p>"
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276
msgid ""
"The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n"
-"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> "
-"to\n"
+"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n"
"start the application."
msgstr ""
"يمكن للتطبيقات التي تستخدم OSS (نظام الصوت المفتوح) أن تستخدم\n"
-"خالط البرامج باستخدام مغلف aoss. استخدم الأمر <tt>aoss <application></"
-"tt> للقيام\n"
+"خالط البرامج باستخدام مغلف aoss. استخدم الأمر <tt>aoss <application></tt> للقيام\n"
"ببدء تشغيل التطبيق."
#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316
@@ -1441,16 +1422,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P>In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n"
-#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
-#~ "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, "
-#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n"
+#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P>في مربع الحوار هذا، حدد نوع عصا التحكم. إذا لم\n"
-#~ "يكن نوع عصا التحكم موجودًا في القائمة، حدد<B>عصا تحكم قياسية عامة</B>.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
-#~ "<p>لن تعثر على أي عصا التحكم USB هنا. إذا كان لديك جهاز USB، قم فقط "
-#~ "بتوصيل عصالتحكم وابدأ استخدامه.</P>\n"
+#~ "يكن نوع عصا التحكم موجودًا في القائمة، حدد<B>عصا تحكم قياسية عامة</B>.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>لن تعثر على أي عصا التحكم USB هنا. إذا كان لديك جهاز USB، قم فقط بتوصيل عصالتحكم وابدأ استخدامه.</P>\n"
#~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:"
#~ msgstr "تحديد نوع عصا التحكم:"
@@ -1479,19 +1456,11 @@
#~ msgid "%1 - <font color=\"red\">Invalid configuration<font>"
#~ msgstr "%1 - <font color=\"red\">إعداد غير صالح<font>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or "
-#~ "a wrong driver is used"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "الإعداد غير نشطة - أما أن عصا الألعاب غير متصلة أو أنها تستخدم سواقة "
-#~ "تشغيل خاطئة"
+#~ msgid "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or a wrong driver is used"
+#~ msgstr "الإعداد غير نشطة - أما أن عصا الألعاب غير متصلة أو أنها تستخدم سواقة تشغيل خاطئة"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Press <b>Edit</b> to change the joystick driver or <b>Delete</b> to "
-#~ "remove the configuration"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "اضغط <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير سواقة التشغيل عصا الألعاب أو <b>حذف</b> لإزالة "
-#~ "الإعداد"
+#~ msgid "Press <b>Edit</b> to change the joystick driver or <b>Delete</b> to remove the configuration"
+#~ msgstr "اضغط <b>تحرير</b> لتغيير سواقة التشغيل عصا الألعاب أو <b>حذف</b> لإزالة الإعداد"
#~ msgid "Axis %1"
#~ msgstr "المحور %1"
@@ -1526,11 +1495,8 @@
#~ msgid "<p>Here is an overview of the detected joysticks.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>لمحة عامة عن عصا الألعاب التي تم الكشف عنها.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press <b>Add</b> "
-#~ "button.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>لإعداد عصا ألعاب جديدة متصلة بمنفذ الألعاب اضغط زر <b>إضافة</b> .</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press <b>Add</b> button.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>لإعداد عصا ألعاب جديدة متصلة بمنفذ الألعاب اضغط زر <b>إضافة</b> .</p>"
#~ msgid "Model"
#~ msgstr "الطراز"
@@ -1596,9 +1562,7 @@
#~ "<P>لإزالة عصا التحكم المعدة من النظام\n"
#~ "أو إذا لم يكن لديك عصا تحكم، حدد <B>بدون عصا تحكم</B>.</P>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>Press <B>Test</B> to test the functionality of the selected joystick "
-#~ "type.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P>Press <B>Test</B> to test the functionality of the selected joystick type.</P>"
#~ msgstr "<P>اضغط <B>اختبار</B> ليتم اختبار وظائف ونوع عصا التحكم المحدد.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1613,8 +1577,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P>Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.</P>\n"
-#~ "<P>To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press <B>Configure "
-#~ "Joystick</B>.</P>\n"
+#~ "<P>To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press <B>Configure Joystick</B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P>بطاقات الصوت اثنين أو أكثر في النظام تدعم عصا التحكم.</P>\n"
#~ "<P>لإعداد عصا التحكم، حدد بطاقة الصوت واضغط <B>إعداد عصا التحكم</B>.</P>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module
@@ -581,12 +580,8 @@
#. Cache Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache."
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>أنماط التجديد</b> تعريف طريقة تعامل Squid مع الكائنات في التخزين "
-"المؤقت.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>أنماط التجديد</b> تعريف طريقة تعامل Squid مع الكائنات في التخزين المؤقت.</p>\n"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
@@ -624,12 +619,8 @@
#. Cache 2 Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for "
-"objects.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت</b> يحدد مقدار الذاكرة المثالية التي ستستخدمها "
-"لكائنات.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت</b> يحدد مقدار الذاكرة المثالية التي ستستخدمها لكائنات.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
@@ -665,11 +656,9 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be "
-"replaced\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n"
"when disk space is needed.\n"
-"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement "
-"in\n"
+"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n"
"memory when space for new objects is not available.\n"
"Policies could be:\n"
"<table>\n"
@@ -719,25 +708,16 @@
#. Cache Directory
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap "
-"files will be stored.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>اسم المجلد</b> يعرف المستوى الأعلى للمجلد حيث يتم تخزين التخزين المؤقت "
-"لملفات التبادل.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>اسم المجلد</b> يعرف المستوى الأعلى للمجلد حيث يتم تخزين التخزين المؤقت لملفات التبادل.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this "
-"directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>حجم</b> يعرف مقدار مساحة القرص (بالميغابايت) لاستخدامه تحت هذا المجلد."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>حجم</b> يعرف مقدار مساحة القرص (بالميغابايت) لاستخدامه تحت هذا المجلد.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level "
-"subdirectories, \n"
+"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n"
"which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>مجلدات المستوى 1</b> يعرف عدد من المجلدات الفرعية بالمستوى الأول التي\n"
@@ -745,8 +725,7 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level "
-"subdirectories,\n"
+"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n"
"which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>مستوى المجلد 2</b> يحدد عدد المجلدات الفرعية بالمستوى الثاني \n"
@@ -754,14 +733,12 @@
#. ACL Groups
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>يمكن التحكم بالوصول إلى خادم Squid عبر <b>مجموعات ACL</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group "
-"depends\n"
+"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n"
"on the particular type.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>مجموعة ACL</b> إصدارات ووصف مختلف \n"
@@ -769,14 +746,11 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
-"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to "
-"ACL Groups.\n"
-"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be "
-"allowed\n"
+"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n"
+"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n"
"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>في عنصر <b>التحكم بالوصول</b> يمكن رفض الوصول للجدول أو السماح لمجموعات "
-"ACL.\n"
+"<p>في عنصر <b>التحكم بالوصول</b> يمكن رفض الوصول للجدول أو السماح لمجموعات ACL.\n"
"إذا كان هناك المزيد من المجموعات ACL في سطر واحد، فإنه يعني أنه سيتم السماح\n"
"بالوصول أو رفض السماح للذين ينتمون إلى جميع مجموعات ACL في نفس الوقت.</p>\n"
@@ -790,15 +764,12 @@
#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>سجل الوصول إلى</b> تعرف الملف حيث يتم تسجيل أنشطة العميل.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about "
-"your\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n"
"cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>سجل ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت</b> تعرف الملف حيث يتم تسجيل معلومات \n"
@@ -806,14 +777,11 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of "
-"all\n"
-"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an "
-"object\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n"
+"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n"
"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>سجل التخزين المؤقت</b> تعريف موقع تسجيل المعاملات وكافة الكائنات "
-"التي \n"
+"<p><b>سجل التخزين المؤقت</b> تعريف موقع تسجيل المعاملات وكافة الكائنات التي \n"
"يتم تخزينها في مخزن الكائن، وكذلك عندما يتم حذف الكائن. هذا \n"
"الخيار يمكن أن يترك فارغ.</p>\n"
@@ -997,8 +965,7 @@
#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module)
#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
+msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
msgstr "إذا قمت بتغيير اسم مجموعة ACL هذه قد تتأثر هذه الخيارات: \n"
#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474
@@ -1313,9 +1280,7 @@
msgstr "النطاق الوجهة"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the "
-"origin server is located."
+msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located."
msgstr "هذا يشير إلى نطاق الوجهة أي مصدر المجال حيث يوجد الخادم الأصلي."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155
@@ -1375,8 +1340,7 @@
msgstr "يتطابق مع استخدام تعبير عادي على المسار الكامل."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213
-msgid ""
-"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information"
+msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information"
msgstr "تطابق مسار ناقص قد يعني أي البروتوكول، والمنافذ، ومعلومات اسم المضيف"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220
@@ -1428,24 +1392,16 @@
msgstr "هذا النوع يطابق طريقة HTTP في عناوين الطلب."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278
-msgid ""
-"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the "
-"user agent header."
-msgstr ""
-"التعبير العادي الذي يطابق نوع مستعرض العملاء استناداً إلى عنوان agent "
-"المستخدم."
+msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header."
+msgstr "التعبير العادي الذي يطابق نوع مستعرض العملاء استناداً إلى عنوان agent المستخدم."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288
msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections"
msgstr "العدد الأقصى لاتصالات HTTP"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300
-msgid ""
-"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of "
-"HTTP connections established."
-msgstr ""
-"تطابق عندما يكون عنوان IP للعميل أكثر من العدد المحدد لاتصالات HTTP التي تم "
-"تأسيسها."
+msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established."
+msgstr "تطابق عندما يكون عنوان IP للعميل أكثر من العدد المحدد لاتصالات HTTP التي تم تأسيسها."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307
msgid "Matches Referer header."
@@ -1465,8 +1421,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351
msgid ""
-"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. "
-"Can\n"
+"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n"
"be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n"
msgstr ""
"التعبير العادية مطابق مقابل نوع mime للرد الوارد من \n"
@@ -1606,7 +1561,6 @@
msgstr "برتغالية"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82
-#| msgid "Portuguese"
msgid "Brazilian Portuguese"
msgstr "البرتغالية البرازيلية"
@@ -1615,7 +1569,6 @@
msgstr "الرومانية"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84
-#| msgid "Russian-1251"
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "الروسية"
@@ -1624,17 +1577,14 @@
msgstr "سلوفاكية"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86
-#| msgid "Slovak"
msgid "Slovenian"
msgstr "السلوفينية"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87
-#| msgid "Serbian"
msgid "Serbian Cyrillic"
msgstr "السيريلية الصربية"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88
-#| msgid "Serbian"
msgid "Serbian Latin"
msgstr "الصربية اللاتينية"
@@ -1651,7 +1601,6 @@
msgstr "تركية"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92
-#| msgid "Ukrainian-1251"
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "الأوكرانية"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/sshd.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/sshd.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/sshd.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. SSHD read dialog caption
@@ -375,10 +374,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Maximum Authentication Tries</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per "
-#~ "connection.\n"
-#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures "
-#~ "are logged.</p>"
+#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n"
+#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>الحد الأقصى لمحاولات المصادقة</b><br>\n"
#~ "تحديد العدد الأقصى لمحاولات المصادقة لكل اتصال.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. popup text
@@ -660,10 +659,8 @@
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid ""
-"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr ""
-"لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث."
+msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث."
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
@@ -890,8 +887,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام <b>القرص الصلب بأكمله</b> أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر "
-"من \n"
+"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام <b>القرص الصلب بأكمله</b> أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر من \n"
"الأقسام أو المناطق الخالية المعروضة.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -941,8 +937,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة "
-"كافية من أجل\n"
+"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة كافية من أجل\n"
"&product;. يمكنك الاختيار بين <b>حذف Windows تمامًا</b> أو\n"
"<b>تقليصه</b> للحصول على المساحة الخالية الكافية.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1009,8 +1004,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"لقد حاولت توصيل قسم fat إلى واحدة من\n"
-"نقاط التوصيل التالية: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. من المرجح جداً أن هذا "
-"سيسبب مشاكل.\n"
+"نقاط التوصيل التالية: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. من المرجح جداً أن هذا سيسبب مشاكل.\n"
"استخدم نظام ملفات لينكس, مثل ext3 أو ext4, لنقاط التوصيل هذه.\n"
"\n"
"هل ترغب في استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n"
@@ -1108,8 +1102,7 @@
"Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n"
msgstr ""
"تحذير: لم يتم توصيل قسم كقسم /boot. \n"
-"الإقلاع من القرص الثابت. يتطلب وجود قسم /boot صغير (%1 تقريبا.) على "
-"الاقل. \n"
+"الإقلاع من القرص الثابت. يتطلب وجود قسم /boot صغير (%1 تقريبا.) على الاقل. \n"
"قم بإنشاء واحد.\n"
"الأقسام المعينة إلى /boot سيتم تلقائياً تغييرها\n"
"للنوع 0x41 PReP/CHRP. \n"
@@ -1228,8 +1221,7 @@
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap"
-"\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
@@ -1273,8 +1265,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
-"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
-"points\n"
+"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
msgstr ""
"إذا كنت متردد، من الأفضل الرجوع للخلف ووضع علامة على هذا القسم \n"
@@ -1353,11 +1344,9 @@
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
-"mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
-"extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"يحتوي القسم الموسع الذي تم تحديده على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n"
@@ -1528,8 +1517,7 @@
"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n"
"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n"
-"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is "
-"disabled, \n"
+"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n"
"this is not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>قم بالتوصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة:</b>\n"
@@ -1543,14 +1531,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تسمية القرص:</b>\n"
-"الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل سيستخدم في تسمية القرص. هذا عادة يكون "
-"معنوي فقط\n"
+"الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل سيستخدم في تسمية القرص. هذا عادة يكون معنوي فقط\n"
"عند تنشيط خيار التوصيل بواسطة تسمية القرص.\n"
"يجب ألا تحتوي تسمية القرص على الحرف / أو على مسافات.\n"
@@ -1787,8 +1773,7 @@
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
-"partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"يحتوي الجهاز المحدد على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n"
@@ -1946,8 +1931,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
-"tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
@@ -1956,8 +1940,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"نقطة التوصيل هذه تتوافق مع نظام الملفات المؤقتة مثل /tmp أو/var/tmp.\n"
"وقد تركت كلمة مرور التشفير فارغة. إذا قمت بذلك، سينشئ \n"
-"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك وهذا يعني، أنك ستفقد "
-"كافة\n"
+"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك وهذا يعني، أنك ستفقد كافة\n"
"البيانات الموجودة على هذه الملفات عند إيقاف تشغيل النظام.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1967,16 +1950,14 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
-"system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"عند نسيانك لكلمة المرور، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام "
-"الملفات.\n"
+"عند نسيانك لكلمة المرور، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام الملفات.\n"
"اختر كلمة مرور. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام وحروف \n"
"في كلمة المرور. للتحقق من كتابة كلمة المرور بشكل صحيح،\n"
"أدخلها مرتين.\n"
@@ -1988,8 +1969,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
-"at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2043,8 +2023,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
-"is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2181,11 +2160,8 @@
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
-msgstr ""
-"رمز غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام الرموز التالية \"`'!\"%#\" في "
-"نقطة التوصيل."
+msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgstr "رمز غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام الرموز التالية \"`'!\"%#\" في نقطة التوصيل."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268
@@ -2752,13 +2728,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
-"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
-"existing\n"
+"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كنت تريد تشفير كافة البيانات \n"
-"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد <b>تشفير الجهاز</b>. تغيير التشفير على وحدة "
-"تخزين \n"
+"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد <b>تشفير الجهاز</b>. تغيير التشفير على وحدة تخزين \n"
"موجودة سيؤدي إلى حذف كافة البيانات الموجودة عليها.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -3265,8 +3239,7 @@
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
-"هل تريد إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة على %1؟ سيؤدي هذا إلى حذف كافة البيانات "
-"الموجودة\n"
+"هل تريد إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة على %1؟ سيؤدي هذا إلى حذف كافة البيانات الموجودة\n"
"على %1 وجميع الغارات ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تستخدم الأقسام على %1."
#. error popup
@@ -3582,8 +3555,7 @@
"partitions are shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يظهر هذا العرض كافة اقسام القرص الثابت المحدد. \n"
-"إذا كان القرص مستخدم من قبل. على سبيل المثال BIOS RAIDs أو متعدد المسارات "
-"لن\n"
+"إذا كان القرص مستخدم من قبل. على سبيل المثال BIOS RAIDs أو متعدد المسارات لن\n"
"تعرض أقسام هنا.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -3795,14 +3767,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
-"file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b>اسم المسار لملف الحلقة:</b><br>وهذا يجب أن يكون \n"
-"مسار مطلق للملف الذي يحتوي على البيانات الخاصة بجهاز الحلقة المشفر للإعداد.</"
-"p>\n"
+"مسار مطلق للملف الذي يحتوي على البيانات الخاصة بجهاز الحلقة المشفر للإعداد.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
@@ -3813,8 +3783,7 @@
"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>قم بإنشاء ملف الحلقة:</b><br>إذا كان يتم التحقق من هذا، سيتم إنشاء "
-"الملف \n"
+"<p><b>قم بإنشاء ملف الحلقة:</b><br>إذا كان يتم التحقق من هذا، سيتم إنشاء الملف \n"
"مع الحجم المحدد الحقل التالي. <b>ملاحظة:</b> إذا كان الملف موجوداً مسبقاً، \n"
"سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات فيه.</p>\n"
@@ -3840,8 +3809,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> أثناء التثبيت، لا يمكن إجراء\n"
-"تدقيق التناسق حول أسماء المسار وحجم الملف لأن نظام الملفات غير قابل "
-"للوصول. \n"
+"تدقيق التناسق حول أسماء المسار وحجم الملف لأن نظام الملفات غير قابل للوصول. \n"
"سيتم إنشاؤه في نهاية التثبيت. \n"
"كن حذراً حول أسماء المسار وحجم الملف الذي حددته.</p>\n"
@@ -4021,9 +3989,7 @@
#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr ""
-"هل تريد حذف مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية ذات "
-"الصلة؟"
+msgstr "هل تريد حذف مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية ذات الصلة؟"
#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
@@ -4070,8 +4036,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد وحدات التخزين الحقيقية التي ينبغي أن تحتوي على مجموعة التخزين.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد وحدات التخزين الحقيقية التي ينبغي أن تحتوي على مجموعة التخزين.</p>"
#. label for input field
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
@@ -4104,8 +4069,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
-"higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>أدخل الحجم، فضلا عن عدد وحجم اشرطة \n"
@@ -4125,8 +4089,7 @@
"<p>يمكن أن يسمى <b>وحدات التجمع رقيقة</b> يمكن إنشاؤها\n"
"باستخدام حجم وحدة التخزين التعسفي. المساحة المطلوبة تحدد من\n"
"قبل <b>التجمع الرقيق</b>. يمكنك إنشاء واحدة وحدات التجمع رقيقة ذات حجم\n"
-"أكبر من التجمع الرقيق. وبطبيعة الحال عندما يكون هناك بيانات مكتوبة على "
-"وحدات\n"
+"أكبر من التجمع الرقيق. وبطبيعة الحال عندما يكون هناك بيانات مكتوبة على وحدات\n"
"التجمع الرقيقة، يجب أن تكون مساحة التجمع الرقيق قادرة على تلبية هذا الطلب.\n"
"لا يمكن أن تحتوي وحدات التجمع الرقيقة شريط عد."
@@ -4161,32 +4124,27 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
-"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يمكنك تعريف التخزين المنطقي كوحدة <b>حجم عادي</b>.\n"
-"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني خطة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين "
-"قبل وجود ميزة <b>توفير رقيقة</b> .\n"
+"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني خطة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين قبل وجود ميزة <b>توفير رقيقة</b> .\n"
"إذا كنت غير متأكد فهذا هو على الأرجح الاختيار المناسب</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
-"such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يمكنك تعريف التخزين المنطقية <b>التجمع الرقيق</b>.\n"
-"وهذا يعني أن <b>وحدة التجمع الرقيقة</b> تخصص مساحتها المطلوبة عبر الطلب من "
-"هذا مجمع.</p>"
+"وهذا يعني أن <b>وحدة التجمع الرقيقة</b> تخصص مساحتها المطلوبة عبر الطلب من هذا مجمع.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يمكنك تعريف التخزين المنطقية كوحدة <b>تجمع رقيق</b>.\n"
"وهذا يعني أن الحجم يخصص المساحة اللازمة بطلب من <b>تجمع رقيق</b>.</p>"
@@ -4243,14 +4201,12 @@
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
-"unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
"ليس هناك ما يكفي من الأجهزة غير المستخدمة مناسبة لإنشاء مجموعة تخزين.\n"
"\n"
-"لاستخدام LVM، قسم واحد على الأقل غير مستخدمة من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) أو "
-"جهاز\n"
+"لاستخدام LVM، قسم واحد على الأقل غير مستخدمة من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) أو جهاز\n"
"RAID غير المستخدمة. غير جدول الأقسام وفقا لذلك."
#. error popup
@@ -4482,9 +4438,7 @@
#. fallback dialog content
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
-"installation."
+msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
msgstr "إعداد NFS غير متوفراً. تحقق من تثبيت حزمة عميل yast2-nfs."
#. heading
@@ -4516,42 +4470,34 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
-"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> هذا المستوى يعمل على زيادة أداء القرص.\n"
-"<b>لا</b> يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح "
-"عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.</p>\n"
+"<b>لا</b> يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
-"on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
-"partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>يتحقق في هذا الوضع أفضل تكرار. ويمكن استخدامه\n"
"مع قرصين أو أكثر. يقوم هذا الوضع بالحفاظ على نسخة متطابقة من كافة البيانات\n"
-"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية "
-"بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام\n"
+"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام\n"
"المستخدمة في هذا النوع من RAID بنفس الحجم تقريبًا.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
-"disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
-"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>يجمع هذا الوضع بين إمكانية إدارة عددًا أكبر من الأقراص\n"
"مع الحفاظ على بعض التكرار. ويمكن استخدام هذا الوضع مع ثلاثة أقراص أو أكثر.\n"
-"في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا "
-"فستفقد كافة البيانات</p>\n"
+"في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا فستفقد كافة البيانات</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
@@ -4568,10 +4514,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
-"the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</"
-"p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>إضافة أقسام RAID. يرجع لنوع RAID، عادة \n"
"مساحة القرص القابل للاستخدام عبارة عن بعض أقسام (RAID0), حجم \n"
@@ -4638,15 +4582,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
-"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
-"the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>حجم المجموعة:</b><br>وهو أصغر كتلة \"ذرة\" للبيانات التي يمكن \n"
"كتابتها إلى الأجهزة. حجم قطعة معقولة ل RAID 5 هو 128 كيلو بايت. \n"
-"بالنسبة لمصفوفة RAID 0 هو 32 كيلو بايت وهو نقطة انطلاق جيدة. ل RAID 1، حجم "
-"القطعة لا يؤثر على الترتيب كثيرا.</p>\n"
+"بالنسبة لمصفوفة RAID 0 هو 32 كيلو بايت وهو نقطة انطلاق جيدة. ل RAID 1، حجم القطعة لا يؤثر على الترتيب كثيرا.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
@@ -4656,12 +4597,10 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
-"with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"خوارزمية التكافؤ لاستخدامها مع RAID5/6.\n"
-"اليسار-المتماثل التي توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي تعمل "
-"بالتناوب.\n"
+"اليسار-المتماثل التي توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي تعمل بالتناوب.\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
@@ -4941,19 +4880,16 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</"
-"i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
-"and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>التوصيل الإفتراضي </b> يعطي اسلوب التوصيل لنظم \n"
"الملفات المنشأ حديثا. <i>اسم الجهاز</i> يستخدم اسم جهاز النواة \n"
"غير المستمرة. <i>معرف الجهاز</i> و \n"
"<i>مسار الجهاز</i>\n"
-"استخدام الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن "
-"تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائماً. وأخيراً <i>UUID</i> و \n"
+"استخدام الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائماً. وأخيراً <i>UUID</i> و \n"
"<i>تسمية وحدة التخزين</i> استخدام أنظمة الملفات UUID والتسمية.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -4969,15 +4905,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
-"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
-"aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>يحدد <b>المحاذاة للأقسام المنشأة حديثاً</b>\n"
-"الأقسام المنشأة كيف يتم محاذاتها. <b>اسطوانة</b> يتم محاذاة التقليدية في "
-"حدود الاسطوانة من القرص. <b>الأمثل</b> \n"
+"الأقسام المنشأة كيف يتم محاذاتها. <b>اسطوانة</b> يتم محاذاة التقليدية في حدود الاسطوانة من القرص. <b>الأمثل</b> \n"
"محاذاة الأقسام للحصول على أفضل أداء وفقا لتلميحات المقدمة من نواة لينكس، \n"
"أو يحاول أن يكون متوافقاً مع نظام التشغيل Windows Vista و 7.</p>\n"
@@ -5248,8 +5181,7 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
-"cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>هذا الحوار لتعريف فئات أجهزة RAID\n"
@@ -5260,12 +5192,9 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing "
-"the \n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
-"in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
-"currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>يمكنك وضع جهاز في فئة بالنقر بالزر الأيمن على الجهاز واختيار الفئة \n"
@@ -5297,8 +5226,7 @@
msgid ""
"<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
-"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will "
-"follow."
+"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
msgstr ""
"<b>التداخل</b> يستخدم الجهاز الأول من فئة A، ثم أول\n"
"جهاز من الفئة B، ثم جميع الفئات التالية مع الأجهزة. ثم سوف\n"
@@ -5319,25 +5247,19 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
-"devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
-"expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-"
-"part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
-"then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
"بالضغط على \"<b>%1</b>\" يمكنك تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على\n"
-"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.* A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي "
-"تطابق\n"
+"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.* A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي تطابق\n"
"التعبير العادي في الفئة على هذا السطر. يتم مطابقة التعبير العادي \n"
"ضد اسم النواة (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) "
-"ومعرف\n"
+"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) ومعرف\n"
"udev (مثل/dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
"وأخيراً. يحدد تطابق الفئة الأولى إذا كان اسم الأجهزة يطابق تعبير\n"
"عادي واحد أكثر.</p>"
@@ -5375,13 +5297,11 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
-"Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>حجم Tmpfs:</b>\n"
-"يمكن إدخال حجم أما كرقم متبوعاً ب K,M,G للكيلو-أو ميجا- , أو غيغا بايت أو "
-"كرقم\n"
+"يمكن إدخال حجم أما كرقم متبوعاً ب K,M,G للكيلو-أو ميجا- , أو غيغا بايت أو كرقم\n"
"متبوعاً بنسبة مئوية تحدد نسبة مئوية من الذاكرة.</p>"
#. label text
@@ -5412,8 +5332,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
-"installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>توصيل للقراءة فقط:</b>\n"
@@ -5459,15 +5378,12 @@
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></"
-"tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
-"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>غير موصل عند تشغيل النظام:</b>\n"
"لا يتم توصيل نظام الملفات تلقائيًا عند تشغيل النظام.\n"
-"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات مع الخيارات "
-"المناسبة عند إعطاء الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات مع الخيارات المناسبة عند إعطاء الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
" (<mount point> هو المجلد الذي يتم توصيل نظام الملفات إليه). \n"
"الإعداد الافتراضي غير صحيح.</p>\n"
@@ -5500,17 +5416,13 @@
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
-"impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact."
-"</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>وضع يوميات البيانات:</b>\n"
"يحدد صيغة العمل اليومية لملفات البيانات.\n"
-"<tt>دفتر اليومية</tt> -جميع البيانات تحفظ في اليومية قبل أن تتم كتابتها في "
-"نظام الملف الرئيسي. تأثر أداء أعلى.<br>\n"
-"<tt>بالأمر</tt> إجبار كافة البيانات بالخروج مباشرة لنظام الملفات الرئيسية. "
-"قبل أن يتم كتابة\n"
+"<tt>دفتر اليومية</tt> -جميع البيانات تحفظ في اليومية قبل أن تتم كتابتها في نظام الملف الرئيسي. تأثر أداء أعلى.<br>\n"
+"<tt>بالأمر</tt> إجبار كافة البيانات بالخروج مباشرة لنظام الملفات الرئيسية. قبل أن يتم كتابة\n"
"بيانات التعريف لليومية. تأثير الأداء المتوسط.<br>\n"
"لا يتم الاحتفاظ <tt>رد على الرسالة </tt> أمر البيانات\n"
" لا تأثير على الأداء.</p>\n"
@@ -5549,24 +5461,18 @@
msgstr "قيم&ة خيار عشوائي"
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645
-msgid ""
-"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار التعسفي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات التبويب. "
-"حاول مرة أخرى."
+msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
+msgstr "أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار التعسفي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات التبويب. حاول مرة أخرى."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
-"etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>قيمة خيار عشوائي:</b>\n"
-"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /"
-"etc/fstab.\n"
+"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /etc/fstab.\n"
"يتم الفصل بين الخيارات المتعددة بفواصل.</p>\n"
#. label text
@@ -5592,12 +5498,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
-"systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>صفحة الترميز اللغوي لأسماء FAT القصيرة:</b>\n"
-"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام "
-"FAT.</p>\n"
+"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام FAT.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718
@@ -5608,8 +5512,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
-"is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>رقم FATs:</b>\n"
"تحديد رقم جداول تعيين الملفات في ملفات النظام. الإعداد الافتراضي هو 2.</p>"
@@ -5623,13 +5526,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
-"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable "
-"for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>حجم FAT:</b>\n"
-"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديد "
-"تلقائي، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.</p>\n"
+"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديد تلقائي، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753
@@ -5659,8 +5559,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
-"in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>دالة التجزئة:</b>\n"
"لتحديد اسم دالة التجزئة التي تستخدم لفرز أسماء الملفات في المجلدات.</p>\n"
@@ -5674,15 +5573,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
-"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
-"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
-"2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>مراجعة FS:</b>\n"
-"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة reiserfs للمراجعة الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق مع "
-"إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن "
-"استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.</p>\n"
+"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة reiserfs للمراجعة الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق مع إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5694,14 +5588,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
-"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
-"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>حجم الكتلة:</b>\n"
-"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 "
-"و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد تلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي 4096.</"
-"p>\n"
+"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد تلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي 4096.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5728,12 +5618,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
-"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>نسبة مساحة inode:</b>\n"
-"خيار \"نسبة مساحة inode\" الحد الأقصى لنسبة مساحة نظام الملفات التي يمكن "
-"تخصيصها لكل inode.</p>\n"
+"خيار \"نسبة مساحة inode\" الحد الأقصى لنسبة مساحة نظام الملفات التي يمكن تخصيصها لكل inode.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882
@@ -5744,8 +5632,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
-"or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5773,12 +5660,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
-"aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>حجم السجل:</b>\n"
-"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الخيار تلقائي، يكون الإعداد "
-"الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.</p>\n"
+"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الخيار تلقائي، يكون الإعداد الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940
@@ -5816,14 +5701,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
-"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
-"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>حجم كتل التخزين:</b>\n"
-"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 "
-"و4096 بايت لكتلة التخزين. عند تحديد تلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن "
-"طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.</p>\n"
+"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 و4096 بايت لكتلة التخزين. عند تحديد تلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994
@@ -5839,8 +5720,7 @@
"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n"
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
-"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a "
-"reasonable\n"
+"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>بايت لكل عقدة:</b> \n"
@@ -5869,15 +5749,8 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
-"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
-"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
-"default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة:</b> تحديد النسبة المئوية لكتل "
-"محفوظة للجذر. ويحسب الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 ج. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، "
-"الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة:</b> تحديد النسبة المئوية لكتل محفوظة للجذر. ويحسب الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 ج. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040
@@ -5916,8 +5789,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
-"really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>بدون يومية:</b>\n"
@@ -6147,8 +6019,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
-msgid ""
-"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr "لا يمكن إنشاء أقسام عندما تستخدم الأقسام الأخرى الموجودة على القرص."
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
@@ -6497,8 +6368,7 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
msgid ""
"<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n"
-"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) "
-"by\n"
+"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n"
"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>وصل بواسطة</b> تشير إلى كيف يتم توصيل نظام \n"
@@ -6510,8 +6380,7 @@
msgid ""
"A question mark (?) indicates that\n"
"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n"
-"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this "
-"volume\n"
+"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n"
"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
msgstr ""
"علامة استفهام (؟) يشير إلى \n"
@@ -6532,14 +6401,12 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
-"it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
"تشير العلامة نجمية (*) بعد نقطة التوصيل\n"
"إلى نظام ملفات حاليا غير موصل (على سبيل\n"
-"المثال، لأنه يحتوي على خيار <tt>غير تلقائي</tt> الخيار يتعين في<tt>/etc/"
-"fstab</tt>)."
+"المثال، لأنه يحتوي على خيار <tt>غير تلقائي</tt> الخيار يتعين في<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385
@@ -6639,8 +6506,7 @@
"e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>المستخدمة بواسطة</b> يظهر إذا كان الجهاز\n"
-"يستخدم من قبل مثل. RAID أو LVM. إذا كنت لا تستخدم مثل هذه الأشياء، من "
-"الطبيعي أن يكون هذا العمود فارغ.\n"
+"يستخدم من قبل مثل. RAID أو LVM. إذا كنت لا تستخدم مثل هذه الأشياء، من الطبيعي أن يكون هذا العمود فارغ.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469
@@ -6900,12 +6766,8 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
-msgid ""
-"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
-"under Windows."
-msgstr ""
-"تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على "
-"نظام ملفات نظام Windows."
+msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
+msgstr "تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على نظام ملفات نظام Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
@@ -6943,8 +6805,7 @@
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإنشاء قسم LVM بناء على\n"
-"اقتراح، اختر الزر المطابق. يمكن أن يكون قسم LVM القائم بناء اقتراح مشفر.</"
-"p>\n"
+"اقتراح، اختر الزر المطابق. يمكن أن يكون قسم LVM القائم بناء اقتراح مشفر.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
@@ -7085,10 +6946,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
-#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file "
-#~ "system,\n"
-#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /"
-#~ "boot.\n"
+#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n"
+#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -7173,20 +7032,16 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
-#~ "tmp.\n"
-#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will "
-#~ "create \n"
-#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose "
-#~ "all \n"
+#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
+#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n"
+#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n"
#~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "تتطابق نقاط التوصيل هذه مع نظام الملفات المؤقت مثل /tmp أو /var/tmp.\n"
#~ "يمكنك ترك كلمة السر المشفرة فارغة. إذا قمت بهذا، فسيقوم النظام بإنشاء \n"
-#~ "كلمة سر عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام من أجلك. وهذا يعني أنك ستفقد كافة "
-#~ "البيانات \n"
+#~ "كلمة سر عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام من أجلك. وهذا يعني أنك ستفقد كافة البيانات \n"
#~ "على أنظمة الملفات عند إيقاف تشغيل النظام.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
@@ -7315,19 +7170,15 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this "
-#~ "action\n"
-#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large "
-#~ "disks.\n"
-#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it "
-#~ "looks\n"
+#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n"
+#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n"
+#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n"
#~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n"
#~ "performs various checks. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "وفقًا لحجم القرص الصلب وسرعة المعالج لديك، قد \n"
-#~ " يستغرق هذا الإجراء بعض الوقت. لا تعتبر مدة خمس دقائق بالمدة الكبيرة عند "
-#~ "التعامل مع أقراص بسعة أكبر من 4 غيغابايت.\n"
+#~ " يستغرق هذا الإجراء بعض الوقت. لا تعتبر مدة خمس دقائق بالمدة الكبيرة عند التعامل مع أقراص بسعة أكبر من 4 غيغابايت.\n"
#~ " غالبًا، لا يُظهر قياس التقدم تقدمًا خطيًا. حتى لو طال الوقت\n"
#~ " قرب النهاية (\"95%\")، الرجاء مواصلة الانتظار. تعمل أداة التنسيق على \n"
#~ " القيام بفحوصات متنوعة. </p>"
@@ -7342,8 +7193,7 @@
#~ "Try again."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "تتكون كلمة السر من الحروف التالية فقط:\n"
-#~ " من 0 إلى 9 ومن a.إلى.z ومن A.إلى.Z وأي من الرموز التالية \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$"
-#~ "%&/|?{[()]}\".\n"
+#~ " من 0 إلى 9 ومن a.إلى.z ومن A.إلى.Z وأي من الرموز التالية \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n"
#~ " حاول مرة أخرى."
#, fuzzy
@@ -7479,8 +7329,7 @@
#~ msgstr "تنسيق وحدة تخزين معَيِّن الجهاز %1$s (%2$s) الخاص بـ %4$s بـ %3$s"
#~ msgid "Format encrypted device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "تنسيق وحدة تخزين معَيِّن الجهاز المشفرة %1$s (%2$s) من أجل %4$s بـ %3$s"
+#~ msgstr "تنسيق وحدة تخزين معَيِّن الجهاز المشفرة %1$s (%2$s) من أجل %4$s بـ %3$s"
#~ msgid "Format device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s"
#~ msgstr "تنسيق وحدة تخزين معَيِّن الجهاز %1$s (%2$s) بـ %3$s"
@@ -7765,15 +7614,10 @@
#~ msgstr "إنشاء جهاز يستند إلى الملف %1$s من الملف %2$s"
#~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "إنشاء جهاز يستند إلى الملف %1$s من الملف %2$s (%3$s) باعتباره %5$s مع %4$s"
+#~ msgstr "إنشاء جهاز يستند إلى الملف %1$s من الملف %2$s (%3$s) باعتباره %5$s مع %4$s"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with "
-#~ "%4$s"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "إنشاء جهاز مشفر يستند إلى الملف %1$s من الملف %2$s (%3$s) باعتباره %5$s "
-#~ "بـ %4$s"
+#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
+#~ msgstr "إنشاء جهاز مشفر يستند إلى الملف %1$s من الملف %2$s (%3$s) باعتباره %5$s بـ %4$s"
#~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s)"
#~ msgstr "إنشاء جهاز يستند إلى الملف %1$s من الملف %2$s (%3$s)"
@@ -7782,13 +7626,10 @@
#~ msgstr "تنسيق جهاز يستند إلى الملف %1$s من %2$s (%3$s) بـ %4$s"
#~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "تنسيق جهاز يستند إلى الملف %1$s من %2$s (%3$s) باعتباره %5$s بـ %4$s"
+#~ msgstr "تنسيق جهاز يستند إلى الملف %1$s من %2$s (%3$s) باعتباره %5$s بـ %4$s"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "تنسيق جهاز مشفر يستند إلى الملف %1$s من %2$s (%3$s) باعتباره %5$s بـ %4$s"
+#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
+#~ msgstr "تنسيق جهاز مشفر يستند إلى الملف %1$s من %2$s (%3$s) باعتباره %5$s بـ %4$s"
#~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s"
#~ msgstr "تنسيق جهاز يستند إلى الملف %1$s من %2$s (%3$s) بـ %4$s"
@@ -7809,8 +7650,7 @@
#~ msgstr "إنشاء وحدة التخزين المنطقية %1$s (%2$s) الخاصة بـ %4$s بـ %3$s"
#~ msgid "Create encrypted logical volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "إنشاء وحدة التخزين المنطقية المشفرة %1$s (%2$s) الخاصة بـ %4$s بـ %3$s"
+#~ msgstr "إنشاء وحدة التخزين المنطقية المشفرة %1$s (%2$s) الخاصة بـ %4$s بـ %3$s"
#~ msgid "Create logical volume %1$s (%2$s)"
#~ msgstr "إنشاء وحدة التخزين المنطقية %1$s (%2$s)"
@@ -7884,8 +7724,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s"
+#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s"
#~ msgstr "إنشاء برامج RAID مشفرة %1$s (%2$s) من أجل %4$s بـ %3$s"
#, fuzzy
@@ -8110,8 +7949,7 @@
#~ msgstr "مساحة خالية (%1)"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations "
-#~ "in\n"
+#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations in\n"
#~ "the NTFS resizer, the file system can only be shrunk by up to %2 %3.\n"
#~ "To be able to shrink the file system more, boot your Windows\n"
#~ "system and run a disk defragmentation program under Windows to move\n"
@@ -8409,8 +8247,7 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لقد قمت بتغيير معلمات أحد الأقسام\n"
-#~ "الموصلة حاليًا. في بعض الحالات قد تتسبب هذه الطريقة في الإضرار بعملية "
-#~ "تثبيت Linux التي تقوم بها.\n"
+#~ "الموصلة حاليًا. في بعض الحالات قد تتسبب هذه الطريقة في الإضرار بعملية تثبيت Linux التي تقوم بها.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " قم بالمتابعة في حالة كونك متأكدًا مما تقوم به. إذا لم تكن متأكدًا،\n"
#~ " اضغط إلغاء.\n"
@@ -8423,59 +8260,37 @@
#~ "<p>في الأقسام الموجودة بالفعل يمكنك تغيير\n"
#~ "أي شيء فيما عدا بداية القسم وحجمه.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition "
-#~ "should be formatted.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>أولاً، عليك بتحديد نوع القسم وما إذا كنت ترغب في تنسيقه.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>بعد ذلك، قم بإدخال نقطة التوصيل ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>بعد ذلك، قم بإدخال نقطة التوصيل ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create "
-#~ "a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be "
-#~ "lost.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>لكي تتمكن من تغيير بداية الأسطوانة أو نهايتها، قم بحذف هذا القسم ثم قم "
-#~ "بإنشاء قسم آخر باستخدام معلمات جديدة. ستفقد كل البيانات الموجودة على هذا "
-#~ "القسم.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>لكي تتمكن من تغيير بداية الأسطوانة أو نهايتها، قم بحذف هذا القسم ثم قم بإنشاء قسم آخر باستخدام معلمات جديدة. ستفقد كل البيانات الموجودة على هذا القسم.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>والآن قم بإدخال موقع القسم الجديد على القرص الصلب الخاص بك. </p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Please enter the starting cylinder number of the partition. </p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>برجاء إدخال رقم بداية الأسطوانة الخاصة بالقسم. </p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from "
-#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>بعد ذلك عليك بتحديد رقم نهاية الأسطوانة أو الإزاحة من بداية الأسطوانة "
-#~ "(على سبيل المثال، +66).</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>بعد ذلك عليك بتحديد رقم نهاية الأسطوانة أو الإزاحة من بداية الأسطوانة (على سبيل المثال، +66).</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e."
-#~ "g., +100M or +20000K).</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>ومن الممكن أيضًا أن تقوم بتحديد حجم القسم مباشرة (على سبيل المثال، "
-#~ "+100ميغا أو 20000كيلو))</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +100M or +20000K).</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>ومن الممكن أيضًا أن تقوم بتحديد حجم القسم مباشرة (على سبيل المثال، +100ميغا أو 20000كيلو))</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Enter the starting cylinder number of the partition.\n"
-#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from "
-#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n"
-#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., "
-#~ "+2G, +100M, or +20000K).</p>\n"
+#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n"
+#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +2G, +100M, or +20000K).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>أدخل رقم بداية الأسطوانة الخاصة بالقسم.\n"
-#~ "بعد ذلك عليك بتحديد رقم نهاية الأسطوانة أو الإزاحة من بداية الأسطوانة "
-#~ "(على سبيل المثال، +66).\n"
-#~ " ومن الممكن أيضًا أن تقوم بتحديد حجم القسم مباشرة (على سبيل المثال، +2جيجا "
-#~ "أو +100ميغا أو 20000كيلو)</p>\n"
+#~ "بعد ذلك عليك بتحديد رقم نهاية الأسطوانة أو الإزاحة من بداية الأسطوانة (على سبيل المثال، +66).\n"
+#~ " ومن الممكن أيضًا أن تقوم بتحديد حجم القسم مباشرة (على سبيل المثال، +2جيجا أو +100ميغا أو 20000كيلو)</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>"
#~ msgstr "<p> تقسيم الأقراص الصلبة لديك... </p>"
@@ -8484,8 +8299,7 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "This is intended for <b>experts</b>.\n"
#~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk <b>partitions</b>\n"
-#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select <b>automatic</"
-#~ "b>\n"
+#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select <b>automatic</b>\n"
#~ "partitioning.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -8499,16 +8313,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Please note that <b>nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n"
-#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation "
-#~ "dialog.\n"
+#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n"
#~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "برجاء ملاحظة أنه <b>لن يتم تنفيذ أي أمر فعلي على القرص الصلب الخاص بك</"
-#~ "b>\n"
-#~ " قبل أن تقوم بتأكيد عملية التثبيت بأكملها في مربع الحوار الأخير الخاص "
-#~ "بعملية التثبيت.\n"
+#~ "برجاء ملاحظة أنه <b>لن يتم تنفيذ أي أمر فعلي على القرص الصلب الخاص بك</b>\n"
+#~ " قبل أن تقوم بتأكيد عملية التثبيت بأكملها في مربع الحوار الأخير الخاص بعملية التثبيت.\n"
#~ " إلى أن تصل إلى هذه الخطوة، يمكنك بأمان أن تقوم بإيقاف عملية التثبيت.\n"
#~ " </p>"
@@ -8533,20 +8344,17 @@
#~ "managed by LVM.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "بالنسبة لإعداد LVM، فمن المستحسن استخدام جهاز جذر غير LVM واستخدام جهاز "
-#~ "تبديل غير LVM\n"
+#~ "بالنسبة لإعداد LVM، فمن المستحسن استخدام جهاز جذر غير LVM واستخدام جهاز تبديل غير LVM\n"
#~ ". بالإضافة إلى جهازي الجذر والتبديل، يمكنك إدارة الأقسام بواسطة\n"
#~ "LVM.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard "
-#~ "disks.\n"
+#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "يقوم هذا الجدول الموجود في اليمين بإظهار الأقسام الحالية على القرص الصلب "
-#~ "الخاص بك.\n"
+#~ "يقوم هذا الجدول الموجود في اليمين بإظهار الأقسام الحالية على القرص الصلب الخاص بك.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Hard disks</b> are designated like this </p>"
@@ -8593,15 +8401,12 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition "
-#~ "on\n"
-#~ "the first disk. <b>Note:</b> this is always #5, even if there are less "
-#~ "than four\n"
+#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n"
+#~ "the first disk. <b>Note:</b> this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n"
#~ "primary partitions.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda5 </tt>أول قسم منطقي داخل القسم الموسع \n"
-#~ "على أول قرص EIDE. <b>ملاحظة:</b>هذا دائمًا رقم 5، حتى لو كان هناك أقل من "
-#~ "أربعة\n"
+#~ "على أول قرص EIDE. <b>ملاحظة:</b>هذا دائمًا رقم 5، حتى لو كان هناك أقل من أربعة\n"
#~ " أقسام رئيسية.</p>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -8611,16 +8416,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n"
-#~ "<b>primary partitions</b> on any hard disk, because the respective table "
-#~ "in the\n"
+#~ "<b>primary partitions</b> on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n"
#~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "في النظام الأساسي i386 (على سبيل المثال، أجهزة الحاسب الشخصي العادية)، لا "
-#~ "يمكن أن يكون هناك أكثر من أربعة \n"
-#~ " <b>أقسام رئيسية</b> في أي قرص صلب، نظرًا لأن الجدول المخصص لهذا الغرض "
-#~ "في \n"
+#~ "في النظام الأساسي i386 (على سبيل المثال، أجهزة الحاسب الشخصي العادية)، لا يمكن أن يكون هناك أكثر من أربعة \n"
+#~ " <b>أقسام رئيسية</b> في أي قرص صلب، نظرًا لأن الجدول المخصص لهذا الغرض في \n"
#~ " سجل التشغيل الرئيسي لا يمكن أن يحتوي على أكثر من أربعة إدخالات.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
@@ -8631,25 +8433,21 @@
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "قد تحتوي أجهزة الحاسبات الشخصية القديمة على حدود في <b>BIOS</b> تمنع "
-#~ "الأقسام القابلة للتشغيل\n"
+#~ "قد تحتوي أجهزة الحاسبات الشخصية القديمة على حدود في <b>BIOS</b> تمنع الأقسام القابلة للتشغيل\n"
#~ " في الأسطوانات أقل من <b>1024</b>.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it "
-#~ "ends below this\n"
+#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n"
#~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n"
-#~ "<b>/boot</b>, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single "
-#~ "cylinder\n"
+#~ "<b>/boot</b>, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n"
#~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "إذا كان لديك حاسب شخصي قديم وترغب في التشغيل من أحد الأقسام، فتحقق من "
-#~ "نهاية هذا القسم \n"
+#~ "إذا كان لديك حاسب شخصي قديم وترغب في التشغيل من أحد الأقسام، فتحقق من نهاية هذا القسم \n"
#~ " في حدود 1024 أسطوانة. قم بإنشاء قسم منفصل وتوصيله باعتباره\n"
#~ " <b>/boot</b>، إذا لزم الأمر. قسم يتكون من أسطوانة واحدة \n"
#~ " (12 ميغابايت على الأقل) يكون ملائمًا في الغالب لهذا الغرض.\n"
@@ -8658,14 +8456,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an <b>extended partition</b>.\n"
-#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more <b>logical partitions</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more <b>logical partitions</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "قد تشتمل الأقسام الرئيسية الأربعة على <b>قسم موسع</b>.\n"
-#~ " وهذا القسم الموسع يمكنه أن يحتوي على واحد أو أكثر من <b>الأقسام "
-#~ "المنطقية</b>.\n"
+#~ " وهذا القسم الموسع يمكنه أن يحتوي على واحد أو أكثر من <b>الأقسام المنطقية</b>.\n"
#~ " </p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -8688,8 +8484,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as <b>GRUB</b>, you can "
-#~ "even\n"
+#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as <b>GRUB</b>, you can even\n"
#~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -8702,41 +8497,35 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "The extended partition will <b>overlap</b> with the logical\n"
#~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n"
-#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 "
-#~ "to 500.\n"
+#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "يقوم القسم الموسع بعمل <b>تراكب</b> مع \n"
#~ " الأقسام المنطقية: وبالنسبة للقسم الموسع من الأسطوانة 200 حتى 500\n"
-#~ "، فيمكن للأقسام أن تتراوح بين 200 إلى 250 و251 إلى 400 و401 إلى 500 على "
-#~ "سبيل المثال.\n"
+#~ "، فيمكن للأقسام أن تتراوح بين 200 إلى 250 و251 إلى 400 و401 إلى 500 على سبيل المثال.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "An asterisk (*) after the mount point indicates a file system that is\n"
-#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> "
-#~ "option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n"
+#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "تشير النجمة (*) الموجودة بعد نقطة التوصيل إلى أن نظام الملفات\n"
-#~ " غير موصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، نظرًا لتعيين خيار)<tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في "
-#~ "<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n"
+#~ " غير موصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، نظرًا لتعيين خيار)<tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Mount By</b> indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel "
-#~ "Name,\n"
+#~ "<b>Mount By</b> indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel Name,\n"
#~ "(L) by Label, (U) by UUID, (I) by Device ID, and (P) by Device Path.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "تشير <p>\n"
#~ "<b>موصل بواسطة</b> إلى كيفية توصيل نظام الملفات: (K) بواسطة اسم kernel \n"
-#~ "و(L) بواسطة التسمية و(U) بواسطة UUID و(I) بواسطة معرف الجهاز و(P) بواسطة "
-#~ "مسار الجهاز.\n"
+#~ "و(L) بواسطة التسمية و(U) بواسطة UUID و(I) بواسطة معرف الجهاز و(P) بواسطة مسار الجهاز.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -8750,19 +8539,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard "
-#~ "disks.\n"
+#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n"
#~ "<b>Nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n"
-#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation "
-#~ "dialog.\n"
+#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n"
#~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "يقوم هذا الجدول الموجود في اليمين بإظهار الأقسام الحالية على القرص الصلب "
-#~ "الخاص بك.\n"
+#~ "يقوم هذا الجدول الموجود في اليمين بإظهار الأقسام الحالية على القرص الصلب الخاص بك.\n"
#~ " <b>لن يتم تنفيذ أي أمر فعلي على القرص الصلب الخاص بك</b>\n"
-#~ " قبل أن تقوم بتأكيد عملية التثبيت بأكملها في مربع الحوار الأخير الخاص "
-#~ "بعملية التثبيت.\n"
+#~ " قبل أن تقوم بتأكيد عملية التثبيت بأكملها في مربع الحوار الأخير الخاص بعملية التثبيت.\n"
#~ " إلى أن تصل إلى هذه الخطوة، يمكنك بأمان أن تقوم بإيقاف عملية التثبيت.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -9021,23 +8806,19 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Logical volumes are\n"
#~ "usable almost everywhere normal <b>disk partitions</b> can be used.\n"
-#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, "
-#~ "as swap \n"
+#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, as swap \n"
#~ "or as raw partitions for databases.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "وحدات التخزين المنطقية\n"
-#~ " تعتبر قابلة للاستخدام في كل مكان يمكن أن يتم فيه استخدام<b>أقسام القرص</"
-#~ "b>العادية.\n"
-#~ " يمكنك إنشاء أنظمة ملفات على وحدات التخزين المنطقية واستخدامها، مثل "
-#~ "التبديل \n"
+#~ " تعتبر قابلة للاستخدام في كل مكان يمكن أن يتم فيه استخدام<b>أقسام القرص</b>العادية.\n"
+#~ " يمكنك إنشاء أنظمة ملفات على وحدات التخزين المنطقية واستخدامها، مثل التبديل \n"
#~ " أو باعتبارها أقسامًا خاصة بقواعد البيانات.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "If there is still unallocated\n"
-#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use <b>reiserfs</b> as your "
-#~ "file system,\n"
+#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use <b>reiserfs</b> as your file system,\n"
#~ "extend a logical volume and the underlying file system while it\n"
#~ "is <b>mounted</b> and in <b>use</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -9051,8 +8832,7 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "The logical volumes need to be large enough\n"
#~ "to hold all the files to install now, but you do not necessarily need to\n"
-#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be "
-#~ "increased \n"
+#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be increased \n"
#~ "later while your system is in use.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -9063,49 +8843,38 @@
#~ " لاحقًا أثناء استخدام نظام الملفات الخاص بك.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Add partitions</b> (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</"
-#~ "p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>إضافة أقسام</b> (تدعى بوحدات التخزين الفعلية) إلى مجموعة وحدة "
-#~ "التخزين الخاصة بك.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Add partitions</b> (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>إضافة أقسام</b> (تدعى بوحدات التخزين الفعلية) إلى مجموعة وحدة التخزين الخاصة بك.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The volume group forms the <b>storage pool</b> from which your logical "
-#~ "volumes,\n"
+#~ "The volume group forms the <b>storage pool</b> from which your logical volumes,\n"
#~ "like virtual partitions, are allocated.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "تعمل مجموعة وحدة التخزين على تشكيل <b>مجمع التخزين</b> الذي يتم من "
-#~ "خلاله،\n"
+#~ "تعمل مجموعة وحدة التخزين على تشكيل <b>مجمع التخزين</b> الذي يتم من خلاله،\n"
#~ " تخصيص وحدات التخزين المنطقية.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one "
-#~ "volume \n"
+#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one volume \n"
#~ "group. If you need more than one volume group for special reasons,\n"
#~ "create them here. Each volume group must have at least one partition \n"
#~ "that belongs to that volume group.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "في ظل الظروف العادية، لا توجد حاجة لوجود أكثر من مجموعة \n"
-#~ " واحدة لوحدة التخزين. وإذا كنت ترغب في وجود أكثر من مجموعة وحدة تخزين "
-#~ "لأسباب خاصة،\n"
-#~ " قم بإنشائهم في هذا المكان. يجب أن تحتوي كل مجموعة من مجموعات وحدة "
-#~ "التخزين على قسم واحد على الأقل \n"
+#~ " واحدة لوحدة التخزين. وإذا كنت ترغب في وجود أكثر من مجموعة وحدة تخزين لأسباب خاصة،\n"
+#~ " قم بإنشائهم في هذا المكان. يجب أن تحتوي كل مجموعة من مجموعات وحدة التخزين على قسم واحد على الأقل \n"
#~ " ينتمي لمجموعة وحدة التخزين هذه.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Each physical volume belongs <b>to exactly one</b> volume group. Assign "
-#~ "all\n"
+#~ "Each physical volume belongs <b>to exactly one</b> volume group. Assign all\n"
#~ "partitions to use with Linux LVM to volume groups.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "كل وحدة تخزين فعلية تنتمي إلى <b>مجموعة وحدة تخزين</b> واحدة بالضبط. قم "
-#~ "بتعيين كافة\n"
+#~ "كل وحدة تخزين فعلية تنتمي إلى <b>مجموعة وحدة تخزين</b> واحدة بالضبط. قم بتعيين كافة\n"
#~ " للاستخدام مع Linux LVM إلى مجموعات وحدة التخزين.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -9139,8 +8908,7 @@
#~ "</li>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<li>\n"
-#~ "في الخطوة القادمة، قم بإضافة <b>وحدات التخزين الفعلية</b> (انظر الفقرة "
-#~ "التالية).\n"
+#~ "في الخطوة القادمة، قم بإضافة <b>وحدات التخزين الفعلية</b> (انظر الفقرة التالية).\n"
#~ " </li>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -9149,8 +8917,7 @@
#~ "</li></ol><br>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<li>\n"
-#~ "في الخطوة الأخيرة، قم بإنشاء <b>وحدات التخزين المنطقية</b> (انظر الفقرة "
-#~ "التالية).\n"
+#~ "في الخطوة الأخيرة، قم بإنشاء <b>وحدات التخزين المنطقية</b> (انظر الفقرة التالية).\n"
#~ " </li></ol><br>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -9420,8 +9187,7 @@
#~ "NFS mount, or MD device.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "لا يمكن تغيير حجم جهاز القرص أو مجموعة وحدة التخزين LVM أو وحدة التخزين "
-#~ "الفعلية LVM \n"
+#~ "لا يمكن تغيير حجم جهاز القرص أو مجموعة وحدة التخزين LVM أو وحدة التخزين الفعلية LVM \n"
#~ " أو جهاز MD.\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -9591,8 +9357,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "البيانات التي قمت بإدخالها غير صالحة.\n"
#~ "أدخل حجمًا فعليًا يتراوح بين\n"
-#~ " 8كيلوبايت إلى 512غيغابايت ومضاعفات الرقم 2، على سبيل المثال \"4ميغا\" أو "
-#~ "\"512كيلوبايت\".\n"
+#~ " 8كيلوبايت إلى 512غيغابايت ومضاعفات الرقم 2، على سبيل المثال \"4ميغا\" أو \"512كيلوبايت\".\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The data entered is invalid.\n"
@@ -9620,11 +9385,9 @@
#~ "To use RAID, at least two partitions of type 0xFD (or 0x83)\n"
#~ "are required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n"
#~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n"
-#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to "
-#~ "0xFD.\n"
+#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0xFD.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "لكي تتمكن من استخدام RAID، يجب أن يتوفر على الأقل قسمان من النوع 0xFD (أو "
-#~ "0x83)\n"
+#~ "لكي تتمكن من استخدام RAID، يجب أن يتوفر على الأقل قسمان من النوع 0xFD (أو 0x83)\n"
#~ ". قم بتغيير جدول الأقسام وفقًا لذلك.\n"
#~ " في معظم الحالات ينبغي أن يتم عمل ذلك بالطريقة التالية:\n"
#~ " انقر فوق 'إنشاء' ثم حدد 'عدم التنسيق' وقم بتعيين معرف القسم إلى 0xFD.\n"
@@ -9834,15 +9597,11 @@
#~ " التي يمكن معالجتها بواسطة الإصدار الحالي من برنامج raid.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br>This mode allow access to the same physical "
-#~ "device\n"
-#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller "
-#~ "card. This mode can be used with at least two devices<p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br>This mode allow access to the same physical device\n"
+#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller card. This mode can be used with at least two devices<p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br>يمنح هذا الوضع مدخلاً للوصول إلى نفس الجهاز "
-#~ "الفعلي\n"
-#~ " عبر عدة أجهزة تحكم بغرض التكرار في مقابل فشل في بطاقة جهاز التحكم. ويمكن "
-#~ "استخدام هذا الوضع مع قرصين على الأقل<p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br>يمنح هذا الوضع مدخلاً للوصول إلى نفس الجهاز الفعلي\n"
+#~ " عبر عدة أجهزة تحكم بغرض التكرار في مقابل فشل في بطاقة جهاز التحكم. ويمكن استخدام هذا الوضع مع قرصين على الأقل<p>\n"
#~ msgid "&Multipath (Redundant access over two controllers)"
#~ msgstr "&Multipath (وصول متكرر عبر جهازين للتحكم)"
@@ -9854,8 +9613,7 @@
#~ "<p>The list contains the devices that could be automatically\n"
#~ "detected for multipath setup. Disable the devices not to \n"
#~ "have activated by double-clicking the table line and continue when \n"
-#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid "
-#~ "devices\n"
+#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid devices\n"
#~ "are created.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>If you deselect lines, the names of the raid devices \n"
#~ "after the deselected lines will be changed.</p>\n"
@@ -9863,8 +9621,7 @@
#~ "<p>تحتوي القائمة على الأجهزة التي يمكن اكتشافها تلقائيًا\n"
#~ "من أجل إعداد multipath. قم بتعطيل الأجهزة لكي لا يتم \n"
#~ " تنشيطها عن طريق النقر المزدوج على جدول السطور وقم بالمتابعة في حالة \n"
-#~ " الانتهاء. إذا قمت بالعودة إلى الخلف، فلن يتم إنشاء أي من أجهزة multipath "
-#~ "raid\n"
+#~ " الانتهاء. إذا قمت بالعودة إلى الخلف، فلن يتم إنشاء أي من أجهزة multipath raid\n"
#~ " التي يتم اكتشافها تلقائيًا.</p>\n"
#~ " <p>إذا قمت بإلغاء اختيار السطور، فستتغير أسماء أجهزة raid \n"
#~ " الموجودة بعد السطور التي تم إلغاء اختيارها.</p>\n"
@@ -9903,8 +9660,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Expert options:</b><br>Here, set\n"
#~ "things like chunk size to get the best performance\n"
-#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this "
-#~ "RAID.</p>\n"
+#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this RAID.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>خيارات الخبير:</b><br>هنا يمكنك تعيين أشياء\n"
#~ "مثل حجم الكتلة للحصول على أفضل أداء\n"
@@ -9981,8 +9737,7 @@
#~ msgstr "لا توجد أقراص قابلة للتقسيم."
#~ msgid "You may use dasdfmt in Expert-Button to low level format disks."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يمكنك استخدام dasdfmt في الزر Expert لكي تقوم بتقليل مستوى تنسيق الأقراص."
+#~ msgstr "يمكنك استخدام dasdfmt في الزر Expert لكي تقوم بتقليل مستوى تنسيق الأقراص."
#~ msgid "&Create RAID..."
#~ msgstr "يتم إن&شاء RAID..."
@@ -10085,9 +9840,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
#~ "Really do this?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "تعمل إعادة قراءة جدول الأقسام على إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية. هل ترغب "
-#~ "حقًا في إعادة قراءة جدول الأقسام؟"
+#~ msgstr "تعمل إعادة قراءة جدول الأقسام على إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية. هل ترغب حقًا في إعادة قراءة جدول الأقسام؟"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Rereading disk information..."
@@ -10096,8 +9849,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button."
-#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "لإنشاء اقتراح يستند على LVM أو EVMS حدد الزر الملائم.</p>"
@@ -10171,12 +9923,8 @@
#~ " \n"
#~ " هل ترغب حقًا في هذا الإجراء؟\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related "
-#~ "functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. </p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يحتوي القسم الأول من مربع الحوار هذا على الوظيفة المرتبطة بالحاوية. "
-#~ "هنا توجد حاويات تكوين وتحرير وتعديل EVMS. </p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. </p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>يحتوي القسم الأول من مربع الحوار هذا على الوظيفة المرتبطة بالحاوية. هنا توجد حاويات تكوين وتحرير وتعديل EVMS. </p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -10196,8 +9944,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "البيانات التي قمت بإدخالها غير صالحة.\n"
#~ "أدخل حجمًا فعليًا يتراوح بين\n"
-#~ " 8كيلوبايت إلى 512غيغابايت ومضاعفات الرقم 2، على سبيل المثال 4ميغابايت أو "
-#~ "512 كيلوبايت.\n"
+#~ " 8كيلوبايت إلى 512غيغابايت ومضاعفات الرقم 2، على سبيل المثال 4ميغابايت أو 512 كيلوبايت.\n"
#~ msgid "Modify Existing EVMS Container"
#~ msgstr "تعديل حاوية EVMS الموجودة"
@@ -10210,8 +9957,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the settings for an EVMS container.\n"
-#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when "
-#~ "creating\n"
+#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when creating\n"
#~ "the container.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "تغيير الإعدادات الخاصة بحاوية EVMS \n"
@@ -10322,11 +10068,9 @@
#~ "To use LVM, at least one partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83)\n"
#~ "is required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n"
#~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n"
-#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to "
-#~ "0x8e.\n"
+#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0x8e.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "لكي تتمكن من استخدام LVM، يجب أن يتوفر على الأقل قسم واحد من النوع 0x8e "
-#~ "(أو 0x83)\n"
+#~ "لكي تتمكن من استخدام LVM، يجب أن يتوفر على الأقل قسم واحد من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83)\n"
#~ ". قم بتغيير جدول الأقسام وفقًا لذلك.\n"
#~ " في معظم الحالات ينبغي أن يتم عمل ذلك بالطريقة التالية:\n"
#~ " انقر فوق 'إنشاء' ثم حدد 'عدم التنسيق' وقم بتعيين معرف القسم إلى 0x8e.\n"
@@ -10352,12 +10096,8 @@
#~ msgid "Delete Partition Table"
#~ msgstr "حذف جدول الأقسام"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread "
-#~ "the partition table?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "تعمل إعادة قراءة جدول الأقسام على إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية. هل ترغب "
-#~ "حقًا في إعادة قراءة جدول الأقسام؟"
+#~ msgid "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread the partition table?"
+#~ msgstr "تعمل إعادة قراءة جدول الأقسام على إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية. هل ترغب حقًا في إعادة قراءة جدول الأقسام؟"
#~ msgid "Select a loop device entry."
#~ msgstr "حدد إدخالاً من إدخالات جهاز السلسلة."
@@ -10428,9 +10168,7 @@
#~ msgid "Ba&se Partition Setup on This Proposal"
#~ msgstr "&بناء إعداد التقسيم على هذا الاقتراح"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>You rejected the proposal. Use one of the options to continue "
-#~ "partitioning.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>You rejected the proposal. Use one of the options to continue partitioning.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>لقد قمت برفض الاقتراح. استخدم أحد الخيارات لمتابعة التقسيم.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -10444,48 +10182,36 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Disk Controller Configuration</b></big></p>\n"
-#~ "<p>Here, configure disk controllers by modifying the corresponding kernel "
-#~ "module.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Here, configure disk controllers by modifying the corresponding kernel module.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>The table at top contains the controllers to configure. If\n"
#~ "there is more than one controller, select the controller\n"
#~ "by clicking a line in the table. The order in the table determines\n"
#~ "the order in which kernel modules are loaded. Use <b>Move Up</b> and\n"
#~ "<b>Move Down</b> to change the order.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Module to Use</b> selects the kernel module to use for the current "
-#~ "controller. Alternative modules are available for some controllers.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Module to Use</b> selects the kernel module to use for the current controller. Alternative modules are available for some controllers.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>The module status is shown in <b>Module Currently Loaded</b>.\n"
#~ "With <b>Load Module in initrd</b> set whether the module should be\n"
#~ "loaded during boot.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>For <b>Module Parameters</b>, enter any parameters for the module.\n"
#~ "This is often not needed.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Test Loading of Module</b> tests whether the module can be loaded "
-#~ "with the specified parameters. This test is recommended if you have made "
-#~ "changes.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Test Loading of Module</b> tests whether the module can be loaded with the specified parameters. This test is recommended if you have made changes.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>تكوين جهاز التحكم بالقرص</b></big></p>\n"
-#~ "<p>هنا، يتم تكوين جهاز التحكم بالقرص عن طريق تعديل وحدة kernel النمطية "
-#~ "المطابقة.</p>\n"
-#~ " <p>يحتوي الجدول الموجود بأعلى على أجهزة التحكم التي سيتم تكوينها. في "
-#~ "حالة \n"
+#~ "<p>هنا، يتم تكوين جهاز التحكم بالقرص عن طريق تعديل وحدة kernel النمطية المطابقة.</p>\n"
+#~ " <p>يحتوي الجدول الموجود بأعلى على أجهزة التحكم التي سيتم تكوينها. في حالة \n"
#~ " وجود أكثر من جهاز للتحكم، قم بتحديد جهاز التحكم \n"
#~ " عن طريق النقر فوق أحد السطور في الجدول. يطابق الترتيب الموجود بالجدول\n"
-#~ " نفس الترتيب الذي سيتم به تحميل وحدات kernel النمطية. استخدم <b>تحريك "
-#~ "لأعلى</b> و\n"
+#~ " نفس الترتيب الذي سيتم به تحميل وحدات kernel النمطية. استخدم <b>تحريك لأعلى</b> و\n"
#~ "<b>تحريك لأسفل</b> لتغيير الترتيب.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
-#~ " <p><b>الوحدة النمطية المطلوب استخدامها</b> لتحديد وحدة kernel النمطية "
-#~ "للاستخدام من أجل جهاز التحكم الحالي. تتوفر وحدات نمطية بديلة لبعض أجهزة "
-#~ "التحكم.</p>\n"
+#~ " <p><b>الوحدة النمطية المطلوب استخدامها</b> لتحديد وحدة kernel النمطية للاستخدام من أجل جهاز التحكم الحالي. تتوفر وحدات نمطية بديلة لبعض أجهزة التحكم.</p>\n"
#~ " <p>تظهر حالة الوحدة النمطية في <b>الوحدة النمطية المحملة حاليًا</b>.\n"
-#~ " باستخدام <b>تحميل وحدة نمطية في initrd</b>، قم بتعيين ما إذا كان يجب "
-#~ "تحميل الوحدة النمطية \n"
+#~ " باستخدام <b>تحميل وحدة نمطية في initrd</b>، قم بتعيين ما إذا كان يجب تحميل الوحدة النمطية \n"
#~ " أثناء التشغيل.</p>\n"
-#~ " <p>بالنسبة إلى <b>معلمات الوحدة النمطية</b>، أدخل إحدى معلمات هذه "
-#~ "الوحدة.\n"
+#~ " <p>بالنسبة إلى <b>معلمات الوحدة النمطية</b>، أدخل إحدى معلمات هذه الوحدة.\n"
#~ " وغالبًا لا توجد حاجة لهذا.</p>\n"
-#~ " <p><b>اختبار تحميل الوحدة النمطية</b> لاختبار إمكانية تحميل الوحدة "
-#~ "النمطية بالمعلمات المحددة. ينصح بهذا الاختبار عند إجراء تغييرات.</p>\n"
+#~ " <p><b>اختبار تحميل الوحدة النمطية</b> لاختبار إمكانية تحميل الوحدة النمطية بالمعلمات المحددة. ينصح بهذا الاختبار عند إجراء تغييرات.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "&Module to Use"
#~ msgstr "الوحدة الن&مطية المطلوب استخدامها:"
@@ -10559,8 +10285,7 @@
#~ " هل ترغب في نبذ التغييرات؟\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available"
+#~ msgid "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available"
#~ msgstr "واجهة سطر الأوامر للوحدة النمطية الخاصة بالتقسيم غير متاحة"
#~ msgid ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module
@@ -330,8 +329,7 @@
#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486
msgid ""
"Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"المضيف يستخدم الاسم المستعار %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n"
"قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف إعدادات sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n"
@@ -340,8 +338,7 @@
#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"المستخدم يستخدم الاسم المستعار %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n"
"قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف إعدادات sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n"
@@ -350,8 +347,7 @@
#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612
msgid ""
"RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"RunAs يستخدم الاسم المستعار %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n"
"قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف إعدادات sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n"
@@ -360,8 +356,7 @@
#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674
msgid ""
"Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"الأمر يستخدم الاسم المستعار %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n"
"قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف إعدادات sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n"
@@ -436,10 +431,8 @@
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>المستخدمين</b> العمود يشير إلى مستخدم محلي أو مستخدم للنظام أو الاسم "
-"المستعار للمستخدم. \n"
-"\t<b>المضيفين</b> عمود يحدد، على أي المضيفين، أو مجموعة المضيفين المشار "
-"إليها\n"
+"<p><b>المستخدمين</b> العمود يشير إلى مستخدم محلي أو مستخدم للنظام أو الاسم المستعار للمستخدم. \n"
+"\t<b>المضيفين</b> عمود يحدد، على أي المضيفين، أو مجموعة المضيفين المشار إليها\n"
" \tبالاسم المستعار للمستخدم قد يشغل الأوامر المحددة.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -448,10 +441,8 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n"
-"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access "
-"privileges\n"
-"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining "
-"whether\n"
+"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n"
+"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n"
"\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -493,8 +484,7 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n"
-"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> "
-"button.\n"
+"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -506,46 +496,33 @@
#. Single User Specification help 1/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), "
-"group name prefixed\n"
+"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n"
"\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n"
-"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, "
-"groups and aliases \n"
+"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n"
"\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>اسم المستخدم أو الاسم المستعار</b> قد يتم تعيينها باسم مستخدم واحد (e."
-"g.foo)\n"
+"<p><b>اسم المستخدم أو الاسم المستعار</b> قد يتم تعيينها باسم مستخدم واحد (e.g.foo)\n"
"أواسم مجموع \n"
-"\tتسبقها '%' (e.g. %bar)، أو اسم المستعار للمستخدم. إذا تم استخدام كلمة 'كل' "
-"فهذا يعني أي اسم \tمستخدم. حدد من \n"
-"\tقائمة مستخدمين والمجموعات والأسماء المستعارة في القائمة المنسدلة، أو قم "
-"بإدخال القيمة الخاصة بك. \n"
+"\tتسبقها '%' (e.g. %bar)، أو اسم المستعار للمستخدم. إذا تم استخدام كلمة 'كل' فهذا يعني أي اسم \tمستخدم. حدد من \n"
+"\tقائمة مستخدمين والمجموعات والأسماء المستعارة في القائمة المنسدلة، أو قم بإدخال القيمة الخاصة بك. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www."
-"example.com) single IP \n"
-"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host "
-"alias. If commands may be\n"
-"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched "
-"against your own hostname\n"
-"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file "
-"between multiple machines, \n"
+"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n"
+"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n"
+"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n"
+"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n"
"\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>حدد اسم مضيف أو اسم مستعار</b> يتكون من أما اسم المضيف (e.g. www."
-"example.com) عنوان IP \n"
-"\tمفرد (مثل. 192.168.0.1), عنوان IP، مع قناع الشبكة، أو الاسم المستعار "
-"للمضيف. إذا كان يمكن\n"
-"\tتشغيل الأوامر على أي مضيف، استخدم الكلمة الأساسية 'الكل'. اسم المضيف أو "
-"عنوان IP يتم مطابقته اسم \tالمضيف أو عنوان IP الخاص بك، حتى إذا كنت لا ترغب "
-"في مشاركة \n"
+"<p><b>حدد اسم مضيف أو اسم مستعار</b> يتكون من أما اسم المضيف (e.g. www.example.com) عنوان IP \n"
+"\tمفرد (مثل. 192.168.0.1), عنوان IP، مع قناع الشبكة، أو الاسم المستعار للمضيف. إذا كان يمكن\n"
+"\tتشغيل الأوامر على أي مضيف، استخدم الكلمة الأساسية 'الكل'. اسم المضيف أو عنوان IP يتم مطابقته اسم \tالمضيف أو عنوان IP الخاص بك، حتى إذا كنت لا ترغب في مشاركة \n"
"محتوي الملف /etc/sudoers بين \tأجهزة متعددة،\n"
"إدخال 'الكل' أو 'localhost' ستكون كافية للأغراض كلها تقريبا. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
@@ -554,15 +531,11 @@
#. Single User Specification help 2/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
-"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an "
-"user, \n"
+"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n"
"\twhose access privileges \n"
-"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is "
-"the default\n"
-"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or "
-"run_as alias name\n"
-"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter "
-"your own value.\n"
+"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n"
+"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n"
+"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -570,18 +543,15 @@
"مستخدم، له صلاحيات ستستخدم لتنفيذ أمر\n"
"\tمعين. إذا كان فارغاً، المستخدم هو <b>الجذر</b> إفتراضياً. \n"
"\tقد يكون اسم مستخدم أو اسم مجموعة يسبقها '%' مرة أخرى أو اسم\n"
-"\tمستعار run_as حدد من القائمة المستخدمين والمجموعات والأسماء المستعارة في "
-"القائمة المنسدلة، أو قم \tبإدخال القيمة الخاصة بك.\n"
+"\tمستعار run_as حدد من القائمة المستخدمين والمجموعات والأسماء المستعارة في القائمة المنسدلة، أو قم \tبإدخال القيمة الخاصة بك.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single User Specification help 3/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
-"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to "
-"authenticate\n"
-"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running "
-"particular \n"
+"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n"
+"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n"
"\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n"
"\tdisable this authentication\n"
"\t</p>\n"
@@ -598,34 +568,28 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n"
-"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be "
-"allowed \n"
-"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be "
-"run. \n"
+"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n"
+"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n"
"\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>جدول أوامر التشغير</b> قائمة من الأوامر (اختيارياً مع\n"
"\tالمعلمات)، المجلدات والأسماء المستعارة لأمر مستخدم معين\n"
-"\tوسيتم السماح بتشغيلها. إذا كان يتم استخدام اسم المجلد، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر "
-"في هذا المجلد. \n"
+"\tوسيتم السماح بتشغيلها. إذا كان يتم استخدام اسم المجلد، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر في هذا المجلد. \n"
"\tمرة أخرى، كلمة 'كل' تعني تنفيذ أي أمر، يرجى استخدامه بحذر.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
-"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with "
-"optional\n"
-"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate "
-"entry from the table\n"
+"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n"
+"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n"
"\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"لإضافة أمر جديد، انقر<b>إضافة</b> قم بكتابة اسم الأمر مع المعلمات\n"
-"\tالاختيارية \tثم انقر <b>موافق</b>. لإزالة الأوامر، حدد الإدخال المناسب من "
-"الجدول\n"
+"\tالاختيارية \tثم انقر <b>موافق</b>. لإزالة الأوامر، حدد الإدخال المناسب من الجدول\n"
"ثم اختر <b> حذف</b>.\n"
"\t"
@@ -633,41 +597,34 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of "
-"users that is given\n"
-"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set "
-"in sudo configuration. \n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n"
+"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>أسماء المستخدم المستعارة</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك إعداد أسماء المستخدم المستعارة. الاسم المستعار "
-"للمستخدم هو مجموعة من \tالمستخدمين تعطى\n"
-"\tاسم فريد. بعد ذلك يستخدم هذا الاسم للإشارة إلى المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة "
-"في إعداد sudo. \n"
+"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك إعداد أسماء المستخدم المستعارة. الاسم المستعار للمستخدم هو مجموعة من \tالمستخدمين تعطى\n"
+"\tاسم فريد. بعد ذلك يستخدم هذا الاسم للإشارة إلى المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة في إعداد sudo. \n"
"</p> \n"
"\t"
#. User Aliases help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإضافة اسم مستعار لمستخدم جديد، انقر <b>إضافة</b> واكتب \n"
-"\tالإدخالات المناسبة. الاسم المستعار اسم وقائمة المستخدمين يجب أن لا يكون "
-"فارغة. \n"
+"\tالإدخالات المناسبة. الاسم المستعار اسم وقائمة المستخدمين يجب أن لا يكون فارغة. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. User Aliases help 3/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on "
-"<b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -681,40 +638,34 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of "
-"hosts that is given\n"
-"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set "
-"in sudo configuration. \n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n"
+"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>الأسماء المستعارة للمضيف</big></b><br>\n"
"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك إعداد الأسماء المستعارة للمضيف. الاسم المستعار\n"
-"\tللمضيف هو مجموعة من المضيفين التي تُمنح اسم فريد. بعد ذلك يستخدم هذا الاسم "
-"للإشارة إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة في هذه المجموعة في إعداد sudo. \n"
+"\tللمضيف هو مجموعة من المضيفين التي تُمنح اسم فريد. بعد ذلك يستخدم هذا الاسم للإشارة إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة في هذه المجموعة في إعداد sudo. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Host Aliases help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإضافة اسم مستعار لمضيف جديد، اختر <b>إضافة</b> واكتب \n"
-"\tالإدخالات المناسبة. الاسم المستعار للمضيف اسم وقائمة بالمستخدمين يجب أن لا "
-"يكون فارغة. \n"
+"\tالإدخالات المناسبة. الاسم المستعار للمضيف اسم وقائمة بالمستخدمين يجب أن لا يكون فارغة. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Host Aliases help 3/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on "
-"<b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -728,41 +679,34 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of "
-"users that is given\n"
-"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set "
-"in sudo configuration. \n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n"
+"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>أسماء لمضيف المستعارة</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك إعداد أسماء لمضيف المستعارة. الاسم المستعار "
-"للمضيف مجموعة من \tالمضيفين تعطي\n"
-"\tاسم فريد. بعد ذلك يستخدم هذا الاسم للإشارة إلى كل لمضيفين في هذه المجموعة "
-"في إعداد sudo. \n"
+"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك إعداد أسماء لمضيف المستعارة. الاسم المستعار للمضيف مجموعة من \tالمضيفين تعطي\n"
+"\tاسم فريد. بعد ذلك يستخدم هذا الاسم للإشارة إلى كل لمضيفين في هذه المجموعة في إعداد sudo. \n"
"</p> \n"
"\t"
#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإضافة اسم مستعار لمضيف جديد، اختر <b>إضافة</b> واكتب \n"
-"\tالإدخالات المناسبة. الاسم المستعار اسم وقائمة بالمستخدمين يجب أن لا يكون "
-"فارغة. \n"
+"\tالإدخالات المناسبة. الاسم المستعار اسم وقائمة بالمستخدمين يجب أن لا يكون فارغة. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on "
-"<b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -776,18 +720,14 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set "
-"of commands \n"
-"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is "
-"then used to refer\n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n"
+"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n"
"\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>الأسماء المستعارة للأمر</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك إعداد الأسماء المستعارة للأمر. الاسم المستعار "
-"للأمر هي مجموعة من الأوامر \t\t(بشكل اختياري مع المعلمات) التي تمنح اسم "
-"فريد. ثم يستخدم هذا الاسم للإشارة\n"
+"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك إعداد الأسماء المستعارة للأمر. الاسم المستعار للأمر هي مجموعة من الأوامر \t\t(بشكل اختياري مع المعلمات) التي تمنح اسم فريد. ثم يستخدم هذا الاسم للإشارة\n"
"لكافة الأوامر الموجودة\n"
"في هذه المجموعة في إعداد sudo. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
@@ -796,23 +736,20 @@
#. Command Aliases help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p>لإضافة اسم مستعار لأمر جديد، اختر <b>إضافة</b> واكتب \n"
-"\tالإدخالات المناسبة. الاسم المستعار لأمر وقائمة بالمستخدمين يجب أن لا تكون "
-"فارغة. \n"
+"\tالإدخالات المناسبة. الاسم المستعار لأمر وقائمة بالمستخدمين يجب أن لا تكون فارغة. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Command Aliases help 3/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click "
-"on <b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -826,19 +763,14 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with "
-"'%') or other\n"
-"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, "
-"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in "
-"this alias.\n"
+"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n"
+"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>الاسم المستعار للمستخدم</big></b><br>\n"
"\tالاسم المستعار للمستخدم يتكون من مستخدم أكثر، نظام المجموعات (يسبقه '%')\n"
-"\tأو الأسماء المستعارة الأخرى للمستخدم. أعطها اسم فريد (يجب أن تحتوي على "
-"أحرف وأرقام وتسطير أسفل \tالسطر فقط) ، الذي سيستخدم للإشارة إلى كافة "
-"المستخدمين في هذا الاسم المستعار.\n"
+"\tأو الأسماء المستعارة الأخرى للمستخدم. أعطها اسم فريد (يجب أن تحتوي على أحرف وأرقام وتسطير أسفل \tالسطر فقط) ، الذي سيستخدم للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين في هذا الاسم المستعار.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -846,20 +778,15 @@
#. Single User Alias Help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or "
-"groups to the\n"
-"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on "
-"<b>Add</b> button.\n"
-"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, "
-"and click on\n"
+"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n"
+"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n"
+"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بإدخال اسم فريد في حقل <b>الاسم المستعار</b> . لإضافة مستخدمين أو "
-"مجموعات\n"
-"\tإلى الاسم المستعار، حدد اسم المستخدم أو المجموعة من القائمة المنسدلة ثم "
-"اختر<b>إضافة</b> .\n"
+"<p>قم بإدخال اسم فريد في حقل <b>الاسم المستعار</b> . لإضافة مستخدمين أو مجموعات\n"
+"\tإلى الاسم المستعار، حدد اسم المستخدم أو المجموعة من القائمة المنسدلة ثم اختر<b>إضافة</b> .\n"
"\tلإزالة مستخدم من الاسم المستعار، حدده من الجدول، ثم\n"
"\tاختر <b>إزالة</b> . لإنهاء الإعداد، انقر <b>موافق</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
@@ -872,26 +799,20 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one "
-"member.\n"
+"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<b>ملاحظة:</b> يجب أن لا يكون الاسم المستعار فارغاً. يجب أن يكون هناك اسم "
-"مستعار واحد لكل عضو على الأقل.\n"
+"<b>ملاحظة:</b> يجب أن لا يكون الاسم المستعار فارغاً. يجب أن يكون هناك اسم مستعار واحد لكل عضو على الأقل.\n"
"\t"
#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP "
-"addresses\n"
-"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. "
-"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n"
-"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. "
-"It is \n"
-"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore "
-"only), which \n"
+"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n"
+"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n"
+"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n"
+"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n"
"\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -899,11 +820,9 @@
"<p><b><big>الاسم المستعار للمضيف</big></b><br>\n"
"\tالاسم المستعار للمضيف يتكون من اسم واحد أو أكثر\n"
"من المضيفين، واحد عناوين IP، وعناوين\n"
-"\tبروتوكول الإنترنت مع قناع شبكة مُعرف بشكل تدوين رباعي منقط (مثل "
-"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) أو عدد CIDR لتدوين\n"
+"\tبروتوكول الإنترنت مع قناع شبكة مُعرف بشكل تدوين رباعي منقط (مثل 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) أو عدد CIDR لتدوين\n"
"البتات (مثل 192.168.0.0/24)، أو الأسماء المستعارة المضيفة الأخرى. إعطها اسم\n"
-"\tمفرد (يجب أن تحتوي على أحرف وأرقام وتسطير أسفل السطر فقط)، ليتم استخدامه "
-"للإشارة إلى كافة \t\tالأجهزة المضيفة في هذا الاسم المستعار.\n"
+"\tمفرد (يجب أن تحتوي على أحرف وأرقام وتسطير أسفل السطر فقط)، ليتم استخدامه للإشارة إلى كافة \t\tالأجهزة المضيفة في هذا الاسم المستعار.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -911,14 +830,12 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277
msgid ""
"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n"
-"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you "
-"can enter\n"
+"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n"
"\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t<p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل اسم فريد في حقل <b>الاسم المستعار</b> . لإضافة المضيفين للاسم "
-"المستعار، ثم اختر \n"
+"<p>أدخل اسم فريد في حقل <b>الاسم المستعار</b> . لإضافة المضيفين للاسم المستعار، ثم اختر \n"
"\t<b>إضافة</b> . ستظهر نافذة منبثقة، حيث\n"
"\tيمكنك إدخال اسم مضيف صالح أو عنوان IP ثم انقر فوق <b>موافق</b>.\n"
"\t<p>\n"
@@ -927,8 +844,7 @@
#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285
msgid ""
-"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and "
-"click on\n"
+"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -942,12 +858,9 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more "
-"users, system groups \n"
-"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must "
-"contain \n"
-"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to "
-"refer to all users \n"
+"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n"
+"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n"
+"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n"
"\tin this alias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -956,8 +869,7 @@
"\tاسم مستعار RunAs مشابهة جداً لاسم المستخدم المستعار. ويتألف\n"
"\tمن واحد أو أكثر من المستخدمين، بنظام المجموعات (يسبقها '%') أو غيرها\n"
"\tمن الأسماء المستعارة RunAs. أعطها اسم فريد (يجب أن تحتوي على أحرف وأرقام\n"
-"\tوتسطير أسفل السطر فقط)، الذي سيستخدم للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين في هذا "
-"الاسم المستعار.\n"
+"\tوتسطير أسفل السطر فقط)، الذي سيستخدم للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين في هذا الاسم المستعار.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -965,57 +877,44 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional "
-"parameters), directories, or\n"
-"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase "
-"letters, numbers and\n"
+"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n"
+"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n"
"\tunderscore only), which is \n"
-"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally "
-"have one or more\n"
-"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these "
-"parameters only. If a \n"
+"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n"
+"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n"
"\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>الاسم المستعار للأمر</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tالاسم المستعار للأمر هو قائمة بأمر واحد أو أكثر (مع المعلمات الاختيارية)، "
-"أو مجلدات\n"
+"\tالاسم المستعار للأمر هو قائمة بأمر واحد أو أكثر (مع المعلمات الاختيارية)، أو مجلدات\n"
"\tأو أسماء مستعارة لأوامر أخرى. أعطها اسم مفرد (يجب أن تحتوي على\n"
"\tأحرف وأرقام وتسطير أسفل السطر فقط)، الذي سيستخدم للإشارة إلى كافة\n"
-"\tالأوامر الموجودة في هذه الأسماء المستعارة. يمكن أن يحتوي الأمر اختيارياً "
-"واحد\n"
+"\tالأوامر الموجودة في هذه الأسماء المستعارة. يمكن أن يحتوي الأمر اختيارياً واحد\n"
"\tأو أكثر من المعلمات المحددة. إذا كان الأمر كذلك، يمكن للمستخدمين تشغيل\n"
-"\tالأمر مع هذه المعلمات فقط. إذا استخدمت اسم مجلد، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر في هذا "
-"المجلد. \n"
+"\tالأمر مع هذه المعلمات فقط. إذا استخدمت اسم مجلد، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر في هذا المجلد. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command "
-"to the alias,\n"
-"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can "
-"enter command name\n"
-"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. "
-"Additionally, you can\n"
+"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n"
+"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n"
+"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n"
"\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>أدخل اسم فريد في حقل <b>الاسم المستعار</b> . لإضافة أمر جديد للاسم "
-"المستعار\n"
+"<p>أدخل اسم فريد في حقل <b>الاسم المستعار</b> . لإضافة أمر جديد للاسم المستعار\n"
"\tاختر <b>إضافة</b> .ستظهر قائمة منبثقة حيث يمكنك إدخال اسم الأمر\n"
-"\t(أو اختيار واحد من مستعرض الملفات باختيار <b>استعراض</b> . بالاضافة إلى "
-"ذلك يمكنك\n"
+"\t(أو اختيار واحد من مستعرض الملفات باختيار <b>استعراض</b> . بالاضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك\n"
"\tمن حقل <b>مُعلمات</b> تحديد معلمات الأوامر\n"
"\t"
#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339
msgid ""
-"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, "
-"and click on\n"
+"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -1032,8 +931,7 @@
#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false;
#. }
#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400
-msgid ""
-"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n"
+msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n"
msgstr "هذه القاعدة قاعدة نظام لازمة للحصول على الوظائف الصحيحة من sudo.\n"
#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407
@@ -1054,8 +952,7 @@
#. end Commands
#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545
-msgid ""
-"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?"
+msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?"
msgstr "ستفقد كافة التغييرات. هل تريد إنهاء إعداد sudo بدون حفظ؟"
#. Error message
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module
@@ -351,16 +350,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use "
-"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
-"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure "
-"you write down\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
+"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>فتح مركز دعم SUSE</big></b><br>\n"
-"لبدء تشغيل متصفح الإنترنت لفتح بوابة مركز دعم SUSE، استخدم <b>فتح مركز دعم "
-"SUSE</b>.\n"
+"لبدء تشغيل متصفح الإنترنت لفتح بوابة مركز دعم SUSE، استخدم <b>فتح مركز دعم SUSE</b>.\n"
"يمكنك بعد ذلك فتح طلب خدمة الدعم التقني SUSE. تأكد من كتابة\n"
"رقم طلب الخدمة لتضمن رفع بيانات إعدادات الدعم.</p>\n"
@@ -388,8 +384,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default "
-"settings,\n"
+"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n"
"gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>خيارات إعدادات الدعم</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -412,8 +407,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n"
-"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</"
-"p>\n"
+"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>خيارات</big></b><br>\n"
"جمع معلومات إضافية. عادة ما تكون هذه الخيارات ليست\n"
@@ -423,69 +417,55 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the "
-"supportconfig tarball.</p>"
+"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>الخيارات الافتراضية</b></big><br>\n"
-"حدد أو قم بإلغاء تحديد كل من مجموعات البيانات التي ترغب في تضمينها في "
-"إعدادات الدعم tarball.</p>"
+"حدد أو قم بإلغاء تحديد كل من مجموعات البيانات التي ترغب في تضمينها في إعدادات الدعم tarball.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n"
-"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to "
-"include\n"
-"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment."
-"txt file.</p>"
+"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n"
+"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>معلومات الاتصال</b></big><br>\n"
"إملئ كل حقول معلومات جهة الاتصال التي ترغب في تضمينها\n"
-"في إعدادات الدعم tarball. يتم حفظ الحقول في الملف الأساسي-environment.txt.</"
-"p>"
+"في إعدادات الدعم tarball. يتم حفظ الحقول في الملف الأساسي-environment.txt.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n"
-"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported "
-"upload services include\n"
-"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball "
-"filename in your upload target,\n"
-"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual "
-"tarball filename.\n"
+"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n"
+"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n"
+"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n"
"See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>رفع المعلومات</big></b><br>\n"
"الهدف المرفوع هو مسار وجهة إعدادات الدعم tarball. وتشمل\n"
-"الخدمات المدعومة رفع ftp, http, https, scp. إذا كنت بحاجة إلى تضمين اسم ملف "
-"إعدادات الدعم tarball في الرفع، استخدم \n"
-"الكلمة الأساسية <i>tarball</i> . بهذا سيتم استبدال اسم الملف الفعلي من "
-"tarball.\n"
+"الخدمات المدعومة رفع ftp, http, https, scp. إذا كنت بحاجة إلى تضمين اسم ملف إعدادات الدعم tarball في الرفع، استخدم \n"
+"الكلمة الأساسية <i>tarball</i> . بهذا سيتم استبدال اسم الملف الفعلي من tarball.\n"
"انظر <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> للحصول على مزيد من التفاصيل.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</"
-"i><br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>أمثلة لهدف الرفع</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</"
-"i><br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global "
-"Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open "
-"service request.\n"
+"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> إذا كنت تقوم برفع إعدادات دعم tarball إلى SUSE\n"
"تأكد من تضمين رقم طلب خدمة 11-رقم SUSE لفتح طلب لخدمة الدعم.\n"
@@ -503,20 +483,17 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n"
-"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some "
-"of the collected data,\n"
+"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n"
"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>استعراض البيانات التي تم جمعها</big></b><br>\n"
-"استعراض البيانات التي جمعت من قبل إعدادات الدعم. إذا كنت لا تريد مشاركة بعض "
-"البيانات التي تم جمعها،\n"
+"استعراض البيانات التي جمعت من قبل إعدادات الدعم. إذا كنت لا تريد مشاركة بعض البيانات التي تم جمعها،\n"
"استخدم <b>إزالة من البيانات</b> وسيتم إزالة الملف المحدد.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n"
"directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
@@ -531,8 +508,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n"
-"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be "
-"uploaded\n"
+"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n"
"as default value.\n"
"Change this value only in special cases.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -557,8 +533,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n"
"into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
@@ -649,18 +624,12 @@
msgstr "معلومات فحص الصحة Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env."
-"txt"
+msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt"
msgstr "معلومات بيئة النظام، بما في ذلك sysctl والبيئة في نظام الجذر. env.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files "
-"in /etc. etc.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"الحصول بشكل متكرر على ملفات *.conf، مع مختلف ملفات الإعداد الأخرى في/etc. "
-"etc.txt"
+msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt"
+msgstr "الحصول بشكل متكرر على ملفات *.conf، مع مختلف ملفات الإعداد الأخرى في/etc. etc.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63
msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt"
@@ -679,12 +648,8 @@
msgstr "معلومات متعلقة LDAP بما في ذلك بحث الجذر DSE. ldap.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX "
-"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"معلومات متعلقة Novell إدارة مستخدمي لينكس، بما في ذلك كائن الجذر DSE، تهيئة "
-"UNIX ومحطة العمل. novell-lum.txt"
+msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
+msgstr "معلومات متعلقة Novell إدارة مستخدمي لينكس، بما في ذلك كائن الجذر DSE، تهيئة UNIX ومحطة العمل. novell-lum.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78
msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt"
@@ -739,12 +704,8 @@
msgstr "معلومات متعلقة OpenWBEM . openwbem.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account "
-"information. pam.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"معلومات متعلقة بالوحدة النمطية للمصادقة القابلة للتوصيل، بما في ذلك معلومات "
-"حساب المستخدم. pam.txt"
+msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt"
+msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالوحدة النمطية للمصادقة القابلة للتوصيل، بما في ذلك معلومات حساب المستخدم. pam.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120
msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt"
@@ -763,12 +724,8 @@
msgstr "تحديث المعلومات المتعلقة بالعميل. updates.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR "
-"data files. sar.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"معلومات متعلقة بنظام الإبلاغ عن الأنشطة، بما في ذلك نسخ ملفات البيانات SAR. "
-"sar.txt"
+msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt"
+msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بنظام الإبلاغ عن الأنشطة، بما في ذلك نسخ ملفات البيانات SAR. sar.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135
msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt"
@@ -780,18 +737,13 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141
msgid ""
-"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for "
-"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
-"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to "
-"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
+"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
+"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
"works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
msgstr ""
"الرصد الذاتي، والتحليل المتعلق ,الإبلاغ عن تكنولوجيا معلومات\n"
-"الأقراص الثابتة. تحذير: بعض وحدات تحكم القرص الثابت ومحركات الأقراص لا تسلك "
-"سلوك لطيف. سبر البيانات الذكية تغيير أنظمة الملفات للقراءة فقط من وضع لآخر "
-"أو وقد\n"
-" تتسبب في تعليق الخادم. تأكد من أن تدقيق البيانات الذكية يعمل في البيئة "
-"الخاصة بك قبل تمكين هذا الخيار. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
+"الأقراص الثابتة. تحذير: بعض وحدات تحكم القرص الثابت ومحركات الأقراص لا تسلك سلوك لطيف. سبر البيانات الذكية تغيير أنظمة الملفات للقراءة فقط من وضع لآخر أو وقد\n"
+" تتسبب في تعليق الخادم. تأكد من أن تدقيق البيانات الذكية يعمل في البيئة الخاصة بك قبل تمكين هذا الخيار. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146
msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt"
@@ -822,55 +774,32 @@
msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالمحاكاة الافتراضية XEN. xen.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167
-msgid ""
-"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances "
-"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
-msgstr ""
-"أخبر إعدادات الدعم أن يبحث في نظام الملف لكافة الملفات مثيلات eDirectory. "
-"إذا كان يتم تلقائياً تعيين مجموعة، ADD_OPTION_FSLIST كذلك. -e"
+msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
+msgstr "أخبر إعدادات الدعم أن يبحث في نظام الملف لكافة الملفات مثيلات eDirectory. إذا كان يتم تلقائياً تعيين مجموعة، ADD_OPTION_FSLIST كذلك. -e"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170
-msgid ""
-"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
+msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
msgstr "قائمة ملف كاملة باستخدام البحث من جذر filesytem. -L، fs-files.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173
-msgid ""
-"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just "
-"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if "
-"available. -l"
-msgstr ""
-"يتضمن الملف السجل بأكمله، بما في ذلك التعليقات، بدلاً من مجرد خطوط "
-"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT ولأنها. سجلات استدارة إضافية سيتم تضمينها إذا كانت "
-"متوفرة. -l"
+msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l"
+msgstr "يتضمن الملف السجل بأكمله، بما في ذلك التعليقات، بدلاً من مجرد خطوط VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT ولأنها. سجلات استدارة إضافية سيتم تضمينها إذا كانت متوفرة. -l"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176
msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d"
msgstr "يقلل من مقدار معلومات القرص ومعلومات المسح المفصلة. -d"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option "
-"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved."
-msgstr ""
-"عادة جميع سجلات /var/log/YaST2/* يتم تضمينها. هذا الخيار يقلل من الملفات "
-"التي تم استردادها."
+msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved."
+msgstr "عادة جميع سجلات /var/log/YaST2/* يتم تضمينها. هذا الخيار يقلل من الملفات التي تم استردادها."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182
-msgid ""
-"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to "
-"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"يتم تشغيل rpm -V على كل حزم RPM المثبتة. وهذا يستغرق بعض الوقت. -v, rpm-"
-"verify.txt"
+msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
+msgstr "يتم تشغيل rpm -V على كل حزم RPM المثبتة. وهذا يستغرق بعض الوقت. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you "
-"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"عادة قاعدة خدمات SLP فقط يتم سرد أنواعها. هذا الخيار يسمح لك بالاستعلام عن "
-"كل نوع من الخدمات تم اكتشافها على حدة. -s, slp.txt"
+msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
+msgstr "عادة قاعدة خدمات SLP فقط يتم سرد أنواعها. هذا الخيار يسمح لك بالاستعلام عن كل نوع من الخدمات تم اكتشافها على حدة. -s, slp.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188
msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt"
@@ -889,61 +818,36 @@
msgstr "أرقام هاتف الاتصال ليتم تضمينه في basic-environment.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200
-msgid ""
-"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the "
-"entire file."
-msgstr ""
-"عدد الأسطر المراد تضمينها عند الحصول على ملف سجل. الصفر يعني الحصول على "
-"الملف بأكمله."
+msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file."
+msgstr "عدد الأسطر المراد تضمينها عند الحصول على ملف سجل. الصفر يعني الحصول على الملف بأكمله."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203
-msgid ""
-"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is "
-"always used."
-msgstr ""
-"موقع إعدادات الدعم tarball. دائماً يتم استخدام الموقع الصالح الأول في القائمة."
+msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used."
+msgstr "موقع إعدادات الدعم tarball. دائماً يتم استخدام الموقع الصالح الأول في القائمة."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the "
-"entire file."
-msgstr ""
-"الحد الأقصى لعدد أسطر/var/log/messages التي يتم الحصول عليها. الصفر يعني "
-"الحصول على الملف بأكمله."
+msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file."
+msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد أسطر/var/log/messages التي يتم الحصول عليها. الصفر يعني الحصول على الملف بأكمله."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the "
-"supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr ""
-"الحد الأقصى لملف سجل عدد ضربات القلب لتضمينها في ملف إعدادات الدعم tarball."
+msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr "الحد الأقصى لملف سجل عدد ضربات القلب لتضمينها في ملف إعدادات الدعم tarball."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr ""
-"الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفاتات بيانات SAR لتدرج في ملف إعدادات الدعم tarball."
+msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفاتات بيانات SAR لتدرج في ملف إعدادات الدعم tarball."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215
msgid ""
-"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if "
-"you\n"
-"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -"
-"Q."
+"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n"
+"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q."
msgstr ""
-"عند التعيين إلى 1، يتم تشغيل إعدادات الدعم في الوضع الصامت. هذا الخيار مفيد "
-"إذا كنت\n"
+"عند التعيين إلى 1، يتم تشغيل إعدادات الدعم في الوضع الصامت. هذا الخيار مفيد إذا كنت\n"
"تخطط لتشغيل إعدادات الدعم بانتظام لوظيفة cron على سبيل المثال. تعيين مع-Q."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid ""
-"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using "
-"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports "
-"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
-msgstr ""
-"يستخدم لتحديد أين يتم رفع إعدادات الدعم tarball، عند استخدام خيار بدء "
-"التشغيل -u srnum. يمكنك تحديد أي خادم FTP يدعم عمليات الإيداع المجهولة. "
-"الإعداد الافتراضي هو خادم ftp العام الخاص بشركة SUSE."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
+msgstr "يستخدم لتحديد أين يتم رفع إعدادات الدعم tarball، عند استخدام خيار بدء التشغيل -u srnum. يمكنك تحديد أي خادم FTP يدعم عمليات الإيداع المجهولة. الإعداد الافتراضي هو خادم ftp العام الخاص بشركة SUSE."
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147
@@ -1012,8 +916,7 @@
#~ msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
#~ msgstr "فتح مركز دعم Novell"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
+#~ msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
#~ msgstr "هذا سيجعل المتصفح يبدأ الاتصال ببوابة مركز دعم Novell."
#~ msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
@@ -1028,36 +931,25 @@
#~ "تجد سياسة خصوصية Novell's الخاص في\n"
#~ "<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when "
-#~ "using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that "
-#~ "supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يستخدم لتحديد أين يتم رفع إعدادات الدعم tarball، عند استخدام خيار بدء "
-#~ "التشغيل -u srnum. يمكنك تحديد أي خادم FTP يدعم عمليات الإيداع المجهولة. "
-#~ "الإعداد الافتراضي هو خادم ftp العام الخاص بشركة Novell."
+#~ msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
+#~ msgstr "يستخدم لتحديد أين يتم رفع إعدادات الدعم tarball، عند استخدام خيار بدء التشغيل -u srnum. يمكنك تحديد أي خادم FTP يدعم عمليات الإيداع المجهولة. الإعداد الافتراضي هو خادم ftp العام الخاص بشركة Novell."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use "
-#~ "<b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
-#~ "You can then open a Service Request with Novell Technical Support. Make "
-#~ "sure you write down\n"
-#~ "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</"
-#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
+#~ "You can then open a Service Request with Novell Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
+#~ "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<p><b><big>فتح مركز دعم Novell</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "لبدء تشغيل متصفح الإنترنت لفتح بوابة مركز دعم Novell، استخدم <b>فتح مركز "
-#~ "دعم Novell</b>.\n"
+#~ "لبدء تشغيل متصفح الإنترنت لفتح بوابة مركز دعم Novell، استخدم <b>فتح مركز دعم Novell</b>.\n"
#~ "يمكنك بعد ذلك فتح طلب خدمة الدعم التقني Novell. تأكد من كتابة\n"
#~ "رقم طلب الخدمة لتضمن رفع بيانات إعدادات الدعم.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n"
#~ "The server may or may not be Novell Technical Support.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>رفع البيانات التي تم جمعها</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1065,34 +957,26 @@
#~ "الخادم قد أو قد لا يكون مركز دعم فني خاص Novell.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Novell "
-#~ "Technical Support,\n"
-#~ "make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from "
-#~ "your open service request.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Novell Technical Support,\n"
+#~ "make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>ملاحظة:</b> إذا كنت تقوم برفع إعدادات دعم tarball إلى Novell\n"
#~ "تأكد من تضمين رقم طلب خدمة 11-أرقام Novell عند فتح طلب لخدمة الدعم.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Novell Technical Support</"
-#~ "big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the "
-#~ "target\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Novell Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n"
#~ "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>رفع ملف إعدادات الدعم tarball للدعم الفني Novell</big></"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
-#~ "إذا كنت ترغب في تخزين نسخة من ملف إعدادات الدعم tarball، حدد المجلد "
-#~ "الهدف\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>رفع ملف إعدادات الدعم tarball للدعم الفني Novell</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "إذا كنت ترغب في تخزين نسخة من ملف إعدادات الدعم tarball، حدد المجلد الهدف\n"
#~ "وتأكد من أن تفعيل الحفظ في الخيارات.\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Novell Technical Support</"
-#~ "big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full "
-#~ "path\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Novell Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n"
#~ "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n"
#~ "<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. help text header - sysconfig editor
@@ -310,25 +309,17 @@
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819
msgid ""
"<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n"
-"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which "
-"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n"
-"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig "
-"takes effect.</p>\n"
+"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n"
+"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>بعد أن تقوم بحفظ التغييرات، يقوم هذا المحرر بتغيير المتغيرات في الملف\n"
-"sysconfig المقابل. تم تبدأ أوامر التنشيط، التي تقوم بتغيير ملفات الإعدادات "
-"الأساسية وإيقاف برنامج المحرك وتشغيله،\n"
-"وتشغيل أدوات الإعدادات ذات المستوى المنخفض لكي يتم تفعيل إعدادات sysconfig.</"
-"p>\n"
+"sysconfig المقابل. تم تبدأ أوامر التنشيط، التي تقوم بتغيير ملفات الإعدادات الأساسية وإيقاف برنامج المحرك وتشغيله،\n"
+"وتشغيل أدوات الإعدادات ذات المستوى المنخفض لكي يتم تفعيل إعدادات sysconfig.</p>\n"
#. helptext for popup - part 2/2
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file "
-"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>مهم:</b> ما يزال بإمكانك تحرير كل ملف إعدادات يدويًا بصورة فردية. يتم "
-"عرض اسم الملف في وصف المتغير.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>مهم:</b> ما يزال بإمكانك تحرير كل ملف إعدادات يدويًا بصورة فردية. يتم عرض اسم الملف في وصف المتغير.</p>"
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830
msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor"
@@ -341,22 +332,13 @@
#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2)
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration "
-"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to "
-"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>محرر إعدادات النظام</B></P><P>باستخدام هذا البرنامج يمكنك تغيير بعض "
-"إعدادات النظام. يمكنك أيضًا استخدام YaST2 لضبط إعدادات الأجهزة والنظام.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>محرر إعدادات النظام</B></P><P>باستخدام هذا البرنامج يمكنك تغيير بعض إعدادات النظام. يمكنك أيضًا استخدام YaST2 لضبط إعدادات الأجهزة والنظام.</P>"
#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2)
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read "
-"directly from configuration files.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يتم ترجمة الأوصاف نظرًا لأنها تُقرأ مباشرة من ملفات "
-"الإعدادات.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>ملاحظة:</B> لا يتم ترجمة الأوصاف نظرًا لأنها تُقرأ مباشرة من ملفات الإعدادات.</P>"
#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877
@@ -385,12 +367,8 @@
#. help text in popup dialog
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951
-msgid ""
-"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select "
-"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"يتم عرض نتائج البحث هنا. عند ظهور العنصر الذي ترغب به، قم بتحديده ثم انقر "
-"فوق \"انتقال إلى\". كما يمكنك النقر فوق \"إلغاء\" لإغلاق هذا المربع."
+msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog."
+msgstr "يتم عرض نتائج البحث هنا. عند ظهور العنصر الذي ترغب به، قم بتحديده ثم انقر فوق \"انتقال إلى\". كما يمكنك النقر فوق \"إلغاء\" لإغلاق هذا المربع."
#. push button label
#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956
@@ -605,14 +583,11 @@
msgstr "ملخص الإعداد"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can "
-#~ "detect if\n"
-#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a "
-#~ "configuration file manually,\n"
+#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
+#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p> يتم من خلال SuSEconfig حفظ المجموع الاختياري لكل ملف إعداد، وبالتالي "
-#~ "يمكن التحقق من\n"
+#~ "<p> يتم من خلال SuSEconfig حفظ المجموع الاختياري لكل ملف إعداد، وبالتالي يمكن التحقق من\n"
#~ " قيامك بتغيير أي منها يدويًا. إذا قمت بتغيير ملف إعداد يدويًا،\n"
#~ " فلن يتعرض SuSEconfig له.</p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. description map for command line
@@ -88,12 +87,8 @@
#. dialog help text
#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). "
-"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>استخدم هذا لتمكين خادم TFTP (بروتوكول نقل الملفات بسيطة). سيتم بدء تشغيل "
-"خادم باستخدام xinetd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>استخدم هذا لتمكين خادم TFTP (بروتوكول نقل الملفات بسيطة). سيتم بدء تشغيل خادم باستخدام xinetd.</p>"
#. enlighten newbies, #102946
#. dialog help text
@@ -107,8 +102,7 @@
"<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n"
"Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n"
"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n"
-"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</"
-"p>\n"
+"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>مجلد صورة الإقلاع</b>:\n"
"حدد موقع المجلد الذي حفظت فيه ملفات الخدمة. القيمة المعتادة\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. name of time zone region
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -18,18 +18,13 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
-msgid ""
-"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"الكشف عن الأجهزة - هذه الوحدة لا تدعم واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً "
-"من ذلك."
+msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "الكشف عن الأجهزة - هذه الوحدة لا تدعم واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً من ذلك."
#. translators: popup heading
#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
@@ -62,16 +57,11 @@
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>تعرض الوحدة النمطية <B>لمعلومات الأجهزة</B> تفاصيل\n"
-"الأجهزة الموجودة بجهاز الكمبيوتر. انقر فوق أي نقطة من نقاط التوصيل للحصول "
-"على مزيد من المعلومات.</p>\n"
+"الأجهزة الموجودة بجهاز الكمبيوتر. انقر فوق أي نقطة من نقاط التوصيل للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
-msgid ""
-"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> "
-"and enter the filename.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>يمكنك حفظ معلومات الأجهزة إلى أحد الملفات. انقر فوق <B>حفظ إلى ملف</B> ثم "
-"أدخل اسم الملف.</P>"
+msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>يمكنك حفظ معلومات الأجهزة إلى أحد الملفات. انقر فوق <B>حفظ إلى ملف</B> ثم أدخل اسم الملف.</P>"
#. installation proposal header
#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
@@ -96,9 +86,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are "
-"displayed here.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>التفاصيل</B></P><P>يتم عرض تفاصيل مكون الجهاز المحدد هنا.</P>"
#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub")
@@ -150,21 +138,13 @@
#. help text - part 1/3
#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components "
-"detected in your system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>الأجهزة المكتشفة</B><BR>يحتوي هذا الجدول على كافة مكونات الأجهزة التي "
-"تم اكتشافها على النظام.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>الأجهزة المكتشفة</B><BR>يحتوي هذا الجدول على كافة مكونات الأجهزة التي تم اكتشافها على النظام.</P>"
#. help text - part 2/3
#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a "
-"more detailed description of the component.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>التفاصيل</B><BR>حدد أحد المكونات، ثم اضغط <B>التفاصيل</B> لمشاهدة مزيد "
-"من الوصف التفصيلي للمكون.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>التفاصيل</B><BR>حدد أحد المكونات، ثم اضغط <B>التفاصيل</B> لمشاهدة مزيد من الوصف التفصيلي للمكون.</P>"
#. help text - part 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188
@@ -303,50 +283,28 @@
#. PCI ID help text
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411
-msgid ""
-"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal "
-"database of known supported devices.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>من الممكن إضافة معرف PCI إلى برنامج تشغيل أحد الأجهزة لتوسيع قاعدة "
-"البيانات الداخلية الخاصة به والتي تتعلق بالأجهزة المدعمة.</P>"
+msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>من الممكن إضافة معرف PCI إلى برنامج تشغيل أحد الأجهزة لتوسيع قاعدة البيانات الداخلية الخاصة به والتي تتعلق بالأجهزة المدعمة.</P>"
#. PCI ID help text
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415
-msgid ""
-"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS "
-"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it "
-"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>يتم إدخال أرقام معرف PCI وعرضها على هيئة أرقام ست عشرية. <b>SysFS Dir.</"
-"b> هو اسم مجلد الموجود في /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. في حالة كونه "
-"فارغًا، يتم استخدام اسم برنامج التشغيل كاسم المجلد.</P>"
+msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>يتم إدخال أرقام معرف PCI وعرضها على هيئة أرقام ست عشرية. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> هو اسم مجلد الموجود في /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. في حالة كونه فارغًا، يتم استخدام اسم برنامج التشغيل كاسم المجلد.</P>"
#. PCI ID help text
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419
-msgid ""
-"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty "
-"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>في حالة تحويل برنامج التشغيل إلى محرك الشبكة، اترك اسم برنامج التشغيل "
-"خاليًا وأدخل اسم دليل SysFS بدلاً منه.</P>"
+msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>في حالة تحويل برنامج التشغيل إلى محرك الشبكة، اترك اسم برنامج التشغيل خاليًا وأدخل اسم دليل SysFS بدلاً منه.</P>"
#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation)
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424
-msgid ""
-"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>"
-"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>استخدم الأزرار الموجودة أسفل الجدول لتغيير قائمة معرفاتPCI. إضغط <b>%1</"
-"b> لتفعيل الإعداد.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>استخدم الأزرار الموجودة أسفل الجدول لتغيير قائمة معرفاتPCI. إضغط <b>%1</b> لتفعيل الإعداد.</P>"
#. PCI ID help text
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you "
-"know what you are doing.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>تحذير:</B> هذا الإعداد للخبراء. قم بالمتابعة في حالة كونك متأكدًا مما "
-"تقوم به.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>تحذير:</B> هذا الإعداد للخبراء. قم بالمتابعة في حالة كونك متأكدًا مما تقوم به.</P>"
#. tree node string
#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26
@@ -1098,12 +1056,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n"
-"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in "
-"the\n"
-"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually "
-"'cfq')\n"
-"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
-"block\n"
+"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n"
+"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n"
+"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n"
"directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>جدولة الدخل والخرج العالمية</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1111,8 +1066,7 @@
"القرص. هذا خيار عالمي ستستخدم لجميع أجهزة الأقراص في\n"
"النظام. إذا لم يتم إعداد هذا الخيار سوف تستخدم الجدولة\n"
"الافتراضية (عادة 'cfq'). راجع الوثائق في\n"
-"المجلد/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (kernel-مصدر الحزمة) لمزيد من "
-"المعلومات.</p>\n"
+"المجلد/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (kernel-مصدر الحزمة) لمزيد من المعلومات.</p>\n"
#. .sysconfig.sysctl
#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130
@@ -1123,21 +1077,16 @@
#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if "
-"it\n"
-"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key "
-"combination\n"
+"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n"
+"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n"
"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n"
"computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n"
-"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</"
-"p>\n"
+"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>تمكين مفاتيح SysRq</big></b><br>\n"
"إذا قمت بتمكين مفاتيح SysRq، فسوف تتمكن من التحكم بالنظام حتى في حالة\n"
-"حدوث فشل (مثل الذي يحدث أثناء تصحيح النواة). في حالة تمكينه فإن مجموعة "
-"المفاتيح\n"
-" Alt-SysRq-<command_key> ستقوم بتشغيل الأمر المعني (على سبيل المثال قم "
-"بإعادة تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر\n"
+"حدوث فشل (مثل الذي يحدث أثناء تصحيح النواة). في حالة تمكينه فإن مجموعة المفاتيح\n"
+" Alt-SysRq-<command_key> ستقوم بتشغيل الأمر المعني (على سبيل المثال قم بإعادة تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر\n"
" وتفريغ معلومات النواة). لمزيد من المعلومات، انظر\n"
" <tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (حزمة مصدر النواة).</p>\n"
@@ -1409,8 +1358,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P>The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n"
#~ "<B>Current DMA Mode</B> shows the actual settings. <B>Required DMA\n"
-#~ "Mode</B> shows settings that will be applied after <B>Finish</B> is "
-#~ "pressed and\n"
+#~ "Mode</B> shows settings that will be applied after <B>Finish</B> is pressed and\n"
#~ "after each boot.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P>يحتوي الجدول على معلومات حول كافة أجهزة IDE المرفقة. \n"
@@ -1420,13 +1368,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from <B>DMA "
-#~ "Mode</b>.\n"
+#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from <B>DMA Mode</b>.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>وضع تغيير IDE DMA</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "قم بتحديد أحد الأجهزة في الجدول ثم حدد وضع DMA المرغوب في <B>وضع DMA</"
-#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "قم بتحديد أحد الأجهزة في الجدول ثم حدد وضع DMA المرغوب في <B>وضع DMA</b>.\n"
#~ " </P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1436,8 +1382,7 @@
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>ملاحظة:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "يعمل تعطيل وضع DMA على إبطاء عملية الوصول إلى الجهاز، ولكن بعض الأجهزة قد "
-#~ "لا تعمل\n"
+#~ "يعمل تعطيل وضع DMA على إبطاء عملية الوصول إلى الجهاز، ولكن بعض الأجهزة قد لا تعمل\n"
#~ " بصورة جيدة في حالة تنشيط DMA.\n"
#~ " </P>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/update.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/update.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/update.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Proposal for backup during update
@@ -100,15 +99,13 @@
"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>إنشاء نسخة احتياطية من الملفات المعدلة:</b>\n"
-"يتم من خلال هذا الإجراء تخزين الملفات المعدلة التي يتم استبدالها أثناء "
-"التحديث.</p>\n"
+"يتم من خلال هذا الإجراء تخزين الملفات المعدلة التي يتم استبدالها أثناء التحديث.</p>\n"
#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7
#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n"
-"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of "
-"the\n"
+"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n"
"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>إنشاء نسخة احتياطية كاملة\n"
@@ -224,8 +221,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n"
"updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n"
-"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former "
-"predefined\n"
+"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n"
"software selection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>مع تثبيت البرامج الجديدة:</b> يعمل هذا الإعداد الافتراضي\n"
@@ -238,27 +234,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n"
"only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n"
-"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, "
-"is\n"
+"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n"
"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>الحزم المثبتة فقط:</b> يعمل هذا التحديد\n"
"فقط على تحديث الحزم المثبتة على النظام. <i>ملاحظة:</i>\n"
-"تصبح البرامج الجديدة الموجودة في التحديد المسبق للبرامج، مثل وحدات YaST "
-"النمطية الجديدة، غير\n"
+"تصبح البرامج الجديدة الموجودة في التحديد المسبق للبرامج، مثل وحدات YaST النمطية الجديدة، غير\n"
"متاحة بعد التحديث. وقد تفقد الميزات المعلن عنها.</p>\n"
#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>After the update, some software might not\n"
-"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete "
-"those\n"
+"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n"
"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>بعد التحديث، قد تتوقف بعض\n"
-"البرامج عن العمل. قم بتنشيط <b>حذف الحزم التي لم يتم الاحتفاظ بها</b> لحذف "
-"هذه\n"
+"البرامج عن العمل. قم بتنشيط <b>حذف الحزم التي لم يتم الاحتفاظ بها</b> لحذف هذه\n"
"الحزم أثناء التحديث.</p>\n"
#. warning / question
@@ -371,9 +363,7 @@
#. error message in proposal
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation "
-"media."
+msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
msgstr "المنتج المثبت غير متوافق مع المنتج على وسائط التثبيت."
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
@@ -389,15 +379,12 @@
#. %2 is the version being installed
#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
msgid ""
-"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the "
-"running system.<br>\n"
+"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
"or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n"
msgstr ""
-"تحديث نظام إلى آخر إصدار (%1 -> %2) غير معتمد على هذا النظام قيد التشغيل."
-"<br>\n"
-"الرجاء، الإقلاع من وسائط التثبيت واستخدام عملية ترقية عادية أو تعطيل "
-"مستودعات \n"
+"تحديث نظام إلى آخر إصدار (%1 -> %2) غير معتمد على هذا النظام قيد التشغيل.<br>\n"
+"الرجاء، الإقلاع من وسائط التثبيت واستخدام عملية ترقية عادية أو تعطيل مستودعات \n"
"البرمجيات للمنتجات بالاصدارات المختلفة.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
@@ -423,8 +410,7 @@
"installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n"
"deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>خيارات التحديث</big></b> هنا يمكنك أن تختار كيف يسير تحديث "
-"النظام.\n"
+"<p><b><big>خيارات التحديث</big></b> هنا يمكنك أن تختار كيف يسير تحديث النظام.\n"
"حدد إذا كان يجب تحديث الحزم المثبتة فقط أو تثبيت \n"
"حزم جديدة أيضا (التحديد الافتراضي). وإذا كان ينبغي حذف \n"
"الحزم المتبقية.</p>\n"
@@ -573,8 +559,7 @@
#. pop-up question
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
-"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected "
-"partition.\n"
+"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"لقد تم اكتشاف تثبيت ربما غير مكتملة على القسم المحدد.\n"
@@ -694,8 +679,7 @@
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
-"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not "
-"fit.\n"
+"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
"It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n"
"or not use a /boot partition at all.\n"
"\n"
@@ -788,10 +772,8 @@
#. a popup message
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
msgid ""
-"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the "
-"upgrade\n"
-"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition "
-"manually\n"
+"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
+"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
"to continue the upgrade process."
msgstr ""
"يستخدم النظام قسم/var منفصل والمطلوب من أجل عملية الترقية الكشف\n"
@@ -829,15 +811,12 @@
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
msgid ""
-"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This "
-"is\n"
+"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
-"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change "
-"the\n"
+"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n"
"mount-by method to any other method for all partitions."
msgstr ""
-"بعض الأقسام في النظام على %1 موصلة بحسب اسم جهاز النواة. هذه لا يمكن "
-"الاعتماد\n"
+"بعض الأقسام في النظام على %1 موصلة بحسب اسم جهاز النواة. هذه لا يمكن الاعتماد\n"
"عليها من أجل التحديث لأن أسماء أجهزة النواة وللأسف ليس مستمرة. من المستحسن\n"
"بشدة بدء تشغيل النظام القديم وتغيير أسلوب\n"
"التوصيل بطريقة أخرى لكافة الأقسام."
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/users.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/users.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/users.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
@@ -100,12 +99,8 @@
#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:218
-msgid ""
-"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of "
-"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
-msgstr ""
-"قائمة بأعضاء المجموعة، عادةً أسماء المستخدمين، تفصل بينهم فواصل. يجب استخدام "
-"النقطتين لفصل قائمة الأسماء المميزة لمستخدمي LDAP."
+msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
+msgstr "قائمة بأعضاء المجموعة، عادةً أسماء المستخدمين، تفصل بينهم فواصل. يجب استخدام النقطتين لفصل قائمة الأسماء المميزة لمستخدمي LDAP."
#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:225
@@ -156,25 +151,13 @@
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files "
-"<i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>محلي</b> للتصديق على المستخدمين فقط باستخدام الملفين المحليين <i>/"
-"etc/passwd</i> و<i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>محلي</b> للتصديق على المستخدمين فقط باستخدام الملفين المحليين <i>/etc/passwd</i> و<i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to "
-"create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a "
-"Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new "
-"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-"إذا كان لديك تثبيت سابق أو نظام بديل، فمن الممكن إنشاء مستخدمين استنادًا إلى "
-"هذا المصدر. للقيام بهذا، حدد <b>قراءة بيانات المستخدم من تثبيت سابق</b>. "
-"يعمل هذا الخيار على استخدام مجلد رئيسي موجود أو إنشاء مجلد جديد لكل مستخدم "
-"في الموقع المحدد لهذا التثبيت."
+msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+msgstr "إذا كان لديك تثبيت سابق أو نظام بديل، فمن الممكن إنشاء مستخدمين استنادًا إلى هذا المصدر. للقيام بهذا، حدد <b>قراءة بيانات المستخدم من تثبيت سابق</b>. يعمل هذا الخيار على استخدام مجلد رئيسي موجود أو إنشاء مجلد جديد لكل مستخدم في الموقع المحدد لهذا التثبيت."
#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
@@ -213,8 +196,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. "
-"Then\n"
+"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كنت تستخدم خادم NIS أو LDAP لتخزين بيانات المستخدمين أو إذا كنت تريد\n"
@@ -225,8 +207,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
+"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كنت تستخدم خادم NIS أو LDAP لتخزين بيانات المستخدمين، اختر\n"
"القيمة المناسبة. ثم اضغط <b>التالي</b> لمتابعة إعداد العميل.</p>"
@@ -246,20 +227,15 @@
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
+"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>إذا كنت تستخدم خادم LDAP لتخزين بيانات المستخدمين، اختر\n"
"القيمة المناسبة. ثم اضغط <b>التالي</b> لمتابعة إعداد العميل.</p>"
#. helptext: additional kerberos support
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after "
-"configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>إعداد التصديق على Kerberos</b> لإعداد Kerberos بعد إعداد مصدر "
-"بيانات المستخدم.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>إعداد التصديق على Kerberos</b> لإعداد Kerberos بعد إعداد مصدر بيانات المستخدم.</p>"
#. check box label
#. check box label
@@ -356,8 +332,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
-"numbers\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
"reenter it in a second field.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -365,8 +340,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"نظرًا لأن المستخدم الجذر له صلاحيات شاملة، يجب اختيار كلمة مرور\n"
"\"الجذر\" بعناية. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام\n"
-"وحروف هجائية في كلمة المرور. للتأكد من أنه قد تم إدخال كلمة المرور بشكل "
-"صحيح،\n"
+"وحروف هجائية في كلمة المرور. للتأكد من أنه قد تم إدخال كلمة المرور بشكل صحيح،\n"
"أعد كتابتها في الحقل الثاني.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -377,14 +351,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
-"umlauts.\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"قواعد كلمة مرور \"الجذر\" تطابق تماماَ قواعد كلمات مرور المستخدمين:\n"
-"يجب التمييز بين الأحرف الكبيرة والأحرف الصغيرة. يجب أن تحتوي كلمة المرور على "
-"5 حروف على الأقل، وكقاعدة يجب ألا تحتوي على أية أحرف خاصة\n"
+"يجب التمييز بين الأحرف الكبيرة والأحرف الصغيرة. يجب أن تحتوي كلمة المرور على 5 حروف على الأقل، وكقاعدة يجب ألا تحتوي على أية أحرف خاصة\n"
"مثل الأحرف المعلمة أو أحرف العلة ذات النقطتين.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -412,12 +384,8 @@
#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering "
-"text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>للتحقق من ما إذا كان تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح الحالية الخاصة بك صحيح، حاول "
-"إدخال نص في حقل <b>اختبار تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> .</p>"
+msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>للتحقق من ما إذا كان تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح الحالية الخاصة بك صحيح، حاول إدخال نص في حقل <b>اختبار تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح</b> .</p>"
#. report misspellings of the password
#. report misspellings of the password
@@ -569,12 +537,8 @@
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
-"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> هو أسلوب التجزئة القياسي الحالي. لا ينصح باستخدام "
-"خوارزميات أخرى ما لم تكن هناك حاجة لغرض التوافق.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> هو أسلوب التجزئة القياسي الحالي. لا ينصح باستخدام خوارزميات أخرى ما لم تكن هناك حاجة لغرض التوافق.</p>"
#. text entry
#. text entry
@@ -654,8 +618,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"عند إدخال كلمة مرور، يجب التمييز بين الأحرف الكبيرة\n"
-"والأحرف الصغيرة. يجب ألا تحتوي كلمات المرور على أحرف خاصة، مثل الأحرف "
-"المعلمة.\n"
+"والأحرف الصغيرة. يجب ألا تحتوي كلمات المرور على أحرف خاصة، مثل الأحرف المعلمة.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
@@ -663,8 +626,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
-"between\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -700,34 +662,23 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
-"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"بالنسبة <b>لاسم المستخدم</b> استخدم فقط الأحرف (لا تستخدم الاحرف الخاصة), "
-"أرقام, و <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"لا تستخدم الأحرف الهجائية الكبيرة في هذا الإدخال إلا إذا كنت تعرف ما الذي "
-"تقوم بعمله.\n"
-"يتم فرض قيود على أسماء المستخدمين بشكل أكثر صرامة من كلمات المرور. يمكنك "
-"إعادة تعريف القيود\n"
-"في الملف /etc/login.defs. اقرأ الصفحة الرئيسية لهذا الملف للحصول على "
-"معلومات.\n"
+"بالنسبة <b>لاسم المستخدم</b> استخدم فقط الأحرف (لا تستخدم الاحرف الخاصة), أرقام, و <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"لا تستخدم الأحرف الهجائية الكبيرة في هذا الإدخال إلا إذا كنت تعرف ما الذي تقوم بعمله.\n"
+"يتم فرض قيود على أسماء المستخدمين بشكل أكثر صرامة من كلمات المرور. يمكنك إعادة تعريف القيود\n"
+"في الملف /etc/login.defs. اقرأ الصفحة الرئيسية لهذا الملف للحصول على معلومات.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
-"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>استخدام كلمة المرور هذه لمسؤول النظام</b> إذا كانت كلمة مرور "
-"التي أدخلت للمستخدم الأول ينبغي أن تستخدم للجذر.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>استخدام كلمة المرور هذه لمسؤول النظام</b> إذا كانت كلمة مرور التي أدخلت للمستخدم الأول ينبغي أن تستخدم للجذر.</p>"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
@@ -735,26 +686,20 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
-"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
-"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"يجب الدخول باستخدام اسم المستخدم وكلمة المرور، اللذين تم إنشاؤهما هنا، "
-"واستخدامهما على نظام لنكس. عند تمكين <b>الدخول التلقائي</b> يتم تخطي إجراء "
-"الدخول. ثم دخول هذا المستخدم تلقائيًا.</p>\n"
+"يجب الدخول باستخدام اسم المستخدم وكلمة المرور، اللذين تم إنشاؤهما هنا، واستخدامهما على نظام لنكس. عند تمكين <b>الدخول التلقائي</b> يتم تخطي إجراء الدخول. ثم دخول هذا المستخدم تلقائيًا.</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System "
-"Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"قم بفرض إعادة توجيه بريد الجذر إلى هذا المستخدم عن طريق تحديد <b>استلام بريد "
-"النظام</b>.</p>\n"
+"قم بفرض إعادة توجيه بريد الجذر إلى هذا المستخدم عن طريق تحديد <b>استلام بريد النظام</b>.</p>\n"
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
@@ -933,12 +878,10 @@
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry "
-"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
+"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"يمكنك هنا الاطلاع على جدول بكافة السمات المسموح بها لإدخال LDAP الحالي والتي "
-"لم يتم تعيينها في مربعات الحوار السابقة.</p>"
+"يمكنك هنا الاطلاع على جدول بكافة السمات المسموح بها لإدخال LDAP الحالي والتي لم يتم تعيينها في مربعات الحوار السابقة.</p>"
#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"),
#. %1 is list of values
@@ -961,13 +904,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n"
-"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client "
-"Module</b>.</p>\n"
+"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"قم بتحرير كل سمة باستخدام <b>تحرير</b>. قد تكون بعض \n"
-"السمات مطلوبة، كما هو معرَّف في قالب المستخدم في <b>الوحدة النمطية لعميل LDAP</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"السمات مطلوبة، كما هو معرَّف في قالب المستخدم في <b>الوحدة النمطية لعميل LDAP</b>.</p>\n"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235
@@ -986,14 +927,8 @@
#. helptext
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy "
-"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified "
-"user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تعيين كائن سياسة كلمة المرور لهذا المستخدم في <b>الاسم المميز DN لكائن "
-"سياسة كلمة المرور</b>. قم بتنشيط <b>إعادة تعيين كلمة المرور</b> لإعادة تعيين "
-"كلمة مرور مستخدم تم تعديل إعداداته.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تعيين كائن سياسة كلمة المرور لهذا المستخدم في <b>الاسم المميز DN لكائن سياسة كلمة المرور</b>. قم بتنشيط <b>إعادة تعيين كلمة المرور</b> لإعادة تعيين كلمة مرور مستخدم تم تعديل إعداداته.</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107
@@ -1089,86 +1024,50 @@
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هنا، قم بإعداد الحصة النسبية للمستخدم على أنظمة الملفات المحددة.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هنا، قم بإعداد الحصة النسبية للمستخدم على أنظمة الملفات المحددة.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n"
-"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</"
-"p>\n"
+"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>تحديد حدود الحجم بتحديد عدد قطع 1 كيلو بايت\n"
-"قديكون المستخدم على نظام الملفات هذا. بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك تعريف حد inode "
-"تحديد عدد inodes الذي قد يحصل عليه المستخدم في نظام الملفات.</p>\n"
+"قديكون المستخدم على نظام الملفات هذا. بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك تعريف حد inode تحديد عدد inodes الذي قد يحصل عليه المستخدم في نظام الملفات.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك تعيين الحدود المرنة والصلبة حجماً وعدداً في inodes . تُعرف الحدود "
-"المرنة مستوى الإنذار الذي يتم إعلام المستخدمون أنهم إقتربوا من الحدود، بينما "
-"الحدود الصلبة تعريف الحد الأقصى الذي يتم رفض طلبات الكتابة عند الوصول له.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك تعيين الحدود المرنة والصلبة حجماً وعدداً في inodes . تُعرف الحدود المرنة مستوى الإنذار الذي يتم إعلام المستخدمون أنهم إقتربوا من الحدود، بينما الحدود الصلبة تعريف الحد الأقصى الذي يتم رفض طلبات الكتابة عند الوصول له.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>بمجرد بلوغ المستخدم الحدود المرنة، يتم تنشيط حقول الإدخال المهلة. وتحديد "
-"الفترة الزمنية التي يسمح للمستخدم أن يتجاوز الحدود المرنة المبينة أعلاه. "
-"العد التنازلي لفترة سماح يبدأ على الفور.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>بمجرد بلوغ المستخدم الحدود المرنة، يتم تنشيط حقول الإدخال المهلة. وتحديد الفترة الزمنية التي يسمح للمستخدم أن يتجاوز الحدود المرنة المبينة أعلاه. العد التنازلي لفترة سماح يبدأ على الفور.</p>"
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>هنا، قم بإعداد الحصة النسبية للمجموعة على أنظمة الملفات المحددة.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>هنا، قم بإعداد الحصة النسبية للمجموعة على أنظمة الملفات المحددة.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n"
-"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</"
-"p>\n"
+"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>تحديد حدود الحجم بتحديد عدد قطع 1 كيلو بايت\n"
-"قد تكون المجموعة على نظام الملفات هذا. بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك تعريف حد "
-"inode تحديد عدد inodes الذي قد تحصل عليها المجموعة في نظام الملفات.</p>\n"
+"قد تكون المجموعة على نظام الملفات هذا. بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يمكنك تعريف حد inode تحديد عدد inodes الذي قد تحصل عليها المجموعة في نظام الملفات.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك تعيين الحدود المرنة والصلبة حجماً وعدداً في inodes . تُعرف الحدود "
-"المرنة مستوى الإنذار الذي يتم إعلام المجموعة أنهم إقتربوا من الحدود، بينما "
-"الحدود الصلبة تعريف الحد الأقصى الذي يتم رفض طلبات الكتابة عند الوصول له.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك تعيين الحدود المرنة والصلبة حجماً وعدداً في inodes . تُعرف الحدود المرنة مستوى الإنذار الذي يتم إعلام المجموعة أنهم إقتربوا من الحدود، بينما الحدود الصلبة تعريف الحد الأقصى الذي يتم رفض طلبات الكتابة عند الوصول له.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>بمجرد بلوغ المجموعة الحدود المرنة، يتم تنشيط حقول الإدخال المهلة. وتحديد "
-"الفترة الزمنية التي يسمح للمجموعة أن يتجاوز الحدود المرنة المبينة أعلاه. "
-"العد التنازلي لفترة سماح يبدأ على الفور.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>بمجرد بلوغ المجموعة الحدود المرنة، يتم تنشيط حقول الإدخال المهلة. وتحديد الفترة الزمنية التي يسمح للمجموعة أن يتجاوز الحدود المرنة المبينة أعلاه. العد التنازلي لفترة سماح يبدأ على الفور.</p>"
#. combo box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188
@@ -1485,15 +1384,13 @@
"'%1' and '%2'\n"
"were found. Use them for current user?\n"
"\n"
-"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home "
-"directory."
+"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory."
msgstr ""
"صورة مجلد Crypted ومفتاح الملفات\n"
"'%1' و '%2'\n"
"تم العثور عليها. استخدامها للمستخدم الحالي؟\n"
"\n"
-"هذا يعني أنه سيتم استخدام البيانات من هذه الصورة بدلاً من المجلد الرئيسي "
-"الحالي."
+"هذا يعني أنه سيتم استخدام البيانات من هذه الصورة بدلاً من المجلد الرئيسي الحالي."
#. popup label, %1 is path to directory
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369
@@ -1796,14 +1693,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or "
-"umlauts. \n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"عند إدخال كلمة مرور، يجب التمييز بين الأحرف الكبيرة\n"
-"والأحرف الصغيرة. يجب ألا تحتوي كلمات المرور على أحرف خاصة، مثل الأحرف "
-"المعلمة. \n"
+"والأحرف الصغيرة. يجب ألا تحتوي كلمات المرور على أحرف خاصة، مثل الأحرف المعلمة. \n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text 0/6
@@ -1814,8 +1709,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"يمكنك هنا تعيين القيم الافتراضية لاستخدامها عند إنشاء مستخدمين نظام أو "
-"مستخدمين محليين جدد.\n"
+"يمكنك هنا تعيين القيم الافتراضية لاستخدامها عند إنشاء مستخدمين نظام أو مستخدمين محليين جدد.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. Help text 1/6
@@ -1848,19 +1742,16 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n"
-"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter "
-"your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
+"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي الخاص بالدخول</b><br>\n"
-"اسم برنامج الواجهة شل الخاص بالدخول للمستخدم الجديد. حدد برنامجًا من القائمة "
-"أو أدخل المسار الخاص بك إلى برنامج الواجهة شل.</P>\n"
+"اسم برنامج الواجهة شل الخاص بالدخول للمستخدم الجديد. حدد برنامجًا من القائمة أو أدخل المسار الخاص بك إلى برنامج الواجهة شل.</P>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n"
-"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is "
-"added\n"
+"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n"
"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1873,12 +1764,10 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n"
-"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a "
-"new user is added. </p>\n"
+"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>المجلد البنيوي</b><br>\n"
-"يتم نسخ محتويات هذا المجلد إلى مجلد المنزل الخاص بالمستخدم عند إضافة مستخدم "
-"جديد. </p>\n"
+"يتم نسخ محتويات هذا المجلد إلى مجلد المنزل الخاص بالمستخدم عند إضافة مستخدم جديد. </p>\n"
#. Help text 4.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
@@ -1894,14 +1783,12 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n"
-"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the "
-"format\n"
+"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n"
"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية</b><br>\n"
"التاريخ الذي يتم فيه تعطيل حساب المستخدم. يجب أن يكون التاريخ بتنسيق\n"
-"س س-ش ش-ي ي. اترك التاريخ فارغًا إذا كان هذا الحساب لا تنتهي صلاحيته أبدًا.</"
-"P>\n"
+"س س-ش ش-ي ي. اترك التاريخ فارغًا إذا كان هذا الحساب لا تنتهي صلاحيته أبدًا.</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149
@@ -1912,10 +1799,8 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>عدد أيام إمكانية الدخول بعد انتهاء صلاحية كلمة المرور</B><BR>\n"
-"يمكن للمستخدمين الدخول بعد انتهاء صلاحية كلمات المرور. قم بتعيين عدد "
-"الأيام \n"
-"التي يتم خلالها السماح بالدخول بعد انتهاء الصلاحية. استخدم الرقم -1 لوصول "
-"غير محدود.\n"
+"يمكن للمستخدمين الدخول بعد انتهاء صلاحية كلمات المرور. قم بتعيين عدد الأيام \n"
+"التي يتم خلالها السماح بالدخول بعد انتهاء الصلاحية. استخدم الرقم -1 لوصول غير محدود.\n"
"</P>\n"
#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2
@@ -1988,23 +1873,18 @@
"Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n"
"clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"قم بإنشاء <b>اسم المستخدم</b> من مكونات الاسم الكامل بالنقر\n"
"فوق <b>اقتراح</b>. ويمكنك تعديل اسم المستخدم، لكن باستخدم فقط\n"
"الأحرف (لا تستخدم الاحرف الخاصة), أرقام, و <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"لا تستخدم الأحرف الكبيرة في هذا الإدخال إلا إذا كنت تعرف ما الذي تقوم "
-"بعمله.\n"
-"يتم فرض قيود على أسماء المستخدمين بشكل أكثر صرامة من كلمات المرور. يمكنك "
-"إعادة تعريف القيود\n"
-"في الملف /etc/login.defs. اقرأ الصفحة الرئيسية لهذا الملف للحصول على "
-"معلومات.\n"
+"لا تستخدم الأحرف الكبيرة في هذا الإدخال إلا إذا كنت تعرف ما الذي تقوم بعمله.\n"
+"يتم فرض قيود على أسماء المستخدمين بشكل أكثر صرامة من كلمات المرور. يمكنك إعادة تعريف القيود\n"
+"في الملف /etc/login.defs. اقرأ الصفحة الرئيسية لهذا الملف للحصول على معلومات.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. alternative help text 2/7
@@ -2013,32 +1893,23 @@
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"بالنسبة <b>لاسم المستخدم</b>، استخدم فقط\n"
"الأحرف (لا تستخدم الاحرف الخاصة), أرقام, و <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"لا تستخدم الأحرف الهجائية الكبيرة في هذا الإدخال إلا إذا كنت تعرف ما الذي "
-"تقوم بعمله.\n"
-"يتم فرض قيود على أسماء المستخدمين بشكل أكثر صرامة من كلمات المرور. يمكنك "
-"إعادة تعريف القيود\n"
-"في الملف /etc/login.defs. اقرأ الصفحة الرئيسية لهذا الملف للحصول على "
-"معلومات.\n"
+"لا تستخدم الأحرف الهجائية الكبيرة في هذا الإدخال إلا إذا كنت تعرف ما الذي تقوم بعمله.\n"
+"يتم فرض قيود على أسماء المستخدمين بشكل أكثر صرامة من كلمات المرور. يمكنك إعادة تعريف القيود\n"
+"في الملف /etc/login.defs. اقرأ الصفحة الرئيسية لهذا الملف للحصول على معلومات.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اضغط <b>إدارة المستخدمين</b> لإضافة مزيد من المستخدمين أو المجموعات إلى "
-"نظامك.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اضغط <b>إدارة المستخدمين</b> لإضافة مزيد من المستخدمين أو المجموعات إلى نظامك.</p>"
#. alternative help text 4/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278
@@ -2057,12 +1928,10 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, "
-"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"لتحرير إعدادات متنوعة لكلمة المرور الخاصة بهذا المستخدم، مثل تاريخ انتهاء "
-"الصلاحية، اختر <b>إعدادات كلمة المرور</b>.</p>\n"
+"لتحرير إعدادات متنوعة لكلمة المرور الخاصة بهذا المستخدم، مثل تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية، اختر <b>إعدادات كلمة المرور</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
@@ -2118,8 +1987,7 @@
"<b>معرف المجموعة (gid):</b>\n"
"بالإضافة إلى اسم المجموعة، يجب تخصيص معرف رقمي للمجموعة\n"
"ليمثلها داخليًا. ويجب أن تنحصر قيم هذا المعرف بين 0 \n"
-"و%1. بعض المعرفات يتم تخصيصها بالفعل أثناء التثبيت. سيتم تحذيرك إذا حاولت "
-"استخدام\n"
+"و%1. بعض المعرفات يتم تخصيصها بالفعل أثناء التثبيت. سيتم تحذيرك إذا حاولت استخدام\n"
"معرف تم تعيينه بالفعل.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2128,8 +1996,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Password:</b>\n"
-"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves "
-"when\n"
+"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n"
"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n"
"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n"
"here. This entry is not required.\n"
@@ -2138,8 +2005,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>كلمة المرور:</b>\n"
"لمطالبة المستخدمين من غير الأعضاء في المجموعة بتعريف أنفسهم عند التبديل\n"
-"إلى هذه المجموعة (راجعها في صفحة <tt>مجموعة جديدة</tt>), قم بتخصيص كلمة "
-"مرور\n"
+"إلى هذه المجموعة (راجعها في صفحة <tt>مجموعة جديدة</tt>), قم بتخصيص كلمة مرور\n"
"لهذه المجموعة. لأغراض الأمان، لا يتم إظهار كلمة المرور هذه\n"
"هنا. هذا الإدخال ليس مطلوبًا.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2177,8 +2043,7 @@
" group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user."
msgstr ""
"تعرض القائمة الثانية المستخدمين الذين تم تخصيص هذه المجموعة لهم\n"
-" بشكل افتراضي. يمكن تغيير المجموعة الافتراضية فقط عن طريق تحرير "
-"بيانات المستخدم."
+" بشكل افتراضي. يمكن تغيير المجموعة الافتراضية فقط عن طريق تحرير بيانات المستخدم."
#. help text 1/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392
@@ -2244,12 +2109,8 @@
#. help text for user's home directory mode
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's "
-"home directory different from the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>اختياريًا، قم بتعيين <b>وضع أذونات مجلد المنزل</b> لمجلد المنزل الخاص بهذا "
-"المستخدم بشكل مختلف عن المجلد الافتراضي.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>اختياريًا، قم بتعيين <b>وضع أذونات مجلد المنزل</b> لمجلد المنزل الخاص بهذا المستخدم بشكل مختلف عن المجلد الافتراضي.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel')
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440
@@ -2264,46 +2125,28 @@
#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
-msgid ""
-"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of "
-"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by "
-"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the "
-"existing data.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>إذا كنت تريد تغيير موقع مجلد المنزل لمستخدم ما، قم بنقل محتويات المجلد "
-"الحالي باستخدام الخيار <b>نقل إلى موقع جديد</b>، وهذا الخيار يكون نشطًا بشكل "
-"افتراضي. وبخلاف ذلك، يتم إنشاء مجلد منزل جديد بدون أي من البيانات الموجودة.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>إذا كنت تريد تغيير موقع مجلد المنزل لمستخدم ما، قم بنقل محتويات المجلد الحالي باستخدام الخيار <b>نقل إلى موقع جديد</b>، وهذا الخيار يكون نشطًا بشكل افتراضي. وبخلاف ذلك، يتم إنشاء مجلد منزل جديد بدون أي من البيانات الموجودة.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n"
-"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home "
-"directory\n"
-"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is "
-"shared\n"
+"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n"
+"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n"
"among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n"
-"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted "
-"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically "
-"shared.</p>"
+"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>لتشفير مجلد المنزل للمستخدم، قم \n"
"بتمكين <b>استخدام مجلد منزل مشفر</b> وتعيين حجم المجلد. لا يعمل إجراء تشفير\n"
"مجلد المنزل للمستخدم على توفير حماية أمنية قوية ضد المستخدمين الآخرين. فإذا\n"
"كان هذا الجهاز مشتركًا بين مستخدمين متعددين، يمكن لأي مستخدم خرق أمان\n"
-"النظام والحصول على مفتاح مستخدم آخر والوصول إلى البيانات المشفرة. إذا كنت "
-"تريد نظام أمان قوي، يجب عدم مشاركة النظام فعليًا.</p>"
+"النظام والحصول على مفتاح مستخدم آخر والوصول إلى البيانات المشفرة. إذا كنت تريد نظام أمان قوي، يجب عدم مشاركة النظام فعليًا.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is "
-"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint "
-"configuration first.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>لا يمكن تشفير مجلدات المنزل عند استخدام جهاز قارئ بصمات الأصابع. لتشفير "
-"مجلد المنزل للمستخدم، قم بتعطيل إعداد بصمات الأصابع أولاً.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>لا يمكن تشفير مجلدات المنزل عند استخدام جهاز قارئ بصمات الأصابع. لتشفير مجلد المنزل للمستخدم، قم بتعطيل إعداد بصمات الأصابع أولاً.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 5/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487
@@ -2327,10 +2170,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>معلومات إضافية:</b>\n"
"يمكن هنا تعيين بيانات إضافية للمستخدم. ويمكن أن يحتوي هذا الحقل على\n"
-"ثلاث أجزاء بحد أقصى، تفصل بينها فواصل. ويكون الاستخدام القياسي لهذه الأجزاء "
-"هو كتابة\n"
-" <i>رقم هاتف المكتب</i>و<i>رقم هاتف العمل</i>و<i>رقم هاتف المنزل</i>. تظهر "
-"هذه المعلومات \n"
+"ثلاث أجزاء بحد أقصى، تفصل بينها فواصل. ويكون الاستخدام القياسي لهذه الأجزاء هو كتابة\n"
+" <i>رقم هاتف المكتب</i>و<i>رقم هاتف العمل</i>و<i>رقم هاتف المنزل</i>. تظهر هذه المعلومات \n"
"عند استخدام الأمر <i>finger</i> على هذا المستخدم.</p>\n"
#. help text 6/8
@@ -2393,18 +2234,13 @@
"The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n"
"is currently in use."
msgstr ""
-"تشير علامة الاختيار الموجودة في الجزء الأيمن من الجدول إلى أن الأداة "
-"الإضافية\n"
+"تشير علامة الاختيار الموجودة في الجزء الأيمن من الجدول إلى أن الأداة الإضافية\n"
"قيد الاستخدام حاليًا."
#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552
-msgid ""
-"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting "
-"<b>Launch</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ابدأ الإعداد المفصَّل لأداة إضافية معينة عن طريق تحديد <b>بدء التشغيل</b>.</"
-"p>"
+msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>ابدأ الإعداد المفصَّل لأداة إضافية معينة عن طريق تحديد <b>بدء التشغيل</b>.</p>"
#. help texts 1/1
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562
@@ -2424,8 +2260,7 @@
"password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n"
"<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>تنشيط <b>تغيير كلمة المرور بالقوة</b> لإجبار المستخدم على تغيير كلمة "
-"المرور \n"
+"<p>تنشيط <b>تغيير كلمة المرور بالقوة</b> لإجبار المستخدم على تغيير كلمة المرور \n"
"عند تسجيل الدخول التالي. إذا تم تعيين <b>آخر تغيير كلمة\n"
"المرور</b> إلى <i>ابدأ</i>، سيضطر المستخدم لتغيير كلمة المرور.</p>"
@@ -2455,31 +2290,26 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>عدد الأيام بعد انتهاء صلاحية كلمة المرور مع إمكانية الدخول</B><BR>\n"
-"يمكن للمستخدمين الدخول بعد انتهاء صلاحية كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم. قم بتعيين "
-"عدد الأيام \n"
+"يمكن للمستخدمين الدخول بعد انتهاء صلاحية كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم. قم بتعيين عدد الأيام \n"
"التي يتم فيها السماح بالدخول. استخدم الرقم -1 لوصول غير محدود.\n"
"</P>\n"
#. Help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days "
-"a user \n"
+"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n"
"can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>الحد الأقصى لعدد أيام استخدام نفس كلمة المرور</B><BR>قم بتعيين عدد "
-"الأيام التي يمكن خلالها لأحد المستخدمين\n"
+"<P><B>الحد الأقصى لعدد أيام استخدام نفس كلمة المرور</B><BR>قم بتعيين عدد الأيام التي يمكن خلالها لأحد المستخدمين\n"
"استخدام نفس كلمة المرور قبل انتهاء صلاحيتها.</P>\n"
#. Help text 5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum "
-"age of \n"
+"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n"
"a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>الحد الأدنى لعدد أيام استخدام نفس كلمة المرور</B><BR>قم بتعيين الحد "
-"الأدنى لعدد الأيام التي يمكن خلالها استخدام كلمة مرور \n"
+"<P><B>الحد الأدنى لعدد أيام استخدام نفس كلمة المرور</B><BR>قم بتعيين الحد الأدنى لعدد الأيام التي يمكن خلالها استخدام كلمة مرور \n"
"قبل أن يتم السماح للمستخدم بتغييرها.</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
@@ -2489,8 +2319,7 @@
"The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n"
"Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>تاريخ صلاحية كلمة المرور</B><BR>قم بتحديد تاريخ إنتهاء صلاحية هذا "
-"الحساب. \n"
+"<P><B>تاريخ صلاحية كلمة المرور</B><BR>قم بتحديد تاريخ إنتهاء صلاحية هذا الحساب. \n"
"يجب أن يكون التاريخ بتنسيق س س-ش ش-ي ي. \n"
"اترك التاريخ فارغًا إذا كان هذا الحساب لا تنتهي صلاحيته أبدًا.</P>\n"
@@ -2514,170 +2343,88 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n"
-"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the "
-"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
+"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>تغيير القيم</b><br>\n"
-"يمكنك إعداد هذه التعيينات عن طريق تشغيل الوحدات النمطية المناسبة. حدد الوحدة "
-"النمطية باستخدام <b>إعداد</b>.\n"
+"يمكنك إعداد هذه التعيينات عن طريق تشغيل الوحدات النمطية المناسبة. حدد الوحدة النمطية باستخدام <b>إعداد</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</"
-"b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups "
-"of attributes to configure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد علامات التبويب <b>سياسات تغيير كلمة المرور</b>, <b>سياسات تقادم كلمة "
-"المرور</b>, <b>سياسات قفل التشغيل</b> لاختيار مجموعات سمات سياسة كلمة مرور "
-"LDAP المطلوب إعدادها.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد علامات التبويب <b>سياسات تغيير كلمة المرور</b>, <b>سياسات تقادم كلمة المرور</b>, <b>سياسات قفل التشغيل</b> لاختيار مجموعات سمات سياسة كلمة مرور LDAP المطلوب إعدادها.</p>"
#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set "
-"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not "
-"be used.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>أقصى عدد لكلمات المرور المخزنة في المحفوظات</b> لتعيين عدد كلمات "
-"المرور المستخدمة مسبقًا التي يجب تخزينها. قد لا يتم استخدام كلمات المرور "
-"المحفوظة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>أقصى عدد لكلمات المرور المخزنة في المحفوظات</b> لتعيين عدد كلمات المرور المستخدمة مسبقًا التي يجب تخزينها. قد لا يتم استخدام كلمات المرور المحفوظة.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to "
-"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an "
-"administrator.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>على المستخدم تغيير كلمة المرور بعد إعادة التعيين</b> لإجبار "
-"المستخدمين على تغيير كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم بعد إعادة تعيين كلمة المرور أو "
-"تغييرها بواسطة مسؤول.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>على المستخدم تغيير كلمة المرور بعد إعادة التعيين</b> لإجبار المستخدمين على تغيير كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم بعد إعادة تعيين كلمة المرور أو تغييرها بواسطة مسؤول.</p>"
#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their "
-"passwords.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تحقق من <b>إمكانية تغيير المستخدم لكلمة المرور</b> للسماح للمستخدمين "
-"بتغيير كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>تحقق من <b>إمكانية تغيير المستخدم لكلمة المرور</b> للسماح للمستخدمين بتغيير كلمات المرور الخاصة بهم.</p>"
#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, "
-"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>في حالة وجوب تقديم كلمة المرور الحالية مع الجديدة، حدد <b>مطلوب كلمة "
-"المرور القديمة لتغيير كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>في حالة وجوب تقديم كلمة المرور الحالية مع الجديدة، حدد <b>مطلوب كلمة المرور القديمة لتغيير كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords "
-"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be "
-"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are "
-"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has "
-"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> "
-"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be "
-"checked.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد ما إذا كان يجب التحقق من جودة كلمة المرور أثناء تعديل كلمات المرور أو "
-"إضافتها. حدد <b>بدون فحص</b> في حالة عدم وجوب فحص كلمات المرور على الإطلاق. "
-"باستخدام <b>قبول كلمات مرور غير قابلة للفحص</b>، يتم قبول كلمات المرور حتى "
-"في حال تعذر إجراء الفحص، على سبيل المثال، إذا قام المستخدم بتقديم كلمة مرور "
-"مشفرة. باستخدام <b>قبول كلمات المرور المفحوصة فقط</b> يتم رفض كلمات المرور "
-"في حالة فشل اختبار الجودة أو عند تعذر فحص كلمة المرور.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد ما إذا كان يجب التحقق من جودة كلمة المرور أثناء تعديل كلمات المرور أو إضافتها. حدد <b>بدون فحص</b> في حالة عدم وجوب فحص كلمات المرور على الإطلاق. باستخدام <b>قبول كلمات مرور غير قابلة للفحص</b>، يتم قبول كلمات المرور حتى في حال تعذر إجراء الفحص، على سبيل المثال، إذا قام المستخدم بتقديم كلمة مرور مشفرة. باستخدام <b>قبول كلمات المرور المفحوصة فقط</b> يتم رفض كلمات المرور في حالة فشل اختبار الجودة أو عند تعذر فحص كلمة المرور.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in "
-"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"قم بتعيين أدنى عدد للأحرف التي يجب استخدامها في كلمة المرور في <b>الحد "
-"الأدنى لطول كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
+msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "قم بتعيين أدنى عدد للأحرف التي يجب استخدامها في كلمة المرور في <b>الحد الأدنى لطول كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between "
-"modifications to the password.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الحد الأدنى لتقادم كلمة المرور</b> لتعيين الوقت الذي يجب انقضاؤه بين "
-"تعديلات كلمة المرور.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>الحد الأدنى لتقادم كلمة المرور</b> لتعيين الوقت الذي يجب انقضاؤه بين تعديلات كلمة المرور.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password "
-"expires.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>الحد الأقصى لتقادم كلمة المرور</b> لتعيين المدة بعد التعديل التي تنتهي "
-"عندها صلاحية كلمة المرور.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>الحد الأقصى لتقادم كلمة المرور</b> لتعيين المدة بعد التعديل التي تنتهي عندها صلاحية كلمة المرور.</p>"
#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long "
-"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages "
-"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>في <b>وقت إصدار التحذير قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمة المرور</b> قم بتعيين المدة "
-"التي يجب عندها إصدار رسائل تحذير انتهاء الصلاحية لمستخدم مصدق عليه قبل أن "
-"توشك صلاحية كلمة المرور على الانتهاء.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>في <b>وقت إصدار التحذير قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمة المرور</b> قم بتعيين المدة التي يجب عندها إصدار رسائل تحذير انتهاء الصلاحية لمستخدم مصدق عليه قبل أن توشك صلاحية كلمة المرور على الانتهاء.</p>"
#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate "
-"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بتعيين عدد المرات التي يمكن فيها استخدام كلمة المرور منتهية الصلاحية "
-"للتصديق في <b>الاستخدامات المسموح بها لكلمة مرور منتهية الصلاحية</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بتعيين عدد المرات التي يمكن فيها استخدام كلمة المرور منتهية الصلاحية للتصديق في <b>الاستخدامات المسموح بها لكلمة مرور منتهية الصلاحية</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockout attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a "
-"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حدد <b>تمكين قفل كلمة المرور</b> لمنع استخدام كلمة مرور بعد عدد محدد من "
-"محاولات الربط الفاشلة المتعاقبة.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حدد <b>تمكين قفل كلمة المرور</b> لمنع استخدام كلمة مرور بعد عدد محدد من محاولات الربط الفاشلة المتعاقبة.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the "
-"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the "
-"Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بتعيين عدد محاولات الربط الفاشلة المتعاقبة التي قد لا تتمكن بعدها من "
-"استخدام كلمة المرور للتصديق في <b>محاولات الربط الفاشلة لقفل كلمة المرور</b>."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بتعيين عدد محاولات الربط الفاشلة المتعاقبة التي قد لا تتمكن بعدها من استخدام كلمة المرور للتصديق في <b>محاولات الربط الفاشلة لقفل كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>قم بتعيين مدة تعذر استخدام كلمة المرور في <b>مدة قفل كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>قم بتعيين مدة تعذر استخدام كلمة المرور في <b>مدة قفل كلمة المرور</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password "
-"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful "
-"authentication has occurred.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>مدة الذاكرة المؤقتة لمحاولات الربط الفاشلة</b> لتعيين المدة التي تسبق "
-"حذف المحاولات الفاشلة لإدخال كلمة المرور من عداد الفشل حتى مع عدم حدوث أي "
-"تصديق ناجح.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>مدة الذاكرة المؤقتة لمحاولات الربط الفاشلة</b> لتعيين المدة التي تسبق حذف المحاولات الفاشلة لإدخال كلمة المرور من عداد الفشل حتى مع عدم حدوث أي تصديق ناجح.</p>"
#. tab label
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171
@@ -2805,8 +2552,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>في حالة وجوب تخزين مجلد المنزل للمستخدمي LDAP على الجهاز،\n"
"حدد الخيار المناسب. لا يتسبب تغيير هذه القيمة في\n"
-"أي إجراء مباشر. فهي مجرد معلومات الوحدة النمطية لمستخدمي YaST، والتي يمكنها "
-"إدارة\n"
+"أي إجراء مباشر. فهي مجرد معلومات الوحدة النمطية لمستخدمي YaST، والتي يمكنها إدارة\n"
"مجلد المنزل للمستخدمين.</p>\n"
#. help text caption
@@ -2814,8 +2560,7 @@
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet "
-"or\n"
+"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>اضغط <b>إعداد</b> لإعداد الإعدادات المخزنة في\n"
@@ -2830,12 +2575,10 @@
#. password policy help
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> "
-"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
+"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
" if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>إعداد سياسة كلمة المرور المحددة مع <b>تحرير</b>. استخدم <b>إضافة</b> "
-"لإضافة نهج كلمة مرور جديدة. لإعداد ممكن فقط\n"
+"<p>إعداد سياسة كلمة المرور المحددة مع <b>تحرير</b>. استخدم <b>إضافة</b> لإضافة نهج كلمة مرور جديدة. لإعداد ممكن فقط\n"
"إذا كانت سياسة كلمة المرور ممكنة أيضاً على الخادم LDAP.</p>"
#. checkbox label
@@ -3119,8 +2862,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n"
-"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but "
-"it\n"
+"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n"
"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -3139,8 +2881,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>MD5</b> يسمح هذا الأسلوب باستخدام كلمات مرور أكثر طولاً، بحيث يوفر المزيد "
-"من الأمان، ولكن\n"
+"<b>MD5</b> يسمح هذا الأسلوب باستخدام كلمات مرور أكثر طولاً، بحيث يوفر المزيد من الأمان، ولكن\n"
"بعض بروتوكولات الشبكات لا تدعم هذا الأسلوب وقد تحدث مشكلات مع NIS.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3166,8 +2907,7 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586
msgid ""
-"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network "
-"environments,\n"
+"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n"
"you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n"
"encrypted with a method other than DES.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3199,25 +2939,18 @@
#. helptext 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default "
-"search filters.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يمكنك هنا توسيع مرشحات البحث للمستخدمين والمجموعات بحيث تتجاوز مرشحات "
-"البحث الافتراضية.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يمكنك هنا توسيع مرشحات البحث للمستخدمين والمجموعات بحيث تتجاوز مرشحات البحث الافتراضية.</p>"
#. helptext 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n"
-"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' "
-"attributes).\n"
+"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n"
"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>باستخدام <b>افتراضي</b>، قم بتحميل المرشح الافتراضي من الوحدات النمطية "
-"لإعداد\n"
-"المستخدم والمجموعة، المحفوظة على خادم LDAP (قيم لها سمات "
-"'susesearchfilter' ).\n"
+"<p>باستخدام <b>افتراضي</b>، قم بتحميل المرشح الافتراضي من الوحدات النمطية لإعداد\n"
+"المستخدم والمجموعة، المحفوظة على خادم LDAP (قيم لها سمات 'susesearchfilter' ).\n"
"إذا لم تكن قمت بالاتصال بالفعل، ستتم مطالبتك بكلمة المرور.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font))
@@ -3315,8 +3048,7 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM "
-"as the login manager.\n"
+"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3327,25 +3059,21 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
msgid ""
"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
-"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from "
-"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>دخول تلقائي</b><br>\n"
-"عن طريق تعيين <b>دخول تلقائي</b>، يتم تخطي إجراء الدخول. المستخدم، الذي تم "
-"اختياره من القائمة، بالدخول تلقائيًا.</p>\n"
+"عن طريق تعيين <b>دخول تلقائي</b>، يتم تخطي إجراء الدخول. المستخدم، الذي تم اختياره من القائمة، بالدخول تلقائيًا.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n"
"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n"
-"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user "
-"to log in automatically.</p>\n"
+"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>دخول بدون كلمة مرور</b><br>\n"
"عند تحديد هذا الخيار، يتم السماح لكافة المستخدمين بالدخول بدون إدخال\n"
-"كلمات مرور. بخلاف ذلك، يتم طلب كلمة المرور حتى ولو قمت بتعيين مستخدماً للدخول "
-"تلقائيًا.</p>\n"
+"كلمات مرور. بخلاف ذلك، يتم طلب كلمة المرور حتى ولو قمت بتعيين مستخدماً للدخول تلقائيًا.</p>\n"
#. dialog label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004
@@ -3511,8 +3239,7 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to "
-"the\n"
+"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n"
"system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n"
"a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3520,21 +3247,18 @@
"<p>\n"
"لنكس نظامًا متعدد المستخدمين. يمكن دخول عدد من المستخدمين المختلفين إلى\n"
"النظام في نفس الوقت. ولتجنب الالتباس، يجب أن تكون لكل مستخدم\n"
-"هوية فريدة. بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يجب أن ينتمي كل مستخدم إلى مجموعة واحدة على "
-"الأقل.\n"
+"هوية فريدة. بالإضافة إلى ذلك، يجب أن ينتمي كل مستخدم إلى مجموعة واحدة على الأقل.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently "
-"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
+"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"يتم ترتيب المستخدمين والمجموعات في تعيينات متنوعة. قم بتغيير المجموعة التي "
-"تظهر حاليًا في الجدول باستخدام <b>تعيين مرشح</b>.\n"
+"يتم ترتيب المستخدمين والمجموعات في تعيينات متنوعة. قم بتغيير المجموعة التي تظهر حاليًا في الجدول باستخدام <b>تعيين مرشح</b>.\n"
"قم بتخصيص طريقة العرض باستخدام <b>تخصيص المرشح</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
@@ -3542,18 +3266,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n"
-"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for "
-"new\n"
+"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n"
"users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n"
"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"انقر فوق <b>خيارات الخبير</b> لتحرير إعدادات الخبير المتنوعة، مثل\n"
-"نوع تشفير كلمة المرور أو أسلوب التصديق على المستخدم أو القيم الافتراضية "
-"للمستخدمين\n"
+"نوع تشفير كلمة المرور أو أسلوب التصديق على المستخدم أو القيم الافتراضية للمستخدمين\n"
"الجدد أو إعدادات الدخول. باستخدام <b>كتابة التغييرات الآن</b>، قم بحفظ\n"
-"كافة التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها حتى الآن بدون إنهاء الوحدة النمطية للإعداد.</"
-"p>\n"
+"كافة التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها حتى الآن بدون إنهاء الوحدة النمطية للإعداد.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550
@@ -3625,14 +3346,12 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify "
-"groups.\n"
+"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"استخدم مربع الحوار هذا للحصول على معلومات حول المجموعات الموجودة وإضافة "
-"مجموعات و تعديلها.\n"
+"استخدم مربع الحوار هذا للحصول على معلومات حول المجموعات الموجودة وإضافة مجموعات و تعديلها.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
@@ -4673,8 +4392,7 @@
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
-"إذا قمت بتحديد برنامج الواجهة شل وكان غير موجود، قد لا يتمكن المستخدم من "
-"الدخول.\n"
+"إذا قمت بتحديد برنامج الواجهة شل وكان غير موجود، قد لا يتمكن المستخدم من الدخول.\n"
"هل تريد استخدام برنامج الواجهة شل هذا؟"
#. error popup
@@ -5003,17 +4721,14 @@
#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English "
-"keyboard\n"
+"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
"layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n"
"localized keyboard layout.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"بالنسبة لكلمة المرور، استخدم فقط الأحرف التي يمكن العثور عليها على تخطيط "
-"لوحة مفاتيح\n"
-"باللغة الإنجليزية. في حالة حدوث خطأ بالنظام، قد يكون من الضروري الدخول بدون "
-"استخدام\n"
+"بالنسبة لكلمة المرور، استخدم فقط الأحرف التي يمكن العثور عليها على تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح\n"
+"باللغة الإنجليزية. في حالة حدوث خطأ بالنظام، قد يكون من الضروري الدخول بدون استخدام\n"
"تخطيط مترجَم للوحة المفاتيح.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -5229,13 +4944,10 @@
#~ msgstr "&eDirectory LDAP"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you "
-#~ "want\n"
-#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>إذا كنت تستخدم خادم NIS أو LDAP لتخزين بيانات المستخدم أو إذا كنت "
-#~ "ترغب \n"
+#~ "<p>إذا كنت تستخدم خادم NIS أو LDAP لتخزين بيانات المستخدم أو إذا كنت ترغب \n"
#~ "في مصادقة المستخدمين على خادم NT، اختر قيمة مناسبة.</p>"
#~ msgid "The authentication method is %1."
@@ -5293,32 +5005,28 @@
#~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لقد استخدمت أحرف هجائية صغيرة فقط في كلمة السر.\n"
-#~ "هذا الإجراء ليس مناسبًا من الناحية الأمنية. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام كلمة "
-#~ "السر هذه؟"
+#~ "هذا الإجراء ليس مناسبًا من الناحية الأمنية. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام كلمة السر هذه؟"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have used only uppercase letters for the password.\n"
#~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لقد استخدمت أحرف هجائية كبيرة فقط في كلمة السر.\n"
-#~ "هذا الإجراء ليس مناسبًا من الناحية الأمنية. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام كلمة "
-#~ "السر هذه؟"
+#~ "هذا الإجراء ليس مناسبًا من الناحية الأمنية. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام كلمة السر هذه؟"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have used a palindrom for the password.\n"
#~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لقد استخدمت كلمة، يمكن قراءتها من اليسار إلى اليمين وبالعكس، ككلمة سر.\n"
-#~ "هذا الإجراء ليس مناسبًا من الناحية الأمنية. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام كلمة "
-#~ "السر هذه؟"
+#~ "هذا الإجراء ليس مناسبًا من الناحية الأمنية. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام كلمة السر هذه؟"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have used only digits for the password.\n"
#~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "لقد استخدمت أرقامًا فقط في كلمة السر.\n"
-#~ "هذا الإجراء ليس مناسبًا من الناحية الأمنية. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام كلمة "
-#~ "السر هذه؟"
+#~ "هذا الإجراء ليس مناسبًا من الناحية الأمنية. هل تريد بالفعل استخدام كلمة السر هذه؟"
#~ msgid "Next"
#~ msgstr "التالي"
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. progress step title
@@ -37,11 +36,8 @@
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157
-msgid ""
-"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your "
-"architecture is "
-msgstr ""
-"x86_64 هي هندسة معتمدة فقط على استضافة الأجهزة الظاهرية. الهيكل في نظامك هي "
+msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
+msgstr "x86_64 هي هندسة معتمدة فقط على استضافة الأجهزة الظاهرية. الهيكل في نظامك هي "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176
@@ -70,41 +66,23 @@
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM "
-"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>إعداد خادم الجهاز الظاهري</b></big></p><p>يوجد في إعداد خادم "
-"الجهاز الظاهري (مجال 0) جزءان.</p>"
+msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>إعداد خادم الجهاز الظاهري</b></big></p><p>يوجد في إعداد خادم الجهاز الظاهري (مجال 0) جزءان.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217
-msgid ""
-"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot "
-"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is "
-"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يتم تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة إلى النظام أولاً. ثم يتم تبديل أداة مُحمل الإقلاع "
-"إلى GRUB، (إذا لم يكن مستخدمًا بالفعل) وتتم إضافة قسم Xen إلى قائمة أداة مُحمل "
-"الإقلاع إذا كان مفقودًا.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>يتم تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة إلى النظام أولاً. ثم يتم تبديل أداة مُحمل الإقلاع إلى GRUB، (إذا لم يكن مستخدمًا بالفعل) وتتم إضافة قسم Xen إلى قائمة أداة مُحمل الإقلاع إذا كان مفقودًا.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
-msgid ""
-"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to "
-"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>GRUB ضروري لأنه يعتمد معيار تعدد أنظمة التشغيل المطلوبة للإقلاع Xen ونواة "
-"لينكس.</p>"
+msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>GRUB ضروري لأنه يعتمد معيار تعدد أنظمة التشغيل المطلوبة للإقلاع Xen ونواة لينكس.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM "
-"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>عندما ينتهي الإعداد بنجاح، يمكن تشغيل خادم الجهاز الظاهري من قائمة أداة "
-"مُحمل الإقلاع.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>عندما ينتهي الإعداد بنجاح، يمكن تشغيل خادم الجهاز الظاهري من قائمة أداة مُحمل الإقلاع.</p>"
#. error popup
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230
@@ -183,8 +161,7 @@
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
-msgstr ""
-"جار التنفيذ في النمط النصي. هل تريد تثبيت المكونات المرئية على كل الأحوال؟"
+msgstr "جار التنفيذ في النمط النصي. هل تريد تثبيت المكونات المرئية على كل الأحوال؟"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436
@@ -218,12 +195,8 @@
msgstr "جسر الشبكة."
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network "
-"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>من المستحسن لإعداد شبكة الاتصال العادية استضافة الأجهزة الظاهرية، جسر "
-"شبكة اتصال.</p><p>إعداد جسر شبكة اتصال افتراضية؟</p>"
+msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>من المستحسن لإعداد شبكة الاتصال العادية استضافة الأجهزة الظاهرية، جسر شبكة اتصال.</p><p>إعداد جسر شبكة اتصال افتراضية؟</p>"
#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV
#. Progress::NextStage();
@@ -239,17 +212,11 @@
msgstr "تم تثبيت مكونات KVM. المضيف جاهز لتثبيت ضيوف KVM."
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560
-msgid ""
-"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native "
-"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
-msgstr ""
-"تم تثبيت مكونات KVM. أعد تشغيل الجهاز واختر النواة الأصلية في قائمة محمل "
-"الإقلاع لتثبيت ضيوف KVM."
+msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
+msgstr "تم تثبيت مكونات KVM. أعد تشغيل الجهاز واختر النواة الأصلية في قائمة محمل الإقلاع لتثبيت ضيوف KVM."
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563
-msgid ""
-"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in "
-"the boot loader menu."
+msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr "لتثبيت ضيوف Xen، أعد تشغيل الجهاز وحدد قسم Xen في قائمة محمل الإقلاع."
#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566
@@ -267,9 +234,7 @@
#~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install."
#~ msgstr "يرجى اختيار منصة المحاكاة الافتراضية لتثبيتها."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary "
-#~ "drivers."
+#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers."
#~ msgstr "لتثبيت KVM، إعادة إقلاع الجهاز لتحميل برامج التشغيل الضرورية."
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/wagon.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/wagon.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/wagon.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. logs what user does in UI
@@ -186,11 +185,8 @@
msgstr "هنا حدد المستودعات التي ستستخدم للترحيل."
#: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the "
-"selected migration repositories."
-msgstr ""
-"سيتم تبديل الحزم المثبتة للإصدارات المتوفرة في مستودعات الترحيل المحددة."
+msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories."
+msgstr "سيتم تبديل الحزم المثبتة للإصدارات المتوفرة في مستودعات الترحيل المحددة."
#. The version is the same, release can be different
#: src/clients/wagon_migration_products.rb:133
@@ -275,29 +271,20 @@
msgstr "لم يتم تسجيل المنتج <b>%1</b> فشل التسجيل."
#: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"Registration for product <b>%1</b> has been refunded, the product is not "
-"registered."
+msgid "Registration for product <b>%1</b> has been refunded, the product is not registered."
msgstr "تم استرداد تسجيل المنتج <b>%1</b> المنتج غير مسجل."
#: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"Registration for product <b>%1</b> has expired, the registration is not "
-"valid anymore."
+msgid "Registration for product <b>%1</b> has expired, the registration is not valid anymore."
msgstr "انتهت مدة تسجيل المنتج <b>%1</b> لم يعد التسجيل صالح بعد الآن."
#: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244
-msgid ""
-"Registration for product <b>%1</b> is provisional only, no updates available"
+msgid "Registration for product <b>%1</b> is provisional only, no updates available"
msgstr "التسجيل للمنتج <b>%1</b> مؤقت فقط، لا توجد تحديثات متوفرة"
#: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278
-msgid ""
-"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be "
-"correct, run registration to update the status."
-msgstr ""
-"حالة تسجيل %1 يوم مضت. الموجز أعلاه قد لا يكون صحيح، قم بتشغيل التسجيل "
-"لتحديث الحالة."
+msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status."
+msgstr "حالة تسجيل %1 يوم مضت. الموجز أعلاه قد لا يكون صحيح، قم بتشغيل التسجيل لتحديث الحالة."
#. display a critical warning
#: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:305
@@ -305,16 +292,12 @@
msgstr "تحذير:"
#: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306
-msgid ""
-"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before "
-"starting migration."
+msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration."
msgstr "يوصى بشدة بتسجل المنتجات غير مسجلة أو منتهية الصلاحية قبل بدء الترحيل."
#: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312
#: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339
-msgid ""
-"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a "
-"broken system."
+msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system."
msgstr "قد يؤدي ترحيل نظام مسجل جزئيا أو غير المسجل إلى نظام تالف."
#. heading text
@@ -433,8 +416,7 @@
"that Customer Center has modified the repositories correctly. \n"
"You can also modify them there.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>بالإضافة إلى ذلك، حدد <b>التحقق من التغييرات المستودع تلقائية</b> لضمان "
-"أن مركز العملاء قد عدل في المستودعات \n"
+"<p>بالإضافة إلى ذلك، حدد <b>التحقق من التغييرات المستودع تلقائية</b> لضمان أن مركز العملاء قد عدل في المستودعات \n"
"بشكل صحيح. يمكنك أيضا \n"
"تعديلها هناك أيضا.</p>\n"
@@ -552,12 +534,8 @@
"للقيام بذلك، الرجاء، استخدم zypper.\n"
#: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"اسم الملف الهدف ('xmlfile' خيارات) مفقود. استخدم xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"خيار سطر الأوامر."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "اسم الملف الهدف ('xmlfile' خيارات) مفقود. استخدم xmlfile=<target_XML_file> خيار سطر الأوامر."
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
#: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453
@@ -566,26 +544,12 @@
#. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ]
#: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586
-msgid ""
-"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in "
-"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The "
-"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free "
-"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode."
-msgstr ""
-"لا توجد مساحة حرة كافية لترحيل النظام باستخدام التحميل في الوضع المتقدم. "
-"القسم %1 بحاجة على الأقل إلى %2MB حرة أكثر على مساحة القرص. (المساحة "
-"الضرورية، من المستحسن إضافة مساحة حرة أكبر منها قليلاً.) إضافة المزيد من "
-"مساحة القرص أو تعطيل التحميل في الوضع المتقدم."
+msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode."
+msgstr "لا توجد مساحة حرة كافية لترحيل النظام باستخدام التحميل في الوضع المتقدم. القسم %1 بحاجة على الأقل إلى %2MB حرة أكثر على مساحة القرص. (المساحة الضرورية، من المستحسن إضافة مساحة حرة أكبر منها قليلاً.) إضافة المزيد من مساحة القرص أو تعطيل التحميل في الوضع المتقدم."
#: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613
-msgid ""
-"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. "
-"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to "
-"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid "
-"installation errors."
-msgstr ""
-"لا توجد مساحة حرة كافية للتحميل المسبق لنمط الترحيل. تقدر المساحة الحرة بعد "
-"الترحيل %2MB، ينصح بزيادة المساحة الحرة أكثر من ذلك لتفادي أخطاء التثبيت."
+msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors."
+msgstr "لا توجد مساحة حرة كافية للتحميل المسبق لنمط الترحيل. تقدر المساحة الحرة بعد الترحيل %2MB، ينصح بزيادة المساحة الحرة أكثر من ذلك لتفادي أخطاء التثبيت."
#. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)'
#: src/modules/Wagon.rb:667
@@ -615,18 +579,14 @@
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (nevertheless selected by user or directly by YaST)
#: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772
-msgid ""
-"<font color='red'><b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be removed.</font>"
+msgid "<font color='red'><b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be removed.</font>"
msgstr "<font color='red'><b>تتحذير:</b> المنتج <b>%1</b> ستتم إزالته</font>"
#. Not selected by user
#. @see BNC #575117
#: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792
-msgid ""
-"<font color='red'><b>Error:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be automatically "
-"removed.</font>"
-msgstr ""
-"<font color='red'><b>خطأ:</b> المنتج <b>%1</b> ستتم إزالته تلقائياً</font>"
+msgid "<font color='red'><b>Error:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgstr "<font color='red'><b>خطأ:</b> المنتج <b>%1</b> ستتم إزالته تلقائياً</font>"
#: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862
msgid "Product <b>%1</b> will be upgraded"
@@ -659,8 +619,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945
-msgid ""
-"<p>To change the update settings, go to <b>Packages Proposal</b> section.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To change the update settings, go to <b>Packages Proposal</b> section.</p>"
msgstr "<p>لتغيير إعدادات التحديث، انتقل إلى القسم <b>إقتراحات الحزم</b> .</p>"
#. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue.
@@ -737,10 +696,8 @@
#~ msgid "&Minimal - upgrade from repositories added by registration"
#~ msgstr "الحد الأدنى - الترقية من المستودعات التي أضيفت بالتسجيل"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "التثبيت الكامل والتصحيحات المتاحة بالإضافة إلى الحد الأدنى من الترحيل"
+#~ msgid "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration"
+#~ msgstr "التثبيت الكامل والتصحيحات المتاحة بالإضافة إلى الحد الأدنى من الترحيل"
#~ msgid "Advanced..."
#~ msgstr "متقدّم..."
@@ -748,18 +705,10 @@
#~ msgid "Select the requested migration type."
#~ msgstr "حدد نوع الترحيل المطلوب."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full "
-#~ "migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any "
-#~ "enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "أدنى ترحيل يستخدم فقط المستودعات التي تمت إضافتها بواسطة التسجيل، للترحيل "
-#~ "الكامل وترحيل كافة الحزم إلى أحدث إصدار متوفر في أي مستودع ممكنة. يمكن "
-#~ "استخدام الترحيل الكامل من مستودعات طرف ثالث."
+#~ msgid "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories."
+#~ msgstr "أدنى ترحيل يستخدم فقط المستودعات التي تمت إضافتها بواسطة التسجيل، للترحيل الكامل وترحيل كافة الحزم إلى أحدث إصدار متوفر في أي مستودع ممكنة. يمكن استخدام الترحيل الكامل من مستودعات طرف ثالث."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Press <b>Advanced</b> to manually select the repositories used for "
-#~ "upgrading."
+#~ msgid "Press <b>Advanced</b> to manually select the repositories used for upgrading."
#~ msgstr "اضغط <b>خيارات متقدمة</b> لتحديد مستودعات الترقية يدوياً."
#~ msgid "Selected unknown migration type: %1."
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/xpram.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/xpram.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/xpram.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module
@@ -58,16 +57,8 @@
#. help text for XPRAM 2/4
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53
-msgid ""
-"<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one "
-"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features "
-"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 "
-"stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>حاليا تدعم هذه الأداة فقط تعيين XPRAM لقسم واحد. للأقسام المتعددة، ابحث "
-"في \"برامج تشغيل الأجهزة والميزات والأوامر 30 نوفمبر 2004\" جدول نواة لينكس "
-"2.6- نيسان/أبريل 2004.</p><p>وفي هذه الحالة قم بتعطيل XPRAM في هذه الوحدة "
-"النمطية.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>حاليا تدعم هذه الأداة فقط تعيين XPRAM لقسم واحد. للأقسام المتعددة، ابحث في \"برامج تشغيل الأجهزة والميزات والأوامر 30 نوفمبر 2004\" جدول نواة لينكس 2.6- نيسان/أبريل 2004.</p><p>وفي هذه الحالة قم بتعطيل XPRAM في هذه الوحدة النمطية.</p>"
#. help text for XPRAM 3/4
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
@@ -91,9 +82,7 @@
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104
msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data"
-msgstr ""
-"قم بتثبيت نظام الملفات أو المبادلة على الرغم من أن XPRAM يحتوي على بيانات "
-"صالحة"
+msgstr "قم بتثبيت نظام الملفات أو المبادلة على الرغم من أن XPRAM يحتوي على بيانات صالحة"
#. frame label
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/yast2-apparmor.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/yast2-apparmor.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/yast2-apparmor.ar.po 2014-10-07 15:33:13 UTC (rev 89757)
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. Globalz
@@ -60,14 +59,11 @@
"After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set."
msgstr ""
" ؟\n"
-"بعد هذه العملية، ستقوم الوحدة النمطية درع التطبيقات بإعادة تحميل مجموعة "
-"ملفات التعريف."
+"بعد هذه العملية، ستقوم الوحدة النمطية درع التطبيقات بإعادة تحميل مجموعة ملفات التعريف."
#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the "
-"profile."
+msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile."
msgstr "حدد التعريفات المدرجة في القائمة واضغط التالي لحذف ملف التعريف."
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93
@@ -151,12 +147,8 @@
#.
#. ***************************************************************************
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and "
-"AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr ""
-"هذه العملية إنشاءت الخطأ التالي. الرجاء التحقق من التثبيت وإعدادات ملف تعريف "
-"درع التطبيقات."
+msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
+msgstr "هذه العملية إنشاءت الخطأ التالي. الرجاء التحقق من التثبيت وإعدادات ملف تعريف درع التطبيقات."
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
@@ -268,8 +260,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
msgid ""
-"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy "
-"enforcement \n"
+"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>مركز درع التطبيقات</b><br>هذا تقرير عما إذا تم إنفاذ سياسة تعاريف \n"
@@ -359,23 +350,16 @@
msgstr "الأخطاء التي تم العثور عليها في ملفات تعريف درع التطبيقات"
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the "
-"profile management tools can be used.</p> "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>يجب تصحيح هذه المشاكل قبل أن تتمكن من تشغيل درع التطبيقات أو استخدام "
-"أدوات إدارة ملف التعريف.</p> "
+msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>يجب تصحيح هذه المشاكل قبل أن تتمكن من تشغيل درع التطبيقات أو استخدام أدوات إدارة ملف التعريف.</p> "
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64
msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running "
msgstr "<p>يمكنك أن تجد وصف ملف تعريف درع التطبيقات بتشغيل "
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the "
-"Administration guide located in the directory: "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>تتوفر وثائق شاملة حول درع التطبيقات في وثائق الإدارة تتوفر في المجلد: "
+msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: "
+msgstr "<p>تتوفر وثائق شاملة حول درع التطبيقات في وثائق الإدارة تتوفر في المجلد: "
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
@@ -806,29 +790,24 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE."
-"</li></ul>"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>تجاوز كل الوصول إلى DAC، بما في ذلك حق تنفيذ ACL إذا تم\n"
-"تعريف [_POSIX_ACL] . باستثناء الوصول إلى DAC المشمولة ب CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE."
-"</li></ul>"
+"تعريف [_POSIX_ACL] . باستثناء الوصول إلى DAC المشمولة ب CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n"
-"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is "
-"defined. \n"
+"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n"
"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>يتجاوز جميع قيود DAC فيما يتعلق بالقراءة والبحث عن \n"
"الملفات والمجلدات. بما فيها القيود ACL إذا تم \n"
-"تعريف [_POSIX_ACL] . باستثناء الوصول إلى DAC المشمولة ب CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE."
-"</li></ul>"
+"تعريف [_POSIX_ACL] . باستثناء الوصول إلى DAC المشمولة ب CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where "
-"file\n"
+"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n"
"owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n"
"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
@@ -837,30 +816,17 @@
" إذا كان CAP_FSETID واجبة التطبيق. لا تجاوز لقيود MAC و DAC. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file "
-"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the "
-"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the "
-"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and "
-"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not "
-"implemented). </li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>بتجاوز القيود التالية: يجب أن يطابق معرف المستخدم معرف مالك الملف "
-"عند تعيين بت S_ISUID و S_ISGID في هذا الملف؛ يجب أن يطابق معرف المجموعة "
-"الفعالة) أو أحد معرفات مجموعة تكميلية (مالك الملف معرف عند إعداد S_ISGID بت "
-"في هذا الملف؛ يتم مسح بت S_ISUID و S_ISGID على عودة ناجحة من chown(2) (لم "
-"ينفذ). </li></ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>بتجاوز القيود التالية: يجب أن يطابق معرف المستخدم معرف مالك الملف عند تعيين بت S_ISUID و S_ISGID في هذا الملف؛ يجب أن يطابق معرف المجموعة الفعالة) أو أحد معرفات مجموعة تكميلية (مالك الملف معرف عند إعداد S_ISGID بت في هذا الملف؛ يتم مسح بت S_ISUID و S_ISGID على عودة ناجحة من chown(2) (لم ينفذ). </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n"
-"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of "
-"the process \n"
+"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n"
"receiving the signal.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>يتجاوز هذا القيد إذا كان مُعرف المستخدم \n"
-"الحقيقي أو الفعلي لعملية إرسال الإشارة يجب أن يطابق مُعرف المستخدم الحقيقي أو "
-"الفعلي لعملية \n"
+"الحقيقي أو الفعلي لعملية إرسال الإشارة يجب أن يطابق مُعرف المستخدم الحقيقي أو الفعلي لعملية \n"
"تلقي الإشارة.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79
@@ -885,13 +851,10 @@
"remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> لتحويل أية إمكانية موجودة في المجموعة المسموح بها المتوفرة \n"
-"إلى أي معرف عملية وإزالة أية إمكانية موجودة في المجموعة المسموح بها المتوفرة "
-"من أي معرف عملية</li></ul>"
+"إلى أي معرف عملية وإزالة أية إمكانية موجودة في المجموعة المسموح بها المتوفرة من أي معرف عملية</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</"
-"li></ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li>للسماح بتعديل خصائص ملف S_IMMUTABLE وS_APPEND</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103
@@ -909,8 +872,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>"
msgstr ""
@@ -921,8 +883,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n"
@@ -956,8 +917,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock "
-"and\n"
+"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n"
"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> تتيح تأمين شرائح الذاكرة المشتركة</li> <li> يسمح mlock \n"
@@ -965,13 +925,11 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149
msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> لتجاوز عمليات التحقق من ملكية التواصل بين العمليات IPC </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> لتجاوز عمليات التحقق من ملكية التواصل بين العمليات IPC </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</"
-"li> \n"
+"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n"
"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> إدراج وإزالة وحدات النواة - تعديل النواة دون الحد</li> \n"
@@ -1040,8 +998,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199
msgid ""
"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n"
-"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores "
-"and shared memory</li> \n"
+"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>"
@@ -1052,8 +1009,7 @@
"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
-"ioctls)</li>"
+"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212
@@ -1066,8 +1022,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n"
"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n"
"<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>"
@@ -1086,17 +1041,13 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different "
-"UID) processes</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own "
-"processes and setting \n"
+"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n"
"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> السماح بإظهار الأولوية وتعيين الأولوية في عمليات (UID مختلف) أخرى</"
-"li> \n"
-"<li> للسماح باستخدام جدولة FIFO والتخصيص الدوري (الوقت الفعلي) على عمليات "
-"خاصة وتعيين خوارزمية الجدولة التي يتم استخدامها بواسطة \n"
+"<ul><li> السماح بإظهار الأولوية وتعيين الأولوية في عمليات (UID مختلف) أخرى</li> \n"
+"<li> للسماح باستخدام جدولة FIFO والتخصيص الدوري (الوقت الفعلي) على عمليات خاصة وتعيين خوارزمية الجدولة التي يتم استخدامها بواسطة \n"
"عملية أخرى.</li> \n"
"<li> السماح بتعيين صلة cpu في عمليات أخرى </li></ul>"
@@ -1105,14 +1056,12 @@
"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n"
-"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling "
-"resources)</li>"
+"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251
msgid ""
-"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you "
-"can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
+"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n"
"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n"
@@ -1287,8 +1236,7 @@
"had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>أنواع التنبيه</b><br> <b>تنبيه مختصر:</b> \n"
-"ويلخص التنبيه العدد الإجمالي لإحداث النظام دون تقديم تفاصيل. <br>على سبيل "
-"المثال:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n"
+"ويلخص التنبيه العدد الإجمالي لإحداث النظام دون تقديم تفاصيل. <br>على سبيل المثال:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n"
"had 10 security events since\n"
" Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>"
@@ -1299,8 +1247,7 @@
"individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n"
"<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 "
-"2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1365,8 +1312,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n"
-"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</"
-"li>"
+"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. ----------------------------
@@ -1376,13 +1322,11 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
-"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control "
-"module. \n"
+"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n"
"You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n"
"by using the suggestions made by AppArmor."
msgstr ""
-"يعرض هذا المعالج إدخالات تم إنشاؤها بواسطة الوحدة النمطية درع التطبيقات "
-"الوصول إلى عنصر التحكم. \n"
+"يعرض هذا المعالج إدخالات تم إنشاؤها بواسطة الوحدة النمطية درع التطبيقات الوصول إلى عنصر التحكم. \n"
"يمكنك إنشاء ملفات تعريف أمان محسنة بشكل كبير\n"
"باستخدام الاقتراحات المقدمة من درع التطبيقات."
@@ -1419,9 +1363,7 @@
msgstr "<b>أوضاع الوصول</b><br>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six "
-"modes:"
+msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:"
msgstr "طرق الحصول على إذن للملف تتكون من مزيج من الأسئلة الستة التالية:"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129
@@ -1574,14 +1516,11 @@
"مثل csh(1)، bash(1)، zsh(1)."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
+msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
msgstr "<li><b>*</b> يمكن استبدال أي عدد من الأحرف باستثناء '/'<li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</"
-"li>"
+msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>**</b> يمكن استبدال أي عدد من الأحرف، بما في ذلك '/'</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202
@@ -1589,19 +1528,15 @@
msgstr "<li><b>؟</b> يمكن أن يحل محل أي حرف مفرد باستثناء '/'</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> سوف تحل محل حرف مفرد a, b, أو c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> سوف تحل محل حرف مفرد a, b, أو c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match "
-"cd</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214
@@ -1766,22 +1701,14 @@
"إدخال اسم hat لإنشاء hat جديدة أو اضغط إيقاف لإلغاء هذه المعالج."
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889
-msgid ""
-"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name "
-"or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"ملف التعريف يحتوي بالفعل على اسم hat. الرجاء إدخال اسم مختلف للمحاولة مرة "
-"أخرى، أو اضغط على إحباط لإلغاء هذا المعالج."
+msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
+msgstr "ملف التعريف يحتوي بالفعل على اسم hat. الرجاء إدخال اسم مختلف للمحاولة مرة أخرى، أو اضغط على إحباط لإلغاء هذا المعالج."
#. FIXME: format these texts better
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928
-msgid ""
-"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing "
-"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>في هذا النموذج يمكنك عرض وتعديل محتويات ملف التعريف الفردي. للإدخالات "
-"الموجودة يمكنك النقر نقراً مزدوجاً فوق الأذونات للوصول إلى مربع حوار تعديل.</p>"
+msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>في هذا النموذج يمكنك عرض وتعديل محتويات ملف التعريف الفردي. للإدخالات الموجودة يمكنك النقر نقراً مزدوجاً فوق الأذونات للوصول إلى مربع حوار تعديل.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933
@@ -1800,11 +1727,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop "
-"down list.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>إضافة الإدخال:</b><br>حدد نوع المورد لإضافته من القائمة المنسدلة.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>إضافة الإدخال:</b><br>حدد نوع المورد لإضافته من القائمة المنسدلة.</p>"
#. help text - part x1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947
@@ -1825,8 +1749,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959
msgid ""
"<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n"
-"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load "
-"time.</li>"
+"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>تضمين</b><br>إضافة إدخال تضمين لملف التعريف هذا. ويشمل هذا \n"
"الخيار إدخال محتويات ملف تعريف آخر في ملف التعريف هذا في وقت التحميل.</li>"
@@ -1835,8 +1758,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963
msgid ""
"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n"
-"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the "
-"profile. \n"
+"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n"
"You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>دخول شبكة</b><br>إضافة قاعدة دخول شبكة لملف التعريف هذا. \n"
@@ -1847,19 +1769,16 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969
msgid ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n"
-"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be "
-"selected\n"
+"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n"
"during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n"
"aware</b> application. \n"
-"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system "
-"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
+"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>إضافة ملف تعريف فرعي لملف التعريف هذا -يدعى Hat. \n"
"يماثل هذا الخيار إنشاء ملف تعريف جديد، والذي يمكن اختياره \n"
"أثناء التنفيذ فقط في سياق التعرض للطلب \n"
"من قبل <b>غير Hat علم</b> يدوياً. \n"
-"لمزيد من المعلومات حول تغيير Hat الرجاء راجع <b>تغيير Hat رجل</b> على النظام "
-"أو دليل إدارة AppArmor Novell.</li>"
+"لمزيد من المعلومات حول تغيير Hat الرجاء راجع <b>تغيير Hat رجل</b> على النظام أو دليل إدارة AppArmor Novell.</li>"
#. help text - part x7
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977
@@ -1868,19 +1787,15 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>حذف الإدخال:</b><br>إزالة الإدخال المحدد من ملف التعريف هذا .</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>حذف الإدخال:</b><br>إزالة الإدخال المحدد من ملف التعريف هذا .</p>"
#. help text - part y1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n"
-"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping "
-"the environment \n"
-"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These "
-"variables are:"
+"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n"
+"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:"
msgstr ""
#. help text - part y2
@@ -1944,12 +1859,8 @@
#. Widget activated in the table
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145
-msgid ""
-"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include "
-"entries."
-msgstr ""
-"تعذر تحرير إدخالات التضمين. الرجاء تحديد إضافة أو احذف لتتمكن من إدارة تضمين "
-"الإدخالات."
+msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries."
+msgstr "تعذر تحرير إدخالات التضمين. الرجاء تحديد إضافة أو احذف لتتمكن من إدارة تضمين الإدخالات."
#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294
@@ -1961,11 +1872,8 @@
msgstr "حدد الملف المطلوب تضمينه"
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335
-msgid ""
-"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these "
-"directories: \n"
-msgstr ""
-"لا يمكن #تضمين ملف. تضمين الملفات يجب أن يكون موجوداً في أحد المجلدات: \n"
+msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n"
+msgstr "لا يمكن #تضمين ملف. تضمين الملفات يجب أن يكون موجوداً في أحد المجلدات: \n"
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379
msgid "Save changes to the profile"
@@ -1997,8 +1905,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n"
-#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you "
-#~ "run the application, AppArmor will collect\n"
+#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n"
#~ "information about system resources it accesses.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><h1>التطبيق إلى ملف التعريف</h1>\n"
@@ -2028,14 +1935,10 @@
#~ msgstr "repConfHelp"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Security Incident Report (SIR):</b> A report that displays "
-#~ "security \n"
-#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy "
-#~ "violations \n"
-#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The "
-#~ "SIR \n"
-#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two "
-#~ "types \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Security Incident Report (SIR):</b> A report that displays security \n"
+#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy violations \n"
+#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The SIR \n"
+#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two types \n"
#~ "of security events are defined as follows:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>تقرير الحادث الأمن (SIR):</b> تقرير يعرض الأحداث \n"
@@ -2220,8 +2123,7 @@
#~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<b>أحداث أمان درع التطبيقات</b><p>\n"
-#~ "يتم من خلال هذا الجدول عرض الأحداث التي يتم العثور عليها والتي تطابق "
-#~ "معايير البحث الخاصة بك.\n"
+#~ "يتم من خلال هذا الجدول عرض الأحداث التي يتم العثور عليها والتي تطابق معايير البحث الخاصة بك.\n"
#~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data"
#~ msgstr "بيانات تقرير حدث درع التطبيقات"
@@ -2482,12 +2384,8 @@
#~ msgid "Audit"
#~ msgstr "مراجعة"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try "
-#~ "again."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "لا يظهر أن درع التطبيقات يعمل. الرجاء تمكين درع التطبيقات والمحاولة مرة "
-#~ "أخرى."
+#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again."
+#~ msgstr "لا يظهر أن درع التطبيقات يعمل. الرجاء تمكين درع التطبيقات والمحاولة مرة أخرى."
#~ msgid "Can't find apparmor profiles in %s."
#~ msgstr "لا يمكن العثور على ملفات تعريف درع التطبيقات في %s."
@@ -2718,8 +2616,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please make a \n"
-#~ "\t\tselection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the "
-#~ "profile."
+#~ "\t\tselection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "الرجاء تحديد\n"
#~ "\t\tمن التعريفات المدرجة في القائمة واضغط التالي لحذف التعريف."
@@ -2727,18 +2624,13 @@
#~ msgid "Selection a listed profile and press Next to edit the profile."
#~ msgstr "الرجاء قم بتحديد تعريف من القائمة واضغط التالي لتحرير ملف التعريف."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>يرجى الرجوع إلى هذا للحصول على معلومات أكثر تفصيلاً حول درع التطبيقات</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>يرجى الرجوع إلى هذا للحصول على معلومات أكثر تفصيلاً حول درع التطبيقات</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Generate Reports Help</b> <p>If there were, in fact, \n"
-#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to "
-#~ "be), \n"
-#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.</p><p>Thank you for your "
-#~ "time, \n"
+#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n"
+#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.</p><p>Thank you for your time, \n"
#~ "and have a nice day.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>توليد تعليمات التقارير</b> <p>إذا كان هناك أي مساعدة \n"
@@ -2774,32 +2666,14 @@
#~ msgid "Abo(r)t"
#~ msgstr "(ق) إيقاف"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows you to set "
-#~ "AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p><p>Complain mode "
-#~ "is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not "
-#~ "restrict the application's behavior.</p><p>Profiles in enforce mode are "
-#~ "protected by AppArmor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>تكوين وضع ملف التعريف</b><br>تتيح لك هذه الأداة إمكانية تعيين ملفات "
-#~ "تعريف AppArmor إلى وضع الشكوى أو الفرض.</p><p>يعتبر وضع الشكوى حالة تدريب "
-#~ "لملف تعريف يقوم بتسجيل نشاط التطبيق، ولكن لا يقوم بتقييد سلوك التطبيق.</"
-#~ "p><p>تتم حماية ملفات التعريف الموجودة في وضع الفرض بواسطة AppArmor.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p><p>Complain mode is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not restrict the application's behavior.</p><p>Profiles in enforce mode are protected by AppArmor.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>تكوين وضع ملف التعريف</b><br>تتيح لك هذه الأداة إمكانية تعيين ملفات تعريف AppArmor إلى وضع الشكوى أو الفرض.</p><p>يعتبر وضع الشكوى حالة تدريب لملف تعريف يقوم بتسجيل نشاط التطبيق، ولكن لا يقوم بتقييد سلوك التطبيق.</p><p>تتم حماية ملفات التعريف الموجودة في وضع الفرض بواسطة AppArmor.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ " <b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>\n"
-#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access "
-#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security "
-#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests "
-#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute "
-#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during "
-#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n"
-#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security "
-#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize "
-#~ "the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will "
-#~ "assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration "
-#~ "Guide for step-by-step instructions. <br><br>\n"
+#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n"
+#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions. <br><br>\n"
#~ " <b>Access Modes</b><br>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " File permission access modes consists of combinations of\n"
@@ -2885,21 +2759,16 @@
#~ "\t<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n"
#~ " '/'<li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " \t<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, "
-#~ "including '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " \t<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting "
-#~ "'/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or "
-#~ "c</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or "
-#~ "c</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule "
-#~ "to match\n"
+#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match\n"
#~ " cd</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " </ul>\n"
@@ -2909,14 +2778,11 @@
#~ " <b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and "
-#~ "unconstrained \n"
+#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n"
#~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n"
#~ " environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n"
-#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to "
-#~ "sanitize the\n"
-#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling "
-#~ "process.\n"
+#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n"
+#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n"
#~ " The variables are:\n"
#~ " <ul> \n"
#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n"
@@ -2942,16 +2808,8 @@
#~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " <b>معالج إنشاء ملفات تعريف AppArmor</b><br>\n"
-#~ " يقدم هذا المعالج إدخالات يتم إنشاؤها بواسطة الوحدة النمطية للتحكم "
-#~ "في الوصول إلى AppArmor. يمكنك إنشاء ملفات أمان محسنة بدرجة عالية وقوية "
-#~ "باستخدام الاقتراحات التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة AppArmor. يقترح AppArmor عليك "
-#~ "السماح بالوصول إلى موارد محددة أو رفضه أو تحديد تنفيذ الإذن للإدخالات. تم "
-#~ "تسجيل هذه الأسئلة، التي يتم عرضها، أثناء اختبار تنفيذ التطبيقات العادي "
-#~ "الذي تم إجراؤه مسبقًا. <br>\n"
-#~ " يصف نص التعليمات التالي تفاصيل بنية ملف تعريف الأمان الذي يستخدمه "
-#~ "AppArmor. <br><br>في أية مرحلة، قد تقوم بتخصيص إدخال ملف التعريف بتغيير "
-#~ "الاستجابة المقترحة. وستساعدك هذه النظرة العامة في الخيارات المتوفرة لديك. "
-#~ "ارجع إلى دليل المسؤول للحصول على الإرشادات التفصيلية.\n"
+#~ " يقدم هذا المعالج إدخالات يتم إنشاؤها بواسطة الوحدة النمطية للتحكم في الوصول إلى AppArmor. يمكنك إنشاء ملفات أمان محسنة بدرجة عالية وقوية باستخدام الاقتراحات التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة AppArmor. يقترح AppArmor عليك السماح بالوصول إلى موارد محددة أو رفضه أو تحديد تنفيذ الإذن للإدخالات. تم تسجيل هذه الأسئلة، التي يتم عرضها، أثناء اختبار تنفيذ التطبيقات العادي الذي تم إجراؤه مسبقًا. <br>\n"
+#~ " يصف نص التعليمات التالي تفاصيل بنية ملف تعريف الأمان الذي يستخدمه AppArmor. <br><br>في أية مرحلة، قد تقوم بتخصيص إدخال ملف التعريف بتغيير الاستجابة المقترحة. وستساعدك هذه النظرة العامة في الخيارات المتوفرة لديك. ارجع إلى دليل المسؤول للحصول على الإرشادات التفصيلية.\n"
#~ " <br><br>\n"
#~ " <b>أوضاع الوصول</b><br>\n"
#~ " \n"
@@ -2974,8 +2832,7 @@
#~ " المورد. يلزم وجود وصول قراءة لبرامج شل النصية\n"
#~ " ومحتوى آخر تم تنفيذه وأن يحدد ما إذا كان بإمكان\n"
#~ " عملية التنفيذ نسخ المكونات الرئيسية أو إرفاقها مع\n"
-#~ " ptrace(2). (يتم استخدام ptrace(2) بواسطة الأدوات المساعدة "
-#~ "مثل\n"
+#~ " ptrace(2). (يتم استخدام ptrace(2) بواسطة الأدوات المساعدة مثل\n"
#~ " strace(1) وltrace(1) وgdb(1).)\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
@@ -3019,8 +2876,7 @@
#~ " <br> \n"
#~ " <b>وضع الارتباط</b><br>\n"
#~ " للسماح للبرنامج بإمكانية إنشاء\n"
-#~ " ارتباط وإزالته باستخدام هذا الاسم (بما في ذلك الارتباطات "
-#~ "الرمزية). عند إنشاء\n"
+#~ " ارتباط وإزالته باستخدام هذا الاسم (بما في ذلك الارتباطات الرمزية). عند إنشاء\n"
#~ " ارتباط، يجب أن يحتوي الملف الذي يتم عمل ارتباط له\n"
#~ " على نفس أذونات الوصول مثل الارتباط الذي يتم إنشاؤه\n"
#~ " (باستثناء أنه لا يجب أن تحتوي الوجهة \n"
@@ -3040,8 +2896,7 @@
#~ " \t<li><b>*</b> يمكن أن يصبح بديلاً لأي عدد من الأحرف، باستثناء \n"
#~ " '/'<li>\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " \t<li><b>**</b> يمكن أن يصبح بديلاً لأي عدد من الأحرف، بما في "
-#~ "ذلك '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " \t<li><b>**</b> يمكن أن يصبح بديلاً لأي عدد من الأحرف، بما في ذلك '/'</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <li><b>?</b> يمكن أن يصبح بديلاً لأي حرف واحد باستثناء '/'</li>\n"
@@ -3050,8 +2905,7 @@
#~ " \n"
#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> سيصبح بديلاً للحرف الفرديa أو b أو c</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> سيمتد إلى قاعدة واحدة ليتوافق مع ab وقاعدة "
-#~ "واحدة ليتوافق مع\n"
+#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> سيمتد إلى قاعدة واحدة ليتوافق مع ab وقاعدة واحدة ليتوافق مع\n"
#~ " cd</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " </ul>\n"
@@ -3061,13 +2915,11 @@
#~ " <b>التنفيذ النظيف - للتنفيذ المؤمَّن</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " يوفر خيار التنفيذ النظيف الخاص بملف التعريف المنفصل وأذونات "
-#~ "التنفيذ غير المقيدة \n"
+#~ " يوفر خيار التنفيذ النظيف الخاص بملف التعريف المنفصل وأذونات التنفيذ غير المقيدة \n"
#~ " أمانًا إضافيًا بتجريد\n"
#~ " البيئة التي يتوارثها البرنامج الفرعي الخاص بمتغيرات \n"
#~ " محددة. ستتم مطالبتك باختيار إما أنك تريد تأمين\n"
-#~ " البيئة، إذا اخترت 'p' أو 'u' أثناء عملية معالجة إنشاء ملفات "
-#~ "التعريف.\n"
+#~ " البيئة، إذا اخترت 'p' أو 'u' أثناء عملية معالجة إنشاء ملفات التعريف.\n"
#~ " والمتغيرات هي: <ul> \n"
#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n"
#~ " <li>GETCONF_DIR</li>\n"
@@ -3094,17 +2946,8 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ " <b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>\n"
-#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access "
-#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security "
-#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests "
-#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute "
-#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during "
-#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n"
-#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security "
-#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize "
-#~ "the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist "
-#~ "you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide "
-#~ "for step-by-step instructions.<br><br>\n"
+#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n"
+#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions.<br><br>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " <b>Access Modes</b><br>\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -3156,8 +2999,7 @@
#~ " This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n"
#~ " be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n"
#~ " rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section\n"
-#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution "
-#~ "rights,\n"
+#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution rights,\n"
#~ "\t it is possible to bypass the mandatory\n"
#~ " constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n"
#~ " For more information on what is constrained, see the\n"
@@ -3189,22 +3031,16 @@
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " <ul>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, "
-#~ "excepting\n"
+#~ " <li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n"
#~ " '/'<li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, "
-#~ "including '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting "
-#~ "'/'</li>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or "
-#~ "c</li>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or "
-#~ "c</li>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule "
-#~ "to match cd</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " </ul>\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -3213,14 +3049,11 @@
#~ " <b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and "
-#~ "unconstrained \n"
+#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n"
#~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n"
#~ " enviroment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n"
-#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to "
-#~ "sanitize the\n"
-#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling "
-#~ "process.\n"
+#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n"
+#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n"
#~ " The variables are:\n"
#~ " <ul> \n"
#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n"
@@ -3247,16 +3080,8 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " <b>معالج إنشاء ملفات تعريف AppArmor</b><br>\n"
-#~ " يقدم هذا المعالج إدخالات يتم إنشاؤها بواسطة الوحدة النمطية للتحكم "
-#~ "في الوصول إلى AppArmor. يمكنك إنشاء ملفات أمان محسنة بدرجة عالية وقوية "
-#~ "باستخدام الاقتراحات التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة AppArmor. يقترح AppArmor عليك "
-#~ "السماح بالوصول إلى موارد محددة أو رفضه أو تحديد تنفيذ الإذن للإدخالات. تم "
-#~ "تسجيل هذه الأسئلة، التي يتم عرضها، أثناء اختبار تنفيذ التطبيقات العادي "
-#~ "الذي تم إجراؤه مسبقًا. <br>\n"
-#~ " يصف نص التعليمات التالي تفاصيل بنية ملف تعريف الأمان الذي يستخدمه "
-#~ "AppArmor. <br><br>في أية مرحلة، قد تقوم بتخصيص إدخال ملف التعريف بتجاوز "
-#~ "الاقتراح. وستساعدك هذه النظرة العامة في الخيارات المتوفرة لديك. ارجع إلى "
-#~ "دليل المسؤول للحصول على الإرشادات التفصيلية.\n"
+#~ " يقدم هذا المعالج إدخالات يتم إنشاؤها بواسطة الوحدة النمطية للتحكم في الوصول إلى AppArmor. يمكنك إنشاء ملفات أمان محسنة بدرجة عالية وقوية باستخدام الاقتراحات التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة AppArmor. يقترح AppArmor عليك السماح بالوصول إلى موارد محددة أو رفضه أو تحديد تنفيذ الإذن للإدخالات. تم تسجيل هذه الأسئلة، التي يتم عرضها، أثناء اختبار تنفيذ التطبيقات العادي الذي تم إجراؤه مسبقًا. <br>\n"
+#~ " يصف نص التعليمات التالي تفاصيل بنية ملف تعريف الأمان الذي يستخدمه AppArmor. <br><br>في أية مرحلة، قد تقوم بتخصيص إدخال ملف التعريف بتجاوز الاقتراح. وستساعدك هذه النظرة العامة في الخيارات المتوفرة لديك. ارجع إلى دليل المسؤول للحصول على الإرشادات التفصيلية.\n"
#~ " <br><br>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <b>أوضاع الوصول</b><br>\n"
@@ -3280,8 +3105,7 @@
#~ " المورد. يلزم وجود وصول قراءة لبرامج شل النصية\n"
#~ " ومحتوى آخر تم تنفيذه وأن يحدد ما إذا كان بإمكان\n"
#~ " عملية التنفيذ نسخ المكونات الرئيسية أو إرفاقها مع\n"
-#~ " ptrace(2). (يتم استخدام ptrace(2) بواسطة الأدوات المساعدة "
-#~ "مثل\n"
+#~ " ptrace(2). (يتم استخدام ptrace(2) بواسطة الأدوات المساعدة مثل\n"
#~ " strace(1) وltrace(1) وgdb(1).)\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
@@ -3325,8 +3149,7 @@
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <b>وضع الارتباط</b><br>\n"
#~ " للسماح للبرنامج بإمكانية إنشاء\n"
-#~ " ارتباط وإزالته باستخدام هذا الاسم (بما في ذلك الارتباطات "
-#~ "الرمزية). عند إنشاء\n"
+#~ " ارتباط وإزالته باستخدام هذا الاسم (بما في ذلك الارتباطات الرمزية). عند إنشاء\n"
#~ " ارتباط، يجب أن يحتوي الملف الذي يتم عمل ارتباط له\n"
#~ " على نفس أذونات الوصول مثل الارتباط الذي يتم إنشاؤه\n"
#~ " (باستثناء أنه لا يجب أن تحتوي الوجهة \n"
@@ -3346,16 +3169,13 @@
#~ " <li><b>*</b> يمكن أن يصبح بديلاً لأي عدد من الأحرف، باستثناء\n"
#~ " '/'<li>\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " <li><b>**</b> يمكن أن يصبح بديلاً لأي عدد من الأحرف، بما في "
-#~ "ذلك '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>**</b> يمكن أن يصبح بديلاً لأي عدد من الأحرف، بما في ذلك '/'</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <li><b>?</b> يمكن أن يصبح بديلاً لأي حرف واحد باستثناء '/'</li>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> سيصبح بديلاً للأحرف الفردية مثل a أو b أو c</"
-#~ "li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> سيصبح بديلاً للأحرف الفردية مثل a أو b أو c</li>\n"
#~ " <li><b>سيصبح [a-c]</b> بديلاً للحرف الفردي a أو b أو c</li>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> سيمتد إلى قاعدة واحدة ليتوافق مع ab وقاعدة "
-#~ "واحدة ليتوافق مع cd</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> سيمتد إلى قاعدة واحدة ليتوافق مع ab وقاعدة واحدة ليتوافق مع cd</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " </ul>\n"
#~ " \n"
@@ -3364,13 +3184,11 @@
#~ " <b>التنفيذ النظيف - للتنفيذ المؤمن</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " يوفر خيار تنظيف التنفيذ الخاص بملف التعريف المنفصل وأذونات "
-#~ "التنفيذ غير المقيدة \n"
+#~ " يوفر خيار تنظيف التنفيذ الخاص بملف التعريف المنفصل وأذونات التنفيذ غير المقيدة \n"
#~ " أمانًا إضافيًا بتجريد \n"
#~ " البيئة التي يتوارثها البرنامج الفرعي الخاص بمتغيرات \n"
#~ " محددة. ستتم مطالبتك باختيار إما أنك تريد تأمين\n"
-#~ " البيئة، إذا اخترت 'p' أو 'u' أثناء عملية معالجة إنشاء ملفات "
-#~ "التعريف.\n"
+#~ " البيئة، إذا اخترت 'p' أو 'u' أثناء عملية معالجة إنشاء ملفات التعريف.\n"
#~ " والمتغيرات هي: <ul> \n"
#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n"
#~ " <li>GETCONF_DIR</li>\n"
@@ -3396,346 +3214,30 @@
#~ " \n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow "
-#~ "administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and "
-#~ "configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's "
-#~ "syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> "
-#~ "<li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> "
-#~ "<li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> "
-#~ "Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow "
-#~ "VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> "
-#~ "<li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all "
-#~ "cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> "
-#~ "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, "
-#~ "semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared "
-#~ "memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged "
-#~ "pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting read ahead and "
-#~ "flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in "
-#~ "floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> "
-#~ "Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
-#~ "ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to "
-#~ "the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and "
-#~ "bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI "
-#~ "support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci "
-#~ "configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> "
-#~ "<li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 "
-#~ "commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI "
-#~ "controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting "
-#~ "encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ul><li> السماح بتكوين مفتاح الانتباه الآمن</li> <li> السماح بإدارة "
-#~ "الجهاز العشوائي</li> <li> السماح بفحص نسب القرص وتكوينها</li> <li> السماح "
-#~ "بتكوين syslog الخاص بـ kernel (سلوك printk)</li> <li> السماح بتعيين اسسم "
-#~ "المجال</li> <li> السماح بتعيين اسم المضيف</li> <li> السماح بالاتصال بـ</"
-#~ "li> <li>bdflush() السماح بـ mount() و umount()، إعداد اتصال smb جديد</li> "
-#~ "<li> السماح ببعض ioctls الجذر الخاصة بـ autofs</li> <li> السماح بـ "
-#~ "nfsservctl</li> <li> السماح بـ VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> السماح بقراءة/"
-#~ "كتابة تكوين pci على alpha</li> <li> السماح بـ irix_prctl علىmips "
-#~ "(setstacksize)</li> <li> السماح بمسح كافة أجزاء ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت "
-#~ "الموجودة علىm68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> السماح بإزالة إشارات البرامج</"
-#~ "li> <li> يُستخدم بدلاً من CAP_CHOWN لقوائم انتظار الرسائل وإشارات البرامج "
-#~ "والذاكرة المشتركة الخاصة بـ \"chown\" IPC</li> <li> السماح بقفل/إلغاء قفل "
-#~ "جزء الذاكرة المشترك</li> <li> السماح بتشغيل التبديل وإيقاف تشغيله</li> "
-#~ "<li> السماح بمرور أرقام معرفات العمليات في صلاحيات المأخذ</li> <li> "
-#~ "السماح بتعيين قراءة الذاكرات الوسيطة ومسحها في أجهزة القطع</li> <li> "
-#~ "السماح بتعيين الهندسة في برنامج تشغيل القرص المرن</li> <li> السماح "
-#~ "بتشغيلDMA وإيقاف تشغيله في برنامج تشغيل xd</li> <li> السماح بإدارة أجهزة "
-#~ "md (غالبية ما سبق، ولكن مع بعض ioctls الإضافية)</li> <li> السماح بتوليف "
-#~ "برنامج تشغيل ide</li> <li> السماح بالوصول إلى جهاز nvram</li> <li> "
-#~ "السماح بإدارةapm_bios، تسلسل وجهاز bttv (TV)</li> <li> السماح بأوامر "
-#~ "الشركة المصنعة في برنامج تشغيل دعم CAPI الخاص بـisdn</li> <li> السماح "
-#~ "بقراءة النسب غير القياسية لمساحة تكوين pci</li> <li> السماح بـ ioctl "
-#~ "الخاص بتصحيح DDI على برنامج تشغيل sbpcd</li> <li> السماح بإعداد المنافذ "
-#~ "التسلسلية</li> <li> السماح بإرسال أوامر qic-117 الأولية</li> <li> "
-#~ "السماح بتمكين/تعطيل قوائم الانتظار المميزة بعلامات في أجهزة تحكم SCSI "
-#~ "وإرسال أوامر SCSI العشوائية</li> <li> السماح بتعيين مفتاح التشفير في نظام "
-#~ "ملفات الاسترجاع </li></ul>"
+#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> <li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> <li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> <li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> <li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting
read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> <li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>"
+#~ msgstr "<ul><li> السماح بتكوين مفتاح الانتباه الآمن</li> <li> السماح بإدارة الجهاز العشوائي</li> <li> السماح بفحص نسب القرص وتكوينها</li> <li> السماح بتكوين syslog الخاص بـ kernel (سلوك printk)</li> <li> السماح بتعيين اسسم المجال</li> <li> السماح بتعيين اسم المضيف</li> <li> السماح بالاتصال بـ</li> <li>bdflush() السماح بـ mount() و umount()، إعداد اتصال smb جديد</li> <li> السماح ببعض ioctls الجذر الخاصة بـ autofs</li> <li> السماح بـ nfsservctl</li> <li> السماح بـ VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> السماح بقراءة/كتابة تكوين pci على alpha</li> <li> السماح بـ irix_prctl علىmips (setstacksize)</li> <li> السماح بمسح كافة أجزاء ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت الموجودة علىm68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <l
i> السماح بإزالة إشارات البرامج</li> <li> يُستخدم بدلاً من CAP_CHOWN لقوائم انتظار الرسائل وإشارات البرامج والذاكرة المشتركة الخاصة بـ \"chown\" IPC</li> <li> السماح بقفل/إلغاء قفل جزء الذاكرة المشترك</li> <li> السماح بتشغيل التبديل وإيقاف تشغيله</li> <li> السماح بمرور أرقام معرفات العمليات في صلاحيات المأخذ</li> <li> السماح بتعيين قراءة الذاكرات الوسيطة ومسحها في أجهزة القطع</li> <li> السماح بتعيين الهندسة في برنامج تشغيل القرص المرن</li> <li> السماح بتشغيلDMA وإيقاف تشغيله في برنامج تشغيل xd</li> <li> السماح بإدارة أجهزة md (غالبية ما سبق، ولكن مع بعض ioctls الإضافية)</li> <li> السماح بتولي
ف برنامج تشغيل ide</li> <li> السماح بالوصول إلى جهاز nvram</li> <li> السماح بإدارةapm_bios، تسلسل وجهاز bttv (TV)</li> <li> السماح بأوامر الشركة المصنعة في برنامج تشغيل دعم CAPI الخاص بـisdn</li> <li> السماح بقراءة النسب غير القياسية لمساحة تكوين pci</li> <li> السماح بـ ioctl الخاص بتصحيح DDI على برنامج تشغيل sbpcd</li> <li> السماح بإعداد المنافذ التسلسلية</li> <li> السماح بإرسال أوامر qic-117 الأولية</li> <li> السماح بتمكين/تعطيل قوائم الانتظار المميزة بعلامات في أجهزة تحكم SCSI وإرسال أوامر SCSI العشوائية</li> <li> السماح بتعيين مفتاح التشفير في نظام ملفات الاسترجاع </li></ul>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts "
-#~ "for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are "
-#~ "sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be "
-#~ "to send an alert. <br><br><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse "
-#~ "Notification:</b> Terse notification summarizes the total number of "
-#~ "system events without providing details. <br>For example:<br> dhcp-101."
-#~ "up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 "
-#~ "2004<br><br> <b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification "
-#~ "displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of "
-#~ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. "
-#~ "<br>For example:<br> SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability "
-#~ "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /"
-#~ "usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004."
-#~ "<br><br> <b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays "
-#~ "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an "
-#~ "event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security "
-#~ "events include the date and time the event occurred, when the "
-#~ "application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the "
-#~ "type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose "
-#~ "Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to "
-#~ "interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br> Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: "
-#~ "PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) "
-#~ "profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br<br> "
-#~ "<ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select "
-#~ "the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you "
-#~ "select <b>1 day</b> from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily "
-#~ "notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <br><br> <li> Enter "
-#~ "the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or "
-#~ "Verbose notifications. </li><br><br> <li>Select the lowest <b>severity "
-#~ "level</b> for which a notification should be sent. Security events will "
-#~ "be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the "
-#~ "interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity "
-#~ "level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if "
-#~ "security events occur.<br><br> <b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered "
-#~ "one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The "
-#~ "<b>severity.db</b> file defines the severity level of potential security "
-#~ "events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different "
-#~ "security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</"
-#~ "li> <li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if you would like "
-#~ "to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "تتيح لك الشاشة \"إعلام حدث الأمان\" إمكانية إعداد تنبيهات البريد "
-#~ "الإلكتروني لأحداث الأمان. في الخطوات التالية، حدد فترات إرسال التنبيهات "
-#~ "ومن سيتلقى التنبيه وخطورة حدث الأمان التي سيتم على أساسها إرسال التنبيه. "
-#~ "<br><br><b>أنواع الإعلامات</b><br> <b>إعلام موجز:</b> يتم من خلال الإعلام "
-#~ "الموجز تلخيص العدد الإجمالي لأحداث النظام دون تقديم تفاصيل. <br>مثال:"
-#~ "<br> حدثت 10 أحداث أمان لـ dhcp-101.up.wirex.com منذ الثلاثاء، 12 نوفمبر "
-#~ "عام 2004، الساعة:10:00<br><br> <b>إعلام تلخيصي:</b> يتم من خلال الإعلام "
-#~ "التلخيصي عرض أحداث أمان AppArmor المسجلة، كما يسرد عدد التكرارات الفردية، "
-#~ "متضمنًا ذلك تاريخ آخر تكرار. <br>مثال:<br> المجال الفرعي: منح الإذن "
-#~ "بالوصول إلى الإمكانية 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/"
-#~ "httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) مرتين، أحدثهما في يوم "
-#~ "السبت، 9 أكتوبر عام 2004، الساعة 16:05:54.<br><br> <b>إعلام مسهب:</b> يتم "
-#~ "من خلال الإعلام المسهب عرض أحداث أمان AppArmor المسجلة التي لم يتم "
-#~ "تعديلها. وهو يقوم بإعلامك في كل مرة يحدث فيها حدث ويقوم بكتابة سطر جديد "
-#~ "في السجل المسهب. وتتضمن أحداث الأمان هذه تاريخ حدوث الحدث ووقته، ووقت "
-#~ "قيام ملف تعريف التطبيق بمنح صلاحية الوصول أو وقت رفض منحها، بالإضافة إلى "
-#~ "نوع وصول إذن الملف الذي تم السماح به أو رفضه. كما يتم من خلال الإعلام "
-#~ "المسهب تقديم العديد من الرسائل التي تستخدمها الأداة logprof لترجمة ملفات "
-#~ "التعريف. <br>مثال:<br> 9 أكتوبر، الساعة 15:40:31 المجال الفرعي: "
-#~ "PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) "
-#~ "profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br<br> "
-#~ "<ol> <li> بالنسبة لكل نوع إعلام تريد تمكينه، حدد فترات تكرار الإعلام التي "
-#~ "تريدها. على سبيل المثال، إذا قمت بتحديد <b>يوم واحد</b> من القائمة "
-#~ "المنسدلة، سيتم إرسال إعلامات أحداث الأمان إليك يوميًا، في حالة حدوثها.</"
-#~ "li> <br><br> <li> أدخل عناوين البريد الإلكتروني للأشخاص الذين تريد إرسال "
-#~ "إعلامات موجزة أو تلخيصية أو مسهبة إليهم. </li><br><br> <li>حدد أقل "
-#~ "<b>مستوى خطورة</b> تريد إرسال الإعلام على أساسه. سيتم تسجيل أحداث الأمان "
-#~ "وسيتم إرسال الإعلام في الوقت المحدد حسب الفاصل الزمني عندما تتساوى "
-#~ "الأحداث مع مستوى الخطورة المحدد أو تزيد عنه. إذا كان الفاصل الزمني يومًا "
-#~ "واحدًا، سيتم إرسال الإعلام يوميًا، في حالة حدوث أحداث أمان.<br><br> "
-#~ "<b>مستويات الخطورة:</b> يتم ترقيم هذه المستويات من واحد إلى عشرة، ويشير "
-#~ "الرقم عشرة إلى حادث الأمان الأكثر خطورة. يتم من خلال الملف <b>severity."
-#~ "db</b> تحديد مستوى خطورة أحداث الأمان المحتملة. ويتم تحديد مستويات "
-#~ "الخطورة عن طريق أهمية أحداث الأمان المختلفة، مثل بعض الموارد التي تم "
-#~ "الوصول إليها أو الخدمات التي تم رفضها.</li> <li>حدد <b>تضمين أحداث الأمان "
-#~ "غير المعروفة</b> إذا كنت تريد تضمين أحداث ليست مصنفة بأي رقم خطورة.</li> "
-#~ "</ol>"
+#~ msgid "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be to send an alert. <br><br><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without providing details. <br>For example:<br> dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004<br><br> <b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. <br>For example:<br> SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.<br><br> <b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays unmodified
, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security events include the date and time the event occurred, when the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br> Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br<br> <ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you select <b>1 day</b> from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <br><br> <li> Enter the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications
. </li><br><br> <li>Select the lowest <b>severity level</b> for which a notification should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events occur.<br><br> <b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The <b>severity.db</b> file defines the severity level of potential security events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</li> <li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>"
+#~ msgstr "تتيح لك الشاشة \"إعلام حدث الأمان\" إمكانية إعداد تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني لأحداث الأمان. في الخطوات التالية، حدد فترات إرسال التنبيهات ومن سيتلقى التنبيه وخطورة حدث الأمان التي سيتم على أساسها إرسال التنبيه. <br><br><b>أنواع الإعلامات</b><br> <b>إعلام موجز:</b> يتم من خلال الإعلام الموجز تلخيص العدد الإجمالي لأحداث النظام دون تقديم تفاصيل. <br>مثال:<br> حدثت 10 أحداث أمان لـ dhcp-101.up.wirex.com منذ الثلاثاء، 12 نوفمبر عام 2004، الساعة:10:00<br><br> <b>إعلام تلخيصي:</b> يتم من خلال الإعلام التلخيصي عرض أحداث أمان AppArmor المسجلة، كما يسرد عدد التكرارات الفردية، متضمنًا ذلك
تاريخ آخر تكرار. <br>مثال:<br> المجال الفرعي: منح الإذن بالوصول إلى الإمكانية 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) مرتين، أحدثهما في يوم السبت، 9 أكتوبر عام 2004، الساعة 16:05:54.<br><br> <b>إعلام مسهب:</b> يتم من خلال الإعلام المسهب عرض أحداث أمان AppArmor المسجلة التي لم يتم تعديلها. وهو يقوم بإعلامك في كل مرة يحدث فيها حدث ويقوم بكتابة سطر جديد في السجل المسهب. وتتضمن أحداث الأمان هذه تاريخ حدوث الحدث ووقته، ووقت قيام ملف تعريف التطبيق بمنح صلاحية الوصول أو وقت رفض منحها، بالإضافة إلى نوع وصول إذن الملف الذي تم السماح به أو رفضه. كما يتم من خلال ال�
�علام المسهب تقديم العديد من الرسائل التي تستخدمها الأداة logprof لترجمة ملفات التعريف. <br>مثال:<br> 9 أكتوبر، الساعة 15:40:31 المجال الفرعي: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br<br> <ol> <li> بالنسبة لكل نوع إعلام تريد تمكينه، حدد فترات تكرار الإعلام التي تريدها. على سبيل المثال، إذا قمت بتحديد <b>يوم واحد</b> من القائمة المنسدلة، سيتم إرسال إعلامات أحداث الأمان إليك يوميًا، في حالة حدوثها.</li> <br><br> <li> أدخل عناوين البريد الإلكتروني للأشخاص الذين تريد إرسال إعلامات موجزة أو تلخيصية أو مسهبة إليهم. </li><br><br> <li>حدد أقل <b>مستوى �
�طورة</b> تريد إرسال الإعلام على أساسه. سيتم تسجيل أحداث الأمان وسيتم إرسال الإعلام في الوقت المحدد حسب الفاصل الزمني عندما تتساوى الأحداث مع مستوى الخطورة المحدد أو تزيد عنه. إذا كان الفاصل الزمني يومًا واحدًا، سيتم إرسال الإعلام يوميًا، في حالة حدوث أحداث أمان.<br><br> <b>مستويات الخطورة:</b> يتم ترقيم هذه المستويات من واحد إلى عشرة، ويشير الرقم عشرة إلى حادث الأمان الأكثر خطورة. يتم من خلال الملف <b>severity.db</b> تحديد مستوى خطورة أحداث الأمان المحتملة. ويتم تحديد مستويات الخطورة عن طريق أهمية أحداث الأمان المختلفة، مثل بعض الموارد التي تم الوصول إليها أ�
� الخدمات التي تم رفضها.</li> <li>حدد <b>تضمين أحداث الأمان غير المعروفة</b> إذا كنت تريد تضمين أحداث ليست مصنفة بأي رقم خطورة.</li> </ol>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived "
-#~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</"
-#~ "b><br><br> <ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become "
-#~ "active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of "
-#~ "the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for "
-#~ "definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to "
-#~ "enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: "
-#~ "<br><br> <b>Program Name Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or "
-#~ "pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of "
-#~ "interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for "
-#~ "a specific program.<br><br> <b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter "
-#~ "the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that "
-#~ "are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is "
-#~ "being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID Number:</b> Process "
-#~ "ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or "
-#~ "running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that "
-#~ "process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity "
-#~ "level for security events that you would like to be included in the "
-#~ "report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the "
-#~ "reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied "
-#~ "access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to "
-#~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> "
-#~ "<b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the "
-#~ "program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w "
-#~ "(write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type "
-#~ "describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options "
-#~ "are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> "
-#~ "Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or html file. The "
-#~ "CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a "
-#~ "standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You "
-#~ "can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full "
-#~ "pathname in the field provided.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يعمل مربع حوار تكوين التقارير على تمكين ترشيح التقرير المؤرشف الذي تم "
-#~ "تحديده في الشاشة السابقة. للترشيح حسب <b>نطاق التاريخ:</b><br><br> <ol> "
-#~ "<li>انقر فوق <b>ترشيح حسب نطاق التاريخ</b>. تصبح الحقول نشطة. <li>أدخل "
-#~ "تاريخ البدء وتاريخ النهاية اللذين يحددان نطاق التقرير. <li>أدخل معلمات "
-#~ "ترشيح أخرى. راجع أدناه للاطلاع على تعريفات المعلمات. </ol> تعمل "
-#~ "التعريفات التالية على المساعدة في إدخال معلمات الترشيح في \"مربع حوار "
-#~ "تكوين التقارير\". <br><br> <b>نمط اسم البرنامج:</b> عند إدخال اسم برنامج "
-#~ "أو نمط يتطابق مع اسم الملف التنفيذي الثنائي للبرنامج المطلوب، فسيتم من "
-#~ "خلال التقرير عرض أحداث الأمان التي حدثت لبرنامج محدد.<br><br> <b>نمط اسم "
-#~ "ملف التعريف:</b> عند إدخال اسم ملف التعريف، سيتم من خلال التقرير عرض "
-#~ "أحداث الأمان التي يتم إنشاؤها لملف التعريف المحدد. يمكنك استخدام هذا "
-#~ "لمعرفة ما يتم تقييده عن طريق ملف تعريف معين.<br><br> <b>رقم معرف العملية:"
-#~ "</b> رقم معرف العملية هو رقم يعمل بشكل فريد على تعريف عملية محددة واحدة "
-#~ "أو برنامج قيد التشغيل (يكون هذا الرقم صالحًا فقط أثناء مدة العملية)."
-#~ "<br><br> <b>مستوى الخطورة:</b> حدد أقل مستوى خطورة لأحداث الأمان والذي "
-#~ "تريد تضمينه في التقرير. سيتم تضمين مستوى الخطورة المحدد، وما فوقه، في "
-#~ "التقارير.<br><br> <b>التفاصيل:</b> مصدر تم رفض الوصول إليه من خلال ملف "
-#~ "التعريف. يتضمن هذا الإمكانيات والملفات. يمكنك استخدام هذا الحقل للإبلاغ "
-#~ "بأنه غير مسموح بالوصول إلى الموارد بواسطة ملفات التعريف.<br><br> <b>الوضع:"
-#~ "</b> يعتبر الوضع هو الإذن الذي يتم منحه من خلال ملف التعريف إلى البرنامج "
-#~ "أو العملية التي ينطبق عليها. وتكون الخيارات هي: ق (قراءة) ك (كتابة) ر "
-#~ "(ارتباط) ت (تنفيذ)<br><br> <b>نوع الوصول:</b> يوضح نوع الوصول الإجراء "
-#~ "الذي يتم تنفيذه فعليًا مع حدث الأمان. وتكون الخيارات هي: سماح أو رفض أو "
-#~ "مراجعة.<br><br> <b>CSV أو HTML:</b> يمنحك إمكانية تصدير ملف CSV (قيم "
-#~ "مفصولة بفواصل) أو ملف html. يتم من خلال ملف CSV الفصل بين أجزاء البيانات "
-#~ "في إدخالات السجلات بفواصل باستخدام تنسيق بيانات قياسي للاستيراد إلى "
-#~ "تطبيقات مبنية في جدول. يمكنك إدخال اسم مسار للتقرير الذي تم تصديره عن "
-#~ "طريق كتابة اسم المسار الكامل في الحقل المتوفر."
+#~ msgid "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b><br><br> <ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: <br><br> <b>Program Name Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program.<br><br> <b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID Number:</b
> Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or ht
ml file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "يعمل مربع حوار تكوين التقارير على تمكين ترشيح التقرير المؤرشف الذي تم تحديده في الشاشة السابقة. للترشيح حسب <b>نطاق التاريخ:</b><br><br> <ol> <li>انقر فوق <b>ترشيح حسب نطاق التاريخ</b>. تصبح الحقول نشطة. <li>أدخل تاريخ البدء وتاريخ النهاية اللذين يحددان نطاق التقرير. <li>أدخل معلمات ترشيح أخرى. راجع أدناه للاطلاع على تعريفات المعلمات. </ol> تعمل التعريفات التالية على المساعدة في إدخال معلمات الترشيح في \"مربع حوار تكوين التقارير\". <br><br> <b>نمط اسم البرنامج:</b> عند إدخال اسم برنامج أو نمط يتطابق مع اسم الملف التنفيذي الثنائي للبرنامج المطلوب، فسيتم من خلال ال�
�قرير عرض أحداث الأمان التي حدثت لبرنامج محدد.<br><br> <b>نمط اسم ملف التعريف:</b> عند إدخال اسم ملف التعريف، سيتم من خلال التقرير عرض أحداث الأمان التي يتم إنشاؤها لملف التعريف المحدد. يمكنك استخدام هذا لمعرفة ما يتم تقييده عن طريق ملف تعريف معين.<br><br> <b>رقم معرف العملية:</b> رقم معرف العملية هو رقم يعمل بشكل فريد على تعريف عملية محددة واحدة أو برنامج قيد التشغيل (يكون هذا الرقم صالحًا فقط أثناء مدة العملية).<br><br> <b>مستوى الخطورة:</b> حدد أقل مستوى خطورة لأحداث الأمان والذي تريد تضمينه في التقرير. سيتم تضمين مستوى الخطورة المحدد، وما فوقه، في التقارير.<br><br> <
b>التفاصيل:</b> مصدر تم رفض الوصول إليه من خلال ملف التعريف. يتضمن هذا الإمكانيات والملفات. يمكنك استخدام هذا الحقل للإبلاغ بأنه غير مسموح بالوصول إلى الموارد بواسطة ملفات التعريف.<br><br> <b>الوضع:</b> يعتبر الوضع هو الإذن الذي يتم منحه من خلال ملف التعريف إلى البرنامج أو العملية التي ينطبق عليها. وتكون الخيارات هي: ق (قراءة) ك (كتابة) ر (ارتباط) ت (تنفيذ)<br><br> <b>نوع الوصول:</b> يوضح نوع الوصول الإجراء الذي يتم تنفيذه فعليًا مع حدث الأمان. وتكون الخيارات هي: سماح أو رفض أو مراجعة.<br><br> <b>CSV أو HTML:</b> يمنحك إمكانية تصدير ملف CSV (قيم مفصولة بفواصل) أو ملف html. يتم من خل�
�ل ملف CSV الفصل بين أجزاء البيانات في إدخالات السجلات بفواصل باستخدام تنسيق بيانات قياسي للاستيراد إلى تطبيقات مبنية في جدول. يمكنك إدخال اسم مسار للتقرير الذي تم تصديره عن طريق كتابة اسم المسار الكامل في الحقل المتوفر."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated "
-#~ "version of one of the following reports. <b>Executive Security Summary:</"
-#~ "b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports "
-#~ "from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of "
-#~ "security events on multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit "
-#~ "Report:</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are "
-#~ "running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. "
-#~ "Application servers are applications that accept incoming network "
-#~ "connections. <br><br> <b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that "
-#~ "displays application security for a single host. It reports policy "
-#~ "violations for locally confined applications during a specific time "
-#~ "period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يتم من خلال شاشة التقرير AppArmor On-Demand Report عرض إصدار يتم إنشاؤه "
-#~ "بشكل فوري لأحد التقارير التالية. <b>ملخص أمان تنفيذي:</b> هو تقرير مدمج، "
-#~ "يحتوي على تقرير حادث أمان واحد أو أكثر من جهاز واحد أو أكثر. يعمل هذا "
-#~ "التقرير على تقديم عرض فردي لأحداث الأمان على أجهزة متعددة.<br><br> "
-#~ "<b>تقرير مراجعة التطبيقات:</b> أداة مراجعة يتم من خلالها الإبلاغ عن خوادم "
-#~ "التطبيقات التي يتم تشغيلها وما إذا كانت هذه التطبيقات مقيدة بواسطة "
-#~ "AppArmor. وتعتبر خوادم التطبيقات تطبيقات يتم من خلالها قبول اتصالات "
-#~ "الشبكة. <br><br> <b>تقرير حوادث الأمان:</b> تقرير يتم من خلاله عرض أمان "
-#~ "التطبيق لمضيف واحد. ويتم من خلاله الإبلاغ عن انتهاكات السياسة للتطبيقات "
-#~ "المقيدة محليًا أثناء فترة زمنية محددة. يمكنك تحرير هذا التقرير وتخصيصه، أو "
-#~ "إضافة إصدارات جديدة."
+#~ msgid "<p>The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated version of one of the following reports. <b>Executive Security Summary:</b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit Report:</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. <br><br> <b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "يتم من خلال شاشة التقرير AppArmor On-Demand Report عرض إصدار يتم إنشاؤه بشكل فوري لأحد التقارير التالية. <b>ملخص أمان تنفيذي:</b> هو تقرير مدمج، يحتوي على تقرير حادث أمان واحد أو أكثر من جهاز واحد أو أكثر. يعمل هذا التقرير على تقديم عرض فردي لأحداث الأمان على أجهزة متعددة.<br><br> <b>تقرير مراجعة التطبيقات:</b> أداة مراجعة يتم من خلالها الإبلاغ عن خوادم التطبيقات التي يتم تشغيلها وما إذا كانت هذه التطبيقات مقيدة بواسطة AppArmor. وتعتبر خوادم التطبيقات تطبيقات يتم من خلالها قبول اتصالات الشبكة. <br><br> <b>تقرير حوادث الأمان:</b> تقرير يتم من خلاله عرض أمان التطبيق لمضيف
واحد. ويتم من خلاله الإبلاغ عن انتهاكات السياسة للتطبيقات المقيدة محليًا أثناء فترة زمنية محددة. يمكنك تحرير هذا التقرير وتخصيصه، أو إضافة إصدارات جديدة."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report "
-#~ "selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b><br><br> "
-#~ "<ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active. "
-#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the "
-#~ "report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions "
-#~ "of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the "
-#~ "filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: <b>Program Name "
-#~ "Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the "
-#~ "name of the executable process of interest, the report will display "
-#~ "security events that have occurred for a specific program.<br><br> "
-#~ "<b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter the name of the security "
-#~ "profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the "
-#~ "security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use "
-#~ "this to see what is being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID "
-#~ "Number:</b> Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one "
-#~ "specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the "
-#~ "lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the "
-#~ "lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be "
-#~ "included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be "
-#~ "included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the "
-#~ "profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can "
-#~ "use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by "
-#~ "profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the "
-#~ "profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The "
-#~ "options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access "
-#~ "Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the "
-#~ "security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING."
-#~ "<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated "
-#~ "values) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log "
-#~ "entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-"
-#~ "oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report "
-#~ "by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يعمل مربع حوار تكوين التقارير على تمكين ترشيح التقرير الذي تم تحديده في "
-#~ "الشاشة السابقة. للترشيح حسب <b>نطاق التاريخ:</b><br><br> <ol> <li>انقر "
-#~ "فوق <b>ترشيح حسب نطاق التاريخ</b>. تصبح الحقول نشطة. <li>أدخل تاريخ "
-#~ "البدء وتاريخ النهاية اللذين يحددان نطاق التقرير. <li>أدخل معلمات ترشيح "
-#~ "أخرى. راجع أدناه للاطلاع على تعريفات المعلمات. </ol> تعمل التعريفات "
-#~ "التالية على المساعدة في إدخال معلمات الترشيح في \"مربع حوار تكوين التقارير"
-#~ "\". <b>نمط اسم البرنامج:</b> عند إدخال اسم برنامج أو نمط يتطابق مع اسم "
-#~ "العملية المطلوبة القابلة للتنفيذ، سيتم من خلال التقرير عرض أحداث الأمان "
-#~ "التي حدثت لبرنامج محدد.<br><br> <b>نمط اسم ملف التعريف:</b> عند إدخال اسم "
-#~ "ملف تعريف الأمان الذي ينطبق على العملية، سيتم من خلال التقرير عرض أحداث "
-#~ "الأمان التي يتم إنشاؤها لملف التعريف المحدد. يمكنك استخدام هذا لمعرفة ما "
-#~ "يتم تقييده عن طريق ملف تعريف معين.<br><br> <b>رقم معرف العملية:</b> رقم "
-#~ "معرف العملية هو رقم يعمل بشكل فريد على تعريف عملية محددة واحدة أو برنامج "
-#~ "قيد التشغيل (يكون هذا الرقم صالحًا فقط أثناء مدة العملية).<br><br> "
-#~ "<b>مستوى الخطورة:</b> حدد أقل مستوى خطورة لأحداث الأمان والذي تريد تضمينه "
-#~ "في التقرير. سيتم تضمين مستوى الخطورة المحدد، وما فوقه، في التقارير."
-#~ "<br><br> <b>التفاصيل:</b> مصدر تم رفض الوصول إليه من خلال ملف التعريف. "
-#~ "يتضمن هذا الإمكانيات والملفات. يمكنك استخدام هذا الحقل للإبلاغ بأنه غير "
-#~ "مسموح بالوصول إلى الموارد بواسطة ملفات التعريف.<br><br> <b>الوضع:</b> "
-#~ "يعتبر الوضع هو الإذن الذي يتم منحه من خلال ملف التعريف إلى البرنامج أو "
-#~ "العملية التي ينطبق عليها. وتكون الخيارات هي: r (قراءة) w (كتابة) l "
-#~ "(ارتباط) x (تنفيذ)<br><br> <b>نوع الوصول:</b> يوضح نوع الوصول الإجراء "
-#~ "الذي يتم تنفيذه فعليًا مع حدث الأمان. وتكون الخيارات هي: سماح أو رفض أو "
-#~ "مراجعة.<br><br> <b>CSV أو HTML:</b> يمنحك إمكانية تصدير ملف CSV (قيم "
-#~ "مفصولة بفواصل) أو ملف html. يتم من خلال ملف CSV الفصل بين أجزاء البيانات "
-#~ "في إدخالات السجلات بفواصل باستخدام تنسيق بيانات قياسي للاستيراد إلى "
-#~ "تطبيقات مبنية في جدول. يمكنك إدخال اسم مسار للتقرير الذي تم تصديره عن "
-#~ "طريق كتابة اسم المسار الكامل في الحقل المتوفر.<br><br>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b><br><br> <ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: <b>Program Name Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the executable process of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program.<br><br> <b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter the name of the security profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID Num
ber:</b> Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values
) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "يعمل مربع حوار تكوين التقارير على تمكين ترشيح التقرير الذي تم تحديده في الشاشة السابقة. للترشيح حسب <b>نطاق التاريخ:</b><br><br> <ol> <li>انقر فوق <b>ترشيح حسب نطاق التاريخ</b>. تصبح الحقول نشطة. <li>أدخل تاريخ البدء وتاريخ النهاية اللذين يحددان نطاق التقرير. <li>أدخل معلمات ترشيح أخرى. راجع أدناه للاطلاع على تعريفات المعلمات. </ol> تعمل التعريفات التالية على المساعدة في إدخال معلمات الترشيح في \"مربع حوار تكوين التقارير\". <b>نمط اسم البرنامج:</b> عند إدخال اسم برنامج أو نمط يتطابق مع اسم العملية المطلوبة القابلة للتنفيذ، سيتم من خلال التقرير عرض أحداث الأما�
� التي حدثت لبرنامج محدد.<br><br> <b>نمط اسم ملف التعريف:</b> عند إدخال اسم ملف تعريف الأمان الذي ينطبق على العملية، سيتم من خلال التقرير عرض أحداث الأمان التي يتم إنشاؤها لملف التعريف المحدد. يمكنك استخدام هذا لمعرفة ما يتم تقييده عن طريق ملف تعريف معين.<br><br> <b>رقم معرف العملية:</b> رقم معرف العملية هو رقم يعمل بشكل فريد على تعريف عملية محددة واحدة أو برنامج قيد التشغيل (يكون هذا الرقم صالحًا فقط أثناء مدة العملية).<br><br> <b>مستوى الخطورة:</b> حدد أقل مستوى خطورة لأحداث الأمان والذي تريد تضمينه في التقرير. سيتم تضمين مستوى الخطورة المحدد، وما فوقه، في التقارير
.<br><br> <b>التفاصيل:</b> مصدر تم رفض الوصول إليه من خلال ملف التعريف. يتضمن هذا الإمكانيات والملفات. يمكنك استخدام هذا الحقل للإبلاغ بأنه غير مسموح بالوصول إلى الموارد بواسطة ملفات التعريف.<br><br> <b>الوضع:</b> يعتبر الوضع هو الإذن الذي يتم منحه من خلال ملف التعريف إلى البرنامج أو العملية التي ينطبق عليها. وتكون الخيارات هي: r (قراءة) w (كتابة) l (ارتباط) x (تنفيذ)<br><br> <b>نوع الوصول:</b> يوضح نوع الوصول الإجراء الذي يتم تنفيذه فعليًا مع حدث الأمان. وتكون الخيارات هي: سماح أو رفض أو مراجعة.<br><br> <b>CSV أو HTML:</b> يمنحك إمكانية تصدير ملف CSV (قيم مفصولة بفواصل) أو ملف html. يتم م�
� خلال ملف CSV الفصل بين أجزاء البيانات في إدخالات السجلات بفواصل باستخدام تنسيق بيانات قياسي للاستيراد إلى تطبيقات مبنية في جدول. يمكنك إدخال اسم مسار للتقرير الذي تم تصديره عن طريق كتابة اسم المسار الكامل في الحقل المتوفر.<br><br>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are "
-#~ "scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or "
-#~ "hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also "
-#~ "be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients.<br><br> In "
-#~ "the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of "
-#~ "security reports:<br><br> <b>Executive Security Summary:</b> A combined "
-#~ "report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or "
-#~ "more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on "
-#~ "multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit Report:</b> An auditing "
-#~ "tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the "
-#~ "applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are "
-#~ "applications that accept incoming network connections. <br><br> "
-#~ "<b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that displays application "
-#~ "security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally "
-#~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and "
-#~ "customize this report, or add new versions.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "يتم من خلال ملخص صفحة التقارير المجدولة إظهار وقت تشغيل التقارير "
-#~ "المجدولة. يمكن تعيين التقارير ليتم تشغيلها شهريًا أو أسبوعيًا أو يوميًا أو "
-#~ "كل ساعة. وتكون الإعدادات الافتراضية يوميًا عند منتصف الليل. يمكن أيضًا "
-#~ "إرسال التقارير بالبريد الإلكتروني، أو عند الاكتمال، إلى ثلاثة مستلمين "
-#~ "للبريد الإلكتروني بحد أقصى.<br><br> في القسم \"تعيين الجدول\"، يمكنك "
-#~ "جدولة الأنواع الثلاث التالية من تقارير الأمان:<br><br> <b>ملخص أمان "
-#~ "تنفيذي:</b> تقرير مدمج، يحتوي على تقرير حادث أمان واحد أو أكثر من جهاز "
-#~ "واحد أو أكثر. يعمل هذا التقرير على تقديم عرض فردي لأحداث الأمان على "
-#~ "أجهزة متعددة.<br><br> <b>تقرير مراجعة التطبيقات:</b> أداة مراجعة يتم من "
-#~ "خلالها الإبلاغ عن خوادم التطبيقات التي يتم تشغيلها وما إذا كانت هذه "
-#~ "التطبيقات مقيدة بواسطة AppArmor. وتعتبر خوادم التطبيقات تطبيقات يتم من "
-#~ "خلالها قبول اتصالات الشبكة. <br><br> <b>تقرير حوادث الأمان:</b> تقرير يتم "
-#~ "من خلاله عرض أمان التطبيق لمضيف واحد. ويتم من خلاله الإبلاغ عن انتهاكات "
-#~ "السياسة للتطبيقات المقيدة محليًا أثناء فترة زمنية محددة. يمكنك تحرير هذا "
-#~ "التقرير وتخصيصه، أو إضافة إصدارات جديدة."
+#~ msgid "<p>The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients.<br><br> In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports:<br><br> <b>Executive Security Summary:</b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit Report:</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. <br><br> <b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally conf
ined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "يتم من خلال ملخص صفحة التقارير المجدولة إظهار وقت تشغيل التقارير المجدولة. يمكن تعيين التقارير ليتم تشغيلها شهريًا أو أسبوعيًا أو يوميًا أو كل ساعة. وتكون الإعدادات الافتراضية يوميًا عند منتصف الليل. يمكن أيضًا إرسال التقارير بالبريد الإلكتروني، أو عند الاكتمال، إلى ثلاثة مستلمين للبريد الإلكتروني بحد أقصى.<br><br> في القسم \"تعيين الجدول\"، يمكنك جدولة الأنواع الثلاث التالية من تقارير الأمان:<br><br> <b>ملخص أمان تنفيذي:</b> تقرير مدمج، يحتوي على تقرير حادث أمان واحد أو أكثر من جهاز واحد أو أكثر. يعمل هذا التقرير على تقديم عرض فردي لأحداث الأمان
على أجهزة متعددة.<br><br> <b>تقرير مراجعة التطبيقات:</b> أداة مراجعة يتم من خلالها الإبلاغ عن خوادم التطبيقات التي يتم تشغيلها وما إذا كانت هذه التطبيقات مقيدة بواسطة AppArmor. وتعتبر خوادم التطبيقات تطبيقات يتم من خلالها قبول اتصالات الشبكة. <br><br> <b>تقرير حوادث الأمان:</b> تقرير يتم من خلاله عرض أمان التطبيق لمضيف واحد. ويتم من خلاله الإبلاغ عن انتهاكات السياسة للتطبيقات المقيدة محليًا أثناء فترة زمنية محددة. يمكنك تحرير هذا التقرير وتخصيصه، أو إضافة إصدارات جديدة."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy "
-#~ "enforcement module is loaded and functioning.</p> <p><b>Security Event "
-#~ "Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want to be notified by "
-#~ "email when access violations have occurred.</p> <p><b>Profile Modes</"
-#~ "b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual "
-#~ "profiles.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>حالة AppArmor</b><br>يتم من خلال هذا الخيار الإبلاغ عما إذا كان قد "
-#~ "تم تحميل الوحدة النمطية لسياسة AppArmor وما إذا كانت قيد التشغيل.</p> "
-#~ "<p><b>إعلام حدث الأمان</b><br>قم بتكوين هذه الأداة إذا كنت تريد أن يتم "
-#~ "إعلامك عبر البريد الإلكتروني عند حدوث انتهاكات في الوصول.</p> <p><b>أوضاع "
-#~ "ملف التعريف</b><br>استخدم هذه الأداة لتغيير الطريقة التي يستخدم بها "
-#~ "AppArmor ملفات التعريف الفردية.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement module is loaded and functioning.</p> <p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p> <p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual profiles.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>حالة AppArmor</b><br>يتم من خلال هذا الخيار الإبلاغ عما إذا كان قد تم تحميل الوحدة النمطية لسياسة AppArmor وما إذا كانت قيد التشغيل.</p> <p><b>إعلام حدث الأمان</b><br>قم بتكوين هذه الأداة إذا كنت تريد أن يتم إعلامك عبر البريد الإلكتروني عند حدوث انتهاكات في الوصول.</p> <p><b>أوضاع ملف التعريف</b><br>استخدم هذه الأداة لتغيير الطريقة التي يستخدم بها AppArmor ملفات التعريف الفردية.</p>"
#~ msgid "Email address is too long. Please enter another address."
#~ msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني طويل للغاية. الرجاء إدخال عنوان آخر."
@@ -3815,12 +3317,8 @@
#~ "# الفترة: %s إلى %s\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<tr><th colspan='7'>Executive Security Summary - Generated by AppArmor</"
-#~ "th></tr>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<tr><th colspan='7'>ملخص الأمان التنفيذي - تم إنشاؤه بواسطةAppArmor </"
-#~ "th></tr>"
+#~ msgid "<tr><th colspan='7'>Executive Security Summary - Generated by AppArmor</th></tr>"
+#~ msgstr "<tr><th colspan='7'>ملخص الأمان التنفيذي - تم إنشاؤه بواسطةAppArmor </th></tr>"
#~ msgid "<tr><th colspan='7'>Period: %s to %s</th></tr>\n"
#~ msgstr "<tr><th colspan='7'>الفترة: %s إلى %s</th></tr>\n"
@@ -3835,12 +3333,8 @@
#~ "# تاريخ التشغيل: %s\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<table border='1' cellpadding='2'><tr><th colspan='7'>Applications Audit "
-#~ "Report - Generated by AppArmor</th></tr>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<table border='1' cellpadding='2'><tr><th colspan='7'>تقرير مراجعة "
-#~ "التطبيقات - تم إنشاؤه بواسطة AppArmor</th></tr>\n"
+#~ msgid "<table border='1' cellpadding='2'><tr><th colspan='7'>Applications Audit Report - Generated by AppArmor</th></tr>\n"
+#~ msgstr "<table border='1' cellpadding='2'><tr><th colspan='7'>تقرير مراجعة التطبيقات - تم إنشاؤه بواسطة AppArmor</th></tr>\n"
#~ msgid "<h4>The following filters were used for report generation:</h4>"
#~ msgstr "<h4>تم استخدام المرشحات التالية لإنشاء التقرير:</h4>"
@@ -3851,45 +3345,32 @@
#~ msgid "<h4>No filters were used for report generation.</h4>"
#~ msgstr "<h4>لم يتم استخدام المرشحات التالية لإنشاء التقرير.</h4>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Fatal Error: Couldn't get report configuration information %s. Exiting."
+#~ msgid "Fatal Error: Couldn't get report configuration information %s. Exiting."
#~ msgstr "خطأ فادح: تعذر الحصول على معلومات تكوين التقرير %s. سيتم الخروج."
#~ msgid "Error: Couldn't open (tmp) %s. ESS report execution not tracked."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "خطأ: تعذر فتح (tmp) %s. لم يتم تعقب تنفيذ تقرير ملخص الأمان التنفيذي "
-#~ "(ESS)."
+#~ msgstr "خطأ: تعذر فتح (tmp) %s. لم يتم تعقب تنفيذ تقرير ملخص الأمان التنفيذي (ESS)."
#~ msgid "Error: Couldn't open %s. ESS report execution not tracked."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "خطأ: تعذر فتح %s. لم يتم تعقب تنفيذ تقرير ملخص الأمان التنفيذي (ESS)."
+#~ msgstr "خطأ: تعذر فتح %s. لم يتم تعقب تنفيذ تقرير ملخص الأمان التنفيذي (ESS)."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Error: Necessary input missing. Unable to generate report and send mail."
+#~ msgid "Error: Necessary input missing. Unable to generate report and send mail."
#~ msgstr "خطأ: فقدان الإدخال اللازم. يتعذر إنشاء تقرير وإرسال بريد."
#~ msgid "Error: Couldn't open %s. No ESS csv report generated."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "خطأ: تعذر فتح %s. لم يتم إنشاء تقرير csv خاص بملخص الأمان التنفيذي (ESS)."
+#~ msgstr "خطأ: تعذر فتح %s. لم يتم إنشاء تقرير csv خاص بملخص الأمان التنفيذي (ESS)."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<tr bgcolor='edefff'><td>Hostname</td><td>Start Date</td><td>End Date</td>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<tr bgcolor='edefff'><td>اسم المضيف</td><td>تاريخ البدء</td><td>تاريخ "
-#~ "الانتهاء</td>"
+#~ msgid "<tr bgcolor='edefff'><td>Hostname</td><td>Start Date</td><td>End Date</td>"
+#~ msgstr "<tr bgcolor='edefff'><td>اسم المضيف</td><td>تاريخ البدء</td><td>تاريخ الانتهاء</td>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<td>Highest Severity</td><td>Mean Severity</td><td>Number of REJECTs</td>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<td>أعلى مستوى خطورة</td><td>خطورة متوسطة</td><td>عدد عمليات الرفض</td>"
+#~ msgid "<td>Highest Severity</td><td>Mean Severity</td><td>Number of REJECTs</td>"
+#~ msgstr "<td>أعلى مستوى خطورة</td><td>خطورة متوسطة</td><td>عدد عمليات الرفض</td>"
#~ msgid "<td>Number of Events</td></tr>\n"
#~ msgstr "<td>عدد الأحداث</td></tr>\n"
#~ msgid "Error: Couldn't open %s. No ESS html report generated."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "خطأ: تعذر فتح %s. لم يتم إنشاء تقرير html خاص بملخص الأمان التنفيذي "
-#~ "(ESS)."
+#~ msgstr "خطأ: تعذر فتح %s. لم يتم إنشاء تقرير html خاص بملخص الأمان التنفيذي (ESS)."
#~ msgid "Error: Couldn't open %s. No AUD report generated."
#~ msgstr "خطأ: تعذر فتح %s. لم يتم إنشاء تقرير مراجعة التطبيقات (AUD)."
@@ -3897,16 +3378,11 @@
#~ msgid "<h3>Applications Audit Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>\n"
#~ msgstr "<h3>تقرير مراجعة التطبيقات- تم إنشاؤه بواسطة AppArmor</h3>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<tr bgcolor='edefff'><td>Hostname</td><td>Date</td><td>Application</td>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<tr bgcolor='edefff'><td>اسم المضيف</td><td>التاريخ</td><td>التطبيق</td>"
+#~ msgid "<tr bgcolor='edefff'><td>Hostname</td><td>Date</td><td>Application</td>"
+#~ msgstr "<tr bgcolor='edefff'><td>اسم المضيف</td><td>التاريخ</td><td>التطبيق</td>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<td>Profile</td><td>PID</td><td>State</td><td>AppArmor Profile</td></tr>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<td>ملف التعريف</td><td>معرف العملية</td><td>الحالة</td><td>ملف تعريف "
-#~ "AppArmor</td></tr>\n"
+#~ msgid "<td>Profile</td><td>PID</td><td>State</td><td>AppArmor Profile</td></tr>\n"
+#~ msgstr "<td>ملف التعريف</td><td>معرف العملية</td><td>الحالة</td><td>ملف تعريف AppArmor</td></tr>\n"
#~ msgid "Error: Couldn't open %s. No SIR report generated."
#~ msgstr "خطأ: تعذر فتح %s. لم يتم إنشاء تقرير حوادث الأمان (SIR)."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:32:54 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89756
Added:
trunk/yast/da/po/cio.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/base.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/country.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/gtk.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/isns.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/lxc.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/mail.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses-pkg.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/nis.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/pam.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/rear.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/registration.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/s390.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/security.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/sound.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/squid.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/sudo.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/support.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/wagon.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/wol.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po
trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Tillægsprodukter"
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Initialiserer tillægsprodukt...</p>"
@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukendt"
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "Installation af tillægsprodukt"
@@ -249,33 +249,33 @@
#. ...
#. ]
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "Intet produkt fundet på softwarekilden."
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr "Ingen softwarekilde fundet på mediet."
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "Initialiserer ny kilde..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, mappe: %2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr "Udvalg af softwarekilder"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
"Der er flere softwarekilder på det valgte medium.\n"
"Vælg den softwarekilde der skal bruges.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr "Softwarekilder &fundet"
@@ -297,34 +297,34 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig afbryde instalationen af tillægsproduktet?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "Vælg en softwarekilde."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "Tillægsproduktets afhængigheder kunne ikke tilfredsstilles."
# dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "Produktvalg"
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "Tilgængelige produkter"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -335,12 +335,12 @@
"vil installere.</p>\n"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "De valgte tillægsprodukters afhængigheder kunne ikke tilfredsstilles."
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
@@ -353,102 +353,102 @@
"skal du markere det og vælge <b>Slet</b>.</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "%1, mappe: %2"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Produkt"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Medie"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr "Vælg det produkt der skal slettes."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr "Fjerner valgt tillægsprodukt..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "Installerede tillægsprodukter"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "Tillægsprodukt"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr "Kør &håndtering af software..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Alle tillægsprodukter som er installeret på dit system vises.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Klik på <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje et nyt tillægsprodukt, eller <b>Slet</b> for at fjerne et tillæg, som er i brug.</p>"
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Leverandør:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "Ukendt leverandør"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "Ukendt version"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>URL for softwarekilde:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "Ukendt URL for softwarekilde"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Alias for softwarekilde:</b> %1<br>"
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Ukendt produkt"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "Ukendt URL"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig slette det?"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr "Fjerner produktafhængigheder..."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-28 20:50+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -891,36 +891,46 @@
msgid "Cannot read audit.rules."
msgstr "Kan ikke læse audit.rules."
-#. Error message
+#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
+msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. question continues
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467
+msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
-"Do you want to start it now?"
+msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Audit-dæmonen kører ikke.\n"
-"Vil du starte den nu?"
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476
-msgid ""
-" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
-"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
-"Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#. Headline of a popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
+msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
+msgstr "Genstart af audit-dæmonen fejlede."
+
+#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "Start and &Enable"
msgstr ""
-" Kernemodulet 'apparmor' indlæst\n"
-"Kernen bruger en kørende audit-dæmon til at logge \n"
-"audit-begivenheder til /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).\n"
-"Vil du starte dæmonen nu?"
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484
-msgid "Audit daemon not running."
-msgstr "Audit-dæmon kører ikke."
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Start"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Do not start"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491
msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon."
msgstr "Kan ikke starte audit-dæmonen."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492
msgid ""
"The rules may be locked.\n"
"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n"
@@ -933,36 +943,36 @@
"kræves en genstart bagefter.\n"
#. Auditd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548
msgid "Saving Audit Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af Audit"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566
msgid "Write the rules"
msgstr "Skriv reglerne"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572
msgid "Writing the rules..."
msgstr "Skriver reglerne..."
#. check first whether rules are already locked
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588
msgid "The rules are already locked."
msgstr "Reglerne er allerede låst."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589
msgid ""
"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n"
"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n"
@@ -973,31 +983,52 @@
"Genstart systemet bagefter før ændringerne får virkning.\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614
msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
msgstr "Genstart af audit-dæmonen fejlede."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til auditd.conf."
#. Error message, rules cannot be set
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652
msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules."
msgstr "Start yast2-audit-laf igen, og tjek reglerne."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules."
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til autitd.rules."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707
msgid "Log file"
msgstr "Log-fil"
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
+#~ "Do you want to start it now?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Audit-dæmonen kører ikke.\n"
+#~ "Vil du starte den nu?"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
+#~ "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
+#~ "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
+#~ "Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " Kernemodulet 'apparmor' indlæst\n"
+#~ "Kernen bruger en kørende audit-dæmon til at logge \n"
+#~ "audit-begivenheder til /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).\n"
+#~ "Vil du starte dæmonen nu?"
+
+#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running."
+#~ msgstr "Audit-dæmon kører ikke."
+
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication\n"
#~ "between the daemon and the dispatcher program.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -391,23 +391,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -237,6 +237,10 @@
msgstr ""
#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
+msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n"
@@ -656,20 +660,22 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
-"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
+"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
@@ -679,14 +685,14 @@
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n"
"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n"
@@ -696,13 +702,13 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
@@ -710,7 +716,7 @@
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n"
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
@@ -720,28 +726,28 @@
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
@@ -752,17 +758,17 @@
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
@@ -771,7 +777,7 @@
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n"
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
@@ -780,30 +786,30 @@
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
@@ -811,34 +817,34 @@
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
@@ -846,30 +852,30 @@
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
@@ -877,21 +883,21 @@
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
@@ -903,11 +909,11 @@
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
@@ -915,21 +921,21 @@
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n"
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
@@ -939,15 +945,15 @@
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
@@ -955,28 +961,28 @@
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
@@ -986,22 +992,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
@@ -1009,11 +1015,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
@@ -1021,78 +1027,78 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
@@ -1100,19 +1106,19 @@
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
@@ -1120,71 +1126,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
@@ -1192,7 +1198,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
@@ -1202,29 +1208,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
@@ -1233,231 +1239,231 @@
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: acl_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : dict_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1766,6 +1772,10 @@
#. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id$
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
+msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
msgstr ""
@@ -2691,8 +2701,8 @@
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575
msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util."
msgstr ""
@@ -2955,7 +2965,7 @@
msgid "Could not create database directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
msgstr ""
@@ -2968,101 +2978,101 @@
msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027
msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881
msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -120,8 +120,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr "aktivér/deaktivér al pakkehåndtering"
-#. doClone();
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr "Tom parameterliste"
@@ -131,68 +130,52 @@
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
msgstr "Sti til AutoYaST-profil skal angives."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
-#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the
-#. system.
-#.
-#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
-msgstr ""
-"Klient til oprettelse af en AutoYaST-profil baseret på det aktuelt kørende "
-"system"
+#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47
+msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgstr "Klient til oprettelse af en AutoYaST-profil baseret på det aktuelt kørende system"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "kendte moduler: %1"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr "kommaadskilt liste over moduler der skal klones"
#
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "Kloner systemet..."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92
-msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr "Den resulterende AutoYaST-profil kan findes i /root/autoinst.xml."
#. help 1/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
-"location.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kopiér indholdet af filen og angiv den endelige søgesti på det "
-"installerede\n"
-"system, med denne dialog. YaST vil kopiere denne fil til den angivne "
-"placering.</p>"
+"<p>Kopiér indholdet af filen og angiv den endelige søgesti på det installerede\n"
+"system, med denne dialog. YaST vil kopiere denne fil til den angivne placering.</p>"
# help 2/2
#. help 2/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
-"symbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
-"pattern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sæt ejer og rettighederne for filerne, for at beskytte de kopierede "
-"filer.\n"
-"Sæt ejeren ved brug af syntaksen <i>bruger-id:gruppe-id</i>. Tilladelser kan "
-"være en\n"
-"symbolsk repræsentation af ændringer, der skal laves, eller et tal som "
-"repræsenterer\n"
+"<p>Sæt ejer og rettighederne for filerne, for at beskytte de kopierede filer.\n"
+"Sæt ejeren ved brug af syntaksen <i>bruger-id:gruppe-id</i>. Tilladelser kan være en\n"
+"symbolsk repræsentation af ændringer, der skal laves, eller et tal som repræsenterer\n"
"bit-mønsteret for de nye tilladelser.</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185
@@ -266,10 +249,8 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
-"in the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
-"server\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>For mange programmer og tjenester har du måske forberedt en\n"
@@ -319,21 +300,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Udfører efter-installationsscripter"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Genstarter alle kørende tjenester"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr "Aktiverer systemd's standardmål"
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Færdiggør konfiguration"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Behandler ressourcen %1"
@@ -539,7 +520,6 @@
msgstr "Konfigurér bootloader"
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59
-#| msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr "Indstil standardmål for Systemd"
@@ -568,7 +548,6 @@
msgstr "Konfigurerer bootloader..."
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69
-#| msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Indstilller standardmål for Systemd..."
@@ -660,9 +639,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Afhængig af din erfaring kan du springe over, logge og vise "
-"installationsbeskeder (med tidsudløb).</p> \n"
+msgstr "<p>Afhængig af din erfaring kan du springe over, logge og vise installationsbeskeder (med tidsudløb).</p> \n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219
msgid ""
@@ -685,14 +662,12 @@
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
-"to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Markér en af følgende <b>basale</b> udvalg og tryk på <i>Detaljeret<i> for at "
-"tilføje\n"
+"Markér en af følgende <b>basale</b> udvalg og tryk på <i>Detaljeret<i> for at tilføje\n"
"flere <b>tillægs</b>-valg og -pakker.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -704,11 +679,8 @@
msgstr "Placering af installationskilden (såsom http://minmaskine/11.3/DVD1/)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
-msgstr ""
-"Dette systems installationskilde (du kan ikke oprette imagefiler hvis du "
-"vælger dette)"
+msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgstr "Dette systems installationskilde (du kan ikke oprette imagefiler hvis du vælger dette)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
msgid "using that installation source failed"
@@ -723,20 +695,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
-"to mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
-"can be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
-"possible.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montér i /etc/fstab ved:</b>\n"
"\tNormalt identificeres et filsystem til montering i /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tved enhedsnavnet. Denne identificering kan ændres, så filsystemet, der "
-"monteres,\n"
-"\tfindes ved at søge efter et UUID eller delarkivetiket. Ikke alle "
-"filsystemer kan\n"
+"\tved enhedsnavnet. Denne identificering kan ændres, så filsystemet, der monteres,\n"
+"\tfindes ved at søge efter et UUID eller delarkivetiket. Ikke alle filsystemer kan\n"
"\tmonteres ved UUID eller delarkiv-etiket. Hvis et tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n"
"\ter det ikke muligt.\n"
"\t"
@@ -745,15 +712,13 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Delarkiv-etiket:</b>\n"
-"\t Navnet, der angives i dette felt, bruges som delarkiv-etiket. Dette giver "
-"normalt kun\n"
+"\t Navnet, der angives i dette felt, bruges som delarkiv-etiket. Dette giver normalt kun\n"
"\t mening, hvis du aktiverer tilvalget for montering efter delarkiv-etiket.\n"
"\t En delarkivetiket kan ikke indeholde skråstreg \"/\" eller mellemrum.\n"
"\t "
@@ -924,11 +889,8 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
-msgid ""
-"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Størrelsen \"auto\" er kun gyldig, hvis monteringspunktet \"/boot\" eller "
-"\"swap\" vælges."
+msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgstr "Størrelsen \"auto\" er kun gyldig, hvis monteringspunktet \"/boot\" eller \"swap\" vælges."
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
@@ -1113,8 +1075,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200
msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Anvend denne grænseflade, til at definere klasser af kontrolfiler. </p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Anvend denne grænseflade, til at definere klasser af kontrolfiler. </p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206
msgid ""
@@ -1412,12 +1373,8 @@
#. @param list menu items
#. @return [Symbol]
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra modulet '%1' på dit nuværende "
-"system?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
+msgstr "Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra modulet '%1' på dit nuværende system?"
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
@@ -1431,11 +1388,8 @@
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra profilen på dit nuværende system?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
+msgstr "Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra profilen på dit nuværende system?"
#. EXIT
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
@@ -1577,8 +1531,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
-"partitioning\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"Kickstart-filen blev importeret.\n"
@@ -1713,29 +1666,25 @@
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
-"interruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
"Indstillingen installationsbekræftelse er som standard valgt, for at\n"
"undgå uønskede installationer. Det stopper systemet under installationen,\n"
"og viser en oversigt over krævede operationer i den sædvanlige forslags-\n"
-"menu. Afmarkér denne indstilling for at installere automatisk uden "
-"afbrydelser.\n"
+"menu. Afmarkér denne indstilling for at installere automatisk uden afbrydelser.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
-"manual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Hvis du lukker for trin 2 af AutoYaST, fortsætter installationen i manuel "
-"tilstand\n"
+"Hvis du lukker for trin 2 af AutoYaST, fortsætter installationen i manuel tilstand\n"
"efter den første genstart (efter pakkeinstallation).\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -1880,13 +1829,11 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
-"and\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dette værktøj anvender <em>xmllint</em> til at validere profilen mod DTD "
-"og\n"
+"<p>Dette værktøj anvender <em>xmllint</em> til at validere profilen mod DTD og\n"
"tjekker for manglende data. Nogle manglende data kan være tilsigtede,\n"
"og fejlene kan ignoreres, som f.eks. når klasser oprettes.</p>\n"
@@ -1910,15 +1857,13 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>For at importere en kickstart-fil, angiv stien til konfigurationsfilen. \n"
"De importerede data indlæses i systemet for konfigurationshåndtering, for\n"
-"at tilføje flere konfigurationsindstillinger, der er tilgængelige med SUSE.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"at tilføje flere konfigurationsindstillinger, der er tilgængelige med SUSE.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
-"selections.</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dette værktøj laver en referenceprofil, ved at læse information fra dette\n"
"system. Vælg de ressourcer, der skal læses fra dette system i tillæg til\n"
@@ -1930,8 +1875,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
-"system.\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tabellen til højre viser de partitioner, der oprettes på målsystemet.\n"
@@ -1972,8 +1916,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
-"are\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
"Hvis ingen partitioner angives, og det valgte drev,\n"
@@ -1993,18 +1936,8 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Avancerede indstillinger</b></p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
-"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
-"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
-"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
-"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
-msgstr ""
-"Som standard opretter AutoYaST en udvidet partition, og tilføjer alle nye "
-"partitioner som logiske enheder. Det er dog muligt at få AutoYaST til at "
-"oprette en særlig partion som enten primær eller udvidet partition. Endvidere "
-"er det muligt at angive størrelsen på en partition med sektorer istedet for "
-"størrelsen i MBytes."
+msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
+msgstr "Som standard opretter AutoYaST en udvidet partition, og tilføjer alle nye partitioner som logiske enheder. Det er dog muligt at få AutoYaST til at oprette en særlig partion som enten primær eller udvidet partition. Endvidere er det muligt at angive størrelsen på en partition med sektorer istedet for størrelsen i MBytes."
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
@@ -2018,30 +1951,25 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
-"partitions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM- og RAID-opsætning, kig i dokumentationen og tilføj konfigurationen\n"
-"til en eksisterrende kontrolfil. Du kan kun lave ikke-formaterede LVM- og "
-"RAID-partitioner\n"
+"til en eksisterrende kontrolfil. Du kan kun lave ikke-formaterede LVM- og RAID-partitioner\n"
"som en forberedelse.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via HTTP(S)-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %"
-"2."
+msgstr "Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via HTTP(S)-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %2."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via FTP-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %2."
+msgstr "Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via FTP-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %2."
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
@@ -2122,8 +2050,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Før-installation-scripter</h3>\n"
-"<P>Tilføj kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, før installationen "
-"begynder. </P>\n"
+"<P>Tilføj kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, før installationen begynder. </P>\n"
# help 2/6
#. help 2/6
@@ -2137,8 +2064,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Efter-installation-scripter</h3>\n"
-"<P>Du kan også tilføje kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, efter "
-"installationen\n"
+"<P>Du kan også tilføje kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, efter installationen\n"
"er færdiggjort. Disse scripter bliver kørt uden for 'chroot'-miljøet.\n"
"</P>"
@@ -2151,8 +2077,7 @@
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed "
-"\n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2171,15 +2096,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag "
-"\"chrooted\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Det er muligt at køre 'chroot'-scripter i et senere trin, efter at\n"
-"opstartsindlæseren er blevet konfigureret, med det specielle boolske mærke "
-"\"chrooted\".\n"
+"opstartsindlæseren er blevet konfigureret, med det specielle boolske mærke \"chrooted\".\n"
"Dette kører scriptet i det installerede system. \n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2201,8 +2124,7 @@
"<P>Disse scripter udføres i den indledende boot-proces og efter\n"
"at YaST har færdigkonfigureret systemet. De afsluttende scripter udføres \n"
"med et specielt <b>rc</b>-script, som kun udføres en enkelt gang. \n"
-"De afsluttende scripter bliver udført i slutningen af boot-processen, og "
-"efter\n"
+"De afsluttende scripter bliver udført i slutningen af boot-processen, og efter\n"
"at netværket er blevet initialiseret.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2212,15 +2134,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
-"or \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Fortolker:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Før-installations-scripts kan kun være skal-scripts. Brug ikke <i>Perl</i> "
-"eller \n"
+"<P>Før-installations-scripts kan kun være skal-scripts. Brug ikke <i>Perl</i> eller \n"
"<i>Python</i> til før-installation-scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2230,12 +2150,9 @@
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
-"which\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
-"installation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
-"too.\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -2252,18 +2169,14 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box "
-"as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
-"might help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Tilbagemelding og fejlretning:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Alle scripts undtagen init-scripts kan vise STDOUT+STDERR i en pop-op-boks "
-"som tilbagemelding.\n"
-"Hvis du slår fejlretning til, får du mere output i tilbagemelding-dialogen, "
-"der måske kan hjælpe\n"
+"<P>Alle scripts undtagen init-scripts kan vise STDOUT+STDERR i en pop-op-boks som tilbagemelding.\n"
+"Hvis du slår fejlretning til, får du mere output i tilbagemelding-dialogen, der måske kan hjælpe\n"
"dig med at fejlrette dine scripts.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
@@ -2351,15 +2264,12 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation "
-"for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ved at tilføje scripts til autoinstallationsprocessen, tilpasses "
-"installationen\n"
-"til dine behov, og tager kontrol over de forskellige trin af installationen.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"Ved at tilføje scripts til autoinstallationsprocessen, tilpasses installationen\n"
+"til dine behov, og tager kontrol over de forskellige trin af installationen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
msgid "User Script Management"
@@ -2386,12 +2296,8 @@
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722
-msgid ""
-"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
-"error message is:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"XML-fortolkeren rapporterede en fejl under fortolkning af AutoYaST-profilen. "
-"Fejlbeskeden er:\n"
+msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
+msgstr "XML-fortolkeren rapporterede en fejl under fortolkning af AutoYaST-profilen. Fejlbeskeden er:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
@@ -2470,28 +2376,22 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
-"those available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
-"data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De fleste moduler, anvendt til oprettelse af konfigurationen, er identiske "
-"med\n"
-"de tilgængelige i YaST kontrolcenter. I stedet for at konfigurere dette "
-"system,\n"
-"samles og eksporteres data til kontrolfilen, som kan anvendes til at "
-"installere\n"
+"<p>De fleste moduler, anvendt til oprettelse af konfigurationen, er identiske med\n"
+"de tilgængelige i YaST kontrolcenter. I stedet for at konfigurere dette system,\n"
+"samles og eksporteres data til kontrolfilen, som kan anvendes til at installere\n"
"et andet system med AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
-"including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Udover de eksisterende og kendte moduler blev nye grænseflader\n"
@@ -2506,12 +2406,12 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
#.
#. @return the newly created node name
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129
msgid " - Drive"
msgstr " - Drev"
#. volume group
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133
msgid " - Volume group"
msgstr " - Delarkivgruppe"
@@ -2610,11 +2510,11 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Drev"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
msgstr "I alt af %1 drev"
@@ -2685,24 +2585,16 @@
#. Install
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under mønsterinstallation. Tjek "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under mønsterinstallation. Tjek /tmp/ay_image.log"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Opretter imagefil - installerer pakker"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under pakkeinstallation. Tjek "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under pakkeinstallation. Tjek /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389
@@ -2714,12 +2606,10 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed "
-"anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
"Du kan udføre ændringer på imagefilen i %1/ nu\n"
-"Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen, vil imagefilen blive komprimeret og kan ikke "
-"længere ændres."
+"Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen, vil imagefilen blive komprimeret og kan ikke længere ændres."
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
@@ -2764,12 +2654,10 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
-"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
-"Du kan udføre ændringer på ISO'en nu i %1, såsom at tilføje en helt anden "
-"AutoYaST-XML-fil.\n"
+"Du kan udføre ændringer på ISO'en nu i %1, såsom at tilføje en helt anden AutoYaST-XML-fil.\n"
"Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen vil ISO'en blive oprettet."
#. create the actual ISO file
@@ -2812,49 +2700,41 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
-"autoyast profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Kørslen af pakkeløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
+msgstr "Kørslen af pakkeløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen."
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
-"disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr ""
-"Partitionsplanen, konfigureret i din XML-profil, kan ikke være på harddisken. "
-"Der mangler %1 MB"
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
+msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
+msgstr "Partitionsplanen, konfigureret i din XML-profil, kan ikke være på harddisken. Der mangler %1 MB"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr "Ingen specifik enhed er konfigureret"
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Evaluerer rodpartition. Et øjeblik..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "Ingen Linux rodpartition fundet."
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"Flere rodpartitioner blev fundet, men du har ikke valgt\n"
-"hvilken rodpartition, der skal anvendes. Automatisk installation er ikke "
-"muligt.\n"
+"hvilken rodpartition, der skal anvendes. Automatisk installation er ikke muligt.\n"
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr "enheden \"%1\" blev ikke fundet af lagringsmotor"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/base.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Spring over"
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "Adgan&gskode"
@@ -1524,6 +1524,28 @@
msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgstr "Installation af krævede pakker fejlede."
+#
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading current configuration..."
+msgid "Updating system configuration..."
+msgstr "Læser nuværende konfiguration..."
+
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
+msgid "This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Get information about the OS release
+#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
+#. is missing.
+#.
+#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
+#. @return [String] the release information
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
@@ -2169,16 +2191,16 @@
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Netværkskort"
@@ -2187,28 +2209,28 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukendt"
@@ -2218,337 +2240,337 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Yderligere adresse"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCnet netværkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Asynkron overførselstilstand (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Bluetooth-tilslutning"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond"
msgstr "Bond"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Bond-netværk"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "Almindelig linkadgang for arbejdstation (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN-kort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "Kanal til kanal grænseflade (CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL-forbindelse"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Dummy"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Dummy netværksenhed"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "Enterprise systemtilslutning (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Ethernet netværkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI netværkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "Fiberchannel system tilslutning (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "HIgh Performance parallel grænseflade (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "Hipersockets grænseflade (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN tilslutning"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Infrarød netværksenhed"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Infrarød enhed"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS netværkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "Loopback"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "Loopback-enhed"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet netværkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Parallel linje"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Parallel linjetilslutning"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA-ekspres eller QDIO enhed (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 indkapslingsenhed"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Seriel linje"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Seriel linjeforbindelse"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token ring"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Token ring netværkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB netværksenhed"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare netværksenhed"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Trådløs"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Trådløs netværkskort"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP netværk"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Virtuel LAN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Bro"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Netværksbro"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "TUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "NetværksTUNnel"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "TAP"
#
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Netværk TAP"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "InfiniBand-enhed"
@@ -2612,7 +2634,7 @@
msgstr "&Eksporterede mapper"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2625,28 +2647,31 @@
"Vil du virkelig fortsætte?"
#. If there is network running, return true.
-#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false
+#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
-msgid "No running network detected."
-msgstr "Intet kørende netværk fundet."
-
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356
-msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
+"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr "Genstart installation, og konfigurér netværk i Linuxrc"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
+#| "and start this module again"
msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
-"and start this module again"
+"and start this module again\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
"Konfigurér netværk med YaST eller netværkshåndterings-plug-in\n"
"og start dette modul igen"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360
-msgid "or continue without network."
-msgstr "eller fortsæt uden netværk."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
msgid ""
@@ -2975,52 +3000,52 @@
msgstr "&Afinstallér"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Pakke: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Størrelse: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Tid indtil automatisk genforsøg: %1"
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Downloader pakken %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Downloader pakke"
#
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Vis &detaljer"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Pakken %1 er i uorden - tjek af integritet fejlede."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Genforsøg installation af pakken?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Afbryd installationen?"
@@ -3029,15 +3054,15 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Fejl: %1"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
@@ -3046,35 +3071,35 @@
"Verificér systemet senere ved at køre modulet Håndtering af software.\n"
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Afinstallerer pakken %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Installerer pakken %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Afinstallerer pakke"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Installerer pakke"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Fjernelse af pakken %1 fejlede."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Installation af pakken %1 fejlede."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
@@ -3083,7 +3108,7 @@
"Systemet burde verificeres senere ved at køre modulet for softwarehåndtering."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -3098,27 +3123,27 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "side A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "side B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (disk %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (medium %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3127,7 +3152,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3140,7 +3165,7 @@
"Tjek om mappen er tilgængelig."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3153,89 +3178,89 @@
"Tjek om serveren er tilgængelig."
#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858
msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
msgstr "Det rette softwarekilde-medie kunne ikke monteres."
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Spring automatisk genopfriskning over"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Skub ud"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Skub a&utomatisk cd- eller dvd-mediet ud"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Genforsøg installationen?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Spring mediet over?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ignorerer det dårlige medie..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Opretter softwarekilden %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under oprettelse af softwarekilden."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Kunne ikke hente beskrivelsen af ekstern softwarekilde."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Fejl opstod under hentning af det nye metadata."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Softwarekilden er ikke gyldig."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Metadata i softwarekilden er ugyldig."
@@ -3243,96 +3268,96 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Forsøg igen?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Undersøger softwarekilden %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Fejl opstod under undersøgelse af softwarekilden."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Detaljer fra undersøgelse af softwarekilde."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Softwarekildens metadata er ugyldig."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Softwarekilde %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Downloader delta-RPM-pakken %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Downloader delta-RPM-pakke"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Tilfører delta-RPM-pakken %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Tilfører delta-RPM-pakke"
#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744
msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Downloader rettelses-RPM-pakken %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752
msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
msgstr "Downloader rettelses-RPM-pakke"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Starter script %1 (rettelse %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Kører script"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Rettelsen: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Scriptet: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Output af scriptet"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3341,7 +3366,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3356,44 +3381,44 @@
"nogle pakker mangle eller være for gamle."
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "&Skip genopfriskning"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Downloader"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Downloader: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Tjekker pakkedatabasen"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Genopbygger pakkedatabase. Denne proces kan tage noget tid."
#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3402,12 +3427,12 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Konverterer pakkedatabase. Denne proces kan tage noget tid."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3416,13 +3441,13 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Læser RPM-database..."
#
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Læser installerede pakker"
@@ -3433,27 +3458,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Scanner RPM-database..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Initialisering af målet fejlede."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "RPM-databasen læst"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Brugerautentifikation"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3464,7 +3489,7 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Br&ugernavn:"
@@ -3532,39 +3557,8 @@
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr "Vil du acceptere denne licensaftale?"
-#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236
-msgid ""
-"The current system is not consistent,\n"
-"some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-msgstr ""
-"Det nuværende system er ikke konsistent,\n"
-"nogle pakker har uløste afhængigheder."
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243
-msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-msgstr "Automatisk løsning mislykkedes, manuel afhængighedsløsning er nødvendig."
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252
-msgid ""
-"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-"in the software manager."
-msgstr ""
-"YaST har automatisk tilføjet eller fjernet nogle pakker,\n"
-"kontrollér de ændringer der er planlagt for at reparere systemet\n"
-"i softwarehåndteringen."
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-msgstr ""
-"Start håndtering af software og løs problemet\n"
-"eller skip reparation og installér kun allerede bekræftede pakker?"
-
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3573,12 +3567,12 @@
"løses manuelt i softwarehåndteringen."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Installation af krævede pakker fejlede."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3589,12 +3583,12 @@
"vil YaST måske ikke virke korrekt.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikke forsætte uden at installere de krævede pakker."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3741,7 +3735,7 @@
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pakker"
@@ -4165,7 +4159,7 @@
"(%2):"
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4178,23 +4172,23 @@
"at den virkelig tilhører ham, før du importerer den."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr "ADVARSEL: Nøglen er udløbet!"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Importér ikke-betroet GnuPG-nøgle"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr "&Betro"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4217,12 +4211,12 @@
"Brug den alligevel?\n"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Forkert digest"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4243,86 +4237,92 @@
"Brug den alligevel?\n"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Ukendt digest"
#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
+#. these are the initial values
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Installerer..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Medie"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Tilbageværende pakker"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Tid"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Handlinger udført:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pakkerne installeres.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Afbrydelse af installation</B> Pakkeinstallation kan afbrydes med knappen <B>Afbryd</B>. Systemet kan dog i så fald være i en inkonsistent eller ubrugelig tilstand, eller det vil måske ikke boote hvis en basal systemkomponent ikke er installeret.</P>"
#
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Udgivelses¬er"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Dias-sho&w"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detaljer"
-#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+msgid "Performing Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Udfør installation"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallation"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4331,17 +4331,17 @@
"installationen?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Afbrudt"
#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr "Systemlog (%1)"
@@ -4953,7 +4953,7 @@
msgstr "En fejl opstod under oprettelse af initrd."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5958,6 +5958,38 @@
"Der er ingen omvendt zone for %1 administreret af din DNS-server.\n"
"Værtsnavnet %2 kan ikke tilføjes."
+#~ msgid "No running network detected."
+#~ msgstr "Intet kørende netværk fundet."
+
+#~ msgid "or continue without network."
+#~ msgstr "eller fortsæt uden netværk."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n"
+#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Det nuværende system er ikke konsistent,\n"
+#~ "nogle pakker har uløste afhængigheder."
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
+#~ msgstr "Automatisk løsning mislykkedes, manuel afhængighedsløsning er nødvendig."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
+#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
+#~ "in the software manager."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "YaST har automatisk tilføjet eller fjernet nogle pakker,\n"
+#~ "kontrollér de ændringer der er planlagt for at reparere systemet\n"
+#~ "i softwarehåndteringen."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
+#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Start håndtering af software og løs problemet\n"
+#~ "eller skip reparation og installér kun allerede bekræftede pakker?"
+
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "Installeret størrelse"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:30+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -141,22 +141,22 @@
msgstr "Systemet vil nu genstarte..."
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr "Ingen bootloader er valgt til installation. Dit system kan måske ikke starte."
#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr "På grund at partitioneringen kan bootloaderen ikke installeres ordenligt"
#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Booter"
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr "&Booter"
@@ -165,13 +165,13 @@
#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Disk Order"
msgstr "Diskrækkefølge"
# Boot dialog caption
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr "Indstilling af diskrækkefølge"
@@ -183,10 +183,9 @@
msgstr "Boot-menu"
#. `VSpacing(1),
-#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Window title
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader"
@@ -304,11 +303,17 @@
" i <b>Tilvalg til bootloader</b>, for at opdatere MBR, hvis det er nødvendigt, eller konfigurér din anden boot-håndtering\n"
" til at starte denne sektion.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Brugervalgt boot-partition</b> lader dig vælge, hvilken partition der skal bootes fra.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
@@ -316,7 +321,7 @@
"<p>MD-array bygges af to diske. <b>Aktivér redundans for MD-array</b>\n"
"aktivér skrivning af GRUB til MBR på begge diske.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
@@ -324,7 +329,7 @@
"<p><b>Brug seriel konsol</b> lader dig definere parametre, til brug\n"
"for en seriel konsol. Se efter detaljer i GRUB-dokumentationen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
@@ -338,7 +343,7 @@
"kommandoen som <code>seriel konsol</code>. I det tilfælde vælges en terminal,\n"
"i hvilken du trykker på en tast, som en GRUB-terminal.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
@@ -346,19 +351,19 @@
"<p><b>Fallback-sektioner hvis standard fejler</b> indeholder en liste over sektionsnumre,\n"
"der bliver brugt til boot, hvis standardsektionen ikke kan bootes.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>At vælge <b>Skjul menu under boot </b>, skjuler boot-menuen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Grafisk menufil</b> definerer filen, der skal bruges til den grafiske boot-menu.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Aktivér akustiske signaler</b> slå akustiske signaler til/fra.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
@@ -369,7 +374,7 @@
"den i <b>Gentag adgangskode</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -383,72 +388,72 @@
"Tryk <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en disk.\n"
"Tryk <b>Fjern</b> for at fjerne en disk.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Bootloader-placeringer"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "Sæt &aktivt flag i partitionstabel for boot-partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Tidsudløb i sekunder"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Stan&dard boot-sektion"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Skriv &generisk boot-kode til MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
msgstr "Brug be&troet GRUB"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Brugervalgt boot-partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Boot fra Master Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra rodpartition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra boot-partitionen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra udvidet partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "&Parametre for serieltilslutning"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "Fallback-sektioner, hvis standard fejler"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "S&kjul menu ved boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
msgstr "Grafisk &menufil"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "Adgang&skode på menubrugerfladen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "Fejlf&indingsflag"
@@ -500,118 +505,118 @@
#. Common widget of a console
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Brug &seriel konsol"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "&Konsolargumenter"
#. textentry header
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "Enhe&d"
#. disabling & enabling up/down
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr "&Enhedsudlægning skal indeholde mindst én enhed"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553
msgid "D&isks"
msgstr "D&iske"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&Op"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "&Ned"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "Bootloaders placering"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Boot fra &Master Boot Record"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra &rodpartitionen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Boo&t fra boot-partitionen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "Bootloaders placering"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Boot fra &Master Boot Record"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Boot fra &udvidet partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Br&ugervalgt boot-partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr "Aktivér red&undans for MD-array"
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "Bootloaders installations&detaljer"
-#. Cache for genericWidgets function
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader"
-#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "Andre kerne¶metre"
-#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "\"Secure Boot\""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Aktivér understøttelse af \"&Secure Boot\""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Bootloaders placering"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -647,24 +652,40 @@
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Valgfrie parametre for kerne-kommandolinje"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "&VGA-tilstand"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "&Fejlsikre kommandolinjeparametre til kernen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr "Undersøg for fremmed styresystem"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box item
#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
@@ -697,30 +718,50 @@
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "Ikke angivet"
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+msgid "set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+msgid "do not change"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "Autodetekteret af grub2"
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Vælg ny grafisk temafil"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Brug &grafisk konsol"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "&Konsolopløsning"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "&Konsoltema"
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
+msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
@@ -734,7 +775,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "Boot-partitionen er af typen NFS. Bootloaderen kan ikke installeres."
@@ -867,11 +908,7 @@
msgid "Xen"
msgstr "Xen"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91
msgid "Floppy"
msgstr "Diskette"
@@ -1871,13 +1908,13 @@
#.
#.
#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>"
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Boot fra MBR er aktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deaktivér</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>"
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
@@ -1885,31 +1922,32 @@
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>"
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Boot fra /boot-partitionen er aktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktivér</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>"
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Boot fra /boot-partitionen er deaktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">aktivér</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>"
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr "Boot fra \"/\"-partitionen er aktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktivér</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>"
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Boot fra \"/\"-partitionen er deaktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">aktivér</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change Location: %1"
msgid "Change Location: %s"
@@ -1920,31 +1958,33 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Bootloader-type: %1"
#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
msgid " (\"/boot\")"
msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (udvidet)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
msgid " (\"/\")"
msgstr " (\"/\")"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"
#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Statusplacering: %1"
@@ -1967,236 +2007,180 @@
msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
msgstr "Foreslå og &flet med eksisterende GRUB-menuer"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Aktivér \"Secure Boot\": %1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Ukendt bootloader: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr "Ikke understøttet kombination af hardwareplatformen %1 og bootloaderen %2"
#. TODO add more devices
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128
msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
msgstr "Partitionsnumre > 3 bliver brugt til at boote med GPT partitionstabel"
-#. if "iscsi" is true
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166
-msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-msgstr "Boot-enheden er på en iSCSI-disk: %1. Systemet vil måske ikke kunne boote."
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "Boot-enheden er på raid-type: %1. Systemet vil ikke kunne boote."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Boot-enheden er på software-RAID1. Vælg en anden bootloader-placering, f.eks. Master Boot Record"
#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259
-msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
msgstr "Det var ikke muligt at fastslå den nøjagtige rækkefølge af diske for enhedsoversigten. Rækkefølgen af diske kan ændres under \"Bootloaders installationsdetaljer\""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Tjek bootloader"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Læs partitionering"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Indlæs bootloader-indstillinger"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Tjekker bootloader..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "Læser partitionering..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Indlæser bootloader-indstillinger..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af bootloader"
#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgstr "Tilløjede kerneparametre: %1"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Opret initrd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Gem bootloaders konfigurationsfiler"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Installér bootloader"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "Opretter initrd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "Gemmer bootloaders konfigurationsfiler..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "Installerer bootloader..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer bootloaders konfiguration"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79
-msgid "Linux"
-msgstr "Linux"
+#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
+#~ msgstr "Boot-enheden er på en iSCSI-disk: %1. Systemet vil måske ikke kunne boote."
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85
-msgid "Failsafe"
-msgstr "Fejlsikret"
+#~ msgid "Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97
-msgid "Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Harddisk"
+#~ msgid "Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "Fejlsikret"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103
-msgid "Memory Test"
-msgstr "Hukommelsestest"
+#~ msgid "Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "Harddisk"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109
-msgid "MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "MBR inden installation"
+#~ msgid "Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "Hukommelsestest"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115
-msgid "Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "Tidligere kerne"
+#~ msgid "MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "MBR inden installation"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121
-msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "Producentdiagnostik"
+#~ msgid "Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "Tidligere kerne"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230
-msgid "_Linux"
-msgstr "_Linux"
+#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "Producentdiagnostik"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237
-msgid "_Failsafe"
-msgstr "_Fejlsikret"
+#~ msgid "_Linux"
+#~ msgstr "_Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244
-msgid "_Floppy"
-msgstr "_Diskette"
+#~ msgid "_Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "_Fejlsikret"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251
-msgid "_Hard Disk"
-msgstr "_Harddisk"
+#~ msgid "_Floppy"
+#~ msgstr "_Diskette"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258
-msgid "_Memory Test"
-msgstr "_Hukommelsestest"
+#~ msgid "_Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "_Harddisk"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265
-msgid "_MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "_MBR inden installation"
+#~ msgid "_Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "_Hukommelsestest"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272
-msgid "_Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "_Tidligere kerne"
+#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "_MBR inden installation"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279
-msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "_Producentdiagnostik"
+#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "_Tidligere kerne"
+#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "_Producentdiagnostik"
+
#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
#~ msgstr "Bootloaderen er installeret på en partition som ikke ligger helt under %1 GB. Systemet vil måske ikke boote hvis BIOS kun understøtter lba24 (resultatet er fejl 18 under installation grub MBR)."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -66,25 +66,25 @@
msgstr "Organisatorisk enhed"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
msgid "Organization"
msgstr "Organisation"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
msgid "Locality"
msgstr "Sted"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
msgid "State"
msgstr "Stat"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
msgid "Country"
msgstr "Land"
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
#
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
msgid "Common Name"
msgstr "Almen-navn"
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
msgid "Email"
msgstr "E-mail"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
msgstr "Organisatorisk enhed"
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
#. we need to fake a certificate name
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
#. The main ()
#. To translators: dialog label
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
msgstr "Alment servercertifikat"
@@ -709,11 +709,20 @@
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Læs manualen for mere information.</p>"
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
+"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
+msgstr "<p>Dette certifikat kan udveksles ved at importere et certifikat fra en fil.</p>"
+
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
@@ -721,22 +730,22 @@
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr "&Fjern"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
msgid "&Import/Replace"
msgstr "&Importér/erstat"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
msgstr "Certifikatet er endnu ikke udløbet.\n"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
msgid ""
"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n"
"\n"
@@ -745,7 +754,7 @@
"\n"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig fjerne certifikatet?"
@@ -779,11 +788,68 @@
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Tildelt:</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214
+#
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Common Name: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr "Almen-navn: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "O&rganization:"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "O&rganisation:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "State: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr "Stat: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Country: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr "Land: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Tildelt af:</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
@@ -791,7 +857,7 @@
"\n"
"Gyldig fra: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
@@ -801,35 +867,35 @@
#
#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
msgid "&Advanced..."
msgstr "&Avanceret..."
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
msgid "&View"
msgstr "&Vis"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
msgid "&Change CA Password"
msgstr "Æ&ndr CA-adgangskode"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
msgstr "Op&ret SubCA"
#
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
msgid "Export to &File"
msgstr "Eksportér til &fil"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
msgstr "Eksportér til &LDAP"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
msgid "&Edit Default"
msgstr "R&edigér standard"
@@ -887,7 +953,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Opsummering</b></p>"
@@ -919,18 +985,18 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
msgstr " (kritisk)\n"
@@ -942,40 +1008,40 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
msgstr "(kritisk) "
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
msgstr "Kopiér subjekt Alt-navn fra CA"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
msgstr "(kritisk)\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
msgid "nsComment: "
msgstr "nsComment: "
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
msgid "nsCertType: "
msgstr "nsCertType: "
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
msgstr "Kopiér standard e-mail-adresse"
@@ -1053,87 +1119,229 @@
"\n"
"Certifikat ikke fundet"
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Common Name: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr "Almen-navn: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Organization: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "Organisation: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Organization: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr "Organisation: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "State: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr "Stat: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Country: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr "Land: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Path Length: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr "Stilængde: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "nsComment: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Is CA: "
+msgstr "nsComment: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Key Length: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Key Size: "
+msgstr "Nøglelængde: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Serialnumber: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid Period: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Version: "
+msgstr "Gyldighedsperiode: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid Period: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid from: "
+msgstr "Gyldighedsperiode: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid Period: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid to: "
+msgstr "Gyldighedsperiode: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of pub. Key : "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of signature: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
msgid "Valid"
msgstr "Gyldig"
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
msgid "Revoked"
msgstr "Inddraget"
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
msgid "Expired"
msgstr "Udløbet"
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
msgid "E-Mail Address"
msgstr "E-mail-adresse"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Tilføj"
#
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
msgid "Add Server Certificate"
msgstr "Tilføj servercertifikat"
#
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
msgid "Add Client Certificate"
msgstr "Tilføj klientcertifikat"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
msgid "&Change Password"
msgstr "Æ&ndr adgangskode"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
msgid "&Revoke"
msgstr "Indd&rag"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Slet"
#. Fate (#2613)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
msgid "Export"
msgstr "Eksportér"
#
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
msgid "Export to File"
msgstr "Eksportér til fil"
#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
msgid "Export to LDAP"
msgstr "Eksportér til LDAP"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr "Eksportér som alment servercertifikat"
#
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
msgstr "Slet nuværende certifikat?"
@@ -1236,7 +1444,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
msgid "&Valid Period (days):"
msgstr "G&yldighedsperiode (dage):"
@@ -1672,7 +1880,7 @@
msgstr " dage\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
msgid "Path Length "
msgstr "Stilængde "
@@ -1882,6 +2090,15 @@
"\n"
"Forespørgsel ikke fundet.\n"
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Generate Time"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"generation Time: "
+msgstr "Generér tid"
+
#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
@@ -1890,79 +2107,79 @@
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
#. Filling up reqeust extentions
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
msgstr "Udvidelsen \"%1\" ikke fundet."
#. IS CA ?
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
msgstr "Dette er en CA-forespørgsel. Vil du virkelig signere den som en %1?"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
msgstr "Dette er ikke en CA-forespørgsel. Vil du virkelig signere den som en CA-forespørgsel?"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Denne ramme viser signeringsforespørgslen.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Denne forespørgsel har særlige udvidelser, som du kan acceptere.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Hvis du afslår disse udvidelser, anvendes standardværdierne i stedet.</p>"
#
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
msgstr "Ønskede udvidelser"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
msgstr "Signér forespørgsel som en %1 (trin 1/2)"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Denne ramme viser en oversigt over alle indstillinger for den forespørgsel, som vil blive signeret.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Klik på <b>Signér forespørgsel</b> for at fortsætte.</p>"
#
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
msgid " days"
msgstr " dage"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
msgid " (critical)</p>"
msgstr " (kritisk)</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
msgid "&Edit Request"
msgstr "R&edigér forespørgsel"
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
msgstr "Signér forespørgsel som en %1 (trin 2/2)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
msgid "Sign Request"
msgstr "Signér forespørgsel"
#. signing request
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
msgid "The request has been signed."
msgstr "Forespørgsel er signeret."
@@ -2958,9 +3175,6 @@
#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Common Server Certificate</b> will be used by other YaST modules.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Almen-servercertifikatet</b> vil blive anvendt af andre YaST-moduler.</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p>This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Dette certifikat kan udveksles ved at importere et certifikat fra en fil.</p>"
-
#~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'."
#~ msgstr "Ugyldig værdi '%s' for parameteren '%s'."
Added: trunk/yast/da/po/cio.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/cio.da.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/cio.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
+"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
+"Language: da\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+msgid "Filter channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Clear selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+msgid "&Unban Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+msgid ""
+"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Ranges to Unban."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -79,229 +79,229 @@
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "nodeid"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428
-msgid "expected votes:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr ""
-#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671
+#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "Threads:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677
-msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
@@ -314,23 +314,26 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i
s on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -339,7 +342,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -350,28 +353,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -390,96 +393,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-01 10:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -30,26 +30,30 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7
-msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-msgstr "Installation af tillægsprodukt"
-
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "Sproginstallation"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:355
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -62,727 +66,396 @@
"</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429
-msgid "Initialization..."
-msgstr "Initialisering..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430
-msgid "Configuring network..."
-msgstr "Konfigurerer netværk..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431
-msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-msgstr "Konfigurerer hardware..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432
-msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-msgstr "Afslutter konfiguration..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:343
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr "CIM-server"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72
-#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464
-#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installationsindstillinger"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19
msgid "Expert"
msgstr "Ekspert"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger for live-installation"
#
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Opdateringsindstillinger"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Netværkskonfiguration"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398
-#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692
-#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration af netværkstjenester"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af hardware"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510
-#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313
-#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Klargøring"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219
-#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237
-#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328
-#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449
-#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Netværkskonfiguration"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Activation"
+msgid "Network Autosetup"
+msgstr "Netværksaktivering"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Velkommen"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Netværksaktivering"
#
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976
-#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskaktivering"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515
-#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255
-#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Systemanalyse"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261
-#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Tillægsprodukter"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr "Disk"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidszone"
-#
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Brugerindstillinger"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Installation"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "Installationsoversigt"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Installationssammendrag"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291
-#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299
-#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469
-#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477
-#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517
-#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612
-#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624
-#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748
-#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756
-#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777
-#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Udfør installation"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822
-msgid "Repair"
-msgstr "Reparér"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installation"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr "Disk"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "System der skal opdateres"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Opdatér"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Opdateringssammendrag"
-#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645
-#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397
-#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405
-#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Udfør opdatering"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421
-#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042
-msgid "System Information"
-msgstr "Systeminformation"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046
-msgid "Perform Repair"
-msgstr "Foretag reparation"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446
-#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488
-#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Basisinstallation"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459
-#: control/control.glade:503
-msgid "Language"
-msgstr "Sprog"
+#
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
+msgstr "AutoYaST-indstillinger"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651
-#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631
-#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318
-#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560
-#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648
-#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264
-msgid "Network"
-msgstr "Netværk"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+msgid "System Configuration"
+msgstr "Systemkonfiguration"
-# caption
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566
-#: control/control.glade:656
-msgid "Customer Center"
-msgstr "Kundecenter"
+#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Installation af tillægsprodukt"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346
-#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578
-#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662
-#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672
-#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284
-msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr "Online opdatering"
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Sproginstallation"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588
-#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301
-msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Installationen er gennemført med succes.\n"
+#~ "Dit system er klart til brug.\n"
+#~ "Klik <b>Afslut</b> for at logge ind på systemet.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Besøg os endelig på http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335
-msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration"
+#~ msgid "Initialization..."
+#~ msgstr "Initialisering..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227
-msgid "root Password"
-msgstr "root-adgangskode"
+#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurerer netværk..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244
-msgid "Check Installation"
-msgstr "Tjek installation"
+#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..."
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurerer hardware..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250
-msgid "Hostname"
-msgstr "Værtsmaskinenavn"
+#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "Afslutter konfiguration..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680
-#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr "Brugere"
-
#
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719
-#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733
-#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459
-msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
-msgstr "AutoYaST-indstillinger"
+#~ msgid "User Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Brugerindstillinger"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568
-msgid "System Configuration"
-msgstr "Systemkonfiguration"
+#~ msgid "Installation Overview"
+#~ msgstr "Installationsoversigt"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658
-msgid "Clean Up"
-msgstr "Oprydning"
+#~ msgid "Repair"
+#~ msgstr "Reparér"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Installationen er gennemført med succes.\n"
-"Dit system er klart til brug.\n"
-"Klik <b>Afslut</b> for at logge ind på systemet.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Besøg os endelig på http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+#~ msgid "System Information"
+#~ msgstr "Systeminformation"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330
-msgid "Server Base Scenario"
-msgstr "Basisserver-scenarie"
+#~ msgid "Perform Repair"
+#~ msgstr "Foretag reparation"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331
-msgid ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
-"Choose the one that matches your server the best."
-msgstr ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server tilbyder adskillige basisscenarier.\n"
-"
Vælg det som bedst matcher din server."
+#~ msgid "Language"
+#~ msgstr "Sprog"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337
-msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
-msgstr "Fysisk maskine (også til fuldt virtualiserede gæster)"
+#~ msgid "Network"
+#~ msgstr "Netværk"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338
-msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
-msgstr "Virtuel maskine (til paravirtualiserede miljøer såsom Xen)"
+# caption
+#~ msgid "Customer Center"
+#~ msgstr "Kundecenter"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339
-msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr "Xen virtualseringsvært (lokal X11 er ikke konfigureret som standard)"
+#~ msgid "Online Update"
+#~ msgstr "Online opdatering"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663
-msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfiguration af netværkstjenester"
+#~ msgid "Release Notes"
+#~ msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784
-msgid "Server Scenario"
-msgstr "Serverscenarie"
+#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:286
-msgid "Installation Summary"
-msgstr "Installationssammendrag"
+#~ msgid "root Password"
+#~ msgstr "root-adgangskode"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Tjeneste"
+#~ msgid "Check Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Tjek installation"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:340
-msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr "KVM-virtualseringsvært (lokal X11 er ikke konfigureret som standard)"
+#~ msgid "Hostname"
+#~ msgstr "Værtsmaskinenavn"
-#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Valg af skrivebordsmiljø"
+#~ msgid "Users"
+#~ msgstr "Brugere"
-#: control/control.glade:634
-msgid "Root Password"
-msgstr "Root-adgangskode"
+#~ msgid "Clean Up"
+#~ msgstr "Oprydning"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-"\t "
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"
<p><b>Tillykke!</b></p>\n"
-"
<p>Installationen af openSUSE på din computer er gennemført.\n"
-"
Efter du har trykket på <b>Afslut</b> kan du logge ind på systemet.<p>\n"
-"
<p>Besøg os på %1.</p>\n"
-"
<p>Hav det sjovt!<br>Venligst openSUSE-udviklingsholdet</p>\n"
-"
\t"
+#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "Basisserver-scenarie"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"Skrivebordsmiljøet på din computer giver en grafisk brugerflade\n"
-"til din computer, såvel som et sæt af programmer til e-mail\n"
-"webbrowsing, kontorarbejde, spil og værktøjer til administration af din computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE tilbyder et udvalg af skrivebordsmiljøer. De mest\n"
-"udbredte skrivebordsmiljøer er KDE og GNOME, og de supporteres\n"
-"ligeligt i openSUSE. Begge skrivebordsmiljøer er nemme at bruge,\n"
-"stærkt integrerede og har et attraktivt udseende og fremtoning. Hvert\n"
-"skrivebordsmiljø har en særlig stil, så personlig smag afgør hvilket\n"
-"der er mest passende til dig."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
+#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server tilbyder adskillige basisscenarier.\n"
+#~ "
Vælg det som bedst matcher din server."
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME-skrivebordsmiljø"
+#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
+#~ msgstr "Fysisk maskine (også til fuldt virtualiserede gæster)"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE-skrivebordsmiljø"
+#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
+#~ msgstr "Virtuel maskine (til paravirtualiserede miljøer såsom Xen)"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "Xfce-skrivebordsmiljø"
+#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
+#~ msgstr "Xen virtualseringsvært (lokal X11 er ikke konfigureret som standard)"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "LXDE-skrivebordsmiljø"
+#~ msgid "Server Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "Serverscenarie"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "Minimal X vindueshåndtering"
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Tjeneste"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Enlightenment-skrivebord"
+#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
+#~ msgstr "KVM-virtualseringsvært (lokal X11 er ikke konfigureret som standard)"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Minimalt serverudvalg (teksttilstand)"
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Valg af skrivebordsmiljø"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Online softwarekilder"
+#~ msgid "Root Password"
+#~ msgstr "Root-adgangskode"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ "\t "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "
<p><b>Tillykke!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "
<p>Installationen af openSUSE på din computer er gennemført.\n"
+#~ "
Efter du har trykket på <b>Afslut</b> kan du logge ind på systemet.<p>\n"
+#~ "
<p>Besøg os på %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "
<p>Hav det sjovt!<br>Venligst openSUSE-udviklingsholdet</p>\n"
+#~ "
\t"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#~ "manage your computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skrivebordsmiljøet på din computer giver en grafisk brugerflade\n"
+#~ "til din computer, såvel som et sæt af programmer til e-mail\n"
+#~ "webbrowsing, kontorarbejde, spil og værktøjer til administration af din computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE tilbyder et udvalg af skrivebordsmiljøer. De mest\n"
+#~ "udbredte skrivebordsmiljøer er KDE og GNOME, og de supporteres\n"
+#~ "ligeligt i openSUSE. Begge skrivebordsmiljøer er nemme at bruge,\n"
+#~ "stærkt integrerede og har et attraktivt udseende og fremtoning. Hvert\n"
+#~ "skrivebordsmiljø har en særlig stil, så personlig smag afgør hvilket\n"
+#~ "der er mest passende til dig."
+
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "GNOME-skrivebordsmiljø"
+
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "KDE-skrivebordsmiljø"
+
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Xfce-skrivebordsmiljø"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE-skrivebordsmiljø"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal X Window"
+#~ msgstr "Minimal X vindueshåndtering"
+
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Enlightenment-skrivebord"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Minimalt serverudvalg (teksttilstand)"
+
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Online softwarekilder"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/country.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/country.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/country.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -60,11 +60,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"Tastaturlayoutet '%1' er ugyldigt. Brug kommandoen 'list' for at se de mulige "
-"værdier."
+msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr "Tastaturlayoutet '%1' er ugyldigt. Brug kommandoen 'list' for at se de mulige værdier."
#. summary item
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
@@ -97,13 +94,8 @@
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-#| msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
-"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Indstillinger, der sættes her, anvendes kun til konsoltastaturet. "
-"Konfigurér tastaturet i den grafiske brugerflade med et andet værktøj.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Indstillinger, der sættes her, anvendes kun til konsoltastaturet. Konfigurér tastaturet i den grafiske brugerflade med et andet værktøj.</p>\n"
#
#. heading text
@@ -186,16 +178,14 @@
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vælg det <b>tastaturlayout</b>, du vil bruge under\n"
"installationen og i det installerede system. \n"
"Test layoutet i feltet <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For avancerede indstillinger såsom gentagelseshastighed og -forsinkelse skal "
-"du vælge <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b>.\n"
+"For avancerede indstillinger såsom gentagelseshastighed og -forsinkelse skal du vælge <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -214,17 +204,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
-"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Vælg det <b>tastaturlayout</b>, du vil bruge i systemet.\n"
-"For avancerede indstillinger såsom gentagelseshastighed og -forsinkelse skal "
-"du vælge <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b>.\n"
-"<p>Find flere indstillinger såvel som flere layouts i dit skrivebordsmiljøs "
-"værktøj til tastaturlayouts.</p>\n"
+"For avancerede indstillinger såsom gentagelseshastighed og -forsinkelse skal du vælge <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b>.\n"
+"<p>Find flere indstillinger såvel som flere layouts i dit skrivebordsmiljøs værktøj til tastaturlayouts.</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -362,11 +348,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"%1 er ikke et gyldigt sprog. Brug 'list'-kommandoen til at se de mulige "
-"værdier."
+msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgstr "%1 er ikke et gyldigt sprog. Brug 'list'-kommandoen til at se de mulige værdier."
#. label text
#. heading text
@@ -412,14 +395,11 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
-"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Yderligere pakker med understøttelse af de valgte primære og sekundære sprog "
-"vil blive installeret. Pakker, der ikke længere er nødvendige, vil blive "
-"fjernet.\n"
+"Yderligere pakker med understøttelse af de valgte primære og sekundære sprog vil blive installeret. Pakker, der ikke længere er nødvendige, vil blive fjernet.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
@@ -500,20 +480,13 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
-"primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the "
-"primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to "
-"the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Markér <b>Tilpas tastaturlayout</b> for at ændre tastaturlayoutet til det "
-"primære sprog.\n"
-"Markér <b>Tilpas tidszone</b> for at ændre nuværende tidszone til tidszonen "
-"for det valgte primære sprog. Hvis tastaturlayout eller tidszonen allerede er "
-"tilpasset til standardindstillingerne for sproget, er de respektive "
-"indstillinger deaktiverede.\n"
+"Markér <b>Tilpas tastaturlayout</b> for at ændre tastaturlayoutet til det primære sprog.\n"
+"Markér <b>Tilpas tidszone</b> for at ændre nuværende tidszone til tidszonen for det valgte primære sprog. Hvis tastaturlayout eller tidszonen allerede er tilpasset til standardindstillingerne for sproget, er de respektive indstillinger deaktiverede.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
@@ -572,15 +545,13 @@
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
-"values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kun ctype:</b> Brugeren 'root' har den samme LC_CTYPE som en alm. "
-"bruger. Andre værdier\n"
+"<p><b>Kun ctype:</b> Brugeren 'root' har den samme LC_CTYPE som en alm. bruger. Andre værdier\n"
"bliver omstødte.<br>\n"
"<b>Ja:</b> 'root' har samme lokalitetsindstillinger som en alm. bruger.<br>\n"
"<b>Nej:</b> 'root' får alle lokalitetsvariabler omstødte.\n"
@@ -588,14 +559,8 @@
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
-"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
-"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Brug <b>Detaljeret lokalitetsindstilling</b> for at sætte en lokalitet for "
-"det primære sprog der ikke er vist på listen i hoveddialogen. Det er ikke "
-"sikkert at der er oversættelser tilgængelige for den valgte lokalitet.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Brug <b>Detaljeret lokalitetsindstilling</b> for at sætte en lokalitet for det primære sprog der ikke er vist på listen i hoveddialogen. Det er ikke sikkert at der er oversættelser tilgængelige for den valgte lokalitet.</p>"
#. heading text
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
@@ -664,13 +629,11 @@
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the "
-"appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
"Kun minimal understøttelse for det valgte sprog er inkluderet på mediet.\n"
-"Tilføj tillægs-cd'en til sprog som en yderligere softwarekilde for at få "
-"bedre understøttelse\n"
+"Tilføj tillægs-cd'en til sprog som en yderligere softwarekilde for at få bedre understøttelse\n"
"for dette sprog.\n"
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
@@ -680,8 +643,7 @@
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
"Det valgte sprog kan ikke bruges i teksttilstand. Engelsk vil blive brugt\n"
-"til installationen, men det valgte sprog vil blive brugt på det installerede "
-"system."
+"til installationen, men det valgte sprog vil blive brugt på det installerede system."
#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
@@ -768,22 +730,18 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock "
-"Set To</b>.\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
-"time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Under <b>Hardwareur sat til</b> angives, hvorvidt din maskine sættes til "
-"lokal tid eller UTC.\n"
-"De fleste PCer, der også har andre operativsystemer installeret (såsom "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"Under <b>Hardwareur sat til</b> angives, hvorvidt din maskine sættes til lokal tid eller UTC.\n"
+"De fleste PCer, der også har andre operativsystemer installeret (såsom Microsoft\n"
"Windows), bruger lokal tid.\n"
"Maskiner, der kun har Linux installeret, er normalt\n"
"sat til UTC (Universal Time Coordinated).\n"
@@ -812,14 +770,11 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
-"system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
-"year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
-"backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -827,14 +782,11 @@
"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Du valgte lokal tid, men det lader til, at der kun er installeret Linux på "
-"dit system.\n"
-"I sådanne tilfælde anbefales det kraftigt at bruge UTC og at klikke "
-"Annullér.\n"
+"Du valgte lokal tid, men det lader til, at der kun er installeret Linux på dit system.\n"
+"I sådanne tilfælde anbefales det kraftigt at bruge UTC og at klikke Annullér.\n"
"\n"
"Hvis du vil beholde lokal tid skal du justere CMOS-uret to gange om året\n"
-"pga. skift til/fra sommertid. Hvis du glemmer at stille uret kan backup "
-"mislykkes, \n"
+"pga. skift til/fra sommertid. Hvis du glemmer at stille uret kan backup mislykkes, \n"
"dit mail-system vil måske afvise e-mails osv.\n"
"\n"
"Hvis du bruger UTC vil Linux justere tiden automatisk.\n"
@@ -843,12 +795,8 @@
#. help text for set time dialog
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
-"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Nuværende systemtid og -dato vises. Ret dem om nødvendigt til korrekte "
-"værdier manuelt eller brug Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Nuværende systemtid og -dato vises. Ret dem om nødvendigt til korrekte værdier manuelt eller brug Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
@@ -915,7 +863,6 @@
#. button text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
-#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr "Andre ind&stillinger..."
@@ -958,7 +905,6 @@
msgstr "Tids&zone"
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
-#| msgid "Date and Time"
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Dato og tid"
@@ -976,8 +922,7 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>"
-".\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -996,8 +941,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hvis det nuværende klokkeslet ikke er korrekt, så brug <b>Ændr</b> til at "
-"tilpasse det.\n"
+"Hvis det nuværende klokkeslet ikke er korrekt, så brug <b>Ændr</b> til at tilpasse det.\n"
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:03+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
@@ -611,17 +611,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Mindst én netværksgrænseflade skal vælges."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+#| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
+#| "Really use this interface?\n"
msgid ""
-"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
-"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
-"Really use this interface?\n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
"Den valgte netværksgrænseflade er ikke konfigureret (ingen tildelt IP-adresse \n"
"og netmaske). Brug af den i DHCP-serverkonfiguration fungerer muligvis ikke.\n"
@@ -630,66 +634,66 @@
#
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP-understøttelse"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "DHCP-server&navn (valgfrit)"
#
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "&Domænenavn"
#
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Primær navneserver-IP"
#
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Sekundær navneserver-IP"
#
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "Standard &gateway (router) "
#
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "NTP-&tidsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "&Udskriftsserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&WINS-server"
#
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "Standard ti&ldelingstid"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Enheder"
@@ -697,38 +701,38 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Den angivne værdi er ikke et gyldigt værtsmaskinenavn eller IP-adresse."
#
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Subnetinformation"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Nuværende &netværk"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "Nuværende net&maske"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Netmaske-bi&ts"
#
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "M&inimum IP-adresse"
@@ -736,12 +740,12 @@
#
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "M&aksimum IP-adresse"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP-adresseområde"
@@ -750,7 +754,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
@@ -762,7 +766,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
@@ -770,56 +774,56 @@
msgstr "&Sidste IP-adresse"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Tillad dynamisk &BOOTP"
#
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Tildelingstid"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "Stan&dard"
# IntField label
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "&Maksimum"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "&Enheder"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Opret ny DNS-zone fra bunden"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Redigér aktuel DNS-zone"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Hent aktuel zoneinformation"
#
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "&Synkronisér DNS-server..."
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -829,8 +833,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "Angiv værdier for begge ender af IP-adresseområdet."
@@ -838,8 +842,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -849,83 +853,83 @@
#
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Registreret værtsmaskine"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Navn"
#
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Hardwareadresse"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "Listeopsætning"
#
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Navn"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-Adresse"
#
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "&Hardwareadresse"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Ethernet"
#
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Tokenring"
#
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "Æ&ndr i liste"
#
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "Sle&t fra liste"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Tokenring"
@@ -933,53 +937,53 @@
#
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "Hardwareadressen er ugyldig.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "Hardwareadressen skal være unik."
#
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "Du skal angive et værtsmaskinenavn."
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "En værtsmaskine ved navn %1 findes allerede."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Skriv en værtsmaskine-IP."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "Hardwareadressen skal angives."
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "Vælg først en værtsmaskine."
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "Input-værdien skal angives."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -1000,15 +1004,15 @@
"Vil du fortsætte?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"-%1\" er ikke et gyldig kommandolinjetilvalg til DHCP-server "
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr "Kommandolinjetilvalget \"-%1\" til DHCP-server kræver et argument"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1027,7 +1031,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig fortsætte?\n"
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "Guide for DHCP-server (%1 af 4)"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: drbd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-20 14:41+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -29,6 +29,16 @@
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Global konfiguration af DRBD"
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+msgid "DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+msgid "&DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
@@ -66,26 +76,84 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af ressourcer"
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Resource Configuration"
+msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration af ressourcer"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Resource Configuration"
+msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration af ressourcer"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd"
+msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
+msgstr "Første del af konfiguration af DRBD"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
+msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Drbd Configuration"
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DRBD-konfiguration"
#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd"
-msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Første del af konfiguration af DRBD"
#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Second part of configuration of drbd"
-msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Anden del af konfiguration af DRBD"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -113,7 +181,7 @@
#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfiguration af DRBD</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent venligst...<br></p>\n"
@@ -135,7 +203,7 @@
#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Gemmer konfiguration af DRBD</big></b><br>\n"
"Vent venligst...<br></p>\n"
@@ -158,14 +226,81 @@
msgstr "Start konfiguration af DRBD."
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Global konfiguration af DRBD</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Global konfiguration af DRBD</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Global konfiguration af DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr "<p>Markér <b>\"Deaktivér IP-verificering\"</b> for at deaktivere et af drbdadms sundhedstjek</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -181,7 +316,7 @@
" Dialogen skriver optællingen af hvert 'genopfrisk dialog'-sekund,\n"
" og sætter det til 0 for helt at deaktivere gentegning. </p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
@@ -191,9 +326,10 @@
#| " as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
-"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
-"configured in this file.</p>\n"
+" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
+" without reloading the module.\n"
+" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n"
+" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mindre tælling:</b>\n"
" Brug dette, hvis du vil definere flere ressourcer senere\n"
@@ -202,20 +338,20 @@
" enheder konfigureret, der er nævnt i denne fil. </p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#| "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Konfiguration af DRBD</big></b><br>\n"
"Konfigurér DRBD her.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -223,9 +359,9 @@
#| "If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
#| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
-"If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
+"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tilføje en DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -234,7 +370,7 @@
"Tryk så på <b>Konfigurér</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -245,7 +381,7 @@
"du kan ændre konfigurationen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -253,7 +389,7 @@
#| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Oversigt over DRBD-konfiguration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -261,20 +397,20 @@
"redigere deres konfigurationer.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
#| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tilføje en DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
"Tryk på <b>Tilføj</b> For at konfigurere en DRBD.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -282,7 +418,7 @@
#| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Redigere eller slette:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -290,7 +426,7 @@
"Tryk så på <b>Redigér</b> eller <b>Slet</b> som ønsket.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -302,7 +438,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -313,7 +449,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -332,14 +468,15 @@
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protokol"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "Knudenavne skal være forskellige."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please fill out all fields."
-msgid "Fill out all fields."
+msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Udfyld venligst alle felter."
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -385,8 +522,8 @@
#| "To propagate this configuration ,\n"
#| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgid ""
-"To propagate this configuration,\n"
-"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
+"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
"Kopiér konfigurationsfilen /etc/drbd.conf\n"
"manuelt til resten af knuderne for at udbrede denne konfiguration."
@@ -404,91 +541,150 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Drbd service failed"
-msgid "Starting DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Start af Drbd-tjenesten mislykkedes"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Drbd service failed"
-msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Stop af Drbd-tjenesten mislykkedes"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "Heartbeat-konfiguration"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer..."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af DRBD"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Læs globale indstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Læs ressourcer"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Læs dæmonstatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Læser globale indstillinger..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Læser ressourcer..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Læser dæmonstatus..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
+#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+msgid ""
+"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
+"%2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Skriver DRBD-konfiguration"
#. if (!modified) return true;
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Skriv globale indstillinger"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Skriv ressourcer"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Sæt dæmonstatus"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Skriver globale indstillinger..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Skriver ressourcer..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Sætter dæmonstatus..."
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502
+msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
+msgstr ""
+
#~ msgid "Configuration of drbd"
#~ msgstr "Konfiguration af DRBD"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -40,8 +40,18 @@
msgid "&FcoeClient"
msgstr "&FcoeClient"
+#. setting of config value is 'yes'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. setting of config value is 'no'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
msgid ""
"Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n"
"Command %1 failed."
@@ -49,13 +59,38 @@
"Kan ikke fjerne FCoE-grænsefladen.\n"
"Kommandoen %1 mislykkedes."
+#. FCoE is not available on the interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
+msgid "not available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
+msgid "not configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is 'true'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
+msgid "true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is 'false'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
+msgid "false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is not set at all
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
+msgid "not set"
+msgstr ""
+
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
msgstr "Konfiguration af VLAN-grænsefladen %1 på %2"
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -66,7 +101,7 @@
"selv netværksgrænsefladen %2."
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -77,12 +112,12 @@
"VLAN-grænseflade %2."
#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
msgstr "Opretter og starter FCoE på detekteret VLAN-enhed"
#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
msgid ""
"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n"
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
@@ -93,16 +128,16 @@
"på %2 og starte initiering af FCoE?"
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
msgstr "Kan ikke oprette og starte FCoE på %1."
#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
msgstr "Kommandoen \"%1\" på %2 mislykkedes."
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
@@ -111,12 +146,12 @@
"Fortsæt fordi der køres i testtilstand"
#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig fjerne FCoE-grænsefladen %1?"
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
msgid ""
"Attention:\n"
"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n"
@@ -127,7 +162,7 @@
"At fjerne den kan medføre et ubrugeligt system."
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
@@ -136,16 +171,16 @@
"til en allerede aktiveret multipath-enhed."
#. replace values in table
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Fjernelse af grænsefladen %1 mislykkedes."
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Ødelæggelse af grænsefladen %1 mislykkedes."
#. text of a warning popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
@@ -154,7 +189,7 @@
"grænsefladen er ikke DCB-kapabel."
#. text of an information (notify) popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
msgid ""
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
@@ -561,27 +596,39 @@
msgstr "<p>Installér den nu?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Kan ikke detektere enheder."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
+msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
+msgstr "Kan ikke detektere enheder."
+
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
+msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
+msgstr "Kan ikke detektere enheder."
+
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -591,130 +638,113 @@
"Du kan redigere indstillingerne og genskabe FCoE\n"
"VLAN-grænsefladen for at få en gyldig konfiguration."
-#. it's about a flag which is not set at all
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110
-msgid "not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. also about setting of a flag
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "true"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "false"
-msgstr ""
-
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af fcoe-klient"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Tjek installerede pakker"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Tjek tjenester"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Detektér netværkskort"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Læs /etc/fcoe/config"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Tjekker for installerede pakker..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Tjekker for tjenester..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Detekterer netværkskort..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Læser /etc/fcoe/config"
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Start af tjenester mislykkedes."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Kan ikke detektere enheder."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Kan ikke læse /etc/fcoe/config."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af fcoe-client"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Genstart FCoE-tjenesten"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Tilpas start af tjenester"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Genstarter FCoE-tjenesten..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Tilpasser start af tjenester..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til /etc/fcoe/config."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
@@ -723,43 +753,43 @@
"Se /var/log/YaST2/y2log for detaljer."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Genstart af tjenesten fcoe mislykkedes."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<b>Generel konfiguration af FCoE</b>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "<b>Grænseflader</b>"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr "<i>Netkort</i>:"
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr "<b>Start af tjenester</b>"
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktiveret"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktiveret"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-06 22:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 20:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -72,92 +72,249 @@
#.
#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "configuration file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "arbitrator ip"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "transport"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#. return `cacel or a string
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#. parser value first
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+msgid "retries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+msgid "weights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188
+msgid "expire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+msgid "acquire-after"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+msgid "before-acquire-handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231
+msgid "expire is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+msgid "acquireafter is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+msgid "retries is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+msgid "weights is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgstr ""
+#. fill confs with global_files
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332
+msgid "site have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337
+msgid "ticket have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582
+msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!"
+msgstr ""
+
#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317
+#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd.
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Geo Cluster configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527
+msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573
+msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576
+msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589
+msgid "port is invalid!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595
+msgid "transport have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+msgid "site have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605
+msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650
+msgid "Choose configuration file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+msgid "GeoCluster Configurations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+msgid "Cannot write global settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -166,75 +323,63 @@
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#. read sites
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311
-msgid "Cannot write global settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315
-msgid "Cannot write sites settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write ticket
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318
-msgid "Cannot write ticket settings."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/gtk.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/gtk.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/gtk.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:39+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -81,22 +81,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78
+#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierer filer til det installerede system..."
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler er deaktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér</a>)."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73
+#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "Initialiserer standard vindueshåndtering..."
@@ -297,6 +297,7 @@
msgstr "Opdateringer til %1 %2"
#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukendt produkt"
@@ -357,7 +358,7 @@
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Licensaftale"
@@ -430,10 +431,24 @@
"
for at afbryde installationsprocessen.\n"
"
</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336
-msgid "License needs to be accepted"
-msgstr "Licensen skal accepteres"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter"
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -639,11 +654,11 @@
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Konfigurér &FCoE-grænseflader"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurér &iSCSI-diske"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
@@ -666,15 +681,22 @@
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr "<p>Installationen er lige ved at starte!</p>"
-#. download release notes now
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter"
+#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
+#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. bug #302384
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+msgid "Initializing"
+msgstr "Initialiserer"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgstr "Initialiserer installationen..."
+
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
@@ -693,65 +715,65 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Færdiggør basisinstallation"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Opretter liste over afslutningsscripts der skal kaldes..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopiér filer til det installerede system"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Gem konfiguration"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Gem installationsindstillinger"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Installér bootloader"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Forbered systemet til første boot"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Tjekker fase: %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Kalder trin %1..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gennemført"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Installationsfejl"
@@ -770,11 +792,6 @@
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr "Installationen initialiseres."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
-msgid "Initializing the installation..."
-msgstr "Initialiserer installationen..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
@@ -787,13 +804,6 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Forbereder første systemkonfiguration..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
-msgid "Initializing"
-msgstr "Initialiserer"
-
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
@@ -1008,12 +1018,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Springer konfigurationen over efter brugerens ønske"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1024,31 +1034,31 @@
#. not using tabs
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
msgstr "FEJL: Manglende titel"
#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Tilpasser forslaget til de aktuelle indstillinger..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analyserer dit system..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "FEJL: Intet forslag"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1057,7 +1067,7 @@
"Der var fejl."
#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installationsoversigt"
@@ -1066,25 +1076,25 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Spring konfiguration over"
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Brug følgende konfiguration"
#. menu button
#. menu button
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "Æ&ndr..."
#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Export Configuration"
@@ -1092,23 +1102,23 @@
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" herunder."
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" herunder."
#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Gendan standard"
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -1122,7 +1132,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1153,7 +1163,7 @@
#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
#.
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -1165,7 +1175,7 @@
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1177,7 +1187,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1189,7 +1199,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1201,7 +1211,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1212,12 +1222,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML Installationsforslag</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1228,7 +1238,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1239,7 +1249,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
msgid ""
"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
@@ -1250,11 +1260,11 @@
"hvis du skal have ændret et forslag som er låst.</p>\n"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Opdatering"
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Installér"
@@ -1379,54 +1389,36 @@
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Undersøger harddiske..."
-#
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
-msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
-msgstr "Søg efter Linux-partitioner"
-
-#
+#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
-msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-msgstr "Søger efter Linux-partitioner..."
-
-#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Søg efter systemfiler"
#
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Søger efter systemfiler..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Initialisér håndtering af software"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Initialiserer håndtering af software..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140
-msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
-msgstr "Vurdér opdateringsmulighed"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141
-msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
-msgstr "Vurderer opdateringsmulighed..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Systemundersøgelse"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "YaST undersøger din computers hardware og installerede systemer nu."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
@@ -1435,7 +1427,7 @@
"Tjek \"drivers.suse.com\" hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation."
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1445,7 +1437,7 @@
"Kontrollér din hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1456,7 +1448,7 @@
"(især på S/390- eller iSCSI-systemer)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1470,7 +1462,7 @@
#
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1479,18 +1471,18 @@
"Afbryder installationen."
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "Fjernet"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Aktiveret"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Deaktiveret"
@@ -1498,14 +1490,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "Tidligere anvendte softwarekilder"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
@@ -1514,28 +1506,28 @@
"du er ved at opgradere:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "Nuværende status"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Softwarekilde"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "Skif&t status"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
@@ -1544,7 +1536,7 @@
"på det system, du opgraderer. Aktivér dem, du ønsker at inkludere i opgraderingsprocessen.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
@@ -1553,31 +1545,31 @@
"<b>Skift status</b>-knappen eller dobbeltklik på de respektive punkter i tabellen.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr "<p>For at ændre URL, clik på <b>Ændr...</b>-knappen.</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukendt"
#
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "U&RL for softwarekilde"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "Netværk er ikke konfigureret"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
@@ -1587,53 +1579,53 @@
#
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "Tilføjer og fjerner softwarekilder..."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Softwarekilder tilføjes og fjernes.</p>"
# label text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "Fjern ikke-anvendte softwarekilder"
# label text
-#. Removes selected repositories
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813
+#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "Fjerner ikke-anvendte softwarekilder..."
# label text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "Tilføj aktiverede softwarekilder"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "Tilføjer aktiverede softwarekilder..."
# label text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "Tilføj deaktiverede softwarekilder"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "Tilføjer deaktiverede softwarekilder..."
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr "Anmodning om korrekt medie"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1647,7 +1639,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1662,7 +1654,7 @@
"Softwarekilden vil blive tilføjet i deaktiveret tilstand."
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1674,7 +1666,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1686,7 +1678,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1697,7 +1689,7 @@
"URL: %2\n"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1775,55 +1767,50 @@
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Gemmer proxy-konfiguration..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62
-msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
-msgstr "Aktiverer generator af tilfældige tal..."
-
#
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Gemmer tidszone..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "Gemmer sprog..."
#
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "Gemmer konsolkonfiguration..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "Gemmer tastaturkonfiguration..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "Gemmer produktinformation..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "Gemmer automatiske installationsindstillinger..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "Gemmer sikkerhedsindstillinger..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
msgstr "Gemmer indstillinger for boot-scripts..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70
+#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Gemmer hardwarekonfiguration..."
@@ -1855,7 +1842,7 @@
msgstr "Skriver YaST-konfiguration..."
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -2103,6 +2090,71 @@
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr "Søger efter Linux-partitioner..."
+#. Text to display
+#.
+#. @return String
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
+msgstr "Initialiserer installationen..."
+
+#. checking whether images are supported
+#. BNC #409927
+#. Checking files for signatures
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
+msgstr "Læsning af information om installations-imagefiler fejlede"
+
+#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+msgid "Deploying..."
+msgstr "Ruller ud..."
+
+#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
+#.
+#. @see #all_supported_types
+#. @see #objects_state
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+msgid "Storing user preferences..."
+msgstr "Gemmer brugerpræferencer..."
+
+#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
+msgstr "Genopretter brugerpræferencer..."
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+msgid ""
+"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
+"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationen kunne ikke løse pakkeafhængigheder automatisk.\n"
+"Softwarehåndteringen vil blive åbnet så du kan løse dem manuelt."
+
+#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
+#~ msgstr "Licensen skal accepteres"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
+#~ msgstr "Søg efter Linux-partitioner"
+
+#
+#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
+#~ msgstr "Søger efter Linux-partitioner..."
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
+#~ msgstr "Vurdér opdateringsmulighed"
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
+#~ msgstr "Vurderer opdateringsmulighed..."
+
+#~ msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
+#~ msgstr "Aktiverer generator af tilfældige tal..."
+
#~ msgid "Network Device: %1"
#~ msgstr "Netværksenhed: %1"
@@ -2675,26 +2727,7 @@
#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Vil du installere den nu?</p>"
-#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
-#~ msgstr "Læsning af information om installations-imagefiler fejlede"
-
-#~ msgid "Deploying..."
-#~ msgstr "Ruller ud..."
-
-#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Gemmer brugerpræferencer..."
-
-#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Genopretter brugerpræferencer..."
-
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
-#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Installationen kunne ikke løse pakkeafhængigheder automatisk.\n"
-#~ "Softwarehåndteringen vil blive åbnet så du kan løse dem manuelt."
-
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n"
#~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n"
#~ "this process can take some time.</p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -92,6 +92,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+msgid "&Global Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
msgid "Check Interval"
msgstr ""
@@ -201,7 +217,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -441,7 +457,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -579,6 +595,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+msgid ""
+"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -591,6 +613,20 @@
msgid "weight"
msgstr ""
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+msgid "IP address is not Valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+msgid "Add a new real server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+msgid "Edit the real server:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -76,148 +76,156 @@
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr "iSNS-port"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109
-msgid "Initiator Name"
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "&Initiator Name"
msgstr "Navn på igangsætter"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115
-msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr "Offloa&d kort"
#. table of connected targets
#. table of discovered targets
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Grænseflade"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr "Portaladresse"
#
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr "Målnavn"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Opstart"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Tilføj"
#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Redigér"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Log Out"
msgstr "Log ud"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Tilsluttet"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr "Opdagelse"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "Log In"
msgstr "Log ind"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Tilslut"
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Ingen godkendelse"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "Indkommende godkendelse"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Brugernavn"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Adgangskode"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "Udgående godkendelse"
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "Opstart"
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adresse"
#
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Port"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Nøgle"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Værdi"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Tjeneste"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "Tilsluttede mål"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "Opdagede mål"
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt over iSCI-igangsætter"
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -226,9 +234,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "iSCI-igangsætteropdagelse"
@@ -492,12 +500,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Indsæt IP-adressen."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Indsæt porten."
@@ -505,37 +513,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "Sand"
#
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "Falsk"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "Destinationen med dette TargetName (destinationsnavn) er allerede tilsluttet. Sørg for, at multipathing er aktiveret, så data ikke ødelægges."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Fortsæt"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Annullér"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Målet er allerede tilsluttet."
@@ -616,12 +624,18 @@
msgstr "Opsætning af tjenestestatus"
#. interface type for hardware offloading
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70
-msgid "(Software)"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "(Software)"
+msgid "default (Software)"
msgstr "(Software)"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
+msgid "all"
+msgstr ""
+
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -633,7 +647,7 @@
"oprettes en sikkerhedskopi. Hvis du vil bruge et andet initiatornavn, skal du ændre det i BIOS.\n"
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Opsummering af konfiguration..."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/isns.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/isns.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/isns.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -293,81 +293,81 @@
msgstr "Initialiserer ..."
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172
msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>For at konfigurere iSNS-tjenesten, skal pakken <b>%1</b> være installeret.</p>"
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Skal den installeres nu?</p>"
#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af iSNS-tjeneste"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Læser i databasen"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Læs tidligere indstillinger"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Søge efter enhederne"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Læser databasen..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Læser tidligere indstillinger..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Søger efter enheder..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer iSNS-konfiguration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Kør SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Kører SuSEconfig..."
#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf)
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-08 21:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -388,8 +388,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "En genstart er nødvendig for at anvende ændringer."
@@ -523,15 +523,6 @@
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "&Kdump"
-#. checking if packages are available
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103
-msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
-msgstr "Der er ikke nogen pakke for kexec-tools tilgængelig."
-
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115
-msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
-msgstr "Der er ikke nogen pakke for kdump tilgængelig."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
@@ -1230,140 +1221,146 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer kdump-konfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Læser konfigurationsfilen..."
#
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Læser kerne-boot-tilvalg..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr "Læser tilgængelig hukommelse..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Læser diskpartitioner..."
#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Kan ikke læse '/etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Kan ikke læse kernens boot-tilvalg."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Kan ikke læse tilgængelig hukommelse."
#
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer kdump konfiguration"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne"
#
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Opdatér boot-tilvalg"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..."
#
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Opdaterer boot-tilvalg..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Tilføjer crashkerne parameter til bootloader-fejl."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-status: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "aktiveret"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "deaktiveret"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Værdi af crashkernel-tilvalget: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dump-format: %1"
# integer field widget label
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Mål for dump: %1"
# integer field widget label
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Antal dump: %1"
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
+#~ msgstr "Der er ikke nogen pakke for kexec-tools tilgængelig."
+
+#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
+#~ msgstr "Der er ikke nogen pakke for kdump tilgængelig."
+
#~ msgid "ENABLED"
#~ msgstr "AKTIVERET"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kerberos\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-01 10:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-29 21:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -231,46 +231,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
msgid ""
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
msgstr ""
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
msgstr ""
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
msgid ""
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
#. entry of the current template.</p>
#. ") +
#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/lxc.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/lxc.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/lxc.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/mail.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/mail.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/mail.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -84,8 +84,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>Afbryd gemningen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Afbryd gemningen ved at klikke på <B>Afbryd</B>.\n"
-"En yderligare dialogbox vil fortælle dig om det er sikkert at gøre det eller "
-"ej.\n"
+"En yderligare dialogbox vil fortælle dig om det er sikkert at gøre det eller ej.\n"
"</P>\n"
#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1
@@ -114,8 +113,7 @@
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n"
-"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the "
-"localhost.</p>\n"
+"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hvis <b>Ingen forbindelse</b> vælges vil e-mail-serveren blive startet \n"
"men kun lokal e-mail-transport er mulig. MTA'en lytter på localhost.</p>\n"
@@ -147,8 +145,7 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
-"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>"
-"smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
+"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Den udgående postserver er generelt beregnet til en opkaldsforbindelse.\n"
@@ -159,12 +156,10 @@
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your "
-"provider.</p>\n"
+"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>I <b>Brugernavn</b> feltet, indtaster du det brugernavn som du har "
-"modtaget fra din Internetudbyder.</p>\n"
+"<p>I <b>Brugernavn</b> feltet, indtaster du det brugernavn som du har modtaget fra din Internetudbyder.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113
@@ -205,14 +200,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n"
"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n"
-"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Denne tabel omdirigerer post som levereres lokalt.\n"
"Omdirigér den til en anden lokal bruger (nyttigt for systemkonti,\n"
-"specielt for <b>root</b>), til en ekstern adresse eller til en liste med "
-"adresser.</p>\n"
+"specielt for <b>root</b>), til en ekstern adresse eller til en liste med adresser.</p>\n"
#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143
@@ -699,8 +692,7 @@
"with AMaViS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Aktivering af virusscanning (AMaViS)</b> tjekker indkommende og "
-"udgående post\n"
+"<p><b>Aktivering af virusscanning (AMaViS)</b> tjekker indkommende og udgående post\n"
"med AMaVis.</p>\n"
#. help text
@@ -747,23 +739,17 @@
"\n"
"<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n"
"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n"
-"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can "
-"send\n"
+"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n"
"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n"
"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n"
"the domain key.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Aktivering af DKIM for udgående e-mails kræver yderligere handlinger. En "
-"SSL-nøgle\n"
-"vil blive genereret for den \"mydomain\"-værdi der er defineret i Postfix. En "
-"ny tjeneste\n"
-"ved navn \"submission\" vil blive konfigureret i Postfix. Når dette er sat op "
-"kan du sende\n"
-"post med denne tjenesten \"submission\" fra \"mynetworks\" med aktiveret "
-"SASL-\n"
-"autentificering. Kun e-mails sendt af denne nye tjeneste vil blive signeret "
-"med\n"
+"<p>Aktivering af DKIM for udgående e-mails kræver yderligere handlinger. En SSL-nøgle\n"
+"vil blive genereret for den \"mydomain\"-værdi der er defineret i Postfix. En ny tjeneste\n"
+"ved navn \"submission\" vil blive konfigureret i Postfix. Når dette er sat op kan du sende\n"
+"post med denne tjenesten \"submission\" fra \"mynetworks\" med aktiveret SASL-\n"
+"autentificering. Kun e-mails sendt af denne nye tjeneste vil blive signeret med\n"
"domænenøglen.</p>\n"
#. help text
@@ -774,14 +760,12 @@
"Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n"
"in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n"
"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n"
-"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, "
-"the\n"
+"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n"
"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n"
"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Den offentlige nøgle for domænenøglen skal tilbydes via en "
-"domænenavnstjeneste (DNS)\n"
+"<p>Den offentlige nøgle for domænenøglen skal tilbydes via en domænenavnstjeneste (DNS)\n"
"Den offentlige nøgle vil blive gemt som en DNS TXT-indgang\n"
"i <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> og skal udrulles til en\n"
"tilsvarende domænenavnstjeneste. Hvis der kører en navneserver\n"
@@ -791,11 +775,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du aktiverer DKIM-understøttelse, vil virusscanning (AMaViS) også blive "
-"aktiveret."
+msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
+msgstr "Hvis du aktiverer DKIM-understøttelse, vil virusscanning (AMaViS) også blive aktiveret."
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224
@@ -839,12 +820,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not "
-"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p> <b>Leveringsmetoden</b> er normalt <b>Direkte</b>, medmindre du ikke "
-"videresender root's post eller vil have adgang til post via IMAP.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p> <b>Leveringsmetoden</b> er normalt <b>Direkte</b>, medmindre du ikke videresender root's post eller vil have adgang til post via IMAP.</p>"
#
#. LogView label. take a string from users?
@@ -902,7 +879,6 @@
#. combo box choice:
#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869
-#| msgid "To Cyrus IMAP Server"
msgid "To IMAP Server"
msgstr "Til IMAP-server"
@@ -930,7 +906,6 @@
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
-#| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Dovecot IMAP-server vil blive installeret.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-07 18:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses-pkg.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses-pkg.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses-pkg.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-07 18:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-17 23:06+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -100,139 +100,81 @@
msgstr "Intern fejl"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..."
msgstr "Skriver firewall-konfiguration..."
-#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC
-#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive åbnet (<a href=\"%s\">luk</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive blokeret (<a href=\"%s\">åbn</a)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110
-#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Firewallen vil blive aktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">deaktivér</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114
-#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Firewallen vil blive deaktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">aktivér</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH-port vil blive åbnet (<a href=\"%s\">blokér</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH-port vil blive blokeret (<a href=\"%s\">åbn</a)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128
-#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive aktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">deaktivér</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132
-#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive deaktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">aktivér</a>)"
-
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Firewall og SSH"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "&Firewall og SSH"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Basal konfiguration af firewall og SSH"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr "Åbn &VNC-porte"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "Firewall og SSH-tjenesten"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "Aktivér firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264
-#| msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "Åbn SSH-port"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272
-#| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service"
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "Aktivér SSH-tjenesten"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
-"dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall og SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra "
-"netværket.\n"
-"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en "
-"dedikeret\n"
+"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra netværket.\n"
+"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en dedikeret\n"
"SSH-klient</p>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
-"after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret "
-"efter\n"
+"<p>Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret efter\n"
"installationen. Det anbefales at holde den aktiveret.</p>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
-#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
-#| "will be started on computer boot).</p>"
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
-"SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
-"service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til "
-"SSH-tjenesten\n"
-"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten "
-"uafhængigt (dvs. at\n"
+"<p>Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til SSH-tjenesten\n"
+"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten uafhængigt (dvs. at\n"
"den vil blive startet under opstart af computeren).</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -242,6 +184,41 @@
"tjenesten til fjernadministration på et kørende system, men den\n"
"startes automatisk af installationsprogrammet om nødvendigt.</p>"
+#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
+#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292
+msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Firewallen vil blive aktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">deaktivér</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296
+msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Firewallen vil blive deaktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">aktivér</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301
+msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive aktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">deaktivér</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305
+msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive deaktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">aktivér</a>)"
+
+#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317
+msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive åbnet (<a href=\"%s\">luk</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319
+msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive blokeret (<a href=\"%s\">åbn</a)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324
+msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-port vil blive åbnet (<a href=\"%s\">blokér</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328
+msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-port vil blive blokeret (<a href=\"%s\">åbn</a)"
+
#
#. Commandline help title
#. configuration of hosts
@@ -402,11 +379,8 @@
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
-msgid ""
-"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke "
-"udføres."
+msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr "Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke udføres."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
@@ -416,17 +390,14 @@
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
-"configuration,\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
"Download af seneste udgivelsesnoter fejlede pga. fejl på serversiden.\n"
"Dette skyldes ikke nødvendigvis fejlkonfigureret netværk.\n"
"\n"
-"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at "
-"springe\n"
-"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at "
-"gå\n"
+"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at springe\n"
+"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at gå\n"
"tilbage til din netværkskonfiguration.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
@@ -552,9 +523,18 @@
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr "Grænseflader til brobygning"
-#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst();
-#. Lan::Autoinstall();
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173
+#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
+#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
+#. has higher priority
+#.
+#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
+#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
+#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
+#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
+#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
+#. Other elements may have similar problems,
+#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Konfigurationsfejl: Ikke-initialiseret grænseflade."
@@ -618,8 +598,7 @@
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/remote.rb:85
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr ""
-"Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration"
+msgstr "Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration"
#
#. Command line output Headline
@@ -651,7 +630,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Rutningskonfiguration"
@@ -665,17 +644,14 @@
msgstr "Vis indgange i routing-tabel for valgt destination"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:79
-#| msgid "IP forwarding settings"
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger for IPv4- og IPv6-videresendelse"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:87
-#| msgid "IP forwarding settings"
msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger kun for IPv4-videresendelse"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:95
-#| msgid "IP forwarding settings"
msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger kun for IPv6-videresendelse"
@@ -754,7 +730,7 @@
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Enhed"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Indstillinger"
@@ -767,40 +743,33 @@
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
-#| msgid "IP forwarding is enabled"
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "%s-videresendelse er aktiveret"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:268
-#| msgid "IP forwarding is disabled"
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "%s-videresendelse er deaktiveret"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:272
-#| msgid "Enabling IP forwarding..."
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Aktiverer %s-videresendelse..."
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:276
-#| msgid "Disabling IP forwarding..."
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Deaktiverer %s-videresendelse..."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:282
-#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IPv4-videresendelse:"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:292
-#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IPv6-videresendelse:"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:302
-#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "IPv4- og IPv6-videresendelse:"
@@ -817,12 +786,8 @@
msgstr "IP-adresse for destination skal angives."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
-msgid ""
-"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
-"must be specified"
-msgstr ""
-"Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, "
-"tilvalg)"
+msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
+msgstr "Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, tilvalg)"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
@@ -834,14 +799,14 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Advarsel: Ingen kryptering anvendt."
#
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Ændr."
@@ -1180,7 +1145,6 @@
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96
-#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr "IPv4-adresseetiket"
@@ -1244,7 +1208,7 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "&Enhedstype"
@@ -1252,7 +1216,7 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "&Konfigurationsnavn"
@@ -1265,7 +1229,7 @@
msgstr "Tunnel-gruppe"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Enheder med bro"
@@ -1300,8 +1264,7 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
@@ -1311,7 +1274,6 @@
msgstr "Intet link eller IP-opsætning (bonding-slaver)"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288
-#| msgid "Use iBFT values"
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr "Brug iBFT-værdier"
@@ -1333,7 +1295,6 @@
#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323
-#| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address"
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr "Statisk tildelt IP-adresse"
@@ -1471,55 +1432,48 @@
#
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adresse"
#
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Konfigurér din IP-adresse.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Bond-slaver"
#
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Trådløst"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
-#| msgid "Ifplugd priority"
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "Ifplugd-prioritet"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
-"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable "
-"Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
-"to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD-PRIORITET</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> Alle grænseflader konfigureret til <b>Ved kabeltilslutning</b> og med "
-"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n"
-" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader "
-"bruger <b>Ved kabeltilslutning</b>\n"
-" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. "
-"Derfor er vi nødt til at\n"
+"<p> Alle grænseflader konfigureret til <b>Ved kabeltilslutning</b> og med IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n"
+" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader bruger <b>Ved kabeltilslutning</b>\n"
+" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. Derfor er vi nødt til at\n"
" sætte prioritet for hver grænseflade. </p>\n"
#
@@ -1528,11 +1482,15 @@
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Opsætning af netværkskort"
-#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131
+#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
+#| "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
-"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
msgstr ""
"Mindst én af de valgte enheder er allerede konfigureret.\n"
"Vil du tilpasse konfigurationen for broen (IP-adresse 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
@@ -1723,12 +1681,8 @@
msgstr "Anvend tilvalget \"id\" til at bestemme enheden."
#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of "
-"\"id\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at "
-"tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"."
+msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
+msgstr "Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"."
#. Handler for action "add"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
@@ -1755,7 +1709,7 @@
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "Enheden blev slettet."
-#. encoding: utf-8
+#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
#.
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -1850,19 +1804,15 @@
msgstr "Installerer firmware"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
-msgid ""
-"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script "
-"needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
-msgstr ""
-"Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af "
-"firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?"
+msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
+msgstr "Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
msgstr "En fejl opstod under under installation af firmware."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1877,14 +1827,12 @@
"vil grænsefladen ikke længere blive administreret af NetworkManager.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
-msgstr ""
-"Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?"
+msgstr "Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#. radio button group label, method of setup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Opsætningsmetode for netværk"
@@ -1893,7 +1841,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Netværksindstillinger"
@@ -1922,7 +1870,7 @@
msgstr "Ændr standardrute via DHCP"
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1932,7 +1880,7 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
@@ -1940,72 +1888,54 @@
"<p><b>Enhedstype</b>. Der er diverse enhedstyper tilgængelige, vælg \n"
"en der svarer til dine behov.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
-"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name "
-"(for\n"
+"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Udev-regler</b> er reglerne for kernens enhedshåndtering, som tillader\n"
"associering af MAC-adresser eller BusID for netværksenheden med dens navn\n"
"(f.eks. eth1, wlan0), og sikrer et uændret enhedsnavn ved genstart.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify "
-"now configured NIC. \n"
-"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start "
-"blinking for selected time.\n"
+"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
+"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vis synlig portidentifikation</b> lader dig fysisk identificere det nu "
-"konfigurerede netkort.\n"
-"Sæt passende tid, klik på <b>Blink</b> og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil "
-"begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n"
+"<p><b>Vis synlig portidentifikation</b> lader dig fysisk identificere det nu konfigurerede netkort.\n"
+"Sæt passende tid, klik på <b>Blink</b> og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n"
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
-"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if "
-"there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the "
-"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
+"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kernemodul</b>. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din "
-"netværksenhed\n"
-"
her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der "
-"er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n"
-"
for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt "
-"virker standardværdien.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Kernemodul</b>. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din netværksenhed\n"
+"
her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n"
+"
for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt virker standardværdien.</p>\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
-"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for "
-"example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while "
-"saving.</p>\n"
+"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Yderligere kan du angive <b>tilvalg</b> til kernemodulet. Brug formatet\n"
-"<i>tilvalg</i>=<i>værdi</i>. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for "
-"eksempel, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Bemærk:</b> Hvis to kort \n"
-"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under "
-"gemmeprocessen.</p>\n"
+"<i>tilvalg</i>=<i>værdi</i>. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for eksempel, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Bemærk:</b> Hvis to kort \n"
+"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under gemmeprocessen.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool "
-"with these options.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du angiver tilvalg via <b>Ethtool-tilvalg</b>, vil ifup kalde ethtool "
-"med disse tilvalg.</p>\n"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130
+msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Hvis du angiver tilvalg via <b>Ethtool-tilvalg</b>, vil ifup kalde ethtool med disse tilvalg.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -2016,7 +1946,7 @@
#
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -2025,7 +1955,7 @@
"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
@@ -2034,83 +1964,89 @@
"i manualen <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>"
#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269
msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Manuel konfiguration af netværkskort"
#
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr "&PCMCIA"
#
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "&USB"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300
msgid "&Hotplug Type"
msgstr "&Hotplug-type"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305
msgid "P&CI"
msgstr "P&CI"
#
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "&Kernemodul"
#
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "&Modulnavn"
#. TODO: Ud ... Rules
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380
-msgid "Udev rules"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Udev rules"
+msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr "Udev-regler"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enhedsnavn"
#
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
msgid "Change"
msgstr "Ændr"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
-msgid "Show visible port identification"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Show visible port identification"
+msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr "Vis synlig portidentifikation"
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekunder"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406
msgid "Blink"
msgstr "Blink"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409
-msgid "Ethtool options"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Ethtool options"
+msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "Ethtool-tilvalg"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "Manuelt valg af netværkskort"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -2121,19 +2057,19 @@
#
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "&Netværkskort"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&Søg"
#. Remember current device number (#308763)
#. see also bnc#391802
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
@@ -2143,7 +2079,7 @@
#
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af S/390-netværkskort"
@@ -2152,156 +2088,140 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger for S/390-enhed"
#
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&Portnavn"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Portnummer"
#
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "&Aktiver IPA overtagelse"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "Aktivér '&Layer 2'-understøttelse"
#
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "'Layer 2' &MAC-adresse"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "Læsekanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "Skrivekanal"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Kontrolkanal"
#
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angiv <b>portnavnet</b> for denne grænseflade (versalfølsom).</p>"
#
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by "
-"spaces).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Angiv yderligere <b>tilvalg</b> for denne grænseflade (adskilt af "
-"mellemrum).</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
+msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Angiv yderligere <b>tilvalg</b> for denne grænseflade (adskilt af mellemrum).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled "
-"for this interface.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg<b> Aktivér IPA-overtagelse</b>, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal "
-"aktiveres for denne grænseflade.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg<b> Aktivér IPA-overtagelse</b>, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal aktiveres for denne grænseflade.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with "
-"layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse</b>, hvis dette kort er "
-"konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse</b>, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with "
-"layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Indtast en <b>'Layer 2' MAC-adresse</b>, hvis dette kort er konfigureret "
-"med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Indtast en <b>'Layer 2' MAC-adresse</b>, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>"
#
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "&Portnummer"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&LANCMD-tidsudløb"
#
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>portnummeret</b> for denne grænseflade.</p>"
#
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angiv <b>LANCMD -tidsudløb</b> for denne grænseflade.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "Kompatibilitetstilstand"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Udvidet tilstand"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "CTC-baseret tty (Linux til Linux-tilslutninger)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "Kompatibilitetstilstand med OS/390 og z/OS"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokol"
#
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>protokollen</b> for denne grænseflade.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "&Peer-navn"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2310,7 +2230,7 @@
"
med hvilket der skal tilsluttes (versalfølsom).</p>\n"
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -2320,7 +2240,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Hardware-dialog"
@@ -2342,8 +2262,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Afbryde initialiseringen:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <B>Afbryd</B> "
-"nu.</p>\n"
+"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <B>Afbryd</B> nu.</p>\n"
#
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
@@ -2379,11 +2298,15 @@
"til at skifte mellem kablede og trådløse netværk.</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
+#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
-"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Anvend <b>Traditionel metode med <tt>ifup</tt></b>,\n"
@@ -2391,7 +2314,7 @@
"eller har behov for at anvende flere grænseflader samtidig .</p>\n"
#
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
@@ -2402,7 +2325,7 @@
"kan du redigere deres konfiguration.<br></p>\n"
#
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
@@ -2410,7 +2333,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Tilføje et netværkskort:</big></b><br>\n"
"Tryk på <b>Tilføj</b> for manuelt at konfigurere et nyt netværkskort.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n"
@@ -2421,14 +2344,13 @@
"Tryk derefter på hhv. <b>Redigér</b> eller <b>Slet</b>.</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
-"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the "
-"response \n"
+"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 protokolindstillinger</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2438,13 +2360,13 @@
"Dette vil sortliste IPv6-kernemodulet. Hvis IPv6-protokollen ikke anvendes\n"
"på dit netværk, kan responstiden blive hurtigere.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Alle ændringer vil blive anvendt efter genstart.</p>"
#
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2453,49 +2375,43 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Rutningen kan sættes op i denne dialog.\n"
-"<b>Standard-gateway</b> matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige "
-"destinationer.\n"
+"<b>Standard-gateway</b> matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige destinationer.\n"
"Hvis en anden værdi findes, der matcher den forlangte adresse, benyttes\n"
"denne i stedet for standardruten. Ideen med standardruten sætter dig ganske\n"
"enkelt i stand til at sige \"alt andet skal sendes herhen\".</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be "
-"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, "
-"gateway-adresse,\n"
+"<p>For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, gateway-adresse,\n"
"og netmaske. For at udelade disse værdier bruges bindestreg \"-\". Vælg\n"
-"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. "
-"\"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.</p>\n"
+"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. \"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv4-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne "
-"netværk\n"
+"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv4-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n"
"til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
"<b>Warning:</b> IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n"
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv6-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne "
-"netværk\n"
+"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv6-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n"
"til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n"
"<b>Advarsel:</b> IPv6-videresendelse deaktiverer IPv6 stateless address\n"
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Enable <b>IP Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
@@ -2505,31 +2421,23 @@
#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
#| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is "
-"not enough. \n"
+"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aktivér <b>IP-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne "
-"netværk\n"
-"til det interne) hvis dette system er en router. Både IPv4- og "
-"IPv6-forbindelser \n"
+"<p>Aktivér <b>IP-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n"
+"til det interne) hvis dette system er en router. Både IPv4- og IPv6-forbindelser \n"
"vil blive påvirket af denne indstilling. \n"
-"<b>Vigtigt:</b> hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at tillade "
-"IP-videresendelse. \n"
-"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i "
-"firewallen. Brug\n"
+"<b>Vigtigt:</b> hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at tillade IP-videresendelse. \n"
+"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i firewallen. Brug\n"
"YaST's firewallmodul til dette.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
-"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP "
-"client.\n"
-"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. "
-"\n"
-"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that "
-"assign \n"
+"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
+"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
+"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Hvis du bruger DHCP til at få en IP-adresse, så tjek om du også får et\n"
@@ -2538,26 +2446,21 @@
"mens du kører. Derfor bør du deaktivere denne indstillingen, hvis\n"
"du tilsluttes forskellige netværk, der tildeler forskellige værtsnavne.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
-"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is "
-"a \n"
-"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even "
-"\n"
+"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
+"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP</b> associerer dit "
-"værtsmaskinenavn med \n"
-"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en "
-"\n"
-"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle "
-"tidspunkter, selv \n"
+"<p><b>Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP</b> associerer dit værtsmaskinenavn med \n"
+"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en \n"
+"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle tidspunkter, selv \n"
"uden aktivt netværk. I alle andre tilfælde bør det det bruges varsomt, især \n"
"hvis denne computer udbyder nogle netværkstjenester.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2567,7 +2470,7 @@
#
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2579,7 +2482,7 @@
#
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2591,44 +2494,34 @@
"domænenavn (f.eks. suse.de). Der kan være flere søgedomæner\n"
"(f.eks. suse.com) Adskil domænerne med komma eller mellemrum.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS "
-"domain\n"
-"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially "
-"important if this \n"
-"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using "
-"the <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
+"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
+"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n"
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. <i>mincomputer</i>) og "
-"DNS-domænet\n"
-"
(f.eks. <i>eksempel.dk</i>) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, "
-"hvis denne \n"
-"
computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med "
-"kommandoen\n"
+"<p>Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. <i>mincomputer</i>) og DNS-domænet\n"
+"
(f.eks. <i>eksempel.dk</i>) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, hvis denne \n"
+"
computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med kommandoen\n"
"
<i>hostname</i>.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
-"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is "
-"handled\n"
+"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af "
-"filen \n"
-"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af <i>"
-"netconfig</i>-scriptet,\n"
+"<p>Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af filen \n"
+"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af <i>netconfig</i>-scriptet,\n"
"som fletter statisk angivet data her, med dem der fås dynamisk (f.eks. fra \n"
-"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. <b>Brug "
-"standardpolitik</p>\n"
+"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. <b>Brug standardpolitik</p>\n"
"er tilstrækkeligt til de fleste konfigurationer.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2639,45 +2532,33 @@
"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n"
"policy.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Ved at vælge <b>Kun manuelt</b>, vil <i>netconfig</i> ikke længere blive "
-"tilladt at \n"
-"ændre <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at "
-"vælge indstillingen \n"
-"<b>Brug brugerdefineret politik</b>, kan du angive en streng med "
-"brugerdefineret politik,\n"
-"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv "
-"wildcards, med\n"
-"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere "
-"information,\n"
-"se manualsiden til <i>netconfig</i>. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det "
-"samme\n"
+"<p>Ved at vælge <b>Kun manuelt</b>, vil <i>netconfig</i> ikke længere blive tilladt at \n"
+"ændre <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at vælge indstillingen \n"
+"<b>Brug brugerdefineret politik</b>, kan du angive en streng med brugerdefineret politik,\n"
+"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv wildcards, med\n"
+"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere information,\n"
+"se manualsiden til <i>netconfig</i>. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det samme\n"
"som at bruge politikken <b>Kun manuelt</b>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address "
-"to this device.\n"
+"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adresseopsætning</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Vælg <b>Ingen adresseopsætning</b>, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen "
-"IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n"
+"<p>Vælg <b>Ingen adresseopsætning</b>, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n"
"Dette er særligt anvendeligt, når man binder ethernet-enheder sammen.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your "
-"BIOS.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Markér <b>iBFT</b> hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.<"
-"/p>\n"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
+msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Markér <b>iBFT</b> hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.</p>\n"
#
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
@@ -2686,38 +2567,32 @@
"IP-adresse af systemadministratoren eller din internetudbyder.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg <b>DHCP<"
-"/b>,\n"
+"<p>Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg <b>DHCP</b>,\n"
"hvis du har en DHCP-server kørende på dit lokale netværk. Netværksadresser \n"
"modtages så automatisk fra serveren.<p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + "
-"Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges <b>"
-"Zeroconf</b>.\n"
-"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges <b>DHCP + "
-"Zeroconf</b>.\n"
+"<p>For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges <b>Zeroconf</b>.\n"
+"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n"
"Ellers skal netværksadresser tildeles <b>statisk</b>.</p>\n"
#
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for "
-"your computer, and the \n"
+"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2726,25 +2601,19 @@
"for din peer.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your "
-"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>"
-"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written "
-"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
+"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Til <b>statisk adresseopsætning</b> angives den statiske IP-adresse for "
-"din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n"
-"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <"
-"tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n"
-"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til "
-"<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Til <b>statisk adresseopsætning</b> angives den statiske IP-adresse for din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n"
+"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n"
+"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
#
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2752,7 +2621,7 @@
"<p>Spørg din <b>netværksadministrator</b> om mere information omkring\n"
"netværkskonfigurationen.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2760,7 +2629,7 @@
"<p>DHCP-konfiguration anbefales ikke for dette produkt.\n"
"Dette produkts komponenter virker måske ikke med DHCP.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2777,15 +2646,11 @@
"aktiveret, men al trafik til denne grænseflade blokeres. Hvis du ikke\n"
"vælger en zone, og ingen andre eksisterer, deaktiveres firewallen.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports "
-"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Obligatorisk grænseflade</b> angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer "
-"en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Obligatorisk grænseflade</b> angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2796,30 +2661,27 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Maksimal overførselsenhed</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maksimal overførselsenhed (<b>MTU</b>) er den maksimale størrelse på\n"
-"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte "
-"en\n"
+"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte en\n"
"MTU, men brug af lavere MTU-værdier kan øge netværksydelsen specielt på\n"
"langsomme opkaldstilslutninger. Vælg enten en af de anbefalede værdier,\n"
"eller angiv en anden.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
-"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No "
-"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
+"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vælg slaveenhederne til bond-enheden.\n"
-"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til <b>Aldrig</b> og med <b>Ingen "
-"adresseopsætning</b> er tilgængelige.</p>"
+"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til <b>Aldrig</b> og med <b>Ingen adresseopsætning</b> er tilgængelige.</p>"
#
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Indstillinger for DHCP-klient</big></b></p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2829,54 +2691,33 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Hvis feltet <b>DHCP-klientidenfikation</b> er tomt, er standardværdien\n"
"hardwareadressen på netværksgrænsefladen. Den skal være forskellig for hver\n"
-"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik "
-"friforms-identifikation\n"
+"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik friforms-identifikation\n"
"her, hvis du har flere (virtuelle) maskiner, som bruger samme\n"
"netværksgrænseflade og dermed samme hardwareadresse.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
-#| "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
-#| "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
-#| "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
-#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
-#| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. "
-"Some \n"
+"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>"
-"\n"
-"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>"
-"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
+"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Værtsnavn at sende</b> angiver en streng, der bruges til "
-"indstillingsfeltet\n"
-"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle "
-"DHCP-servere\n"
-"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i "
-"overensstemmelse\n"
+"<p><b>Værtsnavn at sende</b> angiver en streng, der bruges til indstillingsfeltet\n"
+"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle DHCP-servere\n"
+"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i overensstemmelse\n"
"med dette værtsnavn (dynamisk DNS).</p>\n"
"Nogle DHCP-servere kræver, at indstillingsfeltet <b>Værtsnavn at sende</b>\n"
-"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot "
-"<b>AUTO</b>\n"
-"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>"
-"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n"
+"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot <b>AUTO</b>\n"
+"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n"
"Lad feltet være tomt hvis du ikke vil sende noget værtsnavn.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.</p>\n"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
@@ -2885,10 +2726,7 @@
"<p>Konfigurér yderligere adresser til en grænseflade i denne tabel.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
-#| "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
@@ -2897,37 +2735,30 @@
"<b>netmasken</b>.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Alias Name</b> is optional and legacy.The total\n"
#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and "
-"legacy. The total\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility "
-"truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aliasnavn</b> er valgfrit og forældet.Den samlede\n"
" længde af grænsefladenavnet (inklusiv kolon og etiket) er\n"
-" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig "
-"forkorter efter 9 tegn.</p>"
+" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig forkorter efter 9 tegn.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279
-msgid ""
-"<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>"
-"foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives <b>foo</b> "
-"istedet for <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives <b>foo</b> istedet for <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2945,20 +2776,16 @@
"<p>Vælg mellem tre typer <b>nøgle-input</b> for din nøgle.\n"
"<br><b>Adgangsfrase</b>: Nøglen genereres ud fra den frase, der indtastes.\n"
"<br><b>ASCII</b>: ASCII-værdien for de tegn, der indtastes, danner nøglen.\n"
-"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil "
-"16 tegn\n"
+"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil 16 tegn\n"
"for 156-bit nøgler og indtil 29 tegn for 256-bit nøgler.\n"
"<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: Indtast nøglens hexadecimale kode direkte. Angiv\n"
-"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 "
-"cifre for\n"
-"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>"
-"-</tt>,\n"
-"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>"
-".\n"
+"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 cifre for\n"
+"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>-</tt>,\n"
+"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n"
"</p> \n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2967,7 +2794,7 @@
"for trådløst netværk.</p>"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2982,13 +2809,12 @@
"fungerer som adgangspunkt).</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n"
-"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication "
-"mode,\n"
+"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
@@ -2997,14 +2823,12 @@
"celler, som er en del af det samme virtuelle netværk. Alle klienter i et\n"
"trådløs LAN kræver samme ESSID for at kommuniker med hinanden.\n"
"Hvis du vælger operationstilstanden <b>Managed</b> og ingen <b>WPA</b>\n"
-"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det "
-"til\n"
-"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det "
-"adgangspunkt,\n"
+"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det til\n"
+"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det adgangspunkt,\n"
"der har den bedste signalstyrke.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -3017,20 +2841,16 @@
"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n"
"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n"
"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n"
-"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
-"Access)\n"
+"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>I nogle netværk skal du angive en <b>autentifikationstilstand</b>.\n"
-"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. <b>WEP</b>"
-"\n"
-"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs "
-"netværkstrafik,\n"
-"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte "
-"krypteringsnøgle.\n"
+"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
+"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs netværkstrafik,\n"
+"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte krypteringsnøgle.\n"
"I de fleste tilfælde, hvor WEP anvendes, er tilstanden <b>Åben</b> (ingen\n"
"autentifikation) et godt valg. Dette indebærer ikke at du ikke kan bruge\n"
"WEP-kryptering (brug i så fald <b>Ingen kryptering</b>). \n"
@@ -3038,15 +2858,13 @@
"(delt nøgle). BEMÆRK: Autentifikation med delt nøgle gør det lettere for en\n"
"potentiel cracker at bryde ind på netværket. Hvis du ikke har specielt behov\n"
"for autentifikation med delt nøgle, bør du bruge tilstanden <b>Åben</b>.\n"
-"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
-"Access)\n"
+"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
"indført for at fjerne sikkerhedshullerne, men ikke al hardware understøtter\n"
-"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges <b>WPA-PSK</b> som "
-"autentifikationstilstand.\n"
+"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges <b>WPA-PSK</b> som autentifikationstilstand.\n"
"Dette er kun muligt i driftstilstanden <b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -3061,7 +2879,7 @@
"24 bit dynamisk, så du behøver kun at angive 40 til 232 bits.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -3078,7 +2896,7 @@
"nemt at gætte, som adgangsfrase.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -3087,24 +2905,20 @@
"indtastes nogle yderligere parametre i den næste dialogboks.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
-"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for "
-"all\n"
+"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n"
"available options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Disse værdier skrives til grænsefladens konfigurationsfil\n"
-"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere "
-"indstillinger,\n"
-"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme "
-"mappe\n"
+"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere indstillinger,\n"
+"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme mappe\n"
"for alle tilgængelige tilvalg.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
-#| msgid "IP Address"
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "IPv4 &adresseetiket"
@@ -3193,14 +3007,12 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>For TTLS og PEAP angiv din <b>Identitet</b>\n"
"og <b>Adgangskode</b>, som konfigureret på serveren.\n"
"Hvis du har et særligt behov for, at sætte det benyttede brugernavn som\n"
-"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke "
-"nødvendigt.</p>\n"
+"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke nødvendigt.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
@@ -3222,14 +3034,12 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
-"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key "
-"pair\n"
+"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>TLS anvender et <b>Klientcertifikat</b> til autentifikation istedet for "
-"en\n"
+"<p>TLS anvender et <b>Klientcertifikat</b> til autentifikation istedet for en\n"
"kombination af brugernavn og adgangskode. Det bruger et offentligt\n"
"og privat nøglepar til kryptering af forhandlingskommunikation. Du behøver\n"
"derfor også en <b>klientnøgle</b>-fil, som indeholder din private nøgle samt\n"
@@ -3289,8 +3099,7 @@
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som "
-"fase 2).\n"
+"<p>Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som fase 2).\n"
"Som standard tillades alle metoder. Hvis du ønsker at begrænse de\n"
"tilladte metoder, eller hvis du har opdaget vanskeligheder omkring\n"
"autentifikationer, skal du vælge din indre autentifikationsmetode.</p>\n"
@@ -3406,8 +3215,7 @@
#. Popup text
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
-msgstr ""
-"WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'."
+msgstr "WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
@@ -3476,14 +3284,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
-"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for "
-"access\n"
+"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller "
-"'Ad-hoc',\n"
-"angives her den <b>kanal</b>, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke "
-"nødvendigt\n"
+"<p>For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller 'Ad-hoc',\n"
+"angives her den <b>kanal</b>, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke nødvendigt\n"
"for tilstanden 'Managed'. I denne tilstand søger kortet efter adgangspunkter\n"
"ved at hoppe igennem kanalerne</p>\n"
@@ -3615,8 +3420,7 @@
"value to 64.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nøglelængde</b> definerer bitlængden på dine WEP-nøgler.\n"
-"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 "
-"bit.\n"
+"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 bit.\n"
"Noget ældre hardware kan ikke håndtere 128 bit-nøgler. Du kan derfor\n"
"blive nødt til at sætte denne værdi til 64, hvis den trådløse\n"
"netværksforbindelse ikke etableres.</p>"
@@ -3665,8 +3469,7 @@
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
-"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre "
-"forbindelser\n"
+"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre forbindelser\n"
"til usikre, forbryderiske trådløse netværk. Vil du fortsætte uden CA?"
#. error popup text
@@ -3731,32 +3534,31 @@
#
#. Ramote Administration dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr "Fjernadministration"
#
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&Tillad fjernadministration"
#
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "Tillad &ikke fjernadministration"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>"
-").\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Indstillinger for fjernadministration</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -3768,18 +3570,18 @@
#
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger for fjernadministration"
#
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Følgende pakker skal installeres:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3794,135 +3596,126 @@
#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254
msgid "unplugged"
msgstr "frakoblet"
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukendt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Konfigurationen blev gemt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DNS-konfigurationen blev gemt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DSL-konfigurationen blev gemt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Værtsmaskinekonfigurationen blev gemt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "ISDN-konfigurationen blev gemt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Konfigurationen af netværkskort blev gemt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Modemkonfigurationen blev gemt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Proxy-konfigurationen blev gemt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Udbyderkonfigurationen blev gemt"
#
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Rutningkonfigurationen blev gemt"
#
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr "Konfigurér e-mail nu?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr "Kør konfiguration af %1?"
+#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
+#.
+#. see bnc#433084
+#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
+#.
+#. returns true if items were disabled
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008
+msgid ""
+"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
+"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
+msgstr ""
+
#
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Netværkskort"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modemer"
#
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN-kort"
#
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL-enheder"
#
-#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Alle netværksenheder"
-#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM
-#. see bnc#433084
-#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100
-msgid ""
-"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
-"cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
-"\n"
-"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
-"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Netværket kontrolleres i øjeblikket af NetworkManager, og dets indstillinger "
-"\n"
-"kan ikke redigeres af YaST.\n"
-"\n"
-"For at redigere indstillingerne, skal du enten bruge et konfigurationsværktøj "
-"til \n"
-"NetworkManager, eller skifte opsætningsmetode for netværk til traditionel med "
-"ifup.\n"
-
#
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
@@ -3953,7 +3746,6 @@
#. help
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152
-#| msgid "&Modify DNS configuration"
msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Æ&ndr DNS-konfiguration"
@@ -4034,12 +3826,8 @@
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
-msgid ""
-"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it "
-"at your own risk?"
-msgstr ""
-"Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du "
-"bruge det på egen risiko?"
+msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
+msgstr "Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du bruge det på egen risiko?"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
@@ -4138,12 +3926,10 @@
#. CheckBox label
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110
-#| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding"
msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding"
msgstr "Aktivér &IPv4-videresendelse"
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111
-#| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding"
msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding"
msgstr "Aktivér I&Pv6-videresendelse"
@@ -4192,7 +3978,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Standard gateway er ugyldig."
@@ -4347,35 +4133,27 @@
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this "
-"startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still "
-"available.\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"At bruge <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne "
-"starttilstand\n"
-"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> "
-"virker stadig.\n"
+"At bruge <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne starttilstand\n"
+"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> virker stadig.\n"
"Brug dette når du har et NFS- eller iSCSI-rodfilsystem.\n"
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this "
-"startmode will never\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Brug af <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er næsten som 'auto'. Men grænseflader med denne "
-"starttilstand\n"
-"bliver aldrig lukket ned via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' virker "
-"stadig.\n"
+"Brug af <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er næsten som 'auto'. Men grænseflader med denne starttilstand\n"
+"bliver aldrig lukket ned via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' virker stadig.\n"
"Anvend dette når du har et nfs eller iscsi rodfilesystem.\n"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195
-#| msgid "Activate &device"
msgid "Activate &Device"
msgstr "Aktivér enhe&d"
@@ -4384,14 +4162,12 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> "
-"activates it during system boot, \n"
+"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Enhedsaktivering</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. <b>Under boot</b> "
-"aktiverer det under system-boot.\n"
+"<p>Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. <b>Under boot</b> aktiverer det under system-boot.\n"
"<b>Aldrig</b> starter ikke enheden.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
@@ -4430,14 +4206,42 @@
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr "Indstil &MTU"
+#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "NetworkManager Service"
+msgstr "Netværkstjenester"
+
+#. ifup is a program name
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
+msgid "Traditional ifup"
+msgstr "&Traditionel opsætning med ifup"
+
+#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bridged Devices"
+msgid "Wicked Service"
+msgstr "Enheder med bro"
+
+#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "Network Services Disabled"
+msgstr "Netværkstjenester"
+
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr "Applet kræves"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
@@ -4447,50 +4251,35 @@
"(KDE plasma-widget eller nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Sørg for at den kører. Hvis ikke, start den da manuelt."
-#. radio button label
-#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager
-#. program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
-msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
-msgstr "&Brugerstyret med NetworkManager"
-
-#. radio button label
-#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365
-msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
-msgstr "&Traditionel opsætning med ifup"
-
-#. radio button label
-#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
-msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
-msgstr "Kontrolleret af &wicked"
+msgid "General Network Settings"
+msgstr "Generelle netværksindstillinger"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger for IPv6-protokol"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Aktivér IPv6"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Ukendt enhed"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adresse"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Ingen IP-adresse tildelt"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
@@ -4499,12 +4288,12 @@
"%2 - %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "&Skift enhed"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "Valg af netværksenhed"
@@ -4516,110 +4305,104 @@
msgstr "Bekræft genstart af netværk"
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
-msgid ""
-"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply "
-"the settings."
-msgstr ""
-"På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende "
-"indstillingerne."
+msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
+msgstr "På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende indstillingerne."
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
-msgid "Device name:"
-msgstr "Enhedsnavn:"
+msgid "Device Name:"
+msgstr "Enhedsnavn"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
-msgid "Base udev rule on"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Base udev rule on"
+msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr "Basér udev-regel på"
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
-#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "MAC-adresse: %s"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr "BusID: %s"
-#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one.
-#.
-#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid
-#.
-#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154
+#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "Konfigurationsnavnet findes allerede."
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "Ugyldigt konfigurationsnavn."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "Skriv værtsnavn"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Opdatér konfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr "Opdatér /etc/resolv.conf"
#
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration"
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "Skriver værtsnavn..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Opdaterer konfiguration..."
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "Opdaterer /etc/resolv.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Værtsnavn: Sættes via DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Værtsnavn: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Værtsnavnet bliver ikke skrevet til /etc/hosts"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Navneservere: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Søgeliste: %1"
@@ -4639,67 +4422,67 @@
msgstr "Opdaterer /etc/hosts..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer netværkskonfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Søg efter netværksenheder"
#
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Læs driverinformation"
#
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Læs enhedskonfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Læs netværkskonfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Læs firewall-indstillinger"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Læs værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Læs installationsinformation"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Læs rutningskonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Søg efter nuværende status"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Søger efter ndiswrapper..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
@@ -4709,7 +4492,7 @@
"men kernemodulet blev ikke modprobet.\n"
"Vil du modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
@@ -4719,218 +4502,223 @@
#
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Søger efter netværksenheder..."
#
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Læser enhedskonfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Læser netværkskonfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Læser firewall-indstillinger..."
#
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Læser værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Læser installationsinformation..."
#
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Læser rutningsinformation..."
#
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Søger efter nuværende status..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Der kræves genstart for at anvende denne ændring."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer netværkskonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Skriv driverinformation"
#
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Skriv enhedskonfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Skriv netværkskonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Skriv rutningskonfiguration"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Skriv værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration"
#
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Sæt netværkstjenester op"
#
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger"
#
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Aktivér netværkstjenester"
#
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Skriver /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Skriver enhedskonfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Skriver netværkskonfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Skriver rutningsinformation..."
#
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Skriver værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration..."
#
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Sætter netværkstjenester op..."
#
#. Progress step 8
-#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Skriver firewall-indstillinger..."
#
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Aktiverer netværkstjenester..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Intet netværk kører"
+#. Import data
+#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Netværkstilstand"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Grænseflader styret af NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Deaktivér NetworkManager"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Traditionel netværksopsætning med NetControl - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Aktivér NetworkManager"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Understøttelse for IPv6-protokol er aktiv"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Deaktivér IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Understøttelse for IPv6-protokol er deaktiveret"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181
-#| msgid "Not connected"
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
msgid "connected"
msgstr "forbundet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196
msgid "datagram"
msgstr "datagram"
@@ -4938,96 +4726,82 @@
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Startet automatisk under boot"
# check box label
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Startet automatisk ved kabeltilslutning"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Håndteret af NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Startes ikke overhovedet"
#
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Startet manuelt"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-adresse tildelt via"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231
-#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2"
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %s/%s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234
-#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP-adresse: %s, subnetmaske %s"
#. FIXME:
#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Ikke konfigureret"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350
-#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Enhedsnavn: %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Bonding-slaver"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322
-#| msgid "enslaved in %1"
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "slave i %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Bonding-master"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Ikke tilsluttet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Ingen hwinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
-#| msgid "<p>Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) "
-"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). "
-"See dmesg output for details."
-msgstr ""
-"Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) "
-"ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for "
-"wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer."
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
+msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
+msgstr "Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
-#| "to configure.</p>\n"
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
@@ -5035,47 +4809,60 @@
"Enheden er ikke konfigureret. Tryk på <b>Redigér</b>\n"
"for at konfigurere.\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Nødvendig firmware"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "ukendt"
+#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
+#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
+"firewall settings will be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
#
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Konfigurér skærmhåndtering"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Genstart tjenesterne"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af fjernadministration"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer skærmhåndtering..."
+#. Enable xinetd
+#. Enable XDM
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335
+msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Genstarter tjenesten..."
#
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415
+#. description in proposal
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Fjernadministration er aktiveret."
#
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Fjernadministration er deaktiveret."
@@ -5110,47 +4897,64 @@
#. Summary text
#: src/modules/Routing.rb:353
-#| msgid "Gateway: %1"
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Gateway: %s"
#. Summary text
#: src/modules/Routing.rb:357
-#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP-videresendelse for IPv4: %s"
#. Summary text
#: src/modules/Routing.rb:361
-#| msgid "IP Forwarding:"
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP-videresendelse for IPv6: %s"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr "Automatisk tildelt zone"
#
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123
msgid "Firewall Disabled"
msgstr "Firewall er deaktiveret"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Ubeskyttet)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
+#~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
+#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Netværket kontrolleres i øjeblikket af NetworkManager, og dets indstillinger \n"
+#~ "kan ikke redigeres af YaST.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "For at redigere indstillingerne, skal du enten bruge et konfigurationsværktøj til \n"
+#~ "NetworkManager, eller skifte opsætningsmetode for netværk til traditionel med ifup.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
+#~ msgstr "&Brugerstyret med NetworkManager"
+
+#~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
+#~ msgstr "Kontrolleret af &wicked"
+
+#~| msgid "Device Name"
+#~ msgid "Device name:"
+#~ msgstr "Enhedsnavn:"
+
#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
#~ msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive aktiveret, SSH-porten vil blive åbnet (<a href=\"%1\">deaktivér og luk</a>)"
#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
#~ msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive deaktiveret, SSH-porten vil blive blokeret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér og åbn</a>)"
-#~ msgid "General Network Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Generelle netværksindstillinger"
-
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "Generelle &netværksindstillinger"
@@ -5710,9 +5514,6 @@
#~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface"
#~ msgstr "Føj &udbyder til en eksisterende grænseflade"
-#~ msgid "Network Services"
-#~ msgstr "Netværkstjenester"
-
#~ msgid "S&kip"
#~ msgstr "Spring o&ver"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:10+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -177,44 +177,35 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n"
"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n"
-"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further "
-"information \n"
+"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n"
"about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hver NFS-share identificeres ved ekstern NFS-server-adresse og\n"
"eksporteret mappe, lokal mappe hvor den eksterne mappe monteres, \n"
-"NFS-type (enten almindelig nfs eller nfsv4) og monteringstilvalg. For "
-"yderligere \n"
+"NFS-type (enten almindelig nfs eller nfsv4) og monteringstilvalg. For yderligere \n"
"information om montering af NFS og monteringstilvalg, se <tt>man nfs</tt></p>"
#. Help, part 3 of 3
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68
msgid ""
-"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>For at montere et nyt NFS-share, klik på <B>Tilføj</B>. For at ændre "
-"konfigurationen\n"
-"for et aktuelt monteret share, klik på <B>Redigér</B>. Fjern og afmontér et "
-"valgt share med \n"
+"<p>For at montere et nyt NFS-share, klik på <B>Tilføj</B>. For at ændre konfigurationen\n"
+"for et aktuelt monteret share, klik på <B>Redigér</B>. Fjern og afmontér et valgt share med \n"
"<B>Slet</B>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n"
-"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might "
-"need\n"
-"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct "
-"setting\n"
+"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n"
+"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n"
"of file/directory access rights.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hvis du behøver adgang til NFSv4-shares (NFSv4 er en nyere version af \n"
-"NFS-protokollen), så markér indstillingen <b>Aktivér NFSv4</b>. I så fald vil "
-"du måske\n"
-"skulle angive specifikt <b>NFSv4 domænenavn</b>, som kræves for korrekt "
-"opsætning af\n"
+"NFS-protokollen), så markér indstillingen <b>Aktivér NFSv4</b>. I så fald vil du måske\n"
+"skulle angive specifikt <b>NFSv4 domænenavn</b>, som kræves for korrekt opsætning af\n"
"fil-/mappe-adgangsrettigheder.</p>\n"
#. selection box label
@@ -341,14 +332,12 @@
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
-"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the "
-"directory should be mounted. With\n"
+"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n"
"<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n"
"interactively.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
-"For <b>Monteringspunkt</b> angives stien i det lokale filsystem hvor mappen "
-"skal monteres. Med\n"
+"For <b>Monteringspunkt</b> angives stien i det lokale filsystem hvor mappen skal monteres. Med\n"
"<b>Gennemse</b> kan du vælge dit monteringspunkt interaktivt.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
@@ -483,19 +472,16 @@
#. To translators: error popup
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153
-#| msgid "Unknown option: %1"
msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'"
msgstr "Ukendt tilvalg: '%{key}'"
#. To translators: error popup
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157
-#| msgid "Invalid option: %1"
msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'"
msgstr "Ugyldigt tilvalg: '%{opt}'"
#. To translators: error popup
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161
-#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1"
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
msgstr "Tom værdi for tilvalget: '%{key}'"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -69,12 +69,8 @@
msgstr "Eksporttilvalg (se \"man exports\")"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' "
-"etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Domænespecifikation for NFSv4 id-mapping, såsom \"localdomain\" eller "
-"\"abc.com\" osv."
+msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc."
+msgstr "Domænespecifikation for NFSv4 id-mapping, såsom \"localdomain\" eller \"abc.com\" osv."
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119
msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4."
@@ -86,28 +82,28 @@
#
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "NFS-server er aktiveret"
#
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "NFS-server er deaktiveret"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Krævede pakker (%1) er ikke installeret."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Intet monteringspunkt specificeret."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -118,20 +114,13 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
-msgstr ""
-"Domæne kan ikke sættes uden at aktivere NFSv4. Brug kommandoen \"set "
-"enablev4\"."
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
+msgstr "Domæne kan ikke sættes uden at aktivere NFSv4. Brug kommandoen \"set enablev4\"."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
-msgid ""
-"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to "
-"get information about available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Kommandoen \"set\" skal anvendes som i \"set tilvalg=værdi\". Brug \"set "
-"help\" for at se de tilgængelige tilvalg."
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
+msgstr "Kommandoen \"set\" skal anvendes som i \"set tilvalg=værdi\". Brug \"set help\" for at se de tilgængelige tilvalg."
#. Then no need to check for conflict.
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205
@@ -190,59 +179,48 @@
"Der er sandsynligvis uægte blanktegn i konfigurationsfilen.\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "&Mappe der skal eksporteres"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Gennemse..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr "Angiv en eksportsti, som ikke er tom. Eksempel: /exports."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "Eksporttabellen indeholder allerede denne mappe."
-#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-"with spaces in their names.\n"
-"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-msgstr ""
-"NFS-server i brugertilstand (%1) kan ikke eksportere mapper\n"
-"med mellemrum i deres navne.\n"
-"Brug den kernebaserede server (%2) til at gøre dette."
-
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "Mappen eksisterer ikke. Opret den?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Vælg mappen som skal eksporteres"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Wildcard for værtsmaskine"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "Til&valg"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
@@ -251,7 +229,7 @@
"NFSv4 er aktiveret (forrige side).\n"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -261,16 +239,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
-msgid ""
-"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the "
-"domain to 'localdomain'."
-msgstr ""
-"Kunne ikke læse filen /etc/idmapd.conf. Sætter standardindstillingen for "
-"domænet til 'localdomain'."
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
+msgstr "Kunne ikke læse filen /etc/idmapd.conf. Sætter standardindstillingen for domænet til 'localdomain'."
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -279,82 +253,73 @@
"og eksportere nogle af dine mapper til andre.</p>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Hvis du vælger <B>Start NFS-server</B>, og klikker på <B>Næste</B>, åbnes\n"
-"en konfigurationsdialog, hvori du kan angive, hvilke mapper som skal "
-"eksporteres.</P>"
+"en konfigurationsdialog, hvori du kan angive, hvilke mapper som skal eksporteres.</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
-"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. "
-"Leave\n"
-"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you "
-"are not sure.</P>\n"
+"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
+"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Hvis serveren skal kunne håndtere NFSv4-klienter, skal du aktivere "
-"funktionen <B>Aktiver NFSv4</B>\n"
-" og i tekstfeltet angive navnet på det NFSv4-domæne, som id-mapping-dæmonen "
-"skal anvende. Lad den stå som\n"
-"localdomain, eller se man-siden for idmapd og idmapd.conf, hvis du er i "
-"tvivl.</P>\n"
+"<P>Hvis serveren skal kunne håndtere NFSv4-klienter, skal du aktivere funktionen <B>Aktiver NFSv4</B>\n"
+" og i tekstfeltet angive navnet på det NFSv4-domæne, som id-mapping-dæmonen skal anvende. Lad den stå som\n"
+"localdomain, eller se man-siden for idmapd og idmapd.conf, hvis du er i tvivl.</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
-"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have "
-"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
+"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Hvis serveren og klienten skal autentificere via GSS-biblioteket, skal du "
-"markere\n"
-"afkrydsningsfeltet <B>Aktiver GSS-sikkerhed</B>. For at bruge GSS-API skal du "
-"i øjeblikket have kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) på systemet.</P>\n"
+"<P>Hvis serveren og klienten skal autentificere via GSS-biblioteket, skal du markere\n"
+"afkrydsningsfeltet <B>Aktiver GSS-sikkerhed</B>. For at bruge GSS-API skal du i øjeblikket have kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) på systemet.</P>\n"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-server"
#
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Start"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "Start &ikke"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Aktivér NFSv4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "Aktivér NFS&v4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "Angiv NFSv4 do&mænenavn:"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "Aktivér &GSS-sikkerhed"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af NFS-Server"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -365,84 +330,75 @@
"montere denne mappe.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><b>Wildcard til værtsmaskiner</b> sætter hvilke værtsmaskiner som har "
-"adgang til den valgte mappe.\n"
+"<P><b>Wildcard til værtsmaskiner</b> sætter hvilke værtsmaskiner som har adgang til den valgte mappe.\n"
"Det kan være en enkelt værtsmaskine, grupper, wildcards, eller\n"
"IP-netværk.</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Indtast en stjerne (<tt>*</tt>) i stedet for et navn, for at angive alle "
-"værtsmaskiner.</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Indtast en stjerne (<tt>*</tt>) i stedet for et navn, for at angive alle værtsmaskiner.</p>"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
-msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Efterlad feltet tomt for at angive alle værtsmaskiner.</p>"
-
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>Se <tt>man exports</tt> for yderligere information.</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "&Tilføj mappe"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2430
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "R&edigér"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "S&let"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Wildcards for værtsmaskine"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Tilvalg"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "Tilføj vær&tsmaskine"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Red&igér"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2428
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Sle&t"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Mapper som skal eksporteres"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -451,7 +407,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -462,77 +418,60 @@
"eksporterede mapper.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Skriver konfiguration af NFS-server"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "Gem /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Genstart tjenester"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "Gemmer /etc/exports..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Genstarter tjenester..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillinger for NFS-server. Vent venligst..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Kunne ikke skrive til idmapd.conf."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302
-msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-msgstr "Kunne ikke starte idmapd. Tjek din domæneopsætning."
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308
-msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte idmapd."
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315
-msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-msgstr "Kunne ikke standse idmapd."
-
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326
-msgid ""
-"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is "
-"correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan ikke starte svcgssd. Kontrollér at kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils) er sat "
-"korrekt op."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
+msgstr "Kan ikke starte svcgssd. Kontrollér at kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils) er sat korrekt op."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335
-#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte tjenesten \"svcgssd\"."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr "'svcgssd' kører. Den kan ikke genstartes."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -541,15 +480,36 @@
"Ændringerne træder i kraft efter genstart af systemet.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "NFS-eksporteringer"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr "Og NFSv4-domænet til id-mapping er %1."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
+#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "NFS-server i brugertilstand (%1) kan ikke eksportere mapper\n"
+#~ "med mellemrum i deres navne.\n"
+#~ "Brug den kernebaserede server (%2) til at gøre dette."
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Efterlad feltet tomt for at angive alle værtsmaskiner.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke starte idmapd. Tjek din domæneopsætning."
+
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte idmapd."
+
+#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke standse idmapd."
+
#~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
#~ msgstr "'svcgssd' kører allerede. Den kan ikke genstartes."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/nis.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/nis.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/nis.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-11 09:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
#. To translators: checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100
+#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98
msgid "This host is also a NIS &client"
msgstr "Denne værtsmaskine er også en NIS-&klient"
@@ -410,22 +410,31 @@
msgstr "Opsætning af NIS-servers forespørgselværtsmaskiner"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Angiv NIS-<b>domæne</b> og IP-<b>adresse</b> eller værtsmaskinenavn for NIS-masterserver.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Hvis denne værtsmaskine, som bruger denne maskine som server, også er en NIS-klient , markér den tilsvarende indstilling.</p>"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84
-msgid "N&IS domain name:"
-msgstr "N&IS-domænenavn:"
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name"
+msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
+msgstr "NIS-&domænenavn"
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NIS Master Server: "
+msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
+msgstr "NIS-masterserver: "
+
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109
msgid "Slave Server Setup"
msgstr "Slaveserveropsætning"
@@ -896,6 +905,9 @@
msgid "Stopping NIS client."
msgstr "Stopper NIS-klient."
+#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS-domænenavn:"
+
#~ msgid "NIS &master server:"
#~ msgstr "NIS-&masterserver:"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -58,21 +58,20 @@
msgstr "Ugyldigt værtsmaskinenavn på NTP-serveren %1"
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "&NTP-serveradresse"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr "Kø&r NTP som dæmon"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "&Gem NTP-konfiguration"
-#. try to line up the widgets horizontally
#. push button label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
@@ -85,7 +84,7 @@
msgstr "&Konfigurér..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
@@ -95,14 +94,24 @@
#
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Synkroniserer med NTP-server..."
+#. update time widgets
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481
-msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+msgid ""
+"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
+"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
+"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr "Testforespørgsel til serveren \"%1\" mislykkedes. Hvis serveren endnu ikke er tilgængelig eller netværket ikke er konfigureret, så klik \"Nej\" for at ignorere. Vil du gå tilbage til konfiguration af NTP-server?"
#. local clock type name
@@ -646,11 +655,20 @@
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
+#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
+#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Start af NTP-dæmon</big></b><br>\n"
"Vælg om NTP-dæmonen skal aktiveres nu og under hver opstart af systemet. \n"
@@ -658,7 +676,7 @@
"Din netværkstilslutning skal startes, før NTP-dæmonen starter.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -670,7 +688,7 @@
"<b>Kør NTP-dæmon i chroot-varetægt</b>. Det øger sikkerheden at starte alle\n"
"dæmoner i chroot-varetægt, og dette anbefales kraftigt.</p>"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
@@ -683,7 +701,7 @@
"Adgangskontrolflag kan finjusteres i serverens oversigtstabel. Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig, hvis NTP konfigureres via DHCP.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -698,7 +716,7 @@
"om information om NTP-servere leveres af DHCP-serveren.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -714,7 +732,7 @@
#
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -723,7 +741,7 @@
"<p>For at se NTP-dæmonens logge i et nyt vindue, tryk på <b>Vis log</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -734,7 +752,7 @@
"et lokalt tilsluttet ur, brug <b>Avanceret konfiguration</b>."
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
@@ -743,7 +761,7 @@
"Vælg driveren for uret, der skal konfigureres.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -754,7 +772,7 @@
"<b>Enhedsnummer</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -774,7 +792,7 @@
#
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
@@ -783,7 +801,7 @@
"Tryk på <b>Kalibrering af driver</b> for at kalibrere urdriveren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -796,7 +814,7 @@
"netværksadministratoren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -809,7 +827,7 @@
"vælg mellem <b>Lokal NTP-server</b> og <b>Offentlig NTP-server</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -820,7 +838,7 @@
"tryk på <b>Test</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -831,7 +849,7 @@
"der skal synkroniseres med.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -842,7 +860,7 @@
"broadcastadressen.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -854,7 +872,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -866,7 +884,7 @@
"i tekstfeltet <b>Tilvalg</b>. Se detaljer i\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -885,7 +903,7 @@
"<b>Sikkerhedsindstillinger</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
@@ -894,7 +912,7 @@
"Her vælger du den typen af peer til synkronisering.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
@@ -903,7 +921,7 @@
"under <b>Server</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
@@ -912,7 +930,7 @@
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
@@ -921,7 +939,7 @@
"vælg <b>Radiour</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
@@ -930,7 +948,7 @@
"<b>Udgående broadcast</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
@@ -939,7 +957,7 @@
"og bruge dem til at definere lokal tid, vælg <b>Indkommende broadcast<b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -950,7 +968,7 @@
"vælge den fra en liste over kendte NTP-servere.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -965,7 +983,7 @@
"Vælg derefter en server i listen over fundne servere.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -976,7 +994,7 @@
"For kun at vise NTP-servere fra et specielt land, vælg den under <b>Land</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -997,7 +1015,7 @@
"for at finde en NTP-server i nærheden.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -1007,7 +1025,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -1022,7 +1040,7 @@
"at din NTP-klient synkroniseres med forskellige servere hver time.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -1035,7 +1053,7 @@
"driveren. Nogle drivere benytter ikke alle indstillingerne.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1414,125 +1432,128 @@
msgstr "Læser NTP-indstillinger..."
#. progress step
-#. error report
+#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
+#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
+#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
+#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
#
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af NTP-klient"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr "Skriv NTP-indstillinger"
#
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr "Genstart NTP-dæmon"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..."
#
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr "Genstarter NTP-dæmon..."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr "Kan ikke opdatere den dynamiske konfigurationspolitik."
#
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr "Kan ikke genstarte NTP-dæmonen."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "NTP-dæmonen startes under opstart af systemet."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "NTP-dæmonen starter ikke automatisk."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "Servere: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "Radioure: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "Peers: %1"
#
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "Broadcast tidsinformation til: %1"
#
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "Acceptér broadcastet tidsinformation fra: %1"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Kombinér statisk og DHCP-konfiguration."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Kun statisk konfiguration."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Brugertilpasset konfigurationspolitik."
#
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "Tester NTP-serveren..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "Serveren er tilgængelig, og svarer som den skal."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "Serveren er ikke tilgængelig, eller svarer ikke som den skal."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -39,12 +39,8 @@
msgstr "Fil som intern repræsentation af YMP skal indsættes i"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> "
-"instructions"
-msgstr ""
-"Fil som indeholder intern repræsentation af <b>One Click Install</b>"
-"-instruktioner"
+msgid "File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> instructions"
+msgstr "Fil som indeholder intern repræsentation af <b>One Click Install</b>-instruktioner"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65
msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file."
@@ -52,8 +48,7 @@
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:71
msgid "If you continue, the following repositories will be subscribed:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du fortsætter, vil der blive abonneret på følgende softwarekilder:"
+msgstr "Hvis du fortsætter, vil der blive abonneret på følgende softwarekilder:"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:81
msgid "If you continue, the following software packages will be installed:"
@@ -127,10 +122,8 @@
msgstr "Denne guide vil installere software på din computer."
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Se <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for mere information."
+msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information."
+msgstr "Se <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for mere information."
#. <region name="Define the UI components"> *
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59
@@ -203,50 +196,28 @@
msgstr "Installationstrin"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. "
-"Review the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at abonnere på de krævede softwarekilder. Se "
-"yast2-loggene for mere information."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at abonnere på de krævede softwarekilder. Se yast2-loggene for mere information."
#. Remove any removals
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at fjerne de specificerede pakker. Se "
-"yast2-loggene for mere information."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at fjerne de specificerede pakker. Se yast2-loggene for mere information."
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at installere de specificerede mønstre. Se "
-"yast2-loggene for mere information."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at installere de specificerede mønstre. Se yast2-loggene for mere information."
#. if that was successful now try and install the packages
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at installere de specificerede pakker. Se "
-"yast2-loggene for mere information."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at installere de specificerede pakker. Se yast2-loggene for mere information."
#. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation.
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that "
-"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > "
-"Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at fjerne abonnement på softwarekilderne, der "
-"anvendtes til at udføre installationen. Du kan fjerne dem manuelt i YaST > "
-"Softwarekilder. Se yast2-loggene for mere information."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at fjerne abonnement på softwarekilderne, der anvendtes til at udføre installationen. Du kan fjerne dem manuelt i YaST > Softwarekilder. Se yast2-loggene for mere information."
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159
msgid "No error occurred."
@@ -282,11 +253,8 @@
msgstr "Installation ikke muligt"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71
-#| msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE."
-msgid ""
-"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s."
-msgstr ""
-"Installationslinket/-filen du åbnede indeholder ikke instruktioner til %s."
+msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s."
+msgstr "Installationslinket/-filen du åbnede indeholder ikke instruktioner til %s."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81
msgid "Software is being installed."
@@ -315,12 +283,8 @@
msgstr "Spørg mig ikke om dette igen"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348
-msgid ""
-"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not "
-"remain subscribed."
-msgstr ""
-"Disse softwarekilder tilføjes kun under installation. Du forbliver ikke "
-"abonnent."
+msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed."
+msgstr "Disse softwarekilder tilføjes kun under installation. Du forbliver ikke abonnent."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352
msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation."
@@ -368,12 +332,8 @@
msgstr "Installation blev kun delvist gennemført."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507
-msgid ""
-"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>"
-"/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: "
-msgstr ""
-"Desværre fejlede installationen. Se logfilen i <tt>/var/log/YAST2/y2log</tt> "
-"for mere information. Fejlstadiet var: "
+msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: "
+msgstr "Desværre fejlede installationen. Se logfilen i <tt>/var/log/YAST2/y2log</tt> for mere information. Fejlstadiet var: "
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515
msgid "Error Message"
@@ -440,11 +400,8 @@
msgstr "ukendt"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13
-msgid ""
-"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown "
-"error occurred."
-msgstr ""
-"Root-privilegier kræves. Enten blev de ikke givet eller en ukendt fejl opstod."
+msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred."
+msgstr "Root-privilegier kræves. Enten blev de ikke givet eller en ukendt fejl opstod."
#~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed."
#~ msgstr "Vent mens dette software installeres."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -152,30 +152,16 @@
msgstr "<p>Du kan opsætte automatisk online opdatering i <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be "
-"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg et opdateringsinterval og angiv om interaktive rettelser skal "
-"ignoreres og om licensafter automatisk skal accepteres.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg et opdateringsinterval og angiv om interaktive rettelser skal ignoreres og om licensafter automatisk skal accepteres.</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed "
-"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Alle pakker som er anbefalet af en opdateret pakke vil blive installeret "
-"når <b>%1</b> er aktiveret.</p>"
+msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Alle pakker som er anbefalet af en opdateret pakke vil blive installeret når <b>%1</b> er aktiveret.</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. "
-"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be "
-"skipped.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kategorifilter for rettelser kan konfigureres i sektionen <b>%1</b>. Kun "
-"rettelser i de oplistede kategorier vil blive installeret. De øvrige vil "
-"blive skippet.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Kategorifilter for rettelser kan konfigureres i sektionen <b>%1</b>. Kun rettelser i de oplistede kategorier vil blive installeret. De øvrige vil blive skippet.</p>"
#. cache the base product details
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -72,13 +72,8 @@
#. help text for online-update initialization
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. "
-"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> "
-"module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan "
-"ændres i modulet <b>Softwarekilder</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan ændres i modulet <b>Softwarekilder</b>.</p>"
#. progress stage label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137
@@ -125,8 +120,8 @@
msgid "Initializing Online Update"
msgstr "Initialiserer online opdatering"
-#. yes/no message
-#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209
msgid ""
"No update repository\n"
"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
@@ -134,6 +129,17 @@
"Ingen opdateringskilde\n"
"er konfigureret endnu. Vil du køre konfigurationsprocessen nu?"
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "No update repository\n"
+#| "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
+msgid "No update repository configured yet."
+msgstr ""
+"Ingen opdateringskilde\n"
+"er konfigureret endnu. Vil du køre konfigurationsprocessen nu?"
+
#. progress window label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49
msgid "Progress Log"
@@ -164,12 +170,8 @@
#. help text for online update
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be "
-"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de "
-"blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.</p>\n"
#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp)
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81
@@ -262,8 +264,7 @@
"At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n"
"properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
-"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for "
-"at \n"
+"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for at \n"
"fungere korrekt. Genstart systemet snarest muligt."
#. popup message
@@ -284,16 +285,14 @@
#. continue/cancel popup text
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76
msgid ""
-"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of "
-"YaST.\n"
+"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n"
"They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n"
"\n"
"You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n"
"\n"
"Continue with installing your selection?"
msgstr ""
-"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af "
-"YaST.\n"
+"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af YaST.\n"
"
De bør installeres først, og alle andre rettelser efter genstarten.\n"
"
\n"
"
Du valgte nogle andre rettelser til at blive installeret nu.\n"
@@ -464,8 +463,7 @@
"If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n"
"Your installation will remain untouched.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive "
-"installeret.\n"
+"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive installeret.\n"
"Din installation vil forblive urørt.\n"
#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not
@@ -536,15 +534,13 @@
#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433
-#| msgid "Skip All"
msgid "&Skip All"
msgstr "&Undlad alle"
#. Solver can't solve it automatically
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457
msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting."
-msgstr ""
-"Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart."
+msgstr "Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart."
#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539
Added: trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
+"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
+"Language: da\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Mirrored"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "&Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145
+msgid "&Do not Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146
+msgid "Select/Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -42,8 +42,7 @@
"the current configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Fjern indgange ved at vælge dem i tabellen og klikke på \n"
-"<b>Slet</b>-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende "
-"konfiguration.</p>\n"
+"<b>Slet</b>-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende konfiguration.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79
msgid "Type"
@@ -170,6 +169,15 @@
msgid "&Text Mode"
msgstr "&Tekstbaseret"
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706
+msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
msgid "Copy Installation Media"
@@ -386,21 +394,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Næste</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Næste</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.<"
-"/p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Færdig</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Færdig</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
@@ -417,9 +417,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade "
-"softwarekilde-detaljerne...</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade softwarekilde-detaljerne...</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
@@ -484,12 +482,10 @@
"Brug af online softwarekilder under selve installationen med mindre end\n"
"%dMiB systemhukommelse anbefales ikke.\n"
"\n"
-"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere "
-"pakkedata\n"
+"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere pakkedata\n"
"kræver for meget hukommelse.\n"
"\n"
-"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det "
-"installerede\n"
+"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det installerede\n"
"system i sådanne tilfælde."
#. continue-cancel popup
@@ -515,12 +511,8 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i "
-"AutoYaST-profilen."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile."
+msgstr "Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen."
#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area
#. %1 - an error message (details)
@@ -545,7 +537,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiserer..."
@@ -585,12 +577,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug "
-"\"%1\" i stedet."
+msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug \"%1\" i stedet."
#. pad to 3 characters
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
@@ -612,7 +600,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
@@ -756,33 +744,21 @@
"Håndtér konfigurerede softwarekilder og tjenester.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
-msgid ""
-"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol "
-"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software "
-"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<"
-"/P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>En <b>tjeneste</b> eller <b>Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS)</b> er "
-"en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en "
-"eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af "
-"tjenesteadministratoren.</p>"
+msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
+msgstr "<p>En <b>tjeneste</b> eller <b>Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS)</b> er en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af tjenesteadministratoren.</p>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository "
-"or service.\n"
-"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available "
-"at the entered location.\n"
+"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
+"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde eller tjeneste</b><br>\n"
-"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og angiv "
-"softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n"
-"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er "
-"tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n"
+"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og angiv softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n"
+"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
@@ -824,65 +800,44 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, "
-"use\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh "
-"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the "
-"check boxes below.\n"
+"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"
<b>Ændring af status for softwarekilde eller tjeneste</b><br>\n"
-"
Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges <b>Redigér</b>. Til at "
-"fjerne en softwarekilde\n"
-"
bruges <b>Slet</b>. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller "
-"ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i "
-"tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n"
+"
Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges <b>Redigér</b>. Til at fjerne en softwarekilde\n"
+"
bruges <b>Slet</b>. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n"
"
</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
-"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) "
-"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in "
-"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
+"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>En softwarekildes prioritet</B><BR>\n"
-"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 "
-"(laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere "
-"softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.</P>\n"
+"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 (laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
-msgid ""
-"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in "
-"repositories and services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder "
-"og tjenester.</p>"
+msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder og tjenester.</p>"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
-"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after "
-"installation.</P>"
+"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Behold downloadede pakker</B><BR>Markér denne indstilling for at "
-"beholde downloadede pakker\n"
+"<P><B>Behold downloadede pakker</B><BR>Markér denne indstilling for at beholde downloadede pakker\n"
"i en lokal cache så de kan genbruges senere når pakkerne geninstalleres. \n"
"Hvis afmarkeret slettes downloadede pakker efter installation.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
-msgid ""
-"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>"
-"/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf<"
-"/B> file.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, "
-"placeringen kan ændres i filen <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, placeringen kan ændres i filen <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
@@ -895,7 +850,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Detaljer:"
@@ -903,7 +858,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Forsøg igen?"
@@ -999,8 +954,7 @@
#. Error popup
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.</p>\n"
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
@@ -1013,8 +967,7 @@
#. warning text
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
+msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
msgstr "Kan ikke løse afhængighederne automatisk. Manuel indgriben kræves."
#. this is a heading
@@ -1029,12 +982,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, "
-"brug \"%1\" i stedet."
+msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, brug \"%1\" i stedet."
#. error message (%1 is a package file name)
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194
@@ -1044,8 +993,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216
msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres."
+msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres."
#. error message
#. error message
@@ -1176,8 +1124,7 @@
#. wrong MD5
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
+msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
msgstr "<B>Fejl</B> -- MD5-sum matcher ikke<BR>Dette medie bør ikke anvendes."
#. the correct MD5 is unknown
@@ -1205,8 +1152,7 @@
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304
msgid ""
"<P>When you have a problem with\n"
-"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you "
-"should check\n"
+"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n"
"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Hvis du har problemer med\n"
@@ -1216,8 +1162,7 @@
#. help text - media check 3/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310
msgid ""
-"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>"
-"\n"
+"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n"
"or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n"
"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n"
"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> "
@@ -1225,19 +1170,16 @@
"<P>Vælg et drev, læg mediet i drevet og tryk <B>Start test</B>\n"
"eller brug <b>Tjek ISO-fil</b> og vælg en ISO-fil.\n"
"Testen kan tage adskillige minutter at fuldføre afhængig af\n"
-"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 "
-"checksummen.</P> "
+"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 checksummen.</P> "
#. help text - media check 4/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317
msgid ""
-"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the "
-"installation.\n"
+"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n"
"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Hvis medietesten fejler bør du ikke fortsætte med installationen.\n"
-"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede "
-"medie.</P>\n"
+"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede medie.</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 5/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321
@@ -1250,33 +1192,22 @@
#. help text - media check 6/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<"
-"/P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Bemærk:</b> Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet.</p>"
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Bemærk:</b> Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet.</p>"
#. help text - media check 7/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329
-msgid ""
-"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the "
-"boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før "
-"installation.</p>"
+msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>"
+msgstr "<p>Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før installation.</p>"
#. help text - media check 8/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your "
-"recording\n"
-"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>"
-"\n"
+"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n"
+"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge <B>pad</B>-indstillingen i "
-"dit\n"
-"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.<"
-"/P>\n"
+"<P>Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge <B>pad</B>-indstillingen i dit\n"
+"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.</P>\n"
#. advice check of the media
#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line
@@ -1298,7 +1229,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "&Start tjek"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Skub ud"
@@ -1424,11 +1355,6 @@
"Håndtér kendte offentlige GPG-nøgler.</p>\n"
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n"
-#| "To add a new GPG key, use <b>Add</b> and specify the path to the key file.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n"
@@ -1464,8 +1390,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Tilføjelse af ny GPG-nøgle</b><br>\n"
-"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og specificér stien til "
-"nøglefilen.\n"
+"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og specificér stien til nøglefilen.\n"
"</p>"
#. help, continued
@@ -1479,8 +1404,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Ændring af status for GPG-nøgle</b>\n"
-"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug <b>Redigér</b>. For at fjerne en "
-"GPG-nøgle bruges\n"
+"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug <b>Redigér</b>. For at fjerne en GPG-nøgle bruges\n"
"<b>Slet</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1546,14 +1470,13 @@
"Der er ingen produktinformation tilgængelig på den givne placering.\n"
"Hvis du forventede at henvise til et produkt, så gå tilbage og angiv\n"
"den korrekte placering.\n"
-"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, "
-"tilgængelige\n"
+"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, tilgængelige\n"
"i pakkeudvalget, så fortsæt nu.\n"
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1591,75 +1514,73 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under forberedelse af installationssystemet."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Kontrolfilen %1 blev ikke fundet på mediet."
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Kan ikke bruge yderligere produkter."
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, URL: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, Sti: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Yderligere produkter"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
-"The installation repository also contains the listed additional "
-"repositories.\n"
+"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på "
-"listen.\n"
+"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på listen.\n"
"Vælg dem du vil bruge.\n"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Yderligere produkter at vælge"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Tilføj valgte &produkter"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Indsæt tillægs %1-mediet"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Indsæt %2-mediet med %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje produktet %1."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukendt produkt"
@@ -1709,7 +1630,7 @@
msgstr "Installation afbrudt af brugeren."
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr "Medie %1"
@@ -1717,13 +1638,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Færdig."
@@ -1731,21 +1652,21 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr "Næste: %1 -- %2"
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr "Næste: %1"
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Total"
@@ -1754,216 +1675,224 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "Downloader %1 (downloadstørrelse %2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr " (Tilbage: %1%2 pakker)"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Downloader pakker..."
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr " (Downloadede %1 ud af %2 pakker)"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "Sletter %1"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "Installerer %1 (installeret størrelse %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Tilfører delta-RPM: %1"
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a "
-"32-bit distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en "
-"32-bit distribution."
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303
+msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
+msgstr "Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en 32-bit distribution."
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315
-msgid ""
-"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after "
-"installing the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig "
-"efter installation af systemet.</p>"
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319
+msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<p>Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig efter installation af systemet.</p>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
-msgid ""
-"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to "
-"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and "
-"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed "
-"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free "
-"space before starting the installation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive "
-"installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer "
-"(midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større "
-"end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller "
-"omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen.</p>"
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331
+msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
+msgstr "<p>Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer (midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen.</p>"
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
-"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the "
-"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
+"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil "
-"blive\n"
-"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis "
-"forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil blive\n"
+"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.</p>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<p><b>Softwareforeslag</b></p>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Produkt: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "Systemtype: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "Mønstre:<br>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Størrelse på pakker til installation: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Downloader fra eksterne softwarekilder: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr "Disse tillægsprodukter er blevet markeret til autofjernelse: %1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye "
-"installationsmedier."
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
+msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
+msgstr "Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye installationsmedier."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
-msgstr ""
-"Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie."
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500
+msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
+msgstr "Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537
-msgid ""
-"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot "
-"start installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan "
-"ikke starte installation."
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541
+msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
+msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan ikke starte installation."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr "Advarsel: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i mappen %1 (enheden %2)."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "Ikke tilstrækkelig diskplads."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "Ikke nok diskplads. Fjern nogle pakker i valget af enkeltpakker."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "Kun %1 (%2%%) ledig plads på partitionen %3.<BR>"
+#. newly installed products
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696
+msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. product update: %s is a product name
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708
+msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Removing another product might be an issue
+#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725
+msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
+#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Ingen softwarekilde fundet på '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Udgivelsesnoterne til den oprindelige udgivelse er en del af\n"
-"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, "
-"kan du\n"
+"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, kan du\n"
"downloade opdaterede udgivelsesnoter fra SUSE Linux webserveren.</b></p>\n"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Integrerer bootet medie..."
#
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Integration af service pack-softwarekilde fejlede."
#
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Initialiserer softwarekilder..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Indsæt %1 cd 1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 cd 1 ikke fundet"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1972,7 +1901,7 @@
"Tjek logfilen %1 for flere detaljer."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1981,12 +1910,12 @@
"
Softwareforslaget vil blive kaldt igen."
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Evaluerer pakkevalg..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1997,36 +1926,42 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param string filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "Kan ikke læse licensfilen %1"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192
-msgid ""
-"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root "
-"of the live media when building the image."
-msgstr ""
-"For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af "
-"livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen."
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149
+msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
+msgstr "For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen."
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "S&prog"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
-msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+#. check box label
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "&Ja, jeg accepterer licensaftalen"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399
-msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
-msgstr "&Nej, jeg accepterer ikke"
+#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
+#| "on the first media in the file %1"
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
+"%{license_url}"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ønsker at udskrive denne EULA kan du finde\n"
+"den på det første medie i filen %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %1"
@@ -2035,7 +1970,7 @@
"den på det første medie i filen %1"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -2045,19 +1980,19 @@
"en af de tilgængelige indstillinger. Hvis du ikke accepterer licensaftalen,\n"
"vil konfigurationen blive afbrudt.</p>\n"
+#. dialog title
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Licensaftale"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig afbryde installationen af tillægsproduktet?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -2066,7 +2001,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig afvise aftalen?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -2075,7 +2010,7 @@
"af tillægsproduktet. Vil du virkelig afvise aftalen?"
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "Systemet lukker ned..."
@@ -2164,72 +2099,77 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34
+msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr "Angiv &URL..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr "&FTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr "&HTTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr "HTT&PS..."
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719
msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgstr "&SMB/CIFS"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
msgid "&NFS..."
msgstr "&NFS..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr "&Cd..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr "&Dvd..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr "&Harddisk..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr "&USB Mass Storage (USB-pen, -disk)..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "&Lokal mappe..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "&Lokal ISO-imagefil..."
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "&Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilden"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2238,7 +2178,7 @@
"af mediet så angiv <b>ISO-imagefil</b>.</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
@@ -2247,87 +2187,87 @@
"så angiv placeringen af det første medie i sættet.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "&Servernavn"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "Søgesti til ma&ppe eller ISO-imagefil"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "&ISO-imagefil"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "N&FS v4-protokol"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Monteringstilvalg"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(standard)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "URL for softwarekilden"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "P&rotokol"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "&URL for softwarekilden"
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "URL for softwarekilde"
#
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-server"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "Cd- eller dvd-medie"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Harddisk"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr "USB-pen eller -disk"
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Lokal mappe"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Lokal ISO-imagefil"
@@ -2336,65 +2276,59 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Server og mappe"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Navnet på softwarekilden må ikke være tomt."
#
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Softwa&rekildens navn"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is "
-"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Softwarekildens navn</b></big><br>\n"
-"Brug <b>Softwarekildens navn</b> til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. "
-"Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL "
-"som navn.</p>\n"
+"Brug <b>Softwarekildens navn</b> til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL som navn.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Tjene&stenavn"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, "
-"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Tjenestenavn</b></big><br>\n"
-"
Brug <b>Tjenestenavn</b> til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er "
-"tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.</p>\n"
+"
Brug <b>Tjenestenavn</b> til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.</p>\n"
#
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL må ikke være tom."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2406,16 +2340,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "Redigér dele af URL"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Redigér hele URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2425,31 +2359,29 @@
"Brug <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Sti til mappe eller ISO-imagefil</b>\n"
"til at angive NFS-server-værtsmaskinens navn og stien på serveren.</p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
-"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man "
-"5 nfs</b>\n"
+"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Monteringstilvalg</b></big><br>\n"
"Du kan angive ekstra tilvalg der bruges til montering af NFS-diskområdet.\n"
-"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se "
-"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for detaljer og listen over understøttede tilvalg."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&Cd-rom"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2458,12 +2390,12 @@
"Angiv <b>cd-rom</b> eller <b>dvd-rom</b> for at angive typen af medie.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO-imagefil"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
@@ -2472,7 +2404,7 @@
"eller mappen eksisterer ikke.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
@@ -2481,7 +2413,7 @@
"eller filen eksisterer ikke.\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2492,17 +2424,17 @@
"Brug den alligevel?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "Søgesti til ma&ppe"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Almindelig RPM-ma&ppe"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2517,20 +2449,20 @@
"markér indstillingen <b>Almindelig RPM-mappe</b>.</p>\n"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "&USB Mass Storage-enhed"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&Filsystem"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "M&appe"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2550,7 +2482,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2561,11 +2493,11 @@
"ønsker at bruge et bestemt filsystem, så vælg det fra listen.</p>\n"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Diskenhed"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2584,12 +2516,12 @@
"markér indstillingen <b>Almindelig RPM-mappe</b>.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "Søgesti til ISO-&imagefil"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2600,72 +2532,72 @@
"ISO-imagefilen.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Server&navn"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Delt ressource"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "ISO-&imagefil"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Mappe på server"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "&Godkendelse"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anonym"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "Arbejds&gruppe eller domæne"
#
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Brugernavn"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Adgangskode"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2673,8 +2605,7 @@
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to "
-"Directory\n"
+"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2685,31 +2616,31 @@
"For at aktivere godkendelse så fjern afkrydsning af <b>Anonym</b> og angiv\n"
"<b>Brugernavn</b> og <b>Adgangskode</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for <b>Delt ressource</b> og <b>"
-"Søgesti\n"
+"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for <b>Delt ressource</b> og <b>Søgesti\n"
"til mappe eller ISO-imagefil</b>. \n"
"Hvis placeringen er en fil, som indeholder en ISO-imagefil\n"
"af mediet så angiv <b>ISO-imagefil</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Det er muligt at angive <b>port</b>-nummer for en "
-"HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n"
+"<p>Det er muligt at angive <b>port</b>-nummer for en HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n"
"Lad det være tomt for at anvende standardporten.</p>\n"
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949
-msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr "Jeg vil gerne installere et tilføjelsesprodukt"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2720,7 +2651,7 @@
"eller på harddisken.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2731,7 +2662,7 @@
"skal du have produkt-cd-sættet eller -dvd tilgængelig.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2746,7 +2677,7 @@
"ind i samme mappe.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2759,48 +2690,51 @@
"cd er placeret, såsom /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Vælg medietype"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Indsæt tillægsprodukt-cd"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Indsæt tillægsprodukt-dvd"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Ingen USB-disk fundet."
#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
-"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download "
-"the\n"
+"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Download filer</b><br>\n"
-"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af "
-"softwarekilden.\n"
-"Markér <b>Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde</b> for at downloade "
-"filer\n"
+"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af softwarekilden.\n"
+"Markér <b>Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde</b> for at downloade filer\n"
"når YaST-modulet lukkes. Hvis indstillingen ikke er markeret vil YaST\n"
"automatisk downloade filerne når de behøves senere. </p>\n"
#
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Medietype"
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Additional Products"
+msgid "Add On Product"
+msgstr "Yderligere produkter"
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
@@ -2896,7 +2830,9 @@
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Konfigurerede softwarekilder"
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680
+#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
+#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr "&Drev som skal skubbe ud"
@@ -2970,12 +2906,12 @@
"Den valgte softwarekilde har ingen URL."
#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
msgstr "Indsamler information om %1 fundne tjenester..."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
msgid ""
"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -2986,7 +2922,7 @@
"hvilket formentlig blokerer netværksscanningen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
msgstr "Ingen SLP-softwarekilder blev fundet på dit netværk."
@@ -3009,6 +2945,9 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Fravælg nogle pakker."
+#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
+#~ msgstr "&Nej, jeg accepterer ikke"
+
#~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..."
#~ msgstr "&USB-pen eller -disk..."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/pam.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/pam.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/pam.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-06 01:24+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-01 10:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
msgstr "Indlæser pakkehåndteringen..."
@@ -185,6 +185,6 @@
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
msgstr "Initialisér målsystemet"
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
msgstr "Læs installerede pakker"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-07 17:50+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -50,48 +50,48 @@
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "Software&kilder"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "&Søg"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr "&Nøgleord"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "&Installationsoversigt"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr "B&eskrivelse"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "&Tekniske data"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Afhængigheder"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "&Versioner"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
msgid "File List"
msgstr "Filliste"
#
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "Ændringslog"
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
@@ -101,176 +101,176 @@
msgstr "&Annullér"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Godkend"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Fil"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr "&Importér..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr "&Eksportér..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr "A&fslut -- kassér ændringer"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr "Af&slut -- gem ændringer"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
msgid "&Package"
msgstr "&Pakke"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "Alle pakker"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "Opdatér hvis ny version er tilgængelig"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "Opdatér betingelsesløst"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "&Rettelse"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "&Konfiguration"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "Softwa&rekilder..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "&Online opdatering..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "Afhængighe&der"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr "&Tjek nu"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr "Tjek &automatisk"
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Indstillinger"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr "Vis -de&vel-pakker"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr "Vis -&debuginfo-/-debugsource-pakker"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "&Systemverificerings-tilstand"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgstr "&Ignorér anbefalede pakker for allerede installerede pakker"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr "&Ryd op når pakker slettes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr "Till&ad leverandørændring"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr "&Ekstra"
#
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "Vis &produkter"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "Vis p&akkeændringer"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "Vis &historik"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr "Installér alle tilsvarende -&devel-pakker"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr "Installér alle tilsvarende -de&buginfo-pakker"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr "Installér alle tilsvarende -de&bugsource-pakker"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr "Generér &testcase for afhængighedsløser"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Hjælp"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "&Oversigt"
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr "&Symboler"
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr "&Taster"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "Alle pakkeafhængigheder er o.k."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "&Rettelser"
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "Gem pakkeliste"
@@ -278,65 +278,57 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Fejl"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr "Fejl under eksport af pakkelisten til %1"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "Indlæs pakkeliste"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr "Fejl ved indlæsning af pakkeliste fra %1"
#
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "%1 pakker vil blive opdateret"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "&Fortsæt"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "&Annullér"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454
-msgid ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system "
-"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annullér skift</a> af "
-"systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2</small></p>"
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
+msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
+msgstr "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annullér skift</a> af systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2</small></p>"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473
-msgid ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the "
-"versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i "
-"denne softwarekilde (%2)</p>"
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
+msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i denne softwarekilde (%2)</p>"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr "Tilføjede underpakker:"
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
@@ -357,16 +349,8 @@
msgstr "Fejl: Ikke mere diskplads!"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you "
-"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not "
-"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and "
-"deselect some packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du "
-"risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis "
-"du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk <b>"
-"Annullér</b> nu, og fravælg nogle pakker.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk <b>Annullér</b> nu, og fravælg nogle pakker.</p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
msgid "C&ontinue Anyway"
@@ -390,12 +374,8 @@
msgstr "Automatiske ændringer"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301
-msgid ""
-"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been "
-"changed to resolve dependencies:"
-msgstr ""
-"Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for "
-"at løse afhængigheder:"
+msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
+msgstr "Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for at løse afhængigheder:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
@@ -408,12 +388,8 @@
msgstr "Ikke-supporterede pakker"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322
-msgid ""
-"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or "
-"requires an additional customer contract for support."
-msgstr ""
-"Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er "
-"supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support."
+msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
+msgstr "Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421
msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry."
@@ -426,11 +402,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65
-msgid ""
-"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for "
-"details."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Bemærk:</b> Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer."
+msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details."
+msgstr "<b>Bemærk:</b> Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer."
#. Help specific to online update mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72
@@ -438,195 +411,92 @@
msgstr "I denne dialog vælges rettelser til download og installation."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73
-msgid ""
-"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the "
-"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the "
-"(estimated) download size."
-msgstr ""
-"Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den "
-"respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den "
-"(estimerede) downloadstørrelse."
+msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size."
+msgstr "Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den (estimerede) downloadstørrelse."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76
-msgid ""
-"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your "
-"system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> "
-"check box below the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit "
-"system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen <b>Inkludér "
-"installerede rettelser</b> under listen."
+msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list."
+msgstr "Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen <b>Inkludér installerede rettelser</b> under listen."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78
-msgid ""
-"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the "
-"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"Feltet <b>Beskrivelse af rettelse</b> indeholder en længere beskrivelse af "
-"den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens "
-"beskrivelse her."
+msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here."
+msgstr "Feltet <b>Beskrivelse af rettelse</b> indeholder en længere beskrivelse af den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens beskrivelse her."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80
-msgid ""
-"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently "
-"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete "
-"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is "
-"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede "
-"rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller "
-"slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det "
-"er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens."
+msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
+msgstr "Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list )
#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88
-msgid ""
-"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter "
-"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"Udover <b>Rettelser</b>, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger "
-"under <b>Filter</b> øverst til venstre:"
+msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
+msgstr "Udover <b>Rettelser</b>, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger under <b>Filter</b> øverst til venstre:"
#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96
-msgid ""
-"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can "
-"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
-msgstr ""
-"I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. "
-"Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"."
+msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
+msgstr "I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98
-msgid ""
-"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or "
-"right-click it to open a context menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller "
-"højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu."
+msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu."
+msgstr "Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100
-msgid ""
-"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. "
-"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only "
-"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check "
-"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn "
-"you if there are dependency conflicts."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b>-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle "
-"pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive "
-"installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil "
-"automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis "
-"der er afhængighedskonflikter."
+msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts."
+msgstr "Brug <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b>-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis der er afhængighedskonflikter."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105
-msgid ""
-"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically "
-"be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du forlader denne dialog med <b>Godkend</b> vil dette tjek automatisk "
-"blive udført."
+msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed."
+msgstr "Når du forlader denne dialog med <b>Godkend</b> vil dette tjek automatisk blive udført."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list)
#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111
-msgid ""
-"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at "
-"the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med <b>Filter</b>"
-"-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:"
+msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:"
+msgstr "Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med <b>Filter</b>-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115
-msgid ""
-"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically "
-"belong together."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Udvalg</b> Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen."
+msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together."
+msgstr "<b>Udvalg</b> Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116
-msgid ""
-"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also "
-"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du "
-"kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre."
+msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
+msgstr "Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre."
#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124
-msgid ""
-"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse "
-"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display "
-"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Pakkegrupper</b> viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller "
-"sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik "
-"på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre "
-"side."
+msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
+msgstr "<b>Pakkegrupper</b> viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre side."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127
-msgid ""
-" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that "
-"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Tip:</b> Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle "
-"pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner."
+msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
+msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130
-msgid ""
-"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. "
-"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Søg</b> giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige "
-"kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender "
-"dens navn."
+msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
+msgstr "<b>Søg</b> giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender dens navn."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a "
-"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der "
-"indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet <b>Leverer</b>."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
+msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet <b>Leverer</b>."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135
-msgid ""
-"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- "
-"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Installationsoversigt</b> viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- "
-"hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret."
+msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
+msgstr "<b>Installationsoversigt</b> viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137
-msgid ""
-"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <"
-"b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can "
-"see all changes that will be made to your system."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er generelt en god idé at bruge <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b> og derefter "
-"skifte til <b>Installationsoversigt</b> før klik på <b>Godkend</b>. På denne "
-"måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system."
+msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system."
+msgstr "Det er generelt en god idé at bruge <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b> og derefter skifte til <b>Installationsoversigt</b> før klik på <b>Godkend</b>. På denne måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140
-msgid ""
-"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; "
-"use the check boxes at the left side."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal "
-"fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side."
+msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side."
+msgstr "Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what "
-"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck "
-"everything else."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke "
-"pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i <b>"
-"Behold</b> og fjern kryds i resten."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else."
+msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i <b>Behold</b> og fjern kryds i resten."
#. Make sure all images used here are specified in
#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am !
@@ -676,12 +546,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions "
-"are the same)."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis "
-"versionen er den samme)."
+msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)."
+msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis versionen er den samme)."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277
@@ -703,22 +569,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any "
-"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other "
-"packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen "
-"omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre "
-"pakker måske har eller får."
+msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316
-msgid ""
-"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any "
-"installation media."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på "
-"installationsmediet."
+msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media."
+msgstr "Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på installationsmediet."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101
@@ -727,20 +583,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209
-msgid ""
-"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because "
-"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af "
-"uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får."
+msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by "
-"newer versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny "
-"version, der kan komme med distributionen."
+msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny version, der kan komme med distributionen."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275
@@ -750,18 +598,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug "
-"for den."
+msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it."
+msgstr "Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug for den."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Tip:</b> Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
+msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276
@@ -771,12 +613,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer "
-"version, so it will automatically be updated."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere "
-"version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated."
+msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274
@@ -786,12 +624,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it "
-"is deleted."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den "
-"slettes."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted."
+msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den slettes."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236
msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one."
@@ -815,13 +649,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278
-msgid ""
-"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the "
-"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
-msgstr ""
-"Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér "
-"den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere "
-"version."
+msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
+msgstr "Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere version."
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285
@@ -830,21 +659,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287
-msgid ""
-"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed "
-"yet. Delete it if it is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er "
-"installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret."
+msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
+msgstr "Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295
-msgid ""
-"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore "
-"packages that are not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. "
-"Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret."
+msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed."
+msgstr "Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret."
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302
@@ -853,23 +674,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304
-msgid ""
-"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently "
-"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu "
-"er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker."
+msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
+msgstr "Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package "
-"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies "
-"that other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke "
-"bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har "
-"eller får."
+msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får."
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322
@@ -878,22 +689,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package "
-"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that "
-"other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne "
-"pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har "
-"eller får."
+msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328
-msgid ""
-"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer "
-"versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere "
-"versioner, der kan komme med distributionen."
+msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere versioner, der kan komme med distributionen."
#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248
#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208
@@ -953,13 +754,8 @@
msgstr "Opret testcase for afhængighedsløseren"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
-"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde "
-"bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <br><tt>%1</tt><"
-"/p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p>Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395
@@ -967,12 +763,8 @@
msgstr "Testcase for afhængighedsløser"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410
-msgid ""
-"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>"
-"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Forbered "
-"et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?</p>"
+msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Forbered et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?</p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413
@@ -981,12 +773,8 @@
#. caption
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check "
-"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Fejl</b> under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløseren</p><p>"
-"Kontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Fejl</b> under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløseren</p><p>Kontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. startsWith
#. filter
@@ -1705,25 +1493,6 @@
msgstr "Udviklere:"
#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<br>\n"
-#| "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<font color='blue'>\n"
-#| "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n"
-#| "</font>\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Possible reasons:</p>\n"
-#| "<ul>\n"
-#| "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n"
-#| "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n"
-#| "<li>They are third-party packages\n"
-#| "</ul>\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n"
-#| "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<br>\n"
"<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: qt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr "Redigering af stilark"
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:640
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
"Vil du bytte om på venstre og højre museknap?"
#. Popup dialog caption
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:653
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
msgstr "Uventet klik"
@@ -125,7 +125,6 @@
#.
#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
-#| msgid "Release Notes..."
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/rear.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/registration.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-27 12:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -26,55 +26,107 @@
# dialog caption
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37
msgid ""
-"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n"
-"to use the default SUSE registration server."
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use custom registration server "
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "Brug selvvalgt registreringsserver"
+#. %s is the default SCC URL
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter"
+
# dialog caption
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52
+#. popup message
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised
-#. register the system
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164
+#. nil = use the default URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
# dialog caption
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549
+#. register the base product
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
-#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text
+# dialog caption
+#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
+#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Updating to %s ..."
+msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+# dialog caption
+#. display the registration update dialog
+#. dialog title
+#. dialog title
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration"
+msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+# dialog caption
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated."
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr "Softwarekilderne er blevet opdateret."
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
@@ -82,58 +134,60 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
-msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
msgid "Network Configuration..."
msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter"
-#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373
-msgid "&Email"
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
# dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Registreringskode"
# dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
+
+# dialog caption
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration"
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Registrering"
-#. TODO: improve the help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products."
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
-# dialog caption
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration"
-msgstr "Registreringskode"
-
#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377
msgid ""
"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -141,60 +195,31 @@
"on-line updates during installation?"
msgstr ""
-#. use two column layout if needed
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317
+# dialog caption
+#. cache the available addons
+#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Details..."
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Detaljer..."
+#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
+msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
+msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %s are product names
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
-"dependencies:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411
-msgid "Extension Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. cache the available addons
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485
-msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
-msgstr ""
-
# dialog caption
#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595
-msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -207,335 +232,417 @@
# dialog caption
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration"
msgid "Register Again"
msgstr "Registrering"
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
msgid "Select Extensions"
msgstr ""
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
-#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:42
-msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194
-msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
-# dialog caption
-#. register the base product
-#. register addons
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registering Product..."
-msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-msgstr[0] "Registreringskode"
-msgstr[1] "Registreringskode"
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration was successful."
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Registrering lykkedes."
-#. ---------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238
-msgid "Add-on &Name"
+#. remove possible duplicates
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243
+msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267
-msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-# dialog caption
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
+#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
+#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
+#. but better than aborting the installation...
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration Code"
-msgstr "Registreringskode"
+#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
+msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:"
-# dialog caption
-#. TODO FIXME: add a help text
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
-msgstr "Registreringskode"
+#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
+msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:"
# dialog caption
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349
+#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
+#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "Produktregistrering"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
-"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Produktregistreringen inkluderer dit produkt i Novells database, hvilket gør det muligt for dig at hente online opdateringer og teknisk support. For automatisk at registrere under installationen, vælges <b>Kør produktregistrering</b>. For at gøre proceduren mere enkel,kan du inkludere information fra dit system via <b>Hardwareprofil</b> and <b>Valgfri information</b>.</p>"
+#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation"
+msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "Kør under autoinstallation"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n"
-#| "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
-#| "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
-"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation"
+msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "Kør ikke under autoinstallation"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
+msgid "Registration Settings"
+msgstr "Registreringsdata der skal anvendes"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
+msgid "E-mail Address: %s"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis dit netværk opsætter en egen SMT-server, så angiv URL for SMT-serveren\n"
-"og placering af SMT-certifikatet i <b>SMT-serverindstillinger</b>. Se din\n"
-"SMT-manual for yderligere hjælp.</p>"
# dialog caption
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register the Product"
+msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
msgstr "Registreringskode"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379
-msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Install Available Updates"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387
+# dialog caption
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SMT Server Settings"
-msgid "Server Settings"
-msgstr "SMT-serverindstillinger"
+#| msgid "Registration server:"
+msgid "Registration Server"
+msgstr "Registreringsserver:"
-# dialog caption
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
-msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
-msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
+#| msgid "SMT Server: %1"
+msgid "Server URL: %s"
+msgstr "SMT-server: %1"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396
-msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+msgid "Use SLP discovery"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
-msgid "Optional Server Certificate"
+msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1"
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s"
+msgstr "SMT-certifikat: %1"
+
# dialog caption
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register Add-ons..."
-msgstr "Registreringskode"
+#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
+msgid "Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul"
-#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478
-msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
+msgid "Secure Connection Error"
msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details:"
+msgstr "Detaljer..."
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file"
+msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
+msgstr "Vælg SMT-certifikatfil"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Issued To"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+msgid "Organization (O): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+msgid "Issued By"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid to: "
+msgid "Validity"
+msgstr "Gyldig til: "
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
+msgid "Issued On: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
+msgid "Expires On: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
+msgid "Serial Number: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
+msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "Fingeraftryk: "
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
+msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "Fingeraftryk: "
+
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
# dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
+msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
+"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
+"might take very long time.\n"
+"\n"
+"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n"
+"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n"
+"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n"
+"the upgrade again."
+msgstr ""
+
+# dialog caption
+#. add the hint to the error details
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid ""
-"The email address is not known or\n"
-"the registration code is not valid."
+msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "Registreringskode"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration can not be performed."
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Registrering kan ikke udføres."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
-# dialog caption
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "Registreringskode"
-
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
+msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Detaljer..."
-#. label follwed by a certificate description
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
-msgid "Certificate:"
-msgstr "SMT-certifikat"
+#. progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209
+msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151
-msgid "Issued To"
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210
+msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154
-msgid "Issued By"
+#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
+#. the original error message from openSSL
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228
+msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
-msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "Fingeraftryk: "
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
+msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159
+#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze
+#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM!
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
-msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "Fingeraftryk: "
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
+msgid "SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "SMT-certifikat"
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176
-msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10
+msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
-msgid "Organization (O): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180
-msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194
-msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
-msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#
-#. return the boot command line parameter
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
+#. indent size used in summary text
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Checking..."
-msgid "Searching..."
-msgstr "Tjekker..."
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
+msgid "Certificate:"
+msgstr "SMT-certifikat"
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Use local registration server"
-msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
-msgstr "Brug lokal registreringsserver"
-
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown error"
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Ukendt fejl"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting registration..."
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Starter registrering..."
#. # error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
-#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the
-#. not accepted extension
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65
+#. ask user to accept an addon EULA
+#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon
+#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid ""
@@ -544,64 +651,333 @@
"failed."
msgstr "Download af SMT-certifikatfil fejlede"
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93
-msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95
-msgid "%s License Agreement"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
+msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
+msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+# dialog caption
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (3/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "Detaljer..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# dialog caption
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
+msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
+msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Identifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Release Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+# dialog caption
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration Code"
+msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disable download on a non-registered system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. replace the content
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "&Release Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Produktregistreringen inkluderer dit produkt i Novells database, hvilket gør det muligt for dig at hente online opdateringer og teknisk support. For automatisk at registrere under installationen, vælges <b>Kør produktregistrering</b>. For at gøre proceduren mere enkel,kan du inkludere information fra dit system via <b>Hardwareprofil</b> and <b>Valgfri information</b>.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n"
+#| "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+#| "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hvis dit netværk opsætter en egen SMT-server, så angiv URL for SMT-serveren\n"
+"og placering af SMT-certifikatet i <b>SMT-serverindstillinger</b>. Se din\n"
+"SMT-manual for yderligere hjælp.</p>"
+
+# dialog caption
+#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Register the Product"
+msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SMT Server Settings"
+msgid "Server Settings"
+msgstr "SMT-serverindstillinger"
+
+# dialog caption
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
+msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "(none)"
+msgid "none"
+msgstr "(ingen)"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1"
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "SMT-certifikat: %1"
+
+# dialog caption
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
+msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
+msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
+msgid "Certificate has expired"
+msgstr "SMT-certifikat"
+
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server CA certificate:"
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+# dialog caption
+#. input field label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials"
-#~ msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter"
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver"
+#
+#. return the boot command line parameter
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking..."
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "Tjekker..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use local registration server"
+msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
+msgstr "Brug lokal registreringsserver"
+
+# dialog caption
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Registering Product..."
+#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
+#~ msgstr[0] "Registreringskode"
+#~ msgstr[1] "Registreringskode"
+
+# dialog caption
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+#~ msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+# dialog caption
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+#~ msgstr "Registreringskode"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration"
#~ msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter"
@@ -658,11 +1034,6 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Profile"
#~ msgstr "Hardwareprofil"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
-#~ msgid "Registration Status"
-#~ msgstr "Registreringsdata der skal anvendes"
-
#~ msgid "Optional Information"
#~ msgstr "Valgfri information"
@@ -973,13 +1344,7 @@
#~ msgid "Registration is successful."
#~ msgstr "Registrering lykkedes."
-# dialog caption
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registration Code"
-#~ msgid "Registration code is missing."
-#~ msgstr "Registreringskode"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
#~ msgid "Registration Status at: <b>%1</b>"
#~ msgstr "Registreringsdata der skal anvendes"
@@ -1026,12 +1391,6 @@
#~ msgid "Registration failed partially."
#~ msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul"
-#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "Kør under autoinstallation"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "Kør ikke under autoinstallation"
-
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "%1 item of registration data"
#~| msgid_plural "%1 items of registration data"
@@ -1049,12 +1408,6 @@
#~ msgid "Optional information"
#~ msgstr "Valgfri information"
-#~ msgid "SMT Server: %1"
-#~ msgstr "SMT-server: %1"
-
-#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1"
-#~ msgstr "SMT-certifikat: %1"
-
#
#~ msgid "&Key"
#~ msgstr "&Nøgle"
@@ -1145,9 +1498,6 @@
#~ "Softwarekilderne blev opdaterede.\n"
#~ "Find detaljer i modulet for softwarekilder."
-#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated."
-#~ msgstr "Softwarekilderne er blevet opdateret."
-
#~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module."
#~ msgstr "Find detaljer i modulet for softwarekilder."
@@ -1174,10 +1524,6 @@
#~ msgid "You can register for installation support."
#~ msgstr "Du kan registrere for installationssupport."
-# dialog caption
-#~ msgid "Registration server:"
-#~ msgstr "Registreringsserver:"
-
#~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:"
#~ msgstr "Placering af servers CA-certifikat:"
@@ -1263,9 +1609,6 @@
#~ msgid "Could not find SMT certificate file in local path"
#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke finde SMT-certifikatfil i lokal sti"
-#~ msgid "Select SMT certificate file"
-#~ msgstr "Vælg SMT-certifikatfil"
-
#~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?"
#~ msgstr "Vil du annullere og derved undlade registrering?"
@@ -1297,9 +1640,6 @@
#~ msgid "Valid from: "
#~ msgstr "Gyldig fra: "
-#~ msgid "Valid to: "
-#~ msgstr "Gyldig til: "
-
#~ msgid "Trust"
#~ msgstr "Betro"
@@ -1337,9 +1677,6 @@
#~ msgid "(default)"
#~ msgstr "(standard)"
-#~ msgid "(none)"
-#~ msgstr "(ingen)"
-
#~ msgid "Automatic Online Update"
#~ msgstr "Automatisk online opdatering"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
"med WWPN \"%2\"\n"
"og LUN \"%3\".\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -137,7 +137,6 @@
msgstr "B&ootprogramvælger"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150
-#| msgid "ccw parameters"
msgid "nss parameters"
msgstr "nss-parametre"
@@ -169,8 +168,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Afbryde initialisering:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> "
-"nu.</p>\n"
+"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44
@@ -202,36 +200,29 @@
#. Configure dialog help 2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio "
-"buttons\n"
+"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n"
"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n"
"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n"
"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n"
"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vælg en af metoderne, til at genstarte din maskine, med radioknapperne,\n"
-"der vises i <b>reipl-metoder</b>. Afhængigt af hvad din maskine "
-"understøtter,\n"
+"der vises i <b>reipl-metoder</b>. Afhængigt af hvad din maskine understøtter,\n"
"Vælg mellem enhederne CCW (channel command word) og SCSI, der er\n"
-"tilsluttet gennem zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Fyld så indgangsfelterne ud "
-"med\n"
+"tilsluttet gennem zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Fyld så indgangsfelterne ud med\n"
"de nødvendige parametre for den respektive metode.</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 3
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n"
-"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device "
-"ID></i>,\n"
-"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a "
-"DASD or to\n"
+"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n"
+"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n"
"an FCP adapter.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Enhed</b> skal være et gyldigt enhedsbus-ID med små bogstaver i et\n"
-"sysfs-kompatibelt format 0.<i><subkanalsæt-ID></i>.<i>"
-"<enheds-ID></i>,\n"
-"som f.eks. 0.0.5c51. Afhængigt af den valgte metode kan det henvise til en "
-"DASD- eller\n"
+"sysfs-kompatibelt format 0.<i><subkanalsæt-ID></i>.<i><enheds-ID></i>,\n"
+"som f.eks. 0.0.5c51. Afhængigt af den valgte metode kan det henvise til en DASD- eller\n"
"en FCP-adapter.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 4
@@ -257,14 +248,11 @@
#. Configure dialog help 6
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase "
-"letters\n"
-"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.<"
-"/p>"
+"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n"
+"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Det <b>logiske enhedsnummer</b> (LUN) skal angives med små bogstaver som\n"
-"en 16-cifret hex-værdi med alle efterfølgende nuller som f.eks. "
-"0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
+"en 16-cifret hex-værdi med alle efterfølgende nuller som f.eks. 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 7
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88
@@ -289,14 +277,11 @@
#. Configure dialog help 9
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by "
-"shutdown,\n"
+"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n"
"and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Efter bekræftelse af denne dialog, kan du udløse en genstart (f.eks. ved "
-"en\n"
-"nedlukning), og systemet vil automatisk genstarte fra enheden, du har "
-"angivet.</p>"
+"<p>Efter bekræftelse af denne dialog, kan du udløse en genstart (f.eks. ved en\n"
+"nedlukning), og systemet vil automatisk genstarte fra enheden, du har angivet.</p>"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102
@@ -305,31 +290,31 @@
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
msgstr "Konfigurerede reipl-metoder"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
msgstr "Metoden ccw er konfigureret og bliver brugt."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
msgstr "Metoden ccw er konfigureret."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
msgstr "metoden ccw understøttes ikke."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
msgstr "Metoden fcp er konfigureret og bliver brugt."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
msgstr "Metoden fcp er konfigureret."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
msgstr "Metoden fcp understøttes ikke."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/s390.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/s390.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/s390.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -203,6 +203,15 @@
msgid "M&aximum"
msgstr "M&aksimum"
+#. require_groups
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
+msgid "Allowed Group(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
+msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combobox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
msgid "&Kerberos Method"
@@ -858,7 +867,10 @@
msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Færdig"
@@ -932,12 +944,14 @@
msgstr "Offline godkendelse aktiveret"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nej"
@@ -960,76 +974,168 @@
"Try again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
-msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
-msgstr "Kan ikke fortsætte tilslutningen: Inkonsistent cluster-tilstand"
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af Samba-klient"
-#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af Samba-klient"
+#
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
+msgstr "Læs globale Samba-indstillinger"
#
-#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
-#~ msgstr "Læs globale Samba-indstillinger"
+#. translators: progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+msgid "Read the winbind status"
+msgstr "Læs Winbind-status"
#
-#~ msgid "Read the winbind status"
-#~ msgstr "Læs Winbind-status"
+#. translators: progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
+msgstr "Læser de globale Samba-indstillinger..."
#
-#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
-#~ msgstr "Læser de globale Samba-indstillinger..."
+#. translators: progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
+msgstr "Læser Winbind-status..."
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Samba Client Configuration"
+msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Konfiguration af Samba-klient"
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the settings"
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne"
+
#
-#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
-#~ msgstr "Læser Winbind-status..."
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+msgid "Disable Samba services"
+msgstr "Deaktivér Samba-tjenester"
#
-#~ msgid "Disable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "Deaktivér Samba-tjenester"
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+msgid "Enable Samba services"
+msgstr "Aktivér Samba-tjenester"
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..."
+
#
-#~ msgid "Enable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "Aktivér Samba-tjenester"
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Deaktiverer Samba-tjenester..."
#
-#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "Deaktiverer Samba-tjenester..."
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Aktiverer Samba-tjenester..."
+#. write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
+msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
+msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af Samba-klient"
+
#
-#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "Aktiverer Samba-tjenester..."
+#. write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
+msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
+msgstr "Skriver Kerberos-konfiguration..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
-#~ msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til %1."
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
+msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til %1."
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "Kan ikke starte Winbind-tjeneste."
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgstr "Kan ikke starte Winbind-tjeneste."
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "Kan ikke starte winbind-dæmon."
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
+msgstr "Kan ikke starte winbind-dæmon."
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe Winbind-tjeneste."
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
+msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe Winbind-tjeneste."
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe winbind-dæmon."
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
+msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe winbind-dæmon."
#
-#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
-#~ msgstr "Kan ikke skrive PAM-indstillinger."
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
+msgstr "Kan ikke skrive PAM-indstillinger."
-#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Global konfiguration"
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Global konfiguration"
-#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Arbejdsgruppe eller domæne: %1"
+#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
+msgstr "Arbejdsgruppe eller domæne: %1"
-#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-#~ msgstr "Opret hjemmemappe ved login"
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "Opret hjemmemappe ved login"
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Off&line Authentication"
+msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
+msgstr "Off&line godkendelse"
+
# integer field widget label
-#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Maksimalt antal delte ressourcer: %1"
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
+msgstr "Maksimalt antal delte ressourcer: %1"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Godkendelse med SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+#. summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
+msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "Arbejdsgruppe eller domæne: %1"
+
+#. summary item: authentication using winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Godkendelse med SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
+msgstr "Kan ikke fortsætte tilslutningen: Inkonsistent cluster-tilstand"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -30,8 +30,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66
msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)"
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurationsmodul til Samba-server (se Samba-dokumentation for detaljer)"
+msgstr "Konfigurationsmodul til Samba-server (se Samba-dokumentation for detaljer)"
#. translators: command line help text for share action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79
@@ -125,20 +124,17 @@
#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share"
-msgstr ""
-"En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan læse fra den delte ressource"
+msgstr "En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan læse fra den delte ressource"
#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share"
-msgstr ""
-"En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan skrive til den delte ressource"
+msgstr "En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan skrive til den delte ressource"
#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215
msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN"
-msgstr ""
-"Markér hvis den delte ressource skal skal være synlig på lokalnetværket"
+msgstr "Markér hvis den delte ressource skal skal være synlig på lokalnetværket"
#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222
@@ -148,8 +144,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share"
-msgstr ""
-"En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som har adgang til den delte ressource"
+msgstr "En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som har adgang til den delte ressource"
#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236
@@ -169,8 +164,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254
msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins"
-msgstr ""
-"Serveren skal give adgang til delte ressourcer, men ikke tillade domænelogin"
+msgstr "Serveren skal give adgang til delte ressourcer, men ikke tillade domænelogin"
#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260
@@ -204,18 +198,13 @@
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
+msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
msgstr "LDAP-suffiks-DN for håndtering af brugerinformation på LDAP-serveren"
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing "
-"passwords)"
-msgstr ""
-"LDAP-DN til ændring af indhold på LDAP-serveren (f.eks. ændring af "
-"adgangskode)"
+msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)"
+msgstr "LDAP-DN til ændring af indhold på LDAP-serveren (f.eks. ændring af adgangskode)"
#. translators: error message for share command line action
#. must provide the share name
@@ -281,8 +270,7 @@
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
-"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the "
-"users,\n"
+"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgstr ""
"Da der i øjeblikket er brugere tilsluttet til denne Samba-server,\n"
@@ -916,8 +904,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Afbryder initialisering</big></b><br>\n"
-"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> "
-"nu.</p>\n"
+"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>\n"
#
#. Write dialog help 1/2
@@ -946,13 +933,11 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and "
-"click <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Valg af arbejdsgruppe eller domæne</big></b><br>\n"
-"Vælg eksisterende navn på arbejdsgruppe eller domæne, eller skriv dit eget "
-"nye navn og tryk på <b>Næste</b>.\n"
+"Vælg eksisterende navn på arbejdsgruppe eller domæne, eller skriv dit eget nye navn og tryk på <b>Næste</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
@@ -966,36 +951,27 @@
#| "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style "
-"domain.</p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n"
-"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their "
-"passwords.</p>\n"
-"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings "
-"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be "
-"phased out in future releases.</p>"
+"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n"
+"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et "
-"Windows-domæne.</p>\n"
+"<p>En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne.</p>\n"
"<p>Backup-styreenheden anvender en anden domænestyreenhed til validering.\n"
-"Den primære styreenhed anvender sin egen information om brugere og deres "
-"adgangskoder.</p>\n"
-"<p>De tilgængelige indstillinger i konfigurationsdialogen afhænger af "
-"indstillingerne i dette udvalg.</p>"
+"Den primære styreenhed anvender sin egen information om brugere og deres adgangskoder.</p>\n"
+"<p>De tilgængelige indstillinger i konfigurationsdialogen afhænger af indstillingerne i dette udvalg.</p>"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n"
"depend on the settings in this selection.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et "
-"Windows-domæne.</p>\n"
+"<p>En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne.</p>\n"
"<p>De tilgængelige indstillinger i konfigurationsdialogen \n"
"afhænger af indstillingerne i dette udvalg.</p>"
@@ -1009,8 +985,7 @@
"<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n"
"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dette er en liste over allerede konfigurerede delte ressourcer, hvorvidt "
-"de \n"
+"<p>Dette er en liste over allerede konfigurerede delte ressourcer, hvorvidt de \n"
"er aktiveret eller deaktiveret og noget basal information om dem.<br></p>"
#. Share list dialog help 2/4
@@ -1050,8 +1025,7 @@
"already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n"
"remove the information about a share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny delt ressource, <b>Redigér</b> for "
-"at ændre\n"
+"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny delt ressource, <b>Redigér</b> for at ændre\n"
"eksisterende delte ressourcer og <b>Slet</b> for at fjerne al \n"
"information om en delt ressource.</p>\n"
@@ -1070,18 +1044,14 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n"
-"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain "
-"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The "
-"backup controller \n"
+"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n"
"uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n"
"uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n"
"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n"
"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De basale indstillinger bestemmer domænet og\n"
-"serverens rolle. <b>Backup-domænestyreenhed</b> og <b>Primær "
-"domænestyreenhed</b> tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne. "
-"Backup-domænestyreenheden \n"
+"serverens rolle. <b>Backup-domænestyreenhed</b> og <b>Primær domænestyreenhed</b> tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne. Backup-domænestyreenheden \n"
"anvender en anden domænestyreenhed til validering. Den primære styreenhed\n"
"anvender sin egen information om brugere og deres adgangskoder.\n"
"Hvis serveren ikke skal fungere som domænestyreenhed, vælges\n"
@@ -1130,12 +1100,10 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global "
-"settings.</p>\n"
+"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> giver adgang til \n"
-"
detaljeret konfiguration, kilder til brugerautentifikation og avancerede "
-"globale indstillinger.</p>\n"
+"
detaljeret konfiguration, kilder til brugerautentifikation og avancerede globale indstillinger.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
@@ -1190,8 +1158,7 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny konfigurationindstilling, <b>"
-"Redigér</b> for at ændre\n"
+"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny konfigurationindstilling, <b>Redigér</b> for at ændre\n"
"en eksisterende indstilling og <b>Slet</b> for at slette en indstilling.</p>\n"
#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2
@@ -1209,8 +1176,7 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny konfigurationsindstilling, <b>"
-"Redigér</b> for at ændre\n"
+"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny konfigurationsindstilling, <b>Redigér</b> for at ændre\n"
"en eksisterende indstilling og <b>Slet</b> for at slette en indstilling.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3
@@ -1228,27 +1194,21 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n"
-"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b>"
-" is used when\n"
+"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n"
"creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n"
"a password for write access, set the password using\n"
"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Søgebase-DN</b> (Distinguished Name) er\n"
-"stedet hvor søgning efter information skal begynde, og <b>Administrations-DN<"
-"/b> bruges\n"
+"stedet hvor søgning efter information skal begynde, og <b>Administrations-DN</b> bruges\n"
"når nye brugere og grupper skal oprettes. Hvis administrations-DN kræver\n"
"en adgangskode for skriveadgang, skal dette angives ved at bruge\n"
"<b>Vælg adgangskode for LDAP-administration</b>.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is "
-"set.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Bemærk:</b>Indstillinger gemmes før adgangskoden for "
-"LDAP-administration angives.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Bemærk:</b>Indstillinger gemmes før adgangskoden for LDAP-administration angives.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200
@@ -1266,12 +1226,10 @@
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current "
-"one first\n"
+"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n"
"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du vil ændre kilde til brugerautentificering, så fjern den aktuelle "
-"først\n"
+"<p>Hvis du vil ændre kilde til brugerautentificering, så fjern den aktuelle først\n"
"ved at trykke på <b>Slet</b> og tilføje en ny med <b>Tilføj</b>.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3
@@ -1331,8 +1289,7 @@
"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tilføj ny delt ressource</big></b><br>\n"
-"Her kan du indtaste grundlæggende information om en ny delt ressource, der "
-"skal tilføjes.</p>\n"
+"Her kan du indtaste grundlæggende information om en ny delt ressource, der skal tilføjes.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252
@@ -1381,21 +1338,11 @@
#. add new share dialog help
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by "
-"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only "
-"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to "
-"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must "
-"also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further "
-"details.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of "
-"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if "
-"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See "
-"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for LDAP Settings dialog
@@ -1405,86 +1352,53 @@
"Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the "
-"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store "
-"SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
+"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, "
-"including full Administrator DN.\n"
+"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP "
-"objects.\n"
+"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To "
-"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>"
-".<p>"
+"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP-indstillinger</big></b><br>\n"
"Her bestemmes den LDAP-server der skal bruges til autentificering.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"At sætte <b>LDAP adgangskode-backend</b> muliggør lagring af "
-"brugerinformation i LDAP-træet, angivet via URL'en. Med <b>LDAP "
-"Idmap-backend</b>, lagres SID/uid/gid koblingstabeller i LDAP.\n"
+"At sætte <b>LDAP adgangskode-backend</b> muliggør lagring af brugerinformation i LDAP-træet, angivet via URL'en. Med <b>LDAP Idmap-backend</b>, lagres SID/uid/gid koblingstabeller i LDAP.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"I autentificeringsektionen sættes akkreditiverne for LDAP-serveren, inklusiv "
-"fuld administrator-DN.\n"
+"I autentificeringsektionen sættes akkreditiverne for LDAP-serveren, inklusiv fuld administrator-DN.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<b>Søgebase-DN</b> er det LDAP-suffiks der tilføjes til Samba-specifikke "
-"LDAP-objekter.\n"
+"<b>Søgebase-DN</b> er det LDAP-suffiks der tilføjes til Samba-specifikke LDAP-objekter.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"Klik på <b>Test forbindelse</b> for at teste forbindelsen til din "
-"LDAP-server. Klik på <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> for at sætte "
-"ekspertindstillinger eller bruge standardværdier.<p>"
+"Klik på <b>Test forbindelse</b> for at teste forbindelsen til din LDAP-server. Klik på <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> for at sætte ekspertindstillinger eller bruge standardværdier.<p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The "
-"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>"
-"Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for "
-"machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Brugersuffiks</b> angiver hvor brugere føjes til LDAP-træet. Værdien "
-"sættes foran værdien for <b>Søgebase-DN</b>. Tilsvarende angiver <b>"
-"Gruppesuffiks</b> angiver stedet for grupper, <b>Maskinesuffiks</b> for "
-"maskiner og <b>Idmap-suffiks</b> for idmap-koblinger.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Brugersuffiks</b> angiver hvor brugere føjes til LDAP-træet. Værdien sættes foran værdien for <b>Søgebase-DN</b>. Tilsvarende angiver <b>Gruppesuffiks</b> angiver stedet for grupper, <b>Maskinesuffiks</b> for maskiner og <b>Idmap-suffiks</b> for idmap-koblinger.</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait "
-"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ventetid for replicering</b> er antallet af millisekunder som Samba vil "
-"vente efter skrivning til LDAP-serveren, således at LDAP-replikaer kan følge "
-"med.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Ventetid for replicering</b> er antallet af millisekunder som Samba vil vente efter skrivning til LDAP-serveren, således at LDAP-replikaer kan følge med.</p>\n"
"<p><b>Tidsudløb</b> angiver tidsudløbet for LDAP-operationer (i sekunder).</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311
-msgid ""
-"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bestem om der skal bruges SSL til LDAP-forbindelse med <b>Brug SSL eller "
-"TLS</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Bestem om der skal bruges SSL til LDAP-forbindelse med <b>Brug SSL eller TLS</b>.</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete "
-"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
-"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the "
-"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual "
-"page for details.</p>"
+"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
+"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Slet DN</b> angiver om sletningsoperationen sletter hele LDAP-indgangen "
-"eller kun Samba-specifikke attributter.</p>\n"
-"<p>Med <b>Synkronisér adgangskoder</b> defineres mulig synkronisering af "
-"LDAP-adgangskoden med NT og LM-hashes. Se man-siden <tt>smb.conf</tt> for "
-"detaljer.</p>"
+"<p><b>Slet DN</b> angiver om sletningsoperationen sletter hele LDAP-indgangen eller kun Samba-specifikke attributter.</p>\n"
+"<p>Med <b>Synkronisér adgangskoder</b> defineres mulig synkronisering af LDAP-adgangskoden med NT og LM-hashes. Se man-siden <tt>smb.conf</tt> for detaljer.</p>"
#. translators: warning text
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322
@@ -1542,13 +1456,11 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, "
-"and\n"
+"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n"
"expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> giver adgang til \n"
-"detaljeret konfiguration, som f.eks. LDAP-indstillinger, kilder til "
-"brugerautentifikation og\n"
+"detaljeret konfiguration, som f.eks. LDAP-indstillinger, kilder til brugerautentifikation og\n"
"avancerede globale indstillinger.</p>\n"
#. translators: combo box value
@@ -1770,8 +1682,7 @@
#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338
msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported."
-msgstr ""
-"Kun dcObject- (dc) og organizationalUnit- (ou) klasser er understøttet."
+msgstr "Kun dcObject- (dc) og organizationalUnit- (ou) klasser er understøttet."
#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP
#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-27 13:33+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/security.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/security.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/security.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-27 13:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -17,12 +17,192 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -62,3 +242,63 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
+msgid "Default Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state
+#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Systemd targets
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 18:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -27,127 +27,127 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beskrivelse"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Brugerdata"
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Oprydningsalgoritme"
#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr "Ændr øjebliksbillede %1"
#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr "Ændr øjebliksbilleder %1 - %2"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "Præ (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "Post (%1)"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Opret nyt øjebliksbillede"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Enkelt øjebliksbillede"
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Præ"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Post, parret med:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette øjebliksbilledet \"%1\"?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Øjebliksbilleder"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Enkelt"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Præ og post"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Læser liste over øjebliksbilleder..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Nuværende konfiguration"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "Id"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Startdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Slutdato"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Brugerdata"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Vis ændringer"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Ændr"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
@@ -156,131 +156,131 @@
"Visning af forskelle er ikke muligt."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt over valgt øjebliksbillede"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Beregner ændrede filer..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Beregner filændringer..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Ny fil blev oprettet."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Filen blev fjernet."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "Filindholdet blev ikke ændret."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Filen findes ikke nogen af øjebliksbillederne."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Filindholdet blev ændret."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filtilstanden blev ændret fra \"%1\" til \"%2\"."
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filens brugerejerskab blev ændret fra \"%1\" til \"%2\"."
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Filens gruppeejerskab blev ændret fra \"%1\" til \"%2\"."
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "G&enskab fra første"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Genskab"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Gen&skab fra andet"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem øjebliksbillede og det aktuelle system"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem aktuelt og det valgte øjebliksbillede:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem første og andet øjebliksbillede"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem første øjebliksbillede og det aktuelle system"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Vis forskel mellem andet øjebliksbillede og det aktuelle system"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for det første øjebliksbillede:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for det andet øjebliksbillede:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for øjebliksbilledet:"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "Å&bn"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Genskab det valgte"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -311,17 +311,17 @@
"fra øjebliksbilledet \"%2\" til det nuværende system?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Ingen fil blev valg til genskabelse"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Genskaber filer"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -334,10 +334,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Filer der findes i det oprindelige øjebliksbillede vil blive kopieret til "
-"det nuværende system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Filer der ikke fandtes i øjebliksbilledet vil blive slettet.</p>Vil du "
-"fortsætte?"
+"<p>Filer der findes i det oprindelige øjebliksbillede vil blive kopieret til det nuværende system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Filer der ikke fandtes i øjebliksbilledet vil blive slettet.</p>Vil du fortsætte?"
#. Read dialog help
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
@@ -352,29 +350,17 @@
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
-"types\n"
-"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
-"are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post "
-"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between "
-"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in "
-"the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see "
-"the\n"
+"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
+"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Konfiguration af øjebliksbilleder</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>Tabellen viser en liste over øjebliksbilleder af rodfilsystemet. Der er "
-"tre typer\n"
-"af øjebliksbilleder, <b>enkelt</b>, <b>præ</b> og <b>post</b>. Enkelte "
-"øjebliksbilleder\n"
-"bruges til at lagre filsystemtilstanden på et bestemt tidspunkt, mens Præ og "
-"Post bruges til at definere de ændringer der udføres af særlige handlinger "
-"der er fundet sted mellem oprettelse af de to øjebliksbilleder. Præ- og "
-"Post-øjebliksbilleder kobles sammen i tabellen.</p>\n"
-"<p>Vælg et øjebliksbillede eller et par af øjebliksbilleder og tryk på <b>Vis "
-"ændringer</b> for at\n"
+"<p>Tabellen viser en liste over øjebliksbilleder af rodfilsystemet. Der er tre typer\n"
+"af øjebliksbilleder, <b>enkelt</b>, <b>præ</b> og <b>post</b>. Enkelte øjebliksbilleder\n"
+"bruges til at lagre filsystemtilstanden på et bestemt tidspunkt, mens Præ og Post bruges til at definere de ændringer der udføres af særlige handlinger der er fundet sted mellem oprettelse af de to øjebliksbilleder. Præ- og Post-øjebliksbilleder kobles sammen i tabellen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vælg et øjebliksbillede eller et par af øjebliksbilleder og tryk på <b>Vis ændringer</b> for at\n"
"se de nye filsystemændringer i det angivne øjebliksbillede.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
@@ -382,28 +368,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first "
-"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the "
-"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of "
-"creation for both snapshots.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
-"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is "
-"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Oversigt over øjebliksbillede</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Træet viser alle de filer der er blevet ændret mellem oprettelse af første "
-"(\"præ\") og andet (\"post\") øjebliksbillede. På højre side kan du se "
-"beskrivelsen der blev genereret da det første øjebliksbillede blev oprettet "
-"og tidspunktet for oprettelsen af begge øjebliksbilleder.\n"
+"Træet viser alle de filer der er blevet ændret mellem oprettelse af første (\"præ\") og andet (\"post\") øjebliksbillede. På højre side kan du se beskrivelsen der blev genereret da det første øjebliksbillede blev oprettet og tidspunktet for oprettelsen af begge øjebliksbilleder.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Når filen vælges i træet, kan du se de ændringer der er foretaget. Som "
-"standard vises ændringer mellem valgte koblede øjebliksbilleder, men det er "
-"muligt at sammenligne filen med forskellige versioner.\n"
+"Når filen vælges i træet, kan du se de ændringer der er foretaget. Som standard vises ændringer mellem valgte koblede øjebliksbilleder, men det er muligt at sammenligne filen med forskellige versioner.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
@@ -411,24 +387,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the "
-"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time "
-"of its creation.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between "
-"snapshot version and current system.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Oversigt over øjebliksbillede</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Træet viser alle de filer der forskellige mellem det valgte øjebliksbilleder "
-"og det aktuelle system. På højre side kan du se beskrivelsen af "
-"øjebliksbilledet og dets oprettelsestidspunkt.\n"
+"Træet viser alle de filer der forskellige mellem det valgte øjebliksbilleder og det aktuelle system. På højre side kan du se beskrivelsen af øjebliksbilledet og dets oprettelsestidspunkt.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Når en fil markeres i træet, kan du se forskellen mellem "
-"øjebliksbilledeversionen og det aktuelle system.\n"
+"Når en fil markeres i træet, kan du se forskellen mellem øjebliksbilledeversionen og det aktuelle system.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. popup error
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/sound.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/sound.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/sound.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-06 22:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/squid.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-27 12:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78
-#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration"
msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af SSHD"
@@ -35,7 +34,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84
-#| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration"
msgid "Read current SSHD configuration"
msgstr "Læs nuværende SSHD-konfiguration"
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86
-#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state"
msgid "Read current SSHD state"
msgstr "Læs nuværende SSHD-tilstand"
@@ -51,7 +48,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89
-#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..."
msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..."
msgstr "Læser nuværende SSHD-konfiguration..."
@@ -59,7 +55,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91
-#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state"
msgid "Reading current SSHD state..."
msgstr "Læser nuværende SSHD-tilstand..."
@@ -67,7 +62,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109
-#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state."
msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state."
msgstr "Kan ikke læse nuværende SSHD-tilstand."
@@ -75,7 +69,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127
-#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration"
msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer SSHD-konfiguration"
@@ -90,7 +83,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135
-#| msgid "Adjust SSHD service"
msgid "Adjust the SSHD service"
msgstr "Tilpas SSHD-tjenesten"
@@ -105,7 +97,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140
-#| msgid "Adjusting SSHD service..."
msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..."
msgstr "Tilpasser SSHD-tjenesten..."
@@ -113,7 +104,6 @@
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151
-#| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings."
msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings."
msgstr "Kan ikke skrive SSHD-indstillinger."
@@ -192,7 +182,6 @@
#. a dialog caption
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100
-#| msgid "General Login Settings"
msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings"
msgstr "Login-indstillinger for SSHD-server"
@@ -204,7 +193,6 @@
#. A check box
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107
-#| msgid "Print &Message of the Day after Login"
msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login"
msgstr "Skriv dagens &besked efter login"
@@ -228,33 +216,28 @@
#. A check box
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119
-#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication"
msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication"
msgstr "Adgang&skode-autentificering"
#. A check box
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121
-#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication"
msgid "RSA Authenti&cation"
msgstr "RSA-autentifi&cering"
#. A check box
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123
-#| msgid "Public &Key Authentication (Protocol V. 2 Only)"
msgid "Public &Key Authentication"
msgstr "Autentificering med offentlig nø&gle"
#. Sshd read dialog caption
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28
-#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration"
msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration"
msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af SSHD"
#. Sshd write dialog caption
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53
-#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration"
msgid "Saving sshd Configuration"
msgstr "Gemmer SSHD-konfiguration"
@@ -279,15 +262,11 @@
#. Sshd configure1 dialog contents
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28
-#| msgid "Configuration of sshd"
msgid "First part of configuration of sshd"
msgstr "Første del af konfiguration af SSHD"
#. Read dialog help
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -297,9 +276,6 @@
#. Write dialog help
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Saving the sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -318,9 +294,6 @@
#. Login Settings dialog help
#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "Configure SSHD here.<br></p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure SSHD login settings here.<br></p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -42,8 +42,7 @@
"\n"
"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Brug kun dette program, hvis du er fortrolig med partitionering af "
-"harddiske.\n"
+"Brug kun dette program, hvis du er fortrolig med partitionering af harddiske.\n"
"\n"
"Forsøg aldrig at partitionere diske, som kan være i brug på nogen måde\n"
"(monterede partitioner, swap osv.), hvis du ikke er helt sikker på, hvad du\n"
@@ -96,7 +95,6 @@
#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78
-#| msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgid "&Expert Partitioner..."
msgstr "&Ekspertpartitionering..."
@@ -107,7 +105,7 @@
msgstr "&Opret partitionsopsætning..."
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -120,14 +118,13 @@
#. this is the resize case
#.
#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
-#| msgid "Proposal settings"
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Redigér indstillinger for forslag"
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -139,7 +136,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -154,7 +151,7 @@
"\"Ekspertpartitionering\".</p>\n"
#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -174,15 +171,23 @@
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "Umuligt at oprette det ønskede forslag."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
+msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
+msgstr "Ikke nok tilgængelig plads til at foreslå separat /home."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Ikke nok tilgængelig plads til at foreslå separat /home."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -411,8 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Windows brugt</b> er størrelsen på den plads din Windows-partition "
-"bruger.\n"
+"<b>Windows brugt</b> er størrelsen på den plads din Windows-partition bruger.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
@@ -532,8 +536,7 @@
#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
-msgstr ""
-"Dit system kan kun konfigureres med \"Brugertilpasset partitionering\"."
+msgstr "Dit system kan kun konfigureres med \"Brugertilpasset partitionering\"."
#. Win NT / 2000
#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
@@ -670,11 +673,8 @@
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid ""
-"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Ingen harddiske fundet. Hvis en opdaterings-cd er tilgængelig, prøv at bruge "
-"den til installationen."
+msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr "Ingen harddiske fundet. Hvis en opdaterings-cd er tilgængelig, prøv at bruge den til installationen."
#
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Foreslå en separat &home-partition"
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@
msgstr "Forslagstype"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig beholde denne størrelse boot-partition?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge opsætningen uden /boot-partition?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@
"\n"
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1175,32 +1175,8 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Advarsel: Med din nuværende opsætning får din %1-installation\n"
-"problemer under boot, da du ikke har nogen \"boot\"-partition,\n"
-"og din rodpartition er et LVM logisk diskområde.\n"
-"Dette fungerer ikke.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Brug en normal partition til filerne under /boot, hvis du ikke ved\n"
-"nøjagtigt, hvad du laver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -1224,7 +1200,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1249,36 +1225,33 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point "
-"\"swap\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Du har ikke tildelt en swap-partition. I de fleste tilfælde anbefaler vi "
-"kraftigt, \n"
+"Du har ikke tildelt en swap-partition. I de fleste tilfælde anbefaler vi kraftigt, \n"
"at oprette og tildele en swap-partition.\n"
-"Swap-partitioner i systemet opføres i hovedvinduet som typen \"Linux "
-"swap\".\n"
+"Swap-partitioner i systemet opføres i hovedvinduet som typen \"Linux swap\".\n"
"En tildelt swap-partition har monteringspunktet \"swap\".\n"
"Hvis du vil, kan du tildele mere end én swap-partition.\n"
"\n"
"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning uden swap-partition?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1292,7 +1265,7 @@
#
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1305,20 +1278,18 @@
"- hvis denne partitionen endnu ikke indeholder noget filsystem\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Hvis du er i tvivl, er det bedst at gå tilbage og markere denne partition "
-"til\n"
-"formatering, specielt hvis den er tildelt et af standard-monteringspunkterne "
-"såsom\n"
+"Hvis du er i tvivl, er det bedst at gå tilbage og markere denne partition til\n"
+"formatering, specielt hvis den er tildelt et af standard-monteringspunkterne såsom\n"
"/, /boot, /opt eller /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1329,7 +1300,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig lade partitionen være uformateret?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1338,7 +1309,7 @@
"Fjern den fra RAID, før du redigerer den.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1347,7 +1318,7 @@
"Fjern den fra diskområdegruppen, før du redigerer den.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1356,7 +1327,7 @@
"Fjern diskområdet, før du redigerer den.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1365,7 +1336,7 @@
"Fjern den fra RAID, før du sletter den.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1373,12 +1344,12 @@
"Enheden (%2) anvendes af %1.\n"
"Fjern %1, før du sletter den.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Den kan ikke slettes mens den er monteret."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1387,24 +1358,20 @@
"en anden logisk partition med et højere nummer er i brug.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
-"mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
-"extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Den valgte udvidede partition indeholder partitioner, som aktuelt er "
-"monteret:\n"
+"Den valgte udvidede partition indeholder partitioner, som aktuelt er monteret:\n"
"%1\n"
-"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse partitioner, før du sletter den "
-"udvidede partition.\n"
+"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse partitioner, før du sletter den udvidede partition.\n"
"Tryk på \"Annullér\", hvis du ikke ved nøjagtigt hvad du laver.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1419,7 +1386,7 @@
"udvidede partition.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1434,7 +1401,7 @@
"udvidede partition.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1453,13 +1420,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Glem ikke hvad du indtaster her!"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Tom adgangskode tilladt."
@@ -1488,7 +1455,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Angiv en adgangskode til dit filsystem:"
@@ -1499,7 +1466,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Gentag adgangskoden til &verifikation:"
@@ -1522,7 +1489,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1533,7 +1500,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1572,24 +1539,20 @@
"<p><b>Montér i /etc/fstab ved:</b>\n"
"Et filsystem, som skal monteres, identificeres normalt ved enhedsnavnet\n"
"i /etc/fstab. Denne identifikation kan ændres, så filsystemet,\n"
-"der skal monteres, findes ved at søge efter et UUID eller et "
-"diskområdemærkat. Ikke alle\n"
-"filsystemer kan monteres med et UUID eller en diskområdemærkat. Hvis et "
-"tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n"
+"der skal monteres, findes ved at søge efter et UUID eller et diskområdemærkat. Ikke alle\n"
+"filsystemer kan monteres med et UUID eller en diskområdemærkat. Hvis et tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n"
"er det ikke muligt.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Diskområdemærkat:</b>\n"
-"Navnet, angivet i dette felt, bruges som diskområdemærkat. Dette er normalt "
-"kun\n"
+"Navnet, angivet i dette felt, bruges som diskområdemærkat. Dette er normalt kun\n"
"relevant hvis du aktiverer tilvalget for montering med diskområdemærkat.\n"
"Et diskområdemærkat kan ikke indeholde /-tegnet eller mellemrum.\n"
@@ -1750,8 +1713,7 @@
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
-msgstr ""
-"Du risikerer at miste data, hvis du formindsker dette logiske diskområde."
+msgstr "Du risikerer at miste data, hvis du formindsker dette logiske diskområde."
#
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330
@@ -1832,14 +1794,12 @@
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
-"partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"Den valgte enhed indeholder partitioner, som i øjeblikket er monterede:\n"
"%1\n"
-"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse, før du sletter "
-"partitionstabellen.\n"
+"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse, før du sletter partitionstabellen.\n"
"Tryk på \"Annullér\", hvis du ikke ved nøjagtigt, hvad du laver.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
@@ -1887,10 +1847,6 @@
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Create and remove subvolumes \n"
-#| "from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Opret og fjern underdiskområder fra et Btrfs-filsystem.</p>\n"
@@ -1923,7 +1879,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr "Aktivér øjebliksbilleder"
@@ -1934,24 +1890,23 @@
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "Håndtering af underdiskområde"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Tomt navn på underdiskområde er ikke tilladt."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-"Kun navne på underdiskområder som starter med \"%1\" er tilladt i "
-"øjeblikket!\n"
+"Kun navne på underdiskområder som starter med \"%1\" er tilladt i øjeblikket!\n"
"Sætter automatisk \"%1\" foran navnet på underdiskområdet."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Underdiskområde-navnet %1 findes allerede."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "Ændringer der er udført i dialogen hidtil vil gå tabt."
@@ -1994,41 +1949,36 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or "
-"/var/tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Dette monteringspunkt svarer til et midlertidigt filsystem som f.eks. /tmp "
-"eller /var/tmp.\n"
+"Dette monteringspunkt svarer til et midlertidigt filsystem som f.eks. /tmp eller /var/tmp.\n"
"Hvis du lader krypteringsadgangskoden være tom vil systemet oprette\n"
-"en vilkårlig adgangskode for dig ved systemstart. Dette betyder, at du mister "
-"alle \n"
+"en vilkårlig adgangskode for dig ved systemstart. Dette betyder, at du mister alle \n"
"data på disse filsystemer, når systemet lukkes ned.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
-"system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hvis du glemmer din adgangskode, mister du adgang til alle data i dit "
-"filsystem.\n"
+"Hvis du glemmer din adgangskode, mister du adgang til alle data i dit filsystem.\n"
"Vær påpasselig med valg af adgangskode. En kombination af bogstaver og tal\n"
"anbefales. For at sikre, at adgangskoden indtastedes korrekt, \n"
"skal den indtastes to gange.\n"
@@ -2037,11 +1987,10 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
-"at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2070,7 +2019,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2095,17 +2044,14 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
-"is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hvis det krypterede filsystem ikke indeholder nogen systemfil, og derfor ikke "
-"er\n"
-"nødvendigt for opdateringen, kan du vælge <b>Spring over</b>. I så fald "
-"tilgås\n"
+"Hvis det krypterede filsystem ikke indeholder nogen systemfil, og derfor ikke er\n"
+"nødvendigt for opdateringen, kan du vælge <b>Spring over</b>. I så fald tilgås\n"
"filsystemet ikke under opdateringen .\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2130,12 +2076,6 @@
"tilintetgøre diskmærkatet i ekspertpartitionering.\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \n"
-#| "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n"
-#| "GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n"
msgid ""
"Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n"
"boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n"
@@ -2237,16 +2177,13 @@
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
msgstr ""
-"Et FAT-filsystem anvendt til system-monteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, "
-"/home).\n"
+"Et FAT-filsystem anvendt til system-monteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"Dette er ikke muligt."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
-msgstr ""
-"Ugyldigt tegn i monteringspunkt. Brug ikke \"`'!\"%#\" i et monteringspunkt."
+msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgstr "Ugyldigt tegn i monteringspunkt. Brug ikke \"`'!\"%#\" i et monteringspunkt."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268
@@ -2321,28 +2258,27 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Filsystemet er i øjeblikket monteret i %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu, fortsætte uden at afmontere eller "
-"annullere.\n"
+"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu, fortsætte uden at afmontere eller annullere.\n"
"Tryk på Annullér medmindre du ved præcis hvad du gør."
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Afmontér"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2350,21 +2286,20 @@
"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu eller annullere.\n"
"Tryk på Annullér medmindre du ved præcis hvad du gør."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at formindske et filsystem mens det er monteret."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at udvide et filsystem mens det er monteret."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er ikke muligt at ændre størrelse på et filsystem mens det er monteret."
+msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at ændre størrelse på et filsystem mens det er monteret."
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr "Genscan enheder"
@@ -2374,47 +2309,54 @@
msgstr "Importér monteringspunkter..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr "Angiv krypteringsa&dgangskoder..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr "Konfigurér &iSCSI..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
+msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
+msgstr "Konfigurér &zFCP..."
+
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr "Konfigurér &multipath..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr "Konfigurér &DASD..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr "Konfigurér &zFCP..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr "Konfigurér &XPRAM..."
#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr "Konfigurér..."
#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr "Tilgængelig lagerplads på %1"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
@@ -2423,7 +2365,7 @@
"lagerenheder.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -2434,7 +2376,7 @@
"enheden.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
@@ -2443,7 +2385,7 @@
"navigere til visningen med detaljeret information om enheden.</p>"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really rescan disks?"
@@ -2452,7 +2394,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig genscanne diske?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
@@ -2461,9 +2403,22 @@
"Vil du virkelig kalde iSCSI-konfigurationen?"
#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+#| "Really call zFCP configuration?"
+msgid ""
+"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+"Really call FCoE configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+"At kalde zFCP-konfigurationen annullerer alle nuværende ændringer.\n"
+"Vil du virkelig kalde zFCP-konfigurationen?"
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
@@ -2472,7 +2427,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig kalde multipath-konfigurationen?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
@@ -2481,7 +2436,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig kalde DASD-konfigurationen?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
@@ -2490,7 +2445,7 @@
"Vil du virkelig kalde zFCP-konfigurationen?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2763,7 +2718,41 @@
msgstr "Br&ugte enheder"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg størrelsen for den ny partition.</p>"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default File System"
+msgid "Operating System"
+msgstr "Standard filsystem"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "Swap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+msgid "Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2772,18 +2761,17 @@
"samt den ønskede type af filsystem.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hvis du vil kryptere alle data på \n"
-"diskområdet, vælg da <b>Kryptér enhed</b>. Ændring af krypteringen på et "
-"eksisterende diskområde vil slette alle data på det.</p>\n"
+"diskområdet, vælg da <b>Kryptér enhed</b>. Ændring af krypteringen på et eksisterende diskområde vil slette alle data på det.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2792,47 +2780,47 @@
"og angiv monteringspunkt ( /, /boot, /home, /var osv.).</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Formateringstilvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formatér partition"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Formatér ikke partition"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Montér ikke partition"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Monteringstilvalg"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Montér partition"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab-tilvalg..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Krypteringsfil skal være krypterede."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2845,17 +2833,17 @@
"Markér også formateringstilvalget.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Krypteringsfiler kræver et monteringspunkt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs kræver et monteringspunkt."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2870,7 +2858,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2880,26 +2868,25 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Filsystemet, der bruges til dette diskområde, er swap. Du kan lade\n"
-"krypteringsadgangskoden være tom, men så kan swap-enheden ikke bruges til "
-"dvale\n"
+"krypteringsadgangskoden være tom, men så kan swap-enheden ikke bruges til dvale\n"
"(suspendér til disk).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle data som er gemt på diskområdet vil gå tabt!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Adgangskode"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr "Ændring af størrelse understøttes ikke af den underliggende enhed."
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2909,7 +2896,7 @@
"Du kan ikke ændre størrelse på den valgte partition, da filsystemet\n"
"på denne partitionen ikke understøtter ændring af størrelse.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2918,7 +2905,7 @@
"størrelse på et NTFS mens det er monteret."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2927,21 +2914,21 @@
"da filsystemet synes at være inkonsistent.\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Ændr størrelse på partitionen %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Ændr størrelse på det logiske diskområde %1"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Nuværende størrelse: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Nuværende brugt: %1"
@@ -2949,8 +2936,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2962,33 +2949,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Maksimal størrelse (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Minimal størrelse (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Brugerdefineret størrelse"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vælg ny størrelse.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2998,7 +2985,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3011,12 +2998,12 @@
"størrelsesændringen markant."
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Output af %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Genscanner diske..."
@@ -3208,50 +3195,50 @@
msgstr "Det angivne område er ugyldigt."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Tilføj partition på %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Redigér partitionen %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Ingen plads til at flytte partitionen %1."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Flyt partitionen %1 frem?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Flyt partitionen %1 tilbage?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Flyt partitionen %1?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Frem"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Tilbage"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Bekræft sletning af alle partitioner"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3259,7 +3246,7 @@
"Disken \"%1\" indeholder mindst én partition.\n"
"Hvis du fortsætter slettes følgende partitioner:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette alle partitioner på \"%1\"?"
@@ -3272,7 +3259,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Disken er i brug og kan ikke ændres."
@@ -3615,8 +3602,7 @@
"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Denne visning viser alle enheder, som bruges af\n"
-"den valgte harddisk. Tabellen er kun tilgængelig for BIOS RAIDs, "
-"partitionerede\n"
+"den valgte harddisk. Tabellen er kun tilgængelig for BIOS RAIDs, partitionerede\n"
"software-RAIDs og multipath-diske.</p>\n"
#. tab heading
@@ -3663,8 +3649,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan vælge om de eksisterende system-diskområder,\n"
"f.eks. / og /usr, skal formateres under\n"
-"installationen. Ikke-system-diskområder, f.eks. /home, vil ikke blive "
-"formateret.</p>"
+"installationen. Ikke-system-diskområder, f.eks. /home, vil ikke blive formateret.</p>"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
@@ -3821,13 +3806,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
-"file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Stinavn for løkkefil:</b><br>Dette skal være den absolutte sti til den "
-"fil,\n"
+"<p><b>Stinavn for løkkefil:</b><br>Dette skal være den absolutte sti til den fil,\n"
"der indeholder data for den krypterede løkkeenhed, som skal sættes op.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -4045,9 +4028,7 @@
#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr ""
-"Vil du virkelig slette diskområdegruppen \"%1\" og alle tilhørende logiske "
-"diskområder?"
+msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette diskområdegruppen \"%1\" og alle tilhørende logiske diskområder?"
#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
@@ -4089,15 +4070,12 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Angiv navnet og størrelsen på den fysiske udstrækning for den ny "
-"diskområdegruppe.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Angiv navnet og størrelsen på den fysiske udstrækning for den ny diskområdegruppe.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg de logiske diskområder, som diskområdegruppen skal indeholde.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg de logiske diskområder, som diskområdegruppen skal indeholde.</p>"
#. label for input field
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
@@ -4130,13 +4108,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
-"higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Angiv størrelse samt antal og størrelse af \n"
-"striber for det nye logiske diskområde. Antallet af striber kan ikke være "
-"større end\n"
+"striber for det nye logiske diskområde. Antallet af striber kan ikke være større end\n"
"antallet af diskområdegruppens fysiske diskområder.</p>"
#. helptext
@@ -4150,10 +4126,8 @@
"Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count."
msgstr ""
"<p>Såkaldte <b>tynde diskområder</b> kan oprettes\n"
-"med vilkårlig diskområdestørrelse. Den plads der kræves tages efter behov fra "
-"den \n"
-"tildelt <b>tynde pulje</b>. Så man kan oprette et tyndt diskområde som er "
-"større end \n"
+"med vilkårlig diskområdestørrelse. Den plads der kræves tages efter behov fra den \n"
+"tildelt <b>tynde pulje</b>. Så man kan oprette et tyndt diskområde som er større end \n"
"den tynde pulje. Når der faktisk skrives data til et tyndt diskområde,\n"
"skal den tildelte tynde pulje naturligvis kunne opfylde pladskravet.\n"
"Tynde diskområder kan ikke have et stribeantal."
@@ -4189,36 +4163,30 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
-"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som et <b>normalt diskområde</b>.\n"
-"Dette er standard og betyder almindelige LVM-diskområder, ligesom alle "
-"diskområder var før funktionen <b>Tynd provisionering</b> fandtes.\n"
+"Dette er standard og betyder almindelige LVM-diskområder, ligesom alle diskområder var før funktionen <b>Tynd provisionering</b> fandtes.\n"
"Hvis du er i tvivl, er dette sandsynligvis det rette valg</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
-"such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som en <b>tynd pulje</b>.\n"
-"Dette betyder at <b>tynde diskområder</b> allokerer deres nødvendige plads "
-"efter behov fra sådan en pulje.</p>"
+"Dette betyder at <b>tynde diskområder</b> allokerer deres nødvendige plads efter behov fra sådan en pulje.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>"
-".</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som et <b>tyndt diskområde</b>.\n"
-"Dette betyder at diskområdet allokerer nødvendig plads efter behov fra en <b>"
-"tynd pulje</b>.</p>"
+"Dette betyder at diskområdet allokerer nødvendig plads efter behov fra en <b>tynd pulje</b>.</p>"
#. heading for frame
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
@@ -4258,12 +4226,12 @@
msgstr "Brugt pulje"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Tilføj logisk diskområde på %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Redigér logisk diskområde %1 på %2"
@@ -4272,15 +4240,12 @@
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
-"unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
-"Der er ikke ikke nok egnede ubrugte enheder til at oprette en "
-"diskområdegruppe.\n"
+"Der er ikke ikke nok egnede ubrugte enheder til at oprette en diskområdegruppe.\n"
"\n"
-"For at bruge LVM, kræves mindst en ubrugt partition af typen 0x8e (eller "
-"0x83) eller en\n"
+"For at bruge LVM, kræves mindst en ubrugt partition af typen 0x8e (eller 0x83) eller en\n"
"ubrugt RAID-enhed. Ændr din partitionstabel derefter."
#. error popup
@@ -4480,7 +4445,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger"
@@ -4512,12 +4477,8 @@
#. fallback dialog content
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"NFS-konfiguration er ikke tilgængelig. Tjek installation af pakken "
-"yast2-nfs-client."
+msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
+msgstr "NFS-konfiguration er ikke tilgængelig. Tjek installation af pakken yast2-nfs-client."
#. heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
@@ -4548,8 +4509,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
-"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Dette niveau øger diskydelsen.\n"
"Der er <b>INGEN</b> redundans i denne tilstand.\n"
@@ -4559,16 +4519,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on "
-"all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
-"partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Denne tilstand har den bedste redundans. Den kan "
-"bruges\n"
-"med to eller flere diske. Tilstanden laver en nøjagtig kopi af alle data på "
-"alle\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Denne tilstand har den bedste redundans. Den kan bruges\n"
+"med to eller flere diske. Tilstanden laver en nøjagtig kopi af alle data på alle\n"
"diske. Så længe én af diskene fungerer, vil ingen data gå tabt. Partitioner,\n"
"som bruges for denne type RAID, bør have omtrent samme størrelse.</p>\n"
@@ -4576,17 +4532,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
-"disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
-"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Denne tilstand kan håndtere et større antal diske, og "
-"har alligevel\n"
-"nogen redundans. Tilstanden kan bruges for tre eller flere diske. Hvis én "
-"disk fejler,\n"
-"er alle data stadig intakte. Hvis to diske fejler samtidig, mistes alle "
-"data.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Denne tilstand kan håndtere et større antal diske, og har alligevel\n"
+"nogen redundans. Tilstanden kan bruges for tre eller flere diske. Hvis én disk fejler,\n"
+"er alle data stadig intakte. Hvis to diske fejler samtidig, mistes alle data.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
@@ -4600,14 +4551,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
-"the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>"
-"\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Føj partitioner til din RAID. Afhængigt af \n"
-"RAID-type, er brugbar diskplads summen af disse partitioner (RAID0), "
-"størrelsen på\n"
+"RAID-type, er brugbar diskplads summen af disse partitioner (RAID0), størrelsen på\n"
"den mindste partition (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*mindste partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -4671,16 +4619,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
-"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
-"the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Fragmentstørrelse:</b><br>Dette er den mindste \"atomare\" størrelse\n"
-"af data, der kan skrives i til enhederne. En fornuftig fragmentstørrelse for "
-"RAID 5 er 128KB. For RAID 0\n"
-"er 32 KB et godt udgangspunkt. For RAID 1 betyder fragmentstørrelsen ikke så "
-"meget.</p>\n"
+"af data, der kan skrives i til enhederne. En fornuftig fragmentstørrelse for RAID 5 er 128KB. For RAID 0\n"
+"er 32 KB et godt udgangspunkt. For RAID 1 betyder fragmentstørrelsen ikke så meget.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
@@ -4690,8 +4634,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
-"with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"Paritetsalgoritmen der skal bruges med RAID5/6.\n"
"Venstresymmetrisk giver bedst ydelse på almindelige roterende plader.\n"
@@ -4727,17 +4670,17 @@
msgstr "<p>Skift de enheder der bruges til RAID'et.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Tilføj RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Ændr størrelse på RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Redigér RAID %1"
@@ -4852,108 +4795,118 @@
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Mærkat"
#. list entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "UUID"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr "Montér via"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
msgid "Used by"
msgstr "Brugt af"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr "BIOS-id"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr "Cylinderinformation"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr "Information om fiberkanal"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Kryptering"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Enhedsnavn"
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr "Diskområdemærket"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Enheds-id"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr "Enhedssti"
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+msgid "Optimal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "End Cylinder"
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr "Slutcylinder"
+
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr "Standard montér via"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr "Standard filsystem"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr "Justering af nyoprettede partitioner"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr "Vis lagerenheder ved"
#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr "Synlig information om lagerenheder"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
@@ -4962,27 +4915,24 @@
"lagringsindstillinger:</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>"
-"\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
-"and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standard montér via</b> giver \"montér via\"-metoden\n"
"for nyoprettede filsystemer. <i>Enhedsnavn</i> bruger kernens\n"
"enhedsnavn, hvilket ikke er persistent. <i>Enheds-id</i> og <i>Enhedssti</i>\n"
"bruger navne der er genereret ud fra hardwareinformation. Disse bør være\n"
-"persistente, men desværre gælder dette ikke altid. Endelig bruger <i>UUID</i> "
-"og\n"
+"persistente, men desværre gælder dette ikke altid. Endelig bruger <i>UUID</i> og\n"
"<i>Diskområdemærkat</i> filsystemets UUID og mærkat.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -4991,24 +4941,20 @@
"for nyoprettede filsystemer.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
-"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
-"aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Justering af nyoprettede partitioner</b>\n"
-"bestemmer hvordan oprettede partitioner justeres. <b>cylinder</b> er den "
-"traditionelle justering ved ved diskens cylindergrænser. <b>optimal</b> "
-"justerer \n"
+"bestemmer hvordan oprettede partitioner justeres. <b>cylinder</b> er den traditionelle justering ved ved diskens cylindergrænser. <b>optimal</b> justerer \n"
"partitionerne efter bedst ydelse i henhold til tips fra Linux-kernen \n"
"eller prøver at være kompatibel med Windows Vista og Windows 7.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
@@ -5017,7 +4963,7 @@
"navnet, som vises for harddiske i navigationstræet.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -5086,8 +5032,7 @@
"have no logical volumes.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Denne visning viser enheder, som ikke har noget \n"
-"monteringspunkt tildelt, diske som er upartitioneret og diskområdegrupper "
-"som,\n"
+"monteringspunkt tildelt, diske som er upartitioneret og diskområdegrupper som,\n"
"ikke har nogen logiske diskområder.</p>"
#. popup message
@@ -5275,33 +5220,26 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
-"cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Denne dialog er til at definere klasser for RAID-enhederne\n"
-"som er indeholdt i RAID'et. Tilgængelige klasser er A, B, C, D og E, men i "
-"mange tilfælde\n"
+"som er indeholdt i RAID'et. Tilgængelige klasser er A, B, C, D og E, men i mange tilfælde\n"
"behøves færre klasser (f.eks. kun A og B). </p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the "
-"\n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
-"in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
-"currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Du kan putte en enhed ind i en klasse ved at højreklikke på\n"
"enheden og vælge den passende klasse fra kontekstmenuen. Ved at holde \n"
-"Ctrl- eller Skift-tasten nede kan du vælge flere enheder og sætte dem ind i "
-"en klasse i\n"
-"et trin. Man kan også bruge knapperne med etiketten \"%1\" til \"%2\" til at "
-"sætte aktuelt\n"
+"Ctrl- eller Skift-tasten nede kan du vælge flere enheder og sætte dem ind i en klasse i\n"
+"et trin. Man kan også bruge knapperne med etiketten \"%1\" til \"%2\" til at sætte aktuelt\n"
"markerede enheder ind i denne klasse.</p>"
#. dialog help text
@@ -5329,10 +5267,8 @@
"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
msgstr ""
-"<b>Sammenflettet</b> bruger første enhed fra klasse A, så første enhed fra "
-"klasse\n"
-"B, så alle følgende klasser med tildelte enheder. Så kommer anden enhed fra "
-"klasse A,\n"
+"<b>Sammenflettet</b> bruger første enhed fra klasse A, så første enhed fra klasse\n"
+"B, så alle følgende klasser med tildelte enheder. Så kommer anden enhed fra klasse A,\n"
"anden enhed fra klasse B og så fremdeles."
#. dialog help text
@@ -5350,29 +5286,21 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
-"devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
-"expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1"
-") and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
-"then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
"Ved at trykke på knappen \"<b>%1</b>\" kan du vælge en fil som indeholder\n"
-"linjer med et regulært udtryk og et klassenavn (f.eks. \"sda.* A\"). Alle "
-"enheder som matcher\n"
-"det regulære udtryk vil blive sat ind i klassen på den linje. Det regulære "
-"udtryk matches\n"
+"linjer med et regulært udtryk og et klassenavn (f.eks. \"sda.* A\"). Alle enheder som matcher\n"
+"det regulære udtryk vil blive sat ind i klassen på den linje. Det regulære udtryk matches\n"
"imod kernenavnet (f.eks. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"udev-stinavnet (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) "
-"og\n"
+"udev-stinavnet (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) og\n"
"udev-id'et (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"Den første match bestemmer klassen hvis en enheds navn matcher mere end ét "
-"regulært\n"
+"Den første match bestemmer klassen hvis en enheds navn matcher mere end ét regulært\n"
"udtryk.</p>"
#. headline text
@@ -5387,12 +5315,12 @@
msgstr "Mønsterfil"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "&Størrelse på tmpfs"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5400,37 +5328,34 @@
"Ugyldig størrelse angivet. Brug tal efterfulgt af K, M, G eller %.\n"
"Værdien skal være over 100k eller mellem 1% og 200%. Prøv igen."
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "Værdien skal være mellem 1% og 200%. Prøv igen."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
-"Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Størrelse på tmpfs:</b>\n"
-"Størrelsen kan enten angives som et tal efterfulgt af K,M,G for hhv. Kilo-, "
-"Mega- eller Gigabytes eller\n"
-"som et tal efterfulgt af et procenttegn som angiver procentdel af "
-"hukommelsen.</p>"
+"Størrelsen kan enten angives som et tal efterfulgt af K,M,G for hhv. Kilo-, Mega- eller Gigabytes eller\n"
+"som et tal efterfulgt af et procenttegn som angiver procentdel af hukommelsen.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "Swap-&prioritet"
#
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "Værdien skal være mellem 0 and 32767. Prøv igen."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5439,69 +5364,63 @@
"Angiv swap-prioriteten. Et højere tal betyder højere prioritet.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "Montér &som skrivebeskyttet"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
-"installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Monter som skrivebeskyttet:</b>\n"
-"Det er ikke muligt at skrive til filsystemet. Standardværdien er falsk. Under "
-"installation\n"
+"Det er ikke muligt at skrive til filsystemet. Standardværdien er falsk. Under installation\n"
"monteres filsystemet altid som læse-skrive.</p>"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Ingen &adgangstid"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ingen adgangstid:</b>\n"
-"Adgangstiderne opdateres ikke når en fil læses. Standardværdien er falsk.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Adgangstiderne opdateres ikke når en fil læses. Standardværdien er falsk.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509
msgid "Mountable by &User"
msgstr "Kan monteres af &bruger"
#
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kan monteres af bruger:</b>\n"
-"Filsystemet kan monteres af en almindelig bruger. Standardværdien er falsk.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"Filsystemet kan monteres af en almindelig bruger. Standardværdien er falsk.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "Montér ikke ved system&opstart"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><"
-"/tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
-"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montér ikke ved systemopstart:</b>\n"
"Filsystemet monteres ikke automatisk, når systemet starter.\n"
@@ -5511,13 +5430,13 @@
"Standardværdien er falsk.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "Aktivér &kvote-understøttelse"
#
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5528,22 +5447,20 @@
"Standardværdien er falsk.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "Data&journaliseringstilstand"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
-"impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Datajournaliseringstilstand:</b>\n"
"Angiver journaliseringstilstanden for fildata.\n"
@@ -5551,17 +5468,16 @@
" skrives til hovedfilsystemet. Størst indvirkning på ydelsen.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle data skrives direkte til hovedfilsystemet,\n"
"før metadata gemmes i journalen. Medium indvirkning på ydelsen.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarækkefølge gemmes ikke. Ingen indvirkning på "
-"ydelsen.</p>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarækkefølge gemmes ikke. Ingen indvirkning på ydelsen.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "&Adgangskontrollister (ACL)"
#
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5571,13 +5487,13 @@
#
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "&Udvidede brugerattributter"
#
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5586,24 +5502,19 @@
"Tillad udvidede brugerattributter på filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "Tilfældig &tilvalgsværdi"
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636
-msgid ""
-"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"Ugyldigt tegn i vilkårlig tilvalgsværdi. Brug elle mellemrum eller "
-"tabulatorer. Prøv igen."
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645
+msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
+msgstr "Ugyldigt tegn i vilkårlig tilvalgsværdi. Brug elle mellemrum eller tabulatorer. Prøv igen."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of "
-"/etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tilfældig tilvalgsværdi:</b>\n"
@@ -5611,82 +5522,73 @@
"det fjerde felt i /etc/fstab. Flere alternativer kommaadskilles.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "Tegn&sæt for filnavne"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tegnsæt for filnavne:</b>\n"
-"Vælg tegnsættet, der benyttes til visning af filnavne på "
-"Windows-partitioner.</p>\n"
+"Vælg tegnsættet, der benyttes til visning af filnavne på Windows-partitioner.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "Tegn&kodningstabel for korte FAT-navne"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
-"systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tegnkodningstabel for korte FAT-navne:</b>\n"
-"Denne tegnkodningstabel benyttes til konvertering til kortnavns-tegn i "
-"FAT-filsystemer.</p>\n"
+"Denne tegnkodningstabel benyttes til konvertering til kortnavns-tegn i FAT-filsystemer.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "Antal &FATs"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
-"is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Antal FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specificér antal filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standardværdien er 2.<"
-"/p>"
+"Specificér antal filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standardværdien er 2.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "FAT-&størrelse"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
-"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for "
-"the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FAT-størrelse:</b>\n"
-"Specificér hvilken type allokeringstabeller der bruges (12-, 16-, eller "
-"32-bits). Hvis auto angives vælger YaST automatisk den mest passende værdi "
-"til filsystemets størrelse.</p>\n"
+"Specificér hvilken type allokeringstabeller der bruges (12-, 16-, eller 32-bits). Hvis auto angives vælger YaST automatisk den mest passende værdi til filsystemets størrelse.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "Ro&dmappeindgange"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr "Minimumsstørrelsen for \"rodmappeindgange\" er 112. Prøv igen."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5695,69 +5597,59 @@
"Vælg antal tilgængelige indgange i rodmappen.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "Hash-&funktion"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in "
-"directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Hash-funktion:</b>\n"
-"Dette angiver navnet på den hash-funktion, som skal bruges til at sortere "
-"filnavne i mapper.</p>\n"
+"Dette angiver navnet på den hash-funktion, som skal bruges til at sortere filnavne i mapper.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "FS-&revision"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
-"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
-"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
-"2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FS-revision:</b>\n"
-"Dette tilvalg angiver den reiserfs formatrevision, der skal bruges. \"3.5\" "
-"står for bagudkompatibilitet med kerner fra 2.2.x serien. \"3.6\" er nyere, "
-"men kan kun bruges med kerneversioner fra og med 2.4.</p>\n"
+"Dette tilvalg angiver den reiserfs formatrevision, der skal bruges. \"3.5\" står for bagudkompatibilitet med kerner fra 2.2.x serien. \"3.6\" er nyere, men kan kun bruges med kerneversioner fra og med 2.4.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "Blok&størrelse i bytes"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
-"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
-"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokstørrelse:</b>\n"
-"Angiv blokstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige værdier er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte "
-"per blok. Hvis auto vælges bruges standardblokstørrelsen 4096.</p>\n"
+"Angiv blokstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige værdier er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blok. Hvis auto vælges bruges standardblokstørrelsen 4096.</p>\n"
#
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "&Inode-størrelse"
#
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5766,32 +5658,29 @@
"Dette tilvalg angiver inode-størrelsen for filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "&Procentdel af Inode-plads"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
-"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Procentdel af Inode-plads:</b>\n"
-"Tilvalg \"Procentandel for inode-størrelse\" angiver den maksimale "
-"procentandel af filsystemet, der kan tildeles Inoder.</p>\n"
+"Tilvalg \"Procentandel for inode-størrelse\" angiver den maksimale procentandel af filsystemet, der kan tildeles Inoder.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "Inode-&justeret"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
-"or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5801,12 +5690,12 @@
"normalt er mere effektivt end ikke-justeret adgang.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "&Logstørrelse i megabytes"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5816,28 +5705,26 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate "
-"size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Logstørrelse</b>\n"
-"Definér logstørrelsen (i megabytes). Hvis auto er valgt, vil standardværdien "
-"være 40 % af samlet størrelse.</p>\n"
+"Definér logstørrelsen (i megabytes). Hvis auto er valgt, vil standardværdien være 40 % af samlet størrelse.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "Kald &værktøj til at liste beskadigede blokke"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "Skridt&længde i blokke"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5847,7 +5734,7 @@
#
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5860,25 +5747,21 @@
"en RAID-stribe som dets argument.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
-"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
-"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokstørrelse:</b>\n"
-"Specificér blokstørrelsen i bytes. Gyldige værdier er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte "
-"per blok. Hvis auto vælges, bestemmes blokstørrelsen af filsystemstørrelsen, "
-"og filsystemets forventede anvendelse.</p>\n"
+"Specificér blokstørrelsen i bytes. Gyldige værdier er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blok. Hvis auto vælges, bestemmes blokstørrelsen af filsystemstørrelsen, og filsystemets forventede anvendelse.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "Bytes pr. &Inode"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5894,19 +5777,17 @@
"<bytes-pr.-inode> bytes diskplads. Jo større bytes pr. Inode-værdien\n"
"er, des flere Inoder vil blive oprettet.\n"
"Denne værdi bør generelt ikke være mindre end blokstørrelsen i filsystemet\n"
-"for at undgå, at for mange inoder bliver oprettet. Det er ikke muligt at "
-"udvide\n"
-"antallet af inoder, efter at filsystemet er lavet, så det er vigtigt at "
-"vælge\n"
+"for at undgå, at for mange inoder bliver oprettet. Det er ikke muligt at udvide\n"
+"antallet af inoder, efter at filsystemet er lavet, så det er vigtigt at vælge\n"
"en fornuftig værdi for denne parameter.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "Procentdel af blokke &reserveret til root"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5916,25 +5797,17 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
-"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
-"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
-"default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Procentdel af blokke reserveret til root:</b> Angiv procentdelen af "
-"blokke, der reserveres til superbrugeren. Standardværdien beregnes sådan at "
-"der normalt reserveres 1 GB, den øvre grænse for reserveret standardværdi er "
-"5.0, den mindste reserverede standardværdi er 0.1.</p>"
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Procentdel af blokke reserveret til root:</b> Angiv procentdelen af blokke, der reserveres til superbrugeren. Standardværdien beregnes sådan at der normalt reserveres 1 GB, den øvre grænse for reserveret standardværdi er 5.0, den mindste reserverede standardværdi er 0.1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Deaktivér regelmæssige tjek"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
@@ -5943,45 +5816,42 @@
"Deaktivér regelmæssige tjek af filsystem under boot.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "&Mappeindekseringsfunktion"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mappeindeks:</b>\n"
-"Tillader brug af hashede b-træer til at lave hurtigere opslag i store "
-"mapper.</p>\n"
+"Tillader brug af hashede b-træer til at lave hurtigere opslag i store mapper.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "&Ingen journal"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
-"really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ingen journal:</b>\n"
-"Undertrykt brug af journalisering på filsystemet. Aktivér kun dette hvis du "
-"virkelig\n"
+"Undertrykt brug af journalisering på filsystemet. Aktivér kun dette hvis du virkelig\n"
"ved hvad du gør.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
msgstr "Operationen er ikke tilladt på disk %1.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -5994,8 +5864,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Partitioneringen på disken %1 kan enten ikke læses\n"
-"eller understøttes ikke af partitioneringsværktøjet \"parted\", som bruges "
-"til at ændre\n"
+"eller understøttes ikke af partitioneringsværktøjet \"parted\", som bruges til at ændre\n"
"partitionstabellen\n"
"\n"
"Du kan bruge partitionerne på disken %1, som de er, eller\n"
@@ -6004,7 +5873,7 @@
"fra denne disk her.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -6025,7 +5894,7 @@
"kan ikke ændre størrelse eller fjerne partitionen fra denne disk her.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6036,12 +5905,11 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"Du kan initialisere diskens partitionstabel til en fornuftig status under\n"
-"\"Ekspertpartitionering\" ved at vælge \"Ekspert\"->\"Opret ny "
-"partitionstabel\", \n"
+"\"Ekspertpartitionering\" ved at vælge \"Ekspert\"->\"Opret ny partitionstabel\", \n"
"men dette vil ødelægge alle data på alle partitioner på denne disk.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6059,7 +5927,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Størrelsen kunne ikke ændres:"
@@ -6072,7 +5940,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -6085,7 +5953,7 @@
"Den angivne krypteringsadgangskode kan være forkert.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -6096,7 +5964,7 @@
"Prøv igen."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -6108,24 +5976,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Angiv krypteringsadgangskode:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Angiv adgangskode"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Følgende krypterede diskområder er allerede tilgængelige."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Aktivering af krypteret diskområde"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6135,15 +6003,14 @@
"Følgende diskområder indeholder en krypteringssignatur, men\n"
"adgangskoderne er endnu ikke kendt.\n"
"Adgangskoderne skal være kendte hvis diskområderne skal bruges\n"
-"enten under en opdatering eller hvis de indeholder et krypteret fysisk "
-"LVM-diskområde."
+"enten under en opdatering eller hvis de indeholder et krypteret fysisk LVM-diskområde."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Vil du angive krypteringsadgangskoder?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6154,67 +6021,66 @@
"Adgangskoden vil blive prøvet på alle enheder."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Angiv krypteringsadgangskode"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Der er ingen krypterede diskområder at låse op."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Angiv adgangskode for en af følgende enheder:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Angiv adgangskode for følgende enhed:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Prøver at låse krypterede diskområder op..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Adgangskoden låste ikke nogen diskområder op."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI-disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM-RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD-RAID"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
#| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
#| "disk %2 are used.\n"
-msgid ""
-"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Partitionen %1 kan ikke fjernes da andre partitioner på\n"
"disken %2 er i brug.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6224,7 +6090,7 @@
"Enheden %1 kan ikke ændres, da den indeholder aktiveret swap,\n"
"der er nødvendig for at køre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6234,7 +6100,7 @@
"Enheden %1 kan ikke ændres, da den indeholder installationsdata,\n"
"som er nødvendige for at udføre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6244,7 +6110,7 @@
"Enheden %1 kan ikke fjernes, da den indeholder aktiveret swap,\n"
"der er nødvendig for at køre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6254,7 +6120,7 @@
"Enheden %1 kan ikke fjernes, da den indeholder installationsdata,\n"
"som er nødvendige for at udføre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6266,7 +6132,7 @@
"enheden %2, der indeholder aktiveret swap, der er nødvendig for\n"
"at køre installationen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6278,7 +6144,7 @@
"udføre installationen.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6289,18 +6155,18 @@
"disken %2 er i brug.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Intet tildelt som rodfilsystem!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Installationen vil helt sikkert fejle fatalt!"
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Det mislykkedes at tilføje følgende resolvables: %1"
@@ -6594,8 +6460,7 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
-"it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
"En stjerne (*) efter et monteringspunkt \n"
@@ -6664,8 +6529,7 @@
"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Striber</b> Viser antallet af striber for LVM\n"
-"logiske diskområder, og hvis den er større end en, vises stribestørrelsen i "
-"parentes.\n"
+"logiske diskområder, og hvis den er større end en, vises stribestørrelsen i parentes.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
@@ -6960,49 +6824,41 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
-msgid ""
-"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
-"under Windows."
-msgstr ""
-"Ændring af størrelse er umulig pga. inkonsistent filsystem. Prøv at tjekke "
-"filsystemet under Windows."
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
+msgstr "Ændring af størrelse er umulig pga. inkonsistent filsystem. Prøv at tjekke filsystemet under Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143
-#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Opret &LVM-baseret forslag"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "Kr&yptér diskområdegruppe"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176
-#| msgid "File system options:"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Filsystem til rod-partitionen"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223
-#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Filsystem til home-partitionen"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Forstør &Swap til suspendering"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251
-#| msgid "Proposal settings"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Indstillinger for forslag"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -7015,7 +6871,7 @@
"For at oprette et LVM-baseret forslag, vælges den tilhørende knap.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7024,32 +6880,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Angiv din adgangskode til den foreslåede kryptering."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Adgangskode:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Gentag adgangskoden til verifikation:"
@@ -7076,26 +6932,48 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr "Standard montér via:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr "Standard filsystem:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr "Vis lagerenheder ved:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "Partitionsjustering:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Synlig information om lagerenheder:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
+#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
+#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
+#~ "This does not work.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
+#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Advarsel: Med din nuværende opsætning får din %1-installation\n"
+#~ "problemer under boot, da du ikke har nogen \"boot\"-partition,\n"
+#~ "og din rodpartition er et LVM logisk diskområde.\n"
+#~ "Dette fungerer ikke.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Brug en normal partition til filerne under /boot, hvis du ikke ved\n"
+#~ "nøjagtigt, hvad du laver.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n"
+
#~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..."
#~ msgstr "R&edigér partitionsopsætning..."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/sudo.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/sudo.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/sudo.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sudo\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/support.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
-msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
+msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
-msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
+msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
-msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
+msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
@@ -324,8 +324,8 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n"
+"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -492,51 +492,111 @@
"Vent venligst...<br></p>\n"
"\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
-#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
-#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p> SuSEconfig gemmer en checksum for alle konfigurationsfiler, så den kan se hvis\n"
-#~ " du på noget tidspunkt har ændret noget i dem. Hvis du har ændret i en konfigurations fil manuelt,\n"
-#~ " vil den ikke røre den.</p>\n"
+#. Translation: Progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "Søger..."
-#~ msgid "Searching..."
-#~ msgstr "Søger..."
+#. Display confirmation dialog
+#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
+#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
+#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "Kommando: "
-#~ msgid "Command: "
-#~ msgstr "Kommando: "
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+msgid "S&kip"
+msgstr "S&pring over"
-#~ msgid "S&kip"
-#~ msgstr "S&pring over"
+#. get activation map for variable
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr "En kommando vil eksekveres"
-#~ msgid "A command will be executed"
-#~ msgstr "En kommando vil eksekveres"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "Starter kommando: %1..."
-#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Starter kommando: %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "Kommandoen %1 fejlede"
-#~ msgid "Command %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Kommandoen %1 fejlede"
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af sysconfig"
-#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af sysconfig"
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgstr "Skriver de nye indstillinger"
-#~ msgid "Write the new settings"
-#~ msgstr "Skriver de nye indstillinger"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+msgid "Activate the changes"
+msgstr "Aktivér ændringerne"
-#~ msgid "Activate the changes"
-#~ msgstr "Aktivér ændringerne"
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr "Gemning af variablen %1 til filen %2 fejlede."
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-#~ msgstr "Gemning af variablen %1 til filen %2 fejlede."
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "Gemmer variablen %1..."
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Gemmer variablen %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+msgstr "Gemmer filændringerne..."
-#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
-#~ msgstr "Gemmer filændringerne..."
+#. service is running, reload it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgstr "Tjenesten %1 vil blive genindlæst"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgstr "Genindlæser tjenesten %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Genindlæsning af tjenesten %1 fejlede"
+
+#. service is running, restart it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgstr "Tjenesten %1 vil blive genstartet"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgstr "Genstarter tjenesten %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Genstart af tjenesten %1 fejlede"
+
+#. set 100% in progress bar
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Færdig"
+
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Konfigurationsopsummering"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
+#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
+#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> SuSEconfig gemmer en checksum for alle konfigurationsfiler, så den kan se hvis\n"
+#~ " du på noget tidspunkt har ændret noget i dem. Hvis du har ændret i en konfigurations fil manuelt,\n"
+#~ " vil den ikke røre den.</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started."
#~ msgstr "Alle konfigurations-scripts startes."
@@ -555,30 +615,6 @@
#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed."
#~ msgstr "Konfigurationsmodulet %1 fejlede."
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-#~ msgstr "Tjenesten %1 vil blive genindlæst"
-
-#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Genindlæser tjenesten %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Genindlæsning af tjenesten %1 fejlede"
-
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
-#~ msgstr "Tjenesten %1 vil blive genstartet"
-
-#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Genstarter tjenesten %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Genstart af tjenesten %1 fejlede"
-
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "Færdig"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Konfigurationsopsummering"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n"
#~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:03+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -95,12 +95,8 @@
#. dialog help text
#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The "
-"server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Anvend dette til at aktivere en server til TFTP (Trivial File Transfer "
-"Protocol). Serveren startes med xinetd.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Anvend dette til at aktivere en server til TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol). Serveren startes med xinetd.</p>"
#. enlighten newbies, #102946
#. dialog help text
@@ -114,14 +110,12 @@
"<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n"
"Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n"
"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n"
-"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>"
-"\n"
+"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mappe for boot-imagefil</b>:\n"
"Angiv mappen, hvor udbudte filer er placeret. Den normale værdi er\n"
"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Mappen oprettes hvis den ikke findes. \n"
-"Serveren vil bruge den som dens rodmappe (med brug af tilvalget <tt>-s</tt> "
-").</p>\n"
+"Serveren vil bruge den som dens rodmappe (med brug af tilvalget <tt>-s</tt> ).</p>\n"
#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server
#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115
@@ -204,4 +198,3 @@
#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308
msgid "Boot Image Directory:"
msgstr "Mappe for boot-imagefil:"
-
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-28 09:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -26,40 +26,36 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, "
-"use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Hardwaredetektion - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, "
-"brug '%1' i stedet."
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
+msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Hardwaredetektion - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug '%1' i stedet."
#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
msgid "Probing Hardware..."
msgstr "Undersøger hardware..."
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Fremgang"
#. title label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
msgid "&All Entries"
msgstr "&Alle indgange"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
msgid "&Save to File..."
msgstr "&Gem til fil..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
msgid "Hardware Information"
msgstr "Hardware-information"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
@@ -67,22 +63,25 @@
"<P>Modulet <b>Hardwareinformation</B> viser hardware-detaljerne\n"
"
for din computer. Klik på et knudepunkt for yderligere information.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319
-msgid ""
-"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and "
-"enter the filename.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Du kan gemme hardware-information til en fil. Klik <b>Gem til fil</b> og "
-"angiv filnavnet.</p>"
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
+msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
+msgstr "<p>Du kan gemme hardware-information til en fil. Klik <b>Gem til fil</b> og angiv filnavnet.</p>"
+#. installation proposal header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Settings"
+msgid "System and Hardware Settings"
+msgstr "Systemindstillinger"
+
#. this is a heading
#. tree node string
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
msgid "System"
msgstr "System"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
msgid "S&ystem"
msgstr "S&ystem"
@@ -93,12 +92,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are "
-"displayed here.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Detaljer</b></p><p>Detaljerne om den valgte hardware-komponent er vist "
-"her.</p>"
+msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Detaljer</b></p><p>Detaljerne om den valgte hardware-komponent er vist her.</p>"
#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub")
#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101
@@ -149,27 +144,16 @@
#. help text - part 1/3
#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components "
-"detected in your system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Fundet hardware</B><BR>Denne tabel indeholder alle hardware-komponenter "
-"fundet i dit system.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Fundet hardware</B><BR>Denne tabel indeholder alle hardware-komponenter fundet i dit system.</P>"
#. help text - part 2/3
#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a "
-"more detailed description of the component.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Detaljer</b><br>Vælg nogle komponenter og tryk <b>Detaljer</b> for at "
-"se en mere detaljeret beskrivelse af komponenten.</p>"
+msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Detaljer</b><br>Vælg nogle komponenter og tryk <b>Detaljer</b> for at se en mere detaljeret beskrivelse af komponenten.</p>"
#. help text - part 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n"
-#| " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>"
msgid ""
"<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n"
" hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>"
@@ -308,50 +292,28 @@
#. PCI ID help text
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411
-msgid ""
-"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal "
-"database of known supported devices.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Det er muligt at tilføje et PCI ID til en enheds driver for at udvide dens "
-"interne database over kendte understøttede enheder.</P>"
+msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Det er muligt at tilføje et PCI ID til en enheds driver for at udvide dens interne database over kendte understøttede enheder.</P>"
#. PCI ID help text
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415
-msgid ""
-"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS "
-"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it "
-"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>PCI-ID numrene er indsat og vist som hexadecimale tal <b>SysFS-mappe</b> "
-"er mappenavnet i /sys/bus/pci/drivers-mappen. Hvis det er tomt, er "
-"drivernavnet brugt som mappenavn..</P>"
+msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>PCI-ID numrene er indsat og vist som hexadecimale tal <b>SysFS-mappe</b> er mappenavnet i /sys/bus/pci/drivers-mappen. Hvis det er tomt, er drivernavnet brugt som mappenavn..</P>"
#. PCI ID help text
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419
-msgid ""
-"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and "
-"enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Hvis driveren er kompileret ind i kernen, efterlad drivernavnet tomt, og "
-"gå ind i SysFS-mappen i stedet.</P>"
+msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Hvis driveren er kompileret ind i kernen, efterlad drivernavnet tomt, og gå ind i SysFS-mappen i stedet.</P>"
#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation)
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424
-msgid ""
-"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%"
-"1</b> to activate the settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Brug knapperne under tabellen for ændre listen over PCI-IDer. Tryk <b>%1<"
-"/b> til at aktivere indstillingerne.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Brug knapperne under tabellen for ændre listen over PCI-IDer. Tryk <b>%1</b> til at aktivere indstillingerne.</P>"
#. PCI ID help text
#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know "
-"what you are doing.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Advarsel:</B> Dette er en avanceret konfiguration. Fortsæt kun hvis du "
-"ved hvad du gør.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Advarsel:</B> Dette er en avanceret konfiguration. Fortsæt kun hvis du ved hvad du gør.</P>"
#. tree node string
#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26
@@ -1113,21 +1075,16 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n"
-"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in "
-"the\n"
-"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually "
-"'cfq')\n"
-"will be used. See the documentation in the "
-"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n"
+"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n"
+"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n"
+"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n"
"directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Global I/O-skematisering</big></b><br>\n"
"Vælg den algoritme, som ordner og sender kommandoer til disk-\n"
-"enheder. Dette er en global valgmulighed, den vil blive anvendt for alle "
-"diskenheder\n"
+"enheder. Dette er en global valgmulighed, den vil blive anvendt for alle diskenheder\n"
"i systemet. Hvis tilvalget ikke er konfigureret vil standard skematisering\n"
-"(normalt 'cfq') blive anvendt. Se dokumentationen i "
-"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n"
+"(normalt 'cfq') blive anvendt. Se dokumentationen i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n"
"mappen (pakken kernel-source) for mere information.</p>\n"
#. .sysconfig.sysctl
@@ -1139,21 +1096,17 @@
#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if "
-"it\n"
-"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key "
-"combination\n"
+"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n"
+"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n"
"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n"
"computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n"
"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Aktivér SysRq-taster</big></b><br>\n"
"Hvis du aktiverer SysRq-taster vil du have en vis kontrol over systemet selv\n"
-"hvis det bryder ned (f.eks. under kerne-debugging). Hvis det er aktiveret vil "
-"taste-\n"
+"hvis det bryder ned (f.eks. under kerne-debugging). Hvis det er aktiveret vil taste-\n"
"kombinationen Alt-SysRq-<kommando_tast> starte den pågældende kommando\n"
-"(f.eks. genstarte computeren, dumpe kerneinformation). For yderligere "
-"information, se\n"
+"(f.eks. genstarte computeren, dumpe kerneinformation). For yderligere information, se\n"
"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakken kernel-source).<p>\n"
#. Short sleep between reads or writes
@@ -1523,6 +1476,3 @@
#~ msgid "&System Settings..."
#~ msgstr "&Systemindstillinger..."
-
-#~ msgid "System Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Systemindstillinger"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-17 18:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "Opdateringsindstillinger"
@@ -171,18 +171,18 @@
#. Table item (unknown file system)
#. label - name of sustem to update
#. starts with >`<
-#. label for an unknown installed system
+#. Get installed release name
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Ukendt"
#. label showing to which version we are updating
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
msgid "Update to %1"
msgstr "Opdatér til %1"
@@ -256,9 +256,19 @@
"Aktivér <b>Slet ikke-vedligeholdte pakker</b> for at slette disse\n"
"pakker under opdateringen.</p>\n"
-#. yes/no question
+#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
msgid ""
+"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n"
+"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n"
+"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
+msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to reset your detailed selection?"
msgstr ""
@@ -268,13 +278,13 @@
#. error report
#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
msgid "Failed to mount target system"
msgstr "Montering af målsystem fejlede"
#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
msgstr "En mulig ukomplet installation er blevet registreret."
@@ -347,12 +357,12 @@
#
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "Kan ikke læse den nuværende RPM-database."
#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
msgstr "Det installerede produkt er ikke kompatibelt med produktet på installationsmediet."
@@ -360,14 +370,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Ukendt produkt"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -378,22 +388,22 @@
"eller deaktivér softwarekilder til produkter med andet versionsnummer.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr "Advarsel: Opdatering fra '%1' til '%2', produkter stemmer ikke overens."
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "Opdatér kun installerede pakker"
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "Opdatér baseret på mønstre"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -406,17 +416,17 @@
"slettes.</p>\n"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "&Opdateringsindstillinger"
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr "Ingen af disse filer eksisterer: %1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -429,28 +439,28 @@
"eller nogle programmer vil måske ikke køre ordentligt."
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
msgid "Unknown Linux"
msgstr "Ukendt Linux"
#
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux"
msgstr "Ukendt eller ikke-Linux"
#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
msgstr "Partition eller system der skal bootes:"
#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
@@ -461,12 +471,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
msgid "Partition or System to Update:"
msgstr "Partition eller system til opdatering:"
#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
@@ -477,12 +487,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
msgid "Select for Update"
msgstr "Vælg til opdatering"
#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
@@ -495,43 +505,43 @@
"</p>\n"
#. table header
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
msgid "System"
msgstr "System"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Partition"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arkitektur"
# type of item (displayed in the table)
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
msgid "File System"
msgstr "Filsystem"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiket"
#. check box
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
msgid "&Show All Partitions"
msgstr "&Vis alle partitioner"
#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
msgid "&Boot"
msgstr "&Boot"
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
msgid ""
"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n"
"on the selected partition."
@@ -540,7 +550,7 @@
"på den valgte partition."
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
msgid ""
"The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n"
"is different from the one of this product.\n"
@@ -549,7 +559,7 @@
"er ikke den samme som på dette produkt.\n"
#. pop-up question
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
@@ -558,13 +568,13 @@
"Vil du virkelig bruge det alligevel?"
#. button label
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
msgid "&Yes, Use It"
msgstr "&Ja, brug det"
#. Target load failed, #466803
#. Target load failed, #466803
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
msgid ""
"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n"
"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n"
@@ -576,12 +586,12 @@
"\n"
"Vil du virkelig fortsætte?"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr "&Ja, fortsæt"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
@@ -590,17 +600,17 @@
"om hvordan dette problem løses."
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "Ukendt Linux-system"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "Ikke-Linux-system"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -615,7 +625,7 @@
"eller genstart din computer.\n"
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "Tjekker partitionen %1"
@@ -624,24 +634,24 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "Vis &detaljer"
#
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "Tjekker filsystem på %1..."
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "Tjek af filsystem fejlede"
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -652,24 +662,24 @@
"Vil du fortsætte med at montere enheden?\n"
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "&Spring montering over"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Forkert adgangskode. Prøv igen?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Advarsel"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -686,7 +696,7 @@
"Vil du fortsætte med at opdatere det nuværende system?\n"
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -708,27 +718,27 @@
#
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "&Angiv monteringstilvalg"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Monteringstilvalg"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Monteringspunkt"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Enhed"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -737,12 +747,12 @@
"(tom betyder autodetektion)"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "/var-partitionen %1 kunne ikke monteres.\n"
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -754,17 +764,17 @@
"<b>udev id'er:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>udev-sti:</b> %6"
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "Kan ikke find /var-partitionen automatisk"
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -775,23 +785,23 @@
"/var-partitionen manuelt for at fortsætte opgraderingsprocessen."
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "&Vælg enhed med /var-partitionen"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Enhedsinfo"
#
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "Kan ikke montere /var-partitionen med denne diskkonfiguration.\n"
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -804,7 +814,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -817,17 +827,17 @@
"montér-via-metoden til en anden metode for alle partitioner."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "Ingen fstab fundet."
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "Rodpartitionen i /etc/fstab har en ugyldig rodenhed.\n"
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "Den er i øjeblikket monteret som %1 men er vist som %2.\n"
@@ -846,39 +856,68 @@
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Søger efter tilgængelige systemer"
+#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
+#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
+#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
+#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
+#.
+#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
+#. @return [String] product name
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
+msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Ukendt produkt"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:817
-msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
-msgstr "Tillad nedgradering af pakker"
+#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
+#. and we don't continue further
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
+"%{patterns}"
+msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
+"%{packages}"
+msgstr ""
+
#
-#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Opdateringsindstillinger"
-#: control/update.glade:34
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Opdatér"
-#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Udfør opdatering"
-#: control/update.glade:63
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
msgid "Update System Configuration"
msgstr "Opdatér systemkonfiguration"
-#: control/update.glade:71
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
msgid "Update Configuration"
msgstr "Opdatér konfiguration"
+#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
+#~ msgstr "Tillad nedgradering af pakker"
+
#~ msgid "Clean Up"
#~ msgstr "Ryd op"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -106,12 +106,8 @@
#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:218
-msgid ""
-"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of "
-"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
-msgstr ""
-"Liste over gruppemedlemmer, normalt brugernavne, adskilt af kommaer. Listen "
-"over LDAP-bruger-DN'er skal være kolonsepareret."
+msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
+msgstr "Liste over gruppemedlemmer, normalt brugernavne, adskilt af kommaer. Listen over LDAP-bruger-DN'er skal være kolonsepareret."
#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:225
@@ -162,26 +158,13 @@
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>"
-"/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg <b>Lokal</b> for at godkende brugere kun med de lokale filer <i>"
-"/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Lokal</b> for at godkende brugere kun med de lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to "
-"create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a "
-"Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home "
-"directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har en tidligere installation eller et alternativt system, er det "
-"muligt, at oprette brugere baseret på denne kilde. For at gøre dette skal du "
-"vælge <b>Læs brugerdata fra en tidligere installation</b>. Denne indstilling "
-"anvender en eksisterende hjemmemappe, eller opretter en ny for hver bruger, "
-"på det sted der er angivet for denne installation."
+msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+msgstr "Hvis du har en tidligere installation eller et alternativt system, er det muligt, at oprette brugere baseret på denne kilde. For at gøre dette skal du vælge <b>Læs brugerdata fra en tidligere installation</b>. Denne indstilling anvender en eksisterende hjemmemappe, eller opretter en ny for hver bruger, på det sted der er angivet for denne installation."
#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
@@ -220,28 +203,21 @@
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. "
-"Then\n"
+"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller "
-"hvis du vil\n"
-"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante "
-"værdi. Klik\n"
-" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.<"
-"/p>"
+"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n"
+"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n"
+" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
+"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du "
-"vælge den \n"
-"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med "
-"konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
+"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n"
+"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
@@ -251,30 +227,22 @@
"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n"
-"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante "
-"værdi. Klik\n"
-" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.<"
-"/p>"
+"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n"
+" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
+"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n"
-"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med "
-"konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
+"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>"
#. helptext: additional kerberos support
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after "
-"configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Markér <b>Opsætning af Kerberos-godkendelse</b> for at konfigurere "
-"Kerberos, efter at have konfigureret brugerdatakilden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Opsætning af Kerberos-godkendelse</b> for at konfigurere Kerberos, efter at have konfigureret brugerdatakilden.</p>"
#. check box label
#. check box label
@@ -317,7 +285,7 @@
msgstr "Adgangskode for systemadministratoren \"root\""
#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise user to remember his new password
+#. advise users to remember their new password
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgstr "Glem ikke det du skriver her."
@@ -371,16 +339,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
-"numbers\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
"reenter it in a second field.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Fordi brugeren root er udstyret med omfattende beføjelser, skal adgangskoden\n"
-"for \"root\" være valgt meget omhyggeligt. En kombination af bogstaver og "
-"tal\n"
+"for \"root\" være valgt meget omhyggeligt. En kombination af bogstaver og tal\n"
"anbefales. For at sikre at adgangskoden er skrevet rigtigt, vil du blive\n"
"bedt om at indtaste det igen i det andet felt.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -392,8 +358,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
-"umlauts.\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -426,12 +391,8 @@
#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering "
-"text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>For at tjekke hvorvidt dit nuværende tastaturlayout er korrekt, prøv at "
-"skrive tekst i <b>Test tastaturlayout</b>-feltet.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>For at tjekke hvorvidt dit nuværende tastaturlayout er korrekt, prøv at skrive tekst i <b>Test tastaturlayout</b>-feltet.</p>"
#. report misspellings of the password
#. report misspellings of the password
@@ -572,27 +533,19 @@
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160
-#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Autentifikation</b><br></p>"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg metode til adgangskode-kryptering for lokale og systembrugere.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg metode til adgangskode-kryptering for lokale og systembrugere.</p>"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms "
-"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> er den nuværende standardmetode til hash. Brug af andre "
-"algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af "
-"kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er den nuværende standardmetode til hash. Brug af andre algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager.</p>"
#. text entry
#. text entry
@@ -682,22 +635,17 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
-"between\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Med den nuværende adgangskodekryptering (%1), skal længden på adgangskoden "
-"være\n"
+"Med den nuværende adgangskodekryptering (%1), skal længden på adgangskoden være\n"
"mellem %2 og %3 tegn.\n"
"</p>"
#. additional help text about password
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
@@ -723,32 +671,23 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
-"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Brug kun bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>"
-"Brugernavn</b>. \n"
+"Brug kun bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>Brugernavn</b>. \n"
"Brug ikke store bogstaver i dette felt, medmindre du ved, hvad du gør.\n"
"Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere \n"
-"begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere "
-"oplysninger.\n"
+"begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere oplysninger.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
-"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Afkryds <b>Brug denne adgangskode for systemadministrator</b>, hvis den "
-"adgangskode, som angives for den første bruger, også skal benyttes for root.<"
-"/p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Afkryds <b>Brug denne adgangskode for systemadministrator</b>, hvis den adgangskode, som angives for den første bruger, også skal benyttes for root.</p>"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
@@ -756,26 +695,20 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
-"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
-"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Brugernavnet og adgangskoden der oprettes her, bruges til at logge ind på dit "
-"Linux-system. Med <b>Automatisk login</b> aktiveret, springes "
-"login-proceduren over. Denne bruger logges automatisk ind.</p>\n"
+"Brugernavnet og adgangskoden der oprettes her, bruges til at logge ind på dit Linux-system. Med <b>Automatisk login</b> aktiveret, springes login-proceduren over. Denne bruger logges automatisk ind.</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail<"
-"/b>.</p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Få post til root-brugeren videresendt til denne bruger ved at afkrydse <b>"
-"Modtager Systempost</b>.</p>\n"
+"Få post til root-brugeren videresendt til denne bruger ved at afkrydse <b>Modtager Systempost</b>.</p>\n"
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
@@ -791,13 +724,11 @@
#. summary label
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619
-#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1."
msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
msgstr "Adgangskodens krypteringsmetode er %s."
#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626
-#| msgid "User %1 will be imported."
msgid "User %s will be imported."
msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
msgstr[0] "Brugeren %s vil blive importeret."
@@ -815,9 +746,6 @@
#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-#| "the password should have at least %1 characters."
msgid ""
"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
"the password should have at least %s characters."
@@ -955,12 +883,10 @@
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that "
-"were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
+"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Her kan ses en tabel af alle tilladte egenskaber for den valgte LDAP "
-"postering som ikke blev sat i tidligere dialoger.</p>"
+"Her kan ses en tabel af alle tilladte egenskaber for den valgte LDAP postering som ikke blev sat i tidligere dialoger.</p>"
#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"),
#. %1 is list of values
@@ -983,13 +909,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n"
-"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client "
-"Module</b>.</p>\n"
+"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ret hver egenskab med <b>Ret</b>. Nogle egenskaber \n"
-"kan være påkrævet som defineret for brugerens skabelon i <b>LDAP klientmodul<"
-"/b>.</p>\n"
+"kan være påkrævet som defineret for brugerens skabelon i <b>LDAP klientmodul</b>.</p>\n"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235
@@ -1008,14 +932,8 @@
#. helptext
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy "
-"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified "
-"user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tildel et adgangskoderegelobjekt til denne bruger i <b>DN af "
-"adgangskoderegelobjekt</b>. Aktiver <b>Nulstil adgangskode</b> for at "
-"nulstille adgangskoden for den ændrede bruger.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tildel et adgangskoderegelobjekt til denne bruger i <b>DN af adgangskoderegelobjekt</b>. Aktiver <b>Nulstil adgangskode</b> for at nulstille adgangskoden for den ændrede bruger.</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107
@@ -1115,91 +1033,50 @@
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for brugeren på udvalgte filsystemer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for brugeren på udvalgte filsystemer.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n"
-"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Definér en størrelsesgrænse ved at angive antallet af 1 KB-blokke\n"
-"brugeren må have på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du definere en "
-"inode-grænse som angiver antallet af inodes brugere må have på filsystemet.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"brugeren må have på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du definere en inode-grænse som angiver antallet af inodes brugere må have på filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af "
-"inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket brugere "
-"informeres om, at de nærmer sig grænsen, hvorimod de hårde grænser definerer "
-"grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket brugere informeres om, at de nærmer sig grænsen, hvorimod de hårde grænser definerer grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Så snart brugeren har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for "
-"nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor brugeren tillades at overskride "
-"den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter "
-"straks.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Så snart brugeren har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor brugeren tillades at overskride den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter straks.</p>"
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for gruppen på udvalgte filsystemer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for gruppen på udvalgte filsystemer.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n"
-"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Definér en størrelsesgrænse ved at angive antallet af 1 kB-blokke\n"
-"gruppen må bruge på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du angive en inode-grænse, "
-"der angiver antallet af inodes, gruppen må bruge på filsystemet.</p>\n"
+"gruppen må bruge på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du angive en inode-grænse, der angiver antallet af inodes, gruppen må bruge på filsystemet.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af "
-"inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket grupper "
-"informeres om at de nærmer sig deres grænse, hvorimod de hårde grænser "
-"definerer grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket grupper informeres om at de nærmer sig deres grænse, hvorimod de hårde grænser definerer grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Så snart gruppen har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for "
-"nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor gruppen tillades at overskride "
-"den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter "
-"straks.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Så snart gruppen har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor gruppen tillades at overskride den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter straks.</p>"
# type of item (displayed in the table)
#. combo box label
@@ -1521,15 +1398,13 @@
"'%1' and '%2'\n"
"were found. Use them for current user?\n"
"\n"
-"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home "
-"directory."
+"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory."
msgstr ""
"Krypteret mappe-imagefil og nøglefilerne\n"
"\"%1\" og \"%2\"\n"
" blev fundet. Vil du bruge dem til den aktuelle bruger?\n"
"\n"
-"Dette betyder at data fra denne imagefil vil blive brugt i stedet for den "
-"aktuelle hjemmemappe."
+"Dette betyder at data fra denne imagefil vil blive brugt i stedet for den aktuelle hjemmemappe."
#. popup label, %1 is path to directory
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369
@@ -1842,8 +1717,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ved angivelse af adgangskode, skelnes der mellem store og\n"
-"små bogstaver. Adgangskoder bør ikke indeholde tegn med accenter eller "
-"omlyd.\n"
+"små bogstaver. Adgangskoder bør ikke indeholde tegn med accenter eller omlyd.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text 0/6
@@ -1854,8 +1728,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Her kan du angive de standardværdier, der skal bruges, når du opretter nye "
-"lokale brugere eller systembrugere.\n"
+"Her kan du angive de standardværdier, der skal bruges, når du opretter nye lokale brugere eller systembrugere.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. Help text 1/6
@@ -1888,25 +1761,21 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n"
-"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter "
-"your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
+"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standard login-skal</b><br>\n"
-"Navnet på den nye brugers login skal. Vælg en fra listen eller indtast din "
-"egen sti til skallen.</P>\n"
+"Navnet på den nye brugers login skal. Vælg en fra listen eller indtast din egen sti til skallen.</P>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n"
-"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is "
-"added\n"
+"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n"
"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standardhjem</b><br>\n"
-" Den oprindelige søgestis præfiks til en ny brugers hjemmemappe. Brugernavnet "
-"tilføjes\n"
+" Den oprindelige søgestis præfiks til en ny brugers hjemmemappe. Brugernavnet tilføjes\n"
" i slutningen af denne værdi for at danne hjemmemappens standardnavn.\n"
" </P>\n"
@@ -1914,12 +1783,10 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n"
-"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a "
-"new user is added. </p>\n"
+"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Skelet-mappe</b><br>\n"
-"Indholdet af denne mappe kopieres til en brugers hjemmemappe, når der "
-"tilføjes en ny bruger. </p>\n"
+"Indholdet af denne mappe kopieres til en brugers hjemmemappe, når der tilføjes en ny bruger. </p>\n"
#. Help text 4.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
@@ -1935,8 +1802,7 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n"
-"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the "
-"format\n"
+"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n"
"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Udløbsdato</b><br>\n"
@@ -1952,10 +1818,8 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Dage efter adgangskodens udløb at login er brugbart</B><BR>\n"
-"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at udgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange "
-"dage\n"
-" efter adgangskodens udløb at der kan logges ind. Brug -1 for ubegrænset "
-"adgang.\n"
+"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at udgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange dage\n"
+" efter adgangskodens udløb at der kan logges ind. Brug -1 for ubegrænset adgang.\n"
" </P>\n"
#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2
@@ -2028,8 +1892,7 @@
"Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n"
"clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2039,10 +1902,8 @@
"ved at klikke på<b>Forslag</b> knappen. Dette kan ændres, men brug kun\n"
"standardbogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), tal og <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
"Brug ikke store bogstaver i denne linje, medmindre du ved hvad du gør.\n"
-"Brugernavne har strengere restriktioner end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere "
-"disse\n"
-"restriktioner i /etc/login.defs-filen. Læs dens man-side for mere "
-"information.\n"
+"Brugernavne har strengere restriktioner end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere disse\n"
+"restriktioner i /etc/login.defs-filen. Læs dens man-side for mere information.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. alternative help text 2/7
@@ -2051,32 +1912,23 @@
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Brug kun\n"
-" bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>Brugernavn<"
-"/b>. \n"
+" bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>Brugernavn</b>. \n"
" Brug ikke store bogstaver i dette felt, medmindre du ved, hvad du gør.\n"
-" Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere "
-"\n"
-" begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere "
-"oplysninger.\n"
+" Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere \n"
+" begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere oplysninger.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik på <b>Brugeradministration</b> for at tilføje flere brugere eller "
-"grupper i systemet.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Klik på <b>Brugeradministration</b> for at tilføje flere brugere eller grupper i systemet.</p>"
#. alternative help text 4/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278
@@ -2095,12 +1947,10 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, "
-"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Du kan redigere forskellige adgangskodeindstillinger for denne bruger, f.eks. "
-"udløbsdatoen, ved at klikke på <b>Adgangskode indstillingerne</b>.</p>\n"
+"Du kan redigere forskellige adgangskodeindstillinger for denne bruger, f.eks. udløbsdatoen, ved at klikke på <b>Adgangskode indstillingerne</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
@@ -2165,8 +2015,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Password:</b>\n"
-"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves "
-"when\n"
+"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n"
"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n"
"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n"
"here. This entry is not required.\n"
@@ -2175,8 +2024,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adgangskode:</b>\n"
" Hvis brugere, som ikke er medlem af gruppen, skal identificere sig, når de\n"
-" skifter til denne gruppe (se man-siden for <tt>newgrp</tt>), skal du tildele "
-"gruppen en\n"
+" skifter til denne gruppe (se man-siden for <tt>newgrp</tt>), skal du tildele gruppen en\n"
" adgangskode. Af sikkerhedsmæssige grunde vises adgangskoden ikke\n"
" her. Den er ikke påkrævet.\n"
" </p>\n"
@@ -2214,8 +2062,7 @@
" group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user."
msgstr ""
"Den anden liste viser de brugere, som har denne gruppe som\n"
-" standardgruppe. Standardgruppen kan kun ændres ved at redigere "
-"brugeren."
+" standardgruppe. Standardgruppen kan kun ændres ved at redigere brugeren."
#
#. help text 1/8
@@ -2282,12 +2129,8 @@
#. help text for user's home directory mode
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's "
-"home directory different from the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sæt eventuelt <b>Hjemmemappens tilladelsestilstand</b> for denne brugers "
-"hjemmemappe til noget andet end standarden.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sæt eventuelt <b>Hjemmemappens tilladelsestilstand</b> for denne brugers hjemmemappe til noget andet end standarden.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel')
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440
@@ -2302,16 +2145,8 @@
#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
-msgid ""
-"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of "
-"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. "
-"Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis du ændrer placeringen af en brugers hjemmemappe, skal du flytte "
-"indholdet af den aktuelle mappe med <b>Flyt til ny placering</b>, der som "
-"standard er aktiveret. Ellers oprettes en ny hjemmemappe uden nogen af de "
-"eksisterende data.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hvis du ændrer placeringen af en brugers hjemmemappe, skal du flytte indholdet af den aktuelle mappe med <b>Flyt til ny placering</b>, der som standard er aktiveret. Ellers oprettes en ny hjemmemappe uden nogen af de eksisterende data.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464
@@ -2320,28 +2155,18 @@
"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n"
"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n"
"among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n"
-"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted "
-"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically "
-"shared.</p>"
+"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aktivér <b>Brug krypteret hjemmemappe</b> for at kryptere brugerens "
-"hjemmemappe\n"
+"<p>Aktivér <b>Brug krypteret hjemmemappe</b> for at kryptere brugerens hjemmemappe\n"
"og angiv mappestørrelsen. Kryptering af en brugers hjemmemappe \n"
"giver ikke stærk sikkerhed imod andre brugere. Hvis computeren deles af\n"
"flere brugere, er det muligt for en bruger at bryde systemsikkerheden,\n"
-"ved at finde en anden brugers nøgle og få adgang til de krypterede data. Hvis "
-"der kræves høj sikkerhed, bør systemet ikke deles fysisk.</p>"
+"ved at finde en anden brugers nøgle og få adgang til de krypterede data. Hvis der kræves høj sikkerhed, bør systemet ikke deles fysisk.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is "
-"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration "
-"first.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hjemmemapper kan ikke krypteres hvis fingeraftrykslæser-enheden anvendes. "
-"For kryptering af brugerens hjemmemappe, skal konfigurationen af fingeraftryk "
-"først deaktiveres.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hjemmemapper kan ikke krypteres hvis fingeraftrykslæser-enheden anvendes. For kryptering af brugerens hjemmemappe, skal konfigurationen af fingeraftryk først deaktiveres.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 5/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487
@@ -2434,12 +2259,8 @@
#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552
-msgid ""
-"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>"
-"Launch</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Start den detaljerede konfiguration af en bestemt plug-in ved at vælge <b>"
-"Start</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Start den detaljerede konfiguration af en bestemt plug-in ved at vælge <b>Start</b>.</p>"
#. help texts 1/1
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562
@@ -2459,10 +2280,8 @@
"password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n"
"<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aktivér <b>Gennemtving ændring af adgangskode</b> for at tvinge brugeren "
-"til at ændre\n"
-"adgangskode ved næste login. Hvis <b>Sidste ændring af adgangskode</b> er sat "
-"til\n"
+"<p>Aktivér <b>Gennemtving ændring af adgangskode</b> for at tvinge brugeren til at ændre\n"
+"adgangskode ved næste login. Hvis <b>Sidste ændring af adgangskode</b> er sat til\n"
"<i>Aldrig</i>, vil brugeren blive tvunget til at ændre adgangskoden.</p>"
#. Help text 2/6
@@ -2478,8 +2297,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Dage før adgangskoden udløber for at udsende en advarsel</B><BR>\n"
" Brugere kan få vist en advarsel, før deres adgangskode udløber. Angiv,\n"
-" hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarslen skal vises. Angiv -1 "
-"for at deaktivere\n"
+" hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarslen skal vises. Angiv -1 for at deaktivere\n"
" advarslen. \n"
" </p>\n"
@@ -2492,31 +2310,26 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Dage efter adgangskoden udløber med muligt login</B><BR>\n"
-"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at adgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange "
-"dage login\n"
+"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at adgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange dage login\n"
"skal tillades. Brug -1 for ubegrænset adgang.\n"
"</P>\n"
#. Help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a "
-"user \n"
+"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n"
"can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Maksimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode</B><BR>Angiv, hvor mange "
-"dage en bruger\n"
+"<P><B>Maksimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode</B><BR>Angiv, hvor mange dage en bruger\n"
"kan bruge den samme adgangskode, før den udløber.</P>\n"
#. Help text 5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age "
-"of \n"
+"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n"
"a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Minimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode</B><BR>Angiv, i hvor lang "
-"tid\n"
+"<P><B>Minimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode</B><BR>Angiv, i hvor lang tid\n"
"en adgangskode skal bruges, før brugeren kan ændre den.</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
@@ -2550,173 +2363,88 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n"
-"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the "
-"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
+"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Ændring af værdier</b><br>\n"
-" Du kan konfigurere disse indstillinger ved at køre de relevante moduler. "
-"Vælg modulet med <b>Konfigurer</b>.\n"
+" Du kan konfigurere disse indstillinger ved at køre de relevante moduler. Vælg modulet med <b>Konfigurer</b>.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>"
-", and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of "
-"attributes to configure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg fanebladene <b>Politik for adgangskodeændring</b>, <b>Politik for "
-"adgangskodeforældelse</b> og <b>Politik for udlåsning</b> for at vælge "
-"politikgrupper for LDAP-adgangskoder for de attributter der skal "
-"konfigureres.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg fanebladene <b>Politik for adgangskodeændring</b>, <b>Politik for adgangskodeforældelse</b> og <b>Politik for udlåsning</b> for at vælge politikgrupper for LDAP-adgangskoder for de attributter der skal konfigureres.</p>"
#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set "
-"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not "
-"be used.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Angiv <b>Maksimalt antal adgangskoder der gemmes i historikken</b> for at "
-"sætte hvor mange tidligere brugte adgangskoder der skal gemmes. Gemte "
-"adgangskoder kan ikke bruges.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Angiv <b>Maksimalt antal adgangskoder der gemmes i historikken</b> for at sætte hvor mange tidligere brugte adgangskoder der skal gemmes. Gemte adgangskoder kan ikke bruges.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to "
-"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an "
-"administrator.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Markér <b>Brugeren skal ændre adgangskode efter nulstilling</b> for at "
-"tvinge brugere til at ændre deres adgangskoder efter adgangskoden er blevet "
-"nulstillet eller ændret af en administrator.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Brugeren skal ændre adgangskode efter nulstilling</b> for at tvinge brugere til at ændre deres adgangskoder efter adgangskoden er blevet nulstillet eller ændret af en administrator.</p>"
#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their "
-"passwords.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Markér <b>Brugeren kan ændre adgangskode</b> for at tillade brugere at "
-"ændre deres adgangskoder.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Brugeren kan ændre adgangskode</b> for at tillade brugere at ændre deres adgangskoder.</p>"
#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, "
-"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Hvis den eksisterende adgangskode skal angives sammen med den ny "
-"adgangskode, så markér <b>Gammel adgangskode kræves for adgangskodeændring</b>"
-".</p>"
+msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hvis den eksisterende adgangskode skal angives sammen med den ny adgangskode, så markér <b>Gammel adgangskode kræves for adgangskodeændring</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are "
-"modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be "
-"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are "
-"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has "
-"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> "
-"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be "
-"checked.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vælg om kvaliteten af adgangskoden skal verificeres mens adgangskoder "
-"ændres eller tilføjes. Vælg <b>Tjek ikke</b> hvis adgangskoder slet ikke skal "
-"tjekkes. Med <b>Acceptér adgangskoder som ikke kan tjekkes</b> accepteres "
-"adgangskoder selvom tjekket ikke kan udføres, f.eks. hvis brugeren har "
-"angivet en krypteret adgangskode. Med <b>Acceptér kun tjekkede adgangskoder<"
-"/b> afvises adgangskoder hvis kvalitetstesten fejler eller hvis adgangskoden "
-"ikke kan tjekkes.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vælg om kvaliteten af adgangskoden skal verificeres mens adgangskoder ændres eller tilføjes. Vælg <b>Tjek ikke</b> hvis adgangskoder slet ikke skal tjekkes. Med <b>Acceptér adgangskoder som ikke kan tjekkes</b> accepteres adgangskoder selvom tjekket ikke kan udføres, f.eks. hvis brugeren har angivet en krypteret adgangskode. Med <b>Acceptér kun tjekkede adgangskoder</b> afvises adgangskoder hvis kvalitetstesten fejler eller hvis adgangskoden ikke kan tjekkes.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>"
-"Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Angiv mindste antal tegn som skal bruges i en adgangskode under <b>Mindste "
-"længde på adgangskode</b>.</p>"
+msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "Angiv mindste antal tegn som skal bruges i en adgangskode under <b>Mindste længde på adgangskode</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between "
-"modifications to the password.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Mindste alder på adgangskode</b> angiver hvor lang tider der skal gå "
-"mellem ændring af adgangskoden.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Mindste alder på adgangskode</b> angiver hvor lang tider der skal gå mellem ændring af adgangskoden.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password "
-"expires.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Maksimal alder på adgangskode</b> angiver hvor lang tid efter ændring "
-"en adgangskode udløber.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Maksimal alder på adgangskode</b> angiver hvor lang tid efter ændring en adgangskode udløber.</p>"
#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long "
-"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should "
-"be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Under <b>Tid før udløb af adgangskode hvor der udsendes en advarsel</b> "
-"angiver hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarsel om udløb skal "
-"gives til en bruger der autentificerer.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Under <b>Tid før udløb af adgangskode hvor der udsendes en advarsel</b> angiver hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarsel om udløb skal gives til en bruger der autentificerer.</p>"
#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in "
-"<b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Angiv antal gange en udløben adgangskode kan bruges til at autentificere "
-"under <b>Tilladt brug af udløben adgangskode</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Angiv antal gange en udløben adgangskode kan bruges til at autentificere under <b>Tilladt brug af udløben adgangskode</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockout attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a "
-"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Markér <b>Aktivér låsning af adgangskode</b> for at forbyde brug af en "
-"adgangskode efter et angivet antal mislykkedes bind-forsøg i træk.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Aktivér låsning af adgangskode</b> for at forbyde brug af en adgangskode efter et angivet antal mislykkedes bind-forsøg i træk.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the "
-"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the "
-"Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Angiv antal mislykkede bind-forsøg i træk, hvorefter adgangskoden ikke må "
-"bruges til at autentificere under <b>Bind-fejl før adgangskoden låses</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Angiv antal mislykkede bind-forsøg i træk, hvorefter adgangskoden ikke må bruges til at autentificere under <b>Bind-fejl før adgangskoden låses</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>"
-".</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Angiv hvor længe adgangskoden ikke kan bruges under <b>Varighed af låst "
-"adgangskode</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Angiv hvor længe adgangskoden ikke kan bruges under <b>Varighed af låst adgangskode</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures "
-"are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication "
-"has occurred.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Varighed af bind-fejl-cache</b> angiver hvor længe der går før "
-"adgangskodefejl slettes fra fejltælleren selvom der ikke er blevet gennemført "
-"nogen autentifikation.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Varighed af bind-fejl-cache</b> angiver hvor længe der går før adgangskodefejl slettes fra fejltælleren selvom der ikke er blevet gennemført nogen autentifikation.</p>"
# Frame label
#. tab label
@@ -2849,8 +2577,7 @@
"user home directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hvis hjemmemapper for LDAP-brugere skal lagres på denne maskine,\n"
-"så markér den tilsvarende indstilling. Ændring af denne værdi medfører ikke "
-"nogen direkte\n"
+"så markér den tilsvarende indstilling. Ændring af denne værdi medfører ikke nogen direkte\n"
"handling. Det er kun information til YaST's brugermodul, som kan håndtere\n"
"brugeres hjemmemapper.</p>\n"
@@ -2859,13 +2586,11 @@
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet "
-"or\n"
+"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tryk på <b>Konfigurér</b> for at konfigurere indstillinger som er gemt på\n"
-"LDAP-serveren. Du vil blive spurgt om adgangskoden hvis du endnu ikke er "
-"forbundet eller\n"
+"LDAP-serveren. Du vil blive spurgt om adgangskoden hvis du endnu ikke er forbundet eller\n"
"har ændret din konfiguration.</p>\n"
#. password policy help text caption
@@ -2876,13 +2601,10 @@
#. password policy help
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to "
-"add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
+"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
" if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Konfigurér den valgte adgangskodepolitik med <b>Redigér</b>. Brug <b>"
-"Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny adgangskodepolitik. Konfigurationen er kun "
-"mulig,\n"
+"<p>Konfigurér den valgte adgangskodepolitik med <b>Redigér</b>. Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny adgangskodepolitik. Konfigurationen er kun mulig,\n"
" hvis adgangskodepolitikkerne allerede er aktiveret på LDAP-serveren.</p>"
#. checkbox label
@@ -3167,8 +2889,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n"
-"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but "
-"it\n"
+"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n"
"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -3187,10 +2908,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>MD5</b> tillader længere adgangskoder og giver dermed en højere sikkerhed, "
-"men nogle\n"
-" netværksprotokoller understøtter det ikke, så der kan opstå problemer med "
-"NIS.\n"
+"<b>MD5</b> tillader længere adgangskoder og giver dermed en højere sikkerhed, men nogle\n"
+" netværksprotokoller understøtter det ikke, så der kan opstå problemer med NIS.\n"
" </p>"
#. Label
@@ -3247,25 +2966,18 @@
#. helptext 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default "
-"search filters.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Her kan du udvide søgefilteret for brugere og grupper udover det normale "
-"søgefilter.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Her kan du udvide søgefilteret for brugere og grupper udover det normale søgefilter.</p>"
#. helptext 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n"
-"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' "
-"attributes).\n"
+"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n"
"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Med <b>Standard</b> kan du indlæse standardfilteret fra de bruger- og "
-"gruppe-\n"
-"konfigurationsmoduler, der er gemt på LDAP-serveren (værdier for "
-"'suseSearchFilter'-attributter).\n"
+"<p>Med <b>Standard</b> kan du indlæse standardfilteret fra de bruger- og gruppe-\n"
+"konfigurationsmoduler, der er gemt på LDAP-serveren (værdier for 'suseSearchFilter'-attributter).\n"
"Hvis du endnu ikke er forbundet, vil du blive bedt om adgangskoden.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font))
@@ -3363,39 +3075,32 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM "
-"as the login manager.\n"
+"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De funktioner, der er beskrevet herunder, er kun tilgængelige, hvis du bruger "
-"KDM eller GDM til login-håndtering.\n"
+"De funktioner, der er beskrevet herunder, er kun tilgængelige, hvis du bruger KDM eller GDM til login-håndtering.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. helptext 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
msgid ""
"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
-"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from "
-"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Automatisk login</b><br>\n"
-"Hvis du indstiller <b>Automatisk login</b>, kan du springe login-proceduren "
-"over. Den bruger, der er valgt på listen, logges ind automatisk.</p>\n"
+"Hvis du indstiller <b>Automatisk login</b>, kan du springe login-proceduren over. Den bruger, der er valgt på listen, logges ind automatisk.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n"
"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n"
-"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user "
-"to log in automatically.</p>\n"
+"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Login uden adgangskode</b><br>\n"
-"Hvis denne indstilling er markeret, har alle brugere lov til at logge ind "
-"uden at angive deres\n"
-"adgangskode. Ellers skal du angive adgangskoden, selvom du angiver, at en "
-"bruger skal kunne logge ind automatisk.</p>\n"
+"Hvis denne indstilling er markeret, har alle brugere lov til at logge ind uden at angive deres\n"
+"adgangskode. Ellers skal du angive adgangskoden, selvom du angiver, at en bruger skal kunne logge ind automatisk.</p>\n"
#. dialog label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004
@@ -3576,13 +3281,11 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown "
-"in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
+"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Brugere og grupper opdeles i forskellige sæt. Du kan redigere det sæt, der "
-"vises i tabellen, med <b>Sæt filter</b>.\n"
+"Brugere og grupper opdeles i forskellige sæt. Du kan redigere det sæt, der vises i tabellen, med <b>Sæt filter</b>.\n"
" Tilpas visningen med <b>Definér filter</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
@@ -3595,13 +3298,10 @@
"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik på <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> for at redigere forskellige "
-"avancerede indstillinger, f.eks.\n"
-"adgangskodens krypteringstype, brugergodkendelsesmetode, standardværdier for "
-"nye\n"
+"Klik på <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> for at redigere forskellige avancerede indstillinger, f.eks.\n"
+"adgangskodens krypteringstype, brugergodkendelsesmetode, standardværdier for nye\n"
"brugere eller login-indstillinger. Du kan gemme alle de ændringer,\n"
-"du har foretaget indtil videre, uden at afslutte konfigurationsmodulet med <b>"
-"Skriv ændringer nu</b>.</p>\n"
+"du har foretaget indtil videre, uden at afslutte konfigurationsmodulet med <b>Skriv ændringer nu</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550
@@ -3627,8 +3327,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende brugere og "
-"tilføje eller ændre\n"
+" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende brugere og tilføje eller ændre\n"
" brugere. \n"
" </p>\n"
@@ -3665,8 +3364,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"For at ændre eller slette en eksisterende bruger skal du vælge en bruger fra "
-"listen og\n"
+"For at ændre eller slette en eksisterende bruger skal du vælge en bruger fra listen og\n"
"trykke på knappen <b>Ændr</b> eller <b>Slet</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3675,14 +3373,12 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify "
-"groups.\n"
+"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende grupper og "
-"tilføje eller ændre grupper.\n"
+" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende grupper og tilføje eller ændre grupper.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
@@ -3718,8 +3414,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Du kan redigere eller slette en eksisterende gruppe ved at vælge en gruppe på "
-"listen og derefter\n"
+"Du kan redigere eller slette en eksisterende gruppe ved at vælge en gruppe på listen og derefter\n"
" klikke på <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slet</b>.\n"
" </p>\n"
@@ -4275,8 +3970,7 @@
#. label
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452
msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read."
-msgstr ""
-"Flere skabeloner er defineret som standard. Vælg den skabelon, som skal læses."
+msgstr "Flere skabeloner er defineret som standard. Vælg den skabelon, som skal læses."
#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence)
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491
@@ -4537,14 +4231,12 @@
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Understøttelse af kryptering er ikke installeret. Hjemmemapper vil IKKE blive "
-"krypteret."
+"Understøttelse af kryptering er ikke installeret. Hjemmemapper vil IKKE blive krypteret."
#. error popup
#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
-msgstr ""
-"Der opstod en fejl under indstilling af videresending af root-brugerens post."
+msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under indstilling af videresending af root-brugerens post."
#. error popup
#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
@@ -4862,22 +4554,22 @@
"Fjern disse brugere fra gruppen først."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Brugere</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Login-indstillinger</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Brugeren %1 er konfigureret til automatisk login"
@@ -4898,7 +4590,6 @@
#. plugin name
#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
-#| msgid "Quota Configuration"
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af Kerberos"
@@ -5046,7 +4737,7 @@
"%2"
#. the ']' is or-ed...
-#. error popup
+#. error popup
#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -5061,8 +4752,7 @@
#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English "
-"keyboard\n"
+"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
"layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n"
"localized keyboard layout.\n"
"</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -36,16 +36,12 @@
msgstr "Installér Hypervisor og værktøjer"
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your "
-"architecture is "
-msgstr ""
-"x86_64 er den eneste understøttede arkitektur til værtskab af virtuelle "
-"maskiner. Din arkitektur er "
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157
+msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
+msgstr "x86_64 er den eneste understøttede arkitektur til værtskab af virtuelle maskiner. Din arkitektur er "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -55,150 +51,166 @@
#
#. progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184
+#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Verificér installerede pakker"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af netværksbro"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "Konfigurerer VM-serveren (domæne 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM "
-"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Konfiguration af VM-server</b></big></p><p>Konfiguration af "
-"VM-serveren (domæne 0) har to dele.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213
+msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>Konfiguration af VM-server</b></big></p><p>Konfiguration af VM-serveren (domæne 0) har to dele.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot "
-"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added "
-"to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>De nødvendige pakker installeres på systemet først. Derefter skiftes "
-"bootloader til GRUB, hvis den ikke allerede bruges, og Xen-sektionen tilføjes "
-"til bootloader-menuen, hvis den mangler.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217
+msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>De nødvendige pakker installeres på systemet først. Derefter skiftes bootloader til GRUB, hvis den ikke allerede bruges, og Xen-sektionen tilføjes til bootloader-menuen, hvis den mangler.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot "
-"Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>GRUB er nødvendig, da den understøtter multiboot-standarden, som kræves "
-"for at boote Xen og Linux-kernen.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>GRUB er nødvendig, da den understøtter multiboot-standarden, som kræves for at boote Xen og Linux-kernen.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216
-msgid ""
-"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM "
-"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Når konfigurationen er gennemført, kan du boote VM-serveren fra "
-"bootloader-menuen.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225
+msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Når konfigurationen er gennemført, kan du boote VM-serveren fra bootloader-menuen.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "Installationen vil blive afbrudt."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224
-#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Vælg hypervisors der skal installeres"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236
+msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
+msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
+msgstr "Konfigurerer den virtuelle maskine..."
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr "KVM-hypervisor"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
+msgid "KVM server"
+msgstr "KVM-hypervisor"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253
+msgid "KVM tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr "libvirt LXC-containere"
-#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
+msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
+msgstr "libvirt LXC-containere"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr "Software til at forbinde til virtualiseringsserver"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
+msgid "Virtualization client tools"
+msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret."
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr "Xen-hypervisor"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
+msgid "Xen server"
+msgstr "Xen-hypervisor"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309
+msgid "Xen tools"
+msgstr ""
+
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372
-#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380
-#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallationen mislykkedes for lxc\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes for sled klientmønster\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes for sles mønstre\n"
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "Kører i teksttilstand. Installér grafiske komponenter alligevel?"
#
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Tjekker pakker..."
#
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Installerer pakker..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Kan ikke installere krævede pakker."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Opdaterer grub2-konfigurationsfiler..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Konfigurerer standard netværksbro..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Netværksbro."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482
-msgid ""
-"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network "
-"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ved normale netværkskonfigurationer der er vært for virtuelle maskiner, "
-"anbefales en netværksbro.</p><p>Vil du konfigurere en standard netværksbro?<"
-"/p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496
+msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Ved normale netværkskonfigurationer der er vært for virtuelle maskiner, anbefales en netværksbro.</p><p>Vil du konfigurere en standard netværksbro?</p>"
#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV
#. Progress::NextStage();
@@ -209,43 +221,35 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
-msgid ""
-"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel "
-"in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
-msgstr ""
-"For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i "
-"bootloader-menuen.\n"
+msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
+msgstr "For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i bootloader-menuen.\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
-msgid ""
-"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in "
-"the boot loader menu."
-msgstr ""
-"For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i "
-"bootloader-menuen.\n"
+msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
+msgstr "For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i bootloader-menuen.\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/wagon.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/wagon.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/wagon.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/wol.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/wol.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/wol.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-31 21:10+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 18:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
+++ trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -69,12 +69,8 @@
#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Foretag et valg blandt de viste profiler og tryk \"Næste\" for at slette "
-"profilen."
+msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile."
+msgstr "Foretag et valg blandt de viste profiler og tryk \"Næste\" for at slette profilen."
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93
msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete"
@@ -82,7 +78,6 @@
#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88
-#| msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it."
msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it."
msgstr "Vælg en oplistet profil og tryk Redigér for at redigere den."
@@ -158,12 +153,8 @@
#.
#. ***************************************************************************
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and "
-"AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Denne operation genererede følgende fejl. Tjek din installation og "
-"AppArmor-profilindstillinger."
+msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
+msgstr "Denne operation genererede følgende fejl. Tjek din installation og AppArmor-profilindstillinger."
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
@@ -288,8 +279,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
msgid ""
-"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy "
-"enforcement \n"
+"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>AppArmor-status</b><br>Denne rapporterer om AppArmors \n"
@@ -300,8 +290,7 @@
"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Besked om sikkerhedshændelse</b><br>Konfigurér dette værktøj hvis du "
-"vil \n"
+"<p><b>Besked om sikkerhedshændelse</b><br>Konfigurér dette værktøj hvis du vil \n"
"have besked via e-mail når adgangsovertrædelser er forekommet.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
@@ -309,8 +298,7 @@
"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
"uses individual profiles.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Profiltilstand</b><br>Brug dette værktøj til at ændre den måde AppArmor "
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Profiltilstand</b><br>Brug dette værktøj til at ændre den måde AppArmor \n"
"bruger de enkelte profiler.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
@@ -347,11 +335,11 @@
#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "&Done"
msgstr "&Færdig"
@@ -383,24 +371,16 @@
msgstr "Fejl fundet i AppArmor-profiler"
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the "
-"profile management tools can be used.</p> "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Disse problemer skal rettes før AppArmor kan startes eller "
-"profilhåndteringsværktøjerne kan anvendes.</p> "
+msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>Disse problemer skal rettes før AppArmor kan startes eller profilhåndteringsværktøjerne kan anvendes.</p> "
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64
msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running "
msgstr "<p>Find en beskrivelse af AppArmors profilsyntaks ved at køre "
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the "
-"Administration guide located in the directory: "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Omfattende dokumentation om AppArmor findes i administrationsguiden som "
-"findes i mappen: "
+msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: "
+msgstr "<p>Omfattende dokumentation om AppArmor findes i administrationsguiden som findes i mappen: "
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
@@ -859,29 +839,24 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by "
-"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter al DAC-adgang, inklusive eksekvering af ACL,\n"
-"hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er defineret. Ekskluderer DAC-adgang dækket af "
-"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
+"hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er defineret. Ekskluderer DAC-adgang dækket af CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n"
-"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is "
-"defined. \n"
+"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n"
"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter alle DAC-begrænsninger vedr. læsning og søgning \n"
-"i filer og mapper inklusive ACL-begrænsninger, hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er "
-"defineret. \n"
+"i filer og mapper inklusive ACL-begrænsninger, hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er defineret. \n"
"Undtagen DAC-adgang dækket af CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where "
-"file\n"
+"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n"
"owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n"
"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
@@ -890,31 +865,17 @@
"anvendelig. Dette tilsidesætter ikke MAC- og DAC-begrænsninger. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file "
-"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the "
-"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the "
-"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and "
-"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not "
-"implemented). </li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter de følgende begrænsninger: bruger-id skal matche "
-"filejer-id, når S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits sættes på den fil; at det gældende "
-"gruppe-id (eller et af de supplerende gruppe-id'er) skal matche filejer-id, "
-"når S_ISGID-bit sættes på den fil; at S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits ryddes, når "
-"der vendes tilbage fra chown(2) (ikke implementeret). </li></ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>Tilsidesætter de følgende begrænsninger: bruger-id skal matche filejer-id, når S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits sættes på den fil; at det gældende gruppe-id (eller et af de supplerende gruppe-id'er) skal matche filejer-id, når S_ISGID-bit sættes på den fil; at S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits ryddes, når der vendes tilbage fra chown(2) (ikke implementeret). </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n"
-"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the "
-"process \n"
+"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n"
"receiving the signal.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter den begrænsning, at det reelle eller gældende "
-"bruger-id, \n"
-"for en proces der sender et signal, skal matche det reelle eller gældende "
-"bruger-id for den proces,\n"
+"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter den begrænsning, at det reelle eller gældende bruger-id, \n"
+"for en proces der sender et signal, skal matche det reelle eller gældende bruger-id for den proces,\n"
"som modtager signalet.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79
@@ -922,10 +883,8 @@
"<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Tillader manipulering af setgid(2). </li> <li> Tillader setgroups(2) "
-"</li> \n"
-"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende gid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li><"
-"/ul>"
+"<ul><li>Tillader manipulering af setgid(2). </li> <li> Tillader setgroups(2) </li> \n"
+"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende gid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85
msgid ""
@@ -933,8 +892,7 @@
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Tillader manipulering af setuid(2) (inklusive fsuid). </li> \n"
-"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende 'pid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li><"
-"/ul>"
+"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende 'pid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91
msgid ""
@@ -945,11 +903,8 @@
"fjern enhver kapabilitet i det tilladte sæt fra ethvert 'pid'</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li><"
-"/ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Tillader ændring af filattributterne S_IMMUTABLE og S_APPEND</li></ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>Tillader ændring af filattributterne S_IMMUTABLE og S_APPEND</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -977,15 +932,13 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets<"
-"/li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n"
"<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillader indstilling af tilfældige proces-/procesgruppe-ejerskab på "
-"sokler</li>\n"
+"<li> Tillader indstilling af tilfældige proces-/procesgruppe-ejerskab på sokler</li>\n"
"<li> Tillader binding til enhver adresse for transparent proxy-brug</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader indstilling af TOS (tjenestetype)</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader indstilling af promiskuøs tilstand</li> \n"
@@ -1016,8 +969,7 @@
"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n"
"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Tillader låsning af delte hukommelsessegmenter</li> <li> Tillader "
-"mlock og\n"
+"<ul><li> Tillader låsning af delte hukommelsessegmenter</li> <li> Tillader mlock og\n"
"mlockall (som egentlig ikke har noget med IPC at gøre) </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149
@@ -1026,12 +978,10 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> "
-"\n"
+"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n"
"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Indsæt og fjern kernemoduler – redigér kerne uden begrænsninger</li> "
-"\n"
+"<ul><li> Indsæt og fjern kernemoduler – redigér kerne uden begrænsninger</li> \n"
"<li>Redigér cap_bset </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159
@@ -1040,8 +990,7 @@
"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> Tillader ioperm/iopl-adgang</li> \n"
-"<li> Tillader at sende USB-meddelelser til enhver enhed via /proc/bus/usb <"
-"/li></ul>"
+"<li> Tillader at sende USB-meddelelser til enhver enhed via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165
msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>"
@@ -1098,15 +1047,13 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199
msgid ""
"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n"
-"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores "
-"and shared memory</li> \n"
+"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Tillader fjernelse af semaphorer</li> \n"
-"<li> der bruges i stedet CAP_CHOWN til at \"chown'e\" IPC-meddelelseskøer, "
-"semaphorer og delt hukommelse</li> \n"
+"<li> der bruges i stedet CAP_CHOWN til at \"chown'e\" IPC-meddelelseskøer, semaphorer og delt hukommelse</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader låsning/oplåsning af delt hukommelsessegment</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader at slå swap til/fra</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader forfalskede pid'er ved passering af sokkel-akkreditiver</li>"
@@ -1116,14 +1063,12 @@
"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
-"ioctls)</li>"
+"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Tillader at sætte read-ahead og tømning af buffere på blokenheder</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader at sætte geometri i floppy-driver</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader at slå DMA til/fra i xd-driver</li> \n"
-"<li> Tillader administration af md-enheder (mest ovennævnte, men nogle ekstra "
-"ioctls)</li>"
+"<li> Tillader administration af md-enheder (mest ovennævnte, men nogle ekstra ioctls)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212
msgid ""
@@ -1139,14 +1084,12 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> "
-"\n"
+"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n"
"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n"
"<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Tillader læsning af ikke-standardiserede dele af "
-"pci-konfigurationsrummet</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillader læsning af ikke-standardiserede dele af pci-konfigurationsrummet</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader DDI debug ioctl på sbpcd-driver</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader opsætning af serielle porte</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader sending af rå qic-117-kommandoer</li>"
@@ -1167,17 +1110,13 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different "
-"UID) processes</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own "
-"processes and setting \n"
+"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n"
"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Tillader at hæve prioritet og at indstille prioritet på øvrige "
-"(anden UID) processer</li> \n"
-"<li> Tillader brug af FIFO og round-robin (realtid)-planlægning af egne "
-"processer og angivelse \n"
+"<ul><li> Tillader at hæve prioritet og at indstille prioritet på øvrige (anden UID) processer</li> \n"
+"<li> Tillader brug af FIFO og round-robin (realtid)-planlægning af egne processer og angivelse \n"
"af den planlægningsalgoritme, brugt af en anden proces.</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader indstilling af cpu-affinitet på andre processer </li></ul>"
@@ -1186,27 +1125,22 @@
"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n"
-"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling "
-"resources)</li>"
+"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Tilsidesæt ressourcebegrænsninger. Sæt ressource begrænsninger.</li> "
-"\n"
+"<ul><li> Tilsidesæt ressourcebegrænsninger. Sæt ressource begrænsninger.</li> \n"
"<li> Tilsidesæt kvotebegrænsninger.</li> \n"
"<li> Tilsidesæt reserveret plads på ext2-filsystem</li> \n"
-"<li> Ændr datajournaliseringstilstand på ext3-filsystem (bruger "
-"journaliseringsressourcer)</li>"
+"<li> Ændr datajournaliseringstilstand på ext3-filsystem (bruger journaliseringsressourcer)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251
msgid ""
-"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can "
-"override using fsuid too</li> \n"
+"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n"
"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> BEMÆRK: ext2 respekterer fsuid, når den tjekker for "
-"ressourcetilsidesættelser, så du kan også tilsidesætte med fsuid</li>\n"
+"<li> BEMÆRK: ext2 respekterer fsuid, når den tjekker for ressourcetilsidesættelser, så du kan også tilsidesætte med fsuid</li>\n"
"<li> Tilsidesæt størrelsesbegrænsninger på IPC-meddelelseskøer</li> \n"
"<li> Tillader mere end 64hz-afbrydelser af realtidsuret</li> \n"
"<li> Tilsidesæt det maksimale antal konsoller ved konsoltildeling</li> \n"
@@ -1289,8 +1223,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Med profilen i <b>håndhæv-tilstand</b>, beskyttes programmet af \n"
"AppArmor. Profilreglerne håndhæves og overtrædelse af dem logges,\n"
-"men tillades ikke (f.eks. kan et program ikke tilgå filer, medmindre det har "
-"\n"
+"men tillades ikke (f.eks. kan et program ikke tilgå filer, medmindre det har \n"
"rettighed til at gøre det i profilen).</p>"
#. Button for showing active or all profiles
@@ -1303,21 +1236,29 @@
msgid "Could not recognize mode: "
msgstr "Kunne ikke genkende tilstand: "
-#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128
+#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
+msgid "enforce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+msgid "complain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
msgid "Show All Profiles"
msgstr "Vis alle profiler"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles"
msgstr "Konfigurér tilstand for aktive profiler"
#
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
msgid "Show Active Profiles"
msgstr "Vis aktive profiler"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles"
msgstr "Konfigurér tilstand for alle profiler"
@@ -1325,43 +1266,43 @@
#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
#. TODO switch to variable in a module
#. TODO plain reread does not work here
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
msgid "Profile Name"
msgstr "Profilnavn"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Tilstand"
#
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
msgid "Toggle Mode"
msgstr "Skift tilstand"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
msgid "Set All to Enforce"
msgstr "Sæt alle til håndhæv"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
msgid "Set All to Complain"
msgstr "Sæt alle til klage"
#
#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
msgid "Profile Mode Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration af profiltilstand"
#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
msgid "Configure Profile Mode"
msgstr "Konfigurér profiltilstand"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
msgid "Select an action to perform."
msgstr "Vælg en handling til udførsel."
@@ -1375,10 +1316,8 @@
"event must be to send an alert.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Skærmbilledet Besked om sikkerhedshændelser lader dig opsætte \n"
-"e-mail-alarmer for sikkerhedshændelser. I de følgende trin, kan du angive "
-"hvor ofte \n"
-"alarmer skal sendes, hvem der modtager alarmen og hvor alvorlig "
-"sikkerhedshændelsen skal være før der sendes en alarm.</p>"
+"e-mail-alarmer for sikkerhedshændelser. I de følgende trin, kan du angive hvor ofte \n"
+"alarmer skal sendes, hvem der modtager alarmen og hvor alvorlig sikkerhedshændelsen skal være før der sendes en alarm.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38
msgid ""
@@ -1399,8 +1338,7 @@
"individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n"
"<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 "
-"2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Oversigtsbesked:</b> Oversigtsbeskeden viser \n"
@@ -1408,8 +1346,7 @@
"enkelte forekomster, inklusiv dato for seneste forekomst. \n"
"<br>For eksempel:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability \n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 "
-"2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53
@@ -1422,11 +1359,9 @@
"and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Udførlig besked:</b> Den udførlige besked viser \n"
-"uredigerede, loggede AppArmor-sikkerhedshændelser. Den fortæller dig hver "
-"gang \n"
+"uredigerede, loggede AppArmor-sikkerhedshændelser. Den fortæller dig hver gang \n"
"en hændelse forekommer og skriver en ny linje i den udførlige log. Disse \n"
-"sikkerhedshændelser inkluderer dato og tidspunkt hvor hændelses skete, "
-"hvornår \n"
+"sikkerhedshændelser inkluderer dato og tidspunkt hvor hændelses skete, hvornår \n"
"programprofilen tillader adgang såvel nægter adgang, \n"
"og typen af filrettighedsadgang der tillades eller afvises.</p>"
@@ -1468,8 +1403,7 @@
"a root user. </li>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Angiv e-mail-adressen for dem der skal modtage \n"
-"de korte, oversigts- eller udførlige beskeder. Hvis der ikke er konfigureret "
-"\n"
+"de korte, oversigts- eller udførlige beskeder. Hvis der ikke er konfigureret \n"
"nogen lokal SMTP-server til at sende e-mail fra denne vært til det \n"
"domæne du angav, kan du f.eks. angive <i><user>@localhost</i> \n"
"og aktivere <i><user></i> som modtager af systempost, hvis det ikke \n"
@@ -1486,10 +1420,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<li>Vælg det laveste <b>alvorlighedsnvieau</b> for hvilket en besked skal \n"
"sendes. Sikkerhedshændelser vil blive logget og beskederne \n"
-"vil blive sendt på det tidspunkt der er indikeret af intervallet når "
-"hændelser \n"
-"er lig med eller større end det valgte alvorlighedsniveau. Hvis intervallet "
-"er \n"
+"vil blive sendt på det tidspunkt der er indikeret af intervallet når hændelser \n"
+"er lig med eller større end det valgte alvorlighedsniveau. Hvis intervallet er \n"
"1 dag, vil beskeden blive sendt dagligt, hvis sikkerhedshændelser \n"
"forekommer."
@@ -1512,12 +1444,10 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n"
-"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.<"
-"/li>"
+"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li>Vælg <b>Inkludér ukendte sikkerhedshændelser</b> hvis \n"
-"du gerne vil inkludere hændelser som ikke er vurderret med et "
-"alvorlighedsnummer.</li>"
+"du gerne vil inkludere hændelser som ikke er vurderret med et alvorlighedsnummer.</li>"
#. ----------------------------
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103
@@ -1526,13 +1456,11 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
-"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. "
-"\n"
+"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n"
"You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n"
"by using the suggestions made by AppArmor."
msgstr ""
-"Denne guide præsentere indgange som er genereret af AppArmors "
-"adgangskontrolmodul. \n"
+"Denne guide præsentere indgange som er genereret af AppArmors adgangskontrolmodul. \n"
"Du kan generere højt optimerede og robuste sikkerhedsprofiler \n"
"ved at bruge de foreslag AppArmor laver."
@@ -1543,8 +1471,7 @@
"that display were logged during the normal application \n"
"execution test previously performed. <br>"
msgstr ""
-"AppArmor foreslår at du tillader eller nægter adgang til specifikke "
-"ressourcer \n"
+"AppArmor foreslår at du tillader eller nægter adgang til specifikke ressourcer \n"
"eller definerer kørselsrettighed for indgang. Spørgsmål \n"
"som vises blev logget under den normale testkørsel af \n"
"programmet der blev udført tidligere. <br>"
@@ -1570,12 +1497,8 @@
msgstr "<b>Adgangstilstande</b><br>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six "
-"modes:"
-msgstr ""
-"Adgangstilstande for filrettigheder består af kombinationer af følgende seks "
-"tilstande:"
+msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:"
+msgstr "Adgangstilstande for filrettigheder består af kombinationer af følgende seks tilstande:"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129
msgid "<li>r - read</li>"
@@ -1747,13 +1670,11 @@
"bash(1), zsh(1)."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
+msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
msgstr "<li><b>*</b> kan erstatte alle tegn, undtagen \"/\"<li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>**</b> kan erstatte alle tegn, inklusiv \"/\"</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202
@@ -1761,22 +1682,16 @@
msgstr "<li><b>?</b> kan erstatte ethvert enkelttegn, undtagen \"/\"</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> vil erstatte det enkelttegnet a, b eller c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> vil erstatte enkelttegnet a, b eller c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd<"
-"/li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd<"
-"/li>"
+msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214
msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>"
@@ -1948,26 +1863,17 @@
msgstr ""
"Du har ikke angivet et navn for den \"hat\", du prøver at tilføje.\n"
"Angiv \n"
-"et hat-navn for at oprette en ny hat, eller tryk Afbryd for at annullere "
-"denne guide."
+"et hat-navn for at oprette en ny hat, eller tryk Afbryd for at annullere denne guide."
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889
-msgid ""
-"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or "
-"press Abort to cancel this wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"Profilen indeholder allerede the angivne hat-navn. Angiv et andet navn eller "
-"tryk Afbryd for at annullere denne guide."
+msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
+msgstr "Profilen indeholder allerede the angivne hat-navn. Angiv et andet navn eller tryk Afbryd for at annullere denne guide."
#. FIXME: format these texts better
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928
-msgid ""
-"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing "
-"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se og ændr indholdet af en enkelt profil. For eksisterende indgange "
-"dobbeltklikkes på rettighederne for at tilgå en ændringsdialog.</p>"
+msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Se og ændr indholdet af en enkelt profil. For eksisterende indgange dobbeltklikkes på rettighederne for at tilgå en ændringsdialog.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933
@@ -1979,19 +1885,12 @@
"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Definitioner af rettigheder:</b><br><code> r - læse <br> w -\n"
-" skriv<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - fillåsning<br>a - "
-"filvedhæng<br>x - eksekvér<br> i - overtag<br>p - diskret profil<br> P - "
-"diskret profil <br> (*clean exec)<br> u - ubegrænset<br> U -ubegrænset<"
-"br> (clean exec)</code><p>"
+" skriv<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - fillåsning<br>a - filvedhæng<br>x - eksekvér<br> i - overtag<br>p - diskret profil<br> P - diskret profil <br> (*clean exec)<br> u - ubegrænset<br> U -ubegrænset<br> (clean exec)</code><p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down "
-"list.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tilføj indgang:</b><br>Vælg den ressourcetype, der skal tilføjes, fra "
-"rullelisten.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Tilføj indgang:</b><br>Vælg den ressourcetype, der skal tilføjes, fra rullelisten.</p>"
#. help text - part x1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947
@@ -2006,53 +1905,42 @@
#. help text - part x3
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955
msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Kapabilitet</b><br>Tilføj en kapabilitetsindgang til denne profil.</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>Kapabilitet</b><br>Tilføj en kapabilitetsindgang til denne profil.</li>"
#. help text - part x4
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959
msgid ""
"<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n"
-"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load "
-"time.</li>"
+"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Inkludér </b><br>Tilføj en inkluderingsindgang til denne profil. Denne "
-"indstilling \n"
-"inkluderer indholdet af profilindgangen fra en anden fil til denne profil "
-"under indlæsning.</li>"
+"<li><b>Inkludér </b><br>Tilføj en inkluderingsindgang til denne profil. Denne indstilling \n"
+"inkluderer indholdet af profilindgangen fra en anden fil til denne profil under indlæsning.</li>"
#. help text - part x5
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963
msgid ""
"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n"
-"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the "
-"profile. \n"
+"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n"
"You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Netværksindgang</b><br>Tilføj en indgang med netværksregler til denne "
-"profil.\n"
-"Denne indstilling lader dig angive netværkets adgangsprivilegier i profilen. "
-"\n"
+"<li><b>Netværksindgang</b><br>Tilføj en indgang med netværksregler til denne profil.\n"
+"Denne indstilling lader dig angive netværkets adgangsprivilegier i profilen. \n"
"Du kan angive en netværksadressefamilie og sokkeltype.</li>"
#. help text - part x6
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969
msgid ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n"
-"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be "
-"selected\n"
+"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n"
"during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n"
"aware</b> application. \n"
-"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or "
-"the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
+"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Tilføj en underprofil til denne profil - kaldet en Hat. \n"
-"Denne indstilling svarer til manuelt at oprette en ny profil, som, under "
-"udførelse, \n"
+"Denne indstilling svarer til manuelt at oprette en ny profil, som, under udførelse, \n"
"kun kan vælges i sammenhæng med at blive spurgt efter af et\n"
"<b>changehat-opmærksomt</b> program.\n"
-"For yderligere information omkring changehat se <b>man changehat</b> i dit "
-"system eller Novell AppArmor administrationsguiden.</li>"
+"For yderligere information omkring changehat se <b>man changehat</b> i dit system eller Novell AppArmor administrationsguiden.</li>"
#. help text - part x7
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977
@@ -2061,23 +1949,18 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Slet indgang:</b><br>Fjerner den valgte indgang fra denne profil.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Slet indgang:</b><br>Fjerner den valgte indgang fra denne profil.</p>"
#. help text - part y1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n"
-"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the "
-"environment \n"
-"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables "
-"are:"
+"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n"
+"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:"
msgstr ""
"<b>*Clean Exec</b><br>Clean Exec-indstillingen for den diskrete profil \n"
-"og ubegrænsede kørselstilladelser giver øget sikkerhed ved at rense miljøet, "
-"\n"
+"og ubegrænsede kørselstilladelser giver øget sikkerhed ved at rense miljøet, \n"
"som overtages af barneprogrammet for specifikke variable. Disse variable er:"
#. help text - part y2
@@ -2147,12 +2030,8 @@
#. Widget activated in the table
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145
-msgid ""
-"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include "
-"entries."
-msgstr ""
-"Inkluderingsindgange kan ikke redigeres. Vælg tilføj eller slet for at "
-"håndtere inkluderingsindgange."
+msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries."
+msgstr "Inkluderingsindgange kan ikke redigeres. Vælg tilføj eller slet for at håndtere inkluderingsindgange."
#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294
@@ -2164,11 +2043,8 @@
msgstr "Vælg fil der skal inkluderes"
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335
-msgid ""
-"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these "
-"directories: \n"
-msgstr ""
-"Ugyldig #include-fil. Inkluderingsfiler skal placeres i en af disse mapper: \n"
+msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n"
+msgstr "Ugyldig #include-fil. Inkluderingsfiler skal placeres i en af disse mapper: \n"
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379
msgid "Save changes to the profile"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:32:36 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89755
Added:
trunk/yast/jv/po/cio.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/opensuse_mirror.jv.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on-creator.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/audit-laf.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-client.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/autoinst.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/base.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/bootloader.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/ca-management.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/cluster.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/control-center.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/control.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/country.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/crowbar.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/dhcp-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/dns-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/drbd.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/fcoe-client.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall-services.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/firstboot.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/ftp-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/geo-cluster.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/gtk.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/http-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/inetd.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/installation.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/instserver.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/iplb.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-client.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-lio-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/isns.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/kdump.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/kerberos-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/kerberos.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/languages_db.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap-client.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/live-installer.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/lxc.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/mail.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/multipath.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/ncurses-pkg.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/ncurses.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/network.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs_server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/nis.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/nis_server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/ntp-client.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/oneclickinstall.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/online-update-configuration.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/online-update.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/packager.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/pam.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/pkg-bindings.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/printer.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/product-creator.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/proxy.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/qt-pkg.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/qt.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/rdp.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/rear.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/registration.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/reipl.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/relocation-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/s390.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-client.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-users.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/scanner.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/security.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/services-manager.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/slp-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/snapper.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/sound.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/squid.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/sshd.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/storage.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/sudo.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/support.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/sysconfig.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/tftp-server.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/timezone_db.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/tune.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/update.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/users.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/vm.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/wagon.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/wol.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/xpram.jv.po
trunk/yast/jv/po/yast2-apparmor.jv.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on-creator.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on-creator.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on-creator.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/add-on.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -43,21 +43,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -215,40 +215,40 @@
#. ...
#. ]
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr ""
@@ -260,33 +260,33 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
@@ -308,102 +308,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Product"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/audit-laf.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/audit-laf.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/audit-laf.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -780,30 +780,44 @@
msgid "Cannot read audit.rules."
msgstr ""
-#. Error message
+#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
+msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. question continues
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467
+msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
-"Do you want to start it now?"
+msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476
-msgid ""
-" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
-"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
-"Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#. Headline of a popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480
+msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484
-msgid "Audit daemon not running."
+#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "Start and &Enable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Start"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Do not start"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491
msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492
msgid ""
"The rules may be locked.\n"
"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n"
@@ -812,36 +826,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. Auditd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548
msgid "Saving Audit Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566
msgid "Write the rules"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572
msgid "Writing the rules..."
msgstr ""
#. check first whether rules are already locked
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588
msgid "The rules are already locked."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589
msgid ""
"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n"
"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n"
@@ -849,26 +863,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614
msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, rules cannot be set
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652
msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707
msgid "Log file"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-client.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -390,23 +390,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/auth-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -236,6 +236,10 @@
msgstr ""
#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
+msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n"
@@ -655,20 +659,22 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
-"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
+"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
@@ -678,14 +684,14 @@
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n"
"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n"
@@ -695,13 +701,13 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
@@ -709,7 +715,7 @@
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n"
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
@@ -719,28 +725,28 @@
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
@@ -751,17 +757,17 @@
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
@@ -770,7 +776,7 @@
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n"
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
@@ -779,30 +785,30 @@
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
@@ -810,34 +816,34 @@
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
@@ -845,30 +851,30 @@
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
@@ -876,21 +882,21 @@
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
@@ -902,11 +908,11 @@
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
@@ -914,21 +920,21 @@
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n"
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
@@ -938,15 +944,15 @@
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
@@ -954,28 +960,28 @@
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
@@ -985,22 +991,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
@@ -1008,11 +1014,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
@@ -1020,78 +1026,78 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
@@ -1099,19 +1105,19 @@
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
@@ -1119,71 +1125,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
@@ -1191,7 +1197,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
@@ -1201,29 +1207,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
@@ -1232,231 +1238,231 @@
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: acl_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : dict_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1765,6 +1771,10 @@
#. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id$
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
+msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
msgstr ""
@@ -2690,8 +2700,8 @@
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575
msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util."
msgstr ""
@@ -2954,7 +2964,7 @@
msgid "Could not create database directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
msgstr ""
@@ -2967,101 +2977,101 @@
msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027
msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881
msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/autoinst.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/autoinst.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/autoinst.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -104,8 +104,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#. doClone();
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr ""
@@ -115,33 +114,26 @@
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
-#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the
-#. system.
-#.
-#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42
+#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92
-msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr ""
#. help 1/2
@@ -273,21 +265,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2157,12 +2149,12 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
#.
#. @return the newly created node name
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129
msgid " - Drive"
msgstr ""
#. volume group
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133
msgid " - Volume group"
msgstr ""
@@ -2261,11 +2253,11 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
msgid "Drives"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
msgstr ""
@@ -2445,35 +2437,35 @@
msgstr ""
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr ""
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr ""
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr ""
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/base.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/base.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/base.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1370,6 +1370,25 @@
msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
+msgid "Updating system configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
+msgid "This may take a while."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Get information about the OS release
+#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
+#. is missing.
+#.
+#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
+#. @return [String] the release information
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
@@ -1949,15 +1968,15 @@
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""
@@ -1965,27 +1984,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
@@ -1995,326 +2014,326 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
msgid "TAP"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr ""
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr ""
@@ -2377,7 +2396,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2386,26 +2405,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. If there is network running, return true.
-#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false
+#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
-msgid "No running network detected."
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
+"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356
-msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
-"and start this module again"
+"and start this module again\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360
-msgid "or continue without network."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
msgid ""
@@ -2706,51 +2722,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2759,57 +2775,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
@@ -2820,34 +2836,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2856,7 +2872,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2865,89 +2881,89 @@
msgstr ""
#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858
msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
msgstr ""
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2955,103 +2971,103 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744
msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752
msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3061,68 +3077,68 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3133,27 +3149,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3161,7 +3177,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3217,44 +3233,20 @@
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr ""
-#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236
-msgid ""
-"The current system is not consistent,\n"
-"some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243
-msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252
-msgid ""
-"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-"in the software manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3262,12 +3254,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3384,7 +3376,7 @@
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3709,7 +3701,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -3718,23 +3710,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3748,12 +3740,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3766,96 +3758,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr ""
#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
+#. these are the initial values
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
-#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+msgid "Performing Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -4463,7 +4461,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/bootloader.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/bootloader.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/bootloader.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -122,22 +122,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr ""
#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr ""
#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr ""
@@ -146,12 +146,12 @@
#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Disk Order"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -162,10 +162,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. `VSpacing(1),
-#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Window title
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -258,23 +257,29 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
@@ -283,25 +288,25 @@
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
@@ -309,7 +314,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -318,72 +323,72 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -435,110 +440,110 @@
#. Common widget of a console
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""
#. textentry header
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. disabling & enabling up/down
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553
msgid "D&isks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565
msgid "&Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566
msgid "&Down"
msgstr ""
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740
+msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741
+msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748
-msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
-msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr ""
-#. Cache for genericWidgets function
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
-#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -574,24 +579,40 @@
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box item
#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
@@ -624,30 +645,50 @@
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+msgid "set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+msgid "do not change"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
+msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
@@ -661,7 +702,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -792,11 +833,7 @@
msgid "Xen"
msgstr ""
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91
msgid "Floppy"
msgstr ""
@@ -1647,33 +1684,34 @@
#.
#.
#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -1682,31 +1720,33 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
msgid " (\"/boot\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
msgid " (\"/\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1729,232 +1769,126 @@
msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TODO add more devices
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128
msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
msgstr ""
-#. if "iscsi" is true
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166
-msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259
-msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79
-msgid "Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85
-msgid "Failsafe"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97
-msgid "Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103
-msgid "Memory Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109
-msgid "MBR before Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115
-msgid "Previous Kernel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121
-msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230
-msgid "_Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237
-msgid "_Failsafe"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244
-msgid "_Floppy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251
-msgid "_Hard Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258
-msgid "_Memory Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265
-msgid "_MBR before Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272
-msgid "_Previous Kernel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279
-msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ca-management.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/ca-management.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ca-management.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -53,25 +53,25 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
msgid "Organization"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
msgid "Locality"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
msgid "State"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
msgid "Country"
msgstr ""
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
msgid "Common Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
msgid "Email"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
msgstr ""
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
#. we need to fake a certificate name
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@
#. The main ()
#. To translators: dialog label
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
@@ -659,11 +659,18 @@
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
+msgid ""
+"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
+"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
@@ -671,29 +678,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
msgid "&Import/Replace"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
msgid ""
"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
msgstr ""
@@ -724,51 +731,99 @@
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
msgstr ""
#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
msgid "&Advanced..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
msgid "&View"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
msgid "&Change CA Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
msgid "Export to &File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
msgid "&Edit Default"
msgstr ""
@@ -822,7 +877,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -854,18 +909,18 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -877,40 +932,40 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
msgid "nsComment: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
msgid "nsCertType: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -984,83 +1039,203 @@
"Certificate not found"
msgstr ""
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Is CA: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Key Size: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Serialnumber: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Version: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid from: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid to: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of pub. Key : "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of signature: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
msgid "Valid"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
msgid "Revoked"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
msgid "Expired"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
msgid "E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
msgid "Add Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
msgid "Add Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
msgid "&Change Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
msgid "&Revoke"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Fate (#2613)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
msgid "Export"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
msgid "Export to File"
msgstr ""
#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
msgid "Export to LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1150,7 +1325,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
msgid "&Valid Period (days):"
msgstr ""
@@ -1578,7 +1753,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
msgid "Path Length "
msgstr ""
@@ -1780,6 +1955,13 @@
"Request not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"generation Time: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
@@ -1788,77 +1970,77 @@
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
#. Filling up reqeust extentions
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
msgstr ""
#. IS CA ?
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
msgid " days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
msgid " (critical)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
msgid "&Edit Request"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
msgid "Sign Request"
msgstr ""
#. signing request
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
msgid "The request has been signed."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/jv/po/cio.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/cio.jv.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/cio.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+# Javanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: id\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+msgid "Filter channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Clear selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+msgid "&Unban Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+msgid ""
+"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Ranges to Unban."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/cluster.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/cluster.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/cluster.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -76,229 +76,229 @@
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "nodeid"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428
-msgid "expected votes:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr ""
-#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671
+#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "Threads:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677
-msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
@@ -311,23 +311,26 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i
s on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -336,7 +339,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -347,28 +350,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -387,96 +390,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/control-center.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/control-center.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/control-center.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/control.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/control.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/control.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -15,708 +15,206 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7
-msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:355
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429
-msgid "Initialization..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430
-msgid "Configuring network..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431
-msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432
-msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:343
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72
-#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464
-#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19
msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398
-#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692
-#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510
-#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313
-#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219
-#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237
-#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328
-#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449
-#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+msgid "Network Autosetup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976
-#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515
-#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255
-#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261
-#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879
-msgid "User Settings"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747
-msgid "Installation Overview"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291
-#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299
-#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469
-#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477
-#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517
-#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612
-#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624
-#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748
-#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756
-#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777
-#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822
-msgid "Repair"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""
-#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645
-#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397
-#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405
-#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421
-#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042
-msgid "System Information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046
-msgid "Perform Repair"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446
-#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488
-#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459
-#: control/control.glade:503
-msgid "Language"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651
-#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631
-#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318
-#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560
-#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648
-#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264
-msgid "Network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566
-#: control/control.glade:656
-msgid "Customer Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346
-#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578
-#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662
-#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672
-#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284
-msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588
-#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301
-msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335
-msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227
-msgid "root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244
-msgid "Check Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250
-msgid "Hostname"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680
-#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719
-#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733
-#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459
-msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658
-msgid "Clean Up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330
-msgid "Server Base Scenario"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331
-msgid ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
-"Choose the one that matches your server the best."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337
-msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338
-msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339
-msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663
-msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784
-msgid "Server Scenario"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:286
-msgid "Installation Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:340
-msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.glade:634
-msgid "Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-"\t "
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/country.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/country.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/country.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/crowbar.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/crowbar.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/crowbar.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/dhcp-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/dhcp-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/dhcp-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
@@ -535,75 +535,74 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
-"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
-"Really use this interface?\n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -611,48 +610,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -660,7 +659,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
@@ -671,7 +670,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
@@ -679,53 +678,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -733,8 +732,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -742,135 +741,135 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -883,15 +882,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -903,7 +902,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/dns-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/dns-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/dns-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/drbd.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/drbd.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/drbd.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -20,6 +20,16 @@
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+msgid "DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+msgid "&DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
@@ -57,20 +67,72 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
+msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
+msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63
-msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
+msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
-msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
+msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -94,7 +156,7 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -108,7 +170,7 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
@@ -125,14 +187,77 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
+msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -142,32 +267,33 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
-"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
-"configured in this file.</p>\n"
+" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
+" without reloading the module.\n"
+" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n"
+" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
-"If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
+"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -175,30 +301,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -207,7 +333,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -215,7 +341,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -231,12 +357,13 @@
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567
-msgid "Fill out all fields."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568
+msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -278,8 +405,8 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
msgid ""
-"To propagate this configuration,\n"
-"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
+"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
@@ -293,85 +420,144 @@
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
-msgid "Starting DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr ""
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
-msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
+#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+msgid ""
+"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
+"%2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. if (!modified) return true;
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502
+msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/fcoe-client.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/fcoe-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/fcoe-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -35,20 +35,55 @@
msgid "&FcoeClient"
msgstr ""
+#. setting of config value is 'yes'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. setting of config value is 'no'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
msgid ""
"Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n"
"Command %1 failed."
msgstr ""
+#. FCoE is not available on the interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
+msgid "not available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
+msgid "not configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is 'true'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
+msgid "true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is 'false'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
+msgid "false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is not set at all
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
+msgid "not set"
+msgstr ""
+
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -56,7 +91,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -64,12 +99,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
msgstr ""
#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
msgid ""
"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n"
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
@@ -77,28 +112,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
msgstr ""
#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
msgid ""
"Attention:\n"
"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n"
@@ -106,30 +141,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
msgstr ""
#. replace values in table
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. text of a warning popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
msgstr ""
#. text of an information (notify) popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
msgid ""
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
@@ -449,197 +484,188 @@
msgstr ""
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr ""
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
+msgstr ""
+
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
"VLAN interface to get a valid configuration."
msgstr ""
-#. it's about a flag which is not set at all
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110
-msgid "not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. also about setting of a flag
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "true"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "false"
-msgstr ""
-
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
msgid "Check services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr ""
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr ""
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr ""
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall-services.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall-services.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall-services.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/firewall.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/firstboot.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/firstboot.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/firstboot.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ftp-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/ftp-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ftp-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/geo-cluster.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/geo-cluster.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/geo-cluster.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -71,92 +71,249 @@
#.
#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "configuration file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "arbitrator ip"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "transport"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#. return `cacel or a string
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#. parser value first
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+msgid "retries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+msgid "weights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188
+msgid "expire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+msgid "acquire-after"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+msgid "before-acquire-handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231
+msgid "expire is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+msgid "acquireafter is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+msgid "retries is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+msgid "weights is no valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgstr ""
+#. fill confs with global_files
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332
+msgid "site have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337
+msgid "ticket have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582
+msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!"
+msgstr ""
+
#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317
+#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd.
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Geo Cluster configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527
+msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573
+msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576
+msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589
+msgid "port is invalid!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595
+msgid "transport have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+msgid "site have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605
+msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650
+msgid "Choose configuration file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+msgid "GeoCluster Configurations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+msgid "Cannot write global settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,75 +322,63 @@
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#. read sites
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311
-msgid "Cannot write global settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315
-msgid "Cannot write sites settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write ticket
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318
-msgid "Cannot write ticket settings."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/gtk.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/gtk.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/gtk.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/http-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/http-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/http-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/inetd.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/inetd.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/inetd.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/installation.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/installation.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/installation.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -51,22 +51,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78
+#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73
+#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr ""
@@ -245,6 +245,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -301,7 +302,7 @@
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
@@ -355,10 +356,22 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336
-msgid "License needs to be accepted"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -546,11 +559,11 @@
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -571,13 +584,22 @@
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. download release notes now
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
+#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. bug #302384
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
@@ -596,64 +618,64 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -672,11 +694,6 @@
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
-msgid "Initializing the installation..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
@@ -689,13 +706,6 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
-msgid "Initializing"
-msgstr ""
-
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
msgid "Installation Options"
@@ -874,12 +884,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -888,38 +898,38 @@
#. not using tabs
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
msgstr ""
#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -928,45 +938,45 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. menu button
#. menu button
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
msgid "&Export Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -976,7 +986,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1004,7 +1014,7 @@
#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
#.
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -1013,7 +1023,7 @@
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1022,7 +1032,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1031,7 +1041,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1040,7 +1050,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1048,12 +1058,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1062,7 +1072,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1070,7 +1080,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
msgid ""
"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
@@ -1078,11 +1088,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1197,65 +1207,49 @@
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
-msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
-msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140
-msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141
-msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1263,7 +1257,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1272,151 +1266,151 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
msgid "Removed"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr ""
-#. Removes selected repositories
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813
+#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr ""
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1426,7 +1420,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1436,7 +1430,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1445,7 +1439,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1454,7 +1448,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1456,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1531,52 +1525,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62
-msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70
+#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1608,7 +1597,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1801,3 +1790,44 @@
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr ""
+
+#. Text to display
+#.
+#. @return String
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checking whether images are supported
+#. BNC #409927
+#. Checking files for signatures
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+msgid "Deploying..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
+#.
+#. @see #all_supported_types
+#. @see #objects_state
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+msgid "Storing user preferences..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+msgid ""
+"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
+"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/instserver.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/instserver.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/instserver.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/iplb.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/iplb.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/iplb.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -91,6 +91,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+msgid "&Global Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
msgid "Check Interval"
msgstr ""
@@ -200,7 +216,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -440,7 +456,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -578,6 +594,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+msgid ""
+"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -590,6 +612,20 @@
msgid "weight"
msgstr ""
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+msgid "IP address is not Valid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+msgid "Add a new real server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+msgid "Edit the real server:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-client.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -63,146 +63,150 @@
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109
-msgid "Initiator Name"
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+msgid "&Initiator Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115
-msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
+msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr ""
#. table of connected targets
#. table of discovered targets
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "Log In"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Startup"
msgstr ""
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr ""
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr ""
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -211,9 +215,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr ""
@@ -421,12 +425,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -434,36 +438,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -543,12 +547,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. interface type for hardware offloading
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70
-msgid "(Software)"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
+msgid "default (Software)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
+msgid "all"
+msgstr ""
+
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -557,6 +565,6 @@
msgstr ""
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-lio-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-lio-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-lio-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/iscsi-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/isns.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/isns.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/isns.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -277,81 +277,81 @@
msgstr ""
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172
msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf)
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/kdump.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/kdump.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/kdump.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -359,8 +359,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -488,15 +488,6 @@
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr ""
-#. checking if packages are available
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103
-msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115
-msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
@@ -1079,126 +1070,126 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/kerberos-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/kerberos-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/kerberos-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/kerberos.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/kerberos.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/kerberos.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/languages_db.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/languages_db.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/languages_db.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap-client.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ldap.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -230,46 +230,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
msgid ""
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
msgstr ""
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
msgstr ""
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
msgid ""
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
#. entry of the current template.</p>
#. ") +
#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
@@ -291,12 +291,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/live-installer.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/live-installer.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/live-installer.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/lxc.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/lxc.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/lxc.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/mail.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/mail.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/mail.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/multipath.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/multipath.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/multipath.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ncurses-pkg.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/ncurses-pkg.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ncurses-pkg.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ncurses.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/ncurses.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ncurses.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/network.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/network.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/network.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -83,84 +83,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC
-#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104
-msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114
-msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119
-msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123
-msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128
-msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132
-msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -168,13 +134,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -182,13 +148,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
+#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292
+msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296
+msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301
+msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305
+msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317
+msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319
+msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324
+msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328
+msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Commandline help title
#. configuration of hosts
#. Hosts dialog caption
@@ -450,9 +451,18 @@
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr ""
-#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst();
-#. Lan::Autoinstall();
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173
+#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
+#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
+#. has higher priority
+#.
+#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
+#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
+#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
+#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
+#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
+#. Other elements may have similar problems,
+#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -532,7 +542,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -630,7 +640,7 @@
msgid "Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -699,13 +709,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -1064,14 +1074,14 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1084,7 +1094,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1267,35 +1277,35 @@
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1309,11 +1319,11 @@
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
-#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131
+#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
-"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Network card name (wireless)
@@ -1524,7 +1534,7 @@
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr ""
-#. encoding: utf-8
+#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
#.
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -1612,7 +1622,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1622,13 +1632,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#. radio button group label, method of setup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1637,7 +1646,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -1664,7 +1673,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1672,20 +1681,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1693,7 +1702,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1701,19 +1710,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1721,92 +1730,92 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269
msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291
msgid "&USB"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300
msgid "&Hotplug Type"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305
msgid "P&CI"
msgstr ""
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: Ud ... Rules
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380
-msgid "Udev rules"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
msgid "Change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
-msgid "Show visible port identification"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396
+msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr ""
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406
msgid "Blink"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409
-msgid "Ethtool options"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411
+msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr ""
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1814,26 +1823,26 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
msgid "&Search"
msgstr ""
#. Remember current device number (#308763)
#. see also bnc#391802
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1841,138 +1850,138 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr ""
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -1980,7 +1989,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr ""
@@ -2023,28 +2032,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
-"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n"
@@ -2052,7 +2060,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2062,12 +2070,12 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2076,7 +2084,7 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2084,13 +2092,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2098,14 +2106,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2114,7 +2122,7 @@
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2123,14 +2131,14 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2146,7 +2154,7 @@
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2154,7 +2162,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2164,7 +2172,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2178,26 +2186,26 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2205,7 +2213,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2213,7 +2221,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2221,7 +2229,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2229,19 +2237,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2252,11 +2260,11 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2266,19 +2274,19 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2301,21 +2309,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2323,14 +2331,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2347,14 +2355,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2376,7 +2384,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2407,7 +2415,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2418,14 +2426,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -2969,23 +2977,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ramote Administration dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr ""
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
@@ -2996,17 +3004,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3017,112 +3025,111 @@
#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254
msgid "unplugged"
msgstr ""
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr ""
+#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
+#.
+#. see bnc#433084
+#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
+#.
+#. returns true if items were disabled
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008
+msgid ""
+"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
+"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
-#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM
-#. see bnc#433084
-#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100
-msgid ""
-"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
-"cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
-"\n"
-"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
-"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
@@ -3367,7 +3374,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3561,76 +3568,81 @@
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr ""
+#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+msgid "NetworkManager Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ifup is a program name
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+msgid "Traditional ifup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+msgid "Wicked Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+msgid "Network Services Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#. radio button label
-#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager
-#. program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
-msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365
-msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radio button label
-#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
-msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
+msgid "General Network Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
msgstr ""
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr ""
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr ""
@@ -3646,98 +3658,94 @@
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
-msgid "Device name:"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95
+msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
-msgid "Base udev rule on"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101
+msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
-#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one.
-#.
-#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid
-#.
-#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154
+#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3756,389 +3764,408 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
+#. Import data
+#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME:
#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
+#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
+#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
+"firewall settings will be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable xinetd
+#. Enable XDM
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335
+msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415
+#. description in proposal
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -4186,16 +4213,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr ""
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123
msgid "Firewall Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs_server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs_server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/nfs_server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -71,27 +71,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -155,63 +155,55 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
-#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-"with spaces in their names.\n"
-"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-msgstr ""
-
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -219,25 +211,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -245,51 +237,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -297,82 +289,77 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
+#. Help, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
-msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -380,83 +367,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302
-msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308
-msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315
-msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-msgstr ""
-
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/nis.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/nis.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/nis.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/nis_server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/nis_server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/nis_server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
#. To translators: checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100
+#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98
msgid "This host is also a NIS &client"
msgstr ""
@@ -368,22 +368,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84
-msgid "N&IS domain name:"
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
+msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
msgstr ""
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
+msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109
msgid "Slave Server Setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/ntp-client.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/ntp-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/ntp-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -45,21 +45,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. try to line up the widgets horizontally
#. push button label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
@@ -72,21 +71,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
+#. update time widgets
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481
-msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+msgid ""
+"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
+"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
+"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. local clock type name
@@ -588,10 +595,13 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -599,7 +609,7 @@
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
@@ -608,7 +618,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -618,7 +628,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -628,14 +638,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -643,14 +653,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -658,7 +668,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -670,14 +680,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -686,7 +696,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -695,7 +705,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -703,7 +713,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -711,7 +721,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -719,7 +729,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -728,7 +738,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -736,7 +746,7 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -748,49 +758,49 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -798,7 +808,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -808,7 +818,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -816,7 +826,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -829,7 +839,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -837,7 +847,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -847,7 +857,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -856,7 +866,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1189,117 +1199,120 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#. error report
+#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
+#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
+#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
+#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr ""
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr ""
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr ""
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr ""
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/oneclickinstall.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/oneclickinstall.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/oneclickinstall.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/online-update-configuration.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/online-update-configuration.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/online-update-configuration.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/online-update.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/online-update.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/online-update.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -107,13 +107,18 @@
msgid "Initializing Online Update"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no message
-#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209
msgid ""
"No update repository\n"
"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
msgstr ""
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222
+msgid "No update repository configured yet."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress window label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49
msgid "Progress Log"
Added: trunk/yast/jv/po/opensuse_mirror.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/opensuse_mirror.jv.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/opensuse_mirror.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# Javanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
+"Language: id\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Mirrored"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "&Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145
+msgid "&Do not Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146
+msgid "Select/Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/packager.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/packager.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/packager.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -138,6 +138,15 @@
msgid "&Text Mode"
msgstr ""
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706
+msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
msgid "Copy Installation Media"
@@ -455,7 +464,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -518,7 +527,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -737,7 +746,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -745,7 +754,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1071,7 +1080,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -1292,7 +1301,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1324,71 +1333,71 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1433,7 +1442,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -1441,13 +1450,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ""
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
msgid "Done."
msgstr ""
@@ -1455,21 +1464,21 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr ""
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
msgid "Total"
msgstr ""
@@ -1478,144 +1487,185 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr ""
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr ""
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr ""
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr ""
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr ""
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr ""
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr ""
+#. newly installed products
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696
+msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. product update: %s is a product name
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708
+msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Removing another product might be an issue
+#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725
+msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
+#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1623,50 +1673,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1675,72 +1725,74 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param string filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293
msgid "&Language"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
-msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+#. check box label
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr ""
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399
-msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
+#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
+"%{license_url}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. dialog title
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1819,165 +1871,170 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34
+msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719
msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
msgid "&NFS..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156
msgid "(default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr ""
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -1986,53 +2043,53 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2042,23 +2099,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2067,42 +2124,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2110,17 +2167,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2130,20 +2187,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2156,7 +2213,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2164,11 +2221,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2180,12 +2237,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2193,71 +2250,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2272,7 +2329,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2281,12 +2338,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949
-msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957
+msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2294,7 +2351,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2302,7 +2359,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2312,7 +2369,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2321,25 +2378,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2349,11 +2406,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587
+msgid "Add On Product"
+msgstr ""
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
@@ -2445,7 +2506,9 @@
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680
+#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
+#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr ""
@@ -2515,12 +2578,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
msgid ""
"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -2528,7 +2591,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/pam.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/pam.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/pam.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/pkg-bindings.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/pkg-bindings.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/pkg-bindings.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
msgstr ""
@@ -177,6 +177,6 @@
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/printer.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/printer.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/printer.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/product-creator.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/product-creator.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/product-creator.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/proxy.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/proxy.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/proxy.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/qt-pkg.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/qt-pkg.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/qt-pkg.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -39,47 +39,47 @@
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr ""
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
msgid "File List"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr ""
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
@@ -89,175 +89,175 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
msgid "&Package"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr ""
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr ""
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr ""
@@ -265,56 +265,56 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr ""
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr ""
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr ""
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/qt.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/qt.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/qt.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -58,14 +58,14 @@
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:640
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup dialog caption
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:653
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/rdp.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/rdp.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/rdp.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/rear.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/rear.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/rear.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/registration.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/registration.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/registration.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,45 +16,84 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37
msgid ""
-"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n"
-"to use the default SUSE registration server."
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr ""
+#. %s is the default SCC URL
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52
+#. popup message
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr ""
#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised
-#. register the system
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164
+#. nil = use the default URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549
+#. register the base product
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
-#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text
+#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
+#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236
+msgid "Updating to %s ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. display the registration update dialog
+#. dialog title
+#. dialog title
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Registration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
@@ -62,47 +101,49 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
-msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309
msgid "Network Configuration..."
msgstr ""
-#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373
-msgid "&Email"
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218
-msgid "&Skip Registration"
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
msgstr ""
-#. TODO: improve the help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products."
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335
+msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr ""
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371
-msgid "Registration"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377
msgid ""
"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -110,55 +151,25 @@
"on-line updates during installation?"
msgstr ""
-#. use two column layout if needed
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %s are product names
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
-"dependencies:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411
-msgid "Extension Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
#. cache the available addons
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485
-msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
+#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
+msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595
-msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -170,324 +181,611 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494
msgid "Register Again"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
msgid "Select Extensions"
msgstr ""
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
-#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:42
-msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194
-msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
-#. register the base product
-#. register addons
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Registering Product..."
-msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-msgstr[0] ""
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
-#. ---------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238
-msgid "Add-on &Name"
+#. remove possible duplicates
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243
+msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267
-msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?"
+#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
+#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
+#. but better than aborting the installation...
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259
+msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
-msgid "Name"
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263
+msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
-msgid "Registration Code"
+#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
+#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr ""
-#. TODO FIXME: add a help text
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312
-msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
+msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349
-msgid "Product Registration"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
+msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351
-msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
-"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
+msgid "Registration Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356
-msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
-"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
+msgid "E-mail Address: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364
-msgid "Register the Product"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
+msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379
-msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Install Available Updates"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387
-msgid "Server Settings"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
+msgid "Registration Server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391
-msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+msgid "Server URL: %s"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396
-msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+msgid "Use SLP discovery"
msgstr ""
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403
-msgid "Optional Server Certificate"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
+msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421
-msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s"
msgstr ""
-#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478
-msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
+msgid "Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
+msgid "Secure Connection Error"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
+msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
-msgid "Connection time out."
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
+msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
-msgid ""
-"The email address is not known or\n"
-"the registration code is not valid."
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
-msgid "Registration client error."
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87
-msgid ""
-"Registration server error.\n"
-"Retry registration later."
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-msgid "Registration failed."
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
msgstr ""
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+msgid "Issued By"
msgstr ""
-#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142
-msgid "Details: %s"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
+msgid "Validity"
msgstr ""
-#. label follwed by a certificate description
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147
-msgid "Certificate:"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
+msgid "Issued On: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151
-msgid "Issued To"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154
-msgid "Issued By"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
+msgid "Expires On: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
+msgid "Serial Number: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176
-msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
-msgid "Organization (O): "
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180
-msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82
+msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
+msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
+"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
+"might take very long time.\n"
+"\n"
+"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n"
+"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n"
+"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n"
+"the upgrade again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. add the hint to the error details
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+msgid "Registration failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115
+msgid "Registration client error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117
+msgid ""
+"Registration server error.\n"
+"Retry registration later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
+msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. %s are error details
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184
+msgid "Details: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
-#. return the boot command line parameter
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-msgid "Searching..."
+#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
+#. the original error message from openSSL
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228
+msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34
+msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr ""
+#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze
+#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM!
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8
+msgid "SSL Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10
+msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. indent size used in summary text
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Certificate:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
#. # error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
-#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the
-#. not accepted extension
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65
+#. ask user to accept an addon EULA
+#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon
+#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
msgid ""
"Downloading the license for\n"
"%s\n"
"failed."
msgstr ""
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93
-msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95
-msgid "%s License Agreement"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
+msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
+msgstr[0] ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
+msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
+msgstr[0] ""
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (3/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Identifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Release Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Registration Code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disable download on a non-registered system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. replace the content
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "&Release Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+msgid ""
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Register the Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Server Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "none"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+msgid "Certificate has expired"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. input field label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. return the boot command line parameter
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/reipl.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/reipl.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/reipl.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -238,30 +238,30 @@
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/relocation-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/relocation-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/relocation-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/s390.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/s390.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/s390.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-client.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-client.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -188,6 +188,15 @@
msgid "M&aximum"
msgstr ""
+#. require_groups
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
+msgid "Allowed Group(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
+msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combobox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
msgid "&Kerberos Method"
@@ -760,7 +769,10 @@
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
@@ -830,12 +842,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -858,6 +872,143 @@
"Try again."
msgstr ""
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+msgid "Read the winbind status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+msgid "Disable Samba services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+msgid "Enable Samba services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary item: authentication using winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-users.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-users.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/samba-users.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/scanner.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/scanner.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/scanner.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/security.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/security.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/security.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/services-manager.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/services-manager.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/services-manager.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,12 +16,192 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
msgstr ""
@@ -61,3 +241,63 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
+msgid "Default Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state
+#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Systemd targets
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/slp-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/slp-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/slp-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/snapper.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/snapper.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/snapper.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -22,258 +22,258 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -294,17 +294,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/sound.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/sound.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/sound.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/squid.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/squid.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/squid.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/sshd.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/sshd.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/sshd.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/storage.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/storage.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/storage.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -91,13 +91,13 @@
#. this is the resize case
#.
#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -129,15 +129,21 @@
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -753,7 +759,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -771,7 +777,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -781,7 +787,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -791,7 +797,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -801,7 +807,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -811,7 +817,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -824,7 +830,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -834,7 +840,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
@@ -845,7 +851,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -857,7 +863,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -869,7 +875,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -878,7 +884,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -889,22 +895,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -918,7 +910,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -933,12 +925,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -951,7 +943,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -960,7 +952,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -969,7 +961,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -977,7 +969,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -985,53 +977,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1040,7 +1032,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1050,7 +1042,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1060,7 +1052,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1075,13 +1067,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1108,7 +1100,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1119,7 +1111,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1139,7 +1131,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1148,7 +1140,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1460,7 +1452,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1471,21 +1463,21 @@
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1517,7 +1509,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1530,7 +1522,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1543,7 +1535,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1565,7 +1557,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1739,12 +1731,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1752,31 +1744,31 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1786,54 +1778,59 @@
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
+msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr ""
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -1841,51 +1838,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really rescan disks?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+msgid ""
+"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+"Really call FCoE configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2150,14 +2154,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+msgid "Operating System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "Swap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+msgid "Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2165,54 +2199,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2221,17 +2255,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2241,7 +2275,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2250,56 +2284,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2307,8 +2341,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2320,33 +2354,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2356,7 +2390,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2365,12 +2399,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2553,56 +2587,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2615,7 +2649,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -3468,12 +3502,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3669,7 +3703,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -3867,17 +3901,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3978,115 +4012,123 @@
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
msgid "UUID"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
msgid "Used by"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr ""
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr ""
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+msgid "Optimal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
@@ -4097,14 +4139,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
@@ -4113,14 +4155,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -4425,23 +4467,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -4449,29 +4491,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
@@ -4479,36 +4521,36 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509
msgid "Mountable by &User"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -4518,12 +4560,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -4531,12 +4573,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -4548,40 +4590,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -4589,89 +4631,89 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
@@ -4679,12 +4721,12 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
@@ -4692,37 +4734,37 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
@@ -4731,12 +4773,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -4744,31 +4786,31 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -4777,19 +4819,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -4802,12 +4844,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -4815,41 +4857,41 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr ""
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
@@ -4857,12 +4899,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -4875,7 +4917,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -4888,7 +4930,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4898,7 +4940,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4912,7 +4954,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4925,7 +4967,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -4934,7 +4976,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -4942,7 +4984,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -4951,24 +4993,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -4976,12 +5018,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -4989,86 +5031,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5076,7 +5118,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5084,7 +5126,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5092,18 +5134,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5691,48 +5733,48 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5741,32 +5783,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -5793,22 +5835,22 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/sudo.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/sudo.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/sudo.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/support.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/support.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/support.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -38,11 +38,11 @@
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
-msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
+msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
-msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
+msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
-msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
+msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
@@ -323,8 +323,8 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n"
+"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/sysconfig.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/sysconfig.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/sysconfig.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -463,3 +463,99 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
+
+#. Translation: Progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Display confirmation dialog
+#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
+#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
+#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+msgid "S&kip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. get activation map for variable
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+msgid "Activate the changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. service is running, reload it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. service is running, restart it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. set 100% in progress bar
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/tftp-server.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/tftp-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/tftp-server.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/timezone_db.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/timezone_db.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/timezone_db.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/tune.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/tune.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/tune.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -16,53 +16,58 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""
#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
msgid "Probing Hardware..."
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
#. title label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
msgid "&All Entries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
msgid "&Save to File..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
msgid "Hardware Information"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
msgstr ""
+#. installation proposal header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
+msgid "System and Hardware Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
#. this is a heading
#. tree node string
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
msgid "S&ystem"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/update.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/update.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/update.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr ""
@@ -148,18 +148,18 @@
#. Table item (unknown file system)
#. label - name of sustem to update
#. starts with >`<
-#. label for an unknown installed system
+#. Get installed release name
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. label showing to which version we are updating
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
msgid "Update to %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -218,9 +218,19 @@
"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no question
+#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
msgid ""
+"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n"
+"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n"
+"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
+msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to reset your detailed selection?"
msgstr ""
@@ -228,13 +238,13 @@
#. error report
#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
msgid "Failed to mount target system"
msgstr ""
#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
msgstr ""
@@ -305,12 +315,12 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr ""
#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
msgstr ""
@@ -318,14 +328,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -333,22 +343,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr ""
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -357,17 +367,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr ""
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -376,27 +386,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
msgid "Unknown Linux"
msgstr ""
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux"
msgstr ""
#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
@@ -404,12 +414,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
msgid "Partition or System to Update:"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
@@ -417,12 +427,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
msgid "Select for Update"
msgstr ""
#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
@@ -431,69 +441,69 @@
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
msgid "Partition"
msgstr ""
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
msgid "File System"
msgstr ""
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
msgid "Label"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
msgid "&Show All Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
msgid "&Boot"
msgstr ""
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
msgid ""
"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n"
"on the selected partition."
msgstr ""
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
msgid ""
"The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n"
"is different from the one of this product.\n"
msgstr ""
#. pop-up question
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
msgid "&Yes, Use It"
msgstr ""
#. Target load failed, #466803
#. Target load failed, #466803
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
msgid ""
"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n"
"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n"
@@ -501,29 +511,29 @@
"Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr ""
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -533,7 +543,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -542,23 +552,23 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr ""
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr ""
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -566,24 +576,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -594,7 +604,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -607,39 +617,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -647,17 +657,17 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr ""
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -665,22 +675,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr ""
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -690,7 +700,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -699,17 +709,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr ""
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr ""
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -728,34 +738,60 @@
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr ""
+#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
+#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
+#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
+#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
+#.
+#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
+#. @return [String] product name
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
+msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:817
-msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
+#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
+#. and we don't continue further
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
+"%{patterns}"
msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
+"%{packages}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:34
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:63
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
msgid "Update System Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:71
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
msgid "Update Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/users.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/users.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/users.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise user to remember his new password
+#. advise users to remember their new password
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgstr ""
@@ -3977,22 +3977,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/vm.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/vm.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/vm.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -27,132 +27,164 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184
+#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236
+msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237
+msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252
+msgid "KVM server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253
+msgid "KVM tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260
+msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290
+msgid "Virtualization client tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308
+msgid "Xen server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309
+msgid "Xen tools"
+msgstr ""
+
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,26 +197,26 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560
msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563
msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/wagon.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/wagon.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/wagon.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/wol.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/wol.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/wol.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/xpram.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/xpram.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/xpram.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/jv/po/yast2-apparmor.jv.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/jv/po/yast2-apparmor.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
+++ trunk/yast/jv/po/yast2-apparmor.jv.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"
@@ -295,11 +295,11 @@
#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "&Done"
msgstr ""
@@ -1059,61 +1059,69 @@
msgid "Could not recognize mode: "
msgstr ""
-#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128
+#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
+msgid "enforce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+msgid "complain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
msgid "Show All Profiles"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
msgid "Show Active Profiles"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
#. TODO switch to variable in a module
#. TODO plain reread does not work here
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
msgid "Profile Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
msgid "Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
msgid "Toggle Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
msgid "Set All to Enforce"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
msgid "Set All to Complain"
msgstr ""
#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
msgid "Profile Mode Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
msgid "Configure Profile Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
msgid "Select an action to perform."
msgstr ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:32:21 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89754
Added:
trunk/yast/zu/po/cio.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/opensuse_mirror.zu.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/zu/po/add-on-creator.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/add-on.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/audit-laf.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/auth-client.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/auth-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/autoinst.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/base.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/bootloader.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/ca-management.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/cluster.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/control-center.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/control.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/country.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/crowbar.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/dhcp-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/dns-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/drbd.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/fcoe-client.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/firewall-services.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/firewall.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/firstboot.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/ftp-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/geo-cluster.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/gtk.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/http-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/inetd.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/installation.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/instserver.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/iplb.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-client.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-lio-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/isns.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/kdump.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/kerberos-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/kerberos.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/languages_db.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap-client.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/live-installer.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/lxc.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/mail.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/multipath.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/ncurses-pkg.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/ncurses.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/network.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/nfs.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/nfs_server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/nis.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/nis_server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/ntp-client.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/oneclickinstall.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/online-update-configuration.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/online-update.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/packager.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/pam.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/pkg-bindings.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/printer.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/product-creator.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/proxy.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/qt-pkg.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/qt.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/rdp.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/rear.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/registration.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/reipl.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/relocation-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/s390.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-client.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-users.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/scanner.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/security.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/services-manager.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/slp-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/snapper.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/sound.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/squid.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/sshd.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/storage.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/sudo.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/support.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/sysconfig.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/tftp-server.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/timezone_db.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/tune.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/update.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/users.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/vm.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/wagon.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/wol.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/xpram.zu.po
trunk/yast/zu/po/yast2-apparmor.zu.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/add-on-creator.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/add-on-creator.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/add-on-creator.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/add-on.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/add-on.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/add-on.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -43,21 +43,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Imikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo"
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ilungiselela ukuqala imikhiqizo eyenezelwayo...</p>"
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Akwaziwa"
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "Ukufakwa Kwemikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo"
@@ -229,36 +229,36 @@
#. ...
#. ]
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
#, fuzzy
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "Awukho umkhiqizo otholakele kwikhathalogi"
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
#, fuzzy
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr "Ayikho ikhathalogi etholakalayo kulokhu."
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqalisa umthombo omusha..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "I-URL: %1, I-Directory: %2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
#, fuzzy
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr "Ukukhethwa Kwe-software"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
"Kuzoba namakhathalogi amaningi atholakala kule ndawo oyikhethile.\n"
" Khetha ikhathalogi ozoyisebenzisa.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr "Akukho okutholakele"
@@ -282,34 +282,34 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Ikuyeke ngempela ukufakwa komkhiqizo owenezelwayo?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "Khetha i-entry."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "Izidingo zomkhiqizo owenezelwe azifezeki."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "Ukukhethwa Komkhiqizo"
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "Imikhiqizo Etholakalayo"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
@@ -321,12 +321,12 @@
" ukuyifaka.</p>\n"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "Izidingo zomkhiqizo owenezelwe azifezeki."
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big></br>\n"
@@ -345,97 +345,97 @@
" wukhethe bese uchofoza u-<b>Susa</b>.</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "I-URL: %1, I-Directory: %2"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Umkhiqizo"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Imidiya"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr "Khetha umkhiqizo ozowususa."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "Imikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "Imikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
msgid "URL"
msgstr "I-URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
#, fuzzy
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr "Umphathi Wokusongwayo"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sebenzisa u-<b>Okusha</b> ukuze wakhe iphethini entsha noma u-<b>Dlulisa ukwaziswa</b> ukuze udlulise iphethini esikhona kakade.</p>"
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Amabalengwe:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "umthengisi ongaziwa"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Uhlelo: </b>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "Iphutha Elingaziwa"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Amabalengwe:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "Iphrosesa Engaziwa"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
#, fuzzy
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Amabalengwe:</b> %1<br>"
@@ -443,18 +443,18 @@
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Iphrosesa Engaziwa"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "Akwaziwa"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr "Ivuselela imoduli yeqoqo lezinqubo ezibalulekile eziyisidingo..."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/audit-laf.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/audit-laf.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/audit-laf.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -862,32 +862,51 @@
msgid "Cannot read audit.rules."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufunda amakhathalogi."
-#. Error message
+#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?"
+msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
+msgstr "Uyafuna ukweqa Ukubhalisa?"
+
+#. question continues
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467
+msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
-"Do you want to start it now?"
+msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476
-msgid ""
-" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
-"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
-"Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#. Headline of a popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Sound Daemons"
+msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
+msgstr "Ama-daemon Omsindo"
+
+#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "Start and &Enable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Start"
+msgstr "&Qala"
+
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Audit daemon not running."
-msgstr "Isevisi ayisebenzi"
+#| msgid "Do not install"
+msgid "&Do not start"
+msgstr "Ungafaki"
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuqalisa kabusha i-daemon ye-NTP."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492
msgid ""
"The rules may be locked.\n"
"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n"
@@ -896,40 +915,40 @@
msgstr ""
#. Auditd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Audit Configuration"
msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa kwe-inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write the rules"
msgstr "Bhala amaphethini"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing the rules..."
msgstr "Ibhala amaphethini..."
#. check first whether rules are already locked
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588
#, fuzzy
msgid "The rules are already locked."
msgstr "I-target isixhunyiwe kakade."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589
msgid ""
"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n"
"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n"
@@ -937,35 +956,39 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
msgstr "Ukuqala kabusha isevisi %1 akuphumelelanga"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi ku-%1."
#. Error message, rules cannot be set
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652
msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi ku-%1."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707
#, fuzzy
msgid "Log file"
msgstr "&Ifayela Yekhompuyutha"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running."
+#~ msgstr "Isevisi ayisebenzi"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Unknown option"
#~ msgstr "Okukhethiwe okungaziwa: %1"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/auth-client.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/auth-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/auth-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -56,12 +56,12 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Khansela"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OK"
#. Waiting for response
#. Waiting for response
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Help"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usizo"
#. No we open the dialog
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "New"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Okusha"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Add New Domain"
@@ -178,15 +178,15 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Nezela"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hlela"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Susa"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
@@ -390,23 +390,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/auth-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/auth-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/auth-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72
msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vula isevisi"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73
msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cisha isevisi"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75
msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")"
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98
msgid "File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ifayela"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99
msgid "Position"
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
#. all known interfaces for testing
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vula i-Port KwiFayawoli"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ifayawoli icishiwe"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: "
@@ -236,6 +236,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Edit existing configuration"
+msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
+msgstr "Hlela umiso olukhona"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n"
@@ -274,7 +280,7 @@
#. ********************
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48
msgid "General Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amasethingi Avamile"
#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database
#. dialogs
@@ -290,7 +296,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amasethingi Esihenqo Esiyisivikelo"
#. create new item
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198
@@ -355,7 +361,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amasethingi Ayisisekelo e-Kerberos:"
#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase.
#. Please think twice please before you translate this,
@@ -387,7 +393,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "Current Selection: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ukukhetha Kwamanje:"
#. tree widget headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789
@@ -438,7 +444,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iphasiwedi"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073
msgid "Validate Password"
@@ -465,7 +471,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iphrothokholi"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Provider Hostname"
@@ -487,7 +493,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
msgid "Bro&wse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Phe&qa"
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231
@@ -655,20 +661,22 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
-"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
+"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
@@ -678,14 +686,14 @@
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n"
"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n"
@@ -695,13 +703,13 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
@@ -709,7 +717,7 @@
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n"
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
@@ -719,28 +727,28 @@
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
@@ -751,17 +759,17 @@
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
@@ -770,7 +778,7 @@
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n"
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
@@ -779,30 +787,30 @@
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
@@ -810,34 +818,34 @@
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
@@ -845,30 +853,30 @@
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
@@ -876,21 +884,21 @@
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
@@ -902,11 +910,11 @@
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
@@ -914,21 +922,21 @@
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n"
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
@@ -938,15 +946,15 @@
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
@@ -954,28 +962,28 @@
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
@@ -985,22 +993,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Iyayeka Ukulungiselela Ukuqalisa:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Liyeke ngokuphepha ithuluzi lokuhlela ngokucindezela u-<b>Yeka</b> manje.</p>"
#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
@@ -1008,11 +1018,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
@@ -1020,78 +1030,78 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
@@ -1099,19 +1109,19 @@
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
@@ -1119,71 +1129,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
@@ -1191,7 +1201,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
@@ -1201,29 +1211,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
@@ -1232,231 +1242,231 @@
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: database_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: acl_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : dict_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1765,6 +1775,12 @@
#. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id$
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
+msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Client Ye-LDAP"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
msgstr ""
@@ -1811,7 +1827,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. ****************************************
@@ -1850,7 +1866,7 @@
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100
msgid "Databases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Izizinda Zokwaziswa"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
msgid "Suffix DN"
@@ -1940,7 +1956,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407
msgid "Password &Encryption"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ukufaka Amakhodi &Okuphepha Kwiphasiwedi"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368
@@ -1954,7 +1970,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cha"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
@@ -1962,7 +1978,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yebo"
#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188
@@ -1978,7 +1994,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298
msgid "Password Policy Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwenkambiso Yephasiwedi"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307
msgid "Access Control Configuration"
@@ -2002,7 +2018,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100
msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112
@@ -2071,7 +2087,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167
msgid "None"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Akukho lutho"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174
msgid "Select &Allow Flags:"
@@ -2139,7 +2155,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234
msgid "&Browse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Pheqa..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285
msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)"
@@ -2147,7 +2163,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288
msgid "B&rowse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Phe&qa..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Launch CA Management Module"
@@ -2159,7 +2175,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305
msgid "Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-DN Yomqondisi"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81
msgid "&Append Base DN"
@@ -2219,7 +2235,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-athribhiyuthi"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452
@@ -2247,7 +2263,7 @@
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amasethingi Enqubomgomo Yephasiwedi"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47
msgid "Enable Password Policies"
@@ -2331,11 +2347,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133
msgid "Read"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Funda"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134
msgid "Write"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bhala"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135
msgid "Manage (full access)"
@@ -2356,7 +2372,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197
msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "F&aka i-DN Yesizinda"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211
msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password"
@@ -2416,7 +2432,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
msgid "Try again?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Phinda uzame?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
@@ -2493,11 +2509,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Attributes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ama-athribhuthi"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hlela"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
msgid "Access Level"
@@ -2509,7 +2525,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
msgid "Flow Control"
@@ -2560,7 +2576,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
msgid "Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-Port"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
msgid "Replication Type"
@@ -2572,19 +2588,19 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
msgid "Days"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Izinsuku"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
msgid "Hours"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amahora"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
msgid "Minutes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Imizuzu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
msgid "Seconds"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Imizuzwana"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
msgid "Authentication DN"
@@ -2690,8 +2706,8 @@
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575
msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util."
msgstr ""
@@ -2891,7 +2907,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
msgid "Not configured yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ibingakahlelwa."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472
msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist."
@@ -2954,7 +2970,7 @@
msgid "Could not create database directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
msgstr ""
@@ -2967,101 +2983,101 @@
msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027
msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukwakha i-directory."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881
msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/autoinst.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/autoinst.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/autoinst.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -110,8 +110,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr ""
-#. doClone();
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr "Amapharamitha Emodemu"
@@ -123,38 +122,33 @@
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
msgstr "Umzila oya kuphrofayli ye-AutoYaST awukho."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
-#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the
-#. system.
-#.
-#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42
+#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
msgstr "Ikopisha ukuhlelwa kwe-X Window System kwisistimu..."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown mode"
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "Imodi Engaziwa"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Comma separated list of runlevels"
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr "Uhlu oluhlukaniswa ngawokhefana lwama-runlevel"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "Yenza ikhophi yesistimu..."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92
-msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr "Iphrofayili ye-autoyast ewumphumela ingatholakala kwi-/rootautoinst.xml."
#. help 1/2
@@ -304,23 +298,23 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Irana (executing) Imibhalo Nezithombe Zekhasi (Post-Scripts)"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting services"
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Iqala kabusha amasevisi"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Iphothula Ukuhlela"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
#, fuzzy
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Ihlola umthombo %1"
@@ -2487,13 +2481,13 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
#.
#. @return the newly created node name
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid " - Drive"
msgstr "&I-drive"
#. volume group
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid " - Volume group"
msgstr "Iqembu Levolumu"
@@ -2598,11 +2592,11 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Ama-drive"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Total of %1 drive"
#| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives"
@@ -2811,28 +2805,28 @@
msgstr "Ukusebenza kwesixazululi sephakheji kuhlulekile. Sicela uhlole ingxenye ye-software yephrofayili ye-autoyast."
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
msgstr "Isu lokuhlukanisa elihlanganiswe kwiphrofayli yakho ye-XML alilingani kwihadi diski. %1MB ongekho"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr "Ayikho idivayisi ethile ngokukhethekile ehleliwe"
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Ukuhlola ikamelo eliyinhloko (root partition). Sicela ulinde..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "Alikho ikamelo eliyinhloko lakwa lakwa-Linux elitholakele."
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
@@ -2841,7 +2835,7 @@
"ukuthi yiliphi ikamelo eliyinhloko okumelwe lisetshenziswe. Ukufakwa kohlelo ngokuzenzekelayo akunakwenzeka.\n"
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/base.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/base.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/base.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Kweqe"
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Iphasiwedi"
@@ -1513,6 +1513,29 @@
msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgstr "Ihlulekile ukufaka amaphakheji adingekayo."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
+msgid "Updating system configuration..."
+msgstr "Ivuselela ukuhlela..."
+
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This may take a while"
+msgid "This may take a while."
+msgstr "Lokhu kungase kuthathe isikhashana"
+
+#. Get information about the OS release
+#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
+#. is missing.
+#.
+#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
+#. @return [String] the release information
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
@@ -2162,15 +2185,15 @@
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "I-modem"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi"
@@ -2178,27 +2201,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "I-ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "I-DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Akwaziwa"
@@ -2208,331 +2231,331 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Amakheli Engeziwe"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi Le-ARCnet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Imodi Yokudlulisa Enejubane Eliyinqaba"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "I-Bluetooth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Ukuxhumana Nge-Bluetooth"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Inethiwekhi Ye-bond"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "I-Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "Ikhadi Le-ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "I-CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "I-Interface Esuka Esiteshini Iye Esiteshin (CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "Ukuxhumana Nge-DSL"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Isithipha"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi Yenethiwekhi Eyisithipha"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "I-Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "I-Ethernet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi Ye-Ethernet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "I-FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi Ye-FDDI"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "I-Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "I-HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Ama-hipersocket"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "I-Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "Ukuxhumana Nge-ISDN"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi Yenethiwekhi Ye-Infrared"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi Ye-Infrared"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "I-IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "I-Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi Le-OSA LCS"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "I-loopback"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi Ye-Loopback"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "I-Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi Ye-Myrinet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Umugqa Olinganisene"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Ukuxhumana Ngomugqa Olinganisene"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "I-QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "I-OSA-Express noma Idivayisi Ye-QDIO (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi Yamagobolondo i-IPv6-in-IPv4"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "I-Serial Line"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Ukuxhumana Nge-serial Line"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "I-Token Ring"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi Le-Token Ring"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB"
msgstr "I-USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi Yenethiwekhi Ye-USB"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "I-VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi Yenethiwekhi Ye-VMWare"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Esebenza Ngamaza Omoya"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi Esebenza Ngamaza Omoya"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "Inethiwekhi Ye-XP"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
#, fuzzy
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Abasebenzisi Abaqhelelene"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Hlanganisa"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "Imodi Yenethiwekhi"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "I-UTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "I-InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi Ye-Infrared"
@@ -2596,7 +2619,7 @@
msgstr "&Ama-Directory Aguquliwe (Exported Directories)"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2609,28 +2632,23 @@
" Qhubeka ngempela?"
#. If there is network running, return true.
-#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false
+#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No running network detected."
-msgstr "Isilawuli senethiwekhi ye-token ring"
-
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356
-msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
+"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
-"and start this module again"
+"and start this module again\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "or continue without network."
-msgstr "2: Abasebenzizi abaningi abaseduze ngaphandle kwenethiwekhi ekude"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
msgid ""
@@ -2962,52 +2980,52 @@
msgstr "&Faka"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Iphakheji:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Usayizi:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Ilanda iphakheji %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Ilanda Iphakheji"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Bonisa &imininingwane"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Ukuhlolwa kobuqotho befayela kuhlulekile:"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Phinda uzame ukufaka amaphakheji?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Ingabe ufuna ukuyeka ukufaka uhlelo?"
@@ -3016,57 +3034,57 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Kunephutha: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Ikhipha iphakheji %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Ifaka iphakheji %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Ikhipha Iphakheji"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Ifaka Iphakheji"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Ukususwa kwephakheji %1 akuphumelelanga."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Ukufakwa kwephakheji %1 akuphumelelanga."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
@@ -3082,29 +3100,29 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "Ingxenye A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "Ingxenye B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3113,7 +3131,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
@@ -3126,7 +3144,7 @@
" Hlola ukuthi I-directory iyatholakala yini."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
@@ -3139,60 +3157,60 @@
" Hlola ukuthi isiphakelalwazi siyatholakala yini."
#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858
#, fuzzy
msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
msgstr "Ihlulekile ukumawunta imidiyamu yekhathalogi enembile."
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Khipha"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "&Buyisa I-DNS Ngokuzenzakalelayo"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Ingabe ufuna ukuphinde uzame ukufaka uhlelo?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Ingabe ufuna ukuyeqa imidiyamu?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Iyishaya indiva imidiyamu engasebenzi..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "I-&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Yakha umthombo %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha lapho yakha ikhathalogi."
@@ -3200,9 +3218,9 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuthola incazelo yekhathalogi ekude."
@@ -3210,24 +3228,24 @@
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha lapho ilanda i-metadata entsha."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Lo mthombo awusebenzi."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Umthombo we-metadata awusebenzi."
@@ -3236,101 +3254,101 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Ufuna ukuzama futhi?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Ihlola umthombo %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha lapho isahlola umthombo."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Imininingwane yokuhlola umthombo."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Umthombo we-metadata awusebenzi."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "&Inqolobane Yephrofayili:"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Ilanda iphakheji i-delta RPM %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Ilanda Iphakheji I-Delta RPM"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Yenza iphakheji i-delta RPM %1 ukuba isebenze..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Yenza iphakheji I-delta RPM ukuba isebenze"
#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744
msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Ilanda iphakheji I-patch RPM %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752
msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
msgstr "Ilanda Iphakheji I-Patch RPM"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Iqala i-script %1 (patch %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Yenza I-Script Sisebenze"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "I-patch:"
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "I-script:"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Imininingwane Ekhishwe Yi-script"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3339,7 +3357,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3349,46 +3367,46 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "Refresha"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "&Ukulanda"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Iyalanda: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Ihlola Isizinda Sokwazisa Sephakheji"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Yakha Kabusha Isizinda Sokwazisa Sephakheji. Le nqubo ingathatha isikhashana."
#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Isimo"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3397,12 +3415,12 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Iguqula isizinda sokwazisa sephakheji. Le nqubo ingathatha isikhashana."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3411,13 +3429,13 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "If i-database..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Qinisekisa Amaphakheji Afakiwe"
@@ -3429,30 +3447,30 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395
#, fuzzy
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "If i-database..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Ihlulekile ukulungiselela ukuqalisa i-directory eyi-back up"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525
#, fuzzy
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "Isizinda sokwaziswa se-MySQL"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Ukufakazelwa Komsebenzisi"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
@@ -3461,7 +3479,7 @@
msgstr "I-URL: %1"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Igama Lomsebenzisi"
@@ -3527,44 +3545,20 @@
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr "Uyasemukela yini lesi sivumelwano selayisensi?"
-#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236
-msgid ""
-"The current system is not consistent,\n"
-"some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243
-msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252
-msgid ""
-"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-"in the software manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Ukufaka amaphakheji adingekayo kuhlulekile."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3575,12 +3569,12 @@
" i-YaST ingase ingasebenzi kahle.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Ngeke ikwazi ukuqhubeka ngaphandle kokufakwa kwamaphakheji adingekayo."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3740,7 +3734,7 @@
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Amaphakheji"
@@ -4187,7 +4181,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The GnuPG key %1\n"
@@ -4212,17 +4206,17 @@
" lo khiye ungowalowo owuthumlayo ngempela."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Thumela Ukhiye I-GnuPG Ongathenjwa"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
@@ -4230,7 +4224,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4253,13 +4247,13 @@
" Nakuba kunjalo, ingabe ufuna ukulisebenzisa?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
#, fuzzy
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Izexwayiso"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
@@ -4278,87 +4272,95 @@
" Nakuba kunjalo, ingabe ufuna ukulisebenzisa?"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Isistimu yefayela engaziwa"
#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
+#. these are the initial values
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Ifaka i-driver..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Imidiya"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Amaphakheji Alahlekile"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Isikhathi"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
#, fuzzy
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Izinyathelo Ezivumelekile Kubasebenzisi:\n"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sicela ulinde njengoba kusafakwa amaphakheji.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
#, fuzzy
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Ukwaziswa Okuphathelene Nohlelo"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Umbukiso &Wama-slide"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Imininingwane..."
-#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Perform Update"
+msgid "Performing Upgrade"
+msgstr "Vuselela Uhlelo"
+
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Installation"
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Faka Uhlelo"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Ukufakwa Kwamaphakheji"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4367,17 +4369,17 @@
"ukuyeka ukufaka amaphakheji?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Iyekiwe"
#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
msgid "File not found."
msgstr ""
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr "Ilogi Yesistimu (%1)"
@@ -4986,7 +4988,7 @@
msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha ngesikhathi kwakhiwa i-initrd."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5105,7 +5107,7 @@
#. KiloByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146
msgid "KiB"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "i-KiB"
#. MegaByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
@@ -5991,6 +5993,14 @@
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "No running network detected."
+#~ msgstr "Isilawuli senethiwekhi ye-token ring"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "or continue without network."
+#~ msgstr "2: Abasebenzizi abaningi abaseduze ngaphandle kwenethiwekhi ekude"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "Usayizi Ofakiwe:"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/bootloader.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/bootloader.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/bootloader.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -121,22 +121,22 @@
msgstr "Isistimu manje isizoqalisa kabusha..."
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
msgstr "Ayikho i-boot loader ekhethiwe yokufaka uhlelo. Isistimu yakho ingase ingaqaliseki."
#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr "Ngenxa yokwakhiwa kwamakamelo, i-bootloader ayinakufakwa ngendlela efanele"
#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Ukuqalisa"
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr "&Ukuqalisa"
@@ -145,12 +145,12 @@
#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Disk Order"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwediski"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr "Amasethingi esisefo"
@@ -162,10 +162,9 @@
msgstr "Imenu Yokuqalisa"
#. `VSpacing(1),
-#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Window title
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "Ongakhetha Kukho Kwe-Boot Loader"
@@ -284,17 +283,23 @@
" kokuthi <b>Okukhethwa Kukho Kwe-Boot Loader</b> ukuze uvuselele irekhodi le-master boot uma lokho kudingekile ukuze uhlele esinye isilawuli sakho sokuqalisa\n"
" ukuze uqalise le ngxenye.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Iphathishin Yokuqalisa Evunyelaniswe Nezidingo</b> ikwenza ukwazi ukukhetha iphathishini ozoqalisa kuyo</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
@@ -303,7 +308,7 @@
"<p><b>Amapharamitha Okuxhumana E-serial</b> akuvumela ukuba uchaze amapharamitha ozowasebenzisa\n"
"kwi-serial console. Sicela ubheke incwadi ye-grub (<code>i-grub enokwaziswa)</code>) ukuze uthole imininingwane.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
@@ -317,7 +322,7 @@
" njenge<code>serial console</code>. Kulokhu, itheminali \n"
" ocindezela kuyo inkinobho izokhethwa njengetheminali ye-GRUB.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
@@ -325,19 +330,19 @@
"<p><b>Izingxenye Ze-Fallback uma i-default Ihluleka</b> iqukethe uhlu lwezinombolo zengxenye\n"
"ezizosetshenziselwa ukuqalisa uma ingxenye eyi-default ingenakuqaliswa.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ukukhetha <b>Imenu Yokufihla Ekuqaliseni</b> kuzofihla imenu yokuqalisa</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Ifayela Yemenu Yezithombe</b> ichaza ifayela ezosetshenziselwa ukuqalisa imenu yezithombe.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
@@ -349,7 +354,7 @@
" kokuthi <b>Phinda Uthayiphe Iphasiwedi</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -362,82 +367,82 @@
"Ukuze ubonise ukuhlelwa kwamadiski ngokuvumelana nohlelo olukwi-BIOS, sebenzisa inkinobho\n"
" ethi <b>Phezulu</b> nethi <b>Phansi</b> ukuze uwahlele kabusha amadiski.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Izindawo Ze-Boot Loader"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "Setha iFulegi esebenzayo kwiThebula Lamakamelo Ukuze Wenze i-Boot Partition "
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "Ukuphela Kwesikhathi Ngemizuzwana"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Ingxenye Yokuqalisa (Boot) Yohlelo"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Bhala iKhodi Yokuqalisa (Boot Code) Kwi-MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Ikamelo le-Custom Boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Qalisa kwi-Master Boot Record"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Qalisa kwi-Root Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Qalisa kwi-Boot Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Qalisa kwi-Root Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "Ama-Pharamitha eSerial Connection"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "Izingxenye ze-Fallback uma i-default Ingaphumeleli"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "Fihla Imenu lapho Kuqaliswa (Boot)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
msgstr "Ifayela Yemenu Yezithombe"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "Iphasiwedi ye-Interface YeMenu"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
#, fuzzy
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "Ifulegi Yokususa Amaphutha"
@@ -492,130 +497,130 @@
#. Common widget of a console
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Isilawuli Se-Console"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "izimpikiswano ezingasebenzi"
#. textentry header
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Idivayisi"
#. disabling & enabling up/down
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr "Isigaba kumelwe siqukathe okungenani iphrinta eyodwa."
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553
msgid "D&isks"
msgstr "Ama&diski"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&Phezulu"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "&Phansi"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "Indawo Ye-Boot Loader"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Qalisa kwi-Master Boot Record"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "Qalisa kwi-Root Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741
#, fuzzy
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Qalisa kwi-Boot Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "Indawo Ye-Boot Loader"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Qalisa kwi-Master Boot Record"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Qalisa kwi-Root Partition"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829
#, fuzzy
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Ikamelo le-Custom Boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "Imininingwane Yokufakwa &Kwe-Boot Loader"
-#. Cache for genericWidgets function
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "Ongakhetha Kukho Kwe-Boot Loader"
-#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters"
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "Amanye Amapharamitha eKheneli"
-#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Ongakhetha Kukho Kwe-Boot Loader"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Secure"
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Kuphephile"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Vumela &I-Layer 2 Support"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "Indawo Ye-Boot Loader"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -654,27 +659,45 @@
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Ipharamitha Yomugqa Wekhomandi Yekheneli Ongayikhetha Uma Uthanda"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Distribution:"
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "Ukusakaza:"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "Imodi ye-Vga"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Ipharamitha Yomugqa Wekhomandi Yekheneli Ongayikhetha Uma Uthanda"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box item
#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
@@ -710,9 +733,28 @@
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "&Okungacacisiwe"
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "1st"
+msgid "set"
+msgstr "Mhla ka-1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remove"
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr "Susa"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+msgid "do not change"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Autodetected card"
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
@@ -720,27 +762,32 @@
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Ifayela Yemenu Yezithombe"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Isilawuli Se-Console"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "Ikhambi Lokungqubuzana"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "izimpikiswano ezingasebenzi"
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
+msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
@@ -754,7 +801,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "Ngenxa yokwakhiwa kwamakamelo, i-bootloader ayinakufakwa ngendlela efanele"
@@ -887,11 +934,7 @@
msgid "Xen"
msgstr ""
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91
msgid "Floppy"
msgstr "Iflophi"
@@ -1924,33 +1967,34 @@
#.
#.
#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Indawo: %1"
@@ -1960,31 +2004,33 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Uhlobo lwe-Boot Loader: %1"
#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
msgid " (\"/boot\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
msgid " (\"/\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
#, fuzzy
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Indawo: %1"
@@ -2009,241 +2055,183 @@
msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
msgstr "Songoza bese &Uhlanganisa Amamenu e-GRUB Asekhona Kakade"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "I-port ephephile ye-LDAP: %1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Uhlobo Olungaziwa: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TODO add more devices
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128
msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
msgstr ""
-#. if "iscsi" is true
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-msgstr "Ayikho idivayisi yomqondisi etholakele"
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr "Ayikho idivayisi yomqondisi etholakele"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259
-msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Hlola i-boot loader"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Funda ukuhlukanisa ngamakamelo"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Faka amasething e-boot loader"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Ihlola i-boot loader..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlukanisa ngamakamelo..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Ifaka amasething e-boot loader..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Ukulungiselela Ukuqalisa Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Boot Loader"
#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgstr "AmaPharamitha Afakiwe Ekheneli: %1"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Yakha i-initrd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Gcina amafayela okuhlela e-boot loader"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Faka i-boot loader"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "Yakha i-initrd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "Igcina amafayela okuhlela e-boot loader..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "Ifaka i-boot loader..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Boot Loader"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79
-msgid "Linux"
-msgstr "I-Linux"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
+#~ msgstr "Ayikho idivayisi yomqondisi etholakele"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85
-msgid "Failsafe"
-msgstr "I-Failsafe"
+#~ msgid "Linux"
+#~ msgstr "I-Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97
-msgid "Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Ugalaza"
+#~ msgid "Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "I-Failsafe"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103
-msgid "Memory Test"
-msgstr "I-Memory Test"
+#~ msgid "Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "Ugalaza"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109
-msgid "MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "I"
+#~ msgid "Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "I-Memory Test"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115
-msgid "Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "Ikheneli Edlule"
+#~ msgid "MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "I"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121
-msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "I-Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgid "Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "Ikheneli Edlule"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230
-msgid "_Linux"
-msgstr "_I-Linux"
+#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "I-Vendor Diagnostics"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237
-msgid "_Failsafe"
-msgstr "_I-Failsafe"
+#~ msgid "_Linux"
+#~ msgstr "_I-Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244
-msgid "_Floppy"
-msgstr "_Iflophi"
+#~ msgid "_Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "_I-Failsafe"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251
-msgid "_Hard Disk"
-msgstr "_Ugalaza"
+#~ msgid "_Floppy"
+#~ msgstr "_Iflophi"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258
-msgid "_Memory Test"
-msgstr "_I-Memory Test"
+#~ msgid "_Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "_Ugalaza"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265
-msgid "_MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "_I-MBR ngaphambi Kokufaka"
+#~ msgid "_Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "_I-Memory Test"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272
-msgid "_Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "_Ikheneli Edlule"
+#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "_I-MBR ngaphambi Kokufaka"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279
-msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "_I-Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "_Ikheneli Edlule"
+#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "_I-Vendor Diagnostics"
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/ca-management.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/ca-management.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/ca-management.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -54,25 +54,25 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
msgid "Organization"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
msgid "Locality"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
msgid "State"
msgstr "Isimo"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
msgid "Country"
msgstr ""
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
msgid "Common Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
msgid "Email"
msgstr "I-Email"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
msgstr "IYunithi Yokuhlangene"
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
#. we need to fake a certificate name
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
#. The main ()
#. To translators: dialog label
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
@@ -683,11 +683,18 @@
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
+msgid ""
+"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
+"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
@@ -695,32 +702,32 @@
msgstr "Incazelo"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr "&Susa"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Replace"
msgid "&Import/Replace"
msgstr "&Faka okunye"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
#, fuzzy
msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
msgstr "Isevisi %1 ayitholakali."
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
msgid ""
"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1"
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
@@ -755,55 +762,113 @@
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Siyakwamukela!</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Volume Name: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr "Igama Levolumu:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Organizational Unit"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "IYunithi Yokuhlangene"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Location: %1"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr "Indawo: %1"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Name: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr "Igama:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mount "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr "Xhakathisa"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Siyakwamukela!</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
msgstr ""
#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Advanced..."
msgstr "Thu&thukisiwe"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
msgid "&View"
msgstr "&Buka"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change CA Password"
msgstr "&Faka Iphasiwedi:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
#, fuzzy
msgid "Export to &File"
msgstr "&Ama-Directory Aguquliwe (Exported Directories)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
msgid "&Edit Default"
msgstr ""
@@ -857,7 +922,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Siyakwamukela!</b></p>"
@@ -890,18 +955,18 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -913,40 +978,40 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
msgid "nsComment: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
msgid "nsCertType: "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1021,88 +1086,232 @@
"Certificate not found"
msgstr ""
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Name: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr "Igama:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Organizational Unit"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "IYunithi Yokuhlangene"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Location: %1"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr "Indawo: %1"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Type "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr "Uhlobo"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mount "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr "Xhakathisa"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Type "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr "Uhlobo"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Type "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Is CA: "
+msgstr "Uhlobo"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " RAID "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Key Size: "
+msgstr "I-RAID"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial Number"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Serialnumber: "
+msgstr "I-serial number:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Version: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Version: "
+msgstr "Uhlelo:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid from: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid from: "
+msgstr "Kusebenza kusukela:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " RAID "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid to: "
+msgstr "I-RAID"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of pub. Key : "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of signature: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
msgid "Valid"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
msgid "Revoked"
msgstr ""
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
msgid "Expired"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Isimo"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
#, fuzzy
msgid "E-Mail Address"
msgstr "Ikheli Le-IP"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add"
msgstr "&Nezela"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
msgid "Add Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
msgid "Add Client Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Change Password"
msgstr "&Umsebenzisi Angayishintsha Iphasiwedi"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
msgid "&Revoke"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "Su&sa"
#. Fate (#2613)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
msgid "Export"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
#, fuzzy
msgid "Export to File"
msgstr "&Ama-Directory Aguquliwe (Exported Directories)"
#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
msgid "Export to LDAP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1197,7 +1406,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
msgid "&Valid Period (days):"
msgstr ""
@@ -1661,7 +1870,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
msgid "Path Length "
msgstr ""
@@ -1869,6 +2078,14 @@
"Request not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"generation Time: "
+msgstr "&Akha"
+
#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
@@ -1877,78 +2094,78 @@
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
#. Filling up reqeust extentions
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
msgstr ""
#. IS CA ?
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
#, fuzzy
msgid " days"
msgstr "1 usuku"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
msgid " (critical)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
msgid "&Edit Request"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
msgid "Sign Request"
msgstr ""
#. signing request
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
msgid "The request has been signed."
msgstr ""
Added: trunk/yast/zu/po/cio.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/cio.zu.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/cio.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Runlevels"
+msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr "Ama-runlevel Atholakalayo"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Idivayisi"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr "Osetshenzisiwe"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "cha"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "yebo"
+
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fiber channel"
+msgid "Filter channels"
+msgstr "Isiteshi se-fiber"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr "&Khetha Wonke"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Detailed selection..."
+msgid "&Clear selection"
+msgstr "&Okukhethiwe okuningiliziwe..."
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Channel"
+msgid "&Unban Channels"
+msgstr "&Isiteshi"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+msgid ""
+"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Ranges to Unban."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/cluster.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/cluster.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/cluster.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -88,225 +88,225 @@
msgstr "Ihlelwe E"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Khansela"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Ikheli Elikude:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "Ikheli Elikude:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "nodeid"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Isiteshi"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Address Setup"
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "Ukuhlela Ikheli Lenethiwekhi"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Portal Address"
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Ikheli LeNgosi Ye-Inthanethi"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scan the Channels"
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "Skena Iziteshi"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Clustering"
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "Ukwakha Izihleli Zamafayela"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428
-msgid "expected votes:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Address:"
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "Ikheli Elikude:"
-#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671
+#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification"
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Vula Isaziso Sezenzakalo Eziphathelene Nokuphepha"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "Threads:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677
-msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Iyasebenza"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No network running"
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Ayikho inethiwekhi esebenzayo"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Ukuqalisa"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Started manually"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgstr "Iqaliswe mathupha"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Vula bese Ucisha"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Isimo Samanje:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Firewall Now"
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Qalisa i-Firewall Manje"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Misa i-Firewall Manje"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Host"
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Isiphakeli Esiseduze"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Add"
msgstr "&Nezela"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Delay"
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Bambezela"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Hlela"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select File"
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Khetha Ifayela"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines"
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Imigqa ye-fstab Esikiselwayo"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a valid host name."
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Faka igama lomnininhlangano eliyilo."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile."
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Faka igama elisha %1 lephrofayili."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter the file name"
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Faka igama lefayela"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Archive %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -319,46 +319,46 @@
"Ngabe ufuna ngempela ukusicisha?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Ukufunda ifayela kwi-%1 akuphumelelanga.\n"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image creation failed."
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Ukwakhiwa komfanekiso kuhlulekile."
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
@@ -371,23 +371,26 @@
"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i
s on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
@@ -396,7 +399,7 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
@@ -407,7 +410,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -420,7 +423,7 @@
"Sicela ulinde...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -429,7 +432,7 @@
"Liyeke ngokuphepha ithuluzi lokuhlela ngokucindezela u-<b>Yeka</b> manje.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -442,7 +445,7 @@
"Sicela ulinde...</p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -467,41 +470,41 @@
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Iqalisa Ukuhlelwa Kwephrinta"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Funda i-database"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Funda amasethingi adlule"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Funda amasethingi esihenqo sokuvikela (firewall)"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "If i-database..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi adlule..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
@@ -509,75 +512,75 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulile"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufaka amaphakheji adingekayo."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Shintsha ukuhlelwa kwamanje"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufund i-database1."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the database2."
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufund i-database2"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuthungatha amadivayisi."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Ifunda Ukuhelwa"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile"
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "Gcina izinguquko kwiProfayili"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "Igcina izinguquko kumafayela..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/control-center.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/control-center.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/control-center.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/control.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/control.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/control.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -17,28 +17,30 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7
-msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-msgstr "Ukufakwa Kwemikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo"
-
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "Ukufakwa Kwamaphakheji"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:355
-#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -51,745 +53,367 @@
" </p>\n"
" \t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initialization..."
-msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuring network..."
-msgstr "Ihlela i-Bootloader..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-msgstr "Ihlela Ulimi"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-msgstr "Iphothula Ukuhlela"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:343
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IMAP Server"
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi se-IMAP"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72
-#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464
-#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Amasethingi Okufaka"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Amabalengwe"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19
msgid "Expert"
msgstr "Ongoti"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20
#, fuzzy
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Amasethingi Okufaka"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Vuselela Amasethingi"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwenethiwekhi"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398
-#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692
-#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwesivisi Yenethiwekhi (xinetd)"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Hardware"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510
-#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313
-#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Ukulungiselela"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219
-#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237
-#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328
-#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449
-#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa Kwenethiwekhi"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Address Setup"
+msgid "Network Autosetup"
+msgstr "Ukuhlela Ikheli Lenethiwekhi"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Siyakwamukela"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Activation"
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Ukwenza Idiski Isebenze"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976
-#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Ukwenza Idiski Isebenze"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515
-#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255
-#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Ukuhlaziya Isistimu"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261
-#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Imikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr "Idiski"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Izoni Yesikhathi"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Amasethingi Esizinda"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Ukufaka Uhlelo"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "Imediya Yokufaka Uhlelo"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Amabalengwe Okufaka Uhlelo"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291
-#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299
-#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469
-#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477
-#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517
-#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612
-#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624
-#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748
-#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756
-#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777
-#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Faka Uhlelo"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Repair"
-msgstr "&Lungisa"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Ukufaka Uhlelo"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr "Idiski"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Isistimu Yokuvuselela"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Vuselela Uhlelo"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Amabalengwe Okuvuselelwa Kohlelo"
-#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645
-#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397
-#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405
-#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Vuselela Uhlelo"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421
-#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042
-msgid "System Information"
-msgstr "Ukwaziswa Ngesistimu"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046
-msgid "Perform Repair"
-msgstr "Lungisa"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446
-#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488
-#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Ukufaka i-Base"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459
-#: control/control.glade:503
-msgid "Language"
-msgstr "Ulimi"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
+msgstr "Amasethingi e-Auto YaST"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651
-#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631
-#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlela"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318
-#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560
-#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648
-#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264
-msgid "Network"
-msgstr "Inethiwekhi"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+msgid "System Configuration"
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwesistimu"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566
-#: control/control.glade:656
-msgid "Customer Center"
-msgstr "Isikhungo Samakhasimende"
+#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Ukufakwa Kwemikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346
-#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578
-#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662
-#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672
-#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284
-msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr "Ukuvuselela Amafayela Kwi-Inthanethi"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Ukufakwa Kwamaphakheji"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588
-#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301
-msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "Ukwaziswa Okuphathelene Nohlelo"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ " Ukufakwa kohlelo kuphothule ngempumelelo.\n"
+#~ " Isistimu yakho isikulungele ukusetshenziswa.\n"
+#~ " Chofoza u-Phothula ukuze ungene kwisistimu.\n"
+#~ " </p>\n"
+#~ " <p>\n"
+#~ " Sicela usivakashele engosini ethi http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
+#~ " </p>\n"
+#~ " \t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgstr "Ukuhlela Okuyisisekelo"
+#~ msgid "Initialization..."
+#~ msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227
#, fuzzy
-msgid "root Password"
-msgstr "Iphasiwedi Yomqondisi"
+#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
+#~ msgstr "Ihlela i-Bootloader..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Check Installation"
-msgstr "Ukufaka Uhlelo"
+#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..."
+#~ msgstr "Ihlela Ulimi"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250
-msgid "Hostname"
-msgstr "Igama lesiphakeli"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "Iphothula Ukuhlela"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680
-#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr "Abasebenzisi"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "User Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Amasethingi Esizinda"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719
-#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733
-#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459
-msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
-msgstr "Amasethingi e-Auto YaST"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Installation Overview"
+#~ msgstr "Imediya Yokufaka Uhlelo"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568
-msgid "System Configuration"
-msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwesistimu"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Repair"
+#~ msgstr "&Lungisa"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658
-msgid "Clean Up"
-msgstr "Coca"
+#~ msgid "System Information"
+#~ msgstr "Ukwaziswa Ngesistimu"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
-#| "\t"
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-" Ukufakwa kohlelo kuphothule ngempumelelo.\n"
-" Isistimu yakho isikulungele ukusetshenziswa.\n"
-" Chofoza u-Phothula ukuze ungene kwisistimu.\n"
-" </p>\n"
-" <p>\n"
-" Sicela usivakashele engosini ethi http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n"
-" </p>\n"
-" \t"
+#~ msgid "Perform Repair"
+#~ msgstr "Lungisa"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Server Base Scenario"
-msgstr "Igama Lesiphakelalwazi:"
+#~ msgid "Language"
+#~ msgstr "Ulimi"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331
-msgid ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
-"Choose the one that matches your server the best."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Network"
+#~ msgstr "Inethiwekhi"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337
-msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Customer Center"
+#~ msgstr "Isikhungo Samakhasimende"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338
-msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Online Update"
+#~ msgstr "Ukuvuselela Amafayela Kwi-Inthanethi"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339
-msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Release Notes"
+#~ msgstr "Ukwaziswa Okuphathelene Nohlelo"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
-msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwesivisi Yenethiwekhi (xinetd)"
+#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Ukuhlela Okuyisisekelo"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Server Scenario"
-msgstr "Amasethingi Esiphakelalwazi"
+#~ msgid "root Password"
+#~ msgstr "Iphasiwedi Yomqondisi"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:286
-msgid "Installation Summary"
-msgstr "Amabalengwe Okufaka Uhlelo"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Check Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Ukufaka Uhlelo"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Isevisi"
+#~ msgid "Hostname"
+#~ msgstr "Igama lesiphakeli"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:340
-msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Users"
+#~ msgstr "Abasebenzisi"
-#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Ukukhethwa Kwe-desktop"
+#~ msgid "Clean Up"
+#~ msgstr "Coca"
-#: control/control.glade:634
-msgid "Root Password"
-msgstr "Iphasiwedi Yomqondisi"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "Igama Lesiphakelalwazi:"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-"\t "
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Siyakuhalalisela!</b></p>\n"
-" <p>Ukufakwa kwe-openSUSE emshinini wakho kuphothuliwe.\n"
-" Ngemva kokuchofoza u-<b>Phothula</b>, ungaloga kwisistimu.</p>\n"
-" <p>Sivakashele e-%1.</p>\n"
-" <p>Sina uzibethele!<br>Iqembu Lakho Labasunguli Be-SUSE</p>\n"
-"\t"
+#~ msgid "Server Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "Amasethingi Esiphakelalwazi"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Isevisi"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Ukukhethwa Kwe-desktop"
+
+#~ msgid "Root Password"
+#~ msgstr "Iphasiwedi Yomqondisi"
+
#, fuzzy
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "Isendlalelo"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ "\t "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Siyakuhalalisela!</b></p>\n"
+#~ " <p>Ukufakwa kwe-openSUSE emshinini wakho kuphothuliwe.\n"
+#~ " Ngemva kokuchofoza u-<b>Phothula</b>, ungaloga kwisistimu.</p>\n"
+#~ " <p>Sivakashele e-%1.</p>\n"
+#~ " <p>Sina uzibethele!<br>Iqembu Lakho Labasunguli Be-SUSE</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452
#, fuzzy
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "Isendlalelo"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Isendlalelo"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453
#, fuzzy
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "Isendlalelo"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Isendlalelo"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454
#, fuzzy
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "Isendlalelo"
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Isendlalelo"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Isendlalelo"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Ezinye Izendlalelo"
+#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops"
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Ezinye Izendlalelo"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Ukuvuselela Amafayela Kwi-Inthanethi"
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Ukuvuselela Amafayela Kwi-Inthanethi"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/country.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/country.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/country.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-27 11:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/crowbar.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/crowbar.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/crowbar.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/dhcp-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/dhcp-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/dhcp-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
@@ -574,82 +574,81 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
#, fuzzy
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Awekho ama-interface enethiwekhi ahleliwe"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
-"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
-"Really use this interface?\n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&Usizo Lwe-LDAP Luyasebenza"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
#, fuzzy
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "Gcina ukuhlela"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "Igama Ledivayisi"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi se-NTP"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi se-IPP"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
#, fuzzy
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&Iziphakelalwazi Ze-NFS"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -657,39 +656,39 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#, fuzzy
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Gcina ukuhlela"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Okukhethwe Njengamanje:"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "Isimo Samanje:"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
#, fuzzy
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
@@ -697,13 +696,13 @@
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
#, fuzzy
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "Ikheli Le-IP"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "Ikheli Le-IP"
@@ -712,7 +711,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
@@ -724,7 +723,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
@@ -733,54 +732,54 @@
msgstr "Ikheli Le-IP"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "&Okufike Nohlelo (default)"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
#, fuzzy
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Funda ukuhlela kwamanje"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -788,8 +787,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -797,141 +796,141 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Izi&phakeli Ezikude"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Igama"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Ikheli Le-IP"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Uhlobo"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Igama"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
#, fuzzy
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "Ikheli Le-IP"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Okunye"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "I-Ethernet"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "I-Token Ring"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
#, fuzzy
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "I-value ka-%1 inephutha."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
#, fuzzy
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "Into kumelwe iphothulwe."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -944,15 +943,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -964,7 +963,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/dns-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/dns-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/dns-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/drbd.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/drbd.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/drbd.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -21,6 +21,16 @@
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Global"
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+msgid "DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+msgid "&DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
@@ -60,24 +70,84 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlela Imoduli"
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
+msgstr "Ukuhlela Imoduli"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
+msgstr "Ukuhlela Imoduli"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The file is a configuration file."
+msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
+msgstr "Ifayela iyifayela yokuhlela."
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
+msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
+msgstr "Ihlulekile ukuthola ukuhlelwa kokuskena ngenethiwekhi."
+
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DNS Configuration"
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-DNS"
#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
#, fuzzy
-msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Ingxenye yokuqala yokuhlelwa kwe-CASA"
#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Ingxenye yesibili yokuhlelwa kwe-CASA"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -109,7 +179,7 @@
#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Iqalisa Umiso</big></b><br>\n"
"Sicela ulinde...<br></p>\n"
@@ -127,14 +197,14 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "Please wait...</p>"
+#| "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Igcina Ukuhlela</big></b><br>\n"
-"Sicela ulinde...</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Igcina Umiso</big></b><br>\n"
+"Sicela ulinde...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48
@@ -155,14 +225,79 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Ukuhlelwa Kokuxhumana</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Ukuhlelwa Kokuxhumana</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Ukuhlelwa Kokuxhumana</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -172,31 +307,37 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
-"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
-"configured in this file.</p>\n"
+" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
+" without reloading the module.\n"
+" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n"
+" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Umiso lwe-Kdump</big></b><br>\n"
"Misa i-kdump manje.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n"
+#| "If your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+#| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
-"If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
+"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Ukwengeza iKdump:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -205,7 +346,7 @@
"Bese ucindezela okuthi <b>Misa</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -216,11 +357,11 @@
" ukuhlela iyavuleka.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Uhlolojikelele Lomiso lweKdump</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -228,21 +369,28 @@
"hlela umiso lwawo.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Ukwengeza iKdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Cindezela okuthi <b>Yengeza</b> ukumisa i-kdump.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n"
+#| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Ukuhlela noma Ukusula:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -250,7 +398,7 @@
"Bese ucindezela <b>Hlela</b> noma <b>Sula</b> njengoba uthanda.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -262,7 +410,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -273,7 +421,7 @@
" </p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -293,14 +441,15 @@
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Iphrothokholi"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Scheme name must be set."
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "Igama lohlelo kumelwe lisethwe."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567
-msgid "Fill out all fields."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568
+msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -346,8 +495,8 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
msgid ""
-"To propagate this configuration,\n"
-"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
+"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
#. }
@@ -365,105 +514,228 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
-msgid "Starting DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Ukuqalisa isevisi ye-'lirc' akuphumelelanga."
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stop services"
-msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Misa amasevisi"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
#, fuzzy
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Hardware"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Ilungiselela Ukuqalisa i-DSL"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Funda amasethingi embulunga yonke e-Samba"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Funda amaqembu emithombo yokwaziswa"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Funda isimo se-windbind"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi embulunga yonke e-Samba..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Ifunda amaqembu emithombo yokwaziswa..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Ifunda isimo se-windbind..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulile"
+#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
+msgid ""
+"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
+"%2"
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwamaqembu Emithombo Yokwaziswa"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Ibhala Ukuhlelwa Kwe-NFS"
#. if (!modified) return true;
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi omhlaba wonke"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Bhala amaqembu emithombo yokwaziswa"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Thungatha isimo samanje"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi omhlaba wonke..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Ibhala amaqembu emithombo yokwaziswa..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
#, fuzzy
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Ithungatha isimo samanje..."
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
+msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukwakha i-directory '%1'."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Ingxenye yokuqala yokuhlelwa kwe-CASA"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Ingxenye yesibili yokuhlelwa kwe-CASA"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Iqalisa Umiso</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Sicela ulinde...<br></p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~| "Please wait...</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Igcina Ukuhlela</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Sicela ulinde...</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
+#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Ukwengeza iKdump:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Khetha i-kdump ohlwini lwama-kdumps atholiwe.\n"
+#~ "Uma i-kdump yakho ingatholwanga, khetha okuthi <b>Okunye (okungatholwanga)</b>.\n"
+#~ "Bese ucindezela okuthi <b>Misa</b>.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Ukwengeza iKdump:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Cindezela okuthi <b>Yengeza</b> ukumisa i-kdump.</p>"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Ukuhlela noma Ukusula:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Khetha i-kdump ukushintsha noma ukukhipha.\n"
+#~ "Bese ucindezela <b>Hlela</b> noma <b>Sula</b> njengoba uthanda.</p>\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Drbd Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-DNS"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/fcoe-client.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/fcoe-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/fcoe-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -43,8 +43,18 @@
msgid "&FcoeClient"
msgstr "I-NFS Klayenti"
+#. setting of config value is 'yes'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "yebo"
+
+#. setting of config value is 'no'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "cha"
+
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgid ""
@@ -52,15 +62,44 @@
"Command %1 failed."
msgstr "Ukususwa kwephakheji %1 akuphumelelanga."
+#. FCoE is not available on the interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "not available"
+msgstr "akutholakali"
+
+#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured"
+msgid "not configured"
+msgstr "Ayihleliwe"
+
+#. the flag is 'true'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
+msgid "true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is 'false'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
+msgid "false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the flag is not set at all
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
+msgid "not set"
+msgstr ""
+
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec"
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa kwe-IPsec"
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -68,7 +107,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -76,12 +115,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
msgstr ""
#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
msgid ""
"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n"
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
@@ -89,34 +128,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukwakha i-akhawunti yomsebenzisi %1."
#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Command %1 failed"
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
msgstr "Ikhomandi %1 ihlulekile"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
msgstr ""
#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1"
msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?"
msgstr "Uneqiniso ufuna ukususa okukhethiwe i- %1"
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
msgid ""
"Attention:\n"
"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n"
@@ -124,34 +163,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
msgstr ""
#. replace values in table
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Ukususwa kwephakheji %1 akuphumelelanga."
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Ukususwa kwephakheji %1 akuphumelelanga."
#. text of a warning popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
msgstr ""
#. text of an information (notify) popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
msgid ""
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
@@ -182,7 +221,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yebo"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
@@ -190,7 +229,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cha"
#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117
@@ -263,7 +302,7 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188
msgid "Driver"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-Driver"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Flag FCoE"
@@ -572,104 +611,99 @@
msgstr "<p>Yakhe manje?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuthungatha amadivayisi."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuqalisa isevisi ye-windbind."
+
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
+msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuqala '%1' isevisi"
+
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
"VLAN interface to get a valid configuration."
msgstr ""
-#. it's about a flag which is not set at all
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110
-msgid "not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. also about setting of a flag
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "true"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "false"
-msgstr ""
-
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Ilungiselela Ukuqalisa Ukuhlela i-inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Hlola amaphakheji afakiwe"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network services"
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Amasevisi enethiwekhi"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Isafuna amakhadi enethiwekhi..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf"
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Funda i-/etc/ipsec.conf"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..."
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Ihlola amaphakheji eRPM afakiwe..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Ihlola amadivayisi enethiwekhi..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Isafuna amakhadi enethiwekhi..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
@@ -677,123 +711,123 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulile"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Ukuqalisa isevisi ye-'lirc' akuphumelelanga."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuthungatha amadivayisi."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot read the configuration."
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufunda umiso."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa kwe-inetd"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart the service"
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Qala kabusha isevisi"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjust spooler services"
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Lungisa amasevisi e-spooler"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restarting service..."
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Iqala kabusha isevisi..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..."
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Ilungisa amasevisi e-spooler..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi ku-/etc/samba/smb.conf."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Ukuqalisa isevisi ye-'lirc' akuphumelelanga."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables."
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala ama-variable e-sysconfig."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Ukuhlelwa Kokuxhumana</big></b></p>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Interfaces"
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "Ama-Interface"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr ""
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
@@ -801,11 +835,11 @@
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "kuvuliwe"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "kucishiwe"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/firewall-services.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/firewall-services.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/firewall-services.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/firewall.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/firewall.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/firewall.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/firstboot.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/firstboot.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/firstboot.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:28\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/ftp-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/ftp-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/ftp-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/geo-cluster.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/geo-cluster.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/geo-cluster.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -71,92 +71,285 @@
#.
#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update configuration files"
+msgid "configuration file"
+msgstr "Vuselela amafayela okuhlela"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "arbitrator ip"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "transport"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Nezela"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hlela"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Susa"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#. return `cacel or a string
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Khansela"
-#. parser value first
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address."
+msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
+msgstr "Faka ikheli le-e-mail elinembile."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Directories"
+msgid "retries"
+msgstr "Imikhombandlela"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+msgid "weights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188
+msgid "expire"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Required patterns"
+msgid "acquire-after"
+msgstr "Amaphethini adingekayo"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+msgid "before-acquire-handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "expire is no valid"
+msgstr "' ayisebenzi."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The source is not valid."
+msgid "acquireafter is no valid"
+msgstr "Lo mthombo awusebenzi."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "retries is no valid"
+msgstr "' ayisebenzi."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "weights is no valid"
+msgstr "' ayisebenzi."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgstr ""
+#. fill confs with global_files
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332
+msgid "site have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337
+msgid "ticket have to be filled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
+msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!"
+msgstr "Ikheli Le-IP lesango le-inthanethi alisebenzi."
+
#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317
+#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd.
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Geo Cluster configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
+msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
+msgstr "Igama lomphakeli %1 selikhona kakade."
+
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
+msgstr "Igama lomiso alikwazi ukungabi nalutho"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
+msgstr "Igama lomiso alikwazi ukungabi nalutho"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Key is invalid."
+msgid "port is invalid!"
+msgstr "Isikhiye asisebenzi."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595
+msgid "transport have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+msgid "site have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605
+msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
+msgstr "Nezela Amafayela Okuhlela Aphelele"
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update configuration files"
+msgid "Choose configuration file:"
+msgstr "Vuselela amafayela okuhlela"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Class Configuration"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configurations"
+msgstr "Ukuhlela Izigaba (Class Configuration)"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Firewall"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
+
+#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi avamile."
+
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr ""
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi avamile."
+
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -165,120 +358,108 @@
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Funda amasethingi adlule"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi adlule..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iphothulile"
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bhala amasethingi"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#. read sites
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311
-msgid "Cannot write global settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315
-msgid "Cannot write sites settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. write ticket
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318
-msgid "Cannot write ticket settings."
-msgstr ""
-
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amabalengwe okuhlela..."
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
msgid "Read the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Funda i-database"
#. Progress stage 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145
msgid "Detect the devices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Thungatha amadivayisi"
#. Progress step 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148
msgid "Reading the database..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "If i-database..."
#. Progress step 3/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ithungatha amadivayisi..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufund i-database1."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
msgid "Cannot read the database2."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufund i-database2"
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuthungatha amadivayisi."
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rana i-SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Imatasa nokurana i-SuSEconfig..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amabalengwe okuhlela..."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/gtk.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/gtk.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/gtk.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -201,11 +201,11 @@
#: src/YGUtils.cc:643
msgid "Back"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Emuva"
#: src/YGUtils.cc:644
msgid "Next"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Okulandelayo"
#: src/ygtksteps.c:75
#, fuzzy
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/http-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/http-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/http-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/inetd.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/inetd.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/inetd.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/installation.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/installation.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/installation.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -59,22 +59,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78
+#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Ikopishela amafayela kwisistimu efakiwe..."
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
msgstr "Isimo Sokufaka"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73
+#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala isihleli sesibuko sohlelo ( default window manager)..."
@@ -271,6 +271,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Imodi Engaziwa"
@@ -331,7 +332,7 @@
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Isivumelwano Selayisensi"
@@ -403,11 +404,24 @@
" inqubo yokufaka uhlelo.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
#, fuzzy
-msgid "License needs to be accepted"
-msgstr "idinga ukuphinde ifakwe futhi"
+#| msgid "Release Notes"
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "Ukwaziswa Okuphathelene Nohlelo"
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
#, fuzzy
@@ -534,7 +548,7 @@
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isistimu manje isizoqalisa kabusha..."
#. bnc #395030
#. Use less memory
@@ -633,11 +647,11 @@
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Hlela &Ama-Disk e-ZFCP"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Hlela &Ama-Disk e-iSCSI"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
@@ -661,14 +675,22 @@
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. download release notes now
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356
+#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
+#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. bug #302384
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+msgid "Initializing"
+msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Release Notes"
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Ukwaziswa Okuphathelene Nohlelo"
+msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgstr "<p>Ilungiselela ukuqalisa ukufakwa kohlelo...</p>"
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
@@ -690,67 +712,67 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Iphothula Ukufaka Okuyisisekelo"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Ama-Script Afakwa Ngaphambi Kokufakwa Kohlelo"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopishela amafayela kwisistimu efakiwe"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Gcina ukuhlela"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Gcina amasethingi okufaka"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Faka uhlelo lokuqalisa (boot manager)"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Yenza ukuba isistimu ilungele ukuqala"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
#, fuzzy
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Ihlola i-binary e-%1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
#, fuzzy
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Iqoqa ukwaziswa kwesistimu..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulile"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Iphutha Ekufakeni Uhlelo"
@@ -773,12 +795,6 @@
"Sicela ulinde lapho kusafakwa i-base system.\n"
" </p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Initializing the installation..."
-msgstr "<p>Ilungiselela ukuqalisa ukufakwa kohlelo...</p>"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
@@ -793,13 +809,6 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Ukubhala ukuhlelwa kwesistimu (system configuration)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
-msgid "Initializing"
-msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
-
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
#, fuzzy
@@ -1014,12 +1023,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Ukweqa ukuhlela ngesicelo somsebenzisi"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1030,32 +1039,32 @@
#. not using tabs
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
msgstr "IPHUTHA: Isihloko Esilahlekile"
#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Bonisa amabalengwe okuhlelwa kwamanje"
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Ukuhlaziya isistimu yakho..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "IPHUTHA: Akukho okuhlongoziwe"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1064,7 +1073,7 @@
"Bekunamaphutha."
#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Imediya Yokufaka Uhlelo"
@@ -1074,25 +1083,25 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Kweqe Ukuhlela"
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Sebenzisa Ukuhlela Okulandelayo"
#. menu button
#. menu button
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Shintsha..."
#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Export Configuration"
@@ -1100,25 +1109,25 @@
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Chofoza noma yisiphi isihloko ukuze wenze izinguquko noma usebenzise imenyu ethi \"Shintsha...\" ngezansi."
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Chofoza noma yisiphi isihloko ukuze wenze izinguquko noma usebenzise imenyu ethi \"Shintsha...\" ngezansi."
#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Usethe kabusha uye kokohlelo"
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -1132,7 +1141,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1164,7 +1173,7 @@
#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
#.
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -1181,7 +1190,7 @@
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1194,7 +1203,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1206,7 +1215,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1218,7 +1227,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1229,12 +1238,12 @@
" </p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Isihlongozo Sokufaka i-UML</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1245,7 +1254,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1256,7 +1265,7 @@
" </p>\n"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
@@ -1272,11 +1281,11 @@
" okuhlongozwayo okuhluthulelwe, buza umqondisi wesistimu yenu.</p>"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Vuselela Uhlelo"
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Faka"
@@ -1404,60 +1413,41 @@
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Icinga ogalaza (hard disks)..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
-msgstr "Cinga Amaphathishini Alahlekile"
-
+#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-msgstr "Ihlola amaphathishini e-Linux asebenzayo..."
-
-#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Cinga Amaphathishini Alahlekile"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Icinga amadivayisi omqondisi..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqalisa isizinda sokwaziswa sephakheji..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqalisa isizinda sokwaziswa sephakheji..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140
-msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
-msgstr "Ihlola amaphakheji akhethiwe ukuze ibone ukubaluleka kwawo..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Iqembu Lesistimu"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "<p>Sicela ulinde njengoba isistimu isahlelwa.</p>"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1470,7 +1460,7 @@
"Sicela uhlole i-hardware yakho!\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1483,7 +1473,7 @@
"Abekho ogalaza abatholakele bokufakwa.\n"
"Sicela uhlole i-hardware yakho!\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1491,7 +1481,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
@@ -1508,7 +1498,7 @@
" Hlola i-hardware yakho.\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
@@ -1518,161 +1508,161 @@
"Iyayeka ukufaka uhlelo."
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remove"
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "Susa"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Ivuliwe ukuze isebenze"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Icishiwe"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
#, fuzzy
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "Khetha Eminye Imithombo:"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "Isimo Samanje:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "&Inqolobane Yephrofayili:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
msgid "URL"
msgstr "I-URL"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Shintsha Isimo"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Akwaziwa"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "Imithombo Yokubhalisa"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "uhlelo aluhlelwanga"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "Khetha Eminye Imithombo:"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Sicela ulinde lapho isithombe sisatholwa.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlelwa okugcinwe esikhathini esidlule"
-#. Removes selected repositories
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813
+#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
#, fuzzy
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlelwa okugcinwe esikhathini esidlule..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlelwa okugcinwe esikhathini esidlule"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "Khetha Eminye Imithombo:"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlelwa okugcinwe esikhathini esidlule"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "Khetha Eminye Imithombo:"
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1682,7 +1672,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1692,7 +1682,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
@@ -1704,7 +1694,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
@@ -1714,7 +1704,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
@@ -1725,7 +1715,7 @@
"%2"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
@@ -1811,58 +1801,53 @@
msgstr "Igcina ukuhlelwa kwe-proxy..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62
-msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Igcina izoni yesikhathi..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "Igcina ulimi..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "Igcina ukuhlelwa kwekhonsoli (console configuration)..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "Igcina ukuhlelwa kwekhibhodi..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "Igcina ukwaziswa okuphathelene nomkhiqizo..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..."
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "Igcina amasethingi okufaka uhlelo azenzakalelayo..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading security settings..."
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi okuphepha..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
msgstr "Gcina amasethingi ekhadi lomsindo..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70
+#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Igcina ukuhlelwa kwe-hardware..."
@@ -1896,7 +1881,7 @@
msgstr "Ibhala Ukuhlelwa kwe-YaST..."
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -2161,7 +2146,69 @@
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr "Ihlola amaphathishini e-Linux asebenzayo..."
+#. Text to display
+#.
+#. @return String
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote Administration"
+msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
+msgstr "I-Administration Ekude"
+
+#. checking whether images are supported
+#. BNC #409927
+#. Checking files for signatures
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Deploying..."
+msgstr "Ilanda umfanekiso..."
+
+#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
+#.
+#. @see #all_supported_types
+#. @see #objects_state
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Storing user preferences..."
+msgstr "Misa amasevisi..."
+
+#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
+msgstr "Ibuyisela iphakheji %1..."
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+msgid ""
+"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
+"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
+#~ msgstr "idinga ukuphinde ifakwe futhi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
+#~ msgstr "Cinga Amaphathishini Alahlekile"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
+#~ msgstr "Ihlola amaphathishini e-Linux asebenzayo..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
+#~ msgstr "Ihlola amaphakheji akhethiwe ukuze ibone ukubaluleka kwawo..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Network Device: %1"
#~ msgstr "Idivayisi Yenethiwekhi Ye-USB"
@@ -2623,18 +2670,6 @@
#~ " Hlola i-hardware yakho.\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Deploying..."
-#~ msgstr "Ilanda umfanekiso..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Misa amasevisi..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Ibuyisela iphakheji %1..."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "No system type was selected.\n"
#~ "Select the default type."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/instserver.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/instserver.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/instserver.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/iplb.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/iplb.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/iplb.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files.
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44
msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Global"
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45
msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration"
@@ -91,6 +91,26 @@
msgstr ""
#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "yebo"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "cha"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "&Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Global"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration"
+msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwesiphakelalwazi Se-Samba"
+
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
msgid "Check Interval"
msgstr ""
@@ -117,7 +137,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87
msgid "Execute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Qalisa"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
msgid "Email Alert"
@@ -200,7 +220,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -440,7 +460,7 @@
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
@@ -477,7 +497,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isevisi"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
msgid "Check Command"
@@ -501,11 +521,11 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
msgid "Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ngena"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iphasiwedi"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
msgid "Database Name"
@@ -521,7 +541,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
msgid "Netmask"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-Netmask"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
msgid "Scheduler"
@@ -529,7 +549,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iphrothokholi"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
msgid "Virtual Servers"
@@ -537,15 +557,15 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Nezela"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hlela"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Susa"
#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
@@ -571,13 +591,19 @@
#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OK"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Khansela"
+
+#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+msgid ""
+"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
msgstr ""
-#. split the real server ip value;
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -590,10 +616,30 @@
msgid "weight"
msgstr ""
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
+msgid "IP address is not Valid"
+msgstr "Ikheli lomphakeli akulona"
+
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add a new share"
+msgid "Add a new real server:"
+msgstr "Nezela okokwabelana okusha"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the role of the server"
+msgid "Edit the real server:"
+msgstr "Setha indima yesiphakelalwazi"
+
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
#. Read all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -620,7 +666,7 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iphothulile"
#. Write all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -630,19 +676,19 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bhala amasethingi"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rana i-SuSEconfig"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Imatasa nokurana i-SuSEconfig..."
#. write global conf
#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
@@ -652,10 +698,10 @@
#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amabalengwe okuhlela..."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-client.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -64,149 +64,155 @@
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr "I-Port"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109
-msgid "Initiator Name"
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "&Initiator Name"
msgstr "Igama Lomqalisi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sound Card"
-msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr "IkhadiLomsindo"
#. table of connected targets
#. table of discovered targets
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "I-Interface"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr "Ikheli LeNgosi Ye-Inthanethi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr "Igama Le-Target"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Ukuqalisa"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr "&Nezela"
#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Hlela"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Log Out"
msgstr "Phuma"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Kuxhunyiwe"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr "Okutholakele"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "Log In"
msgstr "Ukungena"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Xhuma"
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Akukho Ukufakazela Ubuqiniso"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "Ukufakazela Ubuqiniso Bezingenayo"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Igama Lomsebenzisi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Iphasiwedi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "Ukufakazela Ubuqiniso Beziphumayo"
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "Qala"
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Ikheli Le-IP"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
msgid "Port"
msgstr "I-Port"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Isikhiye"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Value"
msgstr "I-value"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Isevisi"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "Ama-Target Axhunyiwe"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "Ama-Target Atholakele"
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "Amabalengwe Esiqalisi se-iSCSI"
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -215,9 +221,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "Ukutholakala Kwesiqalisi Se-iSCSI"
@@ -471,12 +477,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.iseva:idiski.yokulondoloza.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Faka ikheli le-IP."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Faka i-port."
@@ -484,37 +490,37 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "Iqiniso"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "Amanga"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
#, fuzzy
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "Umgomo ongale-TargetName usuxhunyiwe kakade. Qinisekisa ukuthi Ukwenza Imigudu Eminingi (Multipathing) kuvuliwe ukuze kuvinjelwe ukonakaliswa kokwaziswa."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Qhubeka"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Khansela"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "I-target isixhunyiwe kakade."
@@ -596,14 +602,20 @@
msgstr "Misa amasevisi"
#. interface type for hardware offloading
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Software"
-msgid "(Software)"
+msgid "default (Software)"
msgstr "I-Software"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "All"
+msgid "all"
+msgstr "Bonke"
+
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
@@ -616,7 +628,7 @@
" Uma ufuna ukusebenzisa igama lomqalisi elihlukile lishintshe kwi-BIOS."
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Amabalengwe okuhlela..."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-lio-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-lio-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-lio-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/iscsi-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/isns.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/isns.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/isns.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -312,81 +312,81 @@
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172
msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ukuze uhlele isevisi ye-isns, <b>%1</b> iphakheji kumelwe ifakwe.</p>"
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Yakhe manje?</p>"
#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
msgstr "Ukulungiselela ukuqalisa i-daemon ye-isns"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Funda i-database"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Funda amasethingi adlule"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Thungatha amadivayisi"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "If i-database..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi adlule..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Ithungatha amadivayisi..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulile"
#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
msgstr "Ukugcina Ukuhlelwa kwe-isns"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Rana i-SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Imatasa nokurana i-SuSEconfig..."
#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf)
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/kdump.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/kdump.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/kdump.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -398,8 +398,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Ukuze kusebenze izinguquko kudingeka iqaliswe kabusha. "
@@ -540,16 +540,6 @@
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "&Icishiwe"
-#. checking if packages are available
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103
-msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
-msgstr "Iphakheji ye-kexec-tools ayitholakali."
-
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
-msgstr "I-back-end efanelekile ayitholakali."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53
#, fuzzy
@@ -1278,146 +1268,153 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Ilungiselela Ukuqalisa Ukuhlelwa Kwemodemu"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlelwa kohlelo..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufunda amasethingi avamile."
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr "Ifuna ukuthola amakhathalogi atholakalayo..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlukanisa ngamakamelo..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufunda ifayela lomiso /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufunda amasethingi avamile."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufunda ifayela '%1'"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa Kwemodemu"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Ongakhetha Kukho Kokuvuselela Uhlelo"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Ivuselela ukuhlela..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulile"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Ukwengeza i-parameter yekhenela yokucisha keisilayishi sokuqalisa"
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
#, fuzzy
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "ku-runlevel %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "kuvuliwe"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "kucishiwe"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "I-value engenalutho yokukhethiwe: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "&Fomatha"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
#, fuzzy
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Inani Elingenakweqiwa Lamafayela Amadala Agade Umonakalo"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Inani Elingenakweqiwa Lamafayela Amadala Agade Umonakalo"
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
+#~ msgstr "Iphakheji ye-kexec-tools ayitholakali."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
+#~ msgstr "I-back-end efanelekile ayitholakali."
+
#~ msgid "ENABLED"
#~ msgstr "Ivuliwe ukuze isebenze"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/kerberos-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/kerberos-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/kerberos-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/kerberos.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/kerberos.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/kerberos.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kerberos\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/languages_db.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/languages_db.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/languages_db.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap-client.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/ldap.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
"\n"
"The server could be down or unreachable.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Kungenzeka isiphakelalwazi sisamile ukusebenza noma asifinyeleleki.\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:534
@@ -48,6 +50,8 @@
"\n"
"The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"I-value ye-DN ilahlekile noma ayinembile.\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:538
@@ -55,6 +59,8 @@
"\n"
"Attribute type not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Uhlobo lwe-athribhiyuthi alutholakali.\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:540
@@ -62,23 +68,25 @@
"\n"
"Object class not found.\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Isigaba sento asitholakali.\n"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#. error message
#. error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848
msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ukuxhumana nesiphakelalwazi se-LDAP akwakheki."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:549
msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha ngesikhathi ixhumana nesiphakelalwazi se-LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:553
msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha ngesikhathi ifunda ukwaziswa esiphakelalwazini se-LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:557
@@ -98,26 +106,26 @@
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:569
msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kube nenkinga ngesikhathi ifunda i-schema esiphakelalwazini se-LDAP."
#. default error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:594
msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha elingaziwa le-LDAP."
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857
msgid "&Show Details"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Bonisa Imininingwane"
#. error message
#. error message
#. error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912
msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iphutha elingaziwa. Mhlawube i-'yast2-ldap' ayitholakali."
#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
#: src/Ldap.rb:800
@@ -144,7 +152,7 @@
#. password entering label
#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155
msgid "&LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Iphasiwedi Yesiphakelalwazi se-LDAP"
#. label
#: src/Ldap.rb:979
@@ -154,7 +162,7 @@
#. button label
#: src/Ldap.rb:988
msgid "&Anonymous Access"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Ukungena Okungaziwa"
#. error message, %1 is DN
#: src/Ldap.rb:1330
@@ -163,6 +171,9 @@
"does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n"
"The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n"
msgstr ""
+"I-parent eqondile ye-DN '%1' \n"
+"ayitholakali kwi-directory ye-LDAP.\n"
+" Into eqondene ne-DN ekhethiwe ayivumi ukwakheka.\n"
#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN
#: src/Ldap.rb:1634
@@ -170,17 +181,19 @@
"No entry with DN '%1'\n"
"exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n"
msgstr ""
+"Ayikho into ene-DN '%1'\n"
+"etholakala esiphakelalwazini se-LDAP. Yakhe manje?\n"
#. button label
#. button label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547
msgid "&Open"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Vula"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262
msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Bheka i-value entsha ye-athribhiyuthi yamanje.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264
@@ -192,6 +205,12 @@
"it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Uma i-athribhiyuthi ingaba nama-value amaningi, faka ama-entry amasha\n"
+"ngo-<b>Nezela i-Value</b>. Ngezinye izikhathi inkinobho iqukethe uhlu\n"
+" lwama-value ongawasebenzisela i-athribhiyuthi yangaleso sikhathi.\n"
+" Uma i-value ye-athribhiyuthi ehleliwe kufanele ibe yigama elihlukile (DN),\n"
+" ungakwazi ukuyikhetha kuyi-LDAP tree usebenzisa u-<b>Pheqa</b>.\n"
+" </p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows.
#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note
@@ -202,79 +221,86 @@
#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287
msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Incazelo ye-athribhiyuthi u-\"%1\":<br></p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311
msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&I-value ye-\"%1\" Athribhiyuthi"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322
msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Ama-value e-\"%1\" Athribhiyuthi"
#. button label
#. button label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356
msgid "&Add Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Nezela I-Value"
#. menubutton item (default value)
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350
msgid "&Empty Entry"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Thulula Okufakile"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351
msgid "Bro&wse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Phe&qa"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
msgid ""
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
msgstr ""
+"I-value '%1' isikhona kakade.\n"
+"Sicela ukhethe enye."
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa kwamathuluzi okuqondisa komsebenzisi"
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa kwamathuluzi okuqondisa kweqembu"
#. label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isigaba Sento Yemoduli Entsha"
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Igama Lemoduli Entsha (\"cn\" I-value)"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
msgid ""
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
+"I-value efakiwe isikhona kakade.\n"
+"Sicela ukhethe enye.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Faka igama lemoduli."
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
"the new object is created.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Lapha, hlela, ama-value ama-athribhiyuthi angawento\n"
+"esebenzisa i-template yamanje. Ama-value anjalo asetshenziswa ngengezinto ezifike nohlelo (defaults) lapho\n"
+" kwakhiwa into entsha.</p>\n"
#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass"
#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the
@@ -282,23 +308,27 @@
#. entry of the current template.</p>
#. ") +
#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Ungasebenzisa i-syntax ekhethekile ukuze wakhe ama-value e-athribhiyuthi \n"
+"kwasekhona kakade. Amagama athi <i>%attr_name</i> kuzofakwa esikhundleni sawo\n"
+" i-value ye-athribhiyuthi \"attr_name\" (ngokwesibonelo, sebenzisa u-\"/home/%uid\"\n"
+" njenge-value ye-\"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
#. combobox label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Igama &Le-Athribhiyuthi"
#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-Value &Ye-Athribhiyuthi"
#. general help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62
@@ -316,11 +346,13 @@
"There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n"
"Discard these changes?\n"
msgstr ""
+"Kunezinguquko ezingagcinwanga kokufakwe manje.\n"
+"Zilahle lezi zinguquko?\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85
msgid "LDAP Browser"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isipheqi se-LDAP"
#. combobox item
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101
@@ -336,12 +368,12 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146
msgid "LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi se-LDAP"
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152
msgid "Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-DN Yomqondisi"
#. check box label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162
@@ -364,18 +396,20 @@
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
+"I-athribhiyuthi u-\"%1\" iyisibopho.\n"
+"Faka i-value."
#. button label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550
msgid "&Reload"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Faka Kabusha"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-athribhiyuthi"
#. table header 2/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693
msgid "Value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-value"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/live-installer.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/live-installer.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/live-installer.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/lxc.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/lxc.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/lxc.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/mail.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/mail.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/mail.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/multipath.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/multipath.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/multipath.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/ncurses-pkg.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/ncurses-pkg.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/ncurses-pkg.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/ncurses.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/ncurses.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/ncurses.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/network.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/network.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/network.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -102,103 +102,61 @@
msgstr "Izoni Yangaphakathi"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..."
msgstr "Ibhala Ukuhlela KweFayawoli"
-#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC
-#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
-msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
-
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Ingosi &Yesihenqo Esivikelayo"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "&I-Firewall"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr "&Ama-Port e-RPC"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160
#, fuzzy
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "Ama-Interface E-Firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "I-Firewall"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "&Ama-Port e-RPC"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "Ama-Interface E-Firewall"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -206,13 +164,13 @@
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
@@ -220,13 +178,56 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
+#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
+
+#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
+msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "IFayawoli <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
+
#. Commandline help title
#. configuration of hosts
#. Hosts dialog caption
@@ -513,9 +514,18 @@
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr "I-Interface noma Uhlu"
-#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst();
-#. Lan::Autoinstall();
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173
+#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
+#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
+#. has higher priority
+#.
+#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
+#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
+#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
+#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
+#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
+#. Other elements may have similar problems,
+#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Iphutha Lokuhlelwa : i-interface ayivulekanga!"
@@ -612,7 +622,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlela Ukusebenzelana Kwezinhlelo"
@@ -723,7 +733,7 @@
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Ongakhetha kukho"
@@ -803,13 +813,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Isixwayiso: akukho ukusetshenziswa kwamakhodi ayisivikelo"
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Shintsha."
@@ -1188,14 +1198,14 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "&Uhlobo Lwedivayisi"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "&Igama Lokuhlelwa"
@@ -1209,7 +1219,7 @@
msgstr "Nezela iqembu elisha"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
#, fuzzy
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Amadivayisi Emodemu"
@@ -1424,30 +1434,30 @@
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Ikheli"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lungisa ikheli lomphakeli wakho.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&I-hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "Izinhlelo Ezincane Ezibhangqiwe"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Akuxhunyiwe Ngezintambo"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1455,7 +1465,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1470,12 +1480,12 @@
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi"
-#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131
+#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
-"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
msgstr ""
"Kubonaka sengathi i-%1 isihleliwe kakade. \n"
"Qhubeka nokuhlela?"
@@ -1690,7 +1700,7 @@
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "Idivayisi ayitholakalanga."
-#. encoding: utf-8
+#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
#.
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -1795,7 +1805,7 @@
msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha ngesikhathi kufakwa"
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1810,13 +1820,12 @@
" i-interface ngeke isanakekelwa inethiwekhiManager.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#. radio button group label, method of setup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Indlela Yokuhlela Inethiwekhi"
@@ -1825,7 +1834,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Funda amasethingi enethiwekhi"
@@ -1854,7 +1863,7 @@
msgstr "&Shintsha Igama Lesiphakeli nge-DHCP"
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1862,20 +1871,20 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1883,7 +1892,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1891,7 +1900,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
@@ -1903,12 +1912,12 @@
" isibonelo, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Phawula:</b> Uma kunamakhadi amabili\n"
" ahlelwe ngemojuli eyodwa, ongakhetha kukho kuyohlanganiswa lapho kugcinwa.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1918,7 +1927,7 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1927,7 +1936,7 @@
"ziyobhalwa engxenyeni ethi <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> noma <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
@@ -1936,83 +1945,83 @@
"encwadini <b>ye-IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>"
#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269
msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlela Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi Ngokwakho"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr "&I-PCMCIA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "&I-USB"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300
msgid "&Hotplug Type"
msgstr "&Uhlobo Lwe-hotplug"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305
msgid "P&CI"
msgstr "I-P&CI"
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "&Imojuli Efihlekile"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "&Igama Lemojuli"
#. TODO: Ud ... Rules
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380
-msgid "Udev rules"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Igama Ledivayisi"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
msgid "Change"
msgstr "Shintsha"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Server Identification"
-msgid "Show visible port identification"
+msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr "I-ID Yesiphakelalwazi"
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Imizuzwana"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Blin"
msgid "Blink"
msgstr "IsiBlin"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Ethtool options"
+msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "Ama-domaini Engeziwe"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "Ukuzikhethela Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -2022,19 +2031,19 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "&Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&Cinga"
#. Remember current device number (#308763)
#. see also bnc#391802
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
@@ -2044,7 +2053,7 @@
"Khetha elihlukile."
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwekhadi Lenethiwekhi u-S/390"
@@ -2052,135 +2061,135 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwedivayisi I-S/390"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&Igama Lengosi"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "&Inombolo Ye-Port"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "&Vula Ukusebenza Kwe-IPA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "Vumela &I-Layer 2 Support"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "Ikheli le-Layer2 &MAC"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "Isiteshi"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "&Bhala Izinguquko Manje"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Ifayela yokulawula ishintshiwe."
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Faka <b>Igama Lengosi</b> lale interface (bhala izinhlamvu ngendlela efanele).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Faka okunye <b>Ongakhetha Kukho</b> kule interface (uhlukanise).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Khetha <b>Ukuvula Ukusebenza Kwe-IPA </b> uma ikheli lomphakeli elizosebenza kule interface kufanele livunyelwe.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Khetha <b>ukuVumela I-Layer 2 Support</b> uma leli khadi liye lahlelwa ngokwe-layer 2 support.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Faka <b>Ikheli Le-Layer 2 MAC</b> uma leli khadi lihlelwe ukuba libambisane nabosizo lwe-layer 2.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "&Inombolo Ye-Port"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&Ukuphela Kwesikhathi Se-LANCMD"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Khetha<b>Inombolo Ye-Port</b> ngale interface.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Bonisa<b>Ukuphela Kwesikhathi Se-SANCMD</b> ngale interface.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "Imodi Yokuvumelana"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Imodi Ethuthukisiwe"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "I-tty Esekelwe Kwi-CTC (Ukuxhumana kwe-Linux ukuya kwi-Linux"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "Imodi Yokuvumelana ne-OS/390 ne-z/OS"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Iphrothokholi"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Khetha<b>Iphrothokholi</b> yale interface.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "Igama Lamakhompuyutha Asebenzelanayo"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2189,7 +2198,7 @@
"ngokwesibonelo, igama lomsebenzisi we-z/VM ozoxhumana naye (kunendaba ukuthi usebenzisa hlobo luni lonobumba).</p>\n"
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
@@ -2198,7 +2207,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Imininingwane ye-h&ardware"
@@ -2254,19 +2263,18 @@
" ukusetshenziswa kuma-network anezintambo nakwangenazo izintambo naxhunywe aba maningi.</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
-"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Sebenzisa <b>Indlela Evamile <tt>nge-ifup</tt></b>\n"
"uma ungenayo i-desktop (i-GNOME noma i-KDE)\n"
" noma kudingeka usebenzisa ama-interface amaningi ngesikhathi esisodwa.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
@@ -2276,7 +2284,7 @@
"Thola ukubukezwa kwamakhadi enethiwekhi afakiwe. Ngaphezu kwalokho,\n"
" lungisa ukuhlelwa kwawo.<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
@@ -2284,7 +2292,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Ukunezela Ikhadi Lenethiwekhi:</big></b><br>\n"
"Chofoza inkinobho ethi <b>Nezela</b> ukuze ulungise ukuhlelwa kwekhadi lenethiwekhi ngokwakho.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2296,7 +2304,7 @@
" Bese uchofoza inkinobho ethi <b>Lungisa</b> noma <b>Susa</b> kuye ngalokho okufunayo.</p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2306,12 +2314,12 @@
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lonke ushintsho luzokwenzeka ngemva kokuqalisa phansi.</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2325,7 +2333,7 @@
" kuyasetshenziswa esikhundleni sokuthuthwa kokwaziswa phakathi kwamanethiwekhi okuyi-default. Umqondo wokuthuthwa kokwaziswa okuyi-default kumane\n"
" nje kuwukukwenza ukuba usho futhi konke okunye kufanele kuhambe lapha.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2333,13 +2341,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2347,14 +2355,14 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
@@ -2372,7 +2380,7 @@
" igama lesiphakeli ngesikhathi sokufakwa kohlelo kungase kudide isendlalelo sezithombe.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2381,7 +2389,7 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2390,7 +2398,7 @@
"amagama eziphakeli. Ngokuvamile angatholakala nge-DHCP.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2401,7 +2409,7 @@
" (ngokwesibonelo, 192.168.0.42), hhayi njengegama lesiphakeli.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2413,7 +2421,7 @@
" yekhompuyutha yakho (ngokwesibonelo, suse.de). Kungase kube nama-domaii okucinga engeziwe\n"
" (njenge-suse.com) Hlukanisa ama-domain ngokhefana noma ngesikhala esingenalutho.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2421,7 +2429,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2431,7 +2439,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2445,19 +2453,19 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
@@ -2467,7 +2475,7 @@
"olithole kumnakekeli we-system noma kulayini wakho noma kumphakeli we-DSL.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
@@ -2478,7 +2486,7 @@
"uma unesiphakeli <b>se-DHCP</b> esixhunywe kwinethiwekhi yakho esendaweni.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2486,7 +2494,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
@@ -2498,7 +2506,7 @@
" lomlingane wakho.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
@@ -2510,7 +2518,7 @@
" elivula ulayini.</p>"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2518,7 +2526,7 @@
"<p>Thinta <b>umnakekeli wenethiwekhi</b> ukuze uthole ulwazi oluthe xaxa\n"
"ngokuhlelwa kwenethiwekhi.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2526,7 +2534,7 @@
"<p>Akutuswa ukwenza ukuhlelwa kwe-DHCP kulo mkhiqizo.\n"
"Izingxenye zawo zingase zingasebenzi ne-DHCP.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2544,11 +2552,11 @@
" izovinjwa. Uma ungayikhethi ingosi futhi zingekho ezinye, \n"
" isivikelo ngeke sisebenze.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>I-Interface Eyisibopho</b> inquma ukuthi inethiwekhi iyakubika yini ukungaphumeleli uma i-interface ihluleka ukusebenza lapho iqalisa.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2558,7 +2566,7 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
@@ -2566,13 +2574,13 @@
msgstr "<p>Khetha amadivayisi amancane edivayisi yokuhlanganisa. Amadivayisi atholakalayo yilawo kuphela aphawulwe ukuthi Ukusebenza Kwedivayisi Akukho noma ukuthi Akukho Ukuhlelwa Kwekheli.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Yakha Ukuxhumana Kwe-Client:</big></b><br>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2587,7 +2595,7 @@
" enekheli elifanayo lomshini.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
@@ -2610,7 +2618,7 @@
" Shiya kungenalutho ukuze uthumele igama.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2618,7 +2626,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Hlela amakheli engeziwe e-interface (amagama abasebenzisi) kule dayalogi.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
@@ -2631,7 +2639,7 @@
"ne-<b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2639,14 +2647,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ungalifaki igama le-interface egameni lomsebenzisi. Ngokwesibonelo, faka u-<b>foo</b> esikhundleni sika-<b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
@@ -2676,7 +2684,7 @@
" </p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2685,7 +2693,7 @@
"ukuze asetshenziswe kwinethiwekhi esebenza ngamaza omoya.</p>"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2700,7 +2708,7 @@
" lisebenza njengendawo yokungena).</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2719,7 +2727,7 @@
" esinamandla kakhulu.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
@@ -2756,7 +2764,7 @@
" <b>Inakekelwe</b>.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2771,7 +2779,7 @@
" bakheka ngokuzenzakalelayo, ngakho kudingeka ufake kuphela abayi-40 kuya kwabayi-232 bit.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2788,7 +2796,7 @@
" okulula ukuliqagela njengenkulumo yokungena eyimfihlo.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2797,7 +2805,7 @@
"faka izilinganiso ezengeziwe ebhokisini elilandelayo.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3404,23 +3412,23 @@
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqalisa..."
#. Ramote Administration dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr "I-Administration Ekude"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&Vumela Ukuqondisa Okukude"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&Ungakuvumeli Ukuqondisa Okukude"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -3437,17 +3445,17 @@
" Lolu hlobo lokuqondisa ukude aluphephile kunokusebenzisa i-SSH.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "Amasethingi Okuqondisa Ukude"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "La maphakheji kudingeka afakwe (installed):"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3462,112 +3470,111 @@
#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254
msgid "unplugged"
msgstr "akupulakiwe"
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Akwaziwa"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlela Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-DNS Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-DNS Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kweziphakeli Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-ISDN Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwekhadi Lenethiwekhi Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwemodemu Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlela Kwe-proxy Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlela Komphakeli Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kokuthuthwa Kokwaziswa Kugcinwe Ngempumelelo"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr "Hlela imeyili manje?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr "Sebenzisa ukuhlelwa kwe-%1?"
+#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
+#.
+#. see bnc#433084
+#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
+#.
+#. returns true if items were disabled
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008
+msgid ""
+"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
+"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Amakhadi Enethiwekhi"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Amamodemu"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "Amakhadi e-ISDN"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "Amadivayisi E-DSL"
-#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Wonke Amadivayisi Enethiwekhi"
-#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM
-#. see bnc#433084
-#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100
-msgid ""
-"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
-"cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
-"\n"
-"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
-"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
@@ -3832,7 +3839,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Isango le-inthanethi eliyi-default alisebenzi."
@@ -4058,65 +4065,79 @@
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr "&MTU"
+#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Service"
+msgid "NetworkManager Service"
+msgstr "Isevisi Yenethiwekhi"
+
+#. ifup is a program name
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Traditional Chinese"
+msgid "Traditional ifup"
+msgstr "IsiShayina Sendabuko"
+
+#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add &Service"
+msgid "Wicked Service"
+msgstr "Faka &Isevisi"
+
+#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "Network Services Disabled"
+msgstr "Izinkonzo Zenethiwekhi"
+
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-#. radio button label
-#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager
-#. program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
-msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
-msgstr "&Iqondiswa Oyisebenzisayo ngenethiwekhiManager"
-
-#. radio button label
-#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365
-msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
-msgstr "&Indlela Evamilenge-ifup"
-
-#. radio button label
-#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
-msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "General Network Settings"
+msgstr "Amasethingi Avamile"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
#, fuzzy
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "AmaPhrothokholi e-IP"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Vula i-IPv6"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Idivayisi engaziwa"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "Ikheli le- DHCP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Alikho ikheli lomphakeli olinikiwe"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
@@ -4124,12 +4145,12 @@
msgstr "Okulandelayo %1: %2 -- %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "&Shintsha Idivayisi"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "Khetha Idivayisi Ye-nethiwekhi"
@@ -4146,62 +4167,58 @@
msgstr ""
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name"
-msgid "Device name:"
+msgid "Device Name:"
msgstr "Igama Ledivayisi"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
-msgid "Base udev rule on"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101
+msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr ""
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110
#, fuzzy
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "Ikheli le-IPv4"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr ""
-#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one.
-#.
-#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid
-#.
-#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154
+#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa %1 sekukhona kakade."
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Sound card configuration module."
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "Imoduli yokuhlelwa kwekhadi lomsindo."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "Bhala izinhlelo"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Vuselela ukuhlela"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr "Funda i-/etc/ipsec.conf"
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlelwa kwesiphakeli ne-DNS..."
@@ -4209,46 +4226,46 @@
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "Ibhala izinhlelo..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Ivuselela ukuhlela..."
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "Ifunda i-/etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Igama Lesiphakeli: Isethwe Yi-DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Igama Lesiphakeli: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Igama lesiphakeli ngeke libhalwe ku-/etc/iziphakeli"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Iziphakelalwazi Zegama: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Uhlu Lokucinga: %1"
@@ -4270,317 +4287,323 @@
msgstr "Ivuselela amaphakheji..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Ilungiselela Ukuqalisa Inethiwekhi"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Thungatha amadivayisi enethiwekhi"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Funda ukwaziswa kwe-driver"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Funda ukuhlelwa kwedivayisi"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Funda ukuhlelwa kwenethiwekhi"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Funda amasethingi esihenqo sokuvikela (firewall)"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Funda ukuhlelwa kwesiphakeli ne-DNS"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Funda ukwaziswa kokufakwa kohlelo"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Funda ukuhlelwa kokuthuthwa kokwaziswa"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Thungatha isimo samanje"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
#, fuzzy
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Ithungatha i-hardware..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Ithungatha amadivayisi enethiwekhi..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlelwa kwedivayisi..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhelwa kwenethiwekhi..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi esihenqo sokuvikela..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlelwa kwesiphakeli ne-DNS..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukwaziswa kokufakwa kohlelo..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlelwa kokuthuthwa kokwaziswa..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Ithungatha isimo samanje..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulie"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Ukuze kusebenze izinguquko kudingeka iqaliswe kabusha. "
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa Kwenethiwekhi"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Ibhala ukwaziswa kwama-driver"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Bhala ukuhlelwa kwedivayisi"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Bhala ukuhlelwa kwenethiwekhi"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Bhala ukuhlelwa kokuthuthwa kokwaziswa"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Bhala ukuhlelwa kwesiphakeli ne-DNS"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Setha amasevisi enethiwekhi"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi efayawoli"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Vula amasevisi enethiwekhi"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Ibhala i-/etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Ibhala ukuhlelwa kwedivayisi..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Ibhala ukuhlelwa kwenethiwekhi..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Ibhala ukuhlelwa kokuthuthwa kokwaziswa..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Ibhala ukuhlelwa kwesiphakeli ne-DNS..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Isetha amasevisi enethiwekhi..."
#. Progress step 8
-#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi esihenqo esiyisivikelo..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Ivula amasevisi enethiwekhi..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
#, fuzzy
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Funda amasethingi enethiwekhi"
+#. Import data
+#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Imodi Yenethiwekhi"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "&Iqondiswa Oyisebenzisayo ngenethiwekhiManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Cisha Isilawuli Senethiwekhi"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
#, fuzzy
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "&Indlela Evamilenge-ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Vula Isilawuli Senethiwekhi"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Usizo Oluvuliwe Lwephrothokholi Ye-IPv6"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Cisha i-IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
#, fuzzy
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Usizo Oluvuliwe Lwephrothokholi Ye-IPv6"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "connected"
msgstr "(akuxhumekile)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Iqalise ngokuzenzakalelayo ekuqalisweni kwekhompuyutha"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Iqaliswe ngokuzenzakalelayo lapho ixhumana nekhebuli"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Ilawulwa yiSilawuli Senethiwekhi"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Ngeke nhlobo iqaliswe"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Iqaliswe mathupha"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "Ikheli le-IP labiwe kusetshenziswa i-DHCP"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292
#, fuzzy
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "Ikheli le-IPv4"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2"
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
@@ -4589,47 +4612,47 @@
#. FIXME:
#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Ayihleliwe"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device Name: %1"
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Igama Ledivayisi: %1"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond slaves"
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Izigqila ze-bond"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Ending Banner"
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "&Ibhanelo Lokuphothula"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "(akuxhumekile)"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
@@ -4639,50 +4662,67 @@
"<b>Hlela Amakhadi Omsindo</b> ukuze uqalise ukuhlelwa kwemoduli yomsindo.\n"
" </P>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
#, fuzzy
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Ukwaziswa Okudingekayo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "akwaziwa"
+#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
+#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed."
+msgid ""
+"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
+"firewall settings will be disabled."
+msgstr "Le phakheji ayifakiwe futhi ngeke ifakwe."
+
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Hlela imeyili manje?"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Qala kabusha isevisi"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa Kwesiqalisi se-iSCSI"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Ihlela Ulimi"
+#. Enable xinetd
+#. Enable XDM
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
+msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr "Ukuqalisa isevisi ye-'lirc' akuphumelelanga."
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Iqala kabusha isevisi..."
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415
+#. description in proposal
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Ukuqondisa kude kuvuliwe."
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Ukuqondisa kude kuvuliwe."
@@ -4739,22 +4779,33 @@
msgstr "Ukuthumela i-IP: kuvuliwe"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr "&Buyisa I-DNS Ngokuzenzakalelayo"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123
msgid "Firewall Disabled"
msgstr "Isihenqo Esivikelayo Sicishiwe"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Akuvikelwe)"
+#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
+#~ msgstr "&Iqondiswa Oyisebenzisayo ngenethiwekhiManager"
+
+#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
+#~ msgstr "&Indlela Evamilenge-ifup"
+
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Device Name"
+#~ msgid "Device name:"
+#~ msgstr "Igama Ledivayisi"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
#~ msgstr "I-port ye-SSH <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
@@ -4763,10 +4814,6 @@
#~ msgstr "I-port ye-SSH <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">ivuliwe</a>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "General Network Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Amasethingi Avamile"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "Amasethingi Avamile"
@@ -5273,9 +5320,6 @@
#~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface"
#~ msgstr "Nezela &Umphakeli Kule Interface"
-#~ msgid "Network Services"
-#~ msgstr "Izinkonzo Zenethiwekhi"
-
#~ msgid "S&kip"
#~ msgstr "Y&eqa"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/nfs.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/nfs.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/nfs.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/nfs_server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/nfs_server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/nfs_server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -74,30 +74,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "&Iziphakelalwazi Ze-NFS"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "Ifayawoli icishiwe"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "La maphakheji kudingeka afakwe (installed):"
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -106,11 +106,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr ""
@@ -164,35 +164,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "Phe&qa"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
-#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-"with spaces in their names.\n"
-"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-msgstr ""
-
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
@@ -200,17 +192,17 @@
"Yakhe?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
#, fuzzy
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "&Ongakhetha kukho"
@@ -218,14 +210,14 @@
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -233,25 +225,25 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -259,53 +251,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi se-DNS"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Qala"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "Ngiyavuma &Angivumi"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Gcina ukuhlela"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -313,78 +305,73 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
+#. Help, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
-msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "&I-Local Directory..."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Hlela"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "Su&sa"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
#, fuzzy
msgid "Options"
msgstr "&Ongakhetha kukho"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "&I-host:"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Hl&ela"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Su&sa"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
@@ -392,7 +379,7 @@
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukwakha i-directory '%1'."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -400,98 +387,92 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Ibhala Ukuhlela KweFayawoli"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuqala kabusha '%1' isevisi"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "Igcina izoni yesikhathi..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Ilungisa isevisi yefayawoli..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulile"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi efayawoli..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302
-msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unable to write %1."
-msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala i-%1."
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unable to write %1."
-msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala i-%1."
-
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to write %1."
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala i-%1."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Unable to write %1."
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala i-%1."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Unable to write %1."
+#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala i-%1."
+
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "Imikhombandlela"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/nis.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/nis.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/nis.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/nis_server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/nis_server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/nis_server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
#. To translators: checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100
+#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98
msgid "This host is also a NIS &client"
msgstr ""
@@ -386,23 +386,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
#, fuzzy
-msgid "N&IS domain name:"
+msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
msgstr "&Igama Le-domain"
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
+msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi se-DNS"
+
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109
#, fuzzy
msgid "Slave Server Setup"
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi se-Samba"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/ntp-client.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/ntp-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/ntp-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -47,25 +47,24 @@
msgstr "Faka igama lesiphakelalwazi elinembile."
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
#, fuzzy
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "Ikheli Lesiphakelalwazi"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr "Qala kabusha i-daemon ye-NTP"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwe Kwe-NTP"
-#. try to line up the widgets horizontally
#. push button label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
#, fuzzy
@@ -79,22 +78,32 @@
msgstr "&Hlela..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Izivumelanisa ne-ZENworks"
+#. update time widgets
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
+msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
+msgstr "Ukuxhumana nesiphakelalwazi se-LDAP akwakheki."
+
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481
-msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+msgid ""
+"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
+"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
+"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. local clock type name
@@ -606,6 +615,9 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Qalisa ngokuzenzakalelayo I-Daemon Ye-NTP</big></b><br>\n"
"Khetha ukuthi uyiqalise yini i-daemon ye-NTP lapho uqalisa isistimu. I-daemon\n"
@@ -613,7 +625,7 @@
" ngenethiwekhi kufanele kuqaliswe ngaphambi kokuba kuqalise i-daemon ye-NTP.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -625,7 +637,7 @@
" <b>Yenza I-Daemon Ye-NTP Isebenze Kwi-Chroot Jail</b>. Ukuqalisa noma iyiphi i-daemon kwi-chroot jail\n"
" kuphephe kakhulu futhi kuyatuswa kakhulu ukuba kwenziwe kanjalo.</p>"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
@@ -634,7 +646,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -649,7 +661,7 @@
" ukwaziswa ngeziphakelalwazi ze-NTP kuhlinzekwa yisiphakelalwazi se-DHCP.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -664,7 +676,7 @@
" sikhethe bese uchofoza u-<b>Susa</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -674,7 +686,7 @@
"Ukubheka amalogi e-daemon ye-NTP esibukweni esisha, chofoza inkinobho ethi<b>Veza Ilogi</b>.</p>"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -685,7 +697,7 @@
" newashi elixhunywe ekhompuyutheni, sebenzisa u-<b>Ukuhlelwa Okuthuthukisiwe</b>."
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
@@ -694,7 +706,7 @@
"Khetha i-driver yewashi ozolihlela.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -705,7 +717,7 @@
" <b>Inombolo Yeyunithi</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -724,7 +736,7 @@
" noma kumelwe yakhiwe nguwe mathupha.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
@@ -733,7 +745,7 @@
"Ukuze ulinganise i-driver yewashi, chofoza <b>Ukulinganisa I-Driver</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -746,7 +758,7 @@
" e-Inthanethi.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -759,7 +771,7 @@
" ukhetha phakathi kokuthi <b>Isiphakelalwazi Se-NTP Sasekhaya</b> kanye nokuthi <b>Isiphakelalwazi Se-NTP Somphakathi</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -770,7 +782,7 @@
" chofoza u-<b>Hlola</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -781,7 +793,7 @@
" sebenzisa <b>Ikheli</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -792,7 +804,7 @@
".</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -804,7 +816,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -817,7 +829,7 @@
" <b>Okukhethwa kukho</b>. Ukuze uthole imininingwane, bheka \n"
" <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm</i>.</p>"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -829,7 +841,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
@@ -838,7 +850,7 @@
"Khetha uhlobo lwezisebenzisani zokuvumelanisa ozozenezela lapha.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
@@ -847,7 +859,7 @@
"khetha <b>Isiphakelalwazi</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
@@ -856,7 +868,7 @@
"<b>Izisebenzisani</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
@@ -865,7 +877,7 @@
"khetha <b>Iwashi Lomsakazo</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
@@ -874,7 +886,7 @@
"<b>Ukusakaza Okuphumayo</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
@@ -883,7 +895,7 @@
"futhi uzisebenzisele ukusetha isikhathi sendawo, khetha u-<b>Ukusakaza Okungenayo<b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -894,7 +906,7 @@
" isiphakelalwazi se-NTP ohlwini lweziphakelalwazi ezaziwayo ze-NTP.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -909,7 +921,7 @@
" Khetha isiphakelalwazi ohlwini lweziphakelalwazi ezitholiwe.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -920,7 +932,7 @@
" iziphakelalwazi ze-NTP zezwe elithile kuphela, khetha <b>Izwe</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -941,7 +953,7 @@
" ukuze uthole isiphakelalwazi se-NTP esiseduze nawe.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -951,7 +963,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -966,7 +978,7 @@
" i-TNP client yakho ivunyelaniswa neziphakelalwazi ezihlukahlukene ihora ngalinye.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -979,7 +991,7 @@
" yohlobo lwako. Amanye ama-driver awasebenzi kukho konke okungase kukhethwe.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
@@ -1343,121 +1355,124 @@
msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi e-NTP..."
#. progress step
-#. error report
+#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
+#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
+#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
+#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulile"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "Ukugcina Ukuhlelwa Kwe-NTP Client"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi e-NTP"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr "Qala kabusha i-daemon ye-NTP"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr "Iqala kabusha i-daemon ye-NTP..."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufunda umiso."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuqalisa kabusha i-daemon ye-NTP."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "I-daemon ye-NTP iqala lapho uqalisa isistimu."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "I-daemon ye-NTP ayiqalisi ngokuzenzakalelayo."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "Iziphakelalwazi: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "Amawashi Omsakazo: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "Okusebenzelanayo: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "Sakaza ukwaziswa ngesikhathi ku: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "Yamukela ukwaziswa ngesikhathi okusakaziwe kuvela ku-: %1"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Bhala ukuhlelwa kwesiphakeli ne-DNS"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
#, fuzzy
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Ivuselela amafayela okuhlela..."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Amabalengwe okuhlelwa kwegundane."
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "Ukuhlola isiphakelalwazi se-NTP..."
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi siyafinyeleleka futhi sisabela kahle."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi asifinyeleleki noma asisabeli kahle."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/oneclickinstall.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/oneclickinstall.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/oneclickinstall.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/online-update-configuration.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/online-update-configuration.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/online-update-configuration.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/online-update.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/online-update.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/online-update.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -120,13 +120,20 @@
msgid "Initializing Online Update"
msgstr "Ilungiselela Ukuqalisa Ukuvuselelwa Kohlelo Kwi-Inthanethi"
-#. yes/no message
-#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209
msgid ""
"No update repository\n"
"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
msgstr ""
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgid "No update repository configured yet."
+msgstr "Ibingakahlelwa."
+
#. progress window label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49
msgid "Progress Log"
Added: trunk/yast/zu/po/opensuse_mirror.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/opensuse_mirror.zu.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/opensuse_mirror.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2007 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr "I-Directory:"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "Mirrored"
+msgstr "Iphutha"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "yebo"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "cha"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "&Mirror"
+msgstr "Iphutha"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145
+msgid "&Do not Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgid "Select/Deselect &All"
+msgstr "Kukhethe Konke Noma Uyeke Ukukukhetha &Obusukukhethile"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/packager.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/packager.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/packager.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -175,6 +175,18 @@
msgid "&Text Mode"
msgstr "I-&Text Mode"
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
+msgstr ""
+"Ukuhlola izinhlelo zamuva akuphumelelanga. Bheka\n"
+"amalogi ukuze uthole imininingwane.\n"
+
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
msgid "Copy Installation Media"
@@ -537,7 +549,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
@@ -606,7 +618,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "I-URL: %1"
@@ -874,7 +886,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Imininingwane:"
@@ -882,7 +894,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Ungathanda ukuzama futhi?"
@@ -1290,7 +1302,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "&Qala Ukuhlola"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Khipha"
@@ -1561,7 +1573,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1597,83 +1609,83 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha ngesikhathi ulungiselela isistimu yokufaka amafayela."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
#, fuzzy
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Ifayela yokuhlela ayizange itholakale noma ayinalutho"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Faka i-CD enesenezeli"
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
#, fuzzy
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "I-URL: %1"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "I-URL: %1, I-Directory: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Ukwaziswa Okwengeziwe"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Ukukhethwa Komkhiqizo"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Imikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Faka i-CD enesenezeli"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Faka imidiyamu yokufaka uhlelo yokuqala."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala i-%1."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Imodi Engaziwa"
@@ -1731,7 +1743,7 @@
msgstr "Kuyekiwe ukufakwa kohlelo."
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
#, fuzzy
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr "&Imidiya"
@@ -1740,13 +1752,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Isikwenzile."
@@ -1754,7 +1766,7 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
@@ -1763,7 +1775,7 @@
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Name: %1"
msgid "Next: %1"
@@ -1772,7 +1784,7 @@
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Ingqikithi"
@@ -1781,12 +1793,12 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "Ilanda ifayela %1 (landa usayizi wefayela %2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1795,118 +1807,118 @@
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Package"
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Ilanda Iphakheji"
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr "Ilanda Iphakheji"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "Isusa ifayela %1"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "Okungafakiwe (%1 -> %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Isebenzisa i-delta RPM: %1"
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "Usayizi wesistimu yekhompuyutha yakho ingu-64-bit x86-64. Nokho, wena uzama ukufaka amaphakheji ngalinye elidinga isistimu engu-32-bit."
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345
#, fuzzy
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Isihlongozo Sokufaka i-UML</B></P>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Umkhiqizo: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376
#, fuzzy
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "Isistimu: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387
#, fuzzy
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "Amaphethini"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Usayizi Wamaphakheji Ofuna Ukuwafaka: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Ukuphaka Imininingwane Yohlelo Yamuva "
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr ""
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n"
@@ -1917,28 +1929,75 @@
"Qhubeka yize kunjalo?\n"
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "Idiski ayinasikhala esanele."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "Idiski ayinasikhala esanele. Susa amanye amaphakheji kwelinye la maphakheji owakhethile."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "Kunesikhala esingu-%1 (%2%%) kuphela efayeleni lokulondoloza ukwazisa %3.<BR>"
+#. newly installed products
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
+msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
+msgstr "Iphakheji %1 izofakwa ohlelweni."
+
+#. product update: %s is a product name
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
+msgstr "Amaphakheji angu-%1 azovuselelwa"
+
+#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708
+msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed."
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
+msgstr "Iphakheji %1 izofakwa ohlelweni."
+
+#. Removing another product might be an issue
+#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725
+msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
+#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Ayikho ikhathalogi etholakele kwifayela '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
@@ -1956,33 +2015,33 @@
" esiphakelalwazini seNgosi Ye-Inthanethi Ye-SUSE Linux.</b></p>"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Yenza imediya efakiwe ukuba isebenzelane namanye..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664
#, fuzzy
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Ihlulekile ukwenza umthombo we-service pack ukuba usebenzelane neminye."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697
#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqalisa umthombo omusha..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Faka i-%1 CD 1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "Ifayela %1 CD 1 alitholakalanga"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1991,19 +2050,19 @@
"Hlola ifayela %1 ukuze uthole imininingwane eyengeziwe."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Ihlola amaphakheji akhethiwe ukuze ibone ukubaluleka kwawo..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2012,42 +2071,44 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param string filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufunda ifayela '%1'"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Ulimi"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
-msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+#. check box label
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "&Yebo, Ngiyavumelana Nesivumelwano Selayisensi"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree"
-msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
-msgstr "C&ha Angivumelani"
+#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
+"%{license_url}"
+msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %1"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -2057,34 +2118,34 @@
" okokukodwa kongakukhetha okutholakalayo. Uma ungavumelani nesivumelwano selayisensi,\n"
" ukuhlela kuzochithwa.</p>\n"
+#. dialog title
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Isivumelwano Selayisensi"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Ikuyeke ngempela ukufakwa komkhiqizo owenezelwayo?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "Isistimu iyavala..."
@@ -2174,75 +2235,80 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34
+msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr "Bonisa &I-URL..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr "&I-FTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr "&I-HTTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr "I-HTT&PS..."
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719
msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgstr "&I-SMB/CIFS"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
msgid "&NFS..."
msgstr "&I-NFS..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr "&I-CD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr "&I-DVD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr "&Ugalaza (Hard Disk)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "&I-Directory Eseduze..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "Yakha i-Imeji ye-ISO..."
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "Ayikho Incazelo"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2251,7 +2317,7 @@
"wemediya, yenza <b>Umfanekiso We-ISO</b>.</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
@@ -2261,53 +2327,53 @@
"yenza indawo yemediya yokuqala kulawo mamediya isebenze.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "&Igama Lesiphakelalwazi"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Umgudu We-Directory Noma Umfanekiso We-ISO"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
#, fuzzy
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "Umfanekiso We-ISO"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Protocol"
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "&Iphrothokholi"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Izindlela Ongakhetha Kuzo Zokuxhakathisa"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156
#, fuzzy
#| msgid " (default)"
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(default)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167
#, fuzzy
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Igama &Lokukhethiwe"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "Iph&rothokholi"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186
#, fuzzy
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Igama &Lokukhethiwe"
@@ -2315,40 +2381,40 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "&Inqolobane Yephrofayili:"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi se-DNS"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "Imidiya Ye-CD Noma I-DVD"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Ugalaza"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr ""
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "I-Directory Eseduze"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Umfanekiso We-ISO"
@@ -2358,26 +2424,26 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi Ne-Directory"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Igama lokokwabelana alikwazi ukungabi nalutho."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "&Inqolobane Yephrofayili:"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2388,13 +2454,13 @@
" we-directory noma ifayela lomfanekiso we-ISO yemidiya efaka izinhlelo.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "Igama Lesevisi"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2405,17 +2471,17 @@
" we-directory noma ifayela lomfanekiso we-ISO yemidiya efaka izinhlelo.</p>"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "I-URL ayikwazi ukungabi nalutho."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "I-&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2428,16 +2494,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2448,7 +2514,7 @@
"Sebenzisa <b>Igama Lesiphakelalwazi</b> noMgudu We-Directory <b> noma Umfanekiso We-ISO</b>\n"
" ukuze ubonisi isiphakeli sesiphakelalwazi i-NFS nomgudu waleso siphakelalwazi.<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2457,16 +2523,16 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&I-CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&I-DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
@@ -2475,12 +2541,12 @@
"Yenza <b>I-CD-ROM</b> noma <b>I-DVD-ROM</b> ukuze ubonise uhlobo lwemidiya.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "Ifayela Lomfanekiso We-ISO"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
@@ -2490,7 +2556,7 @@
"Phinda uzame.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
@@ -2498,7 +2564,7 @@
msgstr "Ifayela ebonisiwe ayikho."
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2506,18 +2572,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Umgudu We-Directory"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "&Umgudu We-Directory"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2531,23 +2597,23 @@
" we-directory othwele amaphakheji e-RPM.</p>"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "Idivayisi Yokugcina Ukwaziswa Okuningi"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
#, fuzzy
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "Isistimu Yefayela"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
#, fuzzy
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "I-Directory:"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2564,7 +2630,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2572,12 +2638,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Idivayisi Yeflophi Diski "
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2593,13 +2659,13 @@
" we-directory othwele amaphakheji e-RPM.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Umgudu We-Directory Noma Umfanekiso We-ISO"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2611,73 +2677,73 @@
" we-directory othwele amaphakheji e-RPM.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi &Igama"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&I-Port"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Hlanganyela"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
#, fuzzy
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "Umfanekiso We-ISO"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&I-Directory Esesiphakelalwazini"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "&Ukugunyaza"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Engaziwa"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "Iqembu Labasebenzi Noma I-domain"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Igama Lomsebenzisi"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Iphasiwedi"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&I-FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "I-H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "I-HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2703,7 +2769,7 @@
" wemediya, yenza <b>Umfanekiso We-ISO usebenze</b>.</p>"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2712,12 +2778,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949
-msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957
+msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2729,7 +2795,7 @@
" noma i-hard disk.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2740,7 +2806,7 @@
" yenza ukuba umkhiqizo we-CD noma i-DVD utholakale.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2764,7 +2830,7 @@
" kwi-directory eyodwa.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -2783,28 +2849,28 @@
" ama-CD okuqala, njenge /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the media type."
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Khetha uhlobo lwemidiya."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Faka i-CD enesenezeli"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Faka i-DVD enesenezeli"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147
#, fuzzy
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Abekho ogalaza abatholiwe"
#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2814,11 +2880,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Uhlobo LweMidiya"
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgid "Add On Product"
+msgstr "Imikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo"
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
#, fuzzy
@@ -2924,7 +2996,9 @@
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Hlela Imonitha"
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680
+#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
+#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr "&I-Drive yokukhipha"
@@ -3003,12 +3077,12 @@
"Umthombo okhethiwe ayinayo i-URL."
#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
msgstr "Iqoqa ukwazisa kwamasevisi atholakele efayela %1..."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n"
@@ -3020,7 +3094,7 @@
" evimbela ukuskenwa kwenethiwekhi."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
#, fuzzy
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
msgstr "Awekho amakhathalogi e-SLP atholakele kwinethiwekhi yakho."
@@ -3051,6 +3125,11 @@
msgstr "Sicela uyeke amanye amaphakheji owakhethile."
#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree"
+#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
+#~ msgstr "C&ha Angivumelani"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>All registered repositories are shown here.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -4312,12 +4391,6 @@
#~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System"
#~ msgstr "Isistimu Enezithombe Ezimbalwa &Futhi Ezicacile"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Ukuhlola izinhlelo zamuva akuphumelelanga. Bheka\n"
-#~ "amalogi ukuze uthole imininingwane.\n"
-
#~ msgid "Registered Catalogs"
#~ msgstr "Amakhathalogi Abhalisiwe"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/pam.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/pam.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/pam.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/pkg-bindings.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/pkg-bindings.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/pkg-bindings.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
#, fuzzy
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
msgstr "Ukwakha kabusha isizinda sokwaziswa sephakheji..."
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqalisa isistimu okusetshenzwa kuyo"
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
msgstr "Amaphakheji &Afakiwe"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/printer.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/printer.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/printer.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/product-creator.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/product-creator.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/product-creator.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/proxy.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/proxy.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/proxy.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/qt-pkg.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/qt-pkg.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/qt-pkg.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -45,48 +45,48 @@
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "Ukubuyisela Amafayela"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "C&inga"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr "Amagama Ayisihluthulelo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "&Amabalengwe Okufakwa Kohlelo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr "I&ncazelo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "&Ukwaziswa Kobuchwepheshe"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Izinhlelo Okuncikwe Kuzo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "&Izinhlelo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
msgid "File List"
msgstr "Uhlu Lwamafayela"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "Shintsha Ilogi"
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
@@ -96,193 +96,193 @@
msgstr "&Khansela"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Amukela"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Ifayela"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr "&Landa..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr "&Dlulisa..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr "P&huma – Lahla Izinguquko"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr "&Yeka – Gcina Izinguquko"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
msgid "&Package"
msgstr "&Iphakheji"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "Wonke Amaphakheji"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "Vuselela uma kukhona izinhlelo ezintsha"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "Vuselela ngaphandle kwemibandela"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "&Isichibiyelo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Configuration"
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "Ukuhlela"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "Ukubuyisela Amafayela"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "Ukuvuselela Amafayela Kwi-Inthanethi"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "&Amafayela Ancike Kwamanye"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr "Hlo&la"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr "Ukuhlola &Ngokuzenzakalelayo"
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Ongakhetha kukho"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr "&Bonisa Uhlu Lwamaphakheji Angaphumelelanga"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr "&Bonisa Uhlu Lwamaphakheji Angaphumelelanga"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
#, fuzzy
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "&Imodi Yokugunyaza"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selecting packages..."
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr "Ikhetha amaphakheji..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Extras"
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr "&Izengezo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "Bonisa &Imikhiqizo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "Bonisa &Izinguquko Zamaphakheji Ezizenzakalelayo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Show &details"
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "Bonisa &imininingwane"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr "Faka Wonke Amaphakheji -&Afanelanayo nangama-devel"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr "Faka Wonke Amaphakheji –Afanelanayo angama-debuginfo "
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
#, fuzzy
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr "Faka Wonke Amaphakheji –Afanelanayo angama-debuginfo "
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr "Yenza i-Test CaseYesixazululi Samafayela Ancike Kwamanye"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Usizo"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "&Amabalengwe"
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr "&Izimpawu"
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr "&Izikhiye"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "Konke okuncike kumaphakheji kulungile."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
#, fuzzy
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "Izichibiyelo"
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "Gcina Uhlu Lwamaphakheji"
@@ -290,56 +290,56 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Iphutha"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha kudluliswa uhlu kwi-%1"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "Faka Uhlu Lwamaphakheji"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha kufakwa uhlu oluvela kwi-%1"
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "Amaphakheji angu-%1 azovuselelwa"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "&Qhubeka"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "K&hansela"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr "Amaphakheji Angaphansi Anezelwe:"
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/qt.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/qt.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/qt.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr "Isihleli Sengxenye"
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:640
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
"Shintshela ezinkonobhweni zesobunxele nesokudla?"
#. Popup dialog caption
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:653
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
msgstr "Ukuchofoza Okungalindelekile"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/rdp.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/rdp.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/rdp.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/rear.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/rear.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/rear.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/registration.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/registration.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/registration.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -16,50 +16,98 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37
msgid ""
-"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n"
-"to use the default SUSE registration server."
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+#. %s is the default SCC URL
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwesikhungo Samakhasimende Sakwa-Novell"
+
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52
+#. popup message
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised
-#. register the system
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164
+#. nil = use the default URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549
+#. register the base product
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text
+#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
+#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating boot options..."
+msgid "Updating to %s ..."
+msgstr "Ibuyekeza izinkethi zokuqalisa..."
+
+#. display the registration update dialog
+#. dialog title
+#. dialog title
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration"
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "Igama lomiso alikho."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr "Isango le-inthanethi eliyi-default alisebenzi."
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
@@ -67,54 +115,57 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
-msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
+msgid ""
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
msgid "Network Configuration..."
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwesikhungo Samakhasimende Sakwa-Novell"
-#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373
-msgid "&Email"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Address"
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "Ikheli Le-email"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Code"
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-#. TODO: improve the help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products."
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
msgstr ""
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration"
-msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-
#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377
msgid ""
"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -122,58 +173,27 @@
"on-line updates during installation?"
msgstr ""
-#. use two column layout if needed
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317
+#. cache the available addons
+#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Details..."
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Imininingwane..."
+msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup message, %s are product names
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
-msgid ""
-"Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
-"dependencies:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons."
-msgstr ""
-
#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411
-msgid "Extension Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. cache the available addons
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485
-msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595
-msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -185,311 +205,413 @@
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Register New User"
msgid "Register Again"
msgstr "Bhalisa Umsebenzisi Omusha"
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
msgid "Select Extensions"
msgstr ""
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Isistimu yakho isikulungele ukusetshenziswa.</p>"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
msgstr ""
-#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:42
-msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194
-msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
-#. register the base product
-#. register addons
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registering Product..."
-msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-msgstr[0] "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-msgstr[1] "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
+msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
+msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Ukulungisa kuphumelele."
-#. ---------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238
-msgid "Add-on &Name"
+#. remove possible duplicates
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243
+msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267
-msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
+#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
+#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
+#. but better than aborting the installation...
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration Code"
-msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
+msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Ukulanda ifayela lesitifiketi se-SMT kuhlulekile"
-#. TODO FIXME: add a help text
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
-msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "&Isitifiketi Sesiphakelalwazi"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349
+#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
+#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "Ukubhaliswa Komkhiqizo"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
-"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ukubhaliswa komkhiqizo kuhlanganisa umkhiqizo wakho esizindeni sokwaziswa sakwa-Novell, okukwenza ukwazi ukuthola izinhlelo zokuvuselela kwi-inthanethi kanye nosizo lwezobuchwepheshe. Ukuze ubhalise ngesikhathi ufaka uhlelo ngokuzenzakalelayo, khetha u-<b>Sebenzisa Ukubhaliswa Komkhiqizo</b>. <p>\n"
-"Ukuze wenze lula inqubo yokubhalisa, faka ukwaziswa okuvela kwisistimu yakho \n"
-" ngokusebenzisa <b>Iphrofayili Ye-hardware</b> nangokusebenzisa <b>Ukwaziswa Okufaka Uma Uthanda</b>."
+#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation"
+msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "Lwenze lusebenze ngesikhathi sokuzifaka"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
-"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Uma inethiwekhi yakho iletha iseva evamile ye-SMT, sicela usethe i-URL yeSeva ye-SMT nendawo yeSitifiketi se-SMT kokuthi <b>Amasethingi eSeva ye-SMT</b>. Sicela ubheke ibhuku elifundisa nge-SMT ngolunye usizo.</p>"
+#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation"
+msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "Ungalwenzi lusebenze ngesikhathi sokuzifaka"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register the Product"
-msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+#| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
+msgid "Registration Settings"
+msgstr "Ukwaziswa Kokubhalisa Kokusetshenziswa"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379
-msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Address"
+msgid "E-mail Address: %s"
+msgstr "Ikheli Le-email"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Server Settings"
-msgstr "Amasethingi Esiphakelalwazi"
+#| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
+msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
+msgstr "Igama lomiso alikho."
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources"
+msgid "Install Available Updates"
+msgstr "&Faka Yonke Imithombo Etholakalayo"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration Server"
msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396
-msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
-msgstr ""
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server URL: "
+msgid "Server URL: %s"
+msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi I-URL:"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Optional Server Certificate"
+#| msgid "Discovery"
+msgid "Use SLP discovery"
+msgstr "Okutholakele"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Server Certificate"
+msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
msgstr "&Isitifiketi Sesiphakelalwazi"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s"
+msgstr "Isitifiketi"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478
-msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Prepare Connection"
+msgid "Secure Connection Error"
+msgstr "Lungiselela Ukuxhumana"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
+msgid "Details:"
+msgstr "Imininingwane:"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Choose Certificate File"
+msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
+msgstr "Khetha Ifayela Yesitifiketi"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+msgid "Issued To"
msgstr ""
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
+msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+msgid "Organization (O): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+msgid "Issued By"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Validity"
+msgstr "Okukhethiwe okuyiphutha: %1"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
+msgid "Issued On: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The source is not valid."
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
+msgstr "Lo mthombo awusebenzi."
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error: %1:"
+msgid "Expires On: "
+msgstr "Kunephutha: %1:"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial Number"
+msgid "Serial Number: "
+msgstr "I-serial number:"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "I-fingerprint: %1"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "I-fingerprint: %1"
+
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Destination is invalid."
-msgid ""
-"The email address is not known or\n"
-"the registration code is not valid."
+msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Indawo oya kuyo ayisebenzi."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
+"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
+"might take very long time.\n"
+"\n"
+"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n"
+"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n"
+"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n"
+"the upgrade again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. add the hint to the error details
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration failed."
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Ukwaziswa Kokubhalisa Kokusetshenziswa"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Registration Code"
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
-
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
+msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Details..."
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Imininingwane..."
-#. label follwed by a certificate description
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Certificate:"
-msgstr "Isitifiketi"
+#. progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209
+msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151
-msgid "Issued To"
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210
+msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154
-msgid "Issued By"
+#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
+#. the original error message from openSSL
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228
+msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34
#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "I-fingerprint: %1"
+#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
+msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
+msgstr "Ibhala ukuhlelwa kokuthuthwa kokwaziswa..."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159
+#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze
+#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM!
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8
#, fuzzy
-msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "I-fingerprint: %1"
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
+msgid "SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Isitifiketi se-SMT"
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176
-msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10
+msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System"
msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
-msgid "Organization (O): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180
-msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194
-msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
-msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. return the boot command line parameter
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
+#. indent size used in summary text
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Checking..."
-msgid "Searching..."
-msgstr "Iyahlola..."
+msgid "Certificate:"
+msgstr "Isitifiketi"
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
-msgstr "Into eyodwa yokwaziswa kokubhalisa"
-
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Ikhodi Yephutha Elingaziwa."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Iqalisa Ukufaka Uhlelo..."
#. # error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isivumelwano Selayisensi"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr ""
-#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the
-#. not accepted extension
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65
+#. ask user to accept an addon EULA
+#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon
+#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr ""
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid ""
@@ -498,63 +620,325 @@
"failed."
msgstr "Ukulanda ifayela lesitifiketi se-SMT kuhlulekile"
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93
-msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
+msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr ""
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95
-msgid "%s License Agreement"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
+msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the registration data."
+msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
+msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
+msgstr[0] "Faka imininingwane yokubhalisa."
+msgstr[1] "Faka imininingwane yokubhalisa."
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (3/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "Imininingwane..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "akutholakali"
+
+#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device Identifier"
+msgid "Identifier"
+msgstr "Isivezi Sedivayisi"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr "Uhlelo"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "I-Architecture"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rule Type"
+msgid "Release Type"
+msgstr "Uhlobo Lomthetho"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Registration Code"
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disable download on a non-registered system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
+msgstr "Uyakusula ngempela '%1'?"
+
+#. replace the content
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Vendor Identifier"
+msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
+msgstr "Isivezi Somthengisi"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Version"
+msgstr "Uhlelo"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Architecture"
+msgid "&Architecture"
+msgstr "I-Architecture"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rule Type"
+msgid "&Release Type"
+msgstr "Uhlobo Lomthetho"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Ukubhaliswa komkhiqizo kuhlanganisa umkhiqizo wakho esizindeni sokwaziswa sakwa-Novell, okukwenza ukwazi ukuthola izinhlelo zokuvuselela kwi-inthanethi kanye nosizo lwezobuchwepheshe. Ukuze ubhalise ngesikhathi ufaka uhlelo ngokuzenzakalelayo, khetha u-<b>Sebenzisa Ukubhaliswa Komkhiqizo</b>. <p>\n"
+"Ukuze wenze lula inqubo yokubhalisa, faka ukwaziswa okuvela kwisistimu yakho \n"
+" ngokusebenzisa <b>Iphrofayili Ye-hardware</b> nangokusebenzisa <b>Ukwaziswa Okufaka Uma Uthanda</b>."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Uma inethiwekhi yakho iletha iseva evamile ye-SMT, sicela usethe i-URL yeSeva ye-SMT nendawo yeSitifiketi se-SMT kokuthi <b>Amasethingi eSeva ye-SMT</b>. Sicela ubheke ibhuku elifundisa nge-SMT ngolunye usizo.</p>"
+
+#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Code"
+msgid "Register the Product"
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Server Settings"
+msgstr "Amasethingi Esiphakelalwazi"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
+msgstr "&Isitifiketi Sesiphakelalwazi"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "&Isitifiketi Sesiphakelalwazi"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "none"
+msgstr "akukho lutho"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificate File to Import"
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "Ifayela Yesitifiketi Ezolandwa"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificate Overview"
+msgid "Certificate has expired"
+msgstr "Amabalengwe Esitifiketi"
+
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr "&Isitifiketi Sesiphakelalwazi"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
-#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials"
-#~ msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwesikhungo Samakhasimende Sakwa-Novell"
+#| msgid "Invalid time"
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "Isikhathi esingekho emthethweni"
+#. input field label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78
#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#. return the boot command line parameter
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking..."
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "Iyahlola..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
+msgstr "Into eyodwa yokwaziswa kokubhalisa"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Registering Product..."
+#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
+#~ msgstr[0] "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+#~ msgstr[1] "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+#~ msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Registration Code"
+#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+#~ msgstr "Ikhodi Yokubhalisa"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration"
#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration"
#~ msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwesikhungo Samakhasimende Sakwa-Novell"
@@ -606,11 +990,6 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Profile"
#~ msgstr "Iphrofayili Ye-hardware"
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
-#~ msgid "Registration Status"
-#~ msgstr "Ukwaziswa Kokubhalisa Kokusetshenziswa"
-
#~ msgid "Optional Information"
#~ msgstr "Ukwaziswa Okukhetha Uma Uthanda"
@@ -936,11 +1315,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Ukulungisa kuphumelele."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing."
-#~ msgid "Registration code is missing."
-#~ msgstr "Igama lomiso alikho."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
#~ msgid "Registration Status at: <b>%1</b>"
#~ msgstr "Ukwaziswa Kokubhalisa Kokusetshenziswa"
@@ -957,11 +1331,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Umlayezo:"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Error: %1:"
-#~ msgid "Expiry: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Kunephutha: %1:"
-
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use"
#~ msgid "Registration status is not available."
#~ msgstr "Ukwaziswa Kokubhalisa Kokusetshenziswa"
@@ -1021,12 +1390,6 @@
#~ msgid "unknown status"
#~ msgstr "inqubo engaziwe"
-#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "Lwenze lusebenze ngesikhathi sokuzifaka"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "Ungalwenzi lusebenze ngesikhathi sokuzifaka"
-
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "%1 item of registration data"
#~ msgstr "Into eyi-%1 yokwaziswa kokubhalisa"
@@ -1044,10 +1407,6 @@
#~ msgid "SMT Server: %1"
#~ msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi: %1"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Isitifiketi"
-
#~ msgid "&Key"
#~ msgstr "&Isikhiye"
@@ -1125,10 +1484,6 @@
#~ msgstr "Ingenisa okokugcina..."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated."
-#~ msgstr "Isango le-inthanethi eliyi-default alisebenzi."
-
-#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module."
#~ msgstr "Ingenisa okokugcina..."
@@ -1283,10 +1638,6 @@
#~ msgid "Valid from: "
#~ msgstr "Kusebenza kusukela:"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Valid to: "
-#~ msgstr "Okukhethiwe okuyiphutha: %1"
-
#~ msgid "Trust"
#~ msgstr "Themba"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/reipl.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/reipl.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/reipl.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Igama"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175
#, fuzzy
@@ -260,35 +260,35 @@
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
msgstr "Amafayela Ahleliwe (configured):"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
msgstr "Idivayisi ayihleliwe"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
msgstr "Lesi skena asisekelwa."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
msgstr "Idivayisi ayihleliwe"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
#, fuzzy
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
msgstr "Lesi skena asisekelwa."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/relocation-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/relocation-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/relocation-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/s390.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/s390.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/s390.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "&Deselect All"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Yeka Ukuwakhetha Wonke Obusuwakhethile"
#. error popup
#. error popup
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-client.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-client.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -207,6 +207,19 @@
msgid "M&aximum"
msgstr "Isibalo Esiphezulu Esivumelekile"
+#. require_groups
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Allowed Services"
+msgid "Allowed Group(s)"
+msgstr "Amasevisi Avunyelwe"
+
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Group Name"
+msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)"
+msgstr "Igama Leqembu"
+
#. combobox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
#, fuzzy
@@ -910,59 +923,62 @@
msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Iphothulile"
#. progress stage label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673
msgid "Install required packages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Faka amaphakheji adingekayo"
#. progress step label
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675
msgid "Installing required packages..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ifaka amaphakheji adingekayo..."
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
msgid "PAM Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ukungena kwi-PAM"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sebenzisa i-Kerberos"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ungayisebenzisi i-Kerberos"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Default Realm"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Indawo Yokufike Nohlelo (default)"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
msgid "Default Domain"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-domain Yokufike Nohlelo (default)"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
msgid "KDC Server Address"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ikheli Lesiphakelalwazi Se-KDC"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
msgid "Clock Skew"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I-Clock Skew"
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<b>Isiphakelalwazi se-KDC</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
@@ -974,7 +990,7 @@
#. summary text, %1 is value
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<b>Indawo Yokufike Nohlelo</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
@@ -984,12 +1000,14 @@
msgstr "Ukugunyazwa Okungaxhunyiwe Kwi-Inthanethi Kuvuliwe"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "&Yebo"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
msgid "No"
msgstr "&Cha"
@@ -1004,6 +1022,8 @@
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
+"I-Clock skew ayisebenzi.\n"
+"Phinde uzame. \n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
@@ -1011,71 +1031,150 @@
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
+"Okuhlala Isikhathi sokuphila akusebenzi.\n"
+"Phinde uzame."
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
-msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
-msgstr ""
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Ilungiselela Ukuqalisa Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Client YeSamba"
-#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Ilungiselela Ukuqalisa Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Client YeSamba"
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
+msgstr "Funda amasethingi eSamba embulunga yonke"
-#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
-#~ msgstr "Funda amasethingi eSamba embulunga yonke"
+#. translators: progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+msgid "Read the winbind status"
+msgstr "Funda isimo se-windbind"
-#~ msgid "Read the winbind status"
-#~ msgstr "Funda isimo se-windbind"
+#. translators: progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
+msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi eSamba embulunga yonke..."
-#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
-#~ msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi eSamba embulunga yonke..."
+#. translators: progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
+msgstr "Ifunda isimo se-windbind..."
-#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
-#~ msgstr "Ifunda isimo se-windbind..."
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Client YeSamba"
-#~ msgid "Disable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "Cisha amasevisi e-Samba"
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Bhala amasethingi"
-#~ msgid "Enable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "Vula amasevisi e-Samba"
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+msgid "Disable Samba services"
+msgstr "Cisha amasevisi e-Samba"
-#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "Icisha amasevisi e-Samba..."
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+msgid "Enable Samba services"
+msgstr "Vula amasevisi e-Samba"
-#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "Ivula amasevisi e-Samba..."
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
-#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi ku-%1."
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Icisha amasevisi e-Samba..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuqalisa isevisi ye-windbind."
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Ivula amasevisi e-Samba..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuqalisa i-daemon ye-windbind."
+#. write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
+msgstr "Bhala ukuhlelwa kwe-Kerberos"
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi ukumisa isevisi ye-windbind."
+#. write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
+msgstr "Ibhala ukuhlelwa kwe-Kerberos..."
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi ukumisa i-daemon ye-windbind"
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi ku-%1."
-#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
-#~ msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi e-PAM."
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuqalisa isevisi ye-windbind."
-#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Global"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuqalisa i-daemon ye-windbind."
-#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
-#~ msgstr "I-Workgroup noma i-Domain: %1"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukumisa isevisi ye-windbind."
-#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-#~ msgstr "Yakha i-Home Directory lapho Ungena"
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukumisa i-daemon ye-windbind"
-#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Isibalo Esiphelele Samasheya: %1"
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi e-PAM."
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Ukugunyaza ne-SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwe-Global"
+#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
+msgstr "I-Workgroup noma i-Domain: %1"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "Yakha i-Home Directory lapho Ungena"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
+msgstr "Ukugunyazwa Okungaxhunyiwe Kwi-Inthanethi Kuvuliwe"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
+msgstr "Isibalo Esiphelele Samasheya: %1"
+
+#. summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>I-Workgroup noma i-Domain</b>: %1</p>"
+
+#. summary item: authentication using winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ukugunyaza ne-SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
+msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
+msgstr ""
+
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&UNC Path"
#~ msgstr "&Izichibiyelo Ezintsha"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-users.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-users.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/samba-users.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/scanner.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/scanner.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/scanner.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/security.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/security.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/security.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/services-manager.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/services-manager.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/services-manager.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -16,14 +16,222 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi esistimu ayi-default..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Umgudu we-initrid Oyi-default"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default initrd Path"
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Umgudu we-initrid Oyi-default"
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the default system settings"
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Funda amasethingi esistimu ayi-default"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi esistimu ayi-default..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Shares"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "Okokwabelana Okutholakalayo"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Ayikho iphakheji ekhethiwe ukuze ifakwe."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Ayikho iphakheji ekhethiwe ukuze ifakwe."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "Ibhala ukuhlelwa..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "Ukubhala ukuhlelwa kwesistimu (system configuration)"
+
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Isevisi"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Ivuliwe ukuze isebenze"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "Imatasa"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Incazelo"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "&Qala"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "Qalisa/Yekisa i-Kdump"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "Bonisa &Imininingwane"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Security Manager"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "Isilawuli-kuphepha"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "Ifunda amasethingi esevisi ye-Samba..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Icishiwe"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active"
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr "Imatasa"
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amasevisi"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116
msgid ""
@@ -61,3 +269,83 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr ""
+
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Image"
+msgid "Default Target"
+msgstr "Umfanekiso Oyidifolthi"
+
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "Ibingakahlelwa."
+
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state
+#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Could not add interface."
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr "Ayikwazanga ukwengeza okokusebenzisana."
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Graphical Menu File"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "Ifayela Yemenu Yezithombe"
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Text Mode"
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr "Imodi Yombhalo"
+
+#. Systemd targets
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall Interfaces"
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Ama-Interface E-Firewall"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "Khetha Isimo"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Switch Mode"
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr "&Imodi Yokusintshanisa"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Image"
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr "Umfanekiso Oyidifolthi"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Other System"
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr "Enye Isistimu"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr "Imodi Edingekayo Ye-DMA"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/slp-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/slp-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/slp-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/snapper.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/snapper.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/snapper.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Incazelo"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&User Map"
msgid "User data"
@@ -39,45 +39,45 @@
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Uhlelo seluleko lokuK&huculula"
#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Space Free (%1)"
msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "Isikhala Esikhululekile (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "USB port (%1)"
msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "I-port (%1) Ye-USB "
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create New Partition"
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Yakha Ikamelo Elisha"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Single snapshot"
@@ -85,243 +85,243 @@
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Ngaphambi"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Uyakusula ngempela '%1'?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Singapore"
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Singapore"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reading list of users..."
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Ifunda uhlu lwabasebenzisi..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration"
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Sula Ukuhlela Kwamanje"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "I-ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Uhlobo"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Usuku Lokuqala"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Usuku Lokugcina"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Us&er Data"
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Uk&waziswa Komsebenzisi"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Change"
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Alukho ushintsho"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Modify"
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "&Lungisa"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Selected IDE device"
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Idivayisi ekhethiwe ye-IDE"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Next %1: %2"
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "Okulandelayo %1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Igcina izinguquko kumafayela..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Iyakwamukela ukufakazelwa okungaphumelelanga"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File %1 does not exists"
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Ifayela %1 ayikho"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File Contents: %1"
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Oku&qukethwe Kwefayela: %1"
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restored Files:"
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "Amafayela Abuyiselwe:"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restore Options"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Izindlela Ongazikhetha Zokubuyisela"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Device Select"
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Khetha Idivayisi Ye-nethiwekhi"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Vula"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Device Select"
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Khetha Idivayisi Ye-nethiwekhi"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgid ""
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -344,21 +344,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Ayikho iphakheji ekhethiwe ukuze ifakwe."
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring Files"
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Ukubuyisela Amafayela"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/sound.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/sound.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/sound.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/squid.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/squid.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/squid.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -1502,11 +1502,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53
msgid "Afrikaans"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "IsiBhunu"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54
msgid "Arabic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isi-Arabhu"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55
msgid "Armenian"
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66
msgid "Persian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "IsiPeresiya"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67
msgid "Finnish"
@@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71
msgid "Indonesian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isi-Indonesia"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72
msgid "Italian"
@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75
msgid "Latvian"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "IsiLatvia"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76
msgid "Lithuanian"
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77
msgid "Malay"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "IsiMalay"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78
msgid "Dutch"
@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90
msgid "Thai"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "IsiThai"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91
msgid "Turkish"
@@ -1672,11 +1672,11 @@
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93
msgid "Uzbek"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Isi-Uzbek"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94
msgid "Vietnamese"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "IsiVietnam"
#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/sshd.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/sshd.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/sshd.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
#. Table header
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63
msgid "Number"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inombolo"
#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63
msgid "Sshd"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/storage.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/storage.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/storage.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
msgstr "&Yakha Uhlelo Lwephathishini Oluvumelana Nezidingo Zakho"
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
#. this is the resize case
#.
#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi omhlaba wonke"
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
" yokwenza amaphathishini yongoti.</p>\n"
#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>\n"
@@ -185,16 +185,22 @@
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
#, fuzzy
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "Akunakwenzeka ukwakha ukuhlongoza okuceliwe."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -1033,7 +1039,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Hlongoza Ukwakha &Iphathishini Ehlukile Yasekuqaleni"
@@ -1052,7 +1058,7 @@
msgstr "Uhlobo lokuhlongoza"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
@@ -1066,7 +1072,7 @@
" Yaba indawo yokuxhakathisa yomqondisi \"/\" kwiphathishini.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
@@ -1080,7 +1086,7 @@
" Sebenzisa isistimu yefayela yakwa-Linux, njenge-ext2 noma i-reiserfs, kulezi zindlela zokuxhakathisa.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
@@ -1094,7 +1100,7 @@
" Sebenzisa isistimu yefayela yakwa-Linux, njenge-ext2 noma i-reiserfs, kulezi zindlela zokuxhakathisa.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
@@ -1108,7 +1114,7 @@
" Sebenzisa isistimu yefayela yakwa-Linux, njenge-ext2 noma i-reiserfs, kulezi zindlela zokuxhakathisa.\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1130,7 +1136,7 @@
" Kushintshe lokhu?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
@@ -1146,7 +1152,7 @@
" Ingabe uyafuna ukukwenza lokhu?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
@@ -1157,7 +1163,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
@@ -1177,7 +1183,7 @@
" Uyafuna ukushintsha uhlelo lwakho?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
@@ -1198,7 +1204,7 @@
" \n"
" Kushintshe lokhu?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1207,7 +1213,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
@@ -1225,34 +1231,9 @@
" Kushintshe lokhu?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Isixwayiso: Ngohlelo lwakho lwamanje, %1 ukufaka kwakho uhlelo\n"
-"kuzoba nezinkinga lapho uqalisa, ngoba awunalo iphathishini \"okuqalisa\"\n"
-" futhi iphathishini yakho \"yomqondisi\" iyivolumu enengqondo eyi-LVM.\n"
-" Lokhu akusebenzi.\n"
-" \n"
-" \n"
-" Uma ungazi kahle hle ukuthi yini oyenzayo, sebenzisa iphathishini evamile\n"
-" yamafayela akho angaphansi /kwawokuqalisa.\n"
-" \n"
-" Kushintshe lokhu?\n"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -1276,7 +1257,7 @@
" Kushintshe lokhu?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
@@ -1302,13 +1283,13 @@
" Kushintshe lokhu?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Uyalisusa ngempela leli qembu lesistimu?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1331,7 +1312,7 @@
" Ingabe ufuna ukushintsha lokhu?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
@@ -1347,7 +1328,7 @@
" ikakhulukazi kunoma isiphi salezi zimo ezilandelayo:\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1360,7 +1341,7 @@
" – uma le phathishini ingakabi nayo isistimu yefayela\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n"
@@ -1376,7 +1357,7 @@
" njengo-/, /boot, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
@@ -1388,7 +1369,7 @@
" Uyafuna ukushintsha uhlelo lwakho?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1397,7 +1378,7 @@
"Yisuse kwi-RAID ngaphambi kokuba uyihlele.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1406,7 +1387,7 @@
"Yisuse eqenjini levolumu ngaphambi kokuba uyihlele.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1415,7 +1396,7 @@
"Susa ivolumu ngaphambi kokuba uyihlele.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1424,7 +1405,7 @@
"Yisuse kwi-RAID ngaphambi kokuba uyisule.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1432,13 +1413,13 @@
"Idivayisi (%2) isetshenziswa yi-%1.\n"
"Susa i-%1 ngaphambi kokuba uyisule.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
#, fuzzy
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Idivayisi ayitholakalanga."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n"
@@ -1453,7 +1434,7 @@
" iphathishini enenombolo ephezulu iyasetshenziswa.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
@@ -1472,7 +1453,7 @@
" Chofoza uKhansela ngaphandle uma wazi kahle hle ukuthi yini oyenzayo.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1487,7 +1468,7 @@
" ngaphambi kokuba ususe iphathishini eyandisiwe.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1502,7 +1483,7 @@
" kokususa iphathishini eyandisiwe.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1523,15 +1504,15 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Ungakukhohlwa okufaka lapha."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
#, fuzzy
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Ukukhetha okungenalutho akuvunyelwe."
@@ -1567,7 +1548,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:"
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
@@ -1580,7 +1561,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
@@ -1606,7 +1587,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1617,7 +1598,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -2055,7 +2036,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -2068,25 +2049,25 @@
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "Ukusingathwa Kwesignisha"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Ukukhetha okungenalutho akuvunyelwe."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Igama lomphakeli %1 selikhona kakade."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -2129,7 +2110,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2149,7 +2130,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -2168,7 +2149,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2201,7 +2182,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2453,12 +2434,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2466,39 +2447,39 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount"
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Misa (mount)"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Akunakwenzeka ukususa umsebenzisi we-NIS."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Akunakwenzeka ukususa umsebenzisi we-NIS."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Akunakwenzeka ukwakha iphathishini kwi-%1."
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr "&I-Ram Disk"
@@ -2510,63 +2491,69 @@
msgstr "Thulula Indawo Yokuxhakathisa"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr "Faka I-password Yomphakeli"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr "Hlela &Ama-Disk e-iSCSI"
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
+msgstr "&Hlela..."
+
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr "&Hlela Ngokugcwele Ukuvuselelwa Kohlelo Okuzenzekelayo..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr "&Hlela..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr "&Hlela..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr "&Hlela..."
#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr "&Hlela..."
#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr "Izinhlelo Ezitholakalayo: %1"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -2574,14 +2561,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2589,7 +2576,7 @@
msgstr "Ukufunda kabusha ithebula lephathishini kukhansela zonke izinguquko zamanje. Ngempela ufuna lifundwe kabusha ithebula le phathishini?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2597,9 +2584,17 @@
msgstr "Ukufunda kabusha ithebula lephathishini kukhansela zonke izinguquko zamanje. Ngempela ufuna lifundwe kabusha ithebula le phathishini?"
#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+"Really call FCoE configuration?"
+msgstr "Ukufunda kabusha ithebula lephathishini kukhansela zonke izinguquko zamanje. Ngempela ufuna lifundwe kabusha ithebula le phathishini?"
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2607,7 +2602,7 @@
msgstr "Ukufunda kabusha ithebula lephathishini kukhansela zonke izinguquko zamanje. Ngempela ufuna lifundwe kabusha ithebula le phathishini?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2615,7 +2610,7 @@
msgstr "Ukufunda kabusha ithebula lephathishini kukhansela zonke izinguquko zamanje. Ngempela ufuna lifundwe kabusha ithebula le phathishini?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2623,7 +2618,7 @@
msgstr "Ukufunda kabusha ithebula lephathishini kukhansela zonke izinguquko zamanje. Ngempela ufuna lifundwe kabusha ithebula le phathishini?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
@@ -2915,15 +2910,55 @@
msgstr "Amadivaysi Ahlanganisiwe"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Khetha usayizi omusha wephathishini %1 yakho.\n"
+" </p>"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "O&perating Mode"
+msgid "Operating System"
+msgstr "Imodi E&sebenzayo"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
+msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
+msgstr "Ukusetshenziswa Kwe-Delta RPM Kusaqhubeka"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "Swap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Role: %s"
+msgid "Role"
+msgstr "indima: %s"
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Okokuqala, khetha uhlobo lwephathishini nokuthi le phathishini kufanele ifomathwe yini.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2931,7 +2966,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
@@ -2939,55 +2974,55 @@
msgstr "<p>Yibe usufaka indawo yokuxhakathisa ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "&Okukhethwa Kukho Kokuhlela"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
#, fuzzy
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Usayizi wephathishini."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Usayizi wephathishini."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
#, fuzzy
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Idiski Ukuya Kwiphathishini"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Izindlela Ongakhetha Kuzo Zokuxhakathisa"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "iphathishini"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Indawo Okugxunyekwe Kuyo"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Okukhethwa kukho kwe-Fs&tab"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Alukho uhlelo olukhethiwe."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
@@ -3001,19 +3036,19 @@
" Futhi hlola okukhethwa kukho kokufomatha.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
#, fuzzy
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Hlinzeka ngendawo yokuxhakathisa."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
#, fuzzy
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Hlinzeka ngendawo yokuxhakathisa."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3029,7 +3064,7 @@
" </p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -3038,23 +3073,23 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Zonke izinguquko zizolahleka!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Iphasiwedi"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -3064,7 +3099,7 @@
"Awukwazi ukushintsha usayizi wephathishini ekhethiwe ngoba isistimu yefayela\n"
" kule phathishini ayikusekeli ukushintshwa kukasayizi.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgid ""
@@ -3073,7 +3108,7 @@
msgstr "Akunakwenzeka ukwakha iphathishini kwi-%1."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
@@ -3086,24 +3121,24 @@
"ngoba isistimu yefayela ibonakala ingavumelani.\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "L&enze Libe Ngomunye Usayizi Ikamelo"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Shintsha Usayizi Wevolumu Enengqondo"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Isimo Samanje: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Isimo Samanje: %1"
@@ -3112,8 +3147,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -3125,7 +3160,7 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
#, fuzzy
@@ -3133,14 +3168,14 @@
msgstr "Usayizi We-Linux (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Usayizi We-Linux (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
#, fuzzy
@@ -3148,7 +3183,7 @@
msgstr "Usazizi We-Custom"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3158,7 +3193,7 @@
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
#, fuzzy
@@ -3171,7 +3206,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3180,13 +3215,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
#, fuzzy
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "_Okuphumayo:"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Ifunda ukuhlukaniswa kediski..."
@@ -3406,67 +3441,67 @@
msgstr "I-LDAP URL efakiwe ayisebenzi."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Hlela Iphathishini %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Hlela Iphathishini %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition."
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Asikho isikhala esishiyiwe kwiphathishini eyandisiwe."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap"
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Ukunezela iphathishini %1 ozoyishintshanisa"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "iphathishini"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Forward"
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "&Phambili"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Background"
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Indawo Yokusebenzela"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
#, fuzzy
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Ixhakathisa wonke amaphathishini..."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
#, fuzzy
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Uyawasusa ngempela wonke amaphathishini kwi-%1?"
@@ -3481,7 +3516,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
@@ -4483,13 +4518,13 @@
msgstr "Isetshenziswa Ngu"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Hlela Ivolumu Enengqondo"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Hlela Ivolumu Enengqondo"
@@ -4717,7 +4752,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Amasethingi"
@@ -4965,19 +5000,19 @@
" </p>\n"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
#, fuzzy
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Nezela i-RAI&D"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
#, fuzzy
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Su&sa i-RAID"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
#, fuzzy
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "&Hlela I-RAID"
@@ -5090,67 +5125,67 @@
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Ilebula"
#. list entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
#, fuzzy
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "I-ID"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr "Xhakathisa Nge"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
#, fuzzy
msgid "Used by"
msgstr "Isetshenziswa Ngu"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
#, fuzzy
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr "I-BIOS"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr "Ibhala ukwaziswa kwama-driver"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
#, fuzzy
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr "Gcina ukwaziswa kwe-host"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "&Ukufaka Ikhodi Yokuphepha"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Igama Ledivayisi"
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr "Ilebuli &Yevolumu"
@@ -5158,59 +5193,72 @@
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "I-ID Yedivayisi"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr "Umgudu &Wedivayisi"
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Optional"
+msgid "Optimal"
+msgstr "Ongakhetha kukho"
+
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Phetha isilinda: "
+
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr "I-domain Yokufike Nohlelo (default)"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr "Isistimu yefayela Yendawo"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr "Idivayisi Yokugcina Ukwaziswa"
#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr "Imithombo Yokwaziswa Yomsebenzisi"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
@@ -5221,14 +5269,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
@@ -5237,14 +5285,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -5588,14 +5636,14 @@
msgstr "Iphethini"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Size"
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "&Usayizi"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgid ""
@@ -5603,14 +5651,14 @@
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "I-value kumelwe ibe phakathi kuka-0 no-32767. Phinda uzame."
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "I-value kumelwe ibe phakathi kuka-0 no-32767. Phinda uzame."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -5618,17 +5666,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "Okuza &Kuqala Lapho Kushintshaniswa"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "I-value kumelwe ibe phakathi kuka-0 no-32767. Phinda uzame."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5637,14 +5685,14 @@
"Faka okuza kuqala lapho kushintshaniswa. Izinombolo ezinkulu zibonisa okumelwe kuze kuqala.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount &read-only"
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "Xhakathisa &okufundwayo kuphela"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
@@ -5655,14 +5703,14 @@
"Ayikho indlela yokubhala izinto kwisistimu yamafayela. I-default ayilona iqiniso.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No &access time"
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Asikho isikhathi &sokungena"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>No access time:</b>\n"
@@ -5675,14 +5723,14 @@
"Izikhathi zokungena azivuselelwa lapho ifayela ifundwa. I-default ayilona iqiniso.</p>"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mountable by &user"
msgid "Mountable by &User"
msgstr "Ingaxhakathiswa &ngumsebenzisi"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5691,12 +5739,12 @@
"Isistimu yefayela ingaxhakathiswa ngumsebenzisi ovamile. I-default ayilona iqiniso.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "Ungaxhakathisi &Ekuqalisweni Kwesistimu"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
@@ -5713,13 +5761,13 @@
" inikeziwe. I-default ayilona iqiniso.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "Vumela &I-Layer 2 Support"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
@@ -5730,12 +5778,12 @@
"Isistimu yefayela ingaxhakathiswa ngumsebenzisi ovamile. I-default ayilona iqiniso.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "Imodi &Yokugcinwa Kwerekhodi Lokwaziswa"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
@@ -5755,12 +5803,12 @@
" <tt>bhala</tt> -- Ukuhlelwa kokwaziswa akugcinwa.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "&Izinhlu Zokulawulwa Kokungena (ACL)"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5769,12 +5817,12 @@
"Yenza izinhlu zokulawulwa kokungena zisebenze kwisistimu yamafayela.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "&Ama-athribhuthi Omsebenzisi Andisiwe"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5783,19 +5831,19 @@
"Vumela ama-athribhuthi omsebenzisi andisiwe kwisistimu yefayela.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Arbitrary option &value"
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "I-&value emane ikhethwe kungahleliwe"
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
msgstr "Uhlamvu olungasebenzi endaweni yokuxhakathisa. Ungayisebenzisi i-\"`'!\"%#\" endaweni yokuxhakathisa."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -5806,12 +5854,12 @@
" Izindlela eziningi zihlukaniswe ngawokhefana.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "Iqoqo &lezinhlamvu lamagama efayela"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5820,12 +5868,12 @@
"Setha iqoqo lezinhlamvu elisetshenziselwa ukubonisa amagama efayela kumaphathishini e-Windows.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "Ikhadi&lamakhodi lamagama amafushana e-FAT"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5834,12 +5882,12 @@
"Leli khasi lamakhodi lisetshenziselwa ukuguqula izinhlamvu zamagama amafushane kumasistimu amafayela e-FAT.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "Inani lama-&FAT"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
@@ -5848,14 +5896,14 @@
"Bonisa isibalo samathebula okwabiwa kwamafayela kwisistimu yamafayela. I-default ngu-2.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "FAT &size"
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "&Usayizi we-FAT"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
@@ -5865,21 +5913,21 @@
"Ubonisa uhlobo lwamathebula okwabiwa kwefayela asetshenzisiwe (12, 16, or 32-bit). Uma kuboniswe okuzenzakalelayo, i-YaST2 izozikhethela ngokuzenzakalelayo i-value efanelekela kahle kakhulu usayizi wesistimu yefayela.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Root &dir entries"
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "Ama-entry &e-dir omqondisi"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again."
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr "Usayizi omncane kunabo bonke wama-\"Entry e-dir omqondisi\" ngu-112. Sicela uphinde uzame."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Root dir entries:</b>\n"
@@ -5892,14 +5940,14 @@
"Khetha inani lama-entry atholakalayo kwi-directory yomqondisi.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hash &function"
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "Umsebenzi &weheshi"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Hash function:</b>\n"
@@ -5912,14 +5960,14 @@
"Lokhu kubonisa igama lomsebenzi weheshi ezosetshenziswa ukuhlunga amagama amafayela kuma-directory.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "FS &revision"
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "Ukubukeza &kwe-FS"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>FS revision:</b>\n"
@@ -5933,14 +5981,14 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Block &size in bytes"
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "Usayizi &wama-block ngama-byte"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n"
@@ -5954,13 +6002,13 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "&Usayizi we-Inode"
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5969,14 +6017,14 @@
"Lokhu okukhethwa kukho kubonisa usayizi we-inode wesistimu yamafayela.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Percentage of inode space"
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "&Amaphesenti esikhala se-inode"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Percentage of inode space:</b>\n"
@@ -5989,14 +6037,14 @@
"Okukhethwa kukho okuthi \"Amaphesenti esikhala se-inode\" abonisa amaphesenti aphezulu esikhala kwisistimu yefayela engabelwe ama-inode.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Inode &aligned"
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "I-Inode &iqondanisiwe"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
@@ -6015,14 +6063,14 @@
" ngokuvamile kuphumelela kangcono kunokungena okungaqondanisiwe.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Log size in megabytes"
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "&Usayizi welogi ngama-megabyte"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n"
@@ -6036,7 +6084,7 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Log size</b>\n"
@@ -6049,19 +6097,19 @@
"Setha usayizi welogi (ngama-megabyte). Uma kuzenzakalela, i-default ngu-40% wengqikithi kasayizi.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "Sebenzisa Izisetshenziswa Zohlu Lwama-Block Angalungile"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Stride &length in blocks"
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "Ubude &begxathu ngama-block"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n"
@@ -6074,7 +6122,7 @@
"Sicela ukhethe i-value engaphezu kuka-1."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -6087,7 +6135,7 @@
" emshweni we-RAID njenge-argument yalo.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n"
@@ -6100,14 +6148,14 @@
"Bonisa usayizi wama-block ngama-byte. Ama-value kasayizi wama-block asemthethweni ngu-1024, 2048, kanye no-4096 bytes nge-block ngalinye. Uma kukhethwe okuthi ngokuzenzakalelayo, usayizi we-block utholakala ngokubheka usayizi wesistimu yefayela kanye nokusetshenziswa okulindelekile kwesistimu yefayela.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bytes per &inode"
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "Ama-byte &nge-inode ngalinye"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Bytes per inode:</b>\n"
@@ -6130,14 +6178,14 @@
" inani lama-inode esistimu yefayela ngemva kokuba esakhiwe, ngakho qiniseka ukuthi ufaka i-value enengqondo yale pharamitha.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root"
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "Amaphesenti ama-block &agcinelwe umqondisi"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
@@ -6151,47 +6199,47 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><b>Percentage of blocks reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Amaphesenti ama-block agcinelwe umqondisi:</b> Bonisa amaphesenti ama-block agcinelwe umsebenzisi oyinhloko. Ama-default ale value aku-5%.</p>"
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Cisha isevisi"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "&I-Directory Esesiphakelalwazini"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk Journal"
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "Ijenali yamaDiski"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
@@ -6199,12 +6247,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6237,7 +6285,7 @@
" diski lapha.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6270,7 +6318,7 @@
" diski lapha.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
@@ -6294,7 +6342,7 @@
" diski.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6312,7 +6360,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Ukushintsha Usayizi Akunakwenzeka:"
@@ -6325,7 +6373,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Could not set encryption.\n"
@@ -6344,7 +6392,7 @@
" Iphasiwedi yokufaka amakhodi okuphepha kungenzeka ayinembile.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
@@ -6356,7 +6404,7 @@
" Sicela uphinde uzame."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -6369,29 +6417,29 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "Faka Isikhiye Sokufakwa Kwamakhodi Okuphepha"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Faka I-password Yomphakeli"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Iqembu Levolumu"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6399,14 +6447,14 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Uyafuna ukuzama futhi?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6414,98 +6462,98 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Faka Isikhiye Sokufakwa Kwamakhodi Okuphepha"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "I-YaST2 ithole ledivayisi elandelayo"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "I-YaST2 ithole ledivayisi elandelayo"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "Amadiski E-DASD"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DASD Disks"
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "Amadiski E-DASD"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Idiski"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
#, fuzzy
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "I-R&AID:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
#, fuzzy
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "I-R&AID:"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6513,7 +6561,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6521,7 +6569,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6529,20 +6577,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set global root filesystem"
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Setha i-filesystem yer-root"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -7207,52 +7255,52 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows."
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Ukufaka usayizi kabusha akunakwenzeka ngenxa ye-fs engavumelani. Zama ukuhlola i-fs ngaphansi kwe-Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Yakha Ukuhlongoza Okusekewe Kwi-LVM"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "Iqembu Levolumu"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Okukhethwa kukho kwesistimu yefayela:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Hlongoza Ukwakha &Iphathishini Ehlukile Yasekuqaleni"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Write global settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Bhala amasethingi omhlaba wonke"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
@@ -7262,7 +7310,7 @@
"Ukuze wakhe ukuhlongoza okusekelwe kwi-LVM khetha inkinobho ehambisanyo.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7271,33 +7319,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
#, fuzzy
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Faka iphasiwedi yakho ngesistimu yefayela efakwe amakhodi okuphepha."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "I-password:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
#, fuzzy
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Phinde ufake iphasiwedi &yokuqiniseka:"
@@ -7325,33 +7373,56 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr "I-domain Yokufike Nohlelo (default)"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr "Isistimu yefayela Yendawo"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr "Idivayisi Yokugcina Ukwaziswa"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Partitioning"
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "Ukwenza amaphathishini "
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
#, fuzzy
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Imithombo Yokwaziswa Yomsebenzisi"
#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
+#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
+#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
+#~ "This does not work.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
+#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Isixwayiso: Ngohlelo lwakho lwamanje, %1 ukufaka kwakho uhlelo\n"
+#~ "kuzoba nezinkinga lapho uqalisa, ngoba awunalo iphathishini \"okuqalisa\"\n"
+#~ " futhi iphathishini yakho \"yomqondisi\" iyivolumu enengqondo eyi-LVM.\n"
+#~ " Lokhu akusebenzi.\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " Uma ungazi kahle hle ukuthi yini oyenzayo, sebenzisa iphathishini evamile\n"
+#~ " yamafayela akho angaphansi /kwawokuqalisa.\n"
+#~ " \n"
+#~ " Kushintshe lokhu?\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..."
#~ msgstr "Hlela Ikamelo"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/sudo.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/sudo.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/sudo.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/support.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/support.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/support.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -38,16 +38,18 @@
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
-msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SUSE Support"
+msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
+msgstr "Usizo Lwe-SUSE"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
-msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
+msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vula"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
@@ -117,7 +119,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala amasethingi."
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
@@ -176,11 +178,11 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amasethingi Enzelwe Ongoti"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ongakhetha kukho"
#. Support overview dialog caption
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
@@ -208,11 +210,11 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ikheli Le-email"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Igama"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
@@ -235,7 +237,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
-msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
+msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
@@ -249,7 +251,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Intuthuko"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
@@ -259,7 +261,7 @@
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Igama Lefayela"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
@@ -278,6 +280,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Iyayeka Ukulungiselela Ukuqalisa:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Liyeke ngokuphepha ithuluzi lokuhlela ngokucindezela u-<b>Yeka</b> manje.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44
@@ -294,6 +298,10 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Iyayeka Ukugcina:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Yeka inqubo yokugcina ukwaziswa ngokucindezela u-<b>Yeka</b>.\n"
+" Enye idayalogu izokwazisa ukuthi kuphephile yini noma cha ukwenza kanjalo.\n"
+" </p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55
@@ -318,13 +326,16 @@
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Ukuhlela noma Ukususa</big></b><br>\n"
+"Uma ucindezela u-<b>Hlela</b>, enye idayalogu ozoshintsha kuyo\n"
+" ukuhlela iyavuleka.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -406,7 +417,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
@@ -449,7 +460,7 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n"
+"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -468,6 +479,9 @@
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Ingxenye Yesibili Yokuhlela</big></b><br>\n"
+"Cindezela <b>Okulandelayo</b> ukuze uqhubeke.\n"
+" <br></p>\n"
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204
@@ -476,6 +490,9 @@
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Ukukhetha Okuthile</big></b><br>\n"
+"Akunakwenzeka. Kumelwe ukufake ikhodi kuqala. :-)\n"
+" </p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
@@ -753,7 +770,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -764,7 +781,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..."
#. global string created_directory="";
#: src/modules/Support.rb:143
@@ -792,30 +809,30 @@
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:329
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bhala amasethingi"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:331
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rana i-SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:335
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ibhala amasethingi..."
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/Support.rb:337
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Imatasa nokurana i-SuSEconfig..."
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/Support.rb:339
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iphothulile"
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/Support.rb:438
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amabalengwe okuhlela..."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/sysconfig.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/sysconfig.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/sysconfig.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -486,51 +486,111 @@
"Sicela ulinde...<br></p>\n"
" \n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
-#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
-#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p> I-SuSEconfig igcina i-checksum yefayela yokuhlela ngayinye, ngaleyo ndlela ingakwazi ukuthola\n"
-#~ " uma kuwukuthi uyishintshe mathupha noma iyiphi yawo. Uma uyishintshile ifayela yakho yokuhlela mathupha,\n"
-#~ " ngeke iyithinte.</p>\n"
+#. Translation: Progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "Iyacinga..."
-#~ msgid "Searching..."
-#~ msgstr "Iyacinga..."
+#. Display confirmation dialog
+#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
+#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
+#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "Ikhomandi:"
-#~ msgid "Command: "
-#~ msgstr "Ikhomandi:"
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+msgid "S&kip"
+msgstr "Y&eqa"
-#~ msgid "S&kip"
-#~ msgstr "Y&eqa"
+#. get activation map for variable
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr "Ikhomandi izosetshenziswa"
-#~ msgid "A command will be executed"
-#~ msgstr "Ikhomandi izosetshenziswa"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "Iqalisa ikhomandi: %1..."
-#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Iqalisa ikhomandi: %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "Ikhomandi %1 ihlulekile"
-#~ msgid "Command %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Ikhomandi %1 ihlulekile"
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa Kwe-sysconfig"
-#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Igcina Ukuhlelwa Kwe-sysconfig"
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgstr "Bhala amasethingi amasha"
-#~ msgid "Write the new settings"
-#~ msgstr "Bhala amasethingi amasha"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+msgid "Activate the changes"
+msgstr "Yenza izinguquko zisebenze"
-#~ msgid "Activate the changes"
-#~ msgstr "Yenza izinguquko zisebenze"
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr "Ukugcina i-variable %1 kwifayela %2 akuphumelelanga."
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-#~ msgstr "Ukugcina i-variable %1 kwifayela %2 akuphumelelanga."
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "Igcina i-variable %1..."
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Igcina i-variable %1..."
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+msgstr "Igcina izinguquko kumafayela..."
-#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
-#~ msgstr "Igcina izinguquko kumafayela..."
+#. service is running, reload it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgstr "Isevisi %1 izofakwa kabusha"
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgstr "Ifaka isevisi kabusha %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Ukufaka kabusha isevisi %1 akuphumelelanga"
+
+#. service is running, restart it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgstr "Isevisi %1 izoqalwa kabusha"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgstr "Iqala kabusha isevisi %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Ukuqala kabusha isevisi %1 akuphumelelanga"
+
+#. set 100% in progress bar
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Iqedile"
+
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Amabalengwe okuhlela"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
+#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
+#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p> I-SuSEconfig igcina i-checksum yefayela yokuhlela ngayinye, ngaleyo ndlela ingakwazi ukuthola\n"
+#~ " uma kuwukuthi uyishintshe mathupha noma iyiphi yawo. Uma uyishintshile ifayela yakho yokuhlela mathupha,\n"
+#~ " ngeke iyithinte.</p>\n"
+
#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started."
#~ msgstr "Wonke ama-script okuhlela azoqaliswa."
@@ -549,30 +609,6 @@
#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed."
#~ msgstr "Imoduli yokuhlela %1 ayiphumelelanga."
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-#~ msgstr "Isevisi %1 izofakwa kabusha"
-
-#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Ifaka isevisi kabusha %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Ukufaka kabusha isevisi %1 akuphumelelanga"
-
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
-#~ msgstr "Isevisi %1 izoqalwa kabusha"
-
-#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Iqala kabusha isevisi %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Ukuqala kabusha isevisi %1 akuphumelelanga"
-
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "Iqedile"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Amabalengwe okuhlela"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n"
#~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/tftp-server.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/tftp-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/tftp-server.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/timezone_db.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/timezone_db.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/timezone_db.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/tune.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/tune.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/tune.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -16,38 +16,38 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "Le moduli ye-YaST2 ayiyisekeli i-command line interface."
#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "Probing Hardware..."
msgstr "Iphenyisisa i-hardware..."
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Intuthuko"
#. title label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
msgid "&All Entries"
msgstr "&Konke Okufakiwe"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
msgid "&Save to File..."
msgstr "&Gcina Kwifayela..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
msgid "Hardware Information"
msgstr "Ukwaziswa Nge-hardware"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
@@ -55,18 +55,25 @@
"<P>Imoduli ethi <B>Ukwaziswa Nge-hardware</B> iveza imininingwane ye-hardware\n"
"yekhompuyutha yakho. Chofoza noma iyiphi i-node ukuze uthole ukwaziswa okwengeziwe.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Ungakugcina ukwaziswa kwe-hardware kwifayela. Chofoza u-<B>Gcina Kwifayela</B> bese ufaka igama lefayela.</P>"
+#. installation proposal header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Settings"
+msgid "System and Hardware Settings"
+msgstr "Amasethingi Esistimu"
+
#. this is a heading
#. tree node string
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
msgid "System"
msgstr "Isistimu"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
msgid "S&ystem"
msgstr "I&sistimu"
@@ -1467,8 +1474,5 @@
#~ msgid "&System Settings..."
#~ msgstr "&Amasethingi Esistimu..."
-#~ msgid "System Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Amasethingi Esistimu"
-
#~ msgid "Saving System Settings..."
#~ msgstr "Igcina amasethingi esistimu..."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/update.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/update.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/update.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "Ongakhetha Kukho Kokuvuselela Uhlelo"
@@ -176,18 +176,18 @@
#. Table item (unknown file system)
#. label - name of sustem to update
#. starts with >`<
-#. label for an unknown installed system
+#. Get installed release name
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Akwaziwa"
#. label showing to which version we are updating
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update to %1"
msgstr "Vuselela Uhlelo"
@@ -272,9 +272,19 @@
" angabe esasebenza. Vula okuthi <b>Susa Amaphakheji Angalondoloziwe</b> ukuze ususe lawo\n"
" maphakheji ngesikhathi sokuvuselela uhlelo.</p>\n"
-#. yes/no question
+#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
msgid ""
+"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n"
+"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n"
+"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
+msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to reset your detailed selection?"
msgstr ""
@@ -284,13 +294,13 @@
#. error report
#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
msgid "Failed to mount target system"
msgstr "Ihlulekile ukuxhakathisa isistimu efunwayo"
#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
msgstr ""
@@ -361,12 +371,12 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "Ayikwazi Ukufunda Isizinda Sokwaziswa Samanje Se-RPM."
#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
#, fuzzy
msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
msgstr "Umfanekiso okhethiwe awukho endaweni yokufakwa kohlelo."
@@ -375,15 +385,15 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "inqubo engaziwe"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -391,24 +401,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr ""
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "Ihlulekile ukufaka amaphakheji adingekayo."
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "Amaphethini asikiselwayo"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -417,17 +427,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "&Ongakhetha Kukho Kokuvuselela Uhlelo"
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr "Ayikho enye kula mafayela etholakalayo:%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -440,27 +450,27 @@
" noma ezinye izinhlelo zingase zingasebenzi kahle."
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
msgid "Unknown Linux"
msgstr "I-Linux Engaziwa"
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux"
msgstr "I-Linux Engaziwa Noma Okungekona Okwakwa-Linux"
#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
msgstr "Iphathishini Noma Isistimu Yokuqaliswa:"
#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
@@ -471,12 +481,12 @@
" </p>\n"
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
msgid "Partition or System to Update:"
msgstr "Iphathishini Noma Isistimu Yokuvuselelwa:"
#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
@@ -487,12 +497,12 @@
" </p>\n"
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
msgid "Select for Update"
msgstr "Khetha Ukuze Uvuselele"
#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
@@ -505,42 +515,42 @@
" </p>\n"
#. table header
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
msgid "System"
msgstr "Isistimu"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Iphathishini"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Ubuciko Bokuklama"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
msgid "File System"
msgstr "Isistimu Yefayela"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Ilebula"
#. check box
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
msgid "&Show All Partitions"
msgstr "&Bonisa Wonke Amaphathishini"
#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
msgid "&Boot"
msgstr "&Ukuqalisa"
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
msgid ""
"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n"
"on the selected partition."
@@ -549,7 +559,7 @@
"kwiphathishini ekhethiwe."
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n"
@@ -562,21 +572,21 @@
"buhlukile kulobu balo mkhiqizo."
#. pop-up question
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Yes, Use It"
msgstr "&Yebo, Kopisha Kabusha"
#. Target load failed, #466803
#. Target load failed, #466803
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
msgid ""
"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n"
"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n"
@@ -584,13 +594,13 @@
"Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr "&Qhubeka"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
@@ -600,17 +610,17 @@
"ngendlela yokuxazulula le nkinga."
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "Isistimu Yakwa-Linux Engaziwa"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "Isistimu Okungeyona Eyakwa-Linux"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -625,7 +635,7 @@
" noma qala kabusha ikhompuyutha yakho.\n"
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "Ihlola ikamelo %1"
@@ -634,24 +644,24 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "Bonisa &Imininingwane"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "Ihlola isistimu yefayela ku-%1..."
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
#, fuzzy
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "Ukuhlola Isignisha Akuphumelelanga"
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
@@ -667,25 +677,25 @@
" Ungathanda yini ukuqhubeka nokuxhakathisa idivayisi?"
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "&Kweqe Ukuhlela"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Iphasiwedi enganembile. Phinda uzame?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Isexwayiso"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -696,7 +706,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
@@ -727,27 +737,27 @@
" Ukuze uyeke ukuvuselela, chofoza uKhansela."
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "&Bonisa Izindlela Ongakhetha Kuzo Zokuxhakathisa"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Izindlela Ongakhetha Kuzo Zokuxhakathisa"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Indawo Okuxhakathiswe Kuyo"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Idivayisi"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -756,12 +766,12 @@
"(ayinalutho ukuthi ingathungathwa ngokuzenzakalelayo)"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "I-/var partition %1 ayikwazanga ukuxhakathiswa.\n"
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -769,18 +779,18 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
msgid "None"
msgstr "Akukho lutho"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuxhakathisa i-/var partition ngalokhu kuhlelwa kwediski.\n"
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -788,24 +798,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "Khetha Iphathishini Yomqondisi"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
#, fuzzy
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "I-ID Yedivayisi"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukuxhakathisa i-/var partition ngalokhu kuhlelwa kwediski.\n"
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -818,7 +828,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -827,17 +837,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "Awekho ama-fstab atholakele."
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "Iphathishini yomqondisi ku-/etc/fstab inedivayisi yomqondisi enganembile.\n"
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "Njengamanje ixhakathiswe njenge-%1 kodwa yafakwa ohlwini njenge-%2.\n"
@@ -858,40 +868,73 @@
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Icinga isihlahla se-eDirectory"
+#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
+#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
+#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
+#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
+#.
+#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
+#. @return [String] product name
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read file %1"
+msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}"
+msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufunda ifayela '%1'"
+
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "inqubo engaziwe"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:817
+#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
+#. and we don't continue further
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
+"%{patterns}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
-msgstr "Ukulandwa Kwamaphakheji Kusaqhubeka"
+#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation."
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
+"%{packages}"
+msgstr "Ihlulekile ukukhetha amaphakheji e-%1 ukuze iwafake."
-#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Vuselela Amasethingi"
-#: control/update.glade:34
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Vuselela Uhlelo"
-#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Vuselela Uhlelo"
-#: control/update.glade:63
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
msgid "Update System Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kokuvuselelwa Kwesistimu"
-#: control/update.glade:71
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
msgid "Update Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kokuvuselela"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
+#~ msgstr "Ukulandwa Kwamaphakheji Kusaqhubeka"
+
#~ msgid "Clean Up"
#~ msgstr "Coca"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/users.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/users.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/users.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
msgstr "Iphasiwedi Yomdondisi Wesistimu \"root\""
#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise user to remember his new password
+#. advise users to remember their new password
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgstr "Ungakukhohlwa okufaka lapha."
@@ -4610,23 +4610,23 @@
" Susa laba basebenzisi kuqala eqenjini."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Abasebenzisi</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Amaqembu</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
#, fuzzy
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "Amasethingi Okungena"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/vm.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/vm.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/vm.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@
msgstr "I-ypervisor namathuluzi kufakiwe."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157
msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -43,137 +43,179 @@
"Qalisa ukufaka uhlelo kwisistimu yesiphakeli.\n"
#. progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184
+#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Qinisekisa Amaphakheji Afakiwe"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwekhadi Lenethiwekhi"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "Ukuhlela Isiphakelalwazi Se-VM (i-domain 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213
msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Ukuhlelwa Kwesiphakelalwazi Se-VM</b></big></p><p>Ukuhlelwa Kwesiphakelalwazi Se-VM (i-domain 0) kunezingxenye ezimbili.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Amaphakheji adingekayo afakwe kwisistimu kuqala. Khona-ke i-boot loader ishintshelwa kwi-GRUB uma kuwukuthi ayisasetshenziswa kakade futhi ingxenye ye-Xen inezelwa kwimenu ye-bootloader uma ingatholakali.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>"
msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p>I-GRUB iyadingeka ngoba isekela indinganiso ye-multiboot edingekayo ukuze kuqaliswe i-Xen nekheneli ye-Linux.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lapho ukuhlela kuphothulwe ngempumelelo, kungenzeka ukuqalisa Isiphakelalwazi se-VM kwimenu ye-boot loader.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "Ukufakwa kohlelo kuzoyekwa."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "I-ypervisor namathuluzi kufakiwe."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236
+msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
+msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
+msgstr "Ukuhlela umshini osebenzelanayo..."
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Broken server"
+msgid "KVM server"
+msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi esilimele"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253
+msgid "KVM tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260
+msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
+msgid "Virtualization client tools"
+msgstr "I-ypervisor namathuluzi kufakiwe."
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Broken server"
+msgid "Xen server"
+msgstr "Isiphakelalwazi esilimele"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Xen Section"
+msgid "Xen tools"
+msgstr "Ingxenye ye-Xen"
+
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Ukufakwa kohlelo kuzoyekwa."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Ukufakwa kohlelo kuzoyekwa."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Ihlola amaphakheji..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Ifaka amaphakheji..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Ayikwazi ukufaka amaphakheji adingekayo."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration files..."
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Ivuselela amafayela okuhlela..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Ukuhlela amasethingi avamile..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Network Bridge"
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Ibhuloho Lenethiwekhi"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496
msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -186,11 +228,11 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -202,7 +244,7 @@
"\n"
" Qalisa kabusha umshini bese ukhetha ingxenye ye-Xen kwimenu ye-boot loader ukuze uqalise it.\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n"
@@ -214,19 +256,19 @@
"\n"
" Qalisa kabusha umshini bese ukhetha ingxenye ye-Xen kwimenu ye-boot loader ukuze uqalise it.\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "I-ypervisor namathuluzi kufakiwe."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "I-ypervisor namathuluzi kufakiwe."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/wagon.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/wagon.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/wagon.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/wol.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/wol.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/wol.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/xpram.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/xpram.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/xpram.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/yast2-apparmor.zu.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/zu/po/yast2-apparmor.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
+++ trunk/yast/zu/po/yast2-apparmor.zu.po 2014-10-07 15:32:21 UTC (rev 89754)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n"
@@ -320,11 +320,11 @@
#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "&Done"
msgstr "&Kwenziwe"
@@ -1189,61 +1189,69 @@
msgid "Could not recognize mode: "
msgstr "Ayiyazi imodi:"
-#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128
+#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
+msgid "enforce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+msgid "complain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
msgid "Show All Profiles"
msgstr "Bonisa Wonke Amaphrofayili"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles"
msgstr "Hlela Imodi Yamaphrofayili Amatasa"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
msgid "Show Active Profiles"
msgstr "Bonisa Amaphrofayili Amatas"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles"
msgstr "Hlela Imodi Yawo Wonke Amaphrofayili"
#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
#. TODO switch to variable in a module
#. TODO plain reread does not work here
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
msgid "Profile Name"
msgstr "Igama Lephrofayili"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Isimo"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
msgid "Toggle Mode"
msgstr "Shintsha Imodi"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
msgid "Set All to Enforce"
msgstr "Setha Konke Kube Kokuphoqelelwe"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
msgid "Set All to Complain"
msgstr "Setha Konke Kube Kukhalaza"
#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
msgid "Profile Mode Configuration"
msgstr "Ukuhlelwa Kwemodi Yephrofayili"
#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
msgid "Configure Profile Mode"
msgstr "Hlela Imodi Yephrofayili"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below."
msgid "Select an action to perform."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
07 Oct '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:31:45 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89753
Added:
trunk/yast/fi/po/cio.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/opensuse_mirror.fi.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on-creator.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-client.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/base.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ca-management.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/control-center.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/country.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/dhcp-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/dns-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/drbd.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/fcoe-client.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/firewall-services.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/firewall.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/firstboot.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ftp-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/gtk.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/http-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/inetd.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/installation.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/instserver.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-client.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-lio-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/isns.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/kdump.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/kerberos-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/kerberos.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/languages_db.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-client.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/live-installer.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/lxc.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/mail.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/multipath.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/nis.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/oneclickinstall.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update-configuration.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/packager.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/pam.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/pkg-bindings.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/printer.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/product-creator.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/proxy.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/qt-pkg.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/qt.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/rdp.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/rear.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/reipl.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/relocation-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/s390.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-client.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-users.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/slp-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/sound.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/sshd.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/sudo.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/tftp-server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/tune.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/vm.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/wagon.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/wol.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/xpram.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/yast2-apparmor.fi.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on-creator.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on-creator.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on-creator.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-15 18:17+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/add-on.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-15 18:19+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -68,21 +68,21 @@
#. this is a heading
#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Lisätuotteet"
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
#. help
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Valmistellaan lisätuotteet...</p>"
@@ -108,10 +108,10 @@
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. placeholder for unknown URL
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Tuntematon"
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
#. main screen heading
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "Lisätuotteiden asennus"
@@ -250,33 +250,33 @@
#. ...
#. ]
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604
msgid "No product found in the repository."
msgstr "Asennuslähteestä ei löytynyt tuotetta"
#. error report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
msgstr "Tietovälineeltä ei löytynyt ohjelmisto-asennuslähdettä."
#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335
msgid "Initializing new source..."
msgstr "Valmistellaan uusi asennuslähde..."
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, Hakemisto: %2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
msgstr "Ohjelmistoasennuslähteen valinta"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n"
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
"Valitulta tietovälineeltä löytyi useita asennuslähteitä.\n"
"Valitse käytettävä asennuslähde.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401
msgid "Repositories &Found"
msgstr "&Asennuslähteitä löytyi"
@@ -298,33 +298,33 @@
#. else
#. {
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Haluatko varmasti keskeyttää lisätuotteen asennuksen?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424
msgid "Select a repository."
msgstr "Valitse asennuslähde."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "Lisätuotteen riippuvuuksia ei voitu täyttää."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710
msgid "Product Selection"
msgstr "Tuotteen valinta"
#. multi selection list
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716
msgid "Available Products"
msgstr "Käytettävissä olevat tuotteet"
#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n"
"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n"
@@ -335,12 +335,12 @@
"tuotteet.</p>\n"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
msgstr "Valittujen lisätuotteiden riippuvuuksia ei voitu täyttää."
#. Help for add-on products
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n"
"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n"
@@ -353,103 +353,103 @@
"valitse se ja napsauta <b>Poista</b>.</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
msgstr "%1, Hakemisto: %2"
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Tuote"
# MK
#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Tietoväline"
#. message report
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124
msgid "Select a product to delete."
msgstr "Valitse poistettava tuote."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
msgstr "Poistetaan valittu lisäosa..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
msgstr "Asennetut lisätuotteet"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266
msgid "Add-on Product"
msgstr "Lisätuote"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268
msgid "URL"
msgstr "Verkko-osoite"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "Run &Software Manager..."
msgstr "Suorita &ohjelmistohallinta..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Tässä näet kaikki järjestelmääsi asennetut lisätuotteet.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Napsauta painiketta <b>Lisää</b> käyttääksesi uutta lisätuotetta tai <b>Poista</b> poistaaksesi käytössä olevan lisätuotteen.</p>"
#. no items
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Valmistaja:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
msgid "Unknown vendor"
msgstr "Tuntematon valmistaja"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Versio:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346
msgid "Unknown version"
msgstr "Tuntematon versio"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite:</b> %1<br>"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
msgstr "Tuntematon asennuslähteen verkko-osoite"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Asennuslähteen alias:</b> %1<br>"
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Tuntematon tuote"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645
msgid "Unknown URL"
msgstr "Tuntematon verkko-osoite"
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701
msgid ""
"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n"
"installed from this add-on.\n"
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
"Haluatko varmasti poistaa lisätuotteen?"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
-#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712
+#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
msgstr "Poistetaan tuotteiden riippuvuuksia..."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-15 18:38+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -890,36 +890,48 @@
msgid "Cannot read audit.rules."
msgstr "Tiedostoa audit.rules ei voitu lukea."
-#. Error message
+#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
+msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. question continues
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467
+msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
-"Do you want to start it now?"
+msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Audit-palvelin ei ole käynnissä.\n"
-"Haluatko käynnistää sen nyt?"
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476
-msgid ""
-" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
-"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
-"Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#. Headline of a popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Start daemon."
+msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
+msgstr "Käynnistä demoni."
+
+#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "Start and &Enable"
msgstr ""
-"Ytimen moduuli 'apparmor' on ladattu.\n"
-"Ydin käyttää audit-demonia kirjaamaan audit-\n"
-"tapahtumat /var/log/audit/audit.log-tiedostoon (oletus). \n"
-"Haluatko käynnistää demonin nyt?"
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484
-msgid "Audit daemon not running."
-msgstr "Kirjauspalvelu ei ole käynnissä."
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+msgid "&Start"
+msgstr "&Käynnistä"
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do not install"
+msgid "&Do not start"
+msgstr "Älä asenna"
+
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491
msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon."
msgstr "Kirjauspalvelun käynnistys ei onnistunut."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492
msgid ""
"The rules may be locked.\n"
"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n"
@@ -932,36 +944,36 @@
"tarpeen, jotta muutokset otettaisiin käyttöön.\n"
#. Auditd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548
msgid "Saving Audit Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan kirjausmääritys"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566
msgid "Write the rules"
msgstr "Kirjoita säännöt"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572
msgid "Writing the rules..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan sääntöjä..."
#. check first whether rules are already locked
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588
msgid "The rules are already locked."
msgstr "Säännöt on jo lukittu."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589
msgid ""
"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n"
"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n"
@@ -972,30 +984,51 @@
"Tietokone on tämän jälkeen käynnistettävä uudestaan.\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614
msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
msgstr "Kirjauspalvelun uudelleenkäynnistys epäonnistui."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen tiedostoon auditd.conf ei onnistunut."
#. Error message, rules cannot be set
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652
msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules."
msgstr "Käynnistä yast2-audit-laf uudestaan ja tarkista säännöt."
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules."
msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen tiedostoon auditd.rules ei onnistunut."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705
+#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707
msgid "Log file"
msgstr "Lokitiedosto"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
+#~ "Do you want to start it now?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Audit-palvelin ei ole käynnissä.\n"
+#~ "Haluatko käynnistää sen nyt?"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
+#~ "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
+#~ "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
+#~ "Do you want to start the daemon now?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ytimen moduuli 'apparmor' on ladattu.\n"
+#~ "Ydin käyttää audit-demonia kirjaamaan audit-\n"
+#~ "tapahtumat /var/log/audit/audit.log-tiedostoon (oletus). \n"
+#~ "Haluatko käynnistää demonin nyt?"
+
+#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running."
+#~ msgstr "Kirjauspalvelu ei ole käynnissä."
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-client.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -57,12 +57,12 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Peruuta"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OK"
#. Waiting for response
#. Waiting for response
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Help"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ohje"
#. No we open the dialog
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "New"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uusi"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Add New Domain"
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Basic Settings:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Perusasetukset:"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423
msgid "Services:"
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
#. Main dialog contents
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
msgid "SPAM Prevention"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Roskapostin suodatus"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:586
@@ -179,15 +179,15 @@
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lisää"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muokkaa"
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Poista"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547
@@ -391,23 +391,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/auth-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -24,161 +24,161 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49
msgid "Enable/Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ota palvelu käyttöön / Poista palvelu käytöstä"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53
msgid "Add a new database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lisää uusi tietokanta"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60
msgid "Show a list of currently available databases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä luettelo saatavilla olevista tietokannoista"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64
msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä luettelo määritetyistä malleista"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68
msgid "Add a schema to the list"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lisää malli listaan"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72
msgid "Enable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ota palvelu käyttöön"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73
msgid "Disable the service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Poista palvelu käytöstä"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75
msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokannan tyyppi (\"hdb\" tai \"bdb\")"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79
msgid "Base DN for the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokannan perus-DN"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83
msgid "DN for the administrator login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ylläpitäjän login DN"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87
msgid "Administrator password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ylläpitäjän salasana"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95
msgid "Directory for the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokannan hakemisto"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98
msgid "File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tiedosto"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99
msgid "Position"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Positio"
#. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase();
#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb);
#.
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192
msgid "No base DN provided\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kanta DN puuttuu\n"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209
msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokantaa ei voida luoda koska palvelu ei ole käynnissä"
#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db);
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219
msgid "Error while adding the database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virhe lisättäessä tietokantaa"
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228
msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-tietokanta on jo luotu. Voit vaihtaa asetuksia myöhemmin asennetussa järjestelmässä."
#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101
msgid "[root password]"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[pääkäyttäjän salasana]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103
msgid "[manually set]"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[käsin asetettu]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Järjestelmän pääkäyttäjän salasanan haku ei onnistunut. Aseta LDAP-palvelimen salasana jatkaaksesi."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistetään LDAP-palvelin"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114
msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aseta itsenäinen LDAP-palvelin:"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121
msgid "Base DN: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kanta DN: "
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125
msgid "Root DN: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Root DN: "
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128
msgid "LDAP Password: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-salasana: "
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Asetetaan LDAP renkipalvelin"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Provider: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Palveluntarjoaja:"
#. all known interfaces for testing
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Avaa palomuurin portti"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
msgid "YES"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KYLLÄ"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212
msgid "NO"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "EI"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Palomuuri on poissa käytöstä"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rekisteröi SLP-demonille: "
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192
msgid "Start LDAP Server: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistä LDAP-palvelin: "
#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253
msgid "OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OpenLDAP-palvelin"
#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257
msgid "Open&LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Open&LDAP-palvelin"
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
@@ -189,6 +189,9 @@
"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the package."
msgstr ""
+"Paketti '%1' ei ole saatavilla.\n"
+"YaST ei voi jatkaa määrittämistä\n"
+"asentamatta pakettia."
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
@@ -198,6 +201,8 @@
"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the required packages."
msgstr ""
+"YaST ei voi jatkaa määrittämistä\n"
+"ilman vaadittujen pakettien asentamista."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
@@ -208,6 +213,8 @@
"OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n"
"StartTLS is disabled."
msgstr ""
+"OpenLDAP-palvelin: Common server certificate ei saatavilla.\n"
+"StartTLS ei ole käytössä."
#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module
#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36
@@ -217,7 +224,7 @@
#. Start new config wizward
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106
msgid "Existing configuration detected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aiempi määritys havaittu."
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107
msgid ""
@@ -225,18 +232,26 @@
"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
+"Aiempi määritys on olemassa mutta LDAP-palvelin ei ole käynnissä.\n"
+" Haluatko käynnistää sen nyt asetustietojen lukemiseksi vai haluatko luoda uudet asetukset alusta alkaen?"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202
msgid "Restart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistä uudelleen"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "New Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uudet asetukset"
#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Migrate existing configuration"
+msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
+msgstr "Siirrä vanhat asetukset"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n"
@@ -247,11 +262,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148
msgid "Migrate existing configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Siirrä vanhat asetukset"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151
msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aloita uusi määritys alusta"
#. LdapServer summary dialog caption
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231
@@ -275,41 +290,41 @@
#. ********************
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48
msgid "General Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yleiset asetukset"
#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database
#. dialogs
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40
msgid "&Start LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Käynnistä LDAP-palvelin"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59
msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rekisteröi &SLP-demonille"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Palomuurin asetukset"
#. create new item
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "The LDAP Server is not running."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-palvelin ei ole käynnissä"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Haluatko käynnistää sen nyt asetustietojen lukemiseksi vai haluatko luoda uudet asetukset alusta alkaen?"
#. get helps page
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227
msgid "help page for item <b>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ohjesivu tuotteelle <b>"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228
msgid "</b> not available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</b> ei ole saatavilla"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Server Type"
@@ -344,7 +359,7 @@
#. Button text
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452
msgid "&Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Lisäasetukset"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464
msgid "Kerberos Authentication"
@@ -356,14 +371,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kerberos-perusasetukset"
#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase.
#. Please think twice please before you translate this,
#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there.
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502
msgid "R&ealm"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Alue"
#. abort?
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563
@@ -376,49 +391,49 @@
#. caption
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kerberos-lisämääritykset"
#. tree widget label
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Advanced &Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Lisävalinnat"
#. label widget
#. header label
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "Current Selection: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nykyinen valinta: "
#. tree widget headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Configuration:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Määritykset:"
#. ############## input handler ################
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913
msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Matalantason alustus epäonnistui. Yritetäänkö uudelleen?\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Error message: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virheviesti:"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "Create new account in the first database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luo alkutietokanta."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960
msgid "User Id"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käyttäjä-ID"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967
msgid "Container Object"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Säilön tyyppi"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973
msgid "Browse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selaa"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980
msgid "Generate a Random Password"
@@ -430,20 +445,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Määritä tili replikointia varten"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ei ole kelvollinen LDAP DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salasana"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073
msgid "Validate Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varmenna salasana"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565
@@ -466,35 +481,35 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yhteyskäytäntö"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Provider Hostname"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Palveluntarjoajan palvelinnimi"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
msgid "Use StartTLS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käytä StartTLS"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162
msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Järjestelmävalvojan salasana \"cn=config\" tietokannalle."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261
msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "C&A-varmennetiedosto (PEM-muoto)"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
msgid "Bro&wse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Selaa..."
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567
msgid "Select CA Certificate File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitse CA-varmennetiedosto"
#. ****************************
#. * tls handlers
@@ -518,7 +533,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "The following error messages were returned:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seuraavat virheilmoitukset palautettiin: "
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302
msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration."
@@ -526,7 +541,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314
msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luotetaanko tähän varmenteeseen?"
#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325
@@ -535,7 +550,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328
msgid "Click Continue to create it now."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paina Jatka luodaksesi."
#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380
@@ -556,7 +571,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "testi palautti seuraavan virheen:"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424
msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now."
@@ -566,7 +581,7 @@
#. @return dialog result
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519
msgid "Replication Master setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Replikoinnin isäntäpalvelimen asetukset"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522
msgid ""
@@ -583,14 +598,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532
msgid "Enter new &Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Anna uusi &Salasana"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219
msgid "&Validate Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Varmenna salasana"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543
msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)"
@@ -599,11 +614,11 @@
#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17
msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Käynnistyksen määritys</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20
msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Käynnistä LDAP-palvelin</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
@@ -614,7 +629,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Yhteyskäytännön kuuntelin</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27
msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>"
@@ -624,7 +639,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p><b>LDAP</b> on vakioliittymä portille 389.TSL/SSL -varmennettu liikennöinti on mahdollinen StartTLS-toimi kun sinulla on palvelimen varmenne määriteltynä.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
@@ -641,7 +656,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Palomuurin asetukset</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
@@ -652,24 +667,37 @@
#. First part of the Add Database Widget
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46
msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Tietokanta-asetukset</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a \n"
+#| "variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and \n"
+#| "supports subtree renames. It is otherwise identical to <b>bdb</b>. A <b>hdb</b>-Database\n"
+#| "needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> for good search performance than a <b>bdb</b>-Database.\n"
+#| "</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
-"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
+"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Valitse <b>Tietokanta</b> väliltä <b>hdb</b> ja <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> on muunnos <b>bdb</b>-taustastasta joka käyttää hierarkista tietokanta-asettelua ja tukee alipuun uudelleennimiä.Muutoin se on sama kuin <b>bdb</b>. Ollaksen tehokas etsijä <b>hdb</b>-tietokanta tarvitsee laajemman vapaan <b>välimuistikoon</b> kuin tietokanta <b>bdb</b> \n"
+"</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Valinta <b>Kanta-DN</b> määrittää \n"
+"luotavan tietokannan juuren.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
@@ -679,14 +707,14 @@
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Jos tämä velho käynnistettiin asennuksen aikana,<b>LDAP-ylläpitäjän salasanaksi</b> asetetaan oletuksellisesti järjestelmähaltijan salasana joka annettiin aiemmin asennuksen aikana.</p> "
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n"
"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n"
@@ -696,13 +724,13 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
@@ -710,7 +738,7 @@
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n"
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
@@ -720,28 +748,30 @@
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Muokkaa BDB-tietokantaa</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Anna täydellinen DN tai vain ensimmäinen osa ja liitä kanta DN automaattisesti valinnalla\n"
+"<b>Liitä kanta DN</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
@@ -751,18 +781,25 @@
"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tietue</b> - ja <b>indeksivälimuistilla</b> voit säätää openLDAP:n sisäiset välimuistit.\n"
+"<b>Tietuevälimuistilla</b> määritellään openLDAP:n muistissa pidettävien tietueiden määrä.\n"
+"Mikäli muistia on tarpeeksi tulisi tämä arvo pitää niin suurena, että koko tietokanta mahtuisi muistiin.\n"
+"Indeksivälimuistia käytetään nopeuttamaan hakuja. Erityisesti HDB-tietokannat tarvitsevat indeksivälimuistia\n"
+"saavuttaakseen hyvän hakutehokkuuden (nyrkkisääntönä voidaan käyttää kolme kertaa tietuevälimuistin määrää).</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Salasanakäytännön asetukset</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Voit käyttää tämän tietokannan salasanakäytäntöjä valinnalla \n"
+"<b>Ota salasanakäytännöt käyttöön</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
@@ -770,8 +807,12 @@
"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
+"<p>Valitse <b>Salaa tekstimuotoiset salasanat</b>, jos haluat määrittää, että OpenLDAP-palvelimen tulisi salata\n"
+"lisäämis- ja muokkaamispyynnöissä olevat tekstimuotoiset salasanat ennen niiden tietokantaan tallentamista.\n"
+"Huomaa, että tämä on X.500/LDAP-tietomallin vastainen menettelytapa, mutta se voi olla tarpeen sellaisten\n"
+"LDAP-asiakkaiden käsittelemiseksi, jotka eivät käytä salasanojen muokkaamisen laajennustoimintoa salasanojen hallintaan.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n"
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
@@ -780,30 +821,30 @@
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Määritä oletuskäytäntöobjektin nimi <b>Oletuskäytäntöobjektin DN</b> -kohtaan.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Indeksin määritys</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
@@ -811,34 +852,34 @@
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
@@ -846,30 +887,30 @@
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Käyttövalvonta määritys</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
@@ -877,21 +918,23 @@
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Replikoinnin tarjoajan asetukset</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Valitse \"<b>Aktivoi ldapsync palveluntarjonta tälle tietokannalle</b>\" valintaruutu, \n"
+"jos haluat replikoida valitun tietokannan toiselle palvelimelle.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Tarkistuspisteen asetukset</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
@@ -903,33 +946,37 @@
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Yhteysloki</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Määrittää sisäisen muistilokin tallentaakseen tietoa tietokannan kirjoitustapahtumista.\n"
+"Määritä kuinka monta kirjoitustapahtumaan tallennetaan tapahtumalokiin. \n"
+"Tapahtumalokin määrittäminen on hyödyllistä vain kun \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replikaation on kyseessä.\n"
+"Kyseisissä tapauksissa se voi nopeuttaa replikointia ja vähentää isäntäpalvelimen kuormaa.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Replikoinnin asiakkaan asetukset</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Tarjoaja</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n"
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
@@ -939,15 +986,15 @@
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Replikoinnin tyyppi</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>OpenLDAP tukee useampaa replikointi tapaa: </p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
@@ -955,28 +1002,28 @@
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Tunnistautuminen</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Päivitys vetoomus</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
@@ -986,22 +1033,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Valmistelun keskeytys:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Keskeytä määritys turvallisesti napsauttamalla <b>Keskeytä</b> nyt.</p>"
#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
@@ -1009,11 +1058,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>LDAP-palvelimen määritysten yhteenveto</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n"
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
@@ -1021,78 +1070,80 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
+"<p>Valinnalla <b>Käynnistä LDAP-palvelin Kyllä tai Ei</b>,\n"
+"käynnistä tai pysäytä LDAP-palvelin.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>TLS-asetukset</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Perusasetukset</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h4>Tuo varmenne</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
@@ -1100,91 +1151,97 @@
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämän alla voit määritellä yleiset parametrit.</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Lisää tai poista mallitiedostoja tässä valintaikkunassa.\n"
+"Valitse <b>Lisää</b> avataksesi valintaikkunan, jossa valitset uuden mallin.</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Valitse palvelut jotka OpenLDAP:n tulisi sallia tai estää: </p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Valitse sallimisen liput</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Anonyymi bind kun valtakirja ei ole tyhjä</b>: Salliaksesi anonyymin kirjautumisen silloin\n"
+"kun valtakirja on tyhjä (eli salasana on annettu, mutta DN ei ole läsnä)</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tunnistautumaton bind kun DN ei ole tyhjä</b>: Salliaksesi Tunnistautumaton kirjautumisen\n"
+"(anonyymi) kun DN ei ole tyhjä.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<h3>Valitse estämisen liput</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
@@ -1192,7 +1249,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
@@ -1202,264 +1259,271 @@
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Lisätäksesi uuden tietokannan valitse <b>Lisää tietokanta...</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Anna asetustietokannan salasana (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") täällä. Tämä vaaditaan, jotta\n"
+"asetustietokantaan saadaan etäyhteys.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Määrittääksesi renkipalvelimen tarvitsee joitakin palveluita hakea isäntäpalvelimelta. Anna isäntäpalvelimen\n"
+"palvelinnimi, valitse protokolla (joko \"</i>ldap</i>\" tai \"<i>ldaps</i>\") ja käytettävän portin numero.\n"
+"Anna isäntäpalvelimen konfiguraatio tietokannan (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") salasana.</p>"
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Vaikka Kerberos-alueesi voi olla mikä tahansa ASCII-merkkijono, tapana on käyttää\n"
+"domain-nimeä suuraakkosilla kirjoitettuna.</p>\n"
#. advanced item help: database_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä merkkijono määrittelee Kerberos-tietokannan sijainnin tälle alueelle.</p>"
#. advanced item help: acl_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä merkkijono määrittelee keytab-tiedoston sijainnin, jota kadmin käyttää tunnistautuessaan tietokantaan.</p>"
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä aika määrittelee oletusvanhenemisajan valtuuksille, jotka on luotu tällä alueella.</p>"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Nämä valinnat määrittelevät oletusattribuutit valtuuksilla tällä alueella.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli jälkipäivätyt"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tämän asetuksen käyttöönotto sallii jälkipäivättävien pääsylippujen hankinnan."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli välitettävät"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tämän asetuksen käyttöönotto sallii välitettävien pääsylippujen hankinnan."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli uudistettavat"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tämän asetuksen käyttöönotto sallii uusittavien pääsylippujen hankinnan."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli siirrettävät"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tämän asetuksen käyttöönotto sallii siirrettävien pääsylippujen hankinnan."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ota käyttöön käyttäjien välinen tunnistautuminen"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tämän asetuksen käyttöönotto sallii istunnon avaimen hankkimisen toiselle käyttäjälle, sallien käyttäjältä käyttäjälle -tunnistautumisen."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vaatii esitunnistautumisen"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jos määritys on käytössä asiakkaalla, edellytetään ennakkoon tunnistautuminen KDC:lle pääsylippujen vastaanottamiseksi. Jos määritys otetaan käyttöön palvelulle, pääsylippuja annetaan vain asiakkaille, joilla on TGT-ennakkotunnistautumislippu."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vaatii hwauth:n"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jos tämä asetus on käytössä, vaaditaan kirjautumista laitteistolla ennen yhdenkään pääsylipun saantia."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli palvelu"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tämän asetuksen käyttöönotto sallii KDC:n antaa palvelupääsylippuja."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli tgs-pyyntö"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tämän asetuksen käyttöönotto sallii pääsylippujen hankinnan, jotka perustuvat pääsylipun-myöntö -pääsylippuun. Muuten ne hankittaisiin toistamalla tunnistautumisprosessi, jota käytettiin TGT:n hankkimiseen."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli liput"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tämän asetuksen käyttöönotto tarkoittaa, että KDC antaa pääsylippuja. Asetuksen poistaminen käytöstä poistaa käytännössä päämiehen tältä alueelta."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tarvitsee muutoksen"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tämän asetuksen käyttöönotto pakottaa vaihtamaan salasanaa."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salasanan vaihtopalvelu"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jos tämä merkintä on valittuna, on valtuus merkitty salasanan vaihto -palveluun. Tätä tulisi käyttää ainoastaan erikoistapauksissa, esimerkiksi kun käyttäjän salasana on vanhentunut. Käyttäjän täytyy saada lippuja tälle valtuutetulle, jotta hän voisi vaihtaa salasanan ilman normaalia salasanatunnistautumista."
#. advanced item help : dict_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Merkkijono määrittää polun tiedostoon, joka sisältää luettelon sanoista, joita ei sallita salasanoissa. Jos tätä ei ole merkitty, eikä muita rajoitteita valtuudelle ole asetettu, tarkastuksia ei suoriteta</p>"
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä portin numero määrittelee portin, jossa kadmind-demoni kuuntelee tällä alueella.</p>"
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä merkkijono määrittelee minne pääavain on talletettu kdb5_stash:lla.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä merkkijono määrittelee listan porteista, joita KDC kuuntelee tällä alueella.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä merkkijono määrittelee valtuuden nimen, joka on yhdistetty pääavaimeen. Oletusarvo on K/M.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä avaintyypin merkkijono kertoo pääavaimen avaintyypin.</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä ajan muutos kertoo suurimman mahdollisen ajan, jonka pääsylippu voi olla aktiivinen tällä alueella.</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä ajan muutos kertoo suurimman mahdollisen ajan, jona lippu voidaan uusia tällä alueella.</p>"
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Lista avain/suola merkkijonoista, jotka määrittävät oletus avain/suola yhdistelmät tämän alueen valtuuksille.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Määrittää sallitut avain-suola yhdistelmät tämän alueen valtuuksille.</p>"
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Määrittää tarkistetaanko luettelo ylitettyjen alueiden pääsylipuista siirtopolkua vastaan. Se lasketaan alueiden nimistä ja niiden krb5.conf -tiedostojen [capaths] -osioista.</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tämä LDAP-kohtainen merkintä kertoo LDAP-palvelimen ylläpitämien yhteyksien määrän.</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Määrittää listan alipuista, jotka sisältävät alueen valtuudet. Lista sisältää alipuun objektien DN:ät (erotettu kaksoispistein \":\").</p><p>Etsintäalue määrittää alipuun alueen, jolta valtuuksia etsitään.</p> "
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Määrittelee säilö-objektin DN:n, jonne valtuudet tällä alueella luodaan. Jos säilön viitettä ei ole määritelty aluetta varten, valtuudet luodaan alueen säiliöön.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Määrittelee valtuuden pääsylipun enimmäiselinajan tällä alueella.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Määrittelee valtuuden uusittavan pääsylipun enimmäiselinajan tällä alueella.</p>"
#. #################################################################################
#. #################################################################################
@@ -1472,39 +1536,39 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974
msgid "Advanced Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lisäasetukset"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885
msgid "Database Path"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokantapolku"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60
msgid "&Database Path"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Tietokantapolku"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889
msgid "ACL File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ACL-tiedosto"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78
msgid "ACL &File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ACL-&tiedosto"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893
msgid "Administrator Keytab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ylläpitäjän avaintaulukko"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900
msgid "Default Principal Expiration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Oletus valtuuden vanhentumisaika"
#. checkbox text
#. checkbox text
@@ -1517,12 +1581,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648
msgid "&Available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Saatavilla"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129
msgid "&Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Päiväys"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140
@@ -1535,7 +1599,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659
msgid "&Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Aika"
#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"",
#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")),
@@ -1546,133 +1610,133 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008
msgid "Default Principal Flags"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Oletus valtuuden ilmaisimet"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680
msgid "Allow p&ostdated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli &jälkipäivätyt"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688
msgid "Allow &forwardable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli &välitettävät"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696
msgid "Allow rene&wable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli &uudistettavat"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704
msgid "Allow &proxiable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli &siirrettävät"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712
msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Ota käyttöön käyttäjien välinen tunnistautuminen"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720
msgid "Requires pr&eauth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Vaatii esitunnistautumisen"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728
msgid "Requires &hwauth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vaatii &hwauth:n"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734
msgid "Allow &service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli p&alvelu"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740
msgid "Allow tgs re&quest"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli t&gs-pyyntö"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746
msgid "Allow &tickets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli lipu&t"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752
msgid "Need &change"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tarvitsee muuto&ksen"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760
msgid "P&assword changing service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sa&lasanan vaihtopalvelu"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911
msgid "Dictionary File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sanakirjatiedosto"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916
msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kadmin-demonin portti"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921
msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kpasswd-demonin portti"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926
msgid "Key Stash File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Avainpiilon tiedosto"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929
msgid "KDC Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KDC-portti"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933
msgid "Master Key Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pääavaimen nimi"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938
msgid "Master Key Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pääavaimen tyyppi"
#. Treeview list item
#. Treeview list item
@@ -1681,14 +1745,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998
msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pääsylipun enimmäiselinaika"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653
msgid "&Days"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pä&ivää"
#. Treeview list item
#. Treeview list item
@@ -1697,66 +1761,66 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003
msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pääsylipun enimmäisuusinta-aika"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953
msgid "Default Encryption Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Oletus salaustyypit"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958
msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KDC:n tukemat salaustyypit"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963
msgid "Reject Bad Transit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hylkää huono siirtymä"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983
msgid "Number of LDAP connections"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-yhteyksien määrä"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525
msgid "File for the LDAP password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-salasanatiedosto"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988
msgid "Search Subtrees"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Etsi alipuut"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558
msgid "Search Scope"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hakulaajuus"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565
msgid "&subtree search"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&alipuu haku"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572
msgid "&one level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&yksi taso"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993
msgid "Principal Container"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Säiliö valtuuksille"
#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016
msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-lisäasetukset"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp
@@ -1766,6 +1830,12 @@
#. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id$
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
+msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
+msgstr "LDAP-asiakkaan määritykset"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
msgstr ""
@@ -1812,7 +1882,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. ****************************************
@@ -1820,67 +1890,67 @@
#. ***************************************
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191
msgid "Startup Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistyksen määritys"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62
msgid "Global Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yleiset asetukset"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67
msgid "Schema Files"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mallitiedostot"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75
msgid "Log Level Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lokitasoasetukset"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83
msgid "Allow/Disallow Features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käytä/poista ominaisuuksia käytöstä"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218
msgid "TLS Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TLS-asetukset"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100
msgid "Databases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokannat"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
msgid "Suffix DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Loppuliite:"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173
msgid "Database Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokannan tyyppi"
#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l;
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228
msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "TLS/SSL-asetukset eivät ole valmiita."
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229
msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Haluatko varmasti ottaa käyttöön ldaps-yhteyskäytännön kuuntelun?"
#. add a new file to the list
#. file dialog heading
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265
msgid "Select New Schema File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitse uusi mallitiedosto"
#. error popup
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272
msgid "The schema file is already in the list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mallitiedosto on jo luettelossa."
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462
msgid "Select a valid Certificate File"
@@ -1897,12 +1967,12 @@
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575
msgid "Select Certificate File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitse varmennetiedosto"
#. file selection headline
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583
msgid "Select Certificate Key File"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitse varmenneavaintiedosto"
#. ****************************************
#. * handlers for database parent widget
@@ -1917,36 +1987,36 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721
msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa tietokannan?"
#. Error Popup
#. Error Popup
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884
msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitun tietokannan asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941
msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitun tietokannan asetusten luku ei onnistunut."
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403
msgid "New Administrator &Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uusi yllä&pitäjän salasana"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407
msgid "Password &Encryption"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salasanan salaus&tapa"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368
msgid "Change Administration Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vaihda ylläpitäjän salasana"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039
@@ -1955,7 +2025,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "No"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ei"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
@@ -1963,7 +2033,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kyllä"
#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188
@@ -1975,23 +2045,23 @@
#. ***************************************
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290
msgid "Index Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Indeksoinnin määritys"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298
msgid "Password Policy Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salasanakäytännön määrittäminen"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307
msgid "Access Control Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käyttövalvonta määritys"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316
msgid "Replication Provider"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Replikoinnin tarjoaja"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325
msgid "Replication Consumer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Replikoinnin lepoaika"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70
msgid "&Start Kerberos Server"
@@ -1999,188 +2069,188 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94
msgid "Protocol Listeners"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yhteyskäytännön kuuntelin"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100
msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112
msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141
msgid "Included &Schema Files"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Liitetyt mallitiedo&stot"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152
msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitse &lokitasoliput:"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154
msgid "Trace Function Calls"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seuraa tehtäväkutsuja"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155
msgid "Debug Packet Handling"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pakettikäsittelyn virheenkorjaus"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Heavy Trace Debugging (toiminnon argumentit)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157
msgid "Connection Management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yhteyshallinta"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158
msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tulosta lähetetyt ja vastaanotetut paketit"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159
msgid "Search Filter Processing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hakusuotimen käsittely"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160
msgid "Configuration File Processing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tiedoston käsittelyn määritys"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161
msgid "Access Control List Processing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käytönvalvontaluettelon käsittely"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162
msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kirjaa yhteydet, toiminnot ja tulokset"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163
msgid "Log Entries Sent"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kirjausmerkintä lähetetyt"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164
msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tulosta tiedonvaihto shell back-ends"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165
msgid "Entry Parsing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Merkinnän koostaminen"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166
msgid "LDAPSync Replication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAPSync Replikointi"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167
msgid "None"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ei mikään"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174
msgid "Select &Allow Flags:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitse s&allimisen liput:"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176
msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAPv2 bind pyynnöt"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179
msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Anonyymi bind kun valtakirja ei ole tyhjä"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183
msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tunnistautumaton bind kun DN ei ole tyhjä"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187
msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tunnistautumaton päivitysvalinta käsittelylle"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193
msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitse &estämisen liput:"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197
msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Estä tuntematon Bind Requests -hyväksyntä. (ei estä pääsyä hakemistoon nimettömänä)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201
msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Poista sormenjälkitunnistus käytöstä"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204
msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Poista istunnon pakotus nimetön -tilaan kun toiminto StartTLS otetaan vastaan."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210
msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Älä salli toimintoa StartTLS tunnistettaessa"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221
msgid "Basic Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Perusasetukset"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227
msgid "Enable TLS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ota TLS käyttöön"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234
msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli LDAP SSL-liitymän kautta"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242
msgid "Use common Server Certificate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käytä yleistä palvelinvarmennetta"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254
msgid "Import Certificate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tuo varmenne"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273
msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varmenne&tiedosto (PEM-muoto)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234
msgid "&Browse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Selaa..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285
msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varmenteen &avaintiedosto (PEM-muoto -- salaamaton)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288
msgid "B&rowse..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Selaa..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Launch CA Management Module"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistä CA-hallinta"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178
msgid "&Base DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Kanta DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305
msgid "Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ylläpitäjän DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81
msgid "&Append Base DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Liitä kanta-DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309
msgid "Change Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muuta salasana"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317
msgid "Edit BDB Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muokkaa BDB-tietokantaa"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Entry Cache"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Merkinnän välimuisti"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Välimuistin indeksi (IDL cache)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
@@ -2188,91 +2258,91 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "kilobytes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "kilotavua"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346
msgid "minutes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "minuuttia"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muuta määritystietokannan asetuksia"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salli selväkielinen tunnistautuminen (Simple Bind) tälle tietokannalle."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362
msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(Etäyhteys pitää olla salattu)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374
msgid "Edit Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muokkaa tietokantaa"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Database type not currently supported."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokantatyyppiä ei tueta tällä hetkellä."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381
msgid "Indexing Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Indeksoidaan määritystä"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ominaisuus"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452
msgid "Presence"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Saatavilla"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453
msgid "Equality"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yhdenvertaisuus"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454
msgid "Substring"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Osamerkkijono"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402
msgid "Change Administrator Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vaihda ylläpitäjän salasana"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447
msgid "Add Index"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lisää indeksi"
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salasanakäytännön asetukset"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47
msgid "Enable Password Policies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ota salasanakäytännöt käyttöön"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55
msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salaa tekstimuotoiset salasanat"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63
msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ilmoita \"Tili lukittu\" -tilasta"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73
msgid "Default Policy Object DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Oletuskäytäntöobjektin DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89
msgid "Edit Policy"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muokkaa käytäntöä"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100
msgid "All Entries"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kaikki merkinnät"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101
msgid "All Entries in the Subtree"
@@ -2280,105 +2350,105 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102
msgid "The Entry with the DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN-tietue"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106
msgid "Everybody"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jokainen"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107
msgid "Authenticated Clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tunnistautuneet käyttäjät"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108
msgid "Anonymous Clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Anonyymit käyttäjät"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109
msgid "The accessed Entry (self)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Avattu merkintä (itse)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110
msgid "The user with the DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN-käyttäjä"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111
msgid "All entries in the subtree"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kaikki alipuun tietueet"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112
msgid "All members of the group"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kaikki ryhmän jäsenet"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125
msgid "<empty>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<tyhjä>"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126
msgid "No Access"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ei yhteyttä"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128
msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ei oikeutta (paljasta tieto virheestä)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131
msgid "Authenticate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tunnistaudu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132
msgid "Compare"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vertaa"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133
msgid "Read"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lue"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134
msgid "Write"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kirjoita"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135
msgid "Manage (full access)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hallinnoi (täydet oikeudet)"
#. don't count frontend and Config DB
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167
msgid "New Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uusi tietokanta"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170
msgid "Basic Database Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yleiset tietokanta-asetukset"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189
msgid "&Administrator DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Ylläpitäjän DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197
msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Liitä kanta DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211
msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-hallinnan &salasana"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230
msgid "&Database Directory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokanta&hakemisto"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240
msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käytä tätä tietokantaa openLDAP-asiakkaiden oletustietokantana"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311
msgid "Select Database Directory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitse tietokantahakemisto"
#. check values
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350
msgid "Base DN must be set."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kanta DN pitää olla asetettu."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359
msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists."
@@ -2386,11 +2456,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399
msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Root DN pitää olla asetettu, jos salasana on annettu."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405
msgid "Password validation failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salasanan varmentaminen epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435
msgid ""
@@ -2400,52 +2470,52 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451
msgid "A directory must be specified."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hakemisto on määriteltävä."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hakemistoa ei ole olemassa. Luodaanko se?"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tunnistautuminen epäonnistui. Salasana on luultavasti väärä.\n"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
msgid "The error message was: '"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virheviesti on: '"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
msgid "Try again?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yritetäänkö uudelleen?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Saatavilla olevat attribuuttityypit"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitut attribuuttityypit"
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ketä tämä sääntö koskee"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
msgid "Entry DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pääsy-DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
msgid "Select"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valitse"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
msgid "Define the Access Level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Määritä oikeuksien taso"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
@@ -2457,7 +2527,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jatka nykyisen säännön tutkimista (\"jatka\")"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
@@ -2466,27 +2536,27 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
msgid "Subtree DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alipuun DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
msgid "Group DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ryhmän DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muokkaa käyttöoikeussääntöä"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
msgid "Target Objects"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kohteet"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
msgid "Matching the filter:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Täsmätään suotimeen:"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
msgid "LDAP Filter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-etsintäsuodin"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
@@ -2494,35 +2564,35 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Attributes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ominaisuudet"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muokkaa"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
msgid "Access Level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pääsytaso"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
msgid "Who"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kuka"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
msgid "Flow Control"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Flow-hallinta"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
msgid "Up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ylös"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
msgid "Down"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alas"
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
@@ -2539,11 +2609,11 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Target"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kohde"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
msgid "Filter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Suodin"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
msgid ""
@@ -2557,47 +2627,47 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
msgid "Provider Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tarjoajan nimi"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
msgid "Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Portti"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
msgid "Replication Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Replikoinnin tyyppi"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
msgid "Replication Interval"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Replikoinnin aikaväli"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
msgid "Days"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Päivää"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
msgid "Hours"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tuntia"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
msgid "Minutes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Minuuttia"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
msgid "Seconds"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sekuntia"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
msgid "Authentication DN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Authentication DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
msgid "Custom update referral"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muokattu päivitysväli"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
msgid "Target Host"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kohdekone"
#. no updateref
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
@@ -2611,7 +2681,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Haluatko yrittää uudestaan?"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
@@ -2619,15 +2689,15 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varmista, että kohde palvelimessa LDAPsync on aktivoitu"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aktivoi ldapsync palveluntarjonta tälle tietokannalle"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
msgid "Operations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Toiminnot"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Session Log"
@@ -2643,15 +2713,15 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352
msgid "Reading Startup Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luetaan käynnistysmääritykset"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353
msgid "Reading Configuration Backend"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luetaan määritystiedot"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354
msgid "Reading Configuration Data"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luetaan määritystiedot"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355
msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration"
@@ -2665,70 +2735,70 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033
msgid "LDAP search failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-haku epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812
msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virheellinen LDAP URI -skeema"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828
msgid "LDAP initialization failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP valmistelu epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854
msgid "LDAP bind failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP sidos epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877
msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-skeeman alustaminen epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888
msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-skeeman lukeminen epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-palvelin ei tunne Kerberos-skeemaa."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575
msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util."
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005
msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kerberos-tietokannan muokkaaminen epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046
msgid "LDAP modify failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-muokkaus epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074
msgid "Incomplete data."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Puutteelliset tiedot."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101
msgid "Unsupported database type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokannan tyyppiä ei tueta."
#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546
msgid "Enabling LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otetaan LDAP-palvelin käyttöön"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559
msgid "Starting LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistetään LDAP-palvelin"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549
msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aktivoidaan OpenLDAP-palvelin"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistetään OpenLDAP-palvelin uudelleen"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569
msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server"
@@ -2744,23 +2814,23 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602
msgid "Writing Startup Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan käynnistysmääritykset"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603
msgid "Cleaning up config directory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Siivotaan määrityshakemistoa"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604
msgid "Creating Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luodaan määritystä"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605
msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistetään openLDAP-palvelin"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606
msgid "Creating Base Objects"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luodaan perusolioita"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607
msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration"
@@ -2772,41 +2842,41 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569
msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Levyvälimuistiin vaihtaminen epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624
msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-skeeman alustaminen epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648
msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Määrityshakemiston puhdistus epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686
msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virhe luettaessa määritystietoja."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706
msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-palvelun käyttöönotto epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600
msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAP-palvelun käynnistäminen epäonnistui."
#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784
msgid "Stopping LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pysäytä LDAP-palvelin"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785
msgid "Disabling LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otetaan LDAP-palvelin pois käytöstä"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787
msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Poistetaan OpenLDAP-palvelin käytöstä"
#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
@@ -2824,31 +2894,31 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825
msgid "Writing Sysconfig files"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetustiedostoja..."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826
msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tehdään muutokset asetustietokantaan"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827
msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tehdään muutokset tiedostoon /etc/openldap/ldap.conf"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828
msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luodaan oliot juuri luoduille tietokannoille."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829
msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Päivitetään oletuksena käytettäviä salasanakäytäntöolioita"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830
msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odotetaan OpenLDAP-palvelimen tausta indeksoinnin valmistumista (tämä voi kestää useita minuutteja)"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistetään OpenLDAP-palvelin uudelleen mikäli tarvetta"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834
msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration"
@@ -2856,11 +2926,11 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931
msgid "Creating base objects failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Olion luominen epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940
msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salasanakäytäntöolioiden luominen epäonnistui"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953
msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
@@ -2872,7 +2942,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Register at SLP Service: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rekisteröi SLP-palvelulle:"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213
msgid "Start Kerberos Server: "
@@ -2880,19 +2950,19 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215
msgid "Create the following databases:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luodaan seuraavat tietokannat:"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220
msgid "Database Suffix: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokannan pääte"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221
msgid "Database Type: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokannan tyyppi:"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
msgid "Not configured yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ei vielä määritetty."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472
msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist."
@@ -2900,12 +2970,12 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477
msgid "Certificate File does not exist"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varmennetiedostoa ei ole."
#. error message
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752
msgid "Certificate key file does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varmenneavaintiedostoa ei ole."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523
msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key."
@@ -2917,45 +2987,45 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545
msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Siivotaan asetustietokannan hakemistoa"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546
msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "slapd.conf muunnetaan config-tietokantaan"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547
msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vaihdetaan startup-määrittely käyttämään tietokantaa"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548
msgid "Restarting LDAP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistetään LDAP-palvelin uudelleen"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549
msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yhdistetään LDAP-palvelimen määrityksiä"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559
msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tuloste \"slaptest\":\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560
msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vanhojen asetusten siirto epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587
msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LDAPI-listener, salliminen epäonnistui."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709
msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Common server certificate ei saatavilla. StartTLS ei ole käytössä."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803
msgid "Could not create database directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
msgstr ""
@@ -2968,246 +3038,246 @@
msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kirjoittaminen krb5.conf-tiedostoon ei onnistunut."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kerberos-tietokannan luominen epäonnistui."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salasanatiedostoon kirjoittaminen epäonnistui."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ei ole kelvollinen LDAP DN"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027
msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr ""
#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "suffixin ensimmäisen osa tulee olla c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= tai dc=."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Juuri-DN täytyy olla kanta-DN:n lapsiolio"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hakemiston luominen epäonnistui."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881
msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kirjoittaminen krb5.conf-tiedostoon epäonnistui."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kirjoittaminen kdc.conf-tiedostoon epäonnistui."
#. error at paramter check
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301
#, perl-format
msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokantatyyppiä '%s' ei tueta. Sallitut tyypit ovat 'bdb' ja 'hdb'."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347
msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "countryName:n tulee olla ISO-3166 mukainen 2-kirjaiminen maakoodi."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726
msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virheellinen 'rootdn'."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734
msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "'rootdn' pitää sijaita 'päätteen' alla."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415
msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salasanan asettamiseksi on 'rootdn' määriteltävä."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422
msgid "Define 'rootpw'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Määrittele 'rootpw'."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768
#, perl-format
msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "'%s' ei ole tuettu salausmenetelmä."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475
msgid "Define 'directory'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Määrittele 'directory'."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489
msgid "The directory does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hakemistoa ei ole olemassa."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526
msgid "Invalid cache size value."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virheellinen välimuistin koon arvo."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547
msgid "Invalid checkpoint value."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virheellinen tarkistuspisteen arvo."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758
msgid "Define 'passwd'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Määrittele 'passwd'."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805
msgid "Database edit failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tietokannan muokkaus ei onnistunut."
#. error message at parameter check
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129
msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parametri 'suffix' puuttuu."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533
msgid "Cannot restart the service."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Palvelun käynnistäminen uudelleen ei onnistunut."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540
msgid "Cannot stop the service."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Palvelun pysäyttäminen ei onnistunut."
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703
msgid "CA certificate file does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CA-varmennetiedostoa ei ole."
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719
msgid "CA certificate path does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CA-varmennepolkua ei ole."
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735
msgid "Certificate file does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varmennetiedostoa ei ole."
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770
msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "'TLSVerifyClient':lla on virheellinen arvo."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779
msgid "Writing failed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944
msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parametri 'ServerCertificateFile' puuttuu."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950
msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varmennetiedoston lukeminen ei onnistunut."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955
msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parametri 'ServerCertificateData' puuttuu."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PEM-tiedot ovat vaurioituneet."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969
msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parametri 'ServerKeyFile' puuttuu."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975
msgid "Cannot read key file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Avaintiedoston luku ei onnistunut."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980
msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parametri 'ServerKeyData' puuttuu."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998
msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CA-varmennetiedoston luku ei onnistunut."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021
msgid "Cannot write certificate file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varmennetiedoston kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027
msgid "Cannot write key file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Avaintiedoston kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046
msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CA-varmennetiedoston kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:47+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
@@ -123,8 +123,7 @@
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr "ota käyttöön/poista käytöstä pakettien käsittely"
-#. doClone();
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr "Tyhjä parametriluettelo"
@@ -134,63 +133,48 @@
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
msgstr "AutoYaST-profiilin polku pitää asettaa."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
-#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the
-#. system.
-#.
-#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
-msgstr ""
-"Käynnissä olevaan järjestelmään pohjautuva asiakasohjelma AutoYaST-profiili "
-"luomiseksi "
+#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47
+msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgstr "Käynnissä olevaan järjestelmään pohjautuva asiakasohjelma AutoYaST-profiili luomiseksi "
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "tunnetut moduulit: %1"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr "pilkulla eroteltu luettelo kopioitavista moduuleista"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "Kopioidaan järjestelmää..."
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92
-msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
-msgstr ""
-"Tuloksena syntyvä autoyast-profiili löytyy tiedostosta /root/autoinst.xml."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml."
+msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
+msgstr "Tuloksena syntyvä autoyast-profiili löytyy tiedostosta /root/autoinst.xml."
#. help 1/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
-"location.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tällä valintaikkunalla kopioidaan tiedoston sisältö ja määritellään sen "
-"lopullinen polku\n"
-"valmiissa järjestelmässä. YaST kopioi tämän tiedoston määritettyyn paikkaan.<"
-"/p>"
+"<p>Tällä valintaikkunalla kopioidaan tiedoston sisältö ja määritellään sen lopullinen polku\n"
+"valmiissa järjestelmässä. YaST kopioi tämän tiedoston määritettyyn paikkaan.</p>"
#. help 2/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
-"symbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
-"pattern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Suojataksesi kopioituja tiedostoja aseta niiden omistaja ja "
-"käyttöoikeudet.\n"
+"<p>Suojataksesi kopioituja tiedostoja aseta niiden omistaja ja käyttöoikeudet.\n"
"Aseta omistaja muodossa <i>userid:groupid</i>. Käyttöoikeudet voivat olla\n"
"symbolisia muutoksen osoittajia tai oktaalilukuja jotka esittävät\n"
"uuden käyttöoikeuden bittikuviona.</p>"
@@ -266,17 +250,13 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
-"in the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
-"server\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Olet saattanut valmistella sovelluksille tai palveluille "
-"määritystiedoston,\n"
+"<p>Olet saattanut valmistella sovelluksille tai palveluille määritystiedoston,\n"
"joka tulisi kopioida täydellisinä asennettavaan järjestelmään. Esimerkiksi\n"
-"jos olet asentamassa webpalvelinta ja sinulla on httpd.conf-määritystiedosto "
-"valmiina.</p>"
+"jos olet asentamassa webpalvelinta ja sinulla on httpd.conf-määritystiedosto valmiina.</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332
msgid "Select a file from the table first."
@@ -320,21 +300,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Suoritetaan asennuksen jälkeiset komentojonot"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Uudelleen käynnistetään käytössä olevat palvelut"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr "Aktivoidaan systemd oletussijainti"
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Viimeistellään määritystä"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Käsitellään lähdettä %1"
@@ -509,8 +489,7 @@
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Odota hetki, järjestelmää valmistellaan automaattista asennusta varten.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Odota hetki, järjestelmää valmistellaan automaattista asennusta varten.</P>"
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
@@ -537,7 +516,6 @@
msgstr "Määritä käynnistyslatain"
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59
-#| msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr "Määritä Systemd oletus kohde"
@@ -566,7 +544,6 @@
msgstr "Määritetään käynnistyslatain..."
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69
-#| msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Määritetään Systemd oletus kohde..."
@@ -659,8 +636,7 @@
"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kokemuksestasi riippuen voit ohittaa, kirjoittaa lokiin ja näyttää "
-"(aikakatkaisulla)\n"
+"<p>Kokemuksestasi riippuen voit ohittaa, kirjoittaa lokiin ja näyttää (aikakatkaisulla)\n"
"asennusviestit.</p> \n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219
@@ -669,8 +645,7 @@
"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>On suositeltavaa näyttää kaikki <b>viestit</b> aikakatkaisulla.\n"
-"Varoitukset voidaan joissakin tilanteissa ohittaa, mutta niitä ei saisi "
-"jättää huomiotta.</p>\n"
+"Varoitukset voidaan joissakin tilanteissa ohittaa, mutta niitä ei saisi jättää huomiotta.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226
msgid "Messages and Logging"
@@ -685,14 +660,12 @@
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
-"to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Valitse yksi seuraavista <b>perus</b>valinnoista ja napsauta <i>Lisävalinnat<"
-"/i> lisätäksesi\n"
+"Valitse yksi seuraavista <b>perus</b>valinnoista ja napsauta <i>Lisävalinnat</i> lisätäksesi\n"
"<b>lisä</b>valintoja ja -paketteja.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -704,10 +677,8 @@
msgstr "Asennuslähteen sijainti (esimerkiksi http://omakone/11.3/DVD1/)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
-msgstr ""
-"Tämän järjestelmän asennuslähde (et voi luoda levykuvaa, jos valitset tämän)"
+msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgstr "Tämän järjestelmän asennuslähde (et voi luoda levykuvaa, jos valitset tämän)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
msgid "using that installation source failed"
@@ -722,21 +693,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
-"to mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
-"can be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
-"possible.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Liitostapa /etc/fstab -tiedostossa</b>\n"
-"\tTavallisesti liitettävä tiedostojärjestelmä tunnistetaan tiedostossa "
-"/etc/fstab\n"
-"\tlaitenimellä. Tämä tunnistaminen voidaan vaihtaa UUID:hen tai taltion "
-"nimeen\n"
-"\tperustuvaksi. Kaikkia tiedostojärjestelmiä ei voida liittää UUID:llä tai "
-"taltion nimellä.\n"
+"\tTavallisesti liitettävä tiedostojärjestelmä tunnistetaan tiedostossa /etc/fstab\n"
+"\tlaitenimellä. Tämä tunnistaminen voidaan vaihtaa UUID:hen tai taltion nimeen\n"
+"\tperustuvaksi. Kaikkia tiedostojärjestelmiä ei voida liittää UUID:llä tai taltion nimellä.\n"
"\tJos valinta ei ole käytettävissä, se ei ole mahdollinen.\n"
"\t "
@@ -744,8 +709,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
@@ -921,10 +885,8 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
-msgid ""
-"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Koko \"auto\" kelpaa vain jos liitospiste \"/boot\" tai \"swap\" on valittuna"
+msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgstr "Koko \"auto\" kelpaa vain jos liitospiste \"/boot\" tai \"swap\" on valittuna"
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
@@ -1029,8 +991,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kaikki järjestelmäsi automaattisesti tunnistetut kiintolevyt\n"
-"näytetään tässä. Valitse se kiintolevy, jolle haluat asentaa &product; "
-"järjestelmän.\n"
+"näytetään tässä. Valitse se kiintolevy, jolle haluat asentaa &product; järjestelmän.\n"
"</p>"
#. force help text width
@@ -1189,8 +1150,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Jos olet määrittänyt ja luonut <b>luokkia</b>, voit\n"
"yhdistää niitä käyttäen tätä käyttöliittymää uuden\n"
-"<i>Profiilin</i> luomiseen, joka sisältää tiedot kaikista luokista, riippuen "
-"prioriteetista (järjestyksestä)\n"
+"<i>Profiilin</i> luomiseen, joka sisältää tiedot kaikista luokista, riippuen prioriteetista (järjestyksestä)\n"
"jotka asetettiin luokkaa luotaessa.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497
@@ -1218,8 +1178,7 @@
"<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n"
"file should belong.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse yksi tai useampi luetelluista luokista, johon nykyinen "
-"ohjaustiedosto\n"
+"<p>Valitse yksi tai useampi luetelluista luokista, johon nykyinen ohjaustiedosto\n"
"tulee kuulua.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614
@@ -1401,11 +1360,8 @@
#. @param list menu items
#. @return [Symbol]
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Haluatko ottaa moduulin '%1' asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä järjestelmässäsi?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
+msgstr "Haluatko ottaa moduulin '%1' asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä järjestelmässäsi?"
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
@@ -1419,12 +1375,8 @@
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Haluatko varmasti ottaa profiilin asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä "
-"järjestelmässäsi?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
+msgstr "Haluatko varmasti ottaa profiilin asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä järjestelmässäsi?"
#. EXIT
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
@@ -1563,13 +1515,11 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
-"partitioning\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"Kickstart-tiedosto tuotiin.\n"
-"Tarkista tuodut muotosäännöt sekä varmista, että pakettivalinnat ja "
-"osioinnit\n"
+"Tarkista tuodut muotosäännöt sekä varmista, että pakettivalinnat ja osioinnit\n"
"tuotiin oikein."
#. Validate Dialog
@@ -1699,8 +1649,7 @@
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
-"interruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
@@ -1713,14 +1662,12 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
-"manual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Jos poistat käytöstä AutoYaST:n toisen vaiheen, asennusta jatketaan "
-"ensimmäisen uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen manuaalisessa tilassa\n"
+"Jos poistat käytöstä AutoYaST:n toisen vaiheen, asennusta jatketaan ensimmäisen uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen manuaalisessa tilassa\n"
" (pakettien asennuksen jälkeen).\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -1864,17 +1811,13 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
-"and\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tämä työkalu käyttää <em>xmllint</em>iä tarkistaakseen profiilin DTD:tä "
-"vasten ja\n"
-"tarkistaa puuttuvat tiedot. Osa tiedoista saattaa puuttua tarkoituksella, "
-"jolloin mahdolliset\n"
-"virheilmoitukset voidaan jättää huomiotta, esimerkiksi luokkien luonnin "
-"yhteydessä.</p>\n"
+"<p>Tämä työkalu käyttää <em>xmllint</em>iä tarkistaakseen profiilin DTD:tä vasten ja\n"
+"tarkistaa puuttuvat tiedot. Osa tiedoista saattaa puuttua tarkoituksella, jolloin mahdolliset\n"
+"virheilmoitukset voidaan jättää huomiotta, esimerkiksi luokkien luonnin yhteydessä.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
@@ -1895,16 +1838,14 @@
"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tuodaksesi Kickstart-tiedoston, anna polku määritystiedostoon. \n"
-"Tuotu tieto ladataan määritystenhallintajärjestelmään, jotta määritysten "
-"lisävalinnat\n"
+"Tuotu tieto ladataan määritystenhallintajärjestelmään, jotta määritysten lisävalinnat\n"
"tulisivat käyttöön SUSEn yhteydessä.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
-"selections.</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tämä työkalu luo viiteprofiilin lukemalla tietoa järjestelmästä.\n"
"Valitse järjestelmästä vakioresurssien, kuten\n"
@@ -1916,8 +1857,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
-"system.\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Taulukko oikealla näyttää osiot, jotka luodaan kohdejärjestelmään.\n"
@@ -1958,12 +1898,10 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
-"are\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
-"Jos osioita ei ole määritelty, ja valittu levy on myös se levy missä "
-"juuriosion\n"
+"Jos osioita ei ole määritelty, ja valittu levy on myös se levy missä juuriosion\n"
"tulisi sijaita, seuraavat osiot luodaan automaattisesti:"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58
@@ -1979,56 +1917,39 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Lisävalinnat</b></p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
-"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
-"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
-"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
-"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
-msgstr ""
-"Oletuksena AutoYaST luo jatketun osion ja lisää kaikki uudet osiot loogisina "
-"laitteina. On myös mahdollista määrätä AutoYaST luomaan tietty osio "
-"ensisijaisena osiona tai jatkettuna osiona. Lisäksi on mahdollista määritellä "
-"osion koko käyttäen sylintereitä megatavujen sijasta."
+msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
+msgstr "Oletuksena AutoYaST luo jatketun osion ja lisää kaikki uudet osiot loogisina laitteina. On myös mahdollista määrätä AutoYaST luomaan tietty osio ensisijaisena osiona tai jatkettuna osiona. Lisäksi on mahdollista määritellä osion koko käyttäen sylintereitä megatavujen sijasta."
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n"
"interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Näitä ja muita lisävalintoja ei voida määrittää tämän käyttöliittymän "
-"avulla.\n"
+"Näitä ja muita lisävalintoja ei voida määrittää tämän käyttöliittymän avulla.\n"
"Sen sijaan ne voidaan lisätä käsin ohjaustiedostoon.\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
-"partitions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"LVM- ja RAID-asennusta varten katso dokumentaatiota ja lisää määritykset "
-"olemassa\n"
-"olevaan ohjaustiedostoon. Voit luoda vain alustamattomia LVM- ja "
-"RAID-osioita.\n"
+"LVM- ja RAID-asennusta varten katso dokumentaatiota ja lisää määritykset olemassa\n"
+"olevaan ohjaustiedostoon. Voit luoda vain alustamattomia LVM- ja RAID-osioita.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy HTTP(S) yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti "
-"koodin %2."
+msgstr "Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy HTTP(S) yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti koodin %2."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy FTP yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti "
-"koodin %2."
+msgstr "Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy FTP yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti koodin %2."
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
@@ -2108,8 +2029,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Asennusta edeltävät komentojonot</h3>\n"
-"<P>Lisää komennot, jotka suoritetaan ennen järjestelmän asennuksen alkamista. "
-"</P>\n"
+"<P>Lisää komennot, jotka suoritetaan ennen järjestelmän asennuksen alkamista. </P>\n"
#. help 2/6
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72
@@ -2134,8 +2054,7 @@
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed "
-"\n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2143,12 +2062,9 @@
"<H3>Chroot-komentojonot</H3>\n"
"<P>Jos haluat suorittaa asennuksen jälkeiset komentojonot chroot-\n"
"ympäristössä, valitse <i>chroot-komentojono</i> -valinta. Nämä komentojonot\n"
-"suoritetaan ennen kuin järjestelmä käynnistetään uudelleen.ensimmäisen kerran "
-"\n"
-"Oletuksena chroot-komentojonot suoritetaan asennusjärjestelmässä. "
-"Käsitelläksesi\n"
-"asennetun järjestelmän tiedostoja käytä aina komentojonoissasi liitoskohtana "
-"\"/mnt\" .\n"
+"suoritetaan ennen kuin järjestelmä käynnistetään uudelleen.ensimmäisen kerran \n"
+"Oletuksena chroot-komentojonot suoritetaan asennusjärjestelmässä. Käsitelläksesi\n"
+"asennetun järjestelmän tiedostoja käytä aina komentojonoissasi liitoskohtana \"/mnt\" .\n"
"</P>\n"
#. help 4/6
@@ -2156,15 +2072,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag "
-"\"chrooted\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Chroot-komentojonoja on mahdollista suorittaa myöhemmässä vaiheessa,\n"
-"käynnistyslataimen määrityksen jälkeen käyttämällä erityistä boolean-valintaa "
-"\"chrooted\".\n"
+"käynnistyslataimen määrityksen jälkeen käyttämällä erityistä boolean-valintaa \"chrooted\".\n"
"Tämä valinta suorittaa komentojonot asennetussa järjestelmässä. \n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2182,13 +2096,10 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Init-komentojonot</H3>\n"
-"<P>Nämä komentojonot suoritetaan ensimmäisen käynnistyksen aikana sen "
-"jälkeen,\n"
-"kun YaST on päättänyt järjestelmän määrityksen. Viimeiset komentojonot "
-"suoritetaan\n"
+"<P>Nämä komentojonot suoritetaan ensimmäisen käynnistyksen aikana sen jälkeen,\n"
+"kun YaST on päättänyt järjestelmän määrityksen. Viimeiset komentojonot suoritetaan\n"
"käyttäen erityistä <b>rc</b>-komentojonoa, joka suoritetaan vain kerran.\n"
-"Viimeiset komentojonot suoritetaan uudelleenkäynnistyksen lopussa, kun verkko "
-"on \n"
+"Viimeiset komentojonot suoritetaan uudelleenkäynnistyksen lopussa, kun verkko on \n"
" otettu käyttöön.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2197,17 +2108,14 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
-"or \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Tulkki:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Ennen asennusta suoritettavat komentojonot voivat olla vain "
-"shell-komentojonoja\n"
-"Älä käytä <i>Perl</i> tai <i>Python</i> -kieliä ennen asennusta "
-"suoritettavissa komentojonoissa.\n"
+"<P>Ennen asennusta suoritettavat komentojonot voivat olla vain shell-komentojonoja\n"
+"Älä käytä <i>Perl</i> tai <i>Python</i> -kieliä ennen asennusta suoritettavissa komentojonoissa.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133
@@ -2216,44 +2124,32 @@
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
-"which\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
-"installation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
-"too.\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Verkkokäyttö:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Kun asennuksen jälkeisiä komentojonoja suoritetaan, verkko on poistettu "
-"käytöstä\n"
-"ja verkon saaminen käyttöön edellyttää verkon valmistelua komentojonossa. "
-"Vaihtoehtona\n"
-"asennuksen jälkeiselle komentojonolle on init-komentojonojen käyttö. Se "
-"takaa, että\n"
-"järjestelmä on täysin määritetty, kun komentojonot suoritetaan. Jos asensit "
-"käyttämällä\n"
-"verkkoa, voit käyttää myös <b>Verkko</b>-valintaa asennuksen jälkeisille "
-"komentojonoille.\n"
+"<P>Kun asennuksen jälkeisiä komentojonoja suoritetaan, verkko on poistettu käytöstä\n"
+"ja verkon saaminen käyttöön edellyttää verkon valmistelua komentojonossa. Vaihtoehtona\n"
+"asennuksen jälkeiselle komentojonolle on init-komentojonojen käyttö. Se takaa, että\n"
+"järjestelmä on täysin määritetty, kun komentojonot suoritetaan. Jos asensit käyttämällä\n"
+"verkkoa, voit käyttää myös <b>Verkko</b>-valintaa asennuksen jälkeisille komentojonoille.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box "
-"as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
-"might help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Palaute ja vianjäljitys:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Kaikki komentojonot, paitsi init-komentojonot, voivat näyttää "
-"STDOUT+STDERR -palautteen ilmoitusikkunassa.\n"
-"Jos otat vianjäljityksen käyttöön, saat enemmän tulosteita palauteikkunaan, "
-"josta saattaa olla apua\n"
+"<P>Kaikki komentojonot, paitsi init-komentojonot, voivat näyttää STDOUT+STDERR -palautteen ilmoitusikkunassa.\n"
+"Jos otat vianjäljityksen käyttöön, saat enemmän tulosteita palauteikkunaan, josta saattaa olla apua\n"
"komentojonojesi vianjäljityksessä.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
@@ -2341,14 +2237,12 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation "
-"for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Lisäämällä komentojonoja automaattiasennukseen voit räätälöidä\n"
-"asennuksen tarpeitasi vastaavaksi, ja ottaa hallinnan asennuksen eri "
-"vaiheissa.</p>\n"
+"asennuksen tarpeitasi vastaavaksi, ja ottaa hallinnan asennuksen eri vaiheissa.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
msgid "User Script Management"
@@ -2375,12 +2269,8 @@
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722
-msgid ""
-"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
-"error message is:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"XML-koostaja ilmoitti virheestä koostettaessa autoyast profiilia. Virheviesti "
-"on:\n"
+msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
+msgstr "XML-koostaja ilmoitti virheestä koostettaessa autoyast profiilia. Virheviesti on:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
@@ -2394,8 +2284,7 @@
"\n"
"Käyttäjän määrittämiä luokkia ei voitu hakea. Varmista, että kaikki\n"
"luokat on määritelty oikein j a tämän järjestelmän saatavilla verkon kautta\n"
-"tai paikallisesti. Järjestelmää ei voida asentaa alkuperäisellä "
-"ohjaustiedostolla\n"
+"tai paikallisesti. Järjestelmää ei voida asentaa alkuperäisellä ohjaustiedostolla\n"
"käyttämättä luokkia.\n"
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
@@ -2460,10 +2349,8 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
-"those available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
-"data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2477,13 +2364,11 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
-"including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Olemassa olevien tuttujen moduulien lisäksi luotiin uudet rajapinnat\n"
-"erityismäärityksiä ja monimutkaisia määrityksiä varten, mukaan lukien "
-"osiointi,\n"
+"erityismäärityksiä ja monimutkaisia määrityksiä varten, mukaan lukien osiointi,\n"
"yleiset asetukset ja ohjelmistot.</p>\n"
#. Construct node name for display in tree.
@@ -2494,12 +2379,12 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
#.
#. @return the newly created node name
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129
msgid " - Drive"
msgstr "- Asema"
#. volume group
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133
msgid " - Volume group"
msgstr "- Taltioryhmä "
@@ -2584,16 +2469,13 @@
#. look for VGs to reuse
#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
-msgstr ""
-"Taltioryhmää %1 ei voi käyttää uudelleen. Taltioryhmää ei ole olemassa."
+msgstr "Taltioryhmää %1 ei voi käyttää uudelleen. Taltioryhmää ei ole olemassa."
#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group
#. the next instructions taints result
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
-msgstr ""
-"Taltioryhmä '%1' tarvitsee ainakin yhden fyysisen taltion. Osoita fyysinen "
-"taltio."
+msgstr "Taltioryhmä '%1' tarvitsee ainakin yhden fyysisen taltion. Osoita fyysinen taltio."
#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
@@ -2601,11 +2483,11 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Asemat"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
msgstr "Yhteensä %1 asemasta"
@@ -2676,24 +2558,16 @@
#. Install
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa ohjelmistoryhmää. Tarkista "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa ohjelmistoryhmää. Tarkista /tmp/ay_image.log"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Luodaan kuvatiedostoa - asennetaan paketteja"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"Levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa pakettiryhmää. Tarkista "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa pakettiryhmää. Tarkista /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389
@@ -2705,8 +2579,7 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed "
-"anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
"Voit tehdä vielä muutoksia levykuvaan %1/\n"
"Painettuasi ok-painiketta levykuva pakataan ja muutoksia ei voi enää tehdä."
@@ -2754,12 +2627,10 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
-"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
-"Voit tehdä muutoksia %1 ISO-tiedostoon, kuten lisäämällä eri AutoYaST "
-"XML-tiedoston.\n"
+"Voit tehdä muutoksia %1 ISO-tiedostoon, kuten lisäämällä eri AutoYaST XML-tiedoston.\n"
"Jos painat ok-painiketta, iso-tiedosto luodaan."
#. create the actual ISO file
@@ -2801,40 +2672,32 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
-"autoyast profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Paketin ratkaisijan suoritus epäonnistui. Tarkista autoyast-profiilin "
-"ohjelmisto-osa."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
+msgstr "Paketin ratkaisijan suoritus epäonnistui. Tarkista autoyast-profiilin ohjelmisto-osa."
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
-"disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr ""
-"Määritetty osiointisuunnitelma XML-profiilissa ei mahdu kiintolevylle. %1Mt "
-"puuttuu"
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
+msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
+msgstr "Määritetty osiointisuunnitelma XML-profiilissa ei mahdu kiintolevylle. %1Mt puuttuu"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr "Valittua laitetta ei määritetty"
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Tutkitaan juuriosiota. Odota hetki..."
#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "Linux-juuriosiota ei löytynyt."
#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
@@ -2843,7 +2706,7 @@
"tulisi käyttää. Automaattiasennus ei ole mahdollinen.\n"
#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr "tallennus-taustaohjelma ei löytänyt laitetta '%1'"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/base.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/base.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/base.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-24 11:03+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -37,8 +37,7 @@
"may be overridden by Chef later.\n"
"Continue configuration with YaST?"
msgstr ""
-"Chef -asiakas on käynnissä. Chef voi ylikirjoittaa tekemäsi muutokset "
-"myöhemmin.\n"
+"Chef -asiakas on käynnissä. Chef voi ylikirjoittaa tekemäsi muutokset myöhemmin.\n"
"Jatketaanko määritystä YaST:lla?"
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
@@ -94,16 +93,12 @@
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Käytä 'help' nähdäksesi täydellisen luettelon käytettävissä olevista "
-"komennoista."
+msgstr "Käytä 'help' nähdäksesi täydellisen luettelon käytettävissä olevista komennoista."
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Käytä 'yast2 %1 help' nähdäksesi täydellisen luettelon käytettävissä olevista "
-"komennoista."
+msgstr "Käytä 'yast2 %1 help' nähdäksesi täydellisen luettelon käytettävissä olevista komennoista."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
@@ -143,16 +138,13 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Käytä '%1 %2 help' nähdäksesi täydellisen luettelon käytettävistä valinnoista."
+msgstr "Käytä '%1 %2 help' nähdäksesi täydellisen luettelon käytettävistä valinnoista."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Käytä 'yast2 %1 %2 help' nähdäksesi täydellisen luettelon käytettävistä "
-"valinnoista."
+msgstr "Käytä 'yast2 %1 %2 help' nähdäksesi täydellisen luettelon käytettävistä valinnoista."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574
@@ -249,27 +241,17 @@
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Suorita 'yast2 %1 <komento> help' nähdäksesi luettelon käytettävissä olevista "
-"valinnoista."
+msgstr "Suorita 'yast2 %1 <komento> help' nähdäksesi luettelon käytettävissä olevista valinnoista."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Kohdetiedoston nimi ('xmlfile'-valinta) puuttuu. Käytä xmlfile=<"
-"XML_kohdetiedosto> komentorivivalintaa."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Kohdetiedoston nimi ('xmlfile'-valinta) puuttuu. Käytä xmlfile=<XML_kohdetiedosto> komentorivivalintaa."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Kohdetiedoston nimi ('xmlfile'-valinta) on tyhjä. Käytä xmlfile=<"
-"XML_kohdetiedosto> komentorivivalintaa."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Kohdetiedoston nimi ('xmlfile'-valinta) on tyhjä. Käytä xmlfile=<XML_kohdetiedosto> komentorivivalintaa."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
@@ -409,8 +391,7 @@
"See %3 for more information about YaST logs."
msgstr ""
"Tästä kannattaa tehdä bugiraportti osoitteessa %1.\n"
-"Ole hyvä ja liitä bugiraporttiin myös kaikki YaST lokit jotka löytyvät '%2' "
-"hakemistosta.\n"
+"Ole hyvä ja liitä bugiraporttiin myös kaikki YaST lokit jotka löytyvät '%2' hakemistosta.\n"
"Katso lisätietoja YaST-lokeista %3 sivulta."
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
@@ -487,8 +468,7 @@
"%2"
msgstr ""
"Profiili ei salli sinun suorittaa tuotetta tässä järjestelmässä.\n"
-"Suorittamisen jatkaminen tässä asennuksessa jättää järjestelmän tukemattomaan "
-"tilaan\n"
+"Suorittamisen jatkaminen tässä asennuksessa jättää järjestelmän tukemattomaan tilaan\n"
"ja saattaa vaikuttaa vaatimusten noudattamiseen.\n"
" \n"
"Seuraavat vaatimukset eivät täyty tässä järjestelmässä:\n"
@@ -951,8 +931,7 @@
"in the list.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Järjestä valinnat uudelleen valitsemalla jokin valinta\n"
-"ja käytä <b>Ylös</b> tai <b>Alas</b> painikkeita liikuttaaksesi sitä ylös tai "
-"alas\n"
+"ja käytä <b>Ylös</b> tai <b>Alas</b> painikkeita liikuttaaksesi sitä ylös tai alas\n"
"luettelossa.</p>"
#. menu button
@@ -1014,20 +993,12 @@
"Siirtyminen kyselyikkunan elementeissä eteenpäin tapahtuu [TAB]:lla\n"
"ja taaksepäin [SHIFT] (tai [ALT]) + [TAB]:lla.\n"
"Valitse tai aktivoi elementit [VÄLILYÖNTI]- tai [ENTER]-näppäimellä.\n"
-"Jotkin elementit käyttävät nuolinäppäimiä (esim. luetteloiden "
-"vierittämiseen).</p>"
+"Jotkin elementit käyttävät nuolinäppäimiä (esim. luetteloiden vierittämiseen).</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
-"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration "
-"items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Puunavigoinnin voi tehdä myös nuolinäppäimillä. Voit avata tai sulkea "
-"haaran painamalla [välilyönti]. Puussa vasemmalla olevan moduulin voi avata "
-"oikealle painamalla [ENTER], jolloin kyseinen valintaikkuna aukeaa.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Puunavigoinnin voi tehdä myös nuolinäppäimillä. Voit avata tai sulkea haaran painamalla [välilyönti]. Puussa vasemmalla olevan moduulin voi avata oikealle painamalla [ENTER], jolloin kyseinen valintaikkuna aukeaa.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
@@ -1044,8 +1015,7 @@
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Paina [ESC] sulkeaksesi valintaponnahdusikkunat valitsematta mitään "
-"valintaa (esim.\n"
+"<p>Paina [ESC] sulkeaksesi valintaponnahdusikkunat valitsematta mitään valintaa (esim.\n"
"valikkopainikkeista).</p>\n"
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
@@ -1061,8 +1031,7 @@
"<p>Koska ympäristö voi vaikuttaa näppäimistön käyttöön,\n"
"on olemassa useampi tapa siirtyä sivuilla.\n"
"Jos [TAB] ja [SHIFT] (tai [ALT]) + [TAB] eivät toimi,\n"
-"siirrä kohdistus eteenpäin [CTRL] + [F]:llä ja taaksepäin [CTRL] + [B]:llä.<"
-"/p>"
+"siirrä kohdistus eteenpäin [CTRL] + [F]:llä ja taaksepäin [CTRL] + [B]:llä.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
@@ -1077,18 +1046,12 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-#| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n"
-#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
-"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>Funktionäppäimet</i><br>\n"
-"F-näppäimet tarjoavat nopean pääsyn pääfunktioihin. "
-"Nykyisen valintaikkunan funktionäppäimet näkyvät alimmalla rivillä.</p>"
+"F-näppäimet tarjoavat nopean pääsyn pääfunktioihin. Nykyisen valintaikkunan funktionäppäimet näkyvät alimmalla rivillä.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
@@ -1329,7 +1292,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Ohita"
@@ -1352,7 +1315,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Salasana"
@@ -1551,6 +1514,31 @@
msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgstr "Vaadittujen pakettien asentaminen epäonnistui."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
+msgid "Updating system configuration..."
+msgstr "Päivitetään määritys..."
+
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "This may take a while"
+msgid "This may take a while."
+msgstr "Tämä voi kestää jonkin aikaa"
+
+#. Get information about the OS release
+#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
+#. is missing.
+#.
+#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
+#. @return [String] the release information
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Kerberos schema file not found"
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr "Kerberos-skeematiedostoa ei löydy."
+
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
@@ -1857,14 +1845,12 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
-"information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Luo uusi GPG-avain</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> on käynnistetty. Lisätietoja on <tt>gpg</tt>-ohjelman "
-"man-sivulta.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> on käynnistetty. Lisätietoja on <tt>gpg</tt>-ohjelman man-sivulta.\n"
" Voit keskeyttää painamalla Ctrl+C.\n"
" </p>"
@@ -1927,8 +1913,7 @@
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Käsitelläksesi lisäasetuksia tai tallentaaksesi lokin tiedostoon napsauta <b>%"
-"1</b>\n"
+"Käsitelläksesi lisäasetuksia tai tallentaaksesi lokin tiedostoon napsauta <b>%1</b>\n"
"ja valitse käsiteltävä toiminto.</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
@@ -1950,8 +1935,7 @@
"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Tallentaaksesi lokin tiedostoon napsauta <b>Tallenna loki</b> ja valitse "
-"tiedosto,\n"
+"Tallentaaksesi lokin tiedostoon napsauta <b>Tallenna loki</b> ja valitse tiedosto,\n"
"johon loki tallennetaan.</p>\n"
#. menu button
@@ -2050,8 +2034,7 @@
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"Näitä sisäiseen verkkoon kohdistettuja verkkoliitäntöjä ei voida poistaa "
-"valinnoista:\n"
+"Näitä sisäiseen verkkoon kohdistettuja verkkoliitäntöjä ei voida poistaa valinnoista:\n"
"%1\n"
#. question popup
@@ -2196,15 +2179,15 @@
#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modeemi"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Verkkokortti"
@@ -2212,27 +2195,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Tuntematon"
@@ -2242,327 +2225,327 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Lisäosoitteet"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "ARCnet-verkkokortti"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Bluetooth-yhteys"
# PL
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond"
msgstr "Liitos"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Liitosverkko"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "ISDN-kortti"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "DSL-yhteys"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Tyhmä"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Tyhmä verkkolaite"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Ethernet-verkkokortti"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "FDDI-verkkokortti"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "Hipersockets-liitäntä (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "ISDN-yhteys"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Infrapunaverkkolaite"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Infrapunalaite"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "OSA LCS-verkkokortti"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "Loopback"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "Loopback-laite"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Myrinet-verkkokortti"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Rinnakkaisportti"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Rinnakkaisporttiyhteys"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "OSA-Express tai QDIO-laite (QETH)"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 tunnelointilaite"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Sarjaportti"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Sarjaporttiyhteys"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Token Ring -verkkokortti"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "USB-verkkolaite"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "VMWare-verkkolaite"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Langaton"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Langaton verkkokortti"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "XP-verkko"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "Virtuaalinen verkko"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Silta"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Verkkosilta"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "TUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "VerkkoTUNneli"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "TAP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "Verkko TAP"
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "InfiniBand-laite"
@@ -2625,7 +2608,7 @@
msgstr "Viedyt hak&emistot"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2638,28 +2621,31 @@
"Jatketaanko silti?"
#. If there is network running, return true.
-#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false
+#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
-msgid "No running network detected."
-msgstr "Toiminnassa olevaa verkkoa ei tunnistettu."
-
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356
-msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
+msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
+"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr "Käynnistä asennus uudelleen ja määritä verkko Linuxrc:llä"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
+#| "and start this module again"
msgid ""
+"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
-"and start this module again"
+"and start this module again\n"
+"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
"Määritä verkko käyttämällä YaSTia tai Verkkotyökalun lisäosaa\n"
"ja käynnistä tämä moduuli uudelleen."
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360
-msgid "or continue without network."
-msgstr "tai jatka ilman verkkoa."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
msgid ""
@@ -2830,94 +2816,63 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakettia SuSEfirewall2 ei ole asennettu, palomuuri on poistettu käytöstä."
+msgstr "Pakettia SuSEfirewall2 ei ole asennettu, palomuuri on poistettu käytöstä."
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
-"disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Palomuuri on käytössä <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
-"poista käytöstä</a>"
+msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Palomuuri on käytössä <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">poista käytöstä</a>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
-"enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Palomuuri on poistettu käytöstä <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_propos"
-"al\">ota käyttöön</a>"
+msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Palomuuri on poistettu käytöstä <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ota käyttöön</a>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH-portti on avattu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sulje</a>"
+msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-portti on avattu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sulje</a>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH-portti on suljettu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">avaa</a>"
+msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH-portti on suljettu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">avaa</a>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
-"but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"SSH-portti on avattu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sulje</a>, "
-"mutta\n"
+"SSH-portti on avattu <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sulje</a>, mutta\n"
" verkkoliitäntää ei ole vielä määritetty"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on "
-"the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Asennat järjestelmää SSH-yhteyden kautta, mutta et ole avannut SSH:n porttia "
-"palomuurista."
+msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
+msgstr "Asennat järjestelmää SSH-yhteyden kautta, mutta et ole avannut SSH:n porttia palomuurista."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a "
-"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Etähallinnan (VNC) portit ovat avoinna <a "
-"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sulje</a>"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "Etähallinnan (VNC) portit ovat avoinna <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sulje</a>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a "
-"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Etähallinnan (VNC) portit ovat kiinni <a "
-"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">avaa</a>"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Etähallinnan (VNC) portit ovat kiinni <a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">avaa</a>"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
-"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Asennat järjestelmää käyttäen etähallintaa (VNC), mutta et ole avannut VNC:n "
-"portteja palomuurista."
+msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "Asennat järjestelmää käyttäen etähallintaa (VNC), mutta et ole avannut VNC:n portteja palomuurista."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
@@ -2931,12 +2886,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
-"needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Asennat järjestelmää käyttäen iSCSIa, mutta et ole avannut tarvittavia "
-"portteja palomuurista. "
+msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "Asennat järjestelmää käyttäen iSCSIa, mutta et ole avannut tarvittavia portteja palomuurista. "
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
@@ -2978,7 +2929,6 @@
#. Fallback for presented service
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420
-#| msgid "Service: %1"
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Palvelu: %{filename}"
@@ -3008,51 +2958,51 @@
msgstr "&Poista asennus"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Paketti: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Koko: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Automaattiseen uudelleen yritykseen jäljellä oleva aika: %1"
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Ladataan pakettia %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Ladataan pakettia"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "&Näytä tiedot"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Paketti %1 on rikki, oikeellisuustarkistus epäonnistui."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Yritä paketin asennusta uudelleen?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Keskeytä asennus?"
@@ -3061,102 +3011,96 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Virhe: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Epäonnistuneen latauksen jättäminen huomiotta voi johtaa rikkinäiseen "
-"järjestelmään.\n"
+"Epäonnistuneen latauksen jättäminen huomiotta voi johtaa rikkinäiseen järjestelmään.\n"
"Järjestelmä pitää tarkistaa myöhemmin ajamalla ohjelmistohallinta-moduuli.\n"
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Poistetaan pakettia %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Asennetaan pakettia %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Poistetaan pakettia"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Asennetaan pakettia"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Paketin %1 poistaminen epäonnistui."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Paketin %1 asennus epäonnistui."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
-"Epäonnistuneen latauksen jättäminen huomiotta voi johtaa rikkinäiseen "
-"järjestelmään.\n"
+"Epäonnistuneen latauksen jättäminen huomiotta voi johtaa rikkinäiseen järjestelmään.\n"
"Järjestelmä pitää tarkistaa myöhemmin ajamalla ohjelmistohallinta-moduuli."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
-"changed. To \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Asennuslähde määritetyssä verkko-osoitteessa tarjoaa nyt eri "
-"mediatunnistetta.\n"
-"Jos verkko-osoite on oikein määritelty, asennuslähteen sisältö on ilmeisesti "
-"vaihtunut. \n"
-"Jatkaaksesi tämän asennuslähteen käyttämistä, käynnistä <i>Asennuslähteet</i>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Asennuslähde määritetyssä verkko-osoitteessa tarjoaa nyt eri mediatunnistetta.\n"
+"Jos verkko-osoite on oikein määritelty, asennuslähteen sisältö on ilmeisesti vaihtunut. \n"
+"Jatkaaksesi tämän asennuslähteen käyttämistä, käynnistä <i>Asennuslähteet</i>\n"
"YaST-ohjauskeskuksesta ja päivitä asennuslähde.</p>\n"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "A-puoli"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "B-puoli"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Levy %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Tietoväline %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3165,7 +3109,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3178,7 +3122,7 @@
"Tarkista, että hakemisto on käytettävissä."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3191,89 +3135,89 @@
"Tarkista, että palvelin on käytettävissä."
#. currently unused
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858
msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
msgstr "Oikeaa asennuslähdemediaa ei voitu ottaa käyttöön."
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Ohita automaattinen asennuslähteiden päivitys"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "Avaa CD/DVD-as&ema"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Poista CD/DVD-levy a&utomaattisesti"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Yritetäänkö asennusta uudelleen?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Ohita media?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ohitetaan huono media..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&Verkko-osoite"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Luodaan asennuslähde %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Tapahtui virhe luotaessa asennuslähdettä."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Ei voitu noutaa verkkoasennuslähteen kuvausta."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Tapahtui virhe haettaessa uutta metatietoa."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "Asennuslähde ei kelpaa."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Asennuslähteen metatieto ei kelpaa."
@@ -3281,96 +3225,96 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Yritä uudestaan?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Tutkitaan asennuslähdettä %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Tapahtui virhe tutkittaessa asennuslähdettä."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Asennuslähteen tutkinnan tiedot."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Asennuslähteen metadata on viallista."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Asennuslähde %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Ladataan delta RPM -pakettia %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Ladataan delta RPM -pakettia"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Käytetään delta RPM -pakettia %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Käytetään delta RPM -pakettia."
#. at start of patch providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744
msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Ladataan korjaus RPM -pakettia %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752
msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
msgstr "Ladataan korjaus RPM -pakettia"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Käynnistetään komentojono %1 (korjaus %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Suoritetaan komentojonoa"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Korjaus: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Komentojono: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Komentojonon tuloste"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3379,7 +3323,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3394,45 +3338,44 @@
"voi puuttua tai ovat vanhentuneita."
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "Ohita päi&vitys"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Ladataan"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Ladataan: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Tarkistetaan pakettitietokantaa"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Rakennetaan pakettitietokanta uudelleen. Tämä toiminto voi viedä jonkin aikaa."
+msgstr "Rakennetaan pakettitietokanta uudelleen. Tämä toiminto voi viedä jonkin aikaa."
#. progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Tila"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3441,12 +3384,12 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Muunnetaan pakettitietokanta. Tämä toiminto voi kestää jonkin aikaa."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3455,12 +3398,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Luetaan RPM-tietokantaa..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Luetaan asennettuja paketteja"
@@ -3471,27 +3414,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Luetaan RPM-tietokantaa..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Kohteen valmistelu epäonnistui."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "RPM-tietokanta luettu"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Käyttäjätunnistus"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3502,7 +3445,7 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Käyttäjätunnus"
@@ -3524,8 +3467,7 @@
"Ask PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr ""
"PackageKit estää pakettihallintaa toimimasta.\n"
-"Näin käy, jos päivityssovelma tai muu ohjelmistohallintasovellus on "
-"käynnissä.\n"
+"Näin käy, jos päivityssovelma tai muu ohjelmistohallintasovellus on käynnissä.\n"
"\n"
"Suljetaanko PackageKit?"
@@ -3569,41 +3511,8 @@
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr "Hyväksytkö tämän käyttöoikeussopimuksen?"
-#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236
-msgid ""
-"The current system is not consistent,\n"
-"some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-msgstr ""
-"Nykyinen järjestelmä ei ole yhtenäinen,\n"
-"joillakin paketeilla on ratkaisemattomia riippuvuuksia."
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243
-msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Automaattinen ratkaisu epäonnistui, tarvitaan puuttumista riippuvuuksien "
-"ratkaisuun."
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252
-msgid ""
-"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-"in the software manager."
-msgstr ""
-"Yast lisäsi tai poisti automaattisesti joitakin paketteja,\n"
-"tarkista järjestelmän korjaamiseksi suunnitellut muutokset\n"
-"pakettihallinnan kautta."
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-msgstr ""
-"Käynnistä pakettihallinta ja korjaa ongelmat\n"
-"tai ohita ja asenna vain jo asennettavaksi valitut paketit? "
-
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3612,12 +3521,12 @@
"ratkaista manuaalisesti pakettihallinnassa."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Vaadittujen pakettien asennus epäonnistui."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3628,12 +3537,12 @@
"YaST ei ehkä toimi kunnolla.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Ei voida jatkaa ilman vaadittujen pakettien asentamista."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3679,18 +3588,14 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
-"to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
-"the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t Tässä ikkunassa voit määrittää järjestelmän tehtävät ja mitä "
-"ohjelmistoja asennetaan.\n"
-"\t\t Käytettävissä olevat tehtävät ja ohjelmistot näytetään luokittain "
-"vasemmassa sarakkeessa.\n"
+"\t\t Tässä ikkunassa voit määrittää järjestelmän tehtävät ja mitä ohjelmistoja asennetaan.\n"
+"\t\t Käytettävissä olevat tehtävät ja ohjelmistot näytetään luokittain vasemmassa sarakkeessa.\n"
"\t\t Valitse luettelosta luokka katsellaksesi kohteiden kuvauksia.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
@@ -3704,8 +3609,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Muuta kohteen tilaa napsauttamalla tilakuvaketta\n"
-"\t\t tai napsauta hiiren oikealla painikkeella mitä tahansa kuvaketta "
-"saadaksesi sisältövalikon.\n"
+"\t\t tai napsauta hiiren oikealla painikkeella mitä tahansa kuvaketta saadaksesi sisältövalikon.\n"
"\t\t Sisältövalikosta voit myös vaihtaa kaikkien kohtien tilaa.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
@@ -3724,8 +3628,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
-"disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3733,12 +3636,10 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t Levykäytön näyttö oikeassa alareunassa näyttää jäljellä olevan "
-"levytilan,\n"
+"\t\t Levykäytön näyttö oikeassa alareunassa näyttää jäljellä olevan levytilan,\n"
"\t\t kun kaikki pyydetyt muutokset on suoritettu.\n"
"\t\t Järjestelmän suorituskyky voi heikentyä, jos joku kiintolevyosioista on\n"
-"\t\t täynnä tai lähes täynnä. Joissain tapauksissa tästä voi myös aiheutua "
-"vakavia ongelmia.\n"
+"\t\t täynnä tai lähes täynnä. Joissain tapauksissa tästä voi myös aiheutua vakavia ongelmia.\n"
"\t\t Järjestelmä tarvitsee jonkin verran levytilaa toimiakseen kunnolla.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
@@ -3788,7 +3689,7 @@
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Paketit"
@@ -3821,7 +3722,6 @@
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
-#| msgid "Installing Package"
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Pakettien asennuksen jälkeen"
@@ -3830,26 +3730,18 @@
msgstr "Näytä tämä raportti"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
-#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Valmis"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664
-#| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Jatka ohjelmistonhallinnalla"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
-#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or "
-"removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Yhteenveto asennuksesta</B></BIG><BR>Yhteenveto asennetuista tai "
-"poistetuista paketeista.</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Yhteenveto asennuksesta</B></BIG><BR>Yhteenveto asennetuista tai poistetuista paketeista.</P>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
-#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Yhteenveto asennuksesta"
@@ -3899,8 +3791,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Paketti %1 asennuslähteestä %2 \n"
"%3\n"
-"ei ole digitaalisesti allekirjoitettu. Tämä tarkoittaa että paketin alkuperää "
-"ja\n"
+"ei ole digitaalisesti allekirjoitettu. Tämä tarkoittaa että paketin alkuperää ja\n"
"yhtenäisyyttä ei voitu varmistaa. Paketin asentaminen\n"
"voi asettaa järjestelmäsi yhtenäisyyden vaaraan.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3958,16 +3849,14 @@
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-"Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"Tarkistussummaa tiedostolle %1 ei löytynyt asennuslähteestä.\n"
"Tämä tarkoittaa, että tiedosto on osa allekirjoitettua asennuslähdettä,\n"
-"mutta asennuslähteen tarkistussummaluettelo ei mainitse tätä tiedostoa. "
-"Tiedoston käyttäminen\n"
+"mutta asennuslähteen tarkistussummaluettelo ei mainitse tätä tiedostoa. Tiedoston käyttäminen\n"
"voi asettaa järjestelmäsi yhtenäisyyden vaaraan.\n"
"\n"
"Käytetäänkö sitä siitä huolimatta?"
@@ -4042,12 +3931,10 @@
msgstr ""
"Paketti %1 asennuslähteestä %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"on digitaalisesti allekirjoitettu seuraavalla GnuPG-avaimella, mutta "
-"yhtenäisyystarkistus epäonnistui: %4\n"
+"on digitaalisesti allekirjoitettu seuraavalla GnuPG-avaimella, mutta yhtenäisyystarkistus epäonnistui: %4\n"
"\n"
"Pakettia on muutettu vahingossa tai hyökkääjän toimesta\n"
-"sen jälkeen kun pakettivaraston luoja allekirjoitti sen. Paketin asentaminen "
-"on suuri riski\n"
+"sen jälkeen kun pakettivaraston luoja allekirjoitti sen. Paketin asentaminen on suuri riski\n"
"järjestelmäsi yhtenäisyydelle ja turvallisuudelle.\n"
"\n"
"Asennetaanko se siitä huolimatta?\n"
@@ -4067,12 +3954,10 @@
msgstr ""
"Paketti %1 asennuslähteestä %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"on digitaalisesti allekirjoitettu seuraavalla GnuPG-avaimella, mutta "
-"yhtenäisyystarkistus epäonnistui: %4\n"
+"on digitaalisesti allekirjoitettu seuraavalla GnuPG-avaimella, mutta yhtenäisyystarkistus epäonnistui: %4\n"
"\n"
"Tiedostoa on muutettu joko vahingossa tai hyökkääjän toimesta\n"
-"sen jälkeen, kun pakettivaraston luoja allekirjoitti sen. Sen käyttäminen on "
-"suuri riski\n"
+"sen jälkeen, kun pakettivaraston luoja allekirjoitti sen. Sen käyttäminen on suuri riski\n"
"järjestelmäsi yhtenäisyydelle ja turvallisuudella.\n"
"\n"
"Käytetäänkö sitä siitä huolimatta?\n"
@@ -4116,8 +4001,7 @@
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"Tiedosto %1\n"
-"on digitaalisesti allekirjoitettu seuraavalla tuntemattomalla "
-"GnuPG-avaimella: %2.\n"
+"on digitaalisesti allekirjoitettu seuraavalla tuntemattomalla GnuPG-avaimella: %2.\n"
"\n"
"Tämä tarkoittaa että luottosuhdetta tiedoston luojaan\n"
"ei voida todentaa. Tiedoston käyttäminen voi asettaa järjestelmäsi\n"
@@ -4198,8 +4082,7 @@
"<p>Avaimen omistaja voi jakaa päivityksiä,\n"
"paketteja ja pakettivarastoja joihin järjestelmäsi luottaa ja tarjoaa\n"
"asennettavaksi ja päivitettäväksi ilman enempiä varoituksia. Tällä tavalla,\n"
-"avaimen tuominen julkisten avainten avainrenkaaseesi antaa avaimen "
-"omistajalle\n"
+"avaimen tuominen julkisten avainten avainrenkaaseesi antaa avaimen omistajalle\n"
"tietyn määrän valtaa järjestelmäsi ohjelmistoihin.</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
@@ -4207,14 +4090,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
-"used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Varoitusikkuna avautuu ennen jokaista pakettia, jota\n"
-"ei ole allekirjoitettu luotetulla (tuodulla) avaimella. Jos et luota "
-"avaimeen,\n"
-"paketteihin tai pakettivarastoon, jonka avaimen omistaja on luonut niin sitä "
-"ei käytetä.<p>"
+"ei ole allekirjoitettu luotetulla (tuodulla) avaimella. Jos et luota avaimeen,\n"
+"paketteihin tai pakettivarastoon, jonka avaimen omistaja on luonut niin sitä ei käytetä.<p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971
@@ -4228,7 +4108,7 @@
"(%2):"
#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4241,23 +4121,23 @@
"avain todella kuuluu omistajalle ennen avaimen tuomista."
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr "VAROITUS: Avain on vanhentunut!"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Tuo ei-luotettu GnuPG-avain"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr "Luota"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4274,27 +4154,25 @@
"mutta nykyinen tarkistusluku on %3.\n"
"\n"
"Tiedostoa on joko muutettu vahingossa tai hyökkääjä on muuttanut sitä\n"
-"sen jälkeen, kun pakettivaraston luoja allekirjoitti sen. Tiedoston "
-"käyttäminen\n"
+"sen jälkeen, kun pakettivaraston luoja allekirjoitti sen. Tiedoston käyttäminen\n"
"on suuri riski järjestelmäsi yhtenäisyydelle ja turvallisuudella.\n"
"\n"
"Käytetäänkö sitä siitä huolimatta?\n"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Väärä tarkistusluku"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
-"risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4303,97 +4181,93 @@
"Oikea tarkistusluku ei ole tiedossa.\n"
"\n"
"Siksi tiedoston alkuperää ja koskemattomuutta ei voida \n"
-"varmentaa. Tiedoston käyttäminen saattaa vaarantaa järjestelmän "
-"koskemattomuuden.\n"
+"varmentaa. Tiedoston käyttäminen saattaa vaarantaa järjestelmän koskemattomuuden.\n"
"\n"
"Käytetäänkö kuitenkin?\n"
#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Tuntematon tarkistusluku"
#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
+#. these are the initial values
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Asennetaan..."
# MK
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Tietoväline"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546
-#| msgid "Remaining Packages"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Jäljellä"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Aika"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Suoritetut toiminnot:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Paketteja asennetaan.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the "
-"<B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or "
-"unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
-"installed.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Asennuksen keskeytys</B>Pakettien asentaminen voidaan keskeyttää "
-"napsauttamalla <B>Keskeytä</B>-nappia. Järjestelmä voi kuitenkin jäädä "
-"epäyhtenäiseksi tai toimimattomaan tilaan tai se ei ehkä käynnisty jos "
-"järjestelmän perusosia ei ole asennettu.</P>"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
+msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Asennuksen keskeytys</B>Pakettien asentaminen voidaan keskeyttää napsauttamalla <B>Keskeytä</B>-nappia. Järjestelmä voi kuitenkin jäädä epäyhtenäiseksi tai toimimattomaan tilaan tai se ei ehkä käynnisty jos järjestelmän perusosia ei ole asennettu.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
-#| msgid "Release &Notes"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "%s Julkaisutiedot"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Diaesity&s"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Tiedot"
-#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721
-#| msgid "Perform Installation"
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Perform Update"
+msgid "Performing Upgrade"
+msgstr "Suorita päivitys"
+
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Suoritetaan asennusta"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Pakettien asennus"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4402,17 +4276,17 @@
"keskeyttää asennuksen?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Keskeytettiin"
#. read file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187
msgid "File not found."
msgstr "Tiedostoa ei löytynyt."
#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr "Järjestelmäloki (%1)"
@@ -5024,7 +4898,7 @@
msgstr "Tapahtui virhe initrd:tä luotaessa."
#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5095,8 +4969,7 @@
"It can contain up to one double colon."
msgstr ""
"Kelvollinen IPv6-osoite muodostuu maksimissaan kahdeksasta\n"
-"heksadesimaaliluvusta, jotka ovat väliltä 0 - FFFF jotka on erotettu "
-"puolipisteellä toisistaan.\n"
+"heksadesimaaliluvusta, jotka ovat väliltä 0 - FFFF jotka on erotettu puolipisteellä toisistaan.\n"
"Se voi sisältää yhden kaksoispuolipisteen."
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
@@ -5116,8 +4989,7 @@
"Esimerkkejä:\n"
"IP: 192.168.0.1 tai 2001:db8:0::1\n"
"IP/verkkopeitto: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 tai 2001:db8:0::1/56\n"
-"IP/verkkopeitto_bitit: 192.168.0.0/24 tai 192.168.0.1/32 tai "
-"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
+"IP/verkkopeitto_bitit: 192.168.0.0/24 tai 192.168.0.1/32 tai 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
#. Byte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144
@@ -5943,8 +5815,7 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"Käänteinen IPv4-osoite %1 on virheellinen.\n"
"\n"
@@ -6076,6 +5947,38 @@
"Osoitteelle %1 ei ole käänteistä vyöhykettä, jota DNS-palvelimesi hallinnoi.\n"
"Palvelinnimeä %2 ei voida lisätä."
+#~ msgid "No running network detected."
+#~ msgstr "Toiminnassa olevaa verkkoa ei tunnistettu."
+
+#~ msgid "or continue without network."
+#~ msgstr "tai jatka ilman verkkoa."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n"
+#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nykyinen järjestelmä ei ole yhtenäinen,\n"
+#~ "joillakin paketeilla on ratkaisemattomia riippuvuuksia."
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
+#~ msgstr "Automaattinen ratkaisu epäonnistui, tarvitaan puuttumista riippuvuuksien ratkaisuun."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
+#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
+#~ "in the software manager."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Yast lisäsi tai poisti automaattisesti joitakin paketteja,\n"
+#~ "tarkista järjestelmän korjaamiseksi suunnitellut muutokset\n"
+#~ "pakettihallinnan kautta."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
+#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Käynnistä pakettihallinta ja korjaa ongelmat\n"
+#~ "tai ohita ja asenna vain jo asennettavaksi valitut paketit? "
+
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "Koko asennettuna:"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-24 11:12+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -53,8 +53,7 @@
#. command line help text for add action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
-msgstr ""
-"Lisää uusi käynnistysvaihtoehdon valinta - käytä vuorovaikutteista tilaa"
+msgstr "Lisää uusi käynnistysvaihtoehdon valinta - käytä vuorovaikutteista tilaa"
#. command line help text for print action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
@@ -92,8 +91,7 @@
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-msgstr ""
-"Lisää valinta on käytettävissä vain komentorivin vuorovaikutteisessa tilassa"
+msgstr "Lisää valinta on käytettävissä vain komentorivin vuorovaikutteisessa tilassa"
#. command line error report
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
@@ -143,27 +141,22 @@
msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistetään nyt uudelleen..."
#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
-"bootable."
-msgstr ""
-"Käynnistyslatainta ei valittu asennettavaksi. Järjestelmää ei voi ehkä "
-"käynnistää."
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Käynnistyslatainta ei valittu asennettavaksi. Järjestelmää ei voi ehkä käynnistää."
#. error in the proposal
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr "Käynnistyslatainta ei voida asentaa kunnolla osioinnin vuoksi"
#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Käynnistys"
#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr "&Käynnistys"
@@ -172,12 +165,12 @@
#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Disk Order"
msgstr "Levyjärjestys"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr "Levyjärjestyksen asetukset"
@@ -188,10 +181,9 @@
msgstr "Käynnistysvalikko"
#. `VSpacing(1),
-#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Window title
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Boot Loader Options"
msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen valinnat"
@@ -216,16 +208,13 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
-"code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
-"even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Määritä aktiivinen-lippu käynnistysosion osiotauluun</b><br>\n"
"Aktivoi käynnistysosion sisältävän osion. Yleinen pääkäynnistystietuekoodi\n"
-"käynnistää tämän jälkeen aktiivisen osion. Vanhemmat BIOSit vaativat yhden "
-"osion olevan aktiivinen,\n"
+"käynnistää tämän jälkeen aktiivisen osion. Vanhemmat BIOSit vaativat yhden osion olevan aktiivinen,\n"
"vaikka käynnistyslatain olisikin asennettu pääkäynnistystietueelle.</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -246,12 +235,10 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
-"loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aikakatkaisu sekunteina</b><br>\n"
-"Määrittää ajan, jonka käynnistyslatain odottaa ennen oletusytimen "
-"lataamista.</p>\n"
+"Määrittää ajan, jonka käynnistyslatain odottaa ennen oletusytimen lataamista.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
@@ -263,167 +250,129 @@
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Painamalla <b>Aseta oletukseksi</b> voit merkitä valitun \n"
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdon oletusasetukseksi. Käynnistyksen aikana "
-"käynnistyslatain näyttää\n"
+"käynnistysvaihtoehdon oletusasetukseksi. Käynnistyksen aikana käynnistyslatain näyttää\n"
"käynnistysvalikon ja odottaa, että käyttäjä valitsee käynnistettäväksi \n"
-"ytimen tai toisen käyttöjärjestelmän. Jos mitään painiketta ei paineta ennen "
-"aikakatkaisua,\n"
-"järjestelmä käynnistää oletusytimen tai käyttöjärjestelmän. "
-"Käynnistyslataimen vaihtoehtojen järjestystä voi\n"
+"ytimen tai toisen käyttöjärjestelmän. Jos mitään painiketta ei paineta ennen aikakatkaisua,\n"
+"järjestelmä käynnistää oletusytimen tai käyttöjärjestelmän. Käynnistyslataimen vaihtoehtojen järjestystä voi\n"
"muuttaa <b>ylä</b>- ja <b>ala</b>nuolilla.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
-"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)</b> "
-"korvaa levyn pääkäynnistystietueen yleisellä koodilla\n"
-"(käyttöjärjestelmästä riippumaton koodi, joka käynnistää aktiivisen osion).<"
-"/p>"
+"<p><b>Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)</b> korvaa levyn pääkäynnistystietueen yleisellä koodilla\n"
+"(käyttöjärjestelmästä riippumaton koodi, joka käynnistää aktiivisen osion).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
-"other is\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käynnistä käynnistysosiosta</b> on yksi suositelluista vaihtoehdoista. "
-"Toinen on \n"
+"<p><b>Käynnistä käynnistysosiosta</b> on yksi suositelluista vaihtoehdoista. Toinen on \n"
"<b>Käynnistä juuriosiosta</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>"
-"Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käytä TrustedGrub</b> tarkoittaa TrustedGrubin asentamista ja "
-"käyttämistä. Valintaa <i>Graafinen valikko</i> ei käytetä.\n"
+"<p><b>Käytä TrustedGrub</b> tarkoittaa TrustedGrubin asentamista ja käyttämistä. Valintaa <i>Graafinen valikko</i> ei käytetä.\n"
"Grub suositellaan asennettavaksi MBR:ään</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another "
-"operating system\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (MBR)</b> -vaihtoehtoa ei suositella, "
-"jos tietokoneeseen\n"
+"<p><b>Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (MBR)</b> -vaihtoehtoa ei suositella, jos tietokoneeseen\n"
"on asennettu toinen käyttöjärjestelmä</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there "
-"is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
-"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
-"needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käynnistä juuriosiosta</b> on suositeltava vaihtoehto, jos "
-"käytettävissä on \n"
-"sopiva osio. Valitse joko <b>Määritä aktiivinen-lippu käynnistysosion "
-"osiotauluun</b> ja <b>Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi "
-"pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)</b>\n"
-"<b>Käynnistyslataimen valinnat</b> -kohdassa, jos haluat päivittää "
-"pääkäynnistystietueen,\n"
+"<p><b>Käynnistä juuriosiosta</b> on suositeltava vaihtoehto, jos käytettävissä on \n"
+"sopiva osio. Valitse joko <b>Määritä aktiivinen-lippu käynnistysosion osiotauluun</b> ja <b>Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)</b>\n"
+"<b>Käynnistyslataimen valinnat</b> -kohdassa, jos haluat päivittää pääkäynnistystietueen,\n"
"tai määritä toinen käynnistyslatain tämän käynnistysvaihtoehdon alkuun.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Mukautettu käynnistysosio</b> antaa käyttäjän valita osion, jolta "
-"käynnistetään</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Mukautettu käynnistysosio</b> antaa käyttäjän valita osion, jolta käynnistetään</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>MD-ryhmä on rakennettu 2:sta levystä. <b>Ota varmennus käyttöön "
-"MD-ryhmässä</b>\n"
+"<p>MD-ryhmä on rakennettu 2:sta levystä. <b>Ota varmennus käyttöön MD-ryhmässä</b>\n"
"ottaaksesi käyttöön GRUB:in kirjoituksen MBR:lle molemmissa levyissä.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub<"
-"/code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sarjayhteyden parametrit</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää "
-"sarjakonsolille\n"
-"käytettävät parametrit. Lisätietoja on grub-ohjeissa (<code>info grub</code>"
-").</p>"
+"<p><b>Sarjayhteyden parametrit</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää sarjakonsolille\n"
+"käytettävät parametrit. Lisätietoja on grub-ohjeissa (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a "
-"serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<"
-"/code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which "
-"you\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Päätemääritys</b></p><br>\n"
-"Tämä vaihtoehto määrittää käytettävän päätteen lajin. Jos haluat käyttää "
-"sarjapäätettä (toisin sanoen sarjakonsolia),\n"
-"arvoksi on määritettävä <code>serial</code>. Voit myös välittää komennolle "
-"arvon <code>console</code>,\n"
-"kuten <code>serial console</code>. Tässä tapauksessa mikä tahansa pääte, "
-"jossa\n"
+"Tämä vaihtoehto määrittää käytettävän päätteen lajin. Jos haluat käyttää sarjapäätettä (toisin sanoen sarjakonsolia),\n"
+"arvoksi on määritettävä <code>serial</code>. Voit myös välittää komennolle arvon <code>console</code>,\n"
+"kuten <code>serial console</code>. Tässä tapauksessa mikä tahansa pääte, jossa\n"
"painat jotakin näppäintä, valitaan GRUB-päätteeksi.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
-"numbers\n"
+"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Varakäynnistysvaihtoehdot, jos oletusasetus epäonnistuu</b> sisältää "
-"luettelon\n"
+"<p><b>Varakäynnistysvaihtoehdot, jos oletusasetus epäonnistuu</b> sisältää luettelon\n"
"käynnistysvaihtoehtojen numeroista, joita käytetään käynnistämiseen, jos\n"
"oletuskäynnistysvaihtoehtoa ei voi käynnistää.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valinta <b>Piilota valikko käynnistettäessä</b> kätkee käynnistysvalikon.<"
-"/p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valinta <b>Piilota valikko käynnistettäessä</b> kätkee käynnistysvalikon.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot "
-"menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Graafinen valikkotiedosto</b> määrittää tiedoston, jota käytetään "
-"graafiselle käynnistysvalikolle.</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Graafinen valikkotiedosto</b> määrittää tiedoston, jota käytetään graafiselle käynnistysvalikolle.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ota käyttöön äänisignaalit</b> ottaa käyttöön/poistaa käytöstä "
-"äänimerkit.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ota käyttöön äänisignaalit</b> ottaa käyttöön/poistaa käytöstä äänimerkit.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will "
-"only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Suojaa käynnistyslatainta salasanalla</b><br>\n"
-"Määritä salasana, jota tarvitaan käynnistysvalikon käyttämiseen. YaST "
-"hyväksyy salasanan vain, jos se kirjoitetaan\n"
+"Määritä salasana, jota tarvitaan käynnistysvalikon käyttämiseen. YaST hyväksyy salasanan vain, jos se kirjoitetaan\n"
"uudelleen <b>Salasana uudelleen</b> -kohtaan.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -437,72 +386,72 @@
"Lisätäksesi levyn, paina <b>Lisää</b>.\n"
"Poistaaksesi levyn, paina <b>Poista</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen sijainnit"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "&Aseta boot-osio aktiiviseksi osiotaulussa"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Aikakatkaisu sekunteina"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "&Oletus käynnistysvaihtoehto"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MB&R)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
msgstr "Käytä &TrustedGrubia"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Mukautettu käynnistysosio"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (MBR)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Käynnistä juuriosiosta"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Käynnistä käynnistysosiosta"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Käynnistä jatko-osiolta"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "Sarjayhteyden ¶metrit"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "Varaosat, jos oletusasetus epäonnistuu"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "&Piilota valikko käynnistettäessä"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
msgstr "&Graafinen valikkotiedosto"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "Valikkoliittymän &salasana"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "&Virheenetsinnän lippu"
@@ -554,112 +503,110 @@
#. Common widget of a console
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Käytä &sarjakonsolia"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "&Konsolin argumentit"
#. textentry header
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Laite"
#. disabling & enabling up/down
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr "Laitekartan tulee sisältää ainakin yksi laite"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553
msgid "D&isks"
msgstr "&Levyt"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&Ylös"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "&Alas"
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803
-msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen sijainti"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809
-msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (M&BR)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "&Käynnistä juuriosiosta"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Käynnistä käynnistys&osiosta"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811
+msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen sijainti"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817
+msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (M&BR)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Käynnistä &jatko-osiolta"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "&Mukautettu käynnistysosio"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr "Ota varmenn&us käyttöön MD-ryhmälle"
#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
msgstr "Käynn&istyslataimen asennuksen yksityiskohdat"
-#. Cache for genericWidgets function
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen valinnat"
-#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "Ytimen parametrit"
-#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909)
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94
+#. Title in tab
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen valinnat"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Secure Boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Ota käyttöön &Secure Boot -tuki"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253
-#| msgid "Boot Loader Location"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "&Käynnistyslataimen sijainti"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr "Valitse osio johon käynnistysjärjestyslista on asennettu."
@@ -679,56 +626,58 @@
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit "
-"määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console<"
-"/i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>VGA-tila</b> määrittää <i>konsolin</i> VGA-tilan, jota ydin käyttää "
-"käynnistyksessä</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>VGA-tila</b> määrittää <i>konsolin</i> VGA-tilan, jota ydin käyttää käynnistyksessä</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit "
-"määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
-"foreign distribution </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Etsi muita käyttöjärjestelmiä</b> luodaksesi monikäynnistyksen muiden käyttöjärjestelmien kanssa.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Etsi muita käyttöjärjestelmiä</b> luodaksesi monikäynnistyksen muiden "
-"käyttöjärjestelmien kanssa.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Valinnaiset &ytimen komentoriviparametrit"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Distribution:"
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "Jakelu:"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "&VGA-tila"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "&Vikasietoytimen komentoriviparametrit"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr "Etsi muita käyttöjärjestelmiä"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
+msgid "Protective MBR flag"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box item
#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
@@ -761,30 +710,54 @@
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "Määrittelemätön"
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "[set]"
+msgid "set"
+msgstr "[aseta]"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
+msgid "remove"
+msgstr "poista"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do not change name"
+msgid "do not change"
+msgstr "Älä muuta nimeä"
+
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "Automaattinen tunnistus"
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Valitse uuden graafisen teeman tiedosto"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Käytä &graafista konsolia"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "&Konsolin resoluutio"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "&Konsolin teema"
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
+msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
#. file open popup caption
@@ -798,7 +771,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr "Käynnistysosion tyyppi on NFS. Käynnistyslatainta ei voida asentaa."
@@ -929,11 +902,7 @@
msgid "Xen"
msgstr "Xen"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91
msgid "Floppy"
msgstr "Levyke"
@@ -1133,8 +1102,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current "
-"\n"
+"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1194,8 +1162,7 @@
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Napsauta <b>Lisää</b> luodaksesi uuden käynnistysvaihtoehdon "
-"käynnistyslataimeen\n"
+"<p>Napsauta <b>Lisää</b> luodaksesi uuden käynnistysvaihtoehdon käynnistyslataimeen\n"
"tai <b>Poista</b> poistaaksesi valitun käynnistysvaihtoehdon</p>"
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
@@ -1227,8 +1194,7 @@
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details<"
-"/b>\n"
+"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
"to update the master boot record\n"
"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start &product;.</p>"
@@ -1303,8 +1269,7 @@
"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistyslataimen asennuksen yksityiskohdat</b><br>\n"
-"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen asennusvalintoja (esimerkiksi "
-"laitekartoitus),\n"
+"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen asennusvalintoja (esimerkiksi laitekartoitus),\n"
"napsauta <b>Käynnistyslataimen asennuksen yksityiskohdat</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -1315,8 +1280,7 @@
"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistyslataimen tyyppi</b><br>\n"
-"Valitaksesi asennetaanko käynnistyslatain ja mikä käynnistyslatain "
-"asennetaan\n"
+"Valitaksesi asennetaanko käynnistyslatain ja mikä käynnistyslatain asennetaan\n"
"valitse <b>Käynnistyslatain</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -1327,8 +1291,7 @@
"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistyslataimen valinnat</b><br>\n"
-"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen valintoja, kuten odotusajan kestoa, "
-"napsauta\n"
+"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen valintoja, kuten odotusajan kestoa, napsauta\n"
"<b>Käynnistyslataimen valinnat</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -1350,8 +1313,7 @@
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistysvaihtoehdon nimi</b><br>\n"
-"Valitse <b>Käynnistysvaihtoehdon nimi</b> määrittääksesi käynnistyslataimen "
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdolle nimen. Käynnistysvaihtoehdon \n"
+"Valitse <b>Käynnistysvaihtoehdon nimi</b> määrittääksesi käynnistyslataimen käynnistysvaihtoehdolle nimen. Käynnistysvaihtoehdon \n"
"nimen tulee olla yksilöivä.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
@@ -1371,8 +1333,7 @@
"selected section.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Kopioi valittu käynnistysvaihtoehto</b> kopioidaksesi valitun\n"
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdon. Muokkaa sitten valintoja, joiden haluat eroavan "
-"valitusta käynnistysvaihtoehdosta.</p>"
+"käynnistysvaihtoehdon. Muokkaa sitten valintoja, joiden haluat eroavan valitusta käynnistysvaihtoehdosta.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
@@ -1381,8 +1342,7 @@
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Image käynnistysvaihtoehto</b> lisätäksesi \n"
-"uuden Linux-ytimen tai muun tiedostokuvan ladattavaksi ja käynnistettäväksi.<"
-"/p>"
+"uuden Linux-ytimen tai muun tiedostokuvan ladattavaksi ja käynnistettäväksi.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
@@ -1390,8 +1350,7 @@
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Xen käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä uuden "
-"Linux-ytimen\n"
+"<p>Valitse <b>Xen käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä uuden Linux-ytimen\n"
"tai muun levykuvan, joka käynnistetään XEN-ympäristössä.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
@@ -1408,13 +1367,11 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the "
-"disk. This is used for\n"
+"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Muu käynnistysvaihtoehto</b> lisätäksesi\n"
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdon, joka lataa ja käynnistää levyn levyosion "
-"käynnistyslohkon.\n"
+"käynnistysvaihtoehdon, joka lataa ja käynnistää levyn levyosion käynnistyslohkon.\n"
"Tätä käytetään käynnistämään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
@@ -1642,83 +1599,51 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Levykuvan käynnistysvaihtoehto</b></p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name "
-"directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ytimen kuvatiedosto</b> määrittää käynnistettävän ytimen. Kirjoita nimi "
-"tai valitse se toiminnolla <b>Selaa</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ytimen kuvatiedosto</b> määrittää käynnistettävän ytimen. Kirjoita nimi tai valitse se toiminnolla <b>Selaa</b></p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Juurilaite</b> määrittää laitteen, joka välitetään ytimelle "
-"juurilaitteena.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Juurilaite</b> määrittää laitteen, joka välitetään ytimelle juurilaitteena.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. "
-"Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aloitusmuistilevy</b> määrittää käytettävän aloitusmuistilevyn, jos "
-"asetus on määritetty. Määritä polku ja tiedostonimi suoraan\n"
+"<p><b>Aloitusmuistilevy</b> määrittää käytettävän aloitusmuistilevyn, jos asetus on määritetty. Määritä polku ja tiedostonimi suoraan\n"
"tai valitse haluamasi kohde valitsemalla <b>Selaa</b></p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for "
-"booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Ketjulataajan osa</b>, jos haluat määrittää "
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdon muuta käyttöjärjestelmää kuin Linuxia varten.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Ketjulataajan osa</b>, jos haluat määrittää käynnistysvaihtoehdon muuta käyttöjärjestelmää kuin Linuxia varten.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select "
-"this section.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Asetus <b>Käytä salasanasuojaus</p> määrittää, että tämän "
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdon valitseminen edellyttää salasanaa</p>"
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Asetus <b>Käytä salasanasuojaus</p> määrittää, että tämän käynnistysvaihtoehdon valitseminen edellyttää salasanaa</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems "
-"found on your computer.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Muu järjestelmä</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit valita haluamasi "
-"tietokoneista löytyneistä muista kuin Linux-käyttöjärjestelmistä.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Muu järjestelmä</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit valita haluamasi tietokoneista löytyneistä muista kuin Linux-käyttöjärjestelmistä.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS "
-"needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Aktivoi tämä osio, kun se valitaan käynnistettäväksi</b>, jos "
-"BIOS edellyttää, että lippu on määritetty käynnistämistä varten</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Aktivoi tämä osio, kun se valitaan käynnistettäväksi</b>, jos BIOS edellyttää, että lippu on määritetty käynnistämistä varten</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks "
-"to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the "
-"grub documentation.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ketjulatauksen lohkoero</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää "
-"käynnistettävien lohkojen luettelon. Useimmiten tähän\n"
-"kannattaa määrittää <code>+1</code>. Lohkoluettelomäärityksestä on "
-"lisätietoja grub-ohjeissa</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Ketjulatauksen lohkoero</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää käynnistettävien lohkojen luettelon. Useimmiten tähän\n"
+"kannattaa määrittää <code>+1</code>. Lohkoluettelomäärityksestä on lisätietoja grub-ohjeissa</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other "
-"image \n"
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Xen käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä uuden "
-"Linux-ytimen\n"
+"<p>Valitse <b>Xen käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä uuden Linux-ytimen\n"
"tai muun levykuvan, joka käynnistetään XEN-ympäristössä.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
@@ -1726,12 +1651,8 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> määrittää käytettävän Hypervisorin.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Valinnaiset Xen Hypervisor -parametrit</b> vaihtoehdon avulla voit "
-"määrittää xen hypervisorille välitettäviä lisäparametrejä</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Valinnaiset Xen Hypervisor -parametrit</b> vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää xen hypervisorille välitettäviä lisäparametrejä</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
@@ -1742,29 +1663,19 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Valikkotiedoston osio</b></p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is "
-"loaded menu file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Valikon kuvaustiedosto<b> määrittää juurilaitteen polun, jolta "
-"valikkotiedosto ladataan.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Valikon kuvaustiedosto<b> määrittää juurilaitteen polun, jolta valikkotiedosto ladataan.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need "
-"to be on the first disk.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Map-osio ensimmäiselle levylle laitekartassa</b>WIndowsin on yleensä "
-"oltava ensimmäisenä levyllä.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Map-osio ensimmäiselle levylle laitekartassa</b>WIndowsin on yleensä oltava ensimmäisenä levyllä.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible "
-"via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Mittaukset</b> sisältää mittaustiedostot joissa PCR. Muutostaulu on "
-"mahdollista valintapainikkeilla: <b>Lisää</b> , \n"
+"<p><b>Mittaukset</b> sisältää mittaustiedostot joissa PCR. Muutostaulu on mahdollista valintapainikkeilla: <b>Lisää</b> , \n"
"<b>Muokkaa</b> ja <b>Poista</b></p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
@@ -1780,8 +1691,7 @@
"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
"Usually specified in global section</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Pakota juuritiedostojärjestelmän käyttöönotto vain luku -muodossa</b><"
-"br>\n"
+"<p><b>Pakota juuritiedostojärjestelmän käyttöönotto vain luku -muodossa</b><br>\n"
"Määritetään yleensä yleisessä käynnistysvaihtoehdossa</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
@@ -1790,8 +1700,7 @@
"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Dump-käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä "
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdon, joka määrittää, kuinka\n"
+"<p>Valitse <b>Dump-käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä käynnistysvaihtoehdon, joka määrittää, kuinka\n"
"luodaan järjestelmävedos joko DASD-levyosiolle, nauhalaitteeseen SCSI-\n"
" levyosion tiedostoon.</p>"
@@ -1800,19 +1709,15 @@
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Valikko-käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä uuden "
-"valikon kokoonpanoon.\n"
-"Valikon käynnistysvaihtoehdot esittävät yhteen liitettyjen tehtävien "
-"luetteloa</p>\n"
+"<p>Valitse <b>Valikko-käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä uuden valikon kokoonpanoon.\n"
+"Valikon käynnistysvaihtoehdot esittävät yhteen liitettyjen tehtävien luetteloa</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to "
-"enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitset <b>Ota SELinux käyttöön</b> lisätäksesi tarpeelliset ytimen "
-"käynnistysparametrit ottaaksesi SELinux tietoturva-alustan käyttöön. \n"
+"<p>Valitset <b>Ota SELinux käyttöön</b> lisätäksesi tarpeelliset ytimen käynnistysparametrit ottaaksesi SELinux tietoturva-alustan käyttöön. \n"
"Huomaa että tämä poistaa AppArmorin käytöstä.</p>"
#. radio button
@@ -1940,15 +1845,11 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-msgstr ""
-"Levykuva-tiedostoa ei ole olemassa tällä hetkellä. Haluatko varmasti käyttää "
-"sitä?"
+msgstr "Levykuva-tiedostoa ei ole olemassa tällä hetkellä. Haluatko varmasti käyttää sitä?"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-msgstr ""
-"Initrd-tiedostoa ei ole olemassa tällä hetkellä. Haluatko varmasti käyttää "
-"sitä?"
+msgstr "Initrd-tiedostoa ei ole olemassa tällä hetkellä. Haluatko varmasti käyttää sitä?"
#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
@@ -1986,61 +1887,41 @@
#. error report
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr "Osioinnista johtuen käynnistyslatainta ei voida asentaa oikein."
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
#.
#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Asenna käynnistyskoodi MBR:ään (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">älä asenna</a>)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Asenna käynnistyskoodi MBR:ään (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">älä asenna</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia MBR:ään (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">asenna</a>)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia MBR:ään (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">asenna</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Asenna käynnistyskoodi /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">älä "
-"asenna</a>)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Asenna käynnistyskoodi /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">älä asenna</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">"
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">"
-"asenna</a>)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">asenna</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Aenna käynnistyskoodi \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">älä "
-"asenna</a>)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Aenna käynnistyskoodi \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">älä asenna</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">"
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">"
-"asenna</a>)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">asenna</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Vaihda sijaintia: %s"
@@ -2049,31 +1930,33 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen tyyppi: %1"
#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
msgid " (\"/boot\")"
msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (jatkettu/extended)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
msgid " (\"/\")"
msgstr " (\"/\")"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"
#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Sijainti: %1"
@@ -2096,246 +1979,180 @@
msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
msgstr "Ehdota ja yhdistä ole&massa olevien GRUB-valikkojen kanssa"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Ota käyttöäön Secure Boot: %1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Tuntematon käynnistyslatain: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr "Laitteistoalustan %1 ja käynnistyslataimen %2 yhdistelmää ei tueta."
#. TODO add more devices
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128
msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
msgstr "GPT-osiotaulun osio numeroa > 3 käytetään käynnistykseen"
-#. if "iscsi" is true
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166
-msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-msgstr "Käynnistyslaite on iSCSI-levy: %1. Järjestelmä ei tule käynnistymään."
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Käynnistyslaite on raid-tyyppiä: %1. Järjestelmä ei tule käynnistymään."
+msgstr "Käynnistyslaite on raid-tyyppiä: %1. Järjestelmä ei tule käynnistymään."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
-"Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-"Käynnistyslaite on ohjelmistopohjainen RAID1. Valitse muu käynnistyslataimen "
-"sijainti, esimerkiksi pääkäynnistystietue"
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Käynnistyslaite on ohjelmistopohjainen RAID1. Valitse muu käynnistyslataimen sijainti, esimerkiksi pääkäynnistystietue"
#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The "
-"order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-msgstr ""
-"Levyjen tarkan järjestyksen määrittäminen laitekarttaan ei ole mahdollista. "
-"Levyjen järjestystä voi muuttaa \"Käynnistyslataimen asennuksen tiedot\" "
-"-kohdassa"
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr "Levyjen tarkan järjestyksen määrittäminen laitekarttaan ei ole mahdollista. Levyjen järjestystä voi muuttaa \"Käynnistyslataimen asennuksen tiedot\" -kohdassa"
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr "Ext-osio puuttuu. Käynnistyskoodia ei voida asentaa."
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Tarkista käynnistyslatain"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Lue osiointi"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Lataa käynnistyslataimen asetukset"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Tarkistetaan käynnistyslatainta..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "Luetaan osiointi..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Ladataan käynnistyslataimen asetukset..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Valmistellaan käynnistyslataimen määritystä"
#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
msgstr "Lisätyt ytimen parametrit: %1"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Luo initrd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Tallenna käynnistyslataimen määritystiedostot"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Asenna käynnistyslatain"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "Luodaan initrd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan käynnistyslataimen määritystiedostot..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan käynnistyslataimen määritykset"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79
-msgid "Linux"
-msgstr "Linux"
+#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
+#~ msgstr "Käynnistyslaite on iSCSI-levy: %1. Järjestelmä ei tule käynnistymään."
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85
-msgid "Failsafe"
-msgstr "Vikasieto"
+#~ msgid "Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97
-msgid "Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Kiintolevy"
+#~ msgid "Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "Vikasieto"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103
-msgid "Memory Test"
-msgstr "Muistitesti"
+#~ msgid "Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "Kiintolevy"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109
-msgid "MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "Pääkäynnistystietue (MBR) ennen asennusta"
+#~ msgid "Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "Muistitesti"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115
-msgid "Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "Aiempi ydin"
+#~ msgid "MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Pääkäynnistystietue (MBR) ennen asennusta"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space
-#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used
-#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121
-msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "Valmistajan vianpaikannus"
+#~ msgid "Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "Aiempi ydin"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230
-msgid "_Linux"
-msgstr "_Linux"
+#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "Valmistajan vianpaikannus"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237
-msgid "_Failsafe"
-msgstr "_Vikasieto"
+#~ msgid "_Linux"
+#~ msgstr "_Linux"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244
-msgid "_Floppy"
-msgstr "_Levyke"
+#~ msgid "_Failsafe"
+#~ msgstr "_Vikasieto"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251
-msgid "_Hard Disk"
-msgstr "_Kiintolevy"
+#~ msgid "_Floppy"
+#~ msgstr "_Levyke"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258
-msgid "_Memory Test"
-msgstr "_Muistitesti"
+#~ msgid "_Hard Disk"
+#~ msgstr "_Kiintolevy"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265
-msgid "_MBR before Installation"
-msgstr "_Pääkäynnistystietue (MBR) ennen asennusta"
+#~ msgid "_Memory Test"
+#~ msgstr "_Muistitesti"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272
-msgid "_Previous Kernel"
-msgstr "_Aiempi ydin"
+#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation"
+#~ msgstr "_Pääkäynnistystietue (MBR) ennen asennusta"
-#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters
-#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to
-#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics
-#. please use diacritics here
-#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279
-msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
-msgstr "_Valmistajan vianpaikannus"
+#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel"
+#~ msgstr "_Aiempi ydin"
+#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
+#~ msgstr "_Valmistajan vianpaikannus"
+
#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
#~ msgstr "Käynnistyslatain asennettiin osiolle, joka ei sijaitse kokonaisuudessaan %1 Gt alapuolella. Järjestelmä ei ehkä käynnisty, jos BIOS tukee ainoastaan lba24:ää (tuloksena virhe 18 asennettaessa grub pääkäynnistyslohkoon) ."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ca-management.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ca-management.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ca-management.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-21 15:00+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -65,25 +65,25 @@
msgstr "Organisaatioyksikkö"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
msgid "Organization"
msgstr "Järjestö"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
msgid "Locality"
msgstr "Paikkakunta"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
msgid "State"
msgstr "Osavaltio"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
msgid "Country"
msgstr "Maa"
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
msgstr "CA-nimi"
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
msgid "Common Name"
msgstr "Yleinen nimi"
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
msgid "Email"
msgstr "Sähköposti"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
msgstr "Organisaatioyksikkö"
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
#. we need to fake a certificate name
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@
#. The main ()
#. To translators: dialog label
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
msgstr "Yleinen palvelinvarmenne"
@@ -693,11 +693,20 @@
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Saat enemmän tietoa ohjeesta.</p>"
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
+"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
+msgstr "<p>Tämä varmenne voidaan vaihtaa tuomalla varmenne tiedostosta.</p>"
+
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
#. popup window header
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
@@ -705,22 +714,22 @@
msgstr "Kuvaus"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr "&Poista"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
msgid "&Import/Replace"
msgstr "&Tuo/Korvaa"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
msgstr "Vermennen ei ole vielä vanhentunut.\n"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
msgid ""
"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n"
"\n"
@@ -729,7 +738,7 @@
"\n"
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
msgstr "Oletko varma, että haluat poistaa varmenteen?"
@@ -762,11 +771,71 @@
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Asetettu:</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Common Name: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr "Yleinen nimi:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "O&rganization:"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "O&rganisaatio"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Location:"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr "Sijainti:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "State: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr "Osavaltio:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Country: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr "Maa:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Lock [*]"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr "Lukittu [+]"
+
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Asettama:</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
@@ -774,7 +843,7 @@
"\n"
"Voimassa lähtien:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
@@ -783,34 +852,34 @@
"Voimassa asti:"
#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
msgid "&Advanced..."
msgstr "&Lisäasetukset..."
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
msgid "&View"
msgstr "Näk&ymä"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
msgid "&Change CA Password"
msgstr "Muuta &CA-salasana"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
msgstr "&Luo SubCA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
msgid "Export to &File"
msgstr "Vie &tiedostoon"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
msgstr "Vie &LDAP:hen"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
msgid "&Edit Default"
msgstr "&Muokkaa oletusta"
@@ -864,7 +933,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Yhteenveto</b></p>"
@@ -896,18 +965,18 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
msgstr "(kriittinen)\n"
@@ -919,40 +988,40 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
msgstr "(kriittinen) "
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
msgstr "Kopioi aiheen Alt nimi CA:sta"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
msgstr "(kriittinen)\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
msgid "nsComment: "
msgstr "nsComment:"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
msgid "nsCertType: "
msgstr "nsCertType:"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
msgstr "Kopioi standardi sähköpostiosoite"
@@ -1028,83 +1097,227 @@
"\n"
"Varmennetta ei löydy"
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Common Name: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Common Name: "
+msgstr "Yleinen nimi:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Organization: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Organization: "
+msgstr "Organisaatio: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Organization: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Location: "
+msgstr "Organisaatio: "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "State: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"State: "
+msgstr "Osavaltio:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Country: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Country: "
+msgstr "Maa:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Type "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"EMAIL: "
+msgstr " Tyyppi "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid " Type "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Is CA: "
+msgstr " Tyyppi "
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Key Length: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Key Size: "
+msgstr "Avaimen pituus:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Serial number of zone update"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Serialnumber: "
+msgstr "Vyöhykepäivityksen sarjanumero"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid Period: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Version: "
+msgstr "Kelvollinen kausi:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid Period: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid from: "
+msgstr "Kelvollinen kausi:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid Period: "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Valid to: "
+msgstr "Kelvollinen kausi:"
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of pub. Key : "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"algo. of signature: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
msgid "Valid"
msgstr "Voimassa"
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
msgid "Revoked"
msgstr "Peruutettu"
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
msgid "Expired"
msgstr "Mennyt vanhaksi"
#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Tila"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
msgid "E-Mail Address"
msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Lisää"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
msgid "Add Server Certificate"
msgstr "Lisää palvelinvarmenne"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
msgid "Add Client Certificate"
msgstr "Lisää asiakasvarmenne"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
msgid "&Change Password"
msgstr "&Vaihda salasana"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
msgid "&Revoke"
msgstr "&Peruuta"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Poista"
#. Fate (#2613)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
msgid "Export"
msgstr "Vie"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
msgid "Export to File"
msgstr "Vie tiedostoon"
#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
msgid "Export to LDAP"
msgstr "Vie LDAP:iin"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr "Vie yleisenä palvelinvarmenteena"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
msgstr "Poistetaanko nykyinen varmenne?"
@@ -1202,7 +1415,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
msgid "&Valid Period (days):"
msgstr "&Voimassaoloaika (päivää):"
@@ -1630,7 +1843,7 @@
msgstr "päivää\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
msgid "Path Length "
msgstr "Polun pituus"
@@ -1836,6 +2049,15 @@
"\n"
"Pyyntöä ei löytynyt.\n"
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Generate Time"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"generation Time: "
+msgstr "Luo aika"
+
#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
@@ -1844,77 +2066,77 @@
#. @param request extention
#. @return [void]
#. Filling up reqeust extentions
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
msgstr "Laajennusta \"%1\" ei löytynyt."
#. IS CA ?
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
msgstr "Tämä on CA-pyyntö. Haluatko varmasti allekirjoittaa sen %1?"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
msgstr "Tämä ei ole CA-pyyntö. Haluatko varmasti allekirjoittaa sen CA-pyyntönä?"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Tämä näyttää allekirjoitettavan pyynnön.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Tällä pyynnöllä on erikoislaajennuksia, jotka voit hyväksyä.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Jos hylkäät nämä laajennukset, oletusarvot otetaan niiden sijaan.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
msgstr "Pyydetyt laajennukset"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
msgstr "Allekirjoita Pyyntö %1 :nä (vaihe 1/2)"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Tässä näet yhteenvedon allekirjoitettavan pyynnön kaikista asetuksista.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Jatka valitsemalla <b>Allekirjoita pyyntö</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
msgid " days"
msgstr " päivää"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
msgid " (critical)</p>"
msgstr " (kriittinen)</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
msgid "&Edit Request"
msgstr "&Muokkaa pyyntöä"
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
msgstr "Allekirjoita Pyyntö %1 :ksi (vaihe 2/2)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
msgid "Sign Request"
msgstr "Allekirjoita pyyntö"
#. signing request
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
msgid "The request has been signed."
msgstr "Pyyntö on allekirjoitettu."
@@ -3105,6 +3327,3 @@
#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Common Server Certificate</b> will be used by other YaST modules.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Yleistä palvelinvarmennetta</b> käyttävät toiset YaST-moduulit.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Tämä varmenne voidaan vaihtaa tuomalla varmenne tiedostosta.</p>"
Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/cio.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/cio.fi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/cio.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Interfaces"
+msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr "Saatavilla olevat liitännät"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Laite"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr "Käytetty"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ei"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "kyllä"
+
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fiber channel"
+msgid "Filter channels"
+msgstr "Kuitukanava"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr "Valit&se kaikki"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Detailed selection..."
+msgid "&Clear selection"
+msgstr "&Lisävalinnat..."
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&All Selected Packages"
+msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
+msgstr "K&aikki valitut paketit"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Scan the Channels"
+msgid "&Unban Channels"
+msgstr "Vi&ritä kanavat"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exit"
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "Lopeta"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+msgid ""
+"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+msgid "Ranges to Unban."
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:48+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -82,196 +82,191 @@
msgstr "Määritä conntrackd"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Peru"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-osoite:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111
-#| msgid "IP Address"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "Tarpeeton IP-osoite"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "nodeid"
msgstr "noodi id"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr "Siirto:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Kanava"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "Sidottu verkko-osoite:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Ryhmälähetysosoite:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr "Ryhmälähetysportti:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "Varakanava"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "Klusterin nimi:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428
-msgid "expected votes:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "expected votes:"
+msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr "odotetut äänet:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr "rrp tila:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr "Luo automaattisesti noodi id"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "Jäsenosoite:"
-#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671
+#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Ota käyttöön Security Auth"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "Threads:"
msgstr "Säikeet:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677
-msgid ""
-"For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate "
-"/etc/corosync/authkey."
-msgstr ""
-"Paina alapuolella olevaa painiketta luodaksesi uudelle klusterille "
-"/etc/corosync/authkey tiedosto."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgstr "Paina alapuolella olevaa painiketta luodaksesi uudelle klusterille /etc/corosync/authkey tiedosto."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682
-msgid ""
-"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
-"nodes manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Liittyäksesi olemassa olevaan klusteriin kopioi toisten noodien "
-"/etc/corosync/authkey käsin."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742
+msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "Liittyäksesi olemassa olevaan klusteriin kopioi toisten noodien /etc/corosync/authkey käsin."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Käynnissä"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Ei käynnissä"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Käynnistys"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgstr "Käytössä – Käynnistä pacemaker käynnistettäessä"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgstr "Poissa käytöstä – Käynnistä pacemaker käsin"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Vaihda On ja Off"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Nykyinen tila: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Käynnistä pacemaker nyt"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Sammuta pacemaker nyt"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Synkronointiasiakas"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Lisää"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Poista"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Muokkaa"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Synkronointitiedosto"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Lisää ehdotetut tiedostot"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr "Luo esijaetut avaimet"
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr "Csync2 tila tuntematon"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr "Ota csync2 käyttöön"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr "Poista csync2 käytöstä"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Anna konenimi"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Muokkaa konenimeä"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Syötä synkronoitavan tiedoston nimi"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Muokkaa tiedostonimeä"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -280,12 +275,12 @@
"Haluatko korvata sen?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Avaintiedoston %1 poisto epäonnistui."
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
@@ -293,230 +288,121 @@
"Avaintiedosto %1 on luotu.\n"
"Lisää se synkronointilistalle painamalla ”Lisää ehdotetut tiedostot”."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Avaimen luonti epäonnistui."
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
-"cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd demoni auttaa monistamaan palomuurin tilan klusterin noodien "
-"välillä.\n"
+"Conntrackd demoni auttaa monistamaan palomuurin tilan klusterin noodien välillä.\n"
"YaST auttaa määrittämään joitakin conntrackd demonin perusasetuksia.\n"
"Sinun tulee käynnistää se ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr "määrätty verkkoliitäntä:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394
msgid "IP:"
msgstr "IP:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr "Ryhmänumero: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr "Luo etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
-"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
-"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
-"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
-"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
-"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
-"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid "
-"field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
-"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the "
-"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to "
-"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This "
-" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will "
-"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
-"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
-"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
-"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
-"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
-"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the "
-" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
-"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
-"not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
-"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
-"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
-"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
-"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
-"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
-"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<"
-"br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sidottu verkko-osoite</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää osoitteen johon "
-"openaisin tulee sitoutua. Tämän osoitteen tulee aina loppua nollaan. Mikäli "
-"liikenne tulee reitittää osoitteen 192.168.5.92 kautta aseta bindnetaddr "
-"osoitteeksi 192.168.5.0.<br>Tämä voi olla myös IPv6-osoite, siinä tapauksessa "
-"käytetään IPv6-osoitetta. Tässä tapauksessa tulee käyttää kokonaista "
-"osoitetta, eikä automaattista verkkoliitäntää saa valita kuten IPv4-osoiteen "
-"kanssa tehdään. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään "
-"määrittää arvo.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big></b><br>Tämä on openaisin käyttämä "
-"ryhmälähetysosoite. Oletusosoitteen tulisi usein miten toimia, mutta mikäli "
-"epäselvää varmista verkon ylläpitäjältä käytettävä ryhmälähetysosoite. Vältä "
-"käyttämästä 224.x.x.x osoitetta tämä on \"asetusten\" ryhmälähetysosoite.<br>"
-"Tämä voi olla myös IPv6 ryhmälähetysosoite silloin kun käytetään "
-"IPv6-osoitetta. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään "
-"määrittää arvo.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysportti</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää käytettävän "
-"UDP-portin. On mahdollista käyttää samaa ryhmälähetysosoitetta verkossa jossa "
-"openais palvelut on määritetty eri UDP-porteille.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Noodi ID</big></b><br>Tämä määritys on vapaehtoinen silloin kun "
-"IPv4 on käytössä ja pakollin silloin kun IPv6 on käytössä. Tämä on 32 "
-"bittinen arvo joka yksilöi noodin klusteripalvelussa. Mikäli tätä ei "
-"määritetä käytettäessä IPv4-osoitetta noodi id määritetään IP-osoitteesta "
-"järjestelmästä johon tämä on liitetty tunnisteella 0. Noodi tunniste 0 on "
-"varattu ja sitä ei tulisi käyttää.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää ringin tyypin, se voi olla, "
-"ei mitään, aktiivinen tai passiivinen. Aktiivinen replikointi tarjoaa hieman "
-"pienemmän latenssin toimittaessa tietoa viallisesta ympäristössä, mutta "
-"samalla hieman huonomman suorituskyvyn. Passiivinen replikointi voi melkein "
-"tuplata totem protokollan nopeuden mikäli se ei ole prosessorisidonnainen. "
-"Viimeinen vaihtoehto on \"ei mitään\" jolloin vain yhtä verkkoliitäntää "
-"käytetään totem protokollan käsittelyyn. Mikäli vain yksi verkkoliitäntä on "
-"määritetty valitaan \"ei mitään\" automaattisesti. Mikäli useampi "
-"verkkoliitäntä on määritetty voidaan käyttään vain aktiivista tai passiivista "
-"tyyppiä.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sidottu verkko-osoite</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää osoitteen johon openaisin tulee sitoutua. Tämän osoitteen tulee aina loppua nollaan. Mikäli liikenne tulee reitittää osoitteen 192.168.5.92 kautta aseta bindnetaddr osoitteeksi 192.168.5.0.<br>Tämä voi olla myös IPv6-osoite, siinä tapauksessa käytetään IPv6-osoitetta. Tässä tapauksessa tulee käyttää kokonaista osoitetta, eikä automaattista verkkoliitäntää saa valita kuten IPv4-osoiteen kanssa tehdään. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään määrittää arvo.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big></b><br>Tämä on openaisin käyttämä ryhmälähetysosoite. Oletusosoitteen tulisi usein miten toimia, mutta mikäli epäselvää varmista verkon ylläpitäjältä käytettävä ryhmälähetysosoite. Vältä käyttämästä 224.x.x.x osoitetta tämä on \"asetusten\" ryhmälähetysosoite.<br>Tämä voi olla myös IPv6 ryhmälähetysosoite silloin kun käytetään IPv6-osoitetta. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään määrittää arvo.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysportti</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää käytettävän UDP-portin. On mahdollista käyttää samaa ryhmälähetysosoitetta verkossa jossa openais palvelut on määritetty eri UDP-porteille.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Noodi ID</big></b><br>Tämä määritys on vapaehtoinen silloin kun IPv4 on käytössä ja pakollin silloin kun IPv6 on käytössä. Tämä on 32 bittinen arvo joka yksilöi noodin klusteripalvelussa. Mikäli tätä ei määritetä käytettäessä IPv4-osoitetta noodi id määritetään IP-osoitteesta järjestelmästä johon tämä on liitetty tunnisteella 0. Noodi tunniste 0 on varattu ja sitä ei tulisi käyttää.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää ringin tyypin, se voi olla, ei mitään, aktiivinen tai passiivinen. Aktiivinen replikointi tarjoaa hieman pienemmän latenssin toimittaessa tietoa viallisesta ympäristössä, mutta samalla hieman huonomman suorituskyvyn. Passiivinen replikointi voi melkein tuplata totem protokollan nopeuden mikäli se ei ole prosessorisidonnainen. Viimeinen vaihtoehto on \"ei mitään\" jolloin vain yhtä verkkoliitäntää käytetään totem protokollan käsittelyyn. Mikäli vain yksi verkkoliitäntä on määritetty valitaan \"ei mitään\" automaattisesti. Mikäli useampi verkkoliitäntä on määritetty voidaan käyttään vain aktiivista tai passiivista tyyppiä.<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are "
-"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the "
-"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this "
-"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to "
-"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates "
-"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for "
-"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
-"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
-"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption "
-"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 "
-"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. "
-"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as "
-"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU "
-"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu "
-"utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of "
-"10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on "
-"3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput "
-"of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A "
-"throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. "
-" The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i
s on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Säikeet</big></b><br>Tämä säätelee kuinka monta säiettä käytetään "
-"viestin salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Mikäli secauth on pois käytöstä ei "
-"protokollaa käytetä koskaan säikeitä lähetettäessä. Mikäli secauth on "
-"käytössä mahdollistaa tämä asetus useiden säikeiden käyttämisen viestien "
-"salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Säie määritys 0 tarkoittaa, että säiketä ei "
-"käytetä lähetyksessä. Tämä tila tarjoaa parhaan suorityskyvyn ei SMP "
-"järjestelmille. Oletusarvo on 0.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Ota käyttöön Security Auth</big>Tämä määrittää HMAC/SHA1 salauksen "
-"käyttöön kaikille viesteille. Se täsmentää, että kaikki tieto salataan "
-"sober128 salausalgoritmilla suojatakseen tietoa salakuuntelulta.Tämän "
-"käyttöönotto lisää 36 tavua jokaisen viestin otsikkoon, joka pienentää "
-"suoritustehoa. Salaus ja autentikointi kuluttavat 75% aisexec syklistä "
-"gprofilla mitattuna. 100MB verkossa jossa MTU 1500 kehys lähetys: 9MB/sek "
-"suorituskyky on mahdollista 100% suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä on otettu "
-"käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 10MB/sek suorituskyky on mahdollista 20%"
-"suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla.1GB "
-"verkossa jossa jumbo-kehys käytössä: 20MB/sek suorityskyky on mahdollista kun "
-"tämä on otettu käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 60MB/sek suorityskyky on "
-"mahdollista silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla. Oletuksena "
-"tämä on käytössä.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Säikeet</big></b><br>Tämä säätelee kuinka monta säiettä käytetään viestin salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Mikäli secauth on pois käytöstä ei protokollaa käytetä koskaan säikeitä lähetettäessä. Mikäli secauth on käytössä mahdollistaa tämä asetus useiden säikeiden käyttämisen viestien salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Säie määritys 0 tarkoittaa, että säiketä ei käytetä lähetyksessä. Tämä tila tarjoaa parhaan suorityskyvyn ei SMP järjestelmille. Oletusarvo on 0.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Ota käyttöön Security Auth</big>Tämä määrittää HMAC/SHA1 salauksen käyttöön kaikille viesteille. Se täsmentää, että kaikki tieto salataan sober128 salausalgoritmilla suojatakseen tietoa salakuuntelulta.Tämän käyttöönotto lisää 36 tavua jokaisen viestin otsikkoon, joka pienentää suoritustehoa. Salaus ja autentikointi kuluttavat 75% aisexec syklistä gprofilla mitattuna. 100MB verkossa jossa MTU 1500 kehys lähetys: 9MB/sek suorituskyky on mahdollista 100% suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä on otettu käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 10MB/sek suorituskyky on mahdollista 20%suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla.1GB verkossa jossa jumbo-kehys käytössä: 20MB/sek suorityskyky on mahdollista kun tämä on otettu käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 60MB/sek suorityskyky on mahdollista silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla. Oletuksena tämä on käytössä.<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or "
-"not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Käynnistys</big></b><br>Käynnistetäänko openais-palvelu "
-"koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Käynnistys</big></b><br>Käynnistetäänko openais-palvelu koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
-"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
-"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
-"synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using "
-"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated "
-"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied "
-"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronointiasiakas</big></b><br>Tässä käytettävät konenimet "
-"tulee olla klusterin noodien konenimiä. Tämä tarkoittaa, etä sinun tulee "
-"käyttää tismalleen samaa konenimeä kun mitä hostname-komento tulostaa.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronointitiedosto</big></b><br>Synkronoitavan tiedoston "
-"täydellinen nimi.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Esijaetut avaimet</big></b><br>Tunnistautuminen suoritetaan "
-"käyttäen IP-osoitetta ja esijaettuja avaimia käytettäessä Csync2. "
-"Avaintiedosto luodaan komennolla \"csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup\". "
-"Tiedosto key_hagroup tulee kopioida kaikille klusterin jäsenille sen jälkeen "
-"kun se on luotu.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronointiasiakas</big></b><br>Tässä käytettävät konenimet tulee olla klusterin noodien konenimiä. Tämä tarkoittaa, etä sinun tulee käyttää tismalleen samaa konenimeä kun mitä hostname-komento tulostaa.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronointitiedosto</big></b><br>Synkronoitavan tiedoston täydellinen nimi.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Esijaetut avaimet</big></b><br>Tunnistautuminen suoritetaan käyttäen IP-osoitetta ja esijaettuja avaimia käytettäessä Csync2. Avaintiedosto luodaan komennolla \"csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup\". Tiedosto key_hagroup tulee kopioida kaikille klusterin jäsenille sen jälkeen kun se on luotu.</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface "
-"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You "
-"may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
-"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
-"used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
-"syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Määrätty verkkoliitäntä</big></b><br>Ennalta määrätty "
-"verkkoliitäntä synkronointia varten. Verkkoliitännän tulee tukea "
-"ryhmälähetystä ja sen pitää olla ylhäällä. Saattaa olla, että se pitää olla "
-"ennalta määritetty.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>IPv4-osoite valittuna määrätylle "
-"verkoliitännelle. Tämä tunnistetaan automaattisesti.z</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big></b><br>Synkronointiin käytettävä "
-"ryhmälähetysosoite.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Määrätty verkkoliitäntä</big></b><br>Ennalta määrätty verkkoliitäntä synkronointia varten. Verkkoliitännän tulee tukea ryhmälähetystä ja sen pitää olla ylhäällä. Saattaa olla, että se pitää olla ennalta määritetty.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>IPv4-osoite valittuna määrätylle verkoliitännelle. Tämä tunnistetaan automaattisesti.z</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big></b><br>Synkronointiin käytettävä ryhmälähetysosoite.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Ryhmänumero</big></b><br>Synkronoitavan ryhmän numero.</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -525,7 +411,7 @@
"Odota hetki...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -534,7 +420,7 @@
"Keskeytä määritys turvallisesti napsauttamalla <b>Keskeytä</b> nyt.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -543,7 +429,7 @@
"Odota hetki...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -566,97 +452,97 @@
msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Alustetaan klusterin määritystä"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Lue tietokanta"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Lue aikaisemmat asetukset"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset."
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Luetaan aikaisemmat asetukset..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr "Luetaan palomuurin asetukset..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Vaaditun pakettien asennus ei onnistu"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Olemassa olevaa määritystä ei voida ladata."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Tietokannan1 lukeminen ei onnistu."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Tietokannan2 lukeminen ei onnistu."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Laitteiden tunnistaminen ei onnistu."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan klusterin määritystä"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "Tallenna palomuurin muutokset"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan palomuurin muutoksia..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Asetuksia ei voitu kirjoittaa."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/control-center.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/control-center.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/control-center.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-10 19:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-05 09:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -27,748 +27,421 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7
-msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-msgstr "Lisätuotteiden asennus"
-
-#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "Kielipakettien asennus"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:355
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Asennus suoritettiin onnistuneesti.\n"
+"Asennus tehtiin onnistuneesti.\n"
"Järjestelmäsi on valmis käytettäväksi.\n"
-"Napsauta <b>Valmis</b> kirjautuaksesi järjestelmään.\n"
+"Napsauta Valmis, kirjautuaksesi järjestelmään.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Vieraile sivuillamme osoitteessa http://www.suse.com/.\n"
"</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429
-msgid "Initialization..."
-msgstr "Valmistelu..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430
-msgid "Configuring network..."
-msgstr "Määritetään verkko..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431
-msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-msgstr "Määritetään laitteisto..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432
-msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-msgstr "Viimeistellään määritystä..."
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:343
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr "CIM-palvelin"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72
-#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464
-#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Asennuksen määritykset"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Yhteenveto"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19
msgid "Expert"
msgstr "Asiantuntijatila"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Live-asennuksen asetukset"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Päivityksen asetukset"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Verkon määritys"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398
-#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692
-#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+msgid "Network Services Configuration"
+msgstr "Verkkopalveluiden määritys"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Laitteiston määritys"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510
-#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313
-#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Esivalmistelu"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219
-#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237
-#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328
-#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449
-#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Tallennetaan verkkomääritykset"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Setup"
+msgid "Network Autosetup"
+msgstr "Verkon määritys"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Tervetuloa"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Verkon käyttöönotto"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976
-#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Levyn käyttöönotto"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515
-#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255
-#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Järjestelmän tunnistaminen"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261
-#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Lisätuotteet"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+msgid "Disk"
+msgstr "Levy"
+
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Aikavyöhyke"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Käyttäjäasetukset"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Asennus"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747
-msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "Asennuksen yhteenveto"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Yhteenveto asennuksesta"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291
-#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299
-#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469
-#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477
-#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517
-#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612
-#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624
-#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748
-#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756
-#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777
-#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Suorita asennus"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822
-msgid "Repair"
-msgstr "Korjaa"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Asennus"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869
-msgid "Disk"
-msgstr "Levy"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Päivitettävä järjestelmä"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Päivitys"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Päivityksen yhteenveto"
-#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645
-#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397
-#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405
-#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Suorita päivitys"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421
-#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042
-msgid "System Information"
-msgstr "Järjestelmän tiedot"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046
-msgid "Perform Repair"
-msgstr "Suorita korjaus"
-
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446
-#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488
-#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Perusasennus"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459
-#: control/control.glade:503
-msgid "Language"
-msgstr "Kieli"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
+msgstr "AutoYaST-asetukset"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651
-#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631
-#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Määritys"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318
-#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560
-#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648
-#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264
-msgid "Network"
-msgstr "Verkko"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+msgid "System Configuration"
+msgstr "Järjestelmän määritys"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566
-#: control/control.glade:656
-msgid "Customer Center"
-msgstr "Asiakaskeskus"
+#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Lisätuotteiden asennus"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346
-#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578
-#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662
-#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672
-#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284
-msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr "Internet-päivitys"
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Kielipakettien asennus"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588
-#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301
-msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "Julkaisutiedot"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Asennus suoritettiin onnistuneesti.\n"
+#~ "Järjestelmäsi on valmis käytettäväksi.\n"
+#~ "Napsauta <b>Valmis</b> kirjautuaksesi järjestelmään.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Vieraile sivuillamme osoitteessa http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ "\t"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335
-msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-msgstr "Automaattinen määritys"
+#~ msgid "Initialization..."
+#~ msgstr "Valmistelu..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227
-msgid "root Password"
-msgstr "Pääkäyttäjän salasana"
+#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
+#~ msgstr "Määritetään verkko..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244
-msgid "Check Installation"
-msgstr "Tarkista asennus"
+#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..."
+#~ msgstr "Määritetään laitteisto..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250
-msgid "Hostname"
-msgstr "Konenimi"
+#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "Viimeistellään määritystä..."
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680
-#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr "Käyttäjät"
+#~ msgid "User Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Käyttäjäasetukset"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719
-#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733
-#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459
-msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
-msgstr "AutoYaST-asetukset"
+#~ msgid "Installation Overview"
+#~ msgstr "Asennuksen yhteenveto"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568
-msgid "System Configuration"
-msgstr "Järjestelmän määritys"
+#~ msgid "Repair"
+#~ msgstr "Korjaa"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658
-msgid "Clean Up"
-msgstr "Puhdistus"
+#~ msgid "System Information"
+#~ msgstr "Järjestelmän tiedot"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-"Your system is ready for use.\n"
-"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Asennus tehtiin onnistuneesti.\n"
-"Järjestelmäsi on valmis käytettäväksi.\n"
-"Napsauta Valmis, kirjautuaksesi järjestelmään.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"<p>\n"
-"Vieraile sivuillamme osoitteessa http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-"\t"
+#~ msgid "Perform Repair"
+#~ msgstr "Suorita korjaus"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330
-msgid "Server Base Scenario"
-msgstr "Peruspalvelin"
+#~ msgid "Language"
+#~ msgstr "Kieli"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331
-msgid ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
-"Choose the one that matches your server the best."
-msgstr ""
-"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server tarjoaa useita peruspalvelimia.\n"
-"Valitse parhaiten palvelintasi vastaava vaihtoehto."
+#~ msgid "Network"
+#~ msgstr "Verkko"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337
-msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
-msgstr "Fyysinen kone (myös täysin virtuaalisoidut vieraat)"
+#~ msgid "Customer Center"
+#~ msgstr "Asiakaskeskus"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338
-msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
-msgstr "Virtuaalikone (paravirtuaalisoiduille ympäristöille kuten Xen)"
+#~ msgid "Online Update"
+#~ msgstr "Internet-päivitys"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339
-msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr "Xen virtuaalisoitu isäntä (paikallinen X11 ei määritetty oletuksena)"
+#~ msgid "Release Notes"
+#~ msgstr "Julkaisutiedot"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663
-msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-msgstr "Verkkopalveluiden määritys"
+#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Automaattinen määritys"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784
-msgid "Server Scenario"
-msgstr "Palvelinvaihtoehto"
+#~ msgid "root Password"
+#~ msgstr "Pääkäyttäjän salasana"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789
-#: control/control.glade:286
-msgid "Installation Summary"
-msgstr "Yhteenveto asennuksesta"
+#~ msgid "Check Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Tarkista asennus"
-#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Palvelu"
+#~ msgid "Hostname"
+#~ msgstr "Konenimi"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade:340
-msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-msgstr "KVM virtuaalisoitu isäntä (paikallinen X11 ei määritetty oletuksena)"
+#~ msgid "Users"
+#~ msgstr "Käyttäjät"
-#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Työpöydän valinta"
+#~ msgid "Clean Up"
+#~ msgstr "Puhdistus"
-#: control/control.glade:634
-msgid "Root Password"
-msgstr "Pääkäyttäjän salasana"
+#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "Peruspalvelin"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-"\t "
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<p><b>Onnittelut!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>openSUSEn asennus tietokoneeseesi on valmis.\n"
-"Voit kirjautua järjestelmään <b>Valmis</b>-painikkeen painamisen jälkeen.</p>\n"
-"<p>Vieraile osoitteessa %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Pidä hauskaa!<br>Terveisin openSUSEn kehitysryhmä</p>\n"
-"\t "
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
+#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server tarjoaa useita peruspalvelimia.\n"
+#~ "Valitse parhaiten palvelintasi vastaava vaihtoehto."
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"Työpöytäympäristö tarjoaa graafisen käyttöliittymän\n"
-"tietokoneeseen. Lisäksi se tarjoaa ohjelmistokokoelman\n"
-"sähköpostin lukemiseen, nettiselaamiseen, toimistotyöskentelyyn,\n"
-"peleihin sekä työkalut tietokoneen hallintaan.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE tarjoaa vaihtoehtoja työpöytäympäristöiksi. Yleisimmin\n"
-"käytetyt työpöytäympäristöt ovat GNOME ja KDE, ja ne ovat tasavertaisesti\n"
-"tuettuja openSUSEssa. Molemmat työpöytäympäristöt ovat helppokäyttöisiä,\n"
-"hyvin integroituja ja niissä on miellyttävä käyttötuntuma. Kaikilla\n"
-"työpöytäympäristöillä on omanlaisensa tyyli, joten henkilökohtaiset mieltymykset\n"
-"määrittävät sinulle sopivimman työpöytäympäristön."
+#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
+#~ msgstr "Fyysinen kone (myös täysin virtuaalisoidut vieraat)"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME-työpöytä"
+#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
+#~ msgstr "Virtuaalikone (paravirtuaalisoiduille ympäristöille kuten Xen)"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE-työpöytä"
+#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
+#~ msgstr "Xen virtuaalisoitu isäntä (paikallinen X11 ei määritetty oletuksena)"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "XFCE-työpöytä"
+#~ msgid "Server Scenario"
+#~ msgstr "Palvelinvaihtoehto"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "LXDE-työpöytä"
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Palvelu"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "Minimaalinen X-ikkunointi"
+#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
+#~ msgstr "KVM virtuaalisoitu isäntä (paikallinen X11 ei määritetty oletuksena)"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Enlightenment työpöytä"
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Työpöydän valinta"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Minimaalinen palvelin (tekstitila)"
+#~ msgid "Root Password"
+#~ msgstr "Pääkäyttäjän salasana"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Internet-asennuslähteet"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ "\t "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Onnittelut!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>openSUSEn asennus tietokoneeseesi on valmis.\n"
+#~ "Voit kirjautua järjestelmään <b>Valmis</b>-painikkeen painamisen jälkeen.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Vieraile osoitteessa %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Pidä hauskaa!<br>Terveisin openSUSEn kehitysryhmä</p>\n"
+#~ "\t "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#~ "manage your computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Työpöytäympäristö tarjoaa graafisen käyttöliittymän\n"
+#~ "tietokoneeseen. Lisäksi se tarjoaa ohjelmistokokoelman\n"
+#~ "sähköpostin lukemiseen, nettiselaamiseen, toimistotyöskentelyyn,\n"
+#~ "peleihin sekä työkalut tietokoneen hallintaan.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE tarjoaa vaihtoehtoja työpöytäympäristöiksi. Yleisimmin\n"
+#~ "käytetyt työpöytäympäristöt ovat GNOME ja KDE, ja ne ovat tasavertaisesti\n"
+#~ "tuettuja openSUSEssa. Molemmat työpöytäympäristöt ovat helppokäyttöisiä,\n"
+#~ "hyvin integroituja ja niissä on miellyttävä käyttötuntuma. Kaikilla\n"
+#~ "työpöytäympäristöillä on omanlaisensa tyyli, joten henkilökohtaiset mieltymykset\n"
+#~ "määrittävät sinulle sopivimman työpöytäympäristön."
+
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "GNOME-työpöytä"
+
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "KDE-työpöytä"
+
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "XFCE-työpöytä"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE-työpöytä"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal X Window"
+#~ msgstr "Minimaalinen X-ikkunointi"
+
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Enlightenment työpöytä"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Minimaalinen palvelin (tekstitila)"
+
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Internet-asennuslähteet"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/country.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/country.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/country.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-24 11:12+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -63,11 +63,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"Näppäimistökartta '%1' on virheellinen. Käytä komentoa 'list' nähdäksesi "
-"mahdolliset valinnat."
+msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr "Näppäimistökartta '%1' on virheellinen. Käytä komentoa 'list' nähdäksesi mahdolliset valinnat."
#. summary item
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
@@ -100,14 +97,8 @@
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-#| msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.</p>\n"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
-"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tässä tehdyt asetukset vaikuttavat ainoastaan konsolinäppäimistöön. "
-"Määritä näppäimistö graafista käyttöliittymää varten jollain muulla "
-"työkalulla.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Tässä tehdyt asetukset vaikuttavat ainoastaan konsolinäppäimistöön. Määritä näppäimistö graafista käyttöliittymää varten jollain muulla työkalulla.</p>\n"
#. heading text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -188,16 +179,14 @@
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Valitse <b>Näppäimistökartta</b>, jota käytetään\n"
"asennuksen aikana ja valmiissa järjestelmässä. \n"
"Kokeile näppäimistökarttaa valinnalla <b>Kokeile</b>.\n"
-"Valitse <b>Lisäasetukset</b> kun haluat hienosäätää asetuksia, kuten "
-"toistonopeutta ja viivettä ennen toiston alkua.\n"
+"Valitse <b>Lisäasetukset</b> kun haluat hienosäätää asetuksia, kuten toistonopeutta ja viivettä ennen toiston alkua.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -216,17 +205,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
-"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Valitse <b>Näppäimistökartta</b>, jota käytetään järjestelmässä.\n"
-"Valitse <b>Lisäasetukset</b> kun haluat hienosäätää asetuksia, kuten "
-"toistonopeutta ja viivettä ennen toiston alkua.</p>\n"
-"<p>Lisää valintoja kuten myös lisää näppäimistökarttoja löydät "
-"työpöytäympäristösi näppäimistön määritystyökalusta.</p>\n"
+"Valitse <b>Lisäasetukset</b> kun haluat hienosäätää asetuksia, kuten toistonopeutta ja viivettä ennen toiston alkua.</p>\n"
+"<p>Lisää valintoja kuten myös lisää näppäimistökarttoja löydät työpöytäympäristösi näppäimistön määritystyökalusta.</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -359,11 +344,8 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"%1 ei ole kelvollinen kieli. Käytä 'list'-komentoa nähdäksesi mahdolliset "
-"valinnat."
+msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgstr "%1 ei ole kelvollinen kieli. Käytä 'list'-komentoa nähdäksesi mahdolliset valinnat."
#. label text
#. heading text
@@ -409,13 +391,11 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
-"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Valitun ensisijaisen ja toissijaisten kielten tukeen tarvittavat lisäpaketit "
-"asennetaan. Paketit, joita ei enää tarvita, poistetaan.\n"
+"Valitun ensisijaisen ja toissijaisten kielten tukeen tarvittavat lisäpaketit asennetaan. Paketit, joita ei enää tarvita, poistetaan.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
@@ -495,19 +475,13 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
-"primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the "
-"primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to "
-"the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> \n"
-"Valitse <b>Mukauta näppäimistökartta</b> muuttaaksesi näppäimistökartan "
-"ensisijaisen kielen mukaiseksi.\n"
-"Valitse <b>Mukauta aikavyöhyke</b> muuttaaksesi aikavyöhykkeen ensisijaisen "
-"kielen mukaiseksi. Jos näppäimistön asettelu tai aikavyöhyke on jo "
-"oletuskielen mukainen, vastaava valinta otetaan pois käytöstä.\n"
+"Valitse <b>Mukauta näppäimistökartta</b> muuttaaksesi näppäimistökartan ensisijaisen kielen mukaiseksi.\n"
+"Valitse <b>Mukauta aikavyöhyke</b> muuttaaksesi aikavyöhykkeen ensisijaisen kielen mukaiseksi. Jos näppäimistön asettelu tai aikavyöhyke on jo oletuskielen mukainen, vastaava valinta otetaan pois käytöstä.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
@@ -561,37 +535,27 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Valinta <b>Locale-asetukset pääkäyttäjälle (root)</b>\n"
-"määrittelee, kuinka locale-muuttujat (LC_*) asetetaan pääkäyttäjälle (root).<"
-"/p>"
+"määrittelee, kuinka locale-muuttujat (LC_*) asetetaan pääkäyttäjälle (root).</p>"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
-"values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vain ctype</b>: pääkäyttäjällä on sama LC_CTYPE kuin "
-"normaalikäyttäjällä. Muita locale-muuttujia\n"
+"<p><b>Vain ctype</b>: pääkäyttäjällä on sama LC_CTYPE kuin normaalikäyttäjällä. Muita locale-muuttujia\n"
"ei määritellä pääkäyttäjälle.<br>\n"
-"<b>Kyllä</b>: pääkäyttäjälle on määritelty samat locale-muuttujat kuin "
-"normaalikäyttäjälle.<br>\n"
+"<b>Kyllä</b>: pääkäyttäjälle on määritelty samat locale-muuttujat kuin normaalikäyttäjälle.<br>\n"
"<b>Ei</b>: mitään pääkäyttäjän locale-muuttujaa ei määritellä.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
-"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
-"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Yksityiskohtaiset Locale-asetuksen tiedot</b> kun haluat "
-"asettaa ensisijaiselle kielelle muun kuin päävalintaikkunassa tarjotun "
-"vaihtoehdon. Käännöksiä ei ole välttämättä saatavilla valitulle kielelle.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Yksityiskohtaiset Locale-asetuksen tiedot</b> kun haluat asettaa ensisijaiselle kielelle muun kuin päävalintaikkunassa tarjotun vaihtoehdon. Käännöksiä ei ole välttämättä saatavilla valitulle kielelle.</p>"
#. heading text
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
@@ -659,8 +623,7 @@
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the "
-"appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
"Valitsemallesi kielelle löytyy tietovälineeltä vain hyvin rajallinen tuki.\n"
@@ -673,8 +636,7 @@
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
-"Valittua kieltä ei voi käyttää tekstitilassa. Asennuksessa käytetään "
-"englantia,\n"
+"Valittua kieltä ei voi käyttää tekstitilassa. Asennuksessa käytetään englantia,\n"
"mutta uudessa järjestelmässä käytetään valittua kieltä."
#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
@@ -760,28 +722,23 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock "
-"Set To</b>.\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
-"time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Valitse, onko tietokoneesi kello asetettu paikalliseen aikaan vai UTC-aikaan "
-"<b>Laitteiston\n"
+"Valitse, onko tietokoneesi kello asetettu paikalliseen aikaan vai UTC-aikaan <b>Laitteiston\n"
"kello on asetettu</b> -valinnalla.\n"
-"Useimmat tietokoneet, joissa on myös toinen käyttöjärjestelmä (kuten "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"Useimmat tietokoneet, joissa on myös toinen käyttöjärjestelmä (kuten Microsoft\n"
"Windows), käyttävät paikallista aikaa.\n"
"Tietokoneet, joissa on vain Linux asennettuna\n"
"on asetettu yleensä Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) -aikaan.\n"
-"Jos kello on asetettu UTC-aikaan, järjestelmä osaa vaihtaa normaaliajasta "
-"kesäaikaan ja\n"
+"Jos kello on asetettu UTC-aikaan, järjestelmä osaa vaihtaa normaaliajasta kesäaikaan ja\n"
" päinvastoin automaattisesti.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -806,14 +763,11 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
-"system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
-"year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
-"backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -824,10 +778,8 @@
"Valitsit paikallisen ajan, mutta järjestelmääsi on asennettu vain Linux.\n"
"Tällaisessa tapauksessa on suositeltua käyttää UTC:tä, joten paina Peruuta.\n"
"\n"
-"Jos haluat pitää paikallisen ajan, sinun täytyy säätää CMOS-kelloa kahdesti "
-"vuodessa\n"
-"kesä-/talviajan vaihtojen vuoksi. Jos unohdat säätää kelloa, varmuuskopiointi "
-"saattaa epäonnistua,\n"
+"Jos haluat pitää paikallisen ajan, sinun täytyy säätää CMOS-kelloa kahdesti vuodessa\n"
+"kesä-/talviajan vaihtojen vuoksi. Jos unohdat säätää kelloa, varmuuskopiointi saattaa epäonnistua,\n"
"sähköpostipalvelu saattaa hukata viestejä, ja niin edelleen.\n"
"\n"
"Jos käytössä on UTC, Linux säätää aikaa automaattisesti.\n"
@@ -836,13 +788,8 @@
#. help text for set time dialog
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
-"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Järjestelmän nykyinen aika ja päiväys näytetään. Muuta ne oikeisiin "
-"arvoihin käsin tai käytä Network Time Protocol -yhteyskäytäntöä (NTP), mikäli "
-"tarpeellista.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Järjestelmän nykyinen aika ja päiväys näytetään. Muuta ne oikeisiin arvoihin käsin tai käytä Network Time Protocol -yhteyskäytäntöä (NTP), mikäli tarpeellista.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
@@ -951,7 +898,6 @@
msgstr "Aika&vyöhyke"
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
-#| msgid "Date and Time"
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Päivämäärä ja aika:"
@@ -968,16 +914,14 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>"
-".\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Aseta järjestelmän aikavyöhyke valitsemalla ensin <b>Alue</b>.\n"
-"Sen jälkeen valitse <b>Aikavyöhyke</b>-luettelosta oikea aikavyöhyke, maa tai "
-"alue.\n"
+"Sen jälkeen valitse <b>Aikavyöhyke</b>-luettelosta oikea aikavyöhyke, maa tai alue.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -988,8 +932,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Mikäli nykyinen aika ei ole oikea, valitse <b>Vaihda aika ja päivämäärä</b> "
-"muuttaaksesi niitä.\n"
+"Mikäli nykyinen aika ei ole oikea, valitse <b>Vaihda aika ja päivämäärä</b> muuttaaksesi niitä.\n"
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 14:20+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/dhcp-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/dhcp-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/dhcp-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 19:39+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
@@ -548,17 +548,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Ainakin yksi verkkoliitäntä pitää valita."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+#| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
+#| "Really use this interface?\n"
msgid ""
-"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
-"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n"
-"Really use this interface?\n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
"Valitulla verkkoliittymällä ei ole tällä hetkellä määrityksiä (ei määritettyä IP-osoitetta \n"
"ja verkon peitettä). Tämän liittymän käyttäminen DHCP-palvelimen kokoonpanossa ei ehkä toimi.\n"
@@ -566,60 +570,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP-tuki"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "DHCP-palvelin ja &nimi (valinnainen)"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "&Toimialueen nimi"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "Ensisijaisen nimi&palvelimen IP"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "Tois&sijaisen nimipalvelimen IP"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "Oletus&yhdyskäytävä (Reititin) "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "N&TP-aikapalvelin"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "Tulostus&palvelin"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&WINS-palvelin"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "O&letusvuokra-aika"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Yksiköt "
@@ -627,48 +631,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "Annettu arvo ei ole kelpo konenimi tai IP-osoite."
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Aliverkon tiedot"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Nykyinen &verkko"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "Nykyinen aliverkon &peite"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Aliverkon peitteen bi&tit"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "Al&in IP-osoite"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "&Ylin IP-osoite"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP-osoitealue"
@@ -676,7 +680,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
@@ -687,7 +691,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
@@ -695,53 +699,53 @@
msgstr "&Viimeinen IP-osoite"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Salli dynaaminen &BOOTP"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Vuokra-aika"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "&Oletus"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "Enin&tään"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "&Yksiköt "
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Luo uusi DNS-vyöhyke nollasta"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Muokkaa nykyistä DNS-aluetta"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Hae nykyisen alueen tiedot"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "&Synkronoidaan DNS-palvelinta..."
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -751,8 +755,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "Anna arvot osoitealueen molemmille päille."
@@ -760,8 +764,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -770,127 +774,127 @@
"IP %1 ei täsmää verkkoon %2/%3."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Rekisteröity kone"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nimi"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Laitteisto-osoite"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tyyppi"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "Luetteloasetus"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Nimi"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-osoite"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "&Laitteisto-osoite"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Ethernet"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Token Ring"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "M&uuta luettelossa"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "Poista lu&ettelosta"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "Laitteisto-osoite on virheellinen.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "Laitteisto-osoitteen pitää olla yksilöivä."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "Konenimi ei voi olla tyhjä."
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "Kone nimeltä %1 on jo olemassa."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Anna koneen IP-osoite."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "Laitteisto-osoite pitää olla määritelty."
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "Valitse ensin kone."
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "Syöttöarvo pitää olla määritelty."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -911,15 +915,15 @@
"Jatketaanko?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"%1\" ei ole kelvollinen DHCP-palvelimen komentorivi valinta"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr "DHCP-palvelimen komentorivi valinta \"-%1\" vaatii argumentin"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -938,7 +942,7 @@
"Haluatko varmasti jatkaa?\n"
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "DHCP-palvelinavustaja (%1 / 4)"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/dns-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/dns-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/dns-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-06 10:35+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/drbd.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/drbd.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/drbd.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: drbd.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 21:59+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -26,6 +26,16 @@
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "DRBD määritys"
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+msgid "DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+msgid "&DRBD"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
@@ -63,21 +73,85 @@
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr "Lähteen määritys"
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Resource Configuration"
+msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
+msgstr "Lähteen määritys"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Resource Configuration"
+msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
+msgstr "Lähteen määritys"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
+msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
+msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
+msgstr "Määritystiedoston lukeminen ei onnistu."
+
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
+msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
+msgstr "Määrityksen %1 poistaminen epäonnistui."
+
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DRBD-määritys"
#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63
-msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
-msgstr "DRBD-määrityksen ensimmäinen vaihe"
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
+msgstr "CASA määrityksen ensimmäinen vaihe"
#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
-msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
-msgstr "DRBD-määrityksen toinen vaihe"
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
+msgstr "CASA määrityksen toinen vaihe"
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36
@@ -98,12 +172,16 @@
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Valmistellaan DRBD määritystä</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Valmistellaan määritystä</big></b><br>\n"
+"Odota hetki...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40
@@ -116,12 +194,16 @@
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tallennetaan DRBD määritys</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tallennetaan määritystä</big></b><br>\n"
+"Odota hetki...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48
@@ -141,14 +223,81 @@
msgstr "Aloita DRBD:n määritys."
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Järjestelmänlaajuiset DRDB-määritykset</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Järjestelmänlaajuiset DRDB-määritykset</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Järjestelmänlaajuiset DRDB-määritykset</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>\"Poista IP:n varmennus käytöstä\"</b> poistaaksesi käytöstä yhden drbdadm tarkistustesteistä</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
@@ -164,43 +313,48 @@
" Valintaikkuna tulostaa jokaisen 'dialog-refresh' määrän sekunteina,\n"
" aseta se 0:ksi poistaaksesi uudelleen piirron kokonaan käytöstä. </p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
-"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
-"configured in this file.</p>\n"
+" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
+" without reloading the module.\n"
+" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n"
+" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
-"Käytä tätä jos haluat määrittää lisää resursseja myöhemmin\n"
-"ilman moduulin uudelleen lataamista.\n"
-"oletuksena moduuli ladataan juuri niin monelle laitteelle kuin tässä\n"
-"määritystiedostossa on kerrottu. </p>\n"
+" käytä tätä jos haluat määrittää lisää resursseja myöhemmin\n"
+" ilman moduulin uudelleen lataamista.\n"
+" oletuksena moduuli ladataan juuri niin monelle laitteelle kuin tässä\n"
+" määritystiedostossa on kerrottu. </p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DRBD-määritys</big></b><br>\n"
-"Määritä DRBD tässä.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Drbd-määritys</big></b><br>\n"
+"Määritä drbd tässä.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
-"If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
+"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DRBD:n lisääminen:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Valitse DRBD tunnistettujen DRBD:ien luettelosta. \n"
-"Jos DRBD:tä ei tunnistettu, käytä <b>Muu (ei tunnistettu)</b> \n"
+"<p><b><big>Drbd:n lisääminen:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Valitse drbd tunnistettujen drbd:ien luettelosta. \n"
+"Jos drbd:tä ei tunnistettu, käytä <b>Muu (ei tunnistettu)</b> \n"
"ja paina <b>Määritä</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -211,38 +365,43 @@
"muuttaa määrityksiä.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
+#| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DRBD-määrityksen yhteenveto</big></b><br>\n"
-"Hae yhteenveto asennetuista DRBD-moduuleista. Lisäksi\n"
+"<p><b><big>Drbd-määrityksen yhteenveto</big></b><br>\n"
+"Hae yhteenveto asennetuista drbdeista. Lisäksi\n"
"voit muokata niiden määrityksiä.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DRBD:n lisäys:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Paina <b>Lisää</b> DRBD:n määrittämiseksi.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Drbd:n lisäys:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Paina <b>Lisää</b> drbd:n määrittämiseksi.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Muokkaus tai poisto:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Valitse DRBD muokattavaksi tai poistettavaksi.\n"
+"Valitse drbd muokattavaksi tai poistettavaksi.\n"
"Valitse sitten <b>Muokkaa</b> tai <b>Poista</b>.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -254,7 +413,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -265,7 +424,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -284,12 +443,15 @@
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Yhteyskäytäntö"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546
msgid "Node names must be different."
msgstr "Solmujen nimien pitää erota."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567
-msgid "Fill out all fields."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fill out all fields."
+msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Täytä kaikki kentät."
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -331,11 +493,11 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81
msgid ""
-"To propagate this configuration,\n"
-"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
+"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
"Jakaaksesi tämän määrityksen,\n"
-"kopioi määritys tiedosto '/etc/drbd.conf' lopuille noodeille käsin.\n"
+"kopioi määritys tiedosto '/etc/drbd.conf' lopuille noodeille käsin."
#. }
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122
@@ -348,90 +510,243 @@
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
-msgid "Starting DRBD service failed."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Starting DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "DRBD-palvelun käynnistäminen epäonnistui."
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150
-msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed."
+msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "DRBD-palvelun pysäyttäminen epäonnistui"
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "Heartbeat-määritys"
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101
+msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
+msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
+msgstr "Tiedostoon idmapd.conf kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
+
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Valmistellaan DRBD-määritystä"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Lue yleiset asetukset"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Lue resurssit"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Lue demonin tila"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Luetaan yleisiä asetuksia..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Luetaan resursseja..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Luetaan demonin tilaa..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
+#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:"
+msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
+msgstr "ipsec.conf:n tallennus ei onnistunut:"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421
+msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups"
+msgid ""
+"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
+"%2"
+msgstr "Resurssiryhmien asetukset"
+
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464
+msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
+msgstr ""
+
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan DRBD-määritystä"
#. if (!modified) return true;
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Kirjoita yleiset asetukset"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Kirjoita resurssit"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Aseta demonin tila"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan yleiset asetukset..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan resursseja..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Asetetaan demonin tilaa..."
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
+msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
+msgstr "Hakemiston '%1' luonti epäonnistui."
+
+#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration"
+#~ msgstr "DRBD-määrityksen ensimmäinen vaihe"
+
+#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration"
+#~ msgstr "DRBD-määrityksen toinen vaihe"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Valmistellaan DRBD määritystä</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Tallennetaan DRBD määritys</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
+#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n"
+#~ "module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n"
+#~ "configured in this file.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
+#~ "Käytä tätä jos haluat määrittää lisää resursseja myöhemmin\n"
+#~ "ilman moduulin uudelleen lataamista.\n"
+#~ "oletuksena moduuli ladataan juuri niin monelle laitteelle kuin tässä\n"
+#~ "määritystiedostossa on kerrottu. </p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD-määritys</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Määritä DRBD tässä.<br></p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n"
+#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD:n lisääminen:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Valitse DRBD tunnistettujen DRBD:ien luettelosta. \n"
+#~ "Jos DRBD:tä ei tunnistettu, käytä <b>Muu (ei tunnistettu)</b> \n"
+#~ "ja paina <b>Määritä</b>.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n"
+#~ "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD-määrityksen yhteenveto</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Hae yhteenveto asennetuista DRBD-moduuleista. Lisäksi\n"
+#~ "voit muokata niiden määrityksiä.<br></p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DRBD:n lisäys:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Paina <b>Lisää</b> DRBD:n määrittämiseksi.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n"
+#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>Muokkaus tai poisto:</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Valitse DRBD muokattavaksi tai poistettavaksi.\n"
+#~ "Valitse sitten <b>Muokkaa</b> tai <b>Poista</b>.</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To propagate this configuration,\n"
+#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Jakaaksesi tämän määrityksen,\n"
+#~ "kopioi määritys tiedosto '/etc/drbd.conf' lopuille noodeille käsin.\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/fcoe-client.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/fcoe-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/fcoe-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 21:00+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -40,8 +40,18 @@
msgid "&FcoeClient"
msgstr "&FcoeAsiakas"
+#. setting of config value is 'yes'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "kyllä"
+
+#. setting of config value is 'no'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ei"
+
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
msgid ""
"Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n"
"Command %1 failed."
@@ -49,13 +59,45 @@
"Ei voi poistaa FCoE-liitäntää.\n"
"Komento %1 epäonnistui."
+#. FCoE is not available on the interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "not available"
+msgstr "ei ole saatavilla"
+
+#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured"
+msgid "not configured"
+msgstr "Ei määritetty"
+
+#. the flag is 'true'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "true"
+msgstr "tosi"
+
+#. the flag is 'false'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "false"
+msgstr "epätosi"
+
+#. the flag is not set at all
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "not set"
+msgstr "ei ole asetettu"
+
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
msgstr "Määritä VLAN-liitäntä %1 laitteelle %2"
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -65,7 +107,7 @@
"koska FCoE on jo määritelty verkkoliitännälle %2."
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -76,12 +118,12 @@
"VLAN-liitännässä %2."
#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
msgstr "Luodaan ja käynnistetään FCoE löydetyille VLAN-laitteille"
#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
msgid ""
"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n"
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
@@ -91,16 +133,16 @@
"%1 VLAN-liitännälle ja käynnistää FCoE-aloittajan?"
#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
msgstr "Ei voida luoda ja käynnistää FCoE %1"
#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
msgstr "Komento \"%1\" liitännälle %2 epäonnistui."
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
@@ -109,12 +151,12 @@
"Jatka, koska olet testitilassa"
#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?"
msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa FCoE-liitännän %1?"
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
msgid ""
"Attention:\n"
"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n"
@@ -125,7 +167,7 @@
"Liittymän poistaminen voi johtaa järjestelmän toimimattomuuteen."
#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
@@ -134,16 +176,16 @@
"aktiiviselle multipath-laitteelle."
#. replace values in table
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Liitännän %1 poisto epäonnistui,"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Liitännän %1 poisto epäonnistui."
#. text of a warning popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
@@ -152,7 +194,7 @@
"liityntä ei ole DCB yhteensopiva"
#. text of an information (notify) popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
msgid ""
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
@@ -376,35 +418,18 @@
#. Services dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start "
-"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Palveluiden käynnistäminen</big><br></b><br>Palvelut <b>fcoe</b> "
-"ja <b>lldpad</b> voidaan ottaa tai poistaa käytöstä käynnistyksen "
-"yhteydessä.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Palveluiden käynnistäminen</big><br></b><br>Palvelut <b>fcoe</b> ja <b>lldpad</b> voidaan ottaa tai poistaa käytöstä käynnistyksen yhteydessä.</p>"
#. Services dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over "
-"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces "
-"and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>fcoe</b> palvelun käynnistäminen tarkoittaa myös <i>Fibre Channel over "
-"Ethernet</i> demonin käynnistämistä.fcoemon demoni kontrolloi FCoE liitäntää "
-"ja muodostaa yhteyden <i>lldpad</i> demoniin.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>fcoe</b> palvelun käynnistäminen tarkoittaa myös <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> demonin käynnistämistä.fcoemon demoni kontrolloi FCoE liitäntää ja muodostaa yhteyden <i>lldpad</i> demoniin.</p>"
#. Services dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i>"
-" agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data "
-"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>lldpad</b> palvelu tarjoaa <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agentti "
-"demonin <i>lldpad</i>, joka ilmoittaa <i>fcoemon</i> demonille DCB (Data "
-"Center Bridging) palveluista ja liitännän määrityksistä.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>lldpad</b> palvelu tarjoaa <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agentti demonin <i>lldpad</i>, joka ilmoittaa <i>fcoemon</i> demonille DCB (Data Center Bridging) palveluista ja liitännän määrityksistä.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88
@@ -413,52 +438,23 @@
#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of "
-"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is "
-"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), "
-"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Liitäntöjen dialogi näyttää kaikki löydetyt verkkokortit mukaan lukien "
-"VLAN ja FCoE määritysten tilan.<br>FCoE on mahdollinen mikäli VLAN-liitäntä "
-"on määritetty kytkimessä. Tämä näkyy kaikille verkkokorteille <i>FCoE "
-"VLAN-liitäntä</i> kolumnissa.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Liitäntöjen dialogi näyttää kaikki löydetyt verkkokortit mukaan lukien VLAN ja FCoE määritysten tilan.<br>FCoE on mahdollinen mikäli VLAN-liitäntä on määritetty kytkimessä. Tämä näkyy kaikille verkkokorteille <i>FCoE VLAN-liitäntä</i> kolumnissa.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99
-msgid ""
-"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry "
-"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit kokeilla tunnistaa FCoE palveluita uudelleen painamalla <b>Tunnista "
-"uudellen<b> (verkkoliitäntä saattaa tarvita jonkin aikaa ennen kuin on "
-"ylhäällä).</p>"
+msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voit kokeilla tunnistaa FCoE palveluita uudelleen painamalla <b>Tunnista uudellen<b> (verkkoliitäntä saattaa tarvita jonkin aikaa ennen kuin on ylhäällä).</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available<"
-"/b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the "
-"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet "
-"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the "
-"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the "
-"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><i>FCoE VLAN-liitännän</i> yksityiskohtaiset tiedot:<br><b>ei saatavilla<"
-"/b> tarkoittaa, että FCoE ei ole mahdollinen (täytyy aktivoida kytkimestä "
-"ensiksi).<br><b>ei määritetty</b>: FCoE on mahdollinen, mutta ei ole vielä "
-"aktivoitu. Paina <b>Luo FCoE VLAN-liitäntä</b> aktivoidaksesi sen.<br>Mikäli "
-"FCoE VLAN-liitäntä on luotu näkyy se kolumnissa, esimerkiksi eth3.200.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><i>FCoE VLAN-liitännän</i> yksityiskohtaiset tiedot:<br><b>ei saatavilla</b> tarkoittaa, että FCoE ei ole mahdollinen (täytyy aktivoida kytkimestä ensiksi).<br><b>ei määritetty</b>: FCoE on mahdollinen, mutta ei ole vielä aktivoitu. Paina <b>Luo FCoE VLAN-liitäntä</b> aktivoidaksesi sen.<br>Mikäli FCoE VLAN-liitäntä on luotu näkyy se kolumnissa, esimerkiksi eth3.200.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change "
-"Settings</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Muuttaaksesi olemassa olevan FCoE VLAN-liitännän määrityksiä, napsauta <b>"
-"Muuta Asetuksia</b> painiketta.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Muuttaaksesi olemassa olevan FCoE VLAN-liitännän määrityksiä, napsauta <b>Muuta Asetuksia</b> painiketta.</p>"
#. Configuration dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117
@@ -467,29 +463,20 @@
#. Configuration dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings "
-"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä yleiset FCoE määritykset. Nämä määritykset kirjoitetaan "
-"\"/etc/fcoe/config\"-tiedostoon.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä yleiset FCoE määritykset. Nämä määritykset kirjoitetaan \"/etc/fcoe/config\"-tiedostoon.</p>"
#. Configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>The values are:<br>\n"
-"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable "
-"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use "
-"syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if "
-"set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
+"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vaihtoehdot ovat:<br>\n"
"<b>Vianjäljitys</b>: <i>kyllä</i> tai <i>ei</i><br>\n"
-"valinnalla valitaan halutaanko fcoe käynnistyskomentojonon ja <i>fcoemon</i> "
-"virheviestit<br>\n"
+"valinnalla valitaan halutaanko fcoe käynnistyskomentojonon ja <i>fcoemon</i> virheviestit<br>\n"
"<b>Käytä syslog</b>: <i>kyllä</i> tai <i>ei</i> <br>\n"
-"Jos <i>kyllä</i> valittuna, lähetetään viestit järjestelmälokiin "
-"(/var/log/messages).</p>"
+"Jos <i>kyllä</i> valittuna, lähetetään viestit järjestelmälokiin (/var/log/messages).</p>"
#. edit dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133
@@ -498,24 +485,15 @@
#. Edit dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137
-msgid ""
-"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on "
-"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values "
-"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><i>fcoemon-demoni</i> lukee määritykset tiedostoista käynnistyksessä.\n"
-" Jokaiselle liitännälle on oma tiedosto ja määrityksien mukaan "
-"FCoE-liitännälle\n"
+" Jokaiselle liitännälle on oma tiedosto ja määrityksien mukaan FCoE-liitännälle\n"
" luodaan DCB mikäli se tarvitaan.</p>"
#. Edit dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable "
-"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> "
-"or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>"
-"AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will "
-"create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vaihtoehdot ovat:<br>\n"
" <b>FCoE käytössä:</b> <i>kyllä</i> tai <i>ei</i><br>\n"
@@ -568,41 +546,50 @@
#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client
#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413
-msgid ""
-"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be "
-"installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määrittääksesi FCoE asetukset paketin <b>%1</b> tulee olla asennettuna.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määrittääksesi FCoE asetukset paketin <b>%1</b> tulee olla asennettuna.</p>"
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Asennetaanko se nyt?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr "Palvelua 'lldpad' ei voitu käynnistää"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Laitteiden tunnistaminen ei onnistu."
#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr "lldpad systemd pistoketta ei voitu käynnistää"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
+msgstr "winbind-palvelun käynnistys ei onnistunut."
+
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr "fcoemon systemd pistoketta ei voitu käynnistää"
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot restart the service."
+msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
+msgstr "Palvelun käynnistäminen uudelleen ei onnistunut."
+
#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -612,133 +599,113 @@
"Voit muokata asetuksia ja luoda uudelleen FCoE\n"
"VLAN liitännän saadaksesi toimivan määrityksen."
-#. it's about a flag which is not set at all
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105
-#, fuzzy
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110
-msgid "not set"
-msgstr "ei ole asetettu"
-
-#. also about setting of a flag
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#, fuzzy
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "true"
-msgstr "tosi"
-
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107
-#, fuzzy
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112
-msgid "false"
-msgstr "epätosi"
-
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Valmistellaan fcoe-asiakas määritystä"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Tarkista asennetut paketit"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Tarkista palvelut"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Tunnistetaan verkkokortteja..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Lue /etc/fcoe/config"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Tarkistetaan asennettuja paketteja..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Tarkistetaan palveluita..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Tunnistetaan verkkokortteja..."
#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Luetaan /etc/fcoe/config"
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Palveluiden käynnistäminen epäonnistui."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Laitteiden tunnistaminen ei onnistu."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Tiedostoa /etc/fcoe/config ei voida lukea."
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan fcoe-asiakkaan määritykset"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Käynnistä FCoE-palvelut uudelleen"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Mukauta tausta-ajopalvelut"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Käynnistetään FCoE-palvelua uudelleen..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Mukautetaan tausta-ajopalveluja..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen tiedostoon /etc/fcoe/config ei onnistunut."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
@@ -747,43 +714,43 @@
"Tarkemmat tiedot löytyy /var/log/YaST2/y2log lokista."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "FCoE-palvelun uudelleen käynnistäminen epäonnistui."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Kirjoitus /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-tiedostoon ei onnistu."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<b>Yleiset FCoE määritykset</b>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "<b>Liitännät</b>"
#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr "<i>Verkkokortti</i>"
#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr "<b>Käynnistetään palveluita</b>"
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "käytössä"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "poistettu käytöstä"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/firewall-services.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/firewall-services.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/firewall-services.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-23 13:57+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/firewall.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/firewall.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/firewall.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 16:50+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/firstboot.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/firstboot.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/firstboot.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 09:45+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ftp-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ftp-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ftp-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-21 18:53+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
+# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module
+#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of printer"
+msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster"
+msgstr "Tulostinmääritykset"
+
+#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals
+#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clustering"
+msgid "GeoCluster"
+msgstr "Ryvästys"
+
+#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals
+#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clustering"
+msgid "&GeoCluster"
+msgstr "Ryvästys"
+
+#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption
+#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Printer Configuration"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
+msgstr "Tulostinmääritykset"
+
+#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Printer Overview"
+msgid "GeoCluster Overview"
+msgstr "Tulostimen yhteenveto"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "configuration file"
+msgstr "Lue määritystiedosto"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59
+msgid "arbitrator ip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Transport"
+msgid "transport"
+msgstr "Siirto"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
+msgid "port"
+msgstr "portti"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Website:"
+msgid "site"
+msgstr "WWW-sivut:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Lisää"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Muokkaa"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "Poista"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Packet"
+msgid "ticket"
+msgstr "Paketti"
+
+#. return `cacel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "OK"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Peruuta"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a password"
+msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
+msgstr "Anna salasana"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176
+msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Timeouts"
+msgid "timeout"
+msgstr "Aikakatkaisut"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No entries."
+msgid "retries"
+msgstr "Ei tapahtumia."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Height"
+msgid "weights"
+msgstr "Korkeus"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Expired"
+msgid "expire"
+msgstr "Mennyt vanhaksi"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Required patterns"
+msgid "acquire-after"
+msgstr "Vaaditut ohjelmistoryhmät"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+msgid "before-acquire-handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "timeout is no valid"
+msgstr "' ei kelpaa."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "expire is no valid"
+msgstr "' ei kelpaa."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
+msgid "acquireafter is no valid"
+msgstr "Annettu URL ei ole kelvollinen!"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "URL entered is not valid"
+msgid "retries is no valid"
+msgstr "Annettu URL ei ole kelvollinen!"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "' is not valid."
+msgid "weights is no valid"
+msgstr "' ei kelpaa."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+msgid "ticket can not be null"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. fill confs with global_files
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "site have to be filled"
+msgstr "Asennettavat ohjelmistot:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "ticket have to be filled"
+msgstr "Asennettavat ohjelmistot:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
+msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!"
+msgstr "Yhdyskäytävän IP-osoite ei kelpaa."
+
+#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389
+msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd.
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No local printer configured."
+msgid "Geo Cluster configure"
+msgstr "Paikallista tulostinta ei ole määritetty."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the address of the KDC server."
+msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
+msgstr "Anna KDC-palvelimen osoite."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IP address of master NIS server"
+msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
+msgstr "NIS-isäntäpalvelimen IP-osoite"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The target already exists"
+msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
+msgstr "Kohde on jo olemassa"
+
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
+msgstr "Määritysnimi ei voi olla tyhjä."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
+msgstr "Määritysnimi ei voi olla tyhjä."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Key is invalid."
+msgid "port is invalid!"
+msgstr "Avain ei kelpaa."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595
+msgid "transport have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "site have to be filled!"
+msgstr "Asennettavat ohjelmistot:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
+msgstr "Asennettavat ohjelmistot:"
+
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
+msgstr "Koneen määritysten yhteenveto:"
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Choose configuration file:"
+msgstr "Lue määritystiedosto"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Printer Configurations"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configurations"
+msgstr "Tulostinmääritykset"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Palomuurimääritykset"
+
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
+
+#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
+msgstr "Yleisten asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
+
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global settings."
+msgstr "Yleisten asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
+
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
+msgstr "Yleisten asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
+
+#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing Security Configuration"
+msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
+msgstr "Valmistellaan turvamääritykset"
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
+#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+msgid "Read the previous settings"
+msgstr "Lue aikaisemmat asetukset"
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset."
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
+msgstr "Luetaan aikaisemmat asetukset..."
+
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Valmis"
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Repository Configuration"
+msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
+msgstr "Tallennetaan asennuslähteiden määritykset"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
+msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset"
+
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
+msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..."
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+msgid "Cannot write settings."
+msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu."
+
+#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+msgid "Configuration summary..."
+msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..."
+
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
+msgid "Read the database"
+msgstr "Lue tietokanta"
+
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145
+msgid "Detect the devices"
+msgstr "Tunnista laitteet"
+
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..."
+
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152
+msgid "Detecting the devices..."
+msgstr "Tunnistetaan laitteita..."
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
+msgid "Cannot read the database1."
+msgstr "Tietokannan1 lukeminen ei onnistu."
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
+msgid "Cannot read the database2."
+msgstr "Tietokannan2 lukeminen ei onnistu."
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
+msgid "Cannot detect devices."
+msgstr "Laitteiden tunnistaminen ei onnistu."
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
+msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
+msgstr "Suorita SuSEconfig"
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
+msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
+msgstr "Suoritetaan SuSEconfig..."
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
+msgid "Configuration summary ..."
+msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto ..."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/gtk.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/gtk.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/gtk.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-03 22:54+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/http-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/http-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/http-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-15 20:36+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/inetd.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/inetd.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/inetd.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 19:09+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/installation.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/installation.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/installation.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-24 11:14+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -55,22 +55,15 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
-"profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Kopioi</b>, jos haluat luoda AutoYaST-profiilin.\n"
-"AutoYaST on tapa tehdä täydellinen SUSE Linux -asennus ilman käyttäjän "
-"toimia. AutoYaST\n"
-"tarvitsee profiilin tietääkseen, miltä asennetun järjestelmän tulisi näyttää. "
-"Kun valintaruutu\n"
-"on valittuna, nykyisen järjestelmän profiili tallennetaan <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt> tiedostoon.</p>"
+"AutoYaST on tapa tehdä täydellinen SUSE Linux -asennus ilman käyttäjän toimia. AutoYaST\n"
+"tarvitsee profiilin tietääkseen, miltä asennetun järjestelmän tulisi näyttää. Kun valintaruutu\n"
+"on valittuna, nykyisen järjestelmän profiili tallennetaan <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> tiedostoon.</p>"
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
@@ -84,26 +77,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">"
-"do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"AutoYaST profiili kirjoitetaan tiedostoon /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">"
-"Älä kirjoita</a>)."
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
+msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+msgstr "AutoYaST profiili kirjoitetaan tiedostoon /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">Älä kirjoita</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
msgstr "AutoYaST profiilia ei tallenneta (<a href=\"%1\">Kirjoita</a>)."
-#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
msgstr "Kirjoita AutoYaST profiili tiedostoon /root/autoinst.xml"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78
+#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopioidaan tiedostot asennettuun järjestelmään..."
@@ -135,12 +124,8 @@
msgstr "Asennus levykuvista"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Tästä voit valita Novellin esimääritettyjen levykuvien käytön, nopeuttaaksesi "
-"RPM-asennusta"
+msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
+msgstr "Tästä voit valita Novellin esimääritettyjen levykuvien käytön, nopeuttaaksesi RPM-asennusta"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
msgid "&Install from Images"
@@ -151,12 +136,8 @@
msgstr "&Älä asenna levykuvista"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
-"source"
-msgstr ""
-"Muokattujen levykuvien käyttö - tarvitset tähän verkko-osoitteen, joka "
-"määritetään asennuslähteenä"
+msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
+msgstr "Muokattujen levykuvien käyttö - tarvitset tähän verkko-osoitteen, joka määritetään asennuslähteenä"
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
@@ -164,19 +145,12 @@
msgstr "Näin luot muokatun levykuvan.\n"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
-"image here"
-msgstr ""
-"Sinun täytyy määrittää ohjelmistovalinta ennen kuin voit luoda levykuvan"
+msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
+msgstr "Sinun täytyy määrittää ohjelmistovalinta ennen kuin voit luoda levykuvan"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
-"installation)"
-msgstr ""
-"Luo levykuva-tiedosto (AutoYaST hakee sen annetusta sijainnista asennuksen "
-"aikana)"
+msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
+msgstr "Luo levykuva-tiedosto (AutoYaST hakee sen annetusta sijainnista asennuksen aikana)"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
msgid "Create Image"
@@ -200,31 +174,24 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
-"the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Asennusta levykuvista</b> käytetään nopeuttamaan asennusta.\n"
-"Levykuvat sisältävät valitsemiasi ohjelmistoryhmiä vastaavan järjestelmän "
-"pakattuna.\n"
+"Levykuvat sisältävät valitsemiasi ohjelmistoryhmiä vastaavan järjestelmän pakattuna.\n"
"Levykuvien ulkopuoliset paketit asennetaan normaaliin tapaan.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
-"dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal "
-"auto-installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Oman levykuvan luomista</b> käytetään mikäli haluat\n"
-"ohittaa RPM pakettien asennuksen. Sen sijaan AutoYaST luo levykuvan "
-"kovalevylle\n"
+"ohittaa RPM pakettien asennuksen. Sen sijaan AutoYaST luo levykuvan kovalevylle\n"
"josta se on nopeampi asentaa ja voidaan muokata etukäteen.\n"
-"RPM asennusta luukunottamatta kaikki muu tehdään kuin tavallisessa "
-"asennuksessa.</p>"
+"RPM asennusta luukunottamatta kaikki muu tehdään kuin tavallisessa asennuksessa.</p>"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
@@ -233,14 +200,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-"originating from the images will\n"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Asennettaessa levykuvista, kaikkien pakettien aikaleimat tulevat "
-"levykuvatiedostoista\n"
-"joten ne eivät täsmää asennuksen ajankohtaan vaan aikaleima kertoo levykuvan "
-"luonti ajankohdan.</p>"
+"<p>Asennettaessa levykuvista, kaikkien pakettien aikaleimat tulevat levykuvatiedostoista\n"
+"joten ne eivät täsmää asennuksen ajankohtaan vaan aikaleima kertoo levykuvan luonti ajankohdan.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
@@ -291,7 +255,7 @@
msgstr "Asennus levykuvilta on pois käytöstä (<a href=\"%1\">ota käyttöön</a>)"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73
+#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "Valmistellaan oletusikkunaohjelmaa..."
@@ -326,6 +290,7 @@
msgstr "Päivitykset %1 %2"
#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Tuntematon tuote"
@@ -384,7 +349,7 @@
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus"
@@ -402,8 +367,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Valitse <b>kieli</b> ja <b>näppäimistöasettelu</b>, jota käytetään "
-"asennuksessa ja \n"
+"Valitse <b>kieli</b> ja <b>näppäimistöasettelu</b>, jota käytetään asennuksessa ja \n"
"asennetussa järjestelmässä.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -413,8 +377,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-"translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -460,10 +423,22 @@
"keskeyttääksesi asennustoiminnon.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336
-msgid "License needs to be accepted"
-msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus täytyy hyväksyä"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "&Julkaisutiedot"
+#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
+msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -542,20 +517,14 @@
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Kopioi</b>, jos haluat luoda AutoYaST-profiilin.\n"
-"AutoYaST on tapa tehdä täydellinen SUSE Linux -asennus ilman käyttäjän "
-"toimia. AutoYaST\n"
-"tarvitsee profiilin tietääkseen, miltä asennetun järjestelmän tulisi näyttää. "
-"Kun valintaruutu\n"
-"on valittuna, nykyisen järjestelmän profiili tallennetaan <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt> tiedostoon.</p>"
+"AutoYaST on tapa tehdä täydellinen SUSE Linux -asennus ilman käyttäjän toimia. AutoYaST\n"
+"tarvitsee profiilin tietääkseen, miltä asennetun järjestelmän tulisi näyttää. Kun valintaruutu\n"
+"on valittuna, nykyisen järjestelmän profiili tallennetaan <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> tiedostoon.</p>"
#. Dialog busy message
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
@@ -567,11 +536,8 @@
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
-msgid ""
-"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kloonataksesi nykyisen järjestelmän, <b>%1</b>-paketti tulee olla "
-"asennettuna.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Kloonataksesi nykyisen järjestelmän, <b>%1</b>-paketti tulee olla asennettuna.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -611,8 +577,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-"packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
"Virheenetsintä on otettu käyttöön.\n"
"YaST avaa pakettihallinnan, jotta voit tarkistaa pakettien nykyisen tilan."
@@ -641,7 +606,6 @@
msgstr "Valitse levy johon levykuva asennetaan."
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
-#| msgid "All data on the disk will be destroyed!!!"
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr "Kaikki levyllä olevat tiedot tuhotaan!!!"
@@ -650,13 +614,8 @@
msgstr "&Käytettävä levy"
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
-#| msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be destroyed and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
-"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Valitse levy johon levykuva asennetaan. Kaikki levyllä olevat tiedostot "
-"tuhotaan ja levy osioidaan levykuvan mukaisesti."
+msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgstr "Valitse levy johon levykuva asennetaan. Kaikki levyllä olevat tiedostot tuhotaan ja levy osioidaan levykuvan mukaisesti."
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
@@ -684,11 +643,11 @@
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Määritä &FCoE-liitännät"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Määritä &iSCSI-asemat"
-#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113
+#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
msgstr "Muuta &verkkomäärityksiä"
@@ -709,13 +668,22 @@
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr "<p>Asennus on alkamassa!</p>"
-#. download release notes now
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "&Julkaisutiedot"
+#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
+#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. bug #302384
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+msgid "Initializing"
+msgstr "Valmistellaan"
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147
+#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+msgid "Initializing the installation..."
+msgstr "Valmistellaan asennusta..."
+
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
@@ -734,64 +702,64 @@
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Viimeistellään perusasennusta"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Luodaan luettelo kutsuttavista viimeistelykomentojonoista..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopioi tiedostot asennettuun järjestelmään"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Tallenna määritykset"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Tallenna asennuksen asetukset"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Asenna käynnistyslatain"
#. progress stage
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Valmista järjestelmä ensimmäistä käynnistystä varten"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Tarkistetaan vaihe: %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Kutsutaan vaihetta %1 ..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Asennusvirhe"
@@ -810,11 +778,6 @@
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr "Asennusta valmistellaan."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
-msgid "Initializing the installation..."
-msgstr "Valmistellaan asennusta..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
@@ -827,13 +790,6 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Valmistellaan järjestelmän ensimääritystä..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. bug #302384
-#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
-msgid "Initializing"
-msgstr "Valmistellaan"
-
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
msgid "Installation Options"
@@ -869,31 +825,24 @@
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Käyttääksesi ehdotettua verkkoasennuslähdettä asennuksen tai päivityksen "
-"aikana, valitse\n"
+"Käyttääksesi ehdotettua verkkoasennuslähdettä asennuksen tai päivityksen aikana, valitse\n"
"<b>Lisää Internet asennuslähteet ennen asennusta</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-"select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Asentaaksesi lisätuotteen erilliseltä medialta yhdessä &product; kanssa, "
-"valitse\n"
+"Asentaaksesi lisätuotteen erilliseltä medialta yhdessä &product; kanssa, valitse\n"
"<b>Ota mukaan lisätuotteita erilliseltä medialta</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>"
-"http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Mikäli tarvitset jollekkin laitteelle ajurin asennuksen aikana käy "
-"osoitteessa <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Mikäli tarvitset jollekkin laitteelle ajurin asennuksen aikana käy osoitteessa <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>"
#. Error message
#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
@@ -949,12 +898,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Määritetty verkko tarvitaan käytettäessä asennuslähteitä\n"
-"tai lisätuotteita. Jos et käytä verkkoasennuslähteitä, määritys voidaan "
-"ohittaa.</p>\n"
+"tai lisätuotteita. Jos et käytä verkkoasennuslähteitä, määritys voidaan ohittaa.</p>\n"
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
@@ -968,33 +915,25 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number "
-"\n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Linuxissa <b>valinnanvapaus</b> on keskeinen arvo. <i>openSUSE</i> tarjoaa "
-"useita\n"
-"erilaisia työpöytäympäristöjä. Alhaalla olevassa luettelossa näet kaksi "
-"yleisintä\n"
+"<p>Linuxissa <b>valinnanvapaus</b> on keskeinen arvo. <i>openSUSE</i> tarjoaa useita\n"
+"erilaisia työpöytäympäristöjä. Alhaalla olevassa luettelossa näet kaksi yleisintä\n"
"<b>GNOME</b> ja <b>KDE</b>."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the "
-"software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit vaihtaa parhaiten tarpeisiisi sopivan työpöytäympäristön (tai jonkin "
-"muista ohjelmistoryhmistä)\n"
+"<p>Voit vaihtaa parhaiten tarpeisiisi sopivan työpöytäympäristön (tai jonkin muista ohjelmistoryhmistä)\n"
"käyttämällä <b>Muu</b>-valintaa. Myöhemmin\n"
-"ohjelmistovalinnassa tai asennuksen jälkeen, voit muuttaa valintojasi tai "
-"lisätä\n"
+"ohjelmistovalinnassa tai asennuksen jälkeen, voit muuttaa valintojasi tai lisätä\n"
"työpöytäympäristöjä. Tässä voit valita oletus työpöytäympäristön.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -1053,12 +992,12 @@
msgstr "Määrityksien tallentaminen epäonnistui. Lisätiedot löytyvät lokista."
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Ohitetaan määritykset käyttäjän pyynnöstä"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1069,31 +1008,31 @@
#. not using tabs
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567
msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
msgstr "VIRHE: Puuttuva otsikko"
#. busy message
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Muunnetaan ehdotusta sopimaan nykyisiin asetuksiin..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Tutkitaan järjestelmää..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "VIRHE: Ei ehdotusta"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1102,7 +1041,7 @@
"Niistä löytyi virheitä."
#. dialog headline
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Asennuksen yhteenveto"
@@ -1111,46 +1050,45 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "Ohita määrity&s"
#. radio button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "Käytä se&uraavaa määritystä"
#. menu button
#. menu button
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Muuta..."
#. menu button
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
msgid "&Export Configuration"
msgstr "%Vie määritys"
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-"Napsauta otsikkoa tai käytä \"Muuta...\"-valikkoa muuttaaksesi asetuksia."
+msgstr "Napsauta otsikkoa tai käytä \"Muuta...\"-valikkoa muuttaaksesi asetuksia."
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Napsauta otsikkoa muuttaaksesi asetuksia."
#. menu button item
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Palauta oletusasetukset"
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -1164,11 +1102,10 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-"displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1196,20 +1133,19 @@
#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26
#.
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Kiintolevyäsi ei muutettu millään tavalla, joten voit turvallisesti vielä "
-"keskeyttää asennuksen.\n"
+"Kiintolevyäsi ei muutettu millään tavalla, joten voit turvallisesti vielä keskeyttää asennuksen.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1221,7 +1157,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1233,7 +1169,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1245,7 +1181,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1256,12 +1192,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML-asennusehdotus</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1272,7 +1208,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1283,7 +1219,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343
msgid ""
"<p>Some proposals might be\n"
"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
@@ -1294,11 +1230,11 @@
"lukittua ehdotusta, ota yhteys ylläpitäjään.</p>\n"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Päivitys"
-#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372
+#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Asenna"
@@ -1350,8 +1286,7 @@
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse asennustapa, joka vastaa parhaiten tarpeitasi.\n"
-"Lisäohjelmistoja voidaan valita myöhemmin ohjelmistoehdotuksen yhteydessä.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Lisäohjelmistoja voidaan valita myöhemmin ohjelmistoehdotuksen yhteydessä.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
@@ -1418,61 +1353,44 @@
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Tunnistetaan kiintolevyt..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
-msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
-msgstr "Etsitään Linux-osioita"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
-msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-msgstr "Etsitään Linux-osioita..."
-
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Etsitään järjestelmätiedostoja"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Etsitään järjestelmätiedostoja..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Pakettihallinnan valmistelu"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Valmistellaan pakettihallintaa..."
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140
-msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
-msgstr "Tutkitaan mahdollisuutta päivitykseen"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141
-msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
-msgstr "Tutkitaan mahdollisuutta päivitykseen..."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Järjestelmän tunnistaminen"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "YaST tunnistaa tietokoneen laitteistoa ja asennettuja järjestelmiä."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-"installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Tarkista 'drivers.suse.com' mikäli tarvitset jollekkin laitteellesi ajurin."
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1482,7 +1400,7 @@
"Tarkista laitteistosi!\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1493,7 +1411,7 @@
"(erityisesti s390 tai iSCSI järjestelmissä)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1506,7 +1424,7 @@
"%1\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343
+#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1515,31 +1433,31 @@
"Asennus keskeytetään."
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "Poistettu"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Käytössä"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "Aiemmin käytetyt asennuslähteet"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
@@ -1548,73 +1466,68 @@
"jota olet päivittämässä:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "Nykyinen tila"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Asennuslähde"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
msgid "URL"
msgstr "Verkko-osoite"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Vaihda tilaa"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
-"upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tässä näet kaikki ohjelmisto asennuslähteet, jotka löytyivät\n"
-"päivitettävästä järjestelmästä. Ota käyttöön ne asennuslähteet, joita haluat "
-"käyttää päivitystoiminnossa.</p>"
+"päivitettävästä järjestelmästä. Ota käyttöön ne asennuslähteet, joita haluat käyttää päivitystoiminnossa.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Poistaaksesi, ottaaksesi käyttöön tai poistaaksesi verkko-osoitteen "
-"käytöstä, napsauta\n"
-"<b>Vaihda tilaa</b>-painiketta tai kaksoisnapsauta vastaavaa taulukon "
-"kohtaa.</p>"
+"<p>Poistaaksesi, ottaaksesi käyttöön tai poistaaksesi verkko-osoitteen käytöstä, napsauta\n"
+"<b>Vaihda tilaa</b>-painiketta tai kaksoisnapsauta vastaavaa taulukon kohtaa.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vaihtaaksesi verkko-osoitetta, napsauta <b>Muuta...</b>-painiketta.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vaihtaaksesi verkko-osoitetta, napsauta <b>Muuta...</b>-painiketta.</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Tuntematon"
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "Asennuslähteen ve&rkko-osoite"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "Verkkoa ei ole määritetty"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
@@ -1623,49 +1536,49 @@
"Määritetäänkö se?"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "Lisätään ja poistetaan asennuslähteitä..."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Asennuslähteitä lisätään ja poistetaan.</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "Poista käyttämättömät asennuslähteet"
-#. Removes selected repositories
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813
+#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "Poistetaan käyttämättömät asennuslähteet..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "Lisää käyttöön otetut asennuslähteet"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "Lisätään käyttöön otettuja asennuslähteitä..."
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "Lisää käytöstä poistetut asennuslähteet"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "Lisätään käytöstä poistettuja asennuslähteitä..."
#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr "Oikea media pyydetty"
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1679,7 +1592,7 @@
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1694,7 +1607,7 @@
"Asennuslähde lisätään, mutta sitä ei oteta käyttöön."
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1706,7 +1619,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1718,7 +1631,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1729,7 +1642,7 @@
"Verkko-osoite: %2\n"
#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064
+#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1807,52 +1720,47 @@
msgstr "Tallennetaan välityspalvelimen määritykset..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62
-msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
-msgstr "Otetaan käyttöön satunnaislukugeneraattori..."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan aikavyöhyke..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan kieli..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan konsolimääritykset..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan näppäimistömääritys..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan tiedot tuotteesta..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan automaattisen asennuksen asetukset..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan tietoturva-asetukset..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192
+#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208
msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan käynnistyskomentojonojen asetukset..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70
+#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan laitteistomääritykset..."
@@ -1884,7 +1792,7 @@
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan YaST-määritykset..."
#. call command
-#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111
+#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1976,8 +1884,7 @@
"Tarvittavia paketteja ei ole asennettu (minimaalinen asennus) tai\n"
"näytönohjain ei ole kunnolla tuettu.\n"
"\n"
-"Asennuksen varmistuksena oleva tekstipohjainen versio YaST-ohjelmasta opastaa "
-"sinut\n"
+"Asennuksen varmistuksena oleva tekstipohjainen versio YaST-ohjelmasta opastaa sinut\n"
"asennuksen läpi. Tämä tekstiversio tarjoaa\n"
"samat ominaisuudet kuin graafinenkin, mutta näkymät\n"
"poikkeavat käyttöoppaassa kuvatuista.\n"
@@ -2112,12 +2019,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
-"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Käytä <b>Estä laitteet</b>, mikäli haluat estää laitteita käyttämästä "
-"ytimen muistia.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Käytä <b>Estä laitteet</b>, mikäli haluat estää laitteita käyttämästä ytimen muistia.</p>"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
@@ -2126,10 +2029,72 @@
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr "Pienennetään PREP-osioa..."
+#. Text to display
+#.
+#. @return String
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Remote Administration"
+msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
+msgstr "Etähallinta"
+
+#. checking whether images are supported
+#. BNC #409927
+#. Checking files for signatures
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845
+msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
+msgstr "Tietojen lukeminen asennuslevykuvista epäonnistui"
+
+#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193
+msgid "Deploying..."
+msgstr "Puretaan..."
+
+#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
+#.
+#. @see #all_supported_types
+#. @see #objects_state
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216
+msgid "Storing user preferences..."
+msgstr "Tallennetaan käyttäjän valinnat..."
+
+#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348
+msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
+msgstr "Palautetaan käyttäjän valintoja..."
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446
+msgid ""
+"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
+"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Asennusohjelma ei onnistunut ratkaisemaan pakettien riippuvuuksia automaattisesti.\n"
+"Pakettihallintaohjelma käynnistetään nyt, jotta voit ratkaista ongelmat käsin."
+
+#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
+#~ msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus täytyy hyväksyä"
+
+#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
+#~ msgstr "Etsitään Linux-osioita"
+
+#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
+#~ msgstr "Etsitään Linux-osioita..."
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
+#~ msgstr "Tutkitaan mahdollisuutta päivitykseen"
+
+#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
+#~ msgstr "Tutkitaan mahdollisuutta päivitykseen..."
+
+#~ msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
+#~ msgstr "Otetaan käyttöön satunnaislukugeneraattori..."
+
#~ msgid "Network Device: %1"
#~ msgstr "Verkkolaite: %1"
@@ -3569,26 +3534,7 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Tarkista 'drivers.suse.com' mikäli tarvitset jollekkin laitteellesi ajurin.\n"
-#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
-#~ msgstr "Tietojen lukeminen asennuslevykuvista epäonnistui"
-
-#~ msgid "Deploying..."
-#~ msgstr "Puretaan..."
-
-#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Tallennetaan käyttäjän valinnat..."
-
-#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
-#~ msgstr "Palautetaan käyttäjän valintoja..."
-
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
-#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Asennusohjelma ei onnistunut ratkaisemaan pakettien riippuvuuksia automaattisesti.\n"
-#~ "Pakettihallintaohjelma käynnistetään nyt, jotta voit ratkaista ongelmat käsin."
-
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "No system type was selected.\n"
#~ "Select the default type."
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/instserver.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/instserver.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/instserver.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 17:12+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -0,0 +1,797 @@
+# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module
+#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec"
+msgid "Configuration of IPLB"
+msgstr "IPsec-määritykset"
+
+#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals
+#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81
+msgid "Iplb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals
+#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83
+msgid "&Iplb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/iplb.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of iplb
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Yleiset määritykset"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration"
+msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration"
+msgstr "Postipalvelimen määritys"
+
+#. Iplb summary dialog caption
+#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption
+#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "CA Configuration"
+msgid "IPLB Configuration"
+msgstr "CA määritys"
+
+#. Iplb overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Overview"
+msgid "IPLB Overview"
+msgstr "Yhteenveto"
+
+#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB"
+msgstr "CASA määrityksen ensimmäinen vaihe"
+
+#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB"
+msgstr "CASA määrityksen toinen vaihe"
+
+#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "kyllä"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ei"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "&Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Yleiset määritykset"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration"
+msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
+msgstr "Postipalvelimen määritys"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "CRL Check Interval"
+msgid "Check Interval"
+msgstr "CRL-tarkistusväli"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection &Timeout"
+msgid "Check Timeout"
+msgstr "&Yhteyden aikakatkaisu"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failure"
+msgid "Failure Count"
+msgstr "Epäonnistui"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Menu Timeout"
+msgid "Negotiate Timeout"
+msgstr "Käynnistysvalikon näyttöaika"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Ro&llback"
+msgid "Fallback"
+msgstr "Palauta e&dellinen"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Callback Of&f"
+msgid "Callback"
+msgstr "&Ei takaisinsoittoa"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87
+msgid "Execute"
+msgstr "Suorita"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Addr: "
+msgid "Email Alert"
+msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite: "
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Addr: "
+msgid "Email Alert Freq"
+msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite: "
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Test Status"
+msgid "Email Alert Status"
+msgstr "Kokeilun tila"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Reload"
+msgid "Auto Reload"
+msgstr "Lataa &uudelleen"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Quiet"
+msgid "Quiescent"
+msgstr "Hiljainen"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102
+msgid "Fork"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service"
+msgid "Supervised"
+msgstr "Palvelu"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Log File"
+msgid "Log File"
+msgstr "&Lokitiedosto"
+
+#. All helps are here
+#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines the number of second between server checks.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
+"option.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
+"with each other.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: all\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
+"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n"
+"configuration.\n"
+"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
+"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: no\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
+"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
+"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n"
+"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
+"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n"
+"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
+"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n"
+"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n"
+"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n"
+"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
+"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
+"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n"
+"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n"
+"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n"
+"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
+"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
+"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n"
+"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
+"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n"
+"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n"
+"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
+"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
+"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
+"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
+"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
+"</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n"
+"</dt><dt>* real server ip\n"
+"</dt><dt>* real server port\n"
+"</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
+"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
+"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
+" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
+"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
+"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
+"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
+"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
+"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
+"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
+"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
+"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
+"from uname if unset.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
+"is a required setting.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
+"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
+"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>persistent</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
+"protocol must be fwm.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
+"</dt></dl>\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
+"option.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
+"with each other.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: all\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
+"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. overwrite global value part
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Feedback Type"
+msgid "Check Type"
+msgstr "&Palautteen tyyppi"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Check Now"
+msgid "Check Port"
+msgstr "Tarkista heti"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Palvelu"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Command"
+msgid "Check Command"
+msgstr "Komento"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Setup Method"
+msgid "Http Method"
+msgstr "Asennustapa"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160
+msgid "Request"
+msgstr "Pyyntö"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "JJY Receivers"
+msgid "Receive"
+msgstr "JJY-vastaanottimet"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "VirtualHost"
+msgid "Virtual Host"
+msgstr "NäennäisPalvelin"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
+msgid "Login"
+msgstr "Kirjautuminen"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "Salasana"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Database Name:"
+msgid "Database Name"
+msgstr "Tietokannan nimi:"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Samba secrets"
+msgid "Radius Secret"
+msgstr "Lue Samba-salaisuudet"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Persistent Tunnel"
+msgid "Persistent"
+msgstr "Pysyvä tunneli"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
+msgid "Netmask"
+msgstr "Aliverkon peite"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Schedule"
+msgid "Scheduler"
+msgstr "Ajasta"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
+msgid "Protocol"
+msgstr "Yhteyskäytäntö"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Virtual Users"
+msgid "Virtual Servers"
+msgstr "Virtuaaliset käyttäjät"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Lisää"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Muokkaa"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "Poista"
+
+#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Virtual Device"
+msgid "Virtual Server"
+msgstr "Virtuaalilaite"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mail Servers"
+msgid "Real Servers"
+msgstr "Postipalvelimet"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Check Repository Type"
+msgid "Check type"
+msgstr "Tarkista asennuslähteen tyyppi"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Socket type"
+msgid "Auth type"
+msgstr "Pistokkeen tyyppi"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Other"
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr "Muu"
+
+#. return `cacel or a string
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "OK"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Peruuta"
+
+#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+msgid ""
+"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server &IP Address:"
+msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
+msgstr "Palvelimen &IP-osoite:"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
+msgid "Forward Method"
+msgstr "Välitä vyöhyke editori"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Height"
+msgid "weight"
+msgstr "Korkeus"
+
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
+msgid "IP address is not Valid"
+msgstr "IP-osoite ei kelpaa."
+
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add a new share"
+msgid "Add a new real server:"
+msgstr "Lisää uusi jako"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the role of the server"
+msgid "Edit the real server:"
+msgstr "Aseta palvelimen rooli"
+
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
+
+#. Read all iplb settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration"
+msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration"
+msgstr "Valmistellaan FTP-määritystä"
+
+#. Names of real stages
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read global settings"
+msgid "Read the global settings"
+msgstr "Lue yleiset asetukset"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the previous settings"
+msgid "Read the virtual host settings"
+msgstr "Lue aikaisemmat asetukset"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading global settings..."
+msgid "Reading the global settings..."
+msgstr "Luetaan yleisiä asetuksia..."
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
+msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..."
+msgstr "Luetaan aikaisemmat asetukset..."
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Valmis"
+
+#. Write all iplb settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration"
+msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration"
+msgstr "Tallennetaan FTP-määritystä"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
+msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
+msgstr "Suorita SuSEconfig"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
+msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
+msgstr "Suoritetaan SuSEconfig..."
+
+#. write global conf
+#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
+#. string key's format
+#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119
+#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string
+#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
+msgid "Cannot write settings."
+msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu."
+
+#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
+msgid "Configuration summary..."
+msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-client.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 17:10+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -78,146 +78,154 @@
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr "iSNS-portti"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109
-msgid "Initiator Name"
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator Name"
+msgid "&Initiator Name"
msgstr "Aloittajan nimi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115
-msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Offloa&d Card"
+msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr "purkukortti"
#. table of connected targets
#. table of discovered targets
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Liitäntä"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr "Portaalin osoite"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr "Kohteen nimi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Käynnistys"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Lisää"
#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up"))
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Muokkaa"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Log Out"
msgstr "Kirjaudu ulos"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Liitetty"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr "Etsintä"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "Log In"
msgstr "Kirjautuminen"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Yhdistä"
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Ei tunnistautumista"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "Sisääntuleva tunnistautuminen"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Käyttäjätunnus"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Salasana"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "Uloslähtevä tunnistautuminen"
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "Käynnistys"
#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-osoite"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Portti"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Avain"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Arvo"
#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Palvelu"
#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "Liitetyt kohteet"
#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "Löydetyt kohteet"
#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "iSCSI-aloittajan yleisnäkymä"
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
@@ -226,9 +234,9 @@
#. authentication dialog for add new target
#. list of connected targets
#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "iSCSI-aloittajan etsiminen"
@@ -487,12 +495,12 @@
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Anna IP-osoite."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Anna portti."
@@ -500,36 +508,36 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "Tosi"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "Epätosi"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr "Kohde, jolla on tämä TargetName, on jo yhdistetty. Varmista, että monipolkuominaisuus on otettu käyttöön tietojen vahingoittumisen estämiseksi."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Jatka"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Peruuta"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Kohde on jo yhdistettynä."
@@ -609,12 +617,18 @@
msgstr "Aseta palvelun tila"
#. interface type for hardware offloading
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70
-msgid "(Software)"
-msgstr "Ohjelmisto"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select Software"
+msgid "default (Software)"
+msgstr "Valitse ohjelmisto"
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
+msgid "all"
+msgstr "kaikki"
+
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -626,10 +640,13 @@
" luo varmuuskopion. Jos haluat käyttää eri aloittajan nimeä, vaihda se BIOSissa.\n"
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..."
+#~ msgid "(Software)"
+#~ msgstr "Ohjelmisto"
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-lio-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-lio-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-lio-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 21:08+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -396,64 +396,32 @@
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>"
-"Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User<"
-"/b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-"Valitse tunnistautumisen tyyppi. Käytä <b>Ei tunnistautumista</b> tai <b>"
-"Tuleva</b> ja <b>Lähtevä</b> (voivat molemmat olla valittuja). Anna sitten <b>"
-"Käyttäjä</b> ja <b>Salasana</b>."
+msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "Valitse tunnistautumisen tyyppi. Käytä <b>Ei tunnistautumista</b> tai <b>Tuleva</b> ja <b>Lähtevä</b> (voivat molemmat olla valittuja). Anna sitten <b>Käyttäjä</b> ja <b>Salasana</b>."
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsci/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi inititiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target "
-"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>"
-"InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>"
-"Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Käytä <b>Lisää</b> antaaksesi asiakkaalle pääsy kohdeportaaliryhmästä "
-"tuotuun LUNiin. Määrittele asiakas jolla on siihen pääsy (asiakkaan nimi on <"
-"i>InitiatorName</i> '/etc/iscsci/initiatorname.iscsi'n tiedostossa). <b>"
-"Poista</b> estää asiakkaan pääsyn LUNiin.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Käytä <b>Lisää</b> antaaksesi asiakkaalle pääsy kohdeportaaliryhmästä tuotuun LUNiin. Määrittele asiakas jolla on siihen pääsy (asiakkaan nimi on <i>InitiatorName</i> '/etc/iscsci/initiatorname.iscsi'n tiedostossa). <b>Poista</b> estää asiakkaan pääsyn LUNiin.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
-"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the "
-"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both "
-"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use "
-"Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is "
-"disabled here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Kohdassa <b>Muokkaa LUN</b> voit muokata mihin LUNiin asiakkalla on pääsy. "
-"Painettuasi <b>Muokkaa tunnistautumista</b>, voit valita tunnistautumisen "
-"tyypin. Käytä <b>Tuleva</b>-, <b>Lähtevä</b>-asetusta tai molempia yhdessä. "
-"Lisää sitten <b>Käyttäjä</b> ja <b>Salasana</b>. Mikäli <b>Käytä "
-"tunnistautumista</b> on poistetu käytöstä ei myöskään <b>Muokkaa "
-"tunnistautumista</b> ole käytössä."
+msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgstr "Kohdassa <b>Muokkaa LUN</b> voit muokata mihin LUNiin asiakkalla on pääsy. Painettuasi <b>Muokkaa tunnistautumista</b>, voit valita tunnistautumisen tyypin. Käytä <b>Tuleva</b>-, <b>Lähtevä</b>-asetusta tai molempia yhdessä. Lisää sitten <b>Käyttäjä</b> ja <b>Salasana</b>. Mikäli <b>Käytä tunnistautumista</b> on poistetu käytöstä ei myöskään <b>Muokkaa tunnistautumista</b> ole käytössä."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to "
-"the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kopio</b> mahdollistaa muiden asiakkaiden pääsyn lisäämisen LUNiin. </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Kopio</b> mahdollistaa muiden asiakkaiden pääsyn lisäämisen LUNiin. </p>"
#. target dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
-"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"Tarjottujen kohteiden ja kohdeportaaliryhmien luettelo. Luo uusi kohde "
-"valitsemalla <b>Lisää</b>. \n"
-"Voit poistaa tai muokata kohdetta valitsemalla sen ja painamalla sitten <b>"
-"Muokkaa</b> tai <b>Poista</ b>."
+"Tarjottujen kohteiden ja kohdeportaaliryhmien luettelo. Luo uusi kohde valitsemalla <b>Lisää</b>. \n"
+"Voit poistaa tai muokata kohdetta valitsemalla sen ja painamalla sitten <b>Muokkaa</b> tai <b>Poista</ b>."
#. edit target
#. add target
@@ -464,11 +432,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>"
-"LUN</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. "
-"\n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
@@ -481,8 +447,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
-"address\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
@@ -496,11 +461,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. "
-"\n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
@@ -511,24 +474,16 @@
"käyttäjä ei anna nimeä LUN:lle määritetään se automaattisesti."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
-"configuration options."
-msgstr ""
-"Voit <b>lisätä</b>, <b>muokata</b> tai <b>poistaa</b> kaikkia "
-"lisämääritysvaihtoehtoja."
+msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
+msgstr "Voit <b>lisätä</b>, <b>muokata</b> tai <b>poistaa</b> kaikkia lisämääritysvaihtoehtoja."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-"purposes).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>"
-"Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"Muokkaa <b>LUN</b>-numeroa tarvittaessa ja määritä <b>Tyyppi</b> (nullio on "
-"sopiva arvo testausta varten). \n"
-" Jos tyyppi=fileio, määritä <b>Polku</b> levylaitteeksi tai tiedostoksi.<b>"
-"SCSI-tunnus</b> ja <b>Sektorit</b>-arvot ovat valinnaisia."
+"Muokkaa <b>LUN</b>-numeroa tarvittaessa ja määritä <b>Tyyppi</b> (nullio on sopiva arvo testausta varten). \n"
+" Jos tyyppi=fileio, määritä <b>Polku</b> levylaitteeksi tai tiedostoksi.<b>SCSI-tunnus</b> ja <b>Sektorit</b>-arvot ovat valinnaisia."
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iscsi-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 17:13+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/isns.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/isns.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/isns.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 12:29+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -298,82 +298,82 @@
msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172
msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Isns-palvelun määrittäminen edellyttää paketin <b>%1</b> asentamista.</p>"
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Asennetaanko se nyt?</p>"
#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
msgstr "Valmistellaan isns-demonin määritystä"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Lue tietokanta"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Lue aikaisemmat asetukset"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Tunnista laitteet"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Luetaan aikaisemmat asetukset..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Tunnistetaan laitteita..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan isns-määritykset"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Suorita SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Suoritetaan SuSEconfig..."
#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf)
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/kdump.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/kdump.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/kdump.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 21:17+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -60,34 +60,23 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Nimeämismaski on: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Syötä ainoastaan "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
+msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "Nimeämismaski on: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Syötä ainoastaan \"kernel_string\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the "
-"kdump kernel."
+msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
msgstr "Kdump-komentorivi on komentorivi, joka pitää välittää kdump-ytimelle."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command "
-"line string."
-msgstr ""
-"Aseta muuttuja vain, jos haluat lisätä (_append_) arvoja oletuskomentosarjaan."
+msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
+msgstr "Aseta muuttuja vain, jos haluat lisätä (_append_) arvoja oletuskomentosarjaan."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
-msgstr ""
-"Käynnistä tietokone välittömästi uudelleen ytimen tallentamisen "
-"(kdump-ytimessä) jälkeen."
+msgstr "Käynnistä tietokone välittömästi uudelleen ytimen tallentamisen (kdump-ytimessä) jälkeen."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157
@@ -111,12 +100,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes "
-"password (plain text file)."
-msgstr ""
-"SMTP-salasana ilmoitusten lähettämistä varten. Polku tiedostoon, joka "
-"sisältää salasanan (puhdas tekstitiedosto)."
+msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
+msgstr "SMTP-salasana ilmoitusten lähettämistä varten. Polku tiedostoon, joka sisältää salasanan (puhdas tekstitiedosto)."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197
@@ -161,12 +146,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254
-msgid ""
-"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, "
-"nfs, cifs"
-msgstr ""
-"Vedoksen kohde sisältää eräänlaisen kohteen: tiedosto (paikallinen "
-"tiedostojärjestelmä), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
+msgstr "Vedoksen kohde sisältää eräänlaisen kohteen: tiedosto (paikallinen tiedostojärjestelmä), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261
@@ -205,12 +186,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Nimeämismaski on: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] ydin tarkoittaa vain "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
+msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "Nimeämismaski on: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] ydin tarkoittaa vain \"kernel_string\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309
@@ -219,12 +196,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316
-msgid ""
-"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 "
-"or s are allowed"
-msgstr ""
-"Asetus tarkoittaa ajotasoa, jolle kdump-ydin käynnistetään. Vain arvot "
-"1,2,3,5 ja s ovat sallittuja"
+msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
+msgstr "Asetus tarkoittaa ajotasoa, jolle kdump-ydin käynnistetään. Vain arvot 1,2,3,5 ja s ovat sallittuja"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323
@@ -363,8 +336,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
-msgstr ""
-"Vanhoja vedoksia: kaikki vedokset tallennetaan poistamatta vanhoja vedoksia"
+msgstr "Vanhoja vedoksia: kaikki vedokset tallennetaan poistamatta vanhoja vedoksia"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669
@@ -404,8 +376,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. Popup::Message(crash_value);
#. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Muutosten käyttöönottoon tarvitaan uudelleenkäynnistys."
@@ -453,8 +425,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
+msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
msgstr "Valinta voi sisältää vain \"ELF\" tai \"pakattu\" arvon."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
@@ -537,15 +508,6 @@
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "&Kdump"
-#. checking if packages are available
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103
-msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
-msgstr "Paketti kexec-tools ei ole saatavilla."
-
-#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115
-msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
-msgstr "Pakettia kdumpille ei ole saatavilla."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
@@ -781,13 +743,11 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is "
-"added/removed. \n"
+" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n"
" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ota käyttöön tai poista kdump käytöstä</b><br>\n"
-" Ota käyttöön tai poista kdump käytöstä. Käynnistysvalinta crashkernel "
-"lisätään tai poistetaan. \n"
+" Ota käyttöön tai poista kdump käytöstä. Käynnistysvalinta crashkernel lisätään tai poistetaan. \n"
" Muutoksen käyttöönotto vaatii uudelleen käynnistyksen.<br></p>\n"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
@@ -804,12 +764,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n"
-" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take "
-"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a "
-"firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition "
-"rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump "
-"data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when "
-"the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
+" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
@@ -831,10 +786,8 @@
"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n"
" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n"
-" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>"
-"\n"
-" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>"
-"\n"
+" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -842,28 +795,22 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
-" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving "
-"dumps.<br></p>"
+" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kdump levykuvan tallennuskohde</b><br>\n"
-" Kohde jonne kdump levykuvat tallennetaan. Valitse kohteen tyyppi "
-"tallennetuille dump:lle<br></p>"
+" Kohde jonne kdump levykuvat tallennetaan. Valitse kohteen tyyppi tallennetuille dump:lle<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
-" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>"
-"Browse</i>\n"
+" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Paikallinen tiedostojärjestelmä</b> - Tallenna kdump levykuva "
-"paikalliseen tiedostojärjestelmään.\n"
-" <i>Hakemisto johon vedokset tallennetaan</i> - Polku kdump levykuvien "
-"tallennuspaikkaan.\n"
-" Kdump levykuvien tallennushakemiston valitseminen valintaikkunan kautta "
-"painamalla <i>Selaa</i>\n"
+"<p><b>Paikallinen tiedostojärjestelmä</b> - Tallenna kdump levykuva paikalliseen tiedostojärjestelmään.\n"
+" <i>Hakemisto johon vedokset tallennetaan</i> - Polku kdump levykuvien tallennuspaikkaan.\n"
+" Kdump levykuvien tallennushakemiston valitseminen valintaikkunan kautta painamalla <i>Selaa</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6
@@ -874,17 +821,14 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<"
-"br></p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Tallenna kdump levykuvat FTP:lle.\n"
" <i>Palvelimen nimi</i> - FTP-palvelimen nimi.\n"
" <i>Portti</i> - Yhteyden porttinumero.\n"
" <i>Hakemisto palvelimella</i> - Polku johon kdump-kuvat tallennetaan.\n"
-" <i>Ota käyttöön anonyymi FTP</i> ottaa käyttöön anonyymin yhteyden "
-"palvelimelle.\n"
-" <i>Käyttäjänimi</i> FTP-yhteyttä varten. <i>Salasana</i> FTP-yhteyttä "
-"varten.<br></p>"
+" <i>Ota käyttöön anonyymi FTP</i> ottaa käyttöön anonyymin yhteyden palvelimelle.\n"
+" <i>Käyttäjänimi</i> FTP-yhteyttä varten. <i>Salasana</i> FTP-yhteyttä varten.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
@@ -899,8 +843,7 @@
"<p><b>SSH</b> - tallenna kdump-kuva SSH:n välityksellä.\n"
" <i>Palvelimen nimi</i> - Palvelimen nimi.\n"
" <i>Portti</i> - Portti yhteyttä varten.\n"
-" <i>Hakemisto palvelimella</i> - Polku hakemistoon, jonne kdump-kuvat "
-"tallennetaan.\n"
+" <i>Hakemisto palvelimella</i> - Polku hakemistoon, jonne kdump-kuvat tallennetaan.\n"
" <i>Käyttäjänimi</i> SSH-yhteyttä varten.<br></p> \n"
" <i>Salasana</i> SSH-yhteyttä varten.<br></p>\n"
@@ -913,8 +856,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Tallenna kdump-kuva NFS:lle.\n"
" <i>Palvelimen nimi</i> - NFS-palvelimen nimi.\n"
-" <i>Hakemisto palvelimella</i> - Polku hakemistoon, jonne kdump-kuvat "
-"tallennetaan.<br></p>"
+" <i>Hakemisto palvelimella</i> - Polku hakemistoon, jonne kdump-kuvat tallennetaan.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107
@@ -929,11 +871,9 @@
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Tallenna kdump-kuva CIFS:n välityksellä.\n"
" <i>Palvelimen nimi</i> - Palvelimen nimi.\n"
" <i>Käytettävä jako</i> - Käytettävän jaon nimi.\n"
-" <i>Hakemisto palvelimella</i> - Polku hakemistoon, jonne kdump-kuvat "
-"tallennetaan.\n"
+" <i>Hakemisto palvelimella</i> - Polku hakemistoon, jonne kdump-kuvat tallennetaan.\n"
" <i>Käytä tunnistusta</i> mahdollistaa tunnistautumisen palvelimelle.\n"
-" <i>Käyttäjänimi</i> yhteyttä varten. <i>Salasana</i> yhteyttä varten.<br>"
-"</p>"
+" <i>Käyttäjänimi</i> yhteyttä varten. <i>Salasana</i> yhteyttä varten.<br></p>"
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116
@@ -974,24 +914,19 @@
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ota käyttöön välitön uudelleenkäynnistys coren tallentamisen jälkeen</b>"
-" - \n"
-" Ottaa käyttöön välittömän uudelleenkäynnistyksen sen jälkeen kun kdump on "
-"tallentanut coren.<br></p>"
+"<p><b>Ota käyttöön välitön uudelleenkäynnistys coren tallentamisen jälkeen</b> - \n"
+" Ottaa käyttöön välittömän uudelleenkäynnistyksen sen jälkeen kun kdump on tallentanut coren.<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
-" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<"
-"br></p>"
+" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ota käyttöön vanhojen vedoksien poistaminen</b> - \n"
-" Ota käyttöön vanhojen vedoksien poistaminen. Jos vedoksien määrä "
-"kohdassa\n"
-" <i>Vanhojen vedoksien määrä</i> ylitetään, vanhimmat vedokset "
-"poistetaan.<br></p>"
+" Ota käyttöön vanhojen vedoksien poistaminen. Jos vedoksien määrä kohdassa\n"
+" <i>Vanhojen vedoksien määrä</i> ylitetään, vanhimmat vedokset poistetaan.<br></p>"
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143
@@ -1010,67 +945,48 @@
#. SMTP Server
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SMTP-palvelin,</b> jota käytetään ilmoitusten lähettämiseen kun dump on "
-"tallennettu.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SMTP-palvelin,</b> jota käytetään ilmoitusten lähettämiseen kun dump on tallennettu.</p>"
#. SMTP User Name
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
-" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, "
-"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
+" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käyttäjätunnus</b> SMTP-tunnistautumiselle kun <i>SMTP-palvelin</i> on "
-"asetettu.\n"
-" Tämä on valinnainen, jos et anna käyttäjätunnusta/salasanaa, käytetään "
-"tavallista SMTP:tä</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Käyttäjätunnus</b> SMTP-tunnistautumiselle kun <i>SMTP-palvelin</i> on asetettu.\n"
+" Tämä on valinnainen, jos et anna käyttäjätunnusta/salasanaa, käytetään tavallista SMTP:tä</p>\n"
#. SMTP Password
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. "
-"This\n"
-" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will "
-"be used.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
+" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Salasana</b> SMTP-tunnistautumiselle kun <i>SMTP-palvelin</i>on "
-"asetettu.\n"
-" Tämä on valinnainen, jos et anna käyttäjätunnusta/salasanaa, käytetään "
-"tavallista SMTP:tä</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Salasana</b> SMTP-tunnistautumiselle kun <i>SMTP-palvelin</i>on asetettu.\n"
+" Tämä on valinnainen, jos et anna käyttäjätunnusta/salasanaa, käytetään tavallista SMTP:tä</p>\n"
#. Notification To (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification "
-"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ilmoitukset</b> Anna sähköpostiosoite, johon ilmoitus lähetetään kun "
-"dump on tallennettu.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ilmoitukset</b> Anna sähköpostiosoite, johon ilmoitus lähetetään kun dump on tallennettu.</p>\n"
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses "
-"to\n"
-" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
+" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ilmoitusten CC</b> Anna luettelo välilyönneillä erotetuista "
-"sähköpostiosoitteista,\n"
+"<p><b>Ilmoitusten CC</b> Anna luettelo välilyönneillä erotetuista sähköpostiosoitteista,\n"
" joihin ilmoitukset lähetetään sähköpostina, jos dump tallennetaan.</p>\n"
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the "
-"number of dump files \n"
+"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vanhojen vedoksien määrä</b> määrää kuinka monta vanhaa vedosta "
-"säilytetään. Jos vedoksien määrä \n"
+"<p><b>Vanhojen vedoksien määrä</b> määrää kuinka monta vanhaa vedosta säilytetään. Jos vedoksien määrä \n"
"ylitetään, vanhimmat vedokset poistetaan.</p>"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
@@ -1131,8 +1047,7 @@
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Kdumpin lisääminen:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Valitse kdump tunnistettujen kdumpien luettelosta. Jos kdumpia ei "
-"tunnistettu, käytä <b>Muu (ei tunnistettu)</b> \n"
+"Valitse kdump tunnistettujen kdumpien luettelosta. Jos kdumpia ei tunnistettu, käytä <b>Muu (ei tunnistettu)</b> \n"
"ja paina <b>Aseta</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -1269,7 +1184,7 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
@@ -1279,119 +1194,119 @@
"Katso lisätietoa virheestä %{log}. "
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Valmistellaan kdump-määritystä"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Luetaan määritystiedostoa..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Luetaan ytimen käynnistysvalinnat..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
msgid "Reading available memory..."
msgstr "Luetaan saatavilla oleva muisti..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Luetaan levyjen osioinnit..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Määritystiedoston /etc/sysconfig/kdump lukeminen ei onnistunut"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Ytimen käynnistysvalintojen lukeminen ei onnistunut."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Saatavilla olevan muistin lukeminen ei onnistunut."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan kdump-määritys"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Päivitä käynnistysvalinnat"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Päivitetään käynnistysvalintoja..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "crashkernel-parametrin lisääminen käynnistyslataimeen epäonnistui."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-tila: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "käytössä"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "poistettu käytöstä"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841
msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Crashkernel-valinnan arvo: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Vedoksen muoto: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Vedosten kohde: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Vedosten määrä: %1"
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
@@ -1400,6 +1315,12 @@
"Ei voida käyttää laitteisto-ohjelmistoin vedosta.\n"
"Tämä ei ole tuettua tällä laitteistolla."
+#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
+#~ msgstr "Paketti kexec-tools ei ole saatavilla."
+
+#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
+#~ msgstr "Pakettia kdumpille ei ole saatavilla."
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
#~ " <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/kerberos-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/kerberos-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/kerberos-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 12:28+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/kerberos.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/kerberos.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/kerberos.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kerberos\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-29 11:26+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/languages_db.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/languages_db.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/languages_db.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-06 22:21+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: suomi <fi(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-client.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 12:07+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-22 23:05+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ldap.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: none\n"
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
msgstr "&Selaa"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
msgid ""
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
@@ -265,27 +265,27 @@
"Valitse jokin toinen."
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
msgstr "Käyttäjähallinnan määritystyökalut"
#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
msgstr "Ryhmähallinnan määritystyökalut"
#. label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
msgstr "Uuden modulin objektiluokka"
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
msgstr "&Uuden moduulin nimi (\"cn\" Arvo)"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
msgid ""
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@
"Valitse jokin toinen.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
msgstr "Anna moduulin nimi."
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
#. entry of the current template.</p>
#. ") +
#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
@@ -327,12 +327,12 @@
"(esimerkiksi käytä \"/home/%uid\" \"homeDirectory\" ominaisuuden arvona).</p>\n"
#. combobox label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
msgstr "Ominaisuuden &Nimi"
#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
msgstr "Ominaisuuden &Arvo"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/live-installer.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/live-installer.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/live-installer.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 12:36+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/lxc.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/lxc.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/lxc.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 14:18+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/mail.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/mail.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/mail.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-24 11:15+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -59,8 +59,7 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Valmistelun keskeytys:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Voit turvallisesti keskeyttää määritysohjelman napsauttamalla <b>Keskeytä</b> "
-"nyt.\n"
+"Voit turvallisesti keskeyttää määritysohjelman napsauttamalla <b>Keskeytä</b> nyt.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs!
@@ -114,12 +113,10 @@
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n"
-"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the "
-"localhost.</p>\n"
+"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitsemalla <b>Ei yhteyttä</b> postipalvelin käynnistetään, \n"
-"mutta vain paikallinen postinvälitys on mahdollista. Postinvälitysagentti "
-"kuuntelee vain paikallista konetta.</p>\n"
+"mutta vain paikallinen postinvälitys on mahdollista. Postinvälitysagentti kuuntelee vain paikallista konetta.</p>\n"
#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88
@@ -128,8 +125,7 @@
"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Määritä lähettäjän osoitteen uudelleenkirjoitus tässä jokaiselle "
-"käyttäjälle.</p>\n"
+"<p>Määritä lähettäjän osoitteen uudelleenkirjoitus tässä jokaiselle käyttäjälle.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96
@@ -140,8 +136,7 @@
"simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Jotkin palvelimista vaativat tunnistautumisen postia lähetettäessä. Tässä "
-"voidaan\n"
+"<p>Jotkin palvelimista vaativat tunnistautumisen postia lähetettäessä. Tässä voidaan\n"
"antaa tiedot tälle valinnalle. Jos tunnistautumista ei käytetä,\n"
"kentät jätetään tyhjiksi.</p>\n"
@@ -150,24 +145,20 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
-"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>"
-"smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
+"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Lähtevän postin palvelin on tarkoitettu yleensä soittosarjayhteyksille.\n"
-"Anna Internet-palveluntarjoajan SMTP-palvelin, kuten <b>"
-"smtp.palveluntarjoaja.fi</b>.</p>\n"
+"Anna Internet-palveluntarjoajan SMTP-palvelin, kuten <b>smtp.palveluntarjoaja.fi</b>.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your "
-"provider.</p>\n"
+"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Anna <b>Käyttäjätunnus</b>-kenttään palveluntarjoajan osoittama "
-"käyttäjätunnus.</p>\n"
+"<p>Anna <b>Käyttäjätunnus</b>-kenttään palveluntarjoajan osoittama käyttäjätunnus.</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113
@@ -187,8 +178,7 @@
"They will not be lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Huomautus: Yksinkertaisuuden vuoksi vain yksi palvelin näytetään tässä "
-"valintaikkunassa,\n"
+"<p>Huomautus: Yksinkertaisuuden vuoksi vain yksi palvelin näytetään tässä valintaikkunassa,\n"
"vaikka niitä olisi useampi määritystiedostossasi.\n"
"Ne eivät katoa.</p>\n"
@@ -209,15 +199,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n"
"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n"
-"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Tämä taulu ohjaa postin paikallista välitystä.\n"
-"Uudelleen ohjaa toiselle paikalliselle käyttäjälle (käytännöllinen "
-"järjestelmän tileille \n"
-"erityisesti <b>root</b>-käyttäjälle), etäosoitteeseen tai luettelolle "
-"osoitteita.</p>\n"
+"Uudelleen ohjaa toiselle paikalliselle käyttäjälle (käytännöllinen järjestelmän tileille \n"
+"erityisesti <b>root</b>-käyttäjälle), etäosoitteeseen tai luettelolle osoitteita.</p>\n"
#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143
@@ -703,8 +690,7 @@
"with AMaViS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Virustutkan käyttöönotto (AMaViS)</b> tarkistaa saapuvan ja lähtevän "
-"postin\n"
+"<p><b>Virustutkan käyttöönotto (AMaViS)</b> tarkistaa saapuvan ja lähtevän postin\n"
"AMaViS-ohjelmalla.</p>\n"
#. help text
@@ -717,8 +703,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>AMaViS ottaa käyttöön myös seuraavat moduulit: </p>\n"
"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> roskapostinsuodatin</p>\n"
-"<p><b>DKIM</b> toimialueen avaimella allekirjoitettujen saapuvien "
-"sähköpostien tarkistus</p>\n"
+"<p><b>DKIM</b> toimialueen avaimella allekirjoitettujen saapuvien sähköpostien tarkistus</p>\n"
"<p><b>Clamav</b> avoimen lähdekoodin virustutka</p>"
#. help text
@@ -752,18 +737,15 @@
"\n"
"<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n"
"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n"
-"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can "
-"send\n"
+"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n"
"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n"
"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n"
"the domain key.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>DKIM:n käyttöön ottaminen lähteville sähköposteille vaatii lisätoimia. "
-"SSL- avain\n"
+"<p>DKIM:n käyttöön ottaminen lähteville sähköposteille vaatii lisätoimia. SSL- avain\n"
"luodaan Postfixissä määritetylle \"mydomain\" arvolle. Uusi palvelu\n"
-"\"submission\" määritetään Postfixille. Tämän määrityksen jälkeen voit "
-"lähettää\n"
+"\"submission\" määritetään Postfixille. Tämän määrityksen jälkeen voit lähettää\n"
"sähköpostia palvelulla \"submission\" SASL-tunnistuksella \"mynetworks\" \n"
"kautta. Vain sähköpostit, jotka on lähetetty tämän uuden palvelun kautta\n"
"allekirjoitetaan toimialueen avaimella.</p>\n"
@@ -776,14 +758,12 @@
"Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n"
"in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n"
"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n"
-"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, "
-"the\n"
+"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n"
"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n"
"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Nimipalvelujärjestelmän (DNS) pitää tarjota toimialueen avaimen julkista "
-"avainta.\n"
+"<p>Nimipalvelujärjestelmän (DNS) pitää tarjota toimialueen avaimen julkista avainta.\n"
"Julkinen avain tallennetaan DNS TXT -merkintänä\n"
"tiedostoon <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> ja sitä tulee käyttää\n"
"nimipalvelun mukaisesti. Jos nimipalvelin\n"
@@ -793,8 +773,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
+msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
msgstr "Mikäli DKIM otetaan käyttöön, myös virustutka (AMaViS) aktivoituu."
#. Translators: text entry label
@@ -829,8 +808,7 @@
"for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>On suositeltavaa pitää tavallinen käyttäjätili\n"
-"järjestelmän hallintaa varten, ja kääntää pääkäyttäjän posti tälle tilille.<"
-"/p>"
+"järjestelmän hallintaa varten, ja kääntää pääkäyttäjän posti tälle tilille.</p>"
#. Translators: combo box label
#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA
@@ -840,13 +818,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not "
-"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Toimitustila</b> on normaalisti <b>suoraan</b>, paitsi jos pääkäyttäjän "
-"postia ei käännetä tai jos pääsy postiin tapahtuu IMAP-yhteyskäytännön "
-"avulla.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Toimitustila</b> on normaalisti <b>suoraan</b>, paitsi jos pääkäyttäjän postia ei käännetä tai jos pääsy postiin tapahtuu IMAP-yhteyskäytännön avulla.</p>"
#. LogView label. take a string from users?
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345
@@ -886,8 +859,7 @@
#. Validation
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839
msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded."
-msgstr ""
-"Procmail-ohjelmaa ei voi käyttää, jos pääkäyttäjän postia ei ole käännetty."
+msgstr "Procmail-ohjelmaa ei voi käyttää, jos pääkäyttäjän postia ei ole käännetty."
#. combo box choice:
#. deliver mail normally
@@ -904,7 +876,6 @@
#. combo box choice:
#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869
-#| msgid "To Cyrus IMAP Server"
msgid "To IMAP Server"
msgstr "IMAP-palvelimeen"
@@ -931,7 +902,6 @@
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
-#| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Dovecot IMAP-palvelin, asennetaan.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/multipath.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/multipath.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/multipath.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 12:34+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-25 13:08+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ncurses.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 13:35+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-06 21:21+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -104,104 +104,54 @@
msgstr "Sisäinen virhe"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin määritystä..."
-#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC
-#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "VNC portit avataan (<a href=\"%1\">sulje</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)"
-msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "VNC portit suljetaan (<a href=\"%1\">avaa</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Palomuuri otetaan käyttöön (<a href=\"%1\">poista käytöstä</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Palomuuri poistetaan käytöstä (<a href=\"%1\">ota käyttöön</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
-msgstr "VNC portit avataan (<a href=\"%1\">sulje</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)"
-msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "VNC portit suljetaan (<a href=\"%1\">avaa</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Palomuuri otetaan käyttöön (<a href=\"%1\">poista käytöstä</a>)"
-
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
-msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Palomuuri poistetaan käytöstä (<a href=\"%1\">ota käyttöön</a>)"
-
#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Palomuuri ja SSH"
#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "&Palomuuri ja SSH"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Palomuurin ja SSH-palvelun perusmääritykset"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr "Avaan &VNC portit"
#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "Palomuuri ja SSH-palvelu"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "Ota palomuuri käyttöön"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "Avaan &VNC portit"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service"
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "Avaa SSH-portti ja ota SSH-palvelu käyttöön"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
@@ -213,13 +163,13 @@
"SSH on palvelu joka sallii etäkirjautumisen tälle tietokoneelle\n"
"SSH-asiakasohjelmallla</p>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Tässä voin valita jätetäänko palomuuri pääle vai ei asennuksen jälkeen. Suositus on pitää se päällä.</p>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
@@ -235,7 +185,7 @@
"käynnistetään kun tietokone käynnistyy).</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -245,6 +195,57 @@
"palvelun etähallintaa järjestelmässä mutta se käynnistetään\n"
"tarvittaessa automaattisesti asennusohjelman toimesta.</p>"
+#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
+#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Palomuuri otetaan käyttöön (<a href=\"%1\">poista käytöstä</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Palomuuri poistetaan käytöstä (<a href=\"%1\">ota käyttöön</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)"
+msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Palomuuri otetaan käyttöön (<a href=\"%1\">poista käytöstä</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)"
+msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "Palomuuri poistetaan käytöstä (<a href=\"%1\">ota käyttöön</a>)"
+
+#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)"
+msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "VNC portit avataan (<a href=\"%1\">sulje</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)"
+msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "VNC portit suljetaan (<a href=\"%1\">avaa</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)"
+msgstr "VNC portit avataan (<a href=\"%1\">sulje</a>)"
+
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "VNC portit suljetaan (<a href=\"%1\">avaa</a>)"
+
#. Commandline help title
#. configuration of hosts
#. Hosts dialog caption
@@ -526,9 +527,18 @@
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr "Liitäntä siltausta varten"
-#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst();
-#. Lan::Autoinstall();
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173
+#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML
+#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML
+#. has higher priority
+#.
+#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with
+#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than
+#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses".
+#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means
+#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml".
+#. Other elements may have similar problems,
+#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance.
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Määritysvirhe: liittymää ei ole valmisteltu."
@@ -617,7 +627,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Reititysmääritykset"
@@ -715,7 +725,7 @@
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Laite"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Valinnat"
@@ -784,13 +794,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Varoitus: salaus ei ole käytössä."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Muuta."
@@ -1163,14 +1173,14 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "&Laitetyyppi"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "&Määritysten nimi"
@@ -1183,7 +1193,7 @@
msgstr "Tunneliryhmä"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Sillatut laitteet"
@@ -1384,29 +1394,29 @@
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Osoite"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Määritä IP-osoite.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Laitteisto"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Alisteiset liitokset"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Langaton"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ifplugd priority"
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
@@ -1414,7 +1424,7 @@
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1433,14 +1443,18 @@
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Verkkokortin asetus"
-#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131
+#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
+#| "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP addess 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
-"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
msgstr ""
"Ainakin yksi valittu laite on jo määritetty.\n"
-"sulauta sillan määritys (IP-osoite 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+"Poistetaanko määritykset?\n"
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55
@@ -1650,7 +1664,7 @@
msgid "The device was deleted."
msgstr "Laite poistettiin."
-#. encoding: utf-8
+#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
#.
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -1751,7 +1765,7 @@
msgstr "Virhe ilmeni laiteohjaimen asennuksen aikana."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
msgid ""
"The interface is currently set to be managed\n"
"by the NetworkManager applet.\n"
@@ -1764,13 +1778,12 @@
"Jos muutat liitännän asetuksia tässä, Verkkotyökalu ei enää hallinnoi sitä.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr "Valitsemallasi laitteella on STARTMODE=nfsroot. Poistetaanko se varmasti?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#. radio button group label, method of setup
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Verkon asennustapa"
@@ -1779,7 +1792,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Verkkoasetukset"
@@ -1806,7 +1819,7 @@
msgstr "Vaihda oletusreititys DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä"
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1816,7 +1829,7 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
@@ -1824,7 +1837,7 @@
"<p><b>Laitetyyppi</b>. Useita laitetyyppejä on käytettävissä, valitse \n"
"yksi tarpeidesi mukaan.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
@@ -1834,7 +1847,7 @@
"yhdistää verkon laitteen MAC-osoitteen tai BusID:n nimeen (esim.\n"
"eth1, wlan0 ) joka myös jää voimaan järjestelmän uudelleen käynnistyessä.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1845,7 +1858,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1856,7 +1869,7 @@
"Tarpeen vaatiessa valitse ohjain luettelosta, yleensä oletusohjain toimii.</p>\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
@@ -1867,12 +1880,12 @@
"erotettuja, esimerkiksi, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Huomaa:</b> Jos kaksi korttia\n"
"määritetään samalla moduulin nimellä, valinnat yhdistetään tallennettaessa.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Mikäli muokkaat joitain <b>Ethtool-asetuksia</b> ifup suorittaa ethtool-komennon näillä asetuksilla.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1882,7 +1895,7 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1891,7 +1904,7 @@
"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> tai <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
@@ -1900,80 +1913,86 @@
"<b>IBM-laiteohjaimet ja asennuskomennot </b> -ohjekirjassa.</p>"
#. Manual dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269
msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Verkkokortin käsiasennus"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr "&PCMCIA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "&USB"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300
msgid "&Hotplug Type"
msgstr "&Kuumakytkennän tyyppi"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305
msgid "P&CI"
msgstr "P&CI"
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "&Ydinmoduuli"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "&Moduulin nimi"
#. TODO: Ud ... Rules
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380
-msgid "Udev rules"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Udev rules"
+msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr "Udev-säännöt"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Laitenimi"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385
msgid "Change"
msgstr "Muuta"
# workflow: "Kein X11 konfigurieren"
# -ke-
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
-msgid "Show visible port identification"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Show visible port identification"
+msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr "Näytä näkyvän portin tunniste"
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Sekuntia"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406
msgid "Blink"
msgstr "Vilkuta"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409
-msgid "Ethtool options"
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Ethtool options"
+msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "Ethtool-valinnat"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "Verkkokortin käsinvalinta"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1983,19 +2002,19 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "&Verkkokortti"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&Etsi"
#. Remember current device number (#308763)
#. see also bnc#391802
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824
msgid ""
"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
@@ -2004,7 +2023,7 @@
"Valitse toinen nimi."
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "S/390-verkkokortin määritykset"
@@ -2012,131 +2031,131 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "S/390-laiteasetukset"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&Portin nimi"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Porttinumero"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "&Ota IP-osoitteen haltuunotto käyttöön"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "Käytä 2. &kerroksen tukea"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "2. kerroksen &MAC-osoite"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "Lue kanavaa"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "Kirjoita kanava"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Ohjaa kanavaa"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Anna <b>Portin nimi</b> tälle laitteelle (kirjainkoko merkitsevä).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Anna tarvittaessa <b>Lisäasetukset</b> tälle laitteelle (erotettuna välilyönnillä).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Valitse tarvittaessa <b>'Ota IP-osoitteen haltuunotto käyttöön'</b>. </p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Käytä 2. kerroksen tukea</b>, mikäli tälle kortille on määritetty 2. kerroksen tuki.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Anna <b>2. kerroksen MAC-osoite</b>, mikäli tälle kortille on määritetty 2. kerroksen tuki.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "&Porttinumero"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&LANCMD-aikakatkaisu"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Porttinumero</b> tälle laitteelle.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>LANCMD-aikakatkaisu</b> tälle liitännälle.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "Yhteensopivuustila"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Laajennettu tila"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "CTC-pohjainen tty (Linuxista Linuxiin yhteyksille)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "OS/390- ja z/OS-yhteensopivuustila"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Yhteyskäytäntö"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Yhteyskäytäntö</b> tälle laitteelle.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "&Päätteen nimi"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2145,7 +2164,7 @@
"esimerkiksi yhdistettävä z/VM-käyttäjätunnus (kirjainkoko merkitsevä).</p>\n"
#. #176330, must be static
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -2155,7 +2174,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Laitteistotiedot"
@@ -2210,18 +2229,22 @@
" hyvin kiinteän ja useiden langattomien verkkojen välillä vaihtamiseksi.</p>\n"
#. Network setup method help
-#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs
+#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
+#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n"
-"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n"
+"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n"
"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Perinteinen menetelmä <tt>ifup</tt>-ohjelman avulla</b>,\n"
"jos et käytä työpöytäympäristöä (GNOME tai KDE),\n"
"tai jos on tarve käyttää useampaa verkkoliitäntää samanaikaisesti.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n"
@@ -2231,7 +2254,7 @@
"Tässä näet yhteenvedon asennetuista verkkokorteista. Voit\n"
"myös muokata niiden määrityksiä.<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
@@ -2239,7 +2262,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Verkkokortin lisääminen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Napsauta <b>Lisää</b> määrittääksesi verkkokortti käsin.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n"
@@ -2250,7 +2273,7 @@
"Napsauta <b>Muokkaa</b> tai <b> Poista.</b></p>\n"
#. IPv6 help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
@@ -2266,12 +2289,12 @@
"ytimen estolistalle). Kun ipv6-yhteyskäytäntöä ei käytetä, verkon vasteajat \n"
"voivat olla nopeampia.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Kaikki muutokset otetaan käyttöön uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen.</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n"
"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n"
@@ -2284,7 +2307,7 @@
"Kaikki kohteet, joihin ei ole tarkempaa reittiä, päätyvät oletusreitille.\n"
"Mikäli tarkempi reitti on määritetty, sitä käytetään. </p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
@@ -2295,13 +2318,13 @@
"laite, jonka kautta liikenne reititetään määrättyyn verkkoon (\"-\" tarkoittaa mitä tahansa liitäntää).</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr "<p>Ota käyttöön <b>IPv4 IP-välitys</b> (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2311,7 +2334,7 @@
"<p>Ota käyttöön <b>IPv6 IP-välitys</b> (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n"
"<b>Varoitus:</b> IPv6 IP-välitys poistaa käytöstä IPv6 tilattoman osoitteen automaattimäärityksen (SLAAC)."
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
@@ -2321,7 +2344,7 @@
"Sinun tulee aktivoida naamiointi ja/tai määrittää ainakin yksi uudelleenohjaus sääntö palomuurille.\n"
"Voit käyttää YaSTin palomuurimoduulia tähän.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2335,7 +2358,7 @@
"Ota tämä valinta pois, jos käytät eri verkkoja, jotka antavat eri\n"
"konenimen.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2349,14 +2372,14 @@
"kun verkkoyhteydet eivät ole aktiivisia. Kaikissa muissa tapauksissa kannattaa\n"
"käyttää varoen etenkin jos kone tarjoaa joitain verkkopalveluita.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Anna nimipalvelimet ja toimialuehakuluettelo konenimien selvittämiseksi. Tavallisesti ne saadaan DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2367,7 +2390,7 @@
"(esim. 192.168.0.42), ei konenimenä.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2379,7 +2402,7 @@
"Hakutoimialueita voi olla useita (esim. suse.com) Erota toimialueet pilkuilla tai tyhjällä tilalla\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2391,7 +2414,7 @@
"tietokone on postipalvelin. Voit tarkistaa tietokoneesi konenimen <i>hostname</i>-\n"
"komennolla.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2407,7 +2430,7 @@
" verkkotyökalulla ja niin edelleen.). Tämä on oletus, <b>Käytä oletuskäytäntöä</b> valinta ja\n"
"se on riittävä useimmille määrityksille.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2428,7 +2451,7 @@
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
@@ -2438,12 +2461,12 @@
"<p>Valitse <b>Ei osoiteasetusta</b>, jos et halua asettaa IP-osoitetta tälle laitteelle.\n"
"Tämä on käytännöllistä verkkolaitteiden sitomiseksi.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Tarkista <b>iBFT</b> mikäli haluat verkkoasetusten pysyvän BIOSissa.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
@@ -2452,7 +2475,7 @@
"ylläpitäjältä tai Internet-palveluntarjoajaltasi.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2463,7 +2486,7 @@
"automaattisesti palvelimelta.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2474,7 +2497,7 @@
"Muuten verkko-osoite täytyy määrittää <b>kiinteästi</b>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2485,7 +2508,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2496,7 +2519,7 @@
"tälle IP-osoitteelle täysin hyväksytyn konenimen. Konenimi kirjoitetaan <i>/etc/hosts</i> tiedostoon.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2504,7 +2527,7 @@
"<p>Ota yhteyttä <b>verkon ylläpitäjään</b> saadaksesi lisätietoja\n"
"verkon asetuksista.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2513,7 +2536,7 @@
"Tämän tuotteen osat eivät välttämättä toimi käytettäessä\n"
"DHCP:tä.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2531,11 +2554,11 @@
"tämän liitännän läpi. Mikäli et valitse vyöhykettä, ja toisia liitäntöjä ei ole,\n"
"palomuuri otetaan pois käytöstä.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Pakollinen liitäntä</b> määrittää, raportoiko verkkopalvelu virheen, mikäli liitäntä ei käynnisty koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2551,19 +2574,19 @@
"etenkin hitailla moddemiyhteyksillä. Valitse yksi suositelluista arvoista\n"
"tai määritä arvo itse.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Valitse liitoslaitteen alisteiset laitteet. Valittavissa ovat vain laitteet, joiden Laitteen käynnistys -arvo on <b>Ei koskaan</b>, ja joille on määritetty <b>Ei osoiteasetusta</b>.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>DHCP-asiakaan valinnat</big></b></p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2578,7 +2601,7 @@
"(ja näin ollen samaa fyysistä laitteisto-osoitetta).</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
@@ -2610,7 +2633,7 @@
" Jätä kenttä tyhjäksi, jos et halua lähettää konenimeä.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2623,7 +2646,7 @@
"<p>Määritä liitännän (sen aliaksien) lisäosoitteet tässä taulussa.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
@@ -2636,7 +2659,7 @@
"<b>Aliverkon peite</b>.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Alias Name</b> is optional and legacy.The total\n"
@@ -2652,14 +2675,14 @@
" rajattu 15 merkkiin ja vanhentunut ifconfig-ohjelma lyhentää sen 9 merkkin jälkeen.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Älä anna liitännän nimeä alias-nimeen. Anna mieluummin nimeksi <b>foo</b> kuin <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2686,7 +2709,7 @@
"</p> \n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2695,7 +2718,7 @@
"tärkeimmät asetukset.</p>"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2708,7 +2731,7 @@
"tukiasemalla) tai <b>Isäntä</b> (verkkokortti toimii tukiasemana).</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2727,7 +2750,7 @@
"signaalin voimakkuus on suurin.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2764,7 +2787,7 @@
"<b>Hallitussa</b> toimintatilassa.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2779,7 +2802,7 @@
"automaattisesti, joten sinun on syötettävä vain 40..232 bittiä.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2796,7 +2819,7 @@
"helppo arvata.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2806,7 +2829,7 @@
"seuraavassa valintaikkunassa.</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3389,23 +3412,23 @@
msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
#. Ramote Administration dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr "Etähallinta"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "&Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&Salli etähallinta"
#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration"
msgstr "&Älä salli etähallintaa"
#. Remote Administration dialog help
#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
@@ -3422,17 +3445,17 @@
"Tämä etäkäyttötapa on merkittävästi SSH-yhteyttä turvattomampi.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
-#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Remote Administration Settings"
msgstr "Etähallinnan asetukset"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Nämä paketit pitää asentaa:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3447,117 +3470,111 @@
#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that
#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not
#. plugged in. Preferably a short string.
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254
msgid "unplugged"
msgstr "kytkemättä"
#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Tuntematon"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Määritykset tallennettiin onnistuneesti"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293
msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DNS-määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295
msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "DSL-määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297
msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Koneen määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301
msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "ISDN-määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305
msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Verkkokortin määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309
msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Modeemimääritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Välityspalvelimen määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317
msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Palveluntarjoajan määritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti"
#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "Reititysmääritykset tallennettu onnistuneesti"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330
msgid "Configure mail now?"
msgstr "Määritetäänkö sähköpostin asetukset nyt?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335
msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
msgstr "Suorita määritykset %1?"
+#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
+#.
+#. see bnc#433084
+#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
+#.
+#. returns true if items were disabled
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008
+msgid ""
+"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
+"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Verkkokortit"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modeemit"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN-kortit"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL-laitteet"
-#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Kaikki verkkolaitteet"
-#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM
-#. see bnc#433084
-#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100
-msgid ""
-"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
-"cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
-"\n"
-"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
-"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Verkkoa hallitaan tällä hetkellä verkkotyökalua(NetworkManager)\n"
-"ja sen asetuksia ei voi muokata YaST:lla.\n"
-"\n"
-"Muokataksesi asetuksia, käytä verkkotyökalun yhteysmuokkaita, tai\n"
-"vaihda verkon hallinta tavaksi perinteinen (ifup).\n"
-
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93
@@ -3806,7 +3823,7 @@
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Oletusyhdyskäytävä ei kelpaa."
@@ -4030,14 +4047,42 @@
msgid "Set &MTU"
msgstr "Aseta &MTU"
+#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "NetworkManager Service"
+msgstr "Verkkopalvelut"
+
+#. ifup is a program name
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Traditional Chinese"
+msgid "Traditional ifup"
+msgstr "kiina (perinteinen)"
+
+#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Squid Service"
+msgid "Wicked Service"
+msgstr "Squid-palvelu"
+
+#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Services"
+msgid "Network Services Disabled"
+msgstr "Verkkopalvelut"
+
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355
msgid "Applet needed"
msgstr "Järjestelmä on käynnistettävä uudelleen"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
@@ -4047,50 +4092,35 @@
"(Plasma sovelma KDElle ja nm-sovelma GNOMElle).\n"
"Varmista, että sovelma on käynnissä, ja jos ei, niin käynnistä se käsin."
-#. radio button label
-#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager
-#. program
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359
-msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
-msgstr "&Käyttäjän hallinnoima verkkotyökalun avulla"
-
-#. radio button label
-#. ifup is a program name
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365
-msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
-msgstr "&Perinteinen menetelmä ifup-ohjelman avulla"
-
-#. radio button label
-#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371
-msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
-msgstr "&wicked:in ohjaama"
+msgid "General Network Settings"
+msgstr "Yleiset verkkoasetukset"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
msgstr "IPv6-yhteyskäytännön asetukset"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "Ota IPv6 käyttöön"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Tuntematon laite"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-osoite"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "IP-osoitetta ei ole määritetty"
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455
msgid ""
"%1 \n"
"%2 - %3"
@@ -4099,12 +4129,12 @@
"%2 - %3"
#. #186102
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510
msgid "&Change Device"
msgstr "&Muuta laite"
#. popup dialog title
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544
msgid "Network Device Select"
msgstr "Verkkolaitevalinta"
@@ -4120,99 +4150,97 @@
msgstr "Sillatun verkon vuoksi YaST:in täytyy käynnistää verkko uudelleen asetusten käyttöön ottamiseksi."
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
-msgid "Device name:"
-msgstr "Laitenimi:"
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device Name"
+msgid "Device Name:"
+msgstr "Laitenimi"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Base udev rule on"
+msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
msgstr "Base udev rule käytössä"
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110
msgid "MAC address: %s"
msgstr "MAC-osoite: %s"
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116
msgid "BusID: %s"
msgstr "BusID: %s"
-#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one.
-#.
-#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid
-#.
-#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154
+#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153
msgid "Configuration name already exists."
msgstr "Määrityksen nimi on jo olemassa."
-#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158
+#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157
msgid "Invalid configuration name."
msgstr "Virheellinen määritystiedoston nimi."
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371
msgid "Write hostname"
msgstr "Kirjoita konenimi"
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Päivitä määritys"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375
msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf"
msgstr "Päivitä /etc/resolv.conf"
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan konenimi ja DNS-määritys"
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388
msgid "Writing hostname..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan konenimi..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Päivitetään määritys..."
#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0)
#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, "");
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416
msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..."
msgstr "Päivitetään /etc/resolv.conf..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Konenimi: DHCP asettaa"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Konenimi: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Konenimeä ei kirjoiteta /etc/hosts-tiedostoon"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Nimipalvelimet: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Hakuluettelo: %1"
@@ -4231,62 +4259,62 @@
msgstr "Päivitetään /etc/hosts..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "Valmistellaan verkkomääritystä"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Tunnista verkkolaitteet"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Lue ohjaintiedot"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Lue laitemääritykset"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Lue verkkomääritykset"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Lue konenimi ja DNS-määritykset"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Lue asennustiedot"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Lue reititysmääritykset"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Tunnista nykyinen tila"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Tunnistetaan ndiswrapper..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
@@ -4296,7 +4324,7 @@
"mutta ytimen moduulia ei ole ladattu (modprobed).\n"
"Ladataanko ydinmoduuli (modprobe ndiswrapper)?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
@@ -4305,277 +4333,283 @@
"Tarkista määritys manuaalisesti.\n"
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "Tunnistetaan verkkolaitteet..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "Luetaan laitemääritykset..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Luetaan verkkomääritykset..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Luetaan palomuurin asetukset..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Luetaan konenimi ja DNS-määritykset..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Luetaan asennustiedot..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Luetaan reititysmääritykset..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Tunnistetaan nykyinen tila..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Tämän muutoksen käyttöönottoon tarvitaan uudelleenkäynnistys."
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan verkkomääritykset"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Kirjoita ohjaintiedot"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Kirjoita laitemääritykset"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Kirjoita verkkomääritykset"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Kirjoita reititysmääritykset"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Kirjoita konenimi ja DNS-määritykset"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Aseta verkkopalvelut"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Ota verkkopalvelut käyttöön"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan laitemääritykset..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan verkkomääritykset..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan reititysmääritykset..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan konenimi ja DNS-määritykset..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Asetetaan verkkopalvelut..."
#. Progress step 8
-#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Otetaan verkkopalvelut käyttöön..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Verkko ei ole toiminnassa"
+#. Import data
+#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Verkkotila"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Verkkotyökalun hallitsemat liitännät"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Poista verkkotyökalu käytöstä"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Perinteinen menetelmä NetControlin avulla - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "Ota verkkotyökalu käyttöön"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Tuki IPv6-yhteyskäytännölle on käytössä"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "Poista IPv6 käytöstä"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Tuki IPv6-yhteyskäytännölle on poistettu käytöstä"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195
msgid "connected"
msgstr "yhdistetty"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196
msgid "datagram"
msgstr "datagram"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Käynnistetään automaattisesti käynnistyksen yhteydessä"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Käynnistetään automaattisesti kaapelin kytkemisen yhteydessä"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Verkkotyökalun hallinnoima"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Ei käynnistetä ollenkaan"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Käynnistetään käsin"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-osoite haetaan käyttämällä "
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-osoite: %s/%s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP-osoite: %s, aliverkon peite %s"
#. FIXME:
#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Ei määritetty"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Laitteen nimi: %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Alisteiset liitokset"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "alistettu liitokseen %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Liitoksen isäntä"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Ei yhdistetty"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Ei laitteistotietoa"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "<p>Verkkokortin määrittäminen ei onnistu koska ydinlaite (eth0, wlan0) ei ole saatavilla. Tämä johtuu yleensä puuttuvasta laiteohjelmistosta (wlan-laitteet). Katso yksityiskohdat dmesg-tulosteesta.</p>"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
@@ -4583,44 +4617,61 @@
"Laitetta ei ole määritetty. Napsauta <b>Muokkaa</b>\n"
"määrittääksesi laitteen.\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Tarvittava laiteohjelmisto"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "tuntematon"
+#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
+#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
+msgid ""
+"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
+"firewall settings will be disabled."
+msgstr "Pakettia SuSEfirewall2 ei ole asennettu, palomuuri on poistettu käytöstä."
+
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Näytönhallinnan määritys"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Käynnistä palvelut uudelleen"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan etähallinnan määritystä"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Näytönhallinnan määritys..."
+#. Enable xinetd
+#. Enable XDM
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed."
+msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
+msgstr "'uml' -palvelun käyttöönotto epäonnistui."
+
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua uudelleen..."
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415
+#. description in proposal
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Etähallinta on käytössä."
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Etähallinta ei ole käytössä."
@@ -4668,29 +4719,58 @@
msgstr "IPv6 IP-välitys: %s"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121
msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone"
msgstr "Automaattisesti määrätty alue"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123
msgid "Firewall Disabled"
msgstr "Palomuuri pois käytöstä"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Suojaamaton)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
+#~ "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ainakin yksi valittu laite on jo määritetty.\n"
+#~ "sulauta sillan määritys (IP-osoite 0.0.0.0/32)?\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
+#~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
+#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Verkkoa hallitaan tällä hetkellä verkkotyökalua(NetworkManager)\n"
+#~ "ja sen asetuksia ei voi muokata YaST:lla.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Muokataksesi asetuksia, käytä verkkotyökalun yhteysmuokkaita, tai\n"
+#~ "vaihda verkon hallinta tavaksi perinteinen (ifup).\n"
+
+#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
+#~ msgstr "&Käyttäjän hallinnoima verkkotyökalun avulla"
+
+#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup"
+#~ msgstr "&Perinteinen menetelmä ifup-ohjelman avulla"
+
+#~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
+#~ msgstr "&wicked:in ohjaama"
+
+#~ msgid "Device name:"
+#~ msgstr "Laitenimi:"
+
#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
#~ msgstr "SSH-palvelu otetaan käyttöön, SSH-portti avataan (<a href=\"%1\">poista käytöstä ja sulje</a>)"
#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
#~ msgstr "SSH-palvelu poistetaan käytöstä, SSH-portti suljetaan (<a href=\"%1\">ota käyttöön ja avaa</a>)"
-#~ msgid "General Network Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Yleiset verkkoasetukset"
-
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "Yleiset &verkkoasetukset"
@@ -5201,9 +5281,6 @@
#~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface"
#~ msgstr "Lisää &palveluntarjoaja olemassa olevaan liitäntään"
-#~ msgid "Network Services"
-#~ msgstr "Verkkopalvelut"
-
#~ msgid "S&kip"
#~ msgstr "O&hita"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-06 20:29+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 12:41+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -85,27 +85,27 @@
msgstr "Kyllä/Ei valinta Secure NFS -tuen käyttöönotolle/käytöstä poistamiselle."
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "NFS-palvelin on käytössä"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "NFS-palvelin ei ole käytössä"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Vaadittuja paketteja (%1) ei ole asennettu."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Liitoskohtaa ei määritelty."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr "Toimialuetta ei voi asettaa ilman NFSv4:n käyttöönottoa. Käytä tähän 'set enablev4' -komentoa."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
msgstr "Komentoa 'set' tulee käyttää muodossa 'set option=value'. Käytä 'set help' saadaksesi lisätietoa käytettävissä olevista valinnoista."
@@ -181,59 +181,48 @@
"Määritystiedostossa on luultavasti väärä tyhjä merkki.\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "&Vietävä hakemisto"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Selaa..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr "Määritä vientipolku, joka ei ole tyhjä. Esimerkiksi, /exports"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "Vientitaulukko sisältää jo tämän hakemiston."
-#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-"with spaces in their names.\n"
-"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-msgstr ""
-"Käyttäjätilassa toimiva NFS-palvelin (%1) ei voi viedä hakemistoja,\n"
-"joiden nimissä on välilyöntejä.\n"
-"Käytä ydintilassa toimivaa palvelinta (%2) näiden hakemistojen vientiin."
-
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "Hakemistoa ei ole olemassa. Luodaanko se?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Valitse vietävä hakemisto"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Kone / jokerimerkki"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "Va&linnat"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
@@ -242,7 +231,7 @@
"NFSv4 ole käytössä (edellinen sivu)\n"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -252,12 +241,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr "Tiedoston /etc/idmapd.conf lukeminen ei onnistu. Toimialueeksi määritetään oletustoimialue 'localdomain'"
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -266,7 +255,7 @@
"ja viedäänkö osa hakemistoistasi toisille.</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
@@ -274,7 +263,7 @@
"<P>Jos valitset <B>Käynnistä NFS-palvelin</B>, napsauttamalla <B>Seuraava</B> avautuu\n"
"määritysikkuna, jossa voit määritellä vietävät hakemistot.</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
@@ -285,7 +274,7 @@
" localdomain tai katso lisätietoja idmapd- ja idmapd.conf-man-sivuilta, jos et ole varma.</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
@@ -294,44 +283,44 @@
"<B>Ota GSS-suojaus</B> -valinta. GSS-APIn käyttäminen edellyttää tällä hetkellä sitä, että järjestelmässä on Kerberos ja gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)</P>\n"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-palvelin"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Käynnistä"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "Älä &käynnistä"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "Ota NFSv4 käyttöön"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "Ota NFS&v4 käyttöön"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "Määritä NFSv4-toi&mialueen nimi:"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "Ota &GSS-suojaus käyttöön"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "NFS-palvelin määritys"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -342,7 +331,7 @@
"saavat liittää tämän hakemiston.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
@@ -352,68 +341,63 @@
"Se voi olla yksittäinen kone, ryhmiä, jokerimerkkejä\n"
"tai IP-verkkoja.</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
+#. Help, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Syötä tähti (<tt>*</tt>) määrittääksesi kaikki koneet.</p>"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
-msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Jätä kenttä tyhjäksi määrittääksesi kaikki koneet.</p>"
-
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>Katso lisätietoja <tt>man exports</tt>.</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "Lisää &hakemisto"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Muokkaa"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "&Poista"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Kone / jokerimerkki"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Valinnat"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "Lisää &kone"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Muo&kkaa"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Pois&ta"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Vietävät hakemistot"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -422,7 +406,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -432,74 +416,62 @@
"Vietyihin hakemistoihin ei tehty muutoksia.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan NFS-palvelinmääritykset"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "Tallenna /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Käynnistä palvelut uudelleen"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "Tallennetaan /etc/exports..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelut uudelleen..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan NFS-palvelimen asetukset. Odota..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Kirjoitus tiedostoon idmapd.conf ei onnistunut."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302
-msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-msgstr "Palvelun idmapd käynnistäminen ei onnistunut. Tarkista toimialueasetukset."
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308
-msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-msgstr "Palvelun idmapd käynnistäminen uudelleen ei onnistunut."
-
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315
-msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-msgstr "Palvelun idmapd pysäyttäminen ei onnistunut."
-
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr "Palvelun svcgssd käynnistäminen ei onnistunut. Tarkista, että kerberos- ja gssapi (nfs-utils) -asetukset ovat kunnossa."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr "Palvelun idmapd käynnistäminen uudelleen ei onnistunut."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr "'svcgssd' on käynnissä. Sen pysäyttäminen ei onnistu."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -508,15 +480,36 @@
"Muutokset astuvat voimaan tietokoneen seuraavan käynnistyksen jälkeen.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "NFS-viennit"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr "NFSv4-toimialue idmappingia varten on %1."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
+#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Käyttäjätilassa toimiva NFS-palvelin (%1) ei voi viedä hakemistoja,\n"
+#~ "joiden nimissä on välilyöntejä.\n"
+#~ "Käytä ydintilassa toimivaa palvelinta (%2) näiden hakemistojen vientiin."
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Jätä kenttä tyhjäksi määrittääksesi kaikki koneet.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+#~ msgstr "Palvelun idmapd käynnistäminen ei onnistunut. Tarkista toimialueasetukset."
+
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Palvelun idmapd käynnistäminen uudelleen ei onnistunut."
+
+#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+#~ msgstr "Palvelun idmapd pysäyttäminen ei onnistunut."
+
#~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
#~ msgstr "'svcgssd' on jo käynnissä. Sitä ei voi käynnistää uudelleen."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nis.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/nis.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nis.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 17:07+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-01 15:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
#. To translators: checkbox label
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100
+#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98
msgid "This host is also a NIS &client"
msgstr "&Kone on myös NIS-asiakas"
@@ -412,22 +412,31 @@
msgstr "NIS-palvelimen hakukoneen asetus"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Anna NIS-<b>toimialue</b> ja IP-<b>osoite</b> tai NIS-isäntäpalvelimen konenimi.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas, joka käyttää konetta palvelimena, valitse vastaava valinta.</p>"
#. textentry label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84
-msgid "N&IS domain name:"
-msgstr "N&IS-toimialueen nimi:"
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name"
+msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
+msgstr "NIS-&toimialue nimi"
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "NIS Master Server: "
+msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
+msgstr "NIS-isäntäpalvelin: "
+
#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111
+#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109
msgid "Slave Server Setup"
msgstr "Renkipalvelimen asetus"
@@ -900,6 +909,9 @@
msgid "Stopping NIS client."
msgstr "Pysäytetään NIS-asiakasta."
+#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS-toimialueen nimi:"
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 12:39+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -59,21 +59,20 @@
msgstr "Virheellinen NTP-palvelimen nimi %1."
#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
msgstr "&NTP-palvelimen osoite"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
msgstr "Suorita NTP-demonina"
#. check box label
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
msgid "&Save NTP Configuration"
msgstr "&Tallenna NTP-määritys"
-#. try to line up the widgets horizontally
#. push button label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269
msgid "S&ynchronize now"
@@ -86,7 +85,7 @@
msgstr "&Määritä..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
@@ -95,14 +94,26 @@
"ilman paketin %1 asentamista."
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Tahdistetaan NTP-palvelimen kanssa..."
+#. update time widgets
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
+msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
+msgstr "Yhteyttä LDAP-palvelimeen ei voi muodostaa."
+
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481
-msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
+msgid ""
+"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
+"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
+"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr "Testikysely palvelimelta '%1' epäonnistui. Jos palvelin ei ole vielä käytettävissä tai verkkoa ei ole määritetty napsauta 'Ei' ohittaaksesi. Palaa NTP-palvelimen määritykseen?"
#. local clock type name
@@ -608,11 +619,20 @@
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
+#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
+#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Käynnistä NTP-demoni</big></b><br>\n"
"Valitse, käynnistetäänkö NTP-demoni heti ja aina järjestelmän käynnistyessä.\n"
@@ -620,7 +640,7 @@
"olla käynnistetty ennen kuin NTP-demoni käynnistyy.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -632,7 +652,7 @@
"<b>Suorita NTP-demoni chroot-vankilassa</b>. Demonin käynnistäminen\n"
"chroot-vankilassa on turvallisempaa ja erittäin suositeltavaa.</p>"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
@@ -646,7 +666,7 @@
"Tämä valinta ei ole käytettävissä jos NTP on määritetty DHCP:llä.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n"
@@ -660,7 +680,7 @@
"Kysy verkkosi ylläpitäjältä tarjoaako DHCP-palvelin NTP-palvelinten tiedot.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
@@ -674,7 +694,7 @@
"napsauta <b>Lisää</b>. Poistaaksesi tahdistuskollegan valitse se ja napsauta <b>Poista</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -683,7 +703,7 @@
"Jos haluat näyttää NTP-taustaohjelman lokit, napsauta <b>Näytä loki</b> -painiketta.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
@@ -694,7 +714,7 @@
"paikallisesti kytkettyyn kelloon valitse <b>Asiantuntijamääritys</b>."
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
@@ -703,7 +723,7 @@
"Valitse määritettävän kellon ohjain.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
@@ -713,7 +733,7 @@
"Jos sinulla on monta kelloa, aseta kellon <b>Yksikkönumero</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
@@ -730,7 +750,7 @@
"ei ole tarvetta perustaa symbolista linkkiä tai se pitää luoda käsin.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
@@ -739,7 +759,7 @@
"Kalibroidaksesi kello-ohjaimen napsauta <b>Ohjainkalibrointi</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n"
@@ -753,7 +773,7 @@
"Kansainvälisiä NTP-palvelimia on esim. <tt>time.nist.gov</tt>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n"
"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n"
@@ -765,7 +785,7 @@
"NTP-palvelinten luettelosta napsauta <b>Valitse</b> ja valitse <b>Paikallinen NTP-palvelin</b> tai <b>Julkinen NTP-palvelin</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n"
@@ -775,7 +795,7 @@
"Testataksesi onko valittu palvelin päällä ja vastaa oikein napsauta <b>Testaa</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n"
@@ -785,7 +805,7 @@
"Asettaaksesi palvelimen osoitteen keskinäistä tahdistusta varten valitse <b>Osoite</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n"
@@ -795,7 +815,7 @@
"Asettaaksesi lähetysosoitteen täytä <b>Osoite</b>-kenttä.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n"
"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n"
@@ -806,7 +826,7 @@
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
@@ -818,7 +838,7 @@
"<b>Valinnat</b>-kenttään. Katso lisätietoja\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
@@ -837,7 +857,7 @@
"<b>tietoturva-asetuksissa</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
@@ -846,42 +866,42 @@
"Valitse kollegan kanssa tehtävän tahdistuksen tyyppi tästä.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-palvelimen tahdistusta varten valitse <b>Palvelin</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-kollegan jonka kanssa tahdistetaan keskinäisesti, valitse <b>Kollega</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Määrittääksesi tietokoneeseesi suoraan liitetyn paikallisen kellon valitse <b>Radiokello</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Lähettääksesi aikatietoa verkkoosi valitse <b>Lähtevä lähetys</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Vastaanottaaksesi NTP-paketteja verkon toisilta palvelimilta ja asettaaksesi niiden avulla paikallisen ajan valitse <b>Saapuva lähetys<b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n"
"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n"
@@ -892,7 +912,7 @@
"valita tunnettujen NTP-palvelinten luettelosta.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n"
"Network</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -906,7 +926,7 @@
"Valitse sitten palvelin löydetyistä palvelimista.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
@@ -917,7 +937,7 @@
"vain tietyn maan NTP-palvelimet valitse <b>Maa</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n"
"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n"
@@ -939,7 +959,7 @@
"Kansainvälisiä NTP-palvelimia on esim. <tt>time.nist.gov</tt> </p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n"
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
@@ -949,7 +969,7 @@
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
@@ -964,7 +984,7 @@
"NTP-palvelusi tahdistetaan joka tunti eri palvelimien kanssa.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
@@ -977,7 +997,7 @@
"ohjaimet eivät käytä kaikkia valintoja.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242
+#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1328,117 +1348,120 @@
msgstr "Luetaan NTP-asetuksia..."
#. progress step
-#. error report
+#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that
+#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time.
+#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI)
+#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557)
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp;
#. NtpClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731
msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration"
msgstr "Tallennetaan NTP-asiakkaan määritykset"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748
msgid "Write NTP settings"
msgstr "Kirjoita NTP-asetukset"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
msgstr "Käynnistä NTP-demoni uudelleen"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetukset..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
msgstr "Käynnistetään NTP-demoni uudelleen..."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841
msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy."
msgstr "Dynaamisia asetuskäytäntöjä ei voitu päivittää."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
msgstr "NTP-demonin uudelleenkäynnistys ei onnistunut."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
msgstr "NTP-demoni käynnistetään järjestelmän käynnistyessä."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
msgstr "NTP-demonia ei käynnistetä automaattisesti."
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985
msgid "Servers: %1"
msgstr "Palvelimet: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989
msgid "Radio Clocks: %1"
msgstr "Radiokellot: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993
msgid "Peers: %1"
msgstr "Kollegat: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
msgstr "Lähetä aikatieto osoitteille: %1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
msgstr "Hyväksy lähetetty aikatieto osoitteista: %1"
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
msgstr "Yhdistä staattinen ja DHCP-määritys."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
msgid "Static configuration only."
msgstr "Vain staattinen määritys."
#. summary string, FIXME
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024
msgid "Custom configuration policy."
msgstr "Muokatut määritykset"
#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057
msgid "Testing the NTP server..."
msgstr "Testataan NTP-palvelinta"
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
msgstr "Palvelin on käytettävissä ja vastaa oikein."
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
msgstr "Palvelinta ei tavoitettu tai se ei vastaa oikein."
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
-#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/oneclickinstall.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/oneclickinstall.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/oneclickinstall.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:51+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -40,11 +40,8 @@
msgstr "Tiedosto, johon laitetaan YMP:n sisäinen kuvaus"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> "
-"instructions"
-msgstr ""
-"Tiedosto, joka sisältää One Click Install -asennusohjeiden sisäisen kuvauksen"
+msgid "File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> instructions"
+msgstr "Tiedosto, joka sisältää One Click Install -asennusohjeiden sisäisen kuvauksen"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65
msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file."
@@ -126,11 +123,8 @@
msgstr "Tämä avustaja asentaa ohjelmistoja tietokoneeseesi."
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Katso lisätietoja osoitteesta <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt"
-">"
+msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information."
+msgstr "Katso lisätietoja osoitteesta <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt>"
#. <region name="Define the UI components"> *
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59
@@ -203,50 +197,28 @@
msgstr "Asennuksen vaiheet"
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. "
-"Review the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Tapahtui virhe tilatessa vaadittuja asennuslähteitä. Löydät lisätietoja "
-"yast2-lokeista."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Tapahtui virhe tilatessa vaadittuja asennuslähteitä. Löydät lisätietoja yast2-lokeista."
#. Remove any removals
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Tapahtui virhe poistettaessa määritettyjä paketteja. Katso lisätietoja "
-"yast2-lokeista."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Tapahtui virhe poistettaessa määritettyjä paketteja. Katso lisätietoja yast2-lokeista."
#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Tapahtui virhe asennettaessa määritettyjä ohjelmistoryhmiä. Katso lisätietoja "
-"yast2-lokeista."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Tapahtui virhe asennettaessa määritettyjä ohjelmistoryhmiä. Katso lisätietoja yast2-lokeista."
#. if that was successful now try and install the packages
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review "
-"the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Tapahtui virhe asennettaessa määritettyjä paketteja. Katso lisätietoja "
-"yast2-lokeista."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Tapahtui virhe asennettaessa määritettyjä paketteja. Katso lisätietoja yast2-lokeista."
#. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation.
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that "
-"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > "
-"Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"Tapahtui virhe yritettäessä poistaa asennuslähteen tilausta, jota käytettiin "
-"asennuksen aikana. Voit poistaa ne käsin YaSTissa > Asennuslähteet. Katso "
-"lisätietoja yast2-lokeista."
+msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information."
+msgstr "Tapahtui virhe yritettäessä poistaa asennuslähteen tilausta, jota käytettiin asennuksen aikana. Voit poistaa ne käsin YaSTissa > Asennuslähteet. Katso lisätietoja yast2-lokeista."
#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159
msgid "No error occurred."
@@ -282,9 +254,7 @@
msgstr "Asennus ei ole mahdollinen"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71
-#| msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE."
-msgid ""
-"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s."
+msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s."
msgstr "Avattu asennuslinkki tai -tiedosto ei sisällä ohjeita %s."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81
@@ -314,11 +284,8 @@
msgstr "Älä näytä tätä viestiä enää uudelleen"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348
-msgid ""
-"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not "
-"remain subscribed."
-msgstr ""
-"Nämä asennuslähteet lisätään ainoastaan asennuksen ajaksi, niitä ei tilata."
+msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed."
+msgstr "Nämä asennuslähteet lisätään ainoastaan asennuksen ajaksi, niitä ei tilata."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352
msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation."
@@ -366,9 +333,7 @@
msgstr "Asennus onnistui vain osittain."
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507
-msgid ""
-"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>"
-"/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: "
+msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: "
msgstr ""
"Valitettavasti asennus epäonnistui, katso lisätietoja\n"
"<tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>-tiedostosta. Epäonnistunut vaihe oli: "
@@ -438,12 +403,8 @@
msgstr "tuntematon"
#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13
-msgid ""
-"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown "
-"error occurred."
-msgstr ""
-"Pääkäyttäjän oikeudet vaaditaan. Joko niitä ei ole annettu tai tapahtui "
-"tuntematon virhe."
+msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred."
+msgstr "Pääkäyttäjän oikeudet vaaditaan. Joko niitä ei ole annettu tai tapahtui tuntematon virhe."
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Have you reviewed the changes that will be made to your system?\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update-configuration.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update-configuration.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update-configuration.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-06 11:01+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -94,8 +94,7 @@
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66
msgid "Register for support and get update repository"
-msgstr ""
-"Rekisteröidy saadaksesi tukea ja hakeaksesi uudet päivitetyt asennuslähteet"
+msgstr "Rekisteröidy saadaksesi tukea ja hakeaksesi uudet päivitetyt asennuslähteet"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67
msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project"
@@ -143,8 +142,7 @@
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85
msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Napsauta <b>%1</b> käyttääksesi päivityksen oletusasennuslähdettä.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Napsauta <b>%1</b> käyttääksesi päivityksen oletusasennuslähdettä.</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89
msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>"
@@ -155,29 +153,16 @@
msgstr "<p>Kohdassa <b>%1</b> määritetään automaattinen verkkopäivitys.</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be "
-"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse päivitysväli ja määritä asennetaanko interaktiiviset korjaukset ja "
-"hyväksytäänkö lisenssiehdot automaattisesti.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse päivitysväli ja määritä asennetaanko interaktiiviset korjaukset ja hyväksytäänkö lisenssiehdot automaattisesti.</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed "
-"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kaikki päivityspaketin suosittelemat paketit asennetaan silloin kun <b>%1<"
-"/b> on käytössä.</p>"
+msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Kaikki päivityspaketin suosittelemat paketit asennetaan silloin kun <b>%1</b> on käytössä.</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. "
-"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be "
-"skipped.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kategoriasuodatus korjauksille voidaan määrittää kohdassa <b>%1</b>. Vain "
-"korjaukset valitusta kategoriasta asennetaan ja muut ohitetaan.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Kategoriasuodatus korjauksille voidaan määrittää kohdassa <b>%1</b>. Vain korjaukset valitusta kategoriasta asennetaan ja muut ohitetaan.</p>"
#. cache the base product details
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/online-update.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:49+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -80,13 +80,8 @@
#. help text for online-update initialization
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. "
-"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> "
-"module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Järjestelmä valmistelee asennusta ja päivityslähteitä. Asennusta ja "
-"päivityslähteitä voi muokata <b>Asennuslähde</b>-moduulissa.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Järjestelmä valmistelee asennusta ja päivityslähteitä. Asennusta ja päivityslähteitä voi muokata <b>Asennuslähde</b>-moduulissa.</p>"
#. progress stage label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137
@@ -133,8 +128,8 @@
msgid "Initializing Online Update"
msgstr "Valmistellaan Internet-päivitystä"
-#. yes/no message
-#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209
msgid ""
"No update repository\n"
"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
@@ -142,6 +137,13 @@
"Päivityslähdettä ei ole vielä\n"
"määritetty. Suoritetaanko määritys nyt?"
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgid "No update repository configured yet."
+msgstr "Ei vielä määritetty."
+
#. progress window label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49
msgid "Progress Log"
@@ -172,12 +174,8 @@
#. help text for online update
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be "
-"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Jos korjaukset sisältävät erityisviestejä, näytetään ne erillisessä "
-"ikkunassa kun korjausta asennetaan.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Jos korjaukset sisältävät erityisviestejä, näytetään ne erillisessä ikkunassa kun korjausta asennetaan.</p>\n"
#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp)
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81
@@ -252,8 +250,7 @@
"At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n"
"Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Jokin asennetuista päivityksistä edellyttää, että istunto käynnistetään "
-"uudelleen.\n"
+"Jokin asennetuista päivityksistä edellyttää, että istunto käynnistetään uudelleen.\n"
"Kirjaudu järjestelmään uudestaan niin pian kuin mahdollista.\n"
#. popup message
@@ -283,8 +280,7 @@
"\n"
"Reboot the system as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
-"Nämä päivitykset edellyttävät tietokoneen uudelleen käynnistystä, jotta "
-"päivitys tulee voimaan.\n"
+"Nämä päivitykset edellyttävät tietokoneen uudelleen käynnistystä, jotta päivitys tulee voimaan.\n"
"\n"
"%1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -293,18 +289,15 @@
#. continue/cancel popup text
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76
msgid ""
-"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of "
-"YaST.\n"
+"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n"
"They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n"
"\n"
"You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n"
"\n"
"Continue with installing your selection?"
msgstr ""
-"Paketinhallintaan on saatavilla korjauksia, jotka edellyttävät YaSTin "
-"käynnistämistä uudelleen.\n"
-"Kyseiset korjaukset pitää asentaa ensin, ja muut korjaukset uuden "
-"käynnistyksen jälkeen.\n"
+"Paketinhallintaan on saatavilla korjauksia, jotka edellyttävät YaSTin käynnistämistä uudelleen.\n"
+"Kyseiset korjaukset pitää asentaa ensin, ja muut korjaukset uuden käynnistyksen jälkeen.\n"
"\n"
"Olet valinnut muita korjauksia asennettavaksi.\n"
"\n"
@@ -540,7 +533,6 @@
#. Dialog label above a list of patches
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424
-#| msgid "These patches will need rebooting after instalation"
msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation"
msgstr "Nämä korjaukset vaativat uudelleenkäynnistyksen asennuksen jälkeen"
@@ -552,9 +544,7 @@
#. Solver can't solve it automatically
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457
msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting."
-msgstr ""
-"Internet-päivitys ei pystynyt jättämään pois kaikkia uudellekäynnistyksen "
-"vaativia korjauksia."
+msgstr "Internet-päivitys ei pystynyt jättämään pois kaikkia uudellekäynnistyksen vaativia korjauksia."
#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539
@@ -567,11 +557,9 @@
"\n"
"Contact us if you need further assistance."
msgstr ""
-"Näiden tuotteiden yleinen tuki on päättynyt ja siitä johtuen uusia "
-"päivityksia ei ole saatavilla.\n"
+"Näiden tuotteiden yleinen tuki on päättynyt ja siitä johtuen uusia päivityksia ei ole saatavilla.\n"
"\n"
-"Mikäli tilauksesi sisältää pidennetyn tuen varmista, että olet aktivoinut "
-"sen.\n"
+"Mikäli tilauksesi sisältää pidennetyn tuen varmista, että olet aktivoinut sen.\n"
"\n"
"Ota meihin yhteyttä mikäli tarvitset lisätukea."
Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/opensuse_mirror.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/opensuse_mirror.fi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/opensuse_mirror.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr "Hakemisto"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "Mirrored"
+msgstr "Virhe"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "kyllä"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ei"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Exit"
+msgid "&Exit"
+msgstr "Lopeta"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error"
+msgid "&Mirror"
+msgstr "Virhe"
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145
+msgid "&Do not Mirror"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgid "Select/Deselect &All"
+msgstr "V&alitse kaikki tai poista valinta kaikista"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/packager.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/packager.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/packager.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-24 11:18+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -116,8 +116,7 @@
"and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n"
"own sets of perfectly integrated applications.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sekä <b>KDE</b> että <b>GNOME</b> ovat tehokkaita ja helposti "
-"ymmärrettäviä\n"
+"<p>Sekä <b>KDE</b> että <b>GNOME</b> ovat tehokkaita ja helposti ymmärrettäviä\n"
"työpöytäympäristöjä. Niissä helppokäyttöisyys ja miellyttävä \n"
"graafinen käyttöliittymä yhdistyvät\n"
"täydellisesti integroituihin sovelluksiin.</p>"
@@ -143,8 +142,7 @@
"system with a basic window manager.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Muu</b> ja napsauta <b>Valitse</b> valitaksesi jonkun \n"
-"toisen vaihtoehdon, kuten tekstipohjaisen järjestelmän tai riisutun graafisen "
-"\n"
+"toisen vaihtoehdon, kuten tekstipohjaisen järjestelmän tai riisutun graafisen \n"
"järjestelmän yksinkertaisella ikkunointihallinnalla.</p>"
#. radio button
@@ -187,6 +185,15 @@
msgid "&Text Mode"
msgstr "&Tekstitila"
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#. an error popup
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573
+#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706
+msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
+msgstr "%1 varmuuskopiointi epäonnistui. Katso yksityiskohdat. %2."
+
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
msgid "Copy Installation Media"
@@ -401,20 +408,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse haluamasi verkkoasennuslähde ja napsauta <b>Seuraava</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse haluamasi verkkoasennuslähde ja napsauta <b>Seuraava</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.<"
-"/p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse verkkoasennuslähde, jota haluat käyttää ja napsauta sitten <b>"
-"Valmis</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse verkkoasennuslähde, jota haluat käyttää ja napsauta sitten <b>Valmis</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
@@ -496,11 +496,9 @@
"Internet-päivitysten käyttäminen asennuksen yhteydessä silloin kun\n"
"musitia on vähemmän kun %dMiB ei oel suositeltavaa.\n"
"\n"
-"Asennus voi kaatua tai jäätyä mikäli asennettava päivitys vaatii paljon "
-"muistia.\n"
+"Asennus voi kaatua tai jäätyä mikäli asennettava päivitys vaatii paljon muistia.\n"
"\n"
-"Internet-päivitysten käyttämine asennuksen jälkeen on suisiteltavampaa tässä "
-"tapauksessa."
+"Internet-päivitysten käyttämine asennuksen jälkeen on suisiteltavampaa tässä tapauksessa."
#. continue-cancel popup
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81
@@ -525,12 +523,8 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Paketin ratkaisijan suoritus epäonnistui. Tarkista AutoYaST-profiilin "
-"ohjelmisto-osa."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile."
+msgstr "Paketin ratkaisijan suoritus epäonnistui. Tarkista AutoYaST-profiilin ohjelmisto-osa."
#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area
#. %1 - an error message (details)
@@ -554,7 +548,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
@@ -594,12 +588,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Asennuslähteet - tämä moduuli ei tue komentoriviliittymää, käytä tämän sijaan "
-"komentoa '%1'."
+msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Asennuslähteet - tämä moduuli ei tue komentoriviliittymää, käytä tämän sijaan komentoa '%1'."
#. pad to 3 characters
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
@@ -621,7 +611,7 @@
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "Verkko-osoite: %1"
@@ -765,33 +755,21 @@
"Hallitse määritettyjä ohjelmistoasennuslähteitä ja palveluita.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
-msgid ""
-"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol "
-"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software "
-"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<"
-"/P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Palvelu</B> tai <B>Asennuslähteiden indeksointipalvelu (RIS) </B> on "
-"yhteyskäytäntö ohjelmistoasennuslähteiden hallintaan. Palvelu voi tarjota "
-"yhden tai useampia ohjelmistoasennuslähteitä, jotka voidaan muuttaa "
-"dynaamisesti palvelun ylläpitäjän toimesta.</P>"
+msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Palvelu</B> tai <B>Asennuslähteiden indeksointipalvelu (RIS) </B> on yhteyskäytäntö ohjelmistoasennuslähteiden hallintaan. Palvelu voi tarjota yhden tai useampia ohjelmistoasennuslähteitä, jotka voidaan muuttaa dynaamisesti palvelun ylläpitäjän toimesta.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository "
-"or service.\n"
-"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available "
-"at the entered location.\n"
+"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
+"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Uuden asennuslähteen tai palvelun lisääminen</b><br>\n"
-"Lisätäksesi uuden asennuslähteen valitse <b>Lisää</b> ja määritä ohjelmiston "
-"asennuslähde tai palvelu.\n"
-"Yast tunnistaa automaattisesti onko annetussa sijainnissa palvelu vai "
-"asennuslähde.\n"
+"Lisätäksesi uuden asennuslähteen valitse <b>Lisää</b> ja määritä ohjelmiston asennuslähde tai palvelu.\n"
+"Yast tunnistaa automaattisesti onko annetussa sijainnissa palvelu vai asennuslähde.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
@@ -833,69 +811,44 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, "
-"use\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh "
-"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the "
-"check boxes below.\n"
+"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Asennuslähteen tai palvelun tilan muokkaaminen</b>\n"
-"Vaihda asennuslähteen sijaintia valitsemalla <b>Muokkaa</b>. Poista "
-"asennuslähde valitsemalla\n"
-"<b>Poista</b>. Valitse haluamasi asennuslähde taulukosta ja käytä "
-"valintalaatikoita, jos haluat ottaa asennuslähteen käyttöön, poistaa "
-"asennuslähteen käytöstä tai muuttaa päivitystilaa \n"
+"Vaihda asennuslähteen sijaintia valitsemalla <b>Muokkaa</b>. Poista asennuslähde valitsemalla\n"
+"<b>Poista</b>. Valitse haluamasi asennuslähde taulukosta ja käytä valintalaatikoita, jos haluat ottaa asennuslähteen käyttöön, poistaa asennuslähteen käytöstä tai muuttaa päivitystilaa \n"
" </p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
-"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) "
-"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in "
-"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
+"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Asennuslähteen prioriteetti</B><BR>\n"
-"Asennuslähteen prioriteetti on kokonaisluku välillä 0 (korkein prioriteetti) "
-"ja 200 (alin prioriteetti). Oletus on 99. Jos paketti on saatavilla "
-"useammasta asennuslähteestä, käytetään prioriteetiltaan korkeinta "
-"asennuslähdettä.</P>\n"
+"Asennuslähteen prioriteetti on kokonaisluku välillä 0 (korkein prioriteetti) ja 200 (alin prioriteetti). Oletus on 99. Jos paketti on saatavilla useammasta asennuslähteestä, käytetään prioriteetiltaan korkeinta asennuslähdettä.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
-msgid ""
-"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in "
-"repositories and services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Käytä sopivaa valintaa ikkunan yläosassa asennuslähteiden ja palveluiden "
-"selaamiseen.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Käytä sopivaa valintaa ikkunan yläosassa asennuslähteiden ja palveluiden selaamiseen.</P>"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
-"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after "
-"installation.</P>"
+"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Säilytä ladatut paketit</B><BR>Valitse tämä valinta, jos haluat "
-"säilyttää\n"
-"ladatut paketit paikallisessa välimuistissa niin että niitä voidaan käyttää "
-"myöhemmin\n"
-"kun paketteja asennetaan uudelleen. Jos ei valittuna, paketit poistetaan "
-"asennuksen jälkeen.</P>"
+"<P><B>Säilytä ladatut paketit</B><BR>Valitse tämä valinta, jos haluat säilyttää\n"
+"ladatut paketit paikallisessa välimuistissa niin että niitä voidaan käyttää myöhemmin\n"
+"kun paketteja asennetaan uudelleen. Jos ei valittuna, paketit poistetaan asennuksen jälkeen.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
-msgid ""
-"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>"
-"/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf<"
-"/B> file.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Paikallinen välimuisti tallennetaan oletuksena hakemistoon <B>"
-"/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Sijainti voidaan muuttaa <B>"
-"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>-tiedostoa muokkaamalla.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Paikallinen välimuisti tallennetaan oletuksena hakemistoon <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Sijainti voidaan muuttaa <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>-tiedostoa muokkaamalla.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
@@ -908,7 +861,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Tiedot:"
@@ -916,7 +869,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Yritetäänkö uudelleen?"
@@ -1024,11 +977,8 @@
#. warning text
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
-msgstr ""
-"Ei voitu ratkaista riippuvuussuhteita automaattisesti. Asiaan puuttuminen "
-"pakollista."
+msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
+msgstr "Ei voitu ratkaista riippuvuussuhteita automaattisesti. Asiaan puuttuminen pakollista."
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145
@@ -1042,12 +992,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Ohjelmiston asennus - tämä moduuli ei tue komentoriviliittymää, käytä "
-"ohjelmaa '%1'."
+msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Ohjelmiston asennus - tämä moduuli ei tue komentoriviliittymää, käytä ohjelmaa '%1'."
#. error message (%1 is a package file name)
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194
@@ -1057,9 +1003,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216
msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Virhe: Väliaikaisen hakemiston lisääminen epäonnistui, pakettien asennus ei "
-"onnistu."
+msgstr "Virhe: Väliaikaisen hakemiston lisääminen epäonnistui, pakettien asennus ei onnistu."
#. error message
#. error message
@@ -1189,10 +1133,8 @@
#. wrong MD5
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
-msgstr ""
-"<B>Virhe</B> -- MD5-summa ei täsmää<BR>Tätä tietovälinettä ei tulisi käyttää."
+msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
+msgstr "<B>Virhe</B> -- MD5-summa ei täsmää<BR>Tätä tietovälinettä ei tulisi käyttää."
#. the correct MD5 is unknown
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131
@@ -1218,8 +1160,7 @@
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304
msgid ""
"<P>When you have a problem with\n"
-"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you "
-"should check\n"
+"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n"
"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Jos asennuksen kanssa on ongelmia\n"
@@ -1229,29 +1170,24 @@
#. help text - media check 3/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310
msgid ""
-"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>"
-"\n"
+"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n"
"or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n"
"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n"
"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> "
msgstr ""
-"<P>Valitse asema, laita tietoväline asemaan ja napsauta <B>Aloita tarkistus<"
-"/B>-painiketta tai käytä\n"
+"<P>Valitse asema, laita tietoväline asemaan ja napsauta <B>Aloita tarkistus</B>-painiketta tai käytä\n"
"<b>Tarkista ISO-levykuva</b> ja valitse ISO-levykuva.\n"
"Tarkistus voi kestää useita minuutteja riippuen\n"
-"aseman nopeudesta ja median koosta. Tarkistus varmistaa myös "
-"MD5-tarkistussumman.</P> "
+"aseman nopeudesta ja median koosta. Tarkistus varmistaa myös MD5-tarkistussumman.</P> "
#. help text - media check 4/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317
msgid ""
-"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the "
-"installation.\n"
+"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n"
"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Jos tietovälineen tarkistus epäonnistuu, asennusta ei tulisi jatkaa.\n"
-" Asennus voi epäonnistua tai voit menettää tietojasi. Rikkoontunut "
-"tietoväline kannattaa\n"
+" Asennus voi epäonnistua tai voit menettää tietojasi. Rikkoontunut tietoväline kannattaa\n"
"vaihtaa.</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 5/8
@@ -1260,35 +1196,24 @@
"After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n"
"The order of the media is irrelevant.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Tarkistuksen jälkeen voit laittaa seuraavan levyn sisään ja käynnistää "
-"toiminnon uudelleen.\n"
+"Tarkistuksen jälkeen voit laittaa seuraavan levyn sisään ja käynnistää toiminnon uudelleen.\n"
"Levyjen järjestyksellä ei ole väliä.\n"
#. help text - media check 6/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<"
-"/P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Huomaa:</B> Asennustietovälinettä ei voi vaihtaa sen ollessa "
-"järjestelmän käytössä.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Huomaa:</B> Asennustietovälinettä ei voi vaihtaa sen ollessa järjestelmän käytössä.</P>"
#. help text - media check 7/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329
-msgid ""
-"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the "
-"boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Tarkista tietoväline ennen asennusta valitsemalla käynnistysvalikosta "
-"tietovälineen tarkistus.</P>"
+msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Tarkista tietoväline ennen asennusta valitsemalla käynnistysvalikosta tietovälineen tarkistus.</P>"
#. help text - media check 8/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your "
-"recording\n"
-"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>"
-"\n"
+"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n"
+"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Jos poltat levyn itse, käytä <B>pad </B>-valintaa poltto-ohjelmassasi.\n"
" Se välttää lukuvirheet levyn lopussa tarkistuksen aikana.</P>\n"
@@ -1313,7 +1238,7 @@
msgid "&Start Check"
msgstr "Aloita tarki&stus"
-#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694
+#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "Avaa CD/DVD-as&ema"
@@ -1474,8 +1399,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Uuden GPG-avaimen lisääminen</b><br>\n"
-"Lisätäksesi uuden GPG-avaimen käytä <b>Lisää</b> ja määritä polku "
-"avain-tiedostoon.\n"
+"Lisätäksesi uuden GPG-avaimen käytä <b>Lisää</b> ja määritä polku avain-tiedostoon.\n"
"</p>"
#. help, continued
@@ -1489,8 +1413,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>GPG-avaimen tilan muokkaus</b>\n"
-"Muokataksesi luotettu-lippua valitse <b>Muokkaa</b>. Poistaaksesi GPG-avaimen "
-"valitse\n"
+"Muokataksesi luotettu-lippua valitse <b>Muokkaa</b>. Poistaaksesi GPG-avaimen valitse\n"
"<b>Poista</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1562,7 +1485,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1576,8 +1499,7 @@
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
-"ISO-levykuvan käyttäminen ftp tai http yhteyskäytännön läpi ei ole "
-"mahdollista.\n"
+"ISO-levykuvan käyttäminen ftp tai http yhteyskäytännön läpi ei ole mahdollista.\n"
"Vaihda yhteyskäytäntöä tai pura ISO-levykuva palvelimelle."
#. popup message part 2
@@ -1601,74 +1523,73 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Tapahtui virhe valmisteltaessa asennusjärjestelmää."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Ohjaustiedostoa %1 ei löytynyt tietovälineeltä."
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Lisätuotteita ei voida käyttää"
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, verkko-osoite: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "Verkko-osoite: %1, polku: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Lisäasennuslähteet"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
-"The installation repository also contains the listed additional "
-"repositories.\n"
+"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
"Asennuslähde sisältää myös luetellut ylimääräiset asennuslähteet.\n"
"Valitse ne, joita haluat käyttää.\n"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Valittavat lisätuotteet"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Lisää valitut &tuotteet"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Anna lisätuote %1"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Anna %1 %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Tuotteen %1 lisäys ei onnistunut."
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Tuntematon tuote"
@@ -1718,7 +1639,7 @@
msgstr "Asennus keskeytettiin."
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
msgid "Medium %1"
msgstr "Tietoväline %1"
@@ -1726,13 +1647,13 @@
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum.
#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204
msgid ">%1"
msgstr ">%1"
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
msgid "Done."
msgstr "Valmis."
@@ -1740,21 +1661,21 @@
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262
msgid "Next: %1 -- %2"
msgstr "Seuraava: %1 -- %2"
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" )
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279
msgid "Next: %1"
msgstr "Seuraava: %1"
#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items
#.
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Yhteensä"
@@ -1763,177 +1684,198 @@
#.
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
msgstr "Ladataan %1 (latauskoko %2)"
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
msgstr " (Jäljellä: %1 %2 paketista)"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
msgstr "Ladataan paketteja..."
#. progress message (part2)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
msgstr " (Ladattu %1 / %2 paketista)"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253
msgid "Deleting %1"
msgstr "Poistetaan %1"
#. package installation - summary text
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
msgstr "Asennetaan %1 (koko asennettuna: %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
-#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456
+#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1"
msgstr "Otetaan käyttöön delta RPM: %1"
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a "
-"32-bit distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Tietokoneesi on 64-bit x86-64 -järjestelmä, mutta yrität kuitenkin asentaa "
-"32-bittistä jakeluversiota."
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303
+msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
+msgstr "Tietokoneesi on 64-bit x86-64 -järjestelmä, mutta yrität kuitenkin asentaa 32-bittistä jakeluversiota."
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315
-msgid ""
-"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after "
-"installing the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ohjelmistoryhmien luettelo ilmaisee asennuksen tuomat lisätoiminnot.</p>"
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319
+msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<p>Ohjelmistoryhmien luettelo ilmaisee asennuksen tuomat lisätoiminnot.</p>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
-msgid ""
-"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to "
-"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and "
-"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed "
-"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free "
-"space before starting the installation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Tämä ehdotus sisältää asennettavien tiedostojen yhteiskoon. Järjestelmä "
-"sisältää kuitenkin muitakin tiedostoja (väliaikaisia ja työtiedostoja), joten "
-"käytettävä tila on todellisuudessa hiukan suurempi kuin ehdotettu arvo. Siksi "
-"on hyvä jättää ainakin 25% (tai 300 Mt) vapaata tilaa ennen asennuksen "
-"aloittamista.</P>"
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331
+msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Tämä ehdotus sisältää asennettavien tiedostojen yhteiskoon. Järjestelmä sisältää kuitenkin muitakin tiedostoja (väliaikaisia ja työtiedostoja), joten käytettävä tila on todellisuudessa hiukan suurempi kuin ehdotettu arvo. Siksi on hyvä jättää ainakin 25% (tai 300 Mt) vapaata tilaa ennen asennuksen aloittamista.</P>"
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
-"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the "
-"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
+"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\"Ladattava määrä\" on etäasennuslähteestä (verkosta) ladattavien\n"
" pakettien yhteiskoko. Tällä luvulla on merkitystä, jos yhteysnopeus on\n"
" hidas tai siirtomäärää on rajoitettu.</P>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Ohjelmiston asennusehdotus</B></P>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Tuote: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "Järjestelmätyyppi: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "Ohjelmistoryhmät:<br>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Asennettavien pakettien koko: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Ladataan ulkoisista asennuslähteistä: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr "Nämä lisätuotteet ovat merkitty automaattisesti poistettaviksi: %1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"Ota yhteyttä näiden lisätuotteiden valmistajiin ja pyydä heitä toimittamaan "
-"uudet asennustietovälineet."
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
+msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
+msgstr "Ota yhteyttä näiden lisätuotteiden valmistajiin ja pyydä heitä toimittamaan uudet asennustietovälineet."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
-msgstr ""
-"Ota yhteyttä lisätuotteen valmistajaan ja pyydä toimittamaan uusi "
-"asennustietoväline."
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500
+msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
+msgstr "Ota yhteyttä lisätuotteen valmistajaan ja pyydä toimittamaan uusi asennustietoväline."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537
-msgid ""
-"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot "
-"start installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Virhe: Vapaan tilan tarkistaminen ei onnistu perushakemistosta %1 (laite %2), "
-"asennusta ei voi aloittaa."
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541
+msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
+msgstr "Virhe: Vapaan tilan tarkistaminen ei onnistu perushakemistosta %1 (laite %2), asennusta ei voi aloittaa."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
-msgstr ""
-"Varoitus: Vapaan tilan tarkistaminen ei onnistu hakemistosta %1 (laite %2)."
+msgstr "Varoitus: Vapaan tilan tarkistaminen ei onnistu hakemistosta %1 (laite %2)."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "Ei tarpeeksi levytilaa."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "Ei tarpeeksi levytilaa. Poista joitain paketteja yksittäisvalinnassa."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "Vain %1 (%2%%) vapaata tilaa käytettävissä %3 -osiolla.<BR>"
+#. newly installed products
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New product <b>%1</b> will be installed"
+msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
+msgstr "Uusi tuote <b>%1</b> asennetaan"
+
+#. product update: %s is a product name
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Product <b>%1</b> will be upgraded"
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
+msgstr "Tuote <b>%1</b> päivitetään uuteen versioon"
+
+#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708
+msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Product <b>%1</b> will keep installed"
+msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
+msgstr "Tuote <b>%1</b> pidetään asennettuna"
+
+#. Removing another product might be an issue
+#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<font color='red'><b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be removed</font>"
+msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
+msgstr "<font color='red'><b>Varoitus:</b> Tuote <b>%1</b> poistetaan</font>"
+
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<font color='red'><b>Error:</b> Product <b>%1</b> will be automatically removed</font>"
+msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
+msgstr "<font color='red'><b>Virhe:</b> Tuote <b>%1</b> poistetaan automaattisesti</font>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
+#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Ei löytynyt asennuslähdettä '%1'."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1945,31 +1887,31 @@
"SUSE Linux -verkkopalvelimelta.</b></p>\n"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Liitetään käynnistettyä tietovälinettä..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Palvelupaketin asennuslähteen yhdistäminen epäonnistui."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Valmistellaan asennuslähteet..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Anna %1 CD 1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 ei löytynyt"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1978,7 +1920,7 @@
"Katso lokitiedostosta %1 lisätietoja."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1987,12 +1929,12 @@
"Palataan ohjelmistoehdotukseen."
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Tarkistetaan pakettivalintaa..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -2003,36 +1945,40 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param string filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus tiedostoa %1 ei voitu lukea"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192
-msgid ""
-"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root "
-"of the live media when building the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Näyttääksesi tuotteen lisenssin oikein laita license.tar.gz tiedosto live "
-"tallenteen juurihakemistoon luodessasi levykuvaa."
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149
+msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
+msgstr "Näyttääksesi tuotteen lisenssin oikein laita license.tar.gz tiedosto live tallenteen juurihakemistoon luodessasi levykuvaa."
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Kieli"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
-msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
-msgstr "Kyllä, h&yväksyn käyttöoikeussopimuksen"
+#. check box label
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "Kyllä, h&yväksyn käyttöoikeussopimuksen."
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399
-msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
-msgstr "Ei, e&n hyväksy"
+#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
+#| "on the first media in the file %1"
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
+"%{license_url}"
+msgstr ""
+"Jos haluat tulostaa tämän EULA-sopimuksen, löydät tiedoston\n"
+"ensimmäiseltä tietovälineeltä tiedostosta %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %1"
@@ -2041,30 +1987,29 @@
"ensimmäiseltä tietovälineeltä tiedostosta %1"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Lue käyttöoikeussopimus läpi huolellisesti ja valitse\n"
-"yksi saatavilla olevista vaihtoehdoista. Jos et hyväksy "
-"käyttöoikeussopimusta,\n"
+"yksi saatavilla olevista vaihtoehdoista. Jos et hyväksy käyttöoikeussopimusta,\n"
"määritys lopetetaan.</p>\n"
+#. dialog title
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "Haluatko varmasti keskeyttää lisätuotteen asennuksen?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
@@ -2073,16 +2018,14 @@
"Haluatko varmasti kieltäytyä sopimuksesta?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
-msgstr ""
-"Käyttöoikeussopimuksen hylkääminen keskeyttää lisätuotteen asennuksen. "
-"Haluatko varmasti kieltäytyä sopimuksesta?"
+msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimuksen hylkääminen keskeyttää lisätuotteen asennuksen. Haluatko varmasti kieltäytyä sopimuksesta?"
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "Sammutetaan järjestelmää..."
@@ -2169,72 +2112,79 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Custom Registration Server"
+msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
+msgstr "Oma rekisteröintipalvelin"
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
msgid "Specify &URL..."
msgstr "Määritä verkk&o-osoite..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
msgid "&FTP..."
msgstr "&FTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
msgid "&HTTP..."
msgstr "&HTTP..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42
msgid "HTT&PS..."
msgstr "HTT&PS..."
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719
msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
msgstr "&SMB/CIFS"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
msgid "&NFS..."
msgstr "&NFS..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
msgid "&CD..."
msgstr "&CD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
msgid "&DVD..."
msgstr "&DVD..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
msgid "&Hard Disk..."
msgstr "&Kiintolevy..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
msgstr "&USB-massamuistilaite (USB-muisti,-levy)..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
msgid "&Local Directory..."
msgstr "&Paikallinen hakemisto..."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
msgid "&Local ISO Image..."
msgstr "Paikallinen ISO-levykuva..."
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60
msgid "&Download repository description files"
msgstr "&Lataa asennuslähteiden kuvaustiedostot"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
@@ -2243,7 +2193,7 @@
".tiedosto, aseta <b>ISO-levykuva</b>.</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
@@ -2252,86 +2202,86 @@
"aseta sijainniksi joukon ensimmäinen tietoväline.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "&Palvelimen nimi"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Polku hakemistoon tai ISO-levykuvaan"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
msgid "&ISO Image"
msgstr "ISO-levykuva"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
msgstr "N&FS v4 -protokolla"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Liitosvalinnat"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156
msgid "(default)"
msgstr " (oletus)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167
msgid "URL of the Repository"
msgstr "Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176
msgid "P&rotocol"
msgstr "Yh&teyskäytäntö"
#. input field label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
msgstr "&Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite"
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
msgstr "Asennuslähteen verkko-osoite"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-palvelin"
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
msgstr "CD- tai DVD-levy"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Kiintolevy"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
msgid "USB Stick or Disk"
msgstr "USB-muistitikku tai -levy"
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Paikallinen hakemisto"
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
msgid "Local ISO Image"
msgstr "Paikallinen ISO-levykuva"
@@ -2340,63 +2290,57 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
#. label / dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225
msgid "Server and Directory"
msgstr "Palvelin ja hakemisto"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "Asennuslähteen nimi ei voi olla tyhjä."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "&Asennuslähteen nimi"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is "
-"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Asennuslähteen nimi</b></big><br>\n"
-"Käytä <b>Asennuslähteen nimeä</b> määrittämään asennuslähteen nimi. Jos se on "
-"tyhjä, YaST käyttää tuotteen nimeä (jos saatavilla) tai verkko-osoitetta "
-"nimenä.</p>\n"
+"Käytä <b>Asennuslähteen nimeä</b> määrittämään asennuslähteen nimi. Jos se on tyhjä, YaST käyttää tuotteen nimeä (jos saatavilla) tai verkko-osoitetta nimenä.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "&Palvelun nimi"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, "
-"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Asennuslähteen nimi</b></big><br>\n"
-"Käytä <b>Asennuslähteen nimeä</b> määrittämään asennuslähteen nimi. Jos se on "
-"tyhjä, YaST käyttää verkko-osoitetta nimenä.</p>\n"
+"Käytä <b>Asennuslähteen nimeä</b> määrittämään asennuslähteen nimi. Jos se on tyhjä, YaST käyttää verkko-osoitetta nimenä.</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "Verkko-osoite ei voi olla tyhjä."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&Verkko-osoite"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2408,16 +2352,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "Muokkaa verkko-osoitteen osia"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Muokkaa täydellistä verkko-osoitetta"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2427,12 +2371,11 @@
"Käytä <b>Palvelimen nimi</b> ja <b>Polku hakemistoon tai ISO-levykuva</b>\n"
"määrittääksesi NFS-palvelimen nimen ja polun palvelimella.<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
-"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man "
-"5 nfs</b>\n"
+"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Liitosvalinnat</b></big><br>\n"
@@ -2441,31 +2384,30 @@
"Lisätietoa <b>man 5 nfs</b>."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>CD- tai DVD-levy</b></big><br>\n"
-"Aseta <b>CD-ROM</b> tai <b>DVD-ROM</b> määrittääksesi tietovälineen tyypin.<"
-"/p>"
+"Aseta <b>CD-ROM</b> tai <b>DVD-ROM</b> määrittääksesi tietovälineen tyypin.</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO-levykuvatiedosto"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
@@ -2474,7 +2416,7 @@
"tai hakemistoa ei ole olemassa.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
@@ -2483,7 +2425,7 @@
"tai tiedostoa ei ole olemassa.\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2494,17 +2436,17 @@
"Käytetäänkö silti?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Hakemiston polku"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Hakemisto, joka sisältää RPM-&paketteja"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2519,20 +2461,20 @@
"<b>Hakemisto, jossa RPM-paketteja</b>.</p>\n"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "&USB-massamuistilaite"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&Tiedostojärjestelmä"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "&Hakemisto"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2552,24 +2494,22 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Laitteen käyttämä tiedostojärjestelmä tunnistetaan automaattisesti,\n"
-"jos valitset tiedostojärjestelmäksi 'automaattinen'. Jos tunnistus "
-"epäonnistuu,\n"
-"tai haluat käyttää jotain tiettyä tiedostojärjestelmää, valitse se "
-"luettelosta.</p>\n"
+"jos valitset tiedostojärjestelmäksi 'automaattinen'. Jos tunnistus epäonnistuu,\n"
+"tai haluat käyttää jotain tiettyä tiedostojärjestelmää, valitse se luettelosta.</p>\n"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Levylaite"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2588,12 +2528,12 @@
"<b>Hakemisto, jossa RPM-paketteja</b>.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Polku ISO-levykuvaan"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2604,71 +2544,71 @@
"kohdassa <b>Polku ISO-levykuvaan</b>.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Palvelimen &nimi"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Portti"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Jako"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "&ISO-levykuva"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Hakemisto palvelimella"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "&Tunnistautuminen"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anonyymi"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "Työryhmä tai toimialue"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Käyttäjät&unnus"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Salasana"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2676,8 +2616,7 @@
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to "
-"Directory\n"
+"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2686,8 +2625,7 @@
"Käytä <b>Palvelimen nimi</b> ja <b>Polku hakemistoon tai ISO-levykuvaan</b>\n"
"määrittääksesi NFS-palvelimen konenimen ja polun palvelimella.\n"
"Poista <b>Anonyymi</b>-valinta ja määritä\n"
-"<b>Käyttäjätunnus</b> ja <b>Salasana</b>, jos haluat ottaa tunnistautumisen "
-"käyttöön.<p>\n"
+"<b>Käyttäjätunnus</b> ja <b>Salasana</b>, jos haluat ottaa tunnistautumisen käyttöön.<p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Määritä SMB/CIFS asennuslähteelle <b>Jako</b> ja <b>Polku hakemistoon\n"
"tai ISO-levykuvaan</b>. \n"
@@ -2695,7 +2633,7 @@
"tietovälineestä, aseta <b>ISO-levykuva</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2706,12 +2644,14 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949
-msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product"
+msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr "Haluaisin asentaa lisätuotteen"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2722,7 +2662,7 @@
"tai kiintolevyllä.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2733,7 +2673,7 @@
"ota tuotteen CD-levyt tai DVD esille.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2748,7 +2688,7 @@
"jos kaikki CD-levyt on kopioitu samaan hakemistoon.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2761,46 +2701,50 @@
"paketit on sijoitettu, esimerkiksi /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Valitse tietovälineen tyyppi"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Anna lisätuotteen CD"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Anna lisätuotteen DVD"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "USB-levyä ei tunnistettu."
#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
-"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download "
-"the\n"
+"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tiedostojen lataus</b><br>\n"
-"Jokaisella asennuslähteellä on kuvaustiedosto, jossa on asennuslähteen "
-"sisällön kuvaus.\n"
+"Jokaisella asennuslähteellä on kuvaustiedosto, jossa on asennuslähteen sisällön kuvaus.\n"
"Valitse <b>Lataa asennuslähteiden kuvaustiedostot</b> ladataksesi tiedostot\n"
"kun tämä YaST-moduuli suljetaan. Jos valintaa ei ole, YaST lataa\n"
"tiedostot tarvittaessa myöhemmin automaattisesti.</p>\n"
#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Tietovälineen tyyppi"
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add-On Product"
+msgid "Add On Product"
+msgstr "Lisätuote"
+
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
@@ -2892,7 +2836,9 @@
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Määritetyt asennuslähteet"
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680
+#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
+#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr "A&vattava asema"
@@ -2966,12 +2912,12 @@
"Valitulla asennuslähteellä ei ole verkko-osoitetta."
#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
msgstr "Kerätään tietoja %1 löydetyltä palvelulta..."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
msgid ""
"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -2982,7 +2928,7 @@
"joka todennäköisesti estää verkosta etsimisen."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
msgstr "Verkostasi ei löytynyt SLP-asennuslähteitä."
@@ -3005,6 +2951,12 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Poista joitakin valittuja paketteja."
+#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
+#~ msgstr "Kyllä, h&yväksyn käyttöoikeussopimuksen"
+
+#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
+#~ msgstr "Ei, e&n hyväksy"
+
#~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..."
#~ msgstr "&USB-muistitikku tai -levy..."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/pam.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/pam.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/pam.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-03 21:32+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/pkg-bindings.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/pkg-bindings.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/pkg-bindings.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-20 19:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: suomi <fi(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
msgstr "Ladataan pakettienhallintaa..."
@@ -186,6 +186,6 @@
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
msgstr "Valmistellaan kohdejärjestelmää"
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
msgstr "Lue asennetut paketit"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/printer.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/printer.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/printer.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-25 08:29+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/product-creator.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/product-creator.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/product-creator.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 22:08+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/proxy.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/proxy.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/proxy.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 09:47+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/qt-pkg.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/qt-pkg.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/qt-pkg.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-23 23:15+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -60,47 +60,47 @@
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "&Asennuslähteet"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "Et&si"
#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr "&Hakusanat"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "&Yhteenveto asennuksesta"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr "Kuva&us"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "&Tekniset tiedot"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Riippuvuudet"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "&Versiot"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580
msgid "File List"
msgstr "Tiedostoluettelo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "Muutosloki"
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
#. text
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398
@@ -110,175 +110,175 @@
msgstr "&Peruuta"
#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Hyväksy"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Tiedosto"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr "&Tuo..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr "&Vie..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr "Lope&ta -- Hylkää muutokset"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr "&Lopeta -- Tallenna muutokset"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697
msgid "&Package"
msgstr "&Paketti"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "Kaikki paketit"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "Päivitä, jos uudempi versio saatavilla"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "Päivitä ehdottomasti"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "&Korjaus"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "&Määritys"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "&Asennuslähteet..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "&Internet-päivitys..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "&Riippuvuudet"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr "Tar&kista heti"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr "A&utomaattinen tarkistus"
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "V&alinnat"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr "Näytä -de&vel-paketit"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr "Näytä -&debuginfo/-debugsource-paketit"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "&Järjestelmän varmistamistila"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836
msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgstr "&Ohita suositellut paketit jo asennetuille paketeille"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr "&Suorita puhdistus poistettaessa paketteja"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr "Salli &valmistajan vaihto"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr "&Lisäasetukset"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "Näytä &tuotteet"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "Näytä p&akettien muutokset"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "Näytä &historiatiedot"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr "Asenna kaikki sopivat -&devel-paketit"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr "Asenna kaikki sopivat -de&buginfo-paketit"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr "Asenna kaikki sopivat -de&bugsource-paketit"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr "Luo riippuvuuksien ratkaisun &testitapaus"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "Ohje"
#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "Yhteen&veto"
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr "&Symbolit"
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr "&Näppäimet"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "Pakettienväliset riippuvuudet ovat kunnossa."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "&Korjaukset"
#. startsWith
#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "Tallenna pakettiluettelo"
@@ -286,64 +286,56 @@
#. parent
#. Post error popup.
#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Virhe"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr "Virhe vietäessä pakettiluetteloa tiedostoon %1"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "Lataa pakettiluettelo"
#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr "Virhe ladattaessa pakettiluetteloa %1"
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "%1 pakettia päivitetään"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "&Jatka"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "Peruut&a"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454
-msgid ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system "
-"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Keskeytä järjestelmäpakettien "
-"vaihtaminen</a> asennuslähteen %2 versioihin</small></p>"
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455
+msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
+msgstr "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Keskeytä järjestelmäpakettien vaihtaminen</a> asennuslähteen %2 versioihin</small></p>"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473
-msgid ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the "
-"versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Vaihda järjestelmäpaketit</a> tämän "
-"asennuslähteen versioihin (%2)</p>"
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474
+msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Vaihda järjestelmäpaketit</a> tämän asennuslähteen versioihin (%2)</p>"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr "Lisätyt alipaketit:"
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135
#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
@@ -364,16 +356,8 @@
msgstr "Virhe: Levytila lopussa!"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you "
-"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not "
-"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and "
-"deselect some packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit valita asennuksen joka tapauksessa, jos tiedät mitä olet tekemässä. "
-"Mahdollisesti saatat järjestelmäsi tilaan, joka vaatii korjaamista käsin. Jos "
-"et ole aivan varma, kuinka toimia sellaisessa tilanteessa, napsauta <b>"
-"Peruuta</b> nyt, ja poista joitakin paketteja.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voit valita asennuksen joka tapauksessa, jos tiedät mitä olet tekemässä. Mahdollisesti saatat järjestelmäsi tilaan, joka vaatii korjaamista käsin. Jos et ole aivan varma, kuinka toimia sellaisessa tilanteessa, napsauta <b>Peruuta</b> nyt, ja poista joitakin paketteja.</p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
msgid "C&ontinue Anyway"
@@ -397,12 +381,8 @@
msgstr "Automaattiset muutokset"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301
-msgid ""
-"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been "
-"changed to resolve dependencies:"
-msgstr ""
-"Valintojesi lisäksi seuraavat paketit on lisätty riippuvuuksien "
-"ratkaisemiseksi:"
+msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
+msgstr "Valintojesi lisäksi seuraavat paketit on lisätty riippuvuuksien ratkaisemiseksi:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397
@@ -415,12 +395,8 @@
msgstr "Paketit, joita ei tueta"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322
-msgid ""
-"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or "
-"requires an additional customer contract for support."
-msgstr ""
-"Huomaa, että seuraavia valittuja ohjelmistoja ei tueta tai ne edellyttävät "
-"erillistä asiakassopimusta tuen saamiseksi."
+msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
+msgstr "Huomaa, että seuraavia valittuja ohjelmistoja ei tueta tai ne edellyttävät erillistä asiakassopimusta tuen saamiseksi."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421
msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry."
@@ -433,12 +409,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65
-msgid ""
-"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for "
-"details."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Huomautus:</b> Tämä on vain lyhyt yhteenveto. Katso yksityiskohdat "
-"käsikirjasta."
+msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details."
+msgstr "<b>Huomautus:</b> Tämä on vain lyhyt yhteenveto. Katso yksityiskohdat käsikirjasta."
#. Help specific to online update mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72
@@ -446,194 +418,92 @@
msgstr "Tästä ikkunasta valitaan korjaukset ladattaviksi ja asennettaviksi."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73
-msgid ""
-"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the "
-"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the "
-"(estimated) download size."
-msgstr ""
-"Vasemmanpuoleinen luettelo sisältää saatavilla olevat korjaukset ja niiden "
-"luokat (tietoturva, suositeltu tai valinnainen) ja (arvioidun) latauskoon."
+msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size."
+msgstr "Vasemmanpuoleinen luettelo sisältää saatavilla olevat korjaukset ja niiden luokat (tietoturva, suositeltu tai valinnainen) ja (arvioidun) latauskoon."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76
-msgid ""
-"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your "
-"system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> "
-"check box below the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Tämä luettelo sisältää yleensä vain ne korjaukset, joita ei vielä ole "
-"asennettu järjestelmääsi. Voit vaihtaa tämän valitsemalla <b>Sisällytä "
-"asennetut korjaukset</b> alla olevasta valintaruudusta."
+msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list."
+msgstr "Tämä luettelo sisältää yleensä vain ne korjaukset, joita ei vielä ole asennettu järjestelmääsi. Voit vaihtaa tämän valitsemalla <b>Sisällytä asennetut korjaukset</b> alla olevasta valintaruudusta."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78
-msgid ""
-"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the "
-"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Korjauksen kuvaus</b> -kenttä sisältää pidemmän selityksen valitulle "
-"korjaukselle. Napsauta korjausta luettelosta nähdäksesi kuvauksen tässä."
+msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here."
+msgstr "<b>Korjauksen kuvaus</b> -kenttä sisältää pidemmän selityksen valitulle korjaukselle. Napsauta korjausta luettelosta nähdäksesi kuvauksen tässä."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80
-msgid ""
-"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently "
-"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete "
-"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is "
-"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakettiluettelo oikealla näyttää valitun korjauspaketin sisällön, esimerkiksi "
-"paketit, joita se sisältää. Et voi asentaa tai poistaa yksittäisiä paketteja "
-"korjauksesta, vaan vain korjauksen kokonaisuudessaan. Tämä on tehty "
-"tarkoituksellisesti estämään järjestelmän rikkoutumista."
+msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
+msgstr "Pakettiluettelo oikealla näyttää valitun korjauspaketin sisällön, esimerkiksi paketit, joita se sisältää. Et voi asentaa tai poistaa yksittäisiä paketteja korjauksesta, vaan vain korjauksen kokonaisuudessaan. Tämä on tehty tarkoituksellisesti estämään järjestelmän rikkoutumista."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list )
#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88
-msgid ""
-"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter "
-"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Korjausten<b> lisäksi voit valita jonkin toisen näkymän suotimen "
-"ylävasemmalta <b>Suodin</b>-valintalaatikosta:"
+msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
+msgstr "<b>Korjausten<b> lisäksi voit valita jonkin toisen näkymän suotimen ylävasemmalta <b>Suodin</b>-valintalaatikosta:"
#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96
-msgid ""
-"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can "
-"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Valitse tässä, mitkä paketit asennetaan, päivitetään tai poistetaan. Voit "
-"valita yksittäisiä paketteja tai kokonaisen \"esivalinnan\"."
+msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
+msgstr "Valitse tässä, mitkä paketit asennetaan, päivitetään tai poistetaan. Voit valita yksittäisiä paketteja tai kokonaisen \"esivalinnan\"."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98
-msgid ""
-"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or "
-"right-click it to open a context menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Napsauta paketin tai esivalinnan tilakuvaketta sen tilan muuttamiseksi, tai "
-"napsauta hiiren oikeaa painiketta avataksesi sisältövalikon."
+msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu."
+msgstr "Napsauta paketin tai esivalinnan tilakuvaketta sen tilan muuttamiseksi, tai napsauta hiiren oikeaa painiketta avataksesi sisältövalikon."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100
-msgid ""
-"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. "
-"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only "
-"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check "
-"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn "
-"you if there are dependency conflicts."
-msgstr ""
-"Käytä <b>Tarkista riippuvuudet</b> -painiketta ratkaisemaan pakettien väliset "
-"riippuvuudet. Tietyt paketit vaativat toisten pakettien asentamista. Jotkut "
-"paketit voidaan asentaa vain, jos tiettyjä paketteja ei ole asennettu. Tämä "
-"tarkastus merkitsee automaattisesti tarvittavat paketit asennettaviksi ja "
-"varoittaa riippuvuusristiriidoista."
+msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts."
+msgstr "Käytä <b>Tarkista riippuvuudet</b> -painiketta ratkaisemaan pakettien väliset riippuvuudet. Tietyt paketit vaativat toisten pakettien asentamista. Jotkut paketit voidaan asentaa vain, jos tiettyjä paketteja ei ole asennettu. Tämä tarkastus merkitsee automaattisesti tarvittavat paketit asennettaviksi ja varoittaa riippuvuusristiriidoista."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105
-msgid ""
-"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically "
-"be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Kun napsautat <b>Hyväksy</b>-painiketta, tämä tarkistus suoritetaan "
-"automaattisesti."
+msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed."
+msgstr "Kun napsautat <b>Hyväksy</b>-painiketta, tämä tarkistus suoritetaan automaattisesti."
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list)
#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111
-msgid ""
-"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at "
-"the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"Valitse yksi käytettävissä olevista suotimista vasemman yläreunan <b>Suodin<"
-"/b>-alasvetovalikosta:"
+msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:"
+msgstr "Valitse yksi käytettävissä olevista suotimista vasemman yläreunan <b>Suodin</b>-alasvetovalikosta:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115
-msgid ""
-"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically "
-"belong together."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Esivalinnat</b> näyttää ennalta määriteltyjä ryhmiä paketeista, jotka "
-"loogisesti kuuluvat yhteen."
+msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together."
+msgstr "<b>Esivalinnat</b> näyttää ennalta määriteltyjä ryhmiä paketeista, jotka loogisesti kuuluvat yhteen."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116
-msgid ""
-"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also "
-"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
-msgstr ""
-"Valitse valintaruutu esivalinnan vieressä valitaksesi kaikki esivalinnan "
-"paketit. Voit myös valita tai poistaa valinnan yksittäisiltä paketeilta "
-"oikeanpuoleisesta luettelosta."
+msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
+msgstr "Valitse valintaruutu esivalinnan vieressä valitaksesi kaikki esivalinnan paketit. Voit myös valita tai poistaa valinnan yksittäisiltä paketeilta oikeanpuoleisesta luettelosta."
#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124
-msgid ""
-"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse "
-"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display "
-"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Pakettiryhmät</b> järjestää paketit luokkiin. Voit laajentaa tai kutistaa "
-"puuta tarkentaaksesi tai yleistääksesi luokkia. Napsauta luokkaa nähdäksesi "
-"kyseisen luokan pakettiluettelon oikealla."
+msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
+msgstr "<b>Pakettiryhmät</b> järjestää paketit luokkiin. Voit laajentaa tai kutistaa puuta tarkentaaksesi tai yleistääksesi luokkia. Napsauta luokkaa nähdäksesi kyseisen luokan pakettiluettelon oikealla."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127
-msgid ""
-" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that "
-"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
-msgstr ""
-" <b>Vihje:</b> Luettelon lopussa on kohta \"zzz Kaikki\", joka näyttää kaikki "
-"valittavissa olevat paketit. Luettelon lataus voi kestää muutamia sekunteja "
-"hitailla koneilla."
+msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
+msgstr " <b>Vihje:</b> Luettelon lopussa on kohta \"zzz Kaikki\", joka näyttää kaikki valittavissa olevat paketit. Luettelon lataus voi kestää muutamia sekunteja hitailla koneilla."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130
-msgid ""
-"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. "
-"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Etsi</b> sallii erilaisten ehtojen täyttävien pakettien etsimisen. Tämä on "
-"yleensä helpoin tapa löytää paketti, jos esimerkiksi tiedät sen nimen."
+msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
+msgstr "<b>Etsi</b> sallii erilaisten ehtojen täyttävien pakettien etsimisen. Tämä on yleensä helpoin tapa löytää paketti, jos esimerkiksi tiedät sen nimen."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a "
-"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Vihje:</b> Voit käyttää tätä myös saadaksesi selville, mikä paketti "
-"sisältää tietyn kirjaston. Etsi <b>Tarjoaa</b>-RPM-kentästä."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
+msgstr "<b>Vihje:</b> Voit käyttää tätä myös saadaksesi selville, mikä paketti sisältää tietyn kirjaston. Etsi <b>Tarjoaa</b>-RPM-kentästä."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135
-msgid ""
-"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- "
-"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Asennuksen yhteenveto</b> näyttää oletuksena muutokset järjestelmässäsi -- "
-"mitä paketteja asennetaan, poistetaan tai päivitetään."
+msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
+msgstr "<b>Asennuksen yhteenveto</b> näyttää oletuksena muutokset järjestelmässäsi -- mitä paketteja asennetaan, poistetaan tai päivitetään."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137
-msgid ""
-"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <"
-"b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can "
-"see all changes that will be made to your system."
-msgstr ""
-"On yleensä hyvä suorittaa <b>Tarkista riippuvuudet</b> ja sen jälkeen vaihtaa "
-"suotimeen <b>Asennuksen yhteenveto</b> ennen <b>Hyväksy</b> -painikkeen "
-"napsauttamista. Tällä tavoin nähdään kaikki muutokset, joita järjestelmään "
-"tehdään."
+msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system."
+msgstr "On yleensä hyvä suorittaa <b>Tarkista riippuvuudet</b> ja sen jälkeen vaihtaa suotimeen <b>Asennuksen yhteenveto</b> ennen <b>Hyväksy</b> -painikkeen napsauttamista. Tällä tavoin nähdään kaikki muutokset, joita järjestelmään tehdään."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140
-msgid ""
-"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; "
-"use the check boxes at the left side."
-msgstr ""
-"Käyttämällä vasemmalla olevia valintaruutuja, voit valita myös nimenomaisesti "
-"mitä paketteja ja missä tilassa olevia paketteja tässä nähdään."
+msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side."
+msgstr "Käyttämällä vasemmalla olevia valintaruutuja, voit valita myös nimenomaisesti mitä paketteja ja missä tilassa olevia paketteja tässä nähdään."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what "
-"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck "
-"everything else."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Vihje:</b> Voit myös kääntää suotimen tuloksen. Voit nähdä, mitkä paketit "
-"pysyvät samoina järjestelmässäsi. Valitse <b>Pidä</b> ja poista muut valinnat."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else."
+msgstr "<b>Vihje:</b> Voit myös kääntää suotimen tuloksen. Voit nähdä, mitkä paketit pysyvät samoina järjestelmässäsi. Valitse <b>Pidä</b> ja poista muut valinnat."
#. Make sure all images used here are specified in
#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am !
@@ -683,12 +553,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions "
-"are the same)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tämä paketti on jo asennettu. Päivitä se tai asenna se uudelleen (jos versio "
-"on sama)."
+msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)."
+msgstr "Tämä paketti on jo asennettu. Päivitä se tai asenna se uudelleen (jos versio on sama)."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277
@@ -710,22 +576,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any "
-"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other "
-"packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Tätä pakettia ei ole asennettu, eikä sitä pitäisi missään tapauksessa "
-"asentaa. Tämä johtuu erityisesti ratkaisemattomista riippuvuuksista, joita "
-"muilla paketeilla on tai joita pakettien asentamisesta tulisi."
+msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Tätä pakettia ei ole asennettu, eikä sitä pitäisi missään tapauksessa asentaa. Tämä johtuu erityisesti ratkaisemattomista riippuvuuksista, joita muilla paketeilla on tai joita pakettien asentamisesta tulisi."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316
-msgid ""
-"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any "
-"installation media."
-msgstr ""
-"Tilaan \"tabu\" asetettuja paketteja käsitellään ikään kuin niitä ei olisi "
-"asennuslähteessä."
+msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media."
+msgstr "Tilaan \"tabu\" asetettuja paketteja käsitellään ikään kuin niitä ei olisi asennuslähteessä."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101
@@ -734,21 +590,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209
-msgid ""
-"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because "
-"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Tämä paketti on asennettu eikä sitä tulisi muokata. Tämä johtuu "
-"ratkaisemattomista riippuvuuksista, joita muilla paketeilla on tai joita "
-"pakettien asentamisesta tulisi."
+msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Tämä paketti on asennettu eikä sitä tulisi muokata. Tämä johtuu ratkaisemattomista riippuvuuksista, joita muilla paketeilla on tai joita pakettien asentamisesta tulisi."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by "
-"newer versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Käytä tätä tilaa kolmannen osapuolen paketteihin, joita ei tulisi korvata "
-"mahdollisesti jakelun mukana tulevilla uudemmilla versioilla."
+msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Käytä tätä tilaa kolmannen osapuolen paketteihin, joita ei tulisi korvata mahdollisesti jakelun mukana tulevilla uudemmilla versioilla."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275
@@ -758,19 +605,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-"Tämä paketti asennetaan automaattisesti, koska joku toinen paketti tarvitsee "
-"sitä."
+msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it."
+msgstr "Tämä paketti asennetaan automaattisesti, koska joku toinen paketti tarvitsee sitä."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Vihje:</b> Sinun täytyy ehkä käyttää \"tabu\"-tilaa päästäksesi eroon "
-"tällaisesta paketista."
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
+msgstr "<b>Vihje:</b> Sinun täytyy ehkä käyttää \"tabu\"-tilaa päästäksesi eroon tällaisesta paketista."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276
@@ -780,12 +620,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer "
-"version, so it will automatically be updated."
-msgstr ""
-"Tämä paketti on jo asennettu, mutta jokin toinen paketti tarvitsee uudemman "
-"version siitä. Siksi paketti päivitetään automaattisesti."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated."
+msgstr "Tämä paketti on jo asennettu, mutta jokin toinen paketti tarvitsee uudemman version siitä. Siksi paketti päivitetään automaattisesti."
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274
@@ -795,16 +631,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it "
-"is deleted."
-msgstr ""
-"Tämä paketti on asennettu, mutta pakettiriippuvuudet vaativat sen poistamista."
+msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted."
+msgstr "Tämä paketti on asennettu, mutta pakettiriippuvuudet vaativat sen poistamista."
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236
msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one."
-msgstr ""
-"Tämä voi tapahtua, jos esimerkiksi jokin toinen paketti korvaa tämän paketin."
+msgstr "Tämä voi tapahtua, jos esimerkiksi jokin toinen paketti korvaa tämän paketin."
#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265
@@ -824,13 +656,8 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278
-msgid ""
-"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the "
-"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
-msgstr ""
-"Nouda tämä paketti. Asenna se, jos sitä ei ole vielä asennettu. Päivitä "
-"paketti viimeisimpään versioon, jos se on jo asennettu ja uudempi versio "
-"löytyy."
+msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
+msgstr "Nouda tämä paketti. Asenna se, jos sitä ei ole vielä asennettu. Päivitä paketti viimeisimpään versioon, jos se on jo asennettu ja uudempi versio löytyy."
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285
@@ -839,21 +666,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287
-msgid ""
-"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed "
-"yet. Delete it if it is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Hankkiudu eroon tästä paketista. Merkitse sen tilaksi \"älä asenna\", jos "
-"sitä ei ole vielä asennettu. Poista se, jos se on jo asennettu."
+msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
+msgstr "Hankkiudu eroon tästä paketista. Merkitse sen tilaksi \"älä asenna\", jos sitä ei ole vielä asennettu. Poista se, jos se on jo asennettu."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295
-msgid ""
-"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore "
-"packages that are not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Päivitä tämä paketti, jos se on jo asennettu ja siitä on uudempi versio. "
-"Ohita paketit, joita ei ole asennettu."
+msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed."
+msgstr "Päivitä tämä paketti, jos se on jo asennettu ja siitä on uudempi versio. Ohita paketit, joita ei ole asennettu."
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302
@@ -862,23 +681,13 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304
-msgid ""
-"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently "
-"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Poista tilan \">\" vaikutus yläpuolelta: Aseta paketti tilaan \"pidä\", jos "
-"se on tällä hetkellä asetettu tilaan \"päivitä\". Ohita kaikki muut paketit."
+msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
+msgstr "Poista tilan \">\" vaikutus yläpuolelta: Aseta paketti tilaan \"pidä\", jos se on tällä hetkellä asetettu tilaan \"päivitä\". Ohita kaikki muut paketit."
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package "
-"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies "
-"that other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Aseta tämä paketti tilaan \"tabu\", jos sitä ei ole vielä asennettu; pidä "
-"huoli, että pakettia ei asenneta ratkaisemattomien riippuvuuksien takia, "
-"joita muilla paketeilla on tai tulee olemaan. "
+msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Aseta tämä paketti tilaan \"tabu\", jos sitä ei ole vielä asennettu; pidä huoli, että pakettia ei asenneta ratkaisemattomien riippuvuuksien takia, joita muilla paketeilla on tai tulee olemaan. "
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322
@@ -887,22 +696,12 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package "
-"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that "
-"other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Aseta tämä paketti tilaan \"suojattu\", jos se on jo asennettu: pidä huoli "
-"siitä, että pakettia ei muokata ratkaisemattomien riippuvuuksien takia, joita "
-"muilla paketeilla on tai tulee olemaan. "
+msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Aseta tämä paketti tilaan \"suojattu\", jos se on jo asennettu: pidä huoli siitä, että pakettia ei muokata ratkaisemattomien riippuvuuksien takia, joita muilla paketeilla on tai tulee olemaan. "
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328
-msgid ""
-"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer "
-"versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Käytä tätä kolmannen osapuolen paketteihin, joita ei tulisi korvata "
-"jakelupaketin mahdollisilla uudemmilla versioilla."
+msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Käytä tätä kolmannen osapuolen paketteihin, joita ei tulisi korvata jakelupaketin mahdollisilla uudemmilla versioilla."
#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248
#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208
@@ -962,12 +761,8 @@
msgstr "Luo riippuvuuksin ratkaisun testitapaus"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
-"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Käytä tätä luomaan laajennettu loki, joka avustaa riippuvuusvirheiden "
-"etsinnässä. Lokit tallennetaan hakemistoon <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p>Käytä tätä luomaan laajennettu loki, joka avustaa riippuvuusvirheiden etsinnässä. Lokit tallennetaan hakemistoon <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395
@@ -975,12 +770,8 @@
msgstr "Riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testitapaus"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410
-msgid ""
-"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>"
-"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testitapaus kirjoitetaan <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>"
-"Valmistele <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkisto Bugzillaan liitettäväksi?</p>"
+msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testitapaus kirjoitetaan <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Valmistele <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkisto Bugzillaan liitettäväksi?</p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413
@@ -989,12 +780,8 @@
#. caption
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check "
-"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Virhe</b> luotaessa riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testitapausta</p><p>"
-"Tarkista levytila ja <tt>%1</tt> oikeudet</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Virhe</b> luotaessa riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testitapausta</p><p>Tarkista levytila ja <tt>%1</tt> oikeudet</p>"
#. startsWith
#. filter
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/qt.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/qt.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/qt.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: qt.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:43+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr "Tyylisivun muokkain"
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:640
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
"Vaihdetaanko vasemman ja oikean painikkeen paikkoja?"
#. Popup dialog caption
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:653
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
msgstr "Odottamaton napsautus"
@@ -132,7 +132,6 @@
#.
#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
#: src/YQWizard.cc:869
-#| msgid "Release Notes..."
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "Julkaisutiedot"
@@ -145,4 +144,3 @@
#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328
msgid "Tree"
msgstr "Puu"
-
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/rdp.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/rdp.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/rdp.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 14:51+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/rear.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/rear.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/rear.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 10:19+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-07 16:55+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -34,37 +34,44 @@
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
#. popup heading (in bold)
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35
msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgstr "Paikalliset rekisteröintipalvelimet"
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n"
-"to use the default SUSE registration server."
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
"Valitse palvelin luettelosta tai paina Keskeytä\n"
"käyttääksesi SUSEn oletus rekisteröintipalvelinta."
#. error popup
-#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65
#, fuzzy
msgid "No registration server selected."
msgstr "Ei rekisteröintipalvelinta valittuna."
+#. %s is the default SCC URL
+#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
+msgstr "SUSE asiakaskeskuksen tilitiedot"
+
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52
+#. popup message
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Local Registration Servers"
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Paikalliset rekisteröintipalvelimet"
#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised
-#. register the system
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164
+#. nil = use the default URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr "Rekisteröidään järjestelmää..."
@@ -73,91 +80,131 @@
# -ke-
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549
+#. register the base product
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Rekisteröidään %s ..."
-#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text
+#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
+#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
+msgid "Updating to %s ..."
+msgstr "Päivitetään /etc/hosts..."
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#. display the registration update dialog
+#. dialog title
+#. dialog title
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration"
+msgstr "Rekisteröinti"
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration is being updated..."
+msgstr "Rekisteröinti epäonnistui."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated."
+msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
+msgstr "Ohjelmistoasennuslähteitä on päivitetty."
+
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275
+msgid ""
+"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
+"You can manually register the system from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
-"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
+"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
"Ole hyvä ja syötä tuotteen rekisteröinti- tai kokeilukoodi sekä\n"
"SUSE asiakaskeskuksen käyttätunnus/sähköpostiosoite.\n"
-"Vain rekisteröidyillä järjestelmillä on pääsy tietoturva ja "
-"ohjelmistopäivityksiin."
+"Vain rekisteröidyillä järjestelmillä on pääsy tietoturva ja ohjelmistopäivityksiin."
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system."
-msgstr ""
-"Mikäli nyt ohitat rekisteröinnin niin muista tehdä se asennuksen jälkeen."
+"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
+"installation has completed."
+msgstr "Mikäli nyt ohitat rekisteröinnin niin muista tehdä se asennuksen jälkeen."
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network Configuration..."
msgstr "Verkon määritys..."
-#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491
#, fuzzy
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr "Järjestelmä on jo rekisteröity."
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Email"
-msgstr "&Sähköposti"
+#| msgid "Email Address"
+msgid "&E-mail Address"
+msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite"
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "&Rekisteröintikoodi"
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "&Local Registration Server..."
+msgstr "Paikallinen rekisteröintipalvelin"
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#. button label
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335
+#, fuzzy
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "&Ohita rekisteröinti"
-#. TODO: improve the help text
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
-"updates and add-on products."
-msgstr ""
-"Annna SUSE asiakaskeskuksen tilitiedot tässä rekisteröidäksesi järjestelmän "
-"saadaksesi päivityksiä ja lisätuotteita."
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr "Annna SUSE asiakaskeskuksen tilitiedot tässä rekisteröidäksesi järjestelmän saadaksesi päivityksiä ja lisätuotteita."
-# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
-# -ke-
-#. dialog title
-#. dialog title
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration"
-msgstr "Rekisteröinti"
-
#. not set yet?
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Registration added some update repositories.\n"
@@ -169,73 +216,33 @@
"\n"
"Haluatko asentaa viimeisimmät päivitykset asennuksen yhteydessä?"
-#. use two column layout if needed
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312
+#. cache the available addons
+#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Available Products and Extensions"
-msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Saatavilla olevat tuotteet ja lisäosat"
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Details..."
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Tietoja..."
-
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr "Valitse lisäosa nähdäksesi lisätietoja tässä"
-
-#. popup message, %s are product names
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
-"dependencies:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s"
-msgstr ""
-"Valitaan automaattisesti '%s'\n"
-"riippuvuudet:\n"
-"\n"
-"%s"
-
-#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons."
-msgstr "YaST sallii enimmillään %s lisäosan valinnan."
-
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Extension Selection"
-msgstr "Laajennus valinta"
-
-#. cache the available addons
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
-msgstr "Ladataan saatavilla olevat lisätuotteet ja lisäosat..."
-
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Rekisteröi laajennus ja moduulit"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
-msgstr "Laajennus ja moduuli rekisteröintikoodi"
+#| msgid "<p>Please wait, while volumes are being detected.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Odota, kunnes taltiot on tunnistettu.</p>"
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
@@ -257,20 +264,34 @@
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Register Again"
msgstr "Rekisteröi uudelleen"
#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Available Products and Extensions"
msgid "Select Extensions"
msgstr "Saatavilla olevat tuotteet ja laajennukset"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
+msgstr "Järjestelmä on jo rekisteröity."
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
@@ -279,150 +300,235 @@
"Perustuotetta ei löytynyt,\n"
"tarkista järjestelmäsi."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538
+msgid ""
+"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
+"Report a bug at %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541
+msgid ""
+"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/scc.rb:42
+#: src/clients/scc.rb:44
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
msgstr "Käytä YaST-moduulin sijaan '%s'"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194
+#. popup message: registration finished properly
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
-msgstr "Otetaan yhteyttä SUSE asiakaskeskuksen palvelimeen"
+msgid "Registration was successfull."
+msgstr "Rekisteröinti onnistui."
-# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
-# -ke-
-#. register the base product
-#. register addons
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193
+#. remove possible duplicates
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registering Product..."
-msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-msgstr[0] "Rekisteröidään tuotetta..."
-msgstr[1] "Rekisteröidään tuotteita..."
+msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
+msgstr "SLP palvelinta ei löytynyt"
-#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213
+#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically
+#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice
+#. but better than aborting the installation...
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration was successfull."
-msgstr "Rekisteröinti onnistui."
+#| msgid "Download CA Certificate"
+msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Lataa CA-varmenne"
-#. ---------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Add-on &Name"
-msgstr "Laajennuksen &nimi"
+msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "Tuodaan SSl-varmennetta"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267
+#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
+#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Product Registration"
+msgstr "Tuotteen rekisteröinti"
+
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?"
-msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa jaajennuksen '%s'?"
+msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "Suorita automaattiasennuksen aikana"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nimi"
+msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
+msgstr "Älä suorita automaattiasennuksen aikana"
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Registration Code"
-msgstr "Rekisteröintikoodi"
+msgid "Registration Settings"
+msgstr "Rekisteröinnin tila"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Address"
+msgid "E-mail Address: %s"
+msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite"
+
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
-#. TODO FIXME: add a help text
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
-msgstr "Rekisteröi valinnaisia laajennuksia"
+msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
+msgstr "Rekisteröinti epäonnistui."
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349
-msgid "Product Registration"
-msgstr "Tuotteen rekisteröinti"
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed (Available)"
+msgid "Install Available Updates"
+msgstr "Asennettu (Saatavilla)"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center "
-"database,\n"
-"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product "
-"Registration</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tuoterekisteröinti liittää tuotteesi Novellin tietokantaan ja mahdollistaa "
-"Internet-päivitykset ja teknisen tuen. Rekisteröidäksesi automaattisesti "
-"asennuksen aikana valitse <b>Rekisteröi tuote</b>. Yksinkertaistaaksesi "
-"toimintoa sisällytä mukaan tiedot järjestelmästäsi valitsemalla <b>"
-"Laitteistoprofiili</b> ja <b>Valinnaiset tiedot</b>.</p>"
+msgid "Registration Server"
+msgstr "Rekisteröintipalvelin:"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL "
-"of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
-"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Jos verkossa käytetään mukautettua SMT-palvelinta, määritä SMT-palvelimen\n"
-" verkko-osoite ja SMT-varmenteen sijainti <b>SMT-palvelimen asetukset</b> "
-"-kenttään.\n"
-" Lisätietoja on SMT-käyttöoppaassa.</p>"
+msgid "Server URL: %s"
+msgstr "SMT-palvelin: %1"
-# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
-# -ke-
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register the Product"
-msgstr "Rekisteröi tuote"
+#| msgid "Discovery"
+msgid "Use SLP discovery"
+msgstr "Etsintä"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories"
-msgstr "Asenna saatavilla olevat korjauspäivitykset"
+msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
+msgstr "Palvelimen CA -varmenne:"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Server Settings"
-msgstr "palvelimen asetukset"
+#| msgid "Certificate File: \""
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s"
+msgstr "Varmenteen tiedostopolku: \""
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
-msgstr "Etsi paikallisia rekisteröintipalvelimia"
+#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
+msgid "Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "Rekisteröi laajennus ja moduulit"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
-msgstr "Käytä erillistä palvelinta oletuspalvelimen sijaan"
+#| msgid "Secure Connection"
+msgid "Secure Connection Error"
+msgstr "Turvallinen yhteys"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
+msgid "Details:"
+msgstr "Tiedot:"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Optional Server Certificate"
-msgstr "Valinnainen palvelinvarmenne"
+#| msgid "Select Certificate File"
+msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
+msgstr "Valitse varmennetiedosto"
-# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
-# -ke-
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Register Add-ons..."
-msgstr "Rekisteröidään tuotetta..."
+msgid "Issued To"
+msgstr "Myönnetty"
-#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61
#, fuzzy
-msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
-msgstr "SLP palvelinta ei löytynyt"
+msgid "Common Name (CN): "
+msgstr "Yleinen nimi (CN):"
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Organization (O): "
+msgstr "Järjestö (O):"
+
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
+msgstr "Organisaatioyksikkö (OU):"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Issued By"
+msgstr "Myöntäjä"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Valid"
+msgid "Validity"
+msgstr "Voimassa"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Issued On: "
+msgstr "Myönnetty"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
+msgstr "Vermennen ei ole vielä vanhentunut.\n"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Expires: "
+msgid "Expires On: "
+msgstr "Vanhenee: "
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
+msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
+msgstr "Vermennen ei ole vielä vanhentunut.\n"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If &Serial Number is Known"
+msgid "Serial Number: "
+msgstr "Jos &sarjanumero on tiedossa"
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
+msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "SHA1 Sormenjälki: "
+
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
+msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
+msgstr "SHA256 Sormenjälki: "
+
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
@@ -431,35 +537,57 @@
"Verkkoa ei ole määritetty, rekisteröintipalvelinta ei voi tavoittaa.\n"
"Haluatko määrittää verkon nyt?"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr "Verkkovirhe. Tarkista verkkomääritykset."
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr "Yhteys aika katkaistiin."
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The email address is not known or\n"
-"the registration code is not valid."
+msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
"Sähköpostiosoite tai rekisteröintikoodi\n"
"on virheellinen."
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
+"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
+"might take very long time.\n"
+"\n"
+"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n"
+"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n"
+"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n"
+"the upgrade again."
+msgstr ""
+
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#. add the hint to the error details
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+msgid "Registration failed."
+msgstr "Rekisteröinti epäonnistui."
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115
#, fuzzy
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Rekisteröintiasiakkaan virhe."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
@@ -469,154 +597,123 @@
"\n"
"Yritä rekisteröintiä myöhemmin."
-# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
-# -ke-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
-msgid "Registration failed."
-msgstr "Rekisteröinti epäonnistui."
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
+msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
+msgstr ""
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
-msgstr "Suojattu yhteys virhe: %s"
-
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184
#, fuzzy
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Lisätiedot: %s"
-#. label follwed by a certificate description
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147
+#. progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
-msgid "Certificate:"
-msgstr "Varmenne:"
+msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
+msgstr "Tuodaan SSl-varmennetta"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Issued To"
-msgstr "Myönnetty"
+msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
+msgstr "Tuodaan '%s' varmenne..."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154
+#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
+#. the original error message from openSSL
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Issued By"
-msgstr "Myöntäjä"
+msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
+msgstr "Suojattu yhteys virhe: %s"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
-msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "SHA1 Sormenjälki: "
+#| msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
+msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
+msgstr "Tallennetaan etähallinnan määritystä"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159
+#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze
+#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM!
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Fingerprint: "
-msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "SHA256 Sormenjälki: "
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
+msgid "SSL Certificate"
+msgstr "SMT-varmenne"
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Common Name (CN): "
-msgstr "Yleinen nimi (CN):"
+#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10
+msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System"
+msgstr ""
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178
+#. indent size used in summary text
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Organization (O): "
-msgstr "Järjestö (O):"
+#| msgid "SMT Certificate"
+msgid "Certificate:"
+msgstr "Varmenne:"
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
-msgstr "Organisaatioyksikkö (OU):"
-
-#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
-msgstr "Tuodaan SSl-varmennetta"
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
-msgstr "Tuodaan '%s' varmenne..."
-
-#. return the boot command line parameter
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Searching..."
-msgstr "Etsitään..."
-
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
-msgstr "Etsitään paikallista rekisteröintipalvelinta..."
-
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unknown error"
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Tuntematon virhe"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Asennuslähteen määrityksen tallennus epäonnistui."
#. # error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Palvelun '%s' päivitys epäonnistui."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Palvelun '%s' lisäys epäonnistui."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208
#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Palvelun '%s' tallennus epäonnistui."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213
#, fuzzy
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Palvelun '%s' päivitys epäonnistui."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40
#, fuzzy
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Lisenssisopimus"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr "Ladataan lisenssiä..."
-#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the
-#. not accepted extension
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65
+#. ask user to accept an addon EULA
+#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon
+#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73
#, fuzzy
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr "Ladataan lisenssisopimusta..."
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed"
msgid ""
@@ -625,93 +722,389 @@
"failed."
msgstr "Lisenssin lataaminen '%s' epäonnistui."
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "%s License Agreement"
+msgstr "%s lisenssisopimus"
+
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement"
+msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
+msgstr "Laajennus ja moduuli rekisteröintikoodi"
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
+msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the registration data."
+msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
+msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
+msgstr[0] "Anna rekisteröitymistiedot"
+msgstr[1] "Anna rekisteröitymistiedot"
+
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
+msgstr "Laajennus valinta"
+
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tässä näet kaikki järjestelmääsi asennetut lisätuotteet.</p>"
+
+#. help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text (3/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Products and Extensions"
+msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
+msgstr "Saatavilla olevat tuotteet ja lisäosat"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Details..."
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "Tietoja..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
+msgstr "Valitse lisäosa nähdäksesi lisätietoja tässä"
+
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "is not available"
+msgid "%s (not available)"
+msgstr "ei ole saatavilla"
+
+#. check the addons requiring a reg. code
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
+msgstr "YaST sallii enimmillään %s lisäosan valinnan."
+
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
+msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
+msgstr "Rekisteröi laajennus ja moduulit"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Identifier"
+msgstr "Tunniste"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr "Versio"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Arkkitehtuuri"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rule Type"
+msgid "Release Type"
+msgstr "Sääntötyyppi"
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Registration Code"
+msgstr "Rekisteröintikoodi"
+
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Downloading %1 extension..."
+msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
+msgstr "Haetaan %1 lisäosaa..."
+
+#. disable download on a non-registered system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
+msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
+msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa %1?"
+
+#. replace the content
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr "Laajennus ja moduuli lisenssisopimus"
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "&Version"
+msgstr "&Versio"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163
+msgid "&Architecture"
+msgstr "&Arkkitehtuuri"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164
#, fuzzy
-msgid "%s License Agreement"
-msgstr "%s lisenssisopimus"
+#| msgid "&Release"
+msgid "&Release Type"
+msgstr "&Julkaisu"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tuoterekisteröinti liittää tuotteesi Novellin tietokantaan ja mahdollistaa Internet-päivitykset ja teknisen tuen. Rekisteröidäksesi automaattisesti asennuksen aikana valitse <b>Rekisteröi tuote</b>. Yksinkertaistaaksesi toimintoa sisällytä mukaan tiedot järjestelmästäsi valitsemalla <b>Laitteistoprofiili</b> ja <b>Valinnaiset tiedot</b>.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Jos verkossa käytetään mukautettua SMT-palvelinta, määritä SMT-palvelimen\n"
+" verkko-osoite ja SMT-varmenteen sijainti <b>SMT-palvelimen asetukset</b> -kenttään.\n"
+" Lisätietoja on SMT-käyttöoppaassa.</p>"
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Register the Product"
+msgstr "Rekisteröi tuote"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
+msgstr "Asenna saatavilla olevat korjauspäivitykset"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Server Settings"
+msgstr "palvelimen asetukset"
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
+msgstr "Etsi paikallisia rekisteröintipalvelimia"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
+msgstr "Käytä erillistä palvelinta oletuspalvelimen sijaan"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
+msgstr "Valinnainen palvelinvarmenne"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "Valinnainen palvelinvarmenne"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141
+msgid "none"
+msgstr "ei mitään"
+
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "CA Certificate File"
+msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
+msgstr "CA-varmennetiedosto"
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Registration Module Help"
+msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
+msgstr "Rekisteröi laajennus ja moduulit"
+
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Certificate has been imported."
+msgid "Certificate has expired"
+msgstr "Varmenne tuotiin."
+
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file"
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr "Itse allekirjoitettu varmennetiedosto"
#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29
#, fuzzy
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr "Itse allekirjoitettu varmenntiedosto varmenneketjussa"
#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr "&Luota ja tuo"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the "
-"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Suojattu yhteys (HTTPS) käyttää SSL varmenteita tarkistaakseen palvelimen "
-"aitouden ja tietojen salaukseen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Suojattu yhteys (HTTPS) käyttää SSL varmenteita tarkistaakseen palvelimen aitouden ja tietojen salaukseen.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known "
-"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the "
-"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit tuoda varmennetiedoston ja lisätä sen tunnettujen varmenteiden "
-"listalle. "
-"Tämä tarkoittaa, että luotat varmennetiedoston luojaan.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voit tuoda varmennetiedoston ja lisätä sen tunnettujen varmenteiden listalle. Tämä tarkoittaa, että luotat varmennetiedoston luojaan.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Varmennetiedostojen tuominen mahdollistaa itse allekirjoitettujen "
-"varmenteiden käyttämisen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Varmennetiedostojen tuominen mahdollistaa itse allekirjoitettujen varmenteiden käyttämisen.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to "
-"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tärkeää:</b>Sinun kannattaa tarkistaa varmennetiedoston sormenjälki, "
-"jotta voit olla varma, että tuot aidon varmennetiedoston.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Tärkeää:</b>Sinun kannattaa tarkistaa varmennetiedoston sormenjälki, jotta voit olla varma, että tuot aidon varmennetiedoston.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security "
-"risk.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tuntemattoman varmenteen tuominen on iso tietoturvariski.</b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Tuntemattoman varmenteen tuominen on iso tietoturvariski.</b></p>"
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials"
-#~ msgstr "SUSE asiakaskeskuksen tilitiedot"
+#| msgid "Invalid value."
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "Virheellinen arvo."
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#. input field label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Registration Server"
+msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgstr "Paikallinen rekisteröintipalvelin"
+
+#. return the boot command line parameter
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "Etsitään..."
+
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
+msgstr "Etsitään paikallista rekisteröintipalvelinta..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "&Email"
+#~ msgstr "&Sähköposti"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
+#~ "dependencies:\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "%s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Valitaan automaattisesti '%s'\n"
+#~ "riippuvuudet:\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "%s"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..."
+#~ msgstr "Ladataan saatavilla olevat lisätuotteet ja lisäosat..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
+#~ msgstr "Otetaan yhteyttä SUSE asiakaskeskuksen palvelimeen"
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Registering Product..."
+#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
+#~ msgstr[0] "Rekisteröidään tuotetta..."
+#~ msgstr[1] "Rekisteröidään tuotteita..."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Add-on &Name"
+#~ msgstr "Laajennuksen &nimi"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?"
+#~ msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa jaajennuksen '%s'?"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Name"
+#~ msgstr "Nimi"
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
+#~ msgstr "Rekisteröi valinnaisia laajennuksia"
+
+# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
+# -ke-
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..."
+#~ msgstr "Rekisteröidään tuotetta..."
+
+#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration"
#~ msgstr "SUSE asiakaskeskuksen rekisteröinti"
@@ -757,40 +1150,6 @@
#~ msgid "Registration key"
#~ msgstr "&Rekisteröintikoodi"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "Suorita automaattiasennuksen aikana"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
-#~ msgstr "Älä suorita automaattiasennuksen aikana"
-
-# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
-# -ke-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Registration Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Rekisteröinnin tila"
-
-# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
-# -ke-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Registration Key is Configured"
-#~ msgstr "Rekisteröinti epäonnistui."
-
-# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
-# -ke-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Registration Server"
-#~ msgstr "Rekisteröintipalvelin:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Server URL: %s"
-#~ msgstr "SMT-palvelin: %1"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Server Certificate: %s"
-#~ msgstr "Palvelimen CA -varmenne:"
-
#~ msgid "Online Update Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Internet-päivityksen määritys"
@@ -1322,9 +1681,6 @@
#~ "Ohjelmistojen asennuslähteet päivitettiin.\n"
#~ "Lisätietoja löydät Asennuslähteet-moduulista."
-#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated."
-#~ msgstr "Ohjelmistoasennuslähteitä on päivitetty."
-
#~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module."
#~ msgstr "Lisätietoja löydät Asennuslähteet-moduulista."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/reipl.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/reipl.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/reipl.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:50+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
"IPL kanssa FCP '%1', käyttäen WWPN '%2'\n"
"ja LUN '%3'.\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -140,7 +140,6 @@
msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen &ohjelman valitsin"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150
-#| msgid "ccw parameters"
msgid "nss parameters"
msgstr "nss asetukset"
@@ -204,36 +203,29 @@
#. Configure dialog help 2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio "
-"buttons\n"
+"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n"
"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n"
"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n"
"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n"
"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Koneen uudelleenkäynnistystapa valitaan painikkeilla, jotka luetellaan "
-"kohdan\n"
+"<p>Koneen uudelleenkäynnistystapa valitaan painikkeilla, jotka luetellaan kohdan\n"
"<b>reipl-menettelyt</b> sisällä. Riippuen mitä kone tukee, voit valita joko\n"
"CCW (channel command word)-laitteen tai SCSI-laitteen, joka on liitetty\n"
-"käyttäen zFCP-yhteyttä (fibre channel protocol). Täytä tarvittavien "
-"muuttujien\n"
+"käyttäen zFCP-yhteyttä (fibre channel protocol). Täytä tarvittavien muuttujien\n"
"kentät kyseessä olevaa menettelyä varten.</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 3
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n"
-"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device "
-"ID></i>,\n"
-"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a "
-"DASD or to\n"
+"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n"
+"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n"
"an FCP adapter.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p> <b>Laite</b> täytyy olla voimassa oleva laiteväylä-ID pienaakkosin,\n"
-"sysfs-yhteensopiva formaatti 0, <i><alikanavalle asetettu ID></i>.<i>"
-"<laite-ID></i>,\n"
-"kuten 0.0.5c51. Riippuen valitusta menetelmästä, tämä voi viitata DASD- tai "
-"FCP-sovitteeseen.</p>"
+"sysfs-yhteensopiva formaatti 0, <i><alikanavalle asetettu ID></i>.<i><laite-ID></i>,\n"
+"kuten 0.0.5c51. Riippuen valitusta menetelmästä, tämä voi viitata DASD- tai FCP-sovitteeseen.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 4
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74
@@ -242,10 +234,8 @@
"configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n"
"to select the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Määre <b>loadparm</b> täytyy olla maksimi 8 merkkiä, ja valitsee "
-"käynnistys-\n"
-"määrittelyn zipl bootloader-valikosta. Käytä yhtä tyhjää merkkiä valitaksesi "
-"\n"
+"<p>Määre <b>loadparm</b> täytyy olla maksimi 8 merkkiä, ja valitsee käynnistys-\n"
+"määrittelyn zipl bootloader-valikosta. Käytä yhtä tyhjää merkkiä valitaksesi \n"
"oletusmäärittelyn.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 5
@@ -260,10 +250,8 @@
#. Configure dialog help 6
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase "
-"letters\n"
-"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.<"
-"/p>"
+"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n"
+"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Looginen yksikkönumero</b> (LUN) syötettävä pienaakkosin\n"
"heksadesimaalein 16 merkkiä, loput nollia, kuten 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
@@ -275,8 +263,7 @@
"a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n"
"the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käynnistysohjelmavalitsin</b> täytyy olla ei-negatiivinen kokonaisluku, "
-"joka\n"
+"<p><b>Käynnistysohjelmavalitsin</b> täytyy olla ei-negatiivinen kokonaisluku, joka\n"
"valitsee käynnistysmäärittelyn zipl booloader-menusta. Käytä 0 valitaksesi\n"
"oletusmäärittelyn.</p>"
@@ -286,21 +273,17 @@
"<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n"
"boot record and is currently always 0.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käynnistyslataimen looginen lohko-osoite</b> (LBA) määrittelee "
-"käynnistys-\n"
+"<p><b>Käynnistyslataimen looginen lohko-osoite</b> (LBA) määrittelee käynnistys-\n"
"lataimen ja on aina hetkellisesti 0.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 9
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by "
-"shutdown,\n"
+"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n"
"and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tämän valintaikkunan vahvistuksen jälkeen, uudelleenkäynnistystä voi "
-"vaihdella,\n"
-"esim. sammuta ja järjestelmä käynnistyy automaattisesti valitulta laitteelta "
-"käsin.</p>"
+"<p>Tämän valintaikkunan vahvistuksen jälkeen, uudelleenkäynnistystä voi vaihdella,\n"
+"esim. sammuta ja järjestelmä käynnistyy automaattisesti valitulta laitteelta käsin.</p>"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102
@@ -309,31 +292,31 @@
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
msgstr "Määritetyt reipl-menetelmät"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
msgstr "Menetelmä ccw on määritetty ja käytössä."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
msgstr "Menetelmä ccw on määritetty."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
msgstr "Menetelmä ccw ei ole tuettu."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
msgstr "Menetelmä fcp on määritetty ja käytössä."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
msgstr "Menetelmä fcp ei ole määritetty"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
msgstr "Menetelmä fcp ei ole tuettu."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/relocation-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/relocation-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/relocation-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-03 23:34+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/s390.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/s390.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/s390.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: s390.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-03 23:38+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-client.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-client.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-16 15:32+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -174,12 +174,8 @@
#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid'
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt>"
-" and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä Samba-käyttäjän ja -ryhmän ID-tunnusten <b>alue</b> (<tt>winbind "
-"uid</tt>- ja <tt>winbind gid</tt> -arvot)."
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä Samba-käyttäjän ja -ryhmän ID-tunnusten <b>alue</b> (<tt>winbind uid</tt>- ja <tt>winbind gid</tt> -arvot)."
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235
@@ -211,6 +207,19 @@
msgid "M&aximum"
msgstr "&Enintään"
+#. require_groups
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Allowed Services"
+msgid "Allowed Group(s)"
+msgstr "Sallitut palvelut"
+
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Group Name"
+msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)"
+msgstr "Ryhmän nimi"
+
#. combobox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
msgid "&Kerberos Method"
@@ -400,13 +409,11 @@
#. continue/cancel popup
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808
msgid ""
-"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the "
-"following\n"
+"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n"
"settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"Tämän järjestelmän määrittäminen asiakkaana Active Directory:lle palauttaa "
-"seuraavat\n"
+"Tämän järjestelmän määrittäminen asiakkaana Active Directory:lle palauttaa seuraavat\n"
"asetukset smb.conf-tiedostossa oletus arvoihin:\n"
"%1"
@@ -455,8 +462,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Tämä muutos vaikuttaa vain uusiin luotuihin prosesseihin eikä\n"
"jo käynnissä oleviin palveluihin. Käynnistä palvelusi käsin uudelleen tai\n"
-"käynnistä tietokoneesi uudelleen ottaaksesi sen käyttöön kaikille "
-"palveluille.\n"
+"käynnistä tietokoneesi uudelleen ottaaksesi sen käyttöön kaikille palveluille.\n"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36
@@ -474,8 +480,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Valmistelun keskeytys</big></b><br>\n"
-"Voit turvallisesti keskeyttää määrityksen napsauttamalla <b>Keskeytä</b> "
-"nyt.</p>\n"
+"Voit turvallisesti keskeyttää määrityksen napsauttamalla <b>Keskeytä</b> nyt.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44
@@ -508,46 +513,38 @@
#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active "
-"Directory domain.\n"
+"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n"
"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Linux-asiakas voi olla jäsen työryhmässä, NT- tai Active Directory "
-"-toimialueella.\n"
+"<p>Linux-asiakas voi olla jäsen työryhmässä, NT- tai Active Directory -toimialueella.\n"
"Määritä jäsenyyden nimi.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n"
-"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if "
-"joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
+"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käytä SMB-tietoja myös Linux-tunnistautumiseen</b> sallii \n"
-"salasanojen tarkistamisen NT-palvelimelta tai Kerberos-palvelimelta jos "
-"liitytään AD-toimialueelta.</p>\n"
+"salasanojen tarkistamisen NT-palvelimelta tai Kerberos-palvelimelta jos liitytään AD-toimialueelta.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list "
-"of name servers.\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n"
"This option is only available for static network setups.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Vaihda ensisijaisen DNS:n loppuliite</b> lisätäksesi "
-"AD-palvelimesi nimipalvelimien listaan.\n"
+"<p>Valitse <b>Vaihda ensisijaisen DNS:n loppuliite</b> lisätäksesi AD-palvelimesi nimipalvelimien listaan.\n"
"Tämä valinta on käytettävissä vain kiinteille verkkoasetuksille.</p>"
#. Samba role dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n"
-"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the "
-"domain.</p>\n"
+"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kun napsautat <b>Valmis</b>, järjestelmä tarkistaa jäsenyyden ja\n"
-"jos kysymyksessä on NT- tai Active Directory -toimialue, sallii liittää tämän "
-"koneen toimialueeseen.</p>\n"
+"jos kysymyksessä on NT- tai Active Directory -toimialue, sallii liittää tämän koneen toimialueeseen.</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79
@@ -565,39 +562,18 @@
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories "
-"created on the first login.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Luo kotihakemisto kirjauduttaessa</b> luodaksesi paikalliset "
-"kotihakemistot ensimmäisen kirjautumisen yhteydessä.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Luo kotihakemisto kirjauduttaessa</b> luodaksesi paikalliset kotihakemistot ensimmäisen kirjautumisen yhteydessä.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is "
-"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log "
-"in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored "
-"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no "
-"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially "
-"useful for mobile users."
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Yhteydetön tunnistautuminen</b> ottaa käyttöön käyttäjän "
-"sisäänkirjautumisen vaikka toimialueen ohjaimeen ei olisi yhteyttä. Jotta "
-"tämä valinta toimisi, sinun täytyy kirjautua toimialueelle ainakin kerran. "
-"Käyttäjän tiedot tallennetaan salattuun tiedostoon tietokoneellesi ja niitä "
-"käytetään toimialueelle kirjautumiseen kun yhteyttä toimialueen ohjaimeen ei "
-"voida avata. Tämä on käytännöllistä liikkuville käyttäjille."
+msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users."
+msgstr "<p><b>Yhteydetön tunnistautuminen</b> ottaa käyttöön käyttäjän sisäänkirjautumisen vaikka toimialueen ohjaimeen ei olisi yhteyttä. Jotta tämä valinta toimisi, sinun täytyy kirjautua toimialueelle ainakin kerran. Käyttäjän tiedot tallennetaan salattuun tiedostoon tietokoneellesi ja niitä käytetään toimialueelle kirjautumiseen kun yhteyttä toimialueen ohjaimeen ei voida avata. Tämä on käytännöllistä liikkuville käyttäjille."
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS "
-"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Napsauta <B>Asiantuntija-asetukset</b> salliaksesi lisäominaisuudet kuten "
-"WINS-vaihtoehdot tai Active Directory -toimialueella sijaitsevien "
-"kotihakemistojen liittäminen palvelimelta.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Napsauta <B>Asiantuntija-asetukset</b> salliaksesi lisäominaisuudet kuten WINS-vaihtoehdot tai Active Directory -toimialueella sijaitsevien kotihakemistojen liittäminen palvelimelta.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97
@@ -607,25 +583,16 @@
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for "
-"joining\n"
-"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be "
-"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
+"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n"
+"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aseta <b>Käyttäjätunnus</b> ja <b>Salasana,</b> joita tulisi käyttää "
-"liityttäessä\n"
-" valitulta toimialueelta automaattiasennuksen aikana. Huomaa, että salasana "
-"tallennetaan profiiliin selkokielisessä (salaamattomassa) muodossa.</p>"
+"<p>Aseta <b>Käyttäjätunnus</b> ja <b>Salasana,</b> joita tulisi käyttää liityttäessä\n"
+" valitulta toimialueelta automaattiasennuksen aikana. Huomaa, että salasana tallennetaan profiiliin selkokielisessä (salaamattomassa) muodossa.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active "
-"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos "
-"configuration.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä <b>Active Directory -palvelin</b> liittyäksesi Active Directory "
-"-toimialueeseen. Tätä käytetään myös KDC:nä Kerberos-määrityksessä.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä <b>Active Directory -palvelin</b> liittyäksesi Active Directory -toimialueeseen. Tätä käytetään myös KDC:nä Kerberos-määrityksessä.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109
@@ -757,13 +724,8 @@
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name "
-"resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Jos haluat käyttää Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) "
-"-palvelua nimen selvittämiseksi, valitse <b>Käytä WINSiä konenimen "
-"selvittämiseksi</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Jos haluat käyttää Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) -palvelua nimen selvittämiseksi, valitse <b>Käytä WINSiä konenimen selvittämiseksi</b>.</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405
@@ -772,12 +734,8 @@
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided "
-"by DHCP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Käytä valintaa <b>Hae WINS-palvelin DHCP-toiminnon avulla</b> käyttääksesi "
-"DHCP:n antamaa WINS-palvelinta.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Käytä valintaa <b>Hae WINS-palvelin DHCP-toiminnon avulla</b> käyttääksesi DHCP:n antamaa WINS-palvelinta.</p>"
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432
@@ -811,79 +769,41 @@
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group "
-"in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For "
-"example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a "
-"domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions "
-"allow access.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Salli käyttäjien jakaa hakemistoja</b> ottaa käyttöön <b>Sallittu "
-"ryhmä</b> ryhmän jäsenten omien hakemistojen jakamisen toisille käyttäjille. "
-"Esimerkiksi <tt>users</tt> paikallisella alueella tai <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> "
-"toimialueella. Käyttäjän tulee varmistaa, että tiedostojärjestelmän oikeudet "
-"sallivat tämän.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Salli käyttäjien jakaa hakemistoja</b> ottaa käyttöön <b>Sallittu ryhmä</b> ryhmän jäsenten omien hakemistojen jakamisen toisille käyttäjille. Esimerkiksi <tt>users</tt> paikallisella alueella tai <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> toimialueella. Käyttäjän tulee varmistaa, että tiedostojärjestelmän oikeudet sallivat tämän.</p>"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares "
-"that may be created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Jakojen enimmäismäärä</b>, rajoittaa luotavien jakojen määrän.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Jakojen enimmäismäärä</b>, rajoittaa luotavien jakojen määrän.</p>"
#. membership dialog help common part
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516
-msgid ""
-"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow "
-"Guest Access</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Salliaksesi pääsyn käyttäjän jakoihin ilman tunnistusta, ota <b>Salli "
-"Vierastilin käyttö</b> käyttöön.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Salliaksesi pääsyn käyttäjän jakoihin ilman tunnistusta, ota <b>Salli Vierastilin käyttö</b> käyttöön.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
-"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when "
-"the\n"
+"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
"user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n"
-"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each "
-"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
+"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Taulukossa <b>Liitä palvelimen hakemistoja</b> voit määrittää "
-"paikallisesti\n"
-" liitettäviä palvelimen hakemistoja (esimerkiksi kotihakemistot). Jos "
-"liitosten pitää olla\n"
+"<p>Taulukossa <b>Liitä palvelimen hakemistoja</b> voit määrittää paikallisesti\n"
+" liitettäviä palvelimen hakemistoja (esimerkiksi kotihakemistot). Jos liitosten pitää olla\n"
" käyttäjäkohtaisia, määritä <b>Käyttäjätunnus</b> valitun säännön osalta.\n"
-" Muussa tapauksessa hakemisto liitetään joka käyttäjälle. Saat lisätietoja "
-"man-sivulta pam_mount.conf.</p>"
+" Muussa tapauksessa hakemisto liitetään joka käyttäjälle. Saat lisätietoja man-sivulta pam_mount.conf.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote "
-"Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home "
-"directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>"
-"Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit esimerkiksi käyttää arvoa <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> "
-"määrittääksesi <b>Etäpolun</b>, arvoa <tt>~/</tt> kohtaan <b>Paikallinen "
-"liitospiste</b> kotihakemiston liittämiseksi, tällöin käytä arvoa <tt>user=%"
-"(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> osana <b>Valintoja</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voit esimerkiksi käyttää arvoa <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> määrittääksesi <b>Etäpolun</b>, arvoa <tt>~/</tt> kohtaan <b>Paikallinen liitospiste</b> kotihakemiston liittämiseksi, tällöin käytä arvoa <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> osana <b>Valintoja</b>.</p>"
#. help text for kerberos method option
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540
-msgid ""
-"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are "
-"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos "
-"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page "
-"for details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kerberos Tunnistautumisen</b> arvo määrittää kuinka kerberos tiketit "
-"varmistetaan. Kun <b>Yhteinen kirjautuminen SSH:lle</b> on käytössä YaST "
-"määrittää oletuksena <tt>secrets ja keytab</tt>. Katso smb.conf man-sivuilta "
-"lisätietoja.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Kerberos Tunnistautumisen</b> arvo määrittää kuinka kerberos tiketit varmistetaan. Kun <b>Yhteinen kirjautuminen SSH:lle</b> on käytössä YaST määrittää oletuksena <tt>secrets ja keytab</tt>. Katso smb.conf man-sivuilta lisätietoja.</p>"
#. translators: initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74
@@ -945,7 +865,10 @@
msgstr "Kirjoitetaan OpenSSH asetukset..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Valmis"
@@ -1024,12 +947,14 @@
msgstr "<b>Kerberos tunnistautuminen käytössä</b>: %1"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Kyllä"
#. summary value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106
msgid "No"
msgstr "Ei"
@@ -1059,6 +984,143 @@
"elinaika on virheellinen.\n"
"Yritä uudelleen."
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621
+msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Valmistellaan Samba-asiakkaan määritystä"
+
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632
+msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
+msgstr "Lue yleiset Samba-asetukset"
+
+#. translators: progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634
+msgid "Read the winbind status"
+msgstr "Lue winbind-tila"
+
+#. translators: progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638
+msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
+msgstr "Luetaan yleiset Samba-asetukset..."
+
+#. translators: progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640
+msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
+msgstr "Luetaan winbind-tila..."
+
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741
+msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
+msgstr "Tallennetaan Samba-asiakkaan määritykset"
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748
+msgid "Disable Samba services"
+msgstr "Poista Samba-palvelut käytöstä"
+
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750
+msgid "Enable Samba services"
+msgstr "Ota Samba-palvelut käyttöön"
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757
+msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Poistetaan Samba-palvelut käytöstä..."
+
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759
+msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
+msgstr "Otetaan Samba-palvelut käyttöön..."
+
+#. write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769
+msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
+msgstr "Kirjoita Kerberos määritys"
+
+#. write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771
+msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan Kerberos määritystä..."
+
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879
+msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
+msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen tiedostoon %1 ei onnistunut."
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838
+msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
+msgstr "Winbind-palvelun käynnistys ei onnistunut."
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843
+msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
+msgstr "Winbind-demonin käynnistys ei onnistunut."
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
+msgstr "Winbind-palvelun pysäytys ei onnistunut."
+
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854
+msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
+msgstr "Winbind-demonin pysäytys ei onnistunut."
+
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870
+msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
+msgstr "PAM-asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu."
+
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Yleiset määritykset"
+
+#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051
+msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
+msgstr "Työryhmä tai toimialue: %1"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060
+msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgstr "Luo kotihakemisto kirjautumisen aikana"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067
+msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
+msgstr "Yhteydetön tunnistautuminen käytössä"
+
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
+msgstr "Jakojen enimmäismäärä: %1"
+
+#. summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096
+msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Työryhmä tai toimialue</b>: %1</p>"
+
+#. summary item: authentication using winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101
+msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Tunnistautuminen SMB-palvelulla</b>: %1</p>"
+
#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr "Liityntää ei voida jatkaa: Klusterin tila ei ole yhdenmukainen"
@@ -1247,63 +1309,3 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tämä kone ei ole\n"
#~ "toimialueen %1 jäsen."
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Valmistellaan Samba-asiakkaan määritystä"
-
-#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
-#~ msgstr "Lue yleiset Samba-asetukset"
-
-#~ msgid "Read the winbind status"
-#~ msgstr "Lue winbind-tila"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
-#~ msgstr "Luetaan yleiset Samba-asetukset..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
-#~ msgstr "Luetaan winbind-tila..."
-
-#~ msgid "Disable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "Poista Samba-palvelut käytöstä"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Samba services"
-#~ msgstr "Ota Samba-palvelut käyttöön"
-
-#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "Poistetaan Samba-palvelut käytöstä..."
-
-#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
-#~ msgstr "Otetaan Samba-palvelut käyttöön..."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
-#~ msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen tiedostoon %1 ei onnistunut."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "Winbind-palvelun käynnistys ei onnistunut."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "Winbind-demonin käynnistys ei onnistunut."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
-#~ msgstr "Winbind-palvelun pysäytys ei onnistunut."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
-#~ msgstr "Winbind-demonin pysäytys ei onnistunut."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
-#~ msgstr "PAM-asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu."
-
-#~ msgid "Global Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Yleiset määritykset"
-
-#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Työryhmä tai toimialue: %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-#~ msgstr "Luo kotihakemisto kirjautumisen aikana"
-
-#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Jakojen enimmäismäärä: %1"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Tunnistautuminen SMB-palvelulla</b>: %1</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-27 22:11+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-users.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-users.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/samba-users.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 17:01+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/scanner.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-08 22:00+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/security.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 14:15+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/services-manager.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:50+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -19,12 +19,226 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
+msgstr "Luetaan järjestelmän oletusasetukset..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default system settings"
+msgid "&Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Oletusasetukset"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default system settings"
+msgid "Default systemd target"
+msgstr "Oletusasetukset"
+
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default system settings"
+msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Oletusasetukset"
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
+msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
+msgstr "Luetaan järjestelmän oletusasetukset..."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Available Shares"
+msgid "Available Targets"
+msgstr "Saatavilla olevat jaot"
+
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values."
+msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
+msgstr "Ohjelmistoehdotus palautettiin oletusarvoihinsa."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Ei asennettavaksi valittuja paketteja."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234
+msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237
+msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241
+msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248
+msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251
+msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
+msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
+msgstr "Ei asennettavaksi valittuja paketteja."
+
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71
+msgid "Writing configuration..."
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetukset..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the system configuration"
+msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan järjestelmän asetukset"
+
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#. Fills the dialog contents
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default system settings"
+msgid "Default System &Target"
+msgstr "Oletusasetukset"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Palvelu"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Käytössä"
+
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "Aktiivinen"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Kuvaus"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Start"
+msgid "&Start/Stop"
+msgstr "&Käynnistä"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable/Disable"
+msgid "&Enable/Disable"
+msgstr "Käytä/poista käytöstä"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111
+msgid "Show &Details"
+msgstr "Näytä tie&dot"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software Manager"
+msgid "Services Manager"
+msgstr "Ohjelmistohallinta"
+
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the service status..."
+msgid "Reading services status..."
+msgstr "Luetaan palvelun tila..."
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146
+#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Poistettu käytöstä"
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156
+#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Active"
+msgid "Inactive"
+msgstr "Aktiivinen"
+
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Active (will start)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163
+msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
+msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
+msgstr "Palvelun %service tila on %toggled"
+
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr "&Palvelut"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Palvelut"
@@ -39,25 +253,20 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
-"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the "
-"\n"
+"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n"
" list of services.</p>\n"
-"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is "
-"enabled\n"
+"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n"
"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Palvelut</b></big><br>\n"
-"Tämä asennusehdoitus mahdollistaa palveluiden käyttöön oton ja "
-"käynnistämisen\n"
+"Tämä asennusehdoitus mahdollistaa palveluiden käyttöön oton ja käynnistämisen\n"
"listalla olevista palveluista.</p>\n"
"<p>Se voi myös avata portteja palomuurista, jos palomuuri on käytössä\n"
"ja kyseinen palvelu sitä vaatii.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link"
-msgstr ""
-"Palvelun %service tila on %toggled ja palomuurin portti on %switched %link"
+msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link"
+msgstr "Palvelun %service tila on %toggled ja palomuurin portti on %switched %link"
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
@@ -79,3 +288,82 @@
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr "Palvelua %1 ei voida ottaa käyttöön."
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Default Hat"
+msgid "Default Target"
+msgstr "Oletushattu (hat)"
+
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104
+msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+msgid "Not configured yet."
+msgstr "Ei vielä määritetty."
+
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state
+#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device"
+msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
+msgstr "%1: Laitteen tilan muutos ei onnistunut"
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Graphical Menu File"
+msgid "Graphical mode"
+msgstr "Graafinen valikkotiedosto"
+
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Text Mode"
+msgid "Text mode"
+msgstr "Tekstitila"
+
+#. Systemd targets
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Graphical interface"
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "&Graafinen liitäntä"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select Mode"
+msgid "Emergency Mode"
+msgstr "Valitse tila"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch Mode"
+msgid "Switch Root"
+msgstr "Vaihda tila"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Edit Default Settings"
+msgid "Initrd Default Target"
+msgstr "Muokkaa oletusasetuksia"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Other System"
+msgid "Multi-User System"
+msgstr "Muu järjestelmä"
+
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Required DMA Mode"
+msgid "Rescue Mode"
+msgstr "Pyydetty DMA-tila"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/slp-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/slp-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/slp-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 14:49+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:47+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -28,127 +28,127 @@
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Kuvaus"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Lisäinfo"
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Puhdistusalgoritmi"
#. popup label, %1 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr "Muokkaa tilannevedosta %1"
#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr "Muokkaa tilannevedoksia %1 - %2"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "Ennen (%1)"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "Jälkeen (%1)"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Luo uusi tilannevedos"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Yksittäinen tilannevedos"
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Ennen"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Jälkeen, Ennen pari:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Haluatko varmasti poistaa tilannevedoksen %1?"
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Tilannevedokset"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Yksittäinen"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Ennen & Jälkeen"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Luetaan tilannevedosten luetteloa..."
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Nykyiset määritykset"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tyyppi"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Alkupäivämäärä"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Loppupäivämäärä"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Lisäinfo"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Näytä muutokset"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Muokkaa"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
@@ -157,131 +157,131 @@
"Eroavaisuuksia ei voida täten näyttää."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Valitun tilannevedoksen yhteenveto"
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Lasketaan muuttuneita tiedostoja..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Lasketaan tiedostojen muokkauksia..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Uusi tiedoto luotu."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Tiedosto poistettu."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "Tiedoston sisältöä ei muutettu."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Tiedostoa ei ole kummassakaan tilannevedoksessa."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Tiedoston sisältöä muutettiin."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Tiedoston tila muutettiin '%1' -> '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Tiedoston omistajuus vaihdettiin '%1' -> '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Tiedoston omistajaryhmä vaihdettiin '%1' -> '%2'."
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "&Palauta ensimmäisestä"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Palauta"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Palauta &toisesta"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Näytä tilannevedoksen ja nykyisen järjestelmän erot"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "Näytä nykyisen ja valitun tilannevedoksen väliset erot:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Näytä ensimmäisen ja toisen tilannevedoksen väliset erot"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Näytä ensimmäisen tilannevedoksen ja nykyisen järjestelmän erot"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Näytä toisen tilannevedoksen ja nykyisen järjestelmän väliset erot"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Ensimmäisen tilannevedoksen ottoaika:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Toisen tilannevedoksen ottoaika:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr "Tilannevedosten ottoajat:"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Avaa"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Palauta valitut"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -312,17 +312,17 @@
"tilannevedoksesta '%2' nykyiseen järjestelmään?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Mitään tiedostoa ei ole valittu palautettavaksi"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Palautettaan tiedostoja"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -335,8 +335,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Alkuperäisessä tilannevedoksessa olevat tiedostot kopioidaan nykyiseen "
-"järjestelmään.</p>\n"
+"<p>Alkuperäisessä tilannevedoksessa olevat tiedostot kopioidaan nykyiseen järjestelmään.</p>\n"
"<p>Tiedostot, joita ei löydy tilannevedoksesta poistetaan.</p>Jatketaanko?"
#. Read dialog help
@@ -352,31 +351,19 @@
#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
-"types\n"
-"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
-"are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post "
-"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between "
-"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in "
-"the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see "
-"the\n"
+"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
+"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tilannevedosten määritys</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>Tämä taulukko näyttää luettelon juuritiedostojärjestelmän "
-"tilannevedoksista.\n"
-" Tilannevedoksia on kolmen tyyppisiä, <b>yksittäinen</b>, <b>ennen</b> ja <b>"
-"jälkeen</b>.\n"
-" Yksittäisiä tilannevedoksia käytetään tallentamaan järjestelmän tila "
-"tiettynä ajankohtana,\n"
-" kun taas Ennen- ja Jälkeen-tilannevedoksia käytetään määrittämään tiettyjen "
-"erikoistoimintojen\n"
-" tekemät muutokset noiden tilannevedosten välillä. Ennen- ja "
-"Jälkeen-tilannevedokset ovat parina taulukossa.</p>\n"
-"<p>Valitse tilannevedos tai tilannevedospari ja napsauta <b>Näytä muutokset<"
-"/b>\n"
+"<p>Tämä taulukko näyttää luettelon juuritiedostojärjestelmän tilannevedoksista.\n"
+" Tilannevedoksia on kolmen tyyppisiä, <b>yksittäinen</b>, <b>ennen</b> ja <b>jälkeen</b>.\n"
+" Yksittäisiä tilannevedoksia käytetään tallentamaan järjestelmän tila tiettynä ajankohtana,\n"
+" kun taas Ennen- ja Jälkeen-tilannevedoksia käytetään määrittämään tiettyjen erikoistoimintojen\n"
+" tekemät muutokset noiden tilannevedosten välillä. Ennen- ja Jälkeen-tilannevedokset ovat parina taulukossa.</p>\n"
+"<p>Valitse tilannevedos tai tilannevedospari ja napsauta <b>Näytä muutokset</b>\n"
" nähdäksesi tiedostojärjestelmän muutokset valitussa tilannevedoksessa.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
@@ -384,28 +371,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first "
-"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the "
-"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of "
-"creation for both snapshots.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
-"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is "
-"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tilannevedosten yhteenveto</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Tämä puukaavio näyttää kaikki tiedostot, joihin on tehty muokkauksia "
-"ensimmäisen ('ennen') ja toisen ('jälkeen') tilannevedoksen välillä. Oikealla "
-"puolella näet kuvauksen, joka luotiin kun ensimmäinen tilannevedos otettiin "
-"ja molempien tilannevedosten ottoajan.\n"
+"Tämä puukaavio näyttää kaikki tiedostot, joihin on tehty muokkauksia ensimmäisen ('ennen') ja toisen ('jälkeen') tilannevedoksen välillä. Oikealla puolella näet kuvauksen, joka luotiin kun ensimmäinen tilannevedos otettiin ja molempien tilannevedosten ottoajan.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Kun tiedosto valitaan puukaaviosta, voit tarkastella siihen tehtyjä "
-"muutoksia. Oletuksena näytetään tilannevedosparin väliset muutokset, mutta on "
-"myös mahdollista vertailla tiedostoja eri versioiden välillä.\n"
+"Kun tiedosto valitaan puukaaviosta, voit tarkastella siihen tehtyjä muutoksia. Oletuksena näytetään tilannevedosparin väliset muutokset, mutta on myös mahdollista vertailla tiedostoja eri versioiden välillä.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
@@ -413,24 +390,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the "
-"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time "
-"of its creation.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between "
-"snapshot version and current system.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tilannevedosten yhteenveto</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Puukaavio näyttää kaikki tiedostot, jotka eroavat valittujen tilannevedosten "
-"ja nykyisen järjestelmän välillä. Oikealla puolella näet tilannevedoksen "
-"kuvauksen ja luontiajan.\n"
+"Puukaavio näyttää kaikki tiedostot, jotka eroavat valittujen tilannevedosten ja nykyisen järjestelmän välillä. Oikealla puolella näet tilannevedoksen kuvauksen ja luontiajan.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Kun tiedosto on valittu puukaaviossa, näet sen erot tilannevedoksessa ja "
-"nykyisessä järjestelmässä.\n"
+"Kun tiedosto on valittu puukaaviossa, näet sen erot tilannevedoksessa ja nykyisessä järjestelmässä.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. popup error
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/sound.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/sound.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/sound.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 17:08+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/squid.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-16 15:39+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -585,12 +585,8 @@
#. Cache Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.<"
-"/p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Päivitystapa</b> määrittelee kuinka Squid käsittelee objekteja "
-"välimuistissa.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Päivitystapa</b> määrittelee kuinka Squid käsittelee objekteja välimuistissa.</p>\n"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
@@ -628,20 +624,15 @@
#. Cache 2 Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for "
-"objects.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Välimuisti</b> määrittää parhaan mahdollisen määrän muistia, joka "
-"käytetään objekteille.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Välimuisti</b> määrittää parhaan mahdollisen määrän muistia, joka käytetään objekteille.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n"
"on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Objektin enimmäiskoko</b> määrittää levylle tallennettavien objektien "
-"enimmäiskoon.\n"
+"<p><b>Objektin enimmäiskoko</b> määrittää levylle tallennettavien objektien enimmäiskoon.\n"
"Tätä suurempia objekteja ei tallenneta levylle.</p>\n"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94
@@ -670,11 +661,9 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be "
-"replaced\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n"
"when disk space is needed.\n"
-"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement "
-"in\n"
+"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n"
"memory when space for new objects is not available.\n"
"Policies could be:\n"
"<table>\n"
@@ -724,50 +713,37 @@
#. Cache Directory
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files "
-"will be stored.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Hakemiston nimi</b> määrittää ylätason hakemiston, jonne "
-"välimuistitiedostot tallennetaan.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Hakemiston nimi</b> määrittää ylätason hakemiston, jonne välimuistitiedostot tallennetaan.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this "
-"directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Koko</b> määrittää levytilan (megatavuina) tälle hakemistolle.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Koko</b> määrittää levytilan (megatavuina) tälle hakemistolle.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, "
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n"
"which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tason 1 hakemistot</b> määrittää montako ensimmäisen tason "
-"alihakemistoa\n"
+"<p><b>Tason 1 hakemistot</b> määrittää montako ensimmäisen tason alihakemistoa\n"
"luodaan hakemistoon <b>Hakemiston nimi</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level "
-"subdirectories,\n"
+"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n"
"which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tason 2 hakemistot</b> määrittää montako toisen tason alihakemistoa "
-"luodaan\n"
+"<p><b>Tason 2 hakemistot</b> määrittää montako toisen tason alihakemistoa luodaan\n"
"jokaiseen ensimmäisen tason hakemistoon.</p>\n"
#. ACL Groups
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pääsyä Squid-palvelimelle voidaan hallita <b>ACL-ryhmillä</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group "
-"depends\n"
+"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n"
"on the particular type.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ACL-ryhmillä</b> on useita tyyppejä ja kuvauksia, joista ACL-ryhmä\n"
@@ -775,10 +751,8 @@
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
-"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL "
-"Groups.\n"
-"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be "
-"allowed\n"
+"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n"
+"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n"
"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pääsynvalvonta</b>-taulussa voidaan kieltää tai sallia ACL-ryhmiä.\n"
@@ -790,37 +764,29 @@
"<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n"
"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Pääsynvalvonta</b> taulu tarkistetaan tässä määritellyssä "
-"järjestyksessä.\n"
+"<p><b>Pääsynvalvonta</b> taulu tarkistetaan tässä määritellyssä järjestyksessä.\n"
"Ensimmäistä täsmäävää kohtaa käytetään.</p>\n"
#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Pääsyloki</b> määrittää tiedoston, jonne kirjataan asiakkaan toimet.<"
-"/p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Pääsyloki</b> määrittää tiedoston, jonne kirjataan asiakkaan toimet.</p>"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n"
"cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Välimuistiloki</b> määrittää tiedoston, jonne kirjataan yleistietoa "
-"välimuistin\n"
+"<p><b>Välimuistiloki</b> määrittää tiedoston, jonne kirjataan yleistietoa välimuistin\n"
"toiminnasta.</p>\n"
#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n"
-"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an "
-"object\n"
+"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n"
"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Välimuistivarastoloki</b> määrittää sijainnin lokitiedostolle, johon "
-"kirjataan kaikki \n"
+"<p><b>Välimuistivarastoloki</b> määrittää sijainnin lokitiedostolle, johon kirjataan kaikki \n"
"objektivarastoon varastoitavat objektit sekä objektien poistamisajat.\n"
"Tämä asetus voidaan jättää tyhjäksi.</p>\n"
@@ -845,8 +811,7 @@
"<p><b>Client Lifetime</b> defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n"
"(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Asiakkaan elinaika</b> määrittää enimmäisajan, jonka asiakkaan "
-"(selain)\n"
+"<p><b>Asiakkaan elinaika</b> määrittää enimmäisajan, jonka asiakkaan (selain)\n"
"sallitaan olla yhteydessä välimuistiprosessiin.</p>"
#. Miscellaneous Dialog
@@ -1005,8 +970,7 @@
#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module)
#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
+msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
msgstr "Jos muutat tämän ACL-ryhmä nimeä, nämä asetukset voivat muuttua: \n"
#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474
@@ -1321,12 +1285,8 @@
msgstr "Kohdetoimialue"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the "
-"origin server is located."
-msgstr ""
-"Tämä viittaa kohdetoimialueeseen, toisin sanoen lähdetoimialueeseen, jossa "
-"palvelin sijaitsee."
+msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located."
+msgstr "Tämä viittaa kohdetoimialueeseen, toisin sanoen lähdetoimialueeseen, jossa palvelin sijaitsee."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155
msgid "Matches the client domain name."
@@ -1382,15 +1342,11 @@
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208
msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL."
-msgstr ""
-"Täsmää käyttämällä säännöllistä lausekkeita kokonaiseen verkko-osoitteeseen."
+msgstr "Täsmää käyttämällä säännöllistä lausekkeita kokonaiseen verkko-osoitteeseen."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213
-msgid ""
-"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information"
-msgstr ""
-"Täsmää koko verkko-osoitepolkuun lukuun ottamatta yhteyskäytäntö-, portti- ja "
-"isäntänimitietoja"
+msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information"
+msgstr "Täsmää koko verkko-osoitepolkuun lukuun ottamatta yhteyskäytäntö-, portti- ja isäntänimitietoja"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220
msgid "port"
@@ -1441,23 +1397,16 @@
msgstr "Tämä tyyppi täsmää HTTP-tapaan otsikkotietojen pyynnössä."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278
-msgid ""
-"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user "
-"agent header."
-msgstr ""
-"Säännöllinen lauseke, joka täsmää asiakkaan selaimen tunnistetietoihin."
+msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header."
+msgstr "Säännöllinen lauseke, joka täsmää asiakkaan selaimen tunnistetietoihin."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288
msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections"
msgstr "HTTP-yhteyksien enimmäismäärä"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300
-msgid ""
-"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of "
-"HTTP connections established."
-msgstr ""
-"Täsmää, kun asiakkaan IP-osoitteesta on enemmän kuin sallittava määrä "
-"HTTP-yhteyksiä."
+msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established."
+msgstr "Täsmää, kun asiakkaan IP-osoitteesta on enemmän kuin sallittava määrä HTTP-yhteyksiä."
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307
msgid "Matches Referer header."
@@ -1477,14 +1426,11 @@
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351
msgid ""
-"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. "
-"Can\n"
+"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n"
"be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Säännöllinen lauseke, joka täsmää squidin vastaanottaman sanoman "
-"mime-tyyppiin.\n"
-"Voidaan käyttää tiedostonlatauksen tai eräiden HTTP-tunnelointipyyntöjen "
-"tunnistamiseen.\n"
+"Säännöllinen lauseke, joka täsmää squidin vastaanottaman sanoman mime-tyyppiin.\n"
+"Voidaan käyttää tiedostonlatauksen tai eräiden HTTP-tunnelointipyyntöjen tunnistamiseen.\n"
#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358
msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/sshd.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/sshd.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/sshd.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-06 11:24+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/storage.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-28 21:29+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
msgstr "&Luo osiointimääritys..."
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -121,13 +121,13 @@
#. this is the resize case
#.
#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Muokkaa ehdotettuja asetuksia"
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
"osioinnissa.</p>\n"
#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -174,15 +174,23 @@
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "Pyydettyä ehdotusta on mahdoton luoda."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
+msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
+msgstr "Ei ole riittävästi vapaata tilaa erilliselle /home osiolle."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Ei ole riittävästi vapaata tilaa erilliselle /home osiolle."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -968,7 +976,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "E&hdota erillistä home-osiota"
@@ -986,7 +994,7 @@
msgstr "Ehdotustyyppi"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1000,7 +1008,7 @@
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1016,7 +1024,7 @@
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1031,7 +1039,7 @@
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1046,7 +1054,7 @@
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1065,7 +1073,7 @@
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1080,7 +1088,7 @@
"Haluatko säilyttää määrittämäsi boot-osion koon?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
@@ -1096,7 +1104,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1115,7 +1123,7 @@
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä ilman /boot-osiota?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1133,7 +1141,7 @@
"\n"
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
@@ -1147,7 +1155,7 @@
"Käytetäänkö nykyistä määritystä?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1164,31 +1172,8 @@
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Varoitus: Valituilla asetuksilla %1 asennus ei toimi,\n"
-"koska \"boot\"-osiota ei ole, ja \"root\"-osio on\n"
-"loogisella LVM-taltiolla.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Jos et tiedä tarkkaan, mitä olet tekemässä, käytä tavallista\n"
-"osiota tiedostoillesi ennen /boot-osiota.\n"
-"\n"
-"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -1211,7 +1196,7 @@
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1236,12 +1221,12 @@
"Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1263,7 +1248,7 @@
"Käytetäänkö määritystä ilman swap-osiota?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1276,7 +1261,7 @@
"missään seuraavista tapauksista:\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1289,7 +1274,7 @@
"- jos tämä osio ei vielä sisällä tiedostojärjestelmää\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -1300,7 +1285,7 @@
"liitospisteeseen, kuten /, /boot, /opt tai /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1311,7 +1296,7 @@
"Jätetäänkö osio alustamatta?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1320,7 +1305,7 @@
"Poista se RAID-järjestelmästä ennen sen muokkausta.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1329,7 +1314,7 @@
"Poista se taltioryhmästä ennen sen muokkausta.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1338,7 +1323,7 @@
"Poista taltio ennen sen muokkausta.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1347,7 +1332,7 @@
"Poista se RAID-järjestelmästä ennen sen poistamista.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1355,12 +1340,12 @@
"Laitetta (%2) käyttää %1.\n"
"Poista %1 ennen sen poistamista.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Liitettyä levyä ei voida poistaa."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1369,7 +1354,7 @@
" on toinen looginen osio, jolla on sitä suurempi numero.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1382,7 +1367,7 @@
"Valitse Peruuta, ellet tarkkaan tiedä mitä olet tekemässä.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1396,7 +1381,7 @@
"jatketun osion poistamista.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1409,7 +1394,7 @@
"RAID-järjestelmän osa. Siirrä osiot pois RAID-järjestelmästä ennen jatketun osion poistamista.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1427,13 +1412,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Älä unohda mitä tähän kirjoitat!"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Tyhjä salasana sallitaan."
@@ -1462,7 +1447,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Anna tiedostojärjestelmän salasana:"
@@ -1473,7 +1458,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Anna salasana &uudelleen:"
@@ -1496,7 +1481,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1507,7 +1492,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1880,7 +1865,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr "Ota tilannekuvat käyttöön"
@@ -1891,11 +1876,11 @@
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "Alitaltioiden hallinta"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Tyhjä alitaltion nimi ei ole sallittu."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -1903,11 +1888,11 @@
"Vain \"%1\" alkavat alitaltioiden nimet ovat sallittuja!\n"
"Lisätään \"%1\" automaattisesti alitaltion nimeen."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Alitaltio nimellä %1 on jo olemassa."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "Tähän mennessä tehdyt muutokset katoavat."
@@ -1950,7 +1935,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1969,7 +1954,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1987,7 +1972,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -2019,7 +2004,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2264,12 +2249,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä on tällä hetkellä liitetty %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2279,12 +2264,12 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Irrota"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2292,20 +2277,20 @@
"Voit yrittää irrottaa sen nyt tai keskeyttää.\n"
"Napsauta Keskeytä jos et tiedä tarkkaan mitä olet tekemässä."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Liitetyn tiedostojärjestelmän pienentäminen ei ole mahdollista."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Liitetyn tiedostojärjestelmän suurentaminen ei ole mahdollista."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Liitetyn tiedostojärjestelmän koon muuttaminen ei ole mahdollista."
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr "Luetaan laitteet uudestaan"
@@ -2315,47 +2300,54 @@
msgstr "Tuo liitospisteet..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr "Anna salauksen &salasanat..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr "Määritä &iSCSI..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
+msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
+msgstr "Määritä &zFCP..."
+
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr "Määritä &Multipath..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr "Määritä &DASD..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr "Määritä &zFCP..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr "Määritä &XPRAM..."
#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr "Määritä..."
#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr "Käytettävissä tilaa välineessä %1"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
@@ -2364,7 +2356,7 @@
"olevat tallennusvälineet.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -2375,7 +2367,7 @@
"antavaan näkymään.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
@@ -2384,7 +2376,7 @@
"voit siirtyä yksityiskohtaista tietoa laitteesta antavaan näkymään.</p>"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really rescan disks?"
@@ -2393,7 +2385,7 @@
"Tehdäänkö tämä varmasti?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
@@ -2402,9 +2394,22 @@
"Tehdäänkö tämä varmasti?"
#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+#| "Really call zFCP configuration?"
+msgid ""
+"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+"Really call FCoE configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+"zFCP-määrityksen kutsuminen peruuttaa kaikki nykyiset muutokset.\n"
+"Tehdäänkö tämä varmasti?"
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
@@ -2413,7 +2418,7 @@
"Tehdäänkö tämä varmasti?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
@@ -2422,7 +2427,7 @@
"Tehdäänkö tämä varmasti?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
@@ -2431,7 +2436,7 @@
"Tehdäänkö tämä varmasti?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2704,7 +2709,43 @@
msgstr "&Käytetyt laitteet"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse uuden osion koko.</p>"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+msgid "Operating System"
+msgstr "Käyttöjärjestelmä"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
+msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
+msgstr "Delta-RPM sovelluksen edistyminen"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "Swap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Role: %s"
+msgid "Role"
+msgstr "Rooli: %s"
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2713,7 +2754,7 @@
"ja haluamasi tiedostojärjestelmän tyyppi.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2724,7 +2765,7 @@
"taltiolta poistaa siltä kaiken datan.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2733,47 +2774,47 @@
"ja anna haluamasi liitoskohta ( /, /boot, /home, /var ja niin edelleen)</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Alustusvalinnat"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Alusta osio"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Älä alusta osiota"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Älä liitä osiota"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Liitosvalinnat"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Liitä osio"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Liitoskohta"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab-valinnat..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Salaustiedostoa tulee olla salattu."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2786,17 +2827,17 @@
"Tarkista alustusvalinta.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Salaustiedosto vaatii liitospisteen."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs vaatii liitospisteen."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2811,7 +2852,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2825,21 +2866,21 @@
"levylle).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Kaikki tallennettu tieto tulee katoamaan!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Salasana"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr "Taustalla oleva laite ei tue koon muuttamista."
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2849,7 +2890,7 @@
"Et voi muuttaa valitun osion kokoa, koska osion tiedostojärjestelmä\n"
"ei tue koon muuttamista.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2858,7 +2899,7 @@
"kokoa muuttaa kun se on liitettynä."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2867,21 +2908,21 @@
"koska tiedostojärjestelmä vaikuttaa epäyhtenäiseltä.\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Muuta osion %1 kokoa"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Muuta loogisen taltion %1 kokoa"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Nykyinen koko: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Tällä hetkellä käytössä: %1"
@@ -2889,8 +2930,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2902,33 +2943,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Enimmäiskoko (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Vähimmäiskoko (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Mukautettu koko"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Valitse uusi koko.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2938,7 +2979,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2951,12 +2992,12 @@
"kasvatusta merkittävästi."
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "%1 – tuloste"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Luetaan levyjen osioinnit..."
@@ -3148,50 +3189,50 @@
msgstr "Annettu alue ei kelpaa."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Lisää osio välineelle %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Muokkaa osiota %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Ei tilaa siirretylle osiolle %1."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Siirrä osioa %1 eteenpäin?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Siirrä osioa %1 taaksepäin?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Siirrä osio %1?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Eteenpäin"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Taaksepäin"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Vahvista kaikkien osioiden poistaminen"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3199,7 +3240,7 @@
"Levy \"%1\" sisältää ainakin yhden osion.\n"
"Jos jatkat, seuraavat osiot poistetaan:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Poistetaanko kaikki osiot levyltä \"%1\"?"
@@ -3212,7 +3253,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Levy on käytössä, eikä sitä voida muokata."
@@ -4171,12 +4212,12 @@
msgstr "Käytetty varasto"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Lisää looginen taltio kohteeseen %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Muokkaa loogista taltiota %1 ryhmässä %2"
@@ -4390,7 +4431,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Asetukset"
@@ -4619,17 +4660,17 @@
msgstr "<p>Muuta laitteet joita käytetään RAIDia varten.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Lisää RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Muuta RAIDin %1 kokoa"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Muokkaa RAIDia %1"
@@ -4744,108 +4785,120 @@
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Nimi"
#. list entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "UUID"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr "Liitostapa"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
msgid "Used by"
msgstr "Käytössä"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr "BIOS ID"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr "Sylinteritiedot"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr "Fibre Channel -tiedot"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Salaus"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Laitenimi"
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr "Taltion nimi"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Laitetunniste"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr "Laitepolku"
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Optional"
+msgid "Optimal"
+msgstr "Valinnainen"
+
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "End Cylinder"
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr "Loppusylinteri"
+
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr "Oletusliitos"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr "Oletustiedostojärjestelmä"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr "Vasta luotujen osioiden järjestäminen"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr "Näytä tallennuslaitteet tämän mukaan"
#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr "Tallennuslaitteiden näkyvät tiedot"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
@@ -4854,7 +4907,7 @@
"tallennusasetukset:</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
@@ -4871,7 +4924,7 @@
"<i>Taltion nimi</i> käyttävät tiedostojärjestelmän UUID:tä ja nimeä.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -4880,7 +4933,7 @@
"uusien tiedostojärjestelmien tyypin.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
@@ -4893,7 +4946,7 @@
"tai yrittää olla Windows Vista tai Win 7 yhteensopiva.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
@@ -4902,7 +4955,7 @@
"kiintolevyjen nimet näytetään hakemistopuussa.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -5252,12 +5305,12 @@
msgstr "Mallitiedosto"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "Tmpfs &koko"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5265,12 +5318,12 @@
"Määritetty koko ei kelpaa. Käytä numeroa jonka perässä on K, M, G tai %.\n"
"Arvon tulee olla yli 100k tai 1% ja 200% väliltä. Yritä uudelleen."
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "Arvon tulee olla 1% ja 200% väliltä. Yritä uudelleen."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -5281,17 +5334,17 @@
"Gigatavua tai numerolla jota seuraa prosenttimerkki vastaten prosenttiosuutta muistista.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "Swap-&prioriteetti"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "Arvon pitää olla välillä 0..32767. Yritä uudelleen."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5300,12 +5353,12 @@
"Anna swap-prioriteetti. Suuremmat arvot merkitsevät korkeampaa prioriteettia.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "Liitä &vain luku -tilassa"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
@@ -5316,12 +5369,12 @@
"tiedostojärjestelmä liitetään aina luku- ja kirjoitus -tilassa.</p>"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Ei &käsittelyaikaleimaa"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5330,12 +5383,12 @@
"Käsittelyaikaleimaa ei päivitetä, kun tiedostoa luetaan. Oletusarvo Ei.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509
msgid "Mountable by &User"
msgstr "&Käyttäjän liitettävissä"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5344,12 +5397,12 @@
"Tiedostojärjestelmän voi liittää tavallinen käyttäjä. Oletusarvo Ei.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "Ä&lä liitä järjestelmän käynnistyksessä"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -5365,12 +5418,12 @@
"sopivilla valinnoilla. Oletusarvo on ei.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "Ota käyttöön &levykiintiöiden tuki"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5381,12 +5434,12 @@
"Oletusarvo on false.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "&Tietojen kirjanpitotapa"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -5406,12 +5459,12 @@
"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Tietojen järjestystä ei säilytetä. Ei vaikutusta suorituskykyyn</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "&Käyttövalvontalistat (ACL)"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5420,12 +5473,12 @@
"Ottaa käyttöön käyttövalvontalistat tiedostojärjestelmässä.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "&Laajennetut käyttäjäattribuutit"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5434,16 +5487,16 @@
"Sallii laajennetut käyttäjäattribuutit tiedostojärjestelmässä.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "&Vapaavalintainen asetus"
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
msgstr "Virheellisiä merkkejä vapaavalintaisessa arvossa. Älä käytä välilyöntejä tai sarkainta, yritä uudelleen."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -5454,12 +5507,12 @@
"Eri arvot erotellaan pilkuilla.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "Tiedostonimien &merkistö"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5468,12 +5521,12 @@
"Aseta Windows-osioiden tiedostonimien merkistö.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "Lyhyiden FAT-nimien koo&disivu"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5482,12 +5535,12 @@
"Koodisivua käytetään muunnettaessa tiedoston nimi lyhyeksi FAT-tiedostojärjestelmässä.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "&FAT-lukumäärä"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
@@ -5496,12 +5549,12 @@
"Määritä File Allocation taulujen lukumäärä. Oletusarvo 2.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "FAT-&koko"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
@@ -5510,17 +5563,17 @@
"Määrittää tiedoston varaustaulun tyypin(12, 16 tai 32 bittiä). Mikäli valitaan auto, YaST valitsee automaattisesti sopivimman arvon riippuen tiedostojärjestelmän koosta.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "&Juurihakemiston merkinnät"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr "Pienin koko \"Juurihakemiston merkinnöille\" on 112. Yritä uudelleen."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5529,12 +5582,12 @@
"Valitse juurihakemistojen merkintöjen maksimilukumäärä.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "&Hash-funktio"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5543,12 +5596,12 @@
"Tämä määrittää hash-funktion, jota käytetään tiedostonimien järjestämiseen hakemistoissa.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "FS-&versio"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
@@ -5558,12 +5611,12 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "Lo&hkon koko tavuissa"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
@@ -5573,13 +5626,13 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "&Inode-koko"
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5588,12 +5641,12 @@
"Tämä valinta määrittää inoden koon tiedostojärjestelmässä.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "&Prosenttia inode-tilasta"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
@@ -5602,12 +5655,12 @@
"Valinta \"prosenttia inode-tilasta\" määrittää kuinka paljon tiedostojärjestelmän tilasta voidaan jakaa inodeille.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "&Inode-kohdistus"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
@@ -5620,12 +5673,12 @@
"tehokkaampaa kuin kohdistamaton käyttö.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "&Lokitiedoston koko megatavuissa"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5635,7 +5688,7 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
@@ -5644,17 +5697,17 @@
"Aseta lokitiedoston koko (megatavuissa). Jos auto, oletus on 40% yhdistetystä koosta.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "Käynnistä hu&onojen lohkojen luettelointiohjelma"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "Stride-&pituus lohkoina"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5663,7 +5716,7 @@
"Valitse arvo, joka on suurempi kuin 1.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5675,7 +5728,7 @@
"argumentti on 'stride', jonka arvo on lohkojen määrä RAID-raidassa.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5684,12 +5737,12 @@
"Määritä lohkon koko tavuissa. Kelpoja lohkon kokoja ovat 1024, 2048 ja 4096 tavua per lohko. Mikäli valitaan auto, koko määritellään tiedostojärjestelmän ja odotetun käytön mukaan.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "Tavua per &inode"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5710,12 +5763,12 @@
"luomisen jälkeen, joten anna järkevä arvo tälle parametrille.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "Lohkoista &varattu juurelle prosenttia"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5725,17 +5778,17 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Lohkoista varattu juurelle prosenttia:</b> Määritä se prosenttiosuus lohkoista, joka on varattu juurikäyttäjälle (root). Oletuksena lasketaan että normaalisti 1G on varattuna. Yläraja varatulle oletuksena 5.0, alin varattu oletusarvo on 0.1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Poista säännölliset tarkistukset käytöstä"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
@@ -5744,12 +5797,12 @@
"Poistaa käynnistyksen yhteydessä tapahtuvat säännölliset tarkistukset käytöstä.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "&Hakemiston indeksiominaisuus"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5758,12 +5811,12 @@
"Ottaa käyttöön \"hashed b-trees\" nopeuttaakseen hakua laajoista hakemistoista.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "&Ei kirjaava"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
@@ -5774,12 +5827,12 @@
"jos tosiaan tiedät mitä olet tekemässä.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
msgstr "Toiminto ei ole sallittu levylle %1.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -5800,7 +5853,7 @@
"muokata, muuttaa kokoa tai poistaa osioita.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -5821,7 +5874,7 @@
"tai poistaa osioa tältä levyltä tässä.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5836,7 +5889,7 @@
"tämä toimenpide tuhoaa kaiken tiedon tämän levyn kaikilla osioilla.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5854,7 +5907,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Koon muuttaminen ei mahdollista:"
@@ -5867,7 +5920,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5880,7 +5933,7 @@
"Annettu salaussalasana saattaa olla virheellinen.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5891,7 +5944,7 @@
"Yritä uudestaan."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5903,24 +5956,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Anna salauksen salasana:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Anna salasana"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Seuraavat salatut taltiot ovat saatavilla."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Salattujen taltioryhmien käyttöönotto"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5930,12 +5983,12 @@
"Seuraavat taltiot sisältävät salatun allekirjoituksen, mutta salasana ei ole vielä tiedossa.\n"
"Salasana tarvitaan mikäli taltioita päivitetään tai jos kuuluvat salattuun LVM:ään."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Haluatko antaa salauksen salasanat?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5945,58 +5998,58 @@
"Salasanaa kokeillaan jokaisen laitteen avaamiseen."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Anna salauksen salasana"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Salattuja taltioita ei ole."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Anna salasana joillekin seuraavista laitteista:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Anna salasana seuraavalle laitteelle:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Yritetään avata salattuja taltioita..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Salasana ei avannut yhtään taltiota."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE-levy"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI-levy"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Levy"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD RAID"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr "Osiota ei voi luoda, koska muut levyn osiot ovat käytössä."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6006,7 +6059,7 @@
"Laitetta %1 ei voida muokata, koska se sisältää käytössä olevan swap-osion,\n"
"jota tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6016,7 +6069,7 @@
"Laitetta %1 ei voida muokata, koska se sisältää asennustietoja,\n"
"joita tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6026,7 +6079,7 @@
"Laitetta %1 ei voida poistaa, koska se sisältää käytössä olevan swap-osion,\n"
"jota tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6036,7 +6089,7 @@
"Laitetta %1 ei voida poistaa koska se sisältää tietoja,\n"
"joita tarvitaan asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6048,7 +6101,7 @@
"laitetta %2. Se sisältää käytössä olevan swap-osion, jota tarvitaan\n"
"asennuksen suorittamiseen.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6059,7 +6112,7 @@
"laitetta %2. Se sisältää asennuksen suorittamiseen tarvittavia tietoja.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6070,18 +6123,18 @@
"ovat käytössä.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Mitään ei ole määritetty root-tiedostojärjestelmäksi!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Asennus tulee epäonnistumaan!"
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Seuraavan ratkaistavan osan lisääminen epäonnistui: %1 "
@@ -6734,41 +6787,41 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
msgstr "Koon muuttaminen mahdotonta johtuen tiedostojärjestelmän epäyhtenäisyydestä. Yritä tarkistaa tiedostojärjestelmä Windowsissa."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Luo &LVM-pohjainen ehdotus"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "&Salaa taltioryhmä"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä juuriosiolle"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä home-osiolle"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Suurenna &Swap lepotilalle"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Ehdotetut asetukset"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
msgid ""
"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
@@ -6777,7 +6830,7 @@
"LVM-pohjainen ehdotus voidaan salata.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
@@ -6790,7 +6843,7 @@
"juuriosion kokoa.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
@@ -6800,26 +6853,26 @@
"yhdistelmäruudusta.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Swap-osio voidaan kasvattaa riittävän isoksi, että lepotila levylle toimii useinmiten.</p>"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Anna salasana ehdotetulle salaukselle."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Salasana:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Anna salasana uudelleen:"
@@ -6846,26 +6899,47 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr "Oletusliitos:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr "Oletustiedostojärjestelmä:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr "Näytä tallennuslaitteet tämän mukaan:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "Osiointi:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Tallennuslaitteiden näkyvät tiedot:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
+#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
+#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
+#~ "This does not work.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
+#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Varoitus: Valituilla asetuksilla %1 asennus ei toimi,\n"
+#~ "koska \"boot\"-osiota ei ole, ja \"root\"-osio on\n"
+#~ "loogisella LVM-taltiolla.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Jos et tiedä tarkkaan, mitä olet tekemässä, käytä tavallista\n"
+#~ "osiota tiedostoillesi ennen /boot-osiota.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Käytetäänkö tätä määritystä?\n"
+
#~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..."
#~ msgstr "&Muokkaa osiomääritystä..."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/sudo.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/sudo.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/sudo.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sudo.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 13:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/support.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-24 15:58+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -47,13 +47,12 @@
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open Novell Support Center"
+msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "Avaa Novellin tukikeskus"
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal."
+msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr "Tämä avaa Novell Support Center portaalin selaimeen."
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
@@ -196,8 +195,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
#, fuzzy
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Sisällä kaikki rivit lokitiedostosta. Kerää lisää kierrätetyistä lokeista"
+msgstr "Sisällä kaikki rivit lokitiedostosta. Kerää lisää kierrätetyistä lokeista"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
@@ -296,7 +294,7 @@
#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number"
+msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr "Novellin 11 numeroinen palvelupyyntönumero"
#. abort?
@@ -417,20 +415,15 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>"
-"Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n"
-"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure "
-"you write down\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
+"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Avataan Novellin tukikeskus</big></b><br>\n"
-"Avataksesi selaimen Novelin tukikeskukseen käytä<b> "
-"Avaa Novelin tukikeskus</b>\n"
-"Voit valita tukipyynnön kansainvälisestä teknisestä tuesta. Varmista, että "
-"sinulla on saatavilla tukimäärityksen latauksesta saatu palvelupyyntönumero.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"Avataksesi selaimen Novelin tukikeskukseen käytä<b> Avaa Novelin tukikeskus</b>\n"
+"Voit valita tukipyynnön kansainvälisestä teknisestä tuesta. Varmista, että sinulla on saatavilla tukimäärityksen latauksesta saatu palvelupyyntönumero.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80
@@ -440,8 +433,7 @@
"To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tietojen kerääminen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Käyttääksesi tukimääritysten tietojenkeruu työkalua, valitse <b>Kerää tiedot<"
-"/b></p>"
+"Käyttääksesi tukimääritysten tietojenkeruu työkalua, valitse <b>Kerää tiedot</b></p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84
@@ -476,8 +468,7 @@
"to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lisäasetukset</big></b><br>\n"
-"Valitse <b>mukautettu</b> ja paina <b>Lisäasetukset</b> painiketta "
-"valitaksesi tiedot jotka haluat kerätä.</p>\n"
+"Valitse <b>mukautettu</b> ja paina <b>Lisäasetukset</b> painiketta valitaksesi tiedot jotka haluat kerätä.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102
@@ -485,8 +476,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n"
-"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>"
-"\n"
+"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Valinnat</big></b><br>\n"
"Kerää ylimääräistä tietoa. Yleensä näitä ei tarvita, mutta\n"
@@ -497,47 +487,36 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the "
-"supportconfig tarball.</p>"
+"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Oletusvalinnat</b></big><br>\n"
-"Valitse tai poista valinta tietopaketeista, jotka haluat sisällyttää "
-"tukimääritys tarball-tiedostoon.</p>"
+"Valitse tai poista valinta tietopaketeista, jotka haluat sisällyttää tukimääritys tarball-tiedostoon.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n"
-"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to "
-"include\n"
-"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the "
-"basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
+"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n"
+"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Yhteystiedot</b></big><br>\n"
"Täytä kaikki yhteystietokentät jotka haluat sisällyttää\n"
-"tukimääritys tarball-tiedostoon. Tiedot tallennetaan "
-"basic-environment.txt tiedostoon.</p>"
+"tukimääritys tarball-tiedostoon. Tiedot tallennetaan basic-environment.txt tiedostoon.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n"
-"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported "
-"upload services include\n"
-"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball "
-"filename in your upload target,\n"
-"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual "
-"tarball filename.\n"
+"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n"
+"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n"
+"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n"
"See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lataustiedot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Latauskohde on tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston kohde URI. "
-"Tuettuja latausprotokollia ovat ftp, http, https ja scp.\n"
-"Mikäli sinun tulee määrittää tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston nimi "
-"latauskohteeseen, käytä <i>tarball</i> avainsanaa. Tämä "
-"muuttuu oikean tarball-tiedoston nimeksi.\n"
+"Latauskohde on tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston kohde URI. Tuettuja latausprotokollia ovat ftp, http, https ja scp.\n"
+"Mikäli sinun tulee määrittää tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston nimi latauskohteeseen, käytä <i>tarball</i> avainsanaa. Tämä muuttuu oikean tarball-tiedoston nimeksi.\n"
"Katso lisätietoja <i>man supportconfig(1)</i>.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 3/4
@@ -545,14 +524,12 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i>"
-"<br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Latauskohde esimerkkejä</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i>"
-"<br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
@@ -560,14 +537,9 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global "
-"Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your "
-"open service request.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Huom:</b> Mikäli lataat tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston kansainväliseen "
-"tekniseentukeen varmista, että sinulla on Novellin 11 numeroinen "
-"tukipyyntönumero tukipyynnön avaamisesta.\n"
+"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Huom:</b> Mikäli lataat tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston kansainväliseen tekniseentukeen varmista, että sinulla on Novellin 11 numeroinen tukipyyntönumero tukipyynnön avaamisesta.\n"
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137
@@ -584,29 +556,23 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n"
-"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some "
-"of the collected data,\n"
+"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n"
"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Kerättyjen tietojen tarkistus</big></b><br>\n"
-"Tarkista tukimäärityksen keräämät tiedot. Mikäli et halua jakaa "
-"jotain kerätyistä tiedoista, valitse <b>Poista tiedoista</b> ja "
-"valitut tiedot poistetaan.</p>\n"
+"Tarkista tukimäärityksen keräämät tiedot. Mikäli et halua jakaa jotain kerätyistä tiedoista, valitse <b>Poista tiedoista</b> ja valitut tiedot poistetaan.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b>"
-"<br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n"
"directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lataa tukimääritys tarball-tiedosto kansainväliseen tukeen</big><"
-"/b><br>\n"
-"Mikäli haluat säilyttää kopion tukimääritys tarball-tiedostosta, valitse "
-"kohde hakemisto \n"
+"<p><b><big>Lataa tukimääritys tarball-tiedosto kansainväliseen tukeen</big></b><br>\n"
+"Mikäli haluat säilyttää kopion tukimääritys tarball-tiedostosta, valitse kohde hakemisto \n"
"ja varmista, että valinta on valittuna.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
@@ -616,15 +582,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n"
-"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be "
-"uploaded\n"
+"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n"
"as default value.\n"
"Change this value only in special cases.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lataus URL</big></b><br>\n"
-"Tämä valinta sisältää osoitteen jonne tukimääritys tarball-tiedosto "
-"ladataan.\n"
+"Tämä valinta sisältää osoitteen jonne tukimääritys tarball-tiedosto ladataan.\n"
"Muuta osoitetta vain erikoistapauksissa.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -634,7 +598,7 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n"
+"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Yksityisyyden suoja</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -643,16 +607,13 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b>"
-"<br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n"
"into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Lataa tukimääritys tarball-tiedosto kansainväliseen tukeen</big><"
-"/b><br>\n"
-"Mikäli olet jo luonut tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston, kirjoita polku "
-"hakemistoon \n"
+"<p><b><big>Lataa tukimääritys tarball-tiedosto kansainväliseen tukeen</big></b><br>\n"
+"Mikäli olet jo luonut tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston, kirjoita polku hakemistoon \n"
"jossa se sijaitsee kohtaan <i>Paketti ja lokitiedostot</i>.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
@@ -735,8 +696,7 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Tietoa kovalevystä, järjestelmän liitoksista ja osioinnista. fs-diskio.txt"
+msgstr "Tietoa kovalevystä, järjestelmän liitoksista ja osioinnista. fs-diskio.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51
#, fuzzy
@@ -750,21 +710,13 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. "
-"env.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Tietoa järjestelmästä mukaan lukien sysctl ja juuriympäristö. "
-"env.txt"
+msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt"
+msgstr "Tietoa järjestelmästä mukaan lukien sysctl ja juuriympäristö. env.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files "
-"in /etc. etc.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Rekursiivisesti kerää kaikki *.conf tiedostot ja lisäksi muita "
-"määritystiedostoja /etc hakemistosta. etc.txt"
+msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt"
+msgstr "Rekursiivisesti kerää kaikki *.conf tiedostot ja lisäksi muita määritystiedostoja /etc hakemistosta. etc.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63
#, fuzzy
@@ -788,13 +740,8 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX "
-"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Novell Linux käyttäjänhallintaan liittyviä tietoja, mukaanlukien juuri DSE, "
-"UNIX "
-"määritys ja työasema objektihaut. novell-lum.txt"
+msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
+msgstr "Novell Linux käyttäjänhallintaan liittyviä tietoja, mukaanlukien juuri DSE, UNIX määritys ja työasema objektihaut. novell-lum.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78
#, fuzzy
@@ -863,11 +810,8 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account "
-"information. pam.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Tietoa käyttäjän tunnistautumisesta, mukaanlukien käyttäjätilitiedot. pam.txt"
+msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt"
+msgstr "Tietoa käyttäjän tunnistautumisesta, mukaanlukien käyttäjätilitiedot. pam.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120
#, fuzzy
@@ -891,11 +835,8 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR "
-"data files. sar.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Tietoa järjestelmän toimintaraporteista, mukaanlukien SAR tiedostot. sar.txt"
+msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt"
+msgstr "Tietoa järjestelmän toimintaraporteista, mukaanlukien SAR tiedostot. sar.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135
#, fuzzy
@@ -910,20 +851,14 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for "
-"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
-"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to "
-"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
+"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
+"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
"works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
msgstr ""
-"Tietoa kovalevyn itsetarkkailusta, tutkimuksesta ja raportoinnista. VAROITUS: "
-"Jotkin \n"
-"kovalevyohjaimet ja ajurit eivät käyttäydy oikein. SMART tietojen tutkimisen "
-"tiedetään \n"
-"muuttavan tiedostojärjestelmän vain lukuoikeuksille ja voi joskus jopa "
-"jumittaa tietokoneen.\n"
-"Varmista, että SMART tietojen tutkiminen toimii ympäristössäsi ennen kuin "
-"otat sen käyttöön. fs-smartmon.txt"
+"Tietoa kovalevyn itsetarkkailusta, tutkimuksesta ja raportoinnista. VAROITUS: Jotkin \n"
+"kovalevyohjaimet ja ajurit eivät käyttäydy oikein. SMART tietojen tutkimisen tiedetään \n"
+"muuttavan tiedostojärjestelmän vain lukuoikeuksille ja voi joskus jopa jumittaa tietokoneen.\n"
+"Varmista, että SMART tietojen tutkiminen toimii ympäristössäsi ennen kuin otat sen käyttöön. fs-smartmon.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146
#, fuzzy
@@ -962,31 +897,18 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances "
-"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
-msgstr ""
-"Pyytää tukimääritystä etsimään eDirectory tapahtumia tiedostojärjestelmästä. "
-"Jos asetettu ADD_OPTION_FSLIST asetetaan myös. -e"
+msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
+msgstr "Pyytää tukimääritystä etsimään eDirectory tapahtumia tiedostojärjestelmästä. Jos asetettu ADD_OPTION_FSLIST asetetaan myös. -e"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Täysi listaus juuritiedostojärjelmästä käyttäen find-ohjelmaa. -L, "
-"fs-files.txt"
+msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
+msgstr "Täysi listaus juuritiedostojärjelmästä käyttäen find-ohjelmaa. -L, fs-files.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just "
-"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if "
-"available. -l"
-msgstr ""
-"Sisältää koko lokitiedoston mukaanlukien kommentit eikä vain "
-"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT rivejä. "
-"Muut kierrätetyt lokit ovat mukana mikäli ne ovat saatavilla. -l"
+msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l"
+msgstr "Sisältää koko lokitiedoston mukaanlukien kommentit eikä vain VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT rivejä. Muut kierrätetyt lokit ovat mukana mikäli ne ovat saatavilla. -l"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176
#, fuzzy
@@ -995,30 +917,18 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes "
-"the amount of each file retrieved."
-msgstr ""
-"Normaalisti kaikki /var/log/YaST2/* lokit ovat mukana- Tämä valinta minimoi "
-"haettavan tiedostojen määrän."
+msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved."
+msgstr "Normaalisti kaikki /var/log/YaST2/* lokit ovat mukana- Tämä valinta minimoi haettavan tiedostojen määrän."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to "
-"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Suorittaa rpm -V komennon kaikille asennetuille paketeille. Tämä kestää "
-"jonkin aikaa. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
+msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
+msgstr "Suorittaa rpm -V komennon kaikille asennetuille paketeille. Tämä kestää jonkin aikaa. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you "
-"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Normaalista vain perus SLP palvelut on lueteltu. Tämän valinnan avulla voit "
-"valita yksitellen löydetyt palvelut. -s, slp.txt"
+msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
+msgstr "Normaalista vain perus SLP palvelut on lueteltu. Tämän valinnan avulla voit valita yksitellen löydetyt palvelut. -s, slp.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188
#, fuzzy
@@ -1028,9 +938,7 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Yhteyshenkilön sähköpostiosoite sisällytetään basic-environment.txt "
-"tiedostoon."
+msgstr "Yhteyshenkilön sähköpostiosoite sisällytetään basic-environment.txt tiedostoon."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194
#, fuzzy
@@ -1040,76 +948,46 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Yhteyshenkilön puhelinnumero sisällytetään basic-environment.txt tiedostoon."
+msgstr "Yhteyshenkilön puhelinnumero sisällytetään basic-environment.txt tiedostoon."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the "
-"entire file."
-msgstr ""
-"Sisällytettävien rivien määrä haettaessa lokeja. Nolla tarkoittaa, että "
-"haetaan koko lokitiedosto."
+msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file."
+msgstr "Sisällytettävien rivien määrä haettaessa lokeja. Nolla tarkoittaa, että haetaan koko lokitiedosto."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is "
-"always used."
-msgstr ""
-"Tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston sijainti. Ensimmäistä listalla toimivaa "
-"hakemsitoa käytetään aina."
+msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used."
+msgstr "Tukimääritys tarball-tiedoston sijainti. Ensimmäistä listalla toimivaa hakemsitoa käytetään aina."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the "
-"entire file."
-msgstr ""
-"Maksimi määrä rivejä jotka haetaan /var/log/messages lokista. Nolla "
-"tarkoittaa koko lokitiedostoa."
+msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file."
+msgstr "Maksimi määrä rivejä jotka haetaan /var/log/messages lokista. Nolla tarkoittaa koko lokitiedostoa."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the "
-"supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr ""
-"Maksimi määrä heartbeat policy engine lokeja sisälletettynä tukimääritys "
-"tarball-tiedostoon."
+msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr "Maksimi määrä heartbeat policy engine lokeja sisälletettynä tukimääritys tarball-tiedostoon."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr ""
-"Maksimi määrä SAR tiedostoja sisälletettynä tukimääritys tarball-tiedostoon."
+msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr "Maksimi määrä SAR tiedostoja sisälletettynä tukimääritys tarball-tiedostoon."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if "
-"you\n"
-"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with "
-"-Q."
+"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n"
+"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q."
msgstr ""
-"Kun asetettu arvoon 1, tukimääritys suoritetaan hiljaisessa tilassa. Tämä on "
-"hyödyllistä\n"
-"jos suunnittelet tukimäärityksen suorittamista säännöllisesti cronista. Aseta "
-"-Q."
+"Kun asetettu arvoon 1, tukimääritys suoritetaan hiljaisessa tilassa. Tämä on hyödyllistä\n"
+"jos suunnittelet tukimäärityksen suorittamista säännöllisesti cronista. Aseta -Q."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using "
-"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports "
-"anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server."
-msgstr ""
-"Käytetään määrittämään mihin tukimääritys tarball-tiedosto ladataan, kun "
-"käytetään -u srnum käynnistys vaihtoehtoa. Voit määrittää minkätahansa "
-"FTP-palvelimen, joka tukee anonyymia latausta. Oletuksena on Novelin julkinen "
-"ftp-palvelin."
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
+msgstr "Käytetään määrittämään mihin tukimääritys tarball-tiedosto ladataan, kun käytetään -u srnum käynnistys vaihtoehtoa. Voit määrittää minkätahansa FTP-palvelimen, joka tukee anonyymia latausta. Oletuksena on Novelin julkinen ftp-palvelin."
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147
@@ -1187,5 +1065,3 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..."
-
-
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/sysconfig.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 19:07+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -496,6 +496,102 @@
"Odota hetki...<br></p>\n"
"\n"
+#. Translation: Progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159
+msgid "Searching..."
+msgstr "Etsitään..."
+
+#. Display confirmation dialog
+#. @param [String] message Confirmation message
+#. @param [String] command Command to confirm
+#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883
+msgid "Command: "
+msgstr "Komento: "
+
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889
+msgid "S&kip"
+msgstr "Ohi&ta"
+
+#. get activation map for variable
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171
+msgid "A command will be executed"
+msgstr "Komento suoritetaan"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172
+msgid "Starting command: %1..."
+msgstr "Aloitetaan komento: %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173
+msgid "Command %1 failed"
+msgstr "Komento %1 epäonnistui"
+
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009
+msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
+msgstr "Tallennetaan sysconfig-määritystä"
+
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036
+msgid "Write the new settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoita uudet asetukset"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037
+msgid "Activate the changes"
+msgstr "Ota muutokset käyttöön"
+
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060
+msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
+msgstr "Muuttujan %1 tallennus tiedostoon %2 epäonnistui."
+
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068
+msgid "Saving variable %1..."
+msgstr "Tallennetaan muuttuja %1..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073
+msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
+msgstr "Tallennetaan muutokset tiedostoihin..."
+
+#. service is running, reload it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100
+msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
+msgstr "Palvelu %1 ladataan uudelleen"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103
+msgid "Reloading service %1..."
+msgstr "Ladataan palvelu %1 uudelleen..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105
+msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Palvelun %1 lataaminen uudelleen epäonnistui"
+
+#. service is running, restart it
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143
+msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
+msgstr "Palvelu %1 käynnistetään uudelleen"
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146
+msgid "Restarting service %1..."
+msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua %1 uudelleen..."
+
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148
+msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
+msgstr "Palvelun %1 uudelleenkäynnistys epäonnistui"
+
+#. set 100% in progress bar
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Valmis"
+
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto"
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n"
#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n"
@@ -599,42 +695,6 @@
#~ "Odota hetki...<br></p>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ msgid "Searching..."
-#~ msgstr "Etsitään..."
-
-#~ msgid "Command: "
-#~ msgstr "Komento: "
-
-#~ msgid "S&kip"
-#~ msgstr "Ohi&ta"
-
-#~ msgid "A command will be executed"
-#~ msgstr "Komento suoritetaan"
-
-#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Aloitetaan komento: %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Command %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Komento %1 epäonnistui"
-
-#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Tallennetaan sysconfig-määritystä"
-
-#~ msgid "Write the new settings"
-#~ msgstr "Kirjoita uudet asetukset"
-
-#~ msgid "Activate the changes"
-#~ msgstr "Ota muutokset käyttöön"
-
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
-#~ msgstr "Muuttujan %1 tallennus tiedostoon %2 epäonnistui."
-
-#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Tallennetaan muuttuja %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
-#~ msgstr "Tallennetaan muutokset tiedostoihin..."
-
#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started."
#~ msgstr "Kaikki määrityskomentojonot aloitetaan."
@@ -653,30 +713,6 @@
#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed."
#~ msgstr "Määritysmoduuli %1 epäonnistui."
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded"
-#~ msgstr "Palvelu %1 ladataan uudelleen"
-
-#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Ladataan palvelu %1 uudelleen..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Palvelun %1 lataaminen uudelleen epäonnistui"
-
-#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted"
-#~ msgstr "Palvelu %1 käynnistetään uudelleen"
-
-#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..."
-#~ msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua %1 uudelleen..."
-
-#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "Palvelun %1 uudelleenkäynnistys epäonnistui"
-
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "Valmis"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n"
#~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/tftp-server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/tftp-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/tftp-server.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:49+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -91,12 +91,8 @@
#. dialog help text
#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The "
-"server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Käytä tätä ottaaksesi TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) -palvelin "
-"käyttöön. Palvelin käynnistetään käyttämällä xinetd:tä.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Käytä tätä ottaaksesi TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) -palvelin käyttöön. Palvelin käynnistetään käyttämällä xinetd:tä.</p>"
#. enlighten newbies, #102946
#. dialog help text
@@ -110,14 +106,12 @@
"<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n"
"Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n"
"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n"
-"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>"
-"\n"
+"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistyskuvan sisältävä hakemisto</b>:\n"
"Määritä mihin hakemistoon jaettavat tiedostot sijoitetaan.\n"
" Yleinen arvo on <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Se luodaan jos sitä ei ole olemassa.\n"
-" Palvelin käyttää tätä juurihakemistonaan (käyttäen <tt>-s</tt> valintaa).</p>"
-"\n"
+" Palvelin käyttää tätä juurihakemistonaan (käyttäen <tt>-s</tt> valintaa).</p>\n"
#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server
#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/timezone_db.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-28 22:17+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/tune.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/tune.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/tune.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-06 10:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -29,36 +29,36 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr "Laitteiston tunnistus - tämä moduuli ei tue komentoriviliittymää, käytä %1 tämän sijasta."
#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
msgid "Probing Hardware..."
msgstr "Tunnistetaan laitteistoa..."
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Edistyminen"
#. title label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
msgid "&All Entries"
msgstr "&Kaikki merkinnät"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
msgid "&Save to File..."
msgstr "&Tallenna tiedostoon..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
msgid "Hardware Information"
msgstr "Tietoja laitteistosta"
#. help text
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
@@ -66,18 +66,25 @@
"<P><B>Tietoja laitteistosta</B> -moduuli näyttää yksityiskohtaisia tietoja\n"
"tietokoneen laitteista. Napsauta noodia, josta haluat lisätietoja.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Voit tallentaa laitteistotiedot tiedostoon. Napsauta <B>Tallenna tiedostoon</B> ja anna nimi tiedostolle.</P>"
+#. installation proposal header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Settings"
+msgid "System and Hardware Settings"
+msgstr "Järjestelmäasetukset"
+
#. this is a heading
#. tree node string
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
msgid "System"
msgstr "Järjestelmä"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
msgid "S&ystem"
msgstr "&Järjestelmä"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/update.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 17:05+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
#. screen title for update options
#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "Päivitysvalinnat"
@@ -175,18 +175,18 @@
#. Table item (unknown file system)
#. label - name of sustem to update
#. starts with >`<
-#. label for an unknown installed system
+#. Get installed release name
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Tuntematon"
#. label showing to which version we are updating
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
msgid "Update to %1"
msgstr "Päivitä %1"
@@ -260,9 +260,19 @@
"toimi enää. Käytä toimintoa <b>Poista ylläpitämättömät paketit</b> poistaaksesi nämä\n"
"paketit ennen päivitystä.</p>\n"
-#. yes/no question
+#. warning / question
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
msgid ""
+"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n"
+"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n"
+"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
+msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to reset your detailed selection?"
msgstr ""
@@ -272,13 +282,13 @@
#. error report
#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
msgid "Failed to mount target system"
msgstr "Kohdejärjestelmän käyttöönotto epäonnistui"
#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75
+#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
msgstr "Mahdollisesti havaittiin keskeneräinen asennus."
@@ -349,12 +359,12 @@
#. error message in proposal
#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "Nykyisen RPM-tietokannan lukeminen ei onnistunut."
#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101
msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media."
msgstr "Asennettu tuote ei ole yhteensopiva asennustietovälineellä olevan tuotteen kanssa."
@@ -362,14 +372,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Tuntematon tuote"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143
msgid ""
"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
@@ -380,22 +390,22 @@
"tai poista käytöstä tuotteen eri version asennuslähteet.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr "Varoitus: Päivitetään '%1' -> '%2', tuotteet eivät täysin täsmää."
#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "Päivitä vain asennetut paketit"
#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "Päivitys pohjautuu ohjelmistoryhmiin"
#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
@@ -408,17 +418,17 @@
"(oletusvalinta) ja poistetaanko ylläpitämättömät paketit.</p>\n"
#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "&Päivitysvalinnat"
#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr "Mitään näistä tiedostoista ei ole olemassa:%1"
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -431,27 +441,27 @@
"tai osa sovelluksista ei ehkä toimi kunnolla."
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
msgid "Unknown Linux"
msgstr "Tuntematon Linux"
#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux"
msgstr "Tuntematon tai muu kuin Linux"
#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
msgstr "Käynnistettävä osio tai järjestelmä:"
#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
@@ -462,12 +472,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
msgid "Partition or System to Update:"
msgstr "Päivitettävä osio tai järjestelmä:"
#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
@@ -478,12 +488,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
msgid "Select for Update"
msgstr "Valitse päivitettäväksi"
#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
@@ -496,42 +506,42 @@
"</p>\n"
#. table header
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
msgid "System"
msgstr "Järjestelmä"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Osio"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arkkitehtuuri"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
msgid "File System"
msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmä"
#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Tunnus"
#. check box
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
msgid "&Show All Partitions"
msgstr "Näytä kaikki o&siot"
#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
msgid "&Boot"
msgstr "&Käynnistys"
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
msgid ""
"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n"
"on the selected partition."
@@ -540,7 +550,7 @@
"ei löytynyt valitulta osiolta."
#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
msgid ""
"The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n"
"is different from the one of this product.\n"
@@ -549,7 +559,7 @@
"ei ole sama kuin tällä tuotteella.\n"
#. pop-up question
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
@@ -558,13 +568,13 @@
"Käytetäänkö sitä siitä huolimatta?"
#. button label
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
msgid "&Yes, Use It"
msgstr "&Kyllä, käytä sitä"
#. Target load failed, #466803
#. Target load failed, #466803
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
msgid ""
"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n"
"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n"
@@ -576,12 +586,12 @@
"\n"
"Oletko varma että haluat jatkaa?"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr "&Kyllä, jatka"
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
@@ -590,17 +600,17 @@
"miten tämä ongelma ratkaistaan."
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "Tuntematon Linux-järjestelmä"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "Muu kuin Linux-järjestelmä"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -615,7 +625,7 @@
"tai käynnistä tietokone uudelleen.\n"
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "Tarkistetaan osiota %1"
@@ -624,23 +634,23 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "Näytä tie&dot"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "Tarkistetaan tiedostojärjestelmää %1..."
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän tarkistus epäonnistui."
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -651,24 +661,24 @@
"Haluatko jatkaa laitteen liittämistä?\n"
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "&Ohita laitteen liittäminen"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Väärä salasana. Yritetäänkö uudelleen?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Varoitus"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -685,7 +695,7 @@
"Haluatko jatkaa nykyisen järjestelmän päivittämistä?\n"
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -706,27 +716,27 @@
"Keskeyttääksesi päivityksen napsauta \"Peruuta\".\n"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "Määritä liito&svalinnat"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Liitosvalinnat"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Liitoskohta"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Laite"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -735,12 +745,12 @@
"(tyhjä = automaattitunnistus)"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "/var-osion %1 liittäminen ei onnistu.\n"
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -752,17 +762,17 @@
"<b>udev ID:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>udev polku:</b> %6"
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ei mikään"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "/var-osioa ei löydetty automaattisesti"
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -773,22 +783,22 @@
"jatkaaksesi päivitystoimintoa."
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "&Valitse /var-osion -laite"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Laitetiedot"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "/var-osion liittäminen ei onnistu tällä levymäärityksellä.\n"
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -801,7 +811,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -814,17 +824,17 @@
"liitostapa johonkin muuhun tapaan."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "Tiedostoa fstab ei löytynyt."
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "Juuriosiolla /etc/fstab-tiedostossa on virheellinen juurilaite.\n"
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "Se on tällä hetkellä liitettynä %1 mutta listattu %2.\n"
@@ -843,38 +853,73 @@
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Etsitään käytettävissä olevia järjestelmiä"
+#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
+#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
+#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
+#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
+#.
+#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
+#. @return [String] product name
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Kerberos schema file not found"
+msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
+msgstr "Kerberos-skeematiedostoa ei löydy."
+
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
+msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}"
+msgstr "Käyttöoikeussopimus tiedostoa %1 ei voitu lukea"
+
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:304
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:309
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Tuntematon tuote"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:817
-msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
-msgstr "Salli pakettien version alentaminen"
+#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
+#. and we don't continue further
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:791
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
+"%{patterns}"
+msgstr ""
-#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:796
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation"
+msgid ""
+"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
+"%{packages}"
+msgstr "Paketin %1 valitseminen asennusta varten epäonnistui"
+
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Päivitä asetukset"
-#: control/update.glade:34
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Päivitys"
-#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Suorita päivitys"
-#: control/update.glade:63
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
msgid "Update System Configuration"
msgstr "Päivitä järjestelmän määritys"
-#: control/update.glade:71
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
msgid "Update Configuration"
msgstr "Päivityksen määritys"
+#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade"
+#~ msgstr "Salli pakettien version alentaminen"
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/users.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:46+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -111,12 +111,8 @@
#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:218
-msgid ""
-"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of "
-"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
-msgstr ""
-"Luettele ryhmän jäsenet (yleensä käyttäjätunnukset) pilkuilla erotettuna. "
-"LDAP-käyttäjien DN-luettelo tulee erottaa kaksoispisteillä."
+msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
+msgstr "Luettele ryhmän jäsenet (yleensä käyttäjätunnukset) pilkuilla erotettuna. LDAP-käyttäjien DN-luettelo tulee erottaa kaksoispisteillä."
#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:225
@@ -161,33 +157,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Tunnistautuminen</b><br>\n"
-"Valitse tunnistautumistapa, jota käytetään järjestelmässä käyttäjien "
-"tunnistautumiseen.\n"
+"Valitse tunnistautumistapa, jota käytetään järjestelmässä käyttäjien tunnistautumiseen.\n"
"</p>"
#. helptext 2/3
#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>"
-"/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Paikallinen</b> tunnistaaksesi käyttäjät käyttäen ainoastaan "
-"paikallisia tiedostoja <i>/etc/passwd</i> ja <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Paikallinen</b> tunnistaaksesi käyttäjät käyttäen ainoastaan paikallisia tiedostoja <i>/etc/passwd</i> ja <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to "
-"create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a "
-"Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home "
-"directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Jos sinulla on pohjalla aikaisempi asennus tai vaihtoehtoinen järjestelmä, on "
-"mahdollista käyttää lähteenä sen käyttäjiä. Tätä varten valitse <b>Lue "
-"käyttäjätiedot aikaisemmasta asennuksesta</b>. Tämä valinta käyttää jo "
-"olemassa olevaa kotihakemistoa tai luo tarvittaessa uuden jokaiselle "
-"käyttäjälle asennuksen määräämään sijaintiin."
+msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
+msgstr "Jos sinulla on pohjalla aikaisempi asennus tai vaihtoehtoinen järjestelmä, on mahdollista käyttää lähteenä sen käyttäjiä. Tätä varten valitse <b>Lue käyttäjätiedot aikaisemmasta asennuksesta</b>. Tämä valinta käyttää jo olemassa olevaa kotihakemistoa tai luo tarvittaessa uuden jokaiselle käyttäjälle asennuksen määräämään sijaintiin."
#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
@@ -226,26 +208,21 @@
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. "
-"Then\n"
+"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Jos käytät NIS- tai LDAP-palvelinta tallentamaan käyttäjätietoja, tai jos "
-"haluat\n"
-"tunnistaa käyttäjät NT-palvelinta vastaan, valitse asianmukainen arvo. "
-"Napsauta\n"
+"<p>Jos käytät NIS- tai LDAP-palvelinta tallentamaan käyttäjätietoja, tai jos haluat\n"
+"tunnistaa käyttäjät NT-palvelinta vastaan, valitse asianmukainen arvo. Napsauta\n"
"sitten <b>Seuraava</b> jatkaaksesi asiakkaan määritystä.</p>"
#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
+"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Jos käytät NIS- tai LDAP-palvelimia tallentamaan käyttäjätietoja, valitse\n"
-"asianmukainen arvo. Napsauta sitten <b>Seuraava</b> jatkaaksesi asiakkaan "
-"määritystä.</p>"
+"asianmukainen arvo. Napsauta sitten <b>Seuraava</b> jatkaaksesi asiakkaan määritystä.</p>"
#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
@@ -255,29 +232,22 @@
"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Jos käytä LDAP-palvelinta tallentamaan käyttäjätietoja tai jos haluat\n"
-"tunnistaa käyttäjät NT-palvelinta vastaan, valitse asianmukainen arvo. "
-"Napsauta\n"
+"tunnistaa käyttäjät NT-palvelinta vastaan, valitse asianmukainen arvo. Napsauta\n"
"sitten <b>Seuraava</b> jatkaaksesi asiakkaan määritystä.</p>"
#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
+"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Jos käytät LDAP-palvelinta tallentamaan käyttäjätietoja, valitse\n"
-"asianmukainen arvo. Napsauta sitten <b>Seuraava</b> jatkaaksesi asiakkaan "
-"määritystä.</p>"
+"asianmukainen arvo. Napsauta sitten <b>Seuraava</b> jatkaaksesi asiakkaan määritystä.</p>"
#. helptext: additional kerberos support
#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after "
-"configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Aseta Kerberos-tunnistus</b> määrittääksesi Kerberoksen "
-"käyttäjätietolähteen määrityksen jälkeen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Aseta Kerberos-tunnistus</b> määrittääksesi Kerberoksen käyttäjätietolähteen määrityksen jälkeen.</p>"
#. check box label
#. check box label
@@ -320,7 +290,7 @@
msgstr "Salasana järjestelmän ylläpitäjälle \"pääkäyttäjä\""
#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise user to remember his new password
+#. advise users to remember their new password
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgstr "Älä unohda mitä tähän kirjoitat."
@@ -374,8 +344,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
-"numbers\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
"reenter it in a second field.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -394,13 +363,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
-"umlauts.\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Kaikki säännöt käyttäjän salasanalle pätevät myös \"root\"-tunnuksen "
-"salasanaan:\n"
+"Kaikki säännöt käyttäjän salasanalle pätevät myös \"root\"-tunnuksen salasanaan:\n"
"Erota isot ja pienet kirjaimet. Salasanassa tulisi olla\n"
"vähintään 5 merkkiä eikä se saisi sisältää mitään erikoismerkkejä,\n"
"kuten painollisia kirjaimia tai ääkkösiä.\n"
@@ -430,12 +397,8 @@
#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering "
-"text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tarkistaaksesi onko nykyinen näppäimistökartta oikea kirjoita jotain "
-"tekstiä <b>Testaa näppäimistökarttaa</b> kenttään.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tarkistaaksesi onko nykyinen näppäimistökartta oikea kirjoita jotain tekstiä <b>Testaa näppäimistökarttaa</b> kenttään.</p>"
#. report misspellings of the password
#. report misspellings of the password
@@ -582,18 +545,13 @@
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse salasanojen salaustapa paikallisille ja järjestelmäkäyttäjille.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse salasanojen salaustapa paikallisille ja järjestelmäkäyttäjille.</p>"
#. Help text for password expert dialog
#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms "
-"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> on tämänhetkinen oletus salaus. Muiden salauksien käyttö ei "
-"ole suositeltavaa ellei se ole välttämätöntä yhteensopivuuden takia.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> on tämänhetkinen oletus salaus. Muiden salauksien käyttö ei ole suositeltavaa ellei se ole välttämätöntä yhteensopivuuden takia.</p>"
#. text entry
#. text entry
@@ -659,8 +617,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Anna <b>Käyttäjän täydellinen nimi</b>, <b>Käyttäjätunnus</b>, ja <b>"
-"Salasana</b> \n"
+"Anna <b>Käyttäjän täydellinen nimi</b>, <b>Käyttäjätunnus</b>, ja <b>Salasana</b> \n"
"osoittaaksesi tilin käyttäjälle.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -683,8 +640,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
-"between\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -720,10 +676,8 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
-"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -732,20 +686,14 @@
"<b>Käyttäjätunnus</b>, käytä vain\n"
"kirjaimia (ei painollisia merkkejä), numeroita, ja <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
"Älä käytä isoja kirjaimia, jos et tiedä mitä olet tekemässä.\n"
-"Käyttäjätunnuksilla on tiukemmat rajoitukset kuin salasanoilla. Voit "
-"määritellä\n"
+"Käyttäjätunnuksilla on tiukemmat rajoitukset kuin salasanoilla. Voit määritellä\n"
"rajoituksia /etc/login.defs-tiedostossa. Lue lisätietoja sen man-sivulta.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
-"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Käytä tätä salasanaa järjestelmän ylläpidossa</b>, jos samaa "
-"salasanaa, joka annetaan ensimmäiselle käyttäjälle käytetään myös "
-"pääkäyttäjän salasanana.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Käytä tätä salasanaa järjestelmän ylläpidossa</b>, jos samaa salasanaa, joka annetaan ensimmäiselle käyttäjälle käytetään myös pääkäyttäjän salasanana.</p>"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. these are used only during installation time
@@ -753,26 +701,20 @@
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
-"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
-"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Tässä luotua käyttäjänimeä ja salasanaa tarvitaan järjestelmään "
-"kirjautumiseen. Jos <b>Automaattinen kirjautuminen</b> on otettu käyttöön, "
-"kirjautumistoiminto ohitetaan. Tämä käyttäjä kirjautuu automaattisesti.</p>\n"
+"Tässä luotua käyttäjänimeä ja salasanaa tarvitaan järjestelmään kirjautumiseen. Jos <b>Automaattinen kirjautuminen</b> on otettu käyttöön, kirjautumistoiminto ohitetaan. Tämä käyttäjä kirjautuu automaattisesti.</p>\n"
#. help text for main add user dialog
#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail<"
-"/b>.</p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Aseta pääkäyttäjän postin ohjaaminen tälle käyttäjälle valitsemalla <b>"
-"Vastaanota järjestelmäposti</b>.</p>\n"
+"Aseta pääkäyttäjän postin ohjaaminen tälle käyttäjälle valitsemalla <b>Vastaanota järjestelmäposti</b>.</p>\n"
#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
@@ -947,12 +889,10 @@
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that "
-"were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
+"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Tässä näet tämänhetkiselle LDAP-merkinnälle sallitut arvot, joita ei asetettu "
-"aiemmissa valintaikkunoissa.</p>"
+"Tässä näet tämänhetkiselle LDAP-merkinnälle sallitut arvot, joita ei asetettu aiemmissa valintaikkunoissa.</p>"
#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"),
#. %1 is list of values
@@ -975,14 +915,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n"
-"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client "
-"Module</b>.</p>\n"
+"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Muokkaa jokaista ominaisuutta käyttämällä <b>Muokkaa</b>. Osa ominaisuuksista "
-"\n"
-"voidaan vaatia kuten on määritelty käyttäjämallissa <b>"
-"LDAP-asiakasmoduulissa</b>.</p>\n"
+"Muokkaa jokaista ominaisuutta käyttämällä <b>Muokkaa</b>. Osa ominaisuuksista \n"
+"voidaan vaatia kuten on määritelty käyttäjämallissa <b>LDAP-asiakasmoduulissa</b>.</p>\n"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235
@@ -1001,14 +938,8 @@
#. helptext
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy "
-"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified "
-"user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä salasanakäytäntö tälle käyttäjälle <b>Salasanakäytännön DN</b> "
-"-kohdassa. Aktivoi <b>Palauta salasana</b>, jos haluat palauttaa muokatun "
-"käyttäjän salasanan.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä salasanakäytäntö tälle käyttäjälle <b>Salasanakäytännön DN</b> -kohdassa. Aktivoi <b>Palauta salasana</b>, jos haluat palauttaa muokatun käyttäjän salasanan.</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107
@@ -1104,91 +1035,50 @@
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä käyttäjän levykiintiön asetukset valitun tiedostojärjestelmän "
-"osalta.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä käyttäjän levykiintiön asetukset valitun tiedostojärjestelmän osalta.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n"
-"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Määritä kokorajoitus antamalla 1kt lohkojen määrä,\n"
-"joka käyttäjällä voi olla tässä tiedostojärjestelmässä. Lisäksi voit "
-"määrittää inode-rajoitukset antamalla inodejen määrän, joka käyttäjällä voi "
-"olla tiedostojärjestelmässä.</p>\n"
+"joka käyttäjällä voi olla tässä tiedostojärjestelmässä. Lisäksi voit määrittää inode-rajoitukset antamalla inodejen määrän, joka käyttäjällä voi olla tiedostojärjestelmässä.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit määrittää sekä varoitus- että kovan rajan koolle ja inode-määrälle. "
-"Varoitusraja määrittää varoitustason, jolloin käyttäjälle ilmoitetaan "
-"kiintiörajan lähestymisestä. Kova raja määrittää rajan, jolloin "
-"kirjoituspyynnöt estetään.</p>>"
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voit määrittää sekä varoitus- että kovan rajan koolle ja inode-määrälle. Varoitusraja määrittää varoitustason, jolloin käyttäjälle ilmoitetaan kiintiörajan lähestymisestä. Kova raja määrittää rajan, jolloin kirjoituspyynnöt estetään.</p>>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Heti kun varoitusraja on saavutettu, syöttökentät jatkoajalle otetaan "
-"käyttöön. Määritä aikajakso jonka aikana käyttäjä voi ylittää yläpuolella "
-"määritetyt varoitusrajat. Jatkoaika alkaa kulumaan välittömästi.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Heti kun varoitusraja on saavutettu, syöttökentät jatkoajalle otetaan käyttöön. Määritä aikajakso jonka aikana käyttäjä voi ylittää yläpuolella määritetyt varoitusrajat. Jatkoaika alkaa kulumaan välittömästi.</p>"
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä ryhmän kiintiöasetukset valitulle tiedostojärjestelmälle.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä ryhmän kiintiöasetukset valitulle tiedostojärjestelmälle.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n"
-"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Määritä kokorajoitukset antamalla 1kt lohkojen määrä,\n"
-"joka ryhmällä voi olla tässä tiedostojärjestelmässä. Lisäksi voit määrittää "
-"inode-rajoitukset antamalla inodejen määrän, joka ryhmällä voi olla "
-"tiedostojärjestelmässä.</p>\n"
+"joka ryhmällä voi olla tässä tiedostojärjestelmässä. Lisäksi voit määrittää inode-rajoitukset antamalla inodejen määrän, joka ryhmällä voi olla tiedostojärjestelmässä.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit määrittää sekä varoitus- että kovan rajan koolle ja inode-määrälle. "
-"Varoitusraja määrittää varoitustason, jolloin ryhmälle ilmoitetaan "
-"kiintiörajan lähestymisestä. Kova raja määrittää rajoituksen, jolloin "
-"kirjoituspyynnöt estetään.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voit määrittää sekä varoitus- että kovan rajan koolle ja inode-määrälle. Varoitusraja määrittää varoitustason, jolloin ryhmälle ilmoitetaan kiintiörajan lähestymisestä. Kova raja määrittää rajoituksen, jolloin kirjoituspyynnöt estetään.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Heti kun ryhmän varoitusraja on saavutettu, syöttökentät jatkoajalle "
-"otetaan käyttöön. Määritä aikajakso, jonka ajan ryhmä voi ylittää määritellyt "
-"varoitusrajat. Jatkoaika alkaa kulua välittömästi.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Heti kun ryhmän varoitusraja on saavutettu, syöttökentät jatkoajalle otetaan käyttöön. Määritä aikajakso, jonka ajan ryhmä voi ylittää määritellyt varoitusrajat. Jatkoaika alkaa kulua välittömästi.</p>"
#. combo box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188
@@ -1505,15 +1395,13 @@
"'%1' and '%2'\n"
"were found. Use them for current user?\n"
"\n"
-"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home "
-"directory."
+"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory."
msgstr ""
"Salattu hakemistokuva ja salausavaimet\n"
"'%1' ja '%2'\n"
"löydettiin. Käytetäänkö niitä nykyiselle käyttäjälle?\n"
"\n"
-"Tämä tarkoittaa, että kyseistä hakemistokuvaa käytetään nykyisen "
-"kotihakemiston sijaan."
+"Tämä tarkoittaa, että kyseistä hakemistokuvaa käytetään nykyisen kotihakemiston sijaan."
#. popup label, %1 is path to directory
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369
@@ -1542,8 +1430,7 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
-msgstr ""
-"Etäkäyttäjien osalta vain ylimääräisten ryhmien jäsenyyksiä voidaan muuttaa."
+msgstr "Etäkäyttäjien osalta vain ylimääräisten ryhmien jäsenyyksiä voidaan muuttaa."
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
@@ -1834,8 +1721,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Aseta oletusarvot, joita käytetään kun luodaan uusi paikallinen- tai "
-"järjestelmäkäyttäjä.\n"
+"Aseta oletusarvot, joita käytetään kun luodaan uusi paikallinen- tai järjestelmäkäyttäjä.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text 1/6
@@ -1868,19 +1754,16 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n"
-"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter "
-"your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
+"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Oletuksena käytettävä kirjautumiskomentotulkki</b><br>\n"
-"Uuden käyttäjän kirjautumiskomentotulkin nimi. Valitse komentotulkki "
-"luettelosta tai anna polku omaan komentotulkkiisi.</P>\n"
+"Uuden käyttäjän kirjautumiskomentotulkin nimi. Valitse komentotulkki luettelosta tai anna polku omaan komentotulkkiisi.</P>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n"
-"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is "
-"added\n"
+"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n"
"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1893,12 +1776,10 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n"
-"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a "
-"new user is added. </p>\n"
+"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mallihakemisto</b><br>\n"
-"Tämän hakemiston sisältö kopioidaan käyttäjän kotihakemistoon, kun uusi "
-"käyttäjä lisätään. </p>\n"
+"Tämän hakemiston sisältö kopioidaan käyttäjän kotihakemistoon, kun uusi käyttäjä lisätään. </p>\n"
#. Help text 4.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
@@ -1914,13 +1795,11 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n"
-"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the "
-"format\n"
+"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n"
"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Vanhenemispäivämäärä</b><br>\n"
-"Päivämäärä, jolloin käyttäjätili poistetaan käytöstä. Päivämäärän tulee olla "
-"muodossa\n"
+"Päivämäärä, jolloin käyttäjätili poistetaan käytöstä. Päivämäärän tulee olla muodossa\n"
"VVVV-KK-PP. Jätä tämä tyhjäksi, jos et halua tilin vanhenevan.</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6
@@ -1932,10 +1811,8 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Päivää salasanan vanhenemisen jälkeen kirjautuminen toimii</B><BR>\n"
-"Käyttäjät voivat kirjautua salasanan vanhenemisen jälkeen. Aseta kuinka monta "
-"päivää\n"
-"vanhenemisen jälkeen kirjautuminen sallitaan. Käytä -1 rajoittamattomaan "
-"pääsyyn.\n"
+"Käyttäjät voivat kirjautua salasanan vanhenemisen jälkeen. Aseta kuinka monta päivää\n"
+"vanhenemisen jälkeen kirjautuminen sallitaan. Käytä -1 rajoittamattomaan pääsyyn.\n"
"</P>\n"
#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2
@@ -2008,8 +1885,7 @@
"Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n"
"clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2019,8 +1895,7 @@
"napsauttamalla <b>Ehdota</b>. Sitä voi muokata, mutta käytä vain\n"
"kirjaimia (ei aksentillisia merkkejä), numeroita, ja <tt>._-</tt> merkkejä.\n"
"Älä käytä isoja kirjaimia, jos et tiedä mitä olet tekemässä.\n"
-"Käyttäjätunnuksilla on tiukemmat rajoitukset kuin salasanoilla. Voi "
-"määritellä\n"
+"Käyttäjätunnuksilla on tiukemmat rajoitukset kuin salasanoilla. Voi määritellä\n"
"rajoitukset /etc/login.defs-tiedostossa. Lue lisäohjeet sen man-sivulta.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2030,30 +1905,23 @@
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Käyttäjätunnus</b>, käytä vain\n"
"kirjaimia (ei painollisia merkkejä), numeroita, ja <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
"Älä käytä isoja kirjaimia, jos et tiedä mitä olet tekemässä.\n"
-"Käyttäjätunnuksilla on tiukemmat rajoitukset kuin salasanoilla. Voit "
-"määritellä\n"
+"Käyttäjätunnuksilla on tiukemmat rajoitukset kuin salasanoilla. Voit määritellä\n"
"rajoituksia /etc/login.defs-tiedostossa. Lue lisätietoja sen man-sivulta.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Napsauta <b>Käyttäjän hallinta</b> lisätäksesi lisää käyttäjiä tai ryhmiä "
-"järjestelmääsi.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Napsauta <b>Käyttäjän hallinta</b> lisätäksesi lisää käyttäjiä tai ryhmiä järjestelmääsi.</p>"
#. alternative help text 4/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278
@@ -2072,12 +1940,10 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, "
-"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Muuttaaksesi tämän käyttäjän salasanan asetuksia kuten vanhentumispäivämäärää "
-"napsauta <b>Salasanan asetukset</b>.</p>\n"
+"Muuttaaksesi tämän käyttäjän salasanan asetuksia kuten vanhentumispäivämäärää napsauta <b>Salasanan asetukset</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
@@ -2142,8 +2008,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Password:</b>\n"
-"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves "
-"when\n"
+"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n"
"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n"
"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n"
"here. This entry is not required.\n"
@@ -2256,12 +2121,8 @@
#. help text for user's home directory mode
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's "
-"home directory different from the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Aseta vaihtoehtoisesti <b>Kotihakemiston oikeuksien tila</b> tämän "
-"käyttäjän kotihakemistolle oletuksesta eroava tila.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Aseta vaihtoehtoisesti <b>Kotihakemiston oikeuksien tila</b> tämän käyttäjän kotihakemistolle oletuksesta eroava tila.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel')
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440
@@ -2276,16 +2137,8 @@
#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
-msgid ""
-"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of "
-"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. "
-"Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Jos muutat käyttäjän kotihakemiston sijaintia, siirrä nykyisen hakemiston "
-"sisältö <b>Siirrä uuteen sijaintiin</b> -toiminnolla, joka on oletusarvon "
-"mukaan aktivoitu. Muussa tapauksessa uusi kotihakemisto luodaan ilman aiemmin "
-"luotuja tietoja.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Jos muutat käyttäjän kotihakemiston sijaintia, siirrä nykyisen hakemiston sisältö <b>Siirrä uuteen sijaintiin</b> -toiminnolla, joka on oletusarvon mukaan aktivoitu. Muussa tapauksessa uusi kotihakemisto luodaan ilman aiemmin luotuja tietoja.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464
@@ -2294,31 +2147,18 @@
"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n"
"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n"
"among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n"
-"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted "
-"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically "
-"shared.</p>"
+"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit salata käyttäjän kotihakemiston ottamalla <b>Käytä salattua "
-"kotihakemistoa</b>\n"
-" -toiminnon käyttöön ja määrittämällä hakemiston koon. Käyttäjän "
-"kotihakemiston salaaminen\n"
-" ei tarjoa hyvää suojausta muilta käyttäjiltä. Jos tämä kone on useiden "
-"käyttäjien yhteiskäytössä,\n"
-" käyttäjä saattaa pystyä ohittamaan järjestelmän suojauksen, hankkimaan "
-"toisen käyttäjän avaimen\n"
-" ja käyttämään salattuja tietoja. Jos tehokas suojaus on tarpeen, "
-"järjestelmän ei tulisi olla fyysisesti yhteiskäytössä.</p>"
+"<p>Voit salata käyttäjän kotihakemiston ottamalla <b>Käytä salattua kotihakemistoa</b>\n"
+" -toiminnon käyttöön ja määrittämällä hakemiston koon. Käyttäjän kotihakemiston salaaminen\n"
+" ei tarjoa hyvää suojausta muilta käyttäjiltä. Jos tämä kone on useiden käyttäjien yhteiskäytössä,\n"
+" käyttäjä saattaa pystyä ohittamaan järjestelmän suojauksen, hankkimaan toisen käyttäjän avaimen\n"
+" ja käyttämään salattuja tietoja. Jos tehokas suojaus on tarpeen, järjestelmän ei tulisi olla fyysisesti yhteiskäytössä.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is "
-"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration "
-"first.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Koti-hakemistoa ei voi salata silloin jos sormenjälkilukija on käytössä. "
-"Salataksesi käyttäjän kotihakemiston, poista ensin sormenjälkilukija "
-"käytöstä.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Koti-hakemistoa ei voi salata silloin jos sormenjälkilukija on käytössä. Salataksesi käyttäjän kotihakemiston, poista ensin sormenjälkilukija käytöstä.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 5/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487
@@ -2341,8 +2181,7 @@
"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ylimääräistä tietoa:</b>\n"
-"Tässä voidaan asettaa joitakin ylimääräisiä käyttäjätietoja. Tämä kenttä voi "
-"sisältää \n"
+"Tässä voidaan asettaa joitakin ylimääräisiä käyttäjätietoja. Tämä kenttä voi sisältää \n"
"jopa kolme osaa pilkuilla erotettuina. Yleinen käyttötapa on kirjoittaa\n"
"<i>toimisto-</i>,<i>työ-</i> ja <i>kotipuhelin</i>. Tämä tieto \n"
"näytetään, kun katsot käyttäjän tietoja <i>finger</i>-komennolla.</p>\n"
@@ -2412,12 +2251,8 @@
#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552
-msgid ""
-"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>"
-"Launch</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Aloita yksityiskohtainen erityisliitännän määritys valitsemalla <b>"
-"Käynnistä</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Aloita yksityiskohtainen erityisliitännän määritys valitsemalla <b>Käynnistä</b>.</p>"
#. help texts 1/1
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562
@@ -2455,8 +2290,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Päivää ennen salasanan vanhenemista annetaan varoitus</B><BR>\n"
"Käyttäjää voidaan varoittaa ennen salasanan vanhenemista. Aseta \n"
-"aika sille, kuinka paljon ennen vanhenemista varoitus annetaan. Arvo -1 "
-"poistaa\n"
+"aika sille, kuinka paljon ennen vanhenemista varoitus annetaan. Arvo -1 poistaa\n"
"varoituksen käytöstä. \n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2469,31 +2303,26 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Päivää salasanan vanhenemisen jälkeen toimiva kirjautuminen</B><BR>\n"
-"Käyttäjät voivat kirjautua sisään salasanan vanhenemisen jälkeen. Aseta "
-"kuinka monta päivää\n"
+"Käyttäjät voivat kirjautua sisään salasanan vanhenemisen jälkeen. Aseta kuinka monta päivää\n"
"kirjautuminen sallitaan. Käytä -1 rajoittamattomaan pääsyyn.\n"
"</P>\n"
#. Help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a "
-"user \n"
+"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n"
"can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Enimmäismäärä päiviä samalla salasanalla</B><BR>Aseta kuinka monta "
-"päivää käyttäjä voi käyttää\n"
+"<P><B>Enimmäismäärä päiviä samalla salasanalla</B><BR>Aseta kuinka monta päivää käyttäjä voi käyttää\n"
"samaa salasanaa ennen sen vanhenemista.</P>\n"
#. Help text 5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age "
-"of \n"
+"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n"
"a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Vähimmäismäärä päiviä samalla salasanalla</B><BR>Aseta salasanan "
-"vähimmäisikä \n"
+"<P><B>Vähimmäismäärä päiviä samalla salasanalla</B><BR>Aseta salasanan vähimmäisikä \n"
"ennen kuin käyttäjän sallitaan vaihtaa se.</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
@@ -2518,8 +2347,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Määrityksen yhteenveto</b><br>\n"
-"Tässä näet yhteenvedon moduuleista, jotka voivat vaikuttaa "
-"käyttäjätililähteisiin\n"
+"Tässä näet yhteenvedon moduuleista, jotka voivat vaikuttaa käyttäjätililähteisiin\n"
"tai tunnistautumistyyppiin.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2528,173 +2356,88 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n"
-"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the "
-"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
+"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Arvojen vaihtaminen</b><br>\n"
-"Voit määrittää nämä asetukset suorittamalla asianmukaisen moduulin. Valitse "
-"moduuli käyttämällä <b>Määritä</b>.\n"
+"Voit määrittää nämä asetukset suorittamalla asianmukaisen moduulin. Valitse moduuli käyttämällä <b>Määritä</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>"
-", and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of "
-"attributes to configure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Salasanan vaihtamiskäytännöt</b>-, <b>Salasanan "
-"vanhentumiskäytännöt</b>- ja <b>Lukituskäytännöt</b> -välilehdet, jos haluat "
-"valita määritettävien määritteiden LDAP-salasanakäytäntöryhmiä.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Salasanan vaihtamiskäytännöt</b>-, <b>Salasanan vanhentumiskäytännöt</b>- ja <b>Lukituskäytännöt</b> -välilehdet, jos haluat valita määritettävien määritteiden LDAP-salasanakäytäntöryhmiä.</p>"
#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set "
-"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not "
-"be used.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä <b>Historiaan tallennettavien salasanojen enimmäismäärä</b>, jos "
-"haluat määrittää, kuinka monta aiemmin käytettyä salasanaa tulisi tallentaa. "
-"Tallennettuja salasanoja ei voi käyttää.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä <b>Historiaan tallennettavien salasanojen enimmäismäärä</b>, jos haluat määrittää, kuinka monta aiemmin käytettyä salasanaa tulisi tallentaa. Tallennettuja salasanoja ei voi käyttää.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to "
-"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an "
-"administrator.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Käyttäjän on muutettava salasanaa palautuksen jälkeen</b>, jos "
-"haluat määrittää, että käyttäjien on pakko muuttaa salasanansa sen jälkeen, "
-"kun järjestelmänvalvoja palauttaa sen tai muuttaa sitä.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Käyttäjän on muutettava salasanaa palautuksen jälkeen</b>, jos haluat määrittää, että käyttäjien on pakko muuttaa salasanansa sen jälkeen, kun järjestelmänvalvoja palauttaa sen tai muuttaa sitä.</p>"
#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their "
-"passwords.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Käyttäjä voi muuttaa salasanaa</b>, jos haluat sallia "
-"käyttäjille salasanojen muuttamisen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Käyttäjä voi muuttaa salasanaa</b>, jos haluat sallia käyttäjille salasanojen muuttamisen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, "
-"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Jos aiemmin luotu salasana on annettava uuden salasanan kanssa, valitse <b>"
-"Salasanan muuttaminen edellyttää vanhaa salasanaa</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Jos aiemmin luotu salasana on annettava uuden salasanan kanssa, valitse <b>Salasanan muuttaminen edellyttää vanhaa salasanaa</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are "
-"modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be "
-"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are "
-"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has "
-"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> "
-"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be "
-"checked.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse, tarkistetaanko salasanan laatu, kun salasanoja muokataan tai "
-"lisätään. Valitse <b>Ei tarkistusta</b>, jos salasanoja ei tarkisteta "
-"ollenkaan. Jos <b>Hyväksy tarkistamattomat salasanat</b> on valittu, "
-"salasanat hyväksytään, vaikka tarkistusta ei voisi tehdä. Näin tapahtuu "
-"esimerkiksi, jos käyttäjä on määrittänyt salatun salasanan. Jos <b>Hyväksy "
-"vain tarkistetut salasanat</b> on valittu, salasanat hylätään, jos laadun "
-"tarkistaminen epäonnistuu tai salasanaa ei voi tarkistaa.<p>"
+msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse, tarkistetaanko salasanan laatu, kun salasanoja muokataan tai lisätään. Valitse <b>Ei tarkistusta</b>, jos salasanoja ei tarkisteta ollenkaan. Jos <b>Hyväksy tarkistamattomat salasanat</b> on valittu, salasanat hyväksytään, vaikka tarkistusta ei voisi tehdä. Näin tapahtuu esimerkiksi, jos käyttäjä on määrittänyt salatun salasanan. Jos <b>Hyväksy vain tarkistetut salasanat</b> on valittu, salasanat hylätään, jos laadun tarkistaminen epäonnistuu tai salasanaa ei voi tarkistaa.<p>"
#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>"
-"Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Määritä salasanassa käytettävien merkkien vähimmäismäärä <b>Salasanan "
-"vähimmäispituus</b> -kenttään.</p>"
+msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "Määritä salasanassa käytettävien merkkien vähimmäismäärä <b>Salasanan vähimmäispituus</b> -kenttään.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between "
-"modifications to the password.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Salasanan vähimmäisikä</b> määrittää, kuinka paljon aikaa on kuluttava "
-"salasanan muokkaamiskertojen välillä.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Salasanan vähimmäisikä</b> määrittää, kuinka paljon aikaa on kuluttava salasanan muokkaamiskertojen välillä.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password "
-"expires.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Salasanan enimmäisikä</b> määrittää, kuinka kauan muokkaamisen jälkeen "
-"salasana vanhentuu.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Salasanan enimmäisikä</b> määrittää, kuinka kauan muokkaamisen jälkeen salasana vanhentuu.</p>"
#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long "
-"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should "
-"be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä <b>Varoituksen näyttöaika ennen salasanan vanhentumista</b> "
-"-kenttään, kuinka kauan ennen salasanan vanhentumista todennetulle "
-"käyttäjälle tulisi näyttää varoitus salasanan vanhentumisesta.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä <b>Varoituksen näyttöaika ennen salasanan vanhentumista</b> -kenttään, kuinka kauan ennen salasanan vanhentumista todennetulle käyttäjälle tulisi näyttää varoitus salasanan vanhentumisesta.</p>"
#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in "
-"<b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä, kuinka monta kertaa vanhentunutta salasanaa voidaan käyttää "
-"todennukseen <b>Vanhentuneen salasanan sallitut käyttökerrat</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä, kuinka monta kertaa vanhentunutta salasanaa voidaan käyttää todennukseen <b>Vanhentuneen salasanan sallitut käyttökerrat</b>.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockout attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a "
-"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Ota salasanan lukitus käyttöön</b>, jos haluat estää salasanan "
-"käyttämisen, kun peräkkäisiä epäonnistuneita sidontayrityksiä on ollut tietty "
-"määrä.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Ota salasanan lukitus käyttöön</b>, jos haluat estää salasanan käyttämisen, kun peräkkäisiä epäonnistuneita sidontayrityksiä on ollut tietty määrä.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the "
-"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the "
-"Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä <b>Sidontavirheet ennen salasanan lukitsemista</b> -kenttään "
-"peräkkäisten epäonnistuneiden sidontayritysten määrä, jonka jälkeen salasanaa "
-"ei voi käyttää todennukseen.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä <b>Sidontavirheet ennen salasanan lukitsemista</b> -kenttään peräkkäisten epäonnistuneiden sidontayritysten määrä, jonka jälkeen salasanaa ei voi käyttää todennukseen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>"
-".</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä, kuinka pitkään salasanaa ei saa käyttää <b>Salasanan lukituksen "
-"kesto</b> -kenttään.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä, kuinka pitkään salasanaa ei saa käyttää <b>Salasanan lukituksen kesto</b> -kenttään.</p>"
#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures "
-"are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication "
-"has occurred.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sidontavirheiden välimuistin kesto</b> määrittää, kuinka pitkän ajan "
-"kuluttua salasanavirheet poistetaan virhelaskurista, vaikka onnistuneita "
-"todennuksia ei olisi tapahtunut.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Sidontavirheiden välimuistin kesto</b> määrittää, kuinka pitkän ajan kuluttua salasanavirheet poistetaan virhelaskurista, vaikka onnistuneita todennuksia ei olisi tapahtunut.</p>"
#. tab label
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171
@@ -2821,8 +2564,7 @@
"user home directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Jos LDAP-käyttäjien kotihakemistot tallennetaan tälle koneelle,\n"
-"valitse vastaava valinta. Tämän valinnan muuttaminen ei aiheuta mitään "
-"suoraa\n"
+"valitse vastaava valinta. Tämän valinnan muuttaminen ei aiheuta mitään suoraa\n"
"toimintaa. Se on vain tiedoksi YaST-käyttäjämoduuleille, jotka hallinnoivat\n"
"käyttäjien kotihakemistoja.</p>\n"
@@ -2831,14 +2573,11 @@
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet "
-"or\n"
+"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Napsauta <b>Määritä</b> määrittääksesi LDAP-palvelimelle tallennettavat "
-"asetukset.\n"
-"Sinulta kysytään salasanaa, jos et ole vielä kytkeytynyt palvelimeen tai olet "
-"muuttanut\n"
+"<p>Napsauta <b>Määritä</b> määrittääksesi LDAP-palvelimelle tallennettavat asetukset.\n"
+"Sinulta kysytään salasanaa, jos et ole vielä kytkeytynyt palvelimeen tai olet muuttanut\n"
"määrityksiä.</p>\n"
#. password policy help text caption
@@ -2849,12 +2588,10 @@
#. password policy help
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to "
-"add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
+"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
" if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Määritä valittu salasanakäytäntö napsauttamalla <b>Muokkaa</b>. Lisää uusi "
-"salasanakäytäntö napsauttamalla <b>Lisää</b>. Määritys on mahdollinen\n"
+"<p>Määritä valittu salasanakäytäntö napsauttamalla <b>Muokkaa</b>. Lisää uusi salasanakäytäntö napsauttamalla <b>Lisää</b>. Määritys on mahdollinen\n"
" vain jos salasanakäytäntö on otettu käyttöön LDAP-palvelimessa.</p>"
#. checkbox label
@@ -3138,8 +2875,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n"
-"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but "
-"it\n"
+"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n"
"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -3158,10 +2894,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>MD5</b> sallii pidemmät salasanat, tarjoaa näin enemmän turvallisuutta, "
-"mutta osa\n"
-"verkkoyhteyskäytännöistä ei tue tätä ja sinulla voi olla ongelmia NIS:n "
-"kanssa.\n"
+"<b>MD5</b> sallii pidemmät salasanat, tarjoaa näin enemmän turvallisuutta, mutta osa\n"
+"verkkoyhteyskäytännöistä ei tue tätä ja sinulla voi olla ongelmia NIS:n kanssa.\n"
"</p>"
#. Label
@@ -3218,24 +2952,18 @@
#. helptext 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default "
-"search filters.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tässä laajennat etsintäsuotimia käyttäjille ja ryhmille ohi "
-"oletushakusuotimien.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tässä laajennat etsintäsuotimia käyttäjille ja ryhmille ohi oletushakusuotimien.</p>"
#. helptext 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n"
-"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' "
-"attributes).\n"
+"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n"
"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Oletus</b> lataa oletussuotimen käyttäjä- ja ryhmä-\n"
-"määritysmoduuleista, jotka on tallennettu LDAP-palvelimelle "
-"('suseSearchFilter'-ominaisuuksien arvot).\n"
+"määritysmoduuleista, jotka on tallennettu LDAP-palvelimelle ('suseSearchFilter'-ominaisuuksien arvot).\n"
"Jos et ole vielä yhteydessä, kysytään sinulta salasanaa.</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font))
@@ -3333,40 +3061,32 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM "
-"as the login manager.\n"
+"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Alapuolella kuvatut toiminnot ovat saatavilla vain jos käytät KDM- tai "
-"GDM-kirjautumishallintaa.\n"
+"Alapuolella kuvatut toiminnot ovat saatavilla vain jos käytät KDM- tai GDM-kirjautumishallintaa.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. helptext 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
msgid ""
"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
-"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from "
-"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Automaattinen kirjautuminen</b><br>\n"
-"Asettamalla <b>Automaattisen kirjautumisen</b> kirjautumistapahtuma "
-"ohitetaan. Luettelosta valittu käyttäjä kirjautuu sisään automaattisesti.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Asettamalla <b>Automaattisen kirjautumisen</b> kirjautumistapahtuma ohitetaan. Luettelosta valittu käyttäjä kirjautuu sisään automaattisesti.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n"
"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n"
-"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user "
-"to log in automatically.</p>\n"
+"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Salasanaton kirjautuminen</b><br>\n"
-"Jos tämä on valittuna, kaikkien käyttäjien sallitaan kirjautua ilman "
-"salasanan\n"
-"antamista. Muussa tapauksessa salasana kysytään automaattisesti, vaikka "
-"olisit asettanut käyttäjän kirjautumaan automaattisesti.</p>\n"
+"Jos tämä on valittuna, kaikkien käyttäjien sallitaan kirjautua ilman salasanan\n"
+"antamista. Muussa tapauksessa salasana kysytään automaattisesti, vaikka olisit asettanut käyttäjän kirjautumaan automaattisesti.</p>\n"
#. dialog label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004
@@ -3538,25 +3258,20 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Linux on monen käyttäjän järjestelmä. Useita eri käyttäjiä voi olla "
-"kirjautuneena järjestelmään\n"
-"samanaikaisesti. Välttääksesi sekaannuksia jokaisella käyttäjällä tulee "
-"olla\n"
-"ainutkertainen käyttäjätunnus. Lisäksi jokainen käyttäjä kuuluu vähintään "
-"yhteen ryhmään.\n"
+"Linux on monen käyttäjän järjestelmä. Useita eri käyttäjiä voi olla kirjautuneena järjestelmään\n"
+"samanaikaisesti. Välttääksesi sekaannuksia jokaisella käyttäjällä tulee olla\n"
+"ainutkertainen käyttäjätunnus. Lisäksi jokainen käyttäjä kuuluu vähintään yhteen ryhmään.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown "
-"in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
+"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Käyttäjät ja ryhmät järjestetään erilaisiin sarjoihin. Muuta nyt taulukossa "
-"näytettyä jsarjaa valitsemalla <b>Aseta suodin</b>.\n"
+"Käyttäjät ja ryhmät järjestetään erilaisiin sarjoihin. Muuta nyt taulukossa näytettyä jsarjaa valitsemalla <b>Aseta suodin</b>.\n"
"Muokkaa näkymää valinnalla <b>Muokkaa suodinta</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
@@ -3569,14 +3284,10 @@
"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Napsauta <b>Tarkemmat valinnat</b> muokataksesi erilaisia "
-"asiantuntija-asetuksia, kuten\n"
-"salasanan salauksen tyyppiä, käyttäjien tunnistautumistapaa, oletusarvoja "
-"uusille\n"
-"käyttäjille tai kirjautumisasetuksia. <b>Kirjoita muutokset nyt</b> "
-"tallentaa\n"
-"kaikki tähän asti tehdyt muutokset ilman, että määritysmoduulista "
-"poistutaan.</p>\n"
+"Napsauta <b>Tarkemmat valinnat</b> muokataksesi erilaisia asiantuntija-asetuksia, kuten\n"
+"salasanan salauksen tyyppiä, käyttäjien tunnistautumistapaa, oletusarvoja uusille\n"
+"käyttäjille tai kirjautumisasetuksia. <b>Kirjoita muutokset nyt</b> tallentaa\n"
+"kaikki tähän asti tehdyt muutokset ilman, että määritysmoduulista poistutaan.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550
@@ -3602,8 +3313,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Käytä tätä valintaikkunaa hakeaksesi tietoja olemassa olevista käyttäjistä ja "
-"lisätäksesi tai muokataksesi\n"
+"Käytä tätä valintaikkunaa hakeaksesi tietoja olemassa olevista käyttäjistä ja lisätäksesi tai muokataksesi\n"
"käyttäjiä. \n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3649,14 +3359,12 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify "
-"groups.\n"
+"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Käytä tätä valintaikkunaa hakeaksesi tietoja olemassa olevista ryhmistä ja "
-"lisätäksesi tai muokataksesi ryhmiä.\n"
+"Käytä tätä valintaikkunaa hakeaksesi tietoja olemassa olevista ryhmistä ja lisätäksesi tai muokataksesi ryhmiä.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
@@ -3692,8 +3400,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Muokataksesi tai poistaaksesi olemassa olevia ryhmiä valitse ryhmä "
-"luettelosta ja\n"
+"Muokataksesi tai poistaaksesi olemassa olevia ryhmiä valitse ryhmä luettelosta ja\n"
"napsauta <b>Muokkaa</b> tai <b>Poista</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -4318,8 +4025,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Tiedostossa %1 on liitoskohta hakemistoon\n"
"%2, jota käytetään uusien käyttäjien \n"
-" oletuskotihakemistona käyttäjille. Hakemistoa ei kuitenkaan ole tällä "
-"hetkellä liitetty.\n"
+" oletuskotihakemistona käyttäjille. Hakemistoa ei kuitenkaan ole tällä hetkellä liitetty.\n"
"Jos lisäät uusia käyttäjiä oletusarvoilla,\n"
"heidän kotihakemistonsa luodaan nykyisen %2 -hakemiston alle.\n"
"Nämä hakemistot eivät ehkä ole käytettävissä, \n"
@@ -4699,8 +4405,7 @@
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
-"Jos valitset komentotulkin, jota ei ole olemassa, käyttäjä ei ehkä onnistu "
-"kirjautumaan.\n"
+"Jos valitset komentotulkin, jota ei ole olemassa, käyttäjä ei ehkä onnistu kirjautumaan.\n"
"Käytä tätä komentotulkkia?"
#. error popup
@@ -4834,22 +4539,22 @@
"Poista nämä käyttäjät ensin ryhmästä."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Käyttäjät</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Ryhmät</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Kirjautumisasetukset</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Käyttäjä %1 määritetty automaattista kirjautumista varten"
@@ -5014,7 +4719,7 @@
"%2"
#. the ']' is or-ed...
-#. error popup
+#. error popup
#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
@@ -5029,15 +4734,13 @@
#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English "
-"keyboard\n"
+"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
"layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n"
"localized keyboard layout.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Käytä salasanassa vain merkkejä, jotka löytyvät englantilaiselta "
-"näppäimistökartalta.\n"
+"Käytä salasanassa vain merkkejä, jotka löytyvät englantilaiselta näppäimistökartalta.\n"
"Järjestelmävirheiden yhteydessä voi olla tarpeen kirjautua\n"
"ilman maakohtaista näppäimistökarttaa.\n"
"</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/vm.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/vm.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/vm.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-16 15:42+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -40,16 +40,12 @@
msgstr "Asenna Hypervisor ja työkalut"
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your "
-"architecture is "
-msgstr ""
-"x86_64 on ainoa tuettu arkkitehtuuri virtuaalikoneiden isännöintiin. "
-"Arkkitehtuurisi on "
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157
+msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
+msgstr "x86_64 on ainoa tuettu arkkitehtuuri virtuaalikoneiden isännöintiin. Arkkitehtuurisi on "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -58,157 +54,178 @@
"Käynnistä asennus isäntäjärjestelmästä.\n"
#. progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184
+#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Tarkista asennetut paketit"
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Verkkosillan määritykset"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "VM-palvelimen määrittäminen (toimialue 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM "
-"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>VM-palvelimen määritys</b></big></p><p>VM-palvelimen (toimialue 0) "
-"määrityksessä on kaksi osaa.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213
+msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>VM-palvelimen määritys</b></big></p><p>VM-palvelimen (toimialue 0) määrityksessä on kaksi osaa.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot "
-"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added "
-"to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pakolliset paketit asennetaan järjestelmään ensin. Tämän jälkeen "
-"käynnistyslataimeksi vaihdetaan GRUB, jos se ei ole jo käytössä ja "
-"Xen-käynnistysvaihtoehto lisätään käynnistyslataimen valikkoon, jos sitä ei "
-"ole siellä vielä.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217
+msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pakolliset paketit asennetaan järjestelmään ensin. Tämän jälkeen käynnistyslataimeksi vaihdetaan GRUB, jos se ei ole jo käytössä ja Xen-käynnistysvaihtoehto lisätään käynnistyslataimen valikkoon, jos sitä ei ole siellä vielä.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot "
-"Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>GRUB tarvitaan, koska se tukee monikäynnistysstandardia, jota tarvitaan "
-"Xenin ja Linux-ytimen käynnistämiseen.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>GRUB tarvitaan, koska se tukee monikäynnistysstandardia, jota tarvitaan Xenin ja Linux-ytimen käynnistämiseen.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216
-msgid ""
-"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM "
-"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kun määritys on onnistuneesti suoritettu, VM-palvelin voidaan käynnistää "
-"käynnistyslataimen valikosta.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225
+msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Kun määritys on onnistuneesti suoritettu, VM-palvelin voidaan käynnistää käynnistyslataimen valikosta.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "Asennus keskeytetään."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Xen Hypervisor ja työkalut ovat asennettu."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236
+msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
+msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
+msgstr "Määritetään virtuaalikonetta..."
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250
+#, fuzzy
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr "KVM Hypervisor"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252
#, fuzzy
+msgid "KVM server"
+msgstr "KVM Hypervisor"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Admin tools"
+msgid "KVM tools"
+msgstr "Ylläpitotyökalut"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258
+#, fuzzy
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr "libvirt LXC säilö"
-#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260
#, fuzzy
+msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
+msgstr "libvirt LXC säilö"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr "Ohjelmisto ei saa yhteyttä virtualisointipalvelimeen"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
+msgid "Virtualization client tools"
+msgstr "Xen Hypervisor ja työkalut ovat asennettu."
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr "Xen Hypervisor"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Broken server"
+msgid "Xen server"
+msgstr "Hajonnut palvelin"
+
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Admin tools"
+msgid "Xen tools"
+msgstr "Ylläpitotyökalut"
+
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Asennus keskeytetään."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Asennus keskeytetään."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr "Paketin asennus sled asiakas ohjelmistoryhmälle epäonnistui\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr "Paketin asennus sles ohjelmistoryhmälle epäonnistui\n"
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "Toimitaan tekstitilassa. Asennetaanko graafiset osat kuitenkin?"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Tarkistetaan paketteja..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Asennetaan paketteja..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Vaadittujen pakettien asennus ei onnistu."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Päivitetään grub2 määritystiedostot..."
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Määritetään oletuksena käytettävä verkkosilta..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Verkkosilta."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482
-msgid ""
-"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network "
-"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tavanomaisia verkkomäärityksiä varten Xen tarvitsee verkkosiltaa.</p><p>"
-"Määritetäänkö oletusverkkosilta?</p>"
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496
+msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tavanomaisia verkkomäärityksiä varten Xen tarvitsee verkkosiltaa.</p><p>Määritetäänkö oletusverkkosilta?</p>"
#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV
#. Progress::NextStage();
@@ -219,47 +236,40 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557
#, fuzzy
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
-msgstr ""
-"KVM komponentit ovat asennettuina. Järjestelmäsi on valmiina KVM asennuksiin."
+msgstr "KVM komponentit ovat asennettuina. Järjestelmäsi on valmiina KVM asennuksiin."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
-msgid ""
-"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel "
-"in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
+msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
"Kone on valmis käynnistämään VM-palvelimen.\n"
"\n"
-"Käynnistä tietokone uudelleen ja käynnistä Xen valitsemalla se "
-"käynnistyslataimen valikosta.\n"
+"Käynnistä tietokone uudelleen ja käynnistä Xen valitsemalla se käynnistyslataimen valikosta.\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n"
-msgid ""
-"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in "
-"the boot loader menu."
+msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
"Kone on valmis käynnistämään VM-palvelimen.\n"
"\n"
-"Käynnistä tietokone uudelleen ja käynnistä Xen valitsemalla se "
-"käynnistyslataimen valikosta.\n"
+"Käynnistä tietokone uudelleen ja käynnistä Xen valitsemalla se käynnistyslataimen valikosta.\n"
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Xen Hypervisor ja työkalut ovat asennettu."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Xen Hypervisor ja työkalut ovat asennettu."
-#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551
+#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/wagon.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/wagon.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/wagon.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wagon.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 22:22+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/wol.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/wol.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/wol.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-12 12:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/xpram.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/xpram.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/xpram.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-19 21:08+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/yast2-apparmor.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/yast2-apparmor.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:30:44 UTC (rev 89752)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/yast2-apparmor.fi.po 2014-10-07 15:31:45 UTC (rev 89753)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:50+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
@@ -72,12 +72,8 @@
#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Ole hyvä ja valitse poistettava profiili luettelosta ja paina Seuraava "
-"poistaaksesi sen."
+msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile."
+msgstr "Ole hyvä ja valitse poistettava profiili luettelosta ja paina Seuraava poistaaksesi sen."
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93
msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete"
@@ -85,11 +81,8 @@
#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88
-#| msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it."
msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it."
-msgstr ""
-"Tee valinta luetelluista profiileista ja napsauta Seuraava muokataksesi "
-"profiilia."
+msgstr "Tee valinta luetelluista profiileista ja napsauta Seuraava muokataksesi profiilia."
#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89
msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit"
@@ -161,12 +154,8 @@
#.
#. ***************************************************************************
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and "
-"AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Toiminto sai aikaan seuraavan virheen. Tarkista asennuksesi ja "
-"AppArmor-profiilien asetukset."
+msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
+msgstr "Toiminto sai aikaan seuraavan virheen. Tarkista asennuksesi ja AppArmor-profiilien asetukset."
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
@@ -278,20 +267,16 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
msgid ""
-"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy "
-"enforcement \n"
+"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>AppArmorin tila</b><br>Tämä kertoo, onko AppArmorin "
-"käytäntöjenpakottaminen-moduuli ladattu ja toiminnassa.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>AppArmorin tila</b><br>Tämä kertoo, onko AppArmorin käytäntöjenpakottaminen-moduuli ladattu ja toiminnassa.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
msgid ""
"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tietoturvatapahtumien ilmoitukset</b><br>Määritä tämä työkalu jos "
-"haluat \n"
+"<p><b>Tietoturvatapahtumien ilmoitukset</b><br>Määritä tämä työkalu jos haluat \n"
"ilmoitukset käyttörikkomuksista sähköpostiisi.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
@@ -334,11 +319,11 @@
#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "&Done"
msgstr "&Valmis"
@@ -370,24 +355,16 @@
msgstr "AppArmor-profiileista löytyi virheitä"
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the "
-"profile management tools can be used.</p> "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Nämä ongelmat pitää korjata ennen kuin AppArmor voidaan käynnistää tai "
-"profiilien hallintatyökaluja voidaan käyttää.</p> "
+msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>Nämä ongelmat pitää korjata ennen kuin AppArmor voidaan käynnistää tai profiilien hallintatyökaluja voidaan käyttää.</p> "
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64
msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running "
msgstr "<p>Löydät kuvauksen AppArmor-profiilien syntaksista suorittamalla "
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the "
-"Administration guide located in the directory: "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Yksityiskohtaisia AppArmor-ohjeita on hallintaoppaassa. Opas on "
-"hakemistossa: "
+msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: "
+msgstr "<p>Yksityiskohtaisia AppArmor-ohjeita on hallintaoppaassa. Opas on hakemistossa: "
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ***************************************************************************
@@ -812,75 +789,51 @@
"this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n"
"and group ownership.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Järjestelmissä, joissa valinta [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] on "
-"määritetty, \n"
+"<ul><li>Järjestelmissä, joissa valinta [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] on määritetty, \n"
"tämä asetus ohittaa tiedostojen ja ryhmien \n"
"omistussuhteiden muuttamisen rajoituksen.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by "
-"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Ohita kaikki DAC-käyttö, mukaan lukien ACL-suorituskäyttö, jos \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] on määritetty. Tähän ei sisälly CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE:n sisältämä "
-"DAC-käyttö. </li></ul>"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] on määritetty. Tähän ei sisälly CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE:n sisältämä DAC-käyttö. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n"
-"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is "
-"defined. \n"
+"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n"
"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Ohittaa kaikki DAC-rajoitukset, jotka liittyvät tiedostojen \n"
"ja hakemistojen lukemiseen ja hakemiseen,mukaan lukien ACL-rajoitukset, jos \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] on määritetty. Tähän ei sisälly CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE:n sisältämä "
-"DAC-käyttö. </li></ul>"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] on määritetty. Tähän ei sisälly CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE:n sisältämä DAC-käyttö. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where "
-"file\n"
+"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n"
"owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n"
"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Ohittaa kaikki tiedostojen sallittuun käsittelyyn liittyvät "
-"rajoitukset,\n"
+"<ul><li>Ohittaa kaikki tiedostojen sallittuun käsittelyyn liittyvät rajoitukset,\n"
" jotka määrittävät, että tiedoston omistajan ID-tunnuksen on oltava sama\n"
" kuin käyttäjän ID-tunnuksen. Ei sovelleta tapauksissa, joissa CAP_FSETID\n"
" on käytössä. Tämä asetus ei ohita MAC- ja DAC-rajoituksia. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file "
-"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the "
-"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the "
-"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and "
-"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not "
-"implemented). </li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Ohittaa rajoitukset, jotka määrittävät, että käyttäjän ID-tunnuksen "
-"on vastattava tiedoston omistajan ID-tunnusta, kun kyseisen tiedoston "
-"S_ISUID- ja S_ISGID-bitit määritetään, että käytössä olevan ryhmän "
-"ID-tunnuksen (tai jonkin muun tuetun ryhmän ID-tunnuksen) ID-tunnuksen on "
-"vastattava tiedoston omistajan ID-tunnusta, kun kyseisen tiedoston "
-"S_ISGID-bitti määritetään, ja että S_ISUID- ja S_ISGID-bitit tyhjennetään "
-"chown(2)-komennon onnistuneen suorittamisen jälkeen (tämä ominaisuus ei ole "
-"käytössä). </li></ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>Ohittaa rajoitukset, jotka määrittävät, että käyttäjän ID-tunnuksen on vastattava tiedoston omistajan ID-tunnusta, kun kyseisen tiedoston S_ISUID- ja S_ISGID-bitit määritetään, että käytössä olevan ryhmän ID-tunnuksen (tai jonkin muun tuetun ryhmän ID-tunnuksen) ID-tunnuksen on vastattava tiedoston omistajan ID-tunnusta, kun kyseisen tiedoston S_ISGID-bitti määritetään, ja että S_ISUID- ja S_ISGID-bitit tyhjennetään chown(2)-komennon onnistuneen suorittamisen jälkeen (tämä ominaisuus ei ole käytössä). </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n"
-"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the "
-"process \n"
+"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n"
"receiving the signal.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Ohittaa rajoituksen, jonka mukaan signaalia lähettävän prosessin "
-"todellisen\n"
-"tai käytössä olevan käyttäjän ID-tunnuksen on vastattava signaalia "
-"vastaanottavan prosessin todellista\n"
+"<ul><li>Ohittaa rajoituksen, jonka mukaan signaalia lähettävän prosessin todellisen\n"
+"tai käytössä olevan käyttäjän ID-tunnuksen on vastattava signaalia vastaanottavan prosessin todellista\n"
"tai käytössä olevaa käyttäjän ID-tunnusta.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79
@@ -888,10 +841,8 @@
"<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Sallii setgid(2)-toiminnon käsittelyn</li> <li> Sallii "
-"setgroups(2)-toiminnon</li> \n"
-"<li> Sallii väärennetyt ryhmän ID-tunnukset (gid) pistokkeiden "
-"valtuustietojen välityksessä. </li></ul>"
+"<ul><li>Sallii setgid(2)-toiminnon käsittelyn</li> <li> Sallii setgroups(2)-toiminnon</li> \n"
+"<li> Sallii väärennetyt ryhmän ID-tunnukset (gid) pistokkeiden valtuustietojen välityksessä. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85
msgid ""
@@ -899,26 +850,19 @@
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Sallii setuid(2)-toiminnon käsittelyn (mukaan lukien fsuid) </li> \n"
-"<li> Sallii väärennetyt pid-tunnukset pistokkeiden valtuustietojen "
-"välityksessä. </li></ul>"
+"<li> Sallii väärennetyt pid-tunnukset pistokkeiden valtuustietojen välityksessä. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n"
"remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Siirrä mikä tahansa sallitun joukon ominaisuus mille tahansa "
-"pid-tunnukselle,\n"
-"poista mikä tahansa sallitun joukon ominaisuus mitä tahansa pid-tunnukselta<"
-"/li></ul>"
+"<ul><li> Siirrä mikä tahansa sallitun joukon ominaisuus mille tahansa pid-tunnukselle,\n"
+"poista mikä tahansa sallitun joukon ominaisuus mitä tahansa pid-tunnukselta</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li><"
-"/ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Salli S_IMMUTABLE- ja S_APPEND-tiedostoattribuuttien muokkaaminen</li>"
-"</ul>"
+msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>Salli S_IMMUTABLE- ja S_APPEND-tiedostoattribuuttien muokkaaminen</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -946,17 +890,14 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets<"
-"/li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n"
"<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Salli mielivaltaisten prosessien/prosessiryhmien omistussuhteiden "
-"määritys pistokkeissa</li> \n"
-"<li> Salli mihin tahansa osoitteeseen sitominen läpinäkyvää "
-"välityspalvelintoimintaa varten</li> \n"
+"<li> Salli mielivaltaisten prosessien/prosessiryhmien omistussuhteiden määritys pistokkeissa</li> \n"
+"<li> Salli mihin tahansa osoitteeseen sitominen läpinäkyvää välityspalvelintoimintaa varten</li> \n"
"<li> Salli TOS-määritys (palvelun tyypin määritys)</li> \n"
"<li> Salli yleiskuuntelutilan määritys</li> \n"
"<li> Salli ohjaimen tilastotietojen tyhjennys</li>"
@@ -969,8 +910,7 @@
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Salli monilähetys</li> \n"
-"<li> Salli laitekohtaisten rekisterien lukeminen ja niihin kirjoittaminen</li>"
-" \n"
+"<li> Salli laitekohtaisten rekisterien lukeminen ja niihin kirjoittaminen</li> \n"
"<li> Salli ATM-hallintapistokkeiden aktivoiminen </li> \n"
"</ul>"
@@ -996,12 +936,10 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> "
-"\n"
+"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n"
"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Lisää ja poista ytimen moduuleja - muokkaa ydintä rajoituksetta</li> "
-" \n"
+"<ul><li> Lisää ja poista ytimen moduuleja - muokkaa ydintä rajoituksetta</li> \n"
" <li> Muokkaa cap_bset-asetusta</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159
@@ -1010,8 +948,7 @@
"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> Salli ioperm/iopl-käyttö</li> \n"
-"<li> Salli USB-viestien lähettäminen mille tahansa laitteelle /proc/bus/usb:n "
-"kautta</li></ul>"
+"<li> Salli USB-viestien lähettäminen mille tahansa laitteelle /proc/bus/usb:n kautta</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165
msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>"
@@ -1068,15 +1005,13 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199
msgid ""
"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n"
-"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores "
-"and shared memory</li> \n"
+"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Salli semaforien poisto</li> \n"
-"<li> Käytetään CAP_CHOWN \"chown\" sijasta IPC-viestijonoille, semaforeille "
-"ja jaetulle muistille</li> \n"
+"<li> Käytetään CAP_CHOWN \"chown\" sijasta IPC-viestijonoille, semaforeille ja jaetulle muistille</li> \n"
"<li> Salli jaettujen muistisegmenttien lukitsiminen/avaaminen</li> \n"
"<li> Salli swapin käyttöönotto/käytöstä poisto</li> \n"
"<li> Salli väärennettyjen pid:ien läpipääsy pistokkeen tarkistuksesta</li>"
@@ -1086,14 +1021,12 @@
"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
-"ioctls)</li>"
+"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Salli read ahead ja flushing buffers asettaminen blokkilaitteille</li> \n"
"<li> Salli geometrian asettaminen levyke-ajurille</li> \n"
"<li> Salli DMA:n käyttöönotto/käytöstä poistaminen xd ajurissa</li> \n"
-"<li> Salli md-laitteiden hallinnointi (osaksi kuten yllä, mutta joitakin "
-"ylimääräisiä ioctls-juttuja)</li>"
+"<li> Salli md-laitteiden hallinnointi (osaksi kuten yllä, mutta joitakin ylimääräisiä ioctls-juttuja)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212
msgid ""
@@ -1109,8 +1042,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> "
-"\n"
+"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n"
"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n"
"<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>"
@@ -1128,8 +1060,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<li> Sallii/kieltää merkitsevän jonotuksen SCSI ohjaimilta\n"
" ja lähetykset SCSI komennoille</li>\n"
-"<li> Sallii salaus avaimen asettamisen takaisinkytketylle "
-"tiedostojärjestelmälle </li></ul>"
+"<li> Sallii salaus avaimen asettamisen takaisinkytketylle tiedostojärjestelmälle </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232
msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>"
@@ -1137,17 +1068,13 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different "
-"UID) processes</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own "
-"processes and setting \n"
+"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n"
"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Salli muiden (eri UID) prosessien prioriteetin korottaminen ja "
-"määrittäminen</li>\n"
-"<li> Salli FIFO- ja round-robin (reaaliaikaisen) -ajoituksen käyttäminen "
-"omissa prosesseissa\n"
+"<ul><li> Salli muiden (eri UID) prosessien prioriteetin korottaminen ja määrittäminen</li>\n"
+"<li> Salli FIFO- ja round-robin (reaaliaikaisen) -ajoituksen käyttäminen omissa prosesseissa\n"
"ja muiden prosessien käyttämien ajoitusalgoritmien määrittäminen.</li> \n"
"<li> Salli muiden prosessien suorittimen affiniteetin määrittäminen</li></ul>"
@@ -1156,27 +1083,22 @@
"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n"
-"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling "
-"resources)</li>"
+"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> Ohita resurssirajoitukset. Määritä resurssirajoitukset.</li> \n"
"<li> Ohita kiintiörajoitukset.</li> \n"
"<li> Ohita ext2-tiedostojärjestelmän varattu tila</li> \n"
-"<li> Muokkaa ext3-tiedostojärjestelmän (käyttää kirjanpitoresursseja) "
-"tietojen kirjanpitotilaa</li> "
+"<li> Muokkaa ext3-tiedostojärjestelmän (käyttää kirjanpitoresursseja) tietojen kirjanpitotilaa</li> "
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251
msgid ""
-"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can "
-"override using fsuid too</li> \n"
+"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n"
"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> HUOMAUTUS: ext2 noudattaa fsuid-määrityksiä tarkistettaessa "
-"resurssirajoitusten ohitusta, joten rajoitusten ohittaminen on myös "
-"mahdollista fsuid:n avulla</li>\n"
+"<li> HUOMAUTUS: ext2 noudattaa fsuid-määrityksiä tarkistettaessa resurssirajoitusten ohitusta, joten rajoitusten ohittaminen on myös mahdollista fsuid:n avulla</li>\n"
"<li> Ohita kokorajoitukset IPC-viestijonoissa</li> \n"
"<li> Salli 64 hertsiä suuremmat keskeytykset reaaliaikaisesta kellosta</li>\n"
"<li> Ohita konsolin varauksen konsolien enimmäismäärä</li>\n"
@@ -1202,8 +1124,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275
msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Salli mknod()-komennon oikeuksia edellyttävät toiminnot </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Salli mknod()-komennon oikeuksia edellyttävät toiminnot </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281
msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>"
@@ -1246,8 +1167,7 @@
"(into <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> file), but still permitted, so \n"
"that application's behavior is not restricted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tarkkailutila</b>on profiilin opetustila joka kirjaa ohjelman "
-"toiminnot.\n"
+"<p><b>Tarkkailutila</b>on profiilin opetustila joka kirjaa ohjelman toiminnot.\n"
"Kaikki AppArmor profiilin sääntöjen rikkomukset tallennetaan \n"
"(<i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>-tiedostoon), mutta sallitaan silti, \n"
"joten ohjelman käyttäytymistä ei rajoiteta.</p>"
@@ -1274,61 +1194,71 @@
msgid "Could not recognize mode: "
msgstr "Tilan tunnistaminen ei onnistunut: "
-#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128
+#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enforce"
+msgid "enforce"
+msgstr "Pakota"
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+msgid "complain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
msgid "Show All Profiles"
msgstr "Näytä kaikki profiilit"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles"
msgstr "Määritä käytössä olevien profiilien tila"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
msgid "Show Active Profiles"
msgstr "Näytä käytössä olevat profiilit"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles"
msgstr "Määritä tila kaikille profiileille"
#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
#. TODO switch to variable in a module
#. TODO plain reread does not work here
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
msgid "Profile Name"
msgstr "Profiilin nimi"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Asennustapa"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
msgid "Toggle Mode"
msgstr "Vaihda tilaa"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
msgid "Set All to Enforce"
msgstr "Aseta kaikki pakottamistilaan"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
msgid "Set All to Complain"
msgstr "Aseta kaikki tarkkailutilaan"
#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
msgid "Profile Mode Configuration"
msgstr "Profiilin tilan määritys"
#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
msgid "Configure Profile Mode"
msgstr "Määritä profiilin tila"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
msgid "Select an action to perform."
msgstr "Valitse suoritettava toiminto."
@@ -1356,8 +1286,7 @@
"<p><b>Ilmoitustyypit>/b>>br> <b>Niukka ilmoitus</b> \n"
"Niukka ilmoitus laskee yhteen tapahtumien kokonaismäärän ilman\n"
"yksityiskohtien erittelyä. <br>Esimerkki: <br> <tt>>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com,\n"
-"siinä on ollut 10 turvallisuustapahtumaa sitten ti lokak. 12 klo 11:10:00 "
-"2004</tt></p>"
+"siinä on ollut 10 turvallisuustapahtumaa sitten ti lokak. 12 klo 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
@@ -1366,8 +1295,7 @@
"individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n"
"<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 "
-"2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Yhteenvetoilmoitus:</b> Yhteenvetoilmoitus näyttää \n"
@@ -1375,8 +1303,7 @@
"ilmaantumisien määrän, sisältäen viimeisimmän ilmaantumisen päiväyksen. \n"
"<br>Esimerkki:<br> <tt>SubDomain: SALLITTIIN pääsy ominaisuuteen \n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 kertaa, viimeisin la. lokak. 9. klo "
-"16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 kertaa, viimeisin la. lokak. 9. klo 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53
@@ -1391,10 +1318,8 @@
"<p><b>Monisanainen huomautus: </b> Monisanainen ilmoitus näytää\n"
"muuttamattomana kirjatun AppArmorin turvallisuustapahtuman. Se kertoo aina\n"
" kun tapahtuma ilmaantuu ja kirjoittaa uuden rivin tähän lokiin. Nämä \n"
-"turvallisuustapahtumat sisältävät ilmaantumisen päiväyksen ja kellonajan, "
-"sallittiinko\n"
-"vai estettiinkö pääsy sovellusprofiilin toimesta, ja tiedoston lajin joka "
-"sallittiin tai estettiin.</p>"
+"turvallisuustapahtumat sisältävät ilmaantumisen päiväyksen ja kellonajan, sallittiinko\n"
+"vai estettiinkö pääsy sovellusprofiilin toimesta, ja tiedoston lajin joka sallittiin tai estettiin.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
@@ -1472,12 +1397,10 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n"
-"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.<"
-"/li>"
+"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li>Valitse <b>Sisällytä tuntematon turvallisuustapahtuma</b> jos\n"
-"haluat sisällyttää tapahtumat joita ei ole aseteltu vakavuusjärjestykseen.<"
-"/li>"
+"haluat sisällyttää tapahtumat joita ei ole aseteltu vakavuusjärjestykseen.</li>"
#. ----------------------------
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103
@@ -1486,8 +1409,7 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
-"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. "
-"\n"
+"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n"
"You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n"
"by using the suggestions made by AppArmor."
msgstr ""
@@ -1528,11 +1450,8 @@
msgstr "<b>Pääsytilat</b><br>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six "
-"modes:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tiedosto-oikeuksien käyttötilat koostuvat seuraavista kuudesta tilasta:"
+msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:"
+msgstr "Tiedosto-oikeuksien käyttötilat koostuvat seuraavista kuudesta tilasta:"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129
msgid "<li>r - read</li>"
@@ -1582,8 +1501,7 @@
"Sallii ohjelmalle lukuoikeuden resurssiin.\n"
"Lukuoikeus vaaditaan komentotulkin käskyjonoissa muissa tulkatuissa\n"
"sisällöissä, ja se määrittelee jos suorittava prosessi voi suorittaa \n"
-"core dump:in tai olla liitetynä ptrace(2) kanssa. ptrace(2) käytetään "
-"apuohjelmissa kuten strace(1), ltrace(1), ja gdb(1).)"
+"core dump:in tai olla liitetynä ptrace(2) kanssa. ptrace(2) käytetään apuohjelmissa kuten strace(1), ltrace(1), ja gdb(1).)"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146
msgid "<b>Write mode</b><br>"
@@ -1701,38 +1619,28 @@
"csh(1), bash(1), zsh(1)."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
+msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
msgstr "<li><b>*</b> korvaa minkä tahansa merkin, paitsi '/'<li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>**</b> korvaa minkä tahansa merkin, myös '/'-merkin</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202
msgid "<li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>?</b> korvaa minkä tahansa yksittäisen merkin lukuunottamatta "
-"'/'-merkkiä</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>?</b> korvaa minkä tahansa yksittäisen merkin lukuunottamatta '/'-merkkiä</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> korvaa yhden yhden merkin a, b tai c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> korvaa yhden merkin a, b tai c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd<"
-"/li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> jatkaa yhtä sääntöä täsmäämään ab ja toista sääntöä "
-"täsmäämään cd</li>"
+msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> jatkaa yhtä sääntöä täsmäämään ab ja toista sääntöä täsmäämään cd</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214
msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>"
@@ -1748,10 +1656,8 @@
"The variables are:"
msgstr ""
"Puhdas suoritus-valinta erilliselle profiilille ja rajoittamattomille\n"
-"suoritusoikeuksille. Tarjoaa lisäturvaa puhdistamalla ympäristön, jonka "
-"tiettyjen\n"
-"muuttujien lapsiohjelma perii. Sinua pyydetään valitsemaan haluatko "
-"puhdistaa\n"
+"suoritusoikeuksille. Tarjoaa lisäturvaa puhdistamalla ympäristön, jonka tiettyjen\n"
+"muuttujien lapsiohjelma perii. Sinua pyydetään valitsemaan haluatko puhdistaa\n"
"ympäristön, jos valitset 'p' tai 'u' profiloititoiminnon aikana.\n"
"Nämä muuttujat ovat:"
@@ -1869,8 +1775,7 @@
#. Update table values
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602
msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined."
-msgstr ""
-"Merkintää ei lisätä. Merkinnän nimeä tai käyttöoikeuksia ei ole määritelty."
+msgstr "Merkintää ei lisätä. Merkinnän nimeä tai käyttöoikeuksia ei ole määritelty."
#. Prompts the user for a hatname
#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"]
@@ -1901,26 +1806,17 @@
msgstr ""
"Et ole määrittänyt lisättävän hatun (hat) nimeä.\n"
"Kirjoita \n"
-"hatun nimi, jos haluat luoda uuden hatun, tai valitse Keskeytä, jos haluat "
-"lopettaa ohjatun toiminnon."
+"hatun nimi, jos haluat luoda uuden hatun, tai valitse Keskeytä, jos haluat lopettaa ohjatun toiminnon."
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889
-msgid ""
-"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or "
-"press Abort to cancel this wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"Profiili sisältää jo määritetyn hatun nimen. Anna toinen nimi, tai valitse "
-"Keskeytä, jos haluat lopettaa ohjatun toiminnon."
+msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
+msgstr "Profiili sisältää jo määritetyn hatun nimen. Anna toinen nimi, tai valitse Keskeytä, jos haluat lopettaa ohjatun toiminnon."
#. FIXME: format these texts better
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928
-msgid ""
-"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing "
-"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tarkastele ja muutta yksittäisen profiilin sisältöä. Kaksoisnapsauttamalla "
-"Merkinnän oikeudet -kohtaa pääset muokkausikkunaan.</p>"
+msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tarkastele ja muutta yksittäisen profiilin sisältöä. Kaksoisnapsauttamalla Merkinnän oikeudet -kohtaa pääset muokkausikkunaan.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933
@@ -1932,28 +1828,20 @@
"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käyttöoikeusmääritykset:</b><br><code> r - luku <br> w -\n"
-"kirjoitus<br>l - linkitys<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - tiedoston "
-"lukitseminen<br>\n"
-"a - tiedoston liittäminen<br>x - suoritus<br> i - periminen<br> p - erillinen "
-"profiili<br>\n"
-"P - erillinen profiili <br> (*puhdas suoristus)<br> u - rajoittamaton<br>"
-"\n"
+"kirjoitus<br>l - linkitys<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - tiedoston lukitseminen<br>\n"
+"a - tiedoston liittäminen<br>x - suoritus<br> i - periminen<br> p - erillinen profiili<br>\n"
+"P - erillinen profiili <br> (*puhdas suoristus)<br> u - rajoittamaton<br>\n"
"U -rajoittamaton<br> (*puhdas suoritus)</code></p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down "
-"list.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Lisää merkintä:</b><br>Valitse avattavasta luettelosta lisättävän "
-"resurssin tyyppi.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Lisää merkintä:</b><br>Valitse avattavasta luettelosta lisättävän resurssin tyyppi.</p>"
#. help text - part x1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947
msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><ul><li><b>Tiedosto</b><br>Lisää tiedostomerkintä tähän profiiliin</li>"
+msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Tiedosto</b><br>Lisää tiedostomerkintä tähän profiiliin</li>"
#. help text - part x2
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951
@@ -1969,19 +1857,16 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959
msgid ""
"<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n"
-"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load "
-"time.</li>"
+"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>Sisällytä</b><br>Lisää sisällytysmerkintä tähän profiiliin. Tämä\n"
-"asetus sisällyttää toisen tiedoston profiilimerkinnän sisällön tähän "
-"profiiliin latauksen yhteydessä.</li>"
+"asetus sisällyttää toisen tiedoston profiilimerkinnän sisällön tähän profiiliin latauksen yhteydessä.</li>"
#. help text - part x5
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963
msgid ""
"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n"
-"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the "
-"profile. \n"
+"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n"
"You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>Verkon käyttö</b><br>Lisää verkkosäännön määritys tähän profiiliin.\n"
@@ -1992,48 +1877,36 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969
msgid ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n"
-"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be "
-"selected\n"
+"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n"
"during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n"
"aware</b> application. \n"
-"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or "
-"the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
+"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Hattu</b><br>Lisää tähän profiilin aliprofiilin eli toisin sanoen "
-"\"hatun\".\n"
-"Tämä asetus toimii kuin luotaisiin käsin uusi profiili, joka voidaan valita "
-"suorituksen\n"
+"<li><b>Hattu</b><br>Lisää tähän profiilin aliprofiilin eli toisin sanoen \"hatun\".\n"
+"Tämä asetus toimii kuin luotaisiin käsin uusi profiili, joka voidaan valita suorituksen\n"
"aikana vain, jos <b>changehat aware</b> -sovellus pyytää sitä. Lisätietoja\n"
"changehat-toiminnosta saat antamalla järjestelmässä komennon\n"
-"<b>man changehat</b> tai tutustumalla Novell AppArmorin -käyttäjän "
-"oppaaseen.</li>"
+"<b>man changehat</b> tai tutustumalla Novell AppArmorin -käyttäjän oppaaseen.</li>"
#. help text - part x7
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977
msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"</ul></p><p><b>Muokkaa merkintää:</b><br>Muokkaa valittua merkintää.</p>"
+msgstr "</ul></p><p><b>Muokkaa merkintää:</b><br>Muokkaa valittua merkintää.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Poista merkintä:</b><br>Poistaa valitun merkinnän tästä profiilista.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Poista merkintä:</b><br>Poistaa valitun merkinnän tästä profiilista.</p>"
#. help text - part y1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n"
-"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the "
-"environment \n"
-"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables "
-"are:"
+"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n"
+"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>*Puhdas suoritus</b><br>-valinta erilliselle profiilille ja "
-"rajoittamattomille \n"
-"suoritusoikeuksille. Tarjoaa lisäturvaa puhdistamalla ympäristön, jonka "
-"tiettyjen muuttujien \n"
+"<p><b>*Puhdas suoritus</b><br>-valinta erilliselle profiilille ja rajoittamattomille \n"
+"suoritusoikeuksille. Tarjoaa lisäturvaa puhdistamalla ympäristön, jonka tiettyjen muuttujien \n"
"lapsiohjelma perii. Nämä muuttujat ovat:"
#. help text - part y2
@@ -2097,12 +1970,8 @@
#. Widget activated in the table
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145
-msgid ""
-"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include "
-"entries."
-msgstr ""
-"Include-merkintöjä ei voida muokata. Valitse lisää tai poista "
-"hallinnoidaksesi Include-merkintöjä."
+msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries."
+msgstr "Include-merkintöjä ei voida muokata. Valitse lisää tai poista hallinnoidaksesi Include-merkintöjä."
#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294
@@ -2114,12 +1983,8 @@
msgstr "Valitse Include-tiedosto"
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335
-msgid ""
-"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these "
-"directories: \n"
-msgstr ""
-"Virheellinen #include-tiedosto. Include-tiedostojen tulee olla sijoitettuna "
-"johonkin näistä hakemistoista: \n"
+msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n"
+msgstr "Virheellinen #include-tiedosto. Include-tiedostojen tulee olla sijoitettuna johonkin näistä hakemistoista: \n"
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379
msgid "Save changes to the profile"
@@ -2131,8 +1996,7 @@
"(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n"
msgstr ""
"Haluatko tallentaa muutokset tähän profiiliin? \n"
-"(Huomaa: muutosten tallennuksen jälkeen AppArmor-profiilit ladataan "
-"uudelleen.)\n"
+"(Huomaa: muutosten tallennuksen jälkeen AppArmor-profiilit ladataan uudelleen.)\n"
#. We'll need this often - cache it
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0